diff --git a/.github/workflows/add-lang.yml b/.github/workflows/add-lang.yml index 9f6b86f5b..0a9a12f11 100644 --- a/.github/workflows/add-lang.yml +++ b/.github/workflows/add-lang.yml @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ jobs: id: cache-po4a with: path: "~/po4a" - key: ${{ runner.os }}-po4a + key: ${{ runner.os }}-po4a-0.68 - name: Install/retrieve po4a from cache env: CACHE_HIT: ${{ steps.cache-po4a.outputs.cache-hit }} diff --git a/.github/workflows/jekyll.yml b/.github/workflows/jekyll.yml index 53952291e..020873710 100644 --- a/.github/workflows/jekyll.yml +++ b/.github/workflows/jekyll.yml @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ jobs: id: cache-po4a with: path: "~/po4a" - key: ${{ runner.os }}-po4a + key: ${{ runner.os }}-po4a-0.68 - name: Install or retrieve po4a from cache env: CACHE_HIT: ${{steps.cache-po4a.outputs.cache-hit}} diff --git a/.github/workflows/main.yml b/.github/workflows/main.yml index 6ef9a9f3e..e1044f314 100644 --- a/.github/workflows/main.yml +++ b/.github/workflows/main.yml @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ jobs: id: cache-po4a with: path: "~/po4a" - key: ${{ runner.os }}-po4a + key: ${{ runner.os }}-po4a-0.68 - name: Install or retrieve po4a from cache env: CACHE_HIT: ${{steps.cache-po4a.outputs.cache-hit}} diff --git a/1-pt-index.html b/1-pt-index.html deleted file mode 120000 index ab3e94e3c..000000000 --- a/1-pt-index.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -./wiki/pt/1-index.html \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/1-pt_PT-index.html b/1-pt_PT-index.html new file mode 120000 index 000000000..b11b3687c --- /dev/null +++ b/1-pt_PT-index.html @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +wiki/pt_PT/1-index.html \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/_config.yml b/_config.yml index 22c843977..c206be54c 100644 --- a/_config.yml +++ b/_config.yml @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ plugins: - jekyll-paginate-v2 - jekyll-polyglot - jekyll-minifier -languages: ["en", "zh_CN", "nb_NO", "ko_KR", "pt_BR", "nl", "es", "de", "it", "fr", "pt"] +languages: ["en", "zh_CN", "nb_NO", "ko_KR", "pt_BR", "pt_PT", "nl", "es", "de", "it", "fr"] default_lang: "en" exclude_from_localization: ["assets", "images", "css", "README.md", "manifest.json", "humans.txt", "sitemap.xml", "robots.txt", "404.html", "CNAME", "LICENSE.md"] parallel_localization: true @@ -24,6 +24,7 @@ download_file_names: android: "jamulus_3.9.1_android.apk" ios: "jamulus_3.9.1_iOSUnsigned.ipa" download_overview_link: "https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases/latest" +download_all_releases_link: "https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases" kbnewpage: 'https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamuluswebsite/new/release/_posts/?value=---%0Alayout%3A%20post%0Atitle%3A%20%22Your%20Title%22%0Alang%3A%20%22en%22%0Aauthor%3A%20%22YourName%22%0Aheading%3A%20%22Heading%22%0A---%0AName%20this%20file%20and%20edit%20the%20parameters%20above%21&message=New%20post' exclude: ["README.md", "Gemfile.lock", "Gemfile", "CONTRIBUTING.md"] diff --git a/_data/en/copyright.yml b/_data/en/copyright.yml deleted file mode 100644 index fa85cdf0d..000000000 --- a/_data/en/copyright.yml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -footer: - asio: "ASIO ® compatible - ASIO is a trademark and software of Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH" -nav: - docs: This documentation is CC BY-SA diff --git a/_data/en/copyright.yml b/_data/en/copyright.yml new file mode 120000 index 000000000..7ac1b84cf --- /dev/null +++ b/_data/en/copyright.yml @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +../../wiki/en/misc/copyright.yml \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/_includes/footer.html b/_includes/footer.html index 308cf3557..2fac1bcf1 100644 --- a/_includes/footer.html +++ b/_includes/footer.html @@ -2,19 +2,19 @@
- {{ site.data.general.footer.alt.github }} + {{ site.data.general.footer.alt.github }}
- {{ site.data.general.footer.alt.facebook }} + {{ site.data.general.footer.alt.facebook }}
- {{ site.data.general.footer.alt.help }} + {{ site.data.general.footer.alt.help }}
diff --git a/_layouts/post.html b/_layouts/post.html index dad746b50..19357878c 100644 --- a/_layouts/post.html +++ b/_layouts/post.html @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
- {{ site.data.general.nav.altJamulusIcon }} + {{ site.data.general.nav.altJamulusIcon }}
{% include general/navbtn.html %} diff --git a/_layouts/redirect.html b/_layouts/redirect.html index 880dfc8d3..b8b817231 100644 --- a/_layouts/redirect.html +++ b/_layouts/redirect.html @@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ - - - + + + diff --git a/_po4a-tools/po4a-cache.sh b/_po4a-tools/po4a-cache.sh index 174d4aa59..09478d3a7 100755 --- a/_po4a-tools/po4a-cache.sh +++ b/_po4a-tools/po4a-cache.sh @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ if [[ "$CACHE_HIT" == 'true' ]] ; then sudo cp --force --recursive ~/po4a/* / else - sudo apt install -yq gettext libsgmls-perl libyaml-tiny-perl opensp - wget -O po4a.deb https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/po4a/po4a_0.66.deb + sudo apt install -yq gettext libsgmls-perl libyaml-tiny-perl opensp libsyntax-keyword-try-perl libxs-parse-keyword-perl + wget -O po4a.deb https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/po4a/po4a_0.68.deb sudo dpkg -i po4a.deb if [ -f po4a.deb ] ; then @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ fi mkdir -p ~/po4a -for dep in po4a libcroco3 libosp5 sgml-base gettext libsgmls-perl libyaml-tiny-perl opensp; do +for dep in po4a libcroco3 libosp5 sgml-base gettext libsgmls-perl libyaml-tiny-perl opensp libsyntax-keyword-try-perl libxs-parse-keyword-perl; do dpkg -L $dep | while IFS= read -r f; do if test -f $f; then echo $f; fi; done | xargs cp --parents --target-directory ~/po4a/ done fi diff --git a/_po4a-tools/po4a-create-all-targets.sh b/_po4a-tools/po4a-create-all-targets.sh index e1e10b1a6..57efc1a29 100755 --- a/_po4a-tools/po4a-create-all-targets.sh +++ b/_po4a-tools/po4a-create-all-targets.sh @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ #!/bin/bash # This script creates the target translations from the .po files -# po4a >= 0.63 is required, see https://github.com/mquinson/po4a/releases +# po4a >= 0.68 is required, see https://github.com/mquinson/po4a/releases # You can set the following variables: # SRC_DIR: directory for the original documents in English. Files in sub-directories within SRC_DIR are also detected. # PO_DIR: directory where the .po files are stored @@ -31,16 +31,16 @@ DATA_DIR="../_data" # Check if po4a is installed if ! [ -x "$(command -v po4a)" ] ; then - echo Error: Please install po4a. v0.63 or higher is required >&2 + echo Error: Please install po4a. v0.68 or higher is required >&2 exit 1 fi # Check if the right version is installed PO4A_VER=$(po4a --version | grep po4a | awk '{print $3}') -if [[ $PO4A_VER < 0.63 ]] ; then +if [[ $PO4A_VER < 0.68 ]] ; then echo Error: po4a v"$PO4A_VER" is installed >&2 - echo po4a v0.63 or higher is required. >&2 + echo po4a v0.68 or higher is required. >&2 exit 1 fi @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ process_with_po4a () { # Get source doc names and set target file names and dirs filename=$(basename "$doc" .$ext) - if [[ $filename == 'general' || $filename == 'navigation' ]] ; then + if [[ $filename == 'general' || $filename == 'navigation' || $filename == 'copyright' ]] ; then TARG_DIR="$DATA_DIR" else @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ process_with_po4a () { targ_doc="$TARG_DIR/$lang/$filename.$ext" - # Files excluded from the threshold requirement + # Files excluded from the threshold requirement (otherwise website will not build properly) if [[ "$filename" == 'Include-'* || \ "$filename" == *'-index' || \ @@ -102,10 +102,13 @@ process_with_po4a () { # Determine file format to be used if [ $ext == yml ] ; then FILE_FORMAT=yaml + OPTION="skip_array" elif [ $ext == html ] ; then FILE_FORMAT=xml + OPTION="ontagerror=warn" elif [ $ext == md ] ; then - FILE_FORMAT=asciidoc + FILE_FORMAT=text + OPTION="markdown" fi # Run po4a-translate and create target files @@ -116,6 +119,8 @@ process_with_po4a () { --po "$PO_DIR/$lang/${filename}.po" \ --localized "$targ_doc" \ --localized-charset "UTF-8" \ + --no-deprecation \ + --option "$OPTION" \ --keep "$THRESHOLD" # Display message if translated file is created @@ -123,6 +128,14 @@ process_with_po4a () { echo "$filename.$ext" translated into "$lang" fi + # Check if language is set correctly in '1-$lang-index.html' + if [ $filename == '1-index' ] ; then + if ! grep -Fxq 'lang: "'$lang'"' "$WIKI_DIR/$lang/1-index.html" ; then + echo replacing incorrect language tag in 1-"$lang"-index.html; + sed -i '0,/lang: "[^"]*"/s/lang: "[^"]*"/lang: "'$lang'"/' "$WIKI_DIR/$lang/1-index.html" + fi + fi + done < <(find -L "$SRC_DIR" -name "*.*" -print0) } @@ -134,6 +147,3 @@ while IFS= read -r -d '' dir ; do echo "$lang": process_with_po4a "$lang" done < <(find "$PO_DIR" -mindepth 1 -maxdepth 1 -type d -print0) - -# Produce a file with translation status of all .po files -source ./po4a-stats.sh diff --git a/_po4a-tools/po4a-stats.sh b/_po4a-tools/po4a-stats.sh deleted file mode 100755 index 61197641a..000000000 --- a/_po4a-tools/po4a-stats.sh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,48 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/bash - -# Creates a statistics file with information on the translation status of each file for every language. - -# Stats file location -STATS_FILE="../wiki/Statistics.md" - -# Print yaml front matter and table title/header -echo '--- -layout: wiki -title: "Statistics" -lang: "en" -permalink: "/wiki/Statistics" ---- -# Current status of website translations - -| Language | Document | Translation status | -|----------|----------|--------------------|' >> "$STATS_FILE" - -produce_stats () { -# Determine file names - while IFS= read -r -d '' doc ; do - - # Get file extension - ext=$(echo "$doc" | sed 's/.*\.//') - - filename=$(basename "$doc" .$ext) - - # Stats printed to Statistics.md - echo -n "|**"$lang"**| **"$filename".po**|" >> "$STATS_FILE" - msgfmt --statistics "$PO_DIR/$lang/$filename".po &>> "$STATS_FILE" - - done < <(find -L "$SRC_DIR" -name "*.*" -print0) - - # Separator between languages - echo '|**-----**|**--------------------**|**--------------------**|' >> "$STATS_FILE" -} - -# Run produce_stats on each language folder -while IFS= read -r -d '' dir ; do - lang=$(basename "$dir") - produce_stats "$lang" -done < <(find "$PO_DIR" -mindepth 1 -maxdepth 1 -type d -print0) - -# Remove unwanted messages.mo file created by msgfmt -rm -f *.mo - -echo Statistics file created diff --git a/_po4a-tools/po4a-update-templates.sh b/_po4a-tools/po4a-update-templates.sh index 69dd1f0e2..c7586b034 100755 --- a/_po4a-tools/po4a-update-templates.sh +++ b/_po4a-tools/po4a-update-templates.sh @@ -22,16 +22,16 @@ PO_DIR="../_translator-files/po" # Check if po4a is installed if ! [ -x "$(command -v po4a)" ] ; then - echo Error: Please install po4a. v0.63 or higher is required >&2 + echo Error: Please install po4a. v0.68 or higher is required >&2 exit 1 fi # Check if the right version is installed PO4A_VER=$(po4a --version | grep po4a | awk '{print $3}') -if [[ $PO4A_VER < 0.63 ]] ; then +if [[ $PO4A_VER < 0.68 ]] ; then echo Error: po4a v"$PO4A_VER" is installed >&2 - echo po4a v0.63 or higher is required. >&2 + echo po4a v0.68 or higher is required. >&2 exit 1 fi @@ -63,10 +63,13 @@ while IFS= read -r -d '' doc ; do # Determine file format to be used if [ $ext == yml ] ; then FILE_FORMAT=yaml + OPTION="skip_array" elif [ $ext == html ] ; then FILE_FORMAT=xml + OPTION="ontagerror=warn" elif [ $ext == md ] ; then - FILE_FORMAT=asciidoc + FILE_FORMAT=text + OPTION="markdown" fi # Update/create .po files @@ -76,6 +79,8 @@ while IFS= read -r -d '' doc ; do --master-charset "UTF-8" \ --msgmerge-opt --no-wrap \ --wrap-po newlines \ + --no-deprecation \ + --option "$OPTION" \ --po "$po_file" ; then echo '' echo Error updating "$lang" PO file for: "$filename".$ext diff --git a/_posts/2022-01-25-Related-Projects.md b/_posts/2022-01-25-Related-Projects.md index f812a63b8..0225286d9 100644 --- a/_posts/2022-01-25-Related-Projects.md +++ b/_posts/2022-01-25-Related-Projects.md @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ author: "softins" heading: "Other projects related to Jamulus" --- -This document lists a number of third-party projects related to Jamulus, which users may find interesting. +This document lists a number of third-party projects related to Jamulus that you may find interesting. Certainly it is not an official list of officially supported projects. @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ This replaces the History Graph that used to be part of the Jamulus server itsel [jamulus-jamexporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) comprises two scripts: * A bash script to monitor the Jamulus recording base directory for new recordings -* A bash script to apply some judicious rules and compression before uploading the recordings offsite +* A bash script to apply some rules and compression before uploading the recordings offsite ## jamulus-docker @@ -56,3 +56,21 @@ within a Docker container. It provides a `Dockerfile` and some documentation. [jamulus-server-remote](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) provides a lightweight web front-end for a headless Jamulus server running on Linux. It allows a user to start and stop recordings, and to zip them up and download them via a web browser. It is implemented in PHP. + +## Server add-on suite + +[These components](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/discussions/3085) extend the features of a Jamulus server. + +* [jamulus-lounge](https://github.com/dtinth/jamulus-lounge) adds a web-based interface that lets people listen to a Jamulus server. It connects to a server using a bot named **lobby**. +* [gojam](https://github.com/dtinth/gojam) is an implementation of a Jamulus client written in Go. This tool is intended for headless streaming use-cases. Used by **jamulus-lounge**. +* [jamviz](https://github.com/dtinth/jamviz) shows active connections of a Jamulus server that is running **jamulus-lounge**. Used to show activity to a livestreaming audience. + +## Koord + +Koord adds real-time video of participants to Jamulus technology in a new application, available for desktop and mobile devices. The [Koord.live website](https://koord.live/) offers private servers and additional playback and recording features. + +## Melomax + +The [Melomax website](https://melomax.live) offers private servers groups can use with Jamulus client software. + + diff --git a/_posts/2023-07-30-Server-Metadata.md b/_posts/2023-07-30-Server-Metadata.md new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7001806c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/_posts/2023-07-30-Server-Metadata.md @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +--- +layout: post +title: "Allow or block bots" +lang: "en" +heading: "Metadata for servers" +--- + +To provide information about Servers and specify policies for bots, a server owner can add metadata to their server welcome message. This page describes metadata a welcome message might include. + + + +You can add metadata to your server for many purposes. Adding contact information like the E-Mail or Website of the Server administrator helps users to contact the administrator if something goes wrong with the server. Also adding policies for bots allows them to judge if they can or cannot connect to the server. + +## How to add metadata + +Metadata should be added to the welcome message. If you are running a GUI server, paste the metadata into the welcome message box. Headless servers can use the `--welcomemessage` CLI argument to provide a path to a file containing the welcome message. + +## Format of metadata + +A metadata tag is a HTML comment that looks like this: + +```html + +``` + +For example, to add a way to contact the server administrator, a tag could look like this: + +```html + +``` + +You can modify and paste this into your welcome message. + +See [this discussion](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/discussions/3086) for more information. + diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/de/1-index.po index 5673d486a..2d21fb36e 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/1-index.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/1-index.po @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2022, 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-17 22:43+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-06 20:48+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: de\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.1.1\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" #. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?) #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:1 @@ -27,11 +27,12 @@ msgid "" "ldjAppCategory: \"Music\"\n" "ldjSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" "ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer and contributors\"\n" -"metadescription: \"Jamulus is open source software that lets musicians perform music, rehearse or just jam together, all in real time over the Internet.\"\n" +"metadescription: \"Jamulus is free and open source software that lets musicians perform music, rehearse or jam together, in real time over the Internet.\"\n" "mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" "mTSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" "mTGetStartedNow: \"Get started now!\"\n" "mTDownloadNow: 'Download now for'\n" +"mTPlatformsAnd: 'and'\n" "mTOtherPlatforms: 'other platforms'\n" "---\n" msgstr "" @@ -43,34 +44,35 @@ msgstr "" "ldjAppCategory: \"Musik\"\n" "ldjSlogan: \"Musiziere online. Mit deinen Freunden. Kostenlos.\"\n" "ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer und Mitwirkende\"\n" -"metadescription: \"Jamulus ist eine Open Source Software, die das Musizieren, Proben und Jammen in Echtzeit übers Internet ermöglicht.\"\n" +"metadescription: \"Jamulus ist eine Freie/Open Source Software, die Musizieren, Proben und Jammen in Echtzeit übers Internet ermöglicht.\"\n" "mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" "mTSlogan: \"Musiziere online. Mit deinen Freunden. Kostenlos.\"\n" "mTGetStartedNow: \"Jetzt Starten!\"\n" "mTDownloadNow: 'Sofort herunterladen für'\n" +"mTPlatformsAnd: 'und'\n" "mTOtherPlatforms: 'weitere Plattformen'\n" "---\n" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:19 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:20 #, no-wrap msgid "What is Jamulus?" msgstr "Was ist Jamulus?" #. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:20 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:21 #, no-wrap -msgid " Jamulus is for playing, rehearsing, or just jamming with your friends, your band or just anyone you find online. With high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection, it's easy to play together remotely and in time. " -msgstr " Jamulus ist eine Software mit der du online musizieren, üben oder jammen kannst, mit Freunden, deiner Band oder jemandem, der gerade auch online ist. Über eine normale Internetverbindung ist es einfach zusammen zu musizieren, mit hoher Klangqualität und niedriger Latenz, aus der Ferne und im Takt. " +msgid " Jamulus lets you play, rehearse, or jam with your friends, your band, or anyone you find online. Play together remotely in time with high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection. " +msgstr " Mit Jamulus kannst du mit deinen Freunden, deiner Band oder jedem, den du online findest, spielen, proben oder jammen. Spiele aus der Ferne im Takt mit hochqualitativem Sound mit geringer Latenz über eine normale Breitbandverbindung. " #. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:20 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:21 #, no-wrap msgid "Download it here" msgstr "Lade Jamulus hier herunter" #. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:20 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:21 #, no-wrap msgid "" "!\n" @@ -80,55 +82,55 @@ msgstr "" " " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:33 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:34 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus worldwide" msgstr "Jamulus weltweit" #. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:34 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:35 #, no-wrap msgid "" -" All over the world Jamulus allows huge choirs to rehearse, loud rock bands to play, and brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons,\n" -" in schools and universities, in private and in public. Even just for the spoken word – all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person.\n" +" All over the world Jamulus allows choirs to rehearse and rock bands to play. Jamulus brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons,\n" +" in schools and universities, in private and in public — all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person.\n" " " msgstr "" -" Überall auf der Welt können dank Jamulus große Chöre zusammen proben und Rockbands ihre Gigs aufführen.\n" -" Es vereint klassische und Popmusiker und wird auch für musikalischen Fernunterricht in Schulen, Universitäten, privat und öffentlich genutzt. Das war aber noch nicht alles: Sogar Sprache kann Jamulus übertragen. In Echtzeit. Über das Internet. Fast so, als ob du persönlich vor Ort wärst.\n" +" Überall auf der Welt können dank Jamulus Chöre zusammen proben und Rockbands ihre Gigs aufführen.\n" +" Jamulus vereint klassische und Popmusiker und wird auch für musikalischen Fernunterricht in Schulen, Universitäten, privat und öffentlich genutzt — alles in Echtzeit, über das Internet, als ob du persönlich vor Ort wärst.\n" " " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:36 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:37 #, no-wrap msgid "Help needed?" msgstr "Brauchst du Hilfe?" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:38 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 #, no-wrap -msgid " Have a look at the " -msgstr " Wirf einen Blick in die " +msgid " Check out the " +msgstr " Wirf einen Blick in die " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:38 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 #, no-wrap msgid "documentation" msgstr "Jamulus Dokumentation" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:38 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 #, no-wrap -msgid ". Especially consider the " -msgstr ". Beachte bitte auch die " +msgid " and consider the " +msgstr " und beachte bitte auch die " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:40 #, no-wrap msgid "troubleshooting section" msgstr "Fehlerbehebungsseite" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:40 #, no-wrap msgid "" "!\n" @@ -138,13 +140,13 @@ msgstr "" " Du kannst auch im " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:40 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:41 #, no-wrap msgid "forums" msgstr "Forum (Englisch) nach Hilfe fragen" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:40 ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:52 +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:41 ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:53 #, no-wrap msgid "" ".\n" @@ -154,77 +156,93 @@ msgstr "" " " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:44 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:45 #, no-wrap msgid "Want to get involved?" msgstr "Willst du mithelfen?" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:46 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid " Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help " +msgstr " Ideen? Hast du einen Fehler gefunden oder willst du Code beisteuern? " + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "translating" +msgstr "Möchtest du Jamulus in deine Sprache übersetzen?" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap -msgid " Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help translating into your language? Since Jamulus is " -msgstr " Ideen? Hast du einen Fehler gefunden? Willst du bei der Übersetzung oder Weiterentwicklung mithelfen? Da Jamulus eine " +msgid " Jamulus into your language? Since Jamulus is " +msgstr " Da Jamulus " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:46 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap msgid "free and open source software" msgstr "Freie/Open Source Software" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:46 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap msgid " (FOSS) licensed under the " msgstr " ist, die unter der " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:46 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap msgid "GPL" msgstr "GPL Lizenz steht" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:46 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap msgid ", you can help us!" msgstr ", kannst du aktiv mitgestalten!" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 +#. type: Content of:


+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:48 #, no-wrap msgid " Take a look at our " -msgstr " Werfe einen Blick in unsere " +msgstr " Werfe einen Blick in unsere " -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 +#. type: Content of:


+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:48 #, no-wrap msgid "contribution guidelines" msgstr "Richtlinien für Beiträge" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 +#. type: Content of:


+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:48 #, no-wrap msgid "" " to find out how. Everybody is welcome!\n" " " msgstr "" -". Wir freuen uns auf dich!\n" +" . Wir freuen uns auf dich!\n" " " -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:51 +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:52 #, no-wrap -msgid " For detailed information about how Jamulus hacks the space-time continuum to produce a near-perfect 5th dimension of collaborative sound, see " -msgstr " Ausführliche Informationen darüber, wie Jamulus das Raum-Zeit-Kontinuum hackt, um eine nahezu perfekte 5. Dimension kollaborativen Klangs zu erzeugen, findest du in " +msgid " For detailed information on how Jamulus works, see " +msgstr " Ausführliche Informationen darüber, wie Jamulus funktioniert, findest du in " -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:52 +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:53 #, no-wrap msgid "this paper by Volker Fischer (PDF)" msgstr "diesem Paper von Volker Fischer (PDF)" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:57 +#. type: Content of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:58 #, no-wrap msgid "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" msgstr "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid " For detailed information about how Jamulus hacks the space-time continuum to produce a near-perfect 5th dimension of collaborative sound, see " +#~ msgstr " Ausführliche Informationen darüber, wie Jamulus das Raum-Zeit-Kontinuum hackt, um eine nahezu perfekte 5. Dimension kollaborativen Klangs zu erzeugen, findest du in " diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Client-Troubleshooting.po index 07a3a4dde..f15ee7c90 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/Client-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Client-Troubleshooting.po @@ -1,83 +1,91 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# Ettore Atalan , 2023. +# ignotus , 2023. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-10 21:10+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ann0see \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-01 20:04+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: de\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.1\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "de" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting" msgstr "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Client Troubleshooting" msgstr "Client-Fehlerbehebung" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Fehlerbehebung" + #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:10 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# Troubleshooting\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" -msgstr "" -"# Fehlerbehebung\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:12 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:14 -msgid "Table of contents" -msgstr "Inhaltsverzeichnis" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:16 -msgid "TOC" -msgstr "TOC" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "Inhaltsverzeichnis\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:17 -msgid "{:toc}" -msgstr "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" +msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:19 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:21 -msgid "### Don’t hear any sound/Others don’t hear you?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:20 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Don’t hear any sound/Others don’t hear you?" +msgid "Don’t hear any sound/Others don’t hear you?" msgstr "### Hörst du keinen Sound / Andere hören dich nicht?" #. type: Plain text @@ -92,9 +100,11 @@ msgstr "Beginne mit den einfachen Dingen: Vergewissere dich, dass dein Instrumen msgid "**Windows users (ASIO4ALL)**: If you’re using the ASIO4ALL driver have a look at the [ASIO4ALL setup section](Installation-for-Windows#setting-up-asio4all)\n" msgstr "**Windows-Benutzer (ASIO4ALL)**: Wenn du den ASIO4ALL-Treiber verwendest, wirf einen Blick auf die [ASIO4ALL Anleitung](Installation-for-Windows#asio4all-einrichten)\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:27 -msgid "### Not seeing the headphone or microphone you just connected to your PC?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:26 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Not seeing the headphone or microphone you just connected to your PC?" +msgid "Not seeing the headphone or microphone you just connected to your PC?" msgstr "### Du kannst den Kopfhörer oder das Mikrofon, das du gerade an deinen PC angeschlossen hast nicht finden?" #. type: Plain text @@ -102,9 +112,11 @@ msgstr "### Du kannst den Kopfhörer oder das Mikrofon, das du gerade an deinen msgid "Just restart Jamulus with your device plugged in. Jamulus currently doesn't show devices which were plugged in after the sound system was loaded." msgstr "Starte Jamulus einfach neu, wenn deine Geräte eingesteckt sind. Jamulus zeigt derzeit keine Geräte an, die nach dem Laden des Soundsystems eingesteckt wurden." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:31 -msgid "### Your sound is stuttering" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:30 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Your sound is stuttering" +msgid "Your sound is stuttering" msgstr "### Dein Sound stottert" #. type: Plain text @@ -112,9 +124,11 @@ msgstr "### Dein Sound stottert" msgid "Your audio device may not work with the buffer size you selected. Select a bigger buffer size in Jamulus's settings. If possible though, use another device, since large buffer sizes mean higher latency." msgstr "Dein Audiogerät funktioniert möglicherweise nicht mit der von dir gewählten Puffergröße. Wähle in den Einstellungen von Jamulus eine größere Puffergröße. Wenn möglich, solltest du ein anderes Gerät verwenden, da große Puffergrößen eine höhere Latenz bedeuten." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:35 -msgid "### You all sound OK, but it's difficult to keep together" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:34 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### You all sound OK, but it's difficult to keep together" +msgid "You all sound OK, but it's difficult to keep together" msgstr "### Der Sound ist gut aber es ist schwierig im Takt zu bleiben" #. type: Plain text @@ -128,22 +142,22 @@ msgstr "**Wenn möglich, höre NICHT auf dein direktes Signal.** Stelle sicher, msgid "You can test whether you are hearing your signal correctly by doing the following:" msgstr "Um zu testen, ob du dein Signal richtig hörst, kannst du folgendes tun:" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:41 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44 msgid "Run Jamulus and connect to a Server with a long ping time (greater than 200ms)" msgstr "Starte Jamulus und stelle eine Verbindung zu einem Server mit einer langen Ping-Zeit (mehr als 200 ms) her" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:42 +#. type: Bullet: '2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44 msgid "Clap your hands once (or play one short note on an instrument). You should hear the sound from the Jamulus Server come back, but significantly delayed." msgstr "Klatsche einmal in die Hände (oder spiele einen kurzen Ton auf einem Instrument). Du solltest hören, dass der Ton vom Jamulus Server zurückkommt, allerdings deutlich verzögert." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:43 +#. type: Bullet: '3. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44 msgid "Click the \"Mute\" button under your Jamulus name/slider in the main Jamulus mixer window (**NOT** the \"Mute Myself\" button on the left)." msgstr "Klicke im Hauptfenster des Jamulus-Mixers auf die Schaltfläche „MUTE“ unter deinem Jamulus-Namen/Slider (**NICHT** die Schaltfläche „Stummschalten“ auf der linken Seite)." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '4. ' #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44 msgid "Clap your hands again." msgstr "Klatsche noch einmal in die Hände." @@ -163,9 +177,11 @@ msgstr "Wie genau du vermeidest, dass du dein direktes Signal hörst, hängt von msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [software manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this." msgstr "Beachte dass das Abhören des Serversignals zwar sicherstellt, dass du mit den anderen Musikern synchron bist, dass es aber auch zu Problemen kommen kann, wenn die Gesamtlatenz (angezeigt durch die „Verzögerung“-Lampe in Jamulus) die meiste Zeit über nicht grün oder zumindest gelb ist. Lies das [Software-Handbuch](/wiki/Software-Manual), um zu erfahren, wie du dein Setup in diesem Fall anpassen kannst." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:52 -msgid "### Can't work out your mic settings?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:51 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Can't work out your mic settings?" +msgid "Can't work out your mic settings?" msgstr "### Probleme mit deinen Mikrofoneinstellungen?" #. type: Plain text @@ -173,11 +189,11 @@ msgstr "### Probleme mit deinen Mikrofoneinstellungen?" msgid "When using a microphone while playing your other instrument, you can use a stereo audio input signal in your settings where one channel is connected to the instrument and the other channel is connected to a microphone signal. On the microphone channel an optional reverberation effect can be applied." msgstr "Wenn du ein Mikrofon verwendest, während du ein anderes Instrument spielst, kannst du in deinen Einstellungen ein Stereo-Audioeingangssignal verwenden, bei dem ein Kanal mit dem Instrument und der andere Kanal mit einem Mikrofonsignal verbunden ist. Auf den Mikrofonkanal kann ein optionaler Hall-Effekt eingestellt werden." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:56 -#, fuzzy +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:55 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "### Buffer LEDs suddenly going red, outages, jittering, weird sounds?" -msgid "### Buffer LEDs suddenly going red, outages, [jittering](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jitter), weird sounds?" +msgid "Buffer LEDs suddenly going red, outages, [jittering](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jitter), weird sounds?" msgstr "### Puffer-LEDs leuchten plötzlich rot, Ausfälle, [Jitter](https://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jitter), seltsame Geräusche?" #. type: Plain text @@ -185,9 +201,11 @@ msgstr "### Puffer-LEDs leuchten plötzlich rot, Ausfälle, [Jitter](https://de. msgid "Your computer may be under too much load. Try not to have anything competing with Jamulus (like Zoom Meetings or Facebook live streams) on your machine. Or at least quit them while you're playing. Prevent things like virus scanners doing scans, or software updates happening, etc. Be aware that the reverb setting in Jamulus also uses more CPU the more reverb you have." msgstr "Dein Computer ist möglicherweise zu stark belastet. Versuche alles was mit Jamulus konkurriert (wie Zoom Meetings oder Facebook-Livestreams) von deinem Computer zu entfernen. Oder beende diese zumindest, während du spielst. Verhindere dass z. B. Virenscanner Scans durchführen oder Software-Updates durchgeführt werden, usw. Beachte dass auch die Hall-Einstellung in Jamulus mehr CPU verbraucht, je mehr Hall eingestellt wird." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:60 -msgid "### Ping times and latency start well, then get worse, causing issues" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:59 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Ping times and latency start well, then get worse, causing issues" +msgid "Ping times and latency start well, then get worse, causing issues" msgstr "### Ping-Zeiten und Latenzzeiten beginnen gut, werden dann schlechter und verursachen Probleme" #. type: Plain text @@ -195,9 +213,11 @@ msgstr "### Ping-Zeiten und Latenzzeiten beginnen gut, werden dann schlechter un msgid "This can indicate something else is competing with Jamulus on your network, so make sure nobody is watching HD Netflix movies or taking part in Zoom video conferences while you are playing. A more permanent solution for technically-minded users may be found by investigating [the issue of buffer bloat](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/) on their router and whether you can implement Smart Queue Management (SQM). [More details here](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/What_can_I_do_about_Bufferbloat/)." msgstr "Das kann darauf hindeuten, dass ein anderer Dienst in deinem Netzwerk mit Jamulus konkurriert. Stelle also sicher, dass niemand HD-Netflix-Filme ansieht oder an Zoom-Videokonferenzen teilnimmt, während du spielst. Du kannst auch [ein Problem mit Bufferbloat](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/) haben. Um das zu beheben solltest du deinen Router untersuchen und prüfen, ob du Smart Queue Management (SQM) implementieren kannst. [Weitere Einzelheiten findest du hier](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/What_can_I_do_about_Bufferbloat/)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:64 -msgid "### Getting frustrated with software channels, audio routing, sample rates and more?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:63 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Getting frustrated with software channels, audio routing, sample rates and more?" +msgid "Getting frustrated with software channels, audio routing, sample rates and more?" msgstr "### Du bist frustriert von Software-Kanälen, Audio-Routing, Abtastraten und mehr?" #. type: Plain text @@ -205,9 +225,11 @@ msgstr "### Du bist frustriert von Software-Kanälen, Audio-Routing, Abtastraten msgid "It's usually far easier and more reliable to have a [mixing desk](https://www.thomann.de/pics/bdb/191244/7355025_800.jpg) to connect your kit (instruments, mic, recorder etc.) and then send a simple stereo signal to your sound interface (be sure to listen to the resulting sound from the Jamulus Server via your computer though!). The huge variety of possible hardware, software and instrument combinations means that setting up your sound card to work with your particular configuration can otherwise get complicated very fast." msgstr "In der Regel ist es viel einfacher und zuverlässiger, ein [Mischpult](https://www.thomann.de/pics/bdb/191244/7355025_800.jpg) zu nutzen, an das du dein Equipment (Instrumente, Mikrofon, Aufnahmegerät usw.) anschließt und dann ein einfaches Stereosignal an dein Sound-Interface zu senden (achte aber darauf, dass du den resultierenden Sound vom Jamulus Server über deinen Computer abhörst!) Die große Vielfalt an möglichen Hardware-, Software- und Instrumentenkombinationen bedeutet, dass das Einrichten deiner Soundkarte für deine spezielle Konfiguration ansonsten sehr schnell kompliziert werden kann." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:68 -msgid "### Somebody joining your jam and being too loud?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:67 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Somebody joining your jam and being too loud?" +msgid "Somebody joining your jam and being too loud?" msgstr "### Ist jemand zu laut, wenn er in deine Jam-Session dazukommt?" #. type: Plain text @@ -215,9 +237,11 @@ msgstr "### Ist jemand zu laut, wenn er in deine Jam-Session dazukommt?" msgid "You can set your \"New Client Level\" to a low value (e.g. 10), or set the musicians you are playing with to \"Solo\" state (in the mixer panel on the right side). That way, either new entrants will be very quiet, or you won't hear them at all." msgstr "Du kannst den „Pegel für neue Teilnehmer“ auf einen niedrigen Wert (z. B. 10) einstellen oder die Musiker, mit denen du spielst, in den „SOLO“-Status versetzen (im Mischpult auf der rechten Seite). Auf diese Weise werden neue Teilnehmer entweder sehr leise sein oder du wirst sie überhaupt nicht hören." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:72 -msgid "### Can't see the Server you want to join?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:71 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Can't see the Server you want to join?" +msgid "Can't see the Server you want to join?" msgstr "### Du kannst den Server, dem du beitreten möchtest, nicht sehen?" #. type: Plain text @@ -225,9 +249,11 @@ msgstr "### Du kannst den Server, dem du beitreten möchtest, nicht sehen?" msgid "First check that you have the right genre Server selected in your Connect window. Sometimes network issues mean your Client won't list all the available Servers. If you know the name of the Server you want to join, you can [look up its IP address here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/). Enter that address in the \"Server Address\" field in the Connect Setup window to connect to it." msgstr "Vergewissere dich zunächst, dass du den richtigen Verzeichnis-Server in deinem Verbindungsfenster ausgewählt hast. Manchmal führen Netzwerkprobleme dazu, dass dein Client nicht alle verfügbaren Server auflistet. Wenn du den Namen des Servers kennst, dem du beitreten möchtest, kannst du [hier seine IP-Adresse nachschlagen](https://explorer.jamulus.io/). Gib diese Adresse in das Feld „Serveradresse“ im Fenster „Verbindungsaufbau“ ein, um eine Verbindung herzustellen." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:76 -msgid "### Not seeing a list of Servers at all?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:75 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Not seeing a list of Servers at all?" +msgid "Not seeing a list of Servers at all?" msgstr "### Du siehst keine Liste der Server?" #. type: Plain text @@ -240,48 +266,105 @@ msgstr "In Großbritannien (und möglicherweise in anderen Regionen/Routern) kan msgid "In some cases, it may be your ISP that is blocking your use of Jamulus. See the note on the [server troubleshooting page](Server-Troubleshooting#nobody-can-connect-to-my-server---but-i-can-connect-locally) about \"Nobody can connect to my Server\"" msgstr "In einigen Fällen kann es sein, dass dein ISP die Nutzung von Jamulus blockiert. Siehe den Hinweis auf der [Server-Fehlerbehebungsseite](Server-Troubleshooting#niemand-kann-sich-mit-meinem-server-verbinden---aber-ich-kann-mich-lokal-verbinden) über „Niemand kann sich mit meinem Server verbinden - aber ich kann mich lokal verbinden“" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:82 -msgid "### Trouble using Garageband (or other DAW) with Jamulus?" -msgstr "### Probleme bei der Verwendung von Garageband (oder einer anderen DAW) mit Jamulus?" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:81 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Getting an error message saying \"Jamulus\" can't be opened because the developer cannot be verified" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:84 -msgid "See [this forum discussion](https://sourceforge.net/p/llcon/discussion/533517/thread/d3dd58eedc/#b994)" -msgstr "Siehe [diese Forumsdiskussion](https://sourceforge.net/p/llcon/discussion/533517/thread/d3dd58eedc/#b994)" +msgid "If you are using a \"legacy\" version of Jamulus (because you are running an older version of macOS) or an intermediate build, the first time you run Jamulus, you will see a message saying it cannot be opened." +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:86 -msgid "### Using a Mac and your input is not heard?" -msgstr "### Du verwendest einen Mac und dein Sound wird nicht gehört?" +msgid "To open Jamulus" +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:88 -msgid "(With thanks to [Mark Anthony De Souza](https://www.facebook.com/groups/619274602254947/permalink/765122847670121/?comment_id=765525034296569))" -msgstr "(Mit Dank an [Mark Anthony De Souza](https://www.facebook.com/groups/619274602254947/permalink/765122847670121/?comment_id=765525034296569))" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 +msgid "Go to the Applications folder via Finder" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 +msgid "Double-click on Jamulus and wait for the above-mentioned message" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 +msgid "Close this message by clicking on \"Cancel\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 +msgid "Now control-click (or right-click) on Jamulus, and select \"Open\" from the top of the menu." +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:90 -msgid "Maybe you did not answer \"Yes\" to the `\"Jamulus wants to access your microphone\"` challenge. To fix this:" -msgstr "Vielleicht hast du die Frage „Jamulus möchte auf das Mikrofon zugreifen“ nicht mit „Ja“ beantwortet. Um dies zu beheben:" +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:93 +msgid "You will then get a slightly different version of the same message, which allows you to click \"Open\". From then on, you can run Jamulus in the normal way and the message won't appear. For further information about this warning see [this Apple Support Page](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:94 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Trouble using Garageband (or other DAW) with Jamulus?" +msgid "Trouble using Garageband (or other DAW) with Jamulus?" +msgstr "### Probleme bei der Verwendung von Garageband (oder einer anderen DAW) mit Jamulus?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 -msgid "Go to `Preferences` > `Security & Privacy` > `Privacy` tab" -msgstr "Gehe zu „Einstellungen“ > „Sicherheit und Datenschutz“ > Registerkarte „Datenschutz“" +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:97 +msgid "See [this forum discussion](https://sourceforge.net/p/llcon/discussion/533517/thread/d3dd58eedc/#b994)" +msgstr "Siehe [diese Forumsdiskussion](https://sourceforge.net/p/llcon/discussion/533517/thread/d3dd58eedc/#b994)" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:98 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Using a Mac and your input is not heard?" +msgid "Using a Mac and your input is not heard?" +msgstr "### Du verwendest einen Mac und dein Sound wird nicht gehört?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:92 -msgid "Find `Microphone` on the left and then make sure `Jamulus` is enabled on the right-hand list" -msgstr "Suche „Mikrofon“ auf der linken Seite und stelle sicher, dass „Jamulus“ in der rechten Liste aktiviert ist" +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:101 +msgid "(With thanks to [Mark Anthony De Souza](https://www.facebook.com/groups/619274602254947/permalink/765122847670121/?comment_id=765525034296569))" +msgstr "(Mit Dank an [Mark Anthony De Souza](https://www.facebook.com/groups/619274602254947/permalink/765122847670121/?comment_id=765525034296569))" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:94 +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:105 #, no-wrap -msgid "***\n" -msgstr "***\n" +msgid "" +"Maybe you did not answer \"Yes\" to the `\"Jamulus wants to access your microphone\"` challenge. To fix this:\n" +"* Go to `Preferences` > `Security & Privacy` > `Privacy` tab\n" +"* Find `Microphone` on the left and then make sure `Jamulus` is enabled on the right-hand list\n" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:95 +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:108 msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" msgstr "Für alles andere suche bitte im [Forum](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) oder poste dort deine Frage" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ "# Troubleshooting\n" +#~ " {:.no_toc}\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "# Fehlerbehebung\n" +#~ " {:.no_toc}\n" + +#~ msgid "TOC" +#~ msgstr "TOC" + +#~ msgid "Maybe you did not answer \"Yes\" to the `\"Jamulus wants to access your microphone\"` challenge. To fix this:" +#~ msgstr "Vielleicht hast du die Frage „Jamulus möchte auf das Mikrofon zugreifen“ nicht mit „Ja“ beantwortet. Um dies zu beheben:" + +#~ msgid "Go to `Preferences` > `Security & Privacy` > `Privacy` tab" +#~ msgstr "Gehe zu „Einstellungen“ > „Sicherheit und Datenschutz“ > Registerkarte „Datenschutz“" + +#~ msgid "Find `Microphone` on the left and then make sure `Jamulus` is enabled on the right-hand list" +#~ msgstr "Suche „Mikrofon“ auf der linken Seite und stelle sicher, dass „Jamulus“ in der rechten Liste aktiviert ist" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "***\n" +#~ msgstr "***\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Command-Line-Options.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Command-Line-Options.po index 0ff61b181..f4baf8f35 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/Command-Line-Options.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Command-Line-Options.po @@ -1,75 +1,84 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# Ettore Atalan , 2023. +# ignotus , 2023. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-06-20 12:01+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-01 20:04+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: de\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.1\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "de" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Command-Line-Options" msgstr "/wiki/Command-Line-Options" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus – Command Line Options" msgstr "Jamulus - Befehlszeilen Optionen" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:9 -msgid "# Command Line Options" -msgstr "# Befehlszeilen Optionen" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Command Line Options" +msgstr "Befehlszeilenoptionen" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:11 -msgid "## Shared commands" -msgstr "## Befehle für Client und Server" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Shared commands" +msgstr "Gemeinsame Befehle" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:13 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:15 -msgid "## Client only commands" -msgstr "## Befehle für den Client" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:14 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Client only commands" +msgstr "Befehle für den Client" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:17 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:19 -msgid "## Server only commands" -msgstr "## Befehle für den Server" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server only commands" +msgstr "Befehle für den Server" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:21 -msgid "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" -msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:20 +msgid "See [Running a Server](Running-a-Server#server-mode-related-options)" +msgstr "Siehe [Einen Server betreiben](Running-a-Server#server-mode-related-options)" + +#~ msgid "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" +#~ msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Contribution.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Contribution.po index 52aa7421f..e87adc900 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/Contribution.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Contribution.po @@ -1,70 +1,74 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# Ettore Atalan , 2023. +# ignotus , 2023. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-06-20 12:01+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-01 21:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: de\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.1\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "de" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Contribution" msgstr "/wiki/Contribution" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Contribution" msgstr "Beitragen" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:9 -msgid "# Contributing to the Jamulus Project" -msgstr "# Zum Jamulus-Projekt beitragen" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Contributing to the Jamulus Project" +msgstr "Zum Jamulus-Projekt beitragen" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:11 -msgid "If you find a mistake, typo or something out of date (in any language) on this website or in Jamulus itself, you can raise it as a bug." -msgstr "Wenn du auf dieser Website oder in Jamulus selbst einen Fehler, einen Tippfehler oder etwas Veraltetes (egal in welcher Sprache) findest, kannst du Verbesserungen hier melden." +#, no-wrap +msgid "If you find a mistake, typo or something out of date (in any language) on this website or in Jamulus itself, you can raise it as a bug.\n" +msgstr "Wenn du auf dieser Website oder in Jamulus selbst einen Fehler, einen Tippfehler oder etwas Veraltetes (egal in welcher Sprache) findest, kannst du Verbesserungen hier melden.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:13 -msgid "If you think some documentation or information is missing or can be improved, post about it on this forum so it can be discussed first." -msgstr "Wenn du der Meinung bist, dass eine Dokumentation oder eine Information fehlt oder verbessert werden kann, poste deine Meinung in diesem Forum, damit es zuerst diskutiert werden kann." +#, no-wrap +msgid "If you think some documentation or information is missing or can be improved, post about it on this forum so it can be discussed first.\n" +msgstr "Wenn du der Meinung bist, dass Dokumentation oder eine Information fehlt oder verbessert werden kann, poste es in diesem Forum, damit es diskutiert werden kann.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:15 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "If you want to help out with translation, you will need to have a GitHub account and should be familiar with using git and Jekyll. Read about our [documentation and translation process](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamuluswebsite/blob/release/README.md), and [introduce yourself](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) if you’d like to get involved. You can check the current status of website translations [here](Statistics)." msgid "We use [Weblate](https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/#languages) to translate our documentation. Read about our [documentation and translation process](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamuluswebsite/blob/release/README.md), and [introduce yourself](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) if you’d like to get involved." -msgstr "Wenn du bei der Übersetzung mithelfen möchtest, benötigst du ein GitHub-Konto und solltest mit der Verwendung von Git und Jekyll vertraut sein. Lies über unseren [Dokumentations- und Übersetzungsprozess](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamuluswebsite/blob/release/README.md), und [stelle dich vor](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions), wenn du dich beteiligen möchtest. Du kannst den aktuellen Stand der Website-Übersetzungen [hier](Statistics) einsehen." +msgstr "Wir verwenden [Weblate](https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/#languages), um unsere Dokumentation zu übersetzen. Lies mehr über unseren [Dokumentations- und Übersetzungsprozess](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamuluswebsite/blob/release/README.md), und [stelle dich vor](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions), wenn du dich beteiligen möchtest." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:18 -msgid "## Want to contribute code?" -msgstr "## Möchtest du Code beitragen?" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Want to contribute code?" +msgstr "Möchtest du Code beitragen?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:19 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Directories.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Directories.po index 33bf3c7cf..45142759d 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/Directories.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Directories.po @@ -1,101 +1,105 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# Ettore Atalan , 2023. +# ignotus , 2023. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-01 20:17+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ann0see (Alt) \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-01 21:43+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: de\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.1\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "de" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Directories" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Directories" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Directories" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Verzeichnisse" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:9 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Mehr\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:12 -msgid "# Running a Directory" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:11 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Running a Directory" +msgstr "Ein Verzeichnis betreiben" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:14 -msgid "This is a specialised Jamulus Server configuration, as described in [Server Types](Running-a-Server#server-types)." -msgstr "" +msgid "This is a specialised Jamulus Server configuration, as described in [Server Modes](Running-a-Server#server-modes)." +msgstr "Das ist eine spezielle Jamulus-Server-Konfiguration, wie in [Server-Modi](Running-a-Server#server-modes) beschrieben." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:16 -msgid "To view Servers listed by a Custom Directory, users must enter the address of that Directory in their Client's Settings > Advanced Setup > Custom Directories field. Multiple addresses can be added in this way if needed. Custom Directories will then appear in the Directory drop-down list on their Connect window. Custom Directories otherwise work for Clients in the same way as Public Directories, displaying a list of Servers registered with them." -msgstr "" +#, no-wrap +msgid "To view Servers listed by a Custom Directory, users must enter the address of that Directory in their Client's Settings > Advanced Setup > Custom Directories field. Multiple addresses can be added in this way if needed. Custom Directories will then appear in the Directory drop-down list on their Connect window. Custom Directories otherwise work for Clients in the same way as Public Directories, displaying a list of Servers registered with them.\n" +msgstr "Um die von einem benutzerdefinierten Verzeichnis aufgelisteten Server zu sehen, müssen Benutzer die Adresse dieses Verzeichnisses in das Feld Einstellungen > Erweiterte Einstellungen > Benutzerdefinierte Verzeichnisse ihres Clients eingeben. Bei Bedarf können mehrere Adressen auf diese Weise hinzugefügt werden. Benutzerdefinierte Verzeichnisse erscheinen dann in der Dropdownliste Verzeichnis im Verbinden Fenster. Benutzerdefinierte Verzeichnisse funktionieren für Clients auf dieselbe Weise wie öffentliche Verzeichnisse und zeigen eine Liste der bei ihnen registrierten Server an.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:18 -msgid "To run a Server as a Directory, it should be started with the `--directoryserver` option to make itself (that is, `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`) the Directory to query for Servers." -msgstr "" +msgid "To run a Server as a Directory, it should be started with the `--directoryaddress` option to make itself (that is, `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`) the Directory to query for Servers." +msgstr "Um einen Server als Verzeichnis zu betreiben, sollte er mit der Option `--directoryaddress` gestartet werden, um sich selbst (d.h. `localhost` oder `127.0.0.1`) zum Verzeichnis für die Abfrage nach Servern zu machen." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:20 msgid "When running a Server with the GUI, set the Custom Directory server address in the Options tab to \"localhost\", then select \"Custom\" from the Directory drop-down list." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wenn du einen GUI Server betreibst, setze die Adresse des benutzerdefinierten Verzeichnisses in der Registerkarte Optionen auf \"localhost\" und wählen dann \"Benutzerdefiniert\" in der Dropdown-Liste Verzeichnis." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:23 -msgid "### Points to note about Directories" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Points to note about Directories" +msgstr "Zu beachtende Punkte über Verzeichnisse" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:25 msgid "If you want to control which Servers can register with your Directory, you can enable a whitelist with the `--listfilter` command line option in the format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wenn du kontrollieren möchtest, welche Server sich an deinem Verzeichnis registrieren können, kannst du mit der Befehlszeilenoption `--listfilter` eine Whitelist im Format `IP Adresse 1[;IP Adresse 2]` aktivieren." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:27 msgid "When running a Server behind a NAT firewall on a private network and registering with a Directory on the same network, run the Server using the `--serverpublicip` option to specify the public IP address. This is necessary to allow Clients on the public Internet to connect to the correct address. Note that for the Server(s) using this option, you will still need proper port forwarding in your router/firewall." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:29 msgid "When running a Client behind a NAT firewall on a private network with a Directory on the same network, the Directory itself needs to be run using the `--serverpublicip` option to specify the public IP address, so that any Servers on the public Internet registering with the Directory that require the \"hole punch\" can be accessed by the Client(s). (This is because otherwise the Directory would provide the local network address of the Client to the Server and the \"hole punch\" would fail.)" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:31 msgid "If you need to restart your Directory for any reason (for example when rebooting the host), Servers connected to it will be disconnected until they re-register. This does not mean that Clients connected to those Servers will be disconnected, but does mean that new Clients will be not able to see Servers listed by your Directory until those Servers reconnect. To enable the list of registered Servers to persist between restarts, use the `--directoryfile` option to specify the location and name of a file that the Directory can read and write to." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:32 msgid "Up to 150 Servers can then register with a Directory." msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/FAQ.po b/_translator-files/po/de/FAQ.po index 56da92c11..6496e8825 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/FAQ.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/FAQ.po @@ -1,79 +1,85 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# Ettore Atalan , 2023. +# ignotus , 2023. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-10 21:10+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ann0see \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-20 11:08+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: de\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.1\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "de" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/FAQ" msgstr "/wiki/FAQ" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "FAQ" -msgstr "FAQ - Häufig gestellte Fragen" +msgstr "FAQ" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus FAQ" +msgstr "Jamulus FAQ" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:10 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# Jamulus FAQ\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" -msgstr "" -"# Jamulus FAQ\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:12 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:14 -msgid "Table of contents" -msgstr "Inhaltsverzeichnis" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:16 -msgid "TOC" -msgstr "TOC" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "Inhaltsverzeichnis\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:17 -msgid "{:toc}" -msgstr "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" +msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:19 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:21 @@ -81,46 +87,43 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**For common problems and their solutions when using Jamulus, see the [Troubleshooting](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) page.**\n" msgstr "**Häufige Probleme und deren Lösungen bei der Verwendung von Jamulus findest du auf der [Fehlerbehebungsseite](Client-Troubleshooting).**\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:24 -msgid "### Is there a metronome, synchronization, or some other way of keeping in time?" -msgstr "### Hat Jamulus ein Metronom, eine Synchronisation oder eine andere Möglichkeit, den Takt zu halten?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Is there a metronome, synchronization, or some other way of keeping in time?" +msgstr "Hat Jamulus ein Metronom, Synchronisation oder eine andere Möglichkeit, den Takt zu halten?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:26 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "No. Musicians on a Jamulus Server simply play in real time together as they would in person. If you want to have a time signal, then there are shared metronome solutions on the Internet you can try. But it’s probably best to just minimise latency so nobody has an overall delay more than about 30-50 ms." -msgid "No. Musicians on a Jamulus Server play in real time together as they would in person. If you want to have a time signal, then there are shared metronome solutions on the Internet you can try. But it’s probably best to just minimise latency so nobody has an overall delay more than about 30-50 ms." -msgstr "Nein. Die Musiker auf einem Jamulus-Server spielen einfach in Echtzeit zusammen, so wie sie es auch persönlich tun würden. Wenn du ein Zeitsignal wünscht, kannst du im Internet Lösungen für gemeinsame Metronome ausprobieren. Aber es ist wahrscheinlich am besten, die Latenz zu minimieren, so dass niemand eine Gesamtverzögerung von mehr als 30-50 ms hat." +msgid "No. Musicians on a Jamulus Server play in real time together as they would in person. If you want a time signal, there are shared metronome solutions on the Internet you can try. But it’s probably best to just minimise latency so nobody has an overall delay more than about 30-50 ms." +msgstr "Nein. Die Musiker auf einem Jamulus-Server spielen in Echtzeit zusammen, so wie sie es auch persönlich tun würden. Wenn du ein Zeitsignal wünscht, kannst du im Internet Lösungen für gemeinsame Metronome ausprobieren. Aber es ist wahrscheinlich am besten, die Latenz zu minimieren, so dass niemand eine Gesamtverzögerung von mehr als 30-50 ms hat." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:28 msgid "Bear in mind also that all participants should follow [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together) which will also determine whether you can play in time properly." msgstr "Beachte dass sich alle Teilnehmer an die [Goldene Regel](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#der-sound-ist-gut-aber-es-ist-schwierig-im-takt-zu-bleiben) halten sollten, denn davon hängt auch ab, ob alle richtig im Takt spielen können." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:30 -msgid "### How do I know if I can join a Server? Are there rules?" -msgstr "### Woher weiß ich, ob ich einem Server beitreten kann? Gibt es Regeln?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "How do I know if I can join a Server? Are there rules?" +msgstr "Woher weiß ich, ob ich einem Server beitreten kann? Gibt es Regeln?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:32 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "In general, if somebody lists a Server on one of the Public Directories provided by Jamulus by default, they accept that anyone can play on it. Jamulus has no password protection or other authentication mechanisms built in. However, some Servers may state their policies in the welcome message you will see in the chat window." msgid "If somebody lists a Server on one of the Directories built into Jamulus, they accept that anyone can play on it. Jamulus has no password protection or other authentication mechanisms. Whilst some Servers may state their policies in the welcome message you will see in the chat window, Jamulus itself does nothing to enforce these." -msgstr "Wenn jemand einen Server in eines der öffentlichen Verzeichnisse einträgt, die Jamulus standardmäßig bereitstellt, akzeptiert er damit, dass jeder auf ihm spielen kann. Jamulus unterstützt keinen Passwortschutz oder andere Authentifizierungsmechanismen. Einige Server können jedoch in der Willkommensnachricht, die du im Chat-Fenster sehen kannst, Richtlinien angeben." +msgstr "Wenn jemand einen Server in eines der standardmäßig in Jamulus integrierten Verzeichnisse einträgt, akzeptiert er damit, dass jeder auf ihm spielen kann. Jamulus unterstützt keinen Passwortschutz oder andere Authentifizierungsmechanismen. Obwohl einige Server in ihrer Willkommensnachricht – die du im Chat-Fenster siehst – Richtlinien angeben, wird Jamulus nicht versuchen sie durchzusetzen." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:34 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Note also that Servers do not have to be registered on a Directory in order for Jamulus Clients to connect to them. Server operators can simply give out the address of their Servers to those they want to play with, and they can then connect directly. Have a look at [this overview for more information](/wiki/Running-a-Server#server-types)." -msgid "Note also that Servers do not have to be registered on a Directory in order for Jamulus Clients to connect to them. Server operators can just give out the address of their Servers to those they want to play with, and they can then connect directly. Have a look at [this overview for more information](/wiki/Running-a-Server#server-types)." +msgid "Note also that Servers do not have to be registered on a Directory in order for Jamulus Clients to connect to them. Server operators can just give out the address of their Servers to those they want to play with, and they can then connect directly. Have a look at [this overview for more information](/wiki/Running-a-Server#server-modes)." msgstr "Beachte auch, dass die Server nicht in einem Verzeichnis registriert sein müssen, damit sich Jamulus-Clients mit dem Server verbinden können. Serverbetreiber können einfach die Adresse deines Servers an diejenigen weitergeben, mit denen sie spielen wollen, und diese können sich dann direkt verbinden. Schaue dir [diese Übersicht für weitere Informationen](/wiki/Running-a-Server#server-typen) an." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:36 -msgid "### Why shouldn’t I use wireless equipment?" -msgstr "### Warum sollte ich keine drahtlosen Geräte verwenden?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:35 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why shouldn’t I use wireless equipment?" +msgstr "Warum sollte ich keine drahtlosen Geräte verwenden?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:38 @@ -132,82 +135,101 @@ msgstr "Ob du im Takt mit anderen Musikern spielen kannst, hängt hauptsächlich msgid "So it makes sense to minimise any sources of delay or other problems with the signal. Even fast wi-fi is usually too variable to use for long periods with Jamulus, and Bluetooth headphones and mics usually introduce latencies of about 50 ms or more." msgstr "Daher ist es sinnvoll, alle Quellen von Verzögerungen oder anderen Problemen mit dem Signal zu minimieren. Selbst schnelles WLAN ist in der Regel zu unbeständig, um es über längere Zeit mit Jamulus zu nutzen, und Bluetooth Kopfhörer/Mikrofone verursachen in der Regel Latenzen von 50 ms oder mehr." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:42 -msgid "### Why should I not listen to my own signal?" -msgstr "### Warum sollte ich nicht auf mein eigenes Signal hören?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why should I not listen to my own signal?" +msgstr "Warum sollte ich nicht auf mein eigenes Signal hören?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:44 msgid "For the same reason as you need to minimise delay in your signal in order to play in time, you need to make sure you are playing to your own sound that other musicians are hearing. More information on this, and a way of testing your setup to make sure you are obeying this “Golden Rule” [can be found here](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)." -msgstr "Aus dem gleichen Grund, aus dem du die Verzögerung deines Signals minimieren musst, um im Takt zu spielen, musst du sicherstellen, dass du zu deinem eigenen Sound spielst, den auch die anderen Musiker hören. Weitere Informationen dazu und eine Möglichkeit, dein Setup zu testen, um sicherzustellen, dass du diese „Goldene Regel“ befolgst, findest du hier [Goldene Regel](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#der-sound-ist-gut-aber-es-ist-schwierig-im-takt-zu-bleiben)" +msgstr "Aus dem gleichen Grund, aus dem du die Verzögerung deines Signals minimieren musst, um im Takt zu spielen, musst du sicherstellen, dass du zu deinem eigenen Sound spielst, den auch die anderen Musiker hören. Weitere Informationen dazu und eine Möglichkeit, dein Setup zu testen, um sicherzustellen, dass du diese „Goldene Regel“ befolgst, findest du hier [Goldene Regel](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#der-sound-ist-gut-aber-es-ist-schwierig-im-takt-zu-bleiben)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:46 msgid "Of course, if you are playing an acoustic instrument, or are a singer, it will be hard to exclude your “local” sound. But you should at least try to do so by for example using closed-back headphones turned up as loud as you are able to mask your own sound. This will let you concentrate on the mix coming back to you from the Server." msgstr "Wenn du ein akustisches Instrument spielst oder singst, wird es natürlich schwierig sein, deinen „lokalen“ Klang auszublenden. Aber du solltest es zumindest versuchen, indem du z. B. geschlossene Kopfhörer verwendest, die du so laut wie möglich aufdrehst, um deinen eigenen/direkte Sound zu überdecken. So kannst du dich auf die Mischung konzentrieren, die vom Server zu dir zurückkommt." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:48 -msgid "### Do I need a fast Internet connection?" -msgstr "### Brauche ich eine schnelle Internetverbindung?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Do I need a fast Internet connection?" +msgstr "Brauche ich eine schnelle Internetverbindung?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:50 -msgid "No, especially if you don't run a Server to host other musicians. Having a low ping is more important. For most people on standard broadband (e.g. 10 Mbit/s down and 1 Mbit/s up) you will have no problems. For those running Servers at home, depending on how many people join, you may encounter issues if your _upstream_ bandwidth is lower than about 5 Mbit/s." +msgid "No, especially if you don't run a Server to host other musicians. Having a low ping is more important. Most people on standard broadband (e.g. 10 Mbit/s down and 1 Mbit/s up) will have no problems. For those running Servers at home, depending on how many people join, you may encounter issues if your _upstream_ bandwidth is lower than about 5 Mbit/s." msgstr "Nein, vor allem wenn du keinen Server betreibst, um andere Musiker zu hosten. Ein niedriger Ping ist viel wichtiger. Die meisten Leute mit einem Standard-Breitbandanschluss (z. B. 10 Mbit/s Download und 1 Mbit/s Upload) werden keine Probleme haben. Für diejenigen, die einen Server zu Hause betreiben, kann es je nach Anzahl der Teilnehmer zu Problemen kommen, wenn die Bandbreite im Upload weniger als 5 Mbit/s beträgt." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:52 -msgid "### Do I need to run a Server?" -msgstr "### Muss ich einen Server betreiben?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Do I need to run a Server?" +msgstr "Muss ich einen Server betreiben?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:54 msgid "No. If you just intend to connect to other people’s Servers, then all you need is a Client. [Read this if you think you need to run your own Server](/wiki/Running-a-Server)." msgstr "Nein. Wenn du dich nur mit den Servern anderer Leute verbinden möchtest, dann brauchst du nur einen Client. [Lese dies wenn du deinen eigenen Server betreiben möchtest](/wiki/Running-a-Server)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:56 -msgid "### How does Jamulus work (in general)?" -msgstr "### Wie funktioniert Jamulus (im Allgemeinen)?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:55 +#, no-wrap +msgid "How does Jamulus work (in general)?" +msgstr "Wie funktioniert Jamulus (im Allgemeinen)?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:58 -msgid "\"Diagram" -msgstr "\"Diagram:" +#, no-wrap +msgid "\"Diagram\n" +msgstr "\"Diagram:\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:61 msgid "Jamulus works on the Client-server principle. Everybody’s audio is sent to a Server, mixed and processed there. Afterwards, the audio is sent back to each Client. If a Server is registered in a Jamulus Directory, the Server's information will be provided to all Clients using that Directory." msgstr "Jamulus arbeitet nach dem Client-Server-Prinzip. Die Audiodaten aller Teilnehmer werden an einen Server gesendet, dort gemischt und bearbeitet. Anschließend wird das Audiomaterial an jeden Client zurückgeschickt. Wenn ein Server in einem Jamulus-Verzeichnis registriert ist, werden die Informationen des Servers allen Clients zur Verfügung gestellt, die dieses Verzeichnis nutzen." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:63 -msgid "### Why doesn't Jamulus provide video support?" -msgstr "### Warum bietet Jamulus keine Videounterstützung?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why doesn't Jamulus provide video support?" +msgstr "Warum unterstützt Jamulus kein Video?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:65 msgid "Adding video support adds a lot of complexity. You can use other software like Jitsi or Zoom if you want to see others when playing (or have an \"audience\"), but the video will be significantly behind the Jamulus audio." msgstr "Das Hinzufügen von Videounterstützung würde viel Komplexität hinzufügen. Du kannst andere Software wie Jitsi oder Zoom verwenden, wenn du andere beim Spielen sehen willst (oder ein „Publikum“ hast), aber das Video wird deutlich hinter dem Jamulus-Audio zurückbleiben. Hinweis: Im Video Programm muss das Audio Signal gemutet werden." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:68 -msgid "## Server FAQ" -msgstr "## Server FAQ - Häufig gestellte Fragen" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:67 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server FAQ" +msgstr "Server FAQ - Häufig gestellte Fragen" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:70 -msgid "### Why do Registered Servers not need port forwarding?" -msgstr "### Warum brauchen registrierte Server keine Portweiterleitung?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:69 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why do Registered Servers not need port forwarding?" +msgstr "Warum brauchen registrierte Server keine Portweiterleitung?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:72 -msgid "Normally, network address translation (NAT) firewalls prevent incoming requests initiated from outside the local network. Inbound traffic is only possible for packets relating to an outbound request (strictly speaking, “related” and “established” packets to an initial outbound connection). In Registered Server mode, when your Jamulus Server connects to a Directory it of course initiates an outbound connection. From then on, the Directory sends (established/related) connection “pings” (not ICMP pings) to your Server at regular intervals to keep the relevant NAT port(s) open on your router/firewall." -msgstr "Normalerweise verhindern NAT-Firewalls (Network Address Translation) eingehende Anfragen, die von außerhalb des lokalen Netzes kommen. Eingehender Verkehr ist nur für Pakete möglich, die sich auf eine ausgehende Anfrage beziehen (streng genommen „verwandte“ und „aufgebaute“ Pakete zu einer ursprünglichen ausgehenden Verbindung). Wenn dein Jamulus Server im Modus „Registrierter Server“ eine Verbindung zu einem Verzeichnis herstellt, initiiert er natürlich eine ausgehende Verbindung. Von da an sendet das Verzeichnis in regelmäßigen Abständen \"Pings\" (keine ICMP-Pings) an deinen Server, um den/die entsprechenden NAT-Port(s) auf deinem Router/Firewall offen zu halten." +msgid "Normally, network address translation (NAT) blocks incoming requests initiated from outside the local network. Inbound traffic is only possible for packets relating to an outbound request (strictly speaking, “related” and “established” packets to an initial outbound connection). In Registered Server mode, your Jamulus Server initiates an outbound connection when it connects to a Directory. From then on, the Directory sends (established/related) connection “pings” (not ICMP pings) to your Server at regular intervals to keep the relevant port(s) open on your router." +msgstr "Normalerweise verhindert NAT (Network Address Translation) eingehende Anfragen, die von außerhalb des lokalen Netzes kommen. Eingehender Verkehr ist nur für Pakete möglich, die sich auf eine ausgehende Anfrage beziehen (streng genommen „related“ und „established“ Pakete zu einer ursprünglichen ausgehenden Verbindung). Wenn dein Jamulus Server im registrierten Modus eine Verbindung zu einem Verzeichnis herstellt, initiiert er eine ausgehende Verbindung. Von da an sendet das Verzeichnis in regelmäßigen Abständen \"Pings\" (keine ICMP-Pings) an deinen Server, um den/die entsprechenden NAT-Port(s) auf deinem Router offen zu halten." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:74 -msgid "However, in Unregistered mode, Clients have to **initiate** connections into the Server’s network. NAT firewalls prevent this, so you need to tell them to allow incoming connection requests on the Jamulus port using port forwarding." -msgstr "Im nicht registrierten Modus müssen die Clients Verbindungen zum Servernetz **initiieren**. NAT-Firewalls verhindern das. Stelle die Firewall im Router so ein, dass sie eingehende Verbindungsanfragen über den Jamulus-Port mittels Portweiterleitung zulässt." +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:73 +msgid "However, to reach an Unregistered Server, each Client has to initiate a connection into the Server’s network. A NAT prevents this, so you need to configure your router to allow incoming connection requests on the Jamulus port using port forwarding." +msgstr "Um einen nicht registrierten Server zu erreichen, muss jeder Client eine Verbindung zum Netzwerk des Servers initiieren. NAT verhindert das. Deshalb musst du eine Portweiterleitung in deinem Router konfigurieren, sodass eingehende Verbindungsanfragen an den Jamulus-Port möglich sind." + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ "# Jamulus FAQ\n" +#~ " {:.no_toc}\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "# Jamulus FAQ\n" +#~ " {:.no_toc}\n" + +#~ msgid "TOC" +#~ msgstr "TOC" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Getting-Started.po index 1e991a1af..82d39e024 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/Getting-Started.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Getting-Started.po @@ -2,80 +2,82 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Allan Nordhøy , 2022. +# Ettore Atalan , 2023. +# ignotus , 2023. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-23 13:06+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-31 20:21+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: de\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "de" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Getting-Started" msgstr "/wiki/Getting-Started" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Setup" msgstr "Setup" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:9 -msgid "# Setup - getting started with Jamulus" -msgstr "# Setup - Erste Schritte mit Jamulus" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Setup - getting started with Jamulus" +msgstr "Setup - Erste Schritte mit Jamulus" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:11 msgid "To get the best from Jamulus, at a minimum you will need:" -msgstr "Damit du Jamulus gut nutzen kannst, solltest du mindestens das Folgende haben:" +msgstr "Um das Beste aus Jamulus herauszuholen, brauchst du mindestens:" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:13 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**A wired internet connection** (and turn wi-fi off. See the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))\n" -msgstr "**Eine kabelgebundene Internetverbindung** (schalte WLAN aus. Mehr Infos in den [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#warum-sollte-ich-keine-drahtlosen-geräte-verwenden))\n" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 +msgid "**A wired internet connection** (and turn wi-fi off. See the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))" +msgstr "**Eine kabelgebundene Internetverbindung** (und schalte WLAN aus. Siehe [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#warum-sollte-ich-keine-drahtlosen-geräte-verwenden))" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:14 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Wired headphones** (not Bluetooth or speakers - see the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))\n" -msgstr "**Kabelgebundene Kopfhörer (kein Bluetooth Kopfhörer oder Lautsprecher** - siehe [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#warum-sollte-ich-keine-drahtlosen-geräte-verwenden))\n" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 +msgid "**Wired headphones** (not Bluetooth or speakers - see the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))" +msgstr "**Kabelgebundene Kopfhörer (kein Bluetooth oder Lautsprecher** - siehe die [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#warum-sollte-ich-keine-drahtlosen-geräte-verwenden))" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**A reasonable audio device, sound card and/or mic** ([see this list](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) for examples)\n" -msgstr "**Ein passendes Audiointerface oder Soundkarte und Mikrofon** ([siehe diese Auflistung](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) für Beispiele)\n" +msgid "**A reasonable audio device, sound card and/or mic** ([see this list](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) for examples)" +msgstr "**Ein passendes Audiointerface, Soundkarte und/oder Mikrofon** ([siehe diese Auflistung](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) für Beispiele)" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:17 msgid "If you have any questions, please see the [Discussions](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" msgstr "Falls du Fragen hast, schau im [Diskussionsforum](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) nach" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:19 -msgid "## Installation" -msgstr "## Installation" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "Installation" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:21 @@ -91,34 +93,36 @@ msgid "" " macOS\n" " Linux\n" "
\n" -"_[Android](Installation-for-Android) and [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) can be used too, but are still considered experimental._\n" +"_[Android](Installation-for-Android) and [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) can be used too, but are considered experimental._\n" msgstr "" "
\n" " Windows\n" " macOS\n" " Linux\n" "
\n" -"_[Android](Installation-for-Android) und [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) können auch genutzt werden, sind aber momentan experimentell._\n" +"_[Android](Installation-for-Android) und [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) können auch genutzt werden, sind aber experimentell._\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:30 msgid "And for now, close all other applications. It’s best to start simple at first." -msgstr "Beende jetzt alle anderen Programme. Dies verhindert Konflikte und vereinfacht die Installation." +msgstr "Beende jetzt alle anderen Programme. Das verhindert Konflikte und vereinfacht die Installation." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:32 -msgid "## Hardware Setup" -msgstr "## Hardware Setup" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Hardware Setup" +msgstr "Hardware-Einrichtung" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:34 msgid "If you use external audio hardware, plug that in before you start Jamulus. If you haven't configured your hardware, please see the installation guides mentioned above." msgstr "Wenn du externe Audiohardware nutzt, schließe sie vor dem Start von Jamulus an. Wenn du deine Hardware noch nicht konfiguriert hast, beachte bitte die oben genannten Installationsanleitungen." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:36 -msgid "## Jamulus main window" -msgstr "## Jamulus Hauptfenster" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:35 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus main window" +msgstr "Jamulus-Hauptfenster" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:38 @@ -139,15 +143,16 @@ msgstr "" "
Das Hauptfenster bevor du dich mit einem Server verbindest
\n" "\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:46 -msgid "## Setting up a profile" -msgstr "## Profil einrichten" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:45 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Setting up a profile" +msgstr "Profil einrichten" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:48 msgid "First, let others know who you are. Click on the “Settings” button on the bottom left and go to “My Profile…”. Now you will see this:" -msgstr "Lasse zuerst die anderen Teilnehmer wissen, wer du bist. Klick dazu auf den „Einstellungen“ Knopf unten links und navigiere zum Tab „Mein Profil…“. Dort siehst du folgendes:" +msgstr "Lass zuerst andere Teilnehmer wissen, wer du bist. Klick dazu auf „Einstellungen“ unten links und navigiere zum Tab „Mein Profil…“. Dort siehst du folgendes:" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:53 @@ -166,28 +171,29 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:56 msgid "Fill in at least “Alias/Name” and close the window." -msgstr "Fülle mindestens das Feld „Alias/Name“ aus. Dann kannst du das Fenster schließen." +msgstr "Fülle mindestens das Feld „Alias/Name“ aus. Danach kannst du das Fenster schließen." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:58 -msgid "## Connecting to a Server and testing your sound" -msgstr "## Mit einem Server verbinden und Audio testen" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Connecting to a Server and testing your sound" +msgstr "Mit einem Server verbinden und Audio testen" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:60 msgid "Before you connect to a Server, you should **not** be able to hear yourself. Listening to your sound from Jamulus (and not from yourself) is called “The Golden Rule” and enables you to play in time with others ([see the FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-should-i-not-listen-to-my-own-signal))." -msgstr "Bevor du dich mit einem Server verbindest, solltest du dich selbst **nicht** hören können. Die „Goldene Regel“ von Jamulus ist auf deinen eigenen Klang über das Programm zu hören; nicht das direkte Signal von deinem Instrument. Dadurch kannst einfacher mit anderen im Takt spielen ([siehe FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#warum-sollte-ich-keine-drahtlosen-geräte-verwenden))" +msgstr "Bevor du dich mit einem Server verbindest, solltest du dich selbst **nicht** hören können. Die „Goldene Regel“ von Jamulus ist auf deinen eigenen Klang über das Programm zu hören; nicht das direkte Signal von deinem Instrument. Dadurch kannst einfacher mit anderen im Takt spielen ([siehe FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#warum-sollte-ich-keine-drahtlosen-geräte-verwenden))." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:62 #, no-wrap msgid "**Before playing with others, we recommend that you connect to an empty Server to test your setup**, and make sure you are listening to the signal coming back from the Server (if possible) and not yourself.\n" -msgstr "**Bevor du anfängst mit anderen Leuten zu musizieren, empfehlen wir, dass du dich zuerst mit einem leeren Server verbindest, um deine Konfiguration zu testen.** Und stelle sicher, dass du auf das Signal vom Server hörst (wenn möglich) und nicht auf dich selbst vor Ort.\n" +msgstr "**Bevor du anfängst mit anderen Leuten zu musizieren, empfehlen wir, dass du dich zuerst mit einem leeren Server verbindest, um deine Konfiguration zu testen.** Stelle auch sicher, dass du auf das Signal vom Server hörst (wenn möglich) und nicht auf dich selbst vor Ort.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:64 msgid "Now use the “Connect” button in the Jamulus main window to join a Server. A window will now open:" -msgstr "Nun klicke auf „Verbinden“ im Jamulus-Hauptfenster, um einem Server beizutreten. Ein weiteres Fenster öffnet sich:" +msgstr "Nun klicke auf „Verbinden“ im Jamulus-Hauptfenster, um einem Server beizutreten. Dann öffnet sich ein weiteres Fenster:" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:69 @@ -199,7 +205,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" msgstr "" "
\n" -" \"Abbildung\n" +" \"Bildschirmfoto\n" "
Mit einem Server verbinden
\n" "
\n" @@ -211,17 +217,18 @@ msgstr "Die wichtigste Eigenschaft von Servern ist ihre „Ping-Zeit“. Je höh #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:73 msgid "Once connected to a Server, make sure you can hear yourself OK and fix any input volume or other problems. You can have a look at the [troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) for common problems. And of course, check that you are also able to obey [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)." -msgstr "Sobald du dich mit einem Server verbunden hast, stelle sicher, dass du dich gut hören kannst; passe deine Eingangslautstärke an und korrigiere eventuelle Probleme. Und halte dich an [Die goldene Regel](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#der-sound-ist-gut-aber-es-ist-schwierig-im-takt-zu-bleiben)." +msgstr "Sobald du dich mit einem Server verbunden hast, stelle sicher, dass du dich gut hören kannst; passe deine Eingangslautstärke an und korrigiere eventuelle Probleme. Halte dich an [die goldene Regel](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#der-sound-ist-gut-aber-es-ist-schwierig-im-takt-zu-bleiben)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:75 -msgid "## Playing for the first time" -msgstr "## Das erste Musizieren" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:74 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Playing for the first time" +msgstr "Zum ersten Mal musizieren" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:77 msgid "With your sound all set up, you are ready to go. When you connect to a Server (you may want to select a genre from the list), the faders you see on the right are your own personal mix. Everything you change here will change what you hear, but won’t affect others. If you move a fader down, that channel will be quieter, if you move it up, the channel will be louder for you." -msgstr "Wenn die Audioeinstellungen fertig sind, kannst du loslegen. Nachdem du dich mit einem Server verbunden hast (du kannst ein Genre aus der Liste wählen), sind die Regler rechts in der Ansicht dein privates Mischpult. Alles was du hier änderst, hat Einfluss auf das, was du hörst, aber nicht auf das, was die anderen hören. Wenn du einen Regler runterziehst, wird dieser Kanal leiser, wenn du ihn nach oben ziehst, wird der Kanal für dich lauter." +msgstr "Wenn die Audioeinstellungen fertig sind, kannst du loslegen. Nachdem du dich mit einem Server verbunden hast (du kannst ein Genre aus der Liste wählen), sind die Regler rechts in der Ansicht dein privates Mischpult. Alles was du hier änderst, hat Einfluss auf das, was du hörst, aber nicht auf das, was die anderen hören. Wenn du einen Regler herunterziehst, wird dieser Kanal leiser, wenn du ihn nach oben ziehst, wird der Kanal für dich lauter." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:82 @@ -233,31 +240,32 @@ msgid "" "\n" msgstr "" "
\n" -" \"Screenshot\"\n" +" \"Bildschirmfoto\"\n" "
Das Hauptfenster wenn du mit einem Server verbunden bist
\n" "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:84 msgid "If you don’t want others to hear your audio, click on the “Mute Myself” button which will stop your audio from being sent to other people. They won’t be able to tell you have done this though. But if you see a “mute” icon above a fader, that means they can’t hear you because they've muted your channel in their mix." -msgstr "Falls du nicht möchtest, dass die anderen dich hören, klick auf „Stummschalten“. Das verhindert, dass dein Audiosignal an andere Leute gesendet wird. Niemand erfährt, ob du das gemacht hast. Wenn du hingegen das Symbol „Mute“ über einem Regler siehst, bedeutet das, dass diese Person dich nicht hören kann, weil sie deinen Kanal in ihrem Mix stummgeschaltet hat." +msgstr "Wenn du nicht möchtest, dass Andere dich hören, klick auf „Stummschalten“. Das verhindert, dass dein Audiosignal an andere Leute gesendet wird. Niemand erfährt, ob du das gemacht hast. Wenn du hingegen das Symbol „Mute“ über einem Regler siehst, bedeutet das, dass diese Person dich nicht hören kann, weil sie deinen Kanal in ihrem Mix stummgeschaltet hat." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:86 msgid "Note that you can use the Chat facility at any time to message other people while you are connected. The welcome message in the chat may also state some guidelines for use." -msgstr "Während du online bist, kannst du die Chat Funktion nutzen, um eine Nachricht an die anderen Teilnehmer zu schreiben. Die Willkommensnachricht im Chat kann auch einige Richtlinien anzeigen." +msgstr "Während du online bist, kannst du die Chat Funktion nutzen, um eine Nachricht an andere Teilnehmer zu schreiben. Die Willkommensnachricht im Chat kann auch einige Richtlinien anzeigen." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:88 msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)." -msgstr "Weitere Informationen über die Verwendung von Jamulus kannst du im [Software Handbuch](/wiki/Software-Manual) finden." +msgstr "Weitere Informationen zur Verwendung von Jamulus findest du im [Software Handbuch](/wiki/Software-Manual)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:90 -msgid "## Troubleshooting" -msgstr "## Fehlerbehebung" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:89 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Fehlerbehebung" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:91 msgid "Having audio trouble? Can't see Servers, or some other issue? Have a look at the [Troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting), or feel free to ask in the [Discussions](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)." -msgstr "Hast du Probleme mit dem Audio? Kannst du die Serverliste nicht sehen, oder irgendein anderes Problem? Schau dir die [Fehlerbehebungsseite](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) an, oder frage gerne im [Diskussionsforum](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)." +msgstr "Hast du Probleme mit dem Audio? Kannst du die Serverliste nicht sehen, oder du hast irgendein anderes Problem? Schau dir die [Fehlerbehebungsseite](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) an, oder frage im [Diskussionsforum](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Backing-Up.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Backing-Up.po index deee3840e..fd931d566 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Backing-Up.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Backing-Up.po @@ -1,25 +1,25 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-08-16 16:56+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ann0see \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-31 20:05+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: de\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:2 -msgid "" -msgstr "" +#, no-wrap +msgid "\n" +msgstr "\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:4 @@ -46,17 +46,17 @@ msgstr "`find ~ -name Jamulus.ini -ls`" msgid "If you used the `--inifile` parameter to save an inifile to a different location, don't forget to also backup these files. **Points to note**" msgstr "Wenn du den `--inifile` Parameter verwendet hast um eine ini-Datei an einem anderen Ort zu speichern, vergiss nicht, auch diese Dateien zu sichern. **Hinweise**" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:15 +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:16 msgid "Do not back up or restore settings files when Jamulus is running." msgstr "Sichere keine Einstellungsdateien und stelle sie nicht wieder her, während Jamulus läuft." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:16 msgid "It is not recommended to manually edit settings files (they're not designed for that)." -msgstr "Es ist nicht empfehlenswert, die Einstellungsdateien manuell zu bearbeiten (dafür sind sie nicht gedacht)." +msgstr "Die Einstellungsdateien manuell zu bearbeiten wird nicht empfohlen (dafür sind sie nicht gedacht)." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:16 msgid "You can revert all settings to their defaults by just deleting the settings file (after closing Jamulus)." msgstr "Du kannst alle Einstellungen auf die Standardwerte zurücksetzen, indem du die Einstellungsdatei löscht (nachdem du Jamulus beendet hast)." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Client-Commands.po index 785462bfd..3287582d3 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Client-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Client-Commands.po @@ -1,56 +1,46 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-07-28 11:00+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-01 21:43+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: de\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.1.1\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-M` or `--mutestream` Prevent others on a server from hearing what I play \n" -msgstr "" -"`-M` oder `--mutestream` Startet Jamulus im stummen Zustand \n" -"\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3 +msgid "`-M` or `--mutestream` Prevent others on a server from hearing what I play" +msgstr "`-M` oder `--mutestream` Verhindert, dass andere auf dem Server hören was du spielst" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--mutemyown` Prevent me from hearing what I play in the server mix (headless only) \n" -msgstr "" -"`--mutemyown` Persönlichen Mix stummschalten (nur im „headless“ Modus) \n" -"\n" +msgid "`--mutemyown` Prevent me from hearing what I play in the server mix (headless only)" +msgstr "`--mutemyown` Verhindert, dass du dich selbst im persönlichen Mix hörst (nur im „headless“ Modus)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:4 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-c` or `--connect` Connect to given server address on startup, format `address[:port]` \n" -msgstr "`-c` oder `--connect` Beim Start mit der angegebenen Serveradresse verbinden, Format `address[:port]`\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3 +msgid "`-c` or `--connect` Connect to given server address on startup, format `address[:port]`" +msgstr "`-c` oder `--connect` Beim Start mit der angegebenen Serveradresse verbinden, Format `address[:port]`" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-j` or `--nojackconnect` Disable auto JACK connections \n" -msgstr "`-j` oder `--nojackconnect` Nicht automatisch mit JACK verbinden \n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:4 +msgid "`-j` or `--nojackconnect` Disable auto JACK connections" +msgstr "`-j` oder `--nojackconnect` Nicht automatisch mit JACK verbinden" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)\n" -msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI-Controller-Kanal, der genutzt werden soll, Offset der Kontrollnummer und fortlaufende CC-Nummern (Kanäle) und Mute Myself CC-Nummer. Format: `kanal[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` Siehe [Tipps & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#verwendung-von-ctrlmidich-für-midi-controller) \n" +msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)" +msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI-Controller-Kanal, der genutzt werden soll, Offset der Kontrollnummer und fortlaufende CC-Nummern (Kanäle) und Stummschalten CC-Nummer. Format: `kanal[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` Siehe [Tipps & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#verwendung-von-ctrlmidich-für-midi-controller)" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--clientname` Window title and JACK client name\n" -msgstr "`--clientname` Fenster-Titel und JACK Client Name \n" +msgid "`--clientname` Window title and JACK client name" +msgstr "`--clientname` Fenster-Titel und JACK Client Name" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Server-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Server-Commands.po deleted file mode 100644 index 919485f33..000000000 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Server-Commands.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,159 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-07-28 09:03+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" -"Language-Team: \n" -"Language: de\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.1.1\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:2 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "`-d` or `--discononquit` Disconnect all Clients on quit. Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not used their \"Disconnect\" buttons will re-establish connection when the Server comes back up again. Using this option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server. \n" -msgid "`-d` or `--discononquit` Disconnect all Clients on quit. Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not used their \"Disconnect\" buttons will re-establish connection when the Server comes back up again. Using this option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server." -msgstr "`-d` oder `--discononquit` Trennt alle Clients beim Beenden. Wenn ein Server gestoppt oder neu gestartet wird, werden normalerweise alle Clients, die ihre „Trennen“-Schaltflächen nicht benutzt haben, die Verbindung wiederherstellen, wenn der Server wieder hochfährt. Mit dieser Option werden die Clients gezwungen, ihre Verbindungen zum Server manuell wiederherzustellen. \n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:3 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "`-e` or `--directoryserver` Register the Server on a Directory (e.g. to set its genre (see also `-o`)). See [Server Types](#server-types) for further information.\n" -msgid "`-e` or `--directoryserver` Register the Server on a Directory (e.g. to set its genre (see also `-o`)). See [Server Types](Running-a-Server#server-types) for further information." -msgstr "`-e` oder `--directoryserver` Registriert den Server in einem Verzeichnis (z.B. um sein Genre zu setzen (siehe auch `-o`)). Siehe [Server-Typen](/wiki/Running-a-Server#server-typen) für weitere Informationen.\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:4 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "`--directoryfile` Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. Directory Servers only. See [this guide](Custom-Directories) for further information. \n" -msgid "`--directoryfile` Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. Directory Servers only. See [this guide](Directories) for further information." -msgstr "`--directoryfile` Registrierte Server speichern, auch wenn das Verzeichnis neu gestartet wird. Nur für Verzeichnis-Server. Siehe [diese Anleitung](Custom-Directories) für weitere Informationen. \n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:5 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "`-f` or `--listfilter` Whitelist Servers registering on the Server list, format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]` Directories only. \n" -msgid "`-f` or `--listfilter` Whitelist Servers registering on the Server list, format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]` Directories only." -msgstr "`-f` oder `--listfilter` Erlaubte (Whitelist) Server, die in der Serverliste registriert sind, Format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]` Nur Verzeichnisse\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:6 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "`-F` or `--fastupdate` Reduces latency if Clients connect with \"Enable Small Network Buffers\" option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients.\n" -msgid "`-F` or `--fastupdate` Reduces latency if Clients connect with \"Enable Small Network Buffers\" option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients." -msgstr "`-F` oder `--fastupdate` Verringert die Latenz, wenn Clients mit der Option „Aktiviere kleine Netzwerkpuffer“ verbunden sind. Erfordert eine schnelle CPU, um Aussetzer zu vermeiden, und mehr Bandbreite für aktivierte Clients.\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:7 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "`-m` or `--htmlstatus` Enable HTML status file, set path and file name\n" -msgid "`-l` or `--log` Enable logging, set path and file name" -msgstr "`-m` oder `--htmlstatus` HTML-Statusdatei aktivieren, Pfad und Dateiname festlegen\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:8 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "`-L` or `--licence` Show an agreement window before users can connect\n" -msgid "`-L` or `--licence` Show an agreement window before users can connect" -msgstr "`-L` oder --licence` Zeigt ein Zustimmungsfenster an, bevor Benutzer eine Verbindung herstellen können\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:9 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "`-m` or `--htmlstatus` Enable HTML status file, set path and file name\n" -msgid "`-m` or `--htmlstatus` Enable HTML status file, set path and file name" -msgstr "`-m` oder `--htmlstatus` HTML-Statusdatei aktivieren, Pfad und Dateiname festlegen\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:10 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "`-o` or `--serverinfo` Location details in the format: `[name];[city];[locale value]` (see [values](https://doc.qt.io/qt-5/qlocale.html#Country-enum)) Registered Servers only\n" -msgid "`-o` or `--serverinfo` Location details in the format: `[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code or Qt5 Locale]` (see [two-letter ISO country codes](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements) or [Qt5 Locale values](https://doc.qt.io/qt-5/qlocale.html#Country-enum)) Registered Servers only" -msgstr "`-o` oder `--serverinfo` Ortsangaben im Format: `[Name];[Stadt];[Gebietsschema-Wert]` (siehe [Werte](https://doc.qt.io/qt-5/qlocale.html#Country-enum)) Nur registrierte Server\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:11 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "`-P` or `--delaypan` Start with delay panning enabled See [notes](#delay-panning)\n" -msgid "`-P` or `--delaypan` Start with delay panning enabled See [notes](Running-a-Server#delay-panning)" -msgstr "`-P` oder `--delaypan` Start mit aktiviertem Delay-Panning Siehe [Notizen](/wiki/Running-a-Server#verzögertes-panning)\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:12 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "`-R` or `--recording` Include a writeable path where the files should be stored (in quotes if needed). See [Options](#options). \n" -msgid "`-R` or `--recording` Set server recording directory; Server will record when a session is active by default. See [Options](Running-a-Server#options)." -msgstr "`-R` oder `--recording` Gib einen beschreibbaren Pfad ein, in dem die Dateien gespeichert werden sollen (in Anführungszeichen, falls erforderlich). Siehe [Optionen](#optionen). \n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:13 -msgid "`--norecord` Set server not to record by default (when recording is configured e.g via `-R`)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:14 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "`-s` or `--server` Start in Server mode\n" -msgid "`-s` or `--server` Start in Server mode" -msgstr "`-s` oder `--server` Start in Server Modus\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:15 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "`--serverbindip` Specify the IP address to bind to \n" -msgid "`--serverbindip` Specify the IP address to bind to" -msgstr "" -"`--serverbindip` Spezifiziert die IP Adresse auf die der Server hört \n" -"\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:16 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "`-T` or `--multithreading` Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs to support more Clients\n" -msgid "`-T` or `--multithreading` Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs to support more Clients" -msgstr "`-T` oder `--multithreading` Multithreading verwenden, um Mehrkern-CPUs besser zu nutzen und mehr Clients zu unterstützen\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:17 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "`-u` or `--numchannels` Maximum number of channels (Clients)\n" -msgid "`-u` or `--numchannels` Maximum number of channels (Clients)" -msgstr "`-u` oder `--numchannels` Maximale Anzahl von Clients (Kanälen) \n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:18 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "`-w` or `--welcomemessage` Welcome message on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML.\n" -msgid "`-w` or `--welcomemessage` Welcome message on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML." -msgstr "`-w` oder `--welcomemessage` Willkommens Nachricht für neue Teilnehmer nach Aufbau der Verbindung. Kann als Zeichenkette oder Dateiname angegeben werden und kann HTML enthalten.\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:19 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "`-z` or `--startminimized` Start minimized\n" -msgid "`-z` or `--startminimized` Start minimized" -msgstr "`-z` oder `--startminimized` Start minimiert\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:19 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "`--serverpublicip` The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [Notes on Directories](Custom-Directories#points-to-note-about-directories)\n" -msgid "`--serverpublicip` The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [Notes on Directories](Directories#points-to-note-about-directories)" -msgstr "`--serverpublicip` Die öffentliche IP-Adresse des Servers, wenn eine Verbindung zu einem Verzeichnis hinter demselben NAT besteht. Siehe [Informationen zum Verzeichnisse](Custom-Directories#wissenswertes-über-verzeichnisse)\n" - -#~ msgid "`-l` or `--log` Enable logging, set path and file name \n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "`-l` oder `--log` Protokollierung einschalten, Pfad und Dateiname festlegen \n" -#~ "\n" - -#~ msgid "`--norecord` Disable recording when enabled by default by `-R` \n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "`--norecord` Aufnahme deaktivieren. Durch Angabe von `-R` wird die Aufnahme standardmäßig aktiviert \n" -#~ "\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Shared-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Shared-Commands.po index 54da71c6f..63e66f309 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Shared-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Shared-Commands.po @@ -1,85 +1,80 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# Ettore Atalan , 2022. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-07-28 08:55+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-20 15:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: de\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.1.1\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:3 msgid "[comment]: # (This is an include file for use in multiple documents)" msgstr "[Kommentar]: # (Dies ist eine Include-Datei zur Verwendung in mehreren Dokumenten)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-h` or `--help` Display help text \n" -msgstr "" -"`-h` oder `--help` Hilfetext anzeigen \n" -"\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-h` or `--help` Display help text" +msgstr "`-h` oder `--help` Hilfetext anzeigen" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:6 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default)\n" -msgstr "`-i` oder `--inifile` Speicherort der Initialisierungsdatei festlegen (überschreibt die Vorgabe)\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default. On macOS simply provide a filename only, since config files can only be read from `/Users//Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/`. For the server replace `io.jamulus.Jamulus` with `io.jamulus.JamulusServer`. Turn on \"Show Library folder\" in \"Show view options\" in Finder to see this folder.)" +msgstr "`-i` oder `--inifile` Setzt Speicherort der ini-Datei (überschreibt Standardeinstellung. Gebe unter macOS nur einen Dateinamen an. Konfigurationsdateien können nur aus `/Users//Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/` gelesen werden. Für den Server ersetze `io.jamulus.Jamulus` durch `io.jamulus.JamulusServer`. Aktiviere ‚Ordner „Library“ anzeigen’ unter „Darstellung“ im Finder um den Ordner anzuzeigen.)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:7 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-n` or `--nogui` Disable GUI (for use in headless mode) \n" -msgstr "" -"`-n` oder `--nogui` GUI abschalten (zur Verwendung im Headless-Modus) \n" -"\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-n` or `--nogui` Disable GUI (for use in headless mode)" +msgstr "`-n` oder `--nogui` GUI deaktivieren (zur Verwendung im Headless-Modus)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:8 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-p` or `--port` Sets the local UDP port number. Default is 22124\n" -msgstr "`-p` oder `--port` Legt die lokale UDP-Portnummer fest. Standard ist 22124\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-p` or `--port` Sets the local UDP port number. Default is 22124" +msgstr "`-p` oder `--port` Legt die lokale UDP-Portnummer fest. Standard ist 22124" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:9 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--jsonrpcport` Enables JSON-RPC API server to control the app, set TCP port number (EXPERIMENTAL, APIs might change; only accessible from localhost). Please see [the JSON-RPC API Documentation file](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md).\n" -msgstr "`--jsonrpcport` Ermöglicht die Steuerung der App durch den JSON-RPC-API-Server, setzt die TCP-Portnummer (EXPERIMENTAL, APIs können sich ändern; nur von localhost aus zugänglich). Siehe [die JSON-RPC-API-Dokumentationsdatei](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md).\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`--jsonrpcport` Enables JSON-RPC API server to control the app, set TCP port number (EXPERIMENTAL, APIs might change; only accessible from localhost). Please see [the JSON-RPC API Documentation file](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." +msgstr "`--jsonrpcport` Ermöglicht die Steuerung der App durch den JSON-RPC-API-Server, setzt die TCP-Portnummer (EXPERIMENTELL, APIs können sich ändern; nur von localhost aus zugänglich). Siehe [die JSON-RPC-API-Dokumentationsdatei](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:10 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--jsonrpcsecretfile` Required when using `--jsonrpcport`. Sets a path to a text file containing an authentication string for getting access to the JSON-RPC API.\n" -msgstr "`--jsonrpcsecretfile` Erforderlich bei Verwendung von `--jsonrpcport`. Legt einen Pfad zu einer Textdatei fest, die eine Authentifizierungszeichenfolge für den Zugriff auf die JSON-RPC-API enthält.\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`--jsonrpcsecretfile` Required when using `--jsonrpcport`. Sets a path to a text file containing an authentication string for getting access to the JSON-RPC API." +msgstr "`--jsonrpcsecretfile` Erforderlich bei Verwendung von `--jsonrpcport`. Legt einen Pfad zu einer Textdatei fest, die eine Authentifizierungszeichenfolge für den Zugriff auf die JSON-RPC-API enthält." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:11 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-Q` or `--qos` Sets the quality of service DS Field byte. Default is 128 (DSCP/CS4). QoS is ignored by Windows. To enable it, [see this page](QOS-Windows)\n" -msgstr "`-Q` oder `--qos` Legt den Wert des DS Byte für den Quality of Service fest. Standard ist 128 (DSCP/CS4). QoS wird von Windows ignoriert. Um es zu aktivieren, [siehe diese Seite](QOS-Windows)\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`--jsonrpcbindip` The IP address the JSON-RPC server should bind to. (optional, defaults to 127.0.0.1)" +msgstr "'--jsonrpcbindip' Die IP-Adresse, auf die der JSON-RPC-Server hören soll. (optional, Standardwert ist 127.0.0.1)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:12 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-t` or `--notranslation` Disable UI language translations\n" -msgstr "`-t` oder `--notranslation` UI-Sprachübersetzungen deaktivieren\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-Q` or `--qos` Sets the quality of service DS Field byte. Default is 128 (DSCP/CS4). QoS is ignored by Windows. To enable it, [see this page](QOS-Windows)" +msgstr "`-Q` oder `--qos` Legt den Wert des DS Byte für den Quality of Service fest. Standard ist 128 (DSCP/CS4). QoS wird von Windows ignoriert. Um es zu aktivieren, [siehe diese Seite](QOS-Windows)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:13 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-6` or `--enableipv6` Enable IPv6 addressing (IPv4 is always enabled)\n" -msgstr "`-6` oder `--enableipv6` Aktivieren der IPv6-Adressierung (IPv4 ist immer aktiviert)\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-t` or `--notranslation` Disable UI language translations" +msgstr "`-t` oder `--notranslation` UI-Sprachübersetzungen deaktivieren" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:13 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-v` or `--version` Output version information and exit\n" -msgstr "`-v` oder `--version` Versionsinformationen ausgeben und beenden\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-6` or `--enableipv6` Enable IPv6 addressing (IPv4 is always enabled)" +msgstr "`-6` oder `--enableipv6` IPv6-Adressierung aktivieren (IPv4 ist immer aktiviert)" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-v` or `--version` Output version information and exit" +msgstr "`-v` oder `--version` Versionsinformationen ausgeben und beenden" + +#~ msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default)" +#~ msgstr "`-i` oder `--inifile` Speicherort der Initialisierungsdatei festlegen (überschreibt die Vorgabe)" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Android.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Android.po index 419d1adef..3794b7cca 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Android.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Android.po @@ -1,41 +1,43 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2022, 2023. +# Ettore Atalan , 2023. +# ignotus , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-08-16 16:56+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ann0see \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-31 20:21+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: de\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "de" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Android" msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Android" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:11 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation for Android" msgstr "Installation auf Android" @@ -45,76 +47,69 @@ msgstr "Installation auf Android" msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Jamulus verwenden\" branch1=\"Erste Schritte\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:12 -msgid "# Installation for Android" -msgstr "# Installation auf Android" - #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:14 msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." -msgstr "Vergewissere dich, dass du die Seite [Erste Schritte](Getting-Started) bereits gelesen hast." +msgstr "Stelle sicher, dass du die [Erste Schritte](Getting-Started) Seite bereits gelesen hast." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:16 msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:18 -msgid "## Things to note about Android" -msgstr "## Was du über Android wissen solltest" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Things to note about Android" +msgstr "Wissenswertes über Android" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:20 msgid "Although you **can** install Jamulus on Android devices (and hear sound), we strongly recommend **not** doing so. Sound quality - especially over WiFi - is usually bad and latency is high. If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } which is an inexpensive and small device that performs very well with Jamulus. Android support is just a proof of concept." msgstr "Obwohl du Jamulus auf Android Geräten installieren kannst (und du eventuell Ton hören kannst), raten wir davon ab. Die Tonqualität v.A. über WLAN ist schlecht und die Latenz hoch. Wenn du keinen PC hast, kannst du z.B. einen [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } kaufen. Das ist ein günstiger, kleiner Computer, auf dem Jamulus sehr gut läuft. Android Support ist nur ein Proof of Concept." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:22 -msgid "## Install the Android PoC" -msgstr "## Installation des Android PoC" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:21 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Install the Android PoC" +msgstr "Installation des Android PoC" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:24 msgid "If you do want to try Jamulus on Android:" msgstr "Wenn du Jamulus für Android wirklich testen möchtest:" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:26 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:28 msgid "Allow the installation of apps from unknown sources (look in Settings>Security. Note: The exact way to do this depends on your device and OS-version)" msgstr "Erlaube die Installation von Apps aus unbekannten Quellen (z.B. unter Einstellungen>Sicherheit. Achtung: wie das funktioniert, hängt von deinem Gerät und der Android Version ab.)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:27 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:28 msgid "[Download and install Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.android }}){: .button}" msgstr "[Downloade und installiere Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.android }}){: .button}" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:28 msgid "You should now be able to run Jamulus on your Android device" msgstr "Jetzt solltest du Jamulus auf deinem Android Gerät starten können" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:30 -msgid "## Feedback and development" -msgstr "## Feedback und Entwicklung" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Feedback and development" +msgstr "Feedback und Entwicklung" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:32 msgid "We are very happy to get feedback from Android users and developers. Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." msgstr "Wir freuen uns über jedes Feedback von Android Nutzern und Entwicklern. Schau einfach im [Jamulus GitHub Repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:34 +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:35 #, no-wrap -msgid "***\n" -msgstr "***\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:36 -msgid "## All installed?" -msgstr "## Alles installiert?" +msgid "All installed?" +msgstr "Alles installiert?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:38 @@ -123,7 +118,12 @@ msgstr "Jamulus wurde installiert und kann nun verwendet werden. Wirf jetzt eine #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:39 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" -msgstr "[Nach der Installation](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgstr "[Jamulus Setup Seite](Getting-Started){: .button}" + +#~ msgid "# Installation for Android" +#~ msgstr "# Installation auf Android" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "***\n" +#~ msgstr "***\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Linux.po index b1b0a3998..4413459af 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Linux.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Linux.po @@ -1,41 +1,43 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2022, 2023. +# Ettore Atalan , 2023. +# ignotus , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-08-16 16:56+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ann0see \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-31 20:22+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" "Language-Team: German \n" "Language: de\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "de" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux" msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:10 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation for Linux" msgstr "Installation auf Linux" @@ -43,12 +45,7 @@ msgstr "Installation auf Linux" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:9 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" -msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Jamulus verwenden \" branch1=\"Erste Schritte\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:11 -msgid "# Installation for Linux" -msgstr "# Installation auf Linux" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Jamulus verwenden\" branch1=\"Erste Schritte\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:13 @@ -58,170 +55,221 @@ msgstr "Stelle sicher, dass du die [Erste Schritte](Getting-Started) Seite berei #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:15 msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:17 -msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first." -msgstr "Updatest du? Es macht Sinn die [Konfiguration](Software-Manual#sicherung-von-jamulus) zu sichern." +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Upgrading?** You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first.\n" +msgstr "**Updatest du?** Es macht Sinn die [Konfiguration](Software-Manual#sicherung-von-jamulus) zu sichern.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:19 -msgid "### Debian and Ubuntu" -msgstr "### Debian and Ubuntu" +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Installing a server?** Read the [guide for server adminstrators](Running-a-Server) first.\n" +msgstr "**Installierst du einen Server?** Lies zuerst die [Anleitung für Serveradministratoren](Running-a-Server)\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:21 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "We provide two equivalent `.deb` files for the most common architectures. Please download the appropriate one:" -msgid "We provide three equivalent `.deb` files for the most common architectures. Please download the appropriate one:" -msgstr "Wir stellen zwei äquivalente `.deb`-Dateien für die gängigsten Architekturen zur Verfügung. Bitte lade die entsprechende Datei herunter:" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Debian and Ubuntu" +msgstr "Debian und Ubuntu" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:23 +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:22 #, no-wrap -msgid "**For Intel/AMD based machines (amd64):**\n" -msgstr "**Für Intel/AMD-basierte Maschinen (amd64):**\n" +msgid "Using the official Repository (recommended)" +msgstr "Nutze die offizielle Paketquelle (empfohlen)" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:25 -msgid "[Download Jamulus (.deb, amd64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}){:.button}" -msgstr "[Download Jamulus (.deb, amd64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}){:.button}" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:27 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "**For ARM based machines (e.g. Raspberry Pi, armhf):**\n" -msgid "**For ARM based machines (e.g. Raspberry Pi, armhf, arm64):**\n" -msgstr "**Für ARM-basierte Rechner (z. B. Raspberry Pi, armhf):**\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:30 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "[Download Jamulus (.deb, armhf)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}){:.button}" -msgid "[Download Jamulus 32 bit (.deb, armhf)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}){:.button} [Download Jamulus 64 bit (.deb, arm64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }}){:.button}" -msgstr "[Download Jamulus (.deb, armhf)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}){:.button}" +msgid "We provide a repository for Debian and Ubuntu based distributions that allows automatic updates alongside your other system updates. To use the repository:" +msgstr "Wir stellen Paketquellen für Debian und Ubuntu-basierte Distributionen zur Verfügung. Dadurch werden automatische Upgrades neben den Systemupdates möglich. Um diese zu nutzen, folgen diesen Anweisungen:" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 +msgid "Open your Terminal (CTRL+ALT+T should work)" +msgstr "Öffne dein Terminal (z.B. mit STRG+ALT+T)" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +msgid "*Ubuntu only* - Enable the Ubuntu \"universe\" repository (you can use the [GUI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/148645) or [CLI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/227788))." +msgstr "**Nur Ubuntu** - Aktiviere das Ubuntu \"universe\" repository (Du kannst dazu die [GUI Methode](https://askubuntu.com/a/148645) oder die [CLI Methode](https://askubuntu.com/a/227788) nutzen)." + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 +msgid "Download the repository setup script:\\\\" +msgstr "Lade das Skript für die Paketquellen herunter:\\\\" + +#. type: Fenced code block (bash) +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh\n" +msgstr "curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:32 -msgid "After you downloaded the correct file:" -msgstr "Nachdem du die richtige Datei heruntergeladen hast:" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:33 +msgid "Make the script executable:\\\\" +msgstr "Mache das Skript ausführbar:\\\\" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:34 +#. type: Fenced code block (bash) +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:33 #, no-wrap -msgid "*Ubuntu only* - Enable the Ubuntu \"universe\" repository (you can use the [GUI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/148645) or [CLI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/227788)).\n" -msgstr "**Nur Ubuntu** - Aktiviere das Ubuntu \"universe\" repository (Du kannst dazu den [GUI Ansatz](https://askubuntu.com/a/148645) oder den [CLI Ansatz](https://askubuntu.com/a/227788) nutzen).\n" +msgid "chmod +x setup_repo.sh\n" +msgstr "chmod +x setup_repo.sh\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:35 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "Update apt by opening a console window (CTRL+ALT+T should work) and type: `sudo apt-get update`" -msgid "Update apt by opening a console window (CTRL+ALT+T should work) and type: `sudo apt-get update`\n" -msgstr "Aktualisiere apt, indem du ein Konsolen Fenster öffnest (STRG+ALT+T sollte funktionieren) und folgendes eingibst: `sudo apt-get update`" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:36 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "Go to where you downloaded the installer and either double-click on it, or use the command line: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` or for armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}`" -msgid "Go to where you downloaded the installer and either double-click on it, or use the command line: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` for armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}` for arm64: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }}`\n" -msgstr "Wechsle in das Verzeichnis in das du das Installationsprogramm gespeichert hast und doppelklicke darauf, oder verwende die Befehlszeile: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` oder für armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}`" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:37 +msgid "Run the setup script and install Jamulus:\\\\" +msgstr "Führe das Setup-Skript aus und installiere Jamulus:\\\\" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Fenced code block (bash) #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:37 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "Once installed, you can delete the file and close any console windows." -msgid "Once installed, you can delete the file and close any console windows.\n" +#, no-wrap +msgid "sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus\n" +msgstr "sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus\n" + +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installing the .deb files manually" +msgstr ".deb Dateien manuell installieren" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +msgid "Download Jamulus for your architecture: [amd64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}), [armf]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}) or [arm64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }})" +msgstr "Downloade Jamulus für deine Architektur: [amd64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}), [armf]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}) oder [arm64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }})" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +msgid "Update apt by opening a console window (CTRL+ALT+T should work) and type: `sudo apt-get update`" +msgstr "Aktualisiere apt, indem du dein Terminal öffnest (STRG+ALT+T sollte funktionieren) und folgendes eingibst: `sudo apt-get update`" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +msgid "Go to where you downloaded the installer and either double-click on it, or use the command line: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` (or for Raspberry Pi etc. as above)" +msgstr "Wechsle in das Verzeichnis in das du das Installationsprogramm gespeichert hast und doppelklicke darauf, oder verwende die Befehlszeile: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` (oder für Raspberry Pi etc. wie oben)" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +msgid "Once installed, you can delete the file and close any console windows." msgstr "Sobald die Installation fertig ist, kannst du die Datei löschen und alle Terminalfenster schließen." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:39 -msgid "Note that if you need to upgrade Jamulus to a newer version, just download the new .deb file and re-install as above." -msgstr "Wenn du Jamulus auf eine neue Version aktualisierst, kannst du die neue .deb Datei einfach herunterladen und wie oben beschrieben neu installieren." +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Upgrades:** If you need to upgrade Jamulus to a newer version and install Jamulus manually, just download the new .deb file and re-install as above.\n" +msgstr "**Upgrades:** Wenn du Jamulus auf eine neue Version aktualisierst und Jamulus manuell installiert hast, kannst du die neue .deb Datei einfach herunterladen und wie oben beschrieben neu installieren.\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:41 -msgid "### Other distributions" -msgstr "### Andere Distributionen" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Other distributions" +msgstr "Andere Distributionen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:43 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:54 msgid "For installers on other distributions, see their package managers and [Repology](https://repology.org/project/jamulus/versions). If an up-to-date version of Jamulus is not included in your distribution, you can [compile Jamulus from source](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md). Note also the contributed [installation scripts](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/installscripts)." -msgstr "Für Installer auf anderen Distributionen, durchsuche die Paketverwaltung und [Repology](https://repology.org/project/jamulus/versions). Wenn keine aktuelle Jamulus version in deiner Distribution enthalten ist, kannst du [Jamulus kompilieren](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md). Du kannst auch die inoffiziellen [Installationsskripte](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/installscripts) nutzen." +msgstr "Für Installer auf anderen Distributionen, durchsuche die Paketverwaltung und [Repology](https://repology.org/project/jamulus/versions). Wenn keine aktuelle Jamulus Version in deiner Distribution enthalten ist, kannst du [Jamulus kompilieren](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md). Du kannst auch die inoffiziellen [Installationsskripte](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/installscripts) nutzen." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:45 -msgid "## Set up your hardware" -msgstr "## Richte deine Hardware ein" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:55 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Set up your hardware" +msgstr "Richte deine Hardware ein" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:47 -msgid "### Configure JACK with QjackCtl" -msgstr "### Konfiguriere Jack mit QjackCtl" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Configure JACK with QjackCtl" +msgstr "Konfiguriere Jack mit QjackCtl" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:49 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:60 msgid "Jamulus Clients need [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) to run, but you need to configure that first. The recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`." msgstr "Jamulus-Clients benötigen [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) für den Betrieb, aber das musst du zuerst konfigurieren. Die empfohlene Methode ist die Verwendung von `QjackCtl`." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:50 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:63 msgid "Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page**" msgstr "Öffne QjackCtl und warte, bis sich das **Jack Audio Connection Kit** öffnet" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:51 +#. type: Bullet: '2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:63 msgid "Configure your audio hardware as follows (the exact settings for JACK will depend on what your audio hardware is capable of):" msgstr "Konfiguriere dein Audiointerface wie folgt (die genauen Einstellungen für JACK hängen von den Funktionen deiner Soundkarte ab):" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:53 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 msgid "Set the audio **Interface** to the one you want (there may be several in the list)" msgstr "Wähle dein Audio **Interface** aus (es können mehrere in der Liste sichtbar sein)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:54 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 msgid "Set the **Sample Rate to 48000**" msgstr "Setzte die **Sample Rate auf 48000**" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:55 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 msgid "Set the **Frames/Period to 128** and Periods/Buffer at 2 at first" msgstr "Setze die **Frames/Period auf 128** und Periods/Buffer zunächst auf 2" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:57 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:69 msgid "Restart JACK for the new settings to take effect" msgstr "Starte JACK neu, um die neuen Einstellungen zu übernehmen" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:59 -msgid "### Start Jamulus" -msgstr "### Jamulus starten" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:70 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Start Jamulus" +msgstr "Jamulus starten" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:61 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:73 msgid "With JACK running and configured, launch Jamulus." msgstr "Sobald JACK läuft und konfiguriert ist, starte Jamulus." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:63 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:75 msgid "If you get problems with sound breaking up (in particular XRUN errors reported by JACK/QjackCtl) try setting bigger values (e.g. 256 frames or 3 periods). Lower ones (e.g. 64 frames) could bring better performance but maybe more sound problems. See the [troubleshooting page](Client-Troubleshooting) otherwise." msgstr "Wenn du Soundprobleme (kurze Unterbrechungen, Knistern o.Ä.) beobachtest (insbesondere XRUNs, die von Jack/QjackCtl gemeldet werden), versuche größere Werte (z.B. 256 Frames oder 3 Perioden) zu setzen. Niedrigere Einstellungen (z.B. 64 Frames) bieten zwar eine bessere Leistung, verursachen aber möglicherweise mehr Soundprobleme. Siehe auch die [Fehlerbehebungsseite](Client-Troubleshooting)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:65 -msgid "## All installed?" -msgstr "## Alles installiert?" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:76 +#, no-wrap +msgid "All installed?" +msgstr "Alles installiert?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:79 msgid "Take a look at the" msgstr "Jetzt kannst du auf die folgende Seite gehen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:68 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:80 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" -msgstr "[Nach der Installation](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgstr "[Jamulus Setup Seite](Getting-Started){: .button}" + +#~ msgid "[Download Jamulus (.deb, amd64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}){:.button}" +#~ msgstr "[Download Jamulus (.deb, amd64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}){:.button}" + +#~ msgid "After you downloaded the correct file:" +#~ msgstr "Nachdem du die richtige Datei heruntergeladen hast:" + +#~ msgid "# Installation for Linux" +#~ msgstr "# Installation auf Linux" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "We provide two equivalent `.deb` files for the most common architectures. Please download the appropriate one:" +#~ msgid "We provide three equivalent `.deb` files for the most common architectures. Please download the appropriate one:" +#~ msgstr "Wir stellen zwei äquivalente `.deb`-Dateien für die gängigsten Architekturen zur Verfügung. Bitte lade die entsprechende Datei herunter:" + +#~ msgid "**For Intel/AMD based machines (amd64):**\n" +#~ msgstr "**Für Intel/AMD-basierte Maschinen (amd64):**\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "**For ARM based machines (e.g. Raspberry Pi, armhf):**\n" +#~ msgid "**For ARM based machines (e.g. Raspberry Pi, armhf, arm64):**\n" +#~ msgstr "**Für ARM-basierte Rechner (z. B. Raspberry Pi, armhf):**\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Macintosh.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Macintosh.po index c529d86fd..17baa9773 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Macintosh.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Macintosh.po @@ -1,41 +1,43 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2022, 2023. +# Ettore Atalan , 2023. +# ignotus , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-01 20:17+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ann0see (Alt) \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-20 16:59+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" "Language-Team: German \n" "Language: de\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.1\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "de" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh" msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:10 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation for macOS" msgstr "Installation auf macOS" @@ -45,11 +47,6 @@ msgstr "Installation auf macOS" msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Jamulus verwenden\" branch1=\"Erste Schritte\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:11 -msgid "# Installation for macOS" -msgstr "# Installation auf macOS" - #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:13 msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." @@ -58,7 +55,7 @@ msgstr "Stelle sicher, dass du die [Erste Schritte](Getting-Started) Seite berei #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:15 msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:17 @@ -66,99 +63,97 @@ msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#b msgstr "Updatest du? Es macht Sinn die [Konfiguration](Software-Manual#sicherung-von-jamulus) zu sichern." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:19 -msgid "[Download Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\" -msgstr "[Download Jamulus (Universal Build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:21 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:22 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"**macOS Mojave (10.14) or lower:** [Download legacy version]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-legacy }})\\\\\n" -"**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"1. [Download Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +" **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"1. **Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the licence, *drag and drop* each icon you see in the window (Jamulus Client and Server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window.\n" +"1. **Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" msgstr "" -"**macOS Mojave (10.14 oder früher):** bitte [lade die Legacy Version herunter]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-legacy }})\\\\\n" -"**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:22 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the licence, *drag and drop* each icon you see in the window (Jamulus Client and Server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window.\n" -msgstr "**Jamulus installieren**: Öffne die heruntergeladene `.dmg`-Datei, stimme der Lizenz zu und *ziehe* jedes Symbol, das in dem Fenster zu sehen ist (Jamulus Client und Server) in den *Anwendungsordner*. Danach kannst du dieses Fenster schließen.\n" +"1. [Downloade Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +" **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"1. **Installiere Jamulus**: Öffnen die heruntergeladene `.dmg`-Datei, stimme den Lizenzbedingungen zu und *ziehe* (drag and drop) beide Symbole im Fenster (Jamulus Client und Server) in den *Programme Ordner*. Danach kannst du das Fenster schließen.\n" +"1. **Starte Jamulus**. Jetzt kannst du Jamulus wie jede andere Anwendung nutzen.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:23 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" -msgstr "**Starte Jamulus**. Jetzt kannst du Jamulus wie jede andere App benutzen. \n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:25 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:24 msgid "_You can remove the folder in the Downloads directory containing the `.dmg` and eject the \"Jamulus\" drive on your desktop. They are no longer needed._" msgstr "_Du kannst den Ordner, der die `.dmg` Datei enthält im Downloads löschen und den virtuellen „Jamulus“ Datenträger auf deinem Schreibtisch auswerfen. Beides wird nicht mehr gebraucht._" #. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** You can find old (legacy) versions supporting outdated operating systems on the [GitHub release page](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n" +msgstr "**Notiz:** Alte (legacy) Versionen für veraltete Betriebssysteme findest du auf der [GitHub release Seite](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n" + +#. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:27 #, no-wrap -msgid "***\n" -msgstr "***\n" +msgid "All installed?" +msgstr "Alles installiert?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:29 -msgid "## \"Jamulus\" can't be opened because the developer cannot be verified" -msgstr "## Jamulus kann nicht geöffnet werden, da es von einem nicht verifizierten Entwickler stammt" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:30 +msgid "Take a look at the" +msgstr "Jetzt kannst du auf die folgende Seite gehen" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:31 -msgid "If you are using the \"legacy\" version of Jamulus (because you are running an older version of macOS), the first time you run Jamulus, you will see a message saying it cannot be opened." -msgstr "Wenn du die „legacy“ Version von Jamulus nutzt (weil du eine alte Version von macOS hast), wirst du beim ersten Öffnen von Jamulus eine Nachricht sehen, die sagt, dass du Jamulus nicht öffnen kannst." +msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgstr "[Jamulus Setup Seite](Getting-Started){: .button}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:33 -msgid "To open Jamulus" -msgstr "Um Jamulus trotzdem öffnen zu können" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "## \"Jamulus\" can't be opened because the developer cannot be verified" +#~ msgid "\"Jamulus\" can't be opened because the developer cannot be verified" +#~ msgstr "## Jamulus kann nicht geöffnet werden, da es von einem nicht verifizierten Entwickler stammt" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:34 -msgid "Go to the Applications folder via Finder" -msgstr "Öffne den Ordner „Programme“ im Finder" +#~ msgid "If you are using the \"legacy\" version of Jamulus (because you are running an older version of macOS), the first time you run Jamulus, you will see a message saying it cannot be opened." +#~ msgstr "Wenn du die „legacy“ Version von Jamulus nutzt (weil du eine alte Version von macOS hast), wirst du beim ersten Öffnen von Jamulus eine Nachricht sehen, die sagt, dass du Jamulus nicht öffnen kannst." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:35 -msgid "Double-click on Jamulus and wait for the above-mentioned message" -msgstr "Doppelklicke auf Jamulus (die o.g. Meldung taucht auf)" +#~ msgid "To open Jamulus" +#~ msgstr "Um Jamulus trotzdem öffnen zu können" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:36 -msgid "Close this message by clicking on \"Cancel\"" -msgstr "Klicke auf „Abbrechen“, um die Meldung zu schließen" +#~ msgid "Go to the Applications folder via Finder" +#~ msgstr "Öffne den Ordner „Programme“ im Finder" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:37 -msgid "Now control-click (or right-click) on Jamulus, and select \"Open\" from the top of the menu." -msgstr "Klicke nun mit gedrückter Ctrl/Strg-Taste (oder rechtsklicken) auf Jamulus und wähle dann „Öffnen“ oben im Menü aus." +#~ msgid "Double-click on Jamulus and wait for the above-mentioned message" +#~ msgstr "Doppelklicke auf Jamulus (die o.g. Meldung taucht auf)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:39 -msgid "You will then get a slightly different version of the same message, which allows you to click \"Open\". From the on, you can run Jamulus in the normal way and the message won't appear. For further information about this warning see [this Apple Support Page](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)." -msgstr "Jetzt siehst du eine leicht veränderte Version der gleichen Meldung, aber nun kannst du auf „Öffnen“ klicken und Jamulus starten. Diese Warnung wirst du künftig nicht mehr sehen – ab jetzt kannst du Jamulus ganz normal durch einen Doppelklick starten. Für weitere Informationen über diese Meldung siehe [diese Apple Support-Seite](https://support.apple.com/de-de/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)." +#~ msgid "Close this message by clicking on \"Cancel\"" +#~ msgstr "Klicke auf „Abbrechen“, um die Meldung zu schließen" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:41 -msgid "## All installed?" -msgstr "## Alles installiert?" +#~ msgid "Now control-click (or right-click) on Jamulus, and select \"Open\" from the top of the menu." +#~ msgstr "Klicke nun mit gedrückter Ctrl/Strg-Taste (oder rechtsklicken) auf Jamulus und wähle dann „Öffnen“ oben im Menü aus." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:43 -msgid "Take a look at the" -msgstr "Jetzt kannst du auf die folgende Seite gehen" +#~ msgid "You will then get a slightly different version of the same message, which allows you to click \"Open\". From the on, you can run Jamulus in the normal way and the message won't appear. For further information about this warning see [this Apple Support Page](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)." +#~ msgstr "Jetzt siehst du eine leicht veränderte Version der gleichen Meldung, aber nun kannst du auf „Öffnen“ klicken und Jamulus starten. Diese Warnung wirst du künftig nicht mehr sehen – ab jetzt kannst du Jamulus ganz normal durch einen Doppelklick starten. Für weitere Informationen über diese Meldung siehe [diese Apple Support-Seite](https://support.apple.com/de-de/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:44 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" -msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" -msgstr "[Nach der Installation](Getting-Started){: .button}" +#~ msgid "# Installation for macOS" +#~ msgstr "# Installation auf macOS" + +#~ msgid "[Download Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\" +#~ msgstr "[Download Jamulus (Universal Build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**macOS Mojave (10.14) or lower:** [Download legacy version]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-legacy }})\\\\\n" +#~ "**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "**macOS Mojave (10.14 oder früher):** bitte [lade die Legacy Version herunter]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-legacy }})\\\\\n" +#~ "**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the licence, *drag and drop* each icon you see in the window (Jamulus Client and Server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window.\n" +#~ msgstr "**Jamulus installieren**: Öffne die heruntergeladene `.dmg`-Datei, stimme der Lizenz zu und *ziehe* jedes Symbol, das in dem Fenster zu sehen ist (Jamulus Client und Server) in den *Anwendungsordner*. Danach kannst du dieses Fenster schließen.\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" +#~ msgstr "**Starte Jamulus**. Jetzt kannst du Jamulus wie jede andere App benutzen. \n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "***\n" +#~ msgstr "***\n" #~ msgid "**For macOS running on Intel:**\n" #~ msgstr "**Für macOS auf Intel:**\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Windows.po index 0e3c6384a..69f69f883 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Windows.po @@ -1,41 +1,44 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2022, 2023. +# Ettore Atalan , 2023. +# ignotus , 2023. +# Allan Nordhøy , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-01 20:17+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ann0see (Alt) \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 22:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: de\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.1\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "de" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows" msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:10 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation for Windows" msgstr "Installation auf Windows" @@ -45,11 +48,6 @@ msgstr "Installation auf Windows" msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Jamulus verwenden\" branch1=\"Erste Schritte\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:11 -msgid "# Installation for Windows" -msgstr "# Installation auf Windows" - #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:13 msgid "Make sure you read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." @@ -58,48 +56,33 @@ msgstr "Stelle sicher, dass du die [Erste Schritte](Getting-Started) Seite berei #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:15 msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:17 msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first." msgstr "Updatest du? Es macht Sinn die [Konfiguration](Software-Manual#sicherung-von-jamulus) zu sichern." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:19 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Download and install an ASIO Driver**. Try to use the driver that your hardware manufacturer provides. If you can't find that, or you don't have an external sound card, you probably need to install ASIO4ALL. For more information scroll down to the [ASIO](#asio) section.\n" -msgstr "**Downloade und installiere einen ASIO-Treiber**. Wir empfehlen, eine Soundkarte/Interface mit einem nativen, herstellereigenen ASIO-Treiber zu verwenden. Wenn kein nativer ASIO-Treiber vorhanden ist (v.A. bei integrierten Soundkarten), brauchst du einen generischen Treiber wie ASIO4ALL. Mehr Informationen findest du im [ASIO](#asio) Abschnitt unten auf dieser Seite.\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:20 -#, no-wrap -msgid "[Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\n" -msgstr "[Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:21 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" -msgstr "**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:22 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Install Jamulus**: Double click the installer to launch it. If you get a warning notice from SmartScreen, click on \"More info\" and \"Run anyway\" to install Jamulus. (If you grabbed a new version of Jamulus and are one of the first people who downloaded it, Jamulus won't be whitelisted by SmartScreen yet. We don't pay for code signing.)\n" -msgstr "**Installiere Jamulus**: Doppelklicke auf Installer, um die Installation zu starten. Wenn du eine Warnung von SmartScreen bekommst, klicke auf „Mehr Infos“ und „Trotzdem ausführen“, um Jamulus zu installieren. (Wenn du eine neue Version von Jamulus heruntergeladen hast und auch einer der Ersten warst, wird Jamulus noch nicht auf der SmartScreen-Whitelist sein. Du erhältst diese Meldung, da wir momentan nicht für ein Software Zertifikat für Jamulus zahlen.)\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:23 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" -msgstr "**Starte Jamulus**. Jetzt kannst du Jamulus wie jedes andere Programm öffnen.\n" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:24 +msgid "**Download and install an ASIO Driver**. Try to use the driver that your hardware manufacturer provides. If you can't find that, or you don't have an external sound card, you probably need to install ASIO4ALL. For more information scroll down to the [ASIO](#asio) section." +msgstr "**Downloade und installiere einen ASIO-Treiber**. Versuche, den Treiber zu verwenden, den der Hersteller deiner Hardware bereitstellt. Wenn du keinen findest oder keine externe Soundkarte hast, musst du wahrscheinlich ASIO4ALL installieren. Weitere Informationen findest du im Abschnitt [ASIO](#asio)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:24 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Set up your sound card**. When you're done, you need to set up your audio hardware. And if you are using ASIO4ALL, have a look at how to set that up below.\n" -msgstr "**Richte deine Soundkarte ein**. Wenn du fertig bist, musst du deine Audiohardware einrichten. Wenn du ASIO4ALL nutzt, sieh dir die Anleitung zur Einrichtung von ASIO4ALL unten an.\n" +msgid "" +"1. [Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +" **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"1. **Install Jamulus**: Double click the installer to launch it. If you get a warning notice from SmartScreen, click on \"More info\" and \"Run anyway\" to install Jamulus. (If you grabbed a new version of Jamulus and are one of the first people who downloaded it, Jamulus won't be whitelisted by SmartScreen yet. We don't pay for code signing.)\n" +"1. **Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" +"1. **Set up your sound card**. When you're done, you need to set up your audio hardware. And if you are using ASIO4ALL, have a look at how to set that up below.\n" +msgstr "" +"1. [Downloade Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +" **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"1. **Installiere Jamulus**: Doppelklicke auf Installer, um die Installation zu starten. Wenn du eine Warnung von SmartScreen bekommst, klicke auf „Mehr Infos“ und „Trotzdem ausführen“, um Jamulus zu installieren. (Wenn du eine neue Version von Jamulus heruntergeladen hast und auch einer der Ersten warst, wird Jamulus noch nicht auf der SmartScreen-Whitelist sein. Du erhältst diese Meldung, da wir momentan nicht für ein Software Zertifikat für Jamulus zahlen.)\n" +"1. **Starte Jamulus**. Jetzt kannst du Jamulus wie jegliche andere Software nutzen.\n" +"1. **Richte deine Soundkarte ein**. Sobald du fertig bist, musst du deine Soundhardware einrichten. Falls du ASIO4ALL nutzt, schau dir die Anleitung unterhalb von diesem Text an.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:26 @@ -108,31 +91,27 @@ msgstr "_Bitte beachte, dass du diese Binärdatei nicht weitergeben darfst, ohne #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:28 -msgid "If you don't want to use ASIO or prefer [JACK on Windows](https://jackaudio.org/faq/jack_on_windows.html), you can also use the [JACK version of Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows-jack }})." -msgstr "Wenn du ASIO nicht verwenden möchtest oder [JACK unter Windows](https://jackaudio.org/faq/jack_on_windows.html) bevorzugst, kannst du auch die [JACK-Version von Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows-jack }}) verwenden." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:30 #, no-wrap -msgid "***\n" -msgstr "***\n" +msgid "**Note:** If you don't want to use ASIO or prefer [JACK on Windows](https://jackaudio.org/faq/jack_on_windows.html), you can also use the [JACK version of Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows-jack }}). You can find old (legacy) versions supporting outdated operating systems on the [GitHub release page](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n" +msgstr "**Notiz:** Wenn du ASIO nicht verwenden möchtest oder [JACK unter Windows](https://jackaudio.org/faq/jack_on_windows.html) bevorzugst, kannst du auch die [JACK-Version von Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows-jack }}) verwenden. Alte (legacy) Versionen für veraltete Betriebssysteme findest du auf der [GitHub release Seite](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:32 -msgid "## ASIO" -msgstr "## ASIO" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ASIO" +msgstr "ASIO" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:34 msgid "Jamulus can use [ASIO](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Audio_Stream_Input/Output)." msgstr "Jamulus nutzt [ASIO](https://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Audio_Stream_Input/Output), um mit der möglichst geringsten Audiolatenz zu ermöglichen." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:36 +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:37 msgid "If you have an external sound card/audio interface, use its official ASIO driver if you can (they usually provide the best quality)." msgstr "Wenn du eine externe Soundkarte bzw. -interface besitzt, nutze den offiziellen ASIO-Treiber (normalerweise bieten sie die beste Qualität)." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:37 msgid "If you don't have an external sound card, you will probably not have an ASIO driver so will need to install a generic one like ASIO4ALL:" msgstr "Wenn du keine externe Soundkarte besitzt, wirst du wahrscheinlich keinen ASIO-Treiber haben. Deshalb musst du einen generischen Treiber nutzen, wie ASIO4ALL:" @@ -157,10 +136,11 @@ msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/ msgid "[ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" msgstr "[ASIO4ALL Website](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:48 -msgid "### Setting up ASIO4ALL" -msgstr "### ASIO4ALL einrichten" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Setting up ASIO4ALL" +msgstr "ASIO4ALL einrichten" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:50 @@ -178,118 +158,146 @@ msgstr "**Tipp:** Richte deine Soundkarte ein, während du [mit einem Server ver msgid "Before you start with Jamulus:" msgstr "Bevor du Jamulus startest:" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:56 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Close all applications** (especially those which could access your sound card like your browser/media player). ASIO4ALL needs exclusive access to your sound card which means that other programs will not be able to use audio if ASIO4ALL and Jamulus are running.\n" -msgstr "**Schließe alle anderen Programme** (besonders die, die (wie z.B. dein Browser/Media Player) auf deine Soundkarte zugreifen könnten). ASIO4ALL benötigt exklusiven Zugriff auf die Soundkarte, das bedeutet, dass andere Programme keinen Ton ausgeben/aufnehmen können, wenn Jamulus mit ASIO4ALL läuft.\n" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58 +msgid "**Close all applications** (especially those which could access your sound card like your browser/media player). ASIO4ALL needs exclusive access to your sound card which means that other programs will not be able to use audio if ASIO4ALL and Jamulus are running." +msgstr "**Schließe alle anderen Programme** (besonders die, die (wie z.B. dein Browser/Media Player) auf deine Soundkarte zugreifen könnten). ASIO4ALL benötigt exklusiven Zugriff auf die Soundkarte, das bedeutet, dass andere Programme keinen Ton ausgeben/aufnehmen können, wenn Jamulus mit ASIO4ALL läuft." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:57 -#, no-wrap -msgid "If the Jamulus audio doesn’t work out of the box, make sure that only the **correct inputs/outputs** in ASIO4ALL **are switched on**. Everything else should be switched off. Search the [community list of working ASIO4ALL configurations](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) for your configuration or do it manually if you can't find yours:\n" -msgstr "Wenn das Audio nicht sofort funktioniert, stelle sicher, dass die **richtigen Ein-/Ausgänge** in ASIO4ALL **aktiv sind**. Alle anderen sollten ausgeschaltet sein. Suche in der [gemeinsame Auflistung funktionsfähiger ASIO4ALL Einstellungen](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) nach deinem System oder stelle sie selbst ein, wenn du deine nicht findest:\n" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58 +msgid "If the Jamulus audio doesn’t work out of the box, make sure that only the **correct inputs/outputs** in ASIO4ALL **are switched on**. Everything else should be switched off. Search the [community list of working ASIO4ALL configurations](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) for your configuration or do it manually if you can't find yours:" +msgstr "Wenn das Audio nicht sofort funktioniert, stelle sicher, dass die **richtigen Ein-/Ausgänge** in ASIO4ALL **aktiv sind**. Alle anderen sollten ausgeschaltet sein. Suche in der [gemeinsame Auflistung funktionsfähiger ASIO4ALL Einstellungen](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) nach deinem System oder stelle sie selbst ein, wenn du deine nicht findest:" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:59 -msgid "### How to set up ASIO4ALL inputs (Guide)" -msgstr "### ASIO4ALL Ein- und Ausgänge einrichten (Anleitung)" +#, no-wrap +msgid "How to set up ASIO4ALL inputs (Guide)" +msgstr "So richtest du ASIO4ALL-Eingänge ein (Anleitung)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:61 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 msgid "Open Jamulus's settings" msgstr "Jamulus Einstellungen öffnen" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:62 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 msgid "Go to _\"ASIO Device Settings\"_ (column on the left; directly under the selection of the driver)" msgstr "Klick auf _„ASIO Geräte Einstellungen“_ (linke Spalte in Jamulus, unten)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 msgid "Enable _advanced view_ in ASIO4ALL (click the tool icon on the bottom right)" msgstr "Aktiviere die _erweiterte Ansicht_ in ASIO4ALL (klicke auf das Werkzeug-Icon unten rechts)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:64 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 msgid "Enable only the sound card you want to use by clicking on the button next to its name" msgstr "Aktiviere nur die Soundkarte, die du nutzen willst, indem du auf den Knopf direkt neben dem Namen der Soundkarte klickst" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:65 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 msgid "Open your sound card inputs/outputs by clicking the _plus icon_ next to this sound card" msgstr "Öffne deine Soundkarte über das _Plus-Icon_ neben der Soundkarte, um die Ein/Ausgänge anzuzeigen" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:66 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 msgid "Now enable the correct inputs/outputs in the list under your sound card and disable everything else. You can hover over the inputs/outputs to see which of both they are and if they support the required sample rate for Jamulus of 48kHz (DVD quality)." msgstr "Aktiviere die richtigen Ein/Ausgänge in der Liste unter deiner Soundkarte und deaktiviere alle anderen Ein/Ausgänge. Du kannst über den Ein/Ausgängen hovern (mit dem Mauszeiger auf über dem Ein/Ausgang ruhen) ob sie die richtige Sample Rate für Jamulus unterstützen (48kHz; DVD-Qualität)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:68 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Hints:**\n" -msgstr "**Tipps:**\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:69 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:72 #, no-wrap -msgid "It may not be obvious what the correct sound device is called. Many internal sound cards are named \"Realtek High Definition Audio\", \"Conexant\" or similar.\n" -msgstr "Es ist möglicherweise nicht offensichtlich, wie das richtige Soundgerät heißt. Viele interne Soundkarten heißen „Realtek High Definition Audio“, „Conexant“ oder ähnlich.\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:70 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Headphones and speakers are often labelled as \"output\" and microphones as \"input\" or \"capture\".\n" -msgstr "Kopfhörer und Lautsprecher werden oft als „Output“ und Mikrofone als „Input“ oder „Capture“ bezeichnet.\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:71 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Stereo Mix/Stereo Input is usually not the input/output you're looking for. Therefore, switch it off if you see it.\n" -msgstr "Stereo Mix/Stereo Input ist normalerweise nicht der Ein-/Ausgang, den du brauchst. Wenn du diesen Ein-/Ausgang siehst, solltest du ihn ausschalten.\n" +msgid "" +"**Hints:**\n" +"1. It may not be obvious what the correct sound device is called. Many internal sound cards are named \"Realtek High Definition Audio\", \"Conexant\" or similar.\n" +"1. Headphones and speakers are often labelled as \"output\" and microphones as \"input\" or \"capture\".\n" +"1. Stereo Mix/Stereo Input is usually not the input/output you're looking for. Therefore, switch it off if you see it.\n" +msgstr "" +"**Hinweise:**\n" +"1. Es ist möglicherweise nicht offensichtlich, wie das richtige Soundgerät heißt. Viele interne Soundkarten heißen \"Realtek High Definition Audio\", \"Conexant\" oder ähnlich. \n" +"1. Kopfhörer und Lautsprecher werden oft als \"Ausgang\"/\"output\" und Mikrofone als \"Eingang\"/\"input\" oder \"Aufnahme\"/\"capture\" bezeichnet.\n" +"1. Stereo Mix/Stereo Input ist normalerweise nicht der Eingang/Ausgang, den du suchst. Schalte ihn daher aus, wenn du ihn siehst.\n" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:73 -msgid "### Troubleshooting" -msgstr "### Fehlerbehebung" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Fehlerbehebung" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:75 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:76 msgid "If nothing works, first restart Jamulus and/or your PC to close background processes that may be accessing your sound card." msgstr "Wenn es scheint, das nichts funktioniert, versuche zuerst Jamulus und/oder deinen PC **neu zu starten**, damit Hintergrundprozesse, die auf die Soundkarte zugreifen könnten, geschlossen werden." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:77 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:78 msgid "Afterwards, *set up the inputs/outputs again*. Enabled and accessible input/outputs show as lit up power buttons and play buttons in the ASIO4ALL settings. If instead you see a red cross or yellow symbol, close other applications that may be accessing your sound card (e.g. web browser, Zoom, etc)." msgstr "Danach versuche *die Ein-/Ausgänge nochmal neu einzurichten*. Aktivierte und zugängliche Ein-/Ausgänge zeigen ein leuchtendes An/Aus- und ein Play-Symbol. Wenn du ein rotes Kreuz oder ein gelbes Symbol siehst, musst du eventuell andere Anwendungen schließen (z.B. deinen Browser, Zoom, usw.) oder deinen PC neu starten." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:79 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:80 msgid "Have a look at [this video](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI) by [trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza) which gives more detailed setup information on ASIO4ALL." msgstr "Werfe einen Blick auf [dieses Video](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI) von [trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza), das detailliertere Informationen zur Einrichtung von ASIO4ALL enthält." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:81 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:82 msgid "Official and further information about how to configure ASIO4ALL is documented in the official [ASIO4ALL FAQs on the ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}." msgstr "Offizielle und ausführliche Infos zur Konfiguration von ASIO4ALL sind auch in den [FAQs auf der ASIO4ALL Website](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"} dokumentiert." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:83 -msgid "## All installed?" -msgstr "## Alles installiert?" +#, no-wrap +msgid "All installed?" +msgstr "Alles installiert?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:85 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:86 msgid "Take a look at" msgstr "Wirf einen Blick auf die" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:86 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:87 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" -msgstr "[Nach der Installation](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgstr "[Jamulus Setup Seite](Getting-Started){: .button}" + +#~ msgid "# Installation for Windows" +#~ msgstr "# Installation auf Windows" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "[Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +#~ msgstr "[Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +#~ msgstr "**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" +#~ msgstr "**Starte Jamulus**. Jetzt kannst du Jamulus wie jedes andere Programm öffnen.\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Set up your sound card**. When you're done, you need to set up your audio hardware. And if you are using ASIO4ALL, have a look at how to set that up below.\n" +#~ msgstr "**Richte deine Soundkarte ein**. Wenn du fertig bist, musst du deine Audiohardware einrichten. Wenn du ASIO4ALL nutzt, sieh dir die Anleitung zur Einrichtung von ASIO4ALL unten an.\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "***\n" +#~ msgstr "***\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Hints:**\n" +#~ msgstr "**Tipps:**\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "It may not be obvious what the correct sound device is called. Many internal sound cards are named \"Realtek High Definition Audio\", \"Conexant\" or similar.\n" +#~ msgstr "Es ist möglicherweise nicht offensichtlich, wie das richtige Soundgerät heißt. Viele interne Soundkarten heißen „Realtek High Definition Audio“, „Conexant“ oder ähnlich.\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Headphones and speakers are often labelled as \"output\" and microphones as \"input\" or \"capture\".\n" +#~ msgstr "Kopfhörer und Lautsprecher werden oft als „Output“ und Mikrofone als „Input“ oder „Capture“ bezeichnet.\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Stereo Mix/Stereo Input is usually not the input/output you're looking for. Therefore, switch it off if you see it.\n" +#~ msgstr "Stereo Mix/Stereo Input ist normalerweise nicht der Ein-/Ausgang, den du brauchst. Wenn du diesen Ein-/Ausgang siehst, solltest du ihn ausschalten.\n" #~ msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.15 Beta 3 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.15/ASIO4ALL_2_15_Beta3_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" #~ msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.15 Beta 3 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.15/ASIO4ALL_2_15_Beta3_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-iOS.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-iOS.po index 2a7047529..83c1ee7ae 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-iOS.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-iOS.po @@ -1,41 +1,42 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2022, 2023. +# Ettore Atalan , 2023. +# ignotus , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-08-16 16:56+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ann0see \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-31 20:22+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: de\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "de" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-iOS" msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-iOS" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:11 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation for iOS" msgstr "Installation auf iOS" @@ -45,11 +46,6 @@ msgstr "Installation auf iOS" msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Jamulus verwenden\" branch1=\"Erste Schritte\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:12 -msgid "# Installation for iOS" -msgstr "# Installation auf iOS" - #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:14 msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." @@ -58,37 +54,39 @@ msgstr "Stelle sicher, dass du die [Erste Schritte](Getting-Started) Seite berei #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:16 msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:18 -msgid "## Things to note about iOS" -msgstr "## Wissenswertes über iOS" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Things to note about iOS" +msgstr "Wissenswertes über iOS" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:20 msgid "If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } which is an inexpensive and small device that performs very well with Jamulus. iOS support is just a proof of concept." msgstr "Wenn du keinen PC besitzt, empfehlen wir dir einen [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" }, ein preiswertes und kleines Gerät, das sehr gut mit Jamulus funktioniert. iOS-Unterstützung ist nur ein Proof of Concept und erfordert bestimmte Fähigkeiten." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:22 +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24 msgid "To install Jamulus on your iOS device, you need a (free or paid) Apple Developer account and preferably a computer." msgstr "Um Jamulus auf deinem iOS-Gerät zu installieren, benötigst du ein (kostenloses oder kostenpflichtiges) Apple Developer-Account und vorzugsweise einen Computer." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:23 +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24 msgid "If you don't pay for an Apple developer account, Jamulus will only run for at most 7 days before you need to re-install it." msgstr "Wenn du nicht für ein Apple-Entwicklerkonto bezahlst, läuft Jamulus höchstens 7 Tage lang, bevor du es erneut installieren musst." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24 msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well on new devices if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. To connect these to your iOS device, you should use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub." msgstr "Jamulus auf iOS funktioniert auf neuen Geräten recht gut, wenn alles richtig eingestellt ist. Wir empfehlen dir jedoch dringend, ein Audio-Interface und einen USB-Ethernet-Adapter zu verwenden. Um diese mit deinem iOS-Gerät zu verbinden, solltest du etwas wie den [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) und einen (mit Strom versorgten) USB-Hub verwenden." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:27 -msgid "## Install for iOS (for experienced users only)" -msgstr "## Installation auf iOS (nur für erfahrene Benutzer)" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Install for iOS (for experienced users only)" +msgstr "Installation auf iOS (nur für erfahrene Benutzer)" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:29 @@ -96,27 +94,27 @@ msgstr "## Installation auf iOS (nur für erfahrene Benutzer)" msgid "**Note**: We provide an unsigned .ipa file which you need to sign and then install on your device. If you are not Jailbroken (and have AppSync installed), you might need additional software to install Jamulus. There are multiple ways to do that, but this guide only explains the most standard approach. Please note that we assume you already have a (free) Apple developer account. If you don't have one, create an Apple ID and [Sign up for a developer account](https://developer.apple.com/membercenter). We recommend to create one without two factor authentification and unrelated to your potential personal account. You will need to enter the password in non-Apple software.\n" msgstr "**Hinweis**: Wir stellen eine unsignierte .ipa-Datei zur Verfügung, die du signieren und dann auf deinem Gerät installieren musst. Wenn dein Gerät nicht Jailbroken ist (und AppSync installiert hast), benötigst du möglicherweise zusätzliche Software, um Jamulus zu installieren. Dafür gibt es mehrere Möglichkeiten, aber in dieser Anleitung wird nur die gängigste Methode beschrieben. Bitte beachte, dass wir davon ausgehen, dass du bereits ein (kostenloses) Apple-Entwicklerkonto hast. Wenn du noch keines hast, erstelle eine neue Apple ID und [registriere dich für ein Entwicklerkonto](https://developer.apple.com/membercenter). Wir empfehlen dir, ein Konto ohne Zwei-Faktor-Authentifizierung zu erstellen, das nicht mit deinem persönlichen Konto verknüpft ist. Du musst das Passwort in die Nicht-Apple-Software eingeben.\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:31 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 msgid "[Download Jamulus (.ipa) on a PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}" msgstr "[Download Jamulus (.ipa) auf einen PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:32 +#. type: Bullet: '2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 msgid "Sign the .ipa file (e.g. via Xcode or some other **trusted** app. We won't give recommendations here, but there exist apps for every operating system)" msgstr "Signiere die .ipa-Datei (z. B. mit Xcode oder einer anderen **vertrauenswürdigen** Anwendung. Wir werden hier keine Empfehlungen geben, aber es gibt Apps für jedes Betriebssystem)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:33 +#. type: Bullet: '3. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 msgid "Once signed and installed; on your iOS device open Settings, navigate to General>Profiles (or VPN and Device Management). Tap on the developer account corresponding to your account and trust the account." msgstr "Nach der Unterzeichnung und Installation öffnest du auf deinem iOS-Gerät die Einstellungen und navigierst dann zu Allgemein>Profile (oder VPN und Geräteverwaltung). Tippe auf das Entwicklerkonto, das deinem Konto entspricht, und vertraue dem Konto." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:34 +#. type: Bullet: '4. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 msgid "Open Jamulus from your home-screen" msgstr "Öffne Jamulus über den Startbildschirm" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '5. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 msgid "After 7 days you will need to re-sign Jamulus if you are using a free developer account. Re-do everything from Step 4." msgstr "Nach 7 Tagen musst du dich erneut bei Jamulus anmelden, wenn du ein kostenloses Entwicklerkonto verwendest. Führe die Aktivierung ab Schritt 4 erneut durch." @@ -126,10 +124,11 @@ msgstr "Nach 7 Tagen musst du dich erneut bei Jamulus anmelden, wenn du ein kost msgid "If you own a Mac and have Xcode installed, compiling Jamulus from source might be another, more native option. Please have a look at the [compilation instructions for iOS](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md#ios)." msgstr "Wenn du einen Mac besitzt und Xcode installiert hast, könnte die Kompilierung von Jamulus aus dem Quellcode eine andere, nativere Option sein. Bitte werfe einen Blick auf die [Kompilierungsanleitung für iOS](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md#ios)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:40 -msgid "## Feedback and development" -msgstr "## Feedback und Entwicklung" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:39 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Feedback and development" +msgstr "Feedback und Entwicklung" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:43 @@ -141,16 +140,11 @@ msgstr "Die iOS-Unterstützung ist noch nicht ausgereift und noch lange nicht be msgid "Please also read the [APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER) concerning Jamulus being published via the Apple AppStore." msgstr "Bitte lese auch die [APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER) bezüglich der Veröffentlichung von Jamulus über den Apple AppStore." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:47 +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:48 #, no-wrap -msgid "***\n" -msgstr "***\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:49 -msgid "## All installed?" -msgstr "## Alles installiert?" +msgid "All installed?" +msgstr "Alles installiert?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:51 @@ -159,7 +153,12 @@ msgstr "Jamulus wurde installiert und kann nun verwendet werden. Wirf jetzt eine #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:52 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" -msgstr "[Jamulus setup Seite](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgstr "[Jamulus Setup Seite](Getting-Started){: .button}" + +#~ msgid "# Installation for iOS" +#~ msgstr "# Installation auf iOS" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "***\n" +#~ msgstr "***\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Privacy-Statement.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Privacy-Statement.po index 08a70407c..3242f0989 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/Privacy-Statement.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Privacy-Statement.po @@ -1,149 +1,222 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# Ettore Atalan , 2023. +# ignotus , 2023. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-06-20 12:02+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-01 20:04+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: de\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.1\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "de" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Privacy-Statement" msgstr "/wiki/Privacy-Statement" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus – Privacy Statement" msgstr "Jamulus - Erklärung zum Datenschutz" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:9 -msgid "# Privacy Statement" -msgstr "# Erklärung zum Datenschutz" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Privacy Statement" +msgstr "Datenschutzerklärung" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:12 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Please note that the English version of this privacy statement is the original and, as such, the binding version. To access the English version, go to the top/top right of this page and click on the \"en\" link." -msgid "Please note that the English version of this privacy statement is the original and, as such, the binding version. To access the English version, go to the top/top right of this page and click on the \"en\" link. The following only applies to the version you can download from this website, [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io)." -msgstr "Bitte beachte, dass die englische Version dieser Datenschutzerklärung das Original und somit die verbindliche Version ist. Um auf die englische Fassung zuzugreifen, klicke oben/rechts auf dieser Seite auf den Link \"en\"." +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:11 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**The English version of this document represents the official privacy statement for the _current version_ of the software available on this website. Earlier versions of the software and non-English translations of this privacy policy may have different terms that are no longer applicable or supported.**\n" +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:14 -msgid "## Definition of Terms" -msgstr "## Definition der Begriffe" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:13 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Definition of Terms" +msgstr "Definition der Begriffe" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:16 -msgid "\"**Server**\" The Jamulus Server software, as opposed to the host machine/OS it is running on." -msgstr "„**Server**“ Die Jamulus Server-Software, im Gegensatz zum Host-Rechner/OS, auf dem sie läuft." +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "\"**Client**\" The Jamulus software used to connect to a Server" +msgid "\"**Server**\" The Jamulus software running as a Server and accepting connections from Clients" +msgstr "„**Client**“ Die Jamulus-Software, die zur Verbindung mit einem Server verwendet wird" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:17 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18 msgid "\"**Client**\" The Jamulus software used to connect to a Server" msgstr "„**Client**“ Die Jamulus-Software, die zur Verbindung mit einem Server verwendet wird" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18 msgid "\"**Directory**\" A Jamulus Server configured to supply a list of Servers to Clients" msgstr "„**Verzeichnis**“ Ein Jamulus-Server, der so konfiguriert ist, dass er den Clients eine Liste von Servern zur Verfügung stellt" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:20 -msgid "## Web site" -msgstr "## Website" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:19 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus.io Website" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:22 -msgid "The website at [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) is served using GitHub Pages. We do not collect your personal data or set tracking cookies. When you connect to the jamulus.io site, your IP is sent to [GitHub Pages](https://pages.github.com/)." -msgstr "Die Website unter [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) wird mit GitHub Pages betrieben. Wir sammeln keine persönlichen Daten und setzen keine Tracking-Cookies. Wenn du dich mit der Website jamulus.io verbindest, wird deine IP-Adresse an [GitHub Pages](https://pages.github.com/) gesendet." +msgid "The website at [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) is served using GitHub Pages. The Jamulus team has not constructed the website to set tracking cookies, but see Github's [privacy policy](https://docs.github.com/en/site-policy/privacy-policies/github-privacy-statement) for information relating to data collection and privacy overall. The community knowledge base uses [giscus](https://github.com/giscus/giscus) for discussions and comments. You can find the [Privacy Policy of giscus on their GitHub repository](https://github.com/giscus/giscus/blob/main/PRIVACY-POLICY.md)." +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:24 -msgid "## Jamulus Software" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:23 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Jamulus Software" +msgid "Jamulus Software" msgstr "## Jamulus Software" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:26 -msgid "### Use of Profile Information" -msgstr "### Verwendung von Profilinformationen" +msgid "Jamulus is open source software that can be modified by anyone. As such, the Jamulus project can make no representations related to privacy, data collection, or security with respect to your use of the software." +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:28 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "When you connect to a Server, whatever you put in My Profile (in Settings) will be shown to others on that Server while you are connected to it. The Server does not otherwise store or record your Profile information and the Server operator has no access to it unless they are also connected as using a Client." -msgid "When you connect to a Server, whatever you put in My Profile (in Settings) will be shown to others on that Server while you are connected to it. Note that, depending on the other client, you may not see them. Also, the Server operator can see the name you set in My Profile and your IP address, using the Server either through the GUI or JSON-RPC." -msgstr "Wenn du eine Verbindung zu einem Server herstellst werden die Angaben, die du in Mein Profil (unter Einstellungen) gemacht hast, anderen Personen auf diesem Server angezeigt, solange du mit dem Server verbunden bist. Der Server speichert oder zeichnet deine Profilinformationen nicht auf. Der Server-Betreiber hat keinen Zugriff darauf, es sei denn, er ist ebenfalls mit einem Client verbunden." +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:27 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Use of Profile Information" +msgid "General Information" +msgstr "### Verwendung von Profilinformationen" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:30 -msgid "When you connect to a Server, your profile may also be available to third parties from the Directory to which that Server is registered. This can be for informational purposes about the status of the public Jamulus network (for example, [here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)), but may not be limited to that. Profile information is not otherwise logged or stored by the Jamulus Server you are connected to, or by the Jamulus Directory, but may be stored or processed by third parties." -msgstr "Wenn du dich mit einem Server verbindest, kann dein Profil auch für Dritte über das Verzeichnis, in dem der Server registriert ist, zugänglich sein. Dies kann zu Informationszwecken über den Status des öffentlichen Jamulus-Netzwerks geschehen (z.B. [hier](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)), ist aber nicht darauf beschränkt. Profilinformationen werden weder von dem Jamulus-Server, mit dem du verbunden bist, noch vom Jamulus-Verzeichnis protokolliert oder gespeichert, können aber von Dritten gespeichert oder verarbeitet werden." +msgid "Under normal use with software downloaded from this website that has not been modified, your user profile information is exchanged with Servers you connect to, peers connected to those same Servers, and to third parties (including Directories) that use the Jamulus protocol. This information is limited to your Jamulus name, city, country, instrument, and skill level as you have set them in your profile. The Servers you connect to will also have access to your internet address (IP Address) as it is required for the software to work; but this information is not shared with peers on the same Server or available to third parties." +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:32 -msgid "### Use of IP Addresses" -msgstr "### Verwendung von IP-Adressen" +msgid "All communications between and among Clients, Servers, Directories, and third-party protocol users are sent without encryption." +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:34 -msgid "When you connect to Server, the Server operator can see your IP address while you are connected. If the Server operator has enabled logging (which is off by default) your IP address will also be logged and stored in the Server's log file." -msgstr "Wenn du eine Verbindung zum Server herstellst, kann der Server-Betreiber deine IP-Adresse sehen, während du verbunden bist. Wenn der Server-Betreiber die Protokollierung aktiviert hat (was standardmäßig nicht der Fall ist), wird deine IP-Adresse ebenfalls protokolliert und in der Protokolldatei des Servers gespeichert." +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:33 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Jamulus Software" +msgid "Jamulus Servers" +msgstr "## Jamulus Software" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:36 -msgid "The IP addresses of all Servers registered with the Directory can also be seen by third parties for informational or other purposes (for example [here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)). Your public IP address is otherwise not logged or stored by Jamulus, but may be stored or processed by third parties." -msgstr "Die IP-Adressen aller im Verzeichnis eingetragenen Server können auch von Dritten zu Informations- oder anderen Zwecken eingesehen werden (zum Beispiel [hier](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)). Deine öffentliche IP-Adresse wird ansonsten von Jamulus nicht protokolliert oder gespeichert, kann aber von Dritten gespeichert oder verarbeitet werden." +msgid "When you connect to a Server, either directly or through a Directory, the operator of that Server is responsible for its operation policy, privacy policy, and data use policy. While unmodified Servers do not log or store your connection or profile information by default, some Servers may be configured to do so. Therefore, you should have no expectation of privacy with respect to your profile information or internet address." +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:38 -msgid "### Audio Recordings" -msgstr "### Audio-Aufnahmen" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:37 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Chat Exchanges" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:40 -msgid "You will see a notice if you are connected to a Jamulus Server when Server recording is turned on. Recordings of each player are stored by the Server separately as .WAV files and only the Server operator has access to them unless they choose to make them available to third parties." -msgstr "Wenn du mit einem Jamulus Server verbunden bist, wird ein Hinweis angezeigt, wenn die Serveraufzeichnung aktiviert ist. Die Aufnahmen jedes Spielers werden vom Server separat als WAV-Dateien gespeichert und nur der Server-Betreiber hat Zugriff darauf, es sei denn, er möchte sie Dritten zur Verfügung stellen." +msgid "Chats are textual messages that can be exchanged between Clients connected to the same Server. Everyone connected to a Server can see all chats and there should be no expectation of privacy with respect to information sent through the chat feature of Jamulus. While unmodified Servers do not log or store chats, some modified Servers may do this." +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:42 -msgid "### Text Chat" -msgstr "### Text-Chat" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:41 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Audio Recordings" +msgid "Audio Recordings" +msgstr "### Audio-Aufnahmen" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:44 -msgid "When you type a message in the Chat Window, other connected players can see that, but chats are not stored by the Server and neither the Server operator nor any third parties have access to them." -msgstr "Wenn du eine Nachricht in das Chat-Fenster schreibst, können andere verbundene Spieler dies sehen, aber Chats werden nicht vom Server gespeichert und weder der Server-Betreiber noch Dritte haben Zugriff darauf." +msgid "Unmodified Servers will display a notice if recording is turned on. Recordings of each channel are stored by the Server and are controlled by the Server operator." +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:46 -msgid "### Data Transmission" -msgstr "### Datenübertragung" +msgid "It is possible for connected Clients to make recordings of sessions outside of Jamulus itself, for which there may be no notice or indication. Jamulus has no way to detect or control these situations and makes no representations as to the collection or use of such recording data." +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:47 -msgid "Please note that all audio and text data is sent and received between the Jamulus Server and Client without encryption." -msgstr "Bitte beachte dass alle Audio- und Textdaten unverschlüsselt zwischen dem Jamulus Server und dem Client gesendet und empfangen werden." +#, no-wrap +msgid "Directories" +msgstr "Verzeichnisse" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:49 +msgid "Directories are central connection points for locating Servers. The Jamulus Client comes with a pre-defined list of Directories for the convenience of users. These Directories are independently operated but are represented as running unmodified versions of the Jamulus software. If you do not wish to send your information to the Directories, you will need to connect to Servers directly." +msgstr "" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Please note that the English version of this privacy statement is the original and, as such, the binding version. To access the English version, go to the top/top right of this page and click on the \"en\" link." +#~ msgid "Please note that the English version of this privacy statement is the original and, as such, the binding version. To access the English version, go to the top/top right of this page and click on the \"en\" link. The following only applies to the version you can download from this website, [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io)." +#~ msgstr "Bitte beachte, dass die englische Version dieser Datenschutzerklärung das Original und somit die verbindliche Version ist. Um auf die englische Fassung zuzugreifen, klicke oben/rechts auf dieser Seite auf den Link \"en\"." + +#~ msgid "\"**Server**\" The Jamulus Server software, as opposed to the host machine/OS it is running on." +#~ msgstr "„**Server**“ Die Jamulus Server-Software, im Gegensatz zum Host-Rechner/OS, auf dem sie läuft." + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "## Web site" +#~ msgid "Web site" +#~ msgstr "## Website" + +#~ msgid "The website at [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) is served using GitHub Pages. We do not collect your personal data or set tracking cookies. When you connect to the jamulus.io site, your IP is sent to [GitHub Pages](https://pages.github.com/)." +#~ msgstr "Die Website unter [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) wird mit GitHub Pages betrieben. Wir sammeln keine persönlichen Daten und setzen keine Tracking-Cookies. Wenn du dich mit der Website jamulus.io verbindest, wird deine IP-Adresse an [GitHub Pages](https://pages.github.com/) gesendet." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "When you connect to a Server, whatever you put in My Profile (in Settings) will be shown to others on that Server while you are connected to it. The Server does not otherwise store or record your Profile information and the Server operator has no access to it unless they are also connected as using a Client." +#~ msgid "When you connect to a Server, whatever you put in My Profile (in Settings) will be shown to others on that Server while you are connected to it. Note that, depending on the other client, you may not see them. Also, the Server operator can see the name you set in My Profile and your IP address, using the Server either through the GUI or JSON-RPC." +#~ msgstr "Wenn du eine Verbindung zu einem Server herstellst werden die Angaben, die du in Mein Profil (unter Einstellungen) gemacht hast, anderen Personen auf diesem Server angezeigt, solange du mit dem Server verbunden bist. Der Server speichert oder zeichnet deine Profilinformationen nicht auf. Der Server-Betreiber hat keinen Zugriff darauf, es sei denn, er ist ebenfalls mit einem Client verbunden." + +#~ msgid "When you connect to a Server, your profile may also be available to third parties from the Directory to which that Server is registered. This can be for informational purposes about the status of the public Jamulus network (for example, [here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)), but may not be limited to that. Profile information is not otherwise logged or stored by the Jamulus Server you are connected to, or by the Jamulus Directory, but may be stored or processed by third parties." +#~ msgstr "Wenn du dich mit einem Server verbindest, kann dein Profil auch für Dritte über das Verzeichnis, in dem der Server registriert ist, zugänglich sein. Dies kann zu Informationszwecken über den Status des öffentlichen Jamulus-Netzwerks geschehen (z.B. [hier](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)), ist aber nicht darauf beschränkt. Profilinformationen werden weder von dem Jamulus-Server, mit dem du verbunden bist, noch vom Jamulus-Verzeichnis protokolliert oder gespeichert, können aber von Dritten gespeichert oder verarbeitet werden." + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "### Use of IP Addresses" +#~ msgid "Use of IP Addresses" +#~ msgstr "### Verwendung von IP-Adressen" + +#~ msgid "When you connect to Server, the Server operator can see your IP address while you are connected. If the Server operator has enabled logging (which is off by default) your IP address will also be logged and stored in the Server's log file." +#~ msgstr "Wenn du eine Verbindung zum Server herstellst, kann der Server-Betreiber deine IP-Adresse sehen, während du verbunden bist. Wenn der Server-Betreiber die Protokollierung aktiviert hat (was standardmäßig nicht der Fall ist), wird deine IP-Adresse ebenfalls protokolliert und in der Protokolldatei des Servers gespeichert." + +#~ msgid "The IP addresses of all Servers registered with the Directory can also be seen by third parties for informational or other purposes (for example [here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)). Your public IP address is otherwise not logged or stored by Jamulus, but may be stored or processed by third parties." +#~ msgstr "Die IP-Adressen aller im Verzeichnis eingetragenen Server können auch von Dritten zu Informations- oder anderen Zwecken eingesehen werden (zum Beispiel [hier](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)). Deine öffentliche IP-Adresse wird ansonsten von Jamulus nicht protokolliert oder gespeichert, kann aber von Dritten gespeichert oder verarbeitet werden." + +#~ msgid "You will see a notice if you are connected to a Jamulus Server when Server recording is turned on. Recordings of each player are stored by the Server separately as .WAV files and only the Server operator has access to them unless they choose to make them available to third parties." +#~ msgstr "Wenn du mit einem Jamulus Server verbunden bist, wird ein Hinweis angezeigt, wenn die Serveraufzeichnung aktiviert ist. Die Aufnahmen jedes Spielers werden vom Server separat als WAV-Dateien gespeichert und nur der Server-Betreiber hat Zugriff darauf, es sei denn, er möchte sie Dritten zur Verfügung stellen." + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "### Text Chat" +#~ msgid "Text Chat" +#~ msgstr "### Text-Chat" + +#~ msgid "When you type a message in the Chat Window, other connected players can see that, but chats are not stored by the Server and neither the Server operator nor any third parties have access to them." +#~ msgstr "Wenn du eine Nachricht in das Chat-Fenster schreibst, können andere verbundene Spieler dies sehen, aber Chats werden nicht vom Server gespeichert und weder der Server-Betreiber noch Dritte haben Zugriff darauf." + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "### Data Transmission" +#~ msgid "Data Transmission" +#~ msgstr "### Datenübertragung" + +#~ msgid "Please note that all audio and text data is sent and received between the Jamulus Server and Client without encryption." +#~ msgstr "Bitte beachte dass alle Audio- und Textdaten unverschlüsselt zwischen dem Jamulus Server und dem Client gesendet und empfangen werden." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/QOS-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/de/QOS-Windows.po index 59457b807..8a2ec2b60 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/QOS-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/QOS-Windows.po @@ -1,39 +1,41 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# Ettore Atalan , 2023. +# ignotus , 2023. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-06-20 12:02+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-01 20:04+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: de\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.1\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "de" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/QOS-Windows" msgstr "/wiki/QOS-Windows" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Quality of Service (QoS)" @@ -44,10 +46,11 @@ msgstr "Quality of Service (QoS)" msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" %}" msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Mehr\" %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:11 -msgid "## Use of QoS on Windows" -msgstr "## Verwendung von QoS unter Windows" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Use of QoS on Windows" +msgstr "Verwendung von QoS unter Windows" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:13 @@ -66,13 +69,31 @@ msgstr "Die QoS-Einstellungen von Jamulus (einschließlich der Standardeinstellu #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:37 -msgid "In Search box beside Start menu, Type: Local Group Policy Editor (enter)
In new window, (click) on the menu icon to display the Actions third panel
Looking at the first panel of the Local Group Policy Editor
 Local Computer Policy
  Computer Configuration
   Windows Settings
    Policy-based QoS (click)
Looking at the third panel (Actions) of the Local Group Policy Editor
 Policy-based QoS
  More Actions
   Create new Policy (click)
    Policy Name: Jamulus
    Specify DSCP value: 32
    Next
    This QoS policy applies Only to applications with name Jamulus.exe
    Next
    Next
    UDP
    Finish
" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "In Search box beside Start menu Type: Local Group Policy Editor (enter)
In new window, (click) on the menu icon to display the Actions third panel
Looking at the first panel of the Local Group Policy Editor
 Local Computer Policy
  Computer Configuration
   Windows Settings
    Policy-based QoS (click)
Looking at the third panel (Actions) of the Local Group Policy Editor
 Policy-based QoS
  More Actions
   Create new Policy (click)
    Policy Name: Jamulus
    Specify DSCP value: 32
    Next
    This QoS policy applies Only to applications with name Jamulus.exe
    Next
    Next
    UDP
    Finish
" +msgid "" +"In Search box beside Start menu, Type: Local Group Policy Editor (enter)
\n" +"In new window, (click) on the menu icon to display the Actions third panel
\n" +"Looking at the first panel of the Local Group Policy Editor
\n" +" Local Computer Policy
\n" +"  Computer Configuration
\n" +"   Windows Settings
\n" +"    Policy-based QoS (click)
\n" +"Looking at the third panel (Actions) of the Local Group Policy Editor
\n" +" Policy-based QoS
\n" +"  More Actions
\n" +"   Create new Policy (click)
\n" +"    Policy Name: Jamulus
\n" +"    Specify DSCP value: 32
\n" +"    Next
\n" +"    This QoS policy applies Only to applications with name Jamulus.exe
\n" +"    Next
\n" +"    Next
\n" +"    UDP
\n" +"    Finish
\n" +msgstr "Gib in das Suchfeld neben dem Startmenü ein: Editor für lokale Gruppenrichtlinien (Enter)
Im neuen Fenster (Klick) auf das Menüsymbol, um das dritte Feld Aktionen anzuzeigen
Blick auf das erste Feld des Editors für lokale Gruppenrichtlinien
 Lokale Computerrichtlinie
  Computerkonfiguration
   Windows-Einstellungen
    Richtlinienbasierte QoS (Klick)
    Blick auf das dritte Feld (Aktionen) des Editors für lokale Gruppenrichtlinien
 Richtlinienbasierte QoS
  Weitere Aktionen
   Neue Richtlinie erstellen (Klick)
Name der Richtlinie: Jamulus
    Gib den DSCP-Wert an: 32
    Weiter
    Diese QoS-Richtlinie gilt nur für Anwendungen mit dem Namen Jamulus.exe
    Weiter
    Weiter
    UDP
    Fertigstellen
" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:39 msgid "(Notice Jamulus policy in center panel may be edited)" msgstr "(Hinweis: Die Jamulus-Richtlinie im mittleren Feld kann bearbeitet werden)" - -#~ msgid "In Search box beside Start menu Type: Local Group Policy Editor (enter)
In new window, (click) on the menu icon to display the Actions third panel
Looking at the first panel of the Local Group Policy Editor
 Local Computer Policy
  Computer Configuration
   Windows Settings
    Policy-based QoS (click)
Looking at the third panel (Actions) of the Local Group Policy Editor
 Policy-based QoS
  More Actions
   Create new Policy (click)
    Policy Name: Jamulus
    Specify DSCP value: 32
    Next
    This QoS policy applies Only to applications with name Jamulus.exe
    Next
    Next
    UDP
    Finish
" -#~ msgstr "Gib in das Suchfeld neben dem Startmenü ein: Editor für lokale Gruppenrichtlinien (Enter)
Im neuen Fenster (Klick) auf das Menüsymbol, um das dritte Feld Aktionen anzuzeigen
Blick auf das erste Feld des Editors für lokale Gruppenrichtlinien
 Lokale Computerrichtlinie
  Computerkonfiguration
   Windows-Einstellungen
    Richtlinienbasierte QoS (Klick)
    Blick auf das dritte Feld (Aktionen) des Editors für lokale Gruppenrichtlinien
 Richtlinienbasierte QoS
  Weitere Aktionen
   Neue Richtlinie erstellen (Klick)
Name der Richtlinie: Jamulus
    Gib den DSCP-Wert an: 32
    Weiter
    Diese QoS-Richtlinie gilt nur für Anwendungen mit dem Namen Jamulus.exe
    Weiter
    Weiter
    UDP
    Fertigstellen
" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Running-a-Server.po index 32335e668..8b8b59d16 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/Running-a-Server.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Running-a-Server.po @@ -1,204 +1,275 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# Ettore Atalan , 2023. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. +# Allan Nordhøy , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-10 21:10+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ann0see \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-11 10:43+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: de\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.1\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "de" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Running-a-Server" msgstr "/wiki/Running-a-Server" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Running a Server" msgstr "Betrieb eines Servers" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server Administration Manual" +msgstr "Server-Verwaltungshandbuch" + #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:10 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# Server Administration Manual\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" -msgstr "" -"# Server-Verwaltungshandbuch\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:12 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:14 -msgid "Table of contents" -msgstr "Inhaltsverzeichnis" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:16 -msgid "TOC" -msgstr "TOC" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "Inhaltsverzeichnis\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:17 -msgid "{:toc}" -msgstr "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" +msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:19 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:22 -msgid "## Do I need to run a Server?" -msgstr "## Muss ich einen Server betreiben?" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Do I need to run a Server?" +msgstr "Muss ich einen Server betreiben?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:24 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "**No**. You can use the Servers listed by the built in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server or choose a third party hosting service. If you just want an undisturbed session, use the [soloing technique described on the Tips and Tricks page](Tips-Tricks-More#have-a-undisturbed-session-on-any-server). If you decide you cannot use any of the Servers listed by the built in Directories, you may be able to use a Server (either Registered in a Custom Directory, or Unregistered - see [Server Types](#server-types)) hosted by a third party. Doing so will save you the trouble of setting one up yourself.\n" -msgid "**No**. You can use the Servers listed by the built in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server or choose a third party hosting service. If you just want an undisturbed session, use the [soloing technique described on the Tips and Tricks page](Tips-Tricks-More#have-an-undisturbed-session-on-any-server). If you decide you cannot use any of the Servers listed by the built in Directories, you may be able to use a Server (either Registered in a Custom Directory, or Unregistered - see [Server Types](#server-types)) hosted by a third party. Doing so will save you the trouble of setting one up yourself.\n" -msgstr "**Nein**. Du kannst die in den vorhandenen Verzeichnissen aufgelisteten Server verwenden und Jamulus nutzen, ohne einen Server zu betreiben oder einen Hosting-Dienst eines Drittanbieters wählen. Wenn du nur eine ungestörte Sitzung möchtest, verwende die [SOLO Technik, die auf der Seite Tipps und Tricks beschrieben ist](Tips-Tricks-More#eine-ungestörte-sitzung-auf-einem-beliebigen-server-einrichten). Damit ersparst du dir die Mühe, einen Server selbst einzurichten.\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**No**. You don't need to run a Server. You can use the Servers listed by the built-in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server yourself. You can also use an unlisted Server if you know its internet address. Or you can use a third party hosting service such as [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/) or [KOORD](https://koord.live/). There's probably a Server nearby that you and your friends can use at low enough latency for most needs.\n" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:26 -msgid "## Basic requirements" -msgstr "## Grundlegende Anforderungen" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:25 +msgid "Using a public Server might introduce you to strangers. If you want an undisturbed session, you can use the soloing technique described on the [Tips and Tricks page](Tips-Tricks-More#have-an-undisturbed-session-on-any-server). You won't hear strangers who connect to the Server, but they can hear you if they wish." +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:28 -msgid "While setting up a Server isn't difficult, it's a good idea to read the following background information to avoid some problems:" -msgstr "Die Einrichtung eines Servers ist zwar nicht schwierig, aber es ist ratsam, die folgenden Hintergrundinformationen zu lesen, um einige Probleme zu vermeiden:" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Requirements" +msgstr "Grundlegende Anforderungen" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:30 -msgid "### Speed and latency" -msgstr "### Geschwindigkeit und Latenz" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Speed and latency" +msgstr "Geschwindigkeit und Latenz" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:32 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:33 #, no-wrap msgid "**_The capability of the Server itself (and the network it's on) is NOT the main determinant of the quality of a Jamulus session!_**\n" msgstr "**_Die Leistungsfähigkeit des Servers selbst (und des Netzes, in dem er sich befindet) ist NICHT ausschlaggebend für die Qualität einer Jamulus-Sitzung!_**\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:34 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:35 msgid "Usually, problems are on the _Client_ side and should be fixed there. Have a look at the [Troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) if needed." msgstr "Normalerweise liegen die Probleme auf der _Client_-Seite und sollten dort behoben werden. Wirf einen Blick auf die [Fehlerbehebungsseite](Client-Troubleshooting)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:36 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:37 msgid "However, various problems can also arise when setting up Servers - especially when run on a low-bandwidth home connection. It's usually fine to have less than 5 players on a slower-speed home connection (eg 10 Mbit/s down and 1 Mbit/s up). You can read more about network requirements at [different quality settings here](Server-Bandwidth)." msgstr "Bei der Einrichtung von Servern können jedoch auch verschiedene Probleme auftreten, insbesondere wenn sie über einen Heimanschluss mit geringer Bandbreite betrieben werden. Normalerweise ist das in Ordnung wenn weniger als 5 Teilnehmer verbunden sind. (z.B. 10 Mbit/s down und 1 Mbit/s up). Weitere Informationen zu den Netzwerkanforderungen findest du unter [verschiedene Qualitätseinstellungen hier](Server-Bandwidth)" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:38 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:39 msgid "Consider using a cloud host, not your home internet connection, to get better ping times if you're having problems." msgstr "Ziehe in Erwägung, einen Cloud-Host und nicht deine private Internetverbindung zu verwenden, um bessere Ping-Zeiten zu erhalten, wenn Latenz Probleme auftreten." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:41 -msgid "### General notes" -msgstr "### Allgemeine Hinweise" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "General notes" +msgstr "Allgemeine Hinweise" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:43 +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 msgid "Any Server should have at least 1.6GHz CPU frequency and 1GB RAM" msgstr "Jeder Server sollte mindestens 1.6GHz CPU Frequenz und 1GB RAM haben" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:44 +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 msgid "Running a Server may require you to adjust any firewalls running on or outside of your machine or cloud host." msgstr "Für den Betrieb eines Servers musst du möglicherweise Firewalls anpassen, die auf oder außerhalb deines Rechners oder Cloud-Hosts laufen." +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 +msgid "You must set up port forwarding on your router to run an [Unregistered Server](Unregistered-Servers) at home. This should not be necessary when running a Registered Server in most cases. However, some home networks can require port forwarding for a Registered Server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 +msgid "Jamulus offers limited IPv6 support that you can turn on for a Client or Server from the command line." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:49 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "Installation" + #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:45 -msgid "Running an Unregistered Server at home will require you to [port forward](#port-forwarding) on your router. When running a Registered Server, port forwarding should not be necessary in most cases, but it's advisable to do so because some networks may not work properly with Jamulus in its default mode." -msgstr "Wenn du zu Hause einen nicht registrierten/privaten Server betreibst, musst du auf deinem Router eine [Portweiterleitung](Running-a-Server#portweiterleitung) einrichten. Wenn du einen öffentlichen Server betreibst, sollte eine Portweiterleitung in den meisten Fällen nicht notwendig sein, aber es ist ratsam, dies zu tun, da einige Netzwerke mit Jamulus im Standardmodus möglicherweise nicht richtig funktionieren." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:52 +msgid "Most people run Jamulus on a 3rd party/cloud host as a \"headless\" Server (no video display or keyboard) on **hardware without audio** running Linux. You can also run a Server in a [**desktop environment**](#servers-on-the-desktop)." +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 -msgid "Jamulus only has limited IPv6 support which needs to be enabled with a command line argument on the Client and Server. (There are plans to expand IPv6 support.)" -msgstr "Jamulus bietet nur eine begrenzte IPv6-Unterstützung, die mit einer Befehlszeilen Option auf dem Client und dem Server aktiviert werden muss. Es gibt Pläne, die IPv6-Unterstützung zu erweitern." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:56 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note** The following steps will result in you running an \"Unregistered\" Server. For more information, see [the Server Modes section](#server-modes) below.\n" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:48 -msgid "## Server Types" -msgstr "## Server Typen" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:60 +msgid "To run a headless server on Linux, the following steps assume you are familiar with the command line and Debian/Ubuntu or similar distribution that uses systemd." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 +msgid "Download the setup script: `curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 +msgid "Make the script executable: `chmod +x setup_repo.sh`" +msgstr "Mache das Skript ausführbar: `chmod +x setup_repo.sh`" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 +msgid "Run the script and install the headless server: `sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus-headless`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 +msgid "Enable the headless Server process:" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:50 -msgid "You can run your Server in different ways (either at home or on a 3rd party host):" -msgstr "Du kannst deinen Server auf verschiedene Arten betreiben (entweder zu Hause oder bei einem Drittanbieter):" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:67 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "\t`sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`\n" +msgstr "`sudo systemctl stop jamulus-headless`" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:69 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Add your desired [command line options](Running-a-Server#configuration-options) to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file:" +msgstr "Füge die gewünschten [Befehlszeilen Optionen](Running-a-Server#befehlszeilen-optionen) zur `ExecStart`-Zeile in der systemd-Dienstdatei hinzu, indem du `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` ausführen (standardmäßig wird ein nicht registrierter Server ausgeführt)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:52 -msgid "### 1. Registered" -msgstr "### 1. Registriert - Öffentlich" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:71 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "\t`sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless`\n" +msgstr "`sudo systemctl stop jamulus-headless`" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:73 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Reload the systemd files and restart the headless Server:" +msgstr "Lade die systemd-Dateien neu `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` und starte den Headless-Server neu: `sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:54 -msgid "Your Server will be listed in a Directory. By default, Jamulus has a list of built-in Directories that Clients can connect to. If you register with one of these, anyone can then discover and connect to your Server. You can also have your Server listed on a Custom Directory, if that better meets your needs." -msgstr "Dein Server wird in einem Server Verzeichnis aufgeführt. Standardmäßig verfügt Jamulus über eine Liste mit eingebauten Verzeichnissen, mit denen sich Clients verbinden können. Wenn du dich bei einem dieser Verzeichnisse anmeldest, kann jeder deinen Server finden und sich mit ihm verbinden. Du kannst deinen Server auch in einem benutzerdefinierten Verzeichnis eintragen lassen, wenn dies deinen Anforderungen besser entspricht." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:75 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "\t`sudo systemctl daemon-reload && systemctl restart jamulus-headless`\n" +msgstr "`sudo systemctl stop jamulus-headless`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:59 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:77 +#, fuzzy +msgid "_To amend your Server configuration, just repeat the last two steps above._" +msgstr "_Um deinen Server zu aktualisieren, wiederhole einfach die oben genannten Schritte._" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:80 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"
\n" -"\t\"Diagram\n" -"
How Registered Servers work
\n" -"
\n" -msgstr "" -"
\n" -"\t\"Diagramm:\n" -"\t
So funktionieren registrierte Server
\n" -"
\n" +msgid "Server Modes" +msgstr "Server Typen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:61 -msgid "### 2. Unregistered" -msgstr "### 2. Unregistriert - Privat" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:83 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Servers can be run in one of three modes (either at home or on a 3rd party host), depending on your needs." +msgstr "Du kannst deinen Server auf verschiedene Arten betreiben (entweder zu Hause oder bei einem Drittanbieter):" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:84 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Unregistered mode" +msgstr "2. Unregistriert" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:63 -msgid "This is the default when starting a Server for the first time. Unregistered Servers are not listed by Directories, so only musicians who know your Server's address to will be able to connect to it. This is useful because Jamulus does not let you control who can connect to a Server." -msgstr "Dies ist die Standardeinstellung, wenn du einen Server zum ersten Mal startest. Unregistrierte/private Server werden nicht in Verzeichnissen aufgeführt, so dass nur Musiker, die die Adresse deines Servers kennen, eine Verbindung zum Server herstellen können. Dies ist nützlich, da du in Jamulus nicht kontrollieren kannst, wer sich mit deinem Server verbindet." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:87 +msgid "This is the default when starting a Server for the first time. Unregistered Servers are not listed by Directories, so only musicians who know your Server's address can connect to it." +msgstr "Das ist die Standardeinstellung, wenn du einen Server zum ersten Mal startest. Unregistrierte/private Server werden nicht in Verzeichnissen aufgeführt, so dass nur Musiker, die die Adresse deines Servers kennen, eine Verbindung herstellen können. Das ist nützlich, da du nicht kontrollieren kannst, wer sich mit deinem Server verbindet." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:68 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:89 #, no-wrap +msgid "**For information about running an Unregistered Server [see this guide](Unregistered-Servers).**\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:93 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap msgid "" "
\n" "\t\"Diagram\n" -"\t
How Unregistered Servers work
\n" "
\n" msgstr "" "
\n" @@ -206,149 +277,165 @@ msgstr "" "\t
Wie unregistrierte/private Server funktionieren
\n" "
\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:70 -msgid "If you are running an unregistered server behind a home internet connection, you might need to enable [port forwarding](#port-forwarding) as described below." -msgstr "Wenn du einen unregistrierten/privaten Server über eine private Internetverbindung betreibst, musst du möglicherweise die [Portweiterleitung](#portweiterleitung) wie unten beschrieben aktivieren." +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:94 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Registered mode" +msgstr "Betrieb im registrierten Modus" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:72 -msgid "### 3. Directory" -msgstr "### 3. Verzeichnis Server" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:97 +msgid "In this mode your Server will appear in the server list supplied by a Directory. Jamulus Clients come with a list of Directories built-in. If you register your Server with one of these, anyone can discover and connect to it." +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:74 -msgid "If you want to run a number of Servers, possibly also behind a firewall or on a LAN, you may want to run your Server as a Directory. Examples include online events, music associations, sectional rehearsals or music lessons for schools." -msgstr "Wenn du mehrere Server betreiben willst, möglicherweise auch hinter einer Firewall oder in einem LAN, kannst du deinen Server als Verzeichnis Server betreiben. Beispiele sind Online-Veranstaltungen, Musikvereine, Sektionsproben oder Musikunterricht für Schulen." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:99 +msgid "Alternatively, you can list your Server on a Custom Directory (see below). Clients will only find your Server if they enter the Custom Directory's internet address." +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:76 -msgid "To run a Directory [read this guide](Directories)" -msgstr "Um einen Verzeichnis Server zu betreiben [lese diese Anleitung](Directories)" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:101 +msgid "Note that Directories can only register up to 150 Servers. If you see a message that says you cannot register your Server because the Directory is full, you can try registering with a different Directory." +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:79 -msgid "## Installation and Configuration" -msgstr "## Installation und Konfiguration" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:105 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "" +"
\n" +"\t\"Diagram\n" +"
\n" +msgstr "" +"
\n" +"\t\"Diagramm:\n" +"\t
So funktionieren registrierte Server
\n" +"
\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:81 -msgid "Most people run Jamulus as a \"pure\" Server on **hardware without audio** (e.g. on a 3rd party/cloud host) running Linux. The following steps assume you are familiar with the command line and Debian/Ubuntu or similar distribution using systemd. To run a server on Windows or on the desktop with a graphical user interface, [see this section](#servers-on-the-desktop)." -msgstr "Die meisten Leute betreiben Jamulus als „reinen“ Server auf **Hardware ohne Audio** (z. B. auf einem Drittanbieter/Cloud-Host) unter Linux. Die folgenden Schritte setzen voraus, dass du mit der Kommandozeile und Debian/Ubuntu oder einer ähnlichen Distribution mit systemd vertraut bist. Um einen Server unter Windows oder auf dem Desktop mit einer grafischen Benutzeroberfläche zu betreiben, [siehe diesen Abschnitt](#server-auf-dem-desktop)." +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:106 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Directory mode" +msgstr "3. Verzeichnis" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:83 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "If you want to run a Server on a Raspberry Pi (or a different armhf based device), you will need to download the `.deb` files for `armhf`, not the default `amd64` ones you'd use on an Intel/AMD based machine." -msgid "If you want to run a Server on a Raspberry Pi (or a different armhf/arm64 debian-based device), you will need to download the `.deb` files for 32 bit `armhf` or 64 bit `arm64`, not the default `amd64` ones you'd use on an Intel/AMD based machine." -msgstr "Wenn du einen Server auf einem Raspberry Pi (oder einem anderen armhf-basierten Gerät) betreiben willst, musst du die `.deb`-Dateien für `armhf` herunterladen, nicht die standardmäßigen `amd64`-Dateien, die du auf einer Intel/AMD-basierten Maschine verwenden würdest." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:109 +msgid "If you want to run a number of Servers, possibly also behind a firewall or on a LAN, you may want to run your Server as a Directory. Examples include online events, music associations, sectional rehearsals or music lessons for schools." +msgstr "Wenn du mehrere Server betreiben willst, möglicherweise auch hinter einer Firewall oder in einem LAN, kannst du deinen Server als Verzeichnis Server betreiben. Beispiele sind Online-Veranstaltungen, Musikvereine, Sektionsproben oder Musikunterricht für Schulen." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:86 -msgid "### Installation" -msgstr "### Installation" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:111 +msgid "For information, [see the Directories guide](Directories)." +msgstr "Um ein Verzeichnis zu betreiben [lese diese Anleitung](Directories)" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:114 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Configuration options" +msgstr "Konfiguration" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:88 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Download the [latest headless (amd64) .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}) or, if you use a Raspberry Pi etc. download the [latest armhf .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }})" -msgid "Download the [latest headless (amd64) .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}) or, if you use a Raspberry Pi etc. download the [latest armhf .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}) or the [latest arm64 .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }})" -msgstr "Lade die [neueste headless (amd64) .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}) oder, wenn du einen Raspberry Pi etc. verwendest [latest armhf .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }})" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:117 +msgid "Depending on your operating system and how you are running the Server, you can set Server options and make them persistent between reloads by following these steps:" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:89 -msgid "Update apt to make sure you have a current list of standard packages: `sudo apt update`" -msgstr "Aktualisiere apt, um sicherzustellen, dass die Liste der Standardpakete aktuell ist: sudo apt update" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:119 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**For Linux headless** (Debian/Ubuntu using systemd)\n" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:90 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:121 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Install the Jamulus package: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}` or for RasPi etc: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}`" -msgid "Install the Jamulus package: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}` or for RasPi etc. armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}`; arm64: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }}`" -msgstr "Installier das Jamulus Paket: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}` oder für RasPi etc: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}`" +msgid "Add your desired command line options to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file by running `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` (You will need to reload or restart for the changes to take effect. See [Installation](#installation))." +msgstr "Füge die gewünschten [Befehlszeilen Optionen](Running-a-Server#befehlszeilen-optionen) zur `ExecStart`-Zeile in der systemd-Dienstdatei hinzu, indem du `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` ausführen (standardmäßig wird ein nicht registrierter Server ausgeführt)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:91 -msgid "Enable the headless Server process via systemd: `sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`" -msgstr "Aktiviere den Headless-Server-Prozess über systemd: `sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:123 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**For the GUI** (all platforms)\n" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:92 -msgid "Add your desired [command line options](Running-a-Server#command-line-options) to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file by running `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` (By default you will be running an Unregistered Server)." -msgstr "Füge die gewünschten [Befehlszeilen Optionen](Running-a-Server#befehlszeilen-optionen) zur `ExecStart`-Zeile in der systemd-Dienstdatei hinzu, indem du `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` ausführen (standardmäßig wird ein nicht registrierter Server ausgeführt)." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:125 +msgid "Any settings made using the graphical interface will be stored in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file. (Do **not** edit this file by hand!) However, some options are not available in the GUI and need to be set using the command line. For more information, see [Servers on the desktop](#servers-on-the-desktop)." +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:93 -msgid "Reload the systemd files `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` and restart the headless Server: `sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless`" -msgstr "Lade die systemd-Dateien neu `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` und starte den Headless-Server neu: `sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless`" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:128 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Minimum setup to run in Registered mode" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:94 -msgid "Check all is well with `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (hit `q` to get back to the command prompt)." -msgstr "Prüfe mit `systemctl status jamulus-headless`, ob alles in Ordnung ist (drücke `q`, um zur Eingabeaufforderung zurückzukehren)." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:132 +msgid "You can run a headless Server on Linux using systemd (with `systemctl`), which is covered in other sections. You can also run a Server directly from the command line. Enter the following command to [run a Registered Server](#server-modes):" +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:96 -msgid "You can control Jamulus with the `systemctl` command. For example, to stop the Server cleanly:" -msgstr "Du kannst Jamulus mit dem Befehl `systemctl` steuern. Zum Beispiel, um den Server sauber zu stoppen:" +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:133 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "" +"jamulus-headless --nogui --server \\\n" +" --directoryaddress hostname:port \\\n" +" --serverinfo \"[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code or Qt5 Locale]\"\n" +msgstr "" +"~~~\n" +"jamulus --nogui --server \\\n" +" --directoryserver genreServer:port \\\n" +" --serverinfo \"yourServerName;yourCity;[country ID]\"\n" +"~~~\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:98 -msgid "`sudo systemctl stop jamulus-headless`" -msgstr "`sudo systemctl stop jamulus-headless`" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:140 +msgid "See the table below for `hostname:port` values." +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:100 -msgid "_To upgrade your Server, just repeat the steps above._" -msgstr "_Um deinen Server zu aktualisieren, wiederhole einfach die oben genannten Schritte._" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:142 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note**: Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `[name]` and `[city]` within the `--serverinfo` argument. See the [Server mode-related options](#server-mode-related-options) for more information on the country code. \n" +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:102 -msgid "### Configuration" -msgstr "### Konfiguration" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:143 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server mode-related options" +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:104 -msgid "#### Running in Registered mode" -msgstr "#### Betrieb im registrierten/öffentlichen Modus" +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:145 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "`-R or --recording`" +msgid "`-e or --directoryaddress`" +msgstr "`-R oder --recording`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:106 -msgid "The following minimum setup is required to [run a Registered Server](Running-a-Server#server-types):" -msgstr "Die folgende Mindestkonfiguration ist für den [Betrieb eines registrierten Servers](/wiki/Running-a-Server#server-typen) erforderlich:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:148 +msgid "Required for a [Registered Server](Running-a-Server#registered-mode). Also required to run Jamulus as a [Directory](Directories)." +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:112 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"~~~\n" -"jamulus --nogui --server \\\n" -" --directoryserver genreServer:port \\\n" -" --serverinfo \"yourServerName;yourCity;[country ID]\"\n" -"~~~\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:150 ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:171 +msgid "This option takes the format:" msgstr "" -"~~~\n" -"jamulus --nogui --server \\\n" -" --directoryserver genreServer:port \\\n" -" --serverinfo \"yourServerName;yourCity;[country ID]\"\n" -"~~~\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:114 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Note**: Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `yourServerName` and `yourCity` within the `--serverinfo` argument\n" -msgstr "**Anmerkung**: Semikolon und Zeilenumbruch sind in den Argumenten `yourServerName` und `yourCity` nicht erlaubt\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:152 +msgid "`--directoryaddress hostname:port` where `hostname` is the Genre Directory host name and `port` is its port number." +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:116 -msgid "To register with one of the Directories built into the Jamulus Client, replace `genreServer:port` in the example above with one of the following options:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:154 +#, fuzzy +msgid "To register with one of the Directories built into the Jamulus Client, replace `hostname:port` with one of the following options:" msgstr "Um deinen Server bei einem der in den Jamulus-Client integrierten Verzeichnisse zu registrieren, ersetze im obigen Beispiel `genreServer:port` durch eine der folgenden Optionen:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:127 -#, no-wrap +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:164 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap msgid "" -"| Genre | Server Address |\n" +"| Genre | `hostname:port` |\n" "|-----------|------------------|\n" "|**Any Genre 1** |`anygenre1.jamulus.io:22124`|\n" "|**Any Genre 2** |`anygenre2.jamulus.io:22224`|\n" @@ -368,487 +455,771 @@ msgstr "" "|**Genre Klassik/Volksmusik** |`classical.jamulus.io:22524`|\n" "|**Genre Chor/Barbershop** |`choral.jamulus.io:22724`|\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:129 -msgid "You can also specify a [Directory](#3-directory) in the same way from the command line, providing the Server Address in the same format." -msgstr "Du kannst auch ein [Verzeichnis Server](#3-verzeichnis-server) auf dieselbe Weise in der Befehlszeile angeben, indem du die Serveradresse im selben Format angibst." +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:166 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-o or --serverinfo`" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:131 -msgid "#### Running as a Directory" -msgstr "#### Als Verzeichnis Server betreiben" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:169 +msgid "When registering your Server with a Directory, this lets you supply a Server name and location details so that users can then search for these values from their Client." +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:133 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "If you wish to run a [Directory](Running-a-Server#3-directory) please see [this guide](Custom-Directories)." -msgid "If you wish to run a [Directory](Running-a-Server#3-directory) please see [this guide](Directories)." -msgstr "Wenn du einen [Verzeichnis Server](Running-a-Server#3-verzeichnis-server) betreiben möchtest, lese bitte [diese Anleitung](Custom-Directories)." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:173 +msgid "`[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code]`" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:135 -msgid "### Maintenance" -msgstr "### Wartung" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:175 +msgid "See [two-letter ISO country codes](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements)" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:137 -msgid "#### Viewing The Logs" -msgstr "#### Anzeigen der Protokolle - Log Files" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:177 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `name` and `city` values.\n" +msgstr "**Anmerkung**: Semikolon und Zeilenumbruch sind in den Argumenten `yourServerName` und `yourCity` nicht erlaubt\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:139 -msgid "Jamulus will log to the system log file if you left the `StandardOutput=journal` setting in the unit file." -msgstr "Jamulus protokolliert in der Systemprotokolldatei, wenn du die Einstellung `StandardOutput=journal` in der Unit-Datei nicht verändert hast." +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:178 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-L or --licence`" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:141 -msgid "To view the log, use `journalctl` (to exit press Ctrl-C). For example, to read the system log file, filtered for the Jamulus service:" -msgstr "Um das Protokoll einzusehen, verwende `journalctl` (zum Beenden drücke Ctrl-C). Um zum Beispiel die Systemprotokolldatei zu lesen, benutze den Filter nach dem Jamulus-Dienst:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:180 +msgid "Show an agreement window before users can connect. The text of the agreement to be shown should be supplied as the `--welcomemessage` (see below)." +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:143 -msgid "`journalctl -f -u jamulus-headless`" -msgstr "`journalctl -f -u jamulus-headless`" +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:181 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-w or --welcomemessage`" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:145 -msgid "#### Controlling Recording" -msgstr "#### Steuerung der Aufzeichnung" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:185 +msgid "A \"welcome message\" to display in the Client chat window on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML. When a path is used, the file must be accessible by the user account running Jamulus. (On most Linux installations, user `jamulus` is used by default.) If not accessible, the literal path (rather than its contents) will appear." +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:147 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "When using the recording function with the `-R` command line option, if the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new Directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording enabled on/off." -msgid "When using the recording function with the `-R` command line option, if the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new Directory. SIGUSR2 will recording enabled on/off." -msgstr "Wenn die Aufzeichnungsfunktion mit der Befehlszeilen Option „R“ verwendet wird und der Server während einer Aufzeichnung ein SIGUSR1-Signal empfängt, beginnt er eine neue Aufzeichnung in einem neuen Verzeichnis. SIGUSR2 schaltet die Aufzeichnungsfunktion ein und aus." +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:186 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`--serverpublicip`" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:149 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `newRecording-Jamulus-server.service`)." -msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." -msgstr "Um diese Signale mit systemd zu senden, erstelle die folgenden zwei `.service`-Dateien in `/etc/systemd/system` und gebe den Dateien einen passenden Namen (z.B. `newRecording-Jamulus-server.service`)." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:188 +msgid "The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:151 +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:189 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home Directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file (be aware that doing so is however a potential security risk).\n" -msgstr "**Hinweis:** Du musst die Aufnahmen in einem Pfad _außerhalb_ des Jamulus-Home-Verzeichnisses speichern oder `ProtectHome=true` aus der systemd-Unit-Datei entfernen (beachte jedoch, dass dies ein potenzielles Sicherheitsrisiko darstellt).\n" +msgid "`--directoryfile`" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:153 -msgid "For turning recording on or off (depending on the current state):" -msgstr "Bespiel einer `.service` Datei zum Ein- oder Ausschalten der Aufzeichnung (je nach aktuellem Status):" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:191 +msgid "_Directories only:_ Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:158 +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:192 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"~~~\n" -" [Unit]\n" -" Description=Toggle recording state of Jamulus Server\n" -" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +msgid "`-f or --listfilter`" msgstr "" -"~~~\n" -" [Unit]\n" -" Description=Toggle recording state of Jamulus Server\n" -" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:163 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" [Service]\n" -" Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" -"~~~\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:194 +msgid "_Directories only:_ Specify which Servers can register on the Directory Server. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." msgstr "" -" [Service]\n" -" Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" -"~~~\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:165 -msgid "For starting a new recording:" -msgstr "Zum Starten einer neuen Aufnahme:" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:197 +#, no-wrap +msgid "General Server options" +msgstr "Allgemeine Hinweise" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:170 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:199 +msgid "These options can be used regardless of which mode your Server is running in (although some may not be relevant for Directories)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:200 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"~~~\n" -" [Unit]\n" -" Description=Start a new recording on Jamulus Server\n" -" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +msgid "`-d or --discononquit`" msgstr "" -"~~~\n" -" [Unit]\n" -" Description=Start a new recording on Jamulus Server\n" -" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:175 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:202 +msgid "Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not pressed their **Disconnect** buttons will automatically re-establish the connection when the Server returns. This option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server in this scenario." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:203 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -" [Service]\n" -" Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" -"~~~\n" +msgid "`-F or --fastupdate`" msgstr "" -" [Service]\n" -" Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" -"~~~\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:177 -msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name you created when setting systemd to control your Jamulus Server. So in this example it would be `Jamulus-Server.service`_" -msgstr "_Hinweis: Der Name des Jamulus-Dienstes in der „ExecStart“-Zeile muss mit dem Namen der „service“-Datei übereinstimmen, die du beim Einrichten von systemd zur Steuerung deines Jamulus-Servers erstellt hast. In diesem Beispiel wäre das also `Jamulus-Server.service`_" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:179 -msgid "Run `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` to register them for first use." -msgstr "Führe `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` aus, um die `.service` Dateien für die erste Verwendung zu registrieren." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:205 +msgid "Reduces latency if Clients connect with the **Small Network Buffers** option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients." +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:181 -msgid "Now you can run these with the `systemctl` command, for example:" -msgstr "Jetzt kannst du diese zum Beispiel mit dem Befehl `systemctl` ausführen:" +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:206 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-l or --log`" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:183 -msgid "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec` (assuming you named your unit file `jamulusTogglerec.service`)" -msgstr "sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec\" (vorausgesetzt, du hast deine Unit-Datei `jamulusTogglerec.service` genannt)" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:208 +msgid "Enable logging, set path and file name" +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:185 -msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus`, or by viewing the logs." -msgstr "Du kannst das Ergebnis dieser Befehle sehen, wenn du `systemctl status jamulus` ausführst oder die Protokolle einsiehst." +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:209 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-m or --htmlstatus`" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:188 -msgid "## Servers on the desktop" -msgstr "## Server auf dem Desktop" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:211 +msgid "Enable HTML status file, set path and file name" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:190 -msgid "Jamulus can be run in Server mode from the desktop. This gives you a graphical user interface to control most of the settings." -msgstr "Jamulus kann im Server-Modus vom Desktop aus gestartet werden. Dadurch erhältst du eine grafische Benutzeroberfläche zur Steuerung der meisten Einstellungen." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:213 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** This feature is deprecated, and may disappear in a future release.\n" +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:192 +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:214 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Windows users** - Use the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in the Windows Start menu.\n" -msgstr "**Windows-Benutzer** - Verwende das Symbol „Jamulus Server“ im Windows-Startmenü.\n" +msgid "`-P or --delaypan`" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:193 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:216 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Start with delay panning enabled. This option uses small differences in sound arrival time between the two ears. It produces a stereo effect similar to natural human hearing when compared to normal “volume” panning." +msgstr "Diese Option nutzt kleine Unterschiede in der Ankunftszeit des Schalls zwischen den beiden Ohren. Dies erzeugt einen Stereoeffekt, der dem natürlichen menschlichen Gehör ähnlich ist, im Vergleich zum normalen „Lautstärken“-Panning." + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:217 #, no-wrap -msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications (assuming you put the files from the install there as per [these instructions](Installation-for-Macintosh)).\n" -msgstr "**macOS-Benutzer** - Doppelklicke auf das „Jamulus Server“-Symbol in „Programme“ (vorausgesetzt, du hast die Dateien der Installation gemäß [dieser Anleitung](Installation-for-Macintosh) dort gespeichert).\n" +msgid "`-s` or `--server`" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:194 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:219 +msgid "Start Jamulus in Server mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:220 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Linux users** - Launch the \"Jamulus Server\" shortcut. Or you can open a terminal window (`CTRL+ALT+t` on Debian and related distros), type `jamulus -s` and hit return.\n" -msgstr "**Linux-Benutzer** - Starte die Verknüpfung „Jamulus Server“. Oder öffne ein Terminalfenster (`CTRL+ALT+t` unter Debian und verwandten Distributionen), anschliessend `jamulus -s` eingeben und die Eingabetaste drücken.\n" +msgid "`--serverbindip`" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:197 -msgid "## Server Setup" -msgstr "## Server Einrichtung" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:222 +msgid "Specify the IP address the Jamulus process will bind to." +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:199 -msgid "
\"Image
" -msgstr "
\"Darstellung
" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:224 +msgid "Normally, Jamulus will listen on all IP addresses on the host machine. Where the host has multiple network addresses, this option allows one of the addresses to be chosen." +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:201 -msgid "### The Directory list" -msgstr "### Die Server Verzeichnisliste" +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:225 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-T or --multithreading`" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:203 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:227 +msgid "Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs. This setting may help the Server support more Clients. See also `--numchannels`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:228 #, no-wrap -msgid "**None**: By default, you will not be connected to a Directory and will be running in unregistered mode. [Read these instructions](#running-an-unregistered-server) to have other people connect to your Server in this mode.\n" -msgstr "**Keine**: Standardmäßig bist du nicht mit einem Verzeichnis verbunden und befindest dich im unregistrierten/privaten Modus. [Lese diese Anleitung](#betrieb-eines-unregistrierten-servers), um andere Personen in diesem Modus mit deinem Server zu verbinden.\n" +msgid "`-u or --numchannels`" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:205 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "**Genre**: To allow other people to see your Server on one of the built-in Public Directories, select your desired genre Directory. You should see a confirmation message saying whether your Server has registered successfully. If not, and you leave your Server running, it will keep trying to register until a free slot becomes available. \n" -msgid "**Genre**: To allow other people to see your Server on one of the Directories built into the Client, select your desired genre Directory. You should see a confirmation message saying whether your Server has registered successfully. If not, and you leave your Server running, it will keep trying to register until a free slot becomes available.\n" -msgstr "**Genre**: Um anderen Personen zu ermöglichen, deinen Server in einem der vorhandenen öffentlichen Verzeichnisse zu sehen, wähle das gewünschte Genreverzeichnis. Du solltest eine Bestätigungsmeldung sehen, ob der Server erfolgreich registriert wurde. Wenn dies nicht der Fall ist und du den Server online lässt, wird er so lange versuchen, sich zu registrieren, bis ein freier Platz im Server Verzeichnis verfügbar wird. \n" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:230 +msgid "Maximum number of channels (Clients)" +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:207 +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:231 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Custom**: This allows you to specify a custom directory on which to be listed. See the \"Options\" tab for the Custom Directory address you want to use.\n" -msgstr "**Benutzerdefiniert**: Hier kannst du ein benutzerdefiniertes Server Verzeichnis angeben, in dem dein Server aufgeführt werden soll. Auf der Registerkarte „Optionen“ findest du die Adresse des benutzerdefinierten Verzeichnisses, die du verwenden möchtest.\n" +msgid "`-z or --startminimized`" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:209 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "To run your Server _as_ a Directory, you need to set the Custom Directory address as `localhost` or `127.0.0.1` and set the \"Genre\" to \"Custom\". [Read this guide](Custom-Directories) for further details." -msgid "To run your Server _as_ a Directory, you need to set the Custom Directory address as `localhost` or `127.0.0.1` and set the \"Genre\" to \"Custom\". [Read this guide](Directories) for further details." -msgstr "Um deinen Server _als_ Verzeichnis zu betreiben, musst du die Adresse des benutzerdefinierten Verzeichnisses auf `localhost` oder `127.0.0.1` setzen und das „Genre“ auf „Benutzerdefiniert“ einstellen. [Lese diese Anleitung](Custom-Directories) für weitere Details." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:233 +msgid "Start the Jamulus Server graphical user interface in the minimized window state." +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:211 -msgid "### My Server Info" -msgstr "### Meine Server-Info" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:234 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Other options" +msgstr "Andere Optionen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:213 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "When running as a registered Server this displays the Server's name, city and country so that other users can easily identify it in the Directory listing." -msgid "When running as a Registered Server this displays the Server's name, city and country so that other users can easily identify it in the Directory listing." -msgstr "Wenn der Server als registrierter Server läuft, werden der Name, die Stadt und das Land des Servers angezeigt, damit andere Benutzer ihn im Verzeichnis leicht identifizieren können." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:237 +msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" +msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:215 -msgid "### Chat Welcome Message" -msgstr "### Chat-Willkommensnachricht" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Controlling the Server via API" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:217 -msgid "The text entered here appears to all users when they join the Server (the chat window will open automatically for them). HTML is also supported." -msgstr "Der hier eingegebene Text erscheint für alle Benutzer, wenn diese dem Server beitreten (das Chat-Fenster öffnet sich automatisch für sie). HTML wird ebenfalls unterstützt." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241 +msgid "Jamulus can be controlled via an experimental API which is subject to changes. You can find the [JSON-RPC API documented in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md). JSON-RPC allows you to control some features like changing the welcome message or starting recordings in headless mode from authenticated external applications. It works while the server is running." +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:219 -msgid "## Options" -msgstr "## Optionen" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:244 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Recording" +msgstr "Aufnahmeverzeichnis" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-R or --recording`" +msgstr "`-R oder --recording`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:221 -msgid "
\"Image
" -msgstr "
\"Bild
" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:248 +msgid "Set Server recording directory. By default, the Server will record when a session is active." +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:223 -msgid "### Recording Directory" -msgstr "### Aufnahmeverzeichnis" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:250 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file, but be aware that doing could be a security risk.\n" +msgstr "**Hinweis:** Du musst die Aufnahmen in einem Pfad _außerhalb_ des Jamulus-Home-Verzeichnisses speichern oder `ProtectHome=true` aus der systemd-Unit-Datei entfernen (beachte jedoch, dass dies ein potenzielles Sicherheitsrisiko darstellt).\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:225 -msgid "This sets the path to where the Server's recordings will be stored. With this path set, the \"Enable Jam Recorder\" function in the Server Setup tab will make recording start once the first person connects to the Server, and stops when the last person leaves. Use the \"New Recording\" button to create a new sub-directory in which the recordings will be stored from then on. Note that Recordings are per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` format and [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open the respective files to listen to them in those applications." -msgstr "Hier wird der Pfad festgelegt, in dem die Aufzeichnungen des Servers gespeichert werden sollen. Wenn dieser Pfad festgelegt ist, startet die Funktion „Jam-Recorder aktivieren“ auf der Registerkarte „Server-Setup“ die Aufzeichnung, sobald sich die erste Person mit dem Server verbindet, und stoppt, wenn die letzte Person den Server verlässt. Verwende die Schaltfläche „Neue Aufnahme“, um ein neues Unterverzeichnis zu erstellen, in dem die Aufnahmen von nun an gespeichert werden sollen. Beachten, dass die Aufnahmen pro Spur im Format [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` und [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp` vorliegen. Öffne die entsprechenden Dateien, um die Aufnahmen in diesen Anwendungen anzuhören." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:252 +msgid "Recordings are per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` format and [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open the respective files to listen to them in those applications." +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:227 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Note**: When your Server is recording, Clients will display a message that recording is on.\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** When your Server is recording, Clients display a red banner message that the session is being recorded.\n" msgstr "**Hinweis**: Wenn dein Server aufzeichnet, zeigen die Clients eine Meldung an, dass die Aufzeichnung läuft.\n" +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:255 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`--norecord`" +msgstr "" + #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:229 -msgid "### Custom Directory Address" -msgstr "### Benutzerdefinierte Verzeichnisadresse" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:257 +msgid "Set server not to record by default when recording is configured." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:259 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Controlling Recording" +msgstr "Aufzeichnung steuern" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:231 -msgid "Leave this field empty unless you need to list your Server on a [Custom Directory](#3-directory) or run a Directory." -msgstr "Lasse dieses Feld leer, es sei denn, du möchtest deinen Server in einem [benutzerdefinierten Verzeichnis](#3-verzeichnis-server) auflisten oder ein Verzeichnis betreiben." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262 +msgid "Recording starts once the first person connects to the Server, and stops when the last person leaves." +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:233 -msgid "### Server List Filename" -msgstr "### Verzeichnis Server - Server Liste" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:264 +msgid "If the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording on/off. If [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) is enabled, you will also be able to manage the server in a way comparable to the GUI. Please see the (experimental) [JSON-RPC documentation on the recorder](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording)." +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:235 -msgid "Leave this field empty unless you need to run your Server as a [Directory](#3-directory). When in use, this holds the list of registered Servers whilst restarting the Directory. This prevents the server list appearing \"empty\" until the Servers re-register." -msgstr "Lass dieses Feld leer, es sei denn, du möchtest deinen Server als [Verzeichnis Server](#3-verzeichnis-server) betreiben. Wenn das Feld benutzt wird, wird die Liste der registrierten Server angezeigt, während das Verzeichnis neu gestartet wird. Dies verhindert, dass die Server Liste „leer“ erscheint, bis sich die Server neu registrieren." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:267 +#, fuzzy +msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." +msgstr "Um diese Signale mit systemd zu senden, erstelle die folgenden zwei `.service`-Dateien in `/etc/systemd/system` und gebe den Dateien einen passenden Namen (z.B. `newRecording-Jamulus-server.service`)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:237 -msgid "### Delay panning" -msgstr "### Verzögertes Panning" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269 +#, fuzzy +msgid "To turn recording on or off (depending on the current state):" +msgstr "Bespiel einer `.service` Datei zum Ein- oder Ausschalten der Aufzeichnung (je nach aktuellem Status):" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:270 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "" +" [Unit]\n" +" Description=Toggle recording state of Jamulus Server\n" +" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +"\n" +" [Service]\n" +" Type=oneshot\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" +msgstr "" +"~~~\n" +" [Unit]\n" +" Description=Toggle recording state of Jamulus Server\n" +" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:239 -msgid "This option uses small differences in sound arrival time between the two ears. It produces a stereo effect similar to natural human hearing when compared to normal \"volume\" panning." -msgstr "Diese Option nutzt kleine Unterschiede in der Ankunftszeit des Schalls zwischen den beiden Ohren. Dies erzeugt einen Stereoeffekt, der dem natürlichen menschlichen Gehör ähnlich ist, im Vergleich zum normalen „Lautstärken“-Panning." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:281 +#, fuzzy +msgid "To start a new recording:" +msgstr "Zum Starten einer neuen Aufnahme:" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:282 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "" +" [Unit]\n" +" Description=Start a new recording on Jamulus Server\n" +" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +"\n" +" [Service]\n" +" Type=oneshot\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" +msgstr "" +"~~~\n" +" [Unit]\n" +" Description=Start a new recording on Jamulus Server\n" +" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241 -msgid "### Start Minimised" -msgstr "### Start Minimiert" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:293 +msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name you created when setting systemd to control your Jamulus Server. So in this example it would be `Jamulus-Server.service`_" +msgstr "_Hinweis: Der Name des Jamulus-Dienstes in der „ExecStart“-Zeile muss mit dem Namen der „service“-Datei übereinstimmen, die du beim Einrichten von systemd zur Steuerung deines Jamulus-Servers erstellt hast. In diesem Beispiel wäre das also `Jamulus-Server.service`_" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:243 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Windows users** - If you want the Server to start automatically on system start, enable the corresponding check box.\n" -msgstr "**Windows-Benutzer** - Wenn du möchtest dass der Server beim Systemstart automatisch gestartet wird, aktiviere das entsprechende Kontrollkästchen.\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:295 +msgid "Run `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` to register them for first use." +msgstr "Führe `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` aus, um die `.service` Dateien für die erste Verwendung zu registrieren." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:245 -msgid "### Server status icon" -msgstr "### Server-Status-Symbol" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:297 +msgid "Now you can run these with the `systemctl` command, for example:" +msgstr "Jetzt kannst du diese zum Beispiel mit dem Befehl `systemctl` ausführen:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:247 -msgid "When the Server is running, the operating system will show an icon in the system tray or status area to represent whether the Server is active:" -msgstr "Das Betriebssystem zeigt ein Symbol in der Taskleiste oder im Statusbereich an, um anzuzeigen, ob der Server aktiv ist:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:299 +#, fuzzy +msgid "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`" +msgstr "`sudo systemctl stop jamulus-headless`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:249 -msgid "
\"Image
The Server is empty" -msgstr "
\"Image
Der Server ist leer" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:301 +msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus`, or by viewing the logs." +msgstr "Du kannst das Ergebnis dieser Befehle sehen, wenn du `systemctl status jamulus` ausführst oder die Protokolle einsiehst." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:304 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "Backing up the Server" +msgid "Adding metadata to the Server" +msgstr "Serverbackup" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:251 -msgid "
\"Image
The Server is occupied" -msgstr "
\"Image
Der Server ist belegt" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:307 +msgid "You can add metadata to the welcome message of a Server to add additional, hidden information like contact information or policy requests for bots (this is comparable to [robots.txt](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robots.txt)). See the [Community Knowledge Base entry about metadata](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html) for more information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:310 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Servers on the desktop" +msgstr "Server auf dem Desktop" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:253 -msgid "## Command line options" -msgstr "# Befehlszeilen Optionen" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:313 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Jamulus can run in Server mode in the graphical environment of a computer. This gives you a graphical user interface to control most of the settings. To do this, first [install Jamulus for your platform](Getting-Started), then do one of the following:" +msgstr "Jamulus kann im Server-Modus vom Desktop aus gestartet werden. Dadurch erhältst du eine grafische Benutzeroberfläche zur Steuerung der meisten Einstellungen." + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:315 +#, fuzzy +msgid "**Windows users** - Use the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in the Windows Start menu. If you want the Server to start automatically when you start Windows, check the box for this option." +msgstr "**Windows-Benutzer** - Wenn du möchtest dass der Server beim Systemstart automatisch gestartet wird, aktiviere das entsprechende Kontrollkästchen.\n" + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:317 +#, fuzzy +msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications." +msgstr "**Windows-Benutzer** - Verwende das Symbol „Jamulus Server“ im Windows-Startmenü.\n" + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:319 +#, fuzzy +msgid "**Linux users** - Launch the \"Jamulus Server\" shortcut. Or you can open a terminal window (`CTRL+ALT+t` on Debian and related distros), type `jamulus -s` and hit return." +msgstr "**Linux-Benutzer** - Starte die Verknüpfung „Jamulus Server“. Oder öffne ein Terminalfenster (`CTRL+ALT+t` unter Debian und verwandten Distributionen), anschliessend `jamulus -s` eingeben und die Eingabetaste drücken.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:255 -msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:321 +#, fuzzy +msgid "While most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, others can only be set using options given in a terminal window when the Server is launched. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." msgstr "Die meisten gängigen Funktionen in Jamulus können über die grafische Benutzeroberfläche eingestellt werden, aber diese und andere können auch über Befehlszeilen Optionen in einem Terminalfenster eingestellt werden. Wie genau das gemacht werden muss hängt von deinem Betriebssystem ab." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:257 -msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:323 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose **Properties** > **Target**. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" msgstr "Um beispielsweise unter Windows eine bestimmte Einstellungsdatei zu verwenden, klickst du mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Jamulus-Verknüpfung und wählst „Eigenschaften“ > Ziel. Füge die erforderlichen Argumente zu Jamulus.exe hinzu:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:261 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"```shell\n" -" \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100\n" -"```\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:325 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid " `\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" msgstr "" "```shell\n" " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100\n" "```\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:263 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:327 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" msgstr "Unter macOS startest du ein Terminalfenster und führst Jamulus mit den gewünschten Optionen wie folgt aus:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:267 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"```shell\n" -" /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100\n" -"```\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:329 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid " `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" msgstr "" "```shell\n" " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100\n" "```\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Note**: Command line options will set the Server's defaults at startup. You can override them with their corresponding GUI controls while the Server is running.\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "**Note** Command line options will set the Server’s defaults at startup. You can override them while the Server is running using their corresponding GUI controls.\n" msgstr "**Hinweis**: Mit den Befehlszeilen Optionen werden die Standardeinstellungen des Servers beim Start festgelegt. Du kannst die Einstellungen mit den entsprechenden GUI-Steuerelementen überschreiben, während der Server läuft.\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:271 -msgid "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" -msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:332 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The Server status icon" +msgstr "Server-Status-Symbol" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:273 -msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" -msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:335 +#, fuzzy +msgid "When a Server is running in GUI mode, the operating system will show an icon in the system tray or status area that indicates whether the Server has connections:" +msgstr "Das Betriebssystem zeigt ein Symbol in der Taskleiste oder im Statusbereich an, um anzuzeigen, ob der Server aktiv ist:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:276 -msgid "## Running an Unregistered Server" -msgstr "## Betrieb eines unregistrierten Servers" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:337 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
The Server is empty\n" +msgstr "
\"Image
Der Server ist leer" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:278 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "It is highly recommended to test your Server on a **Public Directory** first so as to narrow down any subsequent problems in unregistered mode." -msgid "It is highly recommended to test your Server by registering it on one of the built-in Directories **first** so as to narrow down any subsequent problems in unregistered mode." -msgstr "Es wird dringend empfohlen, dass du deinen Server zunächst mit einem **öffentlichen Verzeichnis** testest, um eventuelle spätere Probleme im privaten Modus einzugrenzen." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:339 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
The Server is occupied\n" +msgstr "
\"Image
Der Server ist belegt" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:280 -msgid "### Setting up a Server behind a home router" -msgstr "### Einrichten eines Servers hinter einem Heimrouter" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:342 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Backing up the Server" +msgstr "Serverbackup" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:282 -msgid "If you set up your server at home, you will probably need to change some settings in your router/firewall:" -msgstr "Wenn du deinen Server zu Hause einrichtest, musst du wahrscheinlich einige Einstellungen in deinem Router/Firewall ändern:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:345 +msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" +msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:284 -msgid "#### Port forwarding" -msgstr "### Portweiterleitung" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:347 +msgid "Headless Servers do not use `.ini` files. All configuration is given as command line options. If you are running a Server in GUI mode, after reading any command line options on start, it will store its configuration in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file." +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:286 -msgid "People from outside your home network will not be able to see things inside it. To let external Jamulus clients connect to your server, you need to set up port forwarding in your Router's settings. The exact setup differs for every router. For help see your Router's documentation or [portforward.com](https://portforward.com)." -msgstr "Personen, die sich nicht in deinem Heimnetzwerk befinden, können nicht auf Service/Daten innerhalb deines Netzwerks zugreifen. Damit sich externe Jamulus-Clients mit deinem Server verbinden können, musst du in den Einstellungen deines Routers eine Portweiterleitung einrichten. Die genaue Einrichtung ist bei jedem Router anders. Hilfe findest du in der Dokumentation deines Routers oder unter [portforward.com](https://portforward.com)." +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Fehlerbehebung" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:288 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:350 +msgid "If you are having other problems, [see this guide](Server-Troubleshooting)." +msgstr "Wenn du Probleme hast, [sieh dir diesen Leitfaden an](Server-Troubleshooting)." + +#~ msgid "If you want to run a Server on a **Raspberry Pi** (or a different armhf/arm64 Debian-based computer), you will need to download the [latest armhf .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}) or [latest arm64 .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }}) depending on your CPU - not the default `amd64` ones for use on Intel/AMD machines." +#~ msgstr "Lade die [neueste headless (amd64) .deb Datei]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}) oder, wenn du einen Raspberry Pi etc. verwendest [neuste armhf .deb Datei]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}) herunter." + +#~ msgid "Download the [latest headless (amd64) .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}) (or for Raspberry Pi etc. as above)" +#~ msgstr "Downloade die [neuste headless (amd64) .deb Datei]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}) herunter (oder für Raspberry Pi etc. wie oben)" + +#~ msgid "Make sure you have a current list of standard packages: `sudo apt update`" +#~ msgstr "Aktualisiere apt, um sicherzustellen, dass die Liste der Standardpakete aktuell ist: `sudo apt update`" + #, no-wrap -msgid "**Note:** The default port for the current version of Jamulus is **UDP** (not TCP) port **22124**. You will usually forward the port **22124** from outside your network to the port **22124** of the machine running the Server.\n" -msgstr "**Hinweis:** Der Standardport für die aktuelle Version von Jamulus ist **UDP** (nicht TCP) Port **22124**. Normalerweise leitest du den Port **22124** von außerhalb deines Netzwerks an den Port **22124** des Rechners weiter, auf dem der Server läuft.\n" +#~ msgid "\t`sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}`\n" +#~ msgstr "\t`sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}`\n" + +#~ msgid "_To upgrade your Server, just repeat the steps above._" +#~ msgstr "_Um deinen Server zu aktualisieren, wiederhole einfach die oben genannten Schritte._" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "If the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording on/off." +#~ msgstr "Wenn die Aufzeichnungsfunktion mit der Befehlszeilen Option „R“ verwendet wird und der Server während einer Aufzeichnung ein SIGUSR1-Signal empfängt, beginnt er eine neue Aufzeichnung in einem neuen Verzeichnis. SIGUSR2 schaltet die Aufzeichnungsfunktion ein und aus." + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**No**. You can use the Servers listed by the built in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server or choose a third party hosting service. If you just want an undisturbed session, use the [soloing technique described on the Tips and Tricks page](Tips-Tricks-More#have-an-undisturbed-session-on-any-server). If you decide you cannot use any of the Servers listed by the built in Directories, you may be able to use a Server (either Registered in a Custom Directory, or Unregistered - see [Server Types](#server-types)) hosted by a third party. Doing so will save you the trouble of setting one up yourself.\n" +#~ msgstr "**Nein**. Du kannst die in den vorhandenen Verzeichnissen aufgelisteten Server verwenden und Jamulus nutzen, ohne einen Server zu betreiben oder einen Hosting-Dienst eines Drittanbieters wählen. Wenn du nur eine ungestörte Sitzung möchtest, verwende die [SOLO Technik, die auf der Seite Tipps und Tricks beschrieben ist](Tips-Tricks-More#eine-ungestörte-sitzung-auf-einem-beliebigen-server-einrichten). Damit ersparst du dir die Mühe, einen Server selbst einzurichten.\n" + +#~ msgid "While setting up a Server isn't difficult, it's a good idea to read the following background information to avoid some problems:" +#~ msgstr "Die Einrichtung eines Servers ist zwar nicht schwierig, aber es ist ratsam, die folgenden Hintergrundinformationen zu lesen, um einige Probleme zu vermeiden:" + +#~ msgid "Running an Unregistered Server at home will require you to [port forward](#port-forwarding) on your router. When running a Registered Server, port forwarding should not be necessary in most cases, but it's advisable to do so because some networks may not work properly with Jamulus in its default mode." +#~ msgstr "Wenn du zu Hause einen nicht registrierten/privaten Server betreibst, musst du auf deinem Router eine [Portweiterleitung](Running-a-Server#portweiterleitung) einrichten. Wenn du einen öffentlichen Server betreibst, sollte eine Portweiterleitung in den meisten Fällen nicht notwendig sein, aber es ist ratsam, dies zu tun, da einige Netzwerke mit Jamulus im Standardmodus möglicherweise nicht richtig funktionieren." + +#~ msgid "Jamulus only has limited IPv6 support which needs to be enabled with a command line argument on the Client and Server. (There are plans to expand IPv6 support.)" +#~ msgstr "Jamulus bietet nur eine begrenzte IPv6-Unterstützung, die mit einer Befehlszeilen Option auf dem Client und dem Server aktiviert werden muss. Es gibt Pläne, die IPv6-Unterstützung zu erweitern." + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~ msgid "1. Registered" +#~ msgstr "### 1. Registriert - Öffentlich" + +#~ msgid "Your Server will be listed in a Directory. By default, Jamulus has a list of built-in Directories that Clients can connect to. If you register with one of these, anyone can then discover and connect to your Server. You can also have your Server listed on a Custom Directory, if that better meets your needs." +#~ msgstr "Dein Server wird in einem Server Verzeichnis aufgeführt. Standardmäßig verfügt Jamulus über eine Liste mit eingebauten Verzeichnissen, mit denen sich Clients verbinden können. Wenn du dich bei einem dieser Verzeichnisse anmeldest, kann jeder deinen Server finden und sich mit ihm verbinden. Du kannst deinen Server auch in einem benutzerdefinierten Verzeichnis eintragen lassen, wenn dies deinen Anforderungen besser entspricht." + +#~ msgid "If you are running an unregistered server behind a home internet connection, you might need to enable [port forwarding](#port-forwarding) as described below." +#~ msgstr "Wenn du einen unregistrierten/privaten Server über eine private Internetverbindung betreibst, musst du möglicherweise die [Portweiterleitung](#portweiterleitung) wie unten beschrieben aktivieren." + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Installation and Configuration" +#~ msgstr "## Installation und Konfiguration" + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Most people run Jamulus as a \"pure\" Server on **hardware without audio** (e.g. on a 3rd party/cloud host) running Linux. The following steps assume you are familiar with the command line and Debian/Ubuntu or similar distribution using systemd. To run a server on Windows or on the desktop with a graphical user interface, [see this section](#servers-on-the-desktop). \n" +#~ msgstr "Die meisten Leute betreiben Jamulus als „reinen“ Server auf **Hardware ohne Audio** (z. B. auf einem Drittanbieter/Cloud-Host) unter Linux. Die folgenden Schritte setzen voraus, dass du mit der Kommandozeile und Debian/Ubuntu oder einer ähnlichen Distribution mit systemd vertraut bist. Um einen Server unter Windows oder auf dem Desktop mit einer grafischen Benutzeroberfläche zu betreiben, [siehe diesen Abschnitt](#server-auf-dem-desktop)." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "If you want to run a Server on a Raspberry Pi (or a different armhf/arm64 debian-based device), you will need to download the `.deb` files for 32 bit `armhf` or 64 bit `arm64`, not the default `amd64` ones you'd use on an Intel/AMD based machine." +#~ msgstr "Wenn du einen Server auf einem Raspberry Pi (oder einem anderen armhf-basierten Gerät) betreiben willst, musst du die `.deb`-Dateien für `armhf` herunterladen, nicht die standardmäßigen `amd64`-Dateien, die du auf einer Intel/AMD-basierten Maschine verwenden würdest." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Install the Jamulus package: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}` or for RasPi etc. armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}`; arm64: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }}`" +#~ msgstr "Installier das Jamulus Paket: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}` oder für RasPi etc: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}`" + +#~ msgid "Enable the headless Server process via systemd: `sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`" +#~ msgstr "Aktiviere den Headless-Server-Prozess über systemd: `sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`" + +#~ msgid "Check all is well with `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (hit `q` to get back to the command prompt)." +#~ msgstr "Prüfe mit `systemctl status jamulus-headless`, ob alles in Ordnung ist (drücke `q`, um zur Eingabeaufforderung zurückzukehren)." + +#~ msgid "You can control Jamulus with the `systemctl` command. For example, to stop the Server cleanly:" +#~ msgstr "Du kannst Jamulus mit dem Befehl `systemctl` steuern. Zum Beispiel, um den Server sauber zu stoppen:" + +#~ msgid "The following minimum setup is required to [run a Registered Server](Running-a-Server#server-types):" +#~ msgstr "Die folgende Mindestkonfiguration ist für den [Betrieb eines registrierten Servers](/wiki/Running-a-Server#server-typen) erforderlich:" + +#~ msgid "You can also specify a [Directory](#3-directory) in the same way from the command line, providing the Server Address in the same format." +#~ msgstr "Du kannst auch ein [Verzeichnis Server](#3-verzeichnis-server) auf dieselbe Weise in der Befehlszeile angeben, indem du die Serveradresse im selben Format angibst." + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Running as a Directory" +#~ msgstr "#### Als Verzeichnis Server betreiben" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "If you wish to run a [Directory](Running-a-Server#3-directory) please see [this guide](Directories)." +#~ msgstr "Wenn du einen [Verzeichnis Server](Running-a-Server#3-verzeichnis-server) betreiben möchtest, lese bitte [diese Anleitung](Custom-Directories)." + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Maintenance" +#~ msgstr "### Wartung" + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Viewing The Logs" +#~ msgstr "#### Anzeigen der Protokolle - Log Files" + +#~ msgid "Jamulus will log to the system log file if you left the `StandardOutput=journal` setting in the unit file." +#~ msgstr "Jamulus protokolliert in der Systemprotokolldatei, wenn du die Einstellung `StandardOutput=journal` in der Unit-Datei nicht verändert hast." + +#~ msgid "To view the log, use `journalctl` (to exit press Ctrl-C). For example, to read the system log file, filtered for the Jamulus service:" +#~ msgstr "Um das Protokoll einzusehen, verwende `journalctl` (zum Beenden drücke Ctrl-C). Um zum Beispiel die Systemprotokolldatei zu lesen, benutze den Filter nach dem Jamulus-Dienst:" + +#~ msgid "`journalctl -f -u jamulus-headless`" +#~ msgstr "`journalctl -f -u jamulus-headless`" + +#~ msgid "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec` (assuming you named your unit file `jamulusTogglerec.service`)" +#~ msgstr "sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec\" (vorausgesetzt, du hast deine Unit-Datei `jamulusTogglerec.service` genannt)" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications (assuming you put the files from the install there as per [these instructions](Installation-for-Macintosh))." +#~ msgstr "**macOS-Benutzer** - Doppelklicke auf das „Jamulus Server“-Symbol in „Programme“ (vorausgesetzt, du hast die Dateien der Installation gemäß [dieser Anleitung](Installation-for-Macintosh) dort gespeichert).\n" + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Server Setup" +#~ msgstr "## Server Einrichtung" + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~ msgid "
\"Image
\n" +#~ msgstr "
\"Darstellung
" + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~ msgid "The Directory list" +#~ msgstr "### Die Server Verzeichnisliste" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:290 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Note:** Your home router may change the IP address of the machine you're running your Server on. Depending on your router, you might need to give this machine a static IP address (often under DHCP settings of your router).\n" -msgstr "**Hinweis:** Dein Heimrouter kann die IP-Adresse des Rechners, auf dem du deinen Server betreibst, ändern. Je nach Router musst du diesem Rechner möglicherweise eine statische IP-Adresse zuweisen (oft unter den DHCP-Einstellungen deines Routers).\n" +#~ msgid "**None**: By default, you will not be connected to a Directory and will be running in unregistered mode. [Read these instructions](#running-an-unregistered-server) to have other people connect to your Server in this mode.\n" +#~ msgstr "**Keine**: Standardmäßig bist du nicht mit einem Verzeichnis verbunden und befindest dich im unregistrierten/privaten Modus. [Lese diese Anleitung](#betrieb-eines-unregistrierten-servers), um andere Personen in diesem Modus mit deinem Server zu verbinden.\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:292 -msgid "#### Getting the external IP" -msgstr "#### Ermittlung der externen IP" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Genre**: To allow other people to see your Server on one of the Directories built into the Client, select your desired genre Directory. You should see a confirmation message saying whether your Server has registered successfully. If not, and you leave your Server running, it will keep trying to register until a free slot becomes available.\n" +#~ msgstr "**Genre**: Um anderen Personen zu ermöglichen, deinen Server in einem der vorhandenen öffentlichen Verzeichnisse zu sehen, wähle das gewünschte Genreverzeichnis. Du solltest eine Bestätigungsmeldung sehen, ob der Server erfolgreich registriert wurde. Wenn dies nicht der Fall ist und du den Server online lässt, wird er so lange versuchen, sich zu registrieren, bis ein freier Platz im Server Verzeichnis verfügbar wird. \n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:295 -msgid "To allow others to connect to your Server from the internet, get your external (WAN) IP address e.g. by [using Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=what+is+my+ip) and give it to them. You yourself should connect using the local network (LAN) address of the machine the Server is running on. If you are running a Client on the same machine as your Server, that would be `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`." -msgstr "Um anderen eine Verbindung zu deinem Server aus dem Internet zu ermöglichen, ermittle deine externe (WAN-)IP-Adresse, z. B. über [Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=what+is+my+ip), und teile diese den Teilnehmern mit. Du selbst solltest dich über die lokale Netzwerkadresse (LAN) des Rechners verbinden, auf dem der Server läuft. Wenn du einen Client auf demselben Rechner wie deinen Server betreibst, wäre das `localhost` oder `127.0.0.1`." +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Custom**: This allows you to specify a custom directory on which to be listed. See the \"Options\" tab for the Custom Directory address you want to use.\n" +#~ msgstr "**Benutzerdefiniert**: Hier kannst du ein benutzerdefiniertes Server Verzeichnis angeben, in dem dein Server aufgeführt werden soll. Auf der Registerkarte „Optionen“ findest du die Adresse des benutzerdefinierten Verzeichnisses, die du verwenden möchtest.\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:298 -msgid "#### Dynamic DNS and why you will probably need it" -msgstr "## Dynamisches DNS und warum du es wahrscheinlich brauchen wirst" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "To run your Server _as_ a Directory, you need to set the Custom Directory address as `localhost` or `127.0.0.1` and set the \"Genre\" to \"Custom\". [Read this guide](Directories) for further details." +#~ msgstr "Um deinen Server _als_ Verzeichnis zu betreiben, musst du die Adresse des benutzerdefinierten Verzeichnisses auf `localhost` oder `127.0.0.1` setzen und das „Genre“ auf „Benutzerdefiniert“ einstellen. [Lese diese Anleitung](Custom-Directories) für weitere Details." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:300 -msgid "Most domestic internet connections change their external IP address after a short period. To avoid problems with this, you might want to set up \"dynamic DNS\" to get a static (sub-)domain you can share with others. Please research how to do that for your specic set up. Your router might support some \"dynamic DNS\" providers out of the box. If this is not the case, set up a dynamic DNS client as described by the dynamic DNS provider you chose." -msgstr "Die meisten nicht-gewerblichen Internetverbindungen ändern ihre externe IP-Adresse nach kurzer Zeit. Um Probleme damit zu vermeiden, solltest du ein „dynamisches DNS“ einrichten, um eine statische (Sub-)Domain zu erhalten, die du mit anderen teilen kannst. Bitte recherchiere wie du das für dein Setup einrichten kannst. Möglicherweise unterstützt dein Router von Haus aus einige „dynamische DNS“-Anbieter. Wenn dies nicht der Fall ist, richte einen dynamischen DNS-Client ein, wie von dem von dir gewählten dynamischen DNS-Anbieter beschrieben." +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~ msgid "My Server Info" +#~ msgstr "### Meine Server-Info" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:302 -msgid "## Backing up the Server" -msgstr "## Backup des Servers" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "When running as a Registered Server this displays the Server's name, city and country so that other users can easily identify it in the Directory listing." +#~ msgstr "Wenn der Server als registrierter Server läuft, werden der Name, die Stadt und das Land des Servers angezeigt, damit andere Benutzer ihn im Verzeichnis leicht identifizieren können." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:304 -msgid "_Note that headless Servers do not use `.ini` files. All configuration is given as command line options._" -msgstr "_beachte bitte, dass Headless-Server keine `.ini`-Dateien verwenden. Alle Konfigurationen werden als Befehlszeilen Optionen angegeben_" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Chat Welcome Message" +#~ msgstr "### Chat-Willkommensnachricht" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:306 -msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" -msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" +#~ msgid "The text entered here appears to all users when they join the Server (the chat window will open automatically for them). HTML is also supported." +#~ msgstr "Der hier eingegebene Text erscheint für alle Benutzer, wenn diese dem Server beitreten (das Chat-Fenster öffnet sich automatisch für sie). HTML wird ebenfalls unterstützt." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:308 -msgid "## Troubleshooting" -msgstr "## Fehlerbehebung" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~ msgid "
\"Image
\n" +#~ msgstr "
\"Bild
" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:309 -msgid "If you are having other problems, [see this guide](Server-Troubleshooting)." -msgstr "Wenn du Probleme hast, [sieh dir diesen Leitfaden an](Server-Troubleshooting)." +#~ msgid "This sets the path to where the Server's recordings will be stored. With this path set, the \"Enable Jam Recorder\" function in the Server Setup tab will make recording start once the first person connects to the Server, and stops when the last person leaves. Use the \"New Recording\" button to create a new sub-directory in which the recordings will be stored from then on. Note that Recordings are per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` format and [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open the respective files to listen to them in those applications." +#~ msgstr "Hier wird der Pfad festgelegt, in dem die Aufzeichnungen des Servers gespeichert werden sollen. Wenn dieser Pfad festgelegt ist, startet die Funktion „Jam-Recorder aktivieren“ auf der Registerkarte „Server-Setup“ die Aufzeichnung, sobald sich die erste Person mit dem Server verbindet, und stoppt, wenn die letzte Person den Server verlässt. Verwende die Schaltfläche „Neue Aufnahme“, um ein neues Unterverzeichnis zu erstellen, in dem die Aufnahmen von nun an gespeichert werden sollen. Beachten, dass die Aufnahmen pro Spur im Format [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` und [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp` vorliegen. Öffne die entsprechenden Dateien, um die Aufnahmen in diesen Anwendungen anzuhören." + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Custom Directory Address" +#~ msgstr "### Benutzerdefinierte Verzeichnisadresse" + +#~ msgid "Leave this field empty unless you need to list your Server on a [Custom Directory](#3-directory) or run a Directory." +#~ msgstr "Lasse dieses Feld leer, es sei denn, du möchtest deinen Server in einem [benutzerdefinierten Verzeichnis](#3-verzeichnis-server) auflisten oder ein Verzeichnis betreiben." + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Server List Filename" +#~ msgstr "### Verzeichnis Server - Server Liste" + +#~ msgid "Leave this field empty unless you need to run your Server as a [Directory](#3-directory). When in use, this holds the list of registered Servers whilst restarting the Directory. This prevents the server list appearing \"empty\" until the Servers re-register." +#~ msgstr "Lass dieses Feld leer, es sei denn, du möchtest deinen Server als [Verzeichnis Server](#3-verzeichnis-server) betreiben. Wenn das Feld benutzt wird, wird die Liste der registrierten Server angezeigt, während das Verzeichnis neu gestartet wird. Dies verhindert, dass die Server Liste „leer“ erscheint, bis sich die Server neu registrieren." + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Delay panning" +#~ msgstr "### Verzögertes Panning" + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Start Minimised" +#~ msgstr "### Start Minimiert" + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Command line options" +#~ msgstr "# Befehlszeilen Optionen" + +#~ msgid "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" +#~ msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Running an Unregistered Server" +#~ msgstr "## Betrieb eines unregistrierten Servers" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "It is highly recommended to test your Server by registering it on one of the built-in Directories **first** so as to narrow down any subsequent problems in unregistered mode." +#~ msgstr "Es wird dringend empfohlen, dass du deinen Server zunächst mit einem **öffentlichen Verzeichnis** testest, um eventuelle spätere Probleme im privaten Modus einzugrenzen." + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Setting up a Server behind a home router" +#~ msgstr "### Einrichten eines Servers hinter einem Heimrouter" + +#~ msgid "If you set up your server at home, you will probably need to change some settings in your router/firewall:" +#~ msgstr "Wenn du deinen Server zu Hause einrichtest, musst du wahrscheinlich einige Einstellungen in deinem Router/Firewall ändern:" + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Port forwarding" +#~ msgstr "### Portweiterleitung" + +#~ msgid "People from outside your home network will not be able to see things inside it. To let external Jamulus clients connect to your server, you need to set up port forwarding in your Router's settings. The exact setup differs for every router. For help see your Router's documentation or [portforward.com](https://portforward.com)." +#~ msgstr "Personen, die sich nicht in deinem Heimnetzwerk befinden, können nicht auf Service/Daten innerhalb deines Netzwerks zugreifen. Damit sich externe Jamulus-Clients mit deinem Server verbinden können, musst du in den Einstellungen deines Routers eine Portweiterleitung einrichten. Die genaue Einrichtung ist bei jedem Router anders. Hilfe findest du in der Dokumentation deines Routers oder unter [portforward.com](https://portforward.com)." + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Note:** The default port for the current version of Jamulus is **UDP** (not TCP) port **22124**. You will usually forward the port **22124** from outside your network to the port **22124** of the machine running the Server.\n" +#~ msgstr "**Hinweis:** Der Standardport für die aktuelle Version von Jamulus ist **UDP** (nicht TCP) Port **22124**. Normalerweise leitest du den Port **22124** von außerhalb deines Netzwerks an den Port **22124** des Rechners weiter, auf dem der Server läuft.\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Note:** Your home router may change the IP address of the machine you're running your Server on. Depending on your router, you might need to give this machine a static IP address (often under DHCP settings of your router).\n" +#~ msgstr "**Hinweis:** Dein Heimrouter kann die IP-Adresse des Rechners, auf dem du deinen Server betreibst, ändern. Je nach Router musst du diesem Rechner möglicherweise eine statische IP-Adresse zuweisen (oft unter den DHCP-Einstellungen deines Routers).\n" + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Getting the external IP" +#~ msgstr "#### Ermittlung der externen IP" + +#~ msgid "To allow others to connect to your Server from the internet, get your external (WAN) IP address e.g. by [using Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=what+is+my+ip) and give it to them. You yourself should connect using the local network (LAN) address of the machine the Server is running on. If you are running a Client on the same machine as your Server, that would be `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`." +#~ msgstr "Um anderen eine Verbindung zu deinem Server aus dem Internet zu ermöglichen, ermittle deine externe (WAN-)IP-Adresse, z. B. über [Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=what+is+my+ip), und teile diese den Teilnehmern mit. Du selbst solltest dich über die lokale Netzwerkadresse (LAN) des Rechners verbinden, auf dem der Server läuft. Wenn du einen Client auf demselben Rechner wie deinen Server betreibst, wäre das `localhost` oder `127.0.0.1`." + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Dynamic DNS and why you will probably need it" +#~ msgstr "## Dynamisches DNS und warum du es wahrscheinlich brauchen wirst" + +#~ msgid "Most domestic internet connections change their external IP address after a short period. To avoid problems with this, you might want to set up \"dynamic DNS\" to get a static (sub-)domain you can share with others. Please research how to do that for your specic set up. Your router might support some \"dynamic DNS\" providers out of the box. If this is not the case, set up a dynamic DNS client as described by the dynamic DNS provider you chose." +#~ msgstr "Die meisten nicht-gewerblichen Internetverbindungen ändern ihre externe IP-Adresse nach kurzer Zeit. Um Probleme damit zu vermeiden, solltest du ein „dynamisches DNS“ einrichten, um eine statische (Sub-)Domain zu erhalten, die du mit anderen teilen kannst. Bitte recherchiere wie du das für dein Setup einrichten kannst. Möglicherweise unterstützt dein Router von Haus aus einige „dynamische DNS“-Anbieter. Wenn dies nicht der Fall ist, richte einen dynamischen DNS-Client ein, wie von dem von dir gewählten dynamischen DNS-Anbieter beschrieben." + +#~ msgid "_Note that headless Servers do not use `.ini` files. All configuration is given as command line options._" +#~ msgstr "_beachte bitte, dass Headless-Server keine `.ini`-Dateien verwenden. Alle Konfigurationen werden als Befehlszeilen Optionen angegeben_" + +#~ msgid "TOC" +#~ msgstr "TOC" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ " [Service]\n" +#~ " Type=oneshot\n" +#~ " ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" +#~ "~~~\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " [Service]\n" +#~ " Type=oneshot\n" +#~ " ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" +#~ "~~~\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ " [Service]\n" +#~ " Type=oneshot\n" +#~ " ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" +#~ "~~~\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " [Service]\n" +#~ " Type=oneshot\n" +#~ " ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" +#~ "~~~\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Server-Bandwidth.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Server-Bandwidth.po index 6a0cdd97a..0e66b330c 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/Server-Bandwidth.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Server-Bandwidth.po @@ -1,39 +1,41 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# Ettore Atalan , 2023. +# ignotus , 2023. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-06-20 12:02+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-01 20:04+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: de\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.1\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "de" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Server-Bandwidth" msgstr "/wiki/Server-Bandwidth" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Bandwidth Use" @@ -44,50 +46,26 @@ msgstr "Bandbreitennutzung" msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Mehr\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:11 -msgid "## Audio bandwidth" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:10 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Audio bandwidth" +msgid "Audio bandwidth" msgstr "## Audio-Bandbreite" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:13 -msgid "The audio settings have an impact on the required network bandwidth. The table below summarises network requirements with respect to the configuration of:" -msgstr "Die Audioeinstellungen haben Auswirkungen auf die erforderliche Netzwerkbandbreite. Die folgende Tabelle fasst die Netzwerkanforderungen in Bezug auf die Konfiguration zusammen:" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:14 -msgid "Channels : stereo/mono" -msgstr "Kanäle: Stereo/Mono" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:15 -msgid "Quality : high/medium/low" -msgstr "Qualität: hoch/mittel/niedrig" - #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:16 -msgid "Audio buffer duration : 2.67 ms, 5.33 ms, 10.67 ms, 21.33 ms" -msgstr "Grösse des Audiopuffers: 2,67 ms, 5,33 ms, 10,67 ms, 21,33 ms" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:18 -msgid "With the following units" -msgstr "Mit den folgenden Einheiten" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:19 -msgid "ms : milliseconds" -msgstr "ms : Millisekunden" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:20 -msgid "Kbit/s : Kilo-bits per second (Reminder : 1 Mbit/s = 1024 Kbit/s, 1 KByte/s = 8 Kbit/s)" -msgstr "Kbit/s : Kilo-Bits pro Sekunde (Zur Erinnerung: 1 Mbit/s = 1024 Kbit/s, 1 KByte/s = 8 Kbit/s)" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The audio settings have an impact on the required network bandwidth. The table below summarises network requirements with respect to the configuration of:" +msgid "The audio settings have an impact on the required network bandwidth. The table below summarises network requirements with respect to the configuration of: * Channels : stereo/mono * Quality : high/medium/low * Audio buffer duration : 2.67 ms, 5.33 ms, 10.67 ms, 21.33 ms" +msgstr "Die Audioeinstellungen haben Auswirkungen auf die erforderliche Netzwerkbandbreite. Die folgende Tabelle fasst die Netzwerkanforderungen in Bezug auf die Konfiguration zusammen:" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:21 -msgid "Mbit/s : Mega-bits per second" -msgstr "Mbit/s : Megabits pro Sekunde" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Kbit/s : Kilo-bits per second (Reminder : 1 Mbit/s = 1024 Kbit/s, 1 KByte/s = 8 Kbit/s)" +msgid "With the following units * ms : milliseconds * Kbit/s : Kilo-bits per second (Reminder : 1 Mbit/s = 1024 Kbit/s, 1 KByte/s = 8 Kbit/s) * Mbit/s : Mega-bits per second" +msgstr "Kbit/s : Kilo-Bits pro Sekunde (Zur Erinnerung: 1 Mbit/s = 1024 Kbit/s, 1 KByte/s = 8 Kbit/s)" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:30 @@ -111,9 +89,11 @@ msgstr "" "| Mono | Mittel | 594 Kbit/s | 366 Kbit/s | 250 Kbit/s | 192 Kbit/s |\n" "| Mono | Niedrig | 534 Kbit/s | 306 Kbit/s | 190 Kbit/s | 132 Kbit/s |\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:32 -msgid "## Network bandwidth" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:31 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Network bandwidth" +msgid "Network bandwidth" msgstr "## Netzwerk-Bandbreite" #. type: Plain text @@ -136,3 +116,21 @@ msgstr "" #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:40 msgid "Note also that mean ADSL2 transfer rate is 10 Mbit/s for downstream and 1 Mbit/s for upstream. The actual performance depends on distance to the provider, which may [theoretically range from 24 Mbit/s at 0.3 km to 1.5 Mbit/s at 5.2 km](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Asymmetric_digital_subscriber_line) for download rate." msgstr "Beachte auch, dass die durchschnittliche ADSL2-Übertragungsrate 10 Mbit/s für den Download und 1 Mbit/s für den Upload beträgt. Die tatsächliche Leistung hängt von der Entfernung zum Anbieter ab, die [theoretisch zwischen 24 Mbit/s bei 0,3 km und 1,5 Mbit/s bei 5,2 km](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Asymmetric_digital_subscriber_line) für die Download Rate liegen kann." + +#~ msgid "Channels : stereo/mono" +#~ msgstr "Kanäle: Stereo/Mono" + +#~ msgid "Quality : high/medium/low" +#~ msgstr "Qualität: hoch/mittel/niedrig" + +#~ msgid "Audio buffer duration : 2.67 ms, 5.33 ms, 10.67 ms, 21.33 ms" +#~ msgstr "Grösse des Audiopuffers: 2,67 ms, 5,33 ms, 10,67 ms, 21,33 ms" + +#~ msgid "With the following units" +#~ msgstr "Mit den folgenden Einheiten" + +#~ msgid "ms : milliseconds" +#~ msgstr "ms : Millisekunden" + +#~ msgid "Mbit/s : Mega-bits per second" +#~ msgstr "Mbit/s : Megabits pro Sekunde" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Server-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Server-Troubleshooting.po index 7a7797de8..f8a3d681b 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/Server-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Server-Troubleshooting.po @@ -1,41 +1,43 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# Ettore Atalan , 2023. +# ignotus , 2023. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-10 21:10+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ann0see \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-01 20:04+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: de\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.1\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "de" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Server-Troubleshooting" msgstr "/wiki/Server-Troubleshooting" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:10 #, no-wrap msgid "Server Troubleshooting" msgstr "Server-Fehlerbehebung" @@ -48,51 +50,55 @@ msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Mehr\" branch1=\"Server Administration #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:12 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# Server Troubleshooting\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" -msgstr "" -"# Server-Fehlerbehebung\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:14 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:16 -msgid "Table of contents" -msgstr "Inhaltsverzeichnis" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:18 -msgid "TOC" -msgstr "TOC" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "Inhaltsverzeichnis\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:19 -msgid "{:toc}" -msgstr "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" +msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:21 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:23 -msgid "## Servers - Registered" -msgstr "## Server - Registriert" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:25 -msgid "### Why doesn't my Server show up in the list? Why isn't it registering?" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Servers - Registered" +msgstr "Server - Registriert" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:24 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Why doesn't my Server show up in the list? Why isn't it registering?" +msgid "Why doesn't my Server show up in the list? Why isn't it registering?" msgstr "### Warum wird mein Server nicht in der Liste angezeigt? Warum wird er nicht registriert?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:27 -msgid "If you are registered OK (you can [see it here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)) and you or your friends can't see your Server, you may need to wait, or start your Client with the `--showallservers` option and try connecting from there ([see command line options](Software-Manual#command-line-options)) on how to start your Client with a config option). In some network configurations, you may also need to [port forward](Running-a-Server#port-forwarding) your router." +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "If you are registered OK (you can [see it here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)) and you or your friends can't see your Server, you may need to wait, or start your Client with the `--showallservers` option and try connecting from there ([see command line options](Software-Manual#command-line-options)) on how to start your Client with a config option). In some network configurations, you may also need to [port forward](Running-a-Server#port-forwarding) your router." +msgid "If you are registered OK (you can [see it here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)) and you or your friends can't see your Server, you may need to wait, or start your Client with the `--showallservers` option and try connecting from there ([see command line options](Software-Manual#command-line-options)) on how to start your Client with a config option). In some network configurations, you may also need to configure your router to [forward the port number](Unregistered-Servers#port-forwarding) used by Jamulus Server." msgstr "Wenn deine Server Registrierung in Ordnung ist (Du kannst sie [hier sehen](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)) und du oder deine Freunde deinen Server nicht sehen können, musst du möglicherweise warten oder deinen Client mit der Option `--showallservers` starten und versuchen, von dort aus eine Verbindung herzustellen ([siehe Befehlszeilen Optionen](Software-Manual#befehlszeilen-optionen)), wie du deinen Client mit einer Konfigurationsoption startest). In einigen Netzwerkkonfigurationen musst du möglicherweise [Portweiterleitung](Running-a-Server#portweiterleitung) auf deinen Router einrichten." #. type: Plain text @@ -105,14 +111,18 @@ msgstr "Wenn du die Meldung erhältst, dass der Server voll ist, musst du warten msgid "You can verify that your Server is listed in the relevant genre by [checking it here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)." msgstr "Du kannst überprüfen, ob dein Server im entsprechenden Genre aufgeführt ist kannst du [hier prüfen](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:33 -msgid "## Servers - Unregistered" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:32 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Servers - Unregistered" +msgid "Servers - Unregistered" msgstr "## Server - Unregistriert" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:35 -msgid "### I'm running my Client on the same machine/network as my Server but I can't connect to it" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:34 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### I'm running my Client on the same machine/network as my Server but I can't connect to it" +msgid "I'm running my Client on the same machine/network as my Server but I can't connect to it" msgstr "### Ich betreibe meinen Client auf demselben Rechner/Netzwerk wie meinen Server, kann mich aber nicht mit ihm verbinden" #. type: Plain text @@ -120,19 +130,25 @@ msgstr "### Ich betreibe meinen Client auf demselben Rechner/Netzwerk wie meinen msgid "Connect your Client to `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`. If you're running the Client on a different machine to the Server but on the same network, then connect to the _local network_ address of the Server. Do not connect via the Server's public (WAN) address." msgstr "Verbinde deinen Client mit `localhost` oder `127.0.0.1`. Wenn du den Client auf einem anderen Rechner als den Server, aber im selben Netzwerk betreibst, dann verbinde dich mit der _lokalen Netzwerkadresse_ des Servers. Stelle keine Verbindung über die öffentliche (WAN-)Adresse des Servers her." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:39 -msgid "### What address do I give to people so that they can connect to my Server?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:38 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### What address do I give to people so that they can connect to my Server?" +msgid "What address do I give to people so that they can connect to my Server?" msgstr "### Welche Adresse gebe ich anderen Personen, damit sie sich mit meinem Server verbinden können?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:41 -msgid "This should be your **public** IP address (find that with [Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=whatsmyip)). Connect your **own** Jamulus Client to the **local** IP address of your Server (`localhost` or `127.0.0.1` if it's on the same machine as your Client). Note that your public IP address can change - see the note on \"dynamic DNS\" in [this guide](Running-a-Server#dynamic-dns-and-why-you-will-probably-need-it)." +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This should be your **public** IP address (find that with [Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=whatsmyip)). Connect your **own** Jamulus Client to the **local** IP address of your Server (`localhost` or `127.0.0.1` if it's on the same machine as your Client). Note that your public IP address can change - see the note on \"dynamic DNS\" in [this guide](Running-a-Server#dynamic-dns-and-why-you-will-probably-need-it)." +msgid "This should be your **public** IP address (find that with [Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=whatsmyip)). Connect your **own** Jamulus Client to the **local** IP address of your Server (`localhost` or `127.0.0.1` if it's on the same machine as your Client). Note that your public IP address can change - see the note on \"dynamic DNS\" in [this guide](Unregistered-Servers#dynamic-dns-and-why-you-will-probably-need-it)." msgstr "Dies sollte deine **öffentliche** IP-Adresse sein (finde diese mit [Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=whatsmyip)). Verbinde deinen **eigenen** Jamulus-Client mit der **lokalen** IP-Adresse deines Servers (`localhost` oder `127.0.0.1`, wenn er sich auf demselben Rechner wie dein Client befindet). Beachte, dass sich deine öffentliche IP-Adresse ändern kann - siehe den Hinweis zu „dynamischem DNS“ in [diesem Leitfaden](Running-a-Server#dynamisches-dns-und-warum-du-es-wahrscheinlich-brauchen-wirst)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:44 -msgid "### What port numbers can I use?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:43 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### What port numbers can I use?" +msgid "What port numbers can I use?" msgstr "### Welche Portnummern kann ich verwenden?" #. type: Plain text @@ -140,21 +156,25 @@ msgstr "### Welche Portnummern kann ich verwenden?" msgid "You can set your Server to listen on a custom port with the `--port` option. If you do this, you will need to tell people which port to connect on. They will need to append the port number to the address of your Server in the format `[serverAddress]:[portNumber]`." msgstr "Mit der Option `--port` kannst du deinen Server so einstellen, dass er auf einen benutzerdefinierten Port hört. Wenn du das tust, musst du den anderen mitteilen, über welchen Port sie sich verbinden sollen. Die Portnummer muss an die Adresse deines Servers im Format `[serverAddresse]:[portNummer]` angehängt werden." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:48 -msgid "### Nobody can connect to my Server - but I can connect locally" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:47 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Nobody can connect to my Server - but I can connect locally" +msgid "Nobody can connect to my Server - but I can connect locally" msgstr "### Niemand kann sich mit meinem Server verbinden - aber ich kann mich lokal verbinden" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:50 -msgid "First of all, make sure you've enabled [port forwarding](Running-a-Server#port-forwarding). If you still don't see your server from outside of your local network, you may have issues with your Internet Service Provider (ISP)." +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "First of all, make sure you've enabled [port forwarding](Running-a-Server#port-forwarding). If you still don't see your server from outside of your local network, you may have issues with your Internet Service Provider (ISP)." +msgid "First of all, make sure you've enabled [port forwarding](Unregistered-Servers#port-forwarding). If you still don't see your server from outside of your local network, you may have issues with your Internet Service Provider (ISP)." msgstr "Vergewissere dich zunächst, dass du die [Portweiterleitung](Running-a-Server#portweiterleitung) aktiviert hast. Wenn du deinen Server von außerhalb deines lokalen Netzwerks immer noch nicht sehen kannst, hast du möglicherweise Probleme mit deinem Internetdienstanbieter (ISP)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:52 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Some ISPs are using techniques like [Address plus Port (A+P)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Address_plus_Port) or [Carrier-grade NAT (CGN)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carrier-grade_NAT) to conserve address space. That makes it impossible to host services like Jamulus at home as they are not visible outside your local network." -msgid "Some ISPs are using techniques like [Address plus Port (A+P)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Address_plus_Port) or [Carrier-grade NAT (CGN)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carrier-grade_NAT) to conserve address space (usually for IPv4). That makes it impossible to host services like Jamulus at home as they are not visible outside your local network." +msgid "Some ISPs use techniques like [Address plus Port (A+P)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Address_plus_Port) or [Carrier-grade NAT (CGN)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carrier-grade_NAT) to conserve address space (usually for IPv4). That makes it impossible to host services like Jamulus at home as they are not visible outside your local network." msgstr "Einige ISPs verwenden Techniken wie [Adresse plus Port (A+P)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Address_plus_Port) oder [Carrier-grade NAT (CGN)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carrier-grade_NAT), um Adressraum zu sparen. Das macht es unmöglich, Dienste wie Jamulus zu Hause zu hosten, da sie außerhalb deines lokalen Netzes nicht sichtbar sind." #. type: Plain text @@ -165,8 +185,19 @@ msgid "To detect if CGN is the issue, go to your router's configuration screen ( msgstr "Um festzustellen, ob CGN das Problem ist, rufst du den Konfigurationsbildschirm deines Routers auf (normalerweise 192.168.X.X) und schau dir die Seite WAN-Status an. Wenn deine angegebene IPv4-Adresse nicht mit deiner öffentlichen IP-Adresse übereinstimmt (überprüfe das [hier](https://ifconfig.me)), deutet dies darauf hin, dass CGN aktiviert sein könnte." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:56 +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:55 #, fuzzy #| msgid "To fix the issue, contact your ISP technical support team, and tell them that you want to host a public server at home, so you need a real WAN IP address. Furthermore, you can help them with info that CGN might be the issue. Also, you can ask for a static IP address to avoid using DDNS." msgid "To fix the issue with IPv4, contact your ISP technical support team, and tell them that you want to host a public server at home, so you need a real WAN IP address. Furthermore, you can help them with info that CGN might be the issue. Also, you can ask for a static IP address to avoid using DDNS." msgstr "Um das Problem zu beheben, wende dich an den technischen Support deines Internetanbieters und teile ihm mit, dass du einen öffentlichen Server zu Hause hosten möchtest und daher eine echte WAN-IP-Adresse benötigst. Außerdem kannst du den Support mit der Information helfen, dass CGN das Problem sein könnte. Du kannst auch um eine statische IP-Adresse bitten, um die Verwendung von DDNS zu vermeiden." + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ "# Server Troubleshooting\n" +#~ " {:.no_toc}\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "# Server-Fehlerbehebung\n" +#~ " {:.no_toc}\n" + +#~ msgid "TOC" +#~ msgstr "TOC" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Software-Manual.po index 65c72b43a..9a9594730 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/Software-Manual.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Software-Manual.po @@ -1,54 +1,57 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# Ettore Atalan , 2023. +# ignotus , 2023. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-10 21:10+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ann0see \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-01 20:04+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: de\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.1\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "de" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual" msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Software Manual" msgstr "Software-Handbuch" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus User Manual" +msgstr "Jamulus Benutzerhandbuch" + #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:9 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# Jamulus User Manual\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" -msgstr "" -"# Jamulus Benutzerhandbuch\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:11 @@ -57,33 +60,37 @@ msgstr "Dieses Handbuch dokumentiert die Jamulus-Client-Anwendung, die von Musik #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:13 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:15 -msgid "Table of contents" -msgstr "Inhaltsverzeichnis" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:17 -msgid "TOC" -msgstr "TOC" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "Inhaltsverzeichnis\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:18 -msgid "{:toc}" -msgstr "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" +msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:20 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:22 -msgid "# Main Window" -msgstr "# Hauptfenster" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:21 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Main Window" +msgstr "Hauptfenster" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:28 @@ -99,11 +106,11 @@ msgstr "" "\t
Ansicht deines lokalen Mixers wenn du mit einem Server verbunden bist
\n" "\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:30 -#, fuzzy -msgid "## Ping, Delay and Jitter" -msgstr "## Ping, Delay and Jitter" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Ping, Delay and Jitter" +msgstr "Ping, Verzögerung und Jitter" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:32 @@ -119,7 +126,9 @@ msgstr "**Delay** zeigt die Gesamtlatenz an, die sich aus der aktuellen Ping-Zei #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:36 -msgid "
\"Image
" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "
\"Image
" +msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"Bild
" #. type: Plain text @@ -130,7 +139,9 @@ msgstr "**Grün** - Die Verzögerung ist perfekt für eine Jamsession\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:40 -msgid "
\"Image
" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "
\"Image
" +msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"Bild
" #. type: Plain text @@ -141,7 +152,9 @@ msgstr "**Gelb** - Eine Sitzung ist immer noch möglich, aber es könnte schwier #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:44 -msgid "
\"Image
" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "
\"Image
" +msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"Bild
" #. type: Plain text @@ -156,29 +169,31 @@ msgstr "**Rot** - Die Verzögerung ist zu groß, um zu spielen\n" msgid "**Jitter** shows the current audio/streaming status. If the light is **red**, the audio stream is interrupted. This is caused by one of the following problems:\n" msgstr "**Jitter** zeigt den aktuellen Audio-/Streaming-Status an. Wenn die Leuchte **rot** ist, ist der Audio-Stream unterbrochen. Dies wird durch eines der folgenden Probleme verursacht:\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:50 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53 msgid "The network jitter buffer is not large enough for the current network/audio interface jitter." msgstr "Der Netzwerk-Jitter-Puffer ist nicht groß genug für den aktuellen Jitter der Netzwerk-/Audioschnittstelle." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:51 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53 msgid "The sound card's buffer delay (buffer size) is too small (see Settings window)." msgstr "Die Pufferverzögerung (Puffergröße) der Soundkarte ist zu klein (siehe Fenster Einstellungen)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:52 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53 msgid "The upload or download stream rate is too high for your internet bandwidth." msgstr "Die Upload- oder Download-Streamrate ist zu hoch für deine Internet-Bandbreite." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53 msgid "The CPU of the Client or server is at 100%." msgstr "Die CPU Auslastung des Clients oder Servers ist auf 100%." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:55 -msgid "## Input" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:54 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Input" +msgid "Input" msgstr "## Input" #. type: Plain text @@ -186,9 +201,11 @@ msgstr "## Input" msgid "Shows the level of the two stereo channels for your audio input. Make sure not to clip the input signal to avoid distortions of your sound (the LEDs will indicate clipping when it occurs)." msgstr "Zeigt den Pegel der beiden Stereokanäle für deinen Audioeingang an. Achte darauf, dass das Eingangssignal nicht übersteuert wird, um Klangverzerrungen zu vermeiden (die LEDs zeigen Übersteuerungen an, wenn sie auftreten)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:60 -msgid "## Mute Myself button" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:59 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Mute Myself button" +msgid "Mute Myself button" msgstr "## Mich stummschalten" #. type: Plain text @@ -196,9 +213,11 @@ msgstr "## Mich stummschalten" msgid "Cuts your audio stream to the server so that you will be able to hear yourself and see your own input levels, but other musicians will not. Be aware that other musicians will not know if you have muted yourself." msgstr "Unterbricht deinen Audiostrom zum Server, so dass du dich selbst hören und deinen eigenen Eingangspegel sehen kannst, andere Musiker jedoch nicht. Beachte, dass andere Musiker nicht wissen, ob du dich selbst stummgeschaltet hast." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:64 -msgid "## Reverb effect" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:63 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Reverb effect" +msgid "Reverb effect" msgstr "## Halleffekt" #. type: Plain text @@ -206,9 +225,11 @@ msgstr "## Halleffekt" msgid "Adds reverb to your local mono audio channel, or to both channels in stereo mode. The mono channel selection and the reverberation level can be modified. For example, if a microphone signal is fed in to the right audio channel of the sound card and a reverb effect needs to be applied, set the channel selector to the right and move the fader upwards until the desired reverb level is reached." msgstr "Fügt dem lokalen Mono-Audiokanal bzw. im Stereomodus beiden Kanälen Hall hinzu. Die Auswahl des Monokanals und der Hallpegel können geändert werden. Wenn z. B. ein Mikrofonsignal in den rechten Audiokanal der Soundkarte eingespeist wird und ein Halleffekt angewendet werden soll, stellst du den Kanalwähler nach rechts und bewegst den Fader nach oben, bis der gewünschte Hallpegel erreicht ist." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:71 -msgid "## Chat" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:70 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Chat" +msgid "Chat" msgstr "## Chat" #. type: Plain text @@ -218,9 +239,11 @@ msgstr "## Chat" msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message is received." msgstr "Öffnet das Chatfenster. Der eingegebene Text wird an alle verbundenen Clients gesendet. Wenn eine neue Chatnachricht eingeht und der Chatdialog nicht bereits geöffnet ist, wird er automatisch für alle Clients geöffnet." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:77 -msgid "## Connect/disconnect button" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:76 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Connect/disconnect button" +msgid "Connect/disconnect button" msgstr "## Taste zum Verbinden/Trennen" #. type: Plain text @@ -230,7 +253,9 @@ msgstr "Öffnet einen Dialog, in dem du einen Server auswählen kannst, mit dem #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:82 -msgid "
\"Screenshot
" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "
\"Screenshot
" +msgid "
\"Screenshot
\n" msgstr "
\"Screenshot
" #. type: Plain text @@ -248,14 +273,18 @@ msgstr "Du kannst die Liste nach Servernamen oder Standort filtern. Um nur beleg msgid "If you know the IP address or URL of a private server, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124` (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets). The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses." msgstr "Wenn du die IP-Adresse oder URL eines privaten Servers kennst, kannst du über das Feld „Servername/-adresse“ eine Verbindung zu diesem Server herstellen. Eine optionale Portnummer kann nach der Adresse mit einem Doppelpunkt als Trennzeichen hinzugefügt werden, z. B. „jamulus.example.com:22124\" (IPv6-Adressen müssen vollständig in eckige Klammern eingeschlossen werden). In dem Feld wird auch eine Liste der zuletzt verwendeten Serveradressen angezeigt." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:92 -msgid "## Server audio mixer" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:91 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Server audio mixer" +msgid "Server audio mixer" msgstr "## Server-Audiomixer" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:94 -msgid "
\"Image
" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "
\"Image
" +msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"Abbildung
" #. type: Plain text @@ -280,191 +309,222 @@ msgstr "Wenn du ein „Stumm“-Symbol über einem Benutzer siehst, bedeutet die #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:105 -msgid "### Grp button" -msgstr "### GRP-Taste" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Users are listed left to right in the order that they connect. You can change the sort order using the Edit option in the application menu." +msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. You can sort instead by name, instrument, group, or city using the View menu." +msgstr "Die Benutzer werden von links nach rechts in der Reihenfolge aufgeführt, in der sie sich verbinden. Du kannst die Sortierreihenfolge über die Option Bearbeiten im Anwendungsmenü ändern." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:107 -msgid "Defines a group of audio channels. Moving the fader of one member of the group moves the faders of all the others. Up to 8 groups can be defined." -msgstr "Definiert eine Gruppe von Audiokanälen. Wenn du den Fader eines Mitglieds der Gruppe bewegst, werden die Fader aller anderen bewegt. Es können bis zu 8 Gruppen definiert werden." +msgid "If the server operator has enabled recording, you will see a message above the mixer showing that you are being recorded." +msgstr "Wenn der Serverbetreiber die Aufzeichnung aktiviert hat, wird über dem Mischpult eine Meldung angezeigt, dass du aufgezeichnest wirst." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:108 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Grp button" +msgid "Grp button" +msgstr "### GRP-Taste" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:109 -msgid "### Mute button" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:111 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "You can group users together using the \"group\" toggle. Moving the fader of any member of the group will move the other faders in that group by the same amount. You can isolate a channel from the group temporarily with shift-click-drag." +msgid "You can group users together using the \"group\" toggle. Moving the fader of any member of the group will move the other faders in that group by the same amount. You can isolate a channel from the group temporarily with shift-click-drag. Up to 8 groups can be defined." +msgstr "Mit dem Schalter „Gruppe“ kannst du die Benutzer in Gruppen zusammenfassen. Wenn du den Fader eines Gruppenmitglieds bewegst, werden die anderen Fader der Gruppe um den gleichen Betrag bewegt. Mit Umschalt-Klick-Ziehen kannst du einen Kanal vorübergehend von der Gruppe isolieren." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:112 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Mute button" +msgid "Mute button" msgstr "### Stummschalttaste im Mixer" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:111 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:115 msgid "Prevents users being heard in your local mix. Be aware that when you mute someone, they will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader to indicate that you cannot hear them. Note also that you will continue to see their VU meters moving if sound from the muted user is reaching the server. Your fader position for them is also unaffected." msgstr "Verhindert, dass Benutzer in deiner lokalen Mischung zu hören ist. Beachte, wenn du einen Benutzer stumm schaltest, ein „Stumm“-Symbol über seinem Fader erscheint, um anzuzeigen, dass du ihn nicht hören kannst. Beachte auch, dass sich die VU-Meter weiterhin bewegen, wenn der Ton des stummgeschalteten Benutzers den Server erreicht. Deine Faderposition für diese Personen ist ebenfalls nicht betroffen." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:113 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:117 msgid "Note that muting your **own** channel only means you will not hear your signal from the server (and is not advised as it can lead to you becoming out of time with other players). This is therefore not the same as using \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"." msgstr "Beachte, dass das Stummschalten deines **eigenen** Kanals lediglich bedeutet, dass du dein eigenes Signal vom Server nicht mehr hören kannst (Das ist nicht ratsam ist, da es dazu führen kann, dass du mit anderen Spielern aus dem Takt kommst). Dies ist also nicht dasselbe wie die Verwendung von „[Stummschalten](#mich-stummschalten)“." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:115 -msgid "### Solo button" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:118 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Solo button" +msgid "Solo button" msgstr "### Solo-Taste" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:117 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:121 msgid "Allows you to hear one or more users on their own. Those not soloed will be muted. Note also that those people who are not soloed will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader." msgstr "Ermöglicht es dir, einen oder mehrere Benutzer alleine zu hören. Diejenigen, die nicht solo sind, werden stummgeschaltet. Beachte auch, dass die Personen, die nicht auf Solo geschaltet sind, ein „Stumm“-Symbol über ihrem Fader sehen." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:119 -msgid "Users are listed left to right in the order that they connect. You can change the sort order using the Edit option in the application menu." -msgstr "Die Benutzer werden von links nach rechts in der Reihenfolge aufgeführt, in der sie sich verbinden. Du kannst die Sortierreihenfolge über die Option Bearbeiten im Anwendungsmenü ändern." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:121 -msgid "You can group users together using the \"group\" toggle. Moving the fader of any member of the group will move the other faders in that group by the same amount. You can isolate a channel from the group temporarily with shift-click-drag." -msgstr "Mit dem Schalter „Gruppe“ kannst du die Benutzer in Gruppen zusammenfassen. Wenn du den Fader eines Gruppenmitglieds bewegst, werden die anderen Fader der Gruppe um den gleichen Betrag bewegt. Mit Umschalt-Klick-Ziehen kannst du einen Kanal vorübergehend von der Gruppe isolieren." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:123 -msgid "If the server operator has enabled recording, you will see a message above the mixer showing that you are being recorded." -msgstr "Wenn der Serverbetreiber die Aufzeichnung aktiviert hat, wird über dem Mischpult eine Meldung angezeigt, dass du aufgezeichnest wirst." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:125 -msgid "# Settings" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:122 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "# Settings" +msgid "Settings" msgstr "# Einstellungen" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:127 -msgid "## My Profile" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:124 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## My Profile" +msgid "My Profile" msgstr "## Mein Profil" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:128 msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board." msgstr "Wähle im Menü „Einstellungen“ die Option „Mein Profil...“, um deinen Alias/Namen festzulegen, der unter deinem Fader im Server-Mixer angezeigt wird." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132 -msgid "
\"Image
" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "
\"Image
" +msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"Bild
" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:134 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132 msgid "If you set an instrument and/or country, icons for these selections will also be shown below your fader. The skill setting changes the background colour of the fader tag and the city entry shows up in the tool tip of the fader tag:" msgstr "Wenn du ein Instrument und/oder ein Land auswählst, werden die Symbole für diese Einstellungen auch unter deinem Fader im Mixer angezeigt. Die Können Einstellung ändert die Hintergrundfarbe des Fader-Tags und der Städteeintrag wird im Tooltip des Fader-Tags angezeigt:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:136 -msgid "
\"Image
" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:134 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "
\"Image
" +msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"Bild
" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138 -msgid "### Skin" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:135 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Skin" +msgid "Skin" msgstr "### Oberfläche" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138 msgid "This applies a skin to the main window, some of which are designed to accommodate larger ensembles." msgstr "Dabei wird eine Oberfläche auf das Hauptfenster angewendet, von denen einige für größere Ensembles ausgelegt sind." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142 -msgid "### Meter style" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:139 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Meter style" +msgid "Meter style" msgstr "### Pegel-Messer-Stil" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:144 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142 msgid "This changes the visual style of the audio meters, independently of the chosen skin." msgstr "Dies ändert den visuellen Stil der Pegelmesser, unabhängig vom gewählten Skin." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146 -msgid "### Mixer rows" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:143 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Mixer rows" +msgid "Mixer rows" msgstr "### Mischpult-Reihen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:148 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146 msgid "This sets the number of rows displayed in the server audio mixer, for use with larger ensembles." msgstr "Hiermit wird die Anzahl der im Audiomixer des Servers angezeigten Reihen festgelegt, was bei größeren Ensembles von Vorteil ist." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150 -#, fuzzy +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:147 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "### Audio quality" -msgid "### Audio Alerts" +msgid "Audio Alerts" msgstr "### Audioqualität" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:152 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150 msgid "This turns on a sound alert for when someone joins a Server, or when receiving a new chat message." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154 -msgid "## Audio/Network Setup" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:151 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Audio/Network Setup" +msgid "Audio/Network Setup" msgstr "## Audio-/Netzwerk Einstellungen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:156 -msgid "
\"Image
" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "
\"Image
" +msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"Bild
" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:158 -msgid "### Device" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:155 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Device" +msgid "Audio Device" msgstr "### Audiogerät" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:161 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:159 msgid "Under the Windows operating system the ASIO driver (sound card) can be selected using Jamulus. If the selected ASIO driver is not valid an error message is shown and the previous valid driver is selected. Under macOS the input and output hardware can be selected." msgstr "Unter dem Windows-Betriebssystem kann der ASIO-Treiber (Soundkarte) mit Jamulus ausgewählt werden. Wenn der ausgewählte ASIO-Treiber nicht gültig ist, wird eine Fehlermeldung angezeigt und der vorherige gültige Treiber ausgewählt. Unter macOS kann die Eingangs- und Ausgangshardware ausgewählt werden." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163 -msgid "### Input/output channel mapping" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:160 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Input/output channel mapping" +msgid "Input/output channel mapping" msgstr "### Zuordnung von Eingangs- und Ausgangskanälen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:165 -msgid "
\"Image
" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "
\"Image
" +msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"Abbildung
" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:169 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:167 msgid "If the selected sound card device offers more than one input or output channel, the _Input Channel Mapping and Output Channel Mapping_ settings are visible. For each Jamulus input/output channel (left and right channel) a different actual sound card channel can be selected." msgstr "Wenn das ausgewählte Soundkartengerät mehr als einen Eingangs- oder Ausgangskanal bietet, sind die Einstellungen _Input Channel Mapping und Output Channel Mapping_ sichtbar. Für jeden Jamulus-Eingangs-/Ausgangskanal (linker und rechter Kanal) kann ein anderer tatsächlicher Soundkartenkanal ausgewählt werden." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171 -msgid "### Audio channels" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:168 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Audio channels" +msgid "Audio channels" msgstr "### Audiokanäle" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:173 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171 msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and server." msgstr "Wählt die Anzahl der Audiokanäle aus, die für die Kommunikation zwischen Client und Server verwendet werden sollen." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:173 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "**Note**: It is preferable to run separate Client instances per voice/instrument, with each Client given its own ini file, rather than using this built-in mono pair to stereo mixer.\n" msgid "**Note**: It is better to run separate Client instances per voice/instrument, where each Client has its own ini file, rather than using this built-in mono pair to stereo mixer.\n" msgstr "**Hinweis**: Es ist besser, separate Client-Instanzen pro Stimme/Instrument laufen zu lassen, wobei jeder Client seine eigene ini-Datei erhält, als diesen eingebauten Mono-Paar-Stereo-Mixer zu verwenden.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:177 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175 msgid "There are three modes available:" msgstr "Es sind drei Modi verfügbar:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:177 #, no-wrap msgid "**Mono** and **Stereo** modes use one and two audio channels respectively.\n" msgstr "die Modi **Mono** und **Stereo** verwenden einen bzw. zwei Audiokanäle.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:182 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:180 #, no-wrap msgid "" "**Mono-in/Stereo-out**: The audio signal sent to the server is mono but the return signal is stereo. This is useful if the sound card has the instrument on one input channel and the microphone on the other. In that case\n" @@ -474,289 +534,356 @@ msgstr "" "können die beiden Eingangssignale zu einem Monokanal gemischt werden, während der Server-Mix in Stereo zu hören ist.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:185 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183 msgid "Enabling stereo mode will increase your stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." msgstr "Wenn du den Stereomodus aktivierst, erhöht sich die Datenrate deines Streams. Stelle sicher, dass deine Upload-Rate die verfügbare Upload-Geschwindigkeit deiner Internetverbindung nicht überschreitet." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:188 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:186 msgid "In stereo streaming mode, no audio channel selection for the reverb effect will be available on the main window since the effect is applied to both channels in this case." msgstr "Im Stereo-Streaming-Modus ist im Hauptfenster keine Auswahl des Audiokanals für den Halleffekt möglich, da der Effekt in diesem Fall auf beide Kanäle angewendet wird." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190 -msgid "### Audio quality" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:187 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Audio quality" +msgid "Audio quality" msgstr "### Audioqualität" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:192 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190 msgid "The higher the audio quality, the higher your audio stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." msgstr "Je höher die Audioqualität, desto höher ist die Datenrate deines Audiostreams. Achte darauf, dass deine Upload-Rate die verfügbare Upload-Geschwindigkeit deiner Internetverbindung nicht überschreitet." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194 -msgid "### Buffer Delay" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:191 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Buffer Delay" +msgid "Buffer Delay" msgstr "### Puffergrösse" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:197 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:195 msgid "The buffer delay setting is a fundamental setting of the Jamulus software. This setting has an influence on many connection properties. Three buffer sizes are supported:" msgstr "Die Einstellung der Pufferverzögerung ist eine grundlegende Einstellung der Jamulus-Software. Diese Einstellung hat Einfluss auf viele Verbindungseigenschaften. Es werden drei Puffergrößen unterstützt:" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards.\n" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards.\n" +msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards." msgstr "**64 Samples** Bietet die geringste Latenz, funktioniert aber nicht mit allen Soundkarten.\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:200 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards.\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards.\n" +msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards." msgstr "**128 Samples** Die bevorzugte Einstellung. Sollte für die meisten verfügbaren Soundkarten funktionieren.\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:201 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection.\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection.\n" +msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection." msgstr "**256 Samples** Sollte nur auf sehr langsamen Computern oder mit einer langsamen Internetverbindung verwendet werden.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:204 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:202 msgid "Some sound card drivers do not allow the buffer delay to be changed from within the Jamulus software. In this case the buffer delay setting is disabled and has to be changed using the sound card driver. On Windows, press the ASIO Setup button to open the driver settings panel." msgstr "Bei einigen Soundkartentreibern ist es nicht möglich, die Pufferverzögerung in der Jamulus-Software zu ändern. In diesem Fall ist die Einstellung der Pufferverzögerung deaktiviert und muss über den Soundkartentreiber geändert werden. Drücken unter Windows auf die Schaltfläche ASIO-Setup, um das Einstellungsfenster des Treibers zu öffnen." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:206 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:204 msgid "On Linux, use the JACK configuration tool to change the buffer size." msgstr "Unter Linux verwendest du das JACK-Konfigurationswerkzeug, um die Puffergröße zu ändern." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:208 msgid "The actual buffer delay has an influence on the connection status, the current upload rate and the overall delay. The lower the buffer size, the higher the probability of a red light in the status indicator (dropouts) and the higher the upload rate and the lower the overall delay." msgstr "Die tatsächliche Pufferverzögerung hat einen Einfluss auf den Verbindungsstatus, die aktuelle Uploadrate und die Gesamtverzögerung. Je geringer die Puffergröße ist, desto höher ist die Wahrscheinlichkeit eines roten Lichts in der Statusanzeige (Verbindungsabbrüche) und desto höher ist die Upload-Rate und desto geringer ist die Gesamtverzögerung." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:212 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210 msgid "The buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." msgstr "Die Puffereinstellung ist daher ein Kompromiss zwischen Audioqualität und Gesamtverzögerung." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:214 -msgid "### Jitter Buffer" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:211 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Jitter Buffer" +msgid "Jitter Buffer" msgstr "### Netzwerkpuffer" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:218 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:216 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The jitter buffer compensates for network and sound card timing jitters. The size of the buffer therefore influences the quality of the audio stream (how many dropouts occur) and the overall delay (the longer the buffer, the higher the delay)." msgid "The jitter buffer compensates for network and sound card timing jitters. The size of the buffer influences the quality of the audio stream (how many dropouts occur) and the overall delay (the longer the buffer, the higher the delay)." msgstr "Der Jitter-Puffer kompensiert die Timing-Störungen des Netzwerks und der Soundkarte. Die Größe des Puffers beeinflusst daher die Qualität des Audiostroms (wie viele Aussetzer auftreten) und die Gesamtverzögerung (je länger der Puffer, desto höher die Verzögerung)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:222 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220 msgid "You can set the jitter buffer size manually for your local Client and the remote server. For the local jitter buffer, dropouts in the audio stream are indicated by the light below the jitter buffer size faders. If the light turns to red, a buffer overrun/underrun has taken place and the audio stream is interrupted." msgstr "Du kannst die Größe des Jitter-Puffers manuell für deinen lokalen Client und den entfernten Server einstellen. Für den lokalen Jitterpuffer werden Aussetzer im Audiostrom durch die Leuchte unter den Schiebereglern für die Jitterpuffergröße angezeigt. Wenn die Leuchte rot leuchtet, ist der Puffer über- bzw. unterschritten worden und der Audiostrom wird unterbrochen." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:224 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:222 msgid "The jitter buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." msgstr "Die Einstellung des Jitter-Puffers ist daher ein Kompromiss zwischen Audioqualität und Gesamtverzögerung." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:228 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:226 msgid "If the Auto setting is enabled, the jitter buffers of your local Client and the remote server are set automatically based on measurements of the network and sound card timing jitter. If the Auto check is enabled, the jitter buffer size faders are disabled (they cannot be moved with the mouse)." msgstr "Wenn die Einstellung Auto aktiviert ist, werden die Jitterpuffer deines lokalen Clients und des entfernten Servers automatisch auf der Grundlage von Messungen des Netzwerk- und Soundkarten-Timing-Jitters eingestellt. Wenn das Kontrollkästchen Auto aktiviert ist, sind die Regler für die Jitterpuffergröße deaktiviert (Die Regler können nicht mit der Maus bewegt werden)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230 -msgid "### Enable small network buffers" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:227 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Enable small network buffers" +msgid "Small Network Buffers" msgstr "### Aktiviere kleine Netzwerkpuffer" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:233 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:231 msgid "Allows support for very small network audio packets. These are only used if the sound card buffer delay is smaller than 128 samples. The smaller the network buffers, the lower the audio latency. But at the same time the network load increases and the probability of audio dropouts also increases (particuarly if your network connection has any significant jitter). Try enabling this option if you are suffering from high latency or bad audio quality. However, keeping it disabled will normally mean better audio quality." msgstr "Ermöglicht die Unterstützung von sehr kleinen Netzwerk-Audiopaketen. Diese werden nur verwendet, wenn die Pufferverzögerung der Soundkarte kleiner als 128 Samples ist. Je kleiner die Netzwerkpuffer sind, desto geringer ist die Audiolatenz. Gleichzeitig erhöht sich aber auch die Netzwerklast und die Wahrscheinlichkeit von Audioaussetzern (vor allem, wenn deine Netzwerkverbindung einen erheblichen Jitter aufweist). Versuche diese Option zu aktivieren, wenn du Probleme mit einer hohen Latenz oder einer schlechten Audioqualität hast. Wenn du die Option deaktivierst, wird die Audioqualität normalerweise besser." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:235 -msgid "### Audio Stream Rate" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:232 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Audio Stream Rate" +msgid "Audio Stream Rate" msgstr "### Audio Stream Rate" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:238 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:236 msgid "Depends on the current audio packet size and compression setting. Make sure that the upstream rate is not higher than your available internet upload speed (check this with a service such as [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))." msgstr "Hängt von der aktuellen Größe des Audiopakets und der Komprimierungseinstellung ab. Stelle sicher, dass die Upload-Rate nicht höher ist als deine verfügbare Internet-Upload-Geschwindigkeit (überprüfen dies mit einem Dienst wie [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:240 -msgid "## Advanced Setup" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Advanced Setup" +msgid "Advanced Setup" msgstr "## Erweiterte Einstellungen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:242 -msgid "
\"Image
" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:240 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "
\"Image
" +msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"Bild
" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:244 -#, fuzzy +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "### Custom directory server address" -msgid "### Custom Directories" +msgid "Custom Directories" msgstr "### Benutzerdefinierte Verzeichnisse" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:246 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:244 msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:248 -msgid "### New Client Level" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:245 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### New Client Level" +msgid "New Client Level" msgstr "### Pegel für neue Teilnehmer" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:252 -msgid "This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects to the current server, they will get the specified initial fader level if no other fader level from a previous connection of that user was already stored. You can set all users in an occupied server to this level using Edit > \"Set All Faders to New Client Level\"." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects to the current server, they will get the specified initial fader level if no other fader level from a previous connection of that user was already stored. You can set all users in an occupied server to this level using Edit > \"Set All Faders to New Client Level\"." +msgid "" +"This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects\n" +"to the current server, they will get the specified initial fader level if no other fader level from a previous connection of\n" +"that user was already stored. You can set all users in an occupied server to this level using Edit > \"Set All Faders to New Client Level\".\n" msgstr "Diese Einstellung definiert den Faderlevel eines neu verbundenen Clients in Prozent. Wenn sich ein neuer Benutzer mit dem aktuellen Server verbindet, erhält er die angegebene anfängliche Faderstufe, wenn keine andere Faderstufe von einer früheren Verbindung dieses Benutzers bereits gespeichert wurde. Du kannst alle Benutzer eines belegten Servers auf diesen Pegel setzen, indem du Bearbeiten > „Alle Fader auf neuen Client-Pegel setzen“ verwendest." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:254 -msgid "### Input Boost" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:251 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Input Boost" +msgid "Input Boost" msgstr "### Eingangsverstärkung" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:256 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:254 msgid "Increases the gain from your device. Use this if your device delivers a gain that is too quiet for Jamulus." msgstr "Erhöht die Verstärkung deines Geräts. Verwende es, wenn dein Gerät eine Signal liefert, das für Jamulus zu leise ist." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258 -msgid "### Feedback Protection" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:255 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Feedback Protection" +msgid "Feedback Protection" msgstr "### Feedback-Schutz" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:260 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258 msgid "Attempts to detect audio feedback loops or loud noise in the first three seconds after you connected to a server. Once detected, this feature will show a message and activate the \"Mute Myself\" button to mute you in your own mix." msgstr "Versucht, Audio-Rückkopplungsschleifen oder laute Geräusche in den ersten drei Sekunden nach der Verbindung mit einem Server zu erkennen. Sobald diese Funktion erkannt wurde, wird eine Meldung angezeigt und die Schaltfläche „Stummschalten“ aktiviert, um dich im eigenen Mix stummzuschalten." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:262 -msgid "### Input Balance" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:259 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Input Balance" +msgid "Input Balance" msgstr "### Eingangs-Balance" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:266 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:264 msgid "Controls the relative levels of the left and right local audio channels. For a mono signal it acts as a pan between the two channels. For example, if a microphone is connected to the right input channel and an instrument is connected to the left input channel which is much louder than the microphone, move the audio fader to increase the relative volume of the mic." msgstr "Steuert die relativen Pegel des linken und rechten lokalen Audiokanals. Bei einem Monosignal fungiert er als Pan zwischen den beiden Kanälen. Wenn z. B. ein Mikrofon an den rechten Eingangskanal angeschlossen ist und ein Instrument an den linken Eingangskanal angeschlossen ist, das viel lauter als das Mikrofon ist, bewegst du den Audio-Fader, um die relative Lautstärke des Mikrofons zu erhöhen." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:268 -msgid "# Menu commands" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "# Menu commands" +msgid "Menu commands" msgstr "# Menübefehle" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:270 -msgid "### File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:267 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" +msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" msgstr "### Datei > Mixer-Kanäle laden/speichern" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:270 msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band rehearsals (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) and load these any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window." msgstr "Du kannst die Mischung, die du für deine Bandproben eingestellt hast, speichern und wiederherstellen (Fader, Mute, Pan, Solo usw.) und diese jederzeit laden (auch während der Probe). Das Laden kann auch per Drag/Drop in das Mixerfenster erfolgen." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:274 -msgid "### Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:271 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders" +msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders " msgstr "### Bearbeiten > Alle Fader automatisch anpassen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:276 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:274 msgid "Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece." msgstr "Wendet eine einmalige Fader-Einstellung auf jeden Kanal an, abhängig von seiner Lautstärke. Nützlich für große Ensembles, um eine vernünftige Gesamtmischung zu erhalten, auch wenn individuelle Anpassungen weiterhin notwendig sein können. Am besten während einer Aufwärmphase oder eines gleichmäßigen Teils des Musikstücks anwenden." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:278 -msgid "# Backing up Jamulus" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:275 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "# Backing up Jamulus" +msgid "Backing up Jamulus" msgstr "# Sicherung von Jamulus" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:280 -msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" -msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 -msgid "You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:279 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want." +msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want." msgstr "Du kannst verschiedene Mixereinstellungen mit [Laden/Speichern Konfiguration der Mixer Kanäle](Software-Manual#datei--mixer-kanäle-ladenspeichern) speichern und laden und diese Dateien an einem beliebigen Ort speichern." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:286 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n" -"```shell\n" -"$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" -"```\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n" +#| "```shell\n" +#| "$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" +#| "```\n" +msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n" msgstr "" "**Hinweis für macOS-Nutzer:** Ab Jamulus 3.8.1 gibt es ein signiertes Installationsprogramm. Dieser speichert die Einstellungen in\n" "```shell\n" "$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" "```\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 -msgid "# Command Line Options" -msgstr "# Befehlszeilen Optionen" +#. type: Fenced code block (shell) +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 +#, no-wrap +msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:285 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Command Line Options" +msgstr "Befehlszeilenoptionen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:290 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." msgstr "Die meisten gängigen Funktionen in Jamulus können über die grafische Benutzeroberfläche eingestellt werden, aber diese und andere können auch über Befehlszeilen Optionen in einem Terminalfenster eingestellt werden. Wie genau das gemacht werden muss hängt von deinem Betriebssystem ab." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:292 -msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:290 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:" +msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" msgstr "Um beispielsweise unter Windows eine bestimmte Einstellungsdatei zu verwenden, klickst du mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Jamulus-Verknüpfung und wählst „Eigenschaften“ > Ziel. Füge die erforderlichen Argumente zu Jamulus.exe hinzu:" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:296 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"```shell\n" -" \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n" -"```\n" +#. type: Fenced code block (shell) +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:291 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "```shell\n" +#| " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n" +#| "```\n" +msgid " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n" msgstr "" "```shell\n" " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n" "```\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:298 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:296 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" msgstr "Unter macOS startest du ein Terminalfenster und führst Jamulus mit den gewünschten Optionen wie folgt aus:" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"```shell\n" -" /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n" -"```\n" +#. type: Fenced code block (shell) +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:297 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "```shell\n" +#| " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n" +#| "```\n" +msgid " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n" msgstr "" "```shell\n" " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n" "```\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:306 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:305 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Controlling the Client via API" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:307 +msgid "In addition to the CLI, Jamulus can be controlled using an API. This is beneficial for advanced use cases - for example, where there is no GUI, or another application needs to interact with Jamulus. Please note that the API is still experimental. Information on the [JSON-RPC API can be found in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "TOC" +#~ msgstr "TOC" + +#~ msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" +#~ msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" + +#~ msgid "Defines a group of audio channels. Moving the fader of one member of the group moves the faders of all the others. Up to 8 groups can be defined." +#~ msgstr "Definiert eine Gruppe von Audiokanälen. Wenn du den Fader eines Mitglieds der Gruppe bewegst, werden die Fader aller anderen bewegt. Es können bis zu 8 Gruppen definiert werden." + #~ msgid "Leave this blank unless you need to enter the address of a directory server other than the default." #~ msgstr "Lass dieses Feld leer, es sei denn, du musst die Adresse eines anderen Verzeichnis Servers als das des Standardverzeichnis Servers eingeben." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Tips-Tricks-More.po index 4d9d677b5..d4d258b1a 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/Tips-Tricks-More.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Tips-Tricks-More.po @@ -1,119 +1,125 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# Ettore Atalan , 2023. +# ignotus , 2023. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-10 21:10+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ann0see \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-01 21:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: de\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.1\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "de" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More" msgstr "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Tips, Tricks and More" msgstr "Tipps, Tricks und mehr" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Tips & Tricks" +msgstr "Tipps & Tricks" + #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:10 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# Tips & Tricks\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" -msgstr "" -"# Tipps & Tricks\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:12 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:14 -msgid "Table of contents" -msgstr "Inhaltsverzeichnis" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:16 -msgid "TOC" -msgstr "TOC" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "Inhaltsverzeichnis\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:17 -msgid "{:toc}" -msgstr "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" +msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:19 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:21 -msgid "### Learning about remote band rehearsing" -msgstr "### Band Proben aus der Ferne" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Learning about remote band rehearsing" +msgstr "Band Proben aus der Ferne" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:23 msgid "Jamulus user [Chris Rimple](https://sourceforge.net/u/chrisrimple/profile/) has compiled a massive amount of information relating to [Remote Band Rehearsals](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1smcvsxdaaViPQvGMQHmah_6BQeqowhmGSFMHfnlY2FI/) (Google doc), which covers topics such as hardware and software configuration including examples and advice for newcomers to the field. He also includes a section on Jamulus in comparison to other solutions." msgstr "Jamulus-Benutzer [Chris Rimple](https://sourceforge.net/u/chrisrimple/profile/) hat eine große Menge an Informationen zu [Band Proben aus der Ferne](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1smcvsxdaaViPQvGMQHmah_6BQeqowhmGSFMHfnlY2FI/) (Google doc) zusammengestellt, die Themen wie Hardware- und Softwarekonfiguration einschließlich Beispielen und Ratschlägen für Neulinge auf diesem Gebiet abdecken. Es enthält auch einen Abschnitt über Jamulus im Vergleich zu anderen Lösungen." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:25 -msgid "## Using the Jamulus Client" -msgstr "## Verwendung des Jamulus-Client" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using the Jamulus Client" +msgstr "Verwendung des Jamulus-Clients" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:27 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "### Have a undisturbed session on any Server" -msgid "### Have an undisturbed session on any Server" -msgstr "### Eine ungestörte Sitzung auf einem beliebigen Server einrichten" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Have an undisturbed session on any Server" +msgstr "Eine ungestörte Sitzung auf einem beliebigen Server haben" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:29 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "You can have a \"private\", undisturbed session with other people on any Server, including publically listed Servers, by simply soloing each other. You will then not be able to hear anyone else if they enter your Server (note that this does not stop them from hearing you, using the chat function, or seeing your profile information)." msgid "You can have an undisturbed session with other people on any Server by simply soloing each other. You will then not be able to hear anyone else if they enter your Server." -msgstr "Du kannst eine „private“, ungestörte Sitzung mit anderen Personen auf einem beliebigen Server, einschließlich öffentlich gelisteten Servern, abhalten, indem sich alle Teilnehmer auf SOLO schalten. Du wirst dann nicht in der Lage sein, andere Personen zu hören, wenn diese den selben Server betreten (beachte, dass dies andere nicht daran hindert, dich zu hören, die Chat-Funktion zu benutzen oder deine Profilinformationen zu sehen)." +msgstr "Du kannst eine ungestörte Sitzung mit anderen Personen auf einem beliebigen Server abhalten, indem sich alle Teilnehmer auf SOLO schalten. Du wirst andere Personen nicht hören, wenn diese den selben Server betreten." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:31 #, no-wrap msgid "**NOTE:** This does not stop people from hearing you, using the chat function, or seeing your profile information.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**HINWEIS:** Das hindert niemanden daran dich zu hören, die Chat-Funktion zu nutzen oder deine Profilinformationen zu sehen.\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:33 -msgid "### Using Jamulus audio in Zoom (or other) meeting apps" -msgstr "### Jamulus Audio in Zoom (oder anderen Meeting-Apps) verwenden" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:32 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using Jamulus audio in Zoom (or other) meeting apps" +msgstr "Jamulus Audio in Zoom (oder anderen Meeting-Apps) verwenden" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:35 @@ -125,30 +131,33 @@ msgstr "Mehrere Benutzer haben berichtet, dass es ihnen gelungen ist, ein „vir msgid "You can also use [VoiceMeeter](https://www.vb-audio.com/Voicemeeter/banana.htm) (Banana) for Windows or [BlackHole](https://github.com/ExistentialAudio/BlackHole) for macOS to route the Jamulus output to multiple destinations, for example to your headphones and the meeting application at the same time." msgstr "Du kannst auch [VoiceMeeter](https://www.vb-audio.com/Voicemeeter/banana.htm) (Banana) für Windows oder [BlackHole](https://github.com/ExistentialAudio/BlackHole) für macOS verwenden, um die Jamulus-Ausgabe an mehrere Ziele zu leiten, z. B. an deine Kopfhörer und die Meeting-Anwendung gleichzeitig." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:39 -msgid "### Recording Jamulus on Windows with Reaper" -msgstr "### Aufnahme von Jamulus unter Windows mit Reaper" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Recording Jamulus on Windows with Reaper" +msgstr "Jamulus unter Windows mit Reaper aufnehmen" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:41 msgid "Jamulus user [Rob Durkin](https://sourceforge.net/u/bentwrench/profile/) has written a [guide to recording the output of Jamulus](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1tENfNKTWHasuTg33OdLLEo4-OOhWJolOo42ffSARxhY/edit) (Google Doc) using the ReaRoute add-on for [Reaper](https://www.reaper.fm/)." msgstr "Jamulus-Benutzer [Rob Durkin](https://sourceforge.net/u/bentwrench/profile/) hat eine [Anleitung zur Aufzeichnung der Jamulus-Ausgabe](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1tENfNKTWHasuTg33OdLLEo4-OOhWJolOo42ffSARxhY/edit) (Google Doc) unter Verwendung des ReaRoute-Add-ons für [Reaper](https://www.reaper.fm/) geschrieben." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:43 -msgid "### Sharing song/chord sheets" -msgstr "### Gemeinsame Nutzung von Lied-/Akkordblättern" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:42 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Sharing song/chord sheets" +msgstr "Gemeinsames Nutzen von Lied-/Akkordblättern" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:45 msgid "Jamulus user [BTDT](https://sourceforge.net/u/btdt/profile/) has written a system called [305keepers](https://github.com/keepers305/Song-Sheet-Sharing-Web-Pages), a web application that allows a \"Jam leader\" to push song sheets (in PDF format) to \"Jammers\" in real time using standard web browsers." msgstr "Jamulus-Benutzer [BTDT](https://sourceforge.net/u/btdt/profile/) hat ein System namens [305keepers](https://github.com/keepers305/Song-Sheet-Sharing-Web-Pages) geschrieben, eine Webanwendung, mit der ein „Jam-Leader“ Songblätter (im PDF-Format) in Echtzeit über Standard-Webbrowser an „Jammer“ senden kann." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:47 -msgid "### Jamulus Client Linux start script" -msgstr "### Jamulus Client Linux Startskript" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:46 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus Client Linux start script" +msgstr "Jamulus Client Linux Startskript" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:49 @@ -170,11 +179,10 @@ msgstr "Schließlich stelle ich eine automatische Verbindung zwischen Jamulus un msgid "Here is the script:" msgstr "Hier ist das Skript:" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:82 +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:57 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"~~~\n" " amixer sset 'Mic' capture 30% cap\n" " amixer sset 'Mic' playback 0%\n" " amixer sset 'Line' playback 60% unmute\n" @@ -198,9 +206,8 @@ msgid "" " jack_connect gx_head_fx:out_1 Jamulus:'input right'\n" " jack_connect Jamulus:'output left' system:playback_1\n" " jack_connect Jamulus:'output right' system:playback_2\n" -"~~~\n" msgstr "" -"~~~\n" +" ~~~\n" " amixer sset 'Mic' capture 30% cap\n" " amixer sset 'Mic' playback 0%\n" " amixer sset 'Line' playback 60% unmute\n" @@ -226,10 +233,11 @@ msgstr "" " jack_connect Jamulus:'output right' system:playback_2\n" "~~~\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:84 -msgid "### Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers" -msgstr "### Verwendung von ctrlmidich für MIDI-Controller" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers" +msgstr "ctrlmidich für MIDI-Controller verwenden" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86 @@ -248,8 +256,9 @@ msgstr "Hier hört Jamulus auf MIDI-Kanal 1. Die CC-Nummern der Lautstärkeregle #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92 -msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this." -msgstr "Bitte beachte, dass dein MIDI-Controller auf den „Toggle“-Modus eingestellt sein muss, damit die über die Tasten gesteuerten Funktionen richtig funktionieren. Das bedeutet, dass beim Drücken einer Taste zum „Einschalten“ eines Reglers eine MIDI-CC-Nummer mit einem Wert >=64 gesendet werden muss, und zum „Ausschalten“ des Reglers dieselbe CC-Nummer mit einem Wert <64 gesendet werden muss. Wie du das einstellst, kannst du im Handbuch deines Controllers nachlesen." +#, no-wrap +msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n" +msgstr "Bitte beachte, dass dein MIDI-Controller auf den „Toggle“-Modus eingestellt sein muss, damit die über die Tasten gesteuerten Funktionen richtig funktionieren. Das bedeutet, dass beim Drücken einer Taste zum „Einschalten“ eines Reglers eine MIDI-CC-Nummer mit einem Wert >=64 gesendet werden muss, und zum „Ausschalten“ des Reglers dieselbe CC-Nummer mit einem Wert <64 gesendet werden muss. Wie du das einstellst, kannst du im Handbuch deines Controllers nachlesen.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94 @@ -274,39 +283,41 @@ msgstr "Stelle sicher, dass du den Ausgang deines MIDI-Geräts mit dem MIDI-Eing msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n" msgstr "*Tipp*: Wenn du die MIDI-Steuerung in Jamulus aktivierst, wird dem Namen jedes Benutzers eine Nummer vorangestellt, wobei der Benutzer ganz links bei 0 beginnt, dann bei 1 usw. Bei den Standardeinstellungen kann es vorkommen, dass die Links-Rechts-Anordnung der Benutzer in der Benutzeroberfläche nicht mehr der numerischen Reihenfolge entspricht, wenn einige Benutzer gehen und andere hinzukommen. Um die numerische Reihenfolge der Faderstreifen beizubehalten, gehst du auf „Ansicht“ in der oberen Menüleiste und wählst „Sortiere die Kanäle nach dem Namen“.\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 -msgid "## For Server admins" -msgstr "## Für Server-Administratoren" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101 +#, no-wrap +msgid "For Server admins" +msgstr "Für Server-Administratoren" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "### Converting a public Server to a private one on the fly" -msgid "### Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly" -msgstr "### Umwandlung eines öffentlichen Servers in einen privaten Server im Handumdrehen" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly" +msgstr "Schnelle Umwandlung eines registrierten Servers in einen unregistrierten Server" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "You can run a public Server long enough for your band to connect, then go private by simply unchecking the 'Make my Server Public' box in the Server GUI. Your band mates will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)" -msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for your band to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Your band mates will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)" -msgstr "Du kannst einen öffentlichen Server so lange betreiben, bis deine Band eine Verbindung hergestellt hat, und dann auf privat umschalten, indem du einfach das Kontrollkästchen „Meinen Server öffentlich machen“ in der Server-GUI deaktivierst. Deine Bandkollegen sind dann immer noch mit dem Server verbunden, bis sie die Verbindung trennen. (Danke an [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) für diesen Tipp!)" +#| msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for your band to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Your band mates will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)" +msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)" +msgstr "Du kannst einen registrierten Server so lange betreiben, bis deine Band eine Verbindung hergestellt hat, und dann auf \"privat\" (unregistriert) umschalten, indem du das Verzeichnis in der Server-GUI auf \"Keins\" stellst. Deine Bandkollegen sind dann immer noch mit dem Server verbunden, bis sie die Verbindung trennen. (Danke an [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) für diesen Tipp!)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:108 -msgid "### Remote management of recordings" -msgstr "### Fernverwaltung von Aufnahmen" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Remote management of recordings" +msgstr "Fernverwaltung von Aufnahmen" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110 msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script." msgstr "Jamulus-Benutzer [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) hat ein [webbasiertes Remote-Tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) zum Starten und Stoppen von Aufzeichnungen auf Linux-Servern geschrieben, mit dem du diese dann über deinen Browser herunterladen kannst. Siehe auch [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) von [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), das auch ein Skript zur Wiederherstellung von Server-Aufzeichnungen enthält." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112 -msgid "### Making a Server status page" -msgstr "### Erstellen einer Server-Statusseite" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Making a Server status page" +msgstr "Erstellen einer Server-Statusseite" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114 @@ -318,11 +329,10 @@ msgstr "Mit der Befehlszeilen Option `-m` können Server Statistiken für eine W msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):" msgstr "Hier ist ein Beispiel für ein PHP-Skript, das die Server-Statusdatei verwendet, um den aktuellen Server-Status auf einer HTML-Seite anzuzeigen (unter der Annahme, dass die folgende Befehlszeilen Option verwendet wird): `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:131 +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"~~~\n" "\n" "\n" -"~~~\n" msgstr "" "~~~\n" "\n" "\n" "~~~\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ "# Tips & Tricks\n" +#~ " {:.no_toc}\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "# Tipps & Tricks\n" +#~ " {:.no_toc}\n" + +#~ msgid "TOC" +#~ msgstr "TOC" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Unregistered-Servers.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Unregistered-Servers.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4696a8abc --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Unregistered-Servers.po @@ -0,0 +1,211 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Ettore Atalan , 2023. +# ignotus , 2023. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. +# Katja Flinzner , 2023. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-09-01 19:13+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: de\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0.1-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "de" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Unregistered-Servers" +msgstr "/wiki/Unregistered-Servers" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Running an Unregistered Server" +msgstr "Einen nicht registrierten Server betreiben" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:9 +msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Mehr\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:13 +msgid "It is highly recommended to test your Server by registering it on one of the built-in Directories **first**. This will help you tackle general problems before you try unregistered mode." +msgstr "Es ist dringend empfohlen den Server zu testen, indem du ihn **zuerst** an einem der integrierten Verzeichnisse registrierst. So kannst du allgemeine Probleme beheben, bevor du den unregistrierten Modus nutzt." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:14 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Setting up a Server behind a home router" +msgstr "Einrichten eines Servers hinter einem Heimrouter" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:17 +msgid "If you set up your Server at home, you will probably need to change some settings in your router/firewall:" +msgstr "Wenn du deinen Server zu Hause einrichtest, musst du wahrscheinlich einige Einstellungen in deinem Router/Firewall ändern:" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Port forwarding" +msgstr "Portweiterleitung" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:21 +msgid "Normally, people from outside your home network cannot see things inside it. To let external Jamulus Clients connect to your Server, you need to set up port forwarding in your router's settings. The exact setup differs for every router. For help, see your router's documentation or [portforward.com](https://portforward.com)." +msgstr "Normalerweise können Personen, die sich außerhalb deines Heimnetzwerks befinden, nichts innerhalb deines Netzwerks sehen. Damit sich externe Jamulus Clients mit deinem Server verbinden können, musst du in den Einstellungen deines Routers eine Portweiterleitung einrichten. Die genaue Einrichtung ist bei jedem Router anders. Hilfe findest du in der Dokumentation deines Routers oder unter [portforward.com](https://portforward.com)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** The default port for Jamulus is **UDP** (not TCP) port **22124**. You will usually forward the port **22124** from outside your network to the port **22124** of the computer running the Server.\n" +msgstr "**Hinweis:** Der Standardport für Jamulus ist **UDP** (nicht TCP) Port **22124**. In der Regel musst du den Port **22124** von außerhalb deines Netzwerks an den Port **22124** des Computers weiterleiten, auf dem der Server läuft.\n" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Getting the public IP" +msgstr "Abrufen der öffentlichen IP" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:28 +msgid "To allow others to connect to your Server from the internet, give them your public IP address. You can [learn your current public IP address using Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=what+is+my+ip). You should connect yourself using the local network address of the computer the Server is running on. If you are running a Client on the same computer as your Server, the address is `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`." +msgstr "Damit andere sich mit deinem Server über das Internet verbinden können, gib ihnen deine öffentliche IP-Adresse. Du kannst [deine aktuelle IP-Adresse mit Google ermitteln](https://www.google.de/search?q=what+is-my+ip). Du selbst solltest dich über die lokale Netzwerkadresse des Computers verbinden, auf dem der Server läuft. Wenn du einen Client auf demselben Computer wie den Server betreibst, lautet die Adresse `localhost` oder `127.0.0.1`." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:30 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Dynamic DNS and why you will probably need it" +msgstr "Dynamisches DNS und warum du es wahrscheinlich brauchst" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:33 +msgid "Unless your ISP provides you with a fixed IP address, you may find that your address changes over time. You might want to associate your IP address with a domain name you can share with others that uses \"dynamic DNS\" (DDNS). A \"dynamic DNS\" provider can supply you with the domain name and you keep refreshing your IP address with the provider. Your router might support certain DDNS providers to do this. If this is not the case, the provider will have instructions on how to set up a dynamic DNS client." +msgstr "Wenn dir dein Internetanbieter keine statische IP-Adresse anbietet, kann sich deine IP immer wieder ändern. Deshalb ist ein \"dynamisches DNS\" sinnvoll, damit du eine Adresse, die du weitergeben kannst, erhält. Ein Anbieter für \"dynamisches DNS\" kann dir eine Domain zur Verfügung stellen. Du musst deine dynamische IP-Adresse bei dem Anbieter immer wieder aktualisieren. Möglicherweise unterstützt dein Router bestimmte Anbieter. Wenn das nicht der Fall ist, findest du bei deinem Provider Anweisungen zur Einrichtung eines dynamischen DNS-Clients." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "DNS SRV record support" +msgstr "Unterstützung von DNS SRV-Records" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:37 +msgid "Jamulus Clients support [DNS SRV records (\"service\" records)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record). If a Client finds an SRV record associated with the domain name given in the Connect window, it will try to connect to the endpoint host and port listed in the SRV record. This process is similar to HTTP redirection in a web browser, only it's between Jamulus Clients and the DNS server. The Jamulus Server is not involved in this interaction. Jamulus Servers just listen for connections on the same port listed in the SRV record." +msgstr "Jamulus-Clients unterstützen [DNS SRV-Einträge (\"Service\"-Einträge)](https://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_Resource_Record). Wenn ein Client einen SRV-Eintrag findet, der mit dem im Fenster \"Verbinden\" angegebenen Domänennamen verknüpft ist, versucht er, eine Verbindung zu dem im SRV-Eintrag aufgeführten Host und Port herzustellen. Dieser Vorgang ähnelt der HTTP-Weiterleitung in einem Webbrowser, nur dass er zwischen Jamulus Clients und dem DNS-Server stattfindet. Der Jamulus Server ist an dieser Interaktion nicht beteiligt. Jamulus-Server warten lediglich auf Verbindungen an dem im SRV-Eintrag angegebenen Port." + +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why is this helpful?" +msgstr "Warum ist das hilfreich?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:41 +msgid "A Jamulus Client can connect to a Server on a non-default port by specifying the port as part of the server address. A server administrator may want to give users a simple address without the port details, while still serving Jamulus on a non-default port. For this case, the port information can be acquired from an SRV record." +msgstr "Ein Jamulus-Client kann sich mit einem Server zu einem nicht standardmäßigen Port verbinden, indem er den Port als Teil der Serveradresse angibt. Ein Server-Administrator möchte den Benutzern vielleicht eine einfache Adresse ohne die Port-Details geben, Jamulus aber trotzdem an einem nicht standardmäßigen Port bereitstellen. In diesem Fall können die Portinformationen aus einem SRV-Eintrag entnommen werden." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:43 +msgid "An address entered in the Connect window could look like ```jamulus.example.com```. If an SRV record is found for this DNS domain, Jamulus Client will try to connect to the Server on the host:port listed in the SRV record, such as ```jamulus.example.com:12345```." +msgstr "Eine Adresse, die in das Verbindungsfenster eingegeben wird, könnte so aussehen: ```jamulus.example.com```. Wenn ein SRV-Eintrag für diese DNS-Domain gefunden wird, versucht der Jamulus-Client, sich mit dem Server über den im SRV-Eintrag angegebenen Host:Port zu verbinden, z. B. ```jamulus.example.com:12345```." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:45 +msgid "If no SRV records are found on the DNS server, a Client will attempt to connect to the Server as specified in the connection window." +msgstr "Wenn auf dem DNS-Server keine SRV-Einträge gefunden werden, versucht der Client die Verbindung wie im Verbindungsfenster angegeben aufzubauen." + +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:46 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Creating SRV records" +msgstr "SRV-Einträge erstellen" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:49 +msgid "SRV records are created by the administrator of the domain being used to host the Jamulus server. The SRV records are added through the administration portal (or API if available) of the domain's DNS hosting service. The format of the SRV record entry can vary by DNS hosting service but will generally look something like this." +msgstr "SRV-Einträge werden vom Administrator der Domain erstellt, die für den Jamulus-Server genutzt wird. SRV-Einträge werden über das Verwaltungsportal (oder die API, falls verfügbar) des DNS-Hosters der Domain hinzugefügt. Das Format des SRV-Eintrags kann je nach DNS-Hosting-Dienst variieren, sieht aber in der Regel wie folgt aus." + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" _service._proto.name. ttl IN SRV priority weight port target\n" +" \n" +" # or, more specifically\n" +" \n" +" _jamulus._udp.example.com. 60 IN SRV 0 5 12345 jamulus.example.com\n" +msgstr "" +" _service._proto.name. ttl IN SRV Priorität Gewicht Port Ziel\n" +" \n" +" # oder, ganauer\n" +" \n" +" _jamulus._udp.example.com. 60 IN SRV 0 5 12345 jamulus.example.com\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** You can host many Jamulus Servers at different ports on one host by giving each its own SRV record.\n" +msgstr "**Hinweis:** Du kannst mehrere Jamulus-Server auf verschiedenen Ports auf einem Server hosten, indem du jedem einen eigenen SRV-Eintrag gibst.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:61 +msgid "See the documentation of your DNS provider for instructions on creating an SRV record." +msgstr "Anweisungen zum Erstellen eines SRV-Eintrags findest du in der Dokumentation deines DNS-Hosters." + +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Example use case with SRV records" +msgstr "Beispielanwendungsfall mit SRV-Einträgen" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:65 +msgid "This example assumes the DNS contains an A or CNAME record that resolves to ```server1.example.com```, where three Jamulus Server instances are running, each listening on one of the three ports listed below." +msgstr "In diesem Beispiel wird davon ausgegangen, dass das DNS einen A- oder CNAME-Eintrag enthält, der zu ```server1.example.com``` aufgelöst wird, auf dem drei Jamulus Server-Instanzen laufen, die jeweils auf einem der drei unten aufgeführten Ports lauschen." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:67 +msgid "Alternatively, `server1.example.com` can be a router, NAT-gateway, or load-balancer that forwards each of the ports to a backend Jamulus server (or servers)." +msgstr "Alternativ kann es sich bei `server1.example.com` um einen Router, ein NAT-Gateway oder einen Load-Balancer handeln, der jeden der Ports an einen (oder mehrere) Jamulus-Backend-Server weiterleitet." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:74 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"| JAMULUS CLIENT | DNS SRV RECORD | JAMULUS SERVER |\n" +"| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------- |\n" +"| rock.example.com | _jamulus._udp.rock.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22124 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22124 |\n" +"| jazz.example.com | _jamulus._udp.jazz.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22125 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22125 |\n" +"| blues.example.com | _jamulus._udp.blues.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22126 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22126 |\n" +msgstr "" +"| JAMULUS CLIENT | DNS SRV RECORD | JAMULUS SERVER |\n" +"| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------- |\n" +"| rock.example.com | _jamulus._udp.rock.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22124 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22124 |\n" +"| jazz.example.com | _jamulus._udp.jazz.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22125 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22125 |\n" +"| blues.example.com | _jamulus._udp.blues.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22126 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22126 |\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:76 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*It's important to remember that DNS is not forwarding connections. It's simply telling Jamulus Client what public host:port to connect to.*\n" +msgstr "*Beachte, dass DNS keine Verbindungen weiterleitet. Es teilt dem Jamulus-Client lediglich mit, mit welchem öffentlichen Host:Port er sich verbinden soll.*\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/copyright.po b/_translator-files/po/de/copyright.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d797ba09b --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/copyright.po @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-07 09:19+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: de\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n" + +#. type: Hash Value: footer asio +#: ../wiki/en/misc/copyright.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ASIO ® compatible - ASIO is a trademark and software of Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH" +msgstr "ASIO ® kompatibel - ASIO is a trademark and software of Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav docs +#: ../wiki/en/misc/copyright.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "This documentation is CC BY-SA" +msgstr "Diese Dokumentation steht unter der CC BY-SA Lizenz" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/general.po b/_translator-files/po/de/general.po index 979b46a97..ad80d70b3 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/general.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/general.po @@ -1,124 +1,122 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2022, 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-06-20 12:01+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-01 19:05+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: de\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.1\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" #. type: Hash Value: footer alt facebook -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus Facebook group" msgstr "Jamulus Facebook Gruppe" #. type: Hash Value: footer alt github -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus GitHub repo" msgstr "Jamulus GitHub Repo" #. type: Hash Value: footer alt help -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Help and support" msgstr "Hilfe und Support" #. type: Hash Value: footer copyright software -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Software by Volker Fischer and contributors - want to get involved?" msgstr "Eine Software von Volker Fischer und Mitwirkenden - möchtest du mithelfen?" -#. type: Hash Value: infobox_each_os -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Jamulus 3.9.1 addresses a MIDI controller-related bug that could result in the loss of old fader levels: If you used `--ctrlmidich`, you can start the app once with `--cleanuplegacyfadersettings` to try to convert the old format to the new one. This option will be removed in a future release. Read the Change Log for more information." -msgstr "" - #. type: Hash Value: kb by -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "by" msgstr "von" #. type: Hash Value: kb discuss linktitle -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Discuss this content" msgstr "Diskutiere diesen Inhalt" #. type: Hash Value: kb discuss title -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Comments" msgstr "Kommentare" #. type: Hash Value: kb kbintro -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Community knowledge base
Feel free to add your own article!" msgstr "Jamulus Wissens­datenbank
Füge deinen eigenen Artikel hinzu!" #. type: Hash Value: kb mainpage -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Knowledge Base overview" msgstr "Knowledge Base Übersicht" #. type: Hash Value: kb navpages -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "More pages" msgstr "Weitere Seiten" #. type: Hash Value: kb newpage -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Add a new page via GitHub" msgstr "Neue Seite hinzufügen (über GitHub)" #. type: Hash Value: kb readmore -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Read more..." msgstr "Mehr..." #. type: Hash Value: kb titleAdd -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "– Jamulus Knowledge Base" msgstr "– Jamulus Wissensdatenbank" #. type: Hash Value: nav altJamulusIcon -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus Icon. Links to homepage" msgstr "Jamulus Icon. Link zur Startseite" #. type: Hash Value: nav btnOpenNavigation -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Open navigation" msgstr "Navigationsmenü öffnen" #. type: Hash Value: tNoJSEnabled -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Your browser has JavaScript disabled. That's totally fine. This site has been designed to provide basic functionality without JS. Enabling JavaScript may give you additional functionality on this site." -msgstr "JavaScript ist in deinem Browser nicht aktiviert. Das ist kein Problem. Diese Website wurde so konzipiert, dass grundlegende Funktionen ohne JavaScript gegeben sind. Wenn du JavaScript aktivierst, erhälst du möglicherweise zusätzliche Funktionen auf dieser Seite." +msgstr "JavaScript ist in deinem Browser nicht aktiviert. Das ist kein Problem. Diese Website wurde so konzipiert, dass grundlegende Funktionen ohne JavaScript gegeben sind. Wenn du JavaScript aktivierst, erhältst du möglicherweise zusätzliche Funktionen auf dieser Seite." #. type: Hash Value: wiki titleAdd -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "– Jamulus Website" msgstr "– Jamulus Website" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Jamulus 3.9.1 addresses a MIDI controller-related bug that could result in the loss of old fader levels: If you used `--ctrlmidich`, you can start the app once with `--cleanuplegacyfadersettings` to try to convert the old format to the new one. This option will be removed in a future release. Read the Change Log for more information." +#~ msgstr "Jamulus 3.9.1 behebt einen Fehler im Zusammenhang mit MIDI-Controllern, der zum Verlust alter Faderpegel führen konnte: Wenn du `--ctrlmidich` verwendet hast, kannst du die App einmal mit `--cleanuplegacyfadersettings` starten, um zu versuchen, das alte Format in das neue zu konvertieren. Diese Option wird in einer zukünftigen Version entfernt. Weitere Informationen findest du im Changelog." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/navigation.po b/_translator-files/po/de/navigation.po index bb3a53ff0..3d7954ae0 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/navigation.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/navigation.po @@ -1,166 +1,171 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# Ettore Atalan , 2023. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-06-20 12:01+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-01 20:04+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: de\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.1\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting Up" msgstr "Erste Schritte" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Windows" msgstr "Windows" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows" msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "macOS" msgstr "macOS" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh" msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Linux" msgstr "Linux" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux" msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Getting-Started" msgstr "/wiki/Getting-Started" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "User Manual" msgstr "Handbuch" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual" msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "FAQ" msgstr "FAQ" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/FAQ" msgstr "/wiki/FAQ" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "Fehlerbehebung" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting" msgstr "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting" #. type: Hash Value: nav title -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Using Jamulus" msgstr "Jamulus nutzen" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap -msgid "Server Administration" -msgstr "Server einrichten" +msgid "Server Manual" +msgstr "Server-Handbuch" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Running-a-Server" msgstr "/wiki/Running-a-Server" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Tips & Tricks" msgstr "Tipps & Tricks" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More" msgstr "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Community Knowledge Base" msgstr "Jamulus Wissensdatenbank" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems selectOnLayout -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "post" msgstr "post" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/kb/index.html" msgstr "/kb/index.html" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Privacy Statement" msgstr "Datenschutzerklärung" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Privacy-Statement" msgstr "/wiki/Privacy-Statement" #. type: Hash Value: nav title -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "More" msgstr "Mehr" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Server Administration" +#~ msgstr "Server einrichten" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/es/1-index.po index 7148824b6..57ebfbb45 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/1-index.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/1-index.po @@ -2,18 +2,19 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # ignotus , 2022. +# ignotus , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-14 13:50+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-08 08:21+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: es\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" #. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?) #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:1 @@ -27,11 +28,12 @@ msgid "" "ldjAppCategory: \"Music\"\n" "ldjSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" "ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer and contributors\"\n" -"metadescription: \"Jamulus is open source software that lets musicians perform music, rehearse or just jam together, all in real time over the Internet.\"\n" +"metadescription: \"Jamulus is free and open source software that lets musicians perform music, rehearse or jam together, in real time over the Internet.\"\n" "mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" "mTSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" "mTGetStartedNow: \"Get started now!\"\n" "mTDownloadNow: 'Download now for'\n" +"mTPlatformsAnd: 'and'\n" "mTOtherPlatforms: 'other platforms'\n" "---\n" msgstr "" @@ -43,34 +45,35 @@ msgstr "" "ldjAppCategory: \"Música\"\n" "ldjSlogan: \"Toca música online. Con amig@s. Gratis.\"\n" "ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer y contribuidores\"\n" -"metadescription: \"Jamulus es software de código abierto que permite a músicos tocar música, ensayar o simplemente hacer jam sessions juntos, en tiempo real a través de Internet.\"\n" +"metadescription: \"Jamulus es software libre de código abierto que permite a músicos tocar música, ensayar o hacer jam sessions juntos, en tiempo real a través de Internet.\"\n" "mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" "mTSlogan: \"Toca música online. Con amig@s. Gratis.\"\n" "mTGetStartedNow: \"¡Empieza ya!\"\n" "mTDownloadNow: 'Descarga ahora para'\n" +"mTPlatformsAnd: 'y'\n" "mTOtherPlatforms: 'otras plataformas'\n" "---\n" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:19 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:20 #, no-wrap msgid "What is Jamulus?" msgstr "¿Qué es Jamulus?" #. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:20 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:21 #, no-wrap -msgid " Jamulus is for playing, rehearsing, or just jamming with your friends, your band or just anyone you find online. With high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection, it's easy to play together remotely and in time. " -msgstr " Jamulus es para tocar música, ensayar o simplemente hacer una jam session con cualquiera que encuentres online. Con audio de alta calidad y baja latencia en una conexión de banda ancha normal, es fácil tocar remotamente y en sincronización. " +msgid " Jamulus lets you play, rehearse, or jam with your friends, your band, or anyone you find online. Play together remotely in time with high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection. " +msgstr " Jamulus te permite tocar música, ensayar o hacer una jam session con amistades, tu banda, o cualquiera que encuentres online. Toca en sincronización remotamente con audio de alta calidad y baja latencia en una conexión de banda ancha normal. " #. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:20 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:21 #, no-wrap msgid "Download it here" msgstr "Descárgalo aquí" #. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:20 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:21 #, no-wrap msgid "" "!\n" @@ -80,55 +83,55 @@ msgstr "" " " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:33 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:34 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus worldwide" msgstr "Jamulus en todo el mundo" #. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:34 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:35 #, no-wrap msgid "" -" All over the world Jamulus allows huge choirs to rehearse, loud rock bands to play, and brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons,\n" -" in schools and universities, in private and in public. Even just for the spoken word – all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person.\n" +" All over the world Jamulus allows choirs to rehearse and rock bands to play. Jamulus brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons,\n" +" in schools and universities, in private and in public — all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person.\n" " " msgstr "" -" Por todo el mundo, Jamulus permite ensayar a enormes coros, tocar a bandas de rock y junta a músicos clásicos y de folk. Se utiliza para clases a distancia,\n" -" en escuelas y universidades, en privado y en público. Incluso simplemente para hablar - todo en tiempo real a través de Internet, como si estuvieras allí en persona.\n" +" Por todo el mundo, Jamulus permite ensayar a coros y tocar a bandas de rock. Jamulus junta a músicos clásicos y de folk. Se utiliza para clases a distancia,\n" +" en escuelas y universidades, en privado y en público ‒ todo en tiempo real a través de Internet, como si estuvieras allí en persona.\n" " " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:36 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:37 #, no-wrap msgid "Help needed?" msgstr "¿Necesitas ayuda?" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:38 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 #, no-wrap -msgid " Have a look at the " -msgstr " Consulta la " +msgid " Check out the " +msgstr " ¡Consulta la " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:38 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 #, no-wrap msgid "documentation" msgstr "documentación" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:38 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 #, no-wrap -msgid ". Especially consider the " -msgstr ". Presta especial atención a la " +msgid " and consider the " +msgstr " y presta atención a la " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:40 #, no-wrap msgid "troubleshooting section" msgstr "sección de resolución de problemas" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:40 #, no-wrap msgid "" "!\n" @@ -138,13 +141,13 @@ msgstr "" " También puedes preguntar en los " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:40 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:41 #, no-wrap msgid "forums" msgstr "foros" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:40 ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:52 +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:41 ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:53 #, no-wrap msgid "" ".\n" @@ -154,55 +157,67 @@ msgstr "" " " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:44 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:45 #, no-wrap msgid "Want to get involved?" msgstr "¿Quieres involucrarte?" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:46 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid " Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help " +msgstr " ¿Ideas? ¿Has encontrado un fallo? ¿Quieres contribuir con código o ayudar a " + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "translating" +msgstr "traducir" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap -msgid " Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help translating into your language? Since Jamulus is " -msgstr " ¿Ideas? ¿Has encontrado un fallo? ¿Quieres contribuir con código o ayudar a traducir a tu idioma? Ya que Jamulus es de " +msgid " Jamulus into your language? Since Jamulus is " +msgstr " Jamulus a tu idioma? Ya que Jamulus es " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:46 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap msgid "free and open source software" -msgstr "código libre y abierto" +msgstr "software de código libre y abierto" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:46 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap msgid " (FOSS) licensed under the " msgstr " (FOSS) publicado bajo la " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:46 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap msgid "GPL" msgstr "GPL" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:46 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap msgid ", you can help us!" msgstr "¡nos puedes ayudar!" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 +#. type: Content of:


+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:48 #, no-wrap msgid " Take a look at our " msgstr " Echa un vistazo a nuestras " -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 +#. type: Content of:


+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:48 #, no-wrap msgid "contribution guidelines" msgstr "directrices para contribuciones" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 +#. type: Content of:


+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:48 #, no-wrap msgid "" " to find out how. Everybody is welcome!\n" @@ -211,20 +226,24 @@ msgstr "" " para ver cómo hacerlo. ¡Cualquiera es bienvenid@!\n" " " -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:51 +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:52 #, no-wrap -msgid " For detailed information about how Jamulus hacks the space-time continuum to produce a near-perfect 5th dimension of collaborative sound, see " -msgstr " Para información detallada sobre cómo Jamulus hackea el continuo espacio-tiempo para producir una 5ª dimensión cuasi-perfecta de sonido colaborativo, consulta " +msgid " For detailed information on how Jamulus works, see " +msgstr " Para información detallada sobre cómo funciona Jamulus, consulta " -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:52 +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:53 #, no-wrap msgid "this paper by Volker Fischer (PDF)" msgstr "este documento de Volker Fischer (PDF en inglés)" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:57 +#. type: Content of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:58 #, no-wrap msgid "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" msgstr "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid " For detailed information about how Jamulus hacks the space-time continuum to produce a near-perfect 5th dimension of collaborative sound, see " +#~ msgstr " Para información detallada sobre cómo Jamulus hackea el continuo espacio-tiempo para producir una 5ª dimensión cuasi-perfecta de sonido colaborativo, consulta " diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Client-Troubleshooting.po index 047d79f6d..4db62b78d 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/Client-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Client-Troubleshooting.po @@ -2,82 +2,90 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # ignotus , 2022. +# ignotus , 2022, 2023. +# gallegonovato , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-14 13:50+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-16 09:52+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: gallegonovato \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: es\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.18-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "es" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting" msgstr "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Client Troubleshooting" msgstr "Resolución de Problemas del Cliente" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Resolución de Problemas" + #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:10 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# Troubleshooting\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" -msgstr "" -"# Resolución de Problemas\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:12 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:14 -msgid "Table of contents" -msgstr "Tabla de contenidos" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:16 -msgid "TOC" -msgstr "TOC" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "Tabla de contenidos\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:17 -msgid "{:toc}" -msgstr "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" +msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:19 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:21 -msgid "### Don’t hear any sound/Others don’t hear you?" -msgstr "### ¿No escuchas nada/Otros no pueden escucharte?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Don’t hear any sound/Others don’t hear you?" +msgstr "¿No escuchas nada/Otros no pueden escucharte?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:23 @@ -90,30 +98,33 @@ msgstr "Empieza por lo sencillo: asegúrate de que tu instrumento/micrófono y a msgid "**Windows users (ASIO4ALL)**: If you’re using the ASIO4ALL driver have a look at the [ASIO4ALL setup section](Installation-for-Windows#setting-up-asio4all)\n" msgstr "**Usuarios de Windows (ASIO4ALL)**: Si estás utilizando el driver ASIO4ALL, mira [la sección de configuración para ASIO4ALL](Installation-for-Windows#configurar-asio4all)\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:27 -msgid "### Not seeing the headphone or microphone you just connected to your PC?" -msgstr "### ¿No ves el auricular o el micrófono que acabas de conectar a tu PC?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Not seeing the headphone or microphone you just connected to your PC?" +msgstr "¿No ves el auricular o el micrófono que acabas de conectar a tu PC?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:29 msgid "Just restart Jamulus with your device plugged in. Jamulus currently doesn't show devices which were plugged in after the sound system was loaded." msgstr "Simplemente reinicia Jamulus con tu dispositivo conectado. Actualmente Jamulus no muestra dispositivos que han sido conectados tras cargarse el sistema de sonido." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:31 -msgid "### Your sound is stuttering" -msgstr "### Tu sonido se entrecorta" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:30 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Your sound is stuttering" +msgstr "Tu sonido se entrecorta" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:33 msgid "Your audio device may not work with the buffer size you selected. Select a bigger buffer size in Jamulus's settings. If possible though, use another device, since large buffer sizes mean higher latency." msgstr "Quizá tu dispositivo de audio no funciona con el tamaño de buffer que has seleccionado. Selecciona un buffer mayor en la configuración de Jamulus. Sin embargo, si es posible, utiliza otro dispositivo, ya que los buffers más altos significan mayor latencia." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:35 -msgid "### You all sound OK, but it's difficult to keep together" -msgstr "### Todos suenan bien pero es difícil tocar todos juntos manteniendo el tiempo" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "You all sound OK, but it's difficult to keep together" +msgstr "Todos suenan bien pero es difícil tocar todos juntos manteniendo el tiempo" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:37 @@ -126,22 +137,22 @@ msgstr "**Si es posible, NO escuches tu señal directa.** Intenta en lo posible msgid "You can test whether you are hearing your signal correctly by doing the following:" msgstr "Puedes probar si estás escuchando correctamente tu señal haciendo lo siguiente:" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:41 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44 msgid "Run Jamulus and connect to a Server with a long ping time (greater than 200ms)" msgstr "Inicia Jamulus y conéctate a un Servidor con un ping muy alto (mayor de 200 ms)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:42 +#. type: Bullet: '2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44 msgid "Clap your hands once (or play one short note on an instrument). You should hear the sound from the Jamulus Server come back, but significantly delayed." msgstr "Choca las manos una vez (o toca una nota breve en un instrumento). Deberías de escuchar el sonido que vuelve del Servidor de Jamulus, pero con un retardo importante." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:43 +#. type: Bullet: '3. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44 msgid "Click the \"Mute\" button under your Jamulus name/slider in the main Jamulus mixer window (**NOT** the \"Mute Myself\" button on the left)." msgstr "Activa el botón de \"Mute\" bajo tu nombre/fader en la ventana principal del mezclador de Jamulus (**NO** el botón de \"Silenciarme Yo\" a la izquierda)." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '4. ' #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44 msgid "Clap your hands again." msgstr "Choca las manos de nuevo." @@ -161,70 +172,77 @@ msgstr "Exactamente cómo evitas escuchar tu señal directa dependerá de tu con msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [software manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this." msgstr "Ten en cuenta que aunque escuches la señal del Servidor y esto asegura que estás en sincronización con los demás músicos, puedes experimentar problemas si tu retardo total (indicado por la luz de \"Retardo\" en Jamulus) no está en verde o al menos en amarillo la mayor parte del tiempo. Consulta el [manual de software](/wiki/Software-Manual) para entender cómo ajustar tu configuración para mejorar este aspecto." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:52 -msgid "### Can't work out your mic settings?" -msgstr "### ¿Dificultades a la hora de configurar el micrófono?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Can't work out your mic settings?" +msgstr "¿Dificultades a la hora de configurar el micrófono?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:54 msgid "When using a microphone while playing your other instrument, you can use a stereo audio input signal in your settings where one channel is connected to the instrument and the other channel is connected to a microphone signal. On the microphone channel an optional reverberation effect can be applied." msgstr "Cuando utilizas un micrófono mientras también tocas un instrumento, puedes utilizar una señal de entrada estéreo en la configuración, donde un canal se conecta al instrumento y el otro canal a la señal del micrófono. En el canal del micrófono es posible aplicar un efecto de reverb opcional." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:56 -msgid "### Buffer LEDs suddenly going red, outages, [jittering](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jitter), weird sounds?" -msgstr "### ¿El LED del buffer se vuelve rojo, cortes, [jitter](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jitter), sonidos raros?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:55 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Buffer LEDs suddenly going red, outages, [jittering](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jitter), weird sounds?" +msgstr "¿El LED del buffer se vuelve rojo, cortes, [jitter](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jitter), sonidos raros?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:58 msgid "Your computer may be under too much load. Try not to have anything competing with Jamulus (like Zoom Meetings or Facebook live streams) on your machine. Or at least quit them while you're playing. Prevent things like virus scanners doing scans, or software updates happening, etc. Be aware that the reverb setting in Jamulus also uses more CPU the more reverb you have." msgstr "Tu ordenador podría estar sobrecargado. Intenta que no haya nada compitiendo con Jamulus (como reuniones por Zoom o streaming en Facebook) en tu máquina. O al menos apágalos mientras tocas. Evita cosas como escaneos del antivirus o actualizaciones de software, etc. Ten en cuenta que la configuración de reverb en Jamulus también consume más CPU cuanto más reverb se aplique." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:60 -msgid "### Ping times and latency start well, then get worse, causing issues" -msgstr "### Los tiempos del ping y la latencia empiezan bien pero luego empeoran, causando problemas" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Ping times and latency start well, then get worse, causing issues" +msgstr "Los tiempos del ping y la latencia empiezan bien pero luego empeoran, causando problemas" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:62 msgid "This can indicate something else is competing with Jamulus on your network, so make sure nobody is watching HD Netflix movies or taking part in Zoom video conferences while you are playing. A more permanent solution for technically-minded users may be found by investigating [the issue of buffer bloat](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/) on their router and whether you can implement Smart Queue Management (SQM). [More details here](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/What_can_I_do_about_Bufferbloat/)." msgstr "Esto puede indicar que algo está compitiendo con Jamulus en tu red, así que asegúrate de que nadie está viendo películas en HD en Netflix o realizando una videoconferencia por Zoom mientras tocas. Una solución más permanente para aquellas personas con más inclinación técnica podría ser investigando [el tema del \"buffer bloat\"](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/) en su router y si es posible implementar Smart Queue Management (SQM). [Más detalles aquí](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/What_can_I_do_about_Bufferbloat/)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:64 -msgid "### Getting frustrated with software channels, audio routing, sample rates and more?" -msgstr "### ¿Te frustras con los canales de software, ruteo de audio, tasas de muestreo y demás?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:63 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Getting frustrated with software channels, audio routing, sample rates and more?" +msgstr "¿Te frustras con los canales de software, ruteo de audio, tasas de muestreo y demás?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:66 msgid "It's usually far easier and more reliable to have a [mixing desk](https://www.thomann.de/pics/bdb/191244/7355025_800.jpg) to connect your kit (instruments, mic, recorder etc.) and then send a simple stereo signal to your sound interface (be sure to listen to the resulting sound from the Jamulus Server via your computer though!). The huge variety of possible hardware, software and instrument combinations means that setting up your sound card to work with your particular configuration can otherwise get complicated very fast." msgstr "Normalmente es mucho más fácil y fiable tener una [mesa de mezclas](https://www.thomann.de/pics/bdb/191244/7355025_800.jpg) para conectar tu equipo (instrumentos, micrófono, grabadora, etc.) y luego enviar una simple señal estéreo a tu interfaz de audio (¡pero asegúrate de escuchar el sonido resultante del Servidor Jamulus a través del ordenador!). La enorme variedad de combinaciones posibles de hardware, software e instrumentos significa que configurar tu tarjeta de audio para funcionar con tu equipo en particular se puede complicar rápidamente." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:68 -msgid "### Somebody joining your jam and being too loud?" -msgstr "### ¿Alguien se une a tu jam con el volumen demasiado alto?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:67 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Somebody joining your jam and being too loud?" +msgstr "¿Alguien se une a tu jam con el volumen demasiado alto?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:70 msgid "You can set your \"New Client Level\" to a low value (e.g. 10), or set the musicians you are playing with to \"Solo\" state (in the mixer panel on the right side). That way, either new entrants will be very quiet, or you won't hear them at all." msgstr "Puedes establecer el \"Nivel Cliente Nuevo\" a un valor bajo (por ej. 10), o configurar los músicos con quienes tocas a \"Solo\" (a la derecha en el panel del mezclador). De ese modo, los nuevos miembros que se unan estarán a un volumen bajo o silenciados." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:72 -msgid "### Can't see the Server you want to join?" -msgstr "### ¿No ves el Servidor al que te quieres unir?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:71 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Can't see the Server you want to join?" +msgstr "¿No ves el Servidor al que te quieres unir?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:74 msgid "First check that you have the right genre Server selected in your Connect window. Sometimes network issues mean your Client won't list all the available Servers. If you know the name of the Server you want to join, you can [look up its IP address here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/). Enter that address in the \"Server Address\" field in the Connect Setup window to connect to it." msgstr "Primero comprueba que tienes el género de Servidor correcto seleccionado en la ventana de Conectar. En ocasiones los problemas de red hacen que tu Cliente no muestre todos los Servidores disponibles. Si conoces el nombre del Servidor al que te quieres unir, puedes [mirar su dirección IP aquí](https://explorer.jamulus.io/). Introduce esa dirección en el campo de \"Dirección Servidor\" en la ventana de Configuración de Conexión para conectarte." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:76 -msgid "### Not seeing a list of Servers at all?" -msgstr "### ¿No ves ninguna lista de Servidores?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:75 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Not seeing a list of Servers at all?" +msgstr "¿No ves ninguna lista de Servidores?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:78 @@ -236,52 +254,110 @@ msgstr "En el Reino Unido (y posiblemente en otras regiones/routers) la configur msgid "In some cases, it may be your ISP that is blocking your use of Jamulus. See the note on the [server troubleshooting page](Server-Troubleshooting#nobody-can-connect-to-my-server---but-i-can-connect-locally) about \"Nobody can connect to my Server\"" msgstr "En algunos casos, puede ser que tu ISP esté bloqueando Jamulus. Ver la nota en la página [resolución de problemas del servidor](Server-Troubleshooting#nadie-se-puede-conectar-a-mi-servidor---pero-yo-me-puedo-conectar-localmente) sobre \"Nadie se puede conectar a mi Servidor\"" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:82 -msgid "### Trouble using Garageband (or other DAW) with Jamulus?" -msgstr "### Problemas al utilizar Garageband (u otro DAW) con Jamulus?" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:81 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Getting an error message saying \"Jamulus\" can't be opened because the developer cannot be verified" +msgstr "Aparece un mensaje de error que dice \"Jamulus\" no se puede abrir porque no se puede verificar al desarrollador" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:84 -msgid "See [this forum discussion](https://sourceforge.net/p/llcon/discussion/533517/thread/d3dd58eedc/#b994)" -msgstr "Ver [este hilo del foro](https://sourceforge.net/p/llcon/discussion/533517/thread/d3dd58eedc/#b994)" +msgid "If you are using a \"legacy\" version of Jamulus (because you are running an older version of macOS) or an intermediate build, the first time you run Jamulus, you will see a message saying it cannot be opened." +msgstr "Si estás utilizando una versión \"heredada\" de Jamulus (porque estás ejecutando una versión anterior de macOS) o una compilación intermedia, la primera vez que ejecutes Jamulus, verás un mensaje que indica que no se puede abrir." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:86 -msgid "### Using a Mac and your input is not heard?" -msgstr "### ¿Usas un Mac y tu entrada no se escucha?" +msgid "To open Jamulus" +msgstr "Para abrir Jamulus" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:88 -msgid "(With thanks to [Mark Anthony De Souza](https://www.facebook.com/groups/619274602254947/permalink/765122847670121/?comment_id=765525034296569))" -msgstr "(Con agradecimientos a [Mark Anthony De Souza](https://www.facebook.com/groups/619274602254947/permalink/765122847670121/?comment_id=765525034296569))" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 +msgid "Go to the Applications folder via Finder" +msgstr "Ve a la carpeta Aplicaciones a través del Finder" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 +msgid "Double-click on Jamulus and wait for the above-mentioned message" +msgstr "Haz doble clic en Jamulus y espera el mensaje mencionado anteriormente" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 +msgid "Close this message by clicking on \"Cancel\"" +msgstr "Cierra este mensaje haciendo clic en \"Cancelar\"" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 +msgid "Now control-click (or right-click) on Jamulus, and select \"Open\" from the top of the menu." +msgstr "Haz clic con la tecla Control presionada (o haz clic con el botón derecho) en Jamulus y selecciona \"Abrir\" en el menú superior." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:90 -msgid "Maybe you did not answer \"Yes\" to the `\"Jamulus wants to access your microphone\"` challenge. To fix this:" -msgstr "Quizá no respondiste \"Sí\" al reto de `\"Jamulus quiere acceder a tu micrófono\"`. Para arreglarlo:" +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:93 +msgid "You will then get a slightly different version of the same message, which allows you to click \"Open\". From then on, you can run Jamulus in the normal way and the message won't appear. For further information about this warning see [this Apple Support Page](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)." +msgstr "Luego obtendrás una versión ligeramente diferente del mismo mensaje, que te permitirá hacer clic en \"Abrir\". A partir de ese momento, puedes ejecutar Jamulus de forma normal y el mensaje no aparecerá. Para obtener más información sobre esta advertencia, consulta [esta página de soporte de Apple] (https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:94 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Trouble using Garageband (or other DAW) with Jamulus?" +msgstr "Problemas al utilizar Garageband (u otro DAW) con Jamulus?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 -msgid "Go to `Preferences` > `Security & Privacy` > `Privacy` tab" -msgstr "Ve a `Preferencias` > `Seguridad & Privacidad` > pestaña de `Privacidad`" +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:97 +msgid "See [this forum discussion](https://sourceforge.net/p/llcon/discussion/533517/thread/d3dd58eedc/#b994)" +msgstr "Ver [este hilo del foro](https://sourceforge.net/p/llcon/discussion/533517/thread/d3dd58eedc/#b994)" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:98 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using a Mac and your input is not heard?" +msgstr "¿Usas un Mac y tu entrada no se escucha?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:92 -msgid "Find `Microphone` on the left and then make sure `Jamulus` is enabled on the right-hand list" -msgstr "Busca `Micrófono` a la izquierda y luego asegúrate de que `Jamulus` está activado en la lista de la derecha" +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:101 +msgid "(With thanks to [Mark Anthony De Souza](https://www.facebook.com/groups/619274602254947/permalink/765122847670121/?comment_id=765525034296569))" +msgstr "(Con agradecimientos a [Mark Anthony De Souza](https://www.facebook.com/groups/619274602254947/permalink/765122847670121/?comment_id=765525034296569))" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:94 +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:105 #, no-wrap -msgid "***\n" -msgstr "***\n" +msgid "" +"Maybe you did not answer \"Yes\" to the `\"Jamulus wants to access your microphone\"` challenge. To fix this:\n" +"* Go to `Preferences` > `Security & Privacy` > `Privacy` tab\n" +"* Find `Microphone` on the left and then make sure `Jamulus` is enabled on the right-hand list\n" +msgstr "" +"Puede que no hayas respondido \"Sí\" a la pregunta \"Jamulus quiere acceder a tu micrófono\". Para solucionarlo:\n" +"* Ve a \"Preferencias\" > \"Seguridad y Privacidad\" > \"Privacidad\".\n" +"* Busca \"Micrófono\" a la izquierda y asegúrate de que \"Jamulus\" está activado en la lista de la derecha.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:95 +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:108 msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" msgstr "Para cualquier otra cosa, por favor busca o publica un post en los [Foros de Discusión](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ "# Troubleshooting\n" +#~ " {:.no_toc}\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "# Resolución de Problemas\n" +#~ " {:.no_toc}\n" + +#~ msgid "TOC" +#~ msgstr "TOC" + +#~ msgid "Maybe you did not answer \"Yes\" to the `\"Jamulus wants to access your microphone\"` challenge. To fix this:" +#~ msgstr "Quizá no respondiste \"Sí\" al reto de `\"Jamulus quiere acceder a tu micrófono\"`. Para arreglarlo:" + +#~ msgid "Go to `Preferences` > `Security & Privacy` > `Privacy` tab" +#~ msgstr "Ve a `Preferencias` > `Seguridad & Privacidad` > pestaña de `Privacidad`" + +#~ msgid "Find `Microphone` on the left and then make sure `Jamulus` is enabled on the right-hand list" +#~ msgstr "Busca `Micrófono` a la izquierda y luego asegúrate de que `Jamulus` está activado en la lista de la derecha" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "***\n" +#~ msgstr "***\n" + #~ msgid "### Getting a loud squeal if you connect to a server" #~ msgstr "### Escuchas un gran chirrido si te conectas a un servidor" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Command-Line-Options.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Command-Line-Options.po index 376ceee0c..4a67a398d 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/Command-Line-Options.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Command-Line-Options.po @@ -1,76 +1,83 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# ignotus , 2022, 2023. +# gallegonovato , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-08-15 21:26+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-17 18:52+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: gallegonovato \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: es\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "es" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Command-Line-Options" msgstr "/wiki/Command-Line-Options" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus – Command Line Options" msgstr "Jamulus – Opciones de Línea de Comandos" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:9 -msgid "# Command Line Options" -msgstr "# Opciones de Línea de Comandos" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Command Line Options" +msgstr "Opciones de Línea de Comandos" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:11 -msgid "## Shared commands" -msgstr "## Comandos compartidos" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Shared commands" +msgstr "Comandos compartidos" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:13 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:15 -msgid "## Client only commands" -msgstr "## Comandos solo cliente" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:14 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Client only commands" +msgstr "Comandos solo Cliente" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:17 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:19 -msgid "## Server only commands" -msgstr "## Comandos solo servidor" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server only commands" +msgstr "Comandos solo Servidor" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:21 -msgid "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" -msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:20 +msgid "See [Running a Server](Running-a-Server#server-mode-related-options)" +msgstr "Véase [Ejecutar un servidor](Running-a-Server#opciones-relacionadas-con-el-modo-servidor)" + +#~ msgid "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" +#~ msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Contribution.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Contribution.po index ff500d6a4..447a75257 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/Contribution.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Contribution.po @@ -1,69 +1,72 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# ignotus , 2022. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-08-30 11:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-12-27 09:39+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: es\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "es" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Contribution" msgstr "/wiki/Contribution" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Contribution" msgstr "Contribución" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:9 -msgid "# Contributing to the Jamulus Project" -msgstr "# Contribuir al Proyecto Jamulus" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Contributing to the Jamulus Project" +msgstr "Contribuir al Proyecto Jamulus" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:11 -msgid "If you find a mistake, typo or something out of date (in any language) on this website or in Jamulus itself, you can raise it as a bug." -msgstr "Si observas algún error de contenido o tipográfico, o algo que está desfasado (en cualquier idioma) en esta página web o en Jamulus mismo, puedes reportarlo como \"bug\"." +#, no-wrap +msgid "If you find a mistake, typo or something out of date (in any language) on this website or in Jamulus itself, you can raise it as a bug.\n" +msgstr "Si observas algún error de contenido o tipográfico, o algo que está desfasado (en cualquier idioma) en esta página web o en Jamulus mismo, puedes reportarlo como \"bug\".\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:13 -msgid "If you think some documentation or information is missing or can be improved, post about it on this forum so it can be discussed first." -msgstr "Si crees que falta o se puede mejorar alguna documentación o información, coméntalo en este foro para discutirlo primero." +#, no-wrap +msgid "If you think some documentation or information is missing or can be improved, post about it on this forum so it can be discussed first.\n" +msgstr "Si crees que falta o se puede mejorar alguna documentación o información, coméntalo en este foro para discutirlo primero.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:15 msgid "We use [Weblate](https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/#languages) to translate our documentation. Read about our [documentation and translation process](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamuluswebsite/blob/release/README.md), and [introduce yourself](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) if you’d like to get involved." msgstr "Utilizamos [Weblate](https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/#languages) para traducir nuestra documentación. Lee sobre nuestro proceso de [documentación y traducción](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamuluswebsite/blob/release/README.md), y [preséntate](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) si te gustaría involucrarte." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:18 -msgid "## Want to contribute code?" -msgstr "## ¿Quieres contribuir código?" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Want to contribute code?" +msgstr "¿Quieres contribuir código?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:19 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Directories.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Directories.po index 14dc242a9..f97dbc2d3 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/Directories.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Directories.po @@ -1,40 +1,40 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# ignotus , 2022, 2023. +# gallegonovato , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-08 11:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-06-07 06:10+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: es\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.18-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "es" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Directories" msgstr "/wiki/Directories" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Directories" @@ -45,57 +45,60 @@ msgstr "Directorios" msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Más\" branch1=\"Administrar un Servidor\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:12 -msgid "# Running a Directory" -msgstr "# Ejecutar un Directorio" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:11 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Running a Directory" +msgstr "Ejecutar un Directorio" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:14 -msgid "This is a specialised Jamulus Server configuration, as described in [Server Types](Running-a-Server#server-types)." -msgstr "Esta es una configuración especializada del Servidor de Jamulus, descrita en [Tipos de Servidor](Running-a-Server#tipos-de-servidor)." +msgid "This is a specialised Jamulus Server configuration, as described in [Server Modes](Running-a-Server#server-modes)." +msgstr "Esta es una configuración especializada del Servidor de Jamulus, descrita en [Modos de Servidor](Running-a-Server#modos-de-servidor)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:16 -msgid "To view Servers listed by a Custom Directory, users must enter the address of that Directory in their Client's Settings > Advanced Setup > Custom Directories field. Multiple addresses can be added in this way if needed. Custom Directories will then appear in the Directory drop-down list on their Connect window. Custom Directories otherwise work for Clients in the same way as Public Directories, displaying a list of Servers registered with them." -msgstr "Para ver Servidores listados en un Directorio Personalizado, los usuarios deben introducir en su Cliente la dirección de ese Directorio en Configuración > Configuración Avanzada > campo de Directorios Personalizados. Se pueden añadir múltiples direcciones si se requiere. Los Directorios Personalizados aparecerán en el desplegable del Directorio en su ventana de Conectar. Por lo demás, los Directorios Personalizados funcionan para los Clientes del mismo modo que los Directorios Públicos, mostrando una lista de Servidores registrados en ellos." +#, no-wrap +msgid "To view Servers listed by a Custom Directory, users must enter the address of that Directory in their Client's Settings > Advanced Setup > Custom Directories field. Multiple addresses can be added in this way if needed. Custom Directories will then appear in the Directory drop-down list on their Connect window. Custom Directories otherwise work for Clients in the same way as Public Directories, displaying a list of Servers registered with them.\n" +msgstr "Para ver Servidores listados en un Directorio Personalizado, los usuarios deben introducir en su Cliente la dirección de ese Directorio en Configuración > Configuración Avanzada > campo de Directorios Personalizados. Se pueden añadir múltiples direcciones si se requiere. Los Directorios Personalizados aparecerán en el desplegable del Directorio en su ventana de Conectar. Por lo demás, los Directorios Personalizados funcionan para los Clientes del mismo modo que los Directorios Públicos, mostrando una lista de Servidores registrados en ellos.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:18 -msgid "To run a Server as a Directory, it should be started with the `--directoryserver` option to make itself (that is, `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`) the Directory to query for Servers." -msgstr "Para ejecutar un Servidor como Directorio, se debe iniciar con la opción `--directoryserver` para que el mismo (esto es, `localhost` o `127.0.0.1`) sea el Directorio para buscar Servidores." +msgid "To run a Server as a Directory, it should be started with the `--directoryaddress` option to make itself (that is, `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`) the Directory to query for Servers." +msgstr "Para ejecutar un Servidor como Directorio, se debe iniciar con la opción `--directoryaddress` para que el mismo (esto es, `localhost` o `127.0.0.1`) sea el Directorio para buscar Servidores." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:20 msgid "When running a Server with the GUI, set the Custom Directory server address in the Options tab to \"localhost\", then select \"Custom\" from the Directory drop-down list." msgstr "Al ejecutar un Servidor con interfaz gráfica, establece la dirección del Directorio Personalizado en la pestaña de Opciones como \"localhost\", y luego selecciona \"Personalizado\" en el menú desplegable del Directorio." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:23 -msgid "### Points to note about Directories" -msgstr "### Notas sobre Directorios" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Points to note about Directories" +msgstr "Notas sobre Directorios" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:25 msgid "If you want to control which Servers can register with your Directory, you can enable a whitelist with the `--listfilter` command line option in the format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]`." msgstr "Si quieres controlar qué Servidores pueden registrarse en tu Directorio, puedes habilitar una lista blanca con la opción de la línea de comandos `--listfilter` con el formato `dirección ip 1[;dirección ip 2]`." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:27 msgid "When running a Server behind a NAT firewall on a private network and registering with a Directory on the same network, run the Server using the `--serverpublicip` option to specify the public IP address. This is necessary to allow Clients on the public Internet to connect to the correct address. Note that for the Server(s) using this option, you will still need proper port forwarding in your router/firewall." msgstr "Al ejecutar un Servidor tras un cortafuegos NAT o en una red privada y al registrarlo con un Directorio en la misma red, ejecuta el Servidor utilizando la opción `--serverpublicip` para especificar la dirección IP pública. Esto es necesario para permitir a los Clientes en la internet pública conectarse a la dirección correcta. Nótese que para el/los Servidor/es utilizando esta opción, seguirás necesitando abrir puertos en tu router/cortafuegos." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:29 msgid "When running a Client behind a NAT firewall on a private network with a Directory on the same network, the Directory itself needs to be run using the `--serverpublicip` option to specify the public IP address, so that any Servers on the public Internet registering with the Directory that require the \"hole punch\" can be accessed by the Client(s). (This is because otherwise the Directory would provide the local network address of the Client to the Server and the \"hole punch\" would fail.)" msgstr "Al ejecutar un Cliente tras un cortafuegos NAT en una red privada con un Directorio en la misma red, el mismo Directorio debe ejecutarse con la opción `--serverpublicip` para especificar la dirección IP pública, para que cualquier Servidor en la internet pública registrándose en el Directorio que requiera \"perforación\" pueda ser accesible para el/los Cliente/s. (Esto es porque de otro modo el Directorio proporcionaría la dirección de red local del Cliente al Servidor y la \"perforación\" fracasaría.)" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:31 msgid "If you need to restart your Directory for any reason (for example when rebooting the host), Servers connected to it will be disconnected until they re-register. This does not mean that Clients connected to those Servers will be disconnected, but does mean that new Clients will be not able to see Servers listed by your Directory until those Servers reconnect. To enable the list of registered Servers to persist between restarts, use the `--directoryfile` option to specify the location and name of a file that the Directory can read and write to." msgstr "Si necesitas reiniciar tu Directorio por cualquier razón (por ejemplo al reiniciar el host), los Servidores conectados a él se desconectarán hasta que se vuelvan a registrar. Esto no significa que los Clientes conectados a esos Servidores serán desconectados, pero sí significa que los Clientes nuevos no podrán ver los Servidores listados por tu Directorio hasta que esos Servidores se vuelvan a conectar. Para que la lista de Servidores registrados persista entre reinicios, utiliza la opción `--directoryfile` para especificar la ubicación y el nombre de un archivo que el Directorio puede leer y al que puede escribir." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:32 msgid "Up to 150 Servers can then register with a Directory." msgstr "Se pueden registrar hasta 150 Servidores en un Directorio." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/FAQ.po b/_translator-files/po/es/FAQ.po index f6d88a0ca..79e4c8d58 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/FAQ.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/FAQ.po @@ -1,79 +1,84 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# ignotus , 2022, 2023. +# gallegonovato , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-28 19:55+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-08 08:21+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: es\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.1\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "es" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/FAQ" msgstr "/wiki/FAQ" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "FAQ" msgstr "FAQ" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus FAQ" +msgstr "Jamulus FAQ" + #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:10 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# Jamulus FAQ\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" -msgstr "" -"# Jamulus FAQ\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:12 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:14 -msgid "Table of contents" -msgstr "Tabla de contenidos" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:16 -msgid "TOC" -msgstr "TOC" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "Tabla de contenidos\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:17 -msgid "{:toc}" -msgstr "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" +msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:19 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:21 @@ -81,25 +86,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**For common problems and their solutions when using Jamulus, see the [Troubleshooting](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) page.**\n" msgstr "**Para problemas comunes y su solución al utilizar Jamulus, consulta la página de [Resolución de Problemas](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting).**\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:24 -msgid "### Is there a metronome, synchronization, or some other way of keeping in time?" -msgstr "### ¿Hay un metrónomo, sincronización o alguna otra manera de mantener el tiempo?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Is there a metronome, synchronization, or some other way of keeping in time?" +msgstr "¿Hay un metrónomo, sincronización o alguna otra manera de mantener el tiempo?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:26 -msgid "No. Musicians on a Jamulus Server play in real time together as they would in person. If you want to have a time signal, then there are shared metronome solutions on the Internet you can try. But it’s probably best to just minimise latency so nobody has an overall delay more than about 30-50 ms." -msgstr "No. Los usuarios de un Servidor Jamulus tocan juntos en tiempo real como si estuvieran en persona. Si quieres una señal de tiempo, entonces hay soluciones de metrónomos compartidos en Internet que puedes probar, pero probablemente sea mejor minimizar la latencia para que nadie tenga un retardo total de más de unos 30-50 ms." +msgid "No. Musicians on a Jamulus Server play in real time together as they would in person. If you want a time signal, there are shared metronome solutions on the Internet you can try. But it’s probably best to just minimise latency so nobody has an overall delay more than about 30-50 ms." +msgstr "No. Los músicos de un Servidor Jamulus tocan juntos en tiempo real, como lo harían en persona. Si quieres una señal de tiempo, hay soluciones de metrónomo compartido en Internet que puedes probar. Pero probablemente lo mejor sea minimizar la latencia para que nadie tenga un retraso global superior a unos 30-50 ms." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:28 msgid "Bear in mind also that all participants should follow [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together) which will also determine whether you can play in time properly." msgstr "Ten en cuenta también que todos los participantes deben seguir [La Regla de Oro](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#todos-suenan-bien-pero-es-difícil-tocar-todos-juntos-manteniendo-el-tiempo) que asimismo determinará si podréis tocar bien en sincronización." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:30 -msgid "### How do I know if I can join a Server? Are there rules?" -msgstr "### ¿Cómo sé si puedo unirme a un Servidor? ¿Hay normas?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "How do I know if I can join a Server? Are there rules?" +msgstr "¿Cómo sé si puedo unirme a un Servidor? ¿Hay normas?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:32 @@ -108,13 +115,14 @@ msgstr "Si alguien lista un Servidor en uno de los Directorios incluidos en Jamu #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:34 -msgid "Note also that Servers do not have to be registered on a Directory in order for Jamulus Clients to connect to them. Server operators can just give out the address of their Servers to those they want to play with, and they can then connect directly. Have a look at [this overview for more information](/wiki/Running-a-Server#server-types)." -msgstr "Ten en cuenta también que los Servidores no tienen por qué estar registrados en un Directorio para que los Clientes Jamulus se puedan conectar a ellos. Los operadores de Servidores pueden simplemente suministrar la dirección de sus Servidores a las personas con las que desean tocar, y se pueden conectar directamente. Consulta [esta descripción para más información](/wiki/Running-a-Server#tipos-de-servidor)." +msgid "Note also that Servers do not have to be registered on a Directory in order for Jamulus Clients to connect to them. Server operators can just give out the address of their Servers to those they want to play with, and they can then connect directly. Have a look at [this overview for more information](/wiki/Running-a-Server#server-modes)." +msgstr "Ten en cuenta también que los Servidores no tienen que estar registrados en un Directorio para que los Clientes de Jamulus puedan conectarse a ellos. Los operadores de Servidores pueden simplemente dar la dirección de sus Servidores a aquellos con los que quieren tocar, y entonces pueden conectarse directamente. Echa un vistazo a [este resumen para más información](/wiki/Running-a-Server#modos-de-servidor)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:36 -msgid "### Why shouldn’t I use wireless equipment?" -msgstr "### ¿Por qué no debería utilizar dispositivos inalámbricos?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:35 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why shouldn’t I use wireless equipment?" +msgstr "¿Por qué no debería utilizar dispositivos inalámbricos?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:38 @@ -126,10 +134,11 @@ msgstr "El que puedas o no tocar manteniendo el tiempo con otras personas depend msgid "So it makes sense to minimise any sources of delay or other problems with the signal. Even fast wi-fi is usually too variable to use for long periods with Jamulus, and Bluetooth headphones and mics usually introduce latencies of about 50 ms or more." msgstr "Por tanto tiene sentido minimizar cualquier fuente de retardo u otros problemas con la señal. Inluso la Wi-Fi rápida suele ser demasiado variable para usarla durante periodos largos con Jamulus, y los auriculares y micrófonos Bluetooth suelen introducir latencias de hasta 50 ms o más." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:42 -msgid "### Why should I not listen to my own signal?" -msgstr "### ¿Por qué no debería escuchar mi propia señal?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why should I not listen to my own signal?" +msgstr "¿Por qué no debería escuchar mi propia señal?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:44 @@ -141,70 +150,88 @@ msgstr "Por la misma razón por la que necesitas minimizar el retardo de tu señ msgid "Of course, if you are playing an acoustic instrument, or are a singer, it will be hard to exclude your “local” sound. But you should at least try to do so by for example using closed-back headphones turned up as loud as you are able to mask your own sound. This will let you concentrate on the mix coming back to you from the Server." msgstr "Por supuesto, si tocas un instrumento acústico o cantas, va a ser difícil excluir tu sonido \"local\". Pero debes al menos intentar hacerlo, por ejemplo utilizando auriculares cerrados con el volumen subido para tapar tu propio sonido. Esto te permitirá concentrarte en la mezcla que vuelve del Servidor." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:48 -msgid "### Do I need a fast Internet connection?" -msgstr "### ¿Necesito una conexión rápida de Internet?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Do I need a fast Internet connection?" +msgstr "¿Necesito una conexión rápida de Internet?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:50 -msgid "No, especially if you don't run a Server to host other musicians. Having a low ping is more important. For most people on standard broadband (e.g. 10 Mbit/s down and 1 Mbit/s up) you will have no problems. For those running Servers at home, depending on how many people join, you may encounter issues if your _upstream_ bandwidth is lower than about 5 Mbit/s." -msgstr "No, sobre todo si no gestionas un Servidor para alojar a otros músicos. Tener un ping bajo es más importante. Para la mayoría con banda ancha normal (por ej. 10 Mbit/s de bajada y 1 Mbit/s de subida) no habrá problemas. Para los que ejecutan Servidores en casa, dependiendo de cuánta gente se conecta a él, podrías tener problemas si tu ancho de banda de _subida_ es menor de unos 5 Mbit/s." +msgid "No, especially if you don't run a Server to host other musicians. Having a low ping is more important. Most people on standard broadband (e.g. 10 Mbit/s down and 1 Mbit/s up) will have no problems. For those running Servers at home, depending on how many people join, you may encounter issues if your _upstream_ bandwidth is lower than about 5 Mbit/s." +msgstr "No, especialmente si no tienes un Servidor para alojar a otros músicos. Tener un ping bajo es más importante. La mayoría de la gente con banda ancha estándar (por ejemplo, 10 Mbit/s de bajada y 1 Mbit/s de subida) no tendrá problemas. Para los que tienen Servidores en casa, dependiendo de cuánta gente se una, pueden tener problemas si su ancho de banda de subida es inferior a unos 5 Mbit/s." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:52 -msgid "### Do I need to run a Server?" -msgstr "### ¿Necesito ejecutar un Servidor?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Do I need to run a Server?" +msgstr "¿Necesito ejecutar un Servidor?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:54 msgid "No. If you just intend to connect to other people’s Servers, then all you need is a Client. [Read this if you think you need to run your own Server](/wiki/Running-a-Server)." msgstr "No. Si solo tienes intención de conectarte a los Servidores de otros, lo único que necesitas es un Cliente. [Lee esto si crees que debes ejecutar tu propio Servidor](/wiki/Running-a-Server)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:56 -msgid "### How does Jamulus work (in general)?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:55 +#, no-wrap +msgid "How does Jamulus work (in general)?" msgstr "¿Cómo funciona Jamulus (en general)?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:58 -msgid "\"Diagram" -msgstr "\"Diagrama" +#, no-wrap +msgid "\"Diagram\n" +msgstr "\"Diagrama\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:61 msgid "Jamulus works on the Client-server principle. Everybody’s audio is sent to a Server, mixed and processed there. Afterwards, the audio is sent back to each Client. If a Server is registered in a Jamulus Directory, the Server's information will be provided to all Clients using that Directory." msgstr "Jamulus funciona bajo el principio del cliente/servidor. El audio de todos se envía a un Servidor, donde se mezcla y se procesa. Después, el audio se envía de vuelta a cada Cliente. Si un Servidor está registrado en un Directorio de Jamulus, la información del Servidor será emitida a todos los Clientes utilizando ese Directorio." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:63 -msgid "### Why doesn't Jamulus provide video support?" -msgstr "### ¿Por qué Jamulus no ofrece soporte para vídeo?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why doesn't Jamulus provide video support?" +msgstr "¿Por qué Jamulus no ofrece soporte para vídeo?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:65 msgid "Adding video support adds a lot of complexity. You can use other software like Jitsi or Zoom if you want to see others when playing (or have an \"audience\"), but the video will be significantly behind the Jamulus audio." msgstr "El soporte para vídeo añade mucha complejidad. Puedes utilizar otro software como Jitsi o Zoom si quieres ver a otros mientras tocas (o para tener un \"público\"), pero el vídeo irá bastante por detrás del audio de Jamulus." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:68 -msgid "## Server FAQ" -msgstr "## FAQ Servidor" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:67 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server FAQ" +msgstr "FAQ Servidor" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:70 -msgid "### Why do Registered Servers not need port forwarding?" -msgstr "### ¿Por qué no necesitan redireccionar puertos los Servidores Registrados?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:69 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why do Registered Servers not need port forwarding?" +msgstr "¿Por qué no necesitan redirigir puertos los Servidores Registrados?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:72 -msgid "Normally, network address translation (NAT) firewalls prevent incoming requests initiated from outside the local network. Inbound traffic is only possible for packets relating to an outbound request (strictly speaking, “related” and “established” packets to an initial outbound connection). In Registered Server mode, when your Jamulus Server connects to a Directory it of course initiates an outbound connection. From then on, the Directory sends (established/related) connection “pings” (not ICMP pings) to your Server at regular intervals to keep the relevant NAT port(s) open on your router/firewall." -msgstr "Normalmente, los cortafuegos NAT impiden las peticiones externas desde fuera de la red local. El tráfico entrante solo es posible para paquetes relacionados con una petición saliente (estrictamente hablando, paquetes de \"relación\" y \"establecimiento\" con una conexión inicial saliente). En modo Servidor Registrado, cuando tu Servidor Jamulus se conecta a un Directorio, inicia una conexión saliente. De ahí en adelante, el Directorio envía \"pings\" de conexión (establecimiento/relación; no pings ICMP) a tu Servidor a intervalos regulares para mantener abierto(s) el/los puerto(s) relevantes en el router/cortafuegos." +msgid "Normally, network address translation (NAT) blocks incoming requests initiated from outside the local network. Inbound traffic is only possible for packets relating to an outbound request (strictly speaking, “related” and “established” packets to an initial outbound connection). In Registered Server mode, your Jamulus Server initiates an outbound connection when it connects to a Directory. From then on, the Directory sends (established/related) connection “pings” (not ICMP pings) to your Server at regular intervals to keep the relevant port(s) open on your router." +msgstr "Normalmente, 'network address translation' (NAT) bloquea las peticiones externas desde fuera de la red local. El tráfico entrante solo es posible para paquetes relacionados con una petición saliente (estrictamente hablando, paquetes de \"relación\" y \"establecimiento\" con una conexión inicial saliente). En modo Servidor Registrado, tu Servidor inicia una conexión saliente cuando se conecta a un Directorio. De ahí en adelante, el Directorio envía \"pings\" de conexión (establecimiento/relación; no pings ICMP) a tu Servidor a intervalos regulares para mantener abierto(s) el/los puerto(s) relevantes en el router." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:74 -msgid "However, in Unregistered mode, Clients have to **initiate** connections into the Server’s network. NAT firewalls prevent this, so you need to tell them to allow incoming connection requests on the Jamulus port using port forwarding." -msgstr "Sin embargo, en modo No Registrado, los Clientes tienen que **iniciar** conexiones a la red del Servidor. Los cortafuegos NAT impiden esto, por lo que tienes que decirles que permitan peticiones de conexión entrantes en el puerto que Jamulus utiliza, mediante el redireccionamiento de puertos." +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:73 +msgid "However, to reach an Unregistered Server, each Client has to initiate a connection into the Server’s network. A NAT prevents this, so you need to configure your router to allow incoming connection requests on the Jamulus port using port forwarding." +msgstr "Sin embargo, para alcanzar un Servidor No Registrado, cada Cliente tiene que iniciar una conexión en la red del Servidor. Un NAT lo impide, por lo que es necesario configurar tu router para permitir las solicitudes de conexión entrantes en el puerto Jamulus mediante la redirección de puertos." + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ "# Jamulus FAQ\n" +#~ " {:.no_toc}\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "# Jamulus FAQ\n" +#~ " {:.no_toc}\n" + +#~ msgid "TOC" +#~ msgstr "TOC" #~ msgid "You can also set up a private server on Jamulus and give others your address to connect to that. Have a look at [this page for more information](/wiki/Running-a-Server)." #~ msgstr "También puedes montar un servidor privado en Jamulus y dar tu dirección a otras personas para que se conecten. Echa un vistazo a [esta página para más información](/wiki/Running-a-Server)." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Getting-Started.po index 99e3e9cb7..e397771b7 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/Getting-Started.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Getting-Started.po @@ -2,85 +2,86 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Allan Nordhøy , 2022. +# ignotus , 2022, 2023. +# gallegonovato , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-23 13:06+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-16 08:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: es\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.18-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "es" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Getting-Started" msgstr "/wiki/Getting-Started" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Setup" msgstr "Configuración" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:9 -msgid "# Setup - getting started with Jamulus" -msgstr "# Configuración - cómo empezar con Jamulus" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Setup - getting started with Jamulus" +msgstr "Configuración - cómo empezar con Jamulus" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:11 msgid "To get the best from Jamulus, at a minimum you will need:" msgstr "Para obtener el mejor resultado con Jamulus, como mínimo necesitarás:" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:13 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**A wired internet connection** (and turn wi-fi off. See the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))\n" -msgstr "**Una conexión a internet por cable** (y apaga el Wi-Fi. Ver las [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#por-qué-no-debería-utilizar-dispositivos-inalámbricos)).\n" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 +msgid "**A wired internet connection** (and turn wi-fi off. See the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))" +msgstr "**Una conexión a internet por cable** (y apaga el Wi-Fi. Ver las [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#por-qué-no-debería-utilizar-dispositivos-inalámbricos))" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:14 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Wired headphones** (not Bluetooth or speakers - see the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))\n" -msgstr "**Auriculares por cable** (no de Bluetooth o altavoces - ver las [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#por-qué-no-debería-utilizar-dispositivos-inalámbricos))\n" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 +msgid "**Wired headphones** (not Bluetooth or speakers - see the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))" +msgstr "**Auriculares por cable** (no de Bluetooth o altavoces - ver las [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#por-qué-no-debería-utilizar-dispositivos-inalámbricos))" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**A reasonable audio device, sound card and/or mic** ([see this list](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) for examples)\n" -msgstr "**Un dispositivo de audio, tarjeta de sonido y/o micrófono decente** ([consulta esta lista](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) para ver ejemplos)\n" +msgid "**A reasonable audio device, sound card and/or mic** ([see this list](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) for examples)" +msgstr "**Un dispositivo de audio, tarjeta de sonido y/o micrófono decente** ([consulta esta lista](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) para ver ejemplos)" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:17 msgid "If you have any questions, please see the [Discussions](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" msgstr "Si tienes alguna duda, por favor consulta las [Discussions](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:19 -msgid "## Installation" -msgstr "## Instalación" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "Instalación" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:21 msgid "To get Jamulus working with your operating system, please follow the installation guide for your platform:" -msgstr "Para hacer que Jamulus funcione con tu hardware, por favor sigue la guía de instalación para tu plataforma:" +msgstr "Para poner Jamulus en marcha con tu sistema operativo, por favor sigue la guía de instalación para tu plataforma:" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:28 @@ -91,34 +92,36 @@ msgid "" " macOS\n" " Linux\n" "
\n" -"_[Android](Installation-for-Android) and [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) can be used too, but are still considered experimental._\n" +"_[Android](Installation-for-Android) and [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) can be used too, but are considered experimental._\n" msgstr "" "
\n" " Windows\n" " macOS\n" " Linux\n" "
\n" -"_[Android](Installation-for-Android) e [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) se pueden utilizar también, pero aún se consideran experimentales._\n" +"_[Android](Installation-for-Android)) e [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) también se pueden usar, pero se consideran experimentales._\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:30 msgid "And for now, close all other applications. It’s best to start simple at first." msgstr "Y por ahora, cierra todas las demás aplicaciones. Es mejor empezar con lo simple primero." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:32 -msgid "## Hardware Setup" -msgstr "## Configuración de Hardware" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Hardware Setup" +msgstr "Configuración de Hardware" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:34 msgid "If you use external audio hardware, plug that in before you start Jamulus. If you haven't configured your hardware, please see the installation guides mentioned above." msgstr "Si utilizas hardware de audio externo, conéctalo antes de arrancar Jamulus. Si no has configurado tu hardware, por favor consulta las guías de instalación mencionadas arrba." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:36 -msgid "## Jamulus main window" -msgstr "## Ventana principal de Jamulus" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:35 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus main window" +msgstr "Ventana principal de Jamulus" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:38 @@ -139,10 +142,11 @@ msgstr "" "
La ventana principal antes de conectarte a un Servidor
\n" "\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:46 -msgid "## Setting up a profile" -msgstr "## Configurar un perfil" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:45 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Setting up a profile" +msgstr "Configurar un perfil" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:48 @@ -168,10 +172,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Fill in at least “Alias/Name” and close the window." msgstr "Rellena al menos “Alias/Nombre” y cierra la ventana." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:58 -msgid "## Connecting to a Server and testing your sound" -msgstr "## Conectarse a un Servidor y comprobar tu sonido" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Connecting to a Server and testing your sound" +msgstr "Conectarse a un Servidor y comprobar tu sonido" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:60 @@ -213,10 +218,11 @@ msgstr "Lo más importante de los Servidores es su “tiempo ping”. Cuanto may msgid "Once connected to a Server, make sure you can hear yourself OK and fix any input volume or other problems. You can have a look at the [troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) for common problems. And of course, check that you are also able to obey [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)." msgstr "Una vez establecida la conexión con un Servidor, asegúrate de que te escuchas bien y arregla cualquier problema de volumen de entrada, etc. Puedes echar un vistazo a la [página de resolución de problemas](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) para los problemas más comunes. Y por supuesto, comprueba que también puedes cumplir [La Regla de Oro](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#todos-suenan-bien-pero-es-difícil-tocar-todos-juntos-manteniendo-el-tiempo)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:75 -msgid "## Playing for the first time" -msgstr "## Tocar por primera vez" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:74 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Playing for the first time" +msgstr "Tocar por primera vez" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:77 @@ -252,10 +258,11 @@ msgstr "Ten en cuenta que puedes utilizar el Chat en cualquier momento para mens msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)." msgstr "Se puede encontrar más información sobre el uso de Jamulus en el [Manual de Software](/wiki/Software-Manual)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:90 -msgid "## Troubleshooting" -msgstr "## Resolución de Problemas" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:89 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Resolución de Problemas" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:91 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Include-Backing-Up.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Include-Backing-Up.po index a5ff75e39..8c75d38de 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/Include-Backing-Up.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Include-Backing-Up.po @@ -1,24 +1,25 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# ignotus , 2022. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-07-20 12:34+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-12-27 09:39+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: es\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.1.1\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:2 -msgid "" -msgstr "" +#, no-wrap +msgid "\n" +msgstr "\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:4 @@ -45,17 +46,17 @@ msgstr "`find ~ -name Jamulus.ini -ls`" msgid "If you used the `--inifile` parameter to save an inifile to a different location, don't forget to also backup these files. **Points to note**" msgstr "Si has utilizado el parámetro `--inifile` para guaradar un archivo .ini en una ubicación diferente, no te olvides de también hacer una copia de seguridad de estos archivos. **Puntos a tener en cuenta**" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:15 +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:16 msgid "Do not back up or restore settings files when Jamulus is running." msgstr "No realices copias de seguridad ni restaures archivos de configuración mientras se ejecuta Jamulus." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:16 msgid "It is not recommended to manually edit settings files (they're not designed for that)." msgstr "No se recomienda editar los archivos de configuración manualmente (no están diseñados para eso)." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:16 msgid "You can revert all settings to their defaults by just deleting the settings file (after closing Jamulus)." msgstr "Puedes revertir toda la configuración a los valores predeterminados simplemente eliminando el archivo de configuración (tras cerrar Jamulus)." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Include-Client-Commands.po index c8c6e157d..766246842 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/Include-Client-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Include-Client-Commands.po @@ -1,52 +1,46 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# ignotus , 2022. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-07-20 12:34+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-12-27 09:39+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: es\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.1.1\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-M` or `--mutestream` Prevent others on a server from hearing what I play \n" -msgstr "`-M` o `--mutestream` Evita que otros en el servidor escuchen lo que yo toco \n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3 +msgid "`-M` or `--mutestream` Prevent others on a server from hearing what I play" +msgstr "`-M` o `--mutestream` Evita que otros en el servidor escuchen lo que yo toco" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--mutemyown` Prevent me from hearing what I play in the server mix (headless only) \n" -msgstr "`--mutemyown` Impide que yo escuche lo que toco en la mezcla del servidor (solo modo \"headless\") \n" +msgid "`--mutemyown` Prevent me from hearing what I play in the server mix (headless only)" +msgstr "`--mutemyown` Impide que yo escuche lo que toco en la mezcla del servidor (solo modo \"headless\")" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:4 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-c` or `--connect` Connect to given server address on startup, format `address[:port]` \n" -msgstr "`-c` o `--connect` Conectar con una dirección de servidor al arrancar, formato `dirección[:puerto]` \n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3 +msgid "`-c` or `--connect` Connect to given server address on startup, format `address[:port]`" +msgstr "`-c` o `--connect` Conectar con una dirección de servidor al arrancar, formato `dirección[:puerto]`" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-j` or `--nojackconnect` Disable auto JACK connections \n" -msgstr "`-j` o `--nojackconnect` Deshabilitar conexiones automáticas de JACK \n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:4 +msgid "`-j` or `--nojackconnect` Disable auto JACK connections" +msgstr "`-j` o `--nojackconnect` Deshabilitar conexiones automáticas de JACK" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)\n" -msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` Canal para recibir mensajes de controlador MIDI, compensación de número de control y números CC consecutivos (canales) y número CC de Silenciarme Yo. Formato: `canal[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` Ver [Consejos y Trucos](Tips-Tricks-More#utilizar-ctrlmidich-para-controladores-midi) \n" +msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)" +msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` Canal para recibir mensajes de controlador MIDI, compensación de número de control y números CC consecutivos (canales) y número CC de Silenciarme Yo. Formato: `canal[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` Ver [Consejos y Trucos](Tips-Tricks-More#utilizar-ctrlmidich-para-controladores-midi)" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--clientname` Window title and JACK client name\n" -msgstr "`--clientname` Título de ventana y nombre de cliente en JACK \n" +msgid "`--clientname` Window title and JACK client name" +msgstr "`--clientname` Título de ventana y nombre de cliente en JACK" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Include-Server-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Include-Server-Commands.po deleted file mode 100644 index e9dac95e9..000000000 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/Include-Server-Commands.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,117 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# ignotus , 2022. -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-14 13:50+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" -"Language-Team: \n" -"Language: es\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:2 -msgid "`-d` or `--discononquit` Disconnect all Clients on quit. Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not used their \"Disconnect\" buttons will re-establish connection when the Server comes back up again. Using this option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server." -msgstr "`-d` ó `--discononquit` Desconectar todos los Clientes al salir. Normalmente, cuando un Servidor se detiene o se reinicia, los Clientes que no hayan utilizado su botón de \"Desconectar\" reestablecerán su conexión cuando el Servidor vuelva a estar operativo. Utilizar esta opción obliga a los Clientes a reestablecer su conexión con el Servidor manualmente." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:3 -msgid "`-e` or `--directoryserver` Register the Server on a Directory (e.g. to set its genre (see also `-o`)). See [Server Types](Running-a-Server#server-types) for further information." -msgstr "`-e` ó `--directoryserver` Registra el Servidor en un Directorio (por ej. para establecer su género (ver también `-o`)). Ver [Tipos de Servidor](Running-a-Server#tipos-de-servidor) para más información." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:4 -msgid "`--directoryfile` Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. Directory Servers only. See [this guide](Directories) for further information." -msgstr "`--directoryfile` Recuerde los Servidores registrados incluso si se reinicia el Directorio. Solo Directorios. Ver [esta guía](Directories) para más información." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:5 -msgid "`-f` or `--listfilter` Whitelist Servers registering on the Server list, format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]` Directories only." -msgstr "`-f` ó `--listfilter` Lista blanca de Servidores que se registran en la lista de Servidores, formato `dirección ip 1[;dirección ip 2]` Solo Directorios." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:6 -msgid "`-F` or `--fastupdate` Reduces latency if Clients connect with \"Enable Small Network Buffers\" option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients." -msgstr "`-F` ó `--fastupdate` Reduce la latencia si los Cliente se conectan con la opción \"Activar Buffers Pequeños\". Requiere un procesador potente para evitar cortes, y más ancho de banda hacia Clientes activos." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:7 -msgid "`-l` or `--log` Enable logging, set path and file name" -msgstr "`-l` ó `--log` Habilita registro, establece una ruta y un nombre de archivo" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:8 -msgid "`-L` or `--licence` Show an agreement window before users can connect" -msgstr "`-L` ó `--licence` Muestra una ventana de aceptación para que los usuarios se puedan conectar" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:9 -msgid "`-m` or `--htmlstatus` Enable HTML status file, set path and file name" -msgstr "`-m` ó `--htmlstatus` Habilita un archivo de estado HTML, establece una ruta y un nombre de archivo" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:10 -msgid "`-o` or `--serverinfo` Location details in the format: `[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code or Qt5 Locale]` (see [two-letter ISO country codes](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements) or [Qt5 Locale values](https://doc.qt.io/qt-5/qlocale.html#Country-enum)) Registered Servers only" -msgstr "`-o` ó `--serverinfo` Datos de ubicación en el formato: `[nombre];[ciudad];[país como código ISO de dos letras o Locale Qt5]` (ver [códigos ISO de países de dos letras](https://es.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Elementos_de_código_asignados_oficialmente) o [valores Locale Qt5](https://doc.qt.io/qt-5/qlocale.html#Country-enum)) Solo Servidores Registrados" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:11 -msgid "`-P` or `--delaypan` Start with delay panning enabled See [notes](Running-a-Server#delay-panning)" -msgstr "`-P` ó `--delaypan` Inicia con paneo con retardo activado Ver [notas](Running-a-Server#paneo-con-retardo)" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:12 -msgid "`-R` or `--recording` Set server recording directory; Server will record when a session is active by default. See [Options](Running-a-Server#options)." -msgstr "`-R` ó `--recording` Establece el directorio para grabaciones; el Servidor grabará por defecto cuando haya una sesión activa. Ver [Opciones](Running-a-Server#opciones)." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:13 -msgid "`--norecord` Set server not to record by default (when recording is configured e.g via `-R`)" -msgstr "`--norecord`Configura el Servidor para no grabar por defecto (cuando la grabación está configurada por ej. con `-R`)" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:14 -msgid "`-s` or `--server` Start in Server mode" -msgstr "`-s` ó `--server` Arranca en modo Servidor" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:15 -msgid "`--serverbindip` Specify the IP address to bind to" -msgstr "`--serverbindip` Especifica la dirección IP a la que vincularse" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:16 -msgid "`-T` or `--multithreading` Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs to support more Clients" -msgstr "`-T` ó `--multithreading` Utiliza multithreading para hacer un mejor uso de CPUs multi-núcleo, para dar soporte a más Clientes" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:17 -msgid "`-u` or `--numchannels` Maximum number of channels (Clients)" -msgstr "`-u` ó `--numchannels` Número máximo de canales (Clientes)" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:18 -msgid "`-w` or `--welcomemessage` Welcome message on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML." -msgstr "`-w` ó `--welcomemessage` Mensaje de bienvenida al conectarse. Puede ser una cadena de caracteres o un nombre de archivo, y puede contener HTML." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:19 -msgid "`-z` or `--startminimized` Start minimized" -msgstr "`-z` ó `--startminimized` Arranca minimizado" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:19 -msgid "`--serverpublicip` The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [Notes on Directories](Directories#points-to-note-about-directories)" -msgstr "`--serverpublicip` La dirección IP del Servidor si se conecta a un Directorio tras el mismo NAT. Ver las [Notas sobre Directorios](Directories#notas-sobre-directorios)" - -#~ msgid "`-l` or `--log` Enable logging, set path and file name \n" -#~ msgstr "`-l` o `--log` Habilitar registro, establece ruta y nombre del archivo \n" - -#~ msgid "`--norecord` Disable recording when enabled by default by `-R` \n" -#~ msgstr "`--norecord` Desactiva la grabación cuando se habilita por defecto con `-R` \n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Include-Shared-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Include-Shared-Commands.po index 7a7d5889d..200fb8cb2 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/Include-Shared-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Include-Shared-Commands.po @@ -1,82 +1,106 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# ignotus , 2022. +# ignotus , 2022, 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-08-30 11:35+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-08 08:21+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: es\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:3 msgid "[comment]: # (This is an include file for use in multiple documents)" msgstr "[comment]: # (This is an include file for use in multiple documents)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-h` or `--help` Display help text \n" -msgstr "`-h` o `--help` Mostrar texto de ayuda \n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-h` or `--help` Display help text" +msgstr "`-h` o `--help` Mostrar texto de ayuda" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:6 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default)\n" -msgstr "`-i` o `--inifile` Establece ubicación de archivo de inicialización (anula la predeterminada)\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default. On macOS simply provide a filename only, since config files can only be read from `/Users//Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/`. For the server replace `io.jamulus.Jamulus` with `io.jamulus.JamulusServer`. Turn on \"Show Library folder\" in \"Show view options\" in Finder to see this folder.)" +msgstr "`-i` o `--inifile` Establece la ubicación del archivo de inicialización (sustituye al predeterminado. En macOS simplemente proporciona un nombre de archivo, ya que los archivos de configuración sólo se pueden leer desde `/Usuarios//Biblioteca/Contenedores/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/`. Para el servidor sustituye `io.jamulus.Jamulus` por `io.jamulus.JamulusServer`. Activa la opción \"Mostrar carpeta de biblioteca\" en \"Mostrar opciones de previsualización\" en Finder para ver esta carpeta.)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:7 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-n` or `--nogui` Disable GUI (for use in headless mode) \n" -msgstr "`-n` o `--nogui` Desactivar interfaz gráfica (para usar en modo \"headless\") \n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-n` or `--nogui` Disable GUI (for use in headless mode)" +msgstr "`-n` o `--nogui` Desactivar interfaz gráfica (para usar en modo headless)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:8 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-p` or `--port` Sets the local UDP port number. Default is 22124\n" -msgstr "`-p` o `--port` Establece el número de puerto UDP local. Por defecto es 22124\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-p` or `--port` Sets the local UDP port number. Default is 22124" +msgstr "`-p` o `--port` Establece el número de puerto UDP local. Por defecto es 22124" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:9 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--jsonrpcport` Enables JSON-RPC API server to control the app, set TCP port number (EXPERIMENTAL, APIs might change; only accessible from localhost). Please see [the JSON-RPC API Documentation file](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md).\n" -msgstr "`--jsonrpcport` Activa el servidor JSON-RPC API para controlar la aplicación, establecer número de puerto TCP (EXPERIMENTAL, las APIs pueden cambiar; solo accesible desde localhost). Por favor ver [la documentación sobre JSON-RPC API](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md).\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`--jsonrpcport` Enables JSON-RPC API server to control the app, set TCP port number (EXPERIMENTAL, APIs might change; only accessible from localhost). Please see [the JSON-RPC API Documentation file](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." +msgstr "`--jsonrpcport` Activa el servidor JSON-RPC API para controlar la aplicación, establecer número de puerto TCP (EXPERIMENTAL, las APIs pueden cambiar; solo accesible desde localhost). Por favor ver [la documentación sobre JSON-RPC API](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:10 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--jsonrpcsecretfile` Required when using `--jsonrpcport`. Sets a path to a text file containing an authentication string for getting access to the JSON-RPC API.\n" -msgstr "`--jsonrpcsecretfile` Necesario cuando se utiliza `--jsonrpcport`. Establece una ruta a un archivo de texto que contiene la cadena de caracteres de autenticación para acceder a la API de JSON-RPC.\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`--jsonrpcsecretfile` Required when using `--jsonrpcport`. Sets a path to a text file containing an authentication string for getting access to the JSON-RPC API." +msgstr "`--jsonrpcsecretfile` Necesario cuando se utiliza `--jsonrpcport`. Establece una ruta a un archivo de texto que contiene la cadena de caracteres de autenticación para acceder a la API de JSON-RPC." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:11 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-Q` or `--qos` Sets the quality of service DS Field byte. Default is 128 (DSCP/CS4). QoS is ignored by Windows. To enable it, [see this page](QOS-Windows)\n" -msgstr "`-Q` o `--qos` Establece el DS Field byte de la calidad de servicio (QoS). Por defecto 128 (DSCP/CS4). QoS es ignorado por Windows. Para habilitarlo, [ver esta página](QOS-Windows)\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`--jsonrpcbindip` The IP address the JSON-RPC server should bind to. (optional, defaults to 127.0.0.1)" +msgstr "`--jsonrpcbindip` La dirección IP al que debe vincularse el servidor JSON-RPC. (opcional, por defecto 127.0.0.1)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:12 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-t` or `--notranslation` Disable UI language translations\n" -msgstr "`-t` o `--notranslation` Deshabilitar traducciones de la interfaz gráfica\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-Q` or `--qos` Sets the quality of service DS Field byte. Default is 128 (DSCP/CS4). QoS is ignored by Windows. To enable it, [see this page](QOS-Windows)" +msgstr "`-Q` o `--qos` Establece el DS Field byte de la calidad de servicio (QoS). Por defecto 128 (DSCP/CS4). QoS es ignorado por Windows. Para habilitarlo, [ver esta página](QOS-Windows)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:13 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-6` or `--enableipv6` Enable IPv6 addressing (IPv4 is always enabled)\n" -msgstr "`-6` o `--enableipv6` Habilita direccionado IPv6 (IPv4 siempre está habilitado)\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-t` or `--notranslation` Disable UI language translations" +msgstr "`-t` o `--notranslation` Deshabilitar traducciones de la interfaz gráfica" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-6` or `--enableipv6` Enable IPv6 addressing (IPv4 is always enabled)" +msgstr "`-6` o `--enableipv6` Habilita direccionado IPv6 (IPv4 siempre está habilitado)" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-v` or `--version` Output version information and exit" +msgstr "`-v` o `--version` Mostrar información de la versión y salir" + +#~ msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default)" +#~ msgstr "`-i` o `--inifile` Establece ubicación de archivo de inicialización (anula la predeterminada)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:13 #, no-wrap -msgid "`-v` or `--version` Output version information and exit\n" -msgstr "`-v` o `--version` Mostrar información de la versión y salir\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "- `-h` or `--help` Display help text \n" +#~ "- `-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default)\n" +#~ "- `-n` or `--nogui` Disable GUI (for use in headless mode) \n" +#~ "- `-p` or `--port` Sets the local UDP port number. Default is 22124\n" +#~ "- `--jsonrpcport` Enables JSON-RPC API server to control the app, set TCP port number (EXPERIMENTAL, APIs might change; only accessible from localhost). Please see [the JSON-RPC API Documentation file](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md).\n" +#~ "- `--jsonrpcsecretfile` Required when using `--jsonrpcport`. Sets a path to a text file containing an authentication string for getting access to the JSON-RPC API.\n" +#~ "- `--jsonrpcbindip` \t\t The IP address the JSON-RPC server should bind to. (optional, defaults to 127.0.0.1)\n" +#~ "- `-Q` or `--qos` Sets the quality of service DS Field byte. Default is 128 (DSCP/CS4). QoS is ignored by Windows. To enable it, [see this page](QOS-Windows)\n" +#~ "- `-t` or `--notranslation` Disable UI language translations\n" +#~ "- `-6` or `--enableipv6` Enable IPv6 addressing (IPv4 is always enabled)\n" +#~ "- `-v` or `--version` Output version information and exit\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "- `-h` o `--help` Mostrar texto de ayuda \n" +#~ "- `-i` o `--inifile` Establecer la ubicación del archivo de inicialización (anula el de por defecto)\n" +#~ "- `-n` o `--nogui` Desactiva la interfaz gráfica (para usar en modo \"headless\") \n" +#~ "- `-p` o `--port` Establece el número de puerto UDP local. Por defecto es 22124\n" +#~ "- `--jsonrpcport` Habilita el servidor API JSON-RPC para controlar la aplicación, establece el número de puerto TCP (EXPERIMENTAL, las APIs podrían cambiar; sólo accesible desde localhost). Consulte [el archivo de documentación de la API JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md).\n" +#~ "- `--jsonrpcsecretfile` Obligatorio cuando se utiliza `--jsonrpcport`. Establece una ruta a un archivo de texto que contiene una cadena de autenticación para acceder a la API JSON-RPC.\n" +#~ "- `--jsonrpcbindip` Dirección IP a la que debe enlazarse el servidor JSON-RPC. (opcional, por defecto 127.0.0.1)\n" +#~ "- `-Q` o `--qos` Establece la calidad de servicio DS Field byte. Por defecto es 128 (DSCP/CS4). Windows ignora la QoS. Para activarla, [consulta esta página](QOS-Windows)\n" +#~ "- `-t` o `--notranslation` Desactiva las traducciones de la interfaz de usuario.\n" +#~ "- `-6` o `--enableipv6` Habilita el direccionamiento IPv6 (IPv4 siempre está habilitado)\n" +#~ "- `-v` o `--version` Muestra la información de la versión y sale\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Android.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Android.po index e2118fa5e..466991465 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Android.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Android.po @@ -2,39 +2,41 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # ignotus , 2022. +# ignotus , 2022. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-14 13:50+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-12-27 07:51+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: es\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "es" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Android" msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Android" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:11 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation for Android" msgstr "Instalación en Android" @@ -44,11 +46,6 @@ msgstr "Instalación en Android" msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Utilización de Jamulus\" branch1=\"Cómo Empezar\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:12 -msgid "# Installation for Android" -msgstr "# Instalación en Android" - #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:14 msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." @@ -59,61 +56,59 @@ msgstr "Asegúrate de haber leído la página de [Cómo Empezar](Getting-Started msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:18 -msgid "## Things to note about Android" -msgstr "## Algunas notas sobre Android" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Things to note about Android" +msgstr "Algunas notas sobre Android" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:20 msgid "Although you **can** install Jamulus on Android devices (and hear sound), we strongly recommend **not** doing so. Sound quality - especially over WiFi - is usually bad and latency is high. If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } which is an inexpensive and small device that performs very well with Jamulus. Android support is just a proof of concept." msgstr "Aunque **es posible** instalar Jamulus en dispositivos Android (y escuchar audio), recomendamos encarecidamente **no** hacerlo. La calidad del audio - sobre todo por WiFi - normalmente es mala y la latencia es alta. Si no tienes un PC, sugerimos la adquisición de un [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } que es un dispositivo pequeño y asequible que rinde muy bien con Jamulus. El soporte para Android es solo una prueba de concepto." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:22 -msgid "## Install the Android PoC" -msgstr "## Instala el Android PoC" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:21 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Install the Android PoC" +msgstr "Instala el Android PoC" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:24 msgid "If you do want to try Jamulus on Android:" msgstr "Si aún así quieres probar Jamulus en Android:" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:26 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:28 msgid "Allow the installation of apps from unknown sources (look in Settings>Security. Note: The exact way to do this depends on your device and OS-version)" msgstr "Permite la instalación de apps de fuentes desconocidas (mira en Ajustes>Seguridad. Nota: El modo exacto de hacerlo depende de tu dispositivo y de la versión del sistema operativo)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:27 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:28 msgid "[Download and install Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.android }}){: .button}" msgstr "[Descarga e instala Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.android }}){: .button}" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:28 msgid "You should now be able to run Jamulus on your Android device" msgstr "Ahora deberías de poder ejecutar Jamulus en tu dispositivo Android" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:30 -msgid "## Feedback and development" -msgstr "## Comentarios y desarrollo" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Feedback and development" +msgstr "Comentarios y desarrollo" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:32 msgid "We are very happy to get feedback from Android users and developers. Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." msgstr "Agradecemos el feedback de usuarios y desarrolladores de Android. Solo tienes que ir a [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:34 +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:35 #, no-wrap -msgid "***\n" -msgstr "***\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:36 -msgid "## All installed?" -msgstr "## ¿Todo instalado?" +msgid "All installed?" +msgstr "¿Todo instalado?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:38 @@ -124,3 +119,10 @@ msgstr "Jamulus ha sido instalado y puede utilizarse. Ahora puedes echar un vist #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:39 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[página de Cómo Empezar](Getting-Started){: .button}" + +#~ msgid "# Installation for Android" +#~ msgstr "# Instalación en Android" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "***\n" +#~ msgstr "***\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Linux.po index 6e4dc02d3..63b9a512e 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Linux.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Linux.po @@ -2,39 +2,43 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # ignotus , 2022. +# ignotus , 2022. +# ignotus , 2022, 2023. +# gallegonovato , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-14 13:50+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-31 20:48+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: es\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "es" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux" msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:10 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation for Linux" msgstr "Instalación en Linux" @@ -44,11 +48,6 @@ msgstr "Instalación en Linux" msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Utilización de Jamulus\" branch1=\"Cómo Empezar\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:11 -msgid "# Installation for Linux" -msgstr "# Instalación en Linux" - #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:13 msgid "Make sure you read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." @@ -61,160 +60,231 @@ msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:17 -msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first." -msgstr "Quieres actualizar Jamulus? Quizá te convenga [realizar una copia de seguridad de tu configuración](Software-Manual#copia-seguridad-jamulus) primero." +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Upgrading?** You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first.\n" +msgstr "**¿Actualizando?** Quizá te convenga [realizar una copia de seguridad de tu configuración](Software-Manual#copia-seguridad-jamulus) primero.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:19 -msgid "### Debian and Ubuntu" -msgstr "### Debian y Ubuntu" +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Installing a server?** Read the [guide for server adminstrators](Running-a-Server) first.\n" +msgstr "**¿Instalando un Servidor?** Primero lee la [guía para los administradores de Servidores](Running-a-Server).\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:21 -msgid "We provide three equivalent `.deb` files for the most common architectures. Please download the appropriate one:" -msgstr "Ofrecemos tres archivos `.deb`equivalentes para las arquitecturas más comunes. Por favor descarga el apropiado:" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Debian and Ubuntu" +msgstr "Debian y Ubuntu" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:23 +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:22 #, no-wrap -msgid "**For Intel/AMD based machines (amd64):**\n" -msgstr "**Para máquinas Intel/AMD (amd64):**\n" +msgid "Using the official Repository (recommended)" +msgstr "Utilizar el repositorio oficial (recomendado)" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:25 -msgid "[Download Jamulus (.deb, amd64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}){:.button}" -msgstr "[Descarga Jamulus(.deb, amd64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}){:.button}" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:27 +msgid "We provide a repository for Debian and Ubuntu based distributions that allows automatic updates alongside your other system updates. To use the repository:" +msgstr "Proporcionamos un repositorio para distribuciones basadas en Debian y Ubuntu que permite las actualizaciones automáticas junto con las demás actualizaciones del sistema. Para utilizar el repositorio:" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 +msgid "Open your Terminal (CTRL+ALT+T should work)" +msgstr "Abre tu Terminal (CTRL+ALT+T debería funcionar)" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +msgid "*Ubuntu only* - Enable the Ubuntu \"universe\" repository (you can use the [GUI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/148645) or [CLI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/227788))." +msgstr "*Solo Ubuntu* - Habilita el repositorio \"universe\" de Ubuntu (puedes usar la [interfaz gráfica](https://askubuntu.com/a/148645) o [la línea de comandos](https://askubuntu.com/a/227788))." + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 +msgid "Download the repository setup script:\\\\" +msgstr "Descarga el script de instalación del repositorio:\\\\" + +#. type: Fenced code block (bash) +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 #, no-wrap -msgid "**For ARM based machines (e.g. Raspberry Pi, armhf, arm64):**\n" -msgstr "**Para máquinas basadas en ARM (por ej. Raspberry Pi, armhf, arm64):**\n" +msgid "curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh\n" +msgstr "curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:30 -msgid "[Download Jamulus 32 bit (.deb, armhf)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}){:.button} [Download Jamulus 64 bit (.deb, arm64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }}){:.button}" -msgstr "[Descarga Jamulus 32 bit (.deb, armhf)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}){:.button} [Descarga Jamulus 64 bit (.deb, arm64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }}){:.button}" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:32 -msgid "After you downloaded the correct file:" -msgstr "Tras descargar el archivo correcto:" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:33 +msgid "Make the script executable:\\\\" +msgstr "Haz que el script sea ejecutable:\\\\" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:34 +#. type: Fenced code block (bash) +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:33 #, no-wrap -msgid "*Ubuntu only* - Enable the Ubuntu \"universe\" repository (you can use the [GUI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/148645) or [CLI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/227788)).\n" -msgstr "*Solo Ubuntu* - Habilita el repositorio \"universe\" de Ubuntu (puedes usar la [interfaz gráfica](https://askubuntu.com/a/148645) o [la línea de comandos](https://askubuntu.com/a/227788)).\n" +msgid "chmod +x setup_repo.sh\n" +msgstr "chmod +x setup_repo.sh\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:35 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Update apt by opening a console window (CTRL+ALT+T should work) and type: `sudo apt-get update`\n" -msgstr "Actualiza apt abriendo una consola (CTRL+ALT+T debería funcionar) y escribe: `sudo apt-get update`\n" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:37 +msgid "Run the setup script and install Jamulus:\\\\" +msgstr "Ejecuta el script de instalación e instala Jamulus:\\\\" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:36 +#. type: Fenced code block (bash) +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:37 #, no-wrap -msgid "Go to where you downloaded the installer and either double-click on it, or use the command line: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` for armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}` for arm64: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }}`\n" -msgstr "Ve hasta donde descargaste el instalador y, o bien haz doble-clic sobre él, o utiliza la línea de comandos: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` para armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}` para arm64: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }}`\n" +msgid "sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus\n" +msgstr "sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:37 +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:41 #, no-wrap -msgid "Once installed, you can delete the file and close any console windows.\n" -msgstr "Una vez instalado, puedes eliminar el archivo y cerrar las ventanas de consolas.\n" +msgid "Installing the .deb files manually" +msgstr "Instalación manual de los archivos .deb" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:39 -msgid "Note that if you need to upgrade Jamulus to a newer version, just download the new .deb file and re-install as above." -msgstr "Ten en cuenta que si necesitas actualizar Jamulus a una nueva versión, simplemente descarga el archivo .deb nuevo y reinstala como arriba." +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +msgid "Download Jamulus for your architecture: [amd64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}), [armf]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}) or [arm64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }})" +msgstr "Descarga Jamulus para tu arquitectura: [amd64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}), [armf]({{ site.download_root_link }}{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}) o [arm64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }})" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +msgid "Update apt by opening a console window (CTRL+ALT+T should work) and type: `sudo apt-get update`" +msgstr "Actualiza apt abriendo una consola (CTRL+ALT+T debería funcionar) y escribe: `sudo apt-get update`" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +msgid "Go to where you downloaded the installer and either double-click on it, or use the command line: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` (or for Raspberry Pi etc. as above)" +msgstr "Ve al lugar donde descargaste el instalador y haz doble clic en él, o utiliza la línea de comandos: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` (o para Raspberry Pi, etc., como arriba)" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +msgid "Once installed, you can delete the file and close any console windows." +msgstr "Una vez instalado, puedes eliminar el archivo y cerrar las ventanas de consolas." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:41 -msgid "### Other distributions" -msgstr "### Otras distribuciones" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Upgrades:** If you need to upgrade Jamulus to a newer version and install Jamulus manually, just download the new .deb file and re-install as above.\n" +msgstr "**Actualizaciones:** Si necesitas actualizar Jamulus a una versión más reciente e instalar Jamulus manualmente, sólo tienes que descargar el nuevo archivo .deb y volver a instalar como se indica más arriba.\n" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Other distributions" +msgstr "Otras distribuciones" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:43 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:54 msgid "For installers on other distributions, see their package managers and [Repology](https://repology.org/project/jamulus/versions). If an up-to-date version of Jamulus is not included in your distribution, you can [compile Jamulus from source](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md). Note also the contributed [installation scripts](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/installscripts)." msgstr "Para instaladores en otras distribuciones, consulta sus gestores de paquetes y [Repology](https://repology.org/project/jamulus/versions). Si tu distribución no incluye una versión actualizada de Jamulus, puedes [compilar Jamulus de las fuentes](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md). También se han contribuido [scripts de instalación](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/installscripts)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:45 -msgid "## Set up your hardware" -msgstr "## Configura tu hardware" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:55 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Set up your hardware" +msgstr "Configura tu hardware" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:47 -msgid "### Configure JACK with QjackCtl" -msgstr "### Configura Jack con QJackCtl" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Configure JACK with QjackCtl" +msgstr "Configura JACK con QJackCtl" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:49 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:60 msgid "Jamulus Clients need [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) to run, but you need to configure that first. The recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`." msgstr "Los Clientes de Jamulus necesitan [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) para funcionar, pero hay que configurarlo primero. El método recomendado es utilizar `QjackCtl`." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:50 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:63 msgid "Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page**" msgstr "Inicia QjackCtl. Verás la **ventana principal de Qt JACK Control**" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:51 +#. type: Bullet: '2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:63 msgid "Configure your audio hardware as follows (the exact settings for JACK will depend on what your audio hardware is capable of):" msgstr "Configura tu hardware de audio como sigue (la configuración exacta de JACK dependerá de lo que es capaz tu hardware de audio):" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:53 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 msgid "Set the audio **Interface** to the one you want (there may be several in the list)" msgstr "Elige el **Interfaz** que quieres utilizar (puede haber varios en la lista)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:54 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 msgid "Set the **Sample Rate to 48000**" msgstr "Establece la **Frecuencia de Muestreo en 48000**" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:55 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 msgid "Set the **Frames/Period to 128** and Periods/Buffer at 2 at first" msgstr "Establece los **Cuadros/Periodo en 128** y Periodos/Buffer en 2 para empezar" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:57 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:69 msgid "Restart JACK for the new settings to take effect" msgstr "Reinicia JACK para que surta efecto la nueva configuración" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:59 -msgid "### Start Jamulus" -msgstr "### Arranca Jamulus" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:70 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Start Jamulus" +msgstr "Arranca Jamulus" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:61 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:73 msgid "With JACK running and configured, launch Jamulus." msgstr "Con JACK configurado y ejecutándose, inicia Jamulus." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:63 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:75 msgid "If you get problems with sound breaking up (in particular XRUN errors reported by JACK/QjackCtl) try setting bigger values (e.g. 256 frames or 3 periods). Lower ones (e.g. 64 frames) could bring better performance but maybe more sound problems. See the [troubleshooting page](Client-Troubleshooting) otherwise." msgstr "Si tienes problemas con cortes de sonido (en particular errores de XRUN mostrados por JACK/QjackCtl) prueba con valores más altos (por ej. 256 cuadros o 3 periodos). Valores más bajos (por ej. 64 cuadros) pueden ofrecer un mejor rendimiento pero también quizá más problemas con el audio. Ver la [página de resolución de problemas](Client-Troubleshooting)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:65 -msgid "## All installed?" -msgstr "## ¿Todo instalado?" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:76 +#, no-wrap +msgid "All installed?" +msgstr "¿Todo instalado?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:79 msgid "Take a look at the" msgstr "Echa un vistazo a la" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:68 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:80 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[página de Cómo Empezar](Getting-Started){: .button}" +#~ msgid "[Download Jamulus (.deb, amd64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}){:.button}" +#~ msgstr "[Descarga Jamulus(.deb, amd64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}){:.button}" + +#~ msgid "After you downloaded the correct file:" +#~ msgstr "Tras descargar el archivo correcto:" + +#~ msgid "Go to where you downloaded the installer and either double-click on it, or use the command line:" +#~ msgstr "Ve a donde has descargado el instalador y bien haz doble-clic en él, o utiliza la línea de comandos:" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\t`sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` (or for Raspberry Pi etc. as above)\n" +#~ "1. Once installed, you can delete the file and close any console windows.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\t`sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` (o para Raspberry Pi etc. como arriba)\n" +#~ "1. Una vez instalado, puedes borrar el archivo y cerrar la consola.\n" + +#~ msgid "Jamulus Clients need [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) to run, but you need to configure that first. The recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`. 1. Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page** 2. Configure your audio hardware as follows (the exact settings for JACK will depend on what your audio hardware is capable of):" +#~ msgstr "Los clientes Jamulus necesitan [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) para ejecutarse, pero primero hay que configurarlo. El método recomendado es utilizar `QjackCtl`. 1. Ejecuta QjackCtl. Verás la **página principal de la utilidad Qt JACK Control** 2. Configura tu hardware de audio como sigue (los ajustes exactos para JACK dependerán de lo que tu hardware de audio sea capaz de hacer):" + +#~ msgid "# Installation for Linux" +#~ msgstr "# Instalación en Linux" + +#~ msgid "We provide three equivalent `.deb` files for the most common architectures. Please download the appropriate one:" +#~ msgstr "Ofrecemos tres archivos `.deb`equivalentes para las arquitecturas más comunes. Por favor descarga el apropiado:" + +#~ msgid "**For Intel/AMD based machines (amd64):**\n" +#~ msgstr "**Para máquinas Intel/AMD (amd64):**\n" + +#~ msgid "**For ARM based machines (e.g. Raspberry Pi, armhf, arm64):**\n" +#~ msgstr "**Para máquinas basadas en ARM (por ej. Raspberry Pi, armhf, arm64):**\n" + #~ msgid "#### Debian repository (convenient)" #~ msgstr "#### Repositorio de Debian (conveniente)" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Macintosh.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Macintosh.po index e24ef5053..03d4d35d8 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Macintosh.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Macintosh.po @@ -2,39 +2,43 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # ignotus , 2022. +# ignotus , 2022, 2023. +# gallegonovato , 2023. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-14 13:50+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-20 16:59+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: es\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "es" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh" msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:10 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation for macOS" msgstr "Instalación en macOS" @@ -44,11 +48,6 @@ msgstr "Instalación en macOS" msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Utilización de Jamulus\" branch1=\"Cómo Empezar\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:11 -msgid "# Installation for macOS" -msgstr "# Instalación en macOS" - #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:13 msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." @@ -65,97 +64,99 @@ msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#b msgstr "Quieres actualizar Jamulus? Quizá te convenga [realizar una copia de seguridad de tu configuración](Software-Manual#copia-seguridad-jamulus) primero." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:19 -msgid "[Download Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\" -msgstr "[Descarga Jamulus (Versión universal)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:21 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:22 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"**macOS Mojave (10.14) or lower:** [Download legacy version]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-legacy }})\\\\\n" -"**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"1. [Download Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +" **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"1. **Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the licence, *drag and drop* each icon you see in the window (Jamulus Client and Server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window.\n" +"1. **Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" msgstr "" -"**macOS Mojave (10.14) o inferior:** [Descargar versión heredada]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-legacy }})\\\\\n" -"**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"1. [Descarga Jamulus (compilación universal)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +" **Espejo 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"1. **Instala Jamulus**: Abre el archivo `.dmg` descargado, acepta la licencia, y *arrastra y suelta* cada icono que veas en la ventana (Cliente y Servidor Jamulus) en tu *carpeta de aplicaciones*. Después, puedes cerrar esta ventana.\n" +"1. **Ejecuta Jamulus**. Ahora deberías de poder utilizar Jamulus como cualquier otra aplicación.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:22 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the licence, *drag and drop* each icon you see in the window (Jamulus Client and Server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window.\n" -msgstr "**Instala Jamulus**: Abre el archivo `.dmg` descargado, acepta la licencia, *arrastra y pega* cada icono que ves en la ventana (Cliente y Servidor Jamulus) en tu *Carpeta de aplicaciones*. Ahora puedes cerrar esta ventana.\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:23 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" -msgstr "**Ejecuta Jamulus**. Ahora deberías de poder usar Jamulus como cualquier otra aplicación.\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:25 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:24 msgid "_You can remove the folder in the Downloads directory containing the `.dmg` and eject the \"Jamulus\" drive on your desktop. They are no longer needed._" msgstr "_Puedes eliminar la carpeta en el directorio de Descargas que contiene el archivo `.dmg` y expulsar la unidad \"Jamulus\" del escritorio. Ya no son necesarios._" #. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** You can find old (legacy) versions supporting outdated operating systems on the [GitHub release page](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n" +msgstr "**Nota:** Puedes encontrar las versiones antiguas (heredadas) compatibles con los sistemas operativos obsoletos en la [página de publicaciones de GitHub](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n" + +#. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:27 #, no-wrap -msgid "***\n" -msgstr "***\n" +msgid "All installed?" +msgstr "¿Todo instalado?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:29 -msgid "## \"Jamulus\" can't be opened because the developer cannot be verified" -msgstr "## \"Jamulus\" no puede abrirse porque no se puede verificar el desarrollador" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:30 +msgid "Take a look at the" +msgstr "Echa un vistazo a la" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:31 -msgid "If you are using the \"legacy\" version of Jamulus (because you are running an older version of macOS), the first time you run Jamulus, you will see a message saying it cannot be opened." -msgstr "Si estás utilizando la versión \"legacy\" de Jamulus (porque tienes una versión antigua de macOS) , la primera vez que ejecutes Jamulus verás un mensaje diciendo que no puede abrirse." +msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgstr "[página de Cómo Empezar](Getting-Started){: .button}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:33 -msgid "To open Jamulus" -msgstr "Para abrir Jamulus" +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "\"Jamulus\" can't be opened because the developer cannot be verified" +#~ msgstr "\"Jamulus\" no puede abrirse porque no se puede verificar el desarrollador" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:34 -msgid "Go to the Applications folder via Finder" -msgstr "Ve a la carpeta de Aplicaciones con Finder" +#~ msgid "If you are using the \"legacy\" version of Jamulus (because you are running an older version of macOS), the first time you run Jamulus, you will see a message saying it cannot be opened." +#~ msgstr "Si estás utilizando la versión \"legacy\" de Jamulus (porque tienes una versión antigua de macOS) , la primera vez que ejecutes Jamulus verás un mensaje diciendo que no puede abrirse." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:35 -msgid "Double-click on Jamulus and wait for the above-mentioned message" -msgstr "Haz doble-clic en Jamulus y espera al mensaje mencionado arriba" +#~ msgid "To open Jamulus" +#~ msgstr "Para abrir Jamulus" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:36 -msgid "Close this message by clicking on \"Cancel\"" -msgstr "Cierra este mensaje haciendo clic en \"Cancelar\"" +#~ msgid "Go to the Applications folder via Finder" +#~ msgstr "Ve a la carpeta de Aplicaciones con Finder" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:37 -msgid "Now control-click (or right-click) on Jamulus, and select \"Open\" from the top of the menu." -msgstr "Ahora haz control-clic (o clic derecho) en Jamulus y selecciona \"Abrir\" de la parte de arriba del menú." +#~ msgid "Double-click on Jamulus and wait for the above-mentioned message" +#~ msgstr "Haz doble-clic en Jamulus y espera al mensaje mencionado arriba" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:39 -msgid "You will then get a slightly different version of the same message, which allows you to click \"Open\". From the on, you can run Jamulus in the normal way and the message won't appear. For further information about this warning see [this Apple Support Page](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)." -msgstr "Ahora verás una versión ligeramente diferente del mismo mensaje, que te permite hacer clic en \"Abrir\". De ahora en adelante podrás ejecutar Jamulus de manera normal y no se te volverá a mostrar este mensaje. Para más información consulta [esta página de Soporte para Apple](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)." +#~ msgid "Close this message by clicking on \"Cancel\"" +#~ msgstr "Cierra este mensaje haciendo clic en \"Cancelar\"" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:41 -msgid "## All installed?" -msgstr "## ¿Todo instalado?" +#~ msgid "Now control-click (or right-click) on Jamulus, and select \"Open\" from the top of the menu." +#~ msgstr "Ahora haz control-clic (o clic derecho) en Jamulus y selecciona \"Abrir\" de la parte de arriba del menú." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:43 -msgid "Take a look at the" -msgstr "Echa un vistazo a la" +#~ msgid "You will then get a slightly different version of the same message, which allows you to click \"Open\". From the on, you can run Jamulus in the normal way and the message won't appear. For further information about this warning see [this Apple Support Page](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)." +#~ msgstr "Ahora verás una versión ligeramente diferente del mismo mensaje, que te permite hacer clic en \"Abrir\". De ahora en adelante podrás ejecutar Jamulus de manera normal y no se te volverá a mostrar este mensaje. Para más información consulta [esta página de Soporte para Apple](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:44 -msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" -msgstr "[página de Cómo Empezar](Getting-Started){: .button}" +#~ msgid "To open Jamulus 1. Go to the Applications folder via Finder 1. Double-click on Jamulus and wait for the above-mentioned message 1. Close this message by clicking on \"Cancel\" 1. Now control-click (or right-click) on Jamulus, and select \"Open\" from the top of the menu." +#~ msgstr "Para abrir Jamulus 1. Ve a la carpeta Aplicaciones a través de Finder 1. Haz doble clic en Jamulus y espera a que aparezca el mensaje antes mencionado 1. Cierra este mensaje haciendo clic en \"Cancelar\" 1. Ahora haz control-clic (o clic con el botón derecho) en Jamulus y selecciona \"Abrir\" en la parte superior del menú." + +#~ msgid "# Installation for macOS" +#~ msgstr "# Instalación en macOS" + +#~ msgid "[Download Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\" +#~ msgstr "[Descarga Jamulus (Versión universal)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**macOS Mojave (10.14) or lower:** [Download legacy version]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-legacy }})\\\\\n" +#~ "**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "**macOS Mojave (10.14) o inferior:** [Descargar versión heredada]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-legacy }})\\\\\n" +#~ "**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the licence, *drag and drop* each icon you see in the window (Jamulus Client and Server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window.\n" +#~ msgstr "**Instala Jamulus**: Abre el archivo `.dmg` descargado, acepta la licencia, *arrastra y pega* cada icono que ves en la ventana (Cliente y Servidor Jamulus) en tu *Carpeta de aplicaciones*. Ahora puedes cerrar esta ventana.\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" +#~ msgstr "**Ejecuta Jamulus**. Ahora deberías de poder usar Jamulus como cualquier otra aplicación.\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "***\n" +#~ msgstr "***\n" #~ msgid "We provide three downloads for macOS. Please download the appropriate one:" #~ msgstr "Ofrecemos tres descargas para macOS. Por favor descarga la apropiada:" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Windows.po index a4a5b31a6..e4f8d2556 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Windows.po @@ -2,39 +2,42 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # ignotus , 2022. +# ignotus , 2022, 2023. +# gallegonovato , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-14 13:50+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-17 10:49+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: es\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.18-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "es" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows" msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:10 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation for Windows" msgstr "Instalación en Windows" @@ -44,11 +47,6 @@ msgstr "Instalación en Windows" msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Utilización de Jamulus\" branch1=\"Cómo Empezar\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:11 -msgid "# Installation for Windows" -msgstr "# Instalación en Windows" - #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:13 msgid "Make sure you read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." @@ -64,41 +62,26 @@ msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first." msgstr "Quieres actualizar Jamulus? Quizá te convenga [realizar una copia de seguridad de tu configuración](Software-Manual#copia-seguridad-jamulus) primero." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:19 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Download and install an ASIO Driver**. Try to use the driver that your hardware manufacturer provides. If you can't find that, or you don't have an external sound card, you probably need to install ASIO4ALL. For more information scroll down to the [ASIO](#asio) section.\n" -msgstr "**Descarga e instala un driver ASIO**. Intenta utilizar el driver que proporciona el fabricante del hardware. Si no lo encuentras, o no tienes una tarjeta de audio externa, probablemente tendrás que instalar ASIO4ALL. Para más información, baja a la sección sobre [ASIO](#asio).\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:20 -#, no-wrap -msgid "[Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\n" -msgstr "[Descarga Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:21 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" -msgstr "**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:22 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Install Jamulus**: Double click the installer to launch it. If you get a warning notice from SmartScreen, click on \"More info\" and \"Run anyway\" to install Jamulus. (If you grabbed a new version of Jamulus and are one of the first people who downloaded it, Jamulus won't be whitelisted by SmartScreen yet. We don't pay for code signing.)\n" -msgstr "**Instala Jamulus**: Haz doble-clic en el instalador para ejecutarlo. Si ves un aviso de SmartScreen, haz clic en \"Más info\" y \"Ejecutar de todas formas\" para instalar Jamulus. (Si descargaste una versión nueva de Jamulus y eres de las primeras personas en descargarlo, Jamulus no entrará en la lista blanca de SmartScreen aún. No pagamos para la firma de código).\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:23 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" -msgstr "**Ejecuta Jamulus**. Ahora deberías de poder usar Jamulus como cualquier otra aplicación.\n" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:24 +msgid "**Download and install an ASIO Driver**. Try to use the driver that your hardware manufacturer provides. If you can't find that, or you don't have an external sound card, you probably need to install ASIO4ALL. For more information scroll down to the [ASIO](#asio) section." +msgstr "**Descarga e instala un driver ASIO**. Intenta utilizar el driver que proporciona el fabricante del hardware. Si no lo encuentras, o no tienes una tarjeta de audio externa, probablemente tendrás que instalar ASIO4ALL. Para más información, baja a la sección sobre [ASIO](#asio)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:24 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Set up your sound card**. When you're done, you need to set up your audio hardware. And if you are using ASIO4ALL, have a look at how to set that up below.\n" -msgstr "**Configura tu tarjeta de sonido**. Una vez hecho, tienes que configurar tu hardware de audio. Si vas a utilizar ASIO4ALL, mira abajo para ver cómo configurarlo.\n" +msgid "" +"1. [Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +" **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"1. **Install Jamulus**: Double click the installer to launch it. If you get a warning notice from SmartScreen, click on \"More info\" and \"Run anyway\" to install Jamulus. (If you grabbed a new version of Jamulus and are one of the first people who downloaded it, Jamulus won't be whitelisted by SmartScreen yet. We don't pay for code signing.)\n" +"1. **Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" +"1. **Set up your sound card**. When you're done, you need to set up your audio hardware. And if you are using ASIO4ALL, have a look at how to set that up below.\n" +msgstr "" +"1. [Descargar Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\n" +" **MIrror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"1. **Instalar Jamulus**: Haz doble clic en el instalador para iniciarlo. Si aparece una advertencia de SmartScreen, haz clic en \"Más información\" y \"Ejecutar de todos modos\" para instalar Jamulus. (Si has descargado una nueva versión de Jamulus y eres una de las primeras personas que la descargó, Jamulus aún no estará en la lista blanca de SmartScreen. No pagamos por firmar el código).\n" +"1. **Ejecuta Jamulus**. Ahora deberías de poder utilizar Jamulus como cualquier otra aplicación.\n" +"1. **Configura tu tarjeta de sonido**. Cuando termines, tienes que configurar tu hardware de audio. Y si estás usando ASIO4ALL, echa un vistazo a cómo configurarlo a continuación.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:26 @@ -107,31 +90,27 @@ msgstr "_Por favor ten en cuenta que no se te permite redistribuir este archivo #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:28 -msgid "If you don't want to use ASIO or prefer [JACK on Windows](https://jackaudio.org/faq/jack_on_windows.html), you can also use the [JACK version of Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows-jack }})." -msgstr "Si no quieres utilizar ASIO o prefieres [JACK en Windows](https://jackaudio.org/faq/jack_on_windows.html), también puedes usar la [versión JACK de Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows-jack }})." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:30 #, no-wrap -msgid "***\n" -msgstr "***\n" +msgid "**Note:** If you don't want to use ASIO or prefer [JACK on Windows](https://jackaudio.org/faq/jack_on_windows.html), you can also use the [JACK version of Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows-jack }}). You can find old (legacy) versions supporting outdated operating systems on the [GitHub release page](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n" +msgstr "**Nota:** Si no quieres usar ASIO o prefieres [JACK en Windows](https://jackaudio.org/faq/jack_on_windows.html), también puedes usar la [versión JACK de Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows-jack }}). Puedes encontrar las versiones antiguas (heredadas) compatibles con los sistemas operativos obsoletos en la [página de publicaciones de GitHub](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:32 -msgid "## ASIO" -msgstr "## ASIO" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ASIO" +msgstr "ASIO" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:34 msgid "Jamulus can use [ASIO](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Audio_Stream_Input/Output)." msgstr "Jamulus puede utilizar [ASIO](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Audio_Stream_Input/Output)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:36 +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:37 msgid "If you have an external sound card/audio interface, use its official ASIO driver if you can (they usually provide the best quality)." msgstr "Si tienes una tarjeta de sonido/interfaz de audio externa, utiliza su driver ASIO oficial si puedes (normalmente ofrecen la mejor calidad)." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:37 msgid "If you don't have an external sound card, you will probably not have an ASIO driver so will need to install a generic one like ASIO4ALL:" msgstr "Si no tienes una tarjeta externa, probablemente no tendrás instalado un driver ASIO. Por tanto, deberás instalar uno genérico como ASIO4ALL:" @@ -156,10 +135,11 @@ msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Descarga](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/ msgid "[ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" msgstr "[Web ASIO4ALL](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:48 -msgid "### Setting up ASIO4ALL" -msgstr "### Configurar ASIO4ALL" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Setting up ASIO4ALL" +msgstr "Configurar ASIO4ALL" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:50 @@ -177,117 +157,147 @@ msgstr "**Consejo:** Configura tu tarjeta mientras estés en [conexión con un S msgid "Before you start with Jamulus:" msgstr "Antes de empezar con Jamulus:" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:56 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Close all applications** (especially those which could access your sound card like your browser/media player). ASIO4ALL needs exclusive access to your sound card which means that other programs will not be able to use audio if ASIO4ALL and Jamulus are running.\n" -msgstr "**Cierra todas las aplicaciones** (sobre todo aquellas que podrían acceder a tu tarjeta de sonido como tu navegador/reproductor de audio). ASIO4ALL necesita acceso exclusivo a tu tarjeta de audio, lo cual significa que otros programas no podrán utilizar audio si ASIO4ALL y Jamulus se están ejecutando.\n" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58 +msgid "**Close all applications** (especially those which could access your sound card like your browser/media player). ASIO4ALL needs exclusive access to your sound card which means that other programs will not be able to use audio if ASIO4ALL and Jamulus are running." +msgstr "**Cierra todas las aplicaciones** (sobre todo aquellas que podrían acceder a tu tarjeta de sonido como tu navegador/reproductor de audio). ASIO4ALL necesita acceso exclusivo a tu tarjeta de audio, lo cual significa que otros programas no podrán utilizar audio si ASIO4ALL y Jamulus se están ejecutando." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:57 -#, no-wrap -msgid "If the Jamulus audio doesn’t work out of the box, make sure that only the **correct inputs/outputs** in ASIO4ALL **are switched on**. Everything else should be switched off. Search the [community list of working ASIO4ALL configurations](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) for your configuration or do it manually if you can't find yours:\n" -msgstr "Si el audio de Jamulus no funciona directamente, asegúrate de que solo **las entradas/salidas correctas** en ASIO4ALL **están activadas**. Todo lo demás debería estar apagado. Busca [configuraciones funcionales de ASIO4ALL en la lista comunitaria](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) para tu configuración o hazlo manualmente si no encuentras la tuya:\n" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58 +msgid "If the Jamulus audio doesn’t work out of the box, make sure that only the **correct inputs/outputs** in ASIO4ALL **are switched on**. Everything else should be switched off. Search the [community list of working ASIO4ALL configurations](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) for your configuration or do it manually if you can't find yours:" +msgstr "Si el audio de Jamulus no funciona directamente, asegúrate de que solo **las entradas/salidas correctas** en ASIO4ALL **están activadas**. Todo lo demás debería estar apagado. Busca [configuraciones funcionales de ASIO4ALL en la lista comunitaria](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) para tu configuración o hazlo manualmente si no encuentras la tuya:" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:59 -msgid "### How to set up ASIO4ALL inputs (Guide)" -msgstr "### Cómo configurar las entradas de ASIO4ALL (Guía)" +#, no-wrap +msgid "How to set up ASIO4ALL inputs (Guide)" +msgstr "Cómo configurar las entradas de ASIO4ALL (Guía)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:61 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 msgid "Open Jamulus's settings" msgstr "Abre la ventana de Configuración de Jamulus" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:62 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 msgid "Go to _\"ASIO Device Settings\"_ (column on the left; directly under the selection of the driver)" msgstr "Ve a _\"Configuración Driver\"_ (la columna a la izquierda; directamente debajo de la selección de driver)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 msgid "Enable _advanced view_ in ASIO4ALL (click the tool icon on the bottom right)" msgstr "Activa _advanced view_ en ASIO4ALL (haz clic en el icono de la herramienta abajo a la derecha)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:64 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 msgid "Enable only the sound card you want to use by clicking on the button next to its name" msgstr "Activa solamente la tarjeta de audio que quieres utilizar haciendo clic en el botón al lado de su nombre" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:65 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 msgid "Open your sound card inputs/outputs by clicking the _plus icon_ next to this sound card" msgstr "Abre las entradas/salidas de tu tarjeta de audio haciendo clic en el _icono de plus_ al lado de esta tarjeta" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:66 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 msgid "Now enable the correct inputs/outputs in the list under your sound card and disable everything else. You can hover over the inputs/outputs to see which of both they are and if they support the required sample rate for Jamulus of 48kHz (DVD quality)." msgstr "Ahora activa/desactiva las entradas/salidas correctas en la lista bajo tu tarjeta de audio y desactiva todo lo demás. Puedes mover el ratón sobre las entradas/salidas para ver qué es cada una y si soportan la tasa de muestreo de Jamulus que es de 48 kHz (calidad DVD)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:68 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Hints:**\n" -msgstr "**Consejos:**\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:69 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:72 #, no-wrap -msgid "It may not be obvious what the correct sound device is called. Many internal sound cards are named \"Realtek High Definition Audio\", \"Conexant\" or similar.\n" -msgstr "Quizá no sea obvio qué nombre tiene el dispositivo correcto. Muchas tarjetas internas se denominan \"Realtek High Definition Audio\", \"Conexant\" o similar.\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:70 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Headphones and speakers are often labelled as \"output\" and microphones as \"input\" or \"capture\".\n" -msgstr "A menudo los auriculares y los altavoces están etiquetados como \"output\" y los micrófonos como \"input\" o \"capture\".\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:71 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Stereo Mix/Stereo Input is usually not the input/output you're looking for. Therefore, switch it off if you see it.\n" -msgstr "Normalmente, Stereo Mix/Stereo Input no son la entrad/salida que buscas. Por tanto, apágalo si lo ves.\n" +msgid "" +"**Hints:**\n" +"1. It may not be obvious what the correct sound device is called. Many internal sound cards are named \"Realtek High Definition Audio\", \"Conexant\" or similar.\n" +"1. Headphones and speakers are often labelled as \"output\" and microphones as \"input\" or \"capture\".\n" +"1. Stereo Mix/Stereo Input is usually not the input/output you're looking for. Therefore, switch it off if you see it.\n" +msgstr "" +"**Consejos**\n" +"1. Puede que no sea obvio cómo se llama el dispositivo de sonido correcto. Muchas tarjetas de sonido internas se llaman \"Realtek High Definition Audio\", \"Conexant\" o similar.\n" +"1. Los auriculares y altavoces suelen etiquetarse como \"salida\" y los micrófonos como \"entrada\" o \"captura\".\n" +"1. Stereo Mix/Stereo Input no suele ser la entrada/salida que buscas. Por lo tanto, desactívala si la ves.\n" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:73 -msgid "### Troubleshooting" -msgstr "### Resolución de Problemas" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Resolución de Problemas" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:75 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:76 msgid "If nothing works, first restart Jamulus and/or your PC to close background processes that may be accessing your sound card." msgstr "Si nada funciona, primero prueba a reiniciar Jamulus y/o tu PC para cerrar procesos que puedan estar accediendo a tu tarjeta de sonido." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:77 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:78 msgid "Afterwards, *set up the inputs/outputs again*. Enabled and accessible input/outputs show as lit up power buttons and play buttons in the ASIO4ALL settings. If instead you see a red cross or yellow symbol, close other applications that may be accessing your sound card (e.g. web browser, Zoom, etc)." msgstr "Después, *configura de nuevo las entradas/salidas*. Las entradas/salidas activadas y accesibles se muestran con botones iluminados de encendido y play en la configuración de ASIO4ALL. Si en su lugar ves una cruz roja o un símbolo amarillo, cierra otras aplicaciones que puedan estar accediendo a tu tarjeta de sonido (por ej. navegador, Zoom, etc.)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:79 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:80 msgid "Have a look at [this video](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI) by [trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza) which gives more detailed setup information on ASIO4ALL." msgstr "Mírate [este vídeo](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI) de [trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza) que ofrece más información detallada sobre la configuración de ASIO4ALL." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:81 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:82 msgid "Official and further information about how to configure ASIO4ALL is documented in the official [ASIO4ALL FAQs on the ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}." msgstr "Información adicional y oficial sobre cómo configurar ASIO4ALL se encuentra documentada en las [FAQs de ASIO4ALL en la web de ASIO4ALL](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:83 -msgid "## All installed?" -msgstr "## ¿Todo instalado?" +#, no-wrap +msgid "All installed?" +msgstr "¿Todo instalado?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:85 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:86 msgid "Take a look at" msgstr "Consulta la" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:86 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:87 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[página de Cómo Empezar](Getting-Started){: .button}" +#~ msgid "# Installation for Windows" +#~ msgstr "# Instalación en Windows" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "[Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +#~ msgstr "[Descarga Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +#~ msgstr "**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" +#~ msgstr "**Ejecuta Jamulus**. Ahora deberías de poder usar Jamulus como cualquier otra aplicación.\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Set up your sound card**. When you're done, you need to set up your audio hardware. And if you are using ASIO4ALL, have a look at how to set that up below.\n" +#~ msgstr "**Configura tu tarjeta de sonido**. Una vez hecho, tienes que configurar tu hardware de audio. Si vas a utilizar ASIO4ALL, mira abajo para ver cómo configurarlo.\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "***\n" +#~ msgstr "***\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Hints:**\n" +#~ msgstr "**Consejos:**\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "It may not be obvious what the correct sound device is called. Many internal sound cards are named \"Realtek High Definition Audio\", \"Conexant\" or similar.\n" +#~ msgstr "Quizá no sea obvio qué nombre tiene el dispositivo correcto. Muchas tarjetas internas se denominan \"Realtek High Definition Audio\", \"Conexant\" o similar.\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Headphones and speakers are often labelled as \"output\" and microphones as \"input\" or \"capture\".\n" +#~ msgstr "A menudo los auriculares y los altavoces están etiquetados como \"output\" y los micrófonos como \"input\" o \"capture\".\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Stereo Mix/Stereo Input is usually not the input/output you're looking for. Therefore, switch it off if you see it.\n" +#~ msgstr "Normalmente, Stereo Mix/Stereo Input no son la entrad/salida que buscas. Por tanto, apágalo si lo ves.\n" + #~ msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.15 Beta 3 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.15/ASIO4ALL_2_15_Beta3_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" #~ msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.15 Beta 3 Descarga](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.15/ASIO4ALL_2_15_Beta3_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-iOS.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-iOS.po index 7012939f4..be91e1308 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-iOS.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-iOS.po @@ -2,39 +2,40 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # ignotus , 2022. +# ignotus , 2022. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-14 13:50+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-12-27 07:51+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: es\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "es" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-iOS" msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-iOS" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:11 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation for iOS" msgstr "Instalación en iOS" @@ -44,11 +45,6 @@ msgstr "Instalación en iOS" msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Utilización de Jamulus\" branch1=\"Cómo Empezar\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:12 -msgid "# Installation for iOS" -msgstr "# Instalación en iOS" - #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:14 msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." @@ -59,35 +55,37 @@ msgstr "Asegúrate de haber leído la página de [Cómo Empezar](Getting-Started msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:18 -msgid "## Things to note about iOS" -msgstr "## A tener en cuenta sobre iOS" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Things to note about iOS" +msgstr "A tener en cuenta sobre iOS" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:20 msgid "If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } which is an inexpensive and small device that performs very well with Jamulus. iOS support is just a proof of concept." msgstr "Si no tienes un PC, sugerimos la adquisición de un [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } que es un dispositivo económico y pequeño que funciona muy bien con Jamulus. El soporte para iOS es solo una prueba de concepto." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:22 +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24 msgid "To install Jamulus on your iOS device, you need a (free or paid) Apple Developer account and preferably a computer." msgstr "Para instalar Jamulus en tu dispositivo iOS, necesitas una cuenta (gratis o de pago) de Desarrollador Apple y preferiblemente un ordenador." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:23 +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24 msgid "If you don't pay for an Apple developer account, Jamulus will only run for at most 7 days before you need to re-install it." msgstr "Si no pagas para una cuenta de Desarrollador Apple, Jamulus solo funcionará 7 días como máximo antes de tener que reinstalarlo." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24 msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well on new devices if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. To connect these to your iOS device, you should use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub." msgstr "Jamulus en iOS funciona bastante bien en dispositivos recientes si está todo bien configurado. Sin embargo, recomendamos encarecidamente que utilices un interfaz de audio y un adaptador USB-Ethernet. Para conectar éstos a tu dispositivo iOS, debería de utilizar algo como el [adaptador de cámara Lightning - USB](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) y un hub USB (con alimentación)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:27 -msgid "## Install for iOS (for experienced users only)" -msgstr "## Instalación en iOS (solo para usuarios experimentados)" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Install for iOS (for experienced users only)" +msgstr "Instalación en iOS (solo para usuarios experimentados)" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:29 @@ -95,27 +93,27 @@ msgstr "## Instalación en iOS (solo para usuarios experimentados)" msgid "**Note**: We provide an unsigned .ipa file which you need to sign and then install on your device. If you are not Jailbroken (and have AppSync installed), you might need additional software to install Jamulus. There are multiple ways to do that, but this guide only explains the most standard approach. Please note that we assume you already have a (free) Apple developer account. If you don't have one, create an Apple ID and [Sign up for a developer account](https://developer.apple.com/membercenter). We recommend to create one without two factor authentification and unrelated to your potential personal account. You will need to enter the password in non-Apple software.\n" msgstr "**Nota**: Ofrecemos un archivo .ipa que debes firmar y luego instalar en tu dispositivo. Si no tienes Jailbreak (y tienes AppSync instalado), puedes que necesites software adicional para instalar Jamulus Hay múltiples formas de hacerlo, pero esta guía solo explica la manera más estándar. Ten en cuenta que damos por hecho que ya tienes una cuenta de Desarrollador de Apple (gratuita). Si no la tienes, crea una ID de Apple y [Solicita una cuenta de desarrollador](https://developer.apple.com/membercenter). Recomendamos crear una sin autenticación de dos pasos y sin relación con tu potencial cuenta personal. Deberás introducir la contraseña en software que no es de Apple.\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:31 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 msgid "[Download Jamulus (.ipa) on a PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}" msgstr "[Descarga Jamulus (.ipa) en un PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:32 +#. type: Bullet: '2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 msgid "Sign the .ipa file (e.g. via Xcode or some other **trusted** app. We won't give recommendations here, but there exist apps for every operating system)" msgstr "Firma el archivo .ipa (por ej. con Xcode u otra aplicación **fiable**. Aquí no damos recomendaciones, pero hay aplicaciones para cada sistema operativo)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:33 +#. type: Bullet: '3. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 msgid "Once signed and installed; on your iOS device open Settings, navigate to General>Profiles (or VPN and Device Management). Tap on the developer account corresponding to your account and trust the account." msgstr "Una vez firmado e instalado, en tu dispositivo iOS abre Ajustes, navega a General>Perfiles (o VPN y Gestión de Dispositivos). Selecciona la cuenta de desarrollador correspondiente a tu cuenta y activa confianza para la cuenta." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:34 +#. type: Bullet: '4. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 msgid "Open Jamulus from your home-screen" msgstr "Abre Jamulus desde la pantalla de inicio" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '5. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 msgid "After 7 days you will need to re-sign Jamulus if you are using a free developer account. Re-do everything from Step 4." msgstr "Tras 7 días tendrás que volver a firmar Jamulus si utilizas una cuenta gratuita de desarrollador. Vuelve a realizar todo desde el paso 4." @@ -125,10 +123,11 @@ msgstr "Tras 7 días tendrás que volver a firmar Jamulus si utilizas una cuenta msgid "If you own a Mac and have Xcode installed, compiling Jamulus from source might be another, more native option. Please have a look at the [compilation instructions for iOS](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md#ios)." msgstr "Si tienes un Mac y Xcode instalado, compilar Jamulus de las fuentes puede ser una opción más nativa. Consulta [las instrucciones de compilación en iOS](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md#ios)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:40 -msgid "## Feedback and development" -msgstr "## Comentarios y desarrollo" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:39 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Feedback and development" +msgstr "Comentarios y desarrollo" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:43 @@ -140,16 +139,11 @@ msgstr "El soporte para iOS aún no está maduro y lejos de estar listo para su msgid "Please also read the [APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER) concerning Jamulus being published via the Apple AppStore." msgstr "Por favor, también lee el siguiente documento [APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER) sobre la publicación de Jamulus en la AppStore de Apple." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:47 +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:48 #, no-wrap -msgid "***\n" -msgstr "***\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:49 -msgid "## All installed?" -msgstr "## ¿Todo instalado?" +msgid "All installed?" +msgstr "¿Todo instalado?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:51 @@ -160,3 +154,10 @@ msgstr "Jamulus ha sido instalado y puede utilizarse. Ahora puedes echar un vist #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:52 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[página de Cómo Empezar](Getting-Started){: .button}" + +#~ msgid "# Installation for iOS" +#~ msgstr "# Instalación en iOS" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "***\n" +#~ msgstr "***\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Privacy-Statement.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Privacy-Statement.po index 44c76a384..67287625a 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/Privacy-Statement.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Privacy-Statement.po @@ -1,146 +1,210 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# ignotus , 2022, 2023. +# gallegonovato , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-01 14:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-31 07:04+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: es\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "es" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Privacy-Statement" msgstr "/wiki/Privacy-Statement" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus – Privacy Statement" msgstr "Jamulus – Declaración de Privacidad" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:9 -msgid "# Privacy Statement" -msgstr "# Declaración de Privacidad" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Privacy Statement" +msgstr "Declaración de Privacidad" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:12 -msgid "Please note that the English version of this privacy statement is the original and, as such, the binding version. To access the English version, go to the top/top right of this page and click on the \"en\" link. The following only applies to the version you can download from this website, [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io)." -msgstr "Por favor ten en cuenta que la versión en inglés de esta declaración de privacidad es la original y que como tal, es la versión vinculante. Para acceder a la versión en inglés, ve a la parte superior de esta página y selecciona la opción \"en\". Lo que sigue solo es aplicable a la versión que puedes descargar desde esta página web, [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io)." +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:11 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**The English version of this document represents the official privacy statement for the _current version_ of the software available on this website. Earlier versions of the software and non-English translations of this privacy policy may have different terms that are no longer applicable or supported.**\n" +msgstr "**La versión en inglés de este documento representa la declaración oficial de privacidad para la _versión actual_ del software disponible en esta página web. Las versiones anteriores del software y las traducciones no inglesas de esta política de privacidad pueden tener términos diferentes que ya no sean aplicables o compatibles.**\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:14 -msgid "## Definition of Terms" -msgstr "## Definición de Términos" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:13 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Definition of Terms" +msgstr "Definición de Términos" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:16 -msgid "\"**Server**\" The Jamulus Server software, as opposed to the host machine/OS it is running on." -msgstr "\"**Servidor**\" El software del Servidor de Jamulus, a diferencia de la máquina/SO anfitrión en el que se ejecuta." +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18 +msgid "\"**Server**\" The Jamulus software running as a Server and accepting connections from Clients" +msgstr "\"**Servidor**\" El software Jamulus que se ejecuta como Servidor y acepta conexiones de Clientes" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:17 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18 msgid "\"**Client**\" The Jamulus software used to connect to a Server" msgstr "\"**Cliente**\" El software de Jamulus utilizado para conectarse a un Servidor" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18 msgid "\"**Directory**\" A Jamulus Server configured to supply a list of Servers to Clients" msgstr "\"**Directorio**\" Un Servidor de Jamulus configurado para ofrecer una lista de Servidores a Clientes" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:20 -msgid "## Web site" -msgstr "## Página web" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:19 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus.io Website" +msgstr "Página web de Jamulus.io" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:22 -msgid "The website at [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) is served using GitHub Pages. We do not collect your personal data or set tracking cookies. When you connect to the jamulus.io site, your IP is sent to [GitHub Pages](https://pages.github.com/)." -msgstr "La página web en [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) se ofrece utilizando GitHub Pages. No almacenamos tus datos personales ni utilizamos cookies de rastreo. Cuando te conectas a la página de jamulus.io, tu IP se envía a [GitHub Pages](https://pages.github.com/)." +msgid "The website at [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) is served using GitHub Pages. The Jamulus team has not constructed the website to set tracking cookies, but see Github's [privacy policy](https://docs.github.com/en/site-policy/privacy-policies/github-privacy-statement) for information relating to data collection and privacy overall. The community knowledge base uses [giscus](https://github.com/giscus/giscus) for discussions and comments. You can find the [Privacy Policy of giscus on their GitHub repository](https://github.com/giscus/giscus/blob/main/PRIVACY-POLICY.md)." +msgstr "La página web [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) se muestra mediante GitHub Pages. El equipo de Jamulus no ha configurado la página web para establecer cookies de seguimiento, pero consulta la [política de privacidad](https://docs.github.com/en/site-policy/privacy-policies/github-privacy-statement) de Github para obtener la información relativa a la recopilación de datos y la privacidad en general. La base de conocimiento comunitario utiliza [giscus](https://github.com/giscus/giscus) para los debates y comentarios. Puedes encontrar la [Política de privacidad de giscus en su repositorio de GitHub](https://github.com/giscus/giscus/blob/main/PRIVACY-POLICY.md)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:24 -msgid "## Jamulus Software" -msgstr "## Software Jamulus" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus Software" +msgstr "Software Jamulus" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:26 -msgid "### Use of Profile Information" -msgstr "### Uso de Datos del Perfil" +msgid "Jamulus is open source software that can be modified by anyone. As such, the Jamulus project can make no representations related to privacy, data collection, or security with respect to your use of the software." +msgstr "Jamulus es un software de código abierto que puede ser modificado por cualquier persona. Como tal, el proyecto Jamulus no puede hacer ninguna declaración relacionada con la privacidad, la recopilación de datos o la seguridad con respecto a tu uso del software." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:28 -msgid "When you connect to a Server, whatever you put in My Profile (in Settings) will be shown to others on that Server while you are connected to it. Note that, depending on the other client, you may not see them. Also, the Server operator can see the name you set in My Profile and your IP address, using the Server either through the GUI or JSON-RPC." -msgstr "Cuando te conectas a un Servidor, lo que escribas en Mi Perfil (en Configuración) será mostrado a terceros conectados a ese Servidor mientras dure tu conexión. Ten en cuenta que, dependiendo del otro cliente, quizá no puedas verlo. Además, el operador del Servidor puede ver el nombre que has establecido en Mi Perfil y tu dirección IP, utilizando el Servidor bien a través de la interfaz gráfica o con JSON-RPC." +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:27 +#, no-wrap +msgid "General Information" +msgstr "Información General" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:30 -msgid "When you connect to a Server, your profile may also be available to third parties from the Directory to which that Server is registered. This can be for informational purposes about the status of the public Jamulus network (for example, [here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)), but may not be limited to that. Profile information is not otherwise logged or stored by the Jamulus Server you are connected to, or by the Jamulus Directory, but may be stored or processed by third parties." -msgstr "Cuando te conectas a un Servidor tu perfil también puede ser accesible por parte de terceros desde el Directorio en el cual está registrado ese Servidor. Esto puede ser para fines informativos sobre el estado de la red pública de Jamulus (por ejemplo, [aquí](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)), pero puede no limitarse a esto. Los datos de perfil no son registrados ni guardados por parte del Servidor de Jamulus al cual estás conectado, o por parte del Directorio de Jamulus, pero pueden ser guardados o procesados por terceros." +msgid "Under normal use with software downloaded from this website that has not been modified, your user profile information is exchanged with Servers you connect to, peers connected to those same Servers, and to third parties (including Directories) that use the Jamulus protocol. This information is limited to your Jamulus name, city, country, instrument, and skill level as you have set them in your profile. The Servers you connect to will also have access to your internet address (IP Address) as it is required for the software to work; but this information is not shared with peers on the same Server or available to third parties." +msgstr "En condiciones normales de uso con software descargado de esta página web que no haya sido modificado, la información de tu perfil de usuario se intercambia con los Servidores a los que te conectas, con los compañeros conectados a esos mismos Servidores y con terceros (incluidos los Directorios) que utilicen el protocolo Jamulus. Esta información se limita a tu nombre en Jamulus, ciudad, país, instrumento y nivel de habilidad, tal y como los has establecido en tu perfil. Los Servidores a los que te conectes también tendrán acceso a tu dirección de Internet (dirección IP), ya que es necesaria para que el software funcione; pero esta información no se comparte con los compañeros del mismo Servidor ni está disponible para terceros." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:32 -msgid "### Use of IP Addresses" -msgstr "### Uso de Direcciones IP" +msgid "All communications between and among Clients, Servers, Directories, and third-party protocol users are sent without encryption." +msgstr "Todas las comunicaciones entre Clientes, Servidores, Directorios y usuarios de protocolos de terceros se envían sin cifrar." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:34 -msgid "When you connect to Server, the Server operator can see your IP address while you are connected. If the Server operator has enabled logging (which is off by default) your IP address will also be logged and stored in the Server's log file." -msgstr "Cuando te conectas a un Servidor, el operador del Servidor puede ver tu dirección IP mientras dure tu conexión. Si el operador del Servidor ha habilitado el registro (que está deshabilitado por defecto) tu dirección IP será registrada y guardada en el archivo de registro del Servidor." +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:33 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus Servers" +msgstr "Servidores Jamulus" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:36 -msgid "The IP addresses of all Servers registered with the Directory can also be seen by third parties for informational or other purposes (for example [here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)). Your public IP address is otherwise not logged or stored by Jamulus, but may be stored or processed by third parties." -msgstr "Las direcciones IP de todos los Servidores registrados en el Directorio también pueden ser vistas por terceros para fines informativos u otros fines (por ejemplo [aquí](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)). Tu dirección IP pública no es registrada ni guardada por parte de Jamulus, pero puede ser guardada o procesada por terceros." +msgid "When you connect to a Server, either directly or through a Directory, the operator of that Server is responsible for its operation policy, privacy policy, and data use policy. While unmodified Servers do not log or store your connection or profile information by default, some Servers may be configured to do so. Therefore, you should have no expectation of privacy with respect to your profile information or internet address." +msgstr "Cuando te conectas a un Servidor, ya sea directamente o a través de un Directorio, el operador de ese Servidor es responsable de su política de funcionamiento, política de privacidad y política de uso de datos. Aunque los Servidores no modificados no registran ni almacenan tu información de conexión o perfil por defecto, algunos Servidores pueden estar configurados para hacerlo. Por lo tanto, no debes tener ninguna expectativa de privacidad con respecto a tu información de perfil o dirección de Internet." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:38 -msgid "### Audio Recordings" -msgstr "### Grabaciones de Audio" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:37 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Chat Exchanges" +msgstr "Intercambios en el Chat" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:40 -msgid "You will see a notice if you are connected to a Jamulus Server when Server recording is turned on. Recordings of each player are stored by the Server separately as .WAV files and only the Server operator has access to them unless they choose to make them available to third parties." -msgstr "Durante una conexión con un Servidor Jamulus, si se activa la grabación verás una notificación. Las grabaciones de cada músico son guardadas por el Servidor como archivos .WAV separados, y solamente tiene acceso a ellas el operador del Servidor, a menos que decida divulgarlas a terceros." +msgid "Chats are textual messages that can be exchanged between Clients connected to the same Server. Everyone connected to a Server can see all chats and there should be no expectation of privacy with respect to information sent through the chat feature of Jamulus. While unmodified Servers do not log or store chats, some modified Servers may do this." +msgstr "Los chats son mensajes de texto que pueden intercambiarse entre Clientes conectados a un mismo Servidor. Todas las personas conectadas a un Servidor pueden ver todos los chats y no debe haber ninguna expectativa de privacidad con respecto a la información enviada a través de la función de chat de Jamulus. Aunque los Servidores no modificados no registran ni almacenan chats, algunos Servidores modificados podrían hacerlo." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:42 -msgid "### Text Chat" -msgstr "### Texto del Chat" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio Recordings" +msgstr "Grabaciones de Audio" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:44 -msgid "When you type a message in the Chat Window, other connected players can see that, but chats are not stored by the Server and neither the Server operator nor any third parties have access to them." -msgstr "Cuando escribes un mensaje en la Ventana del Chat, otros músicos conectados lo pueden ver, pero los chats no son guardados por el Servidor y ni el operador del Servidor ni ningún tercero tiene acceso a ellos." +msgid "Unmodified Servers will display a notice if recording is turned on. Recordings of each channel are stored by the Server and are controlled by the Server operator." +msgstr "Los Servidores no modificados mostrarán un aviso si la grabación está activada. Las grabaciones de cada canal son almacenadas por el Servidor y son controladas por el operador del Servidor." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:46 -msgid "### Data Transmission" -msgstr "### Transmisión de Datos" +msgid "It is possible for connected Clients to make recordings of sessions outside of Jamulus itself, for which there may be no notice or indication. Jamulus has no way to detect or control these situations and makes no representations as to the collection or use of such recording data." +msgstr "Es posible que los Clientes conectados realicen grabaciones de las sesiones fuera del propio Jamulus, para las que puede no haber aviso ni indicación. Jamulus no tiene forma de detectar o controlar estas situaciones y no se pronuncia sobre la recopilación o el uso de dichos datos de grabación." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:47 -msgid "Please note that all audio and text data is sent and received between the Jamulus Server and Client without encryption." -msgstr "Por favor ten en cuenta que todos los datos de audio y texto se envían y reciben entre el Servidor y el Cliente de Jamulus sin encriptación." +#, no-wrap +msgid "Directories" +msgstr "Directorios" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:49 +msgid "Directories are central connection points for locating Servers. The Jamulus Client comes with a pre-defined list of Directories for the convenience of users. These Directories are independently operated but are represented as running unmodified versions of the Jamulus software. If you do not wish to send your information to the Directories, you will need to connect to Servers directly." +msgstr "Los Directorios son puntos de conexión centrales para localizar Servidores. El Cliente Jamulus incluye una lista predefinida de Directorios para comodidad de los usuarios. Estos Directorios funcionan de forma independiente, pero se declara que ejecutan versiones no modificadas del software Jamulus. Si no deseas enviar tu información a los Directorios, necesitarás una conexión directa a los Servidores." + +#~ msgid "The website at [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) is served using GitHub Pages. The Jamulus team has not constructed the website to set tracking cookies, but see Github's [privacy policy](https://docs.github.com/en/site-policy/privacy-policies/github-privacy-statement) for information relating to data collection and privacy overall. The community knowledge base uses [Giscus](https://github.com/giscus/giscus) for discussions and comments. You can find the [Privacy Policy of giscus on their GitHub repository](https://github.com/giscus/giscus/blob/main/PRIVACY-POLICY.md)." +#~ msgstr "La página web [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) se sirve mediante GitHub Pages. El equipo de Jamulus no ha realizado la página web para establecer cookies de seguimiento, pero consulta la [política de privacidad](https://docs.github.com/en/site-policy/privacy-policies/github-privacy-statement) de Github para obtener mas información relativa a la recopilación de datos y la privacidad en general. La base de conocimientos de la comunidad utiliza [Giscus](https://github.com/giscus/giscus) para los debates y comentarios. Puedes encontrar la [Política de privacidad de giscus en su repositorio de GitHub](https://github.com/giscus/giscus/blob/main/PRIVACY-POLICY.md)." + +#~ msgid "Please note that the English version of this privacy statement is the original and, as such, the binding version. To access the English version, go to the top/top right of this page and click on the \"en\" link. The following only applies to the version you can download from this website, [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io)." +#~ msgstr "Por favor ten en cuenta que la versión en inglés de esta declaración de privacidad es la original y que como tal, es la versión vinculante. Para acceder a la versión en inglés, ve a la parte superior de esta página y selecciona la opción \"en\". Lo que sigue solo es aplicable a la versión que puedes descargar desde esta página web, [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io)." + +#~ msgid "\"**Server**\" The Jamulus Server software, as opposed to the host machine/OS it is running on." +#~ msgstr "\"**Servidor**\" El software del Servidor de Jamulus, a diferencia de la máquina/SO anfitrión en el que se ejecuta." + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Web site" +#~ msgstr "Página web" + +#~ msgid "The website at [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) is served using GitHub Pages. We do not collect your personal data or set tracking cookies. When you connect to the jamulus.io site, your IP is sent to [GitHub Pages](https://pages.github.com/)." +#~ msgstr "La página web en [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) se ofrece utilizando GitHub Pages. No almacenamos tus datos personales ni utilizamos cookies de rastreo. Cuando te conectas a la página de jamulus.io, tu IP se envía a [GitHub Pages](https://pages.github.com/)." + +#~ msgid "When you connect to a Server, whatever you put in My Profile (in Settings) will be shown to others on that Server while you are connected to it. Note that, depending on the other client, you may not see them. Also, the Server operator can see the name you set in My Profile and your IP address, using the Server either through the GUI or JSON-RPC." +#~ msgstr "Cuando te conectas a un Servidor, lo que escribas en Mi Perfil (en Configuración) será mostrado a terceros conectados a ese Servidor mientras dure tu conexión. Ten en cuenta que, dependiendo del otro cliente, quizá no puedas verlo. Además, el operador del Servidor puede ver el nombre que has establecido en Mi Perfil y tu dirección IP, utilizando el Servidor bien a través de la interfaz gráfica o con JSON-RPC." + +#~ msgid "When you connect to a Server, your profile may also be available to third parties from the Directory to which that Server is registered. This can be for informational purposes about the status of the public Jamulus network (for example, [here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)), but may not be limited to that. Profile information is not otherwise logged or stored by the Jamulus Server you are connected to, or by the Jamulus Directory, but may be stored or processed by third parties." +#~ msgstr "Cuando te conectas a un Servidor tu perfil también puede ser accesible por parte de terceros desde el Directorio en el cual está registrado ese Servidor. Esto puede ser para fines informativos sobre el estado de la red pública de Jamulus (por ejemplo, [aquí](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)), pero puede no limitarse a esto. Los datos de perfil no son registrados ni guardados por parte del Servidor de Jamulus al cual estás conectado, o por parte del Directorio de Jamulus, pero pueden ser guardados o procesados por terceros." + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Use of IP Addresses" +#~ msgstr "Uso de Direcciones IP" + +#~ msgid "When you connect to Server, the Server operator can see your IP address while you are connected. If the Server operator has enabled logging (which is off by default) your IP address will also be logged and stored in the Server's log file." +#~ msgstr "Cuando te conectas a un Servidor, el operador del Servidor puede ver tu dirección IP mientras dure tu conexión. Si el operador del Servidor ha habilitado el registro (que está deshabilitado por defecto) tu dirección IP será registrada y guardada en el archivo de registro del Servidor." + +#~ msgid "The IP addresses of all Servers registered with the Directory can also be seen by third parties for informational or other purposes (for example [here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)). Your public IP address is otherwise not logged or stored by Jamulus, but may be stored or processed by third parties." +#~ msgstr "Las direcciones IP de todos los Servidores registrados en el Directorio también pueden ser vistas por terceros para fines informativos u otros fines (por ejemplo [aquí](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)). Tu dirección IP pública no es registrada ni guardada por parte de Jamulus, pero puede ser guardada o procesada por terceros." + +#~ msgid "You will see a notice if you are connected to a Jamulus Server when Server recording is turned on. Recordings of each player are stored by the Server separately as .WAV files and only the Server operator has access to them unless they choose to make them available to third parties." +#~ msgstr "Durante una conexión con un Servidor Jamulus, si se activa la grabación verás una notificación. Las grabaciones de cada músico son guardadas por el Servidor como archivos .WAV separados, y solamente tiene acceso a ellas el operador del Servidor, a menos que decida divulgarlas a terceros." + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Text Chat" +#~ msgstr "Texto del Chat" + +#~ msgid "When you type a message in the Chat Window, other connected players can see that, but chats are not stored by the Server and neither the Server operator nor any third parties have access to them." +#~ msgstr "Cuando escribes un mensaje en la Ventana del Chat, otros músicos conectados lo pueden ver, pero los chats no son guardados por el Servidor y ni el operador del Servidor ni ningún tercero tiene acceso a ellos." + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Data Transmission" +#~ msgstr "Transmisión de Datos" + +#~ msgid "Please note that all audio and text data is sent and received between the Jamulus Server and Client without encryption." +#~ msgstr "Por favor ten en cuenta que todos los datos de audio y texto se envían y reciben entre el Servidor y el Cliente de Jamulus sin encriptación." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/QOS-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/es/QOS-Windows.po index 732928cb6..b02fc3415 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/QOS-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/QOS-Windows.po @@ -1,39 +1,39 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# ignotus , 2022. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-07-20 12:41+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-12-27 09:39+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: es\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.1.1\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "es" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/QOS-Windows" msgstr "/wiki/QOS-Windows" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Quality of Service (QoS)" @@ -44,10 +44,11 @@ msgstr "Calidad de Servicio (QoS)" msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" %}" msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Más\" %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:11 -msgid "## Use of QoS on Windows" -msgstr "## Uso de QoS en Windows" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Use of QoS on Windows" +msgstr "Uso de QoS en Windows" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:13 @@ -66,8 +67,47 @@ msgstr "La configuración QoS de Jamulus (incluyendo la predeterminada) se estab #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:37 -msgid "In Search box beside Start menu, Type: Local Group Policy Editor (enter)
In new window, (click) on the menu icon to display the Actions third panel
Looking at the first panel of the Local Group Policy Editor
 Local Computer Policy
  Computer Configuration
   Windows Settings
    Policy-based QoS (click)
Looking at the third panel (Actions) of the Local Group Policy Editor
 Policy-based QoS
  More Actions
   Create new Policy (click)
    Policy Name: Jamulus
    Specify DSCP value: 32
    Next
    This QoS policy applies Only to applications with name Jamulus.exe
    Next
    Next
    UDP
    Finish
" -msgstr "En el campo de Búsqueda al lado del menú de Arranque teclea: Editor de Directivas de Grupo Local (enter)
En la nueva ventana, (clic) en el icono del menú para mostrar el tercer panel de Acción
Mirando el primer panel del Editor de Directivas de Grupo Local
 Local Computer Policy
  Computer Configuration
   Windows Settings
    Policy-based QoS (clic)
Mirando el tercer panel (Acción) del Editor de Directivas de Grupo Local
 Policy-based QoS
  Más Acciones
   Crear nueva Directiva (clic)
    Nombre Directiva: Jamulus
    Especificar valor DSCP: 32
    Siguiente
    Esta directiva QoS se aplica solo a las aplicaciones con el nombre Jamulus.exe
    Siguiente
    Siguiente
    UDP
    Terminar
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"In Search box beside Start menu, Type: Local Group Policy Editor (enter)
\n" +"In new window, (click) on the menu icon to display the Actions third panel
\n" +"Looking at the first panel of the Local Group Policy Editor
\n" +" Local Computer Policy
\n" +"  Computer Configuration
\n" +"   Windows Settings
\n" +"    Policy-based QoS (click)
\n" +"Looking at the third panel (Actions) of the Local Group Policy Editor
\n" +" Policy-based QoS
\n" +"  More Actions
\n" +"   Create new Policy (click)
\n" +"    Policy Name: Jamulus
\n" +"    Specify DSCP value: 32
\n" +"    Next
\n" +"    This QoS policy applies Only to applications with name Jamulus.exe
\n" +"    Next
\n" +"    Next
\n" +"    UDP
\n" +"    Finish
\n" +msgstr "" +"En el campo de Búsqueda al lado del menú de Arranque teclea: Editor de Directivas de Grupo Local (enter)
\n" +"En la nueva ventana, (clic) en el icono del menú para mostrar el tercer panel de Acción
\n" +"Mirando el primer panel del Editor de Directivas de Grupo Local
\n" +" Local Computer Policy
\n" +"  Computer Configuration
\n" +"   Windows Settings
\n" +"    Policy-based QoS (clic)
\n" +"Mirando el tercer panel (Acción) del Editor de Directivas de Grupo Local
\n" +" Policy-based QoS
\n" +"  Más Acciones
\n" +"   Crear nueva Directiva (clic)
\n" +"    Nombre Directiva: Jamulus
\n" +"    Especificar valor DSCP: 32
\n" +"    Siguiente
\n" +"    Esta directiva QoS se aplica solo a las aplicaciones con el nombre Jamulus.exe
\n" +"    Siguiente
\n" +"    Siguiente
\n" +"    UDP
\n" +"    Terminar
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:39 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Running-a-Server.po index f70b0552c..e8f772e36 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/Running-a-Server.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Running-a-Server.po @@ -2,848 +2,1222 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # ignotus , 2022. +# ignotus , 2022, 2023. +# gallegonovato , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-13 20:26+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-24 18:48+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: gallegonovato \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: es\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "es" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Running-a-Server" msgstr "/wiki/Running-a-Server" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Running a Server" msgstr "Ejecutar un Servidor" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server Administration Manual" +msgstr "Manual Administración de Servidores" + #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:10 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# Server Administration Manual\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" -msgstr "" -"# Manual Administración de Servidores\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:12 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:14 -msgid "Table of contents" -msgstr "Tabla de contenidos" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:16 -msgid "TOC" -msgstr "TOC" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "Tabla de contenidos\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:17 -msgid "{:toc}" -msgstr "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" +msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:19 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:22 -msgid "## Do I need to run a Server?" -msgstr "## ¿Necesito ejecutar un Servidor?" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Do I need to run a Server?" +msgstr "¿Necesito ejecutar un Servidor?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:24 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:23 #, no-wrap -msgid "**No**. You can use the Servers listed by the built in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server or choose a third party hosting service. If you just want an undisturbed session, use the [soloing technique described on the Tips and Tricks page](Tips-Tricks-More#have-an-undisturbed-session-on-any-server). If you decide you cannot use any of the Servers listed by the built in Directories, you may be able to use a Server (either Registered in a Custom Directory, or Unregistered - see [Server Types](#server-types)) hosted by a third party. Doing so will save you the trouble of setting one up yourself.\n" -msgstr "**No**. Puedes utilizar los Servidores listados en los Directorios incluidos y usar Jamulus sin ejecutar un Servidor ni recurrir a un servicio de hosting de terceros. Si simplemente quieres una sesión sin que te molesten, utiliza la [técnica del \"solo\" en la página de Consejos y Trucos](Tips-Tricks-More#cómo-tener-una-sesión-sin-molestias-en-cualquier-servidor). Si decides que no puedes utilizar ninguno de los Servidores en los Directorios incluidos, quizá puedas usar un Servidor (ya sea Registrado en un Directorio Personalizado, o Sin Registrar -ver [Tipos de Servidor](#tipos-de-servidor)) ofrecido por un host de terceros. Hacerlo te ahorrará el trabajo de configurar uno por tu cuenta.\n" +msgid "**No**. You don't need to run a Server. You can use the Servers listed by the built-in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server yourself. You can also use an unlisted Server if you know its internet address. Or you can use a third party hosting service such as [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/) or [KOORD](https://koord.live/). There's probably a Server nearby that you and your friends can use at low enough latency for most needs.\n" +msgstr "**No**. No necesitas ejecutar un Servidor. Puedes usar los Servidores listados por los Directorios incorporados y usar Jamulus sin ejecutar tú un Servidor. También puedes utilizar un Servidor no listado si conoces su dirección de Internet. O puedes utilizar un servicio de hosting de terceros como [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/) o [KOORD](https://koord.live/). Probablemente haya un Servidor cerca que tú y tus amigos podáis usar con una latencia lo suficientemente baja para la mayoría de las necesidades.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:26 -msgid "## Basic requirements" -msgstr "## Requisitos básicos" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:25 +msgid "Using a public Server might introduce you to strangers. If you want an undisturbed session, you can use the soloing technique described on the [Tips and Tricks page](Tips-Tricks-More#have-an-undisturbed-session-on-any-server). You won't hear strangers who connect to the Server, but they can hear you if they wish." +msgstr "Utilizar un Servidor público puede ponerte en contacto con personas desconocidas. Si quieres una sesión sin molestias, puedes utilizar la técnica del solo descrita en la [página de Trucos y Consejos](Tips-Tricks-More#cómo-tener-una-sesión-sin-molestias-en-cualquier-servidor). No oirás a los desconocidos que se conecten al Servidor, pero ellos podrán oírte a ti si lo desean." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:28 -msgid "While setting up a Server isn't difficult, it's a good idea to read the following background information to avoid some problems:" -msgstr "Aunque configurar un Servidor no es difícil, es una buena idea leer la siguiente información general para evitar algunos problemas:" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Requirements" +msgstr "Requisitos" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:30 -msgid "### Speed and latency" -msgstr "### Velocidad y latencia" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Speed and latency" +msgstr "Velocidad y latencia" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:32 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:33 #, no-wrap msgid "**_The capability of the Server itself (and the network it's on) is NOT the main determinant of the quality of a Jamulus session!_**\n" msgstr "**_La capacidad del Servidor en sí (y de la red en la que opera) NO es el factor más determinante para la calidad de una sesión con Jamulus_**\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:34 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:35 msgid "Usually, problems are on the _Client_ side and should be fixed there. Have a look at the [Troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) if needed." msgstr "Normalmente, los problemas ocurren en el lado del _Cliente_ y deben solucionarse allí. Consulta la [Página de resolución de problemas](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) si es necesario." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:36 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:37 msgid "However, various problems can also arise when setting up Servers - especially when run on a low-bandwidth home connection. It's usually fine to have less than 5 players on a slower-speed home connection (eg 10 Mbit/s down and 1 Mbit/s up). You can read more about network requirements at [different quality settings here](Server-Bandwidth)." msgstr "Sin embargo, también pueden surgir problemas al configurar Servidores - sobre todo si se ejecutan en una conexión doméstica con poco ancho de banda. Normalmente funciona bien con menos de 5 personas tocando en una conexión doméstica lenta (por ej. unos 10 Mbit/s de bajada y 1 Mbit/s de subida). Puedes leer más sobre los requisitos de red con [diferentes configuraciones de calidad aquí](Server-Bandwidth)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:38 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:39 msgid "Consider using a cloud host, not your home internet connection, to get better ping times if you're having problems." msgstr "Considera el uso de un host en la nube, no tu conexión doméstica, para conseguir mejores tiempos de ping si tienes problemas." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:41 -msgid "### General notes" -msgstr "### Notas generales" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "General notes" +msgstr "Notas generales" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:43 +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 msgid "Any Server should have at least 1.6GHz CPU frequency and 1GB RAM" msgstr "Cualquier Servidor debería de tener una frecuencia de procesador de 1,6 GHz y 1 GB de RAM" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:44 +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 msgid "Running a Server may require you to adjust any firewalls running on or outside of your machine or cloud host." msgstr "Ejecutar un Servidor puede requerir que configures cortafuegos operando en tu ordenador o host en la nube, o externos." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:45 -msgid "Running an Unregistered Server at home will require you to [port forward](#port-forwarding) on your router. When running a Registered Server, port forwarding should not be necessary in most cases, but it's advisable to do so because some networks may not work properly with Jamulus in its default mode." -msgstr "Ejecutar un Servidor Sin Registrar en casa requerirá que [redirecciones puertos](#redireccionamiento-de-puertos) en tu router. Al ejecutar un Servidor Registrado, el redireccionamiento de puertos no debería ser necesario en la mayoría de casos, pero es aconsejable hacerlo puesto que algunas redes podrían no funcionar bien con Jamulus en su modo por defecto." - -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 -msgid "Jamulus only has limited IPv6 support which needs to be enabled with a command line argument on the Client and Server. (There are plans to expand IPv6 support.)" -msgstr "Jamulus solo tiene soporte limitado para IPv6, que debe ser habilitado con un argumento en la línea de comandos en el Cliente y el Servidor. (Hay intención de ampliar el soporte para IPv6.)" +msgid "You must set up port forwarding on your router to run an [Unregistered Server](Unregistered-Servers) at home. This should not be necessary when running a Registered Server in most cases. However, some home networks can require port forwarding for a Registered Server." +msgstr "Debes configurar la redirección de puertos en tu router para ejecutar un [Servidor No Registrado](Unregistered-Servers) en casa. Esto no debería ser necesario cuando se ejecuta un Servidor Registrado en la mayoría de los casos. Sin embargo, algunas redes domésticas pueden requerir la redirección de puertos para un Servidor Registrado." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:48 -msgid "## Server Types" -msgstr "## Tipos de servidor" +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 +msgid "Jamulus offers limited IPv6 support that you can turn on for a Client or Server from the command line." +msgstr "Jamulus ofrece soporte IPv6 limitado que puedes activar para un Cliente o Servidor desde la línea de comandos." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:50 -msgid "You can run your Server in different ways (either at home or on a 3rd party host):" -msgstr "Puedes ejecutar tu Servidor de diferentes modos (bien en casa o en un host de terceros):" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:49 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "Instalación" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:52 -msgid "### 1. Registered" -msgstr "### 1. Registrado" +msgid "Most people run Jamulus on a 3rd party/cloud host as a \"headless\" Server (no video display or keyboard) on **hardware without audio** running Linux. You can also run a Server in a [**desktop environment**](#servers-on-the-desktop)." +msgstr "La mayoría de la gente ejecuta Jamulus en un host de terceros/nube como un Servidor \"headless\" (sin pantalla ni teclado) en **hardware sin audio** ejecutando Linux. También puedes ejecutar un Servidor en un [**entorno de escritorio**](#servidores-en-el-escritorio)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:54 -msgid "Your Server will be listed in a Directory. By default, Jamulus has a list of built-in Directories that Clients can connect to. If you register with one of these, anyone can then discover and connect to your Server. You can also have your Server listed on a Custom Directory, if that better meets your needs." -msgstr "Tu Servidor será listado en un Directorio. Por defecto, Jamulus tiene una lista de Directorios incluidos a los que se pueden conectar los Clientes. Si te registras en uno de estos, cualquiera puede ver y conectarse a tu Servidor. También puedes listar tu Servidor en un Directorio Personalizado, si eso se ajusta mejor a tus necesidades." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:59 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:56 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"
\n" -"\t\"Diagram\n" -"
How Registered Servers work
\n" -"
\n" -msgstr "" -"
\n" -"\t\"Diagrama\n" -"\t
Cómo funcionan los Servidores Registrados
\n" -"
\n" +msgid "**Note** The following steps will result in you running an \"Unregistered\" Server. For more information, see [the Server Modes section](#server-modes) below.\n" +msgstr "**Nota** Los siguientes pasos harán que ejecutes un Servidor \"No registrado\". Para más información, consulta [la sección sobre modos de Servidor](#modos-de-servidor) más abajo.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:61 -msgid "### 2. Unregistered" -msgstr "### 2. Sin Registrar" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:60 +msgid "To run a headless server on Linux, the following steps assume you are familiar with the command line and Debian/Ubuntu or similar distribution that uses systemd." +msgstr "Para ejecutar un Servidor \"headless\" en Linux, los siguientes pasos suponen que sabes utilizar la línea de comandos y Debian/Ubuntu o una distribución similar que utilice systemd." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:63 -msgid "This is the default when starting a Server for the first time. Unregistered Servers are not listed by Directories, so only musicians who know your Server's address to will be able to connect to it. This is useful because Jamulus does not let you control who can connect to a Server." -msgstr "Esto el lo predeterminado cuando se arranca un Servidor por primera vez. Los Servidores Sin Registrar no son listados por los Directorios, por lo que solo los músicos que conozcan la dirección de tu Servidor se podrán conectar a él. Esto es útil porque Jamulus no te deja controlar quién se puede conectar a un servidor." +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 +msgid "Download the setup script: `curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh`" +msgstr "Descarga el script de la instalación: `curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh`" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:68 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"
\n" -"\t\"Diagram\n" -"\t
How Unregistered Servers work
\n" -"
\n" -msgstr "" -"
\n" -"\t\"Diagrama\n" -"\t
Cómo funcionan los Servidores Sin Registrar
\n" -"
\n" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 +msgid "Make the script executable: `chmod +x setup_repo.sh`" +msgstr "Haz que el script sea ejecutable: `chmod +x setup_repo.sh`" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:70 -msgid "If you are running an unregistered server behind a home internet connection, you might need to enable [port forwarding](#port-forwarding) as described below." -msgstr "Si estás ejecutando un Servidor Sin Registrar tras una conexión doméstica de internet, quizás tengas que habilitar [redireccionamiento de puertos](#redireccionamiento-de-puertos), descrito más abajo." +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 +msgid "Run the script and install the headless server: `sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus-headless`" +msgstr "Ejecuta el script e instala el servidor: `sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus-headless`" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:72 -msgid "### 3. Directory" -msgstr "### 3. Directorio" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 +msgid "Enable the headless Server process:" +msgstr "Habilita el proceso del Servidor headless:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:74 -msgid "If you want to run a number of Servers, possibly also behind a firewall or on a LAN, you may want to run your Server as a Directory. Examples include online events, music associations, sectional rehearsals or music lessons for schools." -msgstr "Si quieres ejecutar varios Servidores, posiblemente también tras un cortafuegos o en un LAN, quizás quieras ejecutar tu Servidor como un Directorio. Ejemplos incluyen eventos online, asociaciones musicales, ensayos seccionales or clases de música para colegios." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:67 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\t`sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`\n" +msgstr "\t`sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:76 -msgid "To run a Directory [read this guide](Directories)" -msgstr "Para ejecutar un Directorio [lee esta guía](Directories)" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:69 +msgid "Add your desired [command line options](Running-a-Server#configuration-options) to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file:" +msgstr "Añade las [opciones de línea de comandos](Running-a-Server#opciones-de-configuración) que quieras a la línea `ExecStart` en el archivo de servicio systemd:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:79 -msgid "## Installation and Configuration" -msgstr "## Instalación y Configuración" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:71 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\t`sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless`\n" +msgstr "\t`sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless`\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:81 -msgid "Most people run Jamulus as a \"pure\" Server on **hardware without audio** (e.g. on a 3rd party/cloud host) running Linux. The following steps assume you are familiar with the command line and Debian/Ubuntu or similar distribution using systemd. To run a server on Windows or on the desktop with a graphical user interface, [see this section](#servers-on-the-desktop)." -msgstr "La mayoría de las personas ejecutan Jamulus como Servidor \"puro\" en **hardware sin audio** (por ej. en un host/una nube de terceros) con Linux. Los siguientes pasos dan por hecho que tienes conocimiento de la línea de comandos y de Debian/Ubuntu o una distribución similar que utiliza systemd. Para ejecutar un Servidor en Windows o en un escritorio con interfaz gráfica [ver esta sección](#servidores-en-el-escritorio)." +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:73 +msgid "Reload the systemd files and restart the headless Server:" +msgstr "Vuelve a cargar los archivos de systemd y reinicia el Servidor \"headless\":" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:83 -msgid "If you want to run a Server on a Raspberry Pi (or a different armhf/arm64 debian-based device), you will need to download the `.deb` files for 32 bit `armhf` or 64 bit `arm64`, not the default `amd64` ones you'd use on an Intel/AMD based machine." -msgstr "Si quieres ejecutar un Servidor en un Raspberry Pi (u otro dispositivo armhf/arm64 basado en debian), tendrás que descargarte los archivos `.deb` para `armhf` de 32 bit o `arm64` de 64 bit, no los `amd64` que utilizarías por defecto en una máquina basada en Intel/AMD." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:75 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\t`sudo systemctl daemon-reload && systemctl restart jamulus-headless`\n" +msgstr "\t`sudo systemctl daemon-reload && systemctl restart jamulus-headless`\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:86 -msgid "### Installation" -msgstr "### Instalación" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:77 +msgid "_To amend your Server configuration, just repeat the last two steps above._" +msgstr "_Para modificar la configuración de tu Servidor, simplemente repite los dos últimos pasos anteriores._" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:88 -msgid "Download the [latest headless (amd64) .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}) or, if you use a Raspberry Pi etc. download the [latest armhf .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}) or the [latest arm64 .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }})" -msgstr "Descarga el [último archivo .deb para headless (amd64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}) o si utilizas Raspberry Pi etc. descarga el [último archivo .deb para armhf]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}) o el [último archivo .deb para arm64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }})" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:80 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server Modes" +msgstr "Modos de servidor" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:89 -msgid "Update apt to make sure you have a current list of standard packages: `sudo apt update`" -msgstr "Actualiza apt para asegurarte de que tienes la lista actual de paquetes estándares: `sudo apt update`" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:83 +msgid "Servers can be run in one of three modes (either at home or on a 3rd party host), depending on your needs." +msgstr "Los Servidores se pueden ejecutar en uno de tres modos (bien en casa o en un host de terceros), dependiendo de tus necesidades." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:90 -msgid "Install the Jamulus package: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}` or for RasPi etc. armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}`; arm64: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }}`" -msgstr "Instala el paquete de Jamulus: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}` o para RasPi etc. armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}`; arm64: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }}`" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:84 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Unregistered mode" +msgstr "Modo Sin Registrar" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:91 -msgid "Enable the headless Server process via systemd: `sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`" -msgstr "Habilita el Servidor 'headless' con systemd: `sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:87 +msgid "This is the default when starting a Server for the first time. Unregistered Servers are not listed by Directories, so only musicians who know your Server's address can connect to it." +msgstr "Esto es lo predeterminado cuando se arranca un Servidor por primera vez. Los Servidores Sin Registrar no son listados por los Directorios, por lo que solo los músicos que conozcan la dirección de tu Servidor se podrán conectar a él." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:92 -msgid "Add your desired [command line options](Running-a-Server#command-line-options) to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file by running `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` (By default you will be running an Unregistered Server)." -msgstr "Añade las [opciones de línea de comandos](Running-a-Server#opciones-de-línea-de-comandos) a la línea `ExecStart` en el archivo de servicio systemd ejecutando `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` (Por defecto estarás ejecutando un Servidor Sin Registrar)." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:89 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**For information about running an Unregistered Server [see this guide](Unregistered-Servers).**\n" +msgstr "**Para obtener información sobre la ejecución de un Servidor No Registrado [consulta esta guía](Unregistered-Servers).**\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:93 -msgid "Reload the systemd files `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` and restart the headless Server: `sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless`" -msgstr "Vuelve a cargar los archivos de systemd `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` y reinicia el Servidor \"headless\": `sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless`" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"
\n" +"\t\"Diagram\n" +"
\n" +msgstr "" +"
\n" +"\t\"Diagrama\n" +"
\n" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:94 -msgid "Check all is well with `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (hit `q` to get back to the command prompt)." -msgstr "Comprueba que todo va bien con `systemctl status jamulus-headless status` (dale a `q` para volver a la línea de comandos)." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:96 -msgid "You can control Jamulus with the `systemctl` command. For example, to stop the Server cleanly:" -msgstr "Puedes controlar Jamulus con el comando `systemctl`. Por ejemplo, para detener el Servidor limpiamente:" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Registered mode" +msgstr "Modo Registrado" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:98 -msgid "`sudo systemctl stop jamulus-headless`" -msgstr "`sudo systemctl stop jamulus-headless`" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:97 +msgid "In this mode your Server will appear in the server list supplied by a Directory. Jamulus Clients come with a list of Directories built-in. If you register your Server with one of these, anyone can discover and connect to it." +msgstr "En este modo tu Servidor aparecerá en la lista de servidores suministrada por un Directorio. Los Clientes Jamulus vienen con una lista de Directorios integrada. Si registras tu Servidor en uno de ellos, cualquiera podrá descubrirlo y conectarse a él." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:100 -msgid "_To upgrade your Server, just repeat the steps above._" -msgstr "_Para actualizar tu Servidor, simplemente repite los pasos anteriores._" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:99 +msgid "Alternatively, you can list your Server on a Custom Directory (see below). Clients will only find your Server if they enter the Custom Directory's internet address." +msgstr "Alternativamente, puedes listar tu Servidor en un Directorio Personalizado (ver más abajo). Los Clientes sólo encontrarán tu Servidor si introducen la dirección de internet del Directorio Personalizado." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:102 -msgid "### Configuration" -msgstr "### Configuración" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:101 +msgid "Note that Directories can only register up to 150 Servers. If you see a message that says you cannot register your Server because the Directory is full, you can try registering with a different Directory." +msgstr "Ten en cuenta que los Directorios solo pueden registrar hasta 150 Servidores. Si ves un mensaje que dice que no puedes registrar tu Servidor porque el Directorio está lleno, puedes intentar registrarlo en un Directorio diferente." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:104 -msgid "#### Running in Registered mode" -msgstr "#### Ejecutar en modo Registrado" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:105 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"
\n" +"\t\"Diagram\n" +"
\n" +msgstr "" +"
\n" +"\t\"Diagrama\n" +"
\n" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:106 -msgid "The following minimum setup is required to [run a Registered Server](Running-a-Server#server-types):" -msgstr "Se requiere la configuración mínima siguiente para [ejecutar un Servidor Registrado](Running-a-Server#tipos-de-servidor):" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Directory mode" +msgstr "Modo Directorio" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:112 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"~~~\n" -"jamulus --nogui --server \\\n" -" --directoryserver genreServer:port \\\n" -" --serverinfo \"yourServerName;yourCity;[country ID]\"\n" -"~~~\n" -msgstr "" -"~~~\n" -"jamulus --nogui --server \\\n" -" --directoryserver genreServer:port \\\n" -" --serverinfo \"nombreDeTuServidor;tuCiudad;[ID país]\"\n" -"~~~\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:109 +msgid "If you want to run a number of Servers, possibly also behind a firewall or on a LAN, you may want to run your Server as a Directory. Examples include online events, music associations, sectional rehearsals or music lessons for schools." +msgstr "Si quieres ejecutar varios Servidores, posiblemente también tras un cortafuegos o en un LAN, quizás quieras ejecutar tu Servidor como un Directorio. Ejemplos incluyen eventos online, asociaciones musicales, ensayos seccionales or clases de música para colegios." #. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:111 +msgid "For information, [see the Directories guide](Directories)." +msgstr "Para más información [lee la guía sobre Directorios](Directories)." + +#. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:114 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Note**: Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `yourServerName` and `yourCity` within the `--serverinfo` argument\n" -msgstr "**Nota**: No se permiten los caracteres de punto y coma y nueva línea en `yourServerName` y `yourCity` para el argumento de `--serverinfo`\n" +msgid "Configuration options" +msgstr "Opciones de configuración" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:116 -msgid "To register with one of the Directories built into the Jamulus Client, replace `genreServer:port` in the example above with one of the following options:" -msgstr "Para registrarte en uno de los Directorios incluidos en el Cliente Jamulus, reemplaza `genreServer:port` en el ejemplo de arriba con una de las siguientes opciones:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:117 +msgid "Depending on your operating system and how you are running the Server, you can set Server options and make them persistent between reloads by following these steps:" +msgstr "En función de tu sistema operativo y de cómo ejecutes el Servidor, puedes establecer las opciones del Servidor y hacerlas persistentes entre reinicios siguiendo estos pasos:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:127 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:119 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"| Genre | Server Address |\n" -"|-----------|------------------|\n" -"|**Any Genre 1** |`anygenre1.jamulus.io:22124`|\n" -"|**Any Genre 2** |`anygenre2.jamulus.io:22224`|\n" -"|**Any Genre 3** |`anygenre3.jamulus.io:22624`|\n" -"|**Genre Rock** |`rock.jamulus.io:22424`|\n" -"|**Genre Jazz** |`jazz.jamulus.io:22324`|\n" -"|**Genre Classical/Folk** |`classical.jamulus.io:22524`|\n" -"|**Genre Choral/Barbershop** |`choral.jamulus.io:22724`|\n" -msgstr "" -"| Género | Dirección Servidor |\n" -"|-----------|------------------|\n" -"| **Cualquier Género 1** | `anygenre1.jamulus.io:22124` |\n" -"| **Cualquier Género 2** | `anygenre2.jamulus.io:22224` |\n" -"| **Cualquier Género 3** | `anygenre3.jamulus.io:22624` |\n" -"| **Género Rock** | `rock.jamulus.io:22424` |\n" -"| **Género Jazz** | `jazz.jamulus.io:22324` |\n" -"| **Género Clásico/Folk** | `classical.jamulus.io:22524` |\n" -"| **Género Coro/Barbershop** | `choral.jamulus.io:22724` |\n" +msgid "**For Linux headless** (Debian/Ubuntu using systemd)\n" +msgstr "**Para Linux \"headless\"** (Debian/Ubuntu usando systemd)\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:129 -msgid "You can also specify a [Directory](#3-directory) in the same way from the command line, providing the Server Address in the same format." -msgstr "También puedes especificar un [Directorio](#3-directorio) de la misma manera desde la línea de comandos, proporcionando la Dirección del Servidor en el mismo formato." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:121 +msgid "Add your desired command line options to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file by running `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` (You will need to reload or restart for the changes to take effect. See [Installation](#installation))." +msgstr "Añade las opciones de línea de comandos que desees a la línea `ExecStart` en el archivo de servicio systemd ejecutando `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` (Necesitarás recargar o reiniciar para que los cambios surtan efecto. Ver [Instalación](#instalación))." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:131 -msgid "#### Running as a Directory" -msgstr "### Ejecutar como Directorio" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:123 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**For the GUI** (all platforms)\n" +msgstr "**Para la interfaz gráfica** (todas las plataformas)\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:133 -msgid "If you wish to run a [Directory](Running-a-Server#3-directory) please see [this guide](Directories)." -msgstr "Si quieres ejecutar un [Directorio](Running-a-Server#3-directorio) por favor consulta [esta guía](Directories)." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:125 +msgid "Any settings made using the graphical interface will be stored in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file. (Do **not** edit this file by hand!) However, some options are not available in the GUI and need to be set using the command line. For more information, see [Servers on the desktop](#servers-on-the-desktop)." +msgstr "Cualquier configuración realizada mediante la interfaz gráfica se almacenará en el archivo `Jamulusserver.ini`. (¡**No** edites este archivo a mano!) Sin embargo, algunas opciones no están disponibles en la interfaz gráfica y necesitan ser configuradas usando la línea de comandos. Para más información, consulta [Servidores en el escritorio](#servidores-en-el-escritorio)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:135 -msgid "### Maintenance" -msgstr "### Mantenimiento" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:128 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Minimum setup to run in Registered mode" +msgstr "Configuración mínima para ejecutar en modo Registrado" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:137 -msgid "#### Viewing The Logs" -msgstr "#### Ver los Registros" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:132 +msgid "You can run a headless Server on Linux using systemd (with `systemctl`), which is covered in other sections. You can also run a Server directly from the command line. Enter the following command to [run a Registered Server](#server-modes):" +msgstr "Puedes ejecutar un Servidor headless en Linux usando systemd (con `systemctl`), que se trata en otras secciones. También puedes ejecutar un Servidor directamente desde la línea de comandos. Introduce el siguiente comando para [ejecutar un Servidor Registrado](#modos-de-servidor):" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:139 -msgid "Jamulus will log to the system log file if you left the `StandardOutput=journal` setting in the unit file." -msgstr "Jamulus dejará registros en el archivo del sistema si dejaste la configuración `StandardOutput=journal` en el archivo de unidad." +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:133 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"jamulus-headless --nogui --server \\\n" +" --directoryaddress hostname:port \\\n" +" --serverinfo \"[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code or Qt5 Locale]\"\n" +msgstr "" +"jamulus --nogui --server \\\n" +" --directoryaddress nombreHost:puerto\\\n" +" --serverinfo \"[nombre];[ciudad];[país como código ISO de dos letras o Locale Qt5]\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:141 -msgid "To view the log, use `journalctl` (to exit press Ctrl-C). For example, to read the system log file, filtered for the Jamulus service:" -msgstr "Para ver el registro, utiliza `journalctl` (para salir pulsa Ctrl-C). Por ejemplo, para leer el archivo de registro del sistema, filtrado para el servicio Jamulus:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:140 +msgid "See the table below for `hostname:port` values." +msgstr "Véase la tabla de abajo para valores de `nombreHost:puerto`." #. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:142 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note**: Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `[name]` and `[city]` within the `--serverinfo` argument. See the [Server mode-related options](#server-mode-related-options) for more information on the country code. \n" +msgstr "**Nota**: Los caracteres punto y coma y nueva línea no están permitidos en `[nombre]` y `[ciudad]` dentro del argumento `--serverinfo`. Consulta las [Opciones relacionadas con el modo servidor](#opciones-relacionadas-con-el-modo-servidor) para obtener más información sobre el código del país. \n" + +#. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:143 -msgid "`journalctl -f -u jamulus-headless`" -msgstr "`journalctl -f -u jamulus-headless`" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server mode-related options" +msgstr "Opciones relacionadas con el modo servidor" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:145 -msgid "#### Controlling Recording" -msgstr "#### Controlar la Grabación" +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-e or --directoryaddress`" +msgstr "`-e ó --directoryaddress`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:147 -msgid "When using the recording function with the `-R` command line option, if the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new Directory. SIGUSR2 will recording enabled on/off." -msgstr "Cuando se utiliza la función de grabación con la opción de la línea de comandos `-R`, si el Servidor recibe una señal SIGUSR1 durante una grabación, comenzará una nueva grabación en un Directorio nuevo. SIGUSR2 conmutará entre grabación activa/inactiva." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:148 +msgid "Required for a [Registered Server](Running-a-Server#registered-mode). Also required to run Jamulus as a [Directory](Directories)." +msgstr "Necesario para un [Servidor Registrado](Running-a-Server#modo-registrado). También es necesario para ejecutar Jamulus como [Directorio](Directories)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:149 -msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." -msgstr "Para enviar estas señales utilizando systemd, crea los siguientes dos archivos `.service` en `/etc/systemd/system`, dándoles un nombre apropiado (por ej. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:150 ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:171 +msgid "This option takes the format:" +msgstr "Esta opción tiene el formato:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:151 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home Directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file (be aware that doing so is however a potential security risk).\n" -msgstr "**Nota:** Deberás guardar las grabaciones a una ruta _fuera_ del directorio raiz de Jamulus, o quitar `ProtectHome=true` del archivo de unidad systemd (ten en cuenta que hacerlo acarrea un potencial riesgo de seguridad).\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:152 +msgid "`--directoryaddress hostname:port` where `hostname` is the Genre Directory host name and `port` is its port number." +msgstr "`--directoryaddress hostname:port` donde `hostname` es el nombre del host del Directorio de Géneros y `port` es su número de puerto." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:153 -msgid "For turning recording on or off (depending on the current state):" -msgstr "Para encender o apagar la grabación (dependiendo del estado actual):" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:154 +msgid "To register with one of the Directories built into the Jamulus Client, replace `hostname:port` with one of the following options:" +msgstr "Para registrarte en uno de los Directorios incluidos en el Cliente Jamulus, reemplaza `hostname:port` con una de las siguientes opciones:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:158 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:164 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"~~~\n" -" [Unit]\n" -" Description=Toggle recording state of Jamulus Server\n" -" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +"| Genre | `hostname:port` |\n" +"|-----------|------------------|\n" +"|**Any Genre 1** |`anygenre1.jamulus.io:22124`|\n" +"|**Any Genre 2** |`anygenre2.jamulus.io:22224`|\n" +"|**Any Genre 3** |`anygenre3.jamulus.io:22624`|\n" +"|**Genre Rock** |`rock.jamulus.io:22424`|\n" +"|**Genre Jazz** |`jazz.jamulus.io:22324`|\n" +"|**Genre Classical/Folk** |`classical.jamulus.io:22524`|\n" +"|**Genre Choral/Barbershop** |`choral.jamulus.io:22724`|\n" msgstr "" -"~~~\n" -" [Unit]\n" -" Description=Toggle recording state of Jamulus Server\n" -" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +"| Genre | `hostname:port` |\n" +"|-----------|------------------|\n" +"|**Any Genre 1** |`anygenre1.jamulus.io:22124`|\n" +"|**Any Genre 2** |`anygenre2.jamulus.io:22224`|\n" +"|**Any Genre 3** |`anygenre3.jamulus.io:22624`|\n" +"|**Genre Rock** |`rock.jamulus.io:22424`|\n" +"|**Genre Jazz** |`jazz.jamulus.io:22324`|\n" +"|**Genre Classical/Folk** |`classical.jamulus.io:22524`|\n" +"|**Genre Choral/Barbershop** |`choral.jamulus.io:22724`|\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:163 +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:166 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -" [Service]\n" -" Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" -"~~~\n" -msgstr "" -" [Service]\n" -" Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" -"~~~\n" +msgid "`-o or --serverinfo`" +msgstr "`-o ó --serverinfo`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:165 -msgid "For starting a new recording:" -msgstr "Para comenzar una nueva grabación:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:169 +msgid "When registering your Server with a Directory, this lets you supply a Server name and location details so that users can then search for these values from their Client." +msgstr "Al registrar tu Servidor en un Directorio, esto te permite proporcionar un nombre de Servidor y detalles de ubicación para que los usuarios puedan buscar estos valores desde su Cliente." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:170 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"~~~\n" -" [Unit]\n" -" Description=Start a new recording on Jamulus Server\n" -" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" -msgstr "" -"~~~\n" -" [Unit]\n" -" Description=Start a new recording on Jamulus Server\n" -" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:173 +msgid "`[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code]`" +msgstr "`[nombre];[ciudad];[país como código de país ISO de dos letras]`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:175 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" [Service]\n" -" Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" -"~~~\n" -msgstr "" -" [Service]\n" -" Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" -"~~~\n" +msgid "See [two-letter ISO country codes](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements)" +msgstr "Véase [códigos de país ISO de dos letras](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements)" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:177 -msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name you created when setting systemd to control your Jamulus Server. So in this example it would be `Jamulus-Server.service`_" -msgstr "_Nota: El nombre del servicio Jamulus en la línea de `ExecStart` tiene que ser el mismo que el nombre del archivo `.service` que creaste cuando configuraste systemd para controlar tu Servidor Jamulus. Así que en este ejemplo sería `Jamulus-Server.service`_" +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `name` and `city` values.\n" +msgstr "**Nota:** No se permiten los caracteres de punto y coma y nueva línea en los valores `nombre` y `ciudad`\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:179 -msgid "Run `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` to register them for first use." -msgstr "Ejecuta `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` para registrarlos para su primer uso." +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:178 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-L or --licence`" +msgstr "`-L ó --licence`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:181 -msgid "Now you can run these with the `systemctl` command, for example:" -msgstr "Ahora puedes ejecutarlos con el comando `systemctl`, por ejemplo:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:180 +msgid "Show an agreement window before users can connect. The text of the agreement to be shown should be supplied as the `--welcomemessage` (see below)." +msgstr "Mostrar una ventana de aceptación antes de que los usuarios puedan conectarse. El texto de la aceptación que se mostrará debe suministrarse como `--welcomemessage` (véase más abajo)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:183 -msgid "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec` (assuming you named your unit file `jamulusTogglerec.service`)" -msgstr "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec` (suponiendo que has nombrado tu archivo de unidad `jamulusTogglerec.service`)" +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:181 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-w or --welcomemessage`" +msgstr "`-w` ó `--welcomemessage`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:185 -msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus`, or by viewing the logs." -msgstr "Puedes ver el resultado de estos comandos si ejecutas `systemctl status jamulus`, o viendo los registros." +msgid "A \"welcome message\" to display in the Client chat window on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML. When a path is used, the file must be accessible by the user account running Jamulus. (On most Linux installations, user `jamulus` is used by default.) If not accessible, the literal path (rather than its contents) will appear." +msgstr "Un \"mensaje de bienvenida\" para mostrar en la ventana del chat del Cliente al conectarse. Se puede proporcionar como una cadena o un nombre de un archivo y puede contener HTML. Cuando se utiliza una ruta, la cuenta del usuario que ejecuta Jamulus debe poder acceder al archivo. (En la mayoría de las instalaciones de Linux, el usuario `jamulus` se usa de forma predeterminada). Si no está accesible, aparecerá la ruta literal (en lugar de su contenido)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:188 -msgid "## Servers on the desktop" -msgstr "## Servidores en el escritorio" +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:186 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`--serverpublicip`" +msgstr "`--serverpublicip`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:190 -msgid "Jamulus can be run in Server mode from the desktop. This gives you a graphical user interface to control most of the settings." -msgstr "Jamulus puede ejecutarse en modo Servidor desde el escritorio. Esto te ofrece una interfaz gráfica para controlar la mayoría de los ajustes." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:188 +msgid "The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." +msgstr "La dirección IP pública del Servidor si se conecta a un Directorio tras el mismo NAT. Véase la [guía sobre Directorios](Directories) para más información." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:192 +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:189 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Windows users** - Use the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in the Windows Start menu.\n" -msgstr "**Usuarios de Windows** - Utiliza el icono de \"Jamulus server\" en el menú de Inicio de Windows.\n" +msgid "`--directoryfile`" +msgstr "`--directoryfile`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:193 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:191 +msgid "_Directories only:_ Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." +msgstr "_Solo Directorios:_ Recuerda los Servidores registrados aunque se reinicie el Directorio. Consulta [la guía sobre Directorios](Directories) para más información." + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:192 #, no-wrap -msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications (assuming you put the files from the install there as per [these instructions](Installation-for-Macintosh)).\n" -msgstr "**Usuarios de macOS** - Haz doble clic en el icono de \"Jamulus server\" en Aplicaciones (suponiendo que has depositado los archivos allí siguiendo [estas instrucciones](Installation-for-Macintosh)).\n" +msgid "`-f or --listfilter`" +msgstr "`-f ó --listfilter`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:194 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Linux users** - Launch the \"Jamulus Server\" shortcut. Or you can open a terminal window (`CTRL+ALT+t` on Debian and related distros), type `jamulus -s` and hit return.\n" -msgstr "**Usuarios de Linux** - Lanza el acceso directo \"Jamulus Server\". O abre una terminal (`CTRL+ALT+t en Debian y distros relacionadas), teclea `jamulus -s` y dale a Enter\n" +msgid "_Directories only:_ Specify which Servers can register on the Directory Server. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." +msgstr "_Solo Directorios:_ Especifica qué Servidores pueden registrarse en el Directorio. Ver [la guía sobre Directorios](Directories) para más información." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:197 -msgid "## Server Setup" -msgstr "## Configuración del Servidor" +#, no-wrap +msgid "General Server options" +msgstr "Opciones generales del Servidor" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:199 -msgid "
\"Image
" -msgstr "
\"Imagen
" +msgid "These options can be used regardless of which mode your Server is running in (although some may not be relevant for Directories)." +msgstr "Estas opciones se pueden utilizar independientemente del modo en el que se esté ejecutando tu Servidor (aunque algunas pueden no ser relevantes para Directorios)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:201 -msgid "### The Directory list" -msgstr "### 3. La lista del Directorio" +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:200 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-d or --discononquit`" +msgstr "`-d ó --discononquit`" #. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:202 +msgid "Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not pressed their **Disconnect** buttons will automatically re-establish the connection when the Server returns. This option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server in this scenario." +msgstr "Normalmente, cuando un Servidor se detiene o se reinicia, los Clientes que no hayan utilizado su botón de **Desconectar** reestablecerán su conexión automáticamente cuando el Servidor vuelva a estar operativo. Utilizar esta opción obliga a los Clientes a reestablecer su conexión con el Servidor manualmente." + +#. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:203 #, no-wrap -msgid "**None**: By default, you will not be connected to a Directory and will be running in unregistered mode. [Read these instructions](#running-an-unregistered-server) to have other people connect to your Server in this mode.\n" -msgstr "**Ninguno**: Por defecto, no te conectarás a un Directorio estarás en modo No Registrado. [Lee estas instrucciones](#ejecutar-un-servidor-sin-registrar) para que otras personas se conecten a tu Servidor en este modo.\n" +msgid "`-F or --fastupdate`" +msgstr "`-F ó --fastupdate`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:205 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Genre**: To allow other people to see your Server on one of the Directories built into the Client, select your desired genre Directory. You should see a confirmation message saying whether your Server has registered successfully. If not, and you leave your Server running, it will keep trying to register until a free slot becomes available.\n" -msgstr "**Género**: Para permitir a otras personas ver tu Servidor en uno de los Directorios incluidos en el Cliente, selecciona el Directorio del género que desees. Deberías de ver un mensaje de confirmación informándote de si tu Servidor se ha registrado con éxito o no. Si es que no, y dejas tu Servidor arrancado, seguirá intentando registrarse hasta que haya un hueco libre.\n" +msgid "Reduces latency if Clients connect with the **Small Network Buffers** option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients." +msgstr "Reduce la latencia si los clientes se conectan con la opción **Small Network Buffers**. Requiere CPU más rápida para evitar abandonos, y más ancho de banda para los clientes habilitados." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:207 +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:206 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Custom**: This allows you to specify a custom directory on which to be listed. See the \"Options\" tab for the Custom Directory address you want to use.\n" -msgstr "**Personalizado**: Esto te permite especificar un Directorio personalizado en el que aparecer. Ver la pestaña de \"Opciones\" para la dirección de Directorio Personalizado que quieres utilizar.\n" +msgid "`-l or --log`" +msgstr "`-l ó --log`" #. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:208 +msgid "Enable logging, set path and file name" +msgstr "Activar el registro, establecer la ruta y el nombre del archivo" + +#. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:209 -msgid "To run your Server _as_ a Directory, you need to set the Custom Directory address as `localhost` or `127.0.0.1` and set the \"Genre\" to \"Custom\". [Read this guide](Directories) for further details." -msgstr "Para ejecutar tu Servidor _como_ un Directorio, necesitas establecer la dirección del Directorio Personalizado como `localhost` o `127.0.0.1` elegir el \"Género\" como \"Personalizado\". [Lee esta guía](Directories) para más detalles." +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-m or --htmlstatus`" +msgstr "`-m ó --htmlstatus`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:211 -msgid "### My Server Info" -msgstr "### Info Mi Servidor" +msgid "Enable HTML status file, set path and file name" +msgstr "Habilita un archivo de estado HTML, establece una ruta y un nombre de archivo" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:213 -msgid "When running as a Registered Server this displays the Server's name, city and country so that other users can easily identify it in the Directory listing." -msgstr "Al ejecutar un Servidor como Registrado, esto muestra el nombre, la ciudad y el país del Servidor para que otras personas usuarias puedan identificarlo en la lista del Directorio." +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** This feature is deprecated, and may disappear in a future release.\n" +msgstr "**Nota:** Esta función está obsoleta y puede desaparecer en una futura versión.\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:215 -msgid "### Chat Welcome Message" -msgstr "### Mensaje Bienvenida Chat" +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:214 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-P or --delaypan`" +msgstr "`-P ó --delaypan`" #. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:216 +msgid "Start with delay panning enabled. This option uses small differences in sound arrival time between the two ears. It produces a stereo effect similar to natural human hearing when compared to normal “volume” panning." +msgstr "Arrancar con retardo de paneo activado. Esta opción utiliza las pequeñas diferencias en el tiempo de llegada del sonido a nuestros dos oídos. Produce un efecto estéreo similar a la audición humana cuando se compara a un paneo de \"volumen\" normal." + +#. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:217 -msgid "The text entered here appears to all users when they join the Server (the chat window will open automatically for them). HTML is also supported." -msgstr "El texto escrito aquí aparece a todos los usuarios cuando se unen al Servidor (la ventana del chat se les abrirá automáticamente). Hay soporte para HTML también." +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-s` or `--server`" +msgstr "`-s` ó `--server`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:219 -msgid "## Options" -msgstr "## Opciones" +msgid "Start Jamulus in Server mode" +msgstr "Iniciar Jamulus en modo Servidor" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:221 -msgid "
\"Image
" -msgstr "
\"Imagen
" +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:220 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`--serverbindip`" +msgstr "`--serverbindip`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:223 -msgid "### Recording Directory" -msgstr "### Directorio de Grabación" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:222 +msgid "Specify the IP address the Jamulus process will bind to." +msgstr "Especifica la dirección IP a la que se vinculará el proceso de Jamulus." #. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:224 +msgid "Normally, Jamulus will listen on all IP addresses on the host machine. Where the host has multiple network addresses, this option allows one of the addresses to be chosen." +msgstr "Normalmente, Jamulus escuchará en todas las direcciones IP de la máquina que es el host. Cuando el host tiene varias direcciones de red, esta opción permite elegir una de las direcciones." + +#. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:225 -msgid "This sets the path to where the Server's recordings will be stored. With this path set, the \"Enable Jam Recorder\" function in the Server Setup tab will make recording start once the first person connects to the Server, and stops when the last person leaves. Use the \"New Recording\" button to create a new sub-directory in which the recordings will be stored from then on. Note that Recordings are per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` format and [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open the respective files to listen to them in those applications." -msgstr "Esto establece la ruta donde se guardan las grabaciones del Servidor. Cuando se establece esta ruta, la función de \"Activar Grabación de Jams\" en la pestaña de Configuración del Servidor hará que comience la grabación cuando la primera persona se conecte al servidor, y se detiene cuando la última persona se marcha. Utiliza el botón de \"Nueva Grabación\" para crear un nuevo sub-directorio en el cual se guardarán las grabaciones en adelante. Nota: las grabaciones son por pistas en el formato `.lof` de [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) y `.rpp` de [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER). Abre los archivos respectivos para escucharlos en estas aplicaciones." +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-T or --multithreading`" +msgstr "`-T ó --multithreading`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:227 +msgid "Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs. This setting may help the Server support more Clients. See also `--numchannels`" +msgstr "Utiliza multithreading para hacer un mejor uso de CPUs multi-núcleo. Este ajuste puede ayudar al Servidor a soportar más Clientes. Véase también `--numchannels`" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:228 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Note**: When your Server is recording, Clients will display a message that recording is on.\n" -msgstr "**Nota**: Cuando tu Servidor está grabando, los Clientes mostrarán un mensaje informando de que la grabación está activa.\n" +msgid "`-u or --numchannels`" +msgstr "`-u ó --numchannels`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:229 -msgid "### Custom Directory Address" -msgstr "### Dirección de Directorio Personalizado" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:230 +msgid "Maximum number of channels (Clients)" +msgstr "Número máximo de canales (Clientes)" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:231 -msgid "Leave this field empty unless you need to list your Server on a [Custom Directory](#3-directory) or run a Directory." -msgstr "Deja este campo vacío a menos que necesites listar tu Servidor en un [Directorio Personalizado](#3-directorio) o ejecutar un Directorio." +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-z or --startminimized`" +msgstr "`-z` ó `--startminimized`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:233 -msgid "### Server List Filename" -msgstr "### Nombre Archivo de la Lista de Servidores" +msgid "Start the Jamulus Server graphical user interface in the minimized window state." +msgstr "Inicia la interfaz gráfica del Servidor Jamulus con la ventana minimizada." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:235 -msgid "Leave this field empty unless you need to run your Server as a [Directory](#3-directory). When in use, this holds the list of registered Servers whilst restarting the Directory. This prevents the server list appearing \"empty\" until the Servers re-register." -msgstr "Deja este campo vacío a menos que necesites ejecutar tu Servidor como un [Directorio](#3-directorio). Cuando está en uso, guarda la lista de Servidores registrados mientras se reinicia el Directorio. Esto evita que la lista de Servidores aparezca como \"vacía\" hasta que se vuelven a registrar los Servidores." +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:234 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Other options" +msgstr "Otras opciones" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:237 -msgid "### Delay panning" -msgstr "### Paneo con retardo" +msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" +msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:239 -msgid "This option uses small differences in sound arrival time between the two ears. It produces a stereo effect similar to natural human hearing when compared to normal \"volume\" panning." -msgstr "Esta opción utiliza las pequeñas diferencias en el tiempo de llegada del sonido a nuestros dos oídos. Produce un efecto estéreo similar a la audición humana cuando se compara a un paneo de \"volumen\" normal." +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Controlling the Server via API" +msgstr "Controlar el Servidor a través de API" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241 -msgid "### Start Minimised" -msgstr "### Arranca Minimizado" +msgid "Jamulus can be controlled via an experimental API which is subject to changes. You can find the [JSON-RPC API documented in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md). JSON-RPC allows you to control some features like changing the welcome message or starting recordings in headless mode from authenticated external applications. It works while the server is running." +msgstr "Se puede controlar Jamulus a través de un API experimental que estará sujeto a cambios. Puedes encontrar el [API JSON-RPC documentado en el repositorio principal](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md). JSON-RPC te permite controlar algunas funciones como cambiar el mensaje de bienvenida or iniciar grabaciones en modo 'headless' desde aplicaciones externas autenticadas. Funciona mientras se ejecuta el servidor." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:243 +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:244 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Windows users** - If you want the Server to start automatically on system start, enable the corresponding check box.\n" -msgstr "**Usuarios de Windows** - Si quieres que el Servidor arranque automáticamente al iniciar el sistema, activa la casilla correspondiente.\n" +msgid "Recording" +msgstr "Grabación" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:245 -msgid "### Server status icon" -msgstr "## Icono de estado del Servidor" +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-R or --recording`" +msgstr "`-R ó --recording`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:247 -msgid "When the Server is running, the operating system will show an icon in the system tray or status area to represent whether the Server is active:" -msgstr "Cuando se está ejecutando el Servidor, el sistema operativo mostrará un icono en la bandeja del sistema o en el área de notificaciones para señalar si el Servidor se encuentra activo:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:248 +msgid "Set Server recording directory. By default, the Server will record when a session is active." +msgstr "Establecer el directorio de grabación del Servidor. Por defecto, el Servidor grabará cuando una sesión esté activa." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:249 -msgid "
\"Image
The Server is empty" -msgstr "
\"Imagen
El Servidor está vacío" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:250 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file, but be aware that doing could be a security risk.\n" +msgstr "**Nota:** Deberás guardar las grabaciones a una ruta _fuera_ del directorio raiz de Jamulus, o quitar `ProtectHome=true` del archivo de unidad systemd, pero ten en cuenta que hacerlo podría acarrear un riesgo de seguridad.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:251 -msgid "
\"Image
The Server is occupied" -msgstr "
\"Imagen
El Servidor está ocupado" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:252 +msgid "Recordings are per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` format and [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open the respective files to listen to them in those applications." +msgstr "Las grabaciones son por pista en formato [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` y [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Abre los archivos respectivos para escucharlos en esas aplicaciones." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:253 -msgid "## Command line options" -msgstr "## Opciones de Línea de Comandos" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** When your Server is recording, Clients display a red banner message that the session is being recorded.\n" +msgstr "**Nota:** Cuando tu Servidor esté grabando, los Clientes mostrarán un mensaje en un banner rojo informando de que la grabación está activa.\n" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:255 -msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." -msgstr "Las funciones más comunes de Jamulus pueden configurarse usando la interfaz gráfica, pero estas y otras también pueden ser controladas utilizando la línea de comandos. Exactamente cómo se hace dependerá de tu sistema operativo." +#, no-wrap +msgid "`--norecord`" +msgstr "`--norecord`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:257 -msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:" -msgstr "Por ejemplo, en Windows, para utilizar un archivo específico de configuración, haz clic derecho en el acceso directo de Jamulus y elige \"Propiedades\" > Destino. Añade los argumentos necesarios a Jamulus.exe:" +msgid "Set server not to record by default when recording is configured." +msgstr "Establecer que el Servidor no grabe por defecto cuando la grabación está configurada." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:261 +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:259 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"```shell\n" -" \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100\n" -"```\n" -msgstr "" -"```shell\n" -" \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100\n" -"```\n" +msgid "Controlling Recording" +msgstr "Controlar la Grabación" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:263 -msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" -msgstr "Para macOS, arranca una ventana de Terminal y ejecuta Jamulus con las opciones deseadas como sigue:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262 +msgid "Recording starts once the first person connects to the Server, and stops when the last person leaves." +msgstr "La grabación comienza cuando la primera persona se conecta al Servidor y se detiene cuando la última persona se va." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:264 +msgid "If the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording on/off. If [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) is enabled, you will also be able to manage the server in a way comparable to the GUI. Please see the (experimental) [JSON-RPC documentation on the recorder](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording)." +msgstr "Si el Servidor recibe una señal SIGUSR1 durante una grabación, iniciará una nueva grabación en un nuevo directorio. SIGUSR2 activará/desactivará la grabación. Si [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) está activado, también podrás gestionar el servidor de una forma comparable a la interfaz gráfica. Consulta la documentación (experimental) [de JSON-RPC para la grabación](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:267 +msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." +msgstr "Para enviar estas señales utilizando systemd, crea los siguientes dos archivos `.service` en `/etc/systemd/system`, dándoles un nombre apropiado (por ej. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269 +msgid "To turn recording on or off (depending on the current state):" +msgstr "Para activar o desactivar la grabación (dependiendo del estado actual):" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:270 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"```shell\n" -" /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100\n" -"```\n" +" [Unit]\n" +" Description=Toggle recording state of Jamulus Server\n" +" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +"\n" +" [Service]\n" +" Type=oneshot\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" msgstr "" -"```shell\n" -" /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100\n" -"```\n" +" [Unit]\n" +" Description=Toggle recording state of Jamulus Server\n" +" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +"\n" +" [Service]\n" +" Type=oneshot\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:281 +msgid "To start a new recording:" +msgstr "Para iniciar una nueva grabación:" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:282 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Note**: Command line options will set the Server's defaults at startup. You can override them with their corresponding GUI controls while the Server is running.\n" -msgstr "**Nota**: Las opciones de línea de comandos establecen la configuración por defecto del Servidor al arrancar. Puedes modificar la configuración mediante los controles correspondientes en la interfaz gráfica mientras se ejecuta el Servidor.\n" +msgid "" +" [Unit]\n" +" Description=Start a new recording on Jamulus Server\n" +" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +"\n" +" [Service]\n" +" Type=oneshot\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" +msgstr "" +" [Unit]\n" +" Description=Start a new recording on Jamulus Server\n" +" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +"\n" +" [Service]\n" +" Type=oneshot\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:271 -msgid "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" -msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:293 +msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name you created when setting systemd to control your Jamulus Server. So in this example it would be `Jamulus-Server.service`_" +msgstr "_Nota: El nombre del servicio Jamulus en la línea de `ExecStart` tiene que ser el mismo que el nombre del archivo `.service` que creaste cuando configuraste systemd para controlar tu Servidor Jamulus. Así que en este ejemplo sería `Jamulus-Server.service`_" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:273 -msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" -msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:295 +msgid "Run `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` to register them for first use." +msgstr "Ejecuta `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` para registrarlos para su primer uso." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:276 -msgid "## Running an Unregistered Server" -msgstr "## Ejecutar un Servidor Sin Registrar" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:297 +msgid "Now you can run these with the `systemctl` command, for example:" +msgstr "Ahora puedes ejecutarlos con el comando `systemctl`, por ejemplo:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:278 -msgid "It is highly recommended to test your Server by registering it on one of the built-in Directories **first** so as to narrow down any subsequent problems in unregistered mode." -msgstr "Se recomienda encarecidamente que pruebes tu Servidor registrándolo en uno de los Directorios incluidos **primero**, para así acotar cualquier problema posterior en modo sin registrar." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:299 +msgid "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`" +msgstr "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:280 -msgid "### Setting up a Server behind a home router" -msgstr "### Configurar un Servidor tras un router doméstico" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:301 +msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus`, or by viewing the logs." +msgstr "Puedes ver el resultado de estos comandos si ejecutas `systemctl status jamulus`, o viendo los registros." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:304 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Adding metadata to the Server" +msgstr "Añadir metadatos al Servidor" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:282 -msgid "If you set up your server at home, you will probably need to change some settings in your router/firewall:" -msgstr "Si configuras tu Servidor en casa, probablemente tengas que cambiar algunos ajustes en tu router/cortafuegos:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:307 +msgid "You can add metadata to the welcome message of a Server to add additional, hidden information like contact information or policy requests for bots (this is comparable to [robots.txt](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robots.txt)). See the [Community Knowledge Base entry about metadata](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html) for more information." +msgstr "Puedes añadir metadatos al mensaje de bienvenida de un Servidor para incluir información adicional oculta, como información de contacto o solicitudes de políticas para bots (esto es comparable a [robots.txt](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robots.txt)). Consulta la [entrada de la Base de Conocimiento Comunitario sobre metadatos](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html) para más información." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:310 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Servers on the desktop" +msgstr "Servidores en el escritorio" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:284 -msgid "#### Port forwarding" -msgstr "#### Redireccionamiento de puertos" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:313 +msgid "Jamulus can run in Server mode in the graphical environment of a computer. This gives you a graphical user interface to control most of the settings. To do this, first [install Jamulus for your platform](Getting-Started), then do one of the following:" +msgstr "Jamulus puede ejecutarse en modo Servidor en el entorno gráfico de un ordenador. Esto te ofrece una interfaz gráfica para controlar la mayoría de los ajustes. Para ello, primero [instala Jamulus para tu plataforma](Getting-Started), y luego realiza una de las siguientes opciones:" + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:315 +msgid "**Windows users** - Use the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in the Windows Start menu. If you want the Server to start automatically when you start Windows, check the box for this option." +msgstr "**Usuarios de Windows** - Utiliza el icono de \"Jamulus Server\" del menú de inicio de Windows. Si quieres que el Servidor arranque automáticamente al iniciar Windows, activa la casilla correspondiente." + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:317 +msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications." +msgstr "**Usuarios de macOS** - Haz doble clic en el icono \"Jamulus Server\" en Aplicaciones." + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:319 +msgid "**Linux users** - Launch the \"Jamulus Server\" shortcut. Or you can open a terminal window (`CTRL+ALT+t` on Debian and related distros), type `jamulus -s` and hit return." +msgstr "**Usuarios de Linux** - Lanza el acceso directo \"Jamulus Server\". O abre una terminal (`CTRL+ALT+t en Debian y distros relacionadas), teclea `jamulus -s` y dale a Enter." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:286 -msgid "People from outside your home network will not be able to see things inside it. To let external Jamulus clients connect to your server, you need to set up port forwarding in your Router's settings. The exact setup differs for every router. For help see your Router's documentation or [portforward.com](https://portforward.com)." -msgstr "Las personas de fuera de tu red doméstica no podrán ver lo que hay dentro. Para permitir que Clientes externos de Jamulus se conecten a tu Servidor, tienes que configurar el redireccionamiento de puertos en los ajustes de tu Router. Los ajustes exactos varían para cada router. Para más ayuda ver la documentación de tu Router o [portforward.com](https://portforward.com)." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:321 +msgid "While most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, others can only be set using options given in a terminal window when the Server is launched. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." +msgstr "Mientras que la mayoría de las funciones más comunes de Jamulus pueden configurarse usando la interfaz gráfica, otras solo pueden ser controladas utilizando la terminal para iniciar el Servidor. Exactamente cómo se hace dependerá de tu sistema operativo." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:288 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:323 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Note:** The default port for the current version of Jamulus is **UDP** (not TCP) port **22124**. You will usually forward the port **22124** from outside your network to the port **22124** of the machine running the Server.\n" -msgstr "**Nota:** El puerto por defecto para la versión actual de Jamulus es el puerto **UDP** (no TCP) **22124**. Normalmente redireccionas el puerto **22124** desde fuera de tu red al puerto **22124** de la máquina ejecutando el Servidor.\n" +msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose **Properties** > **Target**. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" +msgstr "Por ejemplo, en Windows, para utilizar un archivo de configuración específico, haz clic derecho en el acceso directo a Jamulus y selecciona **Propiedades** > **Objetivo**. Añade los argumentos necesarios a Jamulus.exe:\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:290 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:325 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Note:** Your home router may change the IP address of the machine you're running your Server on. Depending on your router, you might need to give this machine a static IP address (often under DHCP settings of your router).\n" -msgstr "**Nota:** Tu router doméstico puede cambiar la dirección IP del ordenador en el que ejecutas tu Servidor. Dependiendo de tu router, quizás tengas que darle a este ordenador una dirección IP estática (a menudo en la configuración DHCP del router).\n" +msgid " `\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" +msgstr " `\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:292 -msgid "#### Getting the external IP" -msgstr "#### Obtener la IP externa" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:327 +msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" +msgstr "Para macOS, arranca una ventana de Terminal y ejecuta Jamulus con las opciones deseadas como sigue:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:295 -msgid "To allow others to connect to your Server from the internet, get your external (WAN) IP address e.g. by [using Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=what+is+my+ip) and give it to them. You yourself should connect using the local network (LAN) address of the machine the Server is running on. If you are running a Client on the same machine as your Server, that would be `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`." -msgstr "Para permitir a otras personas conectarse a tu Servidor desde internet, debes obtener tu dirección IP (WAN) externa, por ejemplo [usando Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=what+is+my+ip) y dándosela. Tú tienes que conectarte utilizando la dirección de red local (LAN) del ordenador en el que ejecuta el Servidor. Si estás ejecutando un Cliente en la misma máquina que tu Servidor, sería `localhost` o `127.0.0.1`." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:329 +#, no-wrap +msgid " `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" +msgstr " `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:298 -msgid "#### Dynamic DNS and why you will probably need it" -msgstr "#### DNS dinámica y por qué es probable que lo necesites" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note** Command line options will set the Server’s defaults at startup. You can override them while the Server is running using their corresponding GUI controls.\n" +msgstr "**Nota** Las opciones de línea de comandos establecen la configuración por defecto del Servidor al arrancar. Puedes anularlos mientras el Servidor se está ejecutando utilizando sus correspondientes controles en la interfaz gráfica.\n" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:332 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The Server status icon" +msgstr "Icono de estado del Servidor" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:300 -msgid "Most domestic internet connections change their external IP address after a short period. To avoid problems with this, you might want to set up \"dynamic DNS\" to get a static (sub-)domain you can share with others. Please research how to do that for your specic set up. Your router might support some \"dynamic DNS\" providers out of the box. If this is not the case, set up a dynamic DNS client as described by the dynamic DNS provider you chose." -msgstr "La mayoría de las conexiones domésticas de internet cambian su dirección IP interna tras un periodo corto. Para evitar problemas con esto, quizá quieras montar una \"DNS dinámica\" para tener un (sub)dominio estático que puedas compartir con otras personas. Por favor investiga cómo hacer eso para tu caso concreto. Tu router podría tener soporte para proveedores de \"DNS dinámica\" de fábrica. Si no es el caso, monta un cliente con DNS dinámica tal como lo describe el proveedor de DNS dinámica que elijas." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:335 +msgid "When a Server is running in GUI mode, the operating system will show an icon in the system tray or status area that indicates whether the Server has connections:" +msgstr "Cuando un Servidor está funcionando en modo gráfico, el sistema operativo mostrará un icono en la bandeja del sistema o en el área de notificaciones para indicar si el Servidor tiene conexiones:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:302 -msgid "## Backing up the Server" -msgstr "## Copia de seguridad del Servidor" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:337 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
The Server is empty\n" +msgstr "
\"Imagen
El Servidor está vacío\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:304 -msgid "_Note that headless Servers do not use `.ini` files. All configuration is given as command line options._" -msgstr "_Ten en cuenta que los Servidores headless no utilizan archivos `.ini`. Toda la configuración se realiza con opciones de línea de comandos._" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:339 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
The Server is occupied\n" +msgstr "
\"Imagen
El Servidor está ocupado\n" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:342 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Backing up the Server" +msgstr "Copia de seguridad del Servidor" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:306 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:345 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:308 -msgid "## Troubleshooting" -msgstr "## Resolución de Problemas" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:347 +msgid "Headless Servers do not use `.ini` files. All configuration is given as command line options. If you are running a Server in GUI mode, after reading any command line options on start, it will store its configuration in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file." +msgstr "Los Servidores \"headless\" no utilizan archivos `.ini`. Toda la configuración se da con opciones de línea de comandos. Si estás ejecutando un Servidor en modo gráfico, después de leer cualquier opción de línea de comandos al arrancar, almacenará su configuración en el archivo `Jamulusserver.ini`." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Resolución de Problemas" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:309 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:350 msgid "If you are having other problems, [see this guide](Server-Troubleshooting)." msgstr "Si estás teniendo otros problemas, [consulta esta guía](Server-Troubleshooting)." +#~ msgid "If you want to run a Server on a **Raspberry Pi** (or a different armhf/arm64 Debian-based computer), you will need to download the [latest armhf .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}) or [latest arm64 .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }}) depending on your CPU - not the default `amd64` ones for use on Intel/AMD machines." +#~ msgstr "Si quieres ejecutar un Servidor en una **Raspberry Pi** (o en otro ordenador basado en Debian armhf/arm64), deberás descargar el [archivo armhf .deb más reciente]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}) o [el archivo .deb arm64 más reciente]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }}) dependiendo de tu CPU - no los `amd64` predeterminados para usar en máquinas Intel/AMD." + +#~ msgid "Download the [latest headless (amd64) .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}) (or for Raspberry Pi etc. as above)" +#~ msgstr "Descarga el [archivo .deb headless (amd64) más reciente]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}) (o para Raspberry Pi etc. como arriba)" + +#~ msgid "Make sure you have a current list of standard packages: `sudo apt update`" +#~ msgstr "Asegúrate de tener una lista actualizada de los paquetes estándar: `sudo apt update`" + +#~ msgid "Install the Jamulus package for your architecture, for example:" +#~ msgstr "Instala el paquete Jamulus para tu arquitectura, por ejemplo:" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "\t`sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}`\n" +#~ msgstr "\t`sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}`\n" + +#~ msgid "_To upgrade your Server, just repeat the steps above._" +#~ msgstr "_Para actualizar tu Servidor, simplemente repite los pasos anteriores._" + +#~ msgid "A \"welcome message\" to display in the Client chat window on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML." +#~ msgstr "Un \"mensaje de bienvenida\" que se mostrará en la ventana de chat del Cliente al conectarse. Puede ser una cadena o un nombre de archivo, y puede contener HTML." + +#~ msgid "If the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording on/off." +#~ msgstr "Si el Servidor recibe una señal SIGUSR1 durante una grabación, comenzará una nueva grabación en un directorio nuevo. SIGUSR2 conmutará entre grabación activa/inactiva." + +#~ msgid "Any settings made using the graphical interface will be stored in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file. (Do **not** edit this file by hand!.) However, some options are not available in the GUI and need to be set using the command line. For more information, see [Servers on the desktop](#servers-on-the-desktop)." +#~ msgstr "Cualquier configuración realizada mediante la interfaz gráfica se almacenará en el archivo `Jamulusserver.ini`. (¡**No** edite este archivo a mano!) Sin embargo, algunas opciones no están disponibles en la interfaz gráfica y necesitan ser configuradas usando la línea de comandos. Para más información, ver [Servidores en el escritorio](#servidores-en-el-escritorio)." + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Note** The following steps will result in you running an \"Unregistered\" server. For more information on server types, [see below](#server-modes).\n" +#~ msgstr "**Nota** Los siguientes pasos harán que ejecutes un Servidor \"No registrado\". Para más información sobre los tipos de Servidor, [véase más abajo](#modos-de-servidor).\n" + +#~ msgid "Add your desired [command line options](Running-a-Server#configuration) to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file (by default you will be running an Unregistered Server):" +#~ msgstr "Añade las [opciones de línea de comandos](Running-a-Server#configuration) que desees a la línea `ExecStart` en el archivo de servicio systemd (por defecto estarás ejecutando un Servidor Sin Registrar):" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**No**. You can use the Servers listed by the built in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server or choose a third party hosting service. If you just want an undisturbed session, use the [soloing technique described on the Tips and Tricks page](Tips-Tricks-More#have-an-undisturbed-session-on-any-server). If you decide you cannot use any of the Servers listed by the built in Directories, you may be able to use a Server (either Registered in a Custom Directory, or Unregistered - see [Server Types](#server-types)) hosted by a third party. Doing so will save you the trouble of setting one up yourself.\n" +#~ msgstr "**No**. Puedes utilizar los Servidores listados en los Directorios incluidos y usar Jamulus sin ejecutar un Servidor ni recurrir a un servicio de hosting de terceros. Si simplemente quieres una sesión sin que te molesten, utiliza la [técnica del \"solo\" en la página de Consejos y Trucos](Tips-Tricks-More#cómo-tener-una-sesión-sin-molestias-en-cualquier-servidor). Si decides que no puedes utilizar ninguno de los Servidores en los Directorios incluidos, quizá puedas usar un Servidor (ya sea Registrado en un Directorio Personalizado, o Sin Registrar -ver [Tipos de Servidor](#tipos-de-servidor)) ofrecido por un host de terceros. Hacerlo te ahorrará el trabajo de configurar uno por tu cuenta.\n" + +#~ msgid "While setting up a Server isn't difficult, it's a good idea to read the following background information to avoid some problems:" +#~ msgstr "Aunque configurar un Servidor no es difícil, es una buena idea leer la siguiente información general para evitar algunos problemas:" + +#~ msgid "Running an Unregistered Server at home will require you to [port forward](#port-forwarding) on your router. When running a Registered Server, port forwarding should not be necessary in most cases, but it's advisable to do so because some networks may not work properly with Jamulus in its default mode." +#~ msgstr "Ejecutar un Servidor Sin Registrar en casa requerirá que [redirecciones puertos](#redireccionamiento-de-puertos) en tu router. Al ejecutar un Servidor Registrado, el redireccionamiento de puertos no debería ser necesario en la mayoría de casos, pero es aconsejable hacerlo puesto que algunas redes podrían no funcionar bien con Jamulus en su modo por defecto." + +#~ msgid "Jamulus only has limited IPv6 support which needs to be enabled with a command line argument on the Client and Server. (There are plans to expand IPv6 support.)" +#~ msgstr "Jamulus solo tiene soporte limitado para IPv6, que debe ser habilitado con un argumento en la línea de comandos en el Cliente y el Servidor. (Hay intención de ampliar el soporte para IPv6.)" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "1. Registered" +#~ msgstr "1. Registrado" + +#~ msgid "Your Server will be listed in a Directory. By default, Jamulus has a list of built-in Directories that Clients can connect to. If you register with one of these, anyone can then discover and connect to your Server. You can also have your Server listed on a Custom Directory, if that better meets your needs." +#~ msgstr "Tu Servidor será listado en un Directorio. Por defecto, Jamulus tiene una lista de Directorios incluidos a los que se pueden conectar los Clientes. Si te registras en uno de estos, cualquiera puede ver y conectarse a tu Servidor. También puedes listar tu Servidor en un Directorio Personalizado, si eso se ajusta mejor a tus necesidades." + +#~ msgid "If you are running an unregistered server behind a home internet connection, you might need to enable [port forwarding](#port-forwarding) as described below." +#~ msgstr "Si estás ejecutando un Servidor Sin Registrar tras una conexión doméstica de internet, quizás tengas que habilitar [redireccionamiento de puertos](#redireccionamiento-de-puertos), descrito más abajo." + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Installation and Configuration" +#~ msgstr "Instalación y Configuración" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Most people run Jamulus as a \"pure\" Server on **hardware without audio** (e.g. on a 3rd party/cloud host) running Linux. The following steps assume you are familiar with the command line and Debian/Ubuntu or similar distribution using systemd. To run a server on Windows or on the desktop with a graphical user interface, [see this section](#servers-on-the-desktop). \n" +#~ msgstr "La mayoría de las personas ejecutan Jamulus como Servidor \"puro\" en **hardware sin audio** (por ej. en un host/una nube de terceros) con Linux. Los siguientes pasos dan por hecho que tienes conocimiento de la línea de comandos y de Debian/Ubuntu o una distribución similar que utiliza systemd. Para ejecutar un Servidor en Windows o en un escritorio con interfaz gráfica [ver esta sección](#servidores-en-el-escritorio). \n" + +#~ msgid "If you want to run a Server on a Raspberry Pi (or a different armhf/arm64 debian-based device), you will need to download the `.deb` files for 32 bit `armhf` or 64 bit `arm64`, not the default `amd64` ones you'd use on an Intel/AMD based machine." +#~ msgstr "Si quieres ejecutar un Servidor en un Raspberry Pi (u otro dispositivo armhf/arm64 basado en debian), tendrás que descargarte los archivos `.deb` para `armhf` de 32 bit o `arm64` de 64 bit, no los `amd64` que utilizarías por defecto en una máquina basada en Intel/AMD." + +#~ msgid "Install the Jamulus package: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}` or for RasPi etc. armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}`; arm64: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }}`" +#~ msgstr "Instala el paquete de Jamulus: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}` o para RasPi etc. armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}`; arm64: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }}`" + +#~ msgid "Enable the headless Server process via systemd: `sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`" +#~ msgstr "Habilita el Servidor 'headless' con systemd: `sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`" + +#~ msgid "Check all is well with `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (hit `q` to get back to the command prompt)." +#~ msgstr "Comprueba que todo va bien con `systemctl status jamulus-headless status` (dale a `q` para volver a la línea de comandos)." + +#~ msgid "You can control Jamulus with the `systemctl` command. For example, to stop the Server cleanly:" +#~ msgstr "Puedes controlar Jamulus con el comando `systemctl`. Por ejemplo, para detener el Servidor limpiamente:" + +#~ msgid "The following minimum setup is required to [run a Registered Server](Running-a-Server#server-types):" +#~ msgstr "Se requiere la configuración mínima siguiente para [ejecutar un Servidor Registrado](Running-a-Server#tipos-de-servidor):" + +#~ msgid "You can also specify a [Directory](#3-directory) in the same way from the command line, providing the Server Address in the same format." +#~ msgstr "También puedes especificar un [Directorio](#3-directorio) de la misma manera desde la línea de comandos, proporcionando la Dirección del Servidor en el mismo formato." + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Running as a Directory" +#~ msgstr "Ejecutar como Directorio" + +#~ msgid "If you wish to run a [Directory](Running-a-Server#3-directory) please see [this guide](Directories)." +#~ msgstr "Si quieres ejecutar un [Directorio](Running-a-Server#3-directorio) por favor consulta [esta guía](Directories)." + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Maintenance" +#~ msgstr "Mantenimiento" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Viewing The Logs" +#~ msgstr "Ver los Registros" + +#~ msgid "Jamulus will log to the system log file if you left the `StandardOutput=journal` setting in the unit file." +#~ msgstr "Jamulus dejará registros en el archivo del sistema si dejaste la configuración `StandardOutput=journal` en el archivo de unidad." + +#~ msgid "To view the log, use `journalctl` (to exit press Ctrl-C). For example, to read the system log file, filtered for the Jamulus service:" +#~ msgstr "Para ver el registro, utiliza `journalctl` (para salir pulsa Ctrl-C). Por ejemplo, para leer el archivo de registro del sistema, filtrado para el servicio Jamulus:" + +#~ msgid "`journalctl -f -u jamulus-headless`" +#~ msgstr "`journalctl -f -u jamulus-headless`" + +#~ msgid "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec` (assuming you named your unit file `jamulusTogglerec.service`)" +#~ msgstr "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec` (suponiendo que has nombrado tu archivo de unidad `jamulusTogglerec.service`)" + +#~ msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications (assuming you put the files from the install there as per [these instructions](Installation-for-Macintosh))." +#~ msgstr "**Usuarios de macOS** - Haz doble clic en el icono de \"Jamulus server\" en Aplicaciones (suponiendo que has depositado los archivos allí siguiendo [estas instrucciones](Installation-for-Macintosh))." + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Server Setup" +#~ msgstr "Configuración del Servidor" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "
\"Image
\n" +#~ msgstr "
\"Imagen
\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "The Directory list" +#~ msgstr "3. La lista del Directorio" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**None**: By default, you will not be connected to a Directory and will be running in unregistered mode. [Read these instructions](#running-an-unregistered-server) to have other people connect to your Server in this mode.\n" +#~ msgstr "**Ninguno**: Por defecto, no te conectarás a un Directorio estarás en modo No Registrado. [Lee estas instrucciones](#ejecutar-un-servidor-sin-registrar) para que otras personas se conecten a tu Servidor en este modo.\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Genre**: To allow other people to see your Server on one of the Directories built into the Client, select your desired genre Directory. You should see a confirmation message saying whether your Server has registered successfully. If not, and you leave your Server running, it will keep trying to register until a free slot becomes available.\n" +#~ msgstr "**Género**: Para permitir a otras personas ver tu Servidor en uno de los Directorios incluidos en el Cliente, selecciona el Directorio del género que desees. Deberías de ver un mensaje de confirmación informándote de si tu Servidor se ha registrado con éxito o no. Si es que no, y dejas tu Servidor arrancado, seguirá intentando registrarse hasta que haya un hueco libre.\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Custom**: This allows you to specify a custom directory on which to be listed. See the \"Options\" tab for the Custom Directory address you want to use.\n" +#~ msgstr "**Personalizado**: Esto te permite especificar un Directorio personalizado en el que aparecer. Ver la pestaña de \"Opciones\" para la dirección de Directorio Personalizado que quieres utilizar.\n" + +#~ msgid "To run your Server _as_ a Directory, you need to set the Custom Directory address as `localhost` or `127.0.0.1` and set the \"Genre\" to \"Custom\". [Read this guide](Directories) for further details." +#~ msgstr "Para ejecutar tu Servidor _como_ un Directorio, necesitas establecer la dirección del Directorio Personalizado como `localhost` o `127.0.0.1` elegir el \"Género\" como \"Personalizado\". [Lee esta guía](Directories) para más detalles." + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "My Server Info" +#~ msgstr "Info Mi Servidor" + +#~ msgid "When running as a Registered Server this displays the Server's name, city and country so that other users can easily identify it in the Directory listing." +#~ msgstr "Al ejecutar un Servidor como Registrado, esto muestra el nombre, la ciudad y el país del Servidor para que otras personas usuarias puedan identificarlo en la lista del Directorio." + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Chat Welcome Message" +#~ msgstr "Mensaje Bienvenida Chat" + +#~ msgid "The text entered here appears to all users when they join the Server (the chat window will open automatically for them). HTML is also supported." +#~ msgstr "El texto escrito aquí aparece a todos los usuarios cuando se unen al Servidor (la ventana del chat se les abrirá automáticamente). Hay soporte para HTML también." + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "
\"Image
\n" +#~ msgstr "
\"Imagen
\n" + +#~ msgid "This sets the path to where the Server's recordings will be stored. With this path set, the \"Enable Jam Recorder\" function in the Server Setup tab will make recording start once the first person connects to the Server, and stops when the last person leaves. Use the \"New Recording\" button to create a new sub-directory in which the recordings will be stored from then on. Note that Recordings are per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` format and [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open the respective files to listen to them in those applications." +#~ msgstr "Esto establece la ruta donde se guardan las grabaciones del Servidor. Cuando se establece esta ruta, la función de \"Activar Grabación de Jams\" en la pestaña de Configuración del Servidor hará que comience la grabación cuando la primera persona se conecte al servidor, y se detiene cuando la última persona se marcha. Utiliza el botón de \"Nueva Grabación\" para crear un nuevo sub-directorio en el cual se guardarán las grabaciones en adelante. Nota: las grabaciones son por pistas en el formato `.lof` de [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) y `.rpp` de [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER). Abre los archivos respectivos para escucharlos en estas aplicaciones." + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Custom Directory Address" +#~ msgstr "Dirección de Directorio Personalizado" + +#~ msgid "Leave this field empty unless you need to list your Server on a [Custom Directory](#3-directory) or run a Directory." +#~ msgstr "Deja este campo vacío a menos que necesites listar tu Servidor en un [Directorio Personalizado](#3-directorio) o ejecutar un Directorio." + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Server List Filename" +#~ msgstr "Nombre Archivo de la Lista de Servidores" + +#~ msgid "Leave this field empty unless you need to run your Server as a [Directory](#3-directory). When in use, this holds the list of registered Servers whilst restarting the Directory. This prevents the server list appearing \"empty\" until the Servers re-register." +#~ msgstr "Deja este campo vacío a menos que necesites ejecutar tu Servidor como un [Directorio](#3-directorio). Cuando está en uso, guarda la lista de Servidores registrados mientras se reinicia el Directorio. Esto evita que la lista de Servidores aparezca como \"vacía\" hasta que se vuelven a registrar los Servidores." + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Delay panning" +#~ msgstr "Paneo con retardo" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Start Minimised" +#~ msgstr "Arranca Minimizado" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Command line options" +#~ msgstr "Opciones de Línea de Comandos" + +#~ msgid "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" +#~ msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Running an Unregistered Server" +#~ msgstr "Ejecutar un Servidor Sin Registrar" + +#~ msgid "It is highly recommended to test your Server by registering it on one of the built-in Directories **first** so as to narrow down any subsequent problems in unregistered mode." +#~ msgstr "Se recomienda encarecidamente que pruebes tu Servidor registrándolo en uno de los Directorios incluidos **primero**, para así acotar cualquier problema posterior en modo sin registrar." + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Setting up a Server behind a home router" +#~ msgstr "Configurar un Servidor tras un router doméstico" + +#~ msgid "If you set up your server at home, you will probably need to change some settings in your router/firewall:" +#~ msgstr "Si configuras tu Servidor en casa, probablemente tengas que cambiar algunos ajustes en tu router/cortafuegos:" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Port forwarding" +#~ msgstr "Redireccionamiento de puertos" + +#~ msgid "People from outside your home network will not be able to see things inside it. To let external Jamulus clients connect to your server, you need to set up port forwarding in your Router's settings. The exact setup differs for every router. For help see your Router's documentation or [portforward.com](https://portforward.com)." +#~ msgstr "Las personas de fuera de tu red doméstica no podrán ver lo que hay dentro. Para permitir que Clientes externos de Jamulus se conecten a tu Servidor, tienes que configurar el redireccionamiento de puertos en los ajustes de tu Router. Los ajustes exactos varían para cada router. Para más ayuda ver la documentación de tu Router o [portforward.com](https://portforward.com)." + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Note:** The default port for the current version of Jamulus is **UDP** (not TCP) port **22124**. You will usually forward the port **22124** from outside your network to the port **22124** of the machine running the Server.\n" +#~ msgstr "**Nota:** El puerto por defecto para la versión actual de Jamulus es el puerto **UDP** (no TCP) **22124**. Normalmente redireccionas el puerto **22124** desde fuera de tu red al puerto **22124** de la máquina ejecutando el Servidor.\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Note:** Your home router may change the IP address of the machine you're running your Server on. Depending on your router, you might need to give this machine a static IP address (often under DHCP settings of your router).\n" +#~ msgstr "**Nota:** Tu router doméstico puede cambiar la dirección IP del ordenador en el que ejecutas tu Servidor. Dependiendo de tu router, quizás tengas que darle a este ordenador una dirección IP estática (a menudo en la configuración DHCP del router).\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Getting the external IP" +#~ msgstr "Obtener la IP externa" + +#~ msgid "To allow others to connect to your Server from the internet, get your external (WAN) IP address e.g. by [using Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=what+is+my+ip) and give it to them. You yourself should connect using the local network (LAN) address of the machine the Server is running on. If you are running a Client on the same machine as your Server, that would be `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`." +#~ msgstr "Para permitir a otras personas conectarse a tu Servidor desde internet, debes obtener tu dirección IP (WAN) externa, por ejemplo [usando Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=what+is+my+ip) y dándosela. Tú tienes que conectarte utilizando la dirección de red local (LAN) del ordenador en el que ejecuta el Servidor. Si estás ejecutando un Cliente en la misma máquina que tu Servidor, sería `localhost` o `127.0.0.1`." + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Dynamic DNS and why you will probably need it" +#~ msgstr "DNS dinámica y por qué es probable que lo necesites" + +#~ msgid "Most domestic internet connections change their external IP address after a short period. To avoid problems with this, you might want to set up \"dynamic DNS\" to get a static (sub-)domain you can share with others. Please research how to do that for your specic set up. Your router might support some \"dynamic DNS\" providers out of the box. If this is not the case, set up a dynamic DNS client as described by the dynamic DNS provider you chose." +#~ msgstr "La mayoría de las conexiones domésticas de internet cambian su dirección IP interna tras un periodo corto. Para evitar problemas con esto, quizá quieras montar una \"DNS dinámica\" para tener un (sub)dominio estático que puedas compartir con otras personas. Por favor investiga cómo hacer eso para tu caso concreto. Tu router podría tener soporte para proveedores de \"DNS dinámica\" de fábrica. Si no es el caso, monta un cliente con DNS dinámica tal como lo describe el proveedor de DNS dinámica que elijas." + +#~ msgid "_Note that headless Servers do not use `.ini` files. All configuration is given as command line options._" +#~ msgstr "_Ten en cuenta que los Servidores headless no utilizan archivos `.ini`. Toda la configuración se realiza con opciones de línea de comandos._" + +#~ msgid "TOC" +#~ msgstr "TOC" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ " [Service]\n" +#~ " Type=oneshot\n" +#~ " ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" +#~ "~~~\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " [Service]\n" +#~ " Type=oneshot\n" +#~ " ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" +#~ "~~~\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ " [Service]\n" +#~ " Type=oneshot\n" +#~ " ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" +#~ "~~~\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " [Service]\n" +#~ " Type=oneshot\n" +#~ " ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" +#~ "~~~\n" + #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "The short answer is **no**. For various reasons, you should try to use other people's servers, at least at first while getting your sound set up with the Jamulus client." #~ msgid "The short answer is **no**. For various reasons, you should try to use Servers listed by the built in Directories, at least at first while getting your sound set up with the Jamulus Client. You may also be able to use a Server hosted by a third party. Doing so will save you the trouble of setting one up yourself." #~ msgstr "La respuesta corta es **no**. Por varias razones, deberías de probar a utilizar los servidores de otras personas, al menos al principio mientras configuras tu audio con el cliente de Jamulus." #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Note that you can have a \"private\" session with other people on a Public Server by simply soloing each other. You will then not be able to hear anyone else if they enter your server." #~ msgid "Note that you can have a \"private\" session with other people on a Server by simply soloing each other. You will then not be able to hear anyone else if they enter your Server (note that this does not stop them from hearing you, using the chat function, or seeing your profile information)." #~ msgstr "Ten en cuenta que puedes realizar una sesión \"privada\" con otras personas en un Servidor Público simplemente activando el botón de \"solo\" de tus compañer@s. No escucharás a nadie más si entran al servidor." #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Many people attribute problems to the server that are in fact problems with the _client_. Much depends on the clients' hard/software setup, the networks that _they_ are on, and whether they are sticking to [Rule Number One](Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)." #~ msgid "Many people attribute problems to the Server that are in fact problems with the _Client_. Much depends on the Clients' hard/software setup, the networks that _they_ are on, and whether they are sticking to [Rule Number One](Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)." #~ msgstr "Mucha gente atribuye problemas al servidor que en realidad son problemas con el _cliente_. Mucho depende de la configuración del hardware/software del cliente, las redes en las que _opera_, y su adherencia a la [Regla Número Uno](Client-Troubleshooting#todos-suenan-bien-pero-es-difícil-tocar-todos-juntos-manteniendo-el-tiempo)." @@ -857,22 +1231,18 @@ msgstr "Si estás teniendo otros problemas, [consulta esta guía](Server-Trouble #~ msgstr "### En general" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "### Port forwarding" #~ msgid "#### Upgrading" #~ msgstr "### Redireccionamiento de puertos" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "### Server status icon" #~ msgid "### Making a Server status page" #~ msgstr "## Icono de estado del Servidor" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "### Custom Directory Server Address" #~ msgid "### Directory Server Address" #~ msgstr "### Dirección Personalizada de Servidor de Directorio" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Normally, people from outside your home network cannot see things inside it. So if you want to operate a Jamulus server at home, you need to open a hole in your router to let Jamulus clients connect to it." #~ msgid "If you are running a Server on your home network, people from outside will not be able to see things inside it. So if you want to operate a Jamulus Server, you need to open a hole in your router's firewall to let Jamulus Clients connect to it." #~ msgstr "Normalmente, las personas de fuera de tu red doméstica no pueden ver lo que sucede dentro de ella. Por tanto, si quieres operar un servidor Jamulus en casa, tienes que abrir una puerta en tu router para dejar que clientes de Jamulus puedan conectarse a él." @@ -883,12 +1253,10 @@ msgstr "Si estás teniendo otros problemas, [consulta esta guía](Server-Trouble #~ msgstr "La configuración exacta del redireccionamiento de puertos difiere para cada router. Para más ayuda consulta [portforward.com](https://portforward.com)." #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Most domestic Internet connections will change their IP address after a period (hours, days or weeks). To make it easier for people to connect to you, you may therefore also want set up a dynamic DNS address. You can do this on [the machine](https://www.online-tech-tips.com/computer-tips/ddns-dynamic-dns-service/) that you are running the Jamulus server on, or preferably your router [may support it](https://www.noip.com/support/knowledgebase/how-to-configure-ddns-in-router/)." #~ msgid "Most domestic Internet connections will change their IP address after a period (hours, days or weeks). To make it easier for people to connect to you, you may therefore also want set up a dynamic DNS address. You can do this on [the machine](https://www.online-tech-tips.com/computer-tips/ddns-dynamic-dns-service/) that you are running the Jamulus Server on, or preferably your router [may support it](https://www.noip.com/support/knowledgebase/how-to-configure-ddns-in-router/)." #~ msgstr "La mayoría de las conexiones domésticas a internet cambian su dirección IP tras un periodo de tiempo (horas, días o semanas). Por tanto, para facilitar que las personas se puedan conectar a ti, probablemente quieras establecer una dirección DNS dinámica. Puedes hacer esto en [el ordenador](https://www.online-tech-tips.com/computer-tips/ddns-dynamic-dns-service/) en el cual ejecutas el servidor Jamulus, o preferiblemente en tu router [si es compatible](https://www.noip.com/support/knowledgebase/how-to-configure-ddns-in-router/)." #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Various problems can arise when setting up servers, and we generally ecourage people to use other people's (public) servers at first to isolate any issues that may in fact be due to client configuration." #~ msgid "Various problems can arise when setting up Servers, and we generally encourage people to use other people's (public) Servers at first to isolate any issues that may in fact be due to Client configuration." #~ msgstr "Pueden surgir varios problemas cuando se configuran los servidores, y generalmente animamos a que al comenzar se utilicen los servidores (públicos) de terceros para aislar los problemas que en realidad pueden deberse a la configuración del cliente." @@ -945,12 +1313,6 @@ msgstr "Si estás teniendo otros problemas, [consulta esta guía](Server-Trouble #~ msgstr "## Ancho de banda de red" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "There is one upstream (musician sending to the server) and one downstream (server sending back the mix to the musician)\n" -#~| "
\n" -#~| "\t\"A\n" -#~| "
Calculate bandwidth use
\n" -#~| "
\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "There is one upstream (musician sending to the Server) and one downstream (server sending back the mix to the musician)\n" #~ "
\n" @@ -968,12 +1330,10 @@ msgstr "Si estás teniendo otros problemas, [consulta esta guía](Server-Trouble #~ msgstr "Nótese que la tasa de transferencia media de ADSL2 es de 10 Mbit/s para bajada y 1 Mbit/s para subida. El rendimiento real depende de la distancia al proveedor, que puede [variar en teoría de 24 Mbit/s a 0,3 km hasta 1,5 Mbit/s a 5,2 km](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Asymmetric_digital_subscriber_line) para la tasa de descarga." #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "# Running a headless Linux server" #~ msgid "# Running a headless Linux Server" #~ msgstr "# Ejecutar un servidor \"headless\" en Linux" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Those wishing to run a server on a Linux cloud or other third party hosting platform should [read this guide](Server-Linux). \n" #~ msgid "Those wishing to run a Server on a Linux cloud or other third party hosting platform should [read this guide](Server-Linux)." #~ msgstr "Aquellas personas que quieran ejecutar un servidor en una nube Linux o en otra plataforma de hosting de terceros deberían [leer esta guía](Server-Linux). \n" @@ -1033,30 +1393,18 @@ msgstr "Si estás teniendo otros problemas, [consulta esta guía](Server-Trouble #~ msgid "**Note**: Command-line options will not alter settings made in the GUI.\n" #~ msgstr "**Nota**: Las opciones de la línea de comandos no alterarán las configuraciónes hechas en la interfaz gráfica.\n" -#~ msgid "`-d` or `--discononquit` Disconnect all clients on quit. Normally, when a server is stopped or restarted, any clients that have not used their \"Disconnect\" buttons will re-establish connection when the server comes back up again. Using this option forces clients to manually re-establish their connections to the server. \n" -#~ msgstr "`-d` or `--discononquit` Desconectar todos los clientes al salir. Normalmente, cuando un servidor se detiene o se reinicia, los clientes que no hayan utilizado su botón de \"Desconectar\" reestablecerán su conexión cuando el servidor vuelva a estar operativo. Utilizar esta opción obliga a los clientes a reestablecer su conexión con el servidor manualmente. \n" - #~ msgid "`-e` or `--directoryserver` Register the server on a directory (e.g. to set its genre (see also `-o`)). See [server types](#server-types) for further information.\n" #~ msgstr "`-e` o `--directoryserver` Registra el servidor en un directorio (por ej. para establecer su género (ver también `-o`)). Ver [tipos de servidor](#tipos-de-servidor) para más información.\n" -#~ msgid "`--directoryfile` Enable directory to remember registered servers even if the directory is restarted. You'll need to specify a path to a writable file location in which server information is stored.\n" -#~ msgstr "`--directoryfile` Para que el directorio recuerde los servidores registrados incluso si se reinicia el directorio. Necesitarás especificar una ruta a una ubicación con permisos de escritura en la cual se guarda la información del servidor.\n" - #~ msgid "`-f` or `--listfilter` Whitelist servers registering on the server list, format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]` Directory Servers only. See [server types](#server-types) \n" #~ msgstr "`-f` o `--listfilter` Lista blanca de servidores que se registran en la lista de servidores, formato `dirección ip 1[;dirección ip 2]` Solo Servidores de Directorio. Ver [tipos de servidor](#tipos-de-servidor) \n" -#~ msgid "`-F` or `--fastupdate` Reduces latency if clients connect with \"Enable Small Network Buffers\" option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled clients.\n" -#~ msgstr "`-F` o `--fastupdate` Reduce la latencia si el cliente se conecta con la opción \"Activar Buffers Pequeños\". Requiere un procesador potente para evitar cortes, y más ancho de banda hacia clientes activados.\n" - #~ msgid "`-l` or `--log` Enable logging, set path and file name \n" #~ msgstr "`-l` o `--log` Habilitar registro, establece ruta y nombre del archivo \n" #~ msgid "`-L` or `--licence` Show an agreement window before users can connect\n" #~ msgstr "`-L` o `--licence` Muestra una ventana de aceptación para que los usuarios se puedan conectar\n" -#~ msgid "`-m` or `--htmlstatus` Enable HTML status file, set path and file name\n" -#~ msgstr "`-m` o `--htmlstatus` Habilita un archivo de estado HTML, establece una ruta y un nombre de archivo\n" - #~ msgid "`-o` or `--serverinfo` Location details in the format: `[name];[city];[locale value]` (see [values](https://doc.qt.io/qt-5/qlocale.html#Country-enum)) Public servers only\n" #~ msgstr "`-o` o `--serverinfo` Datos de ubicación en el formato: `[nombre];[ciudad];[valor locale]` (ver [valores](https://doc.qt.io/qt-5/qlocale.html#Country-enum)) Solo servidores públicos\n" @@ -1069,27 +1417,9 @@ msgstr "Si estás teniendo otros problemas, [consulta esta guía](Server-Trouble #~ msgid "`--norecord` Disable recording when enabled by default by `-R` \n" #~ msgstr "`--norecord` Desactiva la grabación cuando se habilita por defecto con `-R` \n" -#~ msgid "`-s` or `--server` Start in server mode\n" -#~ msgstr "`-s` o `--server` Arranca en modo servidor\n" - #~ msgid "`--serverbindip` Specify the IP address to bind to \n" #~ msgstr "`--serverbindip` Especifica la dirección IP a la que vincularse \n" -#~ msgid "`-T` or `--multithreading` Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs to support more clients\n" -#~ msgstr "`-T` o `--multithreading` Utiliza multithreading para hacer un mejor uso de CPUs multi-núcleo, para dar soporte a más clientes\n" - -#~ msgid "`-u` or `--numchannels` Maximum number of channels (clients)\n" -#~ msgstr "`-u` o `--numchannels` Número máximo de canales (clientes)\n" - -#~ msgid "`-w` or `--welcomemessage` Welcome message on connect\n" -#~ msgstr "`-w` o `--welcomemessage` Mensaje de bienvenida al conectarse\n" - -#~ msgid "`-z` or `--startminimized` Start minimizied\n" -#~ msgstr "`-z` o `--startminimized` Arranca minimizado\n" - -#~ msgid "`--serverpublicip` The public IP address of the server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [Notes on Directory Servers](#points-to-note-about-directories)\n" -#~ msgstr "`--serverpublicip` La dirección IP del servidor si se conecta a un Directorio tras el mismo NAT. Ver las [Notas sobre Servidores de Directorio](#a-tener-en-cuenta-sobre-los-directorios)\n" - #~ msgid "**Linux users**\n" #~ msgstr "**Usuarios de Linux**\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Server-Bandwidth.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Server-Bandwidth.po index aebacd90f..ce845841a 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/Server-Bandwidth.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Server-Bandwidth.po @@ -1,39 +1,39 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# ignotus , 2022. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-07-28 09:24+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-12-27 09:39+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: es\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.1.1\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "es" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Server-Bandwidth" msgstr "/wiki/Server-Bandwidth" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Bandwidth Use" @@ -44,50 +44,21 @@ msgstr "# Uso de ancho de banda" msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Más\" branch1=\"Administrar un Servidor\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:11 -msgid "## Audio bandwidth" -msgstr "## Ancho de banda de audio" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:13 -msgid "The audio settings have an impact on the required network bandwidth. The table below summarises network requirements with respect to the configuration of:" -msgstr "La configuración de audio tiene un impacto en el ancho de banda de red requerido. La tabla siguiente resume los requisitos con respecto a la configuración de:" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:14 -msgid "Channels : stereo/mono" -msgstr "Canales : estéreo/mono" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:15 -msgid "Quality : high/medium/low" -msgstr "Calidad : alta/media/baja" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio bandwidth" +msgstr "Ancho de banda de audio" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:16 -msgid "Audio buffer duration : 2.67 ms, 5.33 ms, 10.67 ms, 21.33 ms" -msgstr "Duración buffer audio: 2,67 ms, 5,33 ms, 10,67 ms, 21,33 ms" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:18 -msgid "With the following units" -msgstr "Con las siguientes unidades" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:19 -msgid "ms : milliseconds" -msgstr "ms : milisegundos" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:20 -msgid "Kbit/s : Kilo-bits per second (Reminder : 1 Mbit/s = 1024 Kbit/s, 1 KByte/s = 8 Kbit/s)" -msgstr "Kbit/s : Kilo-bits por segundo (Recordatorio: 1 Mbit/s = 1024 Kbit/s, 1 KByte/s = 8 Kbit/s)" +msgid "The audio settings have an impact on the required network bandwidth. The table below summarises network requirements with respect to the configuration of: * Channels : stereo/mono * Quality : high/medium/low * Audio buffer duration : 2.67 ms, 5.33 ms, 10.67 ms, 21.33 ms" +msgstr "La configuración de audio tiene un impacto en el ancho de banda de red requerido. La tabla siguiente resume los requisitos con respecto a la configuración de: * Canales: estéreo/mono * Calidad: alta/media/baja * Duración buffer audio: 2,67 ms, 5,33 ms, 10,67 ms, 21,33 ms" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:21 -msgid "Mbit/s : Mega-bits per second" -msgstr "Mbit/s : Mega-bits por segundo" +msgid "With the following units * ms : milliseconds * Kbit/s : Kilo-bits per second (Reminder : 1 Mbit/s = 1024 Kbit/s, 1 KByte/s = 8 Kbit/s) * Mbit/s : Mega-bits per second" +msgstr "Con las siguientes unidades: ms: milisegundos * Kbit/s : Kilo-bits por segundo (Recordatorio: 1 Mbit/s = 1024 Kbit/s, 1 KByte/s = 8 Kbit/s) * Mbit/s Mega-bits por segundo" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:30 @@ -111,10 +82,11 @@ msgstr "" "| Mono | Media | 594 Kbit/s | 366 Kbit/s | 250 Kbit/s | 192 Kbit/s |\n" "| Mono | Baja | 534 Kbit/s | 306 Kbit/s | 190 Kbit/s | 132 Kbit/s |\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:32 -msgid "## Network bandwidth" -msgstr "## Ancho de banda de red" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Network bandwidth" +msgstr "Ancho de banda de red" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:38 @@ -136,3 +108,21 @@ msgstr "" #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:40 msgid "Note also that mean ADSL2 transfer rate is 10 Mbit/s for downstream and 1 Mbit/s for upstream. The actual performance depends on distance to the provider, which may [theoretically range from 24 Mbit/s at 0.3 km to 1.5 Mbit/s at 5.2 km](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Asymmetric_digital_subscriber_line) for download rate." msgstr "Nótese que la tasa de transferencia media de ADSL2 es de 10 Mbit/s para bajada y 1 Mbit/s para subida. El rendimiento real depende de la distancia al proveedor, que puede [variar en teoría de 24 Mbit/s a 0,3 km hasta 1,5 Mbit/s a 5,2 km](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Asymmetric_digital_subscriber_line) para la tasa de descarga." + +#~ msgid "Channels : stereo/mono" +#~ msgstr "Canales : estéreo/mono" + +#~ msgid "Quality : high/medium/low" +#~ msgstr "Calidad : alta/media/baja" + +#~ msgid "Audio buffer duration : 2.67 ms, 5.33 ms, 10.67 ms, 21.33 ms" +#~ msgstr "Duración buffer audio: 2,67 ms, 5,33 ms, 10,67 ms, 21,33 ms" + +#~ msgid "With the following units" +#~ msgstr "Con las siguientes unidades" + +#~ msgid "ms : milliseconds" +#~ msgstr "ms : milisegundos" + +#~ msgid "Mbit/s : Mega-bits per second" +#~ msgstr "Mbit/s : Mega-bits por segundo" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Server-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Server-Troubleshooting.po index acb320869..d186cbc61 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/Server-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Server-Troubleshooting.po @@ -1,41 +1,41 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# ignotus , 2022, 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-08-15 21:27+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-18 09:27+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: es\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "es" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Server-Troubleshooting" msgstr "/wiki/Server-Troubleshooting" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:10 #, no-wrap msgid "Server Troubleshooting" msgstr "Resolución de Problemas del Servidor" @@ -48,52 +48,53 @@ msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Más\" branch1=\"Administrar un Servid #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:12 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# Server Troubleshooting\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" -msgstr "" -"# Resolución de Problemas del Servidor\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:14 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:16 -msgid "Table of contents" -msgstr "Tabla de contenidos" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:18 -msgid "TOC" -msgstr "TOC" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "Tabla de contenidos\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:19 -msgid "{:toc}" -msgstr "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" +msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:21 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:23 -msgid "## Servers - Registered" -msgstr "## Servidores - Registrados" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Servers - Registered" +msgstr "Servidores - Registrados" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:25 -msgid "### Why doesn't my Server show up in the list? Why isn't it registering?" -msgstr "### ¿Por qué no aparece mi Servidor en la lista? ¿Por qué no se registra?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why doesn't my Server show up in the list? Why isn't it registering?" +msgstr "¿Por qué no aparece mi Servidor en la lista? ¿Por qué no se registra?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:27 -msgid "If you are registered OK (you can [see it here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)) and you or your friends can't see your Server, you may need to wait, or start your Client with the `--showallservers` option and try connecting from there ([see command line options](Software-Manual#command-line-options)) on how to start your Client with a config option). In some network configurations, you may also need to [port forward](Running-a-Server#port-forwarding) your router." -msgstr "Si se ha registrado correctamente (lo puedes [ver aquí](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)) y tú o los demás músicos no pueden ver tu Servidor, quizá tengas que esperar, o iniciar el Cliente con la opción `--showallservers` e intentar conectar desde ahí ([consultar las opciones de línea de comandos](Software-Manual#opciones-de-línea-de-comandos) para ver cómo arrancar tu Cliente con una opción de configuración). En algunas configuraciones de red, es posible que tengas que [redireccionar puertos](Running-a-Server#redireccionamiento-de-puertos) en tu router." +msgid "If you are registered OK (you can [see it here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)) and you or your friends can't see your Server, you may need to wait, or start your Client with the `--showallservers` option and try connecting from there ([see command line options](Software-Manual#command-line-options)) on how to start your Client with a config option). In some network configurations, you may also need to configure your router to [forward the port number](Unregistered-Servers#port-forwarding) used by Jamulus Server." +msgstr "Si se ha registrado correctamente (lo puedes [ver aquí](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)) y tú o los demás músicos no pueden ver tu Servidor, quizá tengas que esperar, o iniciar el Cliente con la opción `--showallservers` e intentar conectar desde ahí ([consultar las opciones de línea de comandos](Software-Manual#opciones-de-línea-de-comandos) para ver cómo arrancar tu Cliente con una opción de configuración). En algunas configuraciones de red, es posible que tengas que configurar tu router para [redirigir el número de puerto](Unregistered-Servers#redirección-de-puertos) utilizado por el Servidor Jamulus." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:29 @@ -105,54 +106,59 @@ msgstr "Si ves un mensaje diciendo que el Servidor está completo, tendrás que msgid "You can verify that your Server is listed in the relevant genre by [checking it here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)." msgstr "Puedes verificar que tu Servidor aparece en la lista del género relevante [comprobándolo aquí](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:33 -msgid "## Servers - Unregistered" -msgstr "## Servidores - Sin Registrar" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:32 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Servers - Unregistered" +msgstr "Servidores - No Registrados" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:35 -msgid "### I'm running my Client on the same machine/network as my Server but I can't connect to it" -msgstr "### Estoy ejecutando mi Cliente en la misma máquina/red que mi Servidor pero no me puedo conectar a él" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I'm running my Client on the same machine/network as my Server but I can't connect to it" +msgstr "Estoy ejecutando mi Cliente en la misma máquina/red que mi Servidor pero no me puedo conectar a él" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:37 msgid "Connect your Client to `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`. If you're running the Client on a different machine to the Server but on the same network, then connect to the _local network_ address of the Server. Do not connect via the Server's public (WAN) address." msgstr "Conecta tu Cliente a `localhost` o `127.0.0.1`. Si estás ejecutando el Cliente en una máquina distinta a la del Servidor pero en la misma red, conéctate a la dirección de _red local_ del Servidor. No te conectes con la dirección pública (WAN) del Servidor." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:39 -msgid "### What address do I give to people so that they can connect to my Server?" -msgstr "### ¿Qué dirección debo dar a la gente para que se conecten a mi Servidor?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "What address do I give to people so that they can connect to my Server?" +msgstr "¿Qué dirección debo dar a la gente para que se conecten a mi Servidor?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:41 -msgid "This should be your **public** IP address (find that with [Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=whatsmyip)). Connect your **own** Jamulus Client to the **local** IP address of your Server (`localhost` or `127.0.0.1` if it's on the same machine as your Client). Note that your public IP address can change - see the note on \"dynamic DNS\" in [this guide](Running-a-Server#dynamic-dns-and-why-you-will-probably-need-it)." -msgstr "Tiene que ser tu dirección IP **pública** (encuéntrala con [Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=whatsmyip)). Conecta tu **propio** Cliente Jamulus a la dirección IP **local** de tu Servidor (`localhost` o `127.0.0.1` si está en la misma máquina que tu Cliente). Ten en cuenta que tu dirección IP pública puede cambiar - ver la nota sobre \"DNS dinámica\" en [esta guía](Running-a-Server#dns-dinámica-y-por-qué-es-probable-que-lo-necesites)." +msgid "This should be your **public** IP address (find that with [Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=whatsmyip)). Connect your **own** Jamulus Client to the **local** IP address of your Server (`localhost` or `127.0.0.1` if it's on the same machine as your Client). Note that your public IP address can change - see the note on \"dynamic DNS\" in [this guide](Unregistered-Servers#dynamic-dns-and-why-you-will-probably-need-it)." +msgstr "Tiene que ser tu dirección IP **pública** (encuéntrala con [Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=whatsmyip)). Conecta tu **propio** Cliente Jamulus a la dirección IP **local** de tu Servidor (`localhost` o `127.0.0.1` si está en la misma máquina que tu Cliente). Ten en cuenta que tu dirección IP pública puede cambiar - ver la nota sobre \"DNS dinámica\" en [esta guía](Unregistered-Servers#dns-dinámica-y-por-qué-es-probable-que-lo-necesites)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:44 -msgid "### What port numbers can I use?" -msgstr "### ¿Qué números de puerto puedo utilizar?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:43 +#, no-wrap +msgid "What port numbers can I use?" +msgstr "¿Qué números de puerto puedo utilizar?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:46 msgid "You can set your Server to listen on a custom port with the `--port` option. If you do this, you will need to tell people which port to connect on. They will need to append the port number to the address of your Server in the format `[serverAddress]:[portNumber]`." msgstr "Puedes hacer que tu Servidor escuche en un puerto personalizado con la opción `--port` Si haces esto, tendrás que decir a los demás a qué puerto conectarse. Tendrán que añadir el número de puerto a la dirección de tu Servidor en el formato `[direcciónServidor]:[númeroPuerto]`." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:48 -msgid "### Nobody can connect to my Server - but I can connect locally" -msgstr "### Nadie se puede conectar a mi Servidor - pero yo me puedo conectar localmente" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Nobody can connect to my Server - but I can connect locally" +msgstr "Nadie se puede conectar a mi Servidor - pero yo me puedo conectar localmente" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:50 -msgid "First of all, make sure you've enabled [port forwarding](Running-a-Server#port-forwarding). If you still don't see your server from outside of your local network, you may have issues with your Internet Service Provider (ISP)." -msgstr "Lo primero, asegúrate de que has habilitado el [redireccionamiento de puertos](Running-a-Server#redireccionamiento-de-puertos). Si sigues sin ver tu Servidor desde tu red local, podría ser que tienes problemas con tu proveedor de internet (ISP)." +msgid "First of all, make sure you've enabled [port forwarding](Unregistered-Servers#port-forwarding). If you still don't see your server from outside of your local network, you may have issues with your Internet Service Provider (ISP)." +msgstr "Lo primero, asegúrate de que has habilitado el [redirección de puertos](Unregistered-Servers#redirección-de-puertos). Si sigues sin ver tu Servidor desde tu red local, podría ser que tienes problemas con tu proveedor de internet (ISP)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:52 -msgid "Some ISPs are using techniques like [Address plus Port (A+P)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Address_plus_Port) or [Carrier-grade NAT (CGN)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carrier-grade_NAT) to conserve address space (usually for IPv4). That makes it impossible to host services like Jamulus at home as they are not visible outside your local network." +msgid "Some ISPs use techniques like [Address plus Port (A+P)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Address_plus_Port) or [Carrier-grade NAT (CGN)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carrier-grade_NAT) to conserve address space (usually for IPv4). That makes it impossible to host services like Jamulus at home as they are not visible outside your local network." msgstr "Algunos proveedores de internet utilizan técnicas como [Address plus Port (A+P)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Address_plus_Port) o [Carrier-grade NAT (CGN)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carrier-grade_NAT) para preservar espacios de direcciones (normalmente para IPv4). Esto hace que sea imposible ejecutar servicios como Jamulus en casa ya que no son visibles desde fuera de tu red local." #. type: Plain text @@ -161,10 +167,21 @@ msgid "To detect if CGN is the issue, go to your router's configuration screen ( msgstr "Para detectar si el problema está causado por CGN, ve a la pantalla de configuración de tu router (normalmente 192.168.X.X) y consulta la página de WAN Status. Si tu dirección listada de IPv4 no concuerda con tu dirección IPv4 pública (compruébalo [aquí](https://ifconfig.me)), entonces puede que CGN esté activado. Puedes probar a usar una conexión IPv6 arrancando Clientes y el Servidor con la opción `-6` si IPv6 está disponible para el Servidor y todos los Clientes." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:56 +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:55 msgid "To fix the issue with IPv4, contact your ISP technical support team, and tell them that you want to host a public server at home, so you need a real WAN IP address. Furthermore, you can help them with info that CGN might be the issue. Also, you can ask for a static IP address to avoid using DDNS." msgstr "Para arreglar el problema con IPv4, contacta con el soporte técnico de tu proveedor de internet, y diles que quieres montar un servidor público en casa, por lo que necesitas una dirección WAN real. Además, puedes ayudarles informándoles de que el problema podría ser CGN. También puedes pedir una dirección IP estática para evitar usar DDNS." +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ "# Server Troubleshooting\n" +#~ " {:.no_toc}\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "# Resolución de Problemas del Servidor\n" +#~ " {:.no_toc}\n" + +#~ msgid "TOC" +#~ msgstr "TOC" + #, fuzzy #~| msgid "To fix the issue: if you are running a public server, try [port forwarding](Running-a-Server#port-forwarding). If you are running a private server and are port forwarding already, contact your ISP support and request them to remove you from CGN and assign you a real WAN IP address because you want to host a server. If CGN is not the issue, you may need to ask your ISP to give you a WAN IP address (or fixed one to avoid using DDNS, if possible). If all else fails, consider hosting on a cloud platform (some providers do free trial periods)." #~ msgid "To fix the issue: if you are running a registered Server, try [port forwarding](Running-a-Server#port-forwarding). If you are running an unregistered Server and are port forwarding already, contact your ISP support and request them to remove you from CGN and assign you a real WAN IP address because you want to host a Server. If CGN is not the issue, you may need to ask your ISP to give you a WAN IP address (or fixed one to avoid using DDNS, if possible). If all else fails, consider hosting on a cloud platform (some providers do free trial periods)." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Software-Manual.po index dd017fcbd..66fcbe798 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/Software-Manual.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Software-Manual.po @@ -1,54 +1,57 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# ignotus , 2022. +# ignotus , 2022, 2023. +# gallegonovato , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-28 19:55+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-24 18:48+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: gallegonovato \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: es\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.1\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "es" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual" msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Software Manual" msgstr "Manual del Software" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus User Manual" +msgstr "Manual de Usuario de Jamulus" + #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:9 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# Jamulus User Manual\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" -msgstr "" -"# Manual de Usuario de Jamulus\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:11 @@ -57,33 +60,37 @@ msgstr "Este manual documenta la aplicación del Cliente Jamulus para su uso por #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:13 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:15 -msgid "Table of contents" -msgstr "Tabla de contenidos" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:17 -msgid "TOC" -msgstr "TOC" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "Tabla de contenidos\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:18 -msgid "{:toc}" -msgstr "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" +msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:20 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:22 -msgid "# Main Window" -msgstr "# Ventana Principal" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:21 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Main Window" +msgstr "Ventana Principal" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:28 @@ -99,10 +106,11 @@ msgstr "" "\t
Tu mezcla local cuando te conectas a un Servidor
\n" "
\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:30 -msgid "## Ping, Delay and Jitter" -msgstr "## Ping, Retardo y Jitter" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Ping, Delay and Jitter" +msgstr "Ping, Retardo y Jitter" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:32 @@ -118,8 +126,9 @@ msgstr "**Retardo** muestra la latencia total que se calcula con el ping actual #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:36 -msgid "
\"Image
" -msgstr "
\"Imagen
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"Imagen
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:38 @@ -129,8 +138,9 @@ msgstr "**Verde** - El retardo es perfecto para una jam session\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:40 -msgid "
\"Image
" -msgstr "
\"Imagen
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"Imagen
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:42 @@ -140,8 +150,9 @@ msgstr "**Amarillo** - Una sesión aún es posible pero quizá sea más difícil #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:44 -msgid "
\"Image
" -msgstr "
\"Imagen
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"Imagen
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:46 @@ -155,70 +166,75 @@ msgstr "**Rojo** - El retardo es demasiado grande para tocar\n" msgid "**Jitter** shows the current audio/streaming status. If the light is **red**, the audio stream is interrupted. This is caused by one of the following problems:\n" msgstr "**Jitter** muestra el estado actual del flujo de audio. Si está en **rojo**, hay interrupciones en el flujo de audio. Esto puede ser causado por alguno de los siguientes problemas:\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:50 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53 msgid "The network jitter buffer is not large enough for the current network/audio interface jitter." msgstr "El jitter buffer de red no es lo suficientemente grande para el jitter actual de la red/interfaz de audio." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:51 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53 msgid "The sound card's buffer delay (buffer size) is too small (see Settings window)." msgstr "El retardo de buffer de la tarjeta de audio (tamaño buffer) tiene un valor demasiado bajo (ver ventana de Configuración)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:52 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53 msgid "The upload or download stream rate is too high for your internet bandwidth." msgstr "La tasa de subida o bajada is demasiado alta para tu ancho de banda de internet." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53 msgid "The CPU of the Client or server is at 100%." msgstr "La CPU del Cliente o del servidor está al 100%." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:55 -msgid "## Input" -msgstr "## Entrada" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:54 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Input" +msgstr "Entrada" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:58 msgid "Shows the level of the two stereo channels for your audio input. Make sure not to clip the input signal to avoid distortions of your sound (the LEDs will indicate clipping when it occurs)." msgstr "Muestra los niveles de los dos canales estéreo de tu entrada de audio. Asegúrate de no clipear la señal de entrada para evitar distorsiones de la señal de audio (los LEDs indicarán el clipeo cuando suceda)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:60 -msgid "## Mute Myself button" -msgstr "## Botón de Silenciarme Yo" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Mute Myself button" +msgstr "Botón de Silenciarme Yo" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:62 msgid "Cuts your audio stream to the server so that you will be able to hear yourself and see your own input levels, but other musicians will not. Be aware that other musicians will not know if you have muted yourself." msgstr "Corta tu flujo de audio al servidor de modo que te escucharás y verás tus propios niveles de audio, pero otros músicos no. Ten en cuenta que otros músicos no sabrán si te has silenciado." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:64 -msgid "## Reverb effect" -msgstr "## Efecto Reverb" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:63 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Reverb effect" +msgstr "Efecto Reverb" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:69 msgid "Adds reverb to your local mono audio channel, or to both channels in stereo mode. The mono channel selection and the reverberation level can be modified. For example, if a microphone signal is fed in to the right audio channel of the sound card and a reverb effect needs to be applied, set the channel selector to the right and move the fader upwards until the desired reverb level is reached." msgstr "Se puede aplicar un efecto de reverberación a un canal local de audio mono o a ambos canales en modo estéreo. Se puede modificar la selección de canales en modo mono y el nivel de reverberación. Por ejemplo, si la señal del micrófono va por el canal derecho de la tarjeta de audio y se desea aplicar reverberación, cambia el selector de canal a derecho y sube el fader hasta alcanzar el nivel de reverberación deseado." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:71 -msgid "## Chat" -msgstr "## Chat" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:70 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Chat" +msgstr "Chat" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:75 msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message is received." msgstr "Abre la ventana de chat. El texto escrito aquí es enviado a todos los Clientes conectados. Si llega un nuevo mensaje de chat y la ventana del Chat no está abierta, se abrirá automáticamente para todos los Clientes. Ver Configuración para opcionalmente habilitar una alerta sonora cuando se recibe un nuevo mensaje de chat." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:77 -msgid "## Connect/disconnect button" -msgstr "## Botón Conexión/Desconexión" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:76 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Connect/disconnect button" +msgstr "Botón Conexión/Desconexión" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:80 @@ -227,8 +243,9 @@ msgstr "Abre una ventana donde puedes seleccionar un servidor al que conectarte. #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:82 -msgid "
\"Screenshot
" -msgstr "
\"Imagen
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Screenshot
\n" +msgstr "
\"Imagen
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:84 @@ -245,15 +262,17 @@ msgstr "Puedes filtrar la lista por nombre de servidor o ubicación. Para solo m msgid "If you know the IP address or URL of a private server, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124` (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets). The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses." msgstr "Si conoces la dirección IP o URL de un servidor privado, puedes conectarte a él utilizando el campo de Nombre/Dirección del Servidor. Se puede añadir un número de puerto opcional tras la dirección utilizando dos puntos como separador, por ej. `jamulus.ejemplo.org:22124`. (Ten en cuenta que las direcciones IPv6 deben escribirse entre corchetes). El campo también mostrará una lista de los servidores utilizados recientemente." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:92 -msgid "## Server audio mixer" -msgstr "## Mezclador de audio del servidor" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:91 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server audio mixer" +msgstr "Mezclador de audio del servidor" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:94 -msgid "
\"Image
" -msgstr "
\"Imagen
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"Imagen
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:97 @@ -277,188 +296,200 @@ msgstr "Si ves un icono de \"mute\" sobre un usuario, significa que esa persona #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:105 -msgid "### Grp button" -msgstr "### Botón Grp" +msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. You can sort instead by name, instrument, group, or city using the View menu." +msgstr "Los usuarios normalmente se muestran de izquierda a derecha en el orden en el que se conectan. Puedes cambiar el orden, por nombre, instrumento, grupo o ciudad utilizando el menú en Ver." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:107 -msgid "Defines a group of audio channels. Moving the fader of one member of the group moves the faders of all the others. Up to 8 groups can be defined." -msgstr "Define un grupo de canales de audio. Mover el fader de un miembro del grupo mueve los faders de todos los demás. Se pueden definir hasta 8 grupos." +msgid "If the server operator has enabled recording, you will see a message above the mixer showing that you are being recorded." +msgstr "Si el operador del servidor ha habilitado la grabación, verás un mensaje sobre el mezclador indicando que estás siendo grabado." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:109 -msgid "### Mute button" -msgstr "### Botón Mute" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:108 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Grp button" +msgstr "Botón Grp" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:111 -msgid "Prevents users being heard in your local mix. Be aware that when you mute someone, they will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader to indicate that you cannot hear them. Note also that you will continue to see their VU meters moving if sound from the muted user is reaching the server. Your fader position for them is also unaffected." -msgstr "Evita que se escuche a otros usuarios en tu mezcla local. Ten en cuenta que cuando silencias a alguien, verán un icono de \"silenciado\" sobre tu fader para indicar que no puedes escucharle. Ten en cuenta también que continuarás viendo mover su vúmetro si el sonido del usuario silenciado llega al servidor. La posición de tu fader en su mezcla tampoco se verá afectada." +msgid "You can group users together using the \"group\" toggle. Moving the fader of any member of the group will move the other faders in that group by the same amount. You can isolate a channel from the group temporarily with shift-click-drag. Up to 8 groups can be defined." +msgstr "Puedes agrupar faders utilizando el botón de \"grupo\". Si mueves el fader de cualquier miembro del grupo, los demás faders del grupo también se moverán en la misma proporción. Puedes aislar un canal del grupo temporalmente con shift-clic-arrastrar. Se pueden definir hasta 8 grupos." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:113 -msgid "Note that muting your **own** channel only means you will not hear your signal from the server (and is not advised as it can lead to you becoming out of time with other players). This is therefore not the same as using \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"." -msgstr "Ten en cuenta que silenciar tu **propio** canal solo significa que no escucharás tu señal desde el servidor (y no se aconseja ya que puede llevar a que pierdas la sincronización con las demás personas). Por lo tanto, esto no es lo mismo que utilizar \"[Silenciarme Yo](#botón-de-silenciarme-yo)\"." +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:112 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Mute button" +msgstr "Botón Mute" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:115 -msgid "### Solo button" -msgstr "### Botón Solo" +msgid "Prevents users being heard in your local mix. Be aware that when you mute someone, they will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader to indicate that you cannot hear them. Note also that you will continue to see their VU meters moving if sound from the muted user is reaching the server. Your fader position for them is also unaffected." +msgstr "Evita que se escuche a otros usuarios en tu mezcla local. Ten en cuenta que cuando silencias a alguien, verán un icono de \"silenciado\" sobre tu fader para indicar que no puedes escucharle. Ten en cuenta también que continuarás viendo mover su vúmetro si el sonido del usuario silenciado llega al servidor. La posición de tu fader en su mezcla tampoco se verá afectada." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:117 -msgid "Allows you to hear one or more users on their own. Those not soloed will be muted. Note also that those people who are not soloed will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader." -msgstr "Te permite escuchar uno o más usuarios aislados de los demás. Los que no lo tengan aplicado estarán silenciados. Ten en cuenta que aquellas personas que no lo tienen aplicado verán el icono de \"silenciado\" sobre tu fader." +msgid "Note that muting your **own** channel only means you will not hear your signal from the server (and is not advised as it can lead to you becoming out of time with other players). This is therefore not the same as using \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"." +msgstr "Ten en cuenta que silenciar tu **propio** canal solo significa que no escucharás tu señal desde el servidor (y no se aconseja ya que puede llevar a que pierdas la sincronización con las demás personas). Por lo tanto, esto no es lo mismo que utilizar \"[Silenciarme Yo](#botón-de-silenciarme-yo)\"." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:119 -msgid "Users are listed left to right in the order that they connect. You can change the sort order using the Edit option in the application menu." -msgstr "Los usuarios se muestran de izquierda a derecha en el orden en el que se conectan. Puedes cambiar el orden utilizando la opción Editar en el menú de la aplicación." +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:118 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Solo button" +msgstr "Botón Solo" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:121 -msgid "You can group users together using the \"group\" toggle. Moving the fader of any member of the group will move the other faders in that group by the same amount. You can isolate a channel from the group temporarily with shift-click-drag." -msgstr "Puedes agrupar faders utilizando el botón de \"grupo\". Si mueves el fader de cualquier miembro del grupo, los demás faders del grupo también se moverán en la misma proporción. Puedes aislar un canal del grupo temporalmente con shift-clic-arrastrar." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:123 -msgid "If the server operator has enabled recording, you will see a message above the mixer showing that you are being recorded." -msgstr "Si el operador del servidor ha habilitado la grabación, verás un mensaje sobre el mezclador indicando que estás siendo grabado." +msgid "Allows you to hear one or more users on their own. Those not soloed will be muted. Note also that those people who are not soloed will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader." +msgstr "Te permite escuchar uno o más usuarios aislados de los demás. Los que no lo tengan aplicado estarán silenciados. Ten en cuenta que aquellas personas que no lo tienen aplicado verán el icono de \"silenciado\" sobre tu fader." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:125 -msgid "# Settings" -msgstr "# Configuración" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:122 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Configuración" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:127 -msgid "## My Profile" -msgstr "## Mi Perfil" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:124 +#, no-wrap +msgid "My Profile" +msgstr "Mi Perfil" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:128 msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board." msgstr "Desde el menú de Configuración, selecciona \"Mi Perfil...\" para establecer tu Alias/Nombre, mostrado debajo de tu fader en la ventana principal del cliente de Jamulus." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132 -msgid "
\"Image
" -msgstr "
\"Imagen
" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"Imagen
\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:134 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132 msgid "If you set an instrument and/or country, icons for these selections will also be shown below your fader. The skill setting changes the background colour of the fader tag and the city entry shows up in the tool tip of the fader tag:" msgstr "Si se establece un instrumento y/o un país, los iconos de estas selecciones también se mostrarán bajo tu fader. El nivel de habilidad cambia el color de fondo de la etiqueta del fader y la ciudad se muestra en el tooltip de la etiqueta:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:136 -msgid "
\"Image
" -msgstr "
\"Imagen
" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:134 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"Imagen
\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138 -msgid "### Skin" -msgstr "### Skin" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:135 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Skin" +msgstr "Tema" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138 msgid "This applies a skin to the main window, some of which are designed to accommodate larger ensembles." -msgstr "Esto aplicará un skin a la ventana principal, algunos de los cuales están diseñados para acomodar conjuntos grandes de usuarios." +msgstr "Esto aplicará un tema a la ventana principal, algunos de los cuales están diseñados para acomodar conjuntos grandes de usuarios." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142 -msgid "### Meter style" -msgstr "### Estilo del vúmetro" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:139 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Meter style" +msgstr "Estilo del vúmetro" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:144 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142 msgid "This changes the visual style of the audio meters, independently of the chosen skin." -msgstr "Esto cambio el estilo visual de los indicadores de audio, independientemente del skin elegido." +msgstr "Esto cambia el estilo visual de los indicadores de audio, independientemente del tema elegido." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146 -msgid "### Mixer rows" -msgstr "### Filas de canales en el mezclador" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:143 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Mixer rows" +msgstr "Filas de canales en el mezclador" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:148 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146 msgid "This sets the number of rows displayed in the server audio mixer, for use with larger ensembles." msgstr "Esto establece el número de filas mostrado en el mezclador de audio, para su uso con conjuntos grandes." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150 -msgid "### Audio Alerts" -msgstr "### Alertas sonoras" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:147 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio Alerts" +msgstr "Alertas sonoras" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:152 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150 msgid "This turns on a sound alert for when someone joins a Server, or when receiving a new chat message." msgstr "Esto activa una alerta sonora para cuando alguien se une a un Servidor, o cuando se recibe un nuevo mensaje en el chat." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154 -msgid "## Audio/Network Setup" -msgstr "## Configuración Audio/Red" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:151 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio/Network Setup" +msgstr "Configuración Audio/Red" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:156 -msgid "
\"Image
" -msgstr "
\"Imagen
" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"Imagen
\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:158 -msgid "### Device" -msgstr "### Dispositivo" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:155 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio Device" +msgstr "Dispositivo de audio" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:161 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:159 msgid "Under the Windows operating system the ASIO driver (sound card) can be selected using Jamulus. If the selected ASIO driver is not valid an error message is shown and the previous valid driver is selected. Under macOS the input and output hardware can be selected." msgstr "En el sistema operativo de Windows, el driver ASIO (tarjeta de sonido) se puede seleccionar utilizando Jamulus. Si el driver ASIO no es válido se mostrará un mensaje de error y el anterior driver válido será seleccionado. En macOS, se puede seleccionar el hardware de entrada y salida." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163 -msgid "### Input/output channel mapping" -msgstr "### Mapeo canales entrada/salida" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:160 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Input/output channel mapping" +msgstr "Mapeo canales entrada/salida" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:165 -msgid "
\"Image
" -msgstr "
\"Imagen
" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"Imagen
\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:169 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:167 msgid "If the selected sound card device offers more than one input or output channel, the _Input Channel Mapping and Output Channel Mapping_ settings are visible. For each Jamulus input/output channel (left and right channel) a different actual sound card channel can be selected." msgstr "Si el dispositivo de audio ofrece más de un canal de entrada o salida, son visibles las configuraciones para el _Mapeo de Canales de Entrada y de Salida_. Para cada canal de entrada/salida (canal Izquierdo y Derecho) de Jamulus se puede seleccionar un canal diferente de la tarjeta de audio." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171 -msgid "### Audio channels" -msgstr "### Canales de Audio" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:168 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio channels" +msgstr "Canales de Audio" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:173 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171 msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and server." msgstr "Selecciona el número de canales de audio a utilizar para la comunicación entre Cliente y Servidor." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:173 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note**: It is better to run separate Client instances per voice/instrument, where each Client has its own ini file, rather than using this built-in mono pair to stereo mixer.\n" msgstr "**Nota**: Es mejor ejecutar instancias separadas del Cliente para cada voz/instrumento, donde cada Cliente tiene su propio archivo ini, en lugar de utilizar este mezclador interno de dos canales mono a estéreo.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:177 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175 msgid "There are three modes available:" msgstr "Hay tres modos disponibles:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:177 #, no-wrap msgid "**Mono** and **Stereo** modes use one and two audio channels respectively.\n" msgstr "Los modos **Mono** y **Estéreo** utilizan uno y dos canales de audio respectivamente.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:182 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:180 #, no-wrap msgid "" "**Mono-in/Stereo-out**: The audio signal sent to the server is mono but the return signal is stereo. This is useful if the sound card has the instrument on one input channel and the microphone on the other. In that case\n" @@ -466,286 +497,306 @@ msgid "" msgstr "**Entrada-mono/Salida-estéreo**: La señal de audio enviada al servidor es mono pero la señal que vuelve es estéreo. Esto es útil si la tarjeta de audio tiene un instrumento en un canal de entrada y un micrófono en el otro. En ese caso las dos señales de entrada pueden combinarse en un canal mono pero la mezcla del servidor se escucha en estéreo.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:185 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183 msgid "Enabling stereo mode will increase your stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." msgstr "Activar el modo estéreo aumentará la tasa de envío de datos. Asegúrate de que tu tasa de subida no excede el ancho de banda de tu conexión a Internet." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:188 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:186 msgid "In stereo streaming mode, no audio channel selection for the reverb effect will be available on the main window since the effect is applied to both channels in this case." msgstr "En el caso del modo estéreo, no estará disponible la selección de canal para el efecto de reverb en la ventana principal puesto que en este caso el efecto se aplicará a ambos canales." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190 -msgid "### Audio quality" -msgstr "### Calidad del Audio" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:187 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio quality" +msgstr "Calidad del Audio" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:192 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190 msgid "The higher the audio quality, the higher your audio stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." msgstr "Cuanto mayor la calidad del audio, mayor la tasa de subida del audio. Asegúrate de que tu tasa de subida no excede el ancho de banda de tu conexión a Internet." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194 -msgid "### Buffer Delay" -msgstr "### Retardo del Buffer" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:191 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Buffer Delay" +msgstr "Retardo del Buffer" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:197 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:195 msgid "The buffer delay setting is a fundamental setting of the Jamulus software. This setting has an influence on many connection properties. Three buffer sizes are supported:" msgstr "El retardo del buffer es un parámetro fundamental en Jamulus. Este parámetro tiene un impacto sobre muchas propiedades de la conexión. Hay soporte para tres tamaños de buffer:" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards.\n" -msgstr "**64 muestras**: Ofrece la latencia más baja, pero no funciona con todas las tarjetas de sonido.\n" +msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards." +msgstr "**64 muestras**: Ofrece la latencia más baja, pero no funciona con todas las tarjetas de sonido." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:200 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards.\n" -msgstr "**128 muestras** La configuración aconsejada. Debería de funcionar con la mayoría de tarjetas de sonido.\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 +msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards." +msgstr "**128 muestras** La configuración aconsejada. Debería de funcionar con la mayoría de tarjetas de sonido." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:201 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection.\n" -msgstr "**256 muestras** Solo debería usarse con un ordenador muy lento o con una conexión a internet muy lenta.\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 +msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection." +msgstr "**256 muestras** Solo debería usarse con un ordenador muy lento o con una conexión a internet muy lenta." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:204 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:202 msgid "Some sound card drivers do not allow the buffer delay to be changed from within the Jamulus software. In this case the buffer delay setting is disabled and has to be changed using the sound card driver. On Windows, press the ASIO Setup button to open the driver settings panel." msgstr "Algunos drivers de tarjetas de audio no permiten cambiar el retardo de buffer desde dentro de Jamulus. En este caso la configuración del retardo de buffer se deshabilita y hay que cambiarlo utilizando el driver de la tarjeta de sonido. En Windows, pulsa el botón de Configuración ASIO para acceder al panel de configuración." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:206 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:204 msgid "On Linux, use the JACK configuration tool to change the buffer size." msgstr "En Linux, utiliza la herramienta de configuración de JACK para cambiar el tamaño del buffer." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:208 msgid "The actual buffer delay has an influence on the connection status, the current upload rate and the overall delay. The lower the buffer size, the higher the probability of a red light in the status indicator (dropouts) and the higher the upload rate and the lower the overall delay." msgstr "El retardo del buffer tiene un impacto en el estado de la conexión, la tasa de subida y el retardo total. Cuanto menor sea el buffer, mayor la probabilidad de que el indicador de estado esté en rojo (caídas de audio), mayor la tasa de subida y menor el retardo total." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:212 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210 msgid "The buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." msgstr "Por tanto la configuración del buffer es un compromiso entre calidad de audio y retardo total." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:214 -msgid "### Jitter Buffer" -msgstr "### Jitter Buffer" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:211 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jitter Buffer" +msgstr "Jitter Buffer" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:218 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:216 msgid "The jitter buffer compensates for network and sound card timing jitters. The size of the buffer influences the quality of the audio stream (how many dropouts occur) and the overall delay (the longer the buffer, the higher the delay)." msgstr "El jitter buffer compensa el jitter de la red y la tarjeta de sonido. El tamaño de este buffer tiene un impacto sobre la calidad del flujo de audio (el número de caídas de la señal) y el retardo total (a mayor buffer, mayor retardo)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:222 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220 msgid "You can set the jitter buffer size manually for your local Client and the remote server. For the local jitter buffer, dropouts in the audio stream are indicated by the light below the jitter buffer size faders. If the light turns to red, a buffer overrun/underrun has taken place and the audio stream is interrupted." msgstr "El tamaño del jitter buffer se puede establecer manualmente para el Cliente local y para el Servidor remoto. Para el jitter buffer local, las caídas del flujo de audio se indican mediante la luz debajo de los faders del jitter buffer. Si la luz se vuelve roja, significa que ha habido una interrupción del flujo de audio." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:224 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:222 msgid "The jitter buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." msgstr "Por tanto la configuración del jitter buffer es un compromiso entre calidad y retardo total." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:228 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:226 msgid "If the Auto setting is enabled, the jitter buffers of your local Client and the remote server are set automatically based on measurements of the network and sound card timing jitter. If the Auto check is enabled, the jitter buffer size faders are disabled (they cannot be moved with the mouse)." msgstr "Si se activa la casilla de Auto, los jitter buffers del Cliente local y del Servidor remoto se configuran automáticamente basándose en mediciones del jitter de la red y la tarjeta de audio. Si se activa esta opción, los faders para tamaño de jitter buffer quedan deshabilitados (no pueden moverse con el ratón)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230 -msgid "### Enable small network buffers" -msgstr "### Activar Buffers Red Pequeños" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:227 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Small Network Buffers" +msgstr "Pequeños búferes de red" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:233 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:231 msgid "Allows support for very small network audio packets. These are only used if the sound card buffer delay is smaller than 128 samples. The smaller the network buffers, the lower the audio latency. But at the same time the network load increases and the probability of audio dropouts also increases (particuarly if your network connection has any significant jitter). Try enabling this option if you are suffering from high latency or bad audio quality. However, keeping it disabled will normally mean better audio quality." msgstr "Permite soporte para paquetes de audio por red muy reducidos. Solo se utilizan si el retardo del buffer de la tarjeta de audio es menor de 128 muestras. Cuanto menores los buffers de red, menor la latencia de audio. Pero al mismo tiempo, aumenta la carga de red y la probabilidad de caídas de audio también aumenta (sobre todo si tu conexión de red tiene mucho jitter). Prueba a activar esta opción si sufres de alta latencia o muy mala calidad de audio. Sin embargo, mantenerlo desactivado normalmente significará que tendrás mejor calidad de audio." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:235 -msgid "### Audio Stream Rate" -msgstr "### Tasa de Flujo de Audio" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:232 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio Stream Rate" +msgstr "Tasa de Flujo de Audio" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:238 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:236 msgid "Depends on the current audio packet size and compression setting. Make sure that the upstream rate is not higher than your available internet upload speed (check this with a service such as [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))." msgstr "Depende del tamaño actual de los paquetes de audio y la configuración de compresión. Asegúrate de que la tasa de subida no es mayor que la velocidad de subida disponible (comprueba esto con un servicio como [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/)." +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Advanced Setup" +msgstr "Configuración Avanzada" + #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:240 -msgid "## Advanced Setup" -msgstr "## Configuración Avanzada" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"Imagen
\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:242 -msgid "
\"Image
" -msgstr "
\"Imagen
" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Custom Directories" +msgstr "Directorios Personalizados" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:244 -msgid "### Custom Directories" -msgstr "### Directorios Personalizados" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:246 msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here." msgstr "Si necesitas añadir direcciones de Directorios distintas a las incluidas, lo puedes hacer aquí." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:248 -msgid "### New Client Level" -msgstr "### Nivel cliente nuevo" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:245 +#, no-wrap +msgid "New Client Level" +msgstr "Nivel Cliente nuevo" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:252 -msgid "This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects to the current server, they will get the specified initial fader level if no other fader level from a previous connection of that user was already stored. You can set all users in an occupied server to this level using Edit > \"Set All Faders to New Client Level\"." -msgstr "Este ajuste define el nivel del fader de una nueva conexión de Cliente, en porcentaje. Si se conecta un nuevo usuario al Servidor actual, el nivel inicial de su fader tomará este valor si no se ha especificado anteriormente un valor para ese usuario de una conexión anterior. Puedes establecer en este nivel a todos los usuarios en un Servidor ocupado con Editar > \"Poner Todos Faders a Nivel Cliente Nuevo\"." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects\n" +"to the current server, they will get the specified initial fader level if no other fader level from a previous connection of\n" +"that user was already stored. You can set all users in an occupied server to this level using Edit > \"Set All Faders to New Client Level\".\n" +msgstr "Este ajuste define el nivel del fader de una nueva conexión de Cliente, en porcentaje. Si se conecta un nuevo usuario al Servidor actual, el nivel inicial de su fader tomará este valor si no se ha especificado anteriormente un valor para ese usuario de una conexión anterior. Puedes establecer en este nivel a todos los usuarios en un Servidor ocupado con Editar > \"Poner Todos Faders a Nivel Cliente Nuevo\".\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:254 -msgid "### Input Boost" -msgstr "### Aumento de Entrada" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:251 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Input Boost" +msgstr "Aumento de Entrada" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:256 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:254 msgid "Increases the gain from your device. Use this if your device delivers a gain that is too quiet for Jamulus." msgstr "Aumenta la ganancia de tu dispositivo. Utiliza esto si tu dispositivo no entrega suficiente ganancia para Jamulus." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258 -msgid "### Feedback Protection" -msgstr "### Protección contra Retroalimentación" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:255 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Feedback Protection" +msgstr "Protección contra Retroalimentación" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:260 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258 msgid "Attempts to detect audio feedback loops or loud noise in the first three seconds after you connected to a server. Once detected, this feature will show a message and activate the \"Mute Myself\" button to mute you in your own mix." msgstr "Intenta detectar bucles de retroalimentación o ruido intenso durante los primeros tres segundos tras conectarte a un servidor. Si los detecta, esta función te mostrará un mensaje y activará el botón de \"Silenciarme Yo\" para silenciarte en tu propia mezcla." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:262 -msgid "### Input Balance" -msgstr "### Balance de Entrada" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:259 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Input Balance" +msgstr "Balance de Entrada" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:266 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:264 msgid "Controls the relative levels of the left and right local audio channels. For a mono signal it acts as a pan between the two channels. For example, if a microphone is connected to the right input channel and an instrument is connected to the left input channel which is much louder than the microphone, move the audio fader to increase the relative volume of the mic." msgstr "Controla los niveles relativos de los canales locales de audio derecho e izquierdo. Para una señal mono actúa como paneo entre los dos canales. Por ejemplo, si se conecta un micrófono al canal derecho y un instrumento al izquierdo que suena mucho más alto que el micrófono, mueve el fader para aumentar el volumen relativo del micrófono." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:268 -msgid "# Menu commands" -msgstr "# Comandos del menú" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Menu commands" +msgstr "Comandos del menú" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:270 -msgid "### File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" -msgstr "### Archivo > Cargar/Guardar Configuración Canales Mezclador" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:267 +#, no-wrap +msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" +msgstr "Archivo > Cargar/Guardar Configuración Canales Mezclador" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:270 msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band rehearsals (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) and load these any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window." msgstr "Puedes guardar y restaurar la mezcla que tienes para los ensayos de tu grupo (fader, mute, pan, solo, etc.) y cargarlos en cualquier momento (incluso mientras tocas). Se pueden cargar también arrastrando y dejando caer en la ventana del mezclador." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:274 -msgid "### Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders" -msgstr "### Editar > Auto-Ajustar todos los Faders" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:271 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders " +msgstr "Editar > Auto-Ajustar todos los Faders " #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:276 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:274 msgid "Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece." msgstr "Aplica una configuración puntual a cada canal dependiendo de su volumen. Útil para grandes conjuntos, para obtener una mezcla general razonable, aunquepuede que sea necesario realizar algún ajuste individual. Se aconseja aplicarlo durante el calentamiento o durante una parte uniforme de la pieza a tocar." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:278 -msgid "# Backing up Jamulus" -msgstr "# Copia seguridad Jamulus" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:275 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Backing up Jamulus" +msgstr "Copia seguridad Jamulus" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:280 -msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" -msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:279 +msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want." +msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * Puedes guardar y cargar diferentes configuraciones del mezclador utilizando [Cargar/Guardar Configuración Canales Mezclador](Software-Manual#archivo--cargarguardar-configuración-canales-mezclador) y guardar esos archivos donde quieras." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 -msgid "You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want." -msgstr "Puedes guardar y cargar diferentes configuraciones del mezclador utilizando [Cargar/Guardar Configuración Canales Mezclador](Software-Manual#archivo--cargarguardar-configuración-canales-mezclador) y guardar esos archivos donde quieras." +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n" +msgstr "**Nota para usuarios de macOS:** Desde Jamulus 3.8.1, tenemos un instalador con firma. Éste guardará la configuración en \n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:286 +#. type: Fenced code block (shell) +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n" -"```shell\n" -"$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" -"```\n" -msgstr "" -"**Nota para usuarios de macOS:** Desde Jamulus 3.8.1, tenemos un instalador con firma. Éste guardará la configuración en \n" -"```shell\n" -"$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" -"```\n" +msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" +msgstr "$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 -msgid "# Command Line Options" -msgstr "# Opciones de Línea de Comandos" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:285 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Command Line Options" +msgstr "Opciones de Línea de Comandos" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:290 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." msgstr "Las funciones más comunes de Jamulus pueden configurarse usando la interfaz gráfica, pero estas y otras también pueden ser controladas utilizando la línea de comandos. Exactamente cómo se hace dependerá de tu sistema operativo." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:292 -msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:" -msgstr "Por ejemplo, en Windows, para utilizar un archivo específico de configuración, haz clic derecho en el acceso directo de Jamulus y elige \"Propiedades\" > Destino. Añade los argumentos necesarios a Jamulus.exe:" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:290 +#, no-wrap +msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" +msgstr "Por ejemplo, en Windows, para utilizar un archivo específico de configuración, haz clic derecho en el acceso directo de Jamulus y elige \"Propiedades\" > Destino. Añade los argumentos necesarios a Jamulus.exe:\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:296 +#. type: Fenced code block (shell) +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:291 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"```shell\n" -" \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n" -"```\n" -msgstr "" -"```shell\n" -" \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n" -"```\n" +msgid " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n" +msgstr " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\ruta\\a\\mi_inifile.ini\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:298 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:296 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" msgstr "Para macOS, arranca una ventana de Terminal y ejecuta Jamulus con las opciones deseadas como sigue:" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302 +#. type: Fenced code block (shell) +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:297 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"```shell\n" -" /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n" -"```\n" -msgstr "" -"```shell\n" -" /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n" -"```\n" +msgid " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n" +msgstr " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/ruta/a/mi_inifile.ini\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:306 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:305 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Controlling the Client via API" +msgstr "Controlar el Cliente a través de API" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:307 +msgid "In addition to the CLI, Jamulus can be controlled using an API. This is beneficial for advanced use cases - for example, where there is no GUI, or another application needs to interact with Jamulus. Please note that the API is still experimental. Information on the [JSON-RPC API can be found in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." +msgstr "Además de con la línea de comandos, Jamulus puede controlarse mediante una API. Esto es beneficioso para casos de uso avanzados - por ejemplo, cuando no hay interfaz gráfica, u otra aplicación necesita interactuar con Jamulus. Ten en cuenta que la API es aún experimental. Puedes encontrar información sobre la [API JSON-RPC en el repositorio principal](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." + +#~ msgid "TOC" +#~ msgstr "TOC" + +#~ msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" +#~ msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" + +#~ msgid "Defines a group of audio channels. Moving the fader of one member of the group moves the faders of all the others. Up to 8 groups can be defined." +#~ msgstr "Define un grupo de canales de audio. Mover el fader de un miembro del grupo mueve los faders de todos los demás. Se pueden definir hasta 8 grupos." + #~ msgid "Leave this blank unless you need to enter the address of a directory server other than the default." #~ msgstr "Deja esto en blanco a menos que necesites escribir la dirección de un servidor de directorio distinto a los que hay por defecto." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Tips-Tricks-More.po index 83025983b..611ff23dc 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/Tips-Tricks-More.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Tips-Tricks-More.po @@ -2,97 +2,106 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # ignotus , 2022. +# ignotus , 2022, 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-14 13:50+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-08 08:21+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: es\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "es" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More" msgstr "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Tips, Tricks and More" msgstr "Consejos, Trucos y Más" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Tips & Tricks" +msgstr "Consejos y Trucos" + #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:10 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# Tips & Tricks\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" -msgstr "" -"# Consejos y Trucos\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:12 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:14 -msgid "Table of contents" -msgstr "Tabla de contenidos" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:16 -msgid "TOC" -msgstr "TOC" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "Tabla de contenidos\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:17 -msgid "{:toc}" -msgstr "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" +msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:19 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:21 -msgid "### Learning about remote band rehearsing" -msgstr "### Aprendiendo sobre ensayos a distancia" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Learning about remote band rehearsing" +msgstr "Aprendiendo sobre ensayos a distancia" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:23 msgid "Jamulus user [Chris Rimple](https://sourceforge.net/u/chrisrimple/profile/) has compiled a massive amount of information relating to [Remote Band Rehearsals](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1smcvsxdaaViPQvGMQHmah_6BQeqowhmGSFMHfnlY2FI/) (Google doc), which covers topics such as hardware and software configuration including examples and advice for newcomers to the field. He also includes a section on Jamulus in comparison to other solutions." msgstr "El usuario de Jamulus [Chris Rimple](https://sourceforge.net/u/chrisrimple/profile/) ha reunido una gran cantidad de información sobre [Ensayos a Distancia](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1smcvsxdaaViPQvGMQHmah_6BQeqowhmGSFMHfnlY2FI/) (Google doc, en inglés), que cubre temas como la configuración de software y hardware, y con ejemplos y consejos para los neófitos. También incluye una sección sobre Jamulus, comparándolo con otras soluciones." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:25 -msgid "## Using the Jamulus Client" -msgstr "## Usar el cliente de Jamulus" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using the Jamulus Client" +msgstr "Usar el cliente de Jamulus" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:27 -msgid "### Have an undisturbed session on any Server" -msgstr "### Cómo tener una sesión sin molestias en cualquier Servidor" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Have an undisturbed session on any Server" +msgstr "Cómo tener una sesión sin molestias en cualquier Servidor" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:29 @@ -105,10 +114,11 @@ msgstr "Puedes tener una sesión sin molestias con otras personas en cualquier S msgid "**NOTE:** This does not stop people from hearing you, using the chat function, or seeing your profile information.\n" msgstr "**NOTA:** Esto no impide que otras personas te escuchen, usen la función de chat, o vean la información de tu perfil..\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:33 -msgid "### Using Jamulus audio in Zoom (or other) meeting apps" -msgstr "### Utilizar el audio de Jamulus en Zoom o en otras aplicaciones similares" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:32 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using Jamulus audio in Zoom (or other) meeting apps" +msgstr "Utilizar el audio de Jamulus en Zoom o en otras aplicaciones similares" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:35 @@ -120,30 +130,33 @@ msgstr "Varios usuarios han comentado que han tenido éxito a la hora de organiz msgid "You can also use [VoiceMeeter](https://www.vb-audio.com/Voicemeeter/banana.htm) (Banana) for Windows or [BlackHole](https://github.com/ExistentialAudio/BlackHole) for macOS to route the Jamulus output to multiple destinations, for example to your headphones and the meeting application at the same time." msgstr "También puedes usar [VoiceMeeter](https://www.vb-audio.com/Voicemeeter/banana.htm) (Banana) para Windows o [BlackHole](https://github.com/ExistentialAudio/BlackHole) para macOS para conectar la salida de Jamulus a mútliples destinos; por ejemplo a tus auriculares y a la aplicación de videoconferencia a la vez." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:39 -msgid "### Recording Jamulus on Windows with Reaper" -msgstr "### Grabar Jamulus en Windows con Reaper" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Recording Jamulus on Windows with Reaper" +msgstr "Grabar Jamulus en Windows con Reaper" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:41 msgid "Jamulus user [Rob Durkin](https://sourceforge.net/u/bentwrench/profile/) has written a [guide to recording the output of Jamulus](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1tENfNKTWHasuTg33OdLLEo4-OOhWJolOo42ffSARxhY/edit) (Google Doc) using the ReaRoute add-on for [Reaper](https://www.reaper.fm/)." msgstr "El usuario de Jamulus [Rob Durkin](https://sourceforge.net/u/bentwrench/profile/) ha escrito una [guía para grabar la salida de Jamulus](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1tENfNKTWHasuTg33OdLLEo4-OOhWJolOo42ffSARxhY/edit) (Google Doc, inglés) usando ReaRoute como add-on en [Reaper](https://www.reaper.fm/)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:43 -msgid "### Sharing song/chord sheets" -msgstr "### Compartir partituras" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:42 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Sharing song/chord sheets" +msgstr "Compartir partituras" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:45 msgid "Jamulus user [BTDT](https://sourceforge.net/u/btdt/profile/) has written a system called [305keepers](https://github.com/keepers305/Song-Sheet-Sharing-Web-Pages), a web application that allows a \"Jam leader\" to push song sheets (in PDF format) to \"Jammers\" in real time using standard web browsers." msgstr "El usuario de Jamulus [BTDT](https://sourceforge.net/u/btdt/profile/) ha escrito un sistema llamado [305keepers](https://github.com/keepers305/Song-Sheet-Sharing-Web-Pages), una aplicación web que permite a un \"Jam leader\" repartir partituras (en formato PDF) entre \"Jammers\" en tiempo real utilizando navegadores de red estándares." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:47 -msgid "### Jamulus Client Linux start script" -msgstr "### Script de arranque para Cliente en Linux" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:46 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus Client Linux start script" +msgstr "Script de arranque para Cliente en Linux" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:49 @@ -165,11 +178,10 @@ msgstr "Finalmente, arranco Jamulus automáticamente, conectándose al Directori msgid "Here is the script:" msgstr "Este es el script:" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:82 +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:57 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"~~~\n" " amixer sset 'Mic' capture 30% cap\n" " amixer sset 'Mic' playback 0%\n" " amixer sset 'Line' playback 60% unmute\n" @@ -193,9 +205,7 @@ msgid "" " jack_connect gx_head_fx:out_1 Jamulus:'input right'\n" " jack_connect Jamulus:'output left' system:playback_1\n" " jack_connect Jamulus:'output right' system:playback_2\n" -"~~~\n" msgstr "" -"~~~\n" " amixer sset 'Mic' capture 30% cap\n" " amixer sset 'Mic' playback 0%\n" " amixer sset 'Line' playback 60% unmute\n" @@ -219,12 +229,12 @@ msgstr "" " jack_connect gx_head_fx:out_1 Jamulus:'input right'\n" " jack_connect Jamulus:'output left' system:playback_1\n" " jack_connect Jamulus:'output right' system:playback_2\n" -"~~~\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:84 -msgid "### Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers" -msgstr "### Utilizar ctrlmidich para controladores MIDI" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers" +msgstr "Utilizar ctrlmidich para controladores MIDI" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86 @@ -243,8 +253,9 @@ msgstr "Aquí, Jamulus recibe por el canal MIDI 1. Los números CC para los fade #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92 -msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this." -msgstr "Ten en cuenta que para que las funciones controladas por botones funcionen adecuadamente, en tu controlador MIDI los botones deben estar en modo conmutador (\"toggle\"). Esto significa que cuando se pulsa para \"encender\" un control, debe enviar un número MIDI CC con un valor >=64, y para \"apagar\" el control debe enviar el mismo número CC con un valor <64. Puedes leer el manual de tu controlador para ver cómo configurar esto." +#, no-wrap +msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n" +msgstr "Ten en cuenta que para que las funciones controladas por botones funcionen adecuadamente, en tu controlador MIDI los botones deben estar en modo conmutador (\"toggle\"). Esto significa que cuando se pulsa para \"encender\" un control, debe enviar un número MIDI CC con un valor >=64, y para \"apagar\" el control debe enviar el mismo número CC con un valor <64. Puedes leer el manual de tu controlador para ver cómo configurar esto.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94 @@ -268,35 +279,39 @@ msgstr "Asegúrate de que el puerto de salida de tu dispositivo MIDI esté conec msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n" msgstr "*Consejo*: Cuando activas el control MIDI en Jamulus, el nombre de cada usuario tiene prefijado un número, donde el de la izquierda del todo comienza por 0, luego 1, etc. Con la configuración predeterminada, cuando algunos usuarios se marchan y otros se conectan, su disposición de derecha-izquierda puede dejar de seguir un orden numérico, dificultando saber a quién corresponde cada pote/slider de tu controlador MIDI. Para que los faders sigan un orden numérico, despliega el menú de \"Ver\" en la barra superior y cambia de \"No Ordenar Usuarios\" a otra opción y luego vuelve a esa (por ej. teclea `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`). \".\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 -msgid "## For Server admins" -msgstr "## Para administradores de Servidores" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101 +#, no-wrap +msgid "For Server admins" +msgstr "Para administradores de Servidores" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104 -msgid "### Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly" -msgstr "## Convertir un Servidor Registrado en uno Sin Registrar sobre la marcha" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly" +msgstr "Convertir un Servidor Registrado en uno Sin Registrar sobre la marcha" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106 -msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for your band to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Your band mates will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)" -msgstr "Puedes ejecutar un Servidor Registrado el tiempo suficiente para que tu grupo se conecte, y luego hacerlo \"privado\" (Sin Registrar) cambiando el Directorio a \"ninguno\" en la ventana del Servidor. Seguiréis conectados al Servidor hasta que os desconectéis. (¡Gracias a [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) por este truco!)" +msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)" +msgstr "Puedes ejecutar un Servidor Registrado el tiempo suficiente para que la gente se conecte, y luego hacerlo \"privado\" (Sin Registrar) cambiando el Directorio a \"ninguno\" en la ventana del Servidor. La gente seguirá conectada al Servidor hasta que se desconecte. (¡Gracias a [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) por este truco!)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:108 -msgid "### Remote management of recordings" -msgstr "### Gestión remota de grabaciones" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Remote management of recordings" +msgstr "Gestión remota de grabaciones" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110 msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script." msgstr "El usuario de Jamulus [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) ha escrito una [herramienta web remota](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) para iniciar y detener grabaciones en Servidores en Linux, permitiéndote descargarlas luego desde tu navegador. Ver también [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) de [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), que también incluye un script de recuperación de grabaciones del Servidor." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112 -msgid "### Making a Server status page" -msgstr "### Hacer una página de estado del Servidor" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Making a Server status page" +msgstr "Hacer una página de estado del Servidor" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114 @@ -308,11 +323,10 @@ msgstr "Con el parámetro `-m` de la línea de comandos, se pueden generar estad msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):" msgstr "Este es un ejemplo de script php utilizando el archivo de estado del Servidor para mostrar el estado actual del Servidor en una página html (asumiendo que se utiliza el siguiente parámetro de la línea de comandos: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:131 +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"~~~\n" "\n" "\n" -"~~~\n" msgstr "" -"~~~\n" "\n" "\n" -"~~~\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ "# Tips & Tricks\n" +#~ " {:.no_toc}\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "# Consejos y Trucos\n" +#~ " {:.no_toc}\n" + +#~ msgid "TOC" +#~ msgstr "TOC" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Unregistered-Servers.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Unregistered-Servers.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ae1390d88 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Unregistered-Servers.po @@ -0,0 +1,208 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# ignotus , 2023. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-08 08:21+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: es\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "es" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Unregistered-Servers" +msgstr "/wiki/Unregistered-Servers" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Running an Unregistered Server" +msgstr "Ejecutar un Servidor No Registrado" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:9 +msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Más\" branch1=\"Administrar un Servidor\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:13 +msgid "It is highly recommended to test your Server by registering it on one of the built-in Directories **first**. This will help you tackle general problems before you try unregistered mode." +msgstr "Se recomienda encarecidamente probar tu Servidor registrándolo en uno de los Directorios incorporados **primero**. Esto te ayudará a solucionar problemas generales antes de probar el modo no registrado." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:14 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Setting up a Server behind a home router" +msgstr "Configuración de un Servidor tras un router doméstico" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:17 +msgid "If you set up your Server at home, you will probably need to change some settings in your router/firewall:" +msgstr "Si ejecutas tu Servidor en casa, probablemente tendrás que cambiar algunos ajustes en tu router/cortafuegos:" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Port forwarding" +msgstr "Redirección de puertos" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:21 +msgid "Normally, people from outside your home network cannot see things inside it. To let external Jamulus Clients connect to your Server, you need to set up port forwarding in your router's settings. The exact setup differs for every router. For help, see your router's documentation or [portforward.com](https://portforward.com)." +msgstr "Normalmente, las personas fuera de tu red doméstica no pueden ver lo que hay dentro de ella. Para que los Clientes externos de Jamulus puedan conectarse a tu Servidor, tienes que configurar la redirección de puertos en tu router. La configuración exacta varía según el router. Si necesitas ayuda, consulta la documentación de tu router o [portforward.com](https://portforward.com)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** The default port for Jamulus is **UDP** (not TCP) port **22124**. You will usually forward the port **22124** from outside your network to the port **22124** of the computer running the Server.\n" +msgstr "**Nota:** El puerto por defecto para Jamulus es el puerto **UDP** (no TCP) **22124**. Normalmente, el puerto **22124** desde fuera de tu red se redirigirá al puerto **22124** del ordenador que ejecuta el Servidor.\n" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Getting the public IP" +msgstr "Obtener la IP pública" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:28 +msgid "To allow others to connect to your Server from the internet, give them your public IP address. You can [learn your current public IP address using Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=what+is+my+ip). You should connect yourself using the local network address of the computer the Server is running on. If you are running a Client on the same computer as your Server, the address is `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`." +msgstr "Para permitir que otros se conecten a tu Servidor desde internet, dales tu dirección IP pública. Puedes [conocer tu dirección IP pública actual usando Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=what+is+my+ip). Deberías conectarte tú mismo utilizando la dirección de red local del ordenador en el que se ejecuta el Servidor. Si estás ejecutando un Cliente en el mismo ordenador que tu Servidor, la dirección es `localhost` ó `127.0.0.1`." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:30 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Dynamic DNS and why you will probably need it" +msgstr "DNS dinámica y por qué es probable que lo necesites" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:33 +msgid "Unless your ISP provides you with a fixed IP address, you may find that your address changes over time. You might want to associate your IP address with a domain name you can share with others that uses \"dynamic DNS\" (DDNS). A \"dynamic DNS\" provider can supply you with the domain name and you keep refreshing your IP address with the provider. Your router might support certain DDNS providers to do this. If this is not the case, the provider will have instructions on how to set up a dynamic DNS client." +msgstr "A menos que tu ISP te proporcione una dirección IP fija, es posible que tu dirección cambie con el tiempo. Quizá te interese asociar tu dirección IP a un nombre de dominio que puedas compartir con otras personas, el cual utilice \"DNS dinámica\" (DDNS). Un proveedor de \"DNS dinámica\" te puede dar el nombre de dominio y tú vas actualizando tu dirección IP con el proveedor. Es posible que tu router permita que determinados proveedores de DDNS hagan esto. Si no es el caso, el proveedor tendrá instrucciones sobre cómo configurar un cliente DNS dinámico." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "DNS SRV record support" +msgstr "Soporte para registro DNS SRV" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:37 +msgid "Jamulus Clients support [DNS SRV records (\"service\" records)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record). If a Client finds an SRV record associated with the domain name given in the Connect window, it will try to connect to the endpoint host and port listed in the SRV record. This process is similar to HTTP redirection in a web browser, only it's between Jamulus Clients and the DNS server. The Jamulus Server is not involved in this interaction. Jamulus Servers just listen for connections on the same port listed in the SRV record." +msgstr "Los Clientes Jamulus admiten [registros DNS SRV (registros de \"servicio\")](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record). Si un Cliente encuentra un registro SRV asociado con el nombre de dominio indicado en la ventana de Conexión, intentará conectarse al host y puerto del punto final indicados en el registro SRV. Este proceso es similar a la redirección HTTP en un navegador web, solo que se produce entre los Clientes Jamulus y el servidor DNS. El Servidor Jamulus no participa en esta interacción. Los Servidores Jamulus se limitan a escuchar las conexiones en el mismo puerto que figura en el registro SRV." + +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why is this helpful?" +msgstr "¿Por qué es esto útil?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:41 +msgid "A Jamulus Client can connect to a Server on a non-default port by specifying the port as part of the server address. A server administrator may want to give users a simple address without the port details, while still serving Jamulus on a non-default port. For this case, the port information can be acquired from an SRV record." +msgstr "Un Cliente Jamulus puede conectarse a un Servidor en un puerto no predeterminado especificando el puerto como parte de la dirección del Servidor. Un administrador de Servidor puede querer dar a los usuarios una dirección simple sin los detalles del puerto, mientras sigue habilitando Jamulus en un puerto no predeterminado. En este caso, la información del puerto puede obtenerse de un registro SRV." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:43 +msgid "An address entered in the Connect window could look like ```jamulus.example.com```. If an SRV record is found for this DNS domain, Jamulus Client will try to connect to the Server on the host:port listed in the SRV record, such as ```jamulus.example.com:12345```." +msgstr "Una dirección introducida en la ventana de Conexión podría tener el aspecto de ```jamulus.ejemplo.com```. Si se encuentra un registro SRV para este dominio DNS, el Cliente Jamulus intentará conectarse al Servidor en el host:puerto que aparece en el registro SRV, como por ejemplo ```jamulus.ejemplo.com:12345```." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:45 +msgid "If no SRV records are found on the DNS server, a Client will attempt to connect to the Server as specified in the connection window." +msgstr "Si no se encuentran registros SRV en el servidor DNS, un Cliente intentará conectarse al Servidor como se especifica en la ventana de conexión." + +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:46 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Creating SRV records" +msgstr "Creación de registros SRV" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:49 +msgid "SRV records are created by the administrator of the domain being used to host the Jamulus server. The SRV records are added through the administration portal (or API if available) of the domain's DNS hosting service. The format of the SRV record entry can vary by DNS hosting service but will generally look something like this." +msgstr "Los registros SRV son creados por el administrador del dominio que se utiliza para alojar el Servidor Jamulus. Los registros SRV se añaden a través del portal de administración (o API si está disponible) del servicio de alojamiento DNS del dominio. El formato de la entrada del registro SRV puede variar según el servicio de alojamiento de DNS, pero por lo general tendrá un aspecto similar al siguiente." + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" _service._proto.name. ttl IN SRV priority weight port target\n" +" \n" +" # or, more specifically\n" +" \n" +" _jamulus._udp.example.com. 60 IN SRV 0 5 12345 jamulus.example.com\n" +msgstr "" +" _service._proto.name. ttl IN SRV priority weight port target\n" +" \n" +" # o, más específicamente\n" +" \n" +" _jamulus._udp.example.com. 60 IN SRV 0 5 12345 jamulus.example.com\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** You can host many Jamulus Servers at different ports on one host by giving each its own SRV record.\n" +msgstr "**Nota:** Puedes alojar varios Servidores Jamulus en diferentes puertos de un mismo host asignando a cada uno su propio registro SRV.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:61 +msgid "See the documentation of your DNS provider for instructions on creating an SRV record." +msgstr "Consulta la documentación de tu proveedor de DNS para obtener instrucciones sobre la creación de un registro SRV." + +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Example use case with SRV records" +msgstr "Ejemplo de uso con registros SRV" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:65 +msgid "This example assumes the DNS contains an A or CNAME record that resolves to ```server1.example.com```, where three Jamulus Server instances are running, each listening on one of the three ports listed below." +msgstr "Este ejemplo asume que el DNS contiene un registro A o CNAME que resuelve a ```server1.example.com```, donde se ejecutan tres instancias de Servidores Jamulus, cada una escuchando en uno de los tres puertos listados a continuación." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:67 +msgid "Alternatively, `server1.example.com` can be a router, NAT-gateway, or load-balancer that forwards each of the ports to a backend Jamulus server (or servers)." +msgstr "Alternativamente, `server1.example.com` puede ser un router, NAT-gateway, o load-balancer que redirige cada uno de los puertos a un Servidor (o Servidores) Jamulus backend." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:74 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"| JAMULUS CLIENT | DNS SRV RECORD | JAMULUS SERVER |\n" +"| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------- |\n" +"| rock.example.com | _jamulus._udp.rock.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22124 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22124 |\n" +"| jazz.example.com | _jamulus._udp.jazz.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22125 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22125 |\n" +"| blues.example.com | _jamulus._udp.blues.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22126 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22126 |\n" +msgstr "" +"| CLIENTE JAMULUS | REGISTRO DNS SRV | SERVIDOR JAMULUS |\n" +"| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------- |\n" +"| rock.example.com | _jamulus._udp.rock.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22124 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22124 |\n" +"| jazz.example.com | _jamulus._udp.jazz.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22125 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22125 |\n" +"| blues.example.com | _jamulus._udp.blues.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22126 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22126 |\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:76 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*It's important to remember that DNS is not forwarding connections. It's simply telling Jamulus Client what public host:port to connect to.*\n" +msgstr "*Es importante recordar que DNS no está redirigiendo conexiones. Simplemente le dice al Cliente Jamulus a qué host:puerto público conectarse.\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/copyright.po b/_translator-files/po/es/copyright.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c201a209b --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/copyright.po @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-08 13:49+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: gallegonovato \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: es\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n" + +#. type: Hash Value: footer asio +#: ../wiki/en/misc/copyright.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ASIO ® compatible - ASIO is a trademark and software of Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH" +msgstr "ASIO ® compatible - ASIO es una marca comercial y software de Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav docs +#: ../wiki/en/misc/copyright.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "This documentation is CC BY-SA" +msgstr "Esta documentación es CC BY-SA" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/general.po b/_translator-files/po/es/general.po index 22bbd1ee3..bb3c204ec 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/general.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/general.po @@ -16,109 +16,107 @@ msgstr "" "X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" #. type: Hash Value: footer alt facebook -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus Facebook group" msgstr "Grupo de Jamulus en Facebook" #. type: Hash Value: footer alt github -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus GitHub repo" msgstr "Jamulus GitHub repo" #. type: Hash Value: footer alt help -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Help and support" msgstr "Ayuda y soporte" #. type: Hash Value: footer copyright software -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Software by Volker Fischer and contributors - want to get involved?" msgstr "Software de Volker Fischer y contribuidores - ¿quieres involucrarte?" -#. type: Hash Value: infobox_each_os -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Jamulus 3.9.1 addresses a MIDI controller-related bug that could result in the loss of old fader levels: If you used `--ctrlmidich`, you can start the app once with `--cleanuplegacyfadersettings` to try to convert the old format to the new one. This option will be removed in a future release. Read the Change Log for more information." -msgstr "Jamulus 3.9.1 soluciona un problema asociado a los controladores MIDI que podría resultar en la pérdida de los niveles previos de los faders: Si utilizas `--ctrlmidich`, puedes arrancar la aplicación una vez con `--cleanuplegacyfadersettings` para tratar de convertir el viejo formato al nuevo. Esta opción será eliminada en una versión próxima. Lee el Change Log para más información." - #. type: Hash Value: kb by -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "by" msgstr "de" #. type: Hash Value: kb discuss linktitle -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Discuss this content" msgstr "Discutir sobre este contenido" #. type: Hash Value: kb discuss title -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Comments" msgstr "Comentarios" #. type: Hash Value: kb kbintro -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Community knowledge base
Feel free to add your own article!" msgstr "Base de conocimiento comunitario
¡No dudes en añadir tu propio artículo!" #. type: Hash Value: kb mainpage -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Knowledge Base overview" msgstr "Resumen Base de Conocimiento" #. type: Hash Value: kb navpages -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "More pages" msgstr "Más páginas" #. type: Hash Value: kb newpage -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Add a new page via GitHub" msgstr "Añadir página nueva a través de GitHub" #. type: Hash Value: kb readmore -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Read more..." msgstr "Seguir leyendo..." #. type: Hash Value: kb titleAdd -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "– Jamulus Knowledge Base" msgstr "– Base de Conocimiento de Jamulus" #. type: Hash Value: nav altJamulusIcon -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus Icon. Links to homepage" msgstr "Jamulus Icon. Enlaces a inicio" #. type: Hash Value: nav btnOpenNavigation -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Open navigation" msgstr "Abrir navegación" #. type: Hash Value: tNoJSEnabled -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Your browser has JavaScript disabled. That's totally fine. This site has been designed to provide basic functionality without JS. Enabling JavaScript may give you additional functionality on this site." msgstr "Tu navegador tiene JavaScript habilitado. No pasa nada. Este sitio web ha sido diseñado para ofrecer funcionalidad básica sin JS. Habilitar JavaScript podría ofrecer funcionalidades añadidas en este sitio web." #. type: Hash Value: wiki titleAdd -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "– Jamulus Website" msgstr "– Página Web de Jamulus" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Jamulus 3.9.1 addresses a MIDI controller-related bug that could result in the loss of old fader levels: If you used `--ctrlmidich`, you can start the app once with `--cleanuplegacyfadersettings` to try to convert the old format to the new one. This option will be removed in a future release. Read the Change Log for more information." +#~ msgstr "Jamulus 3.9.1 soluciona un problema asociado a los controladores MIDI que podría resultar en la pérdida de los niveles previos de los faders: Si utilizas `--ctrlmidich`, puedes arrancar la aplicación una vez con `--cleanuplegacyfadersettings` para tratar de convertir el viejo formato al nuevo. Esta opción será eliminada en una versión próxima. Lee el Change Log para más información." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/navigation.po b/_translator-files/po/es/navigation.po index dc99b165f..fe8af5cf1 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/navigation.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/navigation.po @@ -1,165 +1,170 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# ignotus , 2022, 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-04 14:15+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" +"Language: es\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting Up" msgstr "Configuración" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Windows" msgstr "Windows" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows" msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "macOS" msgstr "macOS" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh" msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Linux" msgstr "Linux" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux" msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Getting-Started" msgstr "/wiki/Getting-Started" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "User Manual" msgstr "Manual del Usuario" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual" msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "FAQ" msgstr "FAQ" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/FAQ" msgstr "/wiki/FAQ" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "Resolución de Problemas" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting" msgstr "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting" #. type: Hash Value: nav title -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Using Jamulus" msgstr "Cómo usar Jamulus" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap -msgid "Server Administration" -msgstr "Administrar un Servidor" +msgid "Server Manual" +msgstr "Manual del Servidor" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Running-a-Server" msgstr "/wiki/Running-a-Server" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Tips & Tricks" msgstr "Consejos y Trucos" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More" msgstr "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Community Knowledge Base" msgstr "Base de Conocimiento Comunitario" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems selectOnLayout -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "post" msgstr "post" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/kb/index.html" msgstr "/kb/index.html" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Privacy Statement" msgstr "Declaración de Privacidad" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Privacy-Statement" msgstr "/wiki/Privacy-Statement" #. type: Hash Value: nav title -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "More" msgstr "Más" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Server Administration" +#~ msgstr "Administrar un Servidor" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/1-index.po index f618f52d0..666936214 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/1-index.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/1-index.po @@ -2,18 +2,21 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Olivier Humbert , 2022. +# Olivier Humbert , 2023. +# cosas , 2023. +# Julien Taverna , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-16 15:25+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-05 17:49+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" "Language-Team: French \n" "Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" #. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?) #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:1 @@ -27,11 +30,12 @@ msgid "" "ldjAppCategory: \"Music\"\n" "ldjSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" "ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer and contributors\"\n" -"metadescription: \"Jamulus is open source software that lets musicians perform music, rehearse or just jam together, all in real time over the Internet.\"\n" +"metadescription: \"Jamulus is free and open source software that lets musicians perform music, rehearse or jam together, in real time over the Internet.\"\n" "mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" "mTSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" "mTGetStartedNow: \"Get started now!\"\n" "mTDownloadNow: 'Download now for'\n" +"mTPlatformsAnd: 'and'\n" "mTOtherPlatforms: 'other platforms'\n" "---\n" msgstr "" @@ -43,34 +47,35 @@ msgstr "" "ldjAppCategory: \"Musique\"\n" "ldjSlogan: \"Jouez de la musique en ligne. Avec vos amis. Librement et gratuitement.\"\n" "ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer et contributeurs\"\n" -"metadescription: \"Jamulus est un logiciel à source ouverte qui permet aux musiciens de jouer de la musique, de répéter ou de bœuffer simplement en ligne et en temps réel via internet.\"\n" +"metadescription: \"Jamulus est un logiciel libre à source ouverte qui permet aux musiciens de jouer de la musique, de répéter ou de bœuffer en ligne et en temps réel via internet.\"\n" "mAltProgIcon: \"Icône de Jamulus\"\n" "mTSlogan: \"Jouez de la musique en ligne. Avec vos amis. Librement et gratuitement.\"\n" "mTGetStartedNow: \"Commencer maintenant !\"\n" "mTDownloadNow: 'Télécharger maintenant pour'\n" +"mTPlatformsAnd: 'et'\n" "mTOtherPlatforms: 'autres plateformes'\n" "---\n" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:19 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:20 #, no-wrap msgid "What is Jamulus?" msgstr "Qu'est-ce que Jamulus ?" #. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:20 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:21 #, no-wrap -msgid " Jamulus is for playing, rehearsing, or just jamming with your friends, your band or just anyone you find online. With high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection, it's easy to play together remotely and in time. " -msgstr " Jamulus permet de jouer, de répéter ou simplement de bœuffer avec vos amis, votre groupe ou n'importe quelle personne que vous trouverez en ligne. Avec un son de haute qualité et à faible latence sur une connexion haut débit normale, il est facile de jouer ensemble à distance et en rythme. " +msgid " Jamulus lets you play, rehearse, or jam with your friends, your band, or anyone you find online. Play together remotely in time with high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection. " +msgstr " Jamulus vous permet de jouer, de répéter ou de bœuffer avec vos amis, votre groupe, ou toute personne en ligne. Jouez ensemble à distance en temps réel avec un son de haute qualité et à faible latence sur une connexion haut débit normale. " #. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:20 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:21 #, no-wrap msgid "Download it here" msgstr "Téléchargez-le ici" #. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:20 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:21 #, no-wrap msgid "" "!\n" @@ -80,55 +85,55 @@ msgstr "" " " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:33 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:34 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus worldwide" msgstr "Jamulus dans le monde" #. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:34 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:35 #, no-wrap msgid "" -" All over the world Jamulus allows huge choirs to rehearse, loud rock bands to play, and brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons,\n" -" in schools and universities, in private and in public. Even just for the spoken word – all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person.\n" +" All over the world Jamulus allows choirs to rehearse and rock bands to play. Jamulus brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons,\n" +" in schools and universities, in private and in public — all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person.\n" " " msgstr "" -" Partout dans le monde, Jamulus permet à d'immenses chorales de répéter, à de bruyants groupes de rock de jouer et réunit des musiciens folkloriques et classiques. Il est utilisé pour des cours de musique à distance,\n" -" dans des écoles et des universités, en privé et en public. Même pour une simple discussion, tout cela en temps réel sur internet, comme si vous y étiez en personne.\n" +" Partout dans le monde, Jamulus permet à des chorales de répéter, à des groupes de rock de jouer. Jamulus réunit des musiciens folkloriques et classiques. Il est utilisé pour des cours de musique à distance,\n" +" dans des écoles et des universités, en privé et en public — tout cela en temps réel sur internet, comme si vous y étiez en personne.\n" " " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:36 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:37 #, no-wrap msgid "Help needed?" msgstr "Besoin d'aide ?" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:38 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 #, no-wrap -msgid " Have a look at the " +msgid " Check out the " msgstr " Jetez un coup d’œil à la " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:38 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 #, no-wrap msgid "documentation" msgstr "documentation" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:38 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 #, no-wrap -msgid ". Especially consider the " -msgstr ". Regardez bien la " +msgid " and consider the " +msgstr " et prenez en compte la " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:40 #, no-wrap msgid "troubleshooting section" msgstr "section dépannage" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:40 #, no-wrap msgid "" "!\n" @@ -138,13 +143,13 @@ msgstr "" " Vous pouvez aussi demander de l'aide dans le " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:40 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:41 #, no-wrap msgid "forums" msgstr "forum (en anglais)" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:40 ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:52 +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:41 ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:53 #, no-wrap msgid "" ".\n" @@ -154,55 +159,67 @@ msgstr "" " " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:44 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:45 #, no-wrap msgid "Want to get involved?" msgstr "Vous voulez vous impliquer ?" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:46 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid " Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help " +msgstr " Des idées ? Un bogue trouvé ? Vous voulez contribuer du code " + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "translating" +msgstr "traduction" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap -msgid " Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help translating into your language? Since Jamulus is " -msgstr " Des idées ? Un bogue trouvé ? Vous voulez contribuer du code ou aider à la traduction dans votre langue ? Puisque Jamulus est un " +msgid " Jamulus into your language? Since Jamulus is " +msgstr " Jamulus dans votre langue ? Puisque Jamulus est " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:46 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap msgid "free and open source software" msgstr "logiciel libre et à sources ouvertes" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:46 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap msgid " (FOSS) licensed under the " msgstr " (FOSS) distribué sous licence " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:46 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap msgid "GPL" msgstr "GPL" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:46 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap msgid ", you can help us!" msgstr ", vous pouvez nous aider !" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 +#. type: Content of:


+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:48 #, no-wrap msgid " Take a look at our " msgstr " Consultez nos " -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 +#. type: Content of:


+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:48 #, no-wrap msgid "contribution guidelines" msgstr "lignes directrices en matière de contribution" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 +#. type: Content of:


+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:48 #, no-wrap msgid "" " to find out how. Everybody is welcome!\n" @@ -211,20 +228,24 @@ msgstr "" " pour savoir comment faire. Vous êtes les bienvenus !\n" " " -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:51 +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:52 #, no-wrap -msgid " For detailed information about how Jamulus hacks the space-time continuum to produce a near-perfect 5th dimension of collaborative sound, see " -msgstr " Pour des informations détaillées sur la façon dont Jamulus pirate le continuum espace-temps pour produire une 5ème dimension quasiment parfaite de son collaboratif, regardez " +msgid " For detailed information on how Jamulus works, see " +msgstr " Pour des informations détaillées sur le fonctionnement de Jamulus, voir " -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:52 +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:53 #, no-wrap msgid "this paper by Volker Fischer (PDF)" msgstr "ce document écrit par Volker Fischer (PDF en anglais)" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:57 +#. type: Content of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:58 #, no-wrap msgid "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" msgstr "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid " For detailed information about how Jamulus hacks the space-time continuum to produce a near-perfect 5th dimension of collaborative sound, see " +#~ msgstr " Pour des informations détaillées sur la façon dont Jamulus pirate le continuum espace-temps pour produire une 5ème dimension quasiment parfaite de son collaboratif, regardez " diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Client-Troubleshooting.po index bc9baeded..7a7185da6 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Client-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Client-Troubleshooting.po @@ -2,84 +2,92 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Julien Taverna , 2022. +# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023. +# Julien Taverna , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-14 11:50+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Julien Taverna \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-30 17:10+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" "X-Language: fr_FR\n" "X-Source-Language: en_150\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "fr" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting" msgstr "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Client Troubleshooting" msgstr "Dépannage du client" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Dépannage" + #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:10 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# Troubleshooting\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" -msgstr "" -"# Dépannage\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:12 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:14 -msgid "Table of contents" -msgstr "Table des matières" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:16 -msgid "TOC" -msgstr "TOC" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "Table des matières\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:17 -msgid "{:toc}" -msgstr "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" +msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:19 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:21 -msgid "### Don’t hear any sound/Others don’t hear you?" -msgstr "### Vous n'entendez aucun son / les autres ne vous entendent pas ?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Don’t hear any sound/Others don’t hear you?" +msgstr "Vous n'entendez aucun son / les autres ne vous entendent pas ?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:23 @@ -90,32 +98,35 @@ msgstr "Commencez par les choses simples : vérifiez que votre instrument/microp #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:25 #, no-wrap msgid "**Windows users (ASIO4ALL)**: If you’re using the ASIO4ALL driver have a look at the [ASIO4ALL setup section](Installation-for-Windows#setting-up-asio4all)\n" -msgstr "**Utilisateurs de Windows (ASIO4ALL)** : Si vous utilisez le pilote ASIO4ALL, consultez la section [Configuration de ASIO4LL](Installation-for-Windows#configuration-de-asio4all)\n" +msgstr "**Utilisateurs de Windows (ASIO4ALL)** : si vous utilisez le pilote ASIO4ALL, consultez la section [Configuration de ASIO4LL](Installation-for-Windows#configuration-de-asio4all)\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:27 -msgid "### Not seeing the headphone or microphone you just connected to your PC?" -msgstr "### Vous ne voyez pas le casque ou le microphone que vous venez de connecter à votre PC ?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Not seeing the headphone or microphone you just connected to your PC?" +msgstr "Vous ne voyez pas le casque ou le microphone que vous venez de connecter à votre PC ?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:29 msgid "Just restart Jamulus with your device plugged in. Jamulus currently doesn't show devices which were plugged in after the sound system was loaded." msgstr "Redémarrez simplement Jamulus avec votre appareil branché. Actuellement, Jamulus n'affiche pas les périphériques qui ont été branchés après le chargement du système de son." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:31 -msgid "### Your sound is stuttering" -msgstr "### Votre son est saccadé" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:30 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Your sound is stuttering" +msgstr "Votre son est saccadé" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:33 msgid "Your audio device may not work with the buffer size you selected. Select a bigger buffer size in Jamulus's settings. If possible though, use another device, since large buffer sizes mean higher latency." msgstr "Il se peut que votre périphérique audio ne fonctionne pas avec la taille de tampon que vous avez sélectionnée. Sélectionnez une taille de mémoire tampon plus importante dans les paramètres de Jamulus. Si possible, utilisez un autre périphérique, car une grande taille de mémoire tampon entraîne une latence plus élevée." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:35 -msgid "### You all sound OK, but it's difficult to keep together" -msgstr "### Vous avez tous un son correct, mais il est difficile de jouer ensemble" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "You all sound OK, but it's difficult to keep together" +msgstr "Vous avez tous un son correct, mais il est difficile de jouer ensemble" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:37 @@ -128,22 +139,22 @@ msgstr "**Dans la mesure du possible, N'ÉCOUTEZ PAS votre signal direct**. Assu msgid "You can test whether you are hearing your signal correctly by doing the following:" msgstr "Vous pouvez vérifier si vous entendez correctement votre signal en procédant comme suit :" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:41 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44 msgid "Run Jamulus and connect to a Server with a long ping time (greater than 200ms)" msgstr "Lancez Jamulus et connectez-vous à un serveur dont le temps de ping est long (supérieur à 200 ms)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:42 +#. type: Bullet: '2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44 msgid "Clap your hands once (or play one short note on an instrument). You should hear the sound from the Jamulus Server come back, but significantly delayed." msgstr "Frappez une fois dans vos mains (ou jouez une note courte sur un instrument). Vous devriez entendre le son du serveur Jamulus revenir, mais avec un retard significatif." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:43 +#. type: Bullet: '3. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44 msgid "Click the \"Mute\" button under your Jamulus name/slider in the main Jamulus mixer window (**NOT** the \"Mute Myself\" button on the left)." msgstr "Cliquez sur le bouton \"Muet\" sous votre nom/chariot dans la fenêtre principale du mixeur Jamulus (**PAS** le bouton \"Me silencer\" à gauche)." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '4. ' #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44 msgid "Clap your hands again." msgstr "Frappez à nouveau dans vos mains." @@ -163,70 +174,77 @@ msgstr "La manière exacte dont vous éviterez d'écouter votre signal direct d msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [software manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this." msgstr "Sachez que si l'écoute du signal du serveur vous permet d'être synchrone avec les autres musiciens, vous pouvez également rencontrer des problèmes si votre latence globale (indiquée par le voyant \"Delay\" dans Jamulus) n'est pas verte ou au moins jaune la plupart du temps. Consultez le [manuel du logiciel](/wiki/Software-Manual) pour savoir comment ajuster votre configuration afin de résoudre ce problème." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:52 -msgid "### Can't work out your mic settings?" -msgstr "### Vous n'arrivez pas à régler votre micro ?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Can't work out your mic settings?" +msgstr "Vous n'arrivez pas à régler votre micro ?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:54 msgid "When using a microphone while playing your other instrument, you can use a stereo audio input signal in your settings where one channel is connected to the instrument and the other channel is connected to a microphone signal. On the microphone channel an optional reverberation effect can be applied." msgstr "Lorsque vous utilisez un microphone tout en jouant de votre autre instrument, vous pouvez utiliser un signal audio d'entrée stéréo dans vos réglages où un canal est connecté à l'instrument et l'autre canal est connecté à un signal de microphone. Sur le canal du microphone, un effet de réverbération optionnel peut être appliqué." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:56 -msgid "### Buffer LEDs suddenly going red, outages, [jittering](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jitter), weird sounds?" -msgstr "### Les voyants de la mémoire tampon deviennent soudainement rouges, pannes, [gigue](https://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gigue_(%C3%A9lectronique)), sons bizarres ?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:55 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Buffer LEDs suddenly going red, outages, [jittering](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jitter), weird sounds?" +msgstr "Les voyants de la mémoire tampon deviennent soudainement rouges, pannes, [gigue](https://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gigue_(%C3%A9lectronique)), sons bizarres ?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:58 msgid "Your computer may be under too much load. Try not to have anything competing with Jamulus (like Zoom Meetings or Facebook live streams) on your machine. Or at least quit them while you're playing. Prevent things like virus scanners doing scans, or software updates happening, etc. Be aware that the reverb setting in Jamulus also uses more CPU the more reverb you have." msgstr "Votre ordinateur est peut-être trop sollicité. Essayez de ne rien avoir qui soit en concurrence avec Jamulus (comme Zoom Meetings ou les flux en direct de Facebook) sur votre machine. Ou du moins, quittez-les pendant que vous jouez. Empêchez les scanners de virus d'effectuer des analyses, les mises à jour de logiciels, etc. Sachez que le paramètre de réverbération dans Jamulus utilise également plus de CPU lorsque le réglage de réverbération est élevé." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:60 -msgid "### Ping times and latency start well, then get worse, causing issues" -msgstr "### Les temps de ping et de latence commencent bien, puis s'aggravent et causent des problèmes" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Ping times and latency start well, then get worse, causing issues" +msgstr "Les temps de ping et de latence commencent bien, puis s'aggravent et causent des problèmes" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:62 msgid "This can indicate something else is competing with Jamulus on your network, so make sure nobody is watching HD Netflix movies or taking part in Zoom video conferences while you are playing. A more permanent solution for technically-minded users may be found by investigating [the issue of buffer bloat](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/) on their router and whether you can implement Smart Queue Management (SQM). [More details here](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/What_can_I_do_about_Bufferbloat/)." msgstr "Cela peut indiquer que quelque chose d'autre est en concurrence avec Jamulus sur votre réseau, alors assurez-vous que personne ne regarde des films Netflix HD ou ne participe à des vidéoconférences Zoom pendant que vous jouez. Une solution plus permanente pour les utilisateurs à l'esprit technique peut être trouvée en examinant [le problème de l'hypertrophie de la mémoire tampon](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/) sur leur routeur et si vous pouvez mettre en œuvre la gestion intelligente des files d'attente (SQM). [Plus de détails ici](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/What_can_I_do_about_Bufferbloat/)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:64 -msgid "### Getting frustrated with software channels, audio routing, sample rates and more?" -msgstr "### Vous êtes frustré par les canaux logiciels, le routage audio, les taux d'échantillonnage et autres ?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:63 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Getting frustrated with software channels, audio routing, sample rates and more?" +msgstr "Vous êtes frustré par les canaux logiciels, le routage audio, les taux d'échantillonnage et autres ?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:66 msgid "It's usually far easier and more reliable to have a [mixing desk](https://www.thomann.de/pics/bdb/191244/7355025_800.jpg) to connect your kit (instruments, mic, recorder etc.) and then send a simple stereo signal to your sound interface (be sure to listen to the resulting sound from the Jamulus Server via your computer though!). The huge variety of possible hardware, software and instrument combinations means that setting up your sound card to work with your particular configuration can otherwise get complicated very fast." msgstr "Il est généralement bien plus simple et plus fiable de disposer d'une [table de mixage](https://www.thomann.de/pics/bdb/191244/7355025_800.jpg) pour connecter votre matériel (instruments, micro, enregistreur, etc.), puis d'envoyer un simple signal stéréo à votre interface audio (assurez-vous toutefois d'écouter le son résultant sur le serveur Jamulus via votre ordinateur !). L'énorme variété des combinaisons possibles de matériels, de logiciels et d'instruments signifie que le paramétrage de votre carte son peut sinon devenir très vite compliqué pour fonctionner avec votre configuration particulière." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:68 -msgid "### Somebody joining your jam and being too loud?" -msgstr "### Quelqu'un se joint à votre bœuf et joue trop fort ?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:67 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Somebody joining your jam and being too loud?" +msgstr "Quelqu'un se joint à votre bœuf et joue trop fort ?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:70 msgid "You can set your \"New Client Level\" to a low value (e.g. 10), or set the musicians you are playing with to \"Solo\" state (in the mixer panel on the right side). That way, either new entrants will be very quiet, or you won't hear them at all." msgstr "Vous pouvez régler votre \"Niveau de nouveau client\" sur une valeur faible (par exemple 10), ou régler les musiciens avec lesquels vous jouez sur l'état \"Solo\" (dans le panneau de mixage sur le côté droit). De cette façon, soit les nouveaux arrivants seront très silencieux, soit vous ne les entendrez pas du tout." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:72 -msgid "### Can't see the Server you want to join?" -msgstr "### Vous ne voyez pas le serveur que vous voulez rejoindre ?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:71 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Can't see the Server you want to join?" +msgstr "Vous ne voyez pas le serveur que vous voulez rejoindre ?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:74 msgid "First check that you have the right genre Server selected in your Connect window. Sometimes network issues mean your Client won't list all the available Servers. If you know the name of the Server you want to join, you can [look up its IP address here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/). Enter that address in the \"Server Address\" field in the Connect Setup window to connect to it." msgstr "Vérifiez d'abord que vous avez sélectionné le bon Annuaire dans la fenêtre de configuration de la connexion. Parfois, des problèmes de réseau font que votre client ne liste pas tous les serveurs disponibles. Si vous connaissez le nom du serveur que vous voulez rejoindre, vous pouvez [rechercher son adresse IP ici](https://explorer.jamulus.io/). Saisissez l'adresse IP dans le champ \"Adresse du serveur\" de la fenêtre de configuration de la connexion pour vous y connecter." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:76 -msgid "### Not seeing a list of Servers at all?" -msgstr "### Vous ne voyez pas du tout de liste de serveurs ?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:75 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Not seeing a list of Servers at all?" +msgstr "Vous ne voyez pas du tout de liste de serveurs ?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:78 @@ -238,52 +256,110 @@ msgstr "Au Royaume-Uni (et peut-être dans d'autres régions/routeurs), le param msgid "In some cases, it may be your ISP that is blocking your use of Jamulus. See the note on the [server troubleshooting page](Server-Troubleshooting#nobody-can-connect-to-my-server---but-i-can-connect-locally) about \"Nobody can connect to my Server\"" msgstr "Dans certains cas, il se peut que ce soit votre fournisseur d'accès qui bloque l'utilisation de Jamulus. Voir la note sur la [page de dépannage du serveur](Server-Troubleshooting#personne-ne-peut-se-connecter-à-mon-serveur---mais-je-peux-me-connecter-localement) à propos du problème \"Personne ne peut se connecter à mon serveur\"" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:82 -msgid "### Trouble using Garageband (or other DAW) with Jamulus?" -msgstr "### Difficultés à utiliser Garageband (ou une autre STAN) avec Jamulus ?" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:81 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Getting an error message saying \"Jamulus\" can't be opened because the developer cannot be verified" +msgstr "Un message d'erreur indiquant que \"Jamulus\" ne peut pas être ouvert car le développeur ne peut pas être vérifié" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:84 -msgid "See [this forum discussion](https://sourceforge.net/p/llcon/discussion/533517/thread/d3dd58eedc/#b994)" -msgstr "Voir [cette discussion du forum](https://sourceforge.net/p/llcon/discussion/533517/thread/d3dd58eedc/#b994)" +msgid "If you are using a \"legacy\" version of Jamulus (because you are running an older version of macOS) or an intermediate build, the first time you run Jamulus, you will see a message saying it cannot be opened." +msgstr "Si vous utilisez une version \"ancienne\" (NdT : legacy) de Jamulus (parce que vous utilisez une version plus ancienne de macOS) ou une version intermédiaire, la première fois que vous lancez Jamulus, vous verrez un message indiquant qu'il ne peut pas être ouvert." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:86 -msgid "### Using a Mac and your input is not heard?" -msgstr "### Vous utilisez un Mac et vous n'entendez pas votre entrée ?" +msgid "To open Jamulus" +msgstr "Pour ouvrir Jamulus" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:88 -msgid "(With thanks to [Mark Anthony De Souza](https://www.facebook.com/groups/619274602254947/permalink/765122847670121/?comment_id=765525034296569))" -msgstr "(Avec des remerciements pour [Mark Anthony De Souza](https://www.facebook.com/groups/619274602254947/permalink/765122847670121/?comment_id=765525034296569))" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 +msgid "Go to the Applications folder via Finder" +msgstr "Allez dans le dossier Applications via le Finder" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 +msgid "Double-click on Jamulus and wait for the above-mentioned message" +msgstr "Double-cliquez sur Jamulus et attendez le message mentionné ci-dessus" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 +msgid "Close this message by clicking on \"Cancel\"" +msgstr "Fermez ce message en cliquant sur \"Annuler\"" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 +msgid "Now control-click (or right-click) on Jamulus, and select \"Open\" from the top of the menu." +msgstr "Faites un contrôle-clic (ou un clic-droit) sur Jamulus et sélectionnez \"Ouvrir\" depuis le haut du menu." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:90 -msgid "Maybe you did not answer \"Yes\" to the `\"Jamulus wants to access your microphone\"` challenge. To fix this:" -msgstr "Vous n'avez peut-être pas répondu \"Oui\" à la question \"Jamulus veut accéder à votre microphone\". Pour résoudre ce problème :" +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:93 +msgid "You will then get a slightly different version of the same message, which allows you to click \"Open\". From then on, you can run Jamulus in the normal way and the message won't appear. For further information about this warning see [this Apple Support Page](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)." +msgstr "Vous obtiendrez alors une version légèrement différente du même message, qui vous permettra de cliquer sur \"Ouvrir\". À partir de ce moment, vous pouvez exécuter Jamulus normalement et le message n'apparaîtra pas. Pour plus d'informations sur cet avertissement, voir [cette page d'assistance Apple](https://support.apple.com/fr-fr/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:94 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Trouble using Garageband (or other DAW) with Jamulus?" +msgstr "Difficultés à utiliser Garageband (ou une autre STAN) avec Jamulus ?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 -msgid "Go to `Preferences` > `Security & Privacy` > `Privacy` tab" -msgstr "Allez dans `Préférences` > `Sécurité et confidentialité` > onglet `Confidentialité`" +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:97 +msgid "See [this forum discussion](https://sourceforge.net/p/llcon/discussion/533517/thread/d3dd58eedc/#b994)" +msgstr "Voir [cette discussion du forum](https://sourceforge.net/p/llcon/discussion/533517/thread/d3dd58eedc/#b994)" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:98 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using a Mac and your input is not heard?" +msgstr "Vous utilisez un Mac et vous n'entendez pas votre entrée ?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:92 -msgid "Find `Microphone` on the left and then make sure `Jamulus` is enabled on the right-hand list" -msgstr "Trouvez `Microphone` sur la gauche et assurez-vous que `Jamulus` est activé sur la liste de droite" +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:101 +msgid "(With thanks to [Mark Anthony De Souza](https://www.facebook.com/groups/619274602254947/permalink/765122847670121/?comment_id=765525034296569))" +msgstr "(Avec des remerciements pour [Mark Anthony De Souza](https://www.facebook.com/groups/619274602254947/permalink/765122847670121/?comment_id=765525034296569))" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:94 +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:105 #, no-wrap -msgid "***\n" -msgstr "***\n" +msgid "" +"Maybe you did not answer \"Yes\" to the `\"Jamulus wants to access your microphone\"` challenge. To fix this:\n" +"* Go to `Preferences` > `Security & Privacy` > `Privacy` tab\n" +"* Find `Microphone` on the left and then make sure `Jamulus` is enabled on the right-hand list\n" +msgstr "" +"Peut-être n'avez-vous pas répondu \"Oui\" à la question \"Jamulus veut accéder à votre microphone\". Pour résoudre ce problème :\n" +"* Allez dans `Préférences` > `Sécurité et confidentialité` > onglet `Privacy`\n" +"* Trouvez \"Microphone\" sur la gauche et assurez-vous que \"Jamulus\" est activé sur la liste de droite\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:95 +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:108 msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" msgstr "Pour toute autre question, veuillez effectuer une recherche ou poster un message sur les [forums de discussion](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ "# Troubleshooting\n" +#~ " {:.no_toc}\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "# Dépannage\n" +#~ " {:.no_toc}\n" + +#~ msgid "TOC" +#~ msgstr "TOC" + +#~ msgid "Maybe you did not answer \"Yes\" to the `\"Jamulus wants to access your microphone\"` challenge. To fix this:" +#~ msgstr "Vous n'avez peut-être pas répondu \"Oui\" à la question \"Jamulus veut accéder à votre microphone\". Pour résoudre ce problème :" + +#~ msgid "Go to `Preferences` > `Security & Privacy` > `Privacy` tab" +#~ msgstr "Allez dans `Préférences` > `Sécurité et confidentialité` > onglet `Confidentialité`" + +#~ msgid "Find `Microphone` on the left and then make sure `Jamulus` is enabled on the right-hand list" +#~ msgstr "Trouvez `Microphone` sur la gauche et assurez-vous que `Jamulus` est activé sur la liste de droite" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "***\n" +#~ msgstr "***\n" + #~ msgid "**Windows users (ASIO4ALL)**: If you’re using the ASIO4ALL driver have a look at the [ASIO4LL setup section](Installation-for-Windows#setting-up-asio4all)\n" #~ msgstr "**Utilisateurs de Windows (ASIO4ALL)** : si vous utilisez le pilote ASIO4ALL, consultez la section [configuration de ASIO4LL](Installation-for-Windows#configuration-de-asio4all)\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Command-Line-Options.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Command-Line-Options.po index bd310e978..5b816d8cb 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Command-Line-Options.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Command-Line-Options.po @@ -2,74 +2,90 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Olivier Humbert , 2022. +# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023. +# Julien Taverna , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-16 15:25+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-24 18:48+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Julien Taverna \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "fr" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Command-Line-Options" msgstr "/wiki/Command-Line-Options" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus – Command Line Options" msgstr "Jamulus - Options de la ligne de commande" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:9 -msgid "# Command Line Options" -msgstr "# Options de la ligne de commande" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Command Line Options" +msgstr "Options de la ligne de commande" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:11 -msgid "## Shared commands" -msgstr "## Commandes partagées" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Shared commands" +msgstr "Commandes partagées" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:13 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:15 -msgid "## Client only commands" -msgstr "## Commande réservée au client" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:14 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Client only commands" +msgstr "Commande réservée au client" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:17 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:19 -msgid "## Server only commands" -msgstr "## Commandes réservées au serveur" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server only commands" +msgstr "Commandes réservées au serveur" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:21 -msgid "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" -msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:20 +msgid "See [Running a Server](Running-a-Server#server-mode-related-options)" +msgstr "Voir [exécuter un serveur](Running-a-Server#options-liées-au-mode-serveur)" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Shared commands " +#~ msgstr "Commandes partagées " + +#~ msgid "See [Running a Server](Running-a-Server#server-mode-options)" +#~ msgstr "Voir le [manuel d’administration d’un serveur](Running-a-Server#types-de-serveur)" + +#~ msgid "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" +#~ msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Contribution.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Contribution.po index 5e8240233..980b48597 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Contribution.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Contribution.po @@ -2,69 +2,75 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Olivier Humbert , 2022. +# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023. +# Julien Taverna , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-16 15:25+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-30 17:10+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" "X-Language: fr_FR\n" "X-Source-Language: en_150\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "fr" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Contribution" msgstr "/wiki/Contribution" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Contribution" msgstr "Contribution" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:9 -msgid "# Contributing to the Jamulus Project" -msgstr "# Contribuer au projet Jamulus" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Contributing to the Jamulus Project" +msgstr "Contribuer au projet Jamulus" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:11 -msgid "If you find a mistake, typo or something out of date (in any language) on this website or in Jamulus itself, you can raise it as a bug." -msgstr "Si vous trouvez une erreur, une coquille ou quelque chose qui n'est pas à jour (dans n'importe quelle langue) sur ce site web ou dans Jamulus lui-même, vous pouvez le signaler comme un bogue." +#, no-wrap +msgid "If you find a mistake, typo or something out of date (in any language) on this website or in Jamulus itself, you can raise it as a bug.\n" +msgstr "Si vous trouvez une erreur, une coquille ou quelque chose qui n'est pas à jour (dans n'importe quelle langue) sur ce site web ou dans Jamulus lui-même, vous pouvez le signaler comme un bogue.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:13 -msgid "If you think some documentation or information is missing or can be improved, post about it on this forum so it can be discussed first." -msgstr "Si vous pensez qu'il manque de la documentation ou des informations ou qu'elles peuvent être améliorées, postez à ce sujet sur ce forum pour qu'on en discute d'abord." +#, no-wrap +msgid "If you think some documentation or information is missing or can be improved, post about it on this forum so it can be discussed first.\n" +msgstr "Si vous pensez qu'il manque de la documentation ou des informations ou qu'elles peuvent être améliorées, postez à ce sujet sur ce forum pour qu'on en discute d'abord.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:15 msgid "We use [Weblate](https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/#languages) to translate our documentation. Read about our [documentation and translation process](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamuluswebsite/blob/release/README.md), and [introduce yourself](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) if you’d like to get involved." msgstr "Nous utilisons [Weblate](https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/#languages) pour traduire notre documentation. Lisez la page à propos de notre [processus de documentation et de traduction](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamuluswebsite/blob/release/README.md) (en anglais), et [présentez-vous](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) (en anglais) si vous souhaitez vous impliquer." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:18 -msgid "## Want to contribute code?" -msgstr "## Vous voulez contribuer au code ?" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Want to contribute code?" +msgstr "Vous voulez contribuer au code ?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:19 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Directories.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Directories.po index cdeb442b0..450207491 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Directories.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Directories.po @@ -2,38 +2,40 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Julien Taverna , 2022. +# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023. +# Julien Taverna , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-14 11:52+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Julien Taverna \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-19 15:17+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Julien Taverna \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "fr" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Directories" msgstr "/wiki/Directories" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Directories" @@ -44,57 +46,60 @@ msgstr "Annuaires" msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:12 -msgid "# Running a Directory" -msgstr "# Administrer un annuaire" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:11 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Running a Directory" +msgstr "Administrer un annuaire" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:14 -msgid "This is a specialised Jamulus Server configuration, as described in [Server Types](Running-a-Server#server-types)." -msgstr "Il s'agit d'une configuration spécialisée du serveur Jamulus, comme décrit dans [Types de serveurs](Running-a-Server#types-de-serveurs)." +msgid "This is a specialised Jamulus Server configuration, as described in [Server Modes](Running-a-Server#server-modes)." +msgstr "Il s'agit d'une configuration spécialisée du serveur Jamulus, comme décrit dans [Modes de serveur](Running-a-Server#modes-du-serveur)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:16 -msgid "To view Servers listed by a Custom Directory, users must enter the address of that Directory in their Client's Settings > Advanced Setup > Custom Directories field. Multiple addresses can be added in this way if needed. Custom Directories will then appear in the Directory drop-down list on their Connect window. Custom Directories otherwise work for Clients in the same way as Public Directories, displaying a list of Servers registered with them." -msgstr "Pour afficher les serveurs répertoriés par un annuaire personnalisé, les utilisateurs doivent entrer l'adresse de cet annuaire dans le champ Paramètres > Configuration avancée > Annuaires de leur client. Plusieurs adresses peuvent être ajoutées de cette manière si nécessaire. Les annuaires personnalisés apparaîtront alors dans la liste déroulante des annuaires dans leur fenêtre de connexion. Les annuaires personnalisés fonctionnent pour les clients de la même manière que les annuaires publics, en affichant une liste de serveurs enregistrés auprès d'eux." +#, no-wrap +msgid "To view Servers listed by a Custom Directory, users must enter the address of that Directory in their Client's Settings > Advanced Setup > Custom Directories field. Multiple addresses can be added in this way if needed. Custom Directories will then appear in the Directory drop-down list on their Connect window. Custom Directories otherwise work for Clients in the same way as Public Directories, displaying a list of Servers registered with them.\n" +msgstr "Pour afficher les serveurs répertoriés par un annuaire personnalisé, les utilisateurs doivent entrer l'adresse de cet annuaire dans le champ Paramètres > Configuration avancée > Annuaires de leur client. Plusieurs adresses peuvent être ajoutées de cette manière si nécessaire. Les annuaires personnalisés apparaîtront alors dans la liste déroulante des annuaires dans leur fenêtre de connexion. Les annuaires personnalisés fonctionnent pour les clients de la même manière que les annuaires publics, en affichant une liste de serveurs enregistrés auprès d'eux.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:18 -msgid "To run a Server as a Directory, it should be started with the `--directoryserver` option to make itself (that is, `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`) the Directory to query for Servers." -msgstr "Pour faire fonctionner un serveur en tant qu'annuaire, il faut le démarrer avec l'option `--directoryserver` pour faire de lui-même (c'est-à-dire `localhost` ou `127.0.0.1`) l'annuaire à interroger pour les serveurs." +msgid "To run a Server as a Directory, it should be started with the `--directoryaddress` option to make itself (that is, `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`) the Directory to query for Servers." +msgstr "Pour faire fonctionner un serveur en tant qu'annuaire, il faut le démarrer avec l'option `--directoryaddress` pour faire de lui-même (c'est-à-dire `localhost` ou `127.0.0.1`) l'annuaire à interroger pour les serveurs." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:20 msgid "When running a Server with the GUI, set the Custom Directory server address in the Options tab to \"localhost\", then select \"Custom\" from the Directory drop-down list." msgstr "Lorsque vous exécutez un serveur avec l'interface graphique, définissez l'adresse du serveur annuaire personnalisé dans l'onglet Options sur \"localhost\", puis sélectionnez \"Personnalisé\" dans la liste déroulante Annuaire." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:23 -msgid "### Points to note about Directories" -msgstr "### Points à noter concernant les annuaires" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Points to note about Directories" +msgstr "Points à noter concernant les annuaires" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:25 msgid "If you want to control which Servers can register with your Directory, you can enable a whitelist with the `--listfilter` command line option in the format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]`." -msgstr "Si vous voulez contrôler quels serveurs peuvent s'enregistrer dans votre annuaire, vous pouvez activer une liste blanche avec l'option de ligne de commande `--listfilter` au format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]`." +msgstr "Si vous voulez contrôler quels serveurs peuvent s'enregistrer dans votre annuaire, vous pouvez activer une liste blanche avec l'option de ligne de commande `--listfilter` au format `adresse ip 1[;adresse ip 2]`." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:27 msgid "When running a Server behind a NAT firewall on a private network and registering with a Directory on the same network, run the Server using the `--serverpublicip` option to specify the public IP address. This is necessary to allow Clients on the public Internet to connect to the correct address. Note that for the Server(s) using this option, you will still need proper port forwarding in your router/firewall." msgstr "Lorsque vous exécutez un serveur derrière un pare-feu NAT sur un réseau privé et que vous vous enregistrez avec un répertoire sur le même réseau, exécutez le serveur en utilisant l'option `--serverpublicip` pour spécifier l'adresse IP publique. Ceci est nécessaire pour permettre aux clients sur l'Internet public de se connecter à la bonne adresse. Notez que pour le(s) serveur(s) utilisant cette option, vous aurez toujours besoin d'une redirection de port appropriée dans votre routeur/pare-feu." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:29 msgid "When running a Client behind a NAT firewall on a private network with a Directory on the same network, the Directory itself needs to be run using the `--serverpublicip` option to specify the public IP address, so that any Servers on the public Internet registering with the Directory that require the \"hole punch\" can be accessed by the Client(s). (This is because otherwise the Directory would provide the local network address of the Client to the Server and the \"hole punch\" would fail.)" msgstr "Lorsqu'on exécute un client derrière un pare-feu NAT sur un réseau privé avec un annuaire sur le même réseau, l'annuaire lui-même doit être exécuté en utilisant l'option `--serverpublicip` pour spécifier l'adresse IP publique, de sorte que tous les serveurs sur l'Internet public s'enregistrant avec l'annuaire et nécessitant le \"hole punch\" soient accessibles au(x) Client(s). (En effet, dans le cas contraire, l'annuaire fournirait l'adresse du réseau local du client au serveur et le \"hole punch\" échouerait.)" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:31 msgid "If you need to restart your Directory for any reason (for example when rebooting the host), Servers connected to it will be disconnected until they re-register. This does not mean that Clients connected to those Servers will be disconnected, but does mean that new Clients will be not able to see Servers listed by your Directory until those Servers reconnect. To enable the list of registered Servers to persist between restarts, use the `--directoryfile` option to specify the location and name of a file that the Directory can read and write to." msgstr "Si vous devez redémarrer votre annuaire pour une raison quelconque (par exemple lors du redémarrage de l'hôte), les serveurs qui y sont connectés seront déconnectés jusqu'à ce qu'ils se réenregistrent. Cela ne signifie pas que les clients connectés à ces serveurs seront déconnectés, mais que les nouveaux clients ne pourront pas voir les serveurs listés par votre annuaire jusqu'à ce que ces serveurs se reconnectent. Pour permettre à la liste des serveurs enregistrés de persister entre les redémarrages, utilisez l'option `--directoryfile` pour spécifier l'emplacement et le nom d'un fichier dans lequel l'annuaire peut lire et écrire." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:32 msgid "Up to 150 Servers can then register with a Directory." msgstr "Jusqu'à 150 serveurs peuvent alors s'enregistrer dans un annuaire." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/FAQ.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/FAQ.po index 8b1c8469d..ea28b30ea 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/FAQ.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/FAQ.po @@ -2,105 +2,114 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Julien Taverna , 2022. +# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023. +# Julien Taverna , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-14 11:50+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Julien Taverna \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-19 15:17+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Julien Taverna \n" "Language-Team: French \n" "Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" "X-Language: fr_FR\n" "X-Source-Language: en_150\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "fr" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/FAQ" msgstr "/wiki/FAQ" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "FAQ" msgstr "FAQ" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus FAQ" +msgstr "FAQ Jamulus" + #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:10 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# Jamulus FAQ\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" -msgstr "" -"# FAQ Jamulus\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:12 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:14 -msgid "Table of contents" -msgstr "Table des matières" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:16 -msgid "TOC" -msgstr "TOC" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "Table des matières\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:17 -msgid "{:toc}" -msgstr "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" +msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:19 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:21 #, no-wrap msgid "**For common problems and their solutions when using Jamulus, see the [Troubleshooting](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) page.**\n" -msgstr "**Pour les problèmes courants et leurs solutions, voir la page [Dépannage](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting).**\n" +msgstr "**Pour les problèmes courants et leurs solutions lors de l'utilisation de Jamulus, voir la page [dépannage](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting).**\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:24 -msgid "### Is there a metronome, synchronization, or some other way of keeping in time?" -msgstr "### Y a-t-il un métronome, une synchronisation ou un autre moyen de rester dans le temps ?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Is there a metronome, synchronization, or some other way of keeping in time?" +msgstr "Y a-t-il un métronome, une synchronisation ou un autre moyen de rester dans le tempo ?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:26 -msgid "No. Musicians on a Jamulus Server play in real time together as they would in person. If you want to have a time signal, then there are shared metronome solutions on the Internet you can try. But it’s probably best to just minimise latency so nobody has an overall delay more than about 30-50 ms." -msgstr "Non. Les musiciens sur un serveur Jamulus jouent en temps réel ensemble comme ils le feraient en personne. Si vous souhaitez disposer d'un signal temporel, il existe des solutions de métronome partagé sur Internet que vous pouvez essayer, mais il est probablement préférable de minimiser la latence afin que personne n'ait un retard global supérieur à environ 30-50 ms." +msgid "No. Musicians on a Jamulus Server play in real time together as they would in person. If you want a time signal, there are shared metronome solutions on the Internet you can try. But it’s probably best to just minimise latency so nobody has an overall delay more than about 30-50 ms." +msgstr "Non. Les musiciens sur un serveur Jamulus jouent en temps réel ensemble comme ils le feraient en personne. Si vous souhaitez disposer d'un signal temporel, il existe des solutions de métronome partagé sur Internet que vous pouvez essayer. Mais il est probablement préférable de minimiser la latence afin que personne n'ait un retard global supérieur à environ 30-50 ms." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:28 msgid "Bear in mind also that all participants should follow [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together) which will also determine whether you can play in time properly." -msgstr "N'oubliez pas non plus que tous les participants doivent suivre la [Règle d'or](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#vous-avez-tous-un-son-correct-mais-il-est-difficile-de-jouer-ensemble), qui déterminera également si vous pouvez jouer en rythme correctement." +msgstr "Garder également à l'esprit que tous les participants devraient suivre [la règle d'or](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#vous-avez-tous-un-son-correct-mais-il-est-difficile-de-jouer-ensemble), qui déterminera aussi si vous pouvez jouer en rythme correctement." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:30 -msgid "### How do I know if I can join a Server? Are there rules?" -msgstr "### Comment puis-je savoir si je peux rejoindre un serveur ? Existe-t-il des règles ?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "How do I know if I can join a Server? Are there rules?" +msgstr "Comment puis-je savoir si je peux rejoindre un serveur ? Existe-t-il des règles ?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:32 @@ -109,13 +118,14 @@ msgstr "Si quelqu'un met en place un serveur sur un des annuaires embarqués dan #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:34 -msgid "Note also that Servers do not have to be registered on a Directory in order for Jamulus Clients to connect to them. Server operators can just give out the address of their Servers to those they want to play with, and they can then connect directly. Have a look at [this overview for more information](/wiki/Running-a-Server#server-types)." -msgstr "Notez également que les serveurs n'ont pas besoin d'être enregistrés dans un annuaire pour que les clients Jamulus puissent s'y connecter. Les opérateurs de serveurs peuvent donner l'adresse de leurs serveurs uniquement à ceux avec qui ils veulent jouer, et ceux-ci peuvent alors se connecter directement. Consultez [cet aperçu pour plus d'informations](/wiki/Running-a-Server#types-de-serveur)." +msgid "Note also that Servers do not have to be registered on a Directory in order for Jamulus Clients to connect to them. Server operators can just give out the address of their Servers to those they want to play with, and they can then connect directly. Have a look at [this overview for more information](/wiki/Running-a-Server#server-modes)." +msgstr "Notez également que les serveurs n'ont pas besoin d'être enregistrés dans un annuaire pour que les clients Jamulus puissent s'y connecter. Les opérateurs de serveurs peuvent donner l'adresse de leurs serveurs uniquement à ceux avec qui ils veulent jouer, et ceux-ci peuvent alors se connecter directement. Consultez [cet aperçu pour plus d'informations](/wiki/Running-a-Server#modes-du-serveur)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:36 -msgid "### Why shouldn’t I use wireless equipment?" -msgstr "### Pourquoi ne devrais-je pas utiliser un équipement sans fil ?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:35 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why shouldn’t I use wireless equipment?" +msgstr "Pourquoi ne devrais-je pas utiliser un équipement sans fil ?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:38 @@ -127,85 +137,116 @@ msgstr "Votre capacité à jouer en rythme avec les autres musiciens dépend pri msgid "So it makes sense to minimise any sources of delay or other problems with the signal. Even fast wi-fi is usually too variable to use for long periods with Jamulus, and Bluetooth headphones and mics usually introduce latencies of about 50 ms or more." msgstr "Il est donc logique de minimiser les sources de retard ou autres problèmes liés au signal. Même le wi-fi rapide est généralement trop variable pour être utilisé pendant de longues périodes avec Jamulus, et les casques et micros Bluetooth introduisent généralement des latences d'environ 50 ms ou plus." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:42 -msgid "### Why should I not listen to my own signal?" -msgstr "### Pourquoi ne devrais-je pas écouter mon propre signal ?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why should I not listen to my own signal?" +msgstr "Pourquoi ne devrais-je pas écouter mon propre signal ?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:44 msgid "For the same reason as you need to minimise delay in your signal in order to play in time, you need to make sure you are playing to your own sound that other musicians are hearing. More information on this, and a way of testing your setup to make sure you are obeying this “Golden Rule” [can be found here](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)." -msgstr "Pour la même raison que vous devez minimiser le retard de votre signal afin de jouer en temps voulu, vous devez vous assurer que vous jouez sur le son que les autres musiciens entendent. Vous trouverez plus d'informations à ce sujet, ainsi qu'un moyen de tester votre installation pour vous assurer que vous respectez cette \"règle d'or\" [ici](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#vous-avez-tous-un-son-correct-mais-il-est-difficile-de-jouer-ensemble)." +msgstr "Pour la même raison que vous devez minimiser le retard de votre signal afin de jouer en temps voulu, vous devez vous assurer que vous jouez sur le son que les autres musiciens entendent. Plus d'informations à ce sujet, ainsi qu'un moyen de tester votre installation pour vous assurer que vous respectez cette \"règle d'or\" [peut être trouvées ici](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#vous-avez-tous-un-son-correct-mais-il-est-difficile-de-jouer-ensemble)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:46 msgid "Of course, if you are playing an acoustic instrument, or are a singer, it will be hard to exclude your “local” sound. But you should at least try to do so by for example using closed-back headphones turned up as loud as you are able to mask your own sound. This will let you concentrate on the mix coming back to you from the Server." msgstr "Bien sûr, si vous jouez d'un instrument acoustique ou si vous êtes chanteur, il sera difficile d'exclure votre son \"local\". Mais vous devriez au moins essayer de le faire, par exemple en utilisant un casque fermé, réglé aussi fort que possible pour masquer votre propre son. Vous pourrez ainsi vous concentrer sur le mixage qui vous parvient du serveur." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:48 -msgid "### Do I need a fast Internet connection?" -msgstr "### Ai-je besoin d'une connexion Internet rapide ?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Do I need a fast Internet connection?" +msgstr "Ai-je besoin d'une connexion Internet rapide ?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:50 -msgid "No, especially if you don't run a Server to host other musicians. Having a low ping is more important. For most people on standard broadband (e.g. 10 Mbit/s down and 1 Mbit/s up) you will have no problems. For those running Servers at home, depending on how many people join, you may encounter issues if your _upstream_ bandwidth is lower than about 5 Mbit/s." -msgstr "Non, surtout si vous ne gérez pas de serveur pour héberger d'autres musiciens. Il est plus important d'avoir un ping faible. Pour la plupart des personnes disposant d'une bande passante standard (par exemple, 10 Mbit/s en aval et 1 Mbit/s en amont), vous n'aurez aucun problème. Pour ceux qui gèrent des serveurs à domicile, en fonction du nombre de participants, vous pouvez rencontrer des problèmes si votre bande passante _en amont_ est inférieure à environ 5 Mbit/s." +msgid "No, especially if you don't run a Server to host other musicians. Having a low ping is more important. Most people on standard broadband (e.g. 10 Mbit/s down and 1 Mbit/s up) will have no problems. For those running Servers at home, depending on how many people join, you may encounter issues if your _upstream_ bandwidth is lower than about 5 Mbit/s." +msgstr "Non, surtout si vous ne gérez pas de serveur pour héberger d'autres musiciens. Il est plus important d'avoir un ping faible. La plupart des personnes disposant d'une bande passante standard (par exemple, 10 Mbit/s en aval et 1 Mbit/s en amont), n'auront aucun problème. Pour ceux qui gèrent des serveurs à domicile, en fonction du nombre de participants, vous pouvez rencontrer des problèmes si votre bande passante _en amont_ est inférieure à environ 5 Mbit/s." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:52 -msgid "### Do I need to run a Server?" -msgstr "### Dois-je administrer un serveur ?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Do I need to run a Server?" +msgstr "Dois-je administrer un serveur ?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:54 msgid "No. If you just intend to connect to other people’s Servers, then all you need is a Client. [Read this if you think you need to run your own Server](/wiki/Running-a-Server)." -msgstr "Non. Si vous souhaitez simplement vous connecter aux serveurs d'autres personnes, tout ce dont vous avez besoin est un client. Lisez ceci si vous pensez avoir besoin de [administrer votre propre serveur](/wiki/Running-a-Server)." +msgstr "Non. Si vous souhaitez simplement vous connecter aux serveurs d'autres personnes, tout ce dont vous avez besoin est un client. [Lisez ceci si vous pensez avoir besoin d'administrer votre propre serveur](/wiki/Running-a-Server)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:56 -msgid "### How does Jamulus work (in general)?" -msgstr "### Comment fonctionne Jamulus (en général) ?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:55 +#, no-wrap +msgid "How does Jamulus work (in general)?" +msgstr "Comment fonctionne Jamulus (en général) ?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:58 -msgid "\"Diagram" -msgstr "\"Diagramme" +#, no-wrap +msgid "\"Diagram\n" +msgstr "\"Diagramme\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:61 msgid "Jamulus works on the Client-server principle. Everybody’s audio is sent to a Server, mixed and processed there. Afterwards, the audio is sent back to each Client. If a Server is registered in a Jamulus Directory, the Server's information will be provided to all Clients using that Directory." -msgstr "Jamulus fonctionne sur le principe client-serveur. L'audio de chaque musicien est envoyé à un serveur, où il est mixé et traité. Ensuite, l'audio est renvoyé à chaque client. Si un serveur est enregistré sur un annuaire Jamulus publique, ses informations seront diffusées à tous les clients utilisant cet annuaire." +msgstr "Jamulus fonctionne sur le principe client-serveur. L'audio de chaque musicien est envoyé à un serveur, où il est mixé et traité. Ensuite, l'audio est renvoyé à chaque client. Si un serveur est enregistré sur un annuaire Jamulus, ses informations seront diffusées à tous les clients utilisant cet annuaire." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:63 -msgid "### Why doesn't Jamulus provide video support?" -msgstr "### Pourquoi Jamulus ne fournit-il pas de support vidéo ?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why doesn't Jamulus provide video support?" +msgstr "Pourquoi Jamulus ne fournit-il pas de support vidéo ?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:65 msgid "Adding video support adds a lot of complexity. You can use other software like Jitsi or Zoom if you want to see others when playing (or have an \"audience\"), but the video will be significantly behind the Jamulus audio." msgstr "L'ajout du support vidéo ajoute beaucoup de complexité. Vous pouvez utiliser d'autres logiciels comme Jitsi ou Zoom si vous souhaitez voir les autres lorsque vous jouez (ou avoir un \"public\"), mais la vidéo sera nettement en retard sur l'audio de Jamulus." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:68 -msgid "## Server FAQ" -msgstr "## FAQ Serveur" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:67 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server FAQ" +msgstr "FAQ serveur" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:70 -msgid "### Why do Registered Servers not need port forwarding?" -msgstr "### Pourquoi les serveurs enregistrés n'ont-ils pas besoin de redirection de port ?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:69 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why do Registered Servers not need port forwarding?" +msgstr "Pourquoi les serveurs enregistrés n'ont-ils pas besoin de redirection de port ?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:72 -msgid "Normally, network address translation (NAT) firewalls prevent incoming requests initiated from outside the local network. Inbound traffic is only possible for packets relating to an outbound request (strictly speaking, “related” and “established” packets to an initial outbound connection). In Registered Server mode, when your Jamulus Server connects to a Directory it of course initiates an outbound connection. From then on, the Directory sends (established/related) connection “pings” (not ICMP pings) to your Server at regular intervals to keep the relevant NAT port(s) open on your router/firewall." -msgstr "Normalement, les pare-feu NAT (Network Address Translation) empêchent les requêtes entrantes provenant de l'extérieur du réseau local. Le trafic entrant n'est possible que pour les paquets relatifs à une demande sortante (à proprement parler, les paquets \"relatifs\" et \"établis\" à une connexion sortante initiale). En mode enregistré, lorsque votre serveur Jamulus se connecte à un annuaire, il initie bien sûr une connexion sortante. À partir de ce moment-là, l'annuaire envoi des \"pings\" (non ICMP) de connexion (établie/liée) à votre serveur à intervalles réguliers pour maintenir le ou les ports NAT pertinents ouverts sur votre routeur/pare-feu." +msgid "Normally, network address translation (NAT) blocks incoming requests initiated from outside the local network. Inbound traffic is only possible for packets relating to an outbound request (strictly speaking, “related” and “established” packets to an initial outbound connection). In Registered Server mode, your Jamulus Server initiates an outbound connection when it connects to a Directory. From then on, the Directory sends (established/related) connection “pings” (not ICMP pings) to your Server at regular intervals to keep the relevant port(s) open on your router." +msgstr "Normalement, les NAT (Network Address Translation) bloquent les requêtes entrantes provenant de l'extérieur du réseau local. Le trafic entrant n'est possible que pour les paquets relatifs à une demande sortante (à proprement parler, les paquets \"relatifs\" et \"établis\" à une connexion sortante initiale). En mode serveur enregistré, votre serveur Jamulus initie bien sûr une connexion sortante lorsqu'il se connecte à un annuaire. À partir de ce moment-là, l'annuaire envoi des \"pings\" (non ICMP) de connexion (établie/liée) à votre serveur à intervalles réguliers pour maintenir le ou les ports pertinents ouverts sur votre routeur." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:74 -msgid "However, in Unregistered mode, Clients have to **initiate** connections into the Server’s network. NAT firewalls prevent this, so you need to tell them to allow incoming connection requests on the Jamulus port using port forwarding." -msgstr "Cependant, en mode non enregistré, les clients doivent **initier** les connexions au réseau du serveur. Les pare-feu NAT empêchent cela, vous devez donc leur dire d'autoriser les demandes de connexion entrantes sur le port Jamulus en utilisant la redirection de port." +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:73 +msgid "However, to reach an Unregistered Server, each Client has to initiate a connection into the Server’s network. A NAT prevents this, so you need to configure your router to allow incoming connection requests on the Jamulus port using port forwarding." +msgstr "Cependant, pour atteindre un serveur non enregistré, chaque client doit initier une connexion au réseau du serveur. Un NAT empêche cela, vous devez donc configurer votre routeur pour autoriser les demandes de connexion entrantes sur le port Jamulus en utilisant la redirection de port." + +#~ msgid "No. Musicians on a Jamulus Server play in real time together as they would in person. If you want to have a time signal, then there are shared metronome solutions on the Internet you can try. But it’s probably best to just minimise latency so nobody has an overall delay more than about 30-50 ms." +#~ msgstr "Non. Les musiciens sur un serveur Jamulus jouent en temps réel ensemble comme ils le feraient en personne. Si vous souhaitez disposer d'un signal temporel, il existe des solutions de métronome partagé sur Internet que vous pouvez essayer, mais il est probablement préférable de minimiser la latence afin que personne n'ait un retard global supérieur à environ 30-50 ms." + +#~ msgid "Note also that Servers do not have to be registered on a Directory in order for Jamulus Clients to connect to them. Server operators can just give out the address of their Servers to those they want to play with, and they can then connect directly. Have a look at [this overview for more information](/wiki/Running-a-Server#server-types)." +#~ msgstr "Notez également que les serveurs n'ont pas besoin d'être enregistrés dans un annuaire pour que les clients Jamulus puissent s'y connecter. Les opérateurs de serveurs peuvent donner l'adresse de leurs serveurs uniquement à ceux avec qui ils veulent jouer, et ceux-ci peuvent alors se connecter directement. Consultez [cet aperçu pour plus d'informations](/wiki/Running-a-Server#types-de-serveur)." + +#~ msgid "No, especially if you don't run a Server to host other musicians. Having a low ping is more important. For most people on standard broadband (e.g. 10 Mbit/s down and 1 Mbit/s up) you will have no problems. For those running Servers at home, depending on how many people join, you may encounter issues if your _upstream_ bandwidth is lower than about 5 Mbit/s." +#~ msgstr "Non, surtout si vous ne gérez pas de serveur pour héberger d'autres musiciens. Il est plus important d'avoir un ping faible. Pour la plupart des personnes disposant d'une bande passante standard (par exemple, 10 Mbit/s en aval et 1 Mbit/s en amont), vous n'aurez aucun problème. Pour ceux qui gèrent des serveurs à domicile, en fonction du nombre de participants, vous pouvez rencontrer des problèmes si votre bande passante _en amont_ est inférieure à environ 5 Mbit/s." + +#~ msgid "However, in Unregistered mode, Clients have to **initiate** connections into the Server’s network. NAT firewalls prevent this, so you need to tell them to allow incoming connection requests on the Jamulus port using port forwarding." +#~ msgstr "Cependant, en mode non enregistré, les clients doivent **initier** les connexions au réseau du serveur. Les pare-feu NAT empêchent cela, vous devez donc leur dire d'autoriser les demandes de connexion entrantes sur le port Jamulus en utilisant la redirection de port." + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ "# Jamulus FAQ\n" +#~ " {:.no_toc}\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "# FAQ Jamulus\n" +#~ " {:.no_toc}\n" + +#~ msgid "TOC" +#~ msgstr "TOC" #~ msgid "You can also set up a private server on Jamulus and give others your address to connect to that. Have a look at [this page for more information](/wiki/Running-a-Server)." #~ msgstr "Vous pouvez également créer un serveur privé sur Jamulus et donner aux autres votre adresse pour qu'ils s'y connectent. Consultez [cette page pour plus d'informations](/wiki/Running-a-Server)." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Getting-Started.po index aeb97232e..4f2afb291 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Getting-Started.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Getting-Started.po @@ -3,87 +3,88 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Julien Taverna , 2022. # Olivier Humbert , 2022. +# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023. +# Julien Taverna , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-16 15:25+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-30 20:06+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" "X-Language: fr_FR\n" "X-Source-Language: en_150\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "fr" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Getting-Started" msgstr "/wiki/Getting-Started" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Setup" msgstr "Configuration" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:9 -msgid "# Setup - getting started with Jamulus" -msgstr "# Configuration - démarrer avec Jamulus" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Setup - getting started with Jamulus" +msgstr "Configuration - démarrer avec Jamulus" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:11 msgid "To get the best from Jamulus, at a minimum you will need:" msgstr "Pour tirer le meilleur parti de Jamulus, vous aurez besoin au minimum de :" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:13 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**A wired internet connection** (and turn wi-fi off. See the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))\n" -msgstr "**Une connexion Internet filaire** (et éteindre le wi-fi - voir la [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#pourquoi-ne-devrais-je-pas-utiliser-un-équipement-sans-fil-))\n" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 +msgid "**A wired internet connection** (and turn wi-fi off. See the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))" +msgstr "**Une connexion Internet filaire** (et éteindre le wi-fi - voir la [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#pourquoi-ne-devrais-je-pas-utiliser-un-équipement-sans-fil-))" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:14 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Wired headphones** (not Bluetooth or speakers - see the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))\n" -msgstr "**Un casque filaire** (pas de Bluetooth ni d'enceintes - voir la [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#pourquoi-ne-devrais-je-pas-utiliser-un-équipement-sans-fil-))\n" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 +msgid "**Wired headphones** (not Bluetooth or speakers - see the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))" +msgstr "**Un casque filaire** (pas de Bluetooth ni d'enceintes - voir la [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#pourquoi-ne-devrais-je-pas-utiliser-un-équipement-sans-fil-))" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**A reasonable audio device, sound card and/or mic** ([see this list](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) for examples)\n" -msgstr "**Un périphérique audio raisonnable, une carte son et/ou un micro** ([voir cette liste](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) pour des exemples)\n" +msgid "**A reasonable audio device, sound card and/or mic** ([see this list](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) for examples)" +msgstr "**Un périphérique audio raisonnable, une carte son et/ou un micro** ([voir cette liste](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) pour des exemples)" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:17 msgid "If you have any questions, please see the [Discussions](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" -msgstr "Si vous avez des questions, veuillez consulter la rubrique [Discussions](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" +msgstr "Si vous avez des questions, veuillez consulter la rubrique [Discussions (en anglais)](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:19 -msgid "## Installation" -msgstr "## Installation" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "Installation" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:21 msgid "To get Jamulus working with your operating system, please follow the installation guide for your platform:" -msgstr "Pour que Jamulus fonctionne avec votre matériel, veuillez suivre le guide d'installation de votre plate-forme :" +msgstr "Pour que Jamulus fonctionne avec votre système d'exploitation, veuillez suivre le guide d'installation pour votre plate-forme :" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:28 @@ -94,34 +95,36 @@ msgid "" " macOS\n" " Linux\n" "
\n" -"_[Android](Installation-for-Android) and [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) can be used too, but are still considered experimental._\n" +"_[Android](Installation-for-Android) and [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) can be used too, but are considered experimental._\n" msgstr "" "
\n" " Windows\n" " macOS\n" " Linux\n" "
\n" -"_[Android](Installation-for-Android) et [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) peuvent être utilisées aussi, mais oivent être considérées comme expérimentales._\n" +"_[Android](Installation-for-Android) et [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) peuvent être utilisées aussi, mais sont considérées comme expérimentales._\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:30 msgid "And for now, close all other applications. It’s best to start simple at first." msgstr "Et pour l'instant, fermez toutes les autres applications. Il est préférable de commencer de manière simple." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:32 -msgid "## Hardware Setup" -msgstr "## Configuration du matériel" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Hardware Setup" +msgstr "Configuration du matériel" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:34 msgid "If you use external audio hardware, plug that in before you start Jamulus. If you haven't configured your hardware, please see the installation guides mentioned above." msgstr "Si vous utilisez un matériel audio externe, branchez-le avant de lancer Jamulus. Si vous n'avez pas configuré votre matériel, veuillez consulter les guides d'installation mentionnés ci-dessus." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:36 -msgid "## Jamulus main window" -msgstr "## Fenêtre principale de Jamulus" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:35 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus main window" +msgstr "Fenêtre principale de Jamulus" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:38 @@ -142,10 +145,11 @@ msgstr "" "
La fenêtre principale avant de se connecter à un serveur
\n" "\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:46 -msgid "## Setting up a profile" -msgstr "## Configuration d'un profil" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:45 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Setting up a profile" +msgstr "Configuration d'un profil" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:48 @@ -171,15 +175,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Fill in at least “Alias/Name” and close the window." msgstr "Remplissez au moins \"Alias/Nom\" et fermez la fenêtre." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:58 -msgid "## Connecting to a Server and testing your sound" -msgstr "## Se connecter à un serveur et tester son son" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Connecting to a Server and testing your sound" +msgstr "Se connecter à un serveur et tester votre son" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:60 msgid "Before you connect to a Server, you should **not** be able to hear yourself. Listening to your sound from Jamulus (and not from yourself) is called “The Golden Rule” and enables you to play in time with others ([see the FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-should-i-not-listen-to-my-own-signal))." -msgstr "Avant de vous connecter à un serveur, vous ne devez **pas** être capable de vous entendre. Écouter le son provenant de Jamulus (et non de vous-même) est appelé \"la règle d'or\" et vous permet de jouer en rythme avec les autres ([voir la FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#pourquoi-ne-devrais-je-pas-écouter-mon-propre-signal-))." +msgstr "Avant de vous connecter à un serveur, vous ne devez **pas** être capable de vous entendre. Écouter votre son provenant de Jamulus (et non de vous-même) est appelé \"la règle d'or\" et vous permet de jouer en rythme avec les autres ([voir la FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#pourquoi-ne-devrais-je-pas-écouter-mon-propre-signal-))." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:62 @@ -214,17 +219,18 @@ msgstr "La chose la plus importante concernant les serveurs est leur \"temps de #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:73 msgid "Once connected to a Server, make sure you can hear yourself OK and fix any input volume or other problems. You can have a look at the [troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) for common problems. And of course, check that you are also able to obey [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)." -msgstr "Une fois connecté à un serveur, assurez-vous que vous pouvez vous entendre correctement et corrigez tout problème de volume d'entrée ou autre. Vous pouvez jeter un oeil à la [page dépannage](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) pour les problèmes communs. Et bien sûr, vérifiez que vous êtes également capable d'obéir à [La règle d'or](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#vous-avez-tous-un-son-correct-mais-il-est-difficile-de-jouer-ensemble)." +msgstr "Une fois connecté à un serveur, assurez-vous que vous pouvez vous entendre correctement et corrigez tout problème de volume d'entrée ou autre. Vous pouvez jeter un œil à la [page dépannage](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) pour les problèmes communs. Et bien sûr, vérifiez que vous êtes également capable d'obéir à [la règle d'or](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#vous-avez-tous-un-son-correct-mais-il-est-difficile-de-jouer-ensemble)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:75 -msgid "## Playing for the first time" -msgstr "## Jouer pour la première fois" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:74 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Playing for the first time" +msgstr "Jouer pour la première fois" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:77 msgid "With your sound all set up, you are ready to go. When you connect to a Server (you may want to select a genre from the list), the faders you see on the right are your own personal mix. Everything you change here will change what you hear, but won’t affect others. If you move a fader down, that channel will be quieter, if you move it up, the channel will be louder for you." -msgstr "Une fois votre son configuré, vous êtes prêt à jouer. Lorsque vous vous connectez à un serveur (vous pouvez sélectionner un genre dans la liste), les faders que vous voyez sur la droite sont votre mixage personnel. Tout ce que vous modifiez ici changera ce que vous entendez, mais n'affectera pas les autres. Si vous déplacez un fader vers le bas, ce canal sera plus silencieux, si vous le déplacez vers le haut, le canal sera plus fort pour vous." +msgstr "Une fois votre son configuré, vous êtes prêt à jouer. Lorsque vous vous connectez à un serveur (vous pouvez sélectionner un genre dans la liste), les chariots que vous voyez sur la droite sont votre mixage personnel. Tout ce que vous modifiez ici changera ce que vous entendez, mais n'affectera pas les autres. Si vous déplacez un chariot vers le bas, ce canal sera plus silencieux, si vous le déplacez vers le haut, le canal sera plus fort pour vous." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:82 @@ -243,7 +249,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:84 msgid "If you don’t want others to hear your audio, click on the “Mute Myself” button which will stop your audio from being sent to other people. They won’t be able to tell you have done this though. But if you see a “mute” icon above a fader, that means they can’t hear you because they've muted your channel in their mix." -msgstr "Si vous ne voulez pas que les autres entendent votre audio, cliquez sur le bouton \"Me silencer\" qui empêchera votre audio d'être envoyé aux autres personnes. Ils ne seront pas en mesure de dire que vous avez fait cela cependant. Mais si vous voyez une icône \"sourdine\" au-dessus d'un chariot, cela signifie qu'ils ne peuvent pas vous entendre car ils ont coupé votre canal dans leur mélange audio." +msgstr "Si vous ne voulez pas que les autres entendent votre audio, cliquez sur le bouton \"Me silencer\" qui empêchera votre audio d'être envoyé aux autres personnes. Cependant, ils ne seront pas en mesure de savoir que vous l'avez fait. Mais si vous voyez une icône \"sourdine\" au-dessus d'un chariot, cela signifie qu'ils ne peuvent pas vous entendre car ils ont coupé votre canal dans leur mélange audio." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:86 @@ -253,14 +259,15 @@ msgstr "Notez que vous pouvez utiliser la fonction de tchate à tout moment pour #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:88 msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)." -msgstr "Vous trouverez de plus amples informations sur l'utilisation de Jamulus dans le [Manuel du logiciel](/wiki/Software-Manual)." +msgstr "Vous trouverez de plus amples informations sur l'utilisation de Jamulus dans le [manuel du logiciel](/wiki/Software-Manual)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:90 -msgid "## Troubleshooting" -msgstr "## Dépannage" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:89 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Dépannage" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:91 msgid "Having audio trouble? Can't see Servers, or some other issue? Have a look at the [Troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting), or feel free to ask in the [Discussions](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)." -msgstr "Vous avez des problèmes audio ? Vous ne pouvez pas voir les serveurs, ou un autre problème ? Consultez la page [Dépannage](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting), ou posez vos questions dans la section [Discussions](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)." +msgstr "Vous avez des problèmes audio ? Vous ne pouvez pas voir les serveurs, ou un autre problème ? Consultez la [page de dépannage](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting), ou sentez-vous libre de poser vos questions dans [la section de discussions (en anglais)](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Include-Backing-Up.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Include-Backing-Up.po index a5a3624f3..f30a212bf 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Include-Backing-Up.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Include-Backing-Up.po @@ -2,23 +2,27 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Olivier Humbert , 2022. +# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023. +# Julien Taverna , 2023. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-16 15:25+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-01 12:29+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:2 -msgid "" -msgstr "" +#, no-wrap +msgid "\n" +msgstr "\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:4 @@ -28,7 +32,7 @@ msgstr "Une fois installé et en fonctionnement, vous voudrez peut-être conserv #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:6 msgid "To find your settings file on Windows, type `%APPDATA%` into the search bar and look for a folder named `Jamulus`. There will be one or more `.ini` files in this folder. Now back up Jamulus' settings." -msgstr "Pour trouver votre fichier de paramètres sous Windows, tapez `%APPDATA%` dans la barre de recherche et cherchez un dossier nommé `Jamulus`. Vous trouverez un ou plusieurs fichiers `.ini` dans ce dossier. Maintenant sauvegardez les paramètres de Jamulus." +msgstr "Pour trouver votre fichier de paramètres sous Windows, saisissez `%APPDATA%` dans la barre de recherche et cherchez un dossier nommé `Jamulus`. Vous trouverez un ou plusieurs fichiers `.ini` dans ce dossier. Maintenant sauvegardez les paramètres de Jamulus." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:8 @@ -45,17 +49,17 @@ msgstr "`find ~ -name Jamulus.ini -ls`" msgid "If you used the `--inifile` parameter to save an inifile to a different location, don't forget to also backup these files. **Points to note**" msgstr "Si vous avez utilisé le paramètre `--inifile` pour sauvegarder un fichier ini à un endroit différent, n'oubliez pas de sauvegarder également ces fichiers. **Points à noter**" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:15 +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:16 msgid "Do not back up or restore settings files when Jamulus is running." msgstr "Ne pas sauvegarder ou restaurer les fichiers de paramètres lorsque Jamulus est en cours d'exécution." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:16 msgid "It is not recommended to manually edit settings files (they're not designed for that)." msgstr "Il n'est pas recommandé de modifier les fichiers de paramètres à la main (ils ne sont pas conçus pour cela)." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:16 msgid "You can revert all settings to their defaults by just deleting the settings file (after closing Jamulus)." msgstr "Vous pouvez rétablir tous les paramètres par défaut en supprimant simplement le fichier de paramètres (après avoir fermé Jamulus)." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Include-Client-Commands.po index 28b6bf0bc..c254060d7 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Include-Client-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Include-Client-Commands.po @@ -2,51 +2,46 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Julien Taverna , 2022. +# Olivier Humbert , 2022. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-14 11:51+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Julien Taverna \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-12-28 15:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-M` or `--mutestream` Prevent others on a server from hearing what I play \n" -msgstr "`-M` ou `--mutestream` Démarre Jamulus en mode sourdine \n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3 +msgid "`-M` or `--mutestream` Prevent others on a server from hearing what I play" +msgstr "`-M` ou `--mutestream` Empêcher les autres membres du serveur d'entendre ce que je joue" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--mutemyown` Prevent me from hearing what I play in the server mix (headless only) \n" -msgstr "`--mutemyown` Me silencer dans mon mixage personnel (mode \"headless\" seulement) \n" +msgid "`--mutemyown` Prevent me from hearing what I play in the server mix (headless only)" +msgstr "`--mutemyown` Me silencer dans mon mixage personnel (mode \"headless\" seulement)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:4 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-c` or `--connect` Connect to given server address on startup, format `address[:port]` \n" -msgstr "`-c` or `--connect` Se connecter à l'adresse du serveur donné au démarrage, format `adresse[:port]` \n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3 +msgid "`-c` or `--connect` Connect to given server address on startup, format `address[:port]`" +msgstr "`-c` ou `--connect` Se connecter à l'adresse du serveur donné au démarrage, format `adresse[:port]`" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-j` or `--nojackconnect` Disable auto JACK connections \n" -msgstr "`-j` or `--nojackconnect` Désactive l'auto-connection de JACK \n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:4 +msgid "`-j` or `--nojackconnect` Disable auto JACK connections" +msgstr "`-j` ou `--nojackconnect` Désactive l'auto-connexion de JACK" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)\n" -msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` Canal du contrôleur MIDI à écouter, décalage du numéro de contrôle et numéros CC consécutifs (canaux) et numéro CC me silencer. Format : `canal[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` Voir [Trucs et astuces](Tips-Tricks-More#utilisation-de-ctrlmidich-pour-les-contrôleurs-midi)\n" +msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)" +msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` Canal du contrôleur MIDI à écouter, décalage du numéro de contrôle et numéros CC consécutifs (canaux) et numéro CC me silencer. Format : `canal[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` Voir [Trucs et astuces](Tips-Tricks-More#utilisation-de-ctrlmidich-pour-les-contrôleurs-midi)" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--clientname` Window title and JACK client name\n" -msgstr "`--clientname` Titre de la fenêtre et nom du client JACK\n" +msgid "`--clientname` Window title and JACK client name" +msgstr "`--clientname` Titre de la fenêtre et nom du client JACK" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Include-Server-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Include-Server-Commands.po deleted file mode 100644 index 058cc7b49..000000000 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Include-Server-Commands.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,117 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# Olivier Humbert , 2022. -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-16 15:25+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" -"Language-Team: French \n" -"Language: fr\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:2 -msgid "`-d` or `--discononquit` Disconnect all Clients on quit. Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not used their \"Disconnect\" buttons will re-establish connection when the Server comes back up again. Using this option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server." -msgstr "`-d` ou `--discononquit` Déconnecte tous les clients lorsque le serveur est arrêté. Normalement, lorsqu'un serveur est arrêté ou redémarré, tous les clients qui n'ont pas utilisé leur bouton \"Déconnecter\" rétabliront la connexion lorsque le serveur sera de nouveau opérationnel. L'utilisation de cette option oblige les clients à rétablir manuellement leur connexion au serveur." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:3 -msgid "`-e` or `--directoryserver` Register the Server on a Directory (e.g. to set its genre (see also `-o`)). See [Server Types](Running-a-Server#server-types) for further information." -msgstr "`-e` ou `--directoryserver` Enregistrer le serveur sur un annuaire (par exemple pour définir son genre (voir aussi `-o`)). Voir [types de serveurs](Running-a-Server#types-de-serveur) pour plus d'informations." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:4 -msgid "`--directoryfile` Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. Directory Servers only. See [this guide](Directories) for further information." -msgstr "`--directoryfile` Se souvenir des serveurs enregistrés même si l'annuaire est redémarré. Annuaires seulement. Voir [ce guide](Directories) pour plus d'informations." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:5 -msgid "`-f` or `--listfilter` Whitelist Servers registering on the Server list, format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]` Directories only." -msgstr "`-f` ou `--listfilter` Liste blanche des serveurs s'enregistrant sur la liste des serveurs, format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]` Annuaires uniquement." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:6 -msgid "`-F` or `--fastupdate` Reduces latency if Clients connect with \"Enable Small Network Buffers\" option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients." -msgstr "`-F` ou `--fastupdate` Réduit la latence si les clients se connectent avec l'option \"Activer les petits tampons de réseau\". Nécessite un processeur plus rapide pour éviter les pertes de données, et une bande passante plus large pour les clients activés." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:7 -msgid "`-l` or `--log` Enable logging, set path and file name" -msgstr "`-l` ou `--log` Activer l'enregistrement, définir le chemin et le nom du fichier" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:8 -msgid "`-L` or `--licence` Show an agreement window before users can connect" -msgstr "`-L` ou `--licence` Afficher une fenêtre d'accord avant que les utilisateurs puissent se connecter" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:9 -msgid "`-m` or `--htmlstatus` Enable HTML status file, set path and file name" -msgstr "`-m` ou `--htmlstatus` Active le fichier d'état HTML, définit le chemin et le nom du fichier" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:10 -msgid "`-o` or `--serverinfo` Location details in the format: `[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code or Qt5 Locale]` (see [two-letter ISO country codes](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements) or [Qt5 Locale values](https://doc.qt.io/qt-5/qlocale.html#Country-enum)) Registered Servers only" -msgstr "`-o` ou `--serverinfo` Détails de l'emplacement dans le format : `[nom] ;[ville] ;[pays sous forme de code de pays ISO à deux lettres ou de Qt5 Locale]` (voir [codes de pays ISO à deux lettres](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements) (en anglais) ou [valeurs Qt5 Locale](https://doc.qt.io/qt-5/qlocale.html#Country-enum)) (en anglais) Serveurs enregistrés uniquement" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:11 -msgid "`-P` or `--delaypan` Start with delay panning enabled See [notes](Running-a-Server#delay-panning)" -msgstr "`-P` ou `--delaypan` Démarrer avec le panoramique du délai activé Voir [notes](Running-a-Server#retardement-du-panoramique))" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:12 -msgid "`-R` or `--recording` Set server recording directory; Server will record when a session is active by default. See [Options](Running-a-Server#options)." -msgstr "`-R` ou `--recording` Définir le répertoire d'enregistrement du serveur ; par défaut, le serveur enregistre lorsqu'une session est active. Voir [Options](Running-a-Server#options)." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:13 -msgid "`--norecord` Set server not to record by default (when recording is configured e.g via `-R`)" -msgstr "`--norecord` Configurer le serveur pour qu'il n'enregistre pas par défaut (lorsque l'enregistrement est configuré par exemple via `-R`)" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:14 -msgid "`-s` or `--server` Start in Server mode" -msgstr "`-s` ou `--server` Démarrer en mode serveur" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:15 -msgid "`--serverbindip` Specify the IP address to bind to" -msgstr "`--serverbindip` Spécifiez l'adresse IP à laquelle se lier" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:16 -msgid "`-T` or `--multithreading` Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs to support more Clients" -msgstr "`-T` ou `--multithreading` Utilisez le multithreading pour mieux utiliser les processeurs multi-cœurs afin de prendre en charge plus de clients" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:17 -msgid "`-u` or `--numchannels` Maximum number of channels (Clients)" -msgstr "`-u` ou `--numchannels` Nombre maximum de canaux (clients)" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:18 -msgid "`-w` or `--welcomemessage` Welcome message on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML." -msgstr "`-w` ou `--welcomemessage` Message de bienvenue à la connexion. Peut être donné comme une chaîne de caractères ou un nom de fichier, et peut contenir du HTML." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:19 -msgid "`-z` or `--startminimized` Start minimized" -msgstr "`-z` ou `--startminimized` Démarrage minimisé" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:19 -msgid "`--serverpublicip` The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [Notes on Directories](Directories#points-to-note-about-directories)" -msgstr "`--serverpublicip` L'adresse IP publique du serveur s'il est connecté à un annuaire derrière le même NAT. Voir [Notes sur les Annuaire](Directories#points-a-noter-concernant-des-annuaires)" - -#~ msgid "`-l` or `--log` Enable logging, set path and file name \n" -#~ msgstr "`-l` ou `--log` Activer l'enregistrement, définir le chemin et le nom du fichier \n" - -#~ msgid "`--norecord` Disable recording when enabled by default by `-R` \n" -#~ msgstr "`--norecord` Désactive l'enregistrement lorsqu'il est activé par défaut par `-R` \n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Include-Shared-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Include-Shared-Commands.po index 34d3cade6..905a364b6 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Include-Shared-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Include-Shared-Commands.po @@ -1,81 +1,105 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# Olivier Humbert , 2022. +# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-16 15:25+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-05 19:50+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:3 msgid "[comment]: # (This is an include file for use in multiple documents)" msgstr "[comment]: # (Il s'agit d'un fichier d'inclusion à utiliser dans plusieurs documents)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-h` or `--help` Display help text \n" -msgstr "`-h` ou `--help` Afficher le texte d'aide \n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-h` or `--help` Display help text" +msgstr "`-h` ou `--help` Afficher le texte d'aide" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:6 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default)\n" -msgstr "`-i` ou `--inifile` Définit l'emplacement du fichier d'initialisation (remplace la valeur par défaut)\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default. On macOS simply provide a filename only, since config files can only be read from `/Users//Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/`. For the server replace `io.jamulus.Jamulus` with `io.jamulus.JamulusServer`. Turn on \"Show Library folder\" in \"Show view options\" in Finder to see this folder.)" +msgstr "`-i` ou `--inifile` paramètre l'emplacement du fichier d'initialisation (remplace la valeur par défaut). Sur macOS, fournissez simplement un nom de fichier, puisque les fichiers de configuration ne peuvent être lus que depuis `/Users//Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/`. Pour le serveur, remplacez `io.jamulus.Jamulus` par `io.jamulus.JamulusServer`. Activez \"Afficher le dossier Bibliothèque\" dans \"Afficher les options d'affichage\" dans le Finder pour voir ce dossier.)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:7 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-n` or `--nogui` Disable GUI (for use in headless mode) \n" -msgstr "`-n` ou `--nogui` Désactiver l'interface graphique (pour une utilisation en mode sans interface graphique) \n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-n` or `--nogui` Disable GUI (for use in headless mode)" +msgstr "`-n` ou `--nogui` Désactiver l'interface graphique (pour une utilisation en mode sans interface graphique)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:8 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-p` or `--port` Sets the local UDP port number. Default is 22124\n" -msgstr "`-p` ou `--port` Définit le numéro du port UDP local. La valeur par défaut est 22124\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-p` or `--port` Sets the local UDP port number. Default is 22124" +msgstr "`-p` ou `--port` Définit le numéro du port UDP local. La valeur par défaut est 22124" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:9 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--jsonrpcport` Enables JSON-RPC API server to control the app, set TCP port number (EXPERIMENTAL, APIs might change; only accessible from localhost). Please see [the JSON-RPC API Documentation file](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md).\n" -msgstr "`--jsonrpcport` Permet au serveur API JSON-RPC de contrôler l'application, définit le numéro de port TCP (EXPÉRIMENTAL, les API peuvent changer ; accessible uniquement depuis localhost). Veuillez consulter [le fichier de documentation de l'API JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md).\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`--jsonrpcport` Enables JSON-RPC API server to control the app, set TCP port number (EXPERIMENTAL, APIs might change; only accessible from localhost). Please see [the JSON-RPC API Documentation file](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." +msgstr "`--jsonrpcport` Permet au serveur API JSON-RPC de contrôler l'application, définit le numéro de port TCP (EXPÉRIMENTAL, les API peuvent changer ; accessible uniquement depuis localhost). Veuillez consulter [le fichier de documentation de l'API JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:10 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--jsonrpcsecretfile` Required when using `--jsonrpcport`. Sets a path to a text file containing an authentication string for getting access to the JSON-RPC API.\n" -msgstr "`--jsonrpcsecretfile` Requis lorsque vous utilisez `--jsonrpcport`. Définit un chemin vers un fichier texte contenant une chaîne d'authentification pour obtenir l'accès à l'API JSON-RPC.\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`--jsonrpcsecretfile` Required when using `--jsonrpcport`. Sets a path to a text file containing an authentication string for getting access to the JSON-RPC API." +msgstr "`--jsonrpcsecretfile` Requis lorsque vous utilisez `--jsonrpcport`. Définit un chemin vers un fichier texte contenant une chaîne d'authentification pour obtenir l'accès à l'API JSON-RPC." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:11 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-Q` or `--qos` Sets the quality of service DS Field byte. Default is 128 (DSCP/CS4). QoS is ignored by Windows. To enable it, [see this page](QOS-Windows)\n" -msgstr "-Q` ou `--qos` Définit la valeur DS Field byte de la qualité de service. La valeur par défaut est 128 (DSP/CS4). QoS est ignoré par Windows. Pour l'activer, voir [cette page](QOS-Windows)\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`--jsonrpcbindip` The IP address the JSON-RPC server should bind to. (optional, defaults to 127.0.0.1)" +msgstr "`--jsonrpcbindip` L'adresse IP à laquelle le serveur JSON-RPC devrait se lier. (optionnel, la valeur par défaut est 127.0.0.1)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:12 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-t` or `--notranslation` Disable UI language translations\n" -msgstr "`-t` ou `--notranslation` Désactiver les traductions de langue de l'interface utilisateur\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-Q` or `--qos` Sets the quality of service DS Field byte. Default is 128 (DSCP/CS4). QoS is ignored by Windows. To enable it, [see this page](QOS-Windows)" +msgstr "-Q` ou `--qos` Définit la valeur DS Field byte de la qualité de service. La valeur par défaut est 128 (DSP/CS4). QoS est ignoré par Windows. Pour l'activer, voir [cette page](QOS-Windows)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:13 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-6` or `--enableipv6` Enable IPv6 addressing (IPv4 is always enabled)\n" -msgstr "`-6` ou `--enableipv6` Active l'adressage IPv6 (IPv4 est toujours activé)\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-t` or `--notranslation` Disable UI language translations" +msgstr "`-t` ou `--notranslation` Désactiver les traductions de langue de l'interface utilisateur" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-6` or `--enableipv6` Enable IPv6 addressing (IPv4 is always enabled)" +msgstr "`-6` ou `--enableipv6` Active l'adressage IPv6 (IPv4 est toujours activé)" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-v` or `--version` Output version information and exit" +msgstr "`-v` ou `--version` Affiche les informations sur la version" + +#~ msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default)" +#~ msgstr "`-i` ou `--inifile`Définit l'emplacement du fichier d'initialisation (remplace la valeur par défaut)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:13 #, no-wrap -msgid "`-v` or `--version` Output version information and exit\n" -msgstr "`-v` ou `--version` Affiche les informations sur la version\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "- `-h` or `--help` Display help text \n" +#~ "- `-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default)\n" +#~ "- `-n` or `--nogui` Disable GUI (for use in headless mode) \n" +#~ "- `-p` or `--port` Sets the local UDP port number. Default is 22124\n" +#~ "- `--jsonrpcport` Enables JSON-RPC API server to control the app, set TCP port number (EXPERIMENTAL, APIs might change; only accessible from localhost). Please see [the JSON-RPC API Documentation file](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md).\n" +#~ "- `--jsonrpcsecretfile` Required when using `--jsonrpcport`. Sets a path to a text file containing an authentication string for getting access to the JSON-RPC API.\n" +#~ "- `--jsonrpcbindip` \t\t The IP address the JSON-RPC server should bind to. (optional, defaults to 127.0.0.1)\n" +#~ "- `-Q` or `--qos` Sets the quality of service DS Field byte. Default is 128 (DSCP/CS4). QoS is ignored by Windows. To enable it, [see this page](QOS-Windows)\n" +#~ "- `-t` or `--notranslation` Disable UI language translations\n" +#~ "- `-6` or `--enableipv6` Enable IPv6 addressing (IPv4 is always enabled)\n" +#~ "- `-v` or `--version` Output version information and exit\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "- `-h` ou `--help` Afficher le texte d'aide \n" +#~ "- `-i` ou `--inifile` Définir l'emplacement du fichier d'initialisation (remplace la valeur par défaut)\n" +#~ "- `-n` ou `--nogui` Désactiver l'interface graphique (pour une utilisation en mode sans affichage) \n" +#~ "- `-p` ou `--port` Définit le numéro du port UDP local. La valeur par défaut est 22124\n" +#~ "- `--jsonrpcport` Permet au serveur API JSON-RPC de contrôler l'application, définit le numéro de port TCP (EXPÉRIMENTAL, l'API pourrait changer ; accessible uniquement depuis localhost). Veuillez consulter [le fichier de documentation de l'API JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md).\n" +#~ "- `--jsonrpcsecretfile` Requis lorsque vous utilisez `--jsonrpcport`. Définit un chemin vers un fichier texte contenant une chaîne d'authentification pour obtenir l'accès à l'API JSON-RPC.\n" +#~ "- `--jsonrpcbindip` \t\t L'adresse IP à laquelle le serveur JSON-RPC devrait se lier. (optionnel, la valeur par défaut est 127.0.0.1)\n" +#~ "- `-Q` ou `--qos` Définit l'octet de champ DS de qualité de service. La valeur par défaut est 128 (DSCP/CS4). Le QoS est ignoré par Windows. Pour l'activer, [voir cette page](QOS-Windows)\n" +#~ "- `-t` ou `--notranslation` Désactiver les traductions des langues de l'interface utilisateur\n" +#~ "- `-6` ou `--enableipv6` Activer l'adressage IPv6 (IPv4 est toujours activé)\n" +#~ "- `-v` ou `--version` Afficher les informations sur la version et quitter\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Android.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Android.po index 81c7c0a8b..4333e5d3e 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Android.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Android.po @@ -2,39 +2,42 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Olivier Humbert , 2022. +# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023. +# Julien Taverna , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-16 15:25+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-09 16:50+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" "Language-Team: French \n" "Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "fr" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Android" msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Android" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:11 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation for Android" msgstr "Installation pour Android" @@ -44,11 +47,6 @@ msgstr "Installation pour Android" msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Utiliser Jamulus\" branch1=\"Démarrage\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:12 -msgid "# Installation for Android" -msgstr "# Installation pour Android" - #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:14 msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." @@ -59,61 +57,59 @@ msgstr "Assurez-vous d'avoir déjà lu la [page de démarrage](Getting-Started). msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:18 -msgid "## Things to note about Android" -msgstr "## Choses à noter à propos d'Android" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Things to note about Android" +msgstr "Choses à noter à propos d'Android" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:20 msgid "Although you **can** install Jamulus on Android devices (and hear sound), we strongly recommend **not** doing so. Sound quality - especially over WiFi - is usually bad and latency is high. If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } which is an inexpensive and small device that performs very well with Jamulus. Android support is just a proof of concept." -msgstr "Bien que vous **puissiez** installer Jamulus sur des appareils Android (et entendre du son), nous vous recommandons fortement de **ne** pas le faire. La qualité du son - surtout en WiFi - est généralement mauvaise et la latence est élevée. Si vous ne possédez pas de PC, nous vous suggérons d'acheter un [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } qui est un petit appareil bon marché qui fonctionne très bien avec Jamulus. Le support Android n'est qu'une preuve de concept." +msgstr "Bien que vous **puissiez** installer Jamulus sur des périphériques Android (et entendre du son), nous vous recommandons fortement de **ne pas** le faire. La qualité du son - surtout en WiFi - est généralement mauvaise et la latence est élevée. Si vous ne possédez pas de PC, nous vous suggérons d'acheter un [Raspberry Pi (en anglais)](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } qui est un petit périphérique bon marché qui fonctionne très bien avec Jamulus. Le support Android n'est qu'une preuve de concept." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:22 -msgid "## Install the Android PoC" -msgstr "## Installer le PoC Android" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:21 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Install the Android PoC" +msgstr "Installer le PoC Android" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:24 msgid "If you do want to try Jamulus on Android:" msgstr "Si vous voulez essayer Jamulus sur Android :" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:26 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:28 msgid "Allow the installation of apps from unknown sources (look in Settings>Security. Note: The exact way to do this depends on your device and OS-version)" -msgstr "Autorisez l'installation d'applications provenant de sources inconnues (regardez dans Paramètres>Sécurité. Remarque : la manière exacte de le faire dépend de votre appareil et de la version de votre système d'exploitation.)" +msgstr "Autorisez l'installation d'applications provenant de sources inconnues (regardez dans Paramètres>Sécurité. Remarque : la manière exacte de le faire dépend de votre périphérique et de la version de votre système d'exploitation)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:27 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:28 msgid "[Download and install Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.android }}){: .button}" msgstr "[Télécharger et installer Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{ site.download_file_names.android }}){: .button}" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:28 msgid "You should now be able to run Jamulus on your Android device" -msgstr "Vous devriez maintenant être en mesure d'exécuter Jamulus sur votre appareil Android" +msgstr "Vous devriez maintenant être en mesure d'exécuter Jamulus sur votre périphérique Android" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:30 -msgid "## Feedback and development" -msgstr "## Commentaires et développement" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Feedback and development" +msgstr "Commentaires et développement" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:32 msgid "We are very happy to get feedback from Android users and developers. Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." -msgstr "Nous sommes très heureux de recevoir les commentaires des utilisateurs et des développeurs Android. Il vous suffit de vous rendre sur le [repo GitHub de Jamulus](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." +msgstr "Nous sommes très heureux de recevoir les commentaires des utilisateurs et des développeurs Android. Il vous suffit de vous rendre sur le [dépôt GitHub de Jamulus (en anglais)](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:34 +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:35 #, no-wrap -msgid "***\n" -msgstr "***\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:36 -msgid "## All installed?" -msgstr "## Tout est installé ?" +msgid "All installed?" +msgstr "Tout est installé ?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:38 @@ -124,3 +120,10 @@ msgstr "Jamulus a été installé et peut maintenant être utilisé. Vous pouvez #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:39 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[Page de démarrage](Getting-Started){: .button}" + +#~ msgid "# Installation for Android" +#~ msgstr "# Installation pour Android" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "***\n" +#~ msgstr "***\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Linux.po index a1e7f9b68..f1475b1c7 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Linux.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Linux.po @@ -3,41 +3,45 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Julien Taverna , 2022. # Olivier Humbert , 2022. +# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023. +# Julien Taverna , 2023. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-16 15:25+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 15:49+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Julien Taverna \n" "Language-Team: French \n" "Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" "X-Language: fr_FR\n" "X-Source-Language: en_150\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "fr" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux" msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:10 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation for Linux" msgstr "Installation pour Linux" @@ -47,11 +51,6 @@ msgstr "Installation pour Linux" msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Utiliser Jamulus\" branch1=\"Démarrage\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:11 -msgid "# Installation for Linux" -msgstr "# Installation pour Linux" - #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:13 msgid "Make sure you read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." @@ -64,160 +63,231 @@ msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:17 -msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first." -msgstr "Mise à jour ? Vous pouvez d'abord [sauvegarder votre configuration](Software-Manual#sauvegarde-de-jamulus)." +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Upgrading?** You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first.\n" +msgstr "**Mise à jour ?** Vous pouvez d'abord [sauvegarder votre configuration](Software-Manual#sauvegarde-de-jamulus).\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:19 -msgid "### Debian and Ubuntu" -msgstr "### Debian et Ubuntu" +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Installing a server?** Read the [guide for server adminstrators](Running-a-Server) first.\n" +msgstr "**Installation d'un serveur?** Lisez d'abord le [guide pour les administrateurs de serveurs](Running-a-Server)\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:21 -msgid "We provide three equivalent `.deb` files for the most common architectures. Please download the appropriate one:" -msgstr "Nous fournissons trois fichiers `.deb` équivalents pour les architectures les plus courantes. Veuillez télécharger le fichier approprié :" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Debian and Ubuntu" +msgstr "Debian et Ubuntu" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:23 +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:22 #, no-wrap -msgid "**For Intel/AMD based machines (amd64):**\n" -msgstr "**Pour les PC basés sur Intel/AMD (amd64) :**\n" +msgid "Using the official Repository (recommended)" +msgstr "Utilisation du dépôt officiel (recommandé)" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:25 -msgid "[Download Jamulus (.deb, amd64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}){:.button}" -msgstr "[Téléchargez Jamulus (.deb, amd64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}){:.button}" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:27 +msgid "We provide a repository for Debian and Ubuntu based distributions that allows automatic updates alongside your other system updates. To use the repository:" +msgstr "Nous fournissons un dépôt pour les distributions basées sur Debian et Ubuntu qui permet des mises à jour automatiques en parallèle de vos autres mises à jour du système. Pour utiliser ce dépôt :" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 +msgid "Open your Terminal (CTRL+ALT+T should work)" +msgstr "Ouvrir un Terminal (CTRL+ALT+T devrait fonctionner)" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +msgid "*Ubuntu only* - Enable the Ubuntu \"universe\" repository (you can use the [GUI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/148645) or [CLI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/227788))." +msgstr "*Ubuntu seulement* - Activer le dépôt Ubuntu \"universe\" (vous pouvez utiliser l'[interface utilisateur](https://askubuntu.com/a/148645) ou le [terminal](https://askubuntu.com/a/227788))." + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 +msgid "Download the repository setup script:\\\\" +msgstr "Télécharger le script de configuration du dépôt :\\\\" + +#. type: Fenced code block (bash) +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 #, no-wrap -msgid "**For ARM based machines (e.g. Raspberry Pi, armhf, arm64):**\n" -msgstr "**Pour les machines basées sur ARM (par exemple Raspberry Pi, armhf, arm64) :**\n" +msgid "curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh\n" +msgstr "curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:30 -msgid "[Download Jamulus 32 bit (.deb, armhf)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}){:.button} [Download Jamulus 64 bit (.deb, arm64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }}){:.button}" -msgstr "[Téléchargez Jamulus 32 bits (.deb, armhf)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}){:.button} [Téléchargez Jamulus 64 bit (.deb, arm64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }}){:.button}" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:32 -msgid "After you downloaded the correct file:" -msgstr "Après avoir téléchargé le bon fichier :" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:33 +msgid "Make the script executable:\\\\" +msgstr "Rendre le script exécutable :\\\\" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:34 +#. type: Fenced code block (bash) +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:33 #, no-wrap -msgid "*Ubuntu only* - Enable the Ubuntu \"universe\" repository (you can use the [GUI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/148645) or [CLI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/227788)).\n" -msgstr "*Ubuntu seulement* - Activer le dépôt Ubuntu \"universe\" (vous pouvez utiliser l'[interface utilisateur](https://askubuntu.com/a/148645) ou le [terminal](https://askubuntu.com/a/227788)).\n" +msgid "chmod +x setup_repo.sh\n" +msgstr "chmod +x setup_repo.sh\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:35 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Update apt by opening a console window (CTRL+ALT+T should work) and type: `sudo apt-get update`\n" -msgstr "Mettez à jour apt en ouvrant une fenêtre de console (CTRL+ALT+T devrait fonctionner) et tapez : `sudo apt-get update`\n" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:37 +msgid "Run the setup script and install Jamulus:\\\\" +msgstr "Exécuter le script de configuration et installer Jamulus :\\\\" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:36 +#. type: Fenced code block (bash) +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:37 #, no-wrap -msgid "Go to where you downloaded the installer and either double-click on it, or use the command line: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` for armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}` for arm64: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }}`\n" -msgstr "Naviguez jusqu'à l'endroit où vous avez téléchargé le programme d'installation et double-cliquez dessus, ou utilisez la ligne de commande : `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` pour armhf : `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}` pour arm64 : `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }}`\n" +msgid "sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus\n" +msgstr "sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:37 +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:41 #, no-wrap -msgid "Once installed, you can delete the file and close any console windows.\n" -msgstr "Une fois installé, vous pouvez supprimer le fichier et fermer toutes les fenêtres de la console.\n" +msgid "Installing the .deb files manually" +msgstr "Installation manuelle des fichiers .deb" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:39 -msgid "Note that if you need to upgrade Jamulus to a newer version, just download the new .deb file and re-install as above." -msgstr "Notez que si vous devez mettre à jour Jamulus vers une version plus récente, téléchargez simplement le nouveau fichier .deb et réinstallez comme ci-dessus." +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +msgid "Download Jamulus for your architecture: [amd64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}), [armf]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}) or [arm64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }})" +msgstr "Télécharger Jamulus pour votre architecture : [amd64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}), [armf]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}) ou [arm64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }})" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +msgid "Update apt by opening a console window (CTRL+ALT+T should work) and type: `sudo apt-get update`" +msgstr "Mettez à jour apt en ouvrant une fenêtre de console (CTRL+ALT+T devrait fonctionner) et tapez : `sudo apt-get update`" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +msgid "Go to where you downloaded the installer and either double-click on it, or use the command line: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` (or for Raspberry Pi etc. as above)" +msgstr "Naviguez jusqu'à l'endroit où vous avez téléchargé le programme d'installation et double-cliquez dessus, ou utilisez la ligne de commande : `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` (ou pour Raspberry Pi etc. comme ci-dessus)" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +msgid "Once installed, you can delete the file and close any console windows." +msgstr "Une fois installé, vous pouvez supprimer le fichier et fermer toutes les fenêtres de la console." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:41 -msgid "### Other distributions" -msgstr "### Autres distributions" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Upgrades:** If you need to upgrade Jamulus to a newer version and install Jamulus manually, just download the new .deb file and re-install as above.\n" +msgstr "**Mises à jour :** si vous devez mettre à jour Jamulus vers une version plus récente et installer Jamulus manuellement, téléchargez simplement le nouveau fichier .deb et réinstallez comme ci-dessus.\n" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Other distributions" +msgstr "Autres distributions" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:43 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:54 msgid "For installers on other distributions, see their package managers and [Repology](https://repology.org/project/jamulus/versions). If an up-to-date version of Jamulus is not included in your distribution, you can [compile Jamulus from source](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md). Note also the contributed [installation scripts](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/installscripts)." msgstr "Pour les installateurs sur d'autres distributions, consultez leurs gestionnaires de paquets et [Repology](https://repology.org/project/jamulus/versions). Si une version à jour de Jamulus n'est pas incluse dans votre distribution, vous pouvez [compiler Jamulus à partir des sources](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md). Vous pouvez également utiliser l'un des [scripts d'installation](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/installscripts)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:45 -msgid "## Set up your hardware" -msgstr "## Configurer votre matériel" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:55 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Set up your hardware" +msgstr "Configurer votre matériel" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:47 -msgid "### Configure JACK with QjackCtl" -msgstr "### Configurer JACK avec QjackCtl" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Configure JACK with QjackCtl" +msgstr "Configurer JACK avec QjackCtl" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:49 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:60 msgid "Jamulus Clients need [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) to run, but you need to configure that first. The recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`." msgstr "Les clients Jamulus ont besoin de [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) pour fonctionner, mais vous devez d'abord le configurer. La méthode recommandée est d'utiliser `QjackCtl`." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:50 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:63 msgid "Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page**" -msgstr "Lancez QjackCtl. Vous verrez la **page principale de l'utilitaire de contrôle Qt JACK**" +msgstr "Lancez QjackCtl. Vous verrez la **page principale de l'utilitaire de contrôle JACK Qt**" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:51 +#. type: Bullet: '2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:63 msgid "Configure your audio hardware as follows (the exact settings for JACK will depend on what your audio hardware is capable of):" -msgstr "Configurez votre matériel audio comme suit (les paramètres exacts de JACK dépendront de ce que votre matériel audio est capable de faire) :" +msgstr "Configurez votre matériel audio comme suit (les paramètres exacts pour JACK dépendront des capacités de votre matériel audio) :" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:53 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 msgid "Set the audio **Interface** to the one you want (there may be several in the list)" -msgstr "Réglez l'interface audio **Interface** sur celle que vous voulez (il peut y en avoir plusieurs dans la liste)" +msgstr "Réglez l'**interface** audio sur celle que vous voulez (il pourrait y en avoir plusieurs dans la liste)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:54 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 msgid "Set the **Sample Rate to 48000**" -msgstr "Réglez la **Fréquence d'échantillonnage sur 48000**" +msgstr "Réglez la **fréquence d'échantillonnage sur 48000**" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:55 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 msgid "Set the **Frames/Period to 128** and Periods/Buffer at 2 at first" -msgstr "Définissez la **Frames/Period à 128** et Periods/Buffer à 2 dans un premier temps" +msgstr "Paramétrez la **trames/période à 128** et périodes/tampon à 2 dans un premier temps" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:57 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:69 msgid "Restart JACK for the new settings to take effect" -msgstr "Redémarrez JACK pour que les nouveaux paramètres prennent effet" +msgstr "Redémarrez JACK pour que les nouveaux paramètres soient pris en compte" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:59 -msgid "### Start Jamulus" -msgstr "### Démarrez Jamulus" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:70 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Start Jamulus" +msgstr "Démarrez Jamulus" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:61 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:73 msgid "With JACK running and configured, launch Jamulus." msgstr "Une fois JACK lancé et configuré, démarrez Jamulus." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:63 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:75 msgid "If you get problems with sound breaking up (in particular XRUN errors reported by JACK/QjackCtl) try setting bigger values (e.g. 256 frames or 3 periods). Lower ones (e.g. 64 frames) could bring better performance but maybe more sound problems. See the [troubleshooting page](Client-Troubleshooting) otherwise." -msgstr "Si vous rencontrez des problèmes d'interruption du son (en particulier des décrochages signalés par JACK/QjackCtl), essayez de définir des valeurs plus élevées (par exemple, 256 frames ou 3 périods). Des valeurs plus faibles (par exemple 64 frames) peuvent apporter de meilleures performances mais peut-être plus de problèmes de son. Voir la page [dépannage](Client-Troubleshooting) sinon." +msgstr "Si vous rencontrez des problèmes d'interruption du son (en particulier des décrochages signalés par JACK/QjackCtl), essayez de définir des valeurs plus élevées (par exemple, 256 trames ou 3 périodes). Des valeurs plus faibles (par exemple 64 trames) peuvent apporter de meilleures performances mais peut-être plus de problèmes de son. Voir la [page dépannage](Client-Troubleshooting) sinon." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:65 -msgid "## All installed?" -msgstr "## Tout est installé ?" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:76 +#, no-wrap +msgid "All installed?" +msgstr "Tout est installé ?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:79 msgid "Take a look at the" msgstr "Jetez un coup d'œil à la" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:68 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:80 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[Page de démarrage](Getting-Started){: .button}" +#~ msgid "[Download Jamulus (.deb, amd64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}){:.button}" +#~ msgstr "[Téléchargez Jamulus (.deb, amd64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}){:.button}" + +#~ msgid "After you downloaded the correct file:" +#~ msgstr "Après avoir téléchargé le bon fichier :" + +#~ msgid "Go to where you downloaded the installer and either double-click on it, or use the command line:" +#~ msgstr "Allez à l'endroit où vous avez téléchargé le programme d'installation et double-cliquez dessus, ou utilisez la ligne de commande :" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\t`sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` (or for Raspberry Pi etc. as above)\n" +#~ "1. Once installed, you can delete the file and close any console windows.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\t`sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` (ou pour Raspberry Pi etc. comme ci-dessus) \n" +#~ "1. Une fois installé, vous pouvez supprimer le fichier et fermer toutes les fenêtres de la console.\n" + +#~ msgid "Jamulus Clients need [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) to run, but you need to configure that first. The recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`. 1. Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page** 2. Configure your audio hardware as follows (the exact settings for JACK will depend on what your audio hardware is capable of):" +#~ msgstr "Les clients Jamulus ont besoin de [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) pour fonctionner, mais vous devez d'abord le configurer. La méthode recommandée est d'utiliser `QjackCtl`. 1. Lancez QjackCtl. Vous verrez la **page principale de l'utilitaire Qt JACK Control** 2. Configurez votre matériel audio comme suit (les paramètres exacts de JACK dépendront de ce dont votre matériel audio est capable) :" + +#~ msgid "# Installation for Linux" +#~ msgstr "# Installation pour Linux" + +#~ msgid "We provide three equivalent `.deb` files for the most common architectures. Please download the appropriate one:" +#~ msgstr "Nous fournissons trois fichiers `.deb` équivalents pour les architectures les plus courantes. Veuillez télécharger le fichier approprié :" + +#~ msgid "**For Intel/AMD based machines (amd64):**\n" +#~ msgstr "**Pour les PC basés sur Intel/AMD (amd64) :**\n" + +#~ msgid "**For ARM based machines (e.g. Raspberry Pi, armhf, arm64):**\n" +#~ msgstr "**Pour les machines basées sur ARM (par exemple Raspberry Pi, armhf, arm64) :**\n" + #~ msgid "#### Debian repository (convenient)" #~ msgstr "#### Dépôt Debian (pratique)" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Macintosh.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Macintosh.po index e86278ea2..a0f610ae3 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Macintosh.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Macintosh.po @@ -2,41 +2,44 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Olivier Humbert , 2022. +# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023. +# Julien Taverna , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-16 15:25+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-31 07:04+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" "Language-Team: French \n" "Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" "X-Language: fr_FR\n" "X-Source-Language: en_150\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "fr" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh" msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:10 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation for macOS" msgstr "Installation sous macOS" @@ -46,11 +49,6 @@ msgstr "Installation sous macOS" msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Utiliser Jamulus\" branch1=\"Démarrage\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:11 -msgid "# Installation for macOS" -msgstr "# Installation sous macOS" - #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:13 msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." @@ -64,100 +62,102 @@ msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:17 msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first." -msgstr "Mise à jour ? Vous pouvez d'abord [sauvegarder votre configuration](Software-Manual#sauvegarde-de-jamulus)." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:19 -msgid "[Download Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\" -msgstr "[Téléchargez Jamulus (construction universelle)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\" +msgstr "Mise à jour ? Vous pourriez d'abord vouloir [sauvegarder votre configuration](Software-Manual#sauvegarde-de-jamulus)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:21 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:22 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"**macOS Mojave (10.14) or lower:** [Download legacy version]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-legacy }})\\\\\n" -"**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"1. [Download Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +" **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"1. **Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the licence, *drag and drop* each icon you see in the window (Jamulus Client and Server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window.\n" +"1. **Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" msgstr "" -"Pour **macOS Mojave (10.14) ou inférieurs** [télécharger une version anciennes]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-legacy }})\\\\\n" -"**Miroir 2 :** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"1. [Télécharger Jamulus (version universelle)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +" **Miroir 2 :** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"1. **Installer Jamulus** : ouvrez le fichier `.dmg` téléchargé, acceptez la licence, *glisser-déposer* chaque icône que vous voyez dans la fenêtre (Jamulus Client et Server) dans votre *répertoire Applications*. Après cela, vous pouvez fermer cette fenêtre.\n" +"1. **Lancez Jamulus. Vous devriez maintenant être en mesure d'utiliser Jamulus comme n'importe quelle autre application.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:22 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the licence, *drag and drop* each icon you see in the window (Jamulus Client and Server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window.\n" -msgstr "**Installez Jamulus** : Ouvrez le fichier `.dmg` téléchargé, acceptez la licence, *copiez collez* les icônes que vous voyez dans la fenêtre (Jamulus client et serveur) dans votre *dossier Applications*. Après cela, vous pouvez fermer cette fenêtre.\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:23 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" -msgstr "**Exécutez Jamulus**. Vous devriez maintenant pouvoir utiliser Jamulus comme n'importe quelle autre application.\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:25 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:24 msgid "_You can remove the folder in the Downloads directory containing the `.dmg` and eject the \"Jamulus\" drive on your desktop. They are no longer needed._" msgstr "_Vous pouvez éjecter le volume \"Jamulus\" de votre bureau et supprimer le dossier dans le répertoire Téléchargements contenant le `.dmg`. Ils ne sont plus nécessaires._>" #. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** You can find old (legacy) versions supporting outdated operating systems on the [GitHub release page](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n" +msgstr "**Note :** vous pouvez trouver d'anciennes versions (legacy) supportant des systèmes d'exploitation obsolètes sur la [page release de GitHub](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n" + +#. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:27 #, no-wrap -msgid "***\n" -msgstr "***\n" +msgid "All installed?" +msgstr "Tout est installé ?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:29 -msgid "## \"Jamulus\" can't be opened because the developer cannot be verified" -msgstr "## \"Jamulus\" ne peut pas être ouvert car le développeur ne peut pas être vérifié" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:30 +msgid "Take a look at the" +msgstr "Jetez un coup d'œil à la" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:31 -msgid "If you are using the \"legacy\" version of Jamulus (because you are running an older version of macOS), the first time you run Jamulus, you will see a message saying it cannot be opened." -msgstr "Si vous utilisez la version \" historique \" de Jamulus (parce que vous exécutez une ancienne version de macOS), la première fois que vous lancerez Jamulus, vous verrez un message indiquant qu'il ne peut pas être ouvert." +msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgstr "[Page de démarrage](Getting-Started){: .button}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:33 -msgid "To open Jamulus" -msgstr "Pour ouvrir Jamulus" +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "\"Jamulus\" can't be opened because the developer cannot be verified" +#~ msgstr "\"Jamulus\" ne peut pas être ouvert car le développeur ne peut pas être vérifié" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:34 -msgid "Go to the Applications folder via Finder" -msgstr "Accédez au dossier Applications via Finder" +#~ msgid "If you are using the \"legacy\" version of Jamulus (because you are running an older version of macOS), the first time you run Jamulus, you will see a message saying it cannot be opened." +#~ msgstr "Si vous utilisez la version \" historique \" de Jamulus (parce que vous exécutez une ancienne version de macOS), la première fois que vous lancerez Jamulus, vous verrez un message indiquant qu'il ne peut pas être ouvert." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:35 -msgid "Double-click on Jamulus and wait for the above-mentioned message" -msgstr "Double-cliquez sur Jamulus et attendez le message susmentionné" +#~ msgid "To open Jamulus" +#~ msgstr "Pour ouvrir Jamulus" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:36 -msgid "Close this message by clicking on \"Cancel\"" -msgstr "Fermez ce message en cliquant sur \"Annuler\"" +#~ msgid "Go to the Applications folder via Finder" +#~ msgstr "Accédez au dossier Applications via Finder" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:37 -msgid "Now control-click (or right-click) on Jamulus, and select \"Open\" from the top of the menu." -msgstr "Maintenant, faites un contrôle-clic (ou un clic droit) sur Jamulus et sélectionnez \"Ouvrir\" dans le haut du menu." +#~ msgid "Double-click on Jamulus and wait for the above-mentioned message" +#~ msgstr "Double-cliquez sur Jamulus et attendez le message susmentionné" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:39 -msgid "You will then get a slightly different version of the same message, which allows you to click \"Open\". From the on, you can run Jamulus in the normal way and the message won't appear. For further information about this warning see [this Apple Support Page](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)." -msgstr "Vous aurez alors une version légèrement différente du même message, qui vous permettra de cliquer sur \"Ouvrir\". À partir de ce moment, vous pouvez exécuter Jamulus de manière normale et le message n'apparaîtra plus. Pour plus d'informations à propos de cet avertissement, consultez [cette page d'assistance Apple (en anglais)](https://support.apple.com/fr-fr/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)." +#~ msgid "Close this message by clicking on \"Cancel\"" +#~ msgstr "Fermez ce message en cliquant sur \"Annuler\"" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:41 -msgid "## All installed?" -msgstr "## Tout est installé ?" +#~ msgid "Now control-click (or right-click) on Jamulus, and select \"Open\" from the top of the menu." +#~ msgstr "Maintenant, faites un contrôle-clic (ou un clic droit) sur Jamulus et sélectionnez \"Ouvrir\" dans le haut du menu." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:43 -msgid "Take a look at the" -msgstr "Jetez un coup d'œil à la" +#~ msgid "You will then get a slightly different version of the same message, which allows you to click \"Open\". From the on, you can run Jamulus in the normal way and the message won't appear. For further information about this warning see [this Apple Support Page](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)." +#~ msgstr "Vous aurez alors une version légèrement différente du même message, qui vous permettra de cliquer sur \"Ouvrir\". À partir de ce moment, vous pouvez exécuter Jamulus de manière normale et le message n'apparaîtra plus. Pour plus d'informations à propos de cet avertissement, consultez [cette page d'assistance Apple (en anglais)](https://support.apple.com/fr-fr/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:44 -msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" -msgstr "[Page de démarrage](Getting-Started){: .button}" +#~ msgid "To open Jamulus 1. Go to the Applications folder via Finder 1. Double-click on Jamulus and wait for the above-mentioned message 1. Close this message by clicking on \"Cancel\" 1. Now control-click (or right-click) on Jamulus, and select \"Open\" from the top of the menu." +#~ msgstr "Pour ouvrir Jamulus 1. Allez dans le dossier Applications via le Finder 1. Double-cliquez sur Jamulus et attendez le message mentionné ci-dessus. 1. Fermez ce message en cliquant sur \"Annuler\" 1. Maintenant, faites un contrôle-clic (ou un clic-droit) sur Jamulus, et sélectionnez \"Ouvrir\" en haut du menu." + +#~ msgid "# Installation for macOS" +#~ msgstr "# Installation sous macOS" + +#~ msgid "[Download Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\" +#~ msgstr "[Téléchargez Jamulus (construction universelle)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**macOS Mojave (10.14) or lower:** [Download legacy version]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-legacy }})\\\\\n" +#~ "**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pour **macOS Mojave (10.14) ou inférieurs** [télécharger une version anciennes]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-legacy }})\\\\\n" +#~ "**Miroir 2 :** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the licence, *drag and drop* each icon you see in the window (Jamulus Client and Server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window.\n" +#~ msgstr "**Installez Jamulus** : Ouvrez le fichier `.dmg` téléchargé, acceptez la licence, *copiez collez* les icônes que vous voyez dans la fenêtre (Jamulus client et serveur) dans votre *dossier Applications*. Après cela, vous pouvez fermer cette fenêtre.\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" +#~ msgstr "**Exécutez Jamulus**. Vous devriez maintenant pouvoir utiliser Jamulus comme n'importe quelle autre application.\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "***\n" +#~ msgstr "***\n" #~ msgid "We provide three downloads for macOS. Please download the appropriate one:" #~ msgstr "Nous fournissons trois possibilités pour macOS. Veuillez télécharger la version appropriée :" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Windows.po index 6f1187ef1..b0ec6f2a5 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Windows.po @@ -3,41 +3,45 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Julien Taverna , 2022. # Olivier Humbert , 2022. +# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023. +# Julien Taverna , 2023. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-16 15:25+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-24 18:48+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Julien Taverna \n" "Language-Team: French \n" "Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0\n" "X-Language: fr_FR\n" "X-Source-Language: en_150\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "fr" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows" msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:10 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation for Windows" msgstr "Installation sous Windows" @@ -47,11 +51,6 @@ msgstr "Installation sous Windows" msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Utiliser Jamulus\" branch1=\"Démarrage\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:11 -msgid "# Installation for Windows" -msgstr "# Installation sous Windows" - #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:13 msgid "Make sure you read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." @@ -65,79 +64,60 @@ msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:17 msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first." -msgstr "Mise à jour ? Vous pouvez d'abord [sauvegarder votre configuration](Software-Manual#sauvegarde-de-jamulus)." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:19 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Download and install an ASIO Driver**. Try to use the driver that your hardware manufacturer provides. If you can't find that, or you don't have an external sound card, you probably need to install ASIO4ALL. For more information scroll down to the [ASIO](#asio) section.\n" -msgstr "**Téléchargez et installez un pilote ASIO**. Essayez d'utiliser le pilote fourni par le fabricant de votre matériel. Si vous ne le trouvez pas, ou si vous n'avez pas de carte son externe, vous devrez probablement installer ASIO4ALL. Pour plus d'informations, consultez la section [ASIO](#asio).\n" +msgstr "Mise à jour ? Vous pourriez d'abord vouloir [sauvegarder votre configuration](Software-Manual#sauvegarde-de-jamulus)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:20 -#, no-wrap -msgid "[Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\n" -msgstr "[Téléchargez Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:21 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" -msgstr "**Miroir 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:22 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Install Jamulus**: Double click the installer to launch it. If you get a warning notice from SmartScreen, click on \"More info\" and \"Run anyway\" to install Jamulus. (If you grabbed a new version of Jamulus and are one of the first people who downloaded it, Jamulus won't be whitelisted by SmartScreen yet. We don't pay for code signing.)\n" -msgstr "**Installez Jamulus** : Double-cliquez sur le programme d'installation pour le lancer. Si vous recevez un avertissement de SmartScreen, cliquez sur \"Plus d'infos\" et \"Exécuter quand même\" pour installer Jamulus. (Si vous avez récupéré une nouvelle version de Jamulus et que vous êtes l'une des premières personnes à l'avoir téléchargée, Jamulus ne sera pas encore sur la liste blanche de SmartScreen. Nous ne payons pas pour la signature du code).\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:23 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" -msgstr "**Exécutez Jamulus**. Vous devriez maintenant pouvoir utiliser Jamulus comme n'importe quelle autre application.\n" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:24 +msgid "**Download and install an ASIO Driver**. Try to use the driver that your hardware manufacturer provides. If you can't find that, or you don't have an external sound card, you probably need to install ASIO4ALL. For more information scroll down to the [ASIO](#asio) section." +msgstr "**Téléchargez et installez un pilote ASIO**. Essayez d'utiliser le pilote fourni par le fabricant de votre matériel. Si vous ne le trouvez pas, ou si vous n'avez pas de carte son externe, vous devrez probablement installer ASIO4ALL. Pour plus d'informations, consultez la section [ASIO](#asio)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:24 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Set up your sound card**. When you're done, you need to set up your audio hardware. And if you are using ASIO4ALL, have a look at how to set that up below.\n" -msgstr "**Préparez votre carte son**. Une fois que vous avez terminé, vous devez configurer votre matériel audio. Regardez comment configurer ASIO4ALL ci-dessous, si vous l'utilisez.\n" +msgid "" +"1. [Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +" **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"1. **Install Jamulus**: Double click the installer to launch it. If you get a warning notice from SmartScreen, click on \"More info\" and \"Run anyway\" to install Jamulus. (If you grabbed a new version of Jamulus and are one of the first people who downloaded it, Jamulus won't be whitelisted by SmartScreen yet. We don't pay for code signing.)\n" +"1. **Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" +"1. **Set up your sound card**. When you're done, you need to set up your audio hardware. And if you are using ASIO4ALL, have a look at how to set that up below.\n" +msgstr "" +"1. [Téléchargez Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +" **Miroir 2 :** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"1. **Installez Jamulus** : Double-cliquez sur le programme d'installation pour le lancer. Si vous recevez un avertissement de SmartScreen, cliquez sur \"Plus d'infos\" et \"Exécuter quand même\" pour installer Jamulus. (Si vous avez récupéré une nouvelle version de Jamulus et que vous êtes l'une des premières personnes à l'avoir téléchargée, Jamulus ne sera pas encore sur la liste blanche de SmartScreen. Nous ne payons pas pour la signature du code).\n" +"1. **Lancez Jamulus**. Vous devriez maintenant pouvoir utiliser Jamulus comme n'importe quelle autre application.\n" +"1. **Configurez votre carte son**. Une fois que vous avez terminé, vous devez configurer votre matériel audio. Et si vous utilisez ASIO4ALL, regardez comment le configurer ci-dessous.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:26 msgid "_Please note that you are not permitted to redistribute this binary without acquiring a [licence agreement from Steinberg](https://www.steinberg.net/developers/)._" -msgstr "_Veuillez noter que vous n'êtes pas authorisé à redistribuer ce binaire sans acquérir un [contrat de licence de Steinberg](https://www.steinberg.net/developers/)._" +msgstr "_Veuillez noter que vous n'êtes pas autorisé à redistribuer ce binaire sans acquérir un [contrat de licence de Steinberg](https://www.steinberg.net/developers/)._" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:28 -msgid "If you don't want to use ASIO or prefer [JACK on Windows](https://jackaudio.org/faq/jack_on_windows.html), you can also use the [JACK version of Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows-jack }})." -msgstr "Si vous ne voulez pas utiliser ASIO ou que vous préférez [JACK pour Windows](https://jackaudio.org/faq/jack_on_windows.html), vous pouvez aussi utiliser la version [JACK de Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows-jack }})." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:30 #, no-wrap -msgid "***\n" -msgstr "***\n" +msgid "**Note:** If you don't want to use ASIO or prefer [JACK on Windows](https://jackaudio.org/faq/jack_on_windows.html), you can also use the [JACK version of Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows-jack }}). You can find old (legacy) versions supporting outdated operating systems on the [GitHub release page](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n" +msgstr "**Note :** si vous ne voulez pas utiliser ASIO ou que vous préférez [JACK pour Windows](https://jackaudio.org/faq/jack_on_windows.html), vous pouvez aussi utiliser la version [JACK de Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows-jack }}). Vous pouvez trouver d'anciennes versions (legacy) supportant des systèmes d'exploitation obsolètes sur la [page release de GitHub](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:32 -msgid "## ASIO" -msgstr "## ASIO" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ASIO" +msgstr "ASIO" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:34 msgid "Jamulus can use [ASIO](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Audio_Stream_Input/Output)." msgstr "Jamulus peut utiliser [ASIO](https://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Audio_Stream_Input/Output)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:36 +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:37 msgid "If you have an external sound card/audio interface, use its official ASIO driver if you can (they usually provide the best quality)." msgstr "Si vous possédez une carte son/interface audio externe, utilisez son pilote ASIO officiel (il permet généralement d'obtenir la meilleure performance)." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:37 msgid "If you don't have an external sound card, you will probably not have an ASIO driver so will need to install a generic one like ASIO4ALL:" -msgstr "Si vous n'avez pas de carte son externe, vous n'aurez probablement pas de pilote ASIO. Vous devrez donc en installer un générique comme ASIO4ALL :" +msgstr "Si vous n'avez pas de carte son externe, vous n'aurez probablement pas de pilote ASIO et devrez donc en installer un générique comme ASIO4ALL :" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:39 @@ -159,10 +139,11 @@ msgstr "[Téléchargement ASIO4ALL v2.14](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/ass msgid "[ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" msgstr "[Site ouèbe ASIO4ALL](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:48 -msgid "### Setting up ASIO4ALL" -msgstr "### Configuration de ASIO4All" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Setting up ASIO4ALL" +msgstr "Configuration de ASIO4ALL" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:50 @@ -173,124 +154,154 @@ msgstr "Vous devrez peut-être expérimenter un peu en fonction de votre matéri #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:52 #, no-wrap msgid "**Tip:** Set up your sound card while you're [connected to a Server](Getting-Started#connecting-to-a-server-and-testing-your-sound) to hear your instrument or voice and check if everything is correctly set up; but first read on.\n" -msgstr "**Astuce : ** Configurez votre carte son pendant que vous êtes [connecté à un serveur](Getting-Started#se-connecter-à-un-serveur-et-tester-son-son) pour entendre votre instrument ou votre voix et vérifier si tout est correctement configuré ; mais lisez d'abord ce qui suit.\n" +msgstr "**Astuce :** configurez votre carte son pendant que vous êtes [connecté à un serveur](Getting-Started#se-connecter-à-un-serveur-et-tester-votre-son) pour entendre votre instrument ou votre voix et vérifier si tout est correctement configuré ; mais lisez d'abord ce qui suit.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:55 msgid "Before you start with Jamulus:" msgstr "Avant de démarrer avec Jamulus :" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:56 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Close all applications** (especially those which could access your sound card like your browser/media player). ASIO4ALL needs exclusive access to your sound card which means that other programs will not be able to use audio if ASIO4ALL and Jamulus are running.\n" -msgstr "**Fermez toutes les applications** (en particulier celles qui pourraient accéder à votre carte son comme votre navigateur/lecteur multimédia). ASIO4ALL a besoin d'un accès exclusif à votre carte son, ce qui signifie que les autres programmes ne pourront pas utiliser l'audio si ASIO4ALL et Jamulus sont en cours d'exécution.\n" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58 +msgid "**Close all applications** (especially those which could access your sound card like your browser/media player). ASIO4ALL needs exclusive access to your sound card which means that other programs will not be able to use audio if ASIO4ALL and Jamulus are running." +msgstr "**Fermez toutes les applications** (en particulier celles qui pourraient accéder à votre carte son comme votre navigateur/lecteur multimédia). ASIO4ALL a besoin d'un accès exclusif à votre carte son, ce qui signifie que les autres programmes ne pourront pas utiliser l'audio si ASIO4ALL et Jamulus sont en cours d'exécution." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:57 -#, no-wrap -msgid "If the Jamulus audio doesn’t work out of the box, make sure that only the **correct inputs/outputs** in ASIO4ALL **are switched on**. Everything else should be switched off. Search the [community list of working ASIO4ALL configurations](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) for your configuration or do it manually if you can't find yours:\n" -msgstr "Si l'audio ne fonctionne pas directement, assurez-vous que seules les **entrées/sorties correctes** dans ASIO4All **sont activées**. Tout le reste devrait être désactivé. Recherchez votre configuration dans la [liste communautaire des configurations ASIO4ALL qui fonctionnent](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) ou faites-le manuellement si vous ne trouvez pas la vôtre :\n" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58 +msgid "If the Jamulus audio doesn’t work out of the box, make sure that only the **correct inputs/outputs** in ASIO4ALL **are switched on**. Everything else should be switched off. Search the [community list of working ASIO4ALL configurations](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) for your configuration or do it manually if you can't find yours:" +msgstr "Si l'audio ne fonctionne pas directement, assurez-vous que seules les **entrées/sorties correctes** dans ASIO4All **sont activées**. Tout le reste devrait être désactivé. Recherchez votre configuration dans la [liste communautaire des configurations ASIO4ALL qui fonctionnent](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) ou faites-le manuellement si vous ne trouvez pas la vôtre :" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:59 -msgid "### How to set up ASIO4ALL inputs (Guide)" -msgstr "### Comment configurer les entrées ASIO4All (guide)" +#, no-wrap +msgid "How to set up ASIO4ALL inputs (Guide)" +msgstr "Comment configurer les entrées ASIO4ALL (guide)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:61 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 msgid "Open Jamulus's settings" msgstr "Ouvrez les paramètres de Jamulus" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:62 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 msgid "Go to _\"ASIO Device Settings\"_ (column on the left; directly under the selection of the driver)" -msgstr "Allez dans les _« Paramètres ASIO »_ (colonne de gauche ; directement sous la sélection du pilote)" +msgstr "Allez dans les _« Paramètres du périphérique ASIO »_ (colonne de gauche ; directement sous la sélection du pilote)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 msgid "Enable _advanced view_ in ASIO4ALL (click the tool icon on the bottom right)" msgstr "Activez le panneau _advanced view_ dans ASIO4All (cliquez sur l'icône d'outil en bas à droite)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:64 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 msgid "Enable only the sound card you want to use by clicking on the button next to its name" msgstr "Activez uniquement la carte son que vous voulez utiliser en cliquant sur le bouton à coté de son nom" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:65 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 msgid "Open your sound card inputs/outputs by clicking the _plus icon_ next to this sound card" -msgstr "Ouvrez les entrées de votre carte son en cliquant sur l'_icône plus_ à côté de cette carte son" +msgstr "Ouvrez les entrées/sorties de votre carte son en cliquant sur l'_icône plus_ à côté de cette carte son" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:66 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 msgid "Now enable the correct inputs/outputs in the list under your sound card and disable everything else. You can hover over the inputs/outputs to see which of both they are and if they support the required sample rate for Jamulus of 48kHz (DVD quality)." msgstr "Activez alors les entrées/sorties correctes dans la liste sous votre carte son et désactivez tout le reste. Vous pouvez survoler les entrées/sorties pour voir de quelles entrées/sorties il s'agit et si elles supportent le taux d'échantillonnage requis pour Jamulus de 48kHz (qualité DVD)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:68 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Hints:**\n" -msgstr "**Remarque :**\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:69 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:72 #, no-wrap -msgid "It may not be obvious what the correct sound device is called. Many internal sound cards are named \"Realtek High Definition Audio\", \"Conexant\" or similar.\n" -msgstr "Le nom du périphérique sonore correct n'est pas toujours évident. De nombreuses cartes son internes portent le nom de \"Realtek High Definition Audio\", \"Conexant\" ou un nom similaire.\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:70 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Headphones and speakers are often labelled as \"output\" and microphones as \"input\" or \"capture\".\n" -msgstr "Les casques et les haut-parleurs sont souvent identifiés comme des sorties et les micros comme des entrées ou capture.\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:71 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Stereo Mix/Stereo Input is usually not the input/output you're looking for. Therefore, switch it off if you see it.\n" -msgstr "Stereo Mix/Stereo Input n'est généralement pas l'entrée/sortie que vous recherchez. Par conséquent, désactivez-la si vous la voyez.\n" +msgid "" +"**Hints:**\n" +"1. It may not be obvious what the correct sound device is called. Many internal sound cards are named \"Realtek High Definition Audio\", \"Conexant\" or similar.\n" +"1. Headphones and speakers are often labelled as \"output\" and microphones as \"input\" or \"capture\".\n" +"1. Stereo Mix/Stereo Input is usually not the input/output you're looking for. Therefore, switch it off if you see it.\n" +msgstr "" +"**Conseils:**\n" +"1. Le nom du périphérique sonore correct pourrait ne pas être évident. De nombreuses cartes son internes sont nommées \"Realtek High Definition Audio\", \"Conexant\" ou similaire.\n" +"1. Les casques et les haut-parleurs sont souvent étiquetés comme \"sortie\" et les microphones comme \"entrée\" ou \"capture\".\n" +"1. Stereo Mix/Stereo Input n'est généralement pas l'entrée/sortie que vous recherchez. Par conséquent, désactivez-la si vous la voyez.\n" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:73 -msgid "### Troubleshooting" -msgstr "### Dépannage" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Dépannage" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:75 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:76 msgid "If nothing works, first restart Jamulus and/or your PC to close background processes that may be accessing your sound card." msgstr "Si rien ne fonctionne, redémarrez d'abord Jamulus et/ou votre PC pour fermer les processus d'arrière-plan qui peuvent accéder à votre carte son." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:77 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:78 msgid "Afterwards, *set up the inputs/outputs again*. Enabled and accessible input/outputs show as lit up power buttons and play buttons in the ASIO4ALL settings. If instead you see a red cross or yellow symbol, close other applications that may be accessing your sound card (e.g. web browser, Zoom, etc)." -msgstr "Ensuite, *réglez les entrées/sorties*. Les entrées/sorties activées et accessibles sont représentées par des boutons d'alimentation et de lecture allumés. Si, au contraire, vous voyez une croix rouge ou un symbole jaune, fermez les autres applications qui peuvent accéder à votre carte son (par exemple, le navigateur, Zoom, etc.)." +msgstr "Ensuite, *réglez les entrées/sorties à nouveau*. Les entrées/sorties activées et accessibles sont représentées par des boutons d'alimentation et de lecture allumés dans les paramètres d'ASIO4ALL. Si, au contraire, vous voyez une croix rouge ou un symbole jaune, fermez les autres applications qui peuvent accéder à votre carte son (par exemple, le navigateur, Zoom, etc)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:79 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:80 msgid "Have a look at [this video](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI) by [trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza) which gives more detailed setup information on ASIO4ALL." msgstr "Regardez [cette vidéo](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI) par [trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza) qui donne des informations plus détaillées sur la configuration de ASIO4ALL." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:81 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:82 msgid "Official and further information about how to configure ASIO4ALL is documented in the official [ASIO4ALL FAQs on the ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}." msgstr "Des informations officielles et supplémentaires sur la façon de configurer ASIO4ALL sont documentées dans la [FAQ officielle d'ASIO4ALL sur le site web d'ASIO4ALL](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:83 -msgid "## All installed?" -msgstr "## Tout est installé ?" +#, no-wrap +msgid "All installed?" +msgstr "Tout est installé ?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:85 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:86 msgid "Take a look at" msgstr "Jetez un coup d'œil à la" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:86 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:87 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[Page de démarrage](Getting-Started){: .button}" +#~ msgid "# Installation for Windows" +#~ msgstr "# Installation sous Windows" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "[Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +#~ msgstr "[Téléchargez Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +#~ msgstr "**Miroir 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" +#~ msgstr "**Exécutez Jamulus**. Vous devriez maintenant pouvoir utiliser Jamulus comme n'importe quelle autre application.\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Set up your sound card**. When you're done, you need to set up your audio hardware. And if you are using ASIO4ALL, have a look at how to set that up below.\n" +#~ msgstr "**Préparez votre carte son**. Une fois que vous avez terminé, vous devez configurer votre matériel audio. Regardez comment configurer ASIO4ALL ci-dessous, si vous l'utilisez.\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "***\n" +#~ msgstr "***\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Hints:**\n" +#~ msgstr "**Remarque :**\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "It may not be obvious what the correct sound device is called. Many internal sound cards are named \"Realtek High Definition Audio\", \"Conexant\" or similar.\n" +#~ msgstr "Le nom du périphérique sonore correct n'est pas toujours évident. De nombreuses cartes son internes portent le nom de \"Realtek High Definition Audio\", \"Conexant\" ou un nom similaire.\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Headphones and speakers are often labelled as \"output\" and microphones as \"input\" or \"capture\".\n" +#~ msgstr "Les casques et les haut-parleurs sont souvent identifiés comme des sorties et les micros comme des entrées ou capture.\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Stereo Mix/Stereo Input is usually not the input/output you're looking for. Therefore, switch it off if you see it.\n" +#~ msgstr "Stereo Mix/Stereo Input n'est généralement pas l'entrée/sortie que vous recherchez. Par conséquent, désactivez-la si vous la voyez.\n" + #~ msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.15 Beta 3 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.15/ASIO4ALL_2_15_Beta3_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" #~ msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.15 Beta 3 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.15/ASIO4ALL_2_15_Beta3_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-iOS.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-iOS.po index 50522dc92..3182a1072 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-iOS.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-iOS.po @@ -2,39 +2,42 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Olivier Humbert , 2022. +# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023. +# Julien Taverna , 2023. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-16 15:25+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-09 16:50+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" "Language-Team: French \n" "Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "fr" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-iOS" msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-iOS" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:11 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation for iOS" msgstr "Installation pour iOS" @@ -44,11 +47,6 @@ msgstr "Installation pour iOS" msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Utiliser Jamulus\" branch1=\"Démarrage\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:12 -msgid "# Installation for iOS" -msgstr "# Installation pour iOS" - #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:14 msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." @@ -59,63 +57,65 @@ msgstr "Assurez-vous d'avoir déjà lu la [page de démarrage](Getting-Started). msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:18 -msgid "## Things to note about iOS" -msgstr "## Ce qu'il faut savoir sur iOS" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Things to note about iOS" +msgstr "Ce qu'il faut savoir sur iOS" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:20 msgid "If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } which is an inexpensive and small device that performs very well with Jamulus. iOS support is just a proof of concept." -msgstr "Si vous ne possédez pas de PC, nous vous suggérons d'acheter un [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){ : target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } qui est un petit appareil peu coûteux qui fonctionne très bien avec Jamulus. Le support iOS n'est qu'une preuve de concept et nécessite certaines compétences." +msgstr "Si vous ne possédez pas de PC, nous vous suggérons d'acheter un [Raspberry Pi (en anglais)](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){ : target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } qui est un petit périphérique peu coûteux qui fonctionne très bien avec Jamulus. Le support iOS n'est qu'une preuve de concept." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:22 +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24 msgid "To install Jamulus on your iOS device, you need a (free or paid) Apple Developer account and preferably a computer." -msgstr "Pour installer Jamulus sur votre appareil iOS, vous avez besoin d'un compte développeur Apple (gratuit ou payant) et, de préférence, d'un ordinateur." +msgstr "Pour installer Jamulus sur votre périphérique iOS, vous avez besoin d'un compte développeur Apple (gratuit ou payant) et, de préférence, d'un ordinateur." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:23 +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24 msgid "If you don't pay for an Apple developer account, Jamulus will only run for at most 7 days before you need to re-install it." msgstr "Si vous ne payez pas pour un compte développeur Apple, Jamulus ne fonctionnera que pendant 7 jours au maximum avant que vous ne deviez le réinstaller." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24 msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well on new devices if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. To connect these to your iOS device, you should use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub." -msgstr "Jamulus sur iOS fonctionne assez bien sur les nouveaux appareils si tout est configuré correctement. Cependant, nous vous recommandons vivement d'utiliser une interface audio et un adaptateur USB-Ethernet. Pour les connecter à votre appareil iOS, vous devez utiliser quelque chose comme le [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter] (https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) et un hub USB (alimenté)." +msgstr "Jamulus sur iOS fonctionne plutôt bien sur les nouveaux périphériques si tout est configuré correctement. Cependant, nous vous recommandons vivement d'utiliser une interface audio et un adaptateur USB-Ethernet. Pour les connecter à votre périphérique iOS, vous devriez utiliser quelque chose comme le [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter (en anglais)](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) et un hub USB (alimenté)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:27 -msgid "## Install for iOS (for experienced users only)" -msgstr "##Installation pour iOS (pour utilisateurs expérimentées seulement)" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Install for iOS (for experienced users only)" +msgstr "Installation pour iOS (pour utilisateurs expérimentées seulement)" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:29 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note**: We provide an unsigned .ipa file which you need to sign and then install on your device. If you are not Jailbroken (and have AppSync installed), you might need additional software to install Jamulus. There are multiple ways to do that, but this guide only explains the most standard approach. Please note that we assume you already have a (free) Apple developer account. If you don't have one, create an Apple ID and [Sign up for a developer account](https://developer.apple.com/membercenter). We recommend to create one without two factor authentification and unrelated to your potential personal account. You will need to enter the password in non-Apple software.\n" -msgstr "**Note** : Nous fournissons un fichier .ipa non signé que vous devez signer et installer sur votre appareil. Si vous n'êtes pas \"jailbreaké\" (et que AppSync est installé), vous aurez peut-être besoin d'un logiciel supplémentaire pour installer Jamulus. Il existe plusieurs façons de procéder, mais ce guide n'explique que l'approche la plus standard. Veuillez noter que nous supposons que vous disposez déjà d'un compte (gratuit) de développeur Apple. Si vous n'en avez pas, créez un Apple ID et [Créer un compte de développeur](https://developer.apple.com/membercenter). Nous vous recommandons d'en créer un sans authentification à deux facteurs et sans lien avec votre éventuel compte personnel. Vous devrez saisir le mot de passe dans les logiciels non Apple.\n" +msgstr "**Note** : nous fournissons un fichier .ipa non signé que vous devez signer et installer sur votre périphérique. Si vous n'êtes pas \"jailbreaké\" (et que AppSync est installé), vous aurez peut-être besoin d'un logiciel supplémentaire pour installer Jamulus. Il existe plusieurs façons de procéder, mais ce guide n'explique que l'approche la plus standard. Veuillez noter que nous supposons que vous disposez déjà d'un compte (gratuit) de développeur Apple. Si vous n'en avez pas, créez un Apple ID et [Créer un compte de développeur](https://developer.apple.com/membercenter). Nous vous recommandons d'en créer un sans authentification à deux facteurs et sans lien avec votre éventuel compte personnel. Vous devrez saisir le mot de passe dans les logiciels non Apple.\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:31 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 msgid "[Download Jamulus (.ipa) on a PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}" msgstr "[Téléchargez Jamulus (.ipa) sur un PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:32 +#. type: Bullet: '2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 msgid "Sign the .ipa file (e.g. via Xcode or some other **trusted** app. We won't give recommendations here, but there exist apps for every operating system)" msgstr "Signez le fichier .ipa (par exemple via Xcode ou une autre application **de confiance**. Nous ne donnerons pas de recommandations ici, mais il existe des applications pour chaque système d'exploitation)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:33 +#. type: Bullet: '3. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 msgid "Once signed and installed; on your iOS device open Settings, navigate to General>Profiles (or VPN and Device Management). Tap on the developer account corresponding to your account and trust the account." -msgstr "Une fois signée et installée ; Ouvrez Paramètres sur votre périphérique iOS, naviguez jusqu'a Général>Profils (ou VPN and Gestion de l'appareil). Choisissez le compte développeur correspondant à votre compte et validez." +msgstr "Une fois signée et installée ; ouvrez Paramètres sur votre périphérique iOS, naviguez jusqu’à Général>Profils (ou VPN et Gestion de l'appareil). Choisissez le compte développeur correspondant à votre compte et validez le compte." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:34 +#. type: Bullet: '4. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 msgid "Open Jamulus from your home-screen" msgstr "Ouvrez Jamulus depuis votre écran d'accueil" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '5. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 msgid "After 7 days you will need to re-sign Jamulus if you are using a free developer account. Re-do everything from Step 4." msgstr "Après 7 jours, vous devrez signer à nouveau Jamulus si vous utilisez un compte développeur gratuit. Reprenez tout à partir de l'étape 4." @@ -123,33 +123,29 @@ msgstr "Après 7 jours, vous devrez signer à nouveau Jamulus si vous utilisez u #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 msgid "If you own a Mac and have Xcode installed, compiling Jamulus from source might be another, more native option. Please have a look at the [compilation instructions for iOS](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md#ios)." -msgstr "Si vous possedez un Mac et que Xcode est installé, compiler Jamulus depuis les sources pourrait être une autre option, plus native. Veuillez consulter les [instructions de compilation pour iOS] (https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md#ios)." +msgstr "Si vous possédez un Mac et que Xcode est installé, compiler Jamulus depuis les sources pourrait être une autre option, plus native. Veuillez consulter les [instructions de compilation pour iOS (en anglais)](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md#ios)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:40 -msgid "## Feedback and development" -msgstr "## Commentaires et développement" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:39 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Feedback and development" +msgstr "Commentaires et développement" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:43 msgid "iOS support isn't mature yet and far from ready to be published on the AppStore. Feel free to help out: Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." -msgstr "Le support iOS n'est pas encore mature et loin d'être prêt à être publié sur l'AppStore. N'hésitez pas à apporter votre aide : Il vous suffit de vous rendre sur le [dépôt GitHub de Jamulus] (https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." +msgstr "Le support iOS n'est pas encore mature et loin d'être prêt à être publié sur l'AppStore. N'hésitez pas à apporter votre aide : il vous suffit de vous rendre sur le [dépôt GitHub de Jamulus (en anglais)](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:45 msgid "Please also read the [APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER) concerning Jamulus being published via the Apple AppStore." -msgstr "Veuillez également lire le [APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER] (https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER) concernant la publication de Jamulus via l'AppStore d'Apple." +msgstr "Veuillez également lire le [APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER (en anglais)](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER) concernant la publication de Jamulus via l'AppStore d'Apple." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:47 +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:48 #, no-wrap -msgid "***\n" -msgstr "***\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:49 -msgid "## All installed?" -msgstr "## Tout est installé ?" +msgid "All installed?" +msgstr "Tout est installé ?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:51 @@ -160,3 +156,10 @@ msgstr "Jamulus a été installé et peut maintenant être utilisé. Vous pouvez #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:52 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[Page de démarrage](Getting-Started){: .button}" + +#~ msgid "# Installation for iOS" +#~ msgstr "# Installation pour iOS" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "***\n" +#~ msgstr "***\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Privacy-Statement.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Privacy-Statement.po index ffdbd4444..e8945880a 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Privacy-Statement.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Privacy-Statement.po @@ -2,144 +2,210 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Julien Taverna , 2022. +# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023. +# Julien Taverna , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-14 11:51+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Julien Taverna \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-30 17:10+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "fr" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Privacy-Statement" msgstr "/wiki/Privacy-Statement" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus – Privacy Statement" msgstr "Jamulus – Déclaration de confidentialité" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:9 -msgid "# Privacy Statement" -msgstr "# Déclaration de confidentialité" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Privacy Statement" +msgstr "Déclaration de confidentialité" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:12 -msgid "Please note that the English version of this privacy statement is the original and, as such, the binding version. To access the English version, go to the top/top right of this page and click on the \"en\" link. The following only applies to the version you can download from this website, [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io)." -msgstr "Veuillez noter que la version anglaise de cette déclaration de confidentialité est la version originale et, en tant que telle, la version contraignante. Pour accéder à la version anglaise, allez en haut/en haut à droite de cette page et cliquez sur le lien \"en\". Ce qui suit s'applique uniquement à la version que vous pouvez télécharger à partir de ce site Web, [jamulus.io] (https://jamulus.io)." +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:11 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**The English version of this document represents the official privacy statement for the _current version_ of the software available on this website. Earlier versions of the software and non-English translations of this privacy policy may have different terms that are no longer applicable or supported.**\n" +msgstr "**La version anglaise de ce document représente la déclaration officielle de confidentialité pour la _version actuelle_ du logiciel disponible sur ce site Web. Les versions antérieures du logiciel et les traductions non anglaises de cette politique de confidentialité peuvent comporter des termes différents qui ne sont plus applicables ou pris en charge.**\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:14 -msgid "## Definition of Terms" -msgstr "## Définition des termes" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:13 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Definition of Terms" +msgstr "Définition des termes" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:16 -msgid "\"**Server**\" The Jamulus Server software, as opposed to the host machine/OS it is running on." -msgstr "\"**Server**\" Le logiciel serveur Jamulus, par opposition à la machine hôte/OS sur laquelle il est exécuté." +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18 +msgid "\"**Server**\" The Jamulus software running as a Server and accepting connections from Clients" +msgstr "\"**Serveur**\" Le logiciel Jamulus exécuté en tant que serveur et acceptant les connexions des clients" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:17 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18 msgid "\"**Client**\" The Jamulus software used to connect to a Server" msgstr "\"**Client**\" Le logiciel Jamulus utilisé pour se connecter à un serveur" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18 msgid "\"**Directory**\" A Jamulus Server configured to supply a list of Servers to Clients" msgstr "\"**Annuaire**\" Un serveur Jamulus configuré pour fournir une liste de serveurs aux clients" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:20 -msgid "## Web site" -msgstr "## Site internet" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:19 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus.io Website" +msgstr "Site web jamulus.io" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:22 -msgid "The website at [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) is served using GitHub Pages. We do not collect your personal data or set tracking cookies. When you connect to the jamulus.io site, your IP is sent to [GitHub Pages](https://pages.github.com/)." -msgstr "Le site internet [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) est hébergé par GitHub Pages. Nous ne collectons pas vos données personnelles et ne définissons pas de cookies de suivi. Si vous vous connectez au site jamulus.io, votre IP est envoyée aux [pages GitHub](https://pages.github.com/)." +msgid "The website at [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) is served using GitHub Pages. The Jamulus team has not constructed the website to set tracking cookies, but see Github's [privacy policy](https://docs.github.com/en/site-policy/privacy-policies/github-privacy-statement) for information relating to data collection and privacy overall. The community knowledge base uses [giscus](https://github.com/giscus/giscus) for discussions and comments. You can find the [Privacy Policy of giscus on their GitHub repository](https://github.com/giscus/giscus/blob/main/PRIVACY-POLICY.md)." +msgstr "Le site internet [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) est propulsé par les pages GitHub. L'équipe de Jamulus n'a pas conçu le site web de manière à installer des cookies de suivi, mais consultez la [politique de confidentialité](https://docs.github.com/fr/site-policy/privacy-policies/github-privacy-statement) de Github pour obtenir des informations sur la collecte de données et la confidentialité en général. La base de connaissance de la communauté utilise [giscus](https://github.com/giscus/giscus) pour les discussions et les commentaires. Vous pouvez trouver la [politique de confidentialité de giscus sur leur dépôt GitHub](https://github.com/giscus/giscus/blob/main/PRIVACY-POLICY.md)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:24 -msgid "## Jamulus Software" -msgstr "## Logiciel Jamulus" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus Software" +msgstr "Logiciel Jamulus" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:26 -msgid "### Use of Profile Information" -msgstr "### Utilisation des informations de profil" +msgid "Jamulus is open source software that can be modified by anyone. As such, the Jamulus project can make no representations related to privacy, data collection, or security with respect to your use of the software." +msgstr "Jamulus est un logiciel open source qui peut être modifié par tout le monde. En tant que tel, le projet Jamulus ne peut faire aucune déclaration concernant la confidentialité, la collecte de données ou la sécurité en ce qui concerne votre utilisation du logiciel." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:28 -msgid "When you connect to a Server, whatever you put in My Profile (in Settings) will be shown to others on that Server while you are connected to it. Note that, depending on the other client, you may not see them. Also, the Server operator can see the name you set in My Profile and your IP address, using the Server either through the GUI or JSON-RPC." -msgstr "Lorsque vous vous connectez à un serveur, ce que vous avez mis dans Mon profil (dans Paramètres) sera visible par les autres utilisateurs de ce serveur pendant que vous y êtes connecté. Veuillez noter que, selon l'autre client, vous pourriez ne pas les voir. De plus, l'opérateur du serveur peut voir le nom que vous avez défini dans Mon profil et votre adresse IP, en utilisant le serveur soit par l'interface graphique, soit par JSON-RPC." +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:27 +#, no-wrap +msgid "General Information" +msgstr "Informations générales" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:30 -msgid "When you connect to a Server, your profile may also be available to third parties from the Directory to which that Server is registered. This can be for informational purposes about the status of the public Jamulus network (for example, [here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)), but may not be limited to that. Profile information is not otherwise logged or stored by the Jamulus Server you are connected to, or by the Jamulus Directory, but may be stored or processed by third parties." -msgstr "Lorsque vous vous connectez à un serveur public, votre profil est également accessible à des tiers à partir de l'annuaire sur lequel ce serveur est enregistré. Cela peut être à des fins d'information sur l'état du réseau public Jamulus (par exemple, [ici](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)), mais ne se limite pas à cela. Les informations de profil ne sont pas autrement enregistrées ou stockées par le serveur Jamulus auquel vous êtes connecté, ou par l'annuaire Jamulus, mais peuvent être stockées ou traitées par des tiers." +msgid "Under normal use with software downloaded from this website that has not been modified, your user profile information is exchanged with Servers you connect to, peers connected to those same Servers, and to third parties (including Directories) that use the Jamulus protocol. This information is limited to your Jamulus name, city, country, instrument, and skill level as you have set them in your profile. The Servers you connect to will also have access to your internet address (IP Address) as it is required for the software to work; but this information is not shared with peers on the same Server or available to third parties." +msgstr "Dans le cadre d'une utilisation normale d'un logiciel téléchargé à partir de ce site web et qui n'a pas été modifié, les informations de votre profil utilisateur sont échangées avec les serveurs auxquels vous vous connectez, les pairs connectés à ces mêmes serveurs et les tierces parties (y compris les annuaires) qui utilisent le protocole Jamulus. Ces informations se limitent à votre nom Jamulus, votre ville, votre pays, votre instrument et votre niveau de compétence tels que vous les avez définis dans votre profil. Les serveurs auxquels vous vous connectez ont également accès à votre adresse Internet (adresse IP), qui est nécessaire au fonctionnement du logiciel, mais ces informations ne sont pas partagées avec les autres utilisateurs du même serveur et ne sont pas accessibles à des tierces parties." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:32 -msgid "### Use of IP Addresses" -msgstr "### Utilisation des adresses IP" +msgid "All communications between and among Clients, Servers, Directories, and third-party protocol users are sent without encryption." +msgstr "Toutes les communications entre les clients, les serveurs, les annuaires et les utilisateurs de protocoles de tierces parties sont envoyées sans cryptage." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:34 -msgid "When you connect to Server, the Server operator can see your IP address while you are connected. If the Server operator has enabled logging (which is off by default) your IP address will also be logged and stored in the Server's log file." -msgstr "Lorsque vous vous connectez à un serveur, l'opérateur du serveur peut voir votre adresse IP pendant que vous êtes connecté. Si l'opérateur du serveur a activé la journalisation (qui est désactivée par défaut), votre adresse IP sera également enregistrée et stockée dans le fichier journal du serveur." +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:33 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus Servers" +msgstr "Serveurs Jamulus" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:36 -msgid "The IP addresses of all Servers registered with the Directory can also be seen by third parties for informational or other purposes (for example [here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)). Your public IP address is otherwise not logged or stored by Jamulus, but may be stored or processed by third parties." -msgstr "Les adresses IP de tous les serveurs publics enregistrés auprès du serveur d'annuaire peuvent également être vues par des tiers à des fins d'information ou autres (par exemple [ici](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)). Votre adresse IP publique n'est par ailleurs ni enregistrée ni stockée par Jamulus, mais elle peut être stockée ou traitée par des tiers." +msgid "When you connect to a Server, either directly or through a Directory, the operator of that Server is responsible for its operation policy, privacy policy, and data use policy. While unmodified Servers do not log or store your connection or profile information by default, some Servers may be configured to do so. Therefore, you should have no expectation of privacy with respect to your profile information or internet address." +msgstr "Lorsque vous vous connectez à un serveur, soit directement, soit par l'intermédiaire d'un annuaire, l'opérateur de ce serveur est responsable de sa politique de fonctionnement, de sa politique de confidentialité et de sa politique d'utilisation des données. Bien que les serveurs non modifiés n'enregistrent ni ne stockent par défaut vos informations de connexion ou de profil, certains serveurs peuvent être configurés pour le faire. Par conséquent, vous ne devez pas vous attendre à ce que les informations relatives à votre profil ou à votre adresse Internet soient protégées." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:38 -msgid "### Audio Recordings" -msgstr "### Enregistrements audio" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:37 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Chat Exchanges" +msgstr "Échanges de tchate" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:40 -msgid "You will see a notice if you are connected to a Jamulus Server when Server recording is turned on. Recordings of each player are stored by the Server separately as .WAV files and only the Server operator has access to them unless they choose to make them available to third parties." -msgstr "Vous verrez une notification si vous êtes connecté à un serveur Jamulus alors que l'enregistrement du serveur est activé. Les enregistrements de chaque joueur sont stockés séparément par le serveur sous forme de fichiers .WAV et seul l'opérateur du serveur y a accès sauf s'ils choisissent de les mettre à la disposition de tiers." +msgid "Chats are textual messages that can be exchanged between Clients connected to the same Server. Everyone connected to a Server can see all chats and there should be no expectation of privacy with respect to information sent through the chat feature of Jamulus. While unmodified Servers do not log or store chats, some modified Servers may do this." +msgstr "Les tchates sont des messages textuels qui peuvent être échangés entre des clients connectés au même serveur. Toute personne connectée à un serveur peut voir toutes les discussions et il ne faut pas s'attendre à ce que les informations envoyées par la fonction de tchate de Jamulus soient privées. Bien que les serveurs non modifiés n'enregistrent ni ne stockent les discussions, certains serveurs modifiés pourraient le faire." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:42 -msgid "### Text Chat" -msgstr "### Tchate texte" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio Recordings" +msgstr "Enregistrements audio" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:44 -msgid "When you type a message in the Chat Window, other connected players can see that, but chats are not stored by the Server and neither the Server operator nor any third parties have access to them." -msgstr "Lorsque vous tapez un message dans la fenêtre de tchate, les autres musiciens connectés peuvent le voir, mais les tchates ne sont pas stockés par le serveur et ni l'opérateur du serveur ni des tiers n'y ont accès." +msgid "Unmodified Servers will display a notice if recording is turned on. Recordings of each channel are stored by the Server and are controlled by the Server operator." +msgstr "Les serveurs non modifiés afficheront une notification si l'enregistrement est activé. Les enregistrements de chaque canal sont stockés par le serveur et sont contrôlés par l'opérateur du serveur." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:46 -msgid "### Data Transmission" -msgstr "### Transmission de données" +msgid "It is possible for connected Clients to make recordings of sessions outside of Jamulus itself, for which there may be no notice or indication. Jamulus has no way to detect or control these situations and makes no representations as to the collection or use of such recording data." +msgstr "Il est possible que des clients connectés effectuent des enregistrements de sessions en dehors de Jamulus lui-même, pour lesquels il peut n'y avoir aucune notification ou indication. Jamulus n'a aucun moyen de détecter ou de contrôler ces situations et ne fait aucune déclaration quant à la collecte ou à l'utilisation de ces données d'enregistrement." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:47 -msgid "Please note that all audio and text data is sent and received between the Jamulus Server and Client without encryption." -msgstr "Veuillez noter que toutes les données audio et textuelles sont envoyées et reçues entre le serveur et le client Jamulus sans être cryptées." +#, no-wrap +msgid "Directories" +msgstr "Annuaires" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:49 +msgid "Directories are central connection points for locating Servers. The Jamulus Client comes with a pre-defined list of Directories for the convenience of users. These Directories are independently operated but are represented as running unmodified versions of the Jamulus software. If you do not wish to send your information to the Directories, you will need to connect to Servers directly." +msgstr "Les annuaires sont des points de connexion centraux permettant de localiser les serveurs. Le client Jamulus est fourni avec une liste prédéfinie d'annuaires pour la commodité des utilisateurs. Ces annuaires sont gérés de manière indépendante mais sont présentés comme exécutant des versions non modifiées du logiciel Jamulus. Si vous ne souhaitez pas envoyer vos informations aux annuaires, vous devrez vous connecter directement aux serveurs." + +#~ msgid "The website at [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) is served using GitHub Pages. The Jamulus team has not constructed the website to set tracking cookies, but see Github's [privacy policy](https://docs.github.com/en/site-policy/privacy-policies/github-privacy-statement) for information relating to data collection and privacy overall. The community knowledge base uses [Giscus](https://github.com/giscus/giscus) for discussions and comments. You can find the [Privacy Policy of giscus on their GitHub repository](https://github.com/giscus/giscus/blob/main/PRIVACY-POLICY.md)." +#~ msgstr "Le site web [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) est propulsé par les pages GitHub. L'équipe de Jamulus n'a pas conçu le site web de manière à installer des cookies de suivi, mais consultez la [politique de confidentialité](https://docs.github.com/fr/site-policy/privacy-policies/github-privacy-statement) de Github pour obtenir des informations sur la collecte de données et la confidentialité en général. La base de connaissances de la communauté utilise [Giscus](https://github.com/giscus/giscus) pour les discussions et les commentaires. Vous trouverez la [Politique de confidentialité de Giscus sur leur dépôt GitHub](https://github.com/giscus/giscus/blob/main/PRIVACY-POLICY.md)." + +#~ msgid "Please note that the English version of this privacy statement is the original and, as such, the binding version. To access the English version, go to the top/top right of this page and click on the \"en\" link. The following only applies to the version you can download from this website, [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io)." +#~ msgstr "Veuillez noter que la version anglaise de cette déclaration de confidentialité est la version originale et, en tant que telle, la version contraignante. Pour accéder à la version anglaise, allez en haut/en haut à droite de cette page et cliquez sur le lien \"en\". Ce qui suit s'applique uniquement à la version que vous pouvez télécharger à partir de ce site Web, [jamulus.io] (https://jamulus.io)." + +#~ msgid "\"**Server**\" The Jamulus Server software, as opposed to the host machine/OS it is running on." +#~ msgstr "\"**Serveur**\" Le logiciel serveur Jamulus, par opposition à la machine hôte/OS sur laquelle il est exécuté." + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Web site" +#~ msgstr "Site internet" + +#~ msgid "The website at [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) is served using GitHub Pages. We do not collect your personal data or set tracking cookies. When you connect to the jamulus.io site, your IP is sent to [GitHub Pages](https://pages.github.com/)." +#~ msgstr "Le site internet [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) est hébergé par GitHub Pages. Nous ne collectons pas vos données personnelles et ne définissons pas de cookies de suivi. Si vous vous connectez au site jamulus.io, votre IP est envoyée aux [pages GitHub](https://pages.github.com/)." + +#~ msgid "When you connect to a Server, whatever you put in My Profile (in Settings) will be shown to others on that Server while you are connected to it. Note that, depending on the other client, you may not see them. Also, the Server operator can see the name you set in My Profile and your IP address, using the Server either through the GUI or JSON-RPC." +#~ msgstr "Lorsque vous vous connectez à un serveur, ce que vous avez mis dans Mon profil (dans Paramètres) sera visible par les autres utilisateurs de ce serveur pendant que vous y êtes connecté. Veuillez noter que, selon l'autre client, vous pourriez ne pas les voir. De plus, l'opérateur du serveur peut voir le nom que vous avez défini dans Mon profil et votre adresse IP, en utilisant le serveur soit par l'interface graphique, soit par JSON-RPC." + +#~ msgid "When you connect to a Server, your profile may also be available to third parties from the Directory to which that Server is registered. This can be for informational purposes about the status of the public Jamulus network (for example, [here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)), but may not be limited to that. Profile information is not otherwise logged or stored by the Jamulus Server you are connected to, or by the Jamulus Directory, but may be stored or processed by third parties." +#~ msgstr "Lorsque vous vous connectez à un serveur, votre profil peut également être accessible à des tiers à partir de l'annuaire sur lequel ce serveur est enregistré. Cela peut être à des fins d'information sur l'état du réseau public Jamulus (par exemple, [ici](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)), mais pourrait ne pas se limiter à cela. Les informations de profil ne sont pas autrement enregistrées ou stockées par le serveur Jamulus auquel vous êtes connecté, ou par l'annuaire Jamulus, mais peuvent être stockées ou traitées par des tiers." + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Use of IP Addresses" +#~ msgstr "Utilisation des adresses IP" + +#~ msgid "When you connect to Server, the Server operator can see your IP address while you are connected. If the Server operator has enabled logging (which is off by default) your IP address will also be logged and stored in the Server's log file." +#~ msgstr "Lorsque vous vous connectez à un serveur, l'opérateur du serveur peut voir votre adresse IP pendant que vous êtes connecté. Si l'opérateur du serveur a activé la journalisation (qui est désactivée par défaut), votre adresse IP sera également enregistrée et stockée dans le fichier de journalisation du serveur." + +#~ msgid "The IP addresses of all Servers registered with the Directory can also be seen by third parties for informational or other purposes (for example [here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)). Your public IP address is otherwise not logged or stored by Jamulus, but may be stored or processed by third parties." +#~ msgstr "Les adresses IP de tous les serveurs enregistrés auprès du serveur d'annuaire peuvent également être vues par des tiers à des fins d'information ou autres (par exemple [ici](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)). Votre adresse IP publique n'est par ailleurs ni enregistrée ni stockée par Jamulus, mais elle peut être stockée ou traitée par des tiers." + +#~ msgid "You will see a notice if you are connected to a Jamulus Server when Server recording is turned on. Recordings of each player are stored by the Server separately as .WAV files and only the Server operator has access to them unless they choose to make them available to third parties." +#~ msgstr "Vous verrez une notification si vous êtes connecté à un serveur Jamulus alors que l'enregistrement du serveur est activé. Les enregistrements de chaque musicien sont stockés séparément par le serveur sous forme de fichiers .WAV et seul l'opérateur du serveur y a accès sauf s'il choisit de les mettre à la disposition de tiers." + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Text Chat" +#~ msgstr "Tchate texte" + +#~ msgid "When you type a message in the Chat Window, other connected players can see that, but chats are not stored by the Server and neither the Server operator nor any third parties have access to them." +#~ msgstr "Lorsque vous tapez un message dans la fenêtre de tchate, les autres musiciens connectés peuvent le voir, mais les tchates ne sont pas stockés par le serveur et ni l'opérateur du serveur ni des tiers n'y ont accès." + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Data Transmission" +#~ msgstr "Transmission de données" + +#~ msgid "Please note that all audio and text data is sent and received between the Jamulus Server and Client without encryption." +#~ msgstr "Veuillez noter que toutes les données audio et textuelles sont envoyées et reçues entre le serveur et le client Jamulus sans être cryptées." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/QOS-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/QOS-Windows.po index a7554f9b6..84828d665 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/QOS-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/QOS-Windows.po @@ -2,38 +2,41 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Olivier Humbert , 2022. +# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023. +# Julien Taverna , 2023. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-16 15:25+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-01 19:05+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "fr" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/QOS-Windows" msgstr "/wiki/QOS-Windows" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Quality of Service (QoS)" @@ -44,10 +47,11 @@ msgstr "Qualité de service (QoS)" msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" %}" msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:11 -msgid "## Use of QoS on Windows" -msgstr "## Utiliser QoS sous Windows" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Use of QoS on Windows" +msgstr "Utiliser QoS sous Windows" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:13 @@ -57,17 +61,56 @@ msgstr "Jamulus utilise la qualité de service (QoS) pour atténuer les délais #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:15 msgid "If you want to explore the effect of non-default settings, see [RFC4594](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc4594) pages 16-18. Jamulus sets the DS Field byte to 128 (or 0x80) to select DSCP/CS4 in an IPv4 or IPv6 packet header. Other byte values can be set using the -Q option, e.g. -Q [0..255]. However, most people will have no need to do this." -msgstr "Si vous souhaitez explorer l'effet des paramètres par défaut, consultez [RFC4594](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc4594) pages 16-18. Jamulus définit l'octet DS Field à 128 (ou 0x80) pour sélectionner DSCP/CS4 dans un en-tête de paquet IPv4 ou IPv6. D'autres valeurs d'octets peuvent être définies en utilisant l'option -Q, par exemple -Q [0..255]. Cependant, la plupart des gens n'auront pas besoin de le faire." +msgstr "Si vous souhaitez explorer l'effet de paramètres qui ne sont pas ceux par défaut, consultez [RFC4594](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc4594) pages 16-18. Jamulus définit l'octet DS Field à 128 (ou 0x80) pour sélectionner DSCP/CS4 dans une en-tête de paquet IPv4 ou IPv6. D'autres valeurs d'octets peuvent être définies en utilisant l'option -Q, par exemple -Q [0..255]. Cependant, la plupart des gens n'auront pas besoin de le faire." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:17 msgid "Jamulus' QoS settings (including the default) are set to 0 on recent Windows and macOS because of the operating system. To use QoS on Windows, follow these instructions. Note that you may need to repeat this procedure every time Jamulus is updated." -msgstr "Les paramètres de QoS de Jamulus (y compris la valeur par défaut) sont réglés sur 0 sur les systèmes Windows et macOS récents en raison du système d'exploitation. Pour utiliser la QoS sous Windows, suivez ces instructions. Notez que vous devrez peut-être répéter cette procédure à chaque mise à jour de Jamulus." +msgstr "Les paramètres de QoS de Jamulus (y compris la valeur par défaut) sont réglés sur 0 sur les systèmes Windows et macOS récents en raison du système d'exploitation. Pour utiliser la QoS sous Windows, suivez ces instructions. Notez que vous pourriez devoir répéter cette procédure à chaque mise à jour de Jamulus." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:37 -msgid "In Search box beside Start menu, Type: Local Group Policy Editor (enter)
In new window, (click) on the menu icon to display the Actions third panel
Looking at the first panel of the Local Group Policy Editor
 Local Computer Policy
  Computer Configuration
   Windows Settings
    Policy-based QoS (click)
Looking at the third panel (Actions) of the Local Group Policy Editor
 Policy-based QoS
  More Actions
   Create new Policy (click)
    Policy Name: Jamulus
    Specify DSCP value: 32
    Next
    This QoS policy applies Only to applications with name Jamulus.exe
    Next
    Next
    UDP
    Finish
" -msgstr "Dans la zone de recherche à côté du menu Démarrer, tapez : Éditeur de stratégie de groupe local (entrée)
Dans une nouvelle fenêtre, (cliquez) sur l'icône de menu pour afficher le troisième panneau Actions
En regardant le premier panneau de l'éditeur de stratégie de groupe local
 Stratégie de l'ordinateur local
  Configuration de l'ordinateur
   Paramètres Windows
    QoS basée sur la stratégie (clic)
dans le troisième panneau (Actions) de l'éditeur de stratégie de groupe local
 QoS basée sur la stratégie
  Plus d'actions
   Créer une nouvelle stratégie (cliquez)
  ;   Nom de la politique : Jamulus
    Spécifier la valeur DSCP : 32
    Suivant
     Cette politique QoS s'applique uniquement aux applications avec le nom Jamulus.exe
    Suivant
    Suivant
    UDP
    Terminer
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"In Search box beside Start menu, Type: Local Group Policy Editor (enter)
\n" +"In new window, (click) on the menu icon to display the Actions third panel
\n" +"Looking at the first panel of the Local Group Policy Editor
\n" +" Local Computer Policy
\n" +"  Computer Configuration
\n" +"   Windows Settings
\n" +"    Policy-based QoS (click)
\n" +"Looking at the third panel (Actions) of the Local Group Policy Editor
\n" +" Policy-based QoS
\n" +"  More Actions
\n" +"   Create new Policy (click)
\n" +"    Policy Name: Jamulus
\n" +"    Specify DSCP value: 32
\n" +"    Next
\n" +"    This QoS policy applies Only to applications with name Jamulus.exe
\n" +"    Next
\n" +"    Next
\n" +"    UDP
\n" +"    Finish
\n" +msgstr "" +"Dans la zone de recherche à côté du menu Démarrer, tapez : Éditeur de stratégie de groupe local (entrée)
\n" +"Dans une nouvelle fenêtre, (cliquez) sur l'icône de menu pour afficher le troisième panneau Actions
\n" +"En regardant le premier panneau de l'éditeur de stratégie de groupe local
\n" +" Stratégie de l'ordinateur local
\n" +"  Configuration de l'ordinateur
\n" +"   Paramètres Windows
\n" +"    QoS basée sur la stratégie (clic)
\n" +"dans le troisième panneau (Actions) de l'éditeur de stratégie de groupe local
\n" +" QoS basée sur la stratégie
\n" +"  Plus d'actions
\n" +"   Créer une nouvelle stratégie (cliquez)
\n" +"  ;   Nom de la politique : Jamulus
\n" +"    Spécifier la valeur DSCP : 32
\n" +"    Suivant
\n" +"     Cette politique QoS s'applique uniquement aux applications avec le nom Jamulus.exe
\n" +"    Suivant
\n" +"    Suivant
\n" +"    UDP
\n" +"    Terminer
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:39 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Running-a-Server.po index 39903fe8d..b51f951f0 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Running-a-Server.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Running-a-Server.po @@ -3,347 +3,432 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Julien Taverna , 2022. # Olivier Humbert , 2022. +# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023. +# Julien Taverna , 2023. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-16 15:25+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-25 10:53+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" "Language-Team: French \n" "Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0.1-dev\n" "X-Language: fr_FR\n" "X-Source-Language: en_150\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "fr" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Running-a-Server" msgstr "/wiki/Running-a-Server" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Running a Server" msgstr "Exécuter un serveur" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server Administration Manual" +msgstr "Manuel d'administration d'un serveur" + #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:10 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# Server Administration Manual\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" -msgstr "" -"# Manuel d'administration d'un serveur\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:12 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:14 -msgid "Table of contents" -msgstr "Table des matières" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:16 -msgid "TOC" -msgstr "TOC" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "Table des matières\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:17 -msgid "{:toc}" -msgstr "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" +msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:19 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:22 -msgid "## Do I need to run a Server?" -msgstr "## Dois-je faire tourner un serveur ?" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Do I need to run a Server?" +msgstr "Dois-je administrer un serveur ?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:24 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:23 #, no-wrap -msgid "**No**. You can use the Servers listed by the built in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server or choose a third party hosting service. If you just want an undisturbed session, use the [soloing technique described on the Tips and Tricks page](Tips-Tricks-More#have-an-undisturbed-session-on-any-server). If you decide you cannot use any of the Servers listed by the built in Directories, you may be able to use a Server (either Registered in a Custom Directory, or Unregistered - see [Server Types](#server-types)) hosted by a third party. Doing so will save you the trouble of setting one up yourself.\n" -msgstr "**Non**. Vous pouvez utiliser les serveurs enregistrés sur les annuaires intégrés et utiliser Jamulus sans exécuter de serveur ou choisir un service d'hébergement tiers. Si vous voulez juste une session non perturbée, utilisez la [technique de mise en solo décrite sur la page Trucs et astuces](Tips-Tricks-More#avoir-une-session-non-perturbée-sur-nimporte-quel-serveur). Si vous décidez que vous ne pouvez utiliser aucun des serveurs répertoriés par les annuaires intégrés, vous pourrez peut-être utiliser un serveur (soit enregistré dans un annuaire personnalisé, soit non enregistré - voir [Types de serveur](#types-de-serveur)) hébergé par un tiers. Cela vous évitera d'avoir à en installer un vous-même.\n" +msgid "**No**. You don't need to run a Server. You can use the Servers listed by the built-in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server yourself. You can also use an unlisted Server if you know its internet address. Or you can use a third party hosting service such as [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/) or [KOORD](https://koord.live/). There's probably a Server nearby that you and your friends can use at low enough latency for most needs.\n" +msgstr "**Non**. Vous n'avez pas besoin d'exécuter un serveur. Vous pouvez utiliser les serveurs répertoriés par les annuaires intégrés et utiliser Jamulus sans exécuter vous-même un serveur. Vous pouvez également utiliser un serveur non répertorié si vous connaissez son adresse Internet. Ou vous pouvez utiliser un service d'hébergement tiers tel que [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/) ou [KOORD](https://koord.live/). Il y a probablement un serveur à proximité que vous et vos amis pouvez utiliser avec une latence suffisamment faible pour la plupart des besoins.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:26 -msgid "## Basic requirements" -msgstr "## Exigences de base" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:25 +msgid "Using a public Server might introduce you to strangers. If you want an undisturbed session, you can use the soloing technique described on the [Tips and Tricks page](Tips-Tricks-More#have-an-undisturbed-session-on-any-server). You won't hear strangers who connect to the Server, but they can hear you if they wish." +msgstr "L'utilisation d'un serveur public peut vous faire rencontrer des inconnus. Si vous voulez une session sans être dérangé, vous pouvez utiliser la technique du solo décrite sur la page [Trucs et astuces](Tips-Tricks-More#avoir-une-session-non-perturbée-sur-nimporte-quel-serveur). Vous n'entendrez pas les étrangers qui se connectent au serveur, mais ils pourront vous entendre s'ils le souhaitent." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:28 -msgid "While setting up a Server isn't difficult, it's a good idea to read the following background information to avoid some problems:" -msgstr "Bien que la configuration d'un serveur ne soit pas difficile, il est conseillé de lire les informations générales suivantes pour éviter certains problèmes :" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Requirements" +msgstr "Exigences" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:30 -msgid "### Speed and latency" -msgstr "### Vitesse et latence" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Speed and latency" +msgstr "Vitesse et latence" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:32 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:33 #, no-wrap msgid "**_The capability of the Server itself (and the network it's on) is NOT the main determinant of the quality of a Jamulus session!_**\n" msgstr "**_La capacité du serveur lui-même (et du réseau sur lequel il se trouve) n'est PAS le principal déterminant de la qualité d'une session Jamulus!_**\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:34 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:35 msgid "Usually, problems are on the _Client_ side and should be fixed there. Have a look at the [Troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) if needed." msgstr "Habituellement, les problèmes se situent du côté _Client_ et doivent y être résolus. Consultez la [page de dépannage](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) si nécessaire." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:36 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:37 msgid "However, various problems can also arise when setting up Servers - especially when run on a low-bandwidth home connection. It's usually fine to have less than 5 players on a slower-speed home connection (eg 10 Mbit/s down and 1 Mbit/s up). You can read more about network requirements at [different quality settings here](Server-Bandwidth)." msgstr "Cependant, divers problèmes peuvent également survenir lors de la configuration des serveurs, en particulier lorsqu'ils sont exécutés sur une connexion domestique à faible bande passante. Il est généralement acceptable d'avoir moins de 5 musiciens sur une connexion domestique à vitesse plus lente (par exemple, 10 Mbit/s aval et 1 Mbit/s amont). Vous pouvez en savoir plus sur les exigences du réseau sur [différents paramètres de qualité ici](Server-Bandwidth)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:38 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:39 msgid "Consider using a cloud host, not your home internet connection, to get better ping times if you're having problems." -msgstr "Envisagez d'utiliser un hôte sur le cloud, pas votre connection internet domestique, pour obtenir de meilleurs temps de ping si vous avez des problèmes." +msgstr "Envisagez d'utiliser un hôte dans le nuage, pas votre connexion internet domestique, pour obtenir de meilleurs temps de ping si vous avez des problèmes." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:41 -msgid "### General notes" -msgstr "### Notes générales" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "General notes" +msgstr "Notes générales" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:43 +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 msgid "Any Server should have at least 1.6GHz CPU frequency and 1GB RAM" msgstr "Tout serveur doit avoir une fréquence de CPU d'au moins 1,6 GHz et 1 Go de RAM" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:44 +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 msgid "Running a Server may require you to adjust any firewalls running on or outside of your machine or cloud host." msgstr "L'exécution d'un serveur peut nécessiter l'ajustement de tout pare-feu fonctionnant sur ou en dehors de votre machine ou de votre hôte cloud." +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 +msgid "You must set up port forwarding on your router to run an [Unregistered Server](Unregistered-Servers) at home. This should not be necessary when running a Registered Server in most cases. However, some home networks can require port forwarding for a Registered Server." +msgstr "Vous devez configurer la redirection de port sur votre routeur pour faire fonctionner un [serveur non enregistré](Unregistered-Servers) chez vous. Dans la plupart des cas, cela ne devrait pas être nécessaire pour exécuter un serveur enregistré. Cependant, certains réseaux domestiques peuvent exiger une redirection de port pour un serveur enregistré." + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 +msgid "Jamulus offers limited IPv6 support that you can turn on for a Client or Server from the command line." +msgstr "Jamulus offre un support IPv6 limité que vous pouvez activer pour un client ou un serveur à partir de la ligne de commande." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:49 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "Installation" + #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:45 -msgid "Running an Unregistered Server at home will require you to [port forward](#port-forwarding) on your router. When running a Registered Server, port forwarding should not be necessary in most cases, but it's advisable to do so because some networks may not work properly with Jamulus in its default mode." -msgstr "Pour exécuter un serveur non enregistré à la maison, vous devez effectuer une [redirection de port](#redirection-de-port) sur votre routeur. Lorsque vous exécutez un serveur enregistré, la redirection de port ne devrait pas être nécessaire dans la plupart des cas, mais il est conseillé de le faire car certains réseaux peuvent ne pas fonctionner correctement avec Jamulus dans son mode par défaut." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:52 +msgid "Most people run Jamulus on a 3rd party/cloud host as a \"headless\" Server (no video display or keyboard) on **hardware without audio** running Linux. You can also run a Server in a [**desktop environment**](#servers-on-the-desktop)." +msgstr "La plupart des gens exécutent Jamulus sur un hôte tiers/cloud en tant que serveur \"sans affichage\" (pas d'affichage vidéo ni de clavier) sur **du matériel sans audio** fonctionnant sous Linux. Vous pouvez également faire tourner un serveur dans un [**environnement de bureau**](#serveurs-sur-le-bureau)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 -msgid "Jamulus only has limited IPv6 support which needs to be enabled with a command line argument on the Client and Server. (There are plans to expand IPv6 support.)" -msgstr "Jamulus ne dispose que d'un support limité d'IPv6 qui doit être activé par un argument de ligne de commande sur le client et le serveur. (Il est prévu d'étendre le support IPv6.)" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:56 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note** The following steps will result in you running an \"Unregistered\" Server. For more information, see [the Server Modes section](#server-modes) below.\n" +msgstr "**Remarque** les étapes suivantes vous permettront d'exécuter un serveur \"non enregistré\". Pour plus d'informations, voir [la section modes du serveur](#modes-du-serveur) ci-dessous.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:48 -msgid "## Server Types" -msgstr "## Types de serveur" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:60 +msgid "To run a headless server on Linux, the following steps assume you are familiar with the command line and Debian/Ubuntu or similar distribution that uses systemd." +msgstr "Pour exécuter un serveur sans affichage sous Linux, les étapes suivantes supposent que vous êtes familier avec la ligne de commande et avec Debian/Ubuntu ou une distribution similaire qui utilise systemd." + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 +msgid "Download the setup script: `curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh`" +msgstr "Télécharger le script d'installation : `curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh`" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 +msgid "Make the script executable: `chmod +x setup_repo.sh`" +msgstr "Rendre le script exécutable : `chmod +x setup_repo.sh`" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 +msgid "Run the script and install the headless server: `sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus-headless`" +msgstr "Exécutez le script et installez le serveur sans interface graphique : `sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus-headless`" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 +msgid "Enable the headless Server process:" +msgstr "Activez le processus du serveur sans affichage :" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:50 -msgid "You can run your Server in different ways (either at home or on a 3rd party host):" -msgstr "Vous pouvez exécuter votre serveur de différentes manières (soit à la maison, soit sur un hébergeur tiers) :" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:67 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\t`sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`\n" +msgstr "\t`sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`\n" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:69 +msgid "Add your desired [command line options](Running-a-Server#configuration-options) to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file:" +msgstr "Ajoutez les [options de la ligne de commande](Running-a-Server#options-de-configuration) voulues à la ligne `ExecStart` dans le fichier service systemd :" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:52 -msgid "### 1. Registered" -msgstr "### 1. Enregistré" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:71 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\t`sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless`\n" +msgstr "\t`sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless`\n" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:73 +msgid "Reload the systemd files and restart the headless Server:" +msgstr "Rechargez les fichiers systemd et redémarrez le serveur sans affichage :" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:54 -msgid "Your Server will be listed in a Directory. By default, Jamulus has a list of built-in Directories that Clients can connect to. If you register with one of these, anyone can then discover and connect to your Server. You can also have your Server listed on a Custom Directory, if that better meets your needs." -msgstr "Votre serveur sera enregistré dans un annuaire. Par défaut, Jamulus a une liste d'annuaires intégrés auxquels les clients peuvent se connecter. Si vous vous enregistrez auprès de l'un d'entre eux, n'importe qui peut alors découvrir et se connecter à votre serveur. Vous pouvez également avoir votre serveur enregistré dans un annuaire personnalisé, si cela répond mieux à vos besoins." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:75 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\t`sudo systemctl daemon-reload && systemctl restart jamulus-headless`\n" +msgstr "\t`sudo systemctl daemon-reload && systemctl restart jamulus-headless`\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:59 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:77 +msgid "_To amend your Server configuration, just repeat the last two steps above._" +msgstr "_Pour modifier la configuration de votre serveur, il suffit de répéter les deux dernières étapes ci-dessus._" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:80 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"
\n" -"\t\"Diagram\n" -"
How Registered Servers work
\n" -"
\n" -msgstr "" -"
\n" -"\t\"Diagramme\n" -"\t
Fonctionnement des serveurs enregistrés
\n" -"
\n" +msgid "Server Modes" +msgstr "Modes du serveur" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:61 -msgid "### 2. Unregistered" -msgstr "### 2. Non enregistré" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:83 +msgid "Servers can be run in one of three modes (either at home or on a 3rd party host), depending on your needs." +msgstr "Les serveurs peuvent fonctionner selon l'un des trois modes suivants (à domicile ou sur un hôte tiers), en fonction de vos besoins." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:84 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Unregistered mode" +msgstr "Mode non-enregistré" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:63 -msgid "This is the default when starting a Server for the first time. Unregistered Servers are not listed by Directories, so only musicians who know your Server's address to will be able to connect to it. This is useful because Jamulus does not let you control who can connect to a Server." -msgstr "Il s'agit de la valeur par défaut lors du premier démarrage d'un serveur. Les serveurs non enregistrés ne sont pas répertoriés par les annuaires, donc seuls les musiciens qui connaissent l'adresse de votre serveur pourront s'y connecter. Ceci est utile car Jamulus ne vous permet pas de contrôler qui peut se connecter à un serveur." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:87 +msgid "This is the default when starting a Server for the first time. Unregistered Servers are not listed by Directories, so only musicians who know your Server's address can connect to it." +msgstr "Il s'agit de la valeur par défaut lors du premier démarrage d'un serveur. Les serveurs non enregistrés ne sont pas répertoriés par les annuaires, donc seuls les musiciens qui connaissent l'adresse de votre serveur pourront s'y connecter." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:68 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:89 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**For information about running an Unregistered Server [see this guide](Unregistered-Servers).**\n" +msgstr "**Pour plus d'informations sur l'utilisation d'un serveur non enregistré, [voir ce guide](Unregistered-Servers).**\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:93 #, no-wrap msgid "" "
\n" "\t\"Diagram\n" -"\t
How Unregistered Servers work
\n" "
\n" msgstr "" "
\n" "\t\"Diagramme\n" -"\t
Fonctionnement des serveurs non enregistrés
\n" "
\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:70 -msgid "If you are running an unregistered server behind a home internet connection, you might need to enable [port forwarding](#port-forwarding) as described below." -msgstr "Si vous utilisez un serveur non enregistré derrière une connexion Internet à domicile, vous devrez peut-être activer [la redirection de port](#redirection-de-port) comme décrit ci-dessous." +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:94 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Registered mode" +msgstr "Mode enregistré" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:72 -msgid "### 3. Directory" -msgstr "### 3. Annuaire" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:97 +msgid "In this mode your Server will appear in the server list supplied by a Directory. Jamulus Clients come with a list of Directories built-in. If you register your Server with one of these, anyone can discover and connect to it." +msgstr "Dans ce mode, votre serveur apparaîtra dans la liste des serveurs fournie par un annuaire. Les clients Jamulus sont livrés avec une liste de annuaires intégrée. Si vous enregistrez votre serveur dans l'un d'eux, n'importe qui peut le découvrir et s'y connecter." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:74 -msgid "If you want to run a number of Servers, possibly also behind a firewall or on a LAN, you may want to run your Server as a Directory. Examples include online events, music associations, sectional rehearsals or music lessons for schools." -msgstr "Lorsque vous souhaitez faire fonctionner plusieurs serveurs, éventuellement derrière un pare-feu ou sur un réseau local, vous voudrez peut-être exécuter votre serveur en tant qu'annuaire. Il s'agit par exemple d'événements en ligne, d'associations musicales, de répétitions de sections ou de cours de musique pour les écoles." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:99 +msgid "Alternatively, you can list your Server on a Custom Directory (see below). Clients will only find your Server if they enter the Custom Directory's internet address." +msgstr "Vous pouvez également inscrire votre serveur dans un annuaire personnalisé (voir ci-dessous). Les clients ne trouveront votre serveur que s'ils entrent l'adresse internet de l'annuaire personnalisé." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:76 -msgid "To run a Directory [read this guide](Directories)" -msgstr "Pour faire tourner un annuaire [lisez ce guide](Directories)" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:101 +msgid "Note that Directories can only register up to 150 Servers. If you see a message that says you cannot register your Server because the Directory is full, you can try registering with a different Directory." +msgstr "Notez que les annuaires ne peuvent enregistrer que 150 serveurs au maximum. Si vous voyez un message indiquant que vous ne pouvez pas enregistrer votre serveur parce que l'annuaire est plein, vous pouvez essayer de vous enregistrer dans un autre annuaire." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:79 -msgid "## Installation and Configuration" -msgstr "# Installation et configuration" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:105 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"
\n" +"\t\"Diagram\n" +"
\n" +msgstr "" +"
\n" +"\t\"Diagramme\n" +"
\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:81 -msgid "Most people run Jamulus as a \"pure\" Server on **hardware without audio** (e.g. on a 3rd party/cloud host) running Linux. The following steps assume you are familiar with the command line and Debian/Ubuntu or similar distribution using systemd. To run a server on Windows or on the desktop with a graphical user interface, [see this section](#servers-on-the-desktop)." -msgstr "La plupart des gens exécutent Jamulus en tant que serveur \"pur\" sur du **matériel sans audio** (par exemple sur un hôte tiers/cloud) sous Linux. Les étapes suivantes supposent que vous êtes familiarisé avec la ligne de commande et Debian/Ubuntu ou une distribution similaire utilisant systemd. Pour exécuter un serveur sous Windows ou sur le bureau avec une interface utilisateur graphique, [voir cette section](#serveurs-sur-le-bureau)." +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:106 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Directory mode" +msgstr "Mode annuaire" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:83 -msgid "If you want to run a Server on a Raspberry Pi (or a different armhf/arm64 debian-based device), you will need to download the `.deb` files for 32 bit `armhf` or 64 bit `arm64`, not the default `amd64` ones you'd use on an Intel/AMD based machine." -msgstr "Si vous souhaitez exécuter un serveur sur un Raspberry Pi (ou un autre appareil arnhf/arm64 basé sur debian), vous devrez télécharger les fichiers `.deb` pour `armhf`32 bits ou arm64`64 bits, pas les fichiers par défaut `amd64` que vous utiliseriez sur un Intel/machine basée sur AMD." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:109 +msgid "If you want to run a number of Servers, possibly also behind a firewall or on a LAN, you may want to run your Server as a Directory. Examples include online events, music associations, sectional rehearsals or music lessons for schools." +msgstr "Lorsque vous souhaitez faire fonctionner plusieurs serveurs, éventuellement derrière un pare-feu ou sur un réseau local, vous voudrez peut-être exécuter votre serveur en tant qu'annuaire. Il s'agit par exemple d'événements en ligne, d'associations de musique, de répétitions de sections ou de cours de musique pour les écoles." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:86 -msgid "### Installation" -msgstr "### Installation" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:111 +msgid "For information, [see the Directories guide](Directories)." +msgstr "Pour information [lire le guide des annuaires](Directories)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:88 -msgid "Download the [latest headless (amd64) .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}) or, if you use a Raspberry Pi etc. download the [latest armhf .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}) or the [latest arm64 .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }})" -msgstr "Téléchargez la [dernière version sans interface (amd64).deb]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}) ou, Si vous utilisez un Raspberry Pi etc. téléchargez la [dernière version (armhf).deb]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}) ou le [dernier fichier .deb arm64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }})" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:114 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Configuration options" +msgstr "Options de configuration" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:89 -msgid "Update apt to make sure you have a current list of standard packages: `sudo apt update`" -msgstr "Mettez à jour apt pour vous assurer que vous disposez d'une liste à jour des paquets standard : `sudo apt update`" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:117 +msgid "Depending on your operating system and how you are running the Server, you can set Server options and make them persistent between reloads by following these steps:" +msgstr "En fonction de votre système d'exploitation et de la façon dont vous exécutez le serveur, vous pouvez définir les options du serveur et les rendre persistantes entre les rechargements en suivant les étapes suivantes :" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:90 -msgid "Install the Jamulus package: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}` or for RasPi etc. armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}`; arm64: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }}`" -msgstr "Installez le paquet Jamulus : `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}` ou pour RasPi etc: armhf : `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}`; arm64: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }}`" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:119 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**For Linux headless** (Debian/Ubuntu using systemd)\n" +msgstr "**Pour Linux sans affichage** (Debian/Ubuntu utilisant systemd)\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:91 -msgid "Enable the headless Server process via systemd: `sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`" -msgstr "Activer le processus de serveur sans interface via systemd : `sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:121 +msgid "Add your desired command line options to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file by running `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` (You will need to reload or restart for the changes to take effect. See [Installation](#installation))." +msgstr "Ajoutez les options de la ligne de commande voulues à la ligne `ExecStart` dans le fichier service systemd en exécutant `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` (vous devrez recharger ou redémarrer pour que les changements prennent effet. Voir [Installation](#installation))." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:92 -msgid "Add your desired [command line options](Running-a-Server#command-line-options) to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file by running `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` (By default you will be running an Unregistered Server)." -msgstr "Ajoutez les [options de la ligne de commande](Running-a-Server#options-de-la-ligne-de-commande) voulues à la ligne `ExecStart` dans le fichier service systemd en exécutant `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` (par défaut vous démarrerai un serveur non enregistré)." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:123 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**For the GUI** (all platforms)\n" +msgstr "**Pour l'interface graphique** (toutes plateformes)\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:93 -msgid "Reload the systemd files `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` and restart the headless Server: `sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless`" -msgstr "Rechargez le fichier systemd `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` et redémarrez le serveur sans interface : `sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless`" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:125 +msgid "Any settings made using the graphical interface will be stored in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file. (Do **not** edit this file by hand!) However, some options are not available in the GUI and need to be set using the command line. For more information, see [Servers on the desktop](#servers-on-the-desktop)." +msgstr "Tout réglage effectué en utilisant l'interface graphique sera stocké dans le fichier `Jamulusserver.ini`. (Ne **pas** éditer ce fichier à la main !) Cependant, certaines options ne sont pas disponibles dans l'interface graphique et doivent être définies en utilisant la ligne de commande. Pour plus d'informations, voir [Serveurs sur le bureau](#serveurs-sur-le-bureau)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:94 -msgid "Check all is well with `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (hit `q` to get back to the command prompt)." -msgstr "Vérifiez que tout est en ordre avec `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (tapez `q` pour revenir au prompt)." +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:128 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Minimum setup to run in Registered mode" +msgstr "Configuration minimale pour fonctionner en mode enregistré" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:96 -msgid "You can control Jamulus with the `systemctl` command. For example, to stop the Server cleanly:" -msgstr "Vous pouvez contrôler Jamulus avec la commande `systemctl`. Par exemple, pour arrêter proprement le Serveur :" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:132 +msgid "You can run a headless Server on Linux using systemd (with `systemctl`), which is covered in other sections. You can also run a Server directly from the command line. Enter the following command to [run a Registered Server](#server-modes):" +msgstr "Vous pouvez faire tourner un serveur sans affichage sous Linux en utilisant systemd (avec `systemctl`), ce qui est couvert dans d'autres sections. Vous pouvez également exécuter un serveur directement depuis la ligne de commande. Entrez la commande suivante pour [lancer un serveur enregistré](#modes-du-serveur) :" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:98 -msgid "`sudo systemctl stop jamulus-headless`" -msgstr "`sudo systemctl stop jamulus-headless`" +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:133 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"jamulus-headless --nogui --server \\\n" +" --directoryaddress hostname:port \\\n" +" --serverinfo \"[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code or Qt5 Locale]\"\n" +msgstr "" +"jamulus-headless --nogui --server \\\n" +" --directoryaddress hostname:port \\\n" +" --serverinfo \"nomduserveur;ville;[ville en tant que code de pays ISO à deux-lettres ou locale Qt5]\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:100 -msgid "_To upgrade your Server, just repeat the steps above._" -msgstr "_Pour mettre à niveau votre serveur, répétez simplement les étapes ci-dessus._" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:140 +msgid "See the table below for `hostname:port` values." +msgstr "Voir le tableau ci-dessous pour les valeurs de `hostname:port`." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:102 -msgid "### Configuration" -msgstr "### Configuration" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:142 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note**: Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `[name]` and `[city]` within the `--serverinfo` argument. See the [Server mode-related options](#server-mode-related-options) for more information on the country code. \n" +msgstr "**Note** : les caractères points-virgules et nouvelles lignes ne sont pas autorisés dans `[nomdeserveur]` et `[ville]` dans l'argument `--serverinfo`. Voir les [options liées au mode serveur](#options-liées-au-mode-serveur) pour plus d'informations sur le code pays. \n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:104 -msgid "#### Running in Registered mode" -msgstr "#### Exécuter en mode enregistré" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:143 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server mode-related options" +msgstr "Options liées au mode serveur" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:145 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-e or --directoryaddress`" +msgstr "`-e ou --directoryaddress`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:106 -msgid "The following minimum setup is required to [run a Registered Server](Running-a-Server#server-types):" -msgstr "La configuration minimale suivante est requise pour [exécuter un serveur enregistré](Running-a-Server#types-de-serveur) :" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:148 +msgid "Required for a [Registered Server](Running-a-Server#registered-mode). Also required to run Jamulus as a [Directory](Directories)." +msgstr "Nécessaire pour un [serveur enregistré](Running-a-Server#mode-enregistré). Également requis pour exécuter Jamulus en tant qu'[annuaire](Directories)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:112 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"~~~\n" -"jamulus --nogui --server \\\n" -" --directoryserver genreServer:port \\\n" -" --serverinfo \"yourServerName;yourCity;[country ID]\"\n" -"~~~\n" -msgstr "" -"~~~\n" -"jamulus --nogui --server \\\n" -" --directoryserver genreServer:port \\\n" -" --serverinfo \"nomduserveur;ville;[country ID]\"\n" -"~~~\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:150 ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:171 +msgid "This option takes the format:" +msgstr "Cette option prend le format :" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:114 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Note**: Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `yourServerName` and `yourCity` within the `--serverinfo` argument\n" -msgstr "**Remarque** : les caractères point-virgule et saut de ligne ne sont pas autorisés dans `nomduserveur` et `ville` dans l'argument `--serverinfo`\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:152 +msgid "`--directoryaddress hostname:port` where `hostname` is the Genre Directory host name and `port` is its port number." +msgstr "`--directoryaddress hostname:port` où `hostname` est le nom d'hôte de l'annuaire de genre et `port` est son numéro de port." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:116 -msgid "To register with one of the Directories built into the Jamulus Client, replace `genreServer:port` in the example above with one of the following options:" -msgstr "Pour vous enregistrer dans l'un des annuaires intégrés au client Jamulus, remplacez `genreServer:port` dans l'exemple ci-dessus par l'une des options suivantes :" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:154 +msgid "To register with one of the Directories built into the Jamulus Client, replace `hostname:port` with one of the following options:" +msgstr "Pour vous enregistrer dans l'un des annuaires intégrés au client Jamulus, remplacez `hostname:port` par l'une des options suivantes :" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:127 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:164 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"| Genre | Server Address |\n" +"| Genre | `hostname:port` |\n" "|-----------|------------------|\n" "|**Any Genre 1** |`anygenre1.jamulus.io:22124`|\n" "|**Any Genre 2** |`anygenre2.jamulus.io:22224`|\n" @@ -353,488 +438,904 @@ msgid "" "|**Genre Classical/Folk** |`classical.jamulus.io:22524`|\n" "|**Genre Choral/Barbershop** |`choral.jamulus.io:22724`|\n" msgstr "" -"| Genre | Adresse du serveur |\n" +"| Genre | `hostname:port` |\n" "|-----------|------------------|\n" -"|**Any Genre 1** |`anygenre1.jamulus.io:22124`|\n" -"|**Any Genre 2** |`anygenre2.jamulus.io:22224`|\n" -"|**Any Genre 3** |`anygenre3.jamulus.io:22624`|\n" +"|**Tout genre 1** |`anygenre1.jamulus.io:22124`|\n" +"|**Tout genre 2** |`anygenre2.jamulus.io:22224`|\n" +"|**Tout genre 3** |`anygenre3.jamulus.io:22624`|\n" "|**Genre Rock** |`rock.jamulus.io:22424`|\n" "|**Genre Jazz** |`jazz.jamulus.io:22324`|\n" "|**Genre Classique/Folk** |`classical.jamulus.io:22524`|\n" "|**Genre Chorale/Barbershop** |`choral.jamulus.io:22724`|\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:129 -msgid "You can also specify a [Directory](#3-directory) in the same way from the command line, providing the Server Address in the same format." -msgstr "Vous pouvez également spécifier un [Annuaire](#3-annuaire) de la même manière à partir de la ligne de commande, en fournissant l'adresse du serveur dans le même format." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:131 -msgid "#### Running as a Directory" -msgstr "#### Exécuter comme Annuaire" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:133 -msgid "If you wish to run a [Directory](Running-a-Server#3-directory) please see [this guide](Directories)." -msgstr "Si vous voulez faire tourner un [annuaire](Running-a-Server#3-annuaire) veuillez consulter [ce guide](Directories)." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:135 -msgid "### Maintenance" -msgstr "### Maintenance" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:137 -msgid "#### Viewing The Logs" -msgstr "#### Affichage des journaux" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:139 -msgid "Jamulus will log to the system log file if you left the `StandardOutput=journal` setting in the unit file." -msgstr "Jamulus se connectera au fichier journal du système si vous avez laissé le paramètre `StandardOutput=journal` dans le fichier d'unité." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:141 -msgid "To view the log, use `journalctl` (to exit press Ctrl-C). For example, to read the system log file, filtered for the Jamulus service:" -msgstr "Pour afficher le journal, utilisez `journalctl` (pour quitter, appuyez sur Ctrl-C). Par exemple, pour lire le fichier journal du système, filtré pour le service Jamulus :" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:143 -msgid "`journalctl -f -u jamulus-headless`" -msgstr "`journalctl -f -u jamulus-headless`" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:145 -msgid "#### Controlling Recording" -msgstr "#### Controller l'enregistrement" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:147 -msgid "When using the recording function with the `-R` command line option, if the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new Directory. SIGUSR2 will recording enabled on/off." -msgstr "Lors de l'utilisation de la fonction d'enregistrement avec l'option de ligne de commande `-R`, si le serveur reçoit un signal SIGUSR1 pendant un enregistrement, il démarrera un nouvel enregistrement dans un nouveau répertoire. SIGUSR2 dés/activera l'enregistrement." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:149 -msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." -msgstr "Pour envoyer ces signaux en utilisant systemd, créez les deux fichiers `.service` suivants dans `/etc/systemd/system`, en les appelant de manière appropriée (par exemple, `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:151 +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:166 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home Directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file (be aware that doing so is however a potential security risk).\n" -msgstr "**Remarque :** Vous devrez sauvegarder les enregistrements dans un chemin _hors_ du répertoire personnel de jamulus, ou supprimer `ProtectHome=true` de votre fichier d'unité systemd (sachez que cela représente toutefois un risque potentiel pour la sécurité).\n" +msgid "`-o or --serverinfo`" +msgstr "`-o ou --serverinfo`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:153 -msgid "For turning recording on or off (depending on the current state):" -msgstr "Pour activer ou désactiver l'enregistrement (selon l'état actuel) :" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:169 +msgid "When registering your Server with a Directory, this lets you supply a Server name and location details so that users can then search for these values from their Client." +msgstr "Lorsque vous enregistrez votre serveur auprès d'un annuaire, vous pouvez fournir un nom de serveur et des détails sur l'emplacement afin que les utilisateurs puissent ensuite rechercher ces valeurs à partir de leur client." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:158 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"~~~\n" -" [Unit]\n" -" Description=Toggle recording state of Jamulus Server\n" -" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" -msgstr "" -"~~~\n" -" [Unit]\n" -" Description=Toggle recording state of Jamulus Server\n" -" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:173 +msgid "`[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code]`" +msgstr "`[nom];[ville];[pays sous forme de code pays ISO à deux lettres]`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:163 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" [Service]\n" -" Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" -"~~~\n" -msgstr "" -" [Service]\n" -" Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" -"~~~\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:165 -msgid "For starting a new recording:" -msgstr "Pour démarrer un nouvel enregistrement :" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:175 +msgid "See [two-letter ISO country codes](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements)" +msgstr "Voir [codes pays ISO à deux lettres](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements)" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:170 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:177 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"~~~\n" -" [Unit]\n" -" Description=Start a new recording on Jamulus Server\n" -" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" -msgstr "" -"~~~\n" -" [Unit]\n" -" Description=Start a new recording on Jamulus Server\n" -" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +msgid "**Note:** Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `name` and `city` values.\n" +msgstr "**Remarque :** les caractères point-virgule et saut de ligne ne sont pas autorisés dans les valeurs`nom` et `ville`.\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:175 +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:178 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -" [Service]\n" -" Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" -"~~~\n" -msgstr "" -" [Service]\n" -" Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" -"~~~\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:177 -msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name you created when setting systemd to control your Jamulus Server. So in this example it would be `Jamulus-Server.service`_" -msgstr "_Remarque : Le nom du service Jamulus dans la ligne `ExecStart` doit être le même que le nom du fichier `.service` que vous avez créé lors de la configuration de systemd pour contrôler votre serveur Jamulus. Donc, dans cet exemple, ce serait `Jamulus-Server.service`_" +msgid "`-L or --licence`" +msgstr "`-L ou --licence`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:179 -msgid "Run `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` to register them for first use." -msgstr "Exécutez `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` pour les enregistrer pour la première utilisation." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:180 +msgid "Show an agreement window before users can connect. The text of the agreement to be shown should be supplied as the `--welcomemessage` (see below)." +msgstr "Affiche une fenêtre d'accord avant que les utilisateurs puissent se connecter. Le texte de l'accord à afficher doit être fourni dans le `--welcomemessage` (voir ci-dessous)." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:181 -msgid "Now you can run these with the `systemctl` command, for example:" -msgstr "Vous pouvez maintenant les exécuter avec la commande `systemctl`, par exemple :" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:183 -msgid "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec` (assuming you named your unit file `jamulusTogglerec.service`)" -msgstr "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec` (en supposant que vous avez nommé votre fichier d'unité `jamulusTogglerec.service`)" +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-w or --welcomemessage`" +msgstr "`-w ou --welcomemessage`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:185 -msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus`, or by viewing the logs." -msgstr "Vous pouvez voir le résultat de ces commandes si vous exécutez `systemctl status jamulus` ou en consultant les journaux." +msgid "A \"welcome message\" to display in the Client chat window on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML. When a path is used, the file must be accessible by the user account running Jamulus. (On most Linux installations, user `jamulus` is used by default.) If not accessible, the literal path (rather than its contents) will appear." +msgstr "Un \"message de bienvenue\" à afficher dans la fenêtre de tchate du client lors de la connexion. Il peut prendre la forme d'une chaîne ou d'un nom de fichier et peut contenir du HTML. Lorsqu'un chemin est utilisé, le fichier doit être accessible par le compte utilisateur qui exécute Jamulus. (Sur la plupart des installations Linux, l'utilisateur `jamulus` est utilisé par défaut). S'il n'est pas accessible, le chemin littéral (plutôt que son contenu) apparaîtra." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:188 -msgid "## Servers on the desktop" -msgstr "## Serveurs sur le bureau" +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:186 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`--serverpublicip`" +msgstr "`--serverpublicip`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:190 -msgid "Jamulus can be run in Server mode from the desktop. This gives you a graphical user interface to control most of the settings." -msgstr "Jamulus peut être exécuté en mode Serveur depuis le bureau. Cela vous donne une interface utilisateur graphique pour contrôler la plupart des paramètres." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:188 +msgid "The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." +msgstr "L'adresse IP publique du serveur s'il est connecté à un annuaire derrière le même NAT. Voir les [notes sur les serveurs d'annuaire](Directories) pour davantage d'informations." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:192 +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:189 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Windows users** - Use the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in the Windows Start menu.\n" -msgstr "**Utilisateurs de Windows** - Utilisez l'icône \"Serveur Jamulus\" dans le menu Démarrer de Windows.\n" +msgid "`--directoryfile`" +msgstr "`--directoryfile`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:193 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:191 +msgid "_Directories only:_ Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." +msgstr "_Annuaires uniquement :_ se souvient des serveurs enregistrés même si l'annuaire est redémarré. Voir [le guide des annuaires](Directories) pour davantage d'informations." + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:192 #, no-wrap -msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications (assuming you put the files from the install there as per [these instructions](Installation-for-Macintosh)).\n" -msgstr "**Utilisateurs de macOS** - Double-cliquez sur l'icône \"Serveur Jamulus\" dans Applications (en supposant que vous y avez placé les fichiers de l'installation conformément à [ces instructions](Installation-for-Macintosh)).\n" +msgid "`-f or --listfilter`" +msgstr "`-f ou --listfilter`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:194 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Linux users** - Launch the \"Jamulus Server\" shortcut. Or you can open a terminal window (`CTRL+ALT+t` on Debian and related distros), type `jamulus -s` and hit return.\n" -msgstr "**Utilisateurs de Linux** - Lancez le raccourci « Jamulus Serveur ». Ou vous pouvez ouvrir une fenêtre de terminal (`CTRL + ALT + t` sur Debian et les distributions associées), tapez `jamulus -s` et appuyez sur entrée.\n" +msgid "_Directories only:_ Specify which Servers can register on the Directory Server. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." +msgstr "_Annuaires uniquement :_ spécifiez les serveurs qui peuvent s'enregistrer sur le serveur d'annuaire. Voir [le guide des annuaires](Directories) pour de plus amples informations." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:197 -msgid "## Server Setup" -msgstr "## Configuration du serveur" +#, no-wrap +msgid "General Server options" +msgstr "Options générales du serveur" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:199 -msgid "
\"Image
" -msgstr "
\"Image
" +msgid "These options can be used regardless of which mode your Server is running in (although some may not be relevant for Directories)." +msgstr "Ces options peuvent être utilisées quel que soit le mode d'exécution de votre serveur (bien que certaines ne soient pas pertinentes pour les annuaires)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:201 -msgid "### The Directory list" -msgstr "### La liste Annuaire" +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:200 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-d or --discononquit`" +msgstr "`-d ou --discononquit`" #. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:202 +msgid "Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not pressed their **Disconnect** buttons will automatically re-establish the connection when the Server returns. This option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server in this scenario." +msgstr "Normalement, lorsqu'un serveur est arrêté ou redémarré, tous les clients qui n'ont pas utilisé leur bouton \"Déconnecter\" rétabliront automatiquement la connexion lorsque le serveur sera de retour. Cette option oblige les clients à rétablir manuellement leur connexion au serveur dans ce scénario." + +#. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:203 #, no-wrap -msgid "**None**: By default, you will not be connected to a Directory and will be running in unregistered mode. [Read these instructions](#running-an-unregistered-server) to have other people connect to your Server in this mode.\n" -msgstr "**Aucun** : par défaut, vous ne serez pas connecté à un annuaire et vous exécuterez en mode non enregistré. [Lire ces instructions](#exécuter-un-serveur-non-enregistré) pour que d'autres personnes se connectent à votre serveur dans ce mode.\n" +msgid "`-F or --fastupdate`" +msgstr "`-F ou --fastupdate`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:205 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Genre**: To allow other people to see your Server on one of the Directories built into the Client, select your desired genre Directory. You should see a confirmation message saying whether your Server has registered successfully. If not, and you leave your Server running, it will keep trying to register until a free slot becomes available.\n" -msgstr "**Genre** : pour permettre à d'autres personnes de voir votre serveur sur l'un des annuaires publics embarqués dans le client, sélectionnez le genre d'annuaire souhaité. Vous devriez voir un message de confirmation indiquant si votre serveur s'est enregistré avec succès. Si ce n'est pas le cas et que vous laissez votre serveur en cours d'exécution, il continuera d'essayer de s'enregistrer jusqu'à ce qu'un emplacement libre se libère.\n" +msgid "Reduces latency if Clients connect with the **Small Network Buffers** option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients." +msgstr "Réduit la latence si les clients se connectent avec l'option \"petits tampons de réseau\". Nécessite un processeur plus rapide pour éviter les pertes de données, et une bande passante plus large pour les clients activés." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:207 +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:206 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Custom**: This allows you to specify a custom directory on which to be listed. See the \"Options\" tab for the Custom Directory address you want to use.\n" -msgstr "**Personnalisé** : Cela vous permet de spécifier un répertoire personnalisé sur lequel être répertorié. Voir l'onglet \"Options\" pour l'adresse du répertoire personnalisé que vous souhaitez utiliser.\n" +msgid "`-l or --log`" +msgstr "`-l ou --log`" #. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:208 +msgid "Enable logging, set path and file name" +msgstr "Activer l'enregistrement, définir le chemin et le nom de fichier" + +#. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:209 -msgid "To run your Server _as_ a Directory, you need to set the Custom Directory address as `localhost` or `127.0.0.1` and set the \"Genre\" to \"Custom\". [Read this guide](Directories) for further details." -msgstr "Pour exécuter votre serveur _comme_ un annuaire, vous devez définir l'adresse de l'annuaire personnalisé sur `localhost` ou `127.0.0.1` et définir le \"genre\" sur \"personnalisé\". [Lire ce guide](Directories) pour plus de détails." +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-m or --htmlstatus`" +msgstr "`-m ou --htmlstatus`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:211 -msgid "### My Server Info" -msgstr "### Informations de mon serveur" +msgid "Enable HTML status file, set path and file name" +msgstr "Active le fichier d'état HTML, définit le chemin et le nom du fichier" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:213 -msgid "When running as a Registered Server this displays the Server's name, city and country so that other users can easily identify it in the Directory listing." -msgstr "Lors de l'exécution en tant que serveur enregistré, cela affiche le nom du serveur, la ville et le pays afin que les autres utilisateurs puissent facilement l'identifier dans la liste d'annuaire." +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** This feature is deprecated, and may disappear in a future release.\n" +msgstr "**Note :** cette fonctionnalité est obsolète et pourrait disparaître dans une prochaine version.\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:215 -msgid "### Chat Welcome Message" -msgstr "### Message de bienvenue du tchate" +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:214 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-P or --delaypan`" +msgstr "`-P ou --delaypan`" #. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:216 +msgid "Start with delay panning enabled. This option uses small differences in sound arrival time between the two ears. It produces a stereo effect similar to natural human hearing when compared to normal “volume” panning." +msgstr "Commencez avec le délai panoramique activé. Cette option utilise les petites différences de temps d'arrivée du son entre les deux oreilles. Elle produit un effet stéréo similaire à l'audition humaine naturelle par rapport à un panoramique normal de \"volume\"." + +#. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:217 -msgid "The text entered here appears to all users when they join the Server (the chat window will open automatically for them). HTML is also supported." -msgstr "Le texte saisi ici apparaît à tous les utilisateurs lorsqu'ils rejoignent le serveur (la fenêtre de chat s'ouvrira automatiquement pour eux). HTML est également pris en charge." +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-s` or `--server`" +msgstr "`-s` ou `--server`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:219 -msgid "## Options" -msgstr "## Options" +msgid "Start Jamulus in Server mode" +msgstr "Démarrer Jamulus en mode serveur" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:221 -msgid "
\"Image
" -msgstr "
\"Image
" +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:220 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`--serverbindip`" +msgstr "`--serverbindip`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:223 -msgid "### Recording Directory" -msgstr "### Répertoire d'enregistrement" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:222 +msgid "Specify the IP address the Jamulus process will bind to." +msgstr "Spécifie l'adresse IP à laquelle le processus Jamulus se liera." #. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:224 +msgid "Normally, Jamulus will listen on all IP addresses on the host machine. Where the host has multiple network addresses, this option allows one of the addresses to be chosen." +msgstr "Normalement, Jamulus écoutera sur toutes les adresses IP de la machine hôte. Lorsque l'hôte possède plusieurs adresses réseau, cette option permet de choisir l'une des adresses." + +#. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:225 -msgid "This sets the path to where the Server's recordings will be stored. With this path set, the \"Enable Jam Recorder\" function in the Server Setup tab will make recording start once the first person connects to the Server, and stops when the last person leaves. Use the \"New Recording\" button to create a new sub-directory in which the recordings will be stored from then on. Note that Recordings are per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` format and [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open the respective files to listen to them in those applications." -msgstr "Cette option définit le chemin d'accès à l'endroit où l'enregistrement du serveur sera stocké. Une fois ce chemin défini, la fonction \"Activer l'enregistrement\" de l'onglet Paramètre du serveur fera en sorte que l'enregistrement démarre dès que la première personne se connectera au serveur et s'arrête lorsque la dernière personne partira. Utilisez le bouton \"Nouvel enregistrement\" pour créer un nouveau sous-répertoire dans lequel les enregistrements seront désormais stockés. Notez que les enregistrements sont par piste au format [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` et [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Ouvrez les fichiers respectifs pour les écouter dans ces applications." +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-T or --multithreading`" +msgstr "`-T ou --multithreading`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:227 +msgid "Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs. This setting may help the Server support more Clients. See also `--numchannels`" +msgstr "Utilise le multithreading pour mieux utiliser les processeurs multi-cœurs. Ce paramètre peut aider le serveur à prendre en charge plus de clients. Voir aussi `--numchannels`" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:228 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Note**: When your Server is recording, Clients will display a message that recording is on.\n" -msgstr "**Remarque** : Lorsque votre serveur enregistre, les clients affichent un message indiquant que l'enregistrement est en cours.\n" +msgid "`-u or --numchannels`" +msgstr "`-u ou --numchannels`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:229 -msgid "### Custom Directory Address" -msgstr "### Adresse de l'annuaire personnalisé" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:230 +msgid "Maximum number of channels (Clients)" +msgstr "Nombre maximum de canaux (clients)" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:231 -msgid "Leave this field empty unless you need to list your Server on a [Custom Directory](#3-directory) or run a Directory." -msgstr "Laissez ce champ vide sauf si vous devez inscrire votre serveur dans un [annuaire personnalisé](#3-annuaire) ou executez un annuaire." +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-z or --startminimized`" +msgstr "`-z ou --startminimized`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:233 -msgid "### Server List Filename" -msgstr "### Nom du fichier de la liste des serveurs" +msgid "Start the Jamulus Server graphical user interface in the minimized window state." +msgstr "Démarrez l'interface utilisateur graphique du serveur Jamulus dans l'état de fenêtre réduite." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:235 -msgid "Leave this field empty unless you need to run your Server as a [Directory](#3-directory). When in use, this holds the list of registered Servers whilst restarting the Directory. This prevents the server list appearing \"empty\" until the Servers re-register." -msgstr "Laissez ce champ vide à moins que vous n'ayez besoin d'exécuter votre serveur en tant qu'[annuaire] (#3-annuaire). Lorsqu'il est utilisé, il contient la liste des serveurs enregistrés lors du redémarrage de l'annuaire. Cela empêche la liste des serveurs d'apparaître \"vide\" jusqu'à ce que les serveurs se réenregistrent." +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:234 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Other options" +msgstr "Autres options" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:237 -msgid "### Delay panning" -msgstr "### Retardement du panoramique" +msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" +msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:239 -msgid "This option uses small differences in sound arrival time between the two ears. It produces a stereo effect similar to natural human hearing when compared to normal \"volume\" panning." -msgstr "Cette option utilise les petites différences de temps d'arrivée du son entre les deux oreilles. Elle produit un effet stéréo similaire à l'audition humaine naturelle par rapport à un panoramique normal de \"volume\"." +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Controlling the Server via API" +msgstr "Contrôle du serveur via l'API" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241 -msgid "### Start Minimised" -msgstr "### Démarrage Minimisé" +msgid "Jamulus can be controlled via an experimental API which is subject to changes. You can find the [JSON-RPC API documented in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md). JSON-RPC allows you to control some features like changing the welcome message or starting recordings in headless mode from authenticated external applications. It works while the server is running." +msgstr "Jamulus peut être contrôlé via une API expérimentale qui est sujette à des changements. Vous pouvez trouver l'API [JSON-RPC documentée dans le dépôt principal (en anglais)](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md). JSON-RPC vous permet de contrôler certaines fonctionnalités telles que la modification du message de bienvenue ou le lancement d'enregistrements en mode sans-affichage à partir d'applications externes authentifiées. Il fonctionne lorsque le serveur est en cours d'exécution." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:243 +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:244 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Windows users** - If you want the Server to start automatically on system start, enable the corresponding check box.\n" -msgstr "**Utilisateurs de Windows** - Si vous voulez que le serveur démarre automatiquement au démarrage du système, activez la case à cocher correspondante.\n" +msgid "Recording" +msgstr "Enregistrement" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:245 -msgid "### Server status icon" -msgstr "### Icône de status du serveur" +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-R or --recording`" +msgstr "`-R ou --recording`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:247 -msgid "When the Server is running, the operating system will show an icon in the system tray or status area to represent whether the Server is active:" -msgstr "Lorsque le serveur fonctionne, le système d'exploitation affiche une icône dans la barre d'état système ou dans la zone d'état pour indiquer si le serveur est actif :" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:248 +msgid "Set Server recording directory. By default, the Server will record when a session is active." +msgstr "Définir le répertoire d'enregistrement du serveur. Par défaut, le serveur enregistre lorsqu'une session est active." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:249 -msgid "
\"Image
The Server is empty" -msgstr "
\"Image
Le serveur est vide" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:250 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file, but be aware that doing could be a security risk.\n" +msgstr "**Remarque :** vous devrez sauvegarder les enregistrements dans un chemin _hors_ du répertoire personnel de jamulus, ou supprimer `ProtectHome=true` de votre fichier d'unité systemd, mais sachez que cela représente toutefois un risque potentiel pour la sécurité.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:251 -msgid "
\"Image
The Server is occupied" -msgstr "
\"Image
Le serveur est occupé" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:252 +msgid "Recordings are per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` format and [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open the respective files to listen to them in those applications." +msgstr "Les enregistrements sont par piste au format [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` et [REAPER](https://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Reaper_(logiciel)) `.rpp`. Ouvrez les fichiers respectifs pour les écouter dans ces applications." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:253 -msgid "## Command line options" -msgstr "## Options de la ligne de commande" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** When your Server is recording, Clients display a red banner message that the session is being recorded.\n" +msgstr "**Remarque** : lorsque votre serveur enregistre, les clients affichent un message en bannière rouge indiquant que l'enregistrement est en cours.\n" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:255 -msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." -msgstr "La plupart des fonctions courantes de Jamulus peuvent être définies à l'aide de l'interface graphique, mais ces fonctions et d'autres peuvent également être définies à l'aide d'options données dans une fenêtre de terminal. La manière exacte de procéder dépend de votre système d'exploitation." +#, no-wrap +msgid "`--norecord`" +msgstr "`--norecord`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:257 -msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:" -msgstr "Par exemple, sous Windows, pour utiliser un fichier de paramètres spécifique, faites un clic droit sur le raccourci de Jamulus et choisissez \"Propriétés\" > Cible. Ajoutez les arguments nécessaires à Jamulus.exe :" +msgid "Set server not to record by default when recording is configured." +msgstr "Configurer le serveur pour qu'il n'enregistre pas par défaut lorsque l'enregistrement est configuré." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:261 +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:259 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"```shell\n" -" \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100\n" -"```\n" -msgstr "" -"```shell\n" -" \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100\n" -"```\n" +msgid "Controlling Recording" +msgstr "Contrôler l'enregistrement" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:263 -msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" -msgstr "Pour macOS, démarrez une fenêtre Terminal et exécutez Jamulus avec les options souhaitées comme ceci :" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262 +msgid "Recording starts once the first person connects to the Server, and stops when the last person leaves." +msgstr "L'enregistrement commence dès que la première personne se connecte au serveur et s'arrête lorsque la dernière personne le quitte." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:264 +msgid "If the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording on/off. If [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) is enabled, you will also be able to manage the server in a way comparable to the GUI. Please see the (experimental) [JSON-RPC documentation on the recorder](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording)." +msgstr "Si le serveur reçoit un signal SIGUSR1 pendant un enregistrement, il démarre un nouvel enregistrement dans un nouveau répertoire. SIGUSR2 permet d'activer ou de désactiver l'enregistrement. Si [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) est activé, vous pourrez également gérer le serveur d'une manière comparable à l'interface graphique. Veuillez consulter la documentation (expérimentale) [JSON-RPC sur l'enregistreur (en anglais)](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:267 +msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." +msgstr "Pour envoyer ces signaux en utilisant systemd, créez les deux fichiers `.service` suivants dans `/etc/systemd/system`, en les appelant de manière appropriée (par exemple, `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269 +msgid "To turn recording on or off (depending on the current state):" +msgstr "Pour activer ou désactiver l'enregistrement (selon l'état actuel) :" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:270 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"```shell\n" -" /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100\n" -"```\n" +" [Unit]\n" +" Description=Toggle recording state of Jamulus Server\n" +" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +"\n" +" [Service]\n" +" Type=oneshot\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" msgstr "" -"```shell\n" -" /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100\n" -"```\n" +" [Unit]\n" +" Description=Toggle recording state of Jamulus Server\n" +" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +"\n" +" [Service]\n" +" Type=oneshot\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:281 +msgid "To start a new recording:" +msgstr "Pour démarrer un nouvel enregistrement :" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:282 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Note**: Command line options will set the Server's defaults at startup. You can override them with their corresponding GUI controls while the Server is running.\n" -msgstr "**Note** : Les options de la ligne de commande définissent les valeurs par défaut du serveur au démarrage. Vous pouvez les remplacer par les contrôles GUI correspondants lorsque le serveur est en cours d'exécution.\n" +msgid "" +" [Unit]\n" +" Description=Start a new recording on Jamulus Server\n" +" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +"\n" +" [Service]\n" +" Type=oneshot\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" +msgstr "" +" [Unit]\n" +" Description=Start a new recording on Jamulus Server\n" +" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +"\n" +" [Service]\n" +" Type=oneshot\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:271 -msgid "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" -msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:293 +msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name you created when setting systemd to control your Jamulus Server. So in this example it would be `Jamulus-Server.service`_" +msgstr "_Remarque : le nom du service Jamulus dans la ligne `ExecStart` doit être le même que le nom du fichier `.service` que vous avez créé lors de la configuration de systemd pour contrôler votre serveur Jamulus. Donc, dans cet exemple, ce serait `Jamulus-Server.service`_" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:273 -msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" -msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:295 +msgid "Run `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` to register them for first use." +msgstr "Exécutez `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` pour les enregistrer pour la première utilisation." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:276 -msgid "## Running an Unregistered Server" -msgstr "## Exécuter un serveur non enregistré" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:297 +msgid "Now you can run these with the `systemctl` command, for example:" +msgstr "Vous pouvez maintenant les exécuter avec la commande `systemctl`, par exemple :" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:278 -msgid "It is highly recommended to test your Server by registering it on one of the built-in Directories **first** so as to narrow down any subsequent problems in unregistered mode." -msgstr "Il est fortement recommandé de tester votre serveur en l'enregistrant sur l'un des annuaires embarqués **d'abord** afin de limiter les problèmes ultérieurs en mode non enregistré." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:299 +msgid "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`" +msgstr "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:280 -msgid "### Setting up a Server behind a home router" -msgstr "### Configuration d'un serveur derrière un routeur domestique" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:301 +msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus`, or by viewing the logs." +msgstr "Vous pouvez voir le résultat de ces commandes si vous exécutez `systemctl status jamulus` ou en consultant les journaux." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:304 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Adding metadata to the Server" +msgstr "Ajouter des métadonnées au serveur" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:282 -msgid "If you set up your server at home, you will probably need to change some settings in your router/firewall:" -msgstr "Si vous configurez votre serveur chez vous, vous devrez probablement modifier certains paramètres de votre routeur/pare-feu :" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:307 +msgid "You can add metadata to the welcome message of a Server to add additional, hidden information like contact information or policy requests for bots (this is comparable to [robots.txt](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robots.txt)). See the [Community Knowledge Base entry about metadata](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html) for more information." +msgstr "Vous pouvez ajouter des métadonnées au message de bienvenue d'un serveur afin d'ajouter des informations supplémentaires et cachées telles que des informations de contact ou des demandes de politique pour les robots (c'est comparable à [robots.txt](https://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Protocole_d%27exclusion_des_robots)). Voir l'[entrée de la base de connaissances de la communauté sur les métadonnées](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html) pour plus d'informations." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:310 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Servers on the desktop" +msgstr "Serveurs sur le bureau" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:284 -msgid "#### Port forwarding" -msgstr "#### Redirection de port" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:313 +msgid "Jamulus can run in Server mode in the graphical environment of a computer. This gives you a graphical user interface to control most of the settings. To do this, first [install Jamulus for your platform](Getting-Started), then do one of the following:" +msgstr "Jamulus peut être exécuté en mode Serveur dans l'environnement graphique d'un ordinateur. Cela vous donne une interface utilisateur graphique pour contrôler la plupart des paramètres. Pour ce faire, commencez par [installer Jamulus pour votre plate-forme](Getting-Started), puis effectuez l'une des opérations suivantes :" + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:315 +msgid "**Windows users** - Use the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in the Windows Start menu. If you want the Server to start automatically when you start Windows, check the box for this option." +msgstr "**Utilisateurs de Windows** - Utilisez l'icône \"Jamulus Server\" dans le menu Démarrer de Windows. Si vous souhaitez que le serveur démarre automatiquement lorsque vous lancez Windows, cochez la case de cette option." + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:317 +msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications." +msgstr "**Utilisateurs de macOS** - Double-cliquez sur l'icône \"Serveur Jamulus\" dans Applications." + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:319 +msgid "**Linux users** - Launch the \"Jamulus Server\" shortcut. Or you can open a terminal window (`CTRL+ALT+t` on Debian and related distros), type `jamulus -s` and hit return." +msgstr "**Utilisateurs de Linux** - Lancez le raccourci « Jamulus Serveur ». Ou vous pouvez ouvrir une fenêtre de terminal (`CTRL + ALT + t` sur Debian et les distributions associées), tapez `jamulus -s` et appuyez sur entrée." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:286 -msgid "People from outside your home network will not be able to see things inside it. To let external Jamulus clients connect to your server, you need to set up port forwarding in your Router's settings. The exact setup differs for every router. For help see your Router's documentation or [portforward.com](https://portforward.com)." -msgstr "Les personnes extérieures à votre réseau domestique ne pourront pas voir à l'intérieur. Pour permettre aux clients Jamulus externes de se connecter à votre serveur, vous devez configurer la redirection de port dans les paramètres de votre routeur. La configuration exacte diffère pour chaque routeur. Pour obtenir de l'aide, consultez la documentation de votre routeur ou [portforward.com](https://portforward.com)." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:321 +msgid "While most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, others can only be set using options given in a terminal window when the Server is launched. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." +msgstr "Si la plupart des fonctions courantes de Jamulus peuvent être définies à l'aide de l'interface graphique, d'autres ne peuvent l'être qu'à l'aide d'options données dans une fenêtre de terminal lors du lancement du serveur. La manière exacte de procéder dépend de votre système d'exploitation." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:288 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:323 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Note:** The default port for the current version of Jamulus is **UDP** (not TCP) port **22124**. You will usually forward the port **22124** from outside your network to the port **22124** of the machine running the Server.\n" -msgstr "**Remarque :** Le port par défaut pour la version actuelle de Jamulus est le port **UDP** (et non TCP) **22124**. Vous redirigerez généralement le port **22124** depuis l'extérieur de votre réseau vers le port **22124** de la machine exécutant le serveur.\n" +msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose **Properties** > **Target**. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" +msgstr "Par exemple, sous Windows, pour utiliser un fichier de paramètres spécifique, faites un clic-droit sur le raccourci de Jamulus et choisissez **Propriétés** > **Cible**. Ajoutez les arguments nécessaires à Jamulus.exe\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:290 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:325 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Note:** Your home router may change the IP address of the machine you're running your Server on. Depending on your router, you might need to give this machine a static IP address (often under DHCP settings of your router).\n" -msgstr "**Note :** Votre routeur domestique peut modifier l'adresse IP de la machine sur laquelle vous exécutez votre serveur. Selon votre routeur, vous devrez soit donner à cette machine une adresse IP statique (souvent dans la configuration DHCP du routeur).\n" +msgid " `\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" +msgstr " `\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:292 -msgid "#### Getting the external IP" -msgstr "#### Obtenir l'IP externe" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:327 +msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" +msgstr "Pour macOS, démarrez une fenêtre de Terminal et exécutez Jamulus avec les options souhaitées comme ceci :" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:295 -msgid "To allow others to connect to your Server from the internet, get your external (WAN) IP address e.g. by [using Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=what+is+my+ip) and give it to them. You yourself should connect using the local network (LAN) address of the machine the Server is running on. If you are running a Client on the same machine as your Server, that would be `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`." -msgstr "Pour autoriser d'autres personnes à se connecter à votre serveur à partir d'Internet, obtenez votre adresse IP externe (WAN), par ex. en [utilisant Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=what+is+my+ip) et donnez-leur. Vous-même devez vous connecter en utilisant l'adresse du réseau local (LAN) de la machine sur laquelle le serveur est exécuté. Si vous exécutez un client sur la même machine que votre serveur, ce serait `localhost` ou `127.0.0.1`." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:329 +#, no-wrap +msgid " `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" +msgstr " `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:298 -msgid "#### Dynamic DNS and why you will probably need it" -msgstr "#### DNS dynamique et pourquoi vous en aurez probablement besoin" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note** Command line options will set the Server’s defaults at startup. You can override them while the Server is running using their corresponding GUI controls.\n" +msgstr "**Note** Les options de la ligne de commande définissent les valeurs par défaut du serveur au démarrage. Vous pouvez les remplacer par les contrôles correspondants de l'interface graphique lorsque le serveur est en cours d'exécution.\n" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:332 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The Server status icon" +msgstr "L'icône d'état du serveur" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:300 -msgid "Most domestic internet connections change their external IP address after a short period. To avoid problems with this, you might want to set up \"dynamic DNS\" to get a static (sub-)domain you can share with others. Please research how to do that for your specic set up. Your router might support some \"dynamic DNS\" providers out of the box. If this is not the case, set up a dynamic DNS client as described by the dynamic DNS provider you chose." -msgstr "La plupart des connexions Internet nationales changent leur adresse IP externe après une courte période. Pour éviter tout problème, vous pouvez configurer un \"DNS dynamique\" pour obtenir un (sous-)domaine statique que vous pouvez partager avec d'autres. Veuillez rechercher comment faire cela pour votre configuration spécifique. Votre routeur peut prendre en charge certains fournisseurs de \"DNS dynamiques\" prêts à l'emploi. Si ce n'est pas le cas, configurez un client DNS dynamique comme décrit par le fournisseur de DNS dynamique que vous avez choisi." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:335 +msgid "When a Server is running in GUI mode, the operating system will show an icon in the system tray or status area that indicates whether the Server has connections:" +msgstr "Lorsque le serveur fonctionne en mode graphique, le système d'exploitation affiche une icône dans la barre d'état système ou dans la zone d'état qui indique si le serveur a des connexions :" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:302 -msgid "## Backing up the Server" -msgstr "## Sauvegarder le serveur" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:337 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
The Server is empty\n" +msgstr "
\"Image
Le serveur est vide\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:304 -msgid "_Note that headless Servers do not use `.ini` files. All configuration is given as command line options._" -msgstr "_Notez que les serveurs sans interface n'utilisent pas de fichiers `.ini`. Toute la configuration est donnée sous forme d'options de ligne de commande._" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:339 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
The Server is occupied\n" +msgstr "
\"Image
Le serveur est occupé\n" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:342 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Backing up the Server" +msgstr "Sauvegarder le serveur" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:306 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:345 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:308 -msgid "## Troubleshooting" -msgstr "## Dépannage" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:347 +msgid "Headless Servers do not use `.ini` files. All configuration is given as command line options. If you are running a Server in GUI mode, after reading any command line options on start, it will store its configuration in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file." +msgstr "Les serveurs sans affichage n'utilisent pas de fichiers `.ini`. Toute la configuration est donnée sous forme d'options de ligne de commande. Si vous exécutez un serveur en mode graphique, après avoir lu les options de la ligne de commande au démarrage, il stockera sa configuration dans le fichier `Jamulusserver.ini`." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Dépannage" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:309 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:350 msgid "If you are having other problems, [see this guide](Server-Troubleshooting)." msgstr "Si vous avez un autre problème, [regardez ce guide](Server-Troubleshooting)." +#~ msgid "If you want to run a Server on a **Raspberry Pi** (or a different armhf/arm64 Debian-based computer), you will need to download the [latest armhf .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}) or [latest arm64 .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }}) depending on your CPU - not the default `amd64` ones for use on Intel/AMD machines." +#~ msgstr "Si vous souhaitez faire fonctionner un serveur sur un **Raspberry Pi** (ou un autre ordinateur basé sur Debian armhf/arm64), vous devrez télécharger le [dernier fichier .deb armhf]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}) ou le [dernier fichier .deb arm64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }}) en fonction de votre processeur - pas les `amd64` par défaut pour les machines Intel/AMD." + +#~ msgid "Download the [latest headless (amd64) .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}) (or for Raspberry Pi etc. as above)" +#~ msgstr "Téléchargez le [dernier fichier .deb sans affichage (amd64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}) (ou pour Raspberry Pi etc. comme ci-dessus)" + +#~ msgid "Make sure you have a current list of standard packages: `sudo apt update`" +#~ msgstr "Assurez-vous que vous avez une liste à jour des paquets standards : `sudo apt update`" + +#~ msgid "Install the Jamulus package for your architecture, for example:" +#~ msgstr "Installez le paquet Jamulus pour votre architecture, par exemple :" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "\t`sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}`\n" +#~ msgstr "\t`sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}`\n" + +#~ msgid "_To upgrade your Server, just repeat the steps above._" +#~ msgstr "_Pour mettre à niveau votre serveur, répétez simplement les étapes ci-dessus._" + +#~ msgid "A \"welcome message\" to display in the Client chat window on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML." +#~ msgstr "Un \"message de bienvenue\" à afficher dans la fenêtre de discussion du client lors de la connexion. Il peut être donné sous forme d'une chaîne ou d'un nom de fichier, et peut contenir du HTML." + +#~ msgid "If the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording on/off." +#~ msgstr "Si le serveur reçoit un signal SIGUSR1 pendant un enregistrement, il démarrera un nouvel enregistrement dans un nouveau répertoire. SIGUSR2 dés/activera l'enregistrement." + +#~ msgid "Any settings made using the graphical interface will be stored in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file. (Do **not** edit this file by hand!.) However, some options are not available in the GUI and need to be set using the command line. For more information, see [Servers on the desktop](#servers-on-the-desktop)." +#~ msgstr "Tous les réglages effectués en utilisant l'interface graphique seront stockés dans le fichier `Jamulusserver.ini`. (Ne **pas** éditer ce fichier à la main !) Cependant, certaines options ne sont pas disponibles dans l'interface graphique et doivent être définies en utilisant la ligne de commande. Pour plus d'informations, voir [Servers on the desktop](#servers-on-the-desktop)." + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**No**. You don't need to run a Server. You can use the Servers listed by the built-in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server yourself. You can also use an unlisted server if you know its internet address. Or you can use a third party hosting service such as [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/) or [KOORD](https://koord.live/). There's probably a Server nearby that you and your friends can use at low enough latency for most needs.\n" +#~ msgstr "**Non**. Vous n'avez pas besoin d'exécuter un serveur. Vous pouvez utiliser les serveurs répertoriés par les annuaires intégrés et utiliser Jamulus sans exécuter vous-même un serveur. Vous pouvez également utiliser un serveur non répertorié si vous connaissez son adresse Internet. Vous pouvez également utiliser un service d'hébergement tiers tel que [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/) ou [KOORD](https://koord.live/). Il y a probablement un serveur à proximité que vous et vos amis pouvez utiliser avec une latence suffisamment faible pour la plupart des besoins.\n" + +#~ msgid "Using a public server might introduce you to strangers. If you want an undisturbed session, you can use the soloing technique described on the [Tips and Tricks page](Tips-Tricks-More#have-an-undisturbed-session-on-any-server). You won't hear strangers who connect to the Server, but they can hear you if they wish." +#~ msgstr "L'utilisation d'un serveur public peut vous faire rencontrer des inconnus. Si vous voulez une session sans dérangement, vous pouvez utiliser la technique du solo décrite sur la [page trucs et astuces] (Tips-Tricks-More#avoir-une-session-non-perturbée-sur-nimporte-quel-serveur). Vous n'entendrez pas les étrangers qui se connectent au serveur, mais ils pourront vous entendre s'ils le souhaitent." + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Note** The following steps will result in you running an \"Unregistered\" Server. For more information on server types, [see below](#server-modes).\n" +#~ msgstr "**Remarque** les étapes suivantes vous permettront d'exécuter un serveur \"non enregistré\". Pour plus d'informations sur les types de serveurs, [voir ci-dessous](#types-de-serveur).\n" + +#~ msgid "If you want to run a Server on a **Raspberry Pi** (or a different armhf/arm64 debian-based device), you will need to download the [latest armhf .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}) or [latest arm64 .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }}) depending on your CPU - not the default `amd64` ones for use on Intel/AMD machines." +#~ msgstr "Si vous souhaitez faire fonctionner un serveur sur un **Raspberry Pi** (ou un autre périphérique basé sur debian armhf/arm64), vous devrez télécharger le [dernier fichier .deb armhf]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}) ou [dernier fichier .deb arm64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }}) en fonction de votre processeur - pas les `amd64` par défaut pour les machines Intel/AMD." + +#~ msgid "Add your desired [command line options](Running-a-Server#configuration) to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file:" +#~ msgstr "Ajoutez les [options de la ligne de commande](Running-a-Server#configuration) voulues à la ligne `ExecStart` dans le fichier service systemd :" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "\t`sudo systemctl daemon-reload && systemctl restart jamulus-headless` \n" +#~ msgstr "\t`sudo systemctl daemon-reload && systemctl restart jamulus-headless` \n" + +#~ msgid "Alternatively, you can list your Server on a Custom Directory (see below). Clients will only find your Server if they enter the Custom Directory's internet address." +#~ msgstr "Vous pouvez également inscrire votre serveur dans un annuaire personnalisé (voir ci-dessous). Les clients ne trouveront votre serveur que s'ils entrent l'adresse internet de l'annuaire personnalisé." + +#~ msgid "Depending on your operating system and how you are running the server, you can set Server options and make them persistent between reloads by following these steps:" +#~ msgstr "En fonction de votre système d'exploitation et de la façon dont vous exécutez le serveur, vous pouvez définir les options du serveur et les rendre persistantes entre les rechargements en suivant ces étapes :" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**For Linux headless** (Debian/Ubuntu using systemd) \n" +#~ msgstr "**Pour Linux sans affichage** (Debian/Ubuntu utilisant systemd) \n" + +#~ msgid "Add your desired command line options to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file by running `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` (You will need to reload or restart for the changes to take effect. See [Installation](#installation))" +#~ msgstr "Ajoutez les options en ligne de commande voulues à la ligne `ExecStart` dans le fichier service systemd en exécutant `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` (Vous devrez recharger ou redémarrer pour que les changements prennent effet. Voir [Installation]" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "`-e or --directoryserver` " +#~ msgstr "`-e ou --directoryserver` " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "`-o or --serverinfo` " +#~ msgstr "`-o ou --serverinfo` " + +#~ msgid "When registering your Server with a Directory, this lets you supply a server name and location details so that users can then search for these values from their Client." +#~ msgstr "Lorsque vous enregistrez votre serveur auprès d'un annuaire, vous pouvez fournir un nom de serveur et des détails sur la localité afin que les utilisateurs puissent alors rechercher ces valeurs à partir de leur client." + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "`-L or --licence` " +#~ msgstr "`-L ou --licence` " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "`-w or --welcomemessage` " +#~ msgstr "`-w ou --welcomemessage` " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "`--serverpublicip` " +#~ msgstr "`--serverpublicip` " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "`--directoryfile` " +#~ msgstr "`--directoryfile` " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "`-f or --listfilter` " +#~ msgstr "`-f ou --listfilter` " + +#~ msgid "_Directories only:_ Allowlist Servers registering on the Server. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." +#~ msgstr "_Annuaires uniquement :_ Autoriser les serveurs de liste à s'enregistrer sur le serveur. Voir [le guide des annuaires](Directories) pour davantage d'informations." + +#~ msgid "These options can be used regardless of which mode your server is running in (although some may not be relevant for Directories)." +#~ msgstr "Ces options peuvent être utilisées quel que soit le mode d'exécution de votre serveur (bien que certaines ne soient pas pertinentes pour les annuaires)." + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "`-d or --discononquit` " +#~ msgstr "`-d ou --discononquit` " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "`-F or --fastupdate` " +#~ msgstr "`-F ou --fastupdate` " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "`-l or --log` " +#~ msgstr "`-l ou --log` " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "`-m or --htmlstatus` " +#~ msgstr "`-m ou --htmlstatus` " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "`-P or --delaypan` " +#~ msgstr "`-P ou --delaypan` " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "`--serverbindip` " +#~ msgstr "`--serverbindip` " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "`-T or --multithreading` " +#~ msgstr "`-T ou --multithreading` " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "`-u or --numchannels` " +#~ msgstr "`-u ou --numchannels` " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "`-z or --startminimized` " +#~ msgstr "`-z` ou `--startminimized` " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "`-R or --recording` " +#~ msgstr "`-R ou --recording` " + +#~ msgid "Set server recording directory. By default, the Server will record when a session is active." +#~ msgstr "Définir le répertoire d'enregistrement du serveur. Par défaut, le serveur enregistre lorsqu'une session est active." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Jamulus can run in Server mode in the graphical environment of a computer. This gives you a graphical user interface to control most of the settings. To do this, first [install Jamulus](Getting-Started) for your platform, the do one of the following:" +#~ msgstr "Jamulus peut être exécuté en mode Serveur depuis le bureau. Cela vous donne une interface utilisateur graphique pour contrôler la plupart des paramètres." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "While most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, others can only be set using options given in a terminal window when the server is launched. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." +#~ msgstr "La plupart des fonctions courantes de Jamulus peuvent être définies à l'aide de l'interface graphique, mais ces fonctions et d'autres peuvent également être définies à l'aide d'options données dans une fenêtre de terminal. La manière exacte de procéder dépend de votre système d'exploitation." + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~ msgid "When a Server is running in GUI mode, the operating system will show an icon in the system tray or status area that indicates whether the Server has connections: \n" +#~ msgstr "Lorsque le serveur fonctionne, le système d'exploitation affiche une icône dans la barre d'état système ou dans la zone d'état pour indiquer si le serveur est actif : \n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Add your desired [command line options](Running-a-Server#configuration) to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file (by default you will be running an Unregistered Server):" +#~ msgstr "Ajoutez les [options de la ligne de commande](Running-a-Server#options-de-la-ligne-de-commande) voulues à la ligne `ExecStart` dans le fichier service systemd en exécutant `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` (par défaut vous démarrerai un serveur non enregistré)." + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**No**. You can use the Servers listed by the built in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server or choose a third party hosting service. If you just want an undisturbed session, use the [soloing technique described on the Tips and Tricks page](Tips-Tricks-More#have-an-undisturbed-session-on-any-server). If you decide you cannot use any of the Servers listed by the built in Directories, you may be able to use a Server (either Registered in a Custom Directory, or Unregistered - see [Server Types](#server-types)) hosted by a third party. Doing so will save you the trouble of setting one up yourself.\n" +#~ msgstr "**Non**. Vous pouvez utiliser les serveurs enregistrés sur les annuaires intégrés et utiliser Jamulus sans exécuter de serveur ou choisir un service d'hébergement tiers. Si vous voulez juste une session non perturbée, utilisez la [technique de mise en solo décrite sur la page Trucs et astuces](Tips-Tricks-More#avoir-une-session-non-perturbée-sur-nimporte-quel-serveur). Si vous décidez que vous ne pouvez utiliser aucun des serveurs répertoriés par les annuaires intégrés, vous pourrez peut-être utiliser un serveur (soit enregistré dans un annuaire personnalisé, soit non enregistré - voir [Types de serveur](#types-de-serveur)) hébergé par un tiers. Cela vous évitera d'avoir à en installer un vous-même.\n" + +#~ msgid "While setting up a Server isn't difficult, it's a good idea to read the following background information to avoid some problems:" +#~ msgstr "Bien que la configuration d'un serveur ne soit pas difficile, il est conseillé de lire les informations générales suivantes pour éviter certains problèmes :" + +#~ msgid "Running an Unregistered Server at home will require you to [port forward](#port-forwarding) on your router. When running a Registered Server, port forwarding should not be necessary in most cases, but it's advisable to do so because some networks may not work properly with Jamulus in its default mode." +#~ msgstr "Pour exécuter un serveur non enregistré à la maison, vous devez effectuer une [redirection de port](#redirection-de-port) sur votre routeur. Lorsque vous exécutez un serveur enregistré, la redirection de port ne devrait pas être nécessaire dans la plupart des cas, mais il est conseillé de le faire car certains réseaux peuvent ne pas fonctionner correctement avec Jamulus dans son mode par défaut." + +#~ msgid "Jamulus only has limited IPv6 support which needs to be enabled with a command line argument on the Client and Server. (There are plans to expand IPv6 support.)" +#~ msgstr "Jamulus ne dispose que d'un support limité d'IPv6 qui doit être activé par un argument de ligne de commande sur le client et le serveur. (Il est prévu d'étendre le support IPv6.)" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "1. Registered" +#~ msgstr "1. Enregistré" + +#~ msgid "Your Server will be listed in a Directory. By default, Jamulus has a list of built-in Directories that Clients can connect to. If you register with one of these, anyone can then discover and connect to your Server. You can also have your Server listed on a Custom Directory, if that better meets your needs." +#~ msgstr "Votre serveur sera enregistré dans un annuaire. Par défaut, Jamulus a une liste d'annuaires intégrés auxquels les clients peuvent se connecter. Si vous vous enregistrez auprès de l'un d'entre eux, n'importe qui peut alors découvrir et se connecter à votre serveur. Vous pouvez également avoir votre serveur enregistré dans un annuaire personnalisé, si cela répond mieux à vos besoins." + +#~ msgid "If you are running an unregistered server behind a home internet connection, you might need to enable [port forwarding](#port-forwarding) as described below." +#~ msgstr "Si vous utilisez un serveur non enregistré derrière une connexion Internet à domicile, vous devrez peut-être activer [la redirection de port](#redirection-de-port) comme décrit ci-dessous." + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Installation and Configuration" +#~ msgstr "Installation et configuration" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Most people run Jamulus as a \"pure\" Server on **hardware without audio** (e.g. on a 3rd party/cloud host) running Linux. The following steps assume you are familiar with the command line and Debian/Ubuntu or similar distribution using systemd. To run a server on Windows or on the desktop with a graphical user interface, [see this section](#servers-on-the-desktop). \n" +#~ msgstr "La plupart des gens exécutent Jamulus en tant que serveur \"pur\" sur du **matériel sans audio** (par exemple sur un hôte tiers/cloud) sous Linux. Les étapes suivantes supposent que vous êtes familiarisé avec la ligne de commande et Debian/Ubuntu ou une distribution similaire utilisant systemd. Pour exécuter un serveur sous Windows ou sur le bureau avec une interface utilisateur graphique, [voir cette section](#serveurs-sur-le-bureau). \n" + +#~ msgid "If you want to run a Server on a Raspberry Pi (or a different armhf/arm64 debian-based device), you will need to download the `.deb` files for 32 bit `armhf` or 64 bit `arm64`, not the default `amd64` ones you'd use on an Intel/AMD based machine." +#~ msgstr "Si vous souhaitez exécuter un serveur sur un Raspberry Pi (ou un autre appareil arnhf/arm64 basé sur debian), vous devrez télécharger les fichiers `.deb` pour `armhf`32 bits ou arm64`64 bits, pas les fichiers par défaut `amd64` que vous utiliseriez sur un Intel/machine basée sur AMD." + +#~ msgid "Install the Jamulus package: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}` or for RasPi etc. armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}`; arm64: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }}`" +#~ msgstr "Installez le paquet Jamulus : `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}` ou pour RasPi etc: armhf : `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}`; arm64: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }}`" + +#~ msgid "Enable the headless Server process via systemd: `sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`" +#~ msgstr "Activer le processus de serveur sans interface via systemd : `sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`" + +#~ msgid "Check all is well with `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (hit `q` to get back to the command prompt)." +#~ msgstr "Vérifiez que tout est en ordre avec `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (tapez `q` pour revenir au prompt)." + +#~ msgid "You can control Jamulus with the `systemctl` command. For example, to stop the Server cleanly:" +#~ msgstr "Vous pouvez contrôler Jamulus avec la commande `systemctl`. Par exemple, pour arrêter proprement le Serveur :" + +#~ msgid "The following minimum setup is required to [run a Registered Server](Running-a-Server#server-types):" +#~ msgstr "La configuration minimale suivante est requise pour [exécuter un serveur enregistré](Running-a-Server#types-de-serveur) :" + +#~ msgid "You can also specify a [Directory](#3-directory) in the same way from the command line, providing the Server Address in the same format." +#~ msgstr "Vous pouvez également spécifier un [Annuaire](#3-annuaire) de la même manière à partir de la ligne de commande, en fournissant l'adresse du serveur dans le même format." + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Running as a Directory" +#~ msgstr "Exécuter comme Annuaire" + +#~ msgid "If you wish to run a [Directory](Running-a-Server#3-directory) please see [this guide](Directories)." +#~ msgstr "Si vous voulez faire tourner un [annuaire](Running-a-Server#3-annuaire) veuillez consulter [ce guide](Directories)." + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Maintenance" +#~ msgstr "Maintenance" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Viewing The Logs" +#~ msgstr "Affichage des journaux" + +#~ msgid "Jamulus will log to the system log file if you left the `StandardOutput=journal` setting in the unit file." +#~ msgstr "Jamulus se connectera au fichier journal du système si vous avez laissé le paramètre `StandardOutput=journal` dans le fichier d'unité." + +#~ msgid "To view the log, use `journalctl` (to exit press Ctrl-C). For example, to read the system log file, filtered for the Jamulus service:" +#~ msgstr "Pour afficher le journal, utilisez `journalctl` (pour quitter, appuyez sur Ctrl-C). Par exemple, pour lire le fichier journal du système, filtré pour le service Jamulus :" + +#~ msgid "`journalctl -f -u jamulus-headless`" +#~ msgstr "`journalctl -f -u jamulus-headless`" + +#~ msgid "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec` (assuming you named your unit file `jamulusTogglerec.service`)" +#~ msgstr "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec` (en supposant que vous avez nommé votre fichier d'unité `jamulusTogglerec.service`)" + +#~ msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications (assuming you put the files from the install there as per [these instructions](Installation-for-Macintosh))." +#~ msgstr "**Utilisateurs de macOS** - Double-cliquez sur l'icône \"Serveur Jamulus\" dans Applications (en supposant que vous y avez placé les fichiers de l'installation conformément à [ces instructions](Installation-for-Macintosh))." + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Server Setup" +#~ msgstr "Configuration du serveur" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "
\"Image
\n" +#~ msgstr "
\"Image
\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "The Directory list" +#~ msgstr "La liste Annuaire" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**None**: By default, you will not be connected to a Directory and will be running in unregistered mode. [Read these instructions](#running-an-unregistered-server) to have other people connect to your Server in this mode.\n" +#~ msgstr "**Aucun** : par défaut, vous ne serez pas connecté à un annuaire et vous exécuterez en mode non enregistré. [Lire ces instructions](#exécuter-un-serveur-non-enregistré) pour que d'autres personnes se connectent à votre serveur dans ce mode.\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Genre**: To allow other people to see your Server on one of the Directories built into the Client, select your desired genre Directory. You should see a confirmation message saying whether your Server has registered successfully. If not, and you leave your Server running, it will keep trying to register until a free slot becomes available.\n" +#~ msgstr "**Genre** : pour permettre à d'autres personnes de voir votre serveur sur l'un des annuaires publics embarqués dans le client, sélectionnez le genre d'annuaire souhaité. Vous devriez voir un message de confirmation indiquant si votre serveur s'est enregistré avec succès. Si ce n'est pas le cas et que vous laissez votre serveur en cours d'exécution, il continuera d'essayer de s'enregistrer jusqu'à ce qu'un emplacement libre se libère.\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Custom**: This allows you to specify a custom directory on which to be listed. See the \"Options\" tab for the Custom Directory address you want to use.\n" +#~ msgstr "**Personnalisé** : Cela vous permet de spécifier un répertoire personnalisé sur lequel être répertorié. Voir l'onglet \"Options\" pour l'adresse du répertoire personnalisé que vous souhaitez utiliser.\n" + +#~ msgid "To run your Server _as_ a Directory, you need to set the Custom Directory address as `localhost` or `127.0.0.1` and set the \"Genre\" to \"Custom\". [Read this guide](Directories) for further details." +#~ msgstr "Pour exécuter votre serveur _comme_ un annuaire, vous devez définir l'adresse de l'annuaire personnalisé sur `localhost` ou `127.0.0.1` et définir le \"genre\" sur \"personnalisé\". [Lire ce guide](Directories) pour plus de détails." + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "My Server Info" +#~ msgstr "Informations de mon serveur" + +#~ msgid "When running as a Registered Server this displays the Server's name, city and country so that other users can easily identify it in the Directory listing." +#~ msgstr "Lors de l'exécution en tant que serveur enregistré, cela affiche le nom du serveur, la ville et le pays afin que les autres utilisateurs puissent facilement l'identifier dans la liste d'annuaire." + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Chat Welcome Message" +#~ msgstr "Message de bienvenue du tchate" + +#~ msgid "The text entered here appears to all users when they join the Server (the chat window will open automatically for them). HTML is also supported." +#~ msgstr "Le texte saisi ici apparaît à tous les utilisateurs lorsqu'ils rejoignent le serveur (la fenêtre de chat s'ouvrira automatiquement pour eux). HTML est également pris en charge." + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "
\"Image
\n" +#~ msgstr "
\"Image
\n" + +#~ msgid "This sets the path to where the Server's recordings will be stored. With this path set, the \"Enable Jam Recorder\" function in the Server Setup tab will make recording start once the first person connects to the Server, and stops when the last person leaves. Use the \"New Recording\" button to create a new sub-directory in which the recordings will be stored from then on. Note that Recordings are per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` format and [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open the respective files to listen to them in those applications." +#~ msgstr "Cette option définit le chemin d'accès à l'endroit où l'enregistrement du serveur sera stocké. Une fois ce chemin défini, la fonction \"Activer l'enregistrement\" de l'onglet Paramètre du serveur fera en sorte que l'enregistrement démarre dès que la première personne se connectera au serveur et s'arrête lorsque la dernière personne partira. Utilisez le bouton \"Nouvel enregistrement\" pour créer un nouveau sous-répertoire dans lequel les enregistrements seront désormais stockés. Notez que les enregistrements sont par piste au format [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` et [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Ouvrez les fichiers respectifs pour les écouter dans ces applications." + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Custom Directory Address" +#~ msgstr "Adresse de l'annuaire personnalisé" + +#~ msgid "Leave this field empty unless you need to list your Server on a [Custom Directory](#3-directory) or run a Directory." +#~ msgstr "Laissez ce champ vide sauf si vous devez inscrire votre serveur dans un [annuaire personnalisé](#3-annuaire) ou executez un annuaire." + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Server List Filename" +#~ msgstr "Nom du fichier de la liste des serveurs" + +#~ msgid "Leave this field empty unless you need to run your Server as a [Directory](#3-directory). When in use, this holds the list of registered Servers whilst restarting the Directory. This prevents the server list appearing \"empty\" until the Servers re-register." +#~ msgstr "Laissez ce champ vide à moins que vous n'ayez besoin d'exécuter votre serveur en tant qu'[annuaire] (#3-annuaire). Lorsqu'il est utilisé, il contient la liste des serveurs enregistrés lors du redémarrage de l'annuaire. Cela empêche la liste des serveurs d'apparaître \"vide\" jusqu'à ce que les serveurs se réenregistrent." + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Delay panning" +#~ msgstr "Retardement du panoramique" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Start Minimised" +#~ msgstr "Démarrage Minimisé" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Command line options" +#~ msgstr "Options de la ligne de commande" + +#~ msgid "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" +#~ msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Running an Unregistered Server" +#~ msgstr "Exécuter un serveur non enregistré" + +#~ msgid "It is highly recommended to test your Server by registering it on one of the built-in Directories **first** so as to narrow down any subsequent problems in unregistered mode." +#~ msgstr "Il est fortement recommandé de tester votre serveur en l'enregistrant sur l'un des annuaires embarqués **d'abord** afin de limiter les problèmes ultérieurs en mode non enregistré." + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Setting up a Server behind a home router" +#~ msgstr "Configuration d'un serveur derrière un routeur domestique" + +#~ msgid "If you set up your server at home, you will probably need to change some settings in your router/firewall:" +#~ msgstr "Si vous configurez votre serveur chez vous, vous devrez probablement modifier certains paramètres de votre routeur/pare-feu :" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Port forwarding" +#~ msgstr "Redirection de port" + +#~ msgid "People from outside your home network will not be able to see things inside it. To let external Jamulus clients connect to your server, you need to set up port forwarding in your Router's settings. The exact setup differs for every router. For help see your Router's documentation or [portforward.com](https://portforward.com)." +#~ msgstr "Les personnes extérieures à votre réseau domestique ne pourront pas voir à l'intérieur. Pour permettre aux clients Jamulus externes de se connecter à votre serveur, vous devez configurer la redirection de port dans les paramètres de votre routeur. La configuration exacte diffère pour chaque routeur. Pour obtenir de l'aide, consultez la documentation de votre routeur ou [portforward.com](https://portforward.com)." + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Note:** The default port for the current version of Jamulus is **UDP** (not TCP) port **22124**. You will usually forward the port **22124** from outside your network to the port **22124** of the machine running the Server.\n" +#~ msgstr "**Remarque :** Le port par défaut pour la version actuelle de Jamulus est le port **UDP** (et non TCP) **22124**. Vous redirigerez généralement le port **22124** depuis l'extérieur de votre réseau vers le port **22124** de la machine exécutant le serveur.\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Note:** Your home router may change the IP address of the machine you're running your Server on. Depending on your router, you might need to give this machine a static IP address (often under DHCP settings of your router).\n" +#~ msgstr "**Note :** Votre routeur domestique peut modifier l'adresse IP de la machine sur laquelle vous exécutez votre serveur. Selon votre routeur, vous devrez soit donner à cette machine une adresse IP statique (souvent dans la configuration DHCP du routeur).\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Getting the external IP" +#~ msgstr "Obtenir l'IP externe" + +#~ msgid "To allow others to connect to your Server from the internet, get your external (WAN) IP address e.g. by [using Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=what+is+my+ip) and give it to them. You yourself should connect using the local network (LAN) address of the machine the Server is running on. If you are running a Client on the same machine as your Server, that would be `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`." +#~ msgstr "Pour autoriser d'autres personnes à se connecter à votre serveur à partir d'Internet, obtenez votre adresse IP externe (WAN), par ex. en [utilisant Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=what+is+my+ip) et donnez-leur. Vous-même devez vous connecter en utilisant l'adresse du réseau local (LAN) de la machine sur laquelle le serveur est exécuté. Si vous exécutez un client sur la même machine que votre serveur, ce serait `localhost` ou `127.0.0.1`." + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Dynamic DNS and why you will probably need it" +#~ msgstr "DNS dynamique et pourquoi vous en aurez probablement besoin" + +#~ msgid "Most domestic internet connections change their external IP address after a short period. To avoid problems with this, you might want to set up \"dynamic DNS\" to get a static (sub-)domain you can share with others. Please research how to do that for your specic set up. Your router might support some \"dynamic DNS\" providers out of the box. If this is not the case, set up a dynamic DNS client as described by the dynamic DNS provider you chose." +#~ msgstr "La plupart des connexions Internet nationales changent leur adresse IP externe après une courte période. Pour éviter tout problème, vous pouvez configurer un \"DNS dynamique\" pour obtenir un (sous-)domaine statique que vous pouvez partager avec d'autres. Veuillez rechercher comment faire cela pour votre configuration spécifique. Votre routeur peut prendre en charge certains fournisseurs de \"DNS dynamiques\" prêts à l'emploi. Si ce n'est pas le cas, configurez un client DNS dynamique comme décrit par le fournisseur de DNS dynamique que vous avez choisi." + +#~ msgid "_Note that headless Servers do not use `.ini` files. All configuration is given as command line options._" +#~ msgstr "_Notez que les serveurs sans interface n'utilisent pas de fichiers `.ini`. Toute la configuration est donnée sous forme d'options de ligne de commande._" + +#~ msgid "TOC" +#~ msgstr "TOC" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ " [Service]\n" +#~ " Type=oneshot\n" +#~ " ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" +#~ "~~~\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " [Service]\n" +#~ " Type=oneshot\n" +#~ " ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" +#~ "~~~\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ " [Service]\n" +#~ " Type=oneshot\n" +#~ " ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" +#~ "~~~\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " [Service]\n" +#~ " Type=oneshot\n" +#~ " ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" +#~ "~~~\n" + #, fuzzy #~ msgid "The short answer is **no**. For various reasons, you should try to use Servers listed by the built in Directories, at least at first while getting your sound set up with the Jamulus Client. You may also be able to use a Server hosted by a third party. Doing so will save you the trouble of setting one up yourself." #~ msgstr "La réponse courte est **non**. Pour diverses raisons, vous devriez essayer d'utiliser les serveurs d'autres personnes, du moins au début, le temps de configurer votre son avec le client Jamulus." @@ -1020,30 +1521,18 @@ msgstr "Si vous avez un autre problème, [regardez ce guide](Server-Troubleshoot #~ msgid "**Note**: Command-line options will not alter settings made in the GUI.\n" #~ msgstr "**Note** : Les options de la ligne de commande ne modifieront pas les réglages effectués dans l'interface graphique.\n" -#~ msgid "`-d` or `--discononquit` Disconnect all clients on quit. Normally, when a server is stopped or restarted, any clients that have not used their \"Disconnect\" buttons will re-establish connection when the server comes back up again. Using this option forces clients to manually re-establish their connections to the server. \n" -#~ msgstr "`-d` ou `--discononquit` Déconnecte tous les clients lorsque le serveur est arrêté. Normalement, lorsqu'un serveur est arrêté ou redémarré, tous les clients qui n'ont pas utilisé leur bouton \"Disconnect\" rétabliront la connexion lorsque le serveur sera de nouveau opérationnel. L'utilisation de cette option oblige les clients à rétablir manuellement leur connexion au serveur. \n" - #~ msgid "`-e` or `--directoryserver` Register the server on a directory (e.g. to set its genre (see also `-o`)). See [server types](#server-types) for further information.\n" #~ msgstr "`-e` ou `--directoryserver` Enregistrer le serveur sur un annuaire (par exemple pour définir son genre (voir aussi `-o`)). Voir [types de serveurs](#types-de-serveurs) pour plus d'informations.\n" -#~ msgid "`--directoryfile` Enable directory to remember registered servers even if the directory is restarted. You'll need to specify a path to a writable file location in which server information is stored.\n" -#~ msgstr "`--directoryfile` Permet à l'annuaire de se souvenir des serveurs enregistrés même si l'annuaire est redémarré. Vous devrez spécifier un chemin vers un emplacement de fichier inscriptible dans lequel les informations sur les serveurs sont stockées.\n" - #~ msgid "`-f` or `--listfilter` Whitelist servers registering on the server list, format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]` Directory Servers only. See [server types](#server-types) \n" #~ msgstr "`-f` ou `--listfilter` Liste blanche des serveurs s'enregistrant sur la liste des serveurs, format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]` Serveurs d'annuaire uniquement. Voir [types de serveurs](#types-de-serveurs) \n" -#~ msgid "`-F` or `--fastupdate` Reduces latency if clients connect with \"Enable Small Network Buffers\" option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled clients.\n" -#~ msgstr "`-F` ou `--fastupdate` Réduit la latence si les clients se connectent avec l'option \"Enable Small Network Buffers\". Nécessite un processeur plus rapide pour éviter les pertes de données, et une bande passante plus large pour les clients activés.\n" - #~ msgid "`-l` or `--log` Enable logging, set path and file name \n" #~ msgstr "`-l` ou `--log` Activer l'enregistrement, définir le chemin et le nom du fichier \n" #~ msgid "`-L` or `--licence` Show an agreement window before users can connect\n" #~ msgstr "`-L` ou `--licence` Afficher une fenêtre d'accord avant que les utilisateurs puissent se connecter\n" -#~ msgid "`-m` or `--htmlstatus` Enable HTML status file, set path and file name\n" -#~ msgstr "`-m` ou `--htmlstatus` Active le fichier d'état HTML, définit le chemin et le nom du fichier\n" - #~ msgid "`-o` or `--serverinfo` Location details in the format: `[name];[city];[locale value]` (see [values](https://doc.qt.io/qt-5/qlocale.html#Country-enum)) Public servers only\n" #~ msgstr "`-o` ou `--serverinfo` Détails de l'emplacement dans le format : `[nom];[ville];[valeur locale]` (voir [valeurs](https://doc.qt.io/qt-5/qlocale.html#Country-enum)) Serveurs publics uniquement\n" @@ -1056,27 +1545,9 @@ msgstr "Si vous avez un autre problème, [regardez ce guide](Server-Troubleshoot #~ msgid "`--norecord` Disable recording when enabled by default by `-R` \n" #~ msgstr "`--norecord` Désactive l'enregistrement lorsqu'il est activé par défaut par `-R` \n" -#~ msgid "`-s` or `--server` Start in server mode\n" -#~ msgstr "`-s` ou `--server` Démarrer en mode serveur\n" - #~ msgid "`--serverbindip` Specify the IP address to bind to \n" #~ msgstr "`--serverbindip` Spécifiez l'adresse IP à laquelle se lier \n" -#~ msgid "`-T` or `--multithreading` Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs to support more clients\n" -#~ msgstr "`-T` ou `--multithreading` Utilisez le multithreading pour mieux utiliser les processeurs multi-cœurs afin de prendre en charge plus de clients\n" - -#~ msgid "`-u` or `--numchannels` Maximum number of channels (clients)\n" -#~ msgstr "`-u` ou `--numchannels` Nombre maximum de canaux (clients)\n" - -#~ msgid "`-w` or `--welcomemessage` Welcome message on connect\n" -#~ msgstr "`-w` ou `--welcomemessage` Message de bienvenue à la connexion\n" - -#~ msgid "`-z` or `--startminimized` Start minimizied\n" -#~ msgstr "`-z` ou `--startminimized` Démarrage minimisé\n" - -#~ msgid "`--serverpublicip` The public IP address of the server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [Notes on Directory Servers](#points-to-note-about-directories)\n" -#~ msgstr "`--serverpublicip` L'adresse IP publique du serveur s'il est connecté à un annuaire derrière le même NAT. Voir [Notes sur les serveurs d'annuaire](#points-à-noter-à-propos-des-annuaires)\n" - #~ msgid "**Linux users**\n" #~ msgstr "**Utilisateurs Linux**\n" @@ -1085,3 +1556,6 @@ msgstr "Si vous avez un autre problème, [regardez ce guide](Server-Troubleshoot #~ msgid "Jamulus doesn't currently support IPv6" #~ msgstr "Jamulus ne prend pas actuellement en charge l'IPv6." + +#~ msgid "Any settings made using the graphical interface will be stored in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file. (Do **not** edit this file by hand!) However, some options are not available in the GUI and need to be set using the command line. For more information, see [Servers on the desktop](#servers-on-the-desktop)" +#~ msgstr "Tous les réglages effectués en utilisant l'interface graphique seront stockés dans le fichier `Jamulusserver.ini`. (Ne **pas** éditer ce fichier à la main !) Cependant, certaines options ne sont pas disponibles dans l'interface graphique et doivent être définies en utilisant la ligne de commande. Pour plus d'informations, voir [Serveurs sur le bureau](#serveurs-sur-le-bureau)" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Server-Bandwidth.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Server-Bandwidth.po index 34aa067e4..65400eb21 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Server-Bandwidth.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Server-Bandwidth.po @@ -2,38 +2,41 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Julien Taverna , 2022. +# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023. +# Julien Taverna , 2023. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-14 11:51+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Julien Taverna \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-01 19:05+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "fr" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Server-Bandwidth" msgstr "/wiki/Server-Bandwidth" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Bandwidth Use" @@ -44,50 +47,21 @@ msgstr "Utilisation de la bande passante" msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:11 -msgid "## Audio bandwidth" -msgstr "## Bande passante audio" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:13 -msgid "The audio settings have an impact on the required network bandwidth. The table below summarises network requirements with respect to the configuration of:" -msgstr "Les paramètres audio ont un impact sur la bande passante réseau requise. Le tableau ci-dessous résume les exigences du réseau en ce qui concerne la configuration de :" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:14 -msgid "Channels : stereo/mono" -msgstr "Canaux : stéréo/mono" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:15 -msgid "Quality : high/medium/low" -msgstr "Qualité : élevée/moyenne/faible" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio bandwidth" +msgstr "Bande passante audio" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:16 -msgid "Audio buffer duration : 2.67 ms, 5.33 ms, 10.67 ms, 21.33 ms" -msgstr "Durée de la mémoire tampon audio : 2,67 ms, 5,33 ms, 10,67 ms, 21,33 ms" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:18 -msgid "With the following units" -msgstr "Avec les unités suivantes" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:19 -msgid "ms : milliseconds" -msgstr "ms : millisecondes" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:20 -msgid "Kbit/s : Kilo-bits per second (Reminder : 1 Mbit/s = 1024 Kbit/s, 1 KByte/s = 8 Kbit/s)" -msgstr "Kbit/s : kilo-bits par seconde (Rappel : 1 Mbit/s = 1024 Kbit/s, 1 KByte/s = 8 Kbit/s)" +msgid "The audio settings have an impact on the required network bandwidth. The table below summarises network requirements with respect to the configuration of: * Channels : stereo/mono * Quality : high/medium/low * Audio buffer duration : 2.67 ms, 5.33 ms, 10.67 ms, 21.33 ms" +msgstr "Les paramètres audio ont un impact sur la bande passante réseau requise. Le tableau ci-dessous résume les exigences du réseau en ce qui concerne la configuration de : * Canaux : stéréo/mono * Qualité : haute/moyenne/basse * Durée de la mémoire tampon audio : 2,67 ms, 5,33 ms, 10,67 ms, 21,33 ms" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:21 -msgid "Mbit/s : Mega-bits per second" -msgstr "Mbit/s : méga-bits par seconde" +msgid "With the following units * ms : milliseconds * Kbit/s : Kilo-bits per second (Reminder : 1 Mbit/s = 1024 Kbit/s, 1 KByte/s = 8 Kbit/s) * Mbit/s : Mega-bits per second" +msgstr "Avec les unités suivantes * ms : millisecondes * Kbit/s : kilo-bits par seconde (rappel : 1 Mbit/s = 1024 Kbit/s, 1 KByte/s = 8 Kbit/s) * Mbit/s : Méga-bits par seconde" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:30 @@ -102,19 +76,20 @@ msgid "" "| Mono | Medium | 594 Kbit/s | 366 Kbit/s | 250 Kbit/s | 192 Kbit/s |\n" "| Mono | Low | 534 Kbit/s | 306 Kbit/s | 190 Kbit/s | 132 Kbit/s |\n" msgstr "" -"| Chaînes | Qualité | Bande passante (pour tampon : 2.67 ms) | Bande passante (pour tampon : 5,33 ms) | Bande passante (pour tampon : 10.67 ms) | Bande passante (pour tampon : 21.33 ms) |\n" +"| Chaînes | Qualité | Bande passante (pour tampon : 2,67 ms) | Bande passante (pour tampon : 5,33 ms) | Bande passante (pour tampon : 10,67 ms) | Bande passante (pour tampon : 21,33 ms) |\n" "| --------- | ------ | -------- | -------- | -------- | -------- |\n" -"| Stéréo | Haut | 894 Kbit/s | 657 Kbit/s | 541 Kbit/s | 483 Kbit/s |\n" -"| Stéréo | Moyen | 672 Kbit/s | 444 Kbit/s | 328 Kbit/s | 270 Kbit/s |\n" -"| Stéréo | Bas | 606 Kbit/s | 372 Kbit/s | 256 Kbit/s | 198 Kbit/s |\n" -"| Mono | Haut | 672 Kbit/s | 444 Kbit/s | 328 Kbit/s | 270 Kbit/s 8|\n" -"| Mono | Moyen | 594 Kbit/s | 366 Kbit/s | 250 Kbit/s | 192 Kbit/s |\n" -"| Mono | Bas | 534 Kbit/s | 306 Kbit/s | 190 Kbit/s | 132 Kbit/s |\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:32 -msgid "## Network bandwidth" -msgstr "## Bande passante réseau" +"| Stéréo | Haut | 894 Kbit/s | 657 Kbit/s | 541 Kbit/s | 483 Kbit/s |\n" +"| Stéréo | Moyen | 672 Kbit/s | 444 Kbit/s | 328 Kbit/s | 270 Kbit/s |\n" +"| Stéréo | Bas | 606 Kbit/s | 372 Kbit/s | 256 Kbit/s | 198 Kbit/s |\n" +"| Mono | Haut | 672 Kbit/s | 444 Kbit/s | 328 Kbit/s | 270 Kbit/s 8|\n" +"| Mono | Moyen | 594 Kbit/s | 366 Kbit/s | 250 Kbit/s | 192 Kbit/s |\n" +"| Mono | Bas | 534 Kbit/s | 306 Kbit/s | 190 Kbit/s | 132 Kbit/s |\n" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Network bandwidth" +msgstr "Bande passante réseau" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:38 @@ -126,9 +101,9 @@ msgid "" "
Calculate bandwidth use
\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Il y en a un en amont (le musicien envoie au serveur) et un en aval (le serveur renvoi le mixage au musicien)\n" +"Il y en a un en amont (le musicien envoie au serveur) et un en aval (le serveur renvoie le mixage au musicien)\n" "
\n" -" \"Un\n" +" \"Un\n" "
Calculer l'utilisation de la bande passante
\n" "
\n" @@ -136,3 +111,21 @@ msgstr "" #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:40 msgid "Note also that mean ADSL2 transfer rate is 10 Mbit/s for downstream and 1 Mbit/s for upstream. The actual performance depends on distance to the provider, which may [theoretically range from 24 Mbit/s at 0.3 km to 1.5 Mbit/s at 5.2 km](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Asymmetric_digital_subscriber_line) for download rate." msgstr "Notez également que le taux de transfert ADSL2 moyen est de 10 Mbit/s pour l'aval et de 1 Mbit/s pour l'amont. Les performances réelles dépendent de la distance jusqu'au fournisseur, qui peut [théoriquement aller de 24 Mbit/s à 0,3 km à 1,5 Mbit/s à 5,2 km](https://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/ADSL) pour le taux de téléchargement." + +#~ msgid "Channels : stereo/mono" +#~ msgstr "Canaux : stéréo/mono" + +#~ msgid "Quality : high/medium/low" +#~ msgstr "Qualité : élevée/moyenne/faible" + +#~ msgid "Audio buffer duration : 2.67 ms, 5.33 ms, 10.67 ms, 21.33 ms" +#~ msgstr "Durée de la mémoire tampon audio : 2,67 ms, 5,33 ms, 10,67 ms, 21,33 ms" + +#~ msgid "With the following units" +#~ msgstr "Avec les unités suivantes" + +#~ msgid "ms : milliseconds" +#~ msgstr "ms : millisecondes" + +#~ msgid "Mbit/s : Mega-bits per second" +#~ msgstr "Mbit/s : méga-bits par seconde" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Server-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Server-Troubleshooting.po index 714ed909f..2a8c2f389 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Server-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Server-Troubleshooting.po @@ -3,44 +3,47 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Julien Taverna , 2022. # Olivier Humbert , 2022. +# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023. +# Julien Taverna , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-01 00:11+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-20 11:08+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Julien Taverna \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" "X-Language: fr_FR\n" "X-Source-Language: en_150\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "fr" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Server-Troubleshooting" msgstr "/wiki/Server-Troubleshooting" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:10 #, no-wrap msgid "Server Troubleshooting" -msgstr "Dépannage du Serveur" +msgstr "Dépannage du serveur" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:9 @@ -50,125 +53,161 @@ msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:12 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# Server Troubleshooting\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" -msgstr "" -"# Dépannage du Serveur\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:14 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:16 -msgid "Table of contents" -msgstr "Table des matières" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:18 -msgid "TOC" -msgstr "TOC" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "Table des matières\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:19 -msgid "{:toc}" -msgstr "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" +msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:21 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:23 -msgid "## Servers - Registered" -msgstr "## Serveurs - Enregistrés" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Servers - Registered" +msgstr "Serveurs - enregistrés" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:25 -msgid "### Why doesn't my Server show up in the list? Why isn't it registering?" -msgstr "### Pourquoi mon serveur n'apparaît-il pas dans la liste ? Pourquoi ne s'enregistre-t-il pas ?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why doesn't my Server show up in the list? Why isn't it registering?" +msgstr "Pourquoi mon serveur n'apparaît-il pas dans la liste ? Pourquoi ne s'enregistre-t-il pas ?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:27 -msgid "If you are registered OK (you can [see it here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)) and you or your friends can't see your Server, you may need to wait, or start your Client with the `--showallservers` option and try connecting from there ([see command line options](Software-Manual#command-line-options)) on how to start your Client with a config option). In some network configurations, you may also need to [port forward](Running-a-Server#port-forwarding) your router." -msgstr "Si vous êtes enregistré correctement (vous pouvez le voir [ici](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)) et que vous ou vos amis ne voyez pas votre serveur, vous pouvez attendre, ou démarrer votre client avec l'option `--showallservers` et essayer de vous connecter à partir de là ([voir options de ligne de commande](Software-Manual#options-de-la-ligne-de-commande) sur la façon de démarrer votre client avec une option de configuration). Dans certaines configurations réseau, vous devrez peut-être également [ouvrir une brèche](Running-a-Server#redirection-de-port) dans votre routeur." +msgid "If you are registered OK (you can [see it here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)) and you or your friends can't see your Server, you may need to wait, or start your Client with the `--showallservers` option and try connecting from there ([see command line options](Software-Manual#command-line-options)) on how to start your Client with a config option). In some network configurations, you may also need to configure your router to [forward the port number](Unregistered-Servers#port-forwarding) used by Jamulus Server." +msgstr "Si vous êtes enregistré correctement (vous pouvez [le voir ici](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)) et que vous ou vos amis ne voyez pas votre serveur, vous pourriez devoir attendre, ou démarrer votre client avec l'option `--showallservers` et essayer de vous connecter à partir de là ([voir options de ligne de commande](Software-Manual#options-de-la-ligne-de-commande) sur la façon de démarrer votre client avec une option de configuration). Dans certaines configurations réseau, vous devrez peut-être également configurer votre router pour [rediriger le numéro de port](Unregistered-Servers#redirection-de-port) utilisé par le serveur Jamulus." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:29 msgid "If you are seeing a message that says the Server is full, you will need to wait until a slot becomes free." -msgstr "Si vous voyez un message indiquant que le serveur est plein, vous devrez attendre qu'un créneau se libère." +msgstr "Si vous voyez un message indiquant que le serveur est plein, vous devrez attendre qu'une place se libère." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:31 msgid "You can verify that your Server is listed in the relevant genre by [checking it here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)." msgstr "Vous pouvez vérifier que votre serveur est répertorié dans le genre approprié en [vérifiant ici](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:33 -msgid "## Servers - Unregistered" -msgstr "## Serveurs - Non enregistrés" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:32 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Servers - Unregistered" +msgstr "Serveurs - non enregistrés" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:35 -msgid "### I'm running my Client on the same machine/network as my Server but I can't connect to it" -msgstr "### Je fais tourner mon client sur la même machine/le même réseau que mon serveur, mais je n'arrive pas à m'y connecter" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I'm running my Client on the same machine/network as my Server but I can't connect to it" +msgstr "Je fais tourner mon client sur la même machine/le même réseau que mon serveur, mais je n'arrive pas à m'y connecter" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:37 msgid "Connect your Client to `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`. If you're running the Client on a different machine to the Server but on the same network, then connect to the _local network_ address of the Server. Do not connect via the Server's public (WAN) address." msgstr "Connectez votre client à `localhost` ou `127.0.0.1`. Si vous exécutez le client sur une machine différente de celle du serveur mais sur le même réseau, connectez-vous à l'adresse du _réseau local_ du serveur. Ne vous connectez pas via l'adresse publique (WAN) du serveur." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:39 -msgid "### What address do I give to people so that they can connect to my Server?" -msgstr "### Quelle adresse dois-je donner aux gens pour qu'ils puissent se connecter à mon serveur ?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "What address do I give to people so that they can connect to my Server?" +msgstr "Quelle adresse dois-je donner aux gens pour qu'ils puissent se connecter à mon serveur ?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:41 -msgid "This should be your **public** IP address (find that with [Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=whatsmyip)). Connect your **own** Jamulus Client to the **local** IP address of your Server (`localhost` or `127.0.0.1` if it's on the same machine as your Client). Note that your public IP address can change - see the note on \"dynamic DNS\" in [this guide](Running-a-Server#dynamic-dns-and-why-you-will-probably-need-it)." -msgstr "Il doit s'agir de votre adresse IP **publique** (vous pouvez la trouver avec [Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=whatsmyip)). Connectez votre **propre** client Jamulus à l'adresse IP **locale** de votre serveur (`localhost` ou `127.0.0.1` s'il se trouve sur la même machine que votre client). Notez que votre adresse IP publique peut changer - voir la note sur le \"DNS dynamique\" dans [ce guide](Running-a-Server#dns-dynamique-et-pourquoi-vous-en-aurez-probablement-besoin)." +msgid "This should be your **public** IP address (find that with [Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=whatsmyip)). Connect your **own** Jamulus Client to the **local** IP address of your Server (`localhost` or `127.0.0.1` if it's on the same machine as your Client). Note that your public IP address can change - see the note on \"dynamic DNS\" in [this guide](Unregistered-Servers#dynamic-dns-and-why-you-will-probably-need-it)." +msgstr "Ça devrait être votre adresse IP **publique** (vous pouvez la trouver avec [Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=whatsmyip)). Connectez votre **propre** client Jamulus à l'adresse IP **locale** de votre serveur (`localhost` ou `127.0.0.1` s'il se trouve sur la même machine que votre client). Notez que votre adresse IP publique peut changer - voir la note sur le \"DNS dynamique\" dans [ce guide](Unregistered-Servers#dns-dynamique-et-pourquoi-vous-en-aurez-probablement-besoin)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:44 -msgid "### What port numbers can I use?" -msgstr "### Quels numéros de port puis-je utiliser ?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:43 +#, no-wrap +msgid "What port numbers can I use?" +msgstr "Quels numéros de port puis-je utiliser ?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:46 msgid "You can set your Server to listen on a custom port with the `--port` option. If you do this, you will need to tell people which port to connect on. They will need to append the port number to the address of your Server in the format `[serverAddress]:[portNumber]`." -msgstr "Vous pouvez configurer votre serveur pour écouter sur un port personnalisé avec l'option `--port`. Si vous faites cela, vous devrez indiquer aux gens sur quel port ils doivent se connecter. Ils devront ajouter le numéro de port à l'adresse de votre serveur au format `[serverAddress]:[portNumber]`." +msgstr "Vous pouvez configurer votre serveur pour écouter sur un port personnalisé avec l'option `--port`. Si vous faites cela, vous devrez indiquer aux gens sur quel port ils doivent se connecter. Ils devront ajouter le numéro de port à l'adresse de votre serveur dans le format `[AdresseDuServeur]:[NuméroDePort]`." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:48 -msgid "### Nobody can connect to my Server - but I can connect locally" -msgstr "### Personne ne peut se connecter à mon serveur - mais je peux me connecter localement" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Nobody can connect to my Server - but I can connect locally" +msgstr "Personne ne peut se connecter à mon serveur - mais je peux me connecter localement" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:50 -msgid "First of all, make sure you've enabled [port forwarding](Running-a-Server#port-forwarding). If you still don't see your server from outside of your local network, you may have issues with your Internet Service Provider (ISP)." -msgstr "Tout d'abord, assurez-vous d'avoir activé [la redirection de port](Running-a-Server#redirection-de-port). Si vous ne voyez toujours pas votre serveur depuis l'extérieur de votre réseau local, vous avez peut-être des problèmes avec votre fournisseur d'accès Internet (FAI)." +msgid "First of all, make sure you've enabled [port forwarding](Unregistered-Servers#port-forwarding). If you still don't see your server from outside of your local network, you may have issues with your Internet Service Provider (ISP)." +msgstr "Tout d'abord, assurez-vous d'avoir activé [la redirection de port](Unregistered-Servers#redirection-de-port). Si vous ne voyez toujours pas votre serveur depuis l'extérieur de votre réseau local, vous avez peut-être des problèmes avec votre fournisseur d'accès Internet (FAI)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:52 -msgid "Some ISPs are using techniques like [Address plus Port (A+P)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Address_plus_Port) or [Carrier-grade NAT (CGN)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carrier-grade_NAT) to conserve address space (usually for IPv4). That makes it impossible to host services like Jamulus at home as they are not visible outside your local network." -msgstr "Certains fournisseurs d'accès utilisent des techniques comme [Addresse plus Port (A+P)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Address_plus_Port) ou [NAT de qualité opérateur (CGN)](https://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carrier-grade_NAT) pour conserver l'espace d'adressage (usuellement pour IPv4). Il est donc impossible d'héberger des services tels que Jamulus chez soi car il ne sont pas visible à l'extérieur de votre réseau local." +msgid "Some ISPs use techniques like [Address plus Port (A+P)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Address_plus_Port) or [Carrier-grade NAT (CGN)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carrier-grade_NAT) to conserve address space (usually for IPv4). That makes it impossible to host services like Jamulus at home as they are not visible outside your local network." +msgstr "Certains fournisseurs d'accès utilisent des techniques comme [adresse plus Port (A+P)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Address_plus_Port) (en anglais) ou [NAT de qualité opérateur (CGN)](https://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carrier-grade_NAT) (en anglais) pour conserver l'espace d'adressage (habituellement pour IPv4). Ceci rend impossible d'héberger des services tels que Jamulus chez soi car ils ne sont pas visibles à l'extérieur de votre réseau local." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:54 msgid "To detect if CGN is the issue, go to your router's configuration screen (typically, 192.168.X.X) and look at the WAN Status page. If your listed IPv4 address doesn't match with your public IPv4 address (check it [here](https://ifconfig.me)), it suggests that CGN may be enabled. You can try using an IPv6 connection by starting clients and server with the `-6` flag if IPv6 is available for the server and all clients." -msgstr "Pour détecter si le CGN est le problème, allez à l'écran de configuration de votre routeur (généralement, 192.168.X.X) et regardez la page status WAN. Si votre adresse IPv4 répertoriée ne correspond pas à l'adresse que vous voyez [ici](https://ifconfig.me), cela signifie que le CGN est peut-être activé. Vous pouvez essayer d'utiliser une connexion IPv6 en démarrant les clients et le serveur avec le drapeau \"-6\" si IPv6 est disponible pour le serveur et tous les clients." +msgstr "Pour détecter si le CGN est le problème, allez à l'écran de configuration de votre routeur (généralement, 192.168.X.X) et regardez la page statuts WAN. Si votre adresse IPv4 répertoriée ne correspond pas à votre adresse publique IPv4 (vérifier le [ici](https://ifconfig.me)), cela suggère que le CGN est peut-être activé. Vous pouvez essayer d'utiliser une connexion IPv6 en démarrant les clients et le serveur avec le drapeau `-6`si IPv6 est disponible pour le serveur et tous les clients." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:56 +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:55 msgid "To fix the issue with IPv4, contact your ISP technical support team, and tell them that you want to host a public server at home, so you need a real WAN IP address. Furthermore, you can help them with info that CGN might be the issue. Also, you can ask for a static IP address to avoid using DDNS." -msgstr "Pour résoudre le problème avec IPv4, contactez l'équipe de support technique de votre FAI et dites-lui que vous souhaitez héberger un serveur public à la maison, vous avez donc besoin d'une véritable adresse IP WAN. De plus, vous pouvez les aider avec des informations indiquant que CGN pourrait être le problème. De plus, vous pouvez demander une adresse IP statique pour éviter d'utiliser le DDNS." +msgstr "Pour résoudre le problème avec IPv4, contactez l'équipe de support technique de votre FAI et dites-lui que vous souhaitez héberger un serveur public à la maison, vous avez donc besoin d'une véritable adresse IP WAN. De plus, vous pouvez les aider avec des informations indiquant que CGN pourrait être le problème. Aussi, vous pouvez demander une adresse IP statique pour éviter d'utiliser le DDNS." + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Servers - Registered " +#~ msgstr "Serveurs - enregistrés " + +#~ msgid "If you are registered OK (you can [see it here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)) and you or your friends can't see your Server, you may need to wait, or start your Client with the `--showallservers` option and try connecting from there ([see command line options](Software-Manual#command-line-options)) on how to start your Client with a config option). In some network configurations, you may also need to [port forward](Running-a-Server#port-forwarding) your router." +#~ msgstr "Si vous êtes enregistré correctement (vous pouvez [le voir ici](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)) et que vous ou vos amis ne voyez pas votre serveur, vous pourriez devoir attendre, ou démarrer votre client avec l'option `--showallservers` et essayer de vous connecter à partir de là ([voir options de ligne de commande](Software-Manual#options-de-la-ligne-de-commande) sur la façon de démarrer votre client avec une option de configuration). Dans certaines configurations réseau, vous devrez peut-être également [rediriger votre port](Running-a-Server#redirection-de-port) dans votre routeur." + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Servers - Unregistered " +#~ msgstr "Serveurs - Non enregistrés " + +#~ msgid "This should be your **public** IP address (find that with [Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=whatsmyip)). Connect your **own** Jamulus Client to the **local** IP address of your Server (`localhost` or `127.0.0.1` if it's on the same machine as your Client). Note that your public IP address can change - see the note on \"dynamic DNS\" in [this guide](Running-a-Server#dynamic-dns-and-why-you-will-probably-need-it)." +#~ msgstr "Ça devrait être votre adresse IP **publique** (vous pouvez la trouver avec [Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=whatsmyip)). Connectez votre **propre** client Jamulus à l'adresse IP **locale** de votre serveur (`localhost` ou `127.0.0.1` s'il se trouve sur la même machine que votre client). Notez que votre adresse IP publique peut changer - voir la note sur le \"DNS dynamique\" dans [ce guide](Running-a-Server#dns-dynamique-et-pourquoi-vous-en-aurez-probablement-besoin)." + +#~ msgid "First of all, make sure you've enabled [port forwarding](Running-a-Server#port-forwarding). If you still don't see your server from outside of your local network, you may have issues with your Internet Service Provider (ISP)." +#~ msgstr "Tout d'abord, assurez-vous d'avoir activé [la redirection de port](Running-a-Server#redirection-de-port). Si vous ne voyez toujours pas votre serveur depuis l'extérieur de votre réseau local, vous avez peut-être des problèmes avec votre fournisseur d'accès Internet (FAI)." + +#~ msgid "Some ISPs are using techniques like [Address plus Port (A+P)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Address_plus_Port) or [Carrier-grade NAT (CGN)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carrier-grade_NAT) to conserve address space (usually for IPv4). That makes it impossible to host services like Jamulus at home as they are not visible outside your local network." +#~ msgstr "Certains fournisseurs d'accès utilisent des techniques comme [addresse plus Port (A+P)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Address_plus_Port) ou [NAT de qualité opérateur (CGN)](https://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carrier-grade_NAT) pour conserver l'espace d'adressage (habituellement pour IPv4). Ceci rend impossible d'héberger des services tels que Jamulus chez soi car ils ne sont pas visibles à l'extérieur de votre réseau local." + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ "# Server Troubleshooting\n" +#~ " {:.no_toc}\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "# Dépannage du serveur\n" +#~ " {:.no_toc}\n" + +#~ msgid "TOC" +#~ msgstr "TOC" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "To fix the issue: if you are running a public server, try [port forwarding](Running-a-Server#port-forwarding). If you are running a private server and are port forwarding already, contact your ISP support and request them to remove you from CGN and assign you a real WAN IP address because you want to host a server. If CGN is not the issue, you may need to ask your ISP to give you a WAN IP address (or fixed one to avoid using DDNS, if possible). If all else fails, consider hosting on a cloud platform (some providers do free trial periods)." #~ msgid "To fix the issue: if you are running a registered Server, try [port forwarding](Running-a-Server#port-forwarding). If you are running an unregistered Server and are port forwarding already, contact your ISP support and request them to remove you from CGN and assign you a real WAN IP address because you want to host a Server. If CGN is not the issue, you may need to ask your ISP to give you a WAN IP address (or fixed one to avoid using DDNS, if possible). If all else fails, consider hosting on a cloud platform (some providers do free trial periods)." #~ msgstr "Pour résoudre le problème : si vous utilisez un serveur public, essayez la [redirection de port](Running-a-Server#redirection-de-port). Si vous utilisez un serveur privé et que vous faites déjà une redirection de port, contactez le support de votre FAI et demandez-lui de vous retirer du CGN et de vous attribuer une véritable adresse IP WAN parce que vous voulez héberger un serveur. Si le CGN n'est pas le problème, vous devrez peut-être demander à votre FAI de vous donner une adresse IP WAN (ou une adresse fixe pour éviter d'utiliser le DDNS, si possible). Si tout le reste échoue, envisagez l'hébergement sur une plateforme en nuage (certains fournisseurs proposent des périodes d'essai gratuites)." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Software-Manual.po index 2eb5fde7e..de3d9e1ad 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Software-Manual.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Software-Manual.po @@ -3,89 +3,97 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Julien Taverna , 2022. # Olivier Humbert , 2022. +# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023. +# Julien Taverna , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-16 15:25+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-25 10:53+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" "Language-Team: French \n" "Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0.1-dev\n" "X-Language: fr_FR\n" "X-Source-Language: en_150\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "fr" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual" msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Software Manual" msgstr "Manuel du logiciel" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus User Manual" +msgstr "Manuel du logiciel Jamulus" + #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:9 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# Jamulus User Manual\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" -msgstr "" -"# Manuel du logiciel Jamulus\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:11 msgid "This manual documents the Jamulus Client application for use by musicians and singers using the software to connect to a server." -msgstr "Ce manuel documente l'application client Jamulus destinée aux musiciens et chanteurs qui utilisent le logiciel pour se connecter à un serveur." +msgstr "Ce manuel documente l'application cliente Jamulus destinée aux musiciens et chanteurs qui utilisent le logiciel pour se connecter à un serveur." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:13 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:15 -msgid "Table of contents" -msgstr "Table des matières" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:17 -msgid "TOC" -msgstr "TOC" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "Table des matières\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:18 -msgid "{:toc}" -msgstr "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" +msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:20 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:22 -msgid "# Main Window" -msgstr "# Fenêtre principale" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:21 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Main Window" +msgstr "Fenêtre principale" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:28 @@ -101,10 +109,11 @@ msgstr "" "\t
Votre mixage local lorsqu'il est connecté à un serveur
\n" "\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:30 -msgid "## Ping, Delay and Jitter" -msgstr "## Ping, Délai et Gigue" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Ping, Delay and Jitter" +msgstr "Ping, Délai et Gigue" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:32 @@ -116,12 +125,13 @@ msgstr "**Ping** indique la latence de votre réseau en millisecondes, le plus b #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:34 #, no-wrap msgid "**Delay** shows overall latency calculated from the current ping time and the delay introduced by the current audio buffer settings. The LEDs show the status of this as:\n" -msgstr "**Délai** affiche la latence globale calculée à partir du temps de ping actuel et du retard introduit par les paramètres actuels du tampon audio. Les diodes lumineuses indiquent l'état de cette situation comme suit : \n" +msgstr "**Délai** affiche la latence globale calculée à partir du temps de ping actuel et du retard introduit par les paramètres actuels du tampon audio. Les diodes lumineuses indiquent l'état de cette situation comme suit :\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:36 -msgid "
\"Image
" -msgstr "
\"Image
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"Image
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:38 @@ -131,8 +141,9 @@ msgstr "**Vert** - Le délai est parfait pour une session de bœuf\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:40 -msgid "
\"Image
" -msgstr "
\"Image
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"Image
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:42 @@ -142,8 +153,9 @@ msgstr "**Jaune** - Une session est toujours possible mais elle peut être plus #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:44 -msgid "
\"Image
" -msgstr "
\"Image
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"Image
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:46 @@ -155,72 +167,77 @@ msgstr "**Rouge** - Le délai est trop important pour bœuffer\n" #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:48 #, no-wrap msgid "**Jitter** shows the current audio/streaming status. If the light is **red**, the audio stream is interrupted. This is caused by one of the following problems:\n" -msgstr "**Gigue** indique l'état actuel du flux audio/de la diffusion en continu. Si le voyant est **rouge**, le flux audio est interrompu. Cela est dû à l'un des problèmes suivants :\n" +msgstr "**Gigue** indique l'état actuel du flux/diffusion audio en continu. Si le voyant est **rouge**, le flux audio est interrompu. Cela est dû à l'un des problèmes suivants :\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:50 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53 msgid "The network jitter buffer is not large enough for the current network/audio interface jitter." msgstr "Le tampon de gigue du réseau n'est pas assez grand pour la gigue actuelle de l'interface réseau/audio." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:51 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53 msgid "The sound card's buffer delay (buffer size) is too small (see Settings window)." msgstr "Le délai de la mémoire tampon de la carte son (taille de la mémoire tampon) est trop faible (voir la fenêtre Paramètres)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:52 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53 msgid "The upload or download stream rate is too high for your internet bandwidth." -msgstr "Le débit du flux en amont ou en aval est trop élevé pour votre bande passante Internet." +msgstr "Le débit du flux montant ou descendant est trop élevé pour votre bande passante Internet." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53 msgid "The CPU of the Client or server is at 100%." -msgstr "Le CPU du client ou du serveur est à 100%." +msgstr "Le processeur du client ou du serveur est à 100%." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:55 -msgid "## Input" -msgstr "## Niveau d'entrée" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:54 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Input" +msgstr "Entrée" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:58 msgid "Shows the level of the two stereo channels for your audio input. Make sure not to clip the input signal to avoid distortions of your sound (the LEDs will indicate clipping when it occurs)." -msgstr "Ceci indique le niveau des deux canaux stéréo de votre entrée audio. Veillez à ne pas écrêter le signal d'entrée afin d'éviter toute distorsion du signal audio (les diodes indiquent l'écrêtage lorsqu'il se produit)." +msgstr "Ceci indique le niveau des deux canaux stéréo de votre entrée audio. Veillez à ne pas écrêter le signal d'entrée afin d'éviter toute distorsion de votre son (les diodes lumineuses indiquent l'écrêtage lorsqu'il se produit)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:60 -msgid "## Mute Myself button" -msgstr "## Bouton me silencer" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Mute Myself button" +msgstr "Bouton me silencer" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:62 msgid "Cuts your audio stream to the server so that you will be able to hear yourself and see your own input levels, but other musicians will not. Be aware that other musicians will not know if you have muted yourself." msgstr "Coupe votre flux audio vers le serveur afin que vous puissiez vous entendre et voir vos propres niveaux d'entrée, mais pas les autres musiciens. Sachez que les autres musiciens ne sauront pas si vous avez coupé votre son." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:64 -msgid "## Reverb effect" -msgstr "## Effet réverbération" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:63 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Reverb effect" +msgstr "Effet réverbération" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:69 msgid "Adds reverb to your local mono audio channel, or to both channels in stereo mode. The mono channel selection and the reverberation level can be modified. For example, if a microphone signal is fed in to the right audio channel of the sound card and a reverb effect needs to be applied, set the channel selector to the right and move the fader upwards until the desired reverb level is reached." -msgstr "La réverbération peut être appliquée à un canal audio mono local ou aux deux canaux en mode stéréo. La sélection du canal mono et le niveau de réverbération peuvent être modifiés. Par exemple, si un signal de microphone est envoyé sur le canal audio droit de la carte son et qu'un effet de réverbération doit être appliqué, réglez le sélecteur de canal sur la droite et déplacez le chariot vers la droite et déplacez le chariot vers le haut jusqu'à ce que le niveau de réverbération souhaité soit atteint." +msgstr "Ajoute de la réverbération à votre canal audio mono local ou aux deux canaux en mode stéréo. La sélection du canal mono et le niveau de réverbération peuvent être modifiés. Par exemple, si un signal de microphone est envoyé sur le canal audio droit de la carte son et qu'un effet de réverbération doit être appliqué, réglez le sélecteur de canal sur la droite et déplacez le chariot vers le haut jusqu'à ce que le niveau de réverbération souhaité soit atteint." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:71 -msgid "## Chat" -msgstr "## Tchate" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:70 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Chat" +msgstr "Tchate" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:75 msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message is received." -msgstr "Ouvre la fenêtre de tchate. Le texte saisi est envoyé à tous les clients connectés. Si un nouveau message de tchate arrive et que le fenêtre de tchate n'est pas déjà ouverte, elle s'ouvrira automatiquement pour tous les clients. Voir Paramètres/Mon profil pour activer éventuellement une alerte sonore lorsqu'un nouveau message de conversation est reçu." +msgstr "Ouvre la fenêtre de tchate. Le texte saisi est envoyé à tous les clients connectés. Si un nouveau message de tchate arrive et que la fenêtre de tchate n'est pas déjà ouverte, elle s'ouvrira automatiquement pour tous les clients. Voir dans les paramètres pour activer optionnellement une alerte sonore lorsqu'un nouveau message de tchate est reçu." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:77 -msgid "## Connect/disconnect button" -msgstr "## Bouton se connecter/déconnecter" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:76 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Connect/disconnect button" +msgstr "Bouton se connecter/déconnecter" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:80 @@ -229,8 +246,9 @@ msgstr "Ouvre une boîte de dialogue dans laquelle vous pouvez sélectionner un #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:82 -msgid "
\"Screenshot
" -msgstr "
\"Image
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Screenshot
\n" +msgstr "
\"Image
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:84 @@ -245,17 +263,19 @@ msgstr "Vous pouvez filtrer la liste par nom de serveur ou par emplacement. Pour #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:90 msgid "If you know the IP address or URL of a private server, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124` (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets). The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses." -msgstr "Si vous connaissez l'adresse IP ou l'URL d'un serveur privé, vous pouvez vous y connecter en remplissant le champ Nom/adresse du serveur. Un numéro de port facultatif peut être ajouté après l'adresse IP ou l'URL en utilisant deux points comme séparateur, par exemple `jamulus.example.com:22124`. Le champ affichera également une liste des adresses de serveur les plus récemment utilisées." +msgstr "Si vous connaissez l'adresse IP ou l'URL d'un serveur privé, vous pouvez vous y connecter en remplissant le champ nom/adresse du serveur. Un numéro de port facultatif peut être ajouté après l'adresse en utilisant deux points comme séparateur, par exemple `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Notez que les adresses IPv6 doivent être entièrement placées entre crochets). Le champ affichera également une liste des adresses de serveur les plus récemment utilisées." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:92 -msgid "## Server audio mixer" -msgstr "## Mélangeur audio du serveur" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:91 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server audio mixer" +msgstr "Mélangeur audio du serveur" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:94 -msgid "
\"Image
" -msgstr "
\"Image
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"Image
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:97 @@ -270,197 +290,209 @@ msgstr "Le VU-mètre indique le niveau d'entrée sur le serveur, c'est-à-dire l #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:101 msgid "If you have set your Audio Channel to Stereo or Stereo Out in your Settings, you will also see a pan control (shift-click to reset)." -msgstr "Si vous avez réglé votre canal audio sur Stéréo ou Sortie stéréo dans vos paramètres, vous verrez également un contrôle de panoramique (shift-cliquer pour le réinitialiser)." +msgstr "Si vous avez réglé votre canal audio sur Stéréo ou Sortie stéréo dans vos paramètres, vous verrez également un contrôle de panoramique (MAJ-cliquer pour le réinitialiser)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:103 msgid "If you see a \"mute\" icon above a user, it means that person cannot hear you. Either they have muted you, soloed one or more users not including you, or have set your fader in their mix to zero." -msgstr "Si vous voyez une icône \"silencé\" au-dessus d'un utilisateur, cela signifie que cette personne ne peut pas vous entendre. Soit il a coupé votre son, soit il a mis en solo un ou plusieurs utilisateurs dont vous ne faites pas parti, soit il a mis votre chariot à zéro dans son mixage." +msgstr "Si vous voyez une icône \"silencé\" au-dessus d'un utilisateur, cela signifie que cette personne ne peut pas vous entendre. Soit il a coupé votre son, soit il a mis en solo un ou plusieurs utilisateurs dont vous ne faites pas partie, soit il a mis votre chariot à zéro dans son mixage." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:105 -msgid "### Grp button" -msgstr "### Bouton grp" +msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. You can sort instead by name, instrument, group, or city using the View menu." +msgstr "Les utilisateurs apparaissent habituellement de gauche à droite dans l'ordre de leur connexion. Vous pouvez également les trier par nom, instrument, groupe ou ville en utilisant le menu Affichage." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:107 -msgid "Defines a group of audio channels. Moving the fader of one member of the group moves the faders of all the others. Up to 8 groups can be defined." -msgstr "Définit un groupe de canaux audio. Déplacer le chariot d'un membre du groupe déplace les chariots de tous les autres. Jusqu'à 8 groupes peuvent être définis." +msgid "If the server operator has enabled recording, you will see a message above the mixer showing that you are being recorded." +msgstr "Si l'opérateur du serveur a activé l'enregistrement, vous verrez un message au-dessus du mixeur indiquant que vous êtes enregistré." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:109 -msgid "### Mute button" -msgstr "### Bouton muet" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:108 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Grp button" +msgstr "Bouton grp" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:111 -msgid "Prevents users being heard in your local mix. Be aware that when you mute someone, they will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader to indicate that you cannot hear them. Note also that you will continue to see their VU meters moving if sound from the muted user is reaching the server. Your fader position for them is also unaffected." -msgstr "Empêche les utilisateurs d'être entendus dans votre mixage local. Sachez que lorsque vous mettez quelqu'un en sourdine, une icône \"sourdine\" apparaît au-dessus de votre chariot pour indiquer que vous ne pouvez pas l'entendre. Notez également que vous continuerez à voir leurs VU-mètres bouger si le son de l'utilisateur mis en sourdine atteint le serveur. La position de votre chariot pour eux n'est pas affectée non plus." +msgid "You can group users together using the \"group\" toggle. Moving the fader of any member of the group will move the other faders in that group by the same amount. You can isolate a channel from the group temporarily with shift-click-drag. Up to 8 groups can be defined." +msgstr "Vous pouvez regrouper des utilisateurs à l'aide du bouton \"groupe\". Si vous déplacez le chariot d'un membre du groupe, les autres chariots de ce groupe seront déplacés de la même manière. Vous pouvez isoler temporairement un canal du groupe avec MàJ-clic-glisser. Il est possible de définir jusqu'à 8 groupes." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:113 -msgid "Note that muting your **own** channel only means you will not hear your signal from the server (and is not advised as it can lead to you becoming out of time with other players). This is therefore not the same as using \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"." -msgstr "Notez que le fait de mettre votre **propre** canal en sourdine signifie uniquement que vous n'entendrez pas votre signal revenant du serveur (et n'est pas conseillé car cela peut vous conduire à être en décalage avec les autres musiciens). Ce n'est donc pas la même chose que d'utiliser \"[Me silencer](#bouton-me-silencer)\"." +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:112 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Mute button" +msgstr "Bouton muet" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:115 -msgid "### Solo button" -msgstr "### Bouton solo" +msgid "Prevents users being heard in your local mix. Be aware that when you mute someone, they will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader to indicate that you cannot hear them. Note also that you will continue to see their VU meters moving if sound from the muted user is reaching the server. Your fader position for them is also unaffected." +msgstr "Empêche les utilisateurs d'être entendus dans votre mixage local. Sachez que lorsque vous mettez quelqu'un en sourdine, une icône \"sourdine\" apparaît au-dessus de votre chariot pour indiquer que vous ne pouvez pas l'entendre. Notez également que vous continuerez à voir leurs VU-mètres bouger si le son de l'utilisateur mis en sourdine atteint le serveur. La position de votre chariot pour eux n'est pas affectée non plus." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:117 -msgid "Allows you to hear one or more users on their own. Those not soloed will be muted. Note also that those people who are not soloed will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader." -msgstr "Vous permet d'entendre un ou plusieurs utilisateurs seuls. Ceux qui ne sont pas en solo seront mis en sourdine. Notez également que les personnes qui ne sont pas en solo verront une icône \"sourdine\" au-dessus de votre chariot." +msgid "Note that muting your **own** channel only means you will not hear your signal from the server (and is not advised as it can lead to you becoming out of time with other players). This is therefore not the same as using \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"." +msgstr "Notez que le fait de mettre votre **propre** canal en sourdine signifie uniquement que vous n'entendrez pas votre signal revenant du serveur (et n'est pas conseillé car cela peut vous conduire à être en décalage avec les autres musiciens). Ce n'est donc pas la même chose que d'utiliser \"[Me silencer](#bouton-me-silencer)\"." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:119 -msgid "Users are listed left to right in the order that they connect. You can change the sort order using the Edit option in the application menu." -msgstr "Les utilisateurs sont répertoriés de gauche à droite dans l'ordre de leur connexion. Vous pouvez modifier l'ordre de tri en utilisant l'option Editer dans le menu de l'application." +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:118 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Solo button" +msgstr "Bouton solo" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:121 -msgid "You can group users together using the \"group\" toggle. Moving the fader of any member of the group will move the other faders in that group by the same amount. You can isolate a channel from the group temporarily with shift-click-drag." -msgstr "Vous pouvez regrouper des utilisateurs à l'aide du bouton \"group\". Si vous déplacez le chariot d'un membre du groupe, les autres chariots de ce groupe seront déplacés de la même manière. Vous pouvez isoler temporairement un canal du groupe avec shift-clic-glisser." +msgid "Allows you to hear one or more users on their own. Those not soloed will be muted. Note also that those people who are not soloed will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader." +msgstr "Vous permet d'entendre un ou plusieurs utilisateurs seuls. Ceux qui ne sont pas en solo seront mis en sourdine. Notez également que les personnes qui ne sont pas en solo verront une icône \"sourdine\" au-dessus de votre chariot." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:123 -msgid "If the server operator has enabled recording, you will see a message above the mixer showing that you are being recorded." -msgstr "Si l'opérateur du serveur a activé l'enregistrement, vous verrez un message au-dessus de la table de mélange indiquant que vous êtes enregistré." +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:122 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Paramètres" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:125 -msgid "# Settings" -msgstr "# Paramètres" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:124 +#, no-wrap +msgid "My Profile" +msgstr "Mon profil" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:127 -msgid "## My Profile" -msgstr "## Mon profil" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:128 +msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board." +msgstr "Dans le menu Paramètres, sélectionnez \"Mon profil...\" pour définir l'alias/nom qui s'affiche sous votre chariot dans le panneau de mixage audio du serveur." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130 -msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board." -msgstr "Dans le menu Paramètres, sélectionnez \"Mon profil...\" pour définir votre alias/nom qui s'affiche sous votre chariot dans la carte de mixage audio du serveur." +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"Image
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132 -msgid "
\"Image
" -msgstr "
\"Image
" +msgid "If you set an instrument and/or country, icons for these selections will also be shown below your fader. The skill setting changes the background colour of the fader tag and the city entry shows up in the tool tip of the fader tag:" +msgstr "Si vous paramétrez un instrument et/ou un pays, les icônes de ces sélections s'afficheront également sous votre chariot. Le paramètre de compétence modifie la couleur de fond de l'étiquette du chariot et le nom de la ville s'affiche dans l'info-bulle de l'étiquette du chariot :" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:134 -msgid "If you set an instrument and/or country, icons for these selections will also be shown below your fader. The skill setting changes the background colour of the fader tag and the city entry shows up in the tool tip of the fader tag:" -msgstr "Si un instrument et/ou un pays est défini, les icônes de ces sélections s'affichent également sous votre chariot. Le paramètre de compétence change la couleur de fond de l'étiquette du fader et le nom de la ville s'affiche dans l'info-bulle de l'étiquette du chariot :" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"Image
\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:136 -msgid "
\"Image
" -msgstr "
\"Image
" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:135 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Skin" +msgstr "Thème graphique" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138 -msgid "### Skin" -msgstr "### Habillage" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140 msgid "This applies a skin to the main window, some of which are designed to accommodate larger ensembles." msgstr "Ceci applique un habillage à la fenêtre principale, dont certains sont conçus pour accueillir des ensembles plus importants." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142 -msgid "### Meter style" -msgstr "### Style de vu-mètre" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:139 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Meter style" +msgstr "Style de vu-mètre" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:144 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142 msgid "This changes the visual style of the audio meters, independently of the chosen skin." -msgstr "Cela change le style visuel des vu-mètres audio, indépendamment de l'habillage choisi." +msgstr "Cela modifier le style visuel des indicateurs audio, indépendamment de l'habillage choisi." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146 -msgid "### Mixer rows" -msgstr "### Rangées du mixeur" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:143 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Mixer rows" +msgstr "Rangées du mixeur" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:148 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146 msgid "This sets the number of rows displayed in the server audio mixer, for use with larger ensembles." msgstr "Ce paramètre définit le nombre de rangées affichées dans le mixeur audio du serveur, pour une utilisation avec de plus grands ensembles." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150 -msgid "### Audio Alerts" -msgstr "### Alertes audio" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:147 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio Alerts" +msgstr "Alertes audio" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:152 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150 msgid "This turns on a sound alert for when someone joins a Server, or when receiving a new chat message." msgstr "Cette option permet d'activer une alerte sonore lorsqu'une personne rejoint un serveur ou lorsqu'elle reçoit un nouveau message de tchate." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154 -msgid "## Audio/Network Setup" -msgstr "## Configuration audio/réseau" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:151 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio/Network Setup" +msgstr "Configuration audio/réseau" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:156 -msgid "
\"Image
" -msgstr "
\"Image
" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"Image
\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:158 -msgid "### Device" -msgstr "### Périphérique" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:155 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio Device" +msgstr "Périphérique audio" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:161 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:159 msgid "Under the Windows operating system the ASIO driver (sound card) can be selected using Jamulus. If the selected ASIO driver is not valid an error message is shown and the previous valid driver is selected. Under macOS the input and output hardware can be selected." -msgstr "Sous le système d'exploitation Windows, le pilote ASIO (carte son) peut être sélectionné à l'aide de Jamulus. Si le pilote ASIO sélectionné n'est pas valide, un message d'erreur s'affiche et le pilote valide précédent est sélectionné. Sous macOS, le matériel d'entrée et de sortie peut être sélectionné." +msgstr "Sous le système d'exploitation Windows, le pilote ASIO (carte son) peut être sélectionné à l'aide de Jamulus. Si le pilote ASIO sélectionné n'est pas valide, un message d'erreur s'affiche et le pilote valide précédemment est sélectionné. Sous macOS, le matériel d'entrée et de sortie peut être sélectionné." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163 -msgid "### Input/output channel mapping" -msgstr "### Mappage des canaux d'entrée/sortie" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:160 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Input/output channel mapping" +msgstr "Mappage des canaux d'entrée/sortie" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:165 -msgid "
\"Image
" -msgstr "
\"Image
" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"Image
\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:169 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:167 msgid "If the selected sound card device offers more than one input or output channel, the _Input Channel Mapping and Output Channel Mapping_ settings are visible. For each Jamulus input/output channel (left and right channel) a different actual sound card channel can be selected." -msgstr "Si le périphérique de la carte son sélectionné offre plus d'un canal d'entrée ou de sortie, les paramètres _Input Channel Mapping et Output Channel Mapping_ sont visibles. Pour chaque canal d'entrée/sortie Jamulus (canal gauche et droit) un canal réel différent de la carte son peut être sélectionné." +msgstr "Si le périphérique de la carte son sélectionné offre plus d'un canal d'entrée ou de sortie, les paramètres _cartographie des canaux d'entrée (Input Channel Mapping) et cartographie des canaux de sortie (Output Channel Mapping)_ sont visibles. Pour chaque canal d'entrée/sortie Jamulus (canal gauche et droit) un canal réel différent de la carte son peut être sélectionné." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171 -msgid "### Audio channels" -msgstr "### Canaux audio" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:168 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio channels" +msgstr "Canaux audio" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:173 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171 msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and server." -msgstr "Permet de sélectionner le nombre de canaux audio à utiliser pour la communication entre le client et le serveur." +msgstr "Sélectionne le nombre de canaux audio à utiliser pour la communication entre le client et le serveur." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:173 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note**: It is better to run separate Client instances per voice/instrument, where each Client has its own ini file, rather than using this built-in mono pair to stereo mixer.\n" msgstr "**Note** : c'est mieux d'exécuter des instances de client séparées par voix/instrument, où chaque client a son propre fichier ini, plutôt que d'utiliser ce mélangeur intégré de paire mono à stéréo.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:177 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175 msgid "There are three modes available:" -msgstr "Trois modes sont disponibles :" +msgstr "Voici les trois modes disponibles :" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:177 #, no-wrap msgid "**Mono** and **Stereo** modes use one and two audio channels respectively.\n" -msgstr "Les modes **Mono** et **Stereo** utilisent respectivement un et deux canaux audio.\n" +msgstr "Les modes **Mono** et **Stéréo** utilisent respectivement un et deux canaux audio.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:182 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:180 #, no-wrap msgid "" "**Mono-in/Stereo-out**: The audio signal sent to the server is mono but the return signal is stereo. This is useful if the sound card has the instrument on one input channel and the microphone on the other. In that case\n" @@ -470,286 +502,309 @@ msgstr "" "les deux signaux d'entrée peuvent être mixés sur un canal mono, mais le mixage du serveur est entendu en stéréo.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:185 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183 msgid "Enabling stereo mode will increase your stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." msgstr "L'activation du mode stéréo augmente le débit de données de votre flux. Assurez-vous que votre taux de téléchargement ne dépasse pas la vitesse de téléchargement disponible de votre connexion Internet." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:188 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:186 msgid "In stereo streaming mode, no audio channel selection for the reverb effect will be available on the main window since the effect is applied to both channels in this case." -msgstr "En mode de streaming stéréo, aucune sélection de canal audio pour l'effet de réverbération n'est disponible dans la fenêtre principale car l'effet est appliqué en mode stéréo." +msgstr "En mode de streaming stéréo, aucune sélection de canal audio pour l'effet de réverbération n'est disponible dans la fenêtre principale puisque l'effet est appliqué aux deux canaux dans ce cas." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190 -msgid "### Audio quality" -msgstr "### Qualité audio" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:187 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio quality" +msgstr "Qualité audio" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:192 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190 msgid "The higher the audio quality, the higher your audio stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." msgstr "Plus la qualité audio est élevée, plus le débit de données de votre flux audio est élevé. Assurez-vous que votre taux de téléchargement ne dépasse pas la vitesse de téléchargement disponible de votre connexion Internet." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194 -msgid "### Buffer Delay" -msgstr "### Délai de mise en mémoire tampon" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:191 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Buffer Delay" +msgstr "Délai de mise en mémoire tampon" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:197 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:195 msgid "The buffer delay setting is a fundamental setting of the Jamulus software. This setting has an influence on many connection properties. Three buffer sizes are supported:" -msgstr "Le paramètre de délai de mise en mémoire tampon est un paramètre fondamental du logiciel Jamulus. Ce paramètre a une influence sur de nombreuses propriétés de la connexion. Trois tailles de tampon sont prises en charge :" +msgstr "Le paramètre de délai de mise en tampon est un paramètre fondamental du logiciel Jamulus. Ce paramètre a une influence sur de nombreuses propriétés de la connexion. Trois tailles de tampon sont prises en charge :" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards.\n" -msgstr "**64 échantillons** Fournit la latence la plus faible mais ne fonctionne pas avec toutes les cartes son.\n" +msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards." +msgstr "**64 échantillons** Fournit la latence la plus faible mais ne fonctionne pas avec toutes les cartes son." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:200 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards.\n" -msgstr "**128 échantillons** Le paramètrage préféré. Devrait fonctionner avec la plupart des cartes son disponibles.\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 +msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards." +msgstr "**128 échantillons** Le paramétrage préféré. Devrait fonctionner avec la plupart des cartes son disponibles." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:201 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection.\n" -msgstr "**256 échantillons** Ne doit être utilisé que sur des ordinateurs très lents, ou avec une connexion internet lente.\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 +msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection." +msgstr "**256 échantillons** Ne doit être utilisé que sur des ordinateurs très lents, ou avec une connexion internet lente." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:204 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:202 msgid "Some sound card drivers do not allow the buffer delay to be changed from within the Jamulus software. In this case the buffer delay setting is disabled and has to be changed using the sound card driver. On Windows, press the ASIO Setup button to open the driver settings panel." -msgstr "Certains pilotes de carte son ne permettent pas de modifier le délai de mise en mémoire tampon à partir du logiciel Jamulus. Dans ce cas, le réglage du délai de mise en mémoire tampon est désactivé et doit être modifié à l'aide du pilote de la carte son. Sous Windows, appuyez sur le bouton paramètres ASIO pour ouvrir le panneau de configuration du pilote." +msgstr "Certains pilotes de carte son ne permettent pas de modifier le délai de mise en tampon à partir du logiciel Jamulus. Dans ce cas, le réglage du délai de mise en tampon est désactivé et doit être modifié à l'aide du pilote de la carte son. Sous Windows, appuyez sur le bouton paramètres ASIO pour ouvrir le panneau de configuration du pilote." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:206 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:204 msgid "On Linux, use the JACK configuration tool to change the buffer size." msgstr "Sous Linux, utilisez l'outil de configuration JACK pour modifier la taille du tampon." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:208 msgid "The actual buffer delay has an influence on the connection status, the current upload rate and the overall delay. The lower the buffer size, the higher the probability of a red light in the status indicator (dropouts) and the higher the upload rate and the lower the overall delay." -msgstr "Le délai réel de la mémoire tampon a une influence sur l'état de la connexion, le taux de chargement actuel et le délai global. Plus la taille de la mémoire tampon est faible, plus la probabilité d'un voyant rouge dans l'indicateur d'état (abandons) est élevée et plus le débit de chargement est élevé et plus le délai global est faible." +msgstr "Le délai réel du tampon a une influence sur l'état de la connexion, le taux de chargement actuel et le délai global. Plus la taille du tampon est faible, plus la probabilité d'un voyant rouge dans l'indicateur d'état (décrochages) est élevée et plus le débit montant est élevé et plus le délai global est faible." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:212 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210 msgid "The buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." -msgstr "Le réglage de la mémoire tampon est donc un compromis entre la qualité audio et le délai global." +msgstr "Le réglage du tampon est donc un compromis entre la qualité audio et le délai global." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:214 -msgid "### Jitter Buffer" -msgstr "### Tampon de gigue" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:211 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jitter Buffer" +msgstr "Tampon de gigue" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:218 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:216 msgid "The jitter buffer compensates for network and sound card timing jitters. The size of the buffer influences the quality of the audio stream (how many dropouts occur) and the overall delay (the longer the buffer, the higher the delay)." msgstr "Le tampon de gigue compense les glissements de temps du réseau et de la carte son. La taille de la mémoire tampon influe sur la qualité du flux audio (nombre d'interruptions) et sur le délai global (plus la mémoire tampon est longue, plus le délai est élevé)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:222 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220 msgid "You can set the jitter buffer size manually for your local Client and the remote server. For the local jitter buffer, dropouts in the audio stream are indicated by the light below the jitter buffer size faders. If the light turns to red, a buffer overrun/underrun has taken place and the audio stream is interrupted." -msgstr "Vous pouvez définir manuellement la taille du tampon de gigue pour votre client local et le serveur distant. Pour le tampon de gigue local, les interruptions du flux audio sont indiquées par le voyant situé sous les curseurs de taille de la mémoire tampon de gigue. Si le voyant passe au rouge, cela signifie qu'il y a eu dépassement de la mémoire tampon et que le flux audio est interrompu." +msgstr "Vous pouvez définir manuellement la taille du tampon de gigue pour votre client local et le serveur distant. Pour le tampon de gigue local, les interruptions du flux audio sont indiquées par le voyant situé sous les chariots de taille de tampon de gigue. Si le voyant passe au rouge, cela signifie qu'il y a eu dépassement de la mémoire tampon et que le flux audio est interrompu." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:224 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:222 msgid "The jitter buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." -msgstr "Le réglage de la mémoire tampon de gigue est donc un compromis entre la qualité audio et le délai global." +msgstr "Le réglage du tampon de gigue est donc un compromis entre la qualité audio et le délai global." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:228 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:226 msgid "If the Auto setting is enabled, the jitter buffers of your local Client and the remote server are set automatically based on measurements of the network and sound card timing jitter. If the Auto check is enabled, the jitter buffer size faders are disabled (they cannot be moved with the mouse)." msgstr "Si le paramètre Auto est activé, les mémoires tampon de gigue de votre client local et du serveur distant sont définis automatiquement en fonction des mesures de la gigue temporelle du réseau et de la carte son. Si le contrôle Auto est activé, les chariots de taille de la mémoire tampon de gigue sont désactivés (ils ne peuvent pas être déplacés avec la souris)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230 -msgid "### Enable small network buffers" -msgstr "### Activer les petits tampons réseau" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:227 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Small Network Buffers" +msgstr "Petits tampons réseau" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:233 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:231 msgid "Allows support for very small network audio packets. These are only used if the sound card buffer delay is smaller than 128 samples. The smaller the network buffers, the lower the audio latency. But at the same time the network load increases and the probability of audio dropouts also increases (particuarly if your network connection has any significant jitter). Try enabling this option if you are suffering from high latency or bad audio quality. However, keeping it disabled will normally mean better audio quality." msgstr "Permet la prise en charge de très petits paquets audio réseau. Ceux-ci ne sont utilisés que si le délai de la mémoire tampon de la carte son est inférieur à 128 échantillons. Plus les tampons réseau sont petits, plus la latence audio est faible. Mais dans le même temps, la charge du réseau augmente et la probabilité de pertes audio augmente également (en particulier si votre connexion réseau présente une gigue importante). Essayez d'activer cette option si vous souffrez d'une latence élevée ou d'une mauvaise qualité audio. Toutefois, si vous la maintenez désactivée, la qualité audio sera normalement meilleure." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:235 -msgid "### Audio Stream Rate" -msgstr "### Débit du flux audio" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:232 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio Stream Rate" +msgstr "Débit du flux audio" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:238 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:236 msgid "Depends on the current audio packet size and compression setting. Make sure that the upstream rate is not higher than your available internet upload speed (check this with a service such as [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))." msgstr "Dépend de la taille actuelle des paquets audio et du paramètre de compression. Assurez-vous que le débit amont n'est pas supérieur à votre vitesse de téléchargement internet disponible (vérifiez-le avec un service tel que [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))." +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Advanced Setup" +msgstr "Configuration avancée" + #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:240 -msgid "## Advanced Setup" -msgstr "## Configuration avancée" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"Image
\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:242 -msgid "
\"Image
" -msgstr "
\"Image
" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Custom Directories" +msgstr "Annuaires personnalisés" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:244 -msgid "### Custom Directories" -msgstr "### Annuaires personnalisés" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:246 msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here." -msgstr "Si vous devez ajouter des adresses d'annuaires autres que celles qui sont intégrées, vous pouvez le faire ici." +msgstr "Si vous devez ajouter des adresses d'annuaires autres que celles qui sont embarquées, vous pouvez le faire ici." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:248 -msgid "### New Client Level" -msgstr "### Niveau des nouveaux clients" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:245 +#, no-wrap +msgid "New Client Level" +msgstr "Niveau des nouveaux clients" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:252 -msgid "This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects to the current server, they will get the specified initial fader level if no other fader level from a previous connection of that user was already stored. You can set all users in an occupied server to this level using Edit > \"Set All Faders to New Client Level\"." -msgstr "Ce paramètre définit le niveau du chariot d'un client nouvellement connecté en pourcentage. Si un nouvel utilisateur se connecte au serveur actuel, il obtiendra le niveau de chariot initial spécifié si aucun autre niveau de chariot d'une précédente connexion de cet utilisateur n'était déjà enregistré. Vous pouvez définir tous les utilisateurs d'un serveur occupé à ce niveau en utilisant Editer > \"Régler tous les chariots sur le niveau d'un nouveau client\"." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects\n" +"to the current server, they will get the specified initial fader level if no other fader level from a previous connection of\n" +"that user was already stored. You can set all users in an occupied server to this level using Edit > \"Set All Faders to New Client Level\".\n" +msgstr "" +"Ce paramètre définit le niveau du chariot d'un client nouvellement connecté en pourcentage. Si un nouvel utilisateur se connecte\n" +"au serveur actuel, il obtiendra le niveau de chariot initial spécifié si aucun autre niveau de chariot d'une précédente connexion de\n" +"cet utilisateur n'était déjà enregistré. Vous pouvez définir tous les utilisateurs d'un serveur occupé à ce niveau en utilisant Éditer > \"Régler tous les chariots sur le niveau d'un nouveau client\".\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:254 -msgid "### Input Boost" -msgstr "### Amplification de l'entrée" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:251 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Input Boost" +msgstr "Amplification de l'entrée" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:256 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:254 msgid "Increases the gain from your device. Use this if your device delivers a gain that is too quiet for Jamulus." -msgstr "Augmente le gain de votre appareil. Utilisez cette fonction si votre appareil délivre un gain trop faible pour Jamulus." +msgstr "Augmente le gain de votre périphérique. Utilisez cette fonction si votre périphérique délivre un gain trop faible pour Jamulus." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258 -msgid "### Feedback Protection" -msgstr "### Protection contre le larsen" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:255 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Feedback Protection" +msgstr "Protection contre le larsen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:260 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258 msgid "Attempts to detect audio feedback loops or loud noise in the first three seconds after you connected to a server. Once detected, this feature will show a message and activate the \"Mute Myself\" button to mute you in your own mix." msgstr "Tente de détecter les boucles de retour audio ou les bruits forts dans les trois premières secondes suivant votre connexion à un serveur. Une fois détectée, cette fonction affiche un message et active le bouton \"Me silencer\" pour vous mettre en sourdine dans votre propre mixage." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:262 -msgid "### Input Balance" -msgstr "### Balance d'entrée" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:259 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Input Balance" +msgstr "Balance d'entrée" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:266 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:264 msgid "Controls the relative levels of the left and right local audio channels. For a mono signal it acts as a pan between the two channels. For example, if a microphone is connected to the right input channel and an instrument is connected to the left input channel which is much louder than the microphone, move the audio fader to increase the relative volume of the mic." -msgstr "Contrôle les niveaux relatifs des canaux audio locaux gauche et droit. Pour un signal mono il agit comme un panoramique entre les deux canaux. Par exemple, si un microphone est connecté au canal d'entrée droit et qu'un instrument est connecté au canal d'entrée gauche, la balance d'entrée agit comme un panoramique entre les deux canaux. Un instrument est connecté au canal d'entrée gauche et est beaucoup plus fort que le microphone, déplacez le chariot audio pour augmenter le volume relatif du microphone." +msgstr "Contrôle les niveaux relatifs des canaux audio locaux gauche et droit. Pour un signal mono, il agit comme un panoramique entre les deux canaux. Par exemple, si un microphone est connecté au canal d'entrée droit et qu'un instrument est connecté au canal d'entrée gauche qui est beaucoup plus fort que le microphone, déplacez le chariot audio pour augmenter le volume relatif du microphone." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:268 -msgid "# Menu commands" -msgstr "# Menu commandes" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Menu commands" +msgstr "Menu commandes" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:270 -msgid "### File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" -msgstr "### Fichier > Charger/sauvegarder la configuration des canaux du mixeur" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:267 +#, no-wrap +msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" +msgstr "Fichier > Charger/sauvegarder la configuration des canaux du mixeur" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:270 msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band rehearsals (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) and load these any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window." msgstr "Vous pouvez sauvegarder et restaurer le mixage que vous avez pour les répétitions de votre groupe (chariot, sourdine, pan, solo etc.) et le charger à tout moment (même pendant que vous jouez). Le chargement peut également se faire par glisser/déposer dans la fenêtre du mixeur." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:274 -msgid "### Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders" -msgstr "### Editer > Auto-ajustement de tous les chariots" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:271 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders " +msgstr "Éditer > Auto-ajustement de tous les chariots " #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:276 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:274 msgid "Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece." msgstr "Applique un réglage de chariot unique à chaque canal en fonction de son volume. Utile pour les grands ensembles afin d'obtenir un mixage global raisonnable, bien que des ajustements individuels puissent encore être nécessaires. À appliquer de préférence pendant un échauffement ou une partie uniforme du morceau de musique." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:278 -msgid "# Backing up Jamulus" -msgstr "# Sauvegarde de Jamulus" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:275 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Backing up Jamulus" +msgstr "Sauvegarde de Jamulus" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:280 -msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" -msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:279 +msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want." +msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * Vous pouvez sauvegarder et charger différents réglages du mélangeur en utilisant [charger/sauvegarder la configuration des canaux du mixeur](Software-Manual#fichier--chargersauvegarder-la-configuration-des-canaux-du-mixeur) et stocker ces fichiers où vous voulez." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 -msgid "You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want." -msgstr "Vous pouvez sauvegarder et charger différents réglages du mélangeur en utilisant [charger/sauvegarder la configuration des canaux du mixeur](Software-Manual#fichier--chargersauvegarder-la-configuration-des-canaux-du-mixeur) et stocker ces fichiers où vous voulez." +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n" +msgstr "**Note pour les utilisateurs de macOS :** à partir de Jamulus 3.8.1, nous avons un installateur signé. Celui-ci stockera les paramètres dans \n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:286 +#. type: Fenced code block (shell) +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n" -"```shell\n" -"$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" -"```\n" -msgstr "" -"**Note pour les utilisateurs de macOS:** A partir de Jamulus 3.8.1, nous avons un installateur signé. Celui-ci stockera les paramètres dans \n" -"```shell\n" -"$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" -"```\n" +msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" +msgstr "$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 -msgid "# Command Line Options" -msgstr "# Options de la ligne de commande" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:285 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Command Line Options" +msgstr "Options de la ligne de commande" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:290 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." -msgstr "La plupart des fonctions courantes de Jamulus peuvent être définies à l'aide de l'interface graphique, mais ces fonctions et d'autres peuvent également être définies à l'aide d'options données dans une fenêtre de terminal. La manière exacte de procéder dépend de votre système d'exploitation." +msgstr "La plupart des fonctions courantes de Jamulus peuvent être paramétrées à l'aide de l'interface graphique, mais ces fonctions et d'autres peuvent également être paramétrées à l'aide d'options données dans une fenêtre de terminal. La manière exacte de procéder dépend de votre système d'exploitation." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:292 -msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:" -msgstr "Par exemple, sous Windows, pour utiliser un fichier de paramètres spécifique, faites un clic droit sur le raccourci de Jamulus et choisissez \"Propriétés\" > Cible. Ajoutez les arguments nécessaires à Jamulus.exe :" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:290 +#, no-wrap +msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" +msgstr "Par exemple, sous Windows, pour utiliser un fichier de paramètres spécifique, faites un clic droit sur le raccourci de Jamulus et choisissez \"Propriétés\" > Cible. Ajoutez les arguments nécessaires à Jamulus.exe :\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:296 +#. type: Fenced code block (shell) +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:291 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"```shell\n" -" \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n" -"```\n" -msgstr "" -"```shell\n" -" \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n" -"```\n" +msgid " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n" +msgstr " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\chemin\\vers\\monfichierini.ini\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:298 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:296 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" -msgstr "Pour macOS, démarrez une fenêtre Terminal et exécutez Jamulus avec les options souhaitées comme ceci :" +msgstr "Pour macOS, démarrez une fenêtre de Terminal et exécutez Jamulus avec les options souhaitées comme ceci :" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302 +#. type: Fenced code block (shell) +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:297 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"```shell\n" -" /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n" -"```\n" -msgstr "" -"```shell\n" -" /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n" -"```\n" +msgid " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n" +msgstr " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/chemin/vers/monfichierini.ini\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:306 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:305 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Controlling the Client via API" +msgstr "Contrôle du client via l'API" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:307 +msgid "In addition to the CLI, Jamulus can be controlled using an API. This is beneficial for advanced use cases - for example, where there is no GUI, or another application needs to interact with Jamulus. Please note that the API is still experimental. Information on the [JSON-RPC API can be found in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." +msgstr "En plus de la ligne de commande, Jamulus peut être contrôlé à l'aide d'une API. Ceci est utile pour les cas d'utilisation avancés - par exemple, lorsqu'il n'y a pas d'interface graphique, ou lorsqu'une autre application doit interagir avec Jamulus. Veuillez noter que l'API est encore expérimentale. Des informations sur l'[API JSON-RPC peuvent être trouvées dans le dépôt principal (en anglais)](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." + +#~ msgid "TOC" +#~ msgstr "TOC" + +#~ msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" +#~ msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" + +#~ msgid "Defines a group of audio channels. Moving the fader of one member of the group moves the faders of all the others. Up to 8 groups can be defined." +#~ msgstr "Définit un groupe de canaux audio. Déplacer le chariot d'un membre du groupe déplace les chariots de tous les autres. Jusqu'à 8 groupes peuvent être définis." + #~ msgid "Leave this blank unless you need to enter the address of a directory server other than the default." #~ msgstr "Laissez ce champ vide, sauf si vous devez entrer l'adresse d'un annuaire autre que celui par défaut." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Tips-Tricks-More.po index a2935aa2b..b007cffed 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Tips-Tricks-More.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Tips-Tricks-More.po @@ -3,97 +3,107 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Julien Taverna , 2022. # Olivier Humbert , 2022. +# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023. +# Julien Taverna , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-01 00:11+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-05 19:50+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" "Language-Team: French \n" "Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "fr" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More" msgstr "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Tips, Tricks and More" +msgstr "Trucs, astuces et plus encore" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Tips & Tricks" msgstr "Trucs et astuces" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:10 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# Tips & Tricks\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" -msgstr "" -"# Trucs et astuces\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:12 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:14 -msgid "Table of contents" -msgstr "Table des matières" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:16 -msgid "TOC" -msgstr "TOC" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "Table des matières\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:17 -msgid "{:toc}" -msgstr "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" +msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:19 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:21 -msgid "### Learning about remote band rehearsing" -msgstr "### Découvrir les répétitions de groupes à distance" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Learning about remote band rehearsing" +msgstr "Découvrir les répétitions de groupes à distance" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:23 msgid "Jamulus user [Chris Rimple](https://sourceforge.net/u/chrisrimple/profile/) has compiled a massive amount of information relating to [Remote Band Rehearsals](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1smcvsxdaaViPQvGMQHmah_6BQeqowhmGSFMHfnlY2FI/) (Google doc), which covers topics such as hardware and software configuration including examples and advice for newcomers to the field. He also includes a section on Jamulus in comparison to other solutions." -msgstr "L'utilisateur de Jamulus [Chris Rimple](https://sourceforge.net/u/chrisrimple/profile/) a rassemblé une grande quantité d'informations sur les [Répétitions à distance de groupes musicaux](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1smcvsxdaaViPQvGMQHmah_6BQeqowhmGSFMHfnlY2FI/) (Google doc), qui couvre des sujets tels que la configuration matérielle et logicielle, y compris des exemples et des conseils pour les nouveaux venus dans le domaine. Il inclut également une section sur Jamulus en comparaison avec d'autres solutions." +msgstr "L'utilisateur de Jamulus [Chris Rimple](https://sourceforge.net/u/chrisrimple/profile/) a rassemblé une grande quantité d'informations sur les [répétitions à distance de groupes de musique](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1smcvsxdaaViPQvGMQHmah_6BQeqowhmGSFMHfnlY2FI/) (Google doc), qui couvre des sujets tels que la configuration matérielle et logicielle, y compris des exemples et des conseils pour les nouveaux venus dans le domaine. Il inclut également une section sur Jamulus en comparaison avec d'autres solutions." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:25 -msgid "## Using the Jamulus Client" -msgstr "## Utiliser le client Jamulus" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using the Jamulus Client" +msgstr "Utiliser le client Jamulus" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:27 -msgid "### Have an undisturbed session on any Server" -msgstr "### Avoir une session non perturbée sur n'importe quel serveur" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Have an undisturbed session on any Server" +msgstr "Avoir une session non perturbée sur n'importe quel serveur" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:29 @@ -104,12 +114,13 @@ msgstr "Vous pouvez avoir une session sans être dérangé avec d'autres personn #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:31 #, no-wrap msgid "**NOTE:** This does not stop people from hearing you, using the chat function, or seeing your profile information.\n" -msgstr "**NOTE :** cela ne les empêche pas de vous entendre, d'utiliser la fonction tchate ou de voir les informations de votre profil.\n" +msgstr "**NOTE :** cela n'empêche pas les gens de vous entendre, d'utiliser la fonction tchate ou de voir les informations de votre profil.\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:33 -msgid "### Using Jamulus audio in Zoom (or other) meeting apps" -msgstr "### Utilisation de l'audio Jamulus dans les applications de réunion Zoom (ou autres)" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:32 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using Jamulus audio in Zoom (or other) meeting apps" +msgstr "Utilisation de l'audio Jamulus dans les applications de réunion Zoom (ou autres)" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:35 @@ -121,40 +132,43 @@ msgstr "Plusieurs utilisateurs ont rapporté avoir réussi à autoriser une \"au msgid "You can also use [VoiceMeeter](https://www.vb-audio.com/Voicemeeter/banana.htm) (Banana) for Windows or [BlackHole](https://github.com/ExistentialAudio/BlackHole) for macOS to route the Jamulus output to multiple destinations, for example to your headphones and the meeting application at the same time." msgstr "Vous pouvez également utiliser [VoiceMeeter](https://www.vb-audio.com/Voicemeeter/banana.htm) (Banana) pour Windows ou [BlackHole](https://github.com/ExistentialAudio/BlackHole) pour macOS afin d'acheminer la sortie de Jamulus vers plusieurs destinations, par exemple vers votre casque et l'application de réunion en même temps." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:39 -msgid "### Recording Jamulus on Windows with Reaper" -msgstr "### Enregistrer Jamulus sous Windows avec Reaper" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Recording Jamulus on Windows with Reaper" +msgstr "Enregistrer Jamulus sous Windows avec Reaper" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:41 msgid "Jamulus user [Rob Durkin](https://sourceforge.net/u/bentwrench/profile/) has written a [guide to recording the output of Jamulus](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1tENfNKTWHasuTg33OdLLEo4-OOhWJolOo42ffSARxhY/edit) (Google Doc) using the ReaRoute add-on for [Reaper](https://www.reaper.fm/)." -msgstr "L'utilisateur Jamulus [Rob Durkin](https://sourceforge.net/u/bentwrench/profile/) a écrit un [guide pour enregistrer les sorties de Jamulus](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1tENfNKTWHasuTg33OdLLEo4-OOhWJolOo42ffSARxhY/edit) (Google Doc) en utilisant ReaRoute de [Reaper](https://www.reaper.fm/)." +msgstr "L'utilisateur Jamulus [Rob Durkin](https://sourceforge.net/u/bentwrench/profile/) a écrit un [guide pour enregistrer les sorties de Jamulus](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1tENfNKTWHasuTg33OdLLEo4-OOhWJolOo42ffSARxhY/edit) (Google Doc) en utilisant le module ReaRoute de [Reaper](https://www.reaper.fm/)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:43 -msgid "### Sharing song/chord sheets" -msgstr "### Partage de paroles de chansons/accords" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:42 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Sharing song/chord sheets" +msgstr "Partage de paroles de chansons/accords" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:45 msgid "Jamulus user [BTDT](https://sourceforge.net/u/btdt/profile/) has written a system called [305keepers](https://github.com/keepers305/Song-Sheet-Sharing-Web-Pages), a web application that allows a \"Jam leader\" to push song sheets (in PDF format) to \"Jammers\" in real time using standard web browsers." -msgstr "L'utilisateur Jamulus [BTDT](https://sourceforge.net/u/btdt/profile/) a écrit un système appelé [305keepers](https://github.com/keepers305/Song-Sheet-Sharing-Web-Pages), une application ouèbe qui permet a un \"responsable du bœuf\" de mettre à disposition les fiches des chansons (au format PDF) aux autres participants en temps réel en utilisant un navigateur ouèbe standard." +msgstr "L'utilisateur de Jamulus [BTDT](https://sourceforge.net/u/btdt/profile/) a écrit un système appelé [305keepers](https://github.com/keepers305/Song-Sheet-Sharing-Web-Pages), une application ouèbe qui permet a un \"responsable du bœuf\" de mettre à disposition les fiches des chansons (au format PDF) aux autres participants en temps réel en utilisant un navigateur ouèbe standard." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:47 -msgid "### Jamulus Client Linux start script" -msgstr "### Script de démarrage Linux pour le client Jamulus" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:46 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus Client Linux start script" +msgstr "Script de démarrage Linux pour le client Jamulus" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:49 msgid "Here's a Linux start script for Jamulus using an old Audigy4 sound card, the large number of available audio faders for which makes it hard to get the correct settings." -msgstr "Voici un script de démarrage Linux pour Jamulus utilisant une vieille carte son Audigy4, dont le grand nombre de faders audio disponibles rend difficile l'obtention des réglages corrects." +msgstr "Voici un script de démarrage Linux pour Jamulus utilisant une vieille carte son Audigy4, dont le grand nombre de chariots audio disponibles rend difficile l'obtention des réglages corrects." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:51 msgid "This script therefore includes the most important audio fader settings. The second part of the script deals with the JACK connections. I use Guitarix as my guitar effect processor which I plug in in the JACK audio path." -msgstr "Ce script inclut donc les réglages les plus importants des faders audio. La deuxième partie du script concerne les connexions JACK. J'utilise Guitarix comme processeur d'effets pour guitare que je branche dans le chemin audio de JACK." +msgstr "Ce script inclut donc les réglages les plus importants des chariots audio. La deuxième partie du script concerne les connexions JACK. J'utilise Guitarix comme processeur d'effets pour guitare que je branche dans le chemin audio de JACK." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:53 @@ -166,11 +180,10 @@ msgstr "Enfin, je lance Jamulus en le connectant automatiquement à l'annuaire." msgid "Here is the script:" msgstr "Voici le script :" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:82 +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:57 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"~~~\n" " amixer sset 'Mic' capture 30% cap\n" " amixer sset 'Mic' playback 0%\n" " amixer sset 'Line' playback 60% unmute\n" @@ -194,9 +207,7 @@ msgid "" " jack_connect gx_head_fx:out_1 Jamulus:'input right'\n" " jack_connect Jamulus:'output left' system:playback_1\n" " jack_connect Jamulus:'output right' system:playback_2\n" -"~~~\n" msgstr "" -"~~~\n" " amixer sset 'Mic' capture 30% cap\n" " amixer sset 'Mic' playback 0%\n" " amixer sset 'Line' playback 60% unmute\n" @@ -220,17 +231,17 @@ msgstr "" " jack_connect gx_head_fx:out_1 Jamulus:'input right'\n" " jack_connect Jamulus:'output left' system:playback_1\n" " jack_connect Jamulus:'output right' system:playback_2\n" -"~~~\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:84 -msgid "### Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers" -msgstr "### Utilisation de ctrlmidich pour les contrôleurs MIDI" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers" +msgstr "Utilisation de ctrlmidich pour les contrôleurs MIDI" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86 msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:" -msgstr "Le chariot de volume, la commande de panoramique et les boutons de sourdine et de solo dans les bandes de mixage du client peuvent être contrôlés à l'aide d'un contrôleur MIDI en utilisant le paramètre `--ctrlmidich` (note : uniquement disponible pour une utilisation avec macOS et Linux utilisant Jamulus version 3.7.0 ou supérieure et avec Windows en utilisant la version avec support de JACK). Pour activer cette fonctionnalité, Jamulus doit être lancé avec `--ctrlmidich`. Un paramètre global de canal MIDI (1-16) et deux paramètres sont réglables pour chaque élément contrôlé : `offset` et `consecutive CC numbers`. Réglez le premier paramètre sur le canal que vous voulez que Jamulus écoute (0 pour tous les canaux) et ensuite spécifiez les éléments que vous voulez contrôler (f = chariot de volume ; p = panoramique ; m = me silencer ; s = solo ; o = muet) avec l'offset (numéro de CC de départ) et le nombre de numéros de CC consécutifs. Il existe une exception qui ne nécessite pas l'établissement de numéros CC consécutifs, à savoir la commande \"muet\" - elle ne nécessite qu'un seul numéro CC car elle ne s'applique qu'à son propre flux audio. Prenons l'exemple suivant :" +msgstr "Le chariot de volume, la commande de panoramique et les boutons de sourdine et de solo dans les bandes de mixage du client peuvent être contrôlés à l'aide d'un contrôleur MIDI en utilisant le paramètre `--ctrlmidich` (note : uniquement disponible pour une utilisation avec macOS et Linux utilisant Jamulus version 3.7.0 ou supérieure et avec Windows en utilisant la version avec support de JACK). Pour activer cette fonctionnalité, Jamulus doit être lancé avec `--ctrlmidich`. Un paramètre global de canal MIDI (1-16) et deux paramètres sont réglables pour chaque élément contrôlé : `offset` et `consecutive CC numbers`. Réglez le premier paramètre sur le canal que vous voulez que Jamulus écoute (0 pour tous les canaux) et spécifiez ensuite les éléments que vous voulez contrôler (f = chariot de volume ; p = panoramique ; m = muet ; s = solo ; o = me silencer) avec l'offset (numéro de CC de départ) et le nombre de numéros de CC consécutifs. Il existe une exception qui ne nécessite pas l'établissement de numéros CC consécutifs, à savoir la commande \"me silencer\" - elle ne nécessite qu'un seul numéro CC car elle ne s'applique qu'à son propre flux audio. Prenons l'exemple suivant :" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88 @@ -240,12 +251,13 @@ msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90 msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64." -msgstr "Ici, Jamulus écoute sur le canal MIDI 1. Les numéros de CC des faders de volume commencent à 0 et sont au nombre de 8 (ils se terminent donc au numéro 7). Les contrôles de panoramique commencent au CC numéro 16 et se terminent au 23 ; Solo 32 à 39 et Mute 48 à 55. Me silencer est activé/désactivé par le numéro CC 64." +msgstr "Ici, Jamulus écoute sur le canal MIDI 1. Les numéros de CC des chariots de volume commencent à 0 et sont au nombre de 8 (ils se terminent donc au CC numéro 7). Les contrôles de panoramique commencent au CC numéro 16 et se terminent au 23 ; solo 32 à 39 et muet 48 à 55. Me silencer est activé/désactivé par le CC numéro 64." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92 -msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this." -msgstr "Veuillez noter que pour que les fonctions contrôlées par les boutons fonctionnent correctement, votre contrôleur MIDI a besoin que les boutons soient réglés en mode \"toggle\". Cela signifie que lorsqu'ils sont pressés pour \"activer\" un contrôle, ils doivent envoyer un numéro CC MIDI avec une valeur >=64, et pour \"désactiver\" le contrôle, ils doivent envoyer le même numéro CC avec une valeur <64. Vous pouvez lire le manuel de votre contrôleur pour savoir comment régler cela." +#, no-wrap +msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n" +msgstr "Veuillez noter que pour que les fonctions contrôlées par les boutons fonctionnent correctement, votre contrôleur MIDI a besoin que les boutons soient réglés en mode \"toggle\". Cela signifie que lorsqu'ils sont pressés pour 'activer' un contrôle, ils doivent envoyer un numéro CC MIDI avec une valeur >=64, et pour 'désactiver' le contrôle, ils doivent envoyer le même numéro CC avec une valeur <64. Vous pouvez lire le manuel de votre contrôleur pour savoir comment régler cela.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94 @@ -261,43 +273,47 @@ msgstr "Les bandes de chariots dans la fenêtre de mixage sont contrôlées dans #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98 msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl." -msgstr "Assurez-vous de connecter le port de sortie de votre appareil MIDI au port d'entrée MIDI de Jamulus (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) ou tout autre outil que vous utilisez pour gérer les connexions). Sous Linux, vous devrez installer et lancer a2jmidid pour que votre périphérique apparaisse dans l'onglet MIDI de Qjackctl." +msgstr "Assurez-vous de connecter le port de sortie de votre périphérique MIDI au port d'entrée MIDI de Jamulus (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) ou tout autre outil que vous utilisez pour gérer les connexions). Sous Linux, vous devrez installer et lancer a2jmidid pour que votre périphérique apparaisse dans l'onglet MIDI de Qjackctl." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100 #, no-wrap msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n" -msgstr "*Astuce* : Lorsque vous activez le contrôle MIDI dans Jamulus, le nom de chaque utilisateur est précédé d'un numéro, l'utilisateur le plus à gauche commençant à 0, puis à 1, etc. Avec les paramètres par défaut, lorsque certains utilisateurs partent et que d'autres les rejoignent, leur disposition gauche-droite dans l'interface graphique peut cesser de suivre un ordre numérique, ce qui rend plus difficile de savoir à qui correspond chaque chariot/bouton physique de votre contrôleur MIDI. Pour que les bandes de chariots suivent un ordre numérique, allez à \"Vue\" dans la barre de menu supérieure et choisissez \"Trier les utilisateurs par nom\".\n" +msgstr "*Astuce* : lorsque vous activez le contrôle MIDI dans Jamulus, le nom de chaque utilisateur est précédé d'un numéro, l'utilisateur le plus à gauche commençant à 0, puis à 1, etc. Avec les paramètres par défaut, lorsque certains utilisateurs partent et que d'autres arrivent, leur disposition gauche-droite dans l'interface graphique peut cesser de suivre un ordre numérique, ce qui rend plus difficile de savoir à qui correspond chaque chariot/bouton physique de votre contrôleur MIDI. Pour que les bandes de chariots suivent un ordre numérique, allez à \"Vue\" dans la barre de menu supérieure et basculer entre \"Pas de tri des utilisateurs par nom\" et une autre option, puis à inversement (par exemple, tapez `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 -msgid "## For Server admins" -msgstr "## Pour les administrateurs de serveurs" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101 +#, no-wrap +msgid "For Server admins" +msgstr "Pour les administrateurs de serveurs" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104 -msgid "### Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly" -msgstr "### Convertir un serveur enregistré en serveur non enregistré à la volée" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly" +msgstr "Convertir un serveur enregistré en serveur non enregistré à la volée" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106 -msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for your band to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Your band mates will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)" -msgstr "Vous pouvez faire tourner un serveur enregistré suffisamment longtemps pour que votre groupe se connecte, puis le rendre \"privé\" (non enregistré) en mettant l'annuaire sur \"aucun\" dans l'interface graphique du serveur. Les membres de votre groupe seront toujours connectés au serveur jusqu'à ce qu'ils se déconnectent. (Merci à [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) pour cette astuce !)" +msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)" +msgstr "Vous pouvez faire tourner un serveur enregistré suffisamment longtemps pour que les gens s'y connectent, puis le rendre \"privé\" (non enregistré) en mettant l'annuaire sur \"aucun\" dans l'interface graphique du serveur. Les musiciens seront toujours connectés au serveur jusqu'à ce qu'ils se déconnectent. (Merci à [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) pour cette astuce !)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:108 -msgid "### Remote management of recordings" -msgstr "### Gestion à distance des enregistrements" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Remote management of recordings" +msgstr "Gestion à distance des enregistrements" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110 msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script." msgstr "L'utilisateur de Jamulus [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) a écrit un [outil distant basé sur le web](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) pour démarrer et arrêter les enregistrements sur les serveurs Linux, vous permettant ensuite de les télécharger depuis votre navigateur. Voir également [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) par [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), qui comprend également un script de récupération des enregistrements du serveur." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112 -msgid "### Making a Server status page" -msgstr "### Faire une page d'état du serveur" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Making a Server status page" +msgstr "Faire une page d'état du serveur" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114 @@ -309,11 +325,10 @@ msgstr "Avec l'argument de ligne de commande `-m`, les statistiques du serveur p msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):" msgstr "Voici un exemple de script php utilisant le fichier d'état du serveur pour afficher l'état actuel du serveur sur une page html (en supposant que l'argument de ligne de commande suivant soit utilisé : `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`) :" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:131 +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"~~~\n" "\n" "\n" -"~~~\n" msgstr "" -"~~~\n" "\n" "\n" -"~~~\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ "# Tips & Tricks\n" +#~ " {:.no_toc}\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "# Trucs et astuces\n" +#~ " {:.no_toc}\n" + +#~ msgid "TOC" +#~ msgstr "TOC" #~ msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and choose \"Sort Users by Name\".\n" #~ msgstr "*Astuce* : Lorsque vous activez le contrôle MIDI dans Jamulus, le nom de chaque utilisateur est précédé d'un numéro, l'utilisateur le plus à gauche commençant à 0, puis à 1, etc. Avec les paramètres par défaut, lorsque certains utilisateurs partent et que d'autres les rejoignent, leur disposition gauche-droite dans l'interface graphique peut cesser de suivre un ordre numérique, ce qui rend plus difficile de savoir à qui correspond chaque chariot/bouton physique de votre contrôleur MIDI. Pour que les bandes de chariots suivent un ordre numérique, allez à \"Vue\" dans la barre de menu supérieure et choisissez \"Trier les utilisateurs par nom\".\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Unregistered-Servers.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Unregistered-Servers.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d5aab10ee --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Unregistered-Servers.po @@ -0,0 +1,215 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Olivier Humbert , 2023. +# Julien Taverna , 2023. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-05 19:50+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: fr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "fr" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Unregistered-Servers" +msgstr "/wiki/Unregistered-Servers" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Running an Unregistered Server" +msgstr "Exécution d'un serveur non enregistré" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:9 +msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:13 +msgid "It is highly recommended to test your Server by registering it on one of the built-in Directories **first**. This will help you tackle general problems before you try unregistered mode." +msgstr "Il est fortement recommandé de tester votre serveur en l'enregistrant sur l'un des annuaires intégrés **d'abord**. Cela vous aidera à résoudre les problèmes généraux avant d'essayer le mode non enregistré." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:14 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Setting up a Server behind a home router" +msgstr "Configuration d'un serveur derrière un routeur domestique" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:17 +msgid "If you set up your Server at home, you will probably need to change some settings in your router/firewall:" +msgstr "Si vous installez votre serveur chez vous, vous devrez probablement modifier certains paramètres de votre routeur/pare-feu :" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Port forwarding" +msgstr "Redirection de port" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:21 +msgid "Normally, people from outside your home network cannot see things inside it. To let external Jamulus Clients connect to your Server, you need to set up port forwarding in your router's settings. The exact setup differs for every router. For help, see your router's documentation or [portforward.com](https://portforward.com)." +msgstr "Normalement, les personnes extérieures à votre réseau domestique ne peuvent pas voir les éléments qui s'y trouvent. Pour permettre aux clients Jamulus externes de se connecter à votre serveur, vous devez configurer la redirection de port dans les paramètres de votre routeur. La configuration exacte diffère pour chaque routeur. Pour obtenir de l'aide, consultez la documentation de votre routeur ou [portforward.com](https://portforward.com) (en anglais)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** The default port for Jamulus is **UDP** (not TCP) port **22124**. You will usually forward the port **22124** from outside your network to the port **22124** of the computer running the Server.\n" +msgstr "**Remarque :** le port par défaut de Jamulus est le port **UDP** (et non TCP) **22124**. Vous redirigerez généralement le port **22124** depuis l'extérieur de votre réseau vers le port **22124** de l'ordinateur exécutant le serveur.\n" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Getting the public IP" +msgstr "Obtenir l'IP publique" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:28 +msgid "To allow others to connect to your Server from the internet, give them your public IP address. You can [learn your current public IP address using Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=what+is+my+ip). You should connect yourself using the local network address of the computer the Server is running on. If you are running a Client on the same computer as your Server, the address is `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`." +msgstr "Pour permettre à d'autres personnes de se connecter à votre serveur depuis l'Internet, donnez-leur votre adresse IP publique. Vous pouvez [connaître votre adresse IP publique actuelle en utilisant Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=what+is+my+ip). Vous devriez vous connecter vous-même en utilisant l'adresse du réseau local de l'ordinateur sur lequel le serveur est exécuté. Si vous exécutez un client sur le même ordinateur que votre serveur, l'adresse est `localhost` ou `127.0.0.1`." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:30 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Dynamic DNS and why you will probably need it" +msgstr "DNS dynamique et pourquoi vous en aurez probablement besoin" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:33 +msgid "Unless your ISP provides you with a fixed IP address, you may find that your address changes over time. You might want to associate your IP address with a domain name you can share with others that uses \"dynamic DNS\" (DDNS). A \"dynamic DNS\" provider can supply you with the domain name and you keep refreshing your IP address with the provider. Your router might support certain DDNS providers to do this. If this is not the case, the provider will have instructions on how to set up a dynamic DNS client." +msgstr "À moins que votre FAI ne vous fournisse une adresse IP fixe, il se peut que votre adresse change au fil du temps. Vous pourriez vouloir associer votre adresse IP à un nom de domaine que vous pouvez partager avec d'autres personnes et qui utilise le \"DNS dynamique\" (DDNS). Un fournisseur de \"DNS dynamique\" peut vous fournir le nom de domaine et vous devez actualiser votre adresse IP auprès du fournisseur. Votre routeur peut prendre en charge certains fournisseurs DDNS pour cela. Si ce n'est pas le cas, le fournisseur vous indiquera comment configurer un client DNS dynamique." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "DNS SRV record support" +msgstr "Support des enregistrements DNS SRV" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:37 +msgid "Jamulus Clients support [DNS SRV records (\"service\" records)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record). If a Client finds an SRV record associated with the domain name given in the Connect window, it will try to connect to the endpoint host and port listed in the SRV record. This process is similar to HTTP redirection in a web browser, only it's between Jamulus Clients and the DNS server. The Jamulus Server is not involved in this interaction. Jamulus Servers just listen for connections on the same port listed in the SRV record." +msgstr "Les clients Jamulus prennent en charge les [enregistrements DNS SRV (enregistrements \"service\")](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record) (en anglais). Si un client trouve un enregistrement SRV associé au nom de domaine indiqué dans la fenêtre de connexion, il essaiera de se connecter à l'hôte et au port du point de terminaison indiqués dans l'enregistrement SRV. Ce processus est similaire à la redirection HTTP dans un navigateur Web, mais il se déroule entre les clients Jamulus et le serveur DNS. Le serveur Jamulus n'est pas impliqué dans cette interaction. Les serveurs Jamulus se contentent d'écouter les connexions sur le même port que celui indiqué dans l'enregistrement SRV." + +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why is this helpful?" +msgstr "Pourquoi cela est-il utile ?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:41 +msgid "A Jamulus Client can connect to a Server on a non-default port by specifying the port as part of the server address. A server administrator may want to give users a simple address without the port details, while still serving Jamulus on a non-default port. For this case, the port information can be acquired from an SRV record." +msgstr "Un client Jamulus peut se connecter à un serveur sur un port autre que celui par défaut en spécifiant le port dans l'adresse du serveur. Un administrateur de serveur peut vouloir donner aux utilisateurs une adresse simple sans les détails du port, tout en servant Jamulus sur un port autre que celui par défaut. Dans ce cas, les informations relatives au port peuvent être obtenues à partir d'un enregistrement SRV." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:43 +msgid "An address entered in the Connect window could look like ```jamulus.example.com```. If an SRV record is found for this DNS domain, Jamulus Client will try to connect to the Server on the host:port listed in the SRV record, such as ```jamulus.example.com:12345```." +msgstr "Une adresse saisie dans la fenêtre de connexion peut ressembler à ```Jamulus.example.com```. Si un enregistrement SRV est trouvé pour ce domaine DNS, le client Jamulus essaiera de se connecter au serveur sur l'hôte et le port indiqués dans l'enregistrement SRV, par exemple ```Jamulus.example.com:12345```." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:45 +msgid "If no SRV records are found on the DNS server, a Client will attempt to connect to the Server as specified in the connection window." +msgstr "Si aucun enregistrement SRV n'est trouvé sur le serveur DNS, un client tentera de se connecter au serveur comme indiqué dans la fenêtre de connexion." + +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:46 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Creating SRV records" +msgstr "Création d'enregistrements SRV" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:49 +msgid "SRV records are created by the administrator of the domain being used to host the Jamulus server. The SRV records are added through the administration portal (or API if available) of the domain's DNS hosting service. The format of the SRV record entry can vary by DNS hosting service but will generally look something like this." +msgstr "Les enregistrements SRV sont créés par l'administrateur du domaine utilisé pour héberger le serveur Jamulus. Les enregistrements SRV sont ajoutés via le portail d'administration (ou l'API si elle est disponible) du service d'hébergement DNS du domaine. Le format de l'entrée de l'enregistrement SRV peut varier selon le service d'hébergement DNS, mais ressemble généralement à ceci." + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" _service._proto.name. ttl IN SRV priority weight port target\n" +" \n" +" # or, more specifically\n" +" \n" +" _jamulus._udp.example.com. 60 IN SRV 0 5 12345 jamulus.example.com\n" +msgstr "" +" _service._proto.name. ttl IN SRV priority weight port target\n" +" \n" +" # ou, plus précisément\n" +" \n" +" _jamulus._udp.example.com. 60 IN SRV 0 5 12345 jamulus.example.com\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** You can host many Jamulus Servers at different ports on one host by giving each its own SRV record.\n" +msgstr "**Note :** vous pouvez héberger plusieurs serveurs Jamulus à différents ports sur un hôte en donnant à chacun son propre enregistrement SRV.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:61 +msgid "See the documentation of your DNS provider for instructions on creating an SRV record." +msgstr "Consultez la documentation de votre fournisseur DNS pour obtenir des instructions sur la création d'un enregistrement SRV." + +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Example use case with SRV records" +msgstr "Exemple de cas d'utilisation avec les enregistrements SRV" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:65 +msgid "This example assumes the DNS contains an A or CNAME record that resolves to ```server1.example.com```, where three Jamulus Server instances are running, each listening on one of the three ports listed below." +msgstr "Cet exemple suppose que le DNS contient un enregistrement A ou CNAME qui se résout en ``server1.example.com``, où trois instances de serveur Jamulus sont exécutées, chacune écoutant sur l'un des trois ports listés ci-dessous." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:67 +msgid "Alternatively, `server1.example.com` can be a router, NAT-gateway, or load-balancer that forwards each of the ports to a backend Jamulus server (or servers)." +msgstr "Alternativement, `server1.example.com` peut être un routeur, une passerelle NAT ou un équilibreur de charge qui transmet chacun des ports à un ou plusieurs serveurs Jamulus." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:74 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"| JAMULUS CLIENT | DNS SRV RECORD | JAMULUS SERVER |\n" +"| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------- |\n" +"| rock.example.com | _jamulus._udp.rock.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22124 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22124 |\n" +"| jazz.example.com | _jamulus._udp.jazz.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22125 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22125 |\n" +"| blues.example.com | _jamulus._udp.blues.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22126 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22126 |\n" +msgstr "" +"| CLIENT JAMULUS | ENREGISTREMENT DNS SRV | SERVEUR JAMULUS |\n" +"| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------- |\n" +"| rock.example.com | _jamulus._udp.rock.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22124 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22124 |\n" +"| jazz.example.com | _jamulus._udp.jazz.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22125 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22125 |\n" +"| blues.example.com | _jamulus._udp.blues.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22126 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22126 |\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:76 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*It's important to remember that DNS is not forwarding connections. It's simply telling Jamulus Client what public host:port to connect to.*\n" +msgstr "*Il est important de se rappeler que le DNS ne fait pas suivre les connexions. Il indique simplement au client Jamulus le port et l'hôte publics auxquels il doit se connecter.*\n" + +#~ msgid "If you set up your server at home, you will probably need to change some settings in your router/firewall:" +#~ msgstr "Si vous installez votre serveur chez vous, vous devrez probablement modifier certains paramètres de votre routeur/pare-feu :" + +#~ msgid "Normally, people from outside your home network cannot see things inside it. To let external Jamulus clients connect to your server, you need to set up port forwarding in your router's settings. The exact setup differs for every router. For help, see your router's documentation or [portforward.com](https://portforward.com)." +#~ msgstr "Normalement, les personnes extérieures à votre réseau domestique ne peuvent pas voir les éléments qui s'y trouvent. Pour permettre aux clients Jamulus externes de se connecter à votre serveur, vous devez configurer la redirection de port dans les paramètres de votre routeur. La configuration exacte diffère d'un routeur à l'autre. Pour obtenir de l'aide, consultez la documentation de votre routeur ou [portforward.com](https://portforward.com) (lien en anglais)." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/copyright.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/copyright.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d54c6b85a --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/copyright.po @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-07 10:51+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: fr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n" + +#. type: Hash Value: footer asio +#: ../wiki/en/misc/copyright.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ASIO ® compatible - ASIO is a trademark and software of Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH" +msgstr "compatible ASIO ® - ASIO est une marque et un logiciel de Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav docs +#: ../wiki/en/misc/copyright.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "This documentation is CC BY-SA" +msgstr "Cette documentation est CC BY-SA" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/general.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/general.po index a6e24e630..9ed12e3ce 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/general.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/general.po @@ -2,123 +2,124 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Olivier Humbert , 2022. +# Julien Taverna , 2023. +# cosas , 2023. +# Olivier Humbert , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-16 15:25+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-09 16:50+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Julien Taverna \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" #. type: Hash Value: footer alt facebook -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus Facebook group" msgstr "Groupe Facebook de Jamulus" #. type: Hash Value: footer alt github -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus GitHub repo" msgstr "Dépôt GitHub de Jamulus" #. type: Hash Value: footer alt help -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Help and support" msgstr "Aide et support" #. type: Hash Value: footer copyright software -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Software by Volker Fischer and contributors - want to get involved?" msgstr "Logiciel de Volker Fischer et les contributeurs - Vous voulez participer ?" -#. type: Hash Value: infobox_each_os -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Jamulus 3.9.1 addresses a MIDI controller-related bug that could result in the loss of old fader levels: If you used `--ctrlmidich`, you can start the app once with `--cleanuplegacyfadersettings` to try to convert the old format to the new one. This option will be removed in a future release. Read the Change Log for more information." -msgstr "Jamulus 3.9.1 s'occupe d'un bogue lié à un contrôleur MIDI qui pourrait entraîner la perte d'ancien niveaux de charriot : si vous aviez utilisé `--ctrlmidich`, vous pouvez démarrer l'application une fois avec `--cleanuplegacyfadersettings` pour tenter de convertir le vieux format au nouveau. Cette option sera supprimée dans une version future. Lire le journal des modifications pour plus d'informations." - #. type: Hash Value: kb by -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "by" msgstr "par" #. type: Hash Value: kb discuss linktitle -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Discuss this content" -msgstr "Discussions sur le contenu" +msgstr "Discuter à propos de ce contenu" #. type: Hash Value: kb discuss title -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Comments" msgstr "Commentaires" #. type: Hash Value: kb kbintro -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Community knowledge base
Feel free to add your own article!" msgstr "Base de connaissances communautaire
Sentez vous libres d'ajouter votre propre article !" #. type: Hash Value: kb mainpage -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Knowledge Base overview" msgstr "Aperçu de la base de connaissances" #. type: Hash Value: kb navpages -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "More pages" msgstr "Plus de pages" #. type: Hash Value: kb newpage -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Add a new page via GitHub" msgstr "Ajouter une nouvelle page via GitHub" #. type: Hash Value: kb readmore -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Read more..." msgstr "Lire la suite ..." #. type: Hash Value: kb titleAdd -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "– Jamulus Knowledge Base" msgstr "– Base de connaissance de Jamulus" #. type: Hash Value: nav altJamulusIcon -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus Icon. Links to homepage" msgstr "Icône de Jamulus. Redirige vers la page d'accueil" #. type: Hash Value: nav btnOpenNavigation -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Open navigation" msgstr "Navigation ouverte" #. type: Hash Value: tNoJSEnabled -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Your browser has JavaScript disabled. That's totally fine. This site has been designed to provide basic functionality without JS. Enabling JavaScript may give you additional functionality on this site." -msgstr "JavaScript est désactivé sur votre navigateur. Il n'y a aucun problème à ça. Ce site a été créé de manière à fournir les fonctionnalités basiques sans JS. Activer Javascript vous permettrait d'accéder à des fonctionnalités supplémentaires de ce site." +msgstr "JavaScript est désactivé sur votre navigateur. Il n'y a aucun problème à ça. Ce site a été conçu de manière à fournir les fonctionnalités basiques sans JS. Activer Javascript pourrait vous permettre d'accéder à des fonctionnalités supplémentaires de ce site." #. type: Hash Value: wiki titleAdd -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "– Jamulus Website" msgstr "– Site internet de Jamulus" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Jamulus 3.9.1 addresses a MIDI controller-related bug that could result in the loss of old fader levels: If you used `--ctrlmidich`, you can start the app once with `--cleanuplegacyfadersettings` to try to convert the old format to the new one. This option will be removed in a future release. Read the Change Log for more information." +#~ msgstr "Jamulus 3.9.1 s'occupe d'un bogue lié à un contrôleur MIDI qui pourrait entraîner la perte d'anciens niveaux de chariot : si vous aviez utilisé `--ctrlmidich`, vous pouvez démarrer l'application une fois avec `--cleanuplegacyfadersettings` pour tenter de convertir le vieux format au nouveau. Cette option sera supprimée dans une version future. Lire le journal des modifications pour plus d'informations." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/navigation.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/navigation.po index 3c5143462..ed5bbbf40 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/navigation.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/navigation.po @@ -2,165 +2,170 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Julien Taverna , 2022. +# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-14 11:52+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Julien Taverna \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-04 14:15+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting Up" msgstr "Configuration" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Windows" msgstr "Windows" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows" msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "macOS" msgstr "macOS" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh" msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Linux" msgstr "Linux" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux" msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Getting-Started" msgstr "/wiki/Getting-Started" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "User Manual" -msgstr "Manuel du logiciel" +msgstr "Manuel utilisateur" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual" msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "FAQ" msgstr "FAQ" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/FAQ" msgstr "/wiki/FAQ" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "Dépannage" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting" msgstr "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting" #. type: Hash Value: nav title -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Using Jamulus" msgstr "Utiliser Jamulus" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap -msgid "Server Administration" -msgstr "Administrer un serveur" +msgid "Server Manual" +msgstr "Manuel du serveur" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Running-a-Server" msgstr "/wiki/Running-a-Server" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Tips & Tricks" msgstr "Trucs et astuces" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More" msgstr "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Community Knowledge Base" msgstr "Base de connaissances communautaire" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems selectOnLayout -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "post" msgstr "publier" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/kb/index.html" msgstr "/kb/index.html" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Privacy Statement" -msgstr "Déclaration de Confidentialité" +msgstr "Déclaration de confidentialité" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Privacy-Statement" msgstr "/wiki/Privacy-Statement" #. type: Hash Value: nav title -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "More" msgstr "En savoir plus" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Server Administration" +#~ msgstr "Administrer un serveur" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/it/1-index.po index 1278c916e..36f5635ed 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/1-index.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/1-index.po @@ -2,22 +2,40 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # ignotus , 2022. +# Gico2006 , 2022. +# Giuseppe , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-17 21:16+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-30 08:04+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Giuseppe \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" #. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?) #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:1 -#, no-wrap +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "---\n" +#| "title: \"Jamulus ‒ Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +#| "lang: \"en\"\n" +#| "permalink: /\n" +#| "layout: mainhomepage\n" +#| "ldjAppCategory: \"Music\"\n" +#| "ldjSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +#| "ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer and contributors\"\n" +#| "metadescription: \"Jamulus is open source software that lets musicians perform music, rehearse or just jam together, all in real time over the Internet.\"\n" +#| "mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" +#| "mTSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +#| "mTGetStartedNow: \"Get started now!\"\n" +#| "mTDownloadNow: 'Download now for'\n" +#| "mTOtherPlatforms: 'other platforms'\n" +#| "---\n" msgid "" "---\n" "title: \"Jamulus ‒ Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" @@ -27,11 +45,12 @@ msgid "" "ldjAppCategory: \"Music\"\n" "ldjSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" "ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer and contributors\"\n" -"metadescription: \"Jamulus is open source software that lets musicians perform music, rehearse or just jam together, all in real time over the Internet.\"\n" +"metadescription: \"Jamulus is free and open source software that lets musicians perform music, rehearse or jam together, in real time over the Internet.\"\n" "mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" "mTSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" "mTGetStartedNow: \"Get started now!\"\n" "mTDownloadNow: 'Download now for'\n" +"mTPlatformsAnd: 'and'\n" "mTOtherPlatforms: 'other platforms'\n" "---\n" msgstr "" @@ -52,25 +71,25 @@ msgstr "" "---\n" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:19 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:20 #, no-wrap msgid "What is Jamulus?" msgstr "Cos'è Jamulus?" #. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:20 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:21 #, no-wrap -msgid " Jamulus is for playing, rehearsing, or just jamming with your friends, your band or just anyone you find online. With high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection, it's easy to play together remotely and in time. " -msgstr " Jamulus è usato per suonare, provare, o partecipare ad una jam insieme ai tuoi amici, alla tua band o con chiunque trovi online. " +msgid " Jamulus lets you play, rehearse, or jam with your friends, your band, or anyone you find online. Play together remotely in time with high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection. " +msgstr " Jamulus ti consente di suonare, provare o suonare con i tuoi amici, la tua band o chiunque trovi online. Suona insieme da remoto a tempo con audio di alta qualità e bassa latenza su una normale connessione a banda larga. " #. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:20 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:21 #, no-wrap msgid "Download it here" -msgstr "Scaricalo qui" +msgstr "Scaricalo da qui" #. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:20 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:21 #, no-wrap msgid "" "!\n" @@ -80,55 +99,55 @@ msgstr "" " " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:33 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:34 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus worldwide" msgstr "Gli utenti Jamulus nel mondo" #. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:34 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:35 #, no-wrap msgid "" -" All over the world Jamulus allows huge choirs to rehearse, loud rock bands to play, and brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons,\n" -" in schools and universities, in private and in public. Even just for the spoken word – all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person.\n" +" All over the world Jamulus allows choirs to rehearse and rock bands to play. Jamulus brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons,\n" +" in schools and universities, in private and in public — all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person.\n" " " msgstr "" -" Jamulus permette ai cori di provare, ai gruppi rock di suonare e riunisce musicisti folk e classici di tutto il mondo. \n" -" Usato anche solo per parlare – tutto in tempo reale tramite Internet, come se fossi lì di persona.\n" +" In tutto il mondo Jamulus permette ai cori di provare e alle rock band di suonare. Jamulus riunisce musicisti folk e classici. Viene utilizzato per lezioni di musica a distanza, nelle scuole e nelle università, nel privato e nel pubblico, tutto in tempo reale su Internet, come se fossi in presenza e di persona.\n" " " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:36 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:37 #, no-wrap msgid "Help needed?" msgstr "Hai bisogno di aiuto?" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:38 -#, no-wrap -msgid " Have a look at the " +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid " Have a look at the " +msgid " Check out the " msgstr " Consulta la " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:38 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 #, no-wrap msgid "documentation" msgstr "documentazione" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:38 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 #, no-wrap -msgid ". Especially consider the " -msgstr ". In particolare la sezione dedicata alla " +msgid " and consider the " +msgstr " e considera la " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:40 #, no-wrap msgid "troubleshooting section" msgstr "risoluzione dei problemi" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:40 #, no-wrap msgid "" "!\n" @@ -138,13 +157,13 @@ msgstr "" " In alternativa puoi sempre fare una domanda scivendo sul " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:40 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:41 #, no-wrap msgid "forums" msgstr "forum" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:40 ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:52 +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:41 ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:53 #, no-wrap msgid "" ".\n" @@ -154,55 +173,67 @@ msgstr "" " " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:44 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:45 #, no-wrap msgid "Want to get involved?" msgstr "Vuoi collaborare?" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:46 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid " Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help " +msgstr " Idee? Riscontrato un bug? Voglia di contribuire al codice o aiutare a " + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "translating" +msgstr "tradurre" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap -msgid " Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help translating into your language? Since Jamulus is " -msgstr " Idee? Riscontrato un bug? Voglia di contribuire al codice o aiutare a tradurre nella tua lingua? Dato che Jamulus è " +msgid " Jamulus into your language? Since Jamulus is " +msgstr " Jamulus nella tua lingua? Da quando Jamulus è " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:46 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap msgid "free and open source software" msgstr "gratuito ed \"Open Source\"" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:46 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap msgid " (FOSS) licensed under the " msgstr " (FOSS) sottoposto a licensa " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:46 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap msgid "GPL" msgstr "GPL" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:46 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap msgid ", you can help us!" msgstr ", puoi aiutarci!" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 +#. type: Content of:


+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:48 #, no-wrap msgid " Take a look at our " msgstr " Dai uno sguardo alle " -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 +#. type: Content of:


+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:48 #, no-wrap msgid "contribution guidelines" msgstr "linee guida per contribuire" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 +#. type: Content of:


+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:48 #, no-wrap msgid "" " to find out how. Everybody is welcome!\n" @@ -211,20 +242,24 @@ msgstr "" " per scoprire come fare. Chiunque è il benvenuto!\n" " " -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:51 +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:52 #, no-wrap -msgid " For detailed information about how Jamulus hacks the space-time continuum to produce a near-perfect 5th dimension of collaborative sound, see " -msgstr " Per informazioni dettagliate su come Jamulus modifica il continuum spazio-temporale per produrre una quinta dimensione quasi perfetta di suoni, vedere " +msgid " For detailed information on how Jamulus works, see " +msgstr " Per informazioni dettagliate su come funziona Jamulus, vedere " -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:52 +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:53 #, no-wrap msgid "this paper by Volker Fischer (PDF)" -msgstr "questo documento di Volker Fischer (PDF)." +msgstr "questo documento di Volker Fischer (PDF)" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:57 +#. type: Content of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:58 #, no-wrap msgid "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" msgstr "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid " For detailed information about how Jamulus hacks the space-time continuum to produce a near-perfect 5th dimension of collaborative sound, see " +#~ msgstr " Per informazioni dettagliate su come Jamulus modifica il continuum spazio-temporale per produrre una quinta dimensione quasi perfetta di suoni, vedere " diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Client-Troubleshooting.po index 4ea0b0dab..f7fee0c05 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Client-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Client-Troubleshooting.po @@ -3,79 +3,88 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Giuseppe , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. +# Gico2006 , 2022. +# Massimo Pissarello , 2023. +# Giuseppe , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-29 16:44+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-30 08:04+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Giuseppe \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "it" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting" msgstr "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Client Troubleshooting" msgstr "" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Risoluzione dei problemi" + #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:10 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# Troubleshooting\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" -msgstr "" +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:12 -msgid "
" -msgstr "" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:14 -msgid "Table of contents" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:16 -msgid "TOC" -msgstr "" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "Tabella dei contenuti\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:17 -msgid "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:19 -msgid "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:21 -msgid "### Don’t hear any sound/Others don’t hear you?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Don’t hear any sound/Others don’t hear you?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -89,9 +98,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Windows users (ASIO4ALL)**: If you’re using the ASIO4ALL driver have a look at the [ASIO4ALL setup section](Installation-for-Windows#setting-up-asio4all)\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:27 -msgid "### Not seeing the headphone or microphone you just connected to your PC?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Not seeing the headphone or microphone you just connected to your PC?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -99,9 +109,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Just restart Jamulus with your device plugged in. Jamulus currently doesn't show devices which were plugged in after the sound system was loaded." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:31 -msgid "### Your sound is stuttering" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:30 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Your sound is stuttering" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -109,9 +120,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Your audio device may not work with the buffer size you selected. Select a bigger buffer size in Jamulus's settings. If possible though, use another device, since large buffer sizes mean higher latency." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:35 -msgid "### You all sound OK, but it's difficult to keep together" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "You all sound OK, but it's difficult to keep together" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -125,22 +137,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can test whether you are hearing your signal correctly by doing the following:" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:41 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44 msgid "Run Jamulus and connect to a Server with a long ping time (greater than 200ms)" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:42 +#. type: Bullet: '2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44 msgid "Clap your hands once (or play one short note on an instrument). You should hear the sound from the Jamulus Server come back, but significantly delayed." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:43 +#. type: Bullet: '3. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44 msgid "Click the \"Mute\" button under your Jamulus name/slider in the main Jamulus mixer window (**NOT** the \"Mute Myself\" button on the left)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '4. ' #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44 msgid "Clap your hands again." msgstr "" @@ -160,9 +172,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [software manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:52 -msgid "### Can't work out your mic settings?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Can't work out your mic settings?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -170,9 +183,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When using a microphone while playing your other instrument, you can use a stereo audio input signal in your settings where one channel is connected to the instrument and the other channel is connected to a microphone signal. On the microphone channel an optional reverberation effect can be applied." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:56 -msgid "### Buffer LEDs suddenly going red, outages, [jittering](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jitter), weird sounds?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:55 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Buffer LEDs suddenly going red, outages, [jittering](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jitter), weird sounds?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -180,9 +194,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Your computer may be under too much load. Try not to have anything competing with Jamulus (like Zoom Meetings or Facebook live streams) on your machine. Or at least quit them while you're playing. Prevent things like virus scanners doing scans, or software updates happening, etc. Be aware that the reverb setting in Jamulus also uses more CPU the more reverb you have." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:60 -msgid "### Ping times and latency start well, then get worse, causing issues" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Ping times and latency start well, then get worse, causing issues" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -190,9 +205,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This can indicate something else is competing with Jamulus on your network, so make sure nobody is watching HD Netflix movies or taking part in Zoom video conferences while you are playing. A more permanent solution for technically-minded users may be found by investigating [the issue of buffer bloat](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/) on their router and whether you can implement Smart Queue Management (SQM). [More details here](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/What_can_I_do_about_Bufferbloat/)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:64 -msgid "### Getting frustrated with software channels, audio routing, sample rates and more?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:63 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Getting frustrated with software channels, audio routing, sample rates and more?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -200,9 +216,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "It's usually far easier and more reliable to have a [mixing desk](https://www.thomann.de/pics/bdb/191244/7355025_800.jpg) to connect your kit (instruments, mic, recorder etc.) and then send a simple stereo signal to your sound interface (be sure to listen to the resulting sound from the Jamulus Server via your computer though!). The huge variety of possible hardware, software and instrument combinations means that setting up your sound card to work with your particular configuration can otherwise get complicated very fast." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:68 -msgid "### Somebody joining your jam and being too loud?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:67 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Somebody joining your jam and being too loud?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -210,9 +227,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can set your \"New Client Level\" to a low value (e.g. 10), or set the musicians you are playing with to \"Solo\" state (in the mixer panel on the right side). That way, either new entrants will be very quiet, or you won't hear them at all." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:72 -msgid "### Can't see the Server you want to join?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:71 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Can't see the Server you want to join?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -220,9 +238,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "First check that you have the right genre Server selected in your Connect window. Sometimes network issues mean your Client won't list all the available Servers. If you know the name of the Server you want to join, you can [look up its IP address here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/). Enter that address in the \"Server Address\" field in the Connect Setup window to connect to it." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:76 -msgid "### Not seeing a list of Servers at all?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:75 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Not seeing a list of Servers at all?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -235,48 +254,83 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In some cases, it may be your ISP that is blocking your use of Jamulus. See the note on the [server troubleshooting page](Server-Troubleshooting#nobody-can-connect-to-my-server---but-i-can-connect-locally) about \"Nobody can connect to my Server\"" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:82 -msgid "### Trouble using Garageband (or other DAW) with Jamulus?" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:81 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Getting an error message saying \"Jamulus\" can't be opened because the developer cannot be verified" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:84 -msgid "See [this forum discussion](https://sourceforge.net/p/llcon/discussion/533517/thread/d3dd58eedc/#b994)" +msgid "If you are using a \"legacy\" version of Jamulus (because you are running an older version of macOS) or an intermediate build, the first time you run Jamulus, you will see a message saying it cannot be opened." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:86 -msgid "### Using a Mac and your input is not heard?" +msgid "To open Jamulus" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:88 -msgid "(With thanks to [Mark Anthony De Souza](https://www.facebook.com/groups/619274602254947/permalink/765122847670121/?comment_id=765525034296569))" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 +msgid "Go to the Applications folder via Finder" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 +msgid "Double-click on Jamulus and wait for the above-mentioned message" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 +msgid "Close this message by clicking on \"Cancel\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 +msgid "Now control-click (or right-click) on Jamulus, and select \"Open\" from the top of the menu." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:90 -msgid "Maybe you did not answer \"Yes\" to the `\"Jamulus wants to access your microphone\"` challenge. To fix this:" +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:93 +msgid "You will then get a slightly different version of the same message, which allows you to click \"Open\". From then on, you can run Jamulus in the normal way and the message won't appear. For further information about this warning see [this Apple Support Page](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:94 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Trouble using Garageband (or other DAW) with Jamulus?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 -msgid "Go to `Preferences` > `Security & Privacy` > `Privacy` tab" +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:97 +msgid "See [this forum discussion](https://sourceforge.net/p/llcon/discussion/533517/thread/d3dd58eedc/#b994)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:98 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using a Mac and your input is not heard?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:92 -msgid "Find `Microphone` on the left and then make sure `Jamulus` is enabled on the right-hand list" +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:101 +msgid "(With thanks to [Mark Anthony De Souza](https://www.facebook.com/groups/619274602254947/permalink/765122847670121/?comment_id=765525034296569))" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:94 +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:105 #, no-wrap -msgid "***\n" +msgid "" +"Maybe you did not answer \"Yes\" to the `\"Jamulus wants to access your microphone\"` challenge. To fix this:\n" +"* Go to `Preferences` > `Security & Privacy` > `Privacy` tab\n" +"* Find `Microphone` on the left and then make sure `Jamulus` is enabled on the right-hand list\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:95 +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:108 msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" msgstr "" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "***\n" +#~ msgstr "***\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Command-Line-Options.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Command-Line-Options.po index 8471f7df6..d5a006351 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Command-Line-Options.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Command-Line-Options.po @@ -3,74 +3,86 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Giuseppe , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. +# Gico2006 , 2022. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-29 16:44+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-12-24 16:50+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Gico2006 \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "it" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Command-Line-Options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Command-Line-Options" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus – Command Line Options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus - Opzioni della riga di comando" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:9 -msgid "# Command Line Options" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:8 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "# Command Line Options" +msgid "Command Line Options" +msgstr "# Opzioni della riga di comando" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:11 -msgid "## Shared commands" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:10 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Shared commands" +msgid "Shared commands" +msgstr "## Comandi condivisi" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:13 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:15 -msgid "## Client only commands" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:14 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Client only commands" +msgid "Client only commands" +msgstr "## Comandi solo client" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:17 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:19 -msgid "## Server only commands" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:18 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Server only commands" +msgid "Server only commands" +msgstr "## Comandi solo per il server" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:21 -msgid "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:20 +msgid "See [Running a Server](Running-a-Server#server-mode-related-options)" msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" +#~ msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Contribution.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Contribution.po index 56d6bf869..9732f0607 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Contribution.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Contribution.po @@ -3,69 +3,78 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Giuseppe , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. +# Gico2006 , 2022. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-29 16:44+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-12-24 16:50+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Gico2006 \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "it" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Contribution" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Contribution" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Contribution" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contributo" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:9 -msgid "# Contributing to the Jamulus Project" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:8 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "# Contributing to the Jamulus Project" +msgid "Contributing to the Jamulus Project" +msgstr "# Contribuire al progetto Jamulus" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:11 -msgid "If you find a mistake, typo or something out of date (in any language) on this website or in Jamulus itself, you can raise it as a bug." -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "If you find a mistake, typo or something out of date (in any language) on this website or in Jamulus itself, you can raise it as a bug." +msgid "If you find a mistake, typo or something out of date (in any language) on this website or in Jamulus itself, you can raise it as a bug.\n" +msgstr "Se trovi un errore, un errore di battitura o qualcosa di non aggiornato (in qualsiasi lingua) su questo sito Web o nello stesso Jamulus, puoi segnalarlo come bug." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:13 -msgid "If you think some documentation or information is missing or can be improved, post about it on this forum so it can be discussed first." -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "If you think some documentation or information is missing or can be improved, post about it on this forum so it can be discussed first." +msgid "If you think some documentation or information is missing or can be improved, post about it on this forum so it can be discussed first.\n" +msgstr "Se ritieni che qualche documentazione o informazione manchi o possa essere migliorata, postala su questo forum in modo che se ne possa discutere quanto prima." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:15 msgid "We use [Weblate](https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/#languages) to translate our documentation. Read about our [documentation and translation process](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamuluswebsite/blob/release/README.md), and [introduce yourself](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) if you’d like to get involved." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utilizziamo [Weblate](https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/#languages) per tradurre la nostra documentazione. Leggi il nostro [processo di documentazione e traduzione](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamuluswebsite/blob/release/README.md) e [presentati](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) se desideri essere coinvolto." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:18 -msgid "## Want to contribute code?" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:17 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Want to contribute code?" +msgid "Want to contribute code?" +msgstr "## Vuoi contribuire al codice?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:19 msgid "See our [guidelines for getting involved in development](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vedi le nostre [linee guida per essere coinvolti nello sviluppo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Directories.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Directories.po index cbfe87efb..00ce4bb17 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Directories.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Directories.po @@ -3,66 +3,72 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Giuseppe , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. +# Gico2006 , 2022. +# ignotus , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-29 16:44+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-07 20:02+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.18-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "it" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Directories" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Directories" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 -#, no-wrap +#, fuzzy, no-wrap msgid "Directories" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cartelle" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:9 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Altro\" branch1=\"Amministrazione del server\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:12 -msgid "# Running a Directory" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:11 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Running a Directory" +msgstr "Gestione di una Directory" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:14 -msgid "This is a specialised Jamulus Server configuration, as described in [Server Types](Running-a-Server#server-types)." -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This is a specialised Jamulus Server configuration, as described in [Server Types](Running-a-Server#server-types)." +msgid "This is a specialised Jamulus Server configuration, as described in [Server Modes](Running-a-Server#server-modes)." +msgstr "Questa è una configurazione specifica del server Jamulus, come descritto in [Tipi di server](Running-a-Server#server-types)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:16 -msgid "To view Servers listed by a Custom Directory, users must enter the address of that Directory in their Client's Settings > Advanced Setup > Custom Directories field. Multiple addresses can be added in this way if needed. Custom Directories will then appear in the Directory drop-down list on their Connect window. Custom Directories otherwise work for Clients in the same way as Public Directories, displaying a list of Servers registered with them." +#, no-wrap +msgid "To view Servers listed by a Custom Directory, users must enter the address of that Directory in their Client's Settings > Advanced Setup > Custom Directories field. Multiple addresses can be added in this way if needed. Custom Directories will then appear in the Directory drop-down list on their Connect window. Custom Directories otherwise work for Clients in the same way as Public Directories, displaying a list of Servers registered with them.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:18 -msgid "To run a Server as a Directory, it should be started with the `--directoryserver` option to make itself (that is, `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`) the Directory to query for Servers." +msgid "To run a Server as a Directory, it should be started with the `--directoryaddress` option to make itself (that is, `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`) the Directory to query for Servers." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -70,32 +76,33 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When running a Server with the GUI, set the Custom Directory server address in the Options tab to \"localhost\", then select \"Custom\" from the Directory drop-down list." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:23 -msgid "### Points to note about Directories" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Points to note about Directories" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:25 msgid "If you want to control which Servers can register with your Directory, you can enable a whitelist with the `--listfilter` command line option in the format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]`." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:27 msgid "When running a Server behind a NAT firewall on a private network and registering with a Directory on the same network, run the Server using the `--serverpublicip` option to specify the public IP address. This is necessary to allow Clients on the public Internet to connect to the correct address. Note that for the Server(s) using this option, you will still need proper port forwarding in your router/firewall." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:29 msgid "When running a Client behind a NAT firewall on a private network with a Directory on the same network, the Directory itself needs to be run using the `--serverpublicip` option to specify the public IP address, so that any Servers on the public Internet registering with the Directory that require the \"hole punch\" can be accessed by the Client(s). (This is because otherwise the Directory would provide the local network address of the Client to the Server and the \"hole punch\" would fail.)" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:31 msgid "If you need to restart your Directory for any reason (for example when rebooting the host), Servers connected to it will be disconnected until they re-register. This does not mean that Clients connected to those Servers will be disconnected, but does mean that new Clients will be not able to see Servers listed by your Directory until those Servers reconnect. To enable the list of registered Servers to persist between restarts, use the `--directoryfile` option to specify the location and name of a file that the Directory can read and write to." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:32 msgid "Up to 150 Servers can then register with a Directory." msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/FAQ.po b/_translator-files/po/it/FAQ.po index 25b7cf4de..664c73329 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/FAQ.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/FAQ.po @@ -3,74 +3,81 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Giuseppe , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. +# Gico2006 , 2022. +# Giuseppe , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-29 16:44+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-30 08:04+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Giuseppe \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "it" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/FAQ" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/FAQ" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "FAQ" +msgstr "FAQ" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus FAQ" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:10 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# Jamulus FAQ\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" -msgstr "" +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:12 -msgid "
" -msgstr "" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:14 -msgid "Table of contents" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:16 -msgid "TOC" -msgstr "" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "Tabella dei contenuti\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:17 -msgid "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:19 -msgid "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -79,14 +86,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**For common problems and their solutions when using Jamulus, see the [Troubleshooting](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) page.**\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:24 -msgid "### Is there a metronome, synchronization, or some other way of keeping in time?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Is there a metronome, synchronization, or some other way of keeping in time?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:26 -msgid "No. Musicians on a Jamulus Server play in real time together as they would in person. If you want to have a time signal, then there are shared metronome solutions on the Internet you can try. But it’s probably best to just minimise latency so nobody has an overall delay more than about 30-50 ms." +msgid "No. Musicians on a Jamulus Server play in real time together as they would in person. If you want a time signal, there are shared metronome solutions on the Internet you can try. But it’s probably best to just minimise latency so nobody has an overall delay more than about 30-50 ms." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -94,9 +102,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bear in mind also that all participants should follow [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together) which will also determine whether you can play in time properly." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:30 -msgid "### How do I know if I can join a Server? Are there rules?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "How do I know if I can join a Server? Are there rules?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -106,12 +115,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:34 -msgid "Note also that Servers do not have to be registered on a Directory in order for Jamulus Clients to connect to them. Server operators can just give out the address of their Servers to those they want to play with, and they can then connect directly. Have a look at [this overview for more information](/wiki/Running-a-Server#server-types)." +msgid "Note also that Servers do not have to be registered on a Directory in order for Jamulus Clients to connect to them. Server operators can just give out the address of their Servers to those they want to play with, and they can then connect directly. Have a look at [this overview for more information](/wiki/Running-a-Server#server-modes)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:36 -msgid "### Why shouldn’t I use wireless equipment?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:35 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why shouldn’t I use wireless equipment?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -124,9 +134,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "So it makes sense to minimise any sources of delay or other problems with the signal. Even fast wi-fi is usually too variable to use for long periods with Jamulus, and Bluetooth headphones and mics usually introduce latencies of about 50 ms or more." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:42 -msgid "### Why should I not listen to my own signal?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why should I not listen to my own signal?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -139,34 +150,38 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Of course, if you are playing an acoustic instrument, or are a singer, it will be hard to exclude your “local” sound. But you should at least try to do so by for example using closed-back headphones turned up as loud as you are able to mask your own sound. This will let you concentrate on the mix coming back to you from the Server." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:48 -msgid "### Do I need a fast Internet connection?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Do I need a fast Internet connection?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:50 -msgid "No, especially if you don't run a Server to host other musicians. Having a low ping is more important. For most people on standard broadband (e.g. 10 Mbit/s down and 1 Mbit/s up) you will have no problems. For those running Servers at home, depending on how many people join, you may encounter issues if your _upstream_ bandwidth is lower than about 5 Mbit/s." +msgid "No, especially if you don't run a Server to host other musicians. Having a low ping is more important. Most people on standard broadband (e.g. 10 Mbit/s down and 1 Mbit/s up) will have no problems. For those running Servers at home, depending on how many people join, you may encounter issues if your _upstream_ bandwidth is lower than about 5 Mbit/s." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:52 -msgid "### Do I need to run a Server?" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Do I need to run a Server?" +msgstr "Devo necessariamnete eseguire un server?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:54 msgid "No. If you just intend to connect to other people’s Servers, then all you need is a Client. [Read this if you think you need to run your own Server](/wiki/Running-a-Server)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:56 -msgid "### How does Jamulus work (in general)?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:55 +#, no-wrap +msgid "How does Jamulus work (in general)?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:58 -msgid "\"Diagram" +#, no-wrap +msgid "\"Diagram\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -174,9 +189,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Jamulus works on the Client-server principle. Everybody’s audio is sent to a Server, mixed and processed there. Afterwards, the audio is sent back to each Client. If a Server is registered in a Jamulus Directory, the Server's information will be provided to all Clients using that Directory." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:63 -msgid "### Why doesn't Jamulus provide video support?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why doesn't Jamulus provide video support?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -184,22 +200,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Adding video support adds a lot of complexity. You can use other software like Jitsi or Zoom if you want to see others when playing (or have an \"audience\"), but the video will be significantly behind the Jamulus audio." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:68 -msgid "## Server FAQ" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:67 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server FAQ" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:70 -msgid "### Why do Registered Servers not need port forwarding?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:69 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why do Registered Servers not need port forwarding?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:72 -msgid "Normally, network address translation (NAT) firewalls prevent incoming requests initiated from outside the local network. Inbound traffic is only possible for packets relating to an outbound request (strictly speaking, “related” and “established” packets to an initial outbound connection). In Registered Server mode, when your Jamulus Server connects to a Directory it of course initiates an outbound connection. From then on, the Directory sends (established/related) connection “pings” (not ICMP pings) to your Server at regular intervals to keep the relevant NAT port(s) open on your router/firewall." +msgid "Normally, network address translation (NAT) blocks incoming requests initiated from outside the local network. Inbound traffic is only possible for packets relating to an outbound request (strictly speaking, “related” and “established” packets to an initial outbound connection). In Registered Server mode, your Jamulus Server initiates an outbound connection when it connects to a Directory. From then on, the Directory sends (established/related) connection “pings” (not ICMP pings) to your Server at regular intervals to keep the relevant port(s) open on your router." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:74 -msgid "However, in Unregistered mode, Clients have to **initiate** connections into the Server’s network. NAT firewalls prevent this, so you need to tell them to allow incoming connection requests on the Jamulus port using port forwarding." +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:73 +msgid "However, to reach an Unregistered Server, each Client has to initiate a connection into the Server’s network. A NAT prevents this, so you need to configure your router to allow incoming connection requests on the Jamulus port using port forwarding." msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Getting-Started.po index 526f4e268..d3d062b2a 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Getting-Started.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Getting-Started.po @@ -3,46 +3,49 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Giuseppe , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. +# Gico2006 , 2022. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-29 16:44+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-12-23 10:21+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Gico2006 \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "it" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Getting-Started" msgstr "/wiki/Getting-Started" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Setup" msgstr "Configurazione" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:9 -msgid "# Setup - getting started with Jamulus" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:8 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "# Setup - getting started with Jamulus" +msgid "Setup - getting started with Jamulus" msgstr "# Configurazione - primi passi su Jamulus" #. type: Plain text @@ -50,75 +53,95 @@ msgstr "# Configurazione - primi passi su Jamulus" msgid "To get the best from Jamulus, at a minimum you will need:" msgstr "Per ottenere il meglio da Jamulus, come minimo avrai bisogno di:" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:13 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**A wired internet connection** (and turn wi-fi off. See the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))\n" -msgstr "" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "**A wired internet connection** (and turn wi-fi off. See the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))\n" +msgid "**A wired internet connection** (and turn wi-fi off. See the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))" +msgstr "**Una connessione Internet cablata** (e disattiva il Wi-Fi. Consulta le [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:14 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Wired headphones** (not Bluetooth or speakers - see the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))\n" -msgstr "" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "**Wired headphones** (not Bluetooth or speakers - see the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))\n" +msgid "**Wired headphones** (not Bluetooth or speakers - see the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))" +msgstr "**Cuffie cablate** (non Bluetooth o altoparlanti - vedi [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-should't-i-use-wireless-equipment))\n" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**A reasonable audio device, sound card and/or mic** ([see this list](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) for examples)\n" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "**A reasonable audio device, sound card and/or mic** ([see this list](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) for examples)\n" +msgid "**A reasonable audio device, sound card and/or mic** ([see this list](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) for examples)" +msgstr "**Un dispositivo audio ragionevole, una scheda audio e/o un microfono** ([vedi questo elenco](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) per degli esempi)\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:17 msgid "If you have any questions, please see the [Discussions](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Per qualsiasi domanda, consulta la sezione [Discussioni](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:19 -msgid "## Installation" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:18 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Installation" +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "## Installazione" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:21 msgid "To get Jamulus working with your operating system, please follow the installation guide for your platform:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Per far funzionare Jamulus con il tuo sistema operativo, segui la guida all'installazione della tua piattaforma:" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:28 -#, no-wrap +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "
\n" +#| " Windows\n" +#| " macOS\n" +#| " Linux\n" +#| "
\n" +#| "_[Android](Installation-for-Android) and [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) can be used too, but are still considered experimental._\n" msgid "" "
\n" " Windows\n" " macOS\n" " Linux\n" "
\n" -"_[Android](Installation-for-Android) and [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) can be used too, but are still considered experimental._\n" +"_[Android](Installation-for-Android) and [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) can be used too, but are considered experimental._\n" msgstr "" +"
\n" +" Windows\n" +" macOS\n" +" Linux\n" +"
\n" +"_Possono essere utilizzati anche [Android](Installation-for-Android) e [iOS](Installation-for-iOS), ma sono ancora considerati sperimentali._\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:30 msgid "And for now, close all other applications. It’s best to start simple at first." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Per ora, chiudi tutte le altre applicazioni. È meglio iniziare in modo semplice all'inizio." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:32 -msgid "## Hardware Setup" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Hardware Setup" +msgstr "Configurazione hardware" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:34 msgid "If you use external audio hardware, plug that in before you start Jamulus. If you haven't configured your hardware, please see the installation guides mentioned above." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se utilizzi hardware audio esterno, collegalo prima di avviare Jamulus. Se non hai configurato il tuo hardware, consulta le guide all'installazione menzionate sopra." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:36 -msgid "## Jamulus main window" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:35 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus main window" +msgstr "Finestra principale di Jamulus" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:38 msgid "When you open Jamulus, you will see a window which looks like this:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Quando apri Jamulus, vedrai una finestra simile a questa:" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:43 @@ -129,16 +152,21 @@ msgid "" "
The main window before you connect to a Server
\n" "\n" msgstr "" +"
\n" +" \"Screenshot\"\n" +"
La finestra principale prima della connessione a un server
\n" +"
\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:46 -msgid "## Setting up a profile" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:45 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Setting up a profile" +msgstr "Impostazione di un profilo" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:48 msgid "First, let others know who you are. Click on the “Settings” button on the bottom left and go to “My Profile…”. Now you will see this:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Per prima cosa, fai sapere agli altri chi sei. Fare clic sul pulsante \"Impostazioni\" in basso a sinistra e andare su \"Il mio profilo...\". Ora vedrai questo:" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:53 @@ -149,32 +177,37 @@ msgid "" "
Let people know who you are
\n" "\n" msgstr "" +"
\n" +" \"Screenshot\"\n" +"
Fai sapere alle persone chi sei
\n" +"
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:56 msgid "Fill in at least “Alias/Name” and close the window." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inserisci almeno \"Alias/Nome\" e chiudi la finestra." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:58 -msgid "## Connecting to a Server and testing your sound" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Connecting to a Server and testing your sound" +msgstr "Connessione a un server e test del suono" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:60 msgid "Before you connect to a Server, you should **not** be able to hear yourself. Listening to your sound from Jamulus (and not from yourself) is called “The Golden Rule” and enables you to play in time with others ([see the FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-should-i-not-listen-to-my-own-signal))." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Prima di connetterti a un server, **non** dovresti essere in grado di sentire te stesso. Ascoltare il tuo suono da Jamulus (e non da te stesso) si chiama \"The Golden Rule\" e ti permette di suonare a tempo con gli altri ([vedi le FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-should-i-not-listen-to-my-own-signal))." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:62 #, no-wrap msgid "**Before playing with others, we recommend that you connect to an empty Server to test your setup**, and make sure you are listening to the signal coming back from the Server (if possible) and not yourself.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Prima di suonare con altri, ti consigliamo di connetterti a un server vuoto per testare la tua configurazione** e assicurarti di ascoltare il segnale proveniente dal server (se possibile) e non te stesso.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:64 msgid "Now use the “Connect” button in the Jamulus main window to join a Server. A window will now open:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ora usa il pulsante \"Connetti\" nella finestra principale di Jamulus per unirti a un server. Si aprirà una finestra:" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:69 @@ -185,26 +218,31 @@ msgid "" "
Connect to a Server
\n" "\n" msgstr "" +"
\n" +" \"Screenshot\n" +"
Connessione a un server
\n" +"
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:71 msgid "The most important thing about Servers is their “ping time”. The bigger the number, the harder it will be to play in time with others. Usually, you would select a Server with a ping of less than 50ms if you can." -msgstr "" +msgstr "La cosa più importante dei server è il loro \"tempo di ping\". Più grande è il numero, più difficile sarà suonare a tempo con gli altri. Di solito, se possibile, è meglio selezionare un server con un ping inferiore a 50 ms." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:73 msgid "Once connected to a Server, make sure you can hear yourself OK and fix any input volume or other problems. You can have a look at the [troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) for common problems. And of course, check that you are also able to obey [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Una volta connesso a un server, assicurati di poterti sentire OK e risolvi eventuali volumi di input o altri problemi. Puoi dare un'occhiata alla [pagina di risoluzione dei problemi](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) per i problemi più comuni. E, naturalmente, controlla di essere anche in grado di obbedire alla [Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-hard-to-keep-together)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:75 -msgid "## Playing for the first time" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:74 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Playing for the first time" +msgstr "Suonare per la prima volta" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:77 msgid "With your sound all set up, you are ready to go. When you connect to a Server (you may want to select a genre from the list), the faders you see on the right are your own personal mix. Everything you change here will change what you hear, but won’t affect others. If you move a fader down, that channel will be quieter, if you move it up, the channel will be louder for you." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dopo aver configurato l'audio, sei pronto per partire. Quando ti connetti a un server (potresti voler selezionare un genere dall'elenco), i fader che vedi a destra sono il tuo mix personale. Tutto ciò che cambi qui cambierà ciò che senti, ma non influenzerà gli altri. Se sposti un fader verso il basso, quel canale sarà più silenzioso, se lo sposti verso l'alto, il canale sarà più forte per te." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:82 @@ -215,28 +253,33 @@ msgid "" "
The main window when you are connected to a Server
\n" "\n" msgstr "" +"
\n" +" \"Screenshot\"\n" +"
La finestra principale quando si è connessi a un server
\n" +"
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:84 msgid "If you don’t want others to hear your audio, click on the “Mute Myself” button which will stop your audio from being sent to other people. They won’t be able to tell you have done this though. But if you see a “mute” icon above a fader, that means they can’t hear you because they've muted your channel in their mix." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se non vuoi che altri ascoltino il tuo audio, fai clic sul pulsante \"Mute Myself\", che impedirà che il tuo audio venga inviato ad altre persone. Non saranno in grado di dire che l'hai fatto però. Ma se vedi un'icona \"muto\" sopra un fader, significa che non possono sentirti perché hanno disattivato l'audio del tuo canale nel loro mix." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:86 msgid "Note that you can use the Chat facility at any time to message other people while you are connected. The welcome message in the chat may also state some guidelines for use." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tieni presente che puoi utilizzare la funzione di chat in qualsiasi momento per inviare messaggi ad altre persone mentre sei connesso. Il messaggio di benvenuto nella chat può anche indicare alcune linee guida per l'uso." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:88 msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ulteriori informazioni sull'utilizzo di Jamulus possono essere trovate nel [Manuale del software](/wiki/Software-Manual)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:90 -msgid "## Troubleshooting" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:89 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Risoluzione dei problemi" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:91 msgid "Having audio trouble? Can't see Servers, or some other issue? Have a look at the [Troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting), or feel free to ask in the [Discussions](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hai problemi con l'audio? Non riesci a vedere i server, o hai qualche altro problema? Dai un'occhiata alla [Pagina di risoluzione dei problemi](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting), o sentiti libero di chiedere nelle [Discussioni](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Include-Backing-Up.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Include-Backing-Up.po index 2720bf6f1..3ac142126 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Include-Backing-Up.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Include-Backing-Up.po @@ -1,61 +1,63 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy +# Gico2006 , 2022. +# Giuseppe , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-30 17:10+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Giuseppe \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" +"Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:2 -msgid "" -msgstr "" +#, no-wrap +msgid "\n" +msgstr "\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:4 msgid "Once installed and running, you may want to keep a copy of your settings. Having a backup is always a good idea, and settings files are not backwardly compatible between versions of Jamulus. So if you want to go back to the previous version, you will need to restore the settings you had." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Una volta installato e funzionante, potresti voler conservare una copia delle tue impostazioni. Avere un backup è sempre una buona idea, e i file delle impostazioni non sono retrocompatibili tra le versioni di Jamulus. Quindi, se vuoi tornare alla versione precedente, dovrai ripristinare le impostazioni che avevi." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:6 msgid "To find your settings file on Windows, type `%APPDATA%` into the search bar and look for a folder named `Jamulus`. There will be one or more `.ini` files in this folder. Now back up Jamulus' settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Per trovare il file delle impostazioni su Windows, digita `%APPDATA%` nella barra di ricerca e cerca una cartella denominata `Jamulus`. Ci saranno uno o più file `.ini` in questa cartella. Ora esegui il backup delle impostazioni di Jamulus." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:8 msgid "For all other platforms, run the following from the command line to find where they live and copy the files to another location:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Per tutte le altre piattaforme, bisogna eseguire quanto segue nella riga di comando per trovare dove si trovano, e copiare i file in un'altra posizione:" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:10 msgid "`find ~ -name Jamulus.ini -ls`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`find ~ -name Jamulus.ini -ls`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:13 msgid "If you used the `--inifile` parameter to save an inifile to a different location, don't forget to also backup these files. **Points to note**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se hai utilizzato il parametro '--inifile' per salvare un file ini in una posizione diversa, non dimenticare di eseguire anche il backup di questi file. **Punti da notare**" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:15 +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:16 msgid "Do not back up or restore settings files when Jamulus is running." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Non eseguire il backup o il ripristino dei file delle impostazioni quando Jamulus è in esecuzione." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:16 msgid "It is not recommended to manually edit settings files (they're not designed for that)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Non è consigliato modificare manualmente i file delle impostazioni (non sono progettati per questo)." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:16 msgid "You can revert all settings to their defaults by just deleting the settings file (after closing Jamulus)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Puoi ripristinare tutte le impostazioni ai valori predefiniti semplicemente eliminando il file delle impostazioni (dopo aver chiuso Jamulus)." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Include-Client-Commands.po index 42fabd870..c498148cd 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Include-Client-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Include-Client-Commands.po @@ -1,52 +1,47 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy +# Gico2006 , 2022. +# Allan Nordhøy , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Project-Id-Version: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 22:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" +"Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-M` or `--mutestream` Prevent others on a server from hearing what I play \n" -msgstr "" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3 +msgid "`-M` or `--mutestream` Prevent others on a server from hearing what I play" +msgstr "`-M` o `--mutestream` Impedisce agli altri su un server di ascoltare ciò che suono" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--mutemyown` Prevent me from hearing what I play in the server mix (headless only) \n" -msgstr "" +msgid "`--mutemyown` Prevent me from hearing what I play in the server mix (headless only)" +msgstr "`--mutemyown` Impedisce di sentire ciò che suono nel mix del server (solo headless)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:4 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-c` or `--connect` Connect to given server address on startup, format `address[:port]` \n" -msgstr "" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3 +msgid "`-c` or `--connect` Connect to given server address on startup, format `address[:port]`" +msgstr "`-c` o `--connect` Connetti a un determinato indirizzo del server all'avvio, in formato `indirizzo[:porta]`" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-j` or `--nojackconnect` Disable auto JACK connections \n" -msgstr "" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:4 +msgid "`-j` or `--nojackconnect` Disable auto JACK connections" +msgstr "`-j` o `--nojackconnect` Disattiva le connessioni JACK automatiche" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)\n" -msgstr "" +msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)" +msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` Canale del controller MIDI su cui ascoltare, offset del numero di controllo e numeri CC consecutivi (canali) e numero CC di Mute Myself. Formato: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` Vedi [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi- controllori)" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--clientname` Window title and JACK client name\n" -msgstr "" +msgid "`--clientname` Window title and JACK client name" +msgstr "`--clientname` Titolo della finestra e nome del client JACK" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Include-Server-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Include-Server-Commands.po deleted file mode 100644 index 09313ec72..000000000 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Include-Server-Commands.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,111 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# Giuseppe , 2022. -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-19 18:55+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Giuseppe \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: it\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:2 -msgid "`-d` or `--discononquit` Disconnect all Clients on quit. Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not used their \"Disconnect\" buttons will re-establish connection when the Server comes back up again. Using this option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server." -msgstr "`-d` o `--discononquit` Disconnetti tutti i client all'uscita dal programma. Normalmente, quando un Server viene arrestato o riavviato, tutti i Client che non hanno utilizzato i pulsanti \"Disconnetti\" ristabiliranno la connessione quando il Server si riattiva. L'utilizzo di questa opzione obbliga i client a ristabilire manualmente le connessioni al server." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:3 -msgid "`-e` or `--directoryserver` Register the Server on a Directory (e.g. to set its genre (see also `-o`)). See [Server Types](Running-a-Server#server-types) for further information." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:4 -msgid "`--directoryfile` Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. Directory Servers only. See [this guide](Directories) for further information." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:5 -msgid "`-f` or `--listfilter` Whitelist Servers registering on the Server list, format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]` Directories only." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:6 -msgid "`-F` or `--fastupdate` Reduces latency if Clients connect with \"Enable Small Network Buffers\" option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:7 -msgid "`-l` or `--log` Enable logging, set path and file name" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:8 -msgid "`-L` or `--licence` Show an agreement window before users can connect" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:9 -msgid "`-m` or `--htmlstatus` Enable HTML status file, set path and file name" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:10 -msgid "`-o` or `--serverinfo` Location details in the format: `[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code or Qt5 Locale]` (see [two-letter ISO country codes](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements) or [Qt5 Locale values](https://doc.qt.io/qt-5/qlocale.html#Country-enum)) Registered Servers only" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:11 -msgid "`-P` or `--delaypan` Start with delay panning enabled See [notes](Running-a-Server#delay-panning)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:12 -msgid "`-R` or `--recording` Set server recording directory; Server will record when a session is active by default. See [Options](Running-a-Server#options)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:13 -msgid "`--norecord` Set server not to record by default (when recording is configured e.g via `-R`)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:14 -msgid "`-s` or `--server` Start in Server mode" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:15 -msgid "`--serverbindip` Specify the IP address to bind to" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:16 -msgid "`-T` or `--multithreading` Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs to support more Clients" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:17 -msgid "`-u` or `--numchannels` Maximum number of channels (Clients)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:18 -msgid "`-w` or `--welcomemessage` Welcome message on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:19 -msgid "`-z` or `--startminimized` Start minimized" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:19 -msgid "`--serverpublicip` The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [Notes on Directories](Directories#points-to-note-about-directories)" -msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Include-Shared-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Include-Shared-Commands.po index 8a6b14389..4f965197c 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Include-Shared-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Include-Shared-Commands.po @@ -2,80 +2,84 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Giuseppe , 2022. +# Gico2006 , 2022. +# Allan Nordhøy , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-19 10:07+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Giuseppe \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 22:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:3 msgid "[comment]: # (This is an include file for use in multiple documents)" msgstr "[commento]: # (Questo è un file di inclusione da utilizzare in più documenti)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-h` or `--help` Display help text \n" -msgstr "`-h` or `--help` Visualizza il testo della guida \n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-h` or `--help` Display help text" +msgstr "`-h` or `--help` Visualizza il testo della guida" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:6 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default)\n" -msgstr "`-i` o `--inifile` Imposta la posizione del file di inizializzazione (sostituisce l'impostazione predefinita)\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default. On macOS simply provide a filename only, since config files can only be read from `/Users//Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/`. For the server replace `io.jamulus.Jamulus` with `io.jamulus.JamulusServer`. Turn on \"Show Library folder\" in \"Show view options\" in Finder to see this folder.)" +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:7 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-n` or `--nogui` Disable GUI (for use in headless mode) \n" -msgstr "`-n` or `--nogui` Disabilita la GUI (usato per essere lanciato senza interfaccia grafica) \n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-n` or `--nogui` Disable GUI (for use in headless mode)" +msgstr "`-n` or `--nogui` Disabilita la GUI (usato per essere lanciato senza interfaccia grafica)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:8 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-p` or `--port` Sets the local UDP port number. Default is 22124\n" -msgstr "`-p` or `--port` Imposta la porta UDP del server. Di default è 22124\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-p` or `--port` Sets the local UDP port number. Default is 22124" +msgstr "`-p` or `--port` Imposta la porta UDP del server. Di default è 22124" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:9 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--jsonrpcport` Enables JSON-RPC API server to control the app, set TCP port number (EXPERIMENTAL, APIs might change; only accessible from localhost). Please see [the JSON-RPC API Documentation file](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md).\n" -msgstr "" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`--jsonrpcport` Enables JSON-RPC API server to control the app, set TCP port number (EXPERIMENTAL, APIs might change; only accessible from localhost). Please see [the JSON-RPC API Documentation file](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." +msgstr "`--jsonrpcport` Consente al server API JSON-RPC di controllare l'app, impostare il numero di porta TCP (SPERIMENTALE, le API potrebbero cambiare; accessibile solo da localhost). Vedere il [file di documentazione dell'API JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:10 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--jsonrpcsecretfile` Required when using `--jsonrpcport`. Sets a path to a text file containing an authentication string for getting access to the JSON-RPC API.\n" -msgstr "" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`--jsonrpcsecretfile` Required when using `--jsonrpcport`. Sets a path to a text file containing an authentication string for getting access to the JSON-RPC API." +msgstr "`--jsonrpcsecretfile` Obbligatorio quando si utilizza `--jsonrpcport`. Imposta il percorso di un file di testo contenente una stringa di autenticazione per ottenere l'accesso all'API JSON-RPC." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:11 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-Q` or `--qos` Sets the quality of service DS Field byte. Default is 128 (DSCP/CS4). QoS is ignored by Windows. To enable it, [see this page](QOS-Windows)\n" -msgstr "" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`--jsonrpcbindip` \t\t The IP address the JSON-RPC server should bind to. (optional, defaults to 127.0.0.1)\n" +msgid "`--jsonrpcbindip` The IP address the JSON-RPC server should bind to. (optional, defaults to 127.0.0.1)" +msgstr "`--jsonrpcbindip`\t\tL'indirizzo IP a cui il server JSON-RPC deve collegarsi. (facoltativo, il valore predefinito è 127.0.0.1)\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:12 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-t` or `--notranslation` Disable UI language translations\n" -msgstr "" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-Q` or `--qos` Sets the quality of service DS Field byte. Default is 128 (DSCP/CS4). QoS is ignored by Windows. To enable it, [see this page](QOS-Windows)" +msgstr "`-Q` o `--qos` Imposta il byte del campo DS della qualità del servizio. Il valore predefinito è 128 (DSCP/CS4). Il QoS è ignorato da Windows. Per abilitarlo, [vedere questa pagina](QOS-Windows)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:13 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-6` or `--enableipv6` Enable IPv6 addressing (IPv4 is always enabled)\n" -msgstr "" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-t` or `--notranslation` Disable UI language translations" +msgstr "`-t` o `--notranslation` Disabilita le traduzioni della lingua dell'interfaccia utente" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:13 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-v` or `--version` Output version information and exit\n" -msgstr "" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-6` or `--enableipv6` Enable IPv6 addressing (IPv4 is always enabled)" +msgstr "`-6` o `--enableipv6` Abilita l'indirizzamento IPv6 (IPv4 è sempre abilitato)" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-v` or `--version` Output version information and exit" +msgstr "`-v` o `--version` Stampa informazioni sulla versione ed esci" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default)\n" +#~ msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default)" +#~ msgstr "`-i` o `--inifile` Imposta la posizione del file di inizializzazione (sostituisce l'impostazione predefinita)\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-Android.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-Android.po index a157790b1..fd33f8dd9 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-Android.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-Android.po @@ -3,125 +3,127 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Giuseppe , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. +# Gico2006 , 2022. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-29 16:44+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-12-24 16:50+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Gico2006 \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "it" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Android" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Android" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:11 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation for Android" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Installazione per Android" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:9 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:12 -msgid "# Installation for Android" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Utilizzo di Jamulus\" branch1=\"Per iniziare\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:14 msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Assicurati di aver già letto la pagina [Guida introduttiva](Getting-Started)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:16 msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:18 -msgid "## Things to note about Android" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Things to note about Android" +msgstr "Cose da notare su Android" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:20 msgid "Although you **can** install Jamulus on Android devices (and hear sound), we strongly recommend **not** doing so. Sound quality - especially over WiFi - is usually bad and latency is high. If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } which is an inexpensive and small device that performs very well with Jamulus. Android support is just a proof of concept." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Anche se **è possibile** installare Jamulus su dispositivi Android (e sentire l'audio), si consiglia vivamente di **non farlo**. La qualità del suono, specialmente tramite WiFi, è generalmente scadente e la latenza è elevata. Se non possiedi un PC, ti consigliamo di acquistare un [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" }, che è un dispositivo economico e piccolo che funziona molto bene con Jamulus. Il supporto Android è solo una prova di concetto." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:22 -msgid "## Install the Android PoC" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:21 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Install the Android PoC" +msgstr "Installa il PoC Android" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:24 msgid "If you do want to try Jamulus on Android:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se vuoi provare Jamulus su Android:" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:26 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:28 msgid "Allow the installation of apps from unknown sources (look in Settings>Security. Note: The exact way to do this depends on your device and OS-version)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Consenti l'installazione di app da fonti sconosciute (guarda in Impostazioni>Sicurezza. Nota: il modo esatto per farlo dipende dal dispositivo e dalla versione del sistema operativo)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:27 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:28 msgid "[Download and install Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.android }}){: .button}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "[Scarica e installa Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.android }}) {: .button}" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:28 msgid "You should now be able to run Jamulus on your Android device" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ora dovresti essere in grado di eseguire Jamulus sul tuo dispositivo Android" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:30 -msgid "## Feedback and development" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Feedback and development" +msgstr "Feedback e sviluppo" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:32 msgid "We are very happy to get feedback from Android users and developers. Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Siamo molto felici di ricevere feedback da utenti e sviluppatori Android. Basta andare nel [repository Jamulus su GitHub] (https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:34 +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:35 #, no-wrap -msgid "***\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:36 -msgid "## All installed?" -msgstr "" +msgid "All installed?" +msgstr "Tutto installato?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:38 msgid "Jamulus has been installed and can be used now. You can now take a look at the" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus è stato installato e può essere utilizzato ora. Ora puoi dare un'occhiata al" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:39 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "[Pagina introduttiva](Getting-Started){: .button}" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "***\n" +#~ msgstr "***\n" + +#~ msgid "## All installed?" +#~ msgstr "## Tutto installato?" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-Linux.po index f67791815..c4359afb8 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-Linux.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-Linux.po @@ -3,39 +3,41 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Giuseppe , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. +# Gico2006 , 2022. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-29 16:44+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-12-23 15:00+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Gico2006 \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "it" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:10 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation for Linux" msgstr "" @@ -43,12 +45,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:9 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:11 -msgid "# Installation for Linux" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Utilizzo di Jamulus\" branch1=\"Per iniziare\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:13 @@ -58,160 +55,199 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:15 msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:17 -msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first." +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Upgrading?** You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:19 -msgid "### Debian and Ubuntu" +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Installing a server?** Read the [guide for server adminstrators](Running-a-Server) first.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:21 -msgid "We provide three equivalent `.deb` files for the most common architectures. Please download the appropriate one:" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Debian and Ubuntu" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:23 +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:22 #, no-wrap -msgid "**For Intel/AMD based machines (amd64):**\n" +msgid "Using the official Repository (recommended)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:25 -msgid "[Download Jamulus (.deb, amd64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}){:.button}" +msgid "We provide a repository for Debian and Ubuntu based distributions that allows automatic updates alongside your other system updates. To use the repository:" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:27 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**For ARM based machines (e.g. Raspberry Pi, armhf, arm64):**\n" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 +msgid "Open your Terminal (CTRL+ALT+T should work)" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:30 -msgid "[Download Jamulus 32 bit (.deb, armhf)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}){:.button} [Download Jamulus 64 bit (.deb, arm64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }}){:.button}" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +msgid "*Ubuntu only* - Enable the Ubuntu \"universe\" repository (you can use the [GUI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/148645) or [CLI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/227788))." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:32 -msgid "After you downloaded the correct file:" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 +msgid "Download the repository setup script:\\\\" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:34 +#. type: Fenced code block (bash) +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 #, no-wrap -msgid "*Ubuntu only* - Enable the Ubuntu \"universe\" repository (you can use the [GUI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/148645) or [CLI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/227788)).\n" +msgid "curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:35 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Update apt by opening a console window (CTRL+ALT+T should work) and type: `sudo apt-get update`\n" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:33 +msgid "Make the script executable:\\\\" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:36 +#. type: Fenced code block (bash) +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:33 #, no-wrap -msgid "Go to where you downloaded the installer and either double-click on it, or use the command line: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` for armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}` for arm64: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }}`\n" +msgid "chmod +x setup_repo.sh\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:37 +msgid "Run the setup script and install Jamulus:\\\\" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block (bash) #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:37 #, no-wrap -msgid "Once installed, you can delete the file and close any console windows.\n" +msgid "sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:39 -msgid "Note that if you need to upgrade Jamulus to a newer version, just download the new .deb file and re-install as above." +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installing the .deb files manually" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +msgid "Download Jamulus for your architecture: [amd64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}), [armf]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}) or [arm64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }})" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +msgid "Update apt by opening a console window (CTRL+ALT+T should work) and type: `sudo apt-get update`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +msgid "Go to where you downloaded the installer and either double-click on it, or use the command line: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` (or for Raspberry Pi etc. as above)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +msgid "Once installed, you can delete the file and close any console windows." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:41 -msgid "### Other distributions" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Upgrades:** If you need to upgrade Jamulus to a newer version and install Jamulus manually, just download the new .deb file and re-install as above.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Other distributions" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:43 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:54 msgid "For installers on other distributions, see their package managers and [Repology](https://repology.org/project/jamulus/versions). If an up-to-date version of Jamulus is not included in your distribution, you can [compile Jamulus from source](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md). Note also the contributed [installation scripts](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/installscripts)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:45 -msgid "## Set up your hardware" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:55 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Set up your hardware" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:47 -msgid "### Configure JACK with QjackCtl" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Configure JACK with QjackCtl" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:49 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:60 msgid "Jamulus Clients need [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) to run, but you need to configure that first. The recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:50 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:63 msgid "Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page**" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:51 +#. type: Bullet: '2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:63 msgid "Configure your audio hardware as follows (the exact settings for JACK will depend on what your audio hardware is capable of):" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:53 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 msgid "Set the audio **Interface** to the one you want (there may be several in the list)" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:54 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 msgid "Set the **Sample Rate to 48000**" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:55 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 msgid "Set the **Frames/Period to 128** and Periods/Buffer at 2 at first" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:57 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:69 msgid "Restart JACK for the new settings to take effect" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:59 -msgid "### Start Jamulus" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:70 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Start Jamulus" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:61 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:73 msgid "With JACK running and configured, launch Jamulus." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:63 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:75 msgid "If you get problems with sound breaking up (in particular XRUN errors reported by JACK/QjackCtl) try setting bigger values (e.g. 256 frames or 3 periods). Lower ones (e.g. 64 frames) could bring better performance but maybe more sound problems. See the [troubleshooting page](Client-Troubleshooting) otherwise." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:65 -msgid "## All installed?" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:76 +#, no-wrap +msgid "All installed?" +msgstr "Tutto installato?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:79 msgid "Take a look at the" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:68 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:80 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "[Pagina introduttiva](Getting-Started){: .button}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-Macintosh.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-Macintosh.po index 0610f40f3..129d35891 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-Macintosh.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-Macintosh.po @@ -3,39 +3,41 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Giuseppe , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. +# Gico2006 , 2022. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-29 16:44+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-12-23 15:51+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Gico2006 \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "it" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:10 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation for macOS" msgstr "" @@ -43,22 +45,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:9 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:11 -msgid "# Installation for macOS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Utilizzo di Jamulus\" branch1=\"Per iniziare\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:13 msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Assicurati di aver già letto la pagina [Guida introduttiva](Getting-Started)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:15 msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:17 @@ -66,92 +63,42 @@ msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#b msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:19 -msgid "[Download Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:21 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:22 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"**macOS Mojave (10.14) or lower:** [Download legacy version]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-legacy }})\\\\\n" -"**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"1. [Download Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +" **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"1. **Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the licence, *drag and drop* each icon you see in the window (Jamulus Client and Server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window.\n" +"1. **Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:22 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the licence, *drag and drop* each icon you see in the window (Jamulus Client and Server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window.\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:24 +msgid "_You can remove the folder in the Downloads directory containing the `.dmg` and eject the \"Jamulus\" drive on your desktop. They are no longer needed._" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:23 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:26 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" +msgid "**Note:** You can find old (legacy) versions supporting outdated operating systems on the [GitHub release page](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:25 -msgid "_You can remove the folder in the Downloads directory containing the `.dmg` and eject the \"Jamulus\" drive on your desktop. They are no longer needed._" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:27 #, no-wrap -msgid "***\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:29 -msgid "## \"Jamulus\" can't be opened because the developer cannot be verified" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:31 -msgid "If you are using the \"legacy\" version of Jamulus (because you are running an older version of macOS), the first time you run Jamulus, you will see a message saying it cannot be opened." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:33 -msgid "To open Jamulus" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:34 -msgid "Go to the Applications folder via Finder" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:35 -msgid "Double-click on Jamulus and wait for the above-mentioned message" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:36 -msgid "Close this message by clicking on \"Cancel\"" -msgstr "" +msgid "All installed?" +msgstr "Tutto installato?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:37 -msgid "Now control-click (or right-click) on Jamulus, and select \"Open\" from the top of the menu." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:39 -msgid "You will then get a slightly different version of the same message, which allows you to click \"Open\". From the on, you can run Jamulus in the normal way and the message won't appear. For further information about this warning see [this Apple Support Page](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:41 -msgid "## All installed?" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:43 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:30 msgid "Take a look at the" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:44 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:31 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "[Pagina introduttiva](Getting-Started){: .button}" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "***\n" +#~ msgstr "***\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-Windows.po index de5d3f54a..6ec39ef1a 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-Windows.po @@ -3,39 +3,42 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Giuseppe , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. +# Gico2006 , 2022. +# Massimo Pissarello , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-29 16:44+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-02-28 03:39+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Massimo Pissarello \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.16-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "it" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:10 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation for Windows" msgstr "" @@ -43,12 +46,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:9 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:11 -msgid "# Installation for Windows" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Utilizzo di Jamulus\" branch1=\"Per iniziare\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:13 @@ -58,47 +56,27 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:15 msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:17 msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:19 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Download and install an ASIO Driver**. Try to use the driver that your hardware manufacturer provides. If you can't find that, or you don't have an external sound card, you probably need to install ASIO4ALL. For more information scroll down to the [ASIO](#asio) section.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:20 -#, no-wrap -msgid "[Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:21 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:22 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Install Jamulus**: Double click the installer to launch it. If you get a warning notice from SmartScreen, click on \"More info\" and \"Run anyway\" to install Jamulus. (If you grabbed a new version of Jamulus and are one of the first people who downloaded it, Jamulus won't be whitelisted by SmartScreen yet. We don't pay for code signing.)\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:23 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:24 +msgid "**Download and install an ASIO Driver**. Try to use the driver that your hardware manufacturer provides. If you can't find that, or you don't have an external sound card, you probably need to install ASIO4ALL. For more information scroll down to the [ASIO](#asio) section." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:24 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Set up your sound card**. When you're done, you need to set up your audio hardware. And if you are using ASIO4ALL, have a look at how to set that up below.\n" +msgid "" +"1. [Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +" **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"1. **Install Jamulus**: Double click the installer to launch it. If you get a warning notice from SmartScreen, click on \"More info\" and \"Run anyway\" to install Jamulus. (If you grabbed a new version of Jamulus and are one of the first people who downloaded it, Jamulus won't be whitelisted by SmartScreen yet. We don't pay for code signing.)\n" +"1. **Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" +"1. **Set up your sound card**. When you're done, you need to set up your audio hardware. And if you are using ASIO4ALL, have a look at how to set that up below.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -108,18 +86,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:28 -msgid "If you don't want to use ASIO or prefer [JACK on Windows](https://jackaudio.org/faq/jack_on_windows.html), you can also use the [JACK version of Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows-jack }})." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:30 #, no-wrap -msgid "***\n" +msgid "**Note:** If you don't want to use ASIO or prefer [JACK on Windows](https://jackaudio.org/faq/jack_on_windows.html), you can also use the [JACK version of Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows-jack }}). You can find old (legacy) versions supporting outdated operating systems on the [GitHub release page](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:32 -msgid "## ASIO" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ASIO" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -127,12 +101,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Jamulus can use [ASIO](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Audio_Stream_Input/Output)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:36 +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:37 msgid "If you have an external sound card/audio interface, use its official ASIO driver if you can (they usually provide the best quality)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:37 msgid "If you don't have an external sound card, you will probably not have an ASIO driver so will need to install a generic one like ASIO4ALL:" msgstr "" @@ -157,9 +131,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "[ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:48 -msgid "### Setting up ASIO4ALL" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Setting up ASIO4ALL" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -178,113 +153,100 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Before you start with Jamulus:" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:56 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Close all applications** (especially those which could access your sound card like your browser/media player). ASIO4ALL needs exclusive access to your sound card which means that other programs will not be able to use audio if ASIO4ALL and Jamulus are running.\n" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58 +msgid "**Close all applications** (especially those which could access your sound card like your browser/media player). ASIO4ALL needs exclusive access to your sound card which means that other programs will not be able to use audio if ASIO4ALL and Jamulus are running." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:57 -#, no-wrap -msgid "If the Jamulus audio doesn’t work out of the box, make sure that only the **correct inputs/outputs** in ASIO4ALL **are switched on**. Everything else should be switched off. Search the [community list of working ASIO4ALL configurations](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) for your configuration or do it manually if you can't find yours:\n" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58 +msgid "If the Jamulus audio doesn’t work out of the box, make sure that only the **correct inputs/outputs** in ASIO4ALL **are switched on**. Everything else should be switched off. Search the [community list of working ASIO4ALL configurations](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) for your configuration or do it manually if you can't find yours:" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:59 -msgid "### How to set up ASIO4ALL inputs (Guide)" +#, no-wrap +msgid "How to set up ASIO4ALL inputs (Guide)" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:61 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 msgid "Open Jamulus's settings" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:62 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 msgid "Go to _\"ASIO Device Settings\"_ (column on the left; directly under the selection of the driver)" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 msgid "Enable _advanced view_ in ASIO4ALL (click the tool icon on the bottom right)" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:64 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 msgid "Enable only the sound card you want to use by clicking on the button next to its name" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:65 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 msgid "Open your sound card inputs/outputs by clicking the _plus icon_ next to this sound card" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:66 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 msgid "Now enable the correct inputs/outputs in the list under your sound card and disable everything else. You can hover over the inputs/outputs to see which of both they are and if they support the required sample rate for Jamulus of 48kHz (DVD quality)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:68 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:72 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Hints:**\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:69 -#, no-wrap -msgid "It may not be obvious what the correct sound device is called. Many internal sound cards are named \"Realtek High Definition Audio\", \"Conexant\" or similar.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:70 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Headphones and speakers are often labelled as \"output\" and microphones as \"input\" or \"capture\".\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:71 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Stereo Mix/Stereo Input is usually not the input/output you're looking for. Therefore, switch it off if you see it.\n" +msgid "" +"**Hints:**\n" +"1. It may not be obvious what the correct sound device is called. Many internal sound cards are named \"Realtek High Definition Audio\", \"Conexant\" or similar.\n" +"1. Headphones and speakers are often labelled as \"output\" and microphones as \"input\" or \"capture\".\n" +"1. Stereo Mix/Stereo Input is usually not the input/output you're looking for. Therefore, switch it off if you see it.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:73 -msgid "### Troubleshooting" -msgstr "" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Risoluzione dei problemi" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:75 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:76 msgid "If nothing works, first restart Jamulus and/or your PC to close background processes that may be accessing your sound card." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:77 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:78 msgid "Afterwards, *set up the inputs/outputs again*. Enabled and accessible input/outputs show as lit up power buttons and play buttons in the ASIO4ALL settings. If instead you see a red cross or yellow symbol, close other applications that may be accessing your sound card (e.g. web browser, Zoom, etc)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:79 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:80 msgid "Have a look at [this video](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI) by [trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza) which gives more detailed setup information on ASIO4ALL." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:81 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:82 msgid "Official and further information about how to configure ASIO4ALL is documented in the official [ASIO4ALL FAQs on the ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:83 -msgid "## All installed?" -msgstr "" +#, no-wrap +msgid "All installed?" +msgstr "Tutto installato?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:85 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:86 msgid "Take a look at" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:86 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:87 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "[Pagina introduttiva](Getting-Started){: .button}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-iOS.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-iOS.po index adced4b45..f3b4bf0fd 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-iOS.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-iOS.po @@ -3,161 +3,155 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Giuseppe , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. +# Gico2006 , 2022. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-29 16:44+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-12-23 15:51+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Gico2006 \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "it" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-iOS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-iOS" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:11 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation for iOS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Installazione per iOS" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:9 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:12 -msgid "# Installation for iOS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Utilizzo di Jamulus\" branch1=\"Per iniziare\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:14 msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Assicurati di aver già letto la pagina [Guida introduttiva](Getting-Started)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:16 msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:18 -msgid "## Things to note about iOS" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Things to note about iOS" +msgstr "Cose da notare su iOS" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:20 msgid "If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } which is an inexpensive and small device that performs very well with Jamulus. iOS support is just a proof of concept." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se non possiedi un PC, ti consigliamo di acquistare un [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } che è un prodotto economico e piccolo che funziona molto bene con Jamulus. Il supporto per iOS è solo una prova di concetto." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:22 +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24 msgid "To install Jamulus on your iOS device, you need a (free or paid) Apple Developer account and preferably a computer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Per installare Jamulus sul tuo dispositivo iOS, hai bisogno di un account sviluppatore Apple (gratuito o a pagamento) e, preferibilmente, un computer." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:23 +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24 msgid "If you don't pay for an Apple developer account, Jamulus will only run for at most 7 days before you need to re-install it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se non paghi per un account sviluppatore Apple, Jamulus funzionerà solo per un massimo di 7 giorni prima che tu debba reinstallarlo." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24 msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well on new devices if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. To connect these to your iOS device, you should use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus su iOS funziona abbastanza bene sui nuovi dispositivi se tutto è impostato correttamente. Tuttavia, si consiglia vivamente di utilizzare un'interfaccia audio e un adattatore USB-Ethernet. Per collegarli al tuo dispositivo iOS, dovresti usare qualcosa come [Adattatore per fotocamera da Lightning a USB] (adattatore per fotocamera da https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning a USB) e un hub USB (alimentato)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:27 -msgid "## Install for iOS (for experienced users only)" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Install for iOS (for experienced users only)" +msgstr "Installazione per iOS (solo per utenti esperti)" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:29 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note**: We provide an unsigned .ipa file which you need to sign and then install on your device. If you are not Jailbroken (and have AppSync installed), you might need additional software to install Jamulus. There are multiple ways to do that, but this guide only explains the most standard approach. Please note that we assume you already have a (free) Apple developer account. If you don't have one, create an Apple ID and [Sign up for a developer account](https://developer.apple.com/membercenter). We recommend to create one without two factor authentification and unrelated to your potential personal account. You will need to enter the password in non-Apple software.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Nota**: forniamo un file .ipa non firmato, che devi firmare e quindi installare sul tuo dispositivo. Se non hai effettuato il jailbreak (e hai installato AppSync), potresti aver bisogno di software aggiuntivo per installare Jamulus. Esistono diversi modi per farlo, ma questa guida spiega solo l'approccio più standard. Tieni presente che supponiamo che tu abbia già un account sviluppatore Apple (gratuito). Se non ne hai uno, crea un ID Apple e [Registrati per un account sviluppatore](https://developer.apple.com/membercenter). Ti consigliamo di crearne uno senza autenticazione a due fattori e non correlato al tuo potenziale account personale. Dovrai inserire la password in software non Apple.\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:31 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 msgid "[Download Jamulus (.ipa) on a PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "[Scarica Jamulus (.ipa) su un PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:32 +#. type: Bullet: '2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 msgid "Sign the .ipa file (e.g. via Xcode or some other **trusted** app. We won't give recommendations here, but there exist apps for every operating system)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Firma il file .ipa (ad esempio tramite Xcode o qualche altra app **attendibile**. Non daremo consigli qui, ma esistono app per ogni sistema operativo)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:33 +#. type: Bullet: '3. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 msgid "Once signed and installed; on your iOS device open Settings, navigate to General>Profiles (or VPN and Device Management). Tap on the developer account corresponding to your account and trust the account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Una volta firmato e installato, sul tuo dispositivo iOS apri Impostazioni, vai a Generale>Profili (o VPN e Gestione dispositivi). Tocca l'account sviluppatore corrispondente al tuo account e fidati dell'account." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:34 +#. type: Bullet: '4. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 msgid "Open Jamulus from your home-screen" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Apri Jamulus dalla schermata iniziale" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '5. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 msgid "After 7 days you will need to re-sign Jamulus if you are using a free developer account. Re-do everything from Step 4." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dopo 7 giorni dovrai firmare nuovamente Jamulus se stai utilizzando un account sviluppatore gratuito. Rifai tutto dal passaggio 4." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 msgid "If you own a Mac and have Xcode installed, compiling Jamulus from source might be another, more native option. Please have a look at the [compilation instructions for iOS](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md#ios)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se possiedi un Mac e hai installato Xcode, compilare Jamulus dai sorgenti potrebbe essere un'opzione più nativa. Si prega di dare un'occhiata alle [istruzioni di compilazione per iOS](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md#ios)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:40 -msgid "## Feedback and development" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:39 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Feedback and development" +msgstr "Feedback e sviluppo" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:43 msgid "iOS support isn't mature yet and far from ready to be published on the AppStore. Feel free to help out: Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Il supporto iOS non è ancora maturo e lontano dall'essere pronto per essere pubblicato sull'AppStore. Sentiti libero di dare una mano: vai al [repository di Jamulus su GitHub](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:45 msgid "Please also read the [APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER) concerning Jamulus being published via the Apple AppStore." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Si prega di leggere anche [APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER) relativo alla pubblicazione di Jamulus tramite l'Apple AppStore." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:47 +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:48 #, no-wrap -msgid "***\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:49 -msgid "## All installed?" -msgstr "" +msgid "All installed?" +msgstr "Tutto installato?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:51 msgid "Jamulus has been installed and can be used now. You can now take a look at the" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus è stato installato e può essere utilizzato ora. Ora puoi dare un'occhiata al" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:52 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "[Pagina introduttiva](Getting-Started){: .button}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Privacy-Statement.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Privacy-Statement.po index 764006193..9b15c31e5 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Privacy-Statement.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Privacy-Statement.po @@ -3,144 +3,162 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Giuseppe , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. +# Gico2006 , 2022. +# Massimo Pissarello , 2023. +# ignotus , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-29 16:44+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-07 20:02+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.18-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "it" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Privacy-Statement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Privacy-Statement" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus – Privacy Statement" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:9 -msgid "# Privacy Statement" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Privacy Statement" +msgstr "Informativa sulla Privacy" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:12 -msgid "Please note that the English version of this privacy statement is the original and, as such, the binding version. To access the English version, go to the top/top right of this page and click on the \"en\" link. The following only applies to the version you can download from this website, [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io)." +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:11 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**The English version of this document represents the official privacy statement for the _current version_ of the software available on this website. Earlier versions of the software and non-English translations of this privacy policy may have different terms that are no longer applicable or supported.**\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:14 -msgid "## Definition of Terms" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:13 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Definition of Terms" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:16 -msgid "\"**Server**\" The Jamulus Server software, as opposed to the host machine/OS it is running on." +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18 +msgid "\"**Server**\" The Jamulus software running as a Server and accepting connections from Clients" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:17 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18 msgid "\"**Client**\" The Jamulus software used to connect to a Server" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18 msgid "\"**Directory**\" A Jamulus Server configured to supply a list of Servers to Clients" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:20 -msgid "## Web site" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:19 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus.io Website" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:22 -msgid "The website at [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) is served using GitHub Pages. We do not collect your personal data or set tracking cookies. When you connect to the jamulus.io site, your IP is sent to [GitHub Pages](https://pages.github.com/)." +msgid "The website at [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) is served using GitHub Pages. The Jamulus team has not constructed the website to set tracking cookies, but see Github's [privacy policy](https://docs.github.com/en/site-policy/privacy-policies/github-privacy-statement) for information relating to data collection and privacy overall. The community knowledge base uses [giscus](https://github.com/giscus/giscus) for discussions and comments. You can find the [Privacy Policy of giscus on their GitHub repository](https://github.com/giscus/giscus/blob/main/PRIVACY-POLICY.md)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:24 -msgid "## Jamulus Software" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus Software" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:26 -msgid "### Use of Profile Information" +msgid "Jamulus is open source software that can be modified by anyone. As such, the Jamulus project can make no representations related to privacy, data collection, or security with respect to your use of the software." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:28 -msgid "When you connect to a Server, whatever you put in My Profile (in Settings) will be shown to others on that Server while you are connected to it. Note that, depending on the other client, you may not see them. Also, the Server operator can see the name you set in My Profile and your IP address, using the Server either through the GUI or JSON-RPC." +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:27 +#, no-wrap +msgid "General Information" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:30 -msgid "When you connect to a Server, your profile may also be available to third parties from the Directory to which that Server is registered. This can be for informational purposes about the status of the public Jamulus network (for example, [here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)), but may not be limited to that. Profile information is not otherwise logged or stored by the Jamulus Server you are connected to, or by the Jamulus Directory, but may be stored or processed by third parties." +msgid "Under normal use with software downloaded from this website that has not been modified, your user profile information is exchanged with Servers you connect to, peers connected to those same Servers, and to third parties (including Directories) that use the Jamulus protocol. This information is limited to your Jamulus name, city, country, instrument, and skill level as you have set them in your profile. The Servers you connect to will also have access to your internet address (IP Address) as it is required for the software to work; but this information is not shared with peers on the same Server or available to third parties." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:32 -msgid "### Use of IP Addresses" +msgid "All communications between and among Clients, Servers, Directories, and third-party protocol users are sent without encryption." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:34 -msgid "When you connect to Server, the Server operator can see your IP address while you are connected. If the Server operator has enabled logging (which is off by default) your IP address will also be logged and stored in the Server's log file." +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:33 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus Servers" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:36 -msgid "The IP addresses of all Servers registered with the Directory can also be seen by third parties for informational or other purposes (for example [here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)). Your public IP address is otherwise not logged or stored by Jamulus, but may be stored or processed by third parties." +msgid "When you connect to a Server, either directly or through a Directory, the operator of that Server is responsible for its operation policy, privacy policy, and data use policy. While unmodified Servers do not log or store your connection or profile information by default, some Servers may be configured to do so. Therefore, you should have no expectation of privacy with respect to your profile information or internet address." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:38 -msgid "### Audio Recordings" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:37 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Chat Exchanges" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:40 -msgid "You will see a notice if you are connected to a Jamulus Server when Server recording is turned on. Recordings of each player are stored by the Server separately as .WAV files and only the Server operator has access to them unless they choose to make them available to third parties." +msgid "Chats are textual messages that can be exchanged between Clients connected to the same Server. Everyone connected to a Server can see all chats and there should be no expectation of privacy with respect to information sent through the chat feature of Jamulus. While unmodified Servers do not log or store chats, some modified Servers may do this." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:42 -msgid "### Text Chat" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio Recordings" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:44 -msgid "When you type a message in the Chat Window, other connected players can see that, but chats are not stored by the Server and neither the Server operator nor any third parties have access to them." +msgid "Unmodified Servers will display a notice if recording is turned on. Recordings of each channel are stored by the Server and are controlled by the Server operator." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:46 -msgid "### Data Transmission" +msgid "It is possible for connected Clients to make recordings of sessions outside of Jamulus itself, for which there may be no notice or indication. Jamulus has no way to detect or control these situations and makes no representations as to the collection or use of such recording data." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:47 -msgid "Please note that all audio and text data is sent and received between the Jamulus Server and Client without encryption." +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "Directories" +msgstr "Cartelle" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:49 +msgid "Directories are central connection points for locating Servers. The Jamulus Client comes with a pre-defined list of Directories for the convenience of users. These Directories are independently operated but are represented as running unmodified versions of the Jamulus software. If you do not wish to send your information to the Directories, you will need to connect to Servers directly." msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/QOS-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/it/QOS-Windows.po index 9dcb5f296..00d07c46b 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/QOS-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/QOS-Windows.po @@ -3,74 +3,99 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Giuseppe , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. +# Gico2006 , 2022. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-29 16:44+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-12-24 16:50+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Gico2006 \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "it" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/QOS-Windows" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/QOS-Windows" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Quality of Service (QoS)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Qualità del servizio (QoS)" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:9 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Di più\" %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:11 -msgid "## Use of QoS on Windows" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Use of QoS on Windows" +msgstr "Uso del QoS su Windows" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:13 msgid "Jamulus uses Quality of Service (QoS) to mitigate network jitter delays." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus utilizza la qualità del servizio (QoS) per mitigare i ritardi del jitter della rete." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:15 msgid "If you want to explore the effect of non-default settings, see [RFC4594](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc4594) pages 16-18. Jamulus sets the DS Field byte to 128 (or 0x80) to select DSCP/CS4 in an IPv4 or IPv6 packet header. Other byte values can be set using the -Q option, e.g. -Q [0..255]. However, most people will have no need to do this." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se si desidera esplorare l'effetto delle impostazioni non predefinite, vedere [RFC4594](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc4594) pagine 16-18. Jamulus imposta il byte DS Field su 128 (o 0x80) per selezionare DSCP/CS4 in un'intestazione di pacchetto IPv4 o IPv6. Altri valori di byte possono essere impostati utilizzando l'opzione -Q, ad esempio -Q [0..255]. Tuttavia, la maggior parte delle persone non avrà bisogno di farlo." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:17 msgid "Jamulus' QoS settings (including the default) are set to 0 on recent Windows and macOS because of the operating system. To use QoS on Windows, follow these instructions. Note that you may need to repeat this procedure every time Jamulus is updated." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Le impostazioni QoS di Jamulus (comprese quelle predefinite) sono impostate su 0 su sistemi Windows e macOS recenti a causa del sistema operativo. Per utilizzare il QoS su Windows, seguire queste istruzioni. Potrebbe essere necessario ripetere questa procedura a ogni aggiornamento di Jamulus." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:37 -msgid "In Search box beside Start menu, Type: Local Group Policy Editor (enter)
In new window, (click) on the menu icon to display the Actions third panel
Looking at the first panel of the Local Group Policy Editor
 Local Computer Policy
  Computer Configuration
   Windows Settings
    Policy-based QoS (click)
Looking at the third panel (Actions) of the Local Group Policy Editor
 Policy-based QoS
  More Actions
   Create new Policy (click)
    Policy Name: Jamulus
    Specify DSCP value: 32
    Next
    This QoS policy applies Only to applications with name Jamulus.exe
    Next
    Next
    UDP
    Finish
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"In Search box beside Start menu, Type: Local Group Policy Editor (enter)
\n" +"In new window, (click) on the menu icon to display the Actions third panel
\n" +"Looking at the first panel of the Local Group Policy Editor
\n" +" Local Computer Policy
\n" +"  Computer Configuration
\n" +"   Windows Settings
\n" +"    Policy-based QoS (click)
\n" +"Looking at the third panel (Actions) of the Local Group Policy Editor
\n" +" Policy-based QoS
\n" +"  More Actions
\n" +"   Create new Policy (click)
\n" +"    Policy Name: Jamulus
\n" +"    Specify DSCP value: 32
\n" +"    Next
\n" +"    This QoS policy applies Only to applications with name Jamulus.exe
\n" +"    Next
\n" +"    Next
\n" +"    UDP
\n" +"    Finish
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:39 msgid "(Notice Jamulus policy in center panel may be edited)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "(Nota che la politica di Jamulus nel pannello centrale può essere modificata)" + +#~ msgid "In Search box beside Start menu, Type: Local Group Policy Editor (enter)
In new window, (click) on the menu icon to display the Actions third panel
Looking at the first panel of the Local Group Policy Editor
 Local Computer Policy
  Computer Configuration
   Windows Settings
    Policy-based QoS (click)
Looking at the third panel (Actions) of the Local Group Policy Editor
 Policy-based QoS
  More Actions
   Create new Policy (click)
    Policy Name: Jamulus
    Specify DSCP value: 32
    Next
    This QoS policy applies Only to applications with name Jamulus.exe
    Next
    Next
    UDP
    Finish
" +#~ msgstr "Nella casella di ricerca accanto al menu Start, digita: Editor criteri di gruppo locali (enter)
Nella nuova finestra, fai clic sull'icona del menu per visualizzare il terzo pannello Azioni
Osservando il primo pannello dell'Editor criteri di gruppo locali
 Criteri computer locali
   Configurazione computer
   Impostazioni Windows
QoS basato su criteri (fai clic)
Guardando il terzo pannello (Azioni) dell'Editor criteri di gruppo locali
 QoS basato su criteri
 QoS basato su criteri
  Altre azioni
   Crea nuovo criterio (fai clic)
     Nome criterio: Jamulus
    Specificare il valore DSCP: 32
    Next
    Questa politica QoS si applica solo alle applicazioni con nome Jamulus.exe
    Next
    Next
    UDP
    Fine
" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Running-a-Server.po index 393483adc..ea7f1c773 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Running-a-Server.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Running-a-Server.po @@ -3,786 +3,911 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Giuseppe , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. +# Gico2006 , 2022. +# Giuseppe , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-29 16:44+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-30 08:04+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Giuseppe \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "it" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Running-a-Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Running-a-Server" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Running a Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Far funzionare un Server" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server Administration Manual" +msgstr "Manuale di amministrazione del Server" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:10 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# Server Administration Manual\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" -msgstr "" +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:12 -msgid "
" -msgstr "" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:14 -msgid "Table of contents" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:16 -msgid "TOC" -msgstr "" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "Tabella dei contenuti\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:17 -msgid "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:19 -msgid "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:22 -msgid "## Do I need to run a Server?" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Do I need to run a Server?" +msgstr "Devo necessariamnete eseguire un server?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:24 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:23 #, no-wrap -msgid "**No**. You can use the Servers listed by the built in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server or choose a third party hosting service. If you just want an undisturbed session, use the [soloing technique described on the Tips and Tricks page](Tips-Tricks-More#have-an-undisturbed-session-on-any-server). If you decide you cannot use any of the Servers listed by the built in Directories, you may be able to use a Server (either Registered in a Custom Directory, or Unregistered - see [Server Types](#server-types)) hosted by a third party. Doing so will save you the trouble of setting one up yourself.\n" -msgstr "" +msgid "**No**. You don't need to run a Server. You can use the Servers listed by the built-in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server yourself. You can also use an unlisted Server if you know its internet address. Or you can use a third party hosting service such as [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/) or [KOORD](https://koord.live/). There's probably a Server nearby that you and your friends can use at low enough latency for most needs.\n" +msgstr "**NO**. Non è necessario eseguire un server. Puoi utilizzare i server elencati dalle liste integrate e utilizzare Jamulus senza eseguire tu stesso un server. Puoi anche utilizzare un server non elencato se conosci il suo indirizzo Internet. Oppure puoi utilizzare un servizio di hosting di terze parti come [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/) o [KOORD](https://koord.live/). Probabilmente c'è un server nelle vicinanze che tu e i tuoi amici potete utilizzare con una latenza sufficientemente bassa per un buon ascolto.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:26 -msgid "## Basic requirements" -msgstr "" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:25 +msgid "Using a public Server might introduce you to strangers. If you want an undisturbed session, you can use the soloing technique described on the [Tips and Tricks page](Tips-Tricks-More#have-an-undisturbed-session-on-any-server). You won't hear strangers who connect to the Server, but they can hear you if they wish." +msgstr "L'utilizzo di un server pubblico potrebbe farti conoscere nuove persone. Se desideri una sessione indisturbata, puoi utilizzare la tecnica di assolo descritta nella [pagina Suggerimenti e trucchi](Suggerimenti-Trucchi-Altro#have-an-un-undisturbed-session-on-any-server). Non sentirai gli altri che si connettono al Server, ma potranno sentirti se lo desiderano." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:28 -msgid "While setting up a Server isn't difficult, it's a good idea to read the following background information to avoid some problems:" -msgstr "" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Requirements" +msgstr "Requisiti" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:30 -msgid "### Speed and latency" -msgstr "" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Speed and latency" +msgstr "Velocità e latenza" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:32 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:33 #, no-wrap msgid "**_The capability of the Server itself (and the network it's on) is NOT the main determinant of the quality of a Jamulus session!_**\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**_La capacità del server stesso (e la rete su cui si trova) NON è il principale fattore di qualità di una sessione Jamulus!_**\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:34 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:35 msgid "Usually, problems are on the _Client_ side and should be fixed there. Have a look at the [Troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) if needed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Di solito, i problemi sono sul lato _Client_ e dovrebbero essere risolti lì. Dai un'occhiata alla [pagina di risoluzione dei problemi](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) se necessario." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:36 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:37 msgid "However, various problems can also arise when setting up Servers - especially when run on a low-bandwidth home connection. It's usually fine to have less than 5 players on a slower-speed home connection (eg 10 Mbit/s down and 1 Mbit/s up). You can read more about network requirements at [different quality settings here](Server-Bandwidth)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tuttavia, possono sorgere vari problemi anche nella realizzazione dei server, specialmente quando questi vengono eseguiti su connessioni domestiche a bassa velocità. Di solito è meglio non far connettere più di 5 utenti su una connessione a bassa velocità (ad es. 10 Mbit/s in download e 1 Mbit/s in upload). Puoi avere ulteriori informazioni sui requisiti di rete in [diverse impostazioni di qualità qui] (larghezza di banda del server)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:38 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:39 msgid "Consider using a cloud host, not your home internet connection, to get better ping times if you're having problems." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Prendi in considerazione l'utilizzo di un host cloud e non della tua connessione Internet, per ottenere tempi di ping migliori in caso di problemi." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:41 -msgid "### General notes" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "General notes" +msgstr "Note Generali" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:43 +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 msgid "Any Server should have at least 1.6GHz CPU frequency and 1GB RAM" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Qualsiasi server dovrebbe avere una frequenza della CPU di almeno 1,6 GHz e 1 GB di RAM" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:44 +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 msgid "Running a Server may require you to adjust any firewalls running on or outside of your machine or cloud host." -msgstr "" +msgstr "L'esecuzione di un server potrebbe richiedere la regolazione di eventuali firewall in esecuzione all'interno o all'esterno del computer o dell'host cloud." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:45 -msgid "Running an Unregistered Server at home will require you to [port forward](#port-forwarding) on your router. When running a Registered Server, port forwarding should not be necessary in most cases, but it's advisable to do so because some networks may not work properly with Jamulus in its default mode." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 -msgid "Jamulus only has limited IPv6 support which needs to be enabled with a command line argument on the Client and Server. (There are plans to expand IPv6 support.)" -msgstr "" +msgid "You must set up port forwarding on your router to run an [Unregistered Server](Unregistered-Servers) at home. This should not be necessary when running a Registered Server in most cases. However, some home networks can require port forwarding for a Registered Server." +msgstr "Bisogna configurare il port forwarding sul router per eseguire un [server non registrato] (server non registrati) a casa. Nella maggior parte dei casi questo non dovrebbe essere necessario se si esegue un server registrato. Tuttavia, su alcune reti potrebbe essere obbligatorio configurare il port forwarding anche per un server registrato." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:48 -msgid "## Server Types" -msgstr "" +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 +msgid "Jamulus offers limited IPv6 support that you can turn on for a Client or Server from the command line." +msgstr "Jamulus offre un supporto IPv6 limitato che puoi attivare per un client o un server dalla riga di comando." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:50 -msgid "You can run your Server in different ways (either at home or on a 3rd party host):" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:49 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:52 -msgid "### 1. Registered" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:54 -msgid "Your Server will be listed in a Directory. By default, Jamulus has a list of built-in Directories that Clients can connect to. If you register with one of these, anyone can then discover and connect to your Server. You can also have your Server listed on a Custom Directory, if that better meets your needs." +msgid "Most people run Jamulus on a 3rd party/cloud host as a \"headless\" Server (no video display or keyboard) on **hardware without audio** running Linux. You can also run a Server in a [**desktop environment**](#servers-on-the-desktop)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:59 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:56 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"
\n" -"\t\"Diagram\n" -"
How Registered Servers work
\n" -"
\n" +msgid "**Note** The following steps will result in you running an \"Unregistered\" Server. For more information, see [the Server Modes section](#server-modes) below.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:61 -msgid "### 2. Unregistered" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:60 +msgid "To run a headless server on Linux, the following steps assume you are familiar with the command line and Debian/Ubuntu or similar distribution that uses systemd." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:63 -msgid "This is the default when starting a Server for the first time. Unregistered Servers are not listed by Directories, so only musicians who know your Server's address to will be able to connect to it. This is useful because Jamulus does not let you control who can connect to a Server." +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 +msgid "Download the setup script: `curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh`" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:68 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"
\n" -"\t\"Diagram\n" -"\t
How Unregistered Servers work
\n" -"
\n" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 +msgid "Make the script executable: `chmod +x setup_repo.sh`" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:70 -msgid "If you are running an unregistered server behind a home internet connection, you might need to enable [port forwarding](#port-forwarding) as described below." +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 +msgid "Run the script and install the headless server: `sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus-headless`" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:72 -msgid "### 3. Directory" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 +msgid "Enable the headless Server process:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:74 -msgid "If you want to run a number of Servers, possibly also behind a firewall or on a LAN, you may want to run your Server as a Directory. Examples include online events, music associations, sectional rehearsals or music lessons for schools." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:67 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\t`sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:76 -msgid "To run a Directory [read this guide](Directories)" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:69 +msgid "Add your desired [command line options](Running-a-Server#configuration-options) to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:79 -msgid "## Installation and Configuration" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:71 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\t`sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless`\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:81 -msgid "Most people run Jamulus as a \"pure\" Server on **hardware without audio** (e.g. on a 3rd party/cloud host) running Linux. The following steps assume you are familiar with the command line and Debian/Ubuntu or similar distribution using systemd. To run a server on Windows or on the desktop with a graphical user interface, [see this section](#servers-on-the-desktop)." +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:73 +msgid "Reload the systemd files and restart the headless Server:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:83 -msgid "If you want to run a Server on a Raspberry Pi (or a different armhf/arm64 debian-based device), you will need to download the `.deb` files for 32 bit `armhf` or 64 bit `arm64`, not the default `amd64` ones you'd use on an Intel/AMD based machine." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:75 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\t`sudo systemctl daemon-reload && systemctl restart jamulus-headless`\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:86 -msgid "### Installation" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:77 +msgid "_To amend your Server configuration, just repeat the last two steps above._" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:88 -msgid "Download the [latest headless (amd64) .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}) or, if you use a Raspberry Pi etc. download the [latest armhf .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}) or the [latest arm64 .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }})" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:80 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server Modes" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:89 -msgid "Update apt to make sure you have a current list of standard packages: `sudo apt update`" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:83 +msgid "Servers can be run in one of three modes (either at home or on a 3rd party host), depending on your needs." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:90 -msgid "Install the Jamulus package: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}` or for RasPi etc. armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}`; arm64: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }}`" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:84 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Unregistered mode" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:91 -msgid "Enable the headless Server process via systemd: `sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:87 +msgid "This is the default when starting a Server for the first time. Unregistered Servers are not listed by Directories, so only musicians who know your Server's address can connect to it." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:92 -msgid "Add your desired [command line options](Running-a-Server#command-line-options) to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file by running `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` (By default you will be running an Unregistered Server)." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:89 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**For information about running an Unregistered Server [see this guide](Unregistered-Servers).**\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:93 -msgid "Reload the systemd files `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` and restart the headless Server: `sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless`" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"
\n" +"\t\"Diagram\n" +"
\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:94 -msgid "Check all is well with `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (hit `q` to get back to the command prompt)." +#, no-wrap +msgid "Registered mode" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:96 -msgid "You can control Jamulus with the `systemctl` command. For example, to stop the Server cleanly:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:97 +msgid "In this mode your Server will appear in the server list supplied by a Directory. Jamulus Clients come with a list of Directories built-in. If you register your Server with one of these, anyone can discover and connect to it." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:98 -msgid "`sudo systemctl stop jamulus-headless`" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:99 +msgid "Alternatively, you can list your Server on a Custom Directory (see below). Clients will only find your Server if they enter the Custom Directory's internet address." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:100 -msgid "_To upgrade your Server, just repeat the steps above._" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:101 +msgid "Note that Directories can only register up to 150 Servers. If you see a message that says you cannot register your Server because the Directory is full, you can try registering with a different Directory." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:102 -msgid "### Configuration" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:105 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"
\n" +"\t\"Diagram\n" +"
\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:104 -msgid "#### Running in Registered mode" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:106 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Directory mode" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:106 -msgid "The following minimum setup is required to [run a Registered Server](Running-a-Server#server-types):" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:109 +msgid "If you want to run a number of Servers, possibly also behind a firewall or on a LAN, you may want to run your Server as a Directory. Examples include online events, music associations, sectional rehearsals or music lessons for schools." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:112 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"~~~\n" -"jamulus --nogui --server \\\n" -" --directoryserver genreServer:port \\\n" -" --serverinfo \"yourServerName;yourCity;[country ID]\"\n" -"~~~\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:111 +msgid "For information, [see the Directories guide](Directories)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:114 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Note**: Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `yourServerName` and `yourCity` within the `--serverinfo` argument\n" +msgid "Configuration options" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:116 -msgid "To register with one of the Directories built into the Jamulus Client, replace `genreServer:port` in the example above with one of the following options:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:117 +msgid "Depending on your operating system and how you are running the Server, you can set Server options and make them persistent between reloads by following these steps:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:127 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:119 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"| Genre | Server Address |\n" -"|-----------|------------------|\n" -"|**Any Genre 1** |`anygenre1.jamulus.io:22124`|\n" -"|**Any Genre 2** |`anygenre2.jamulus.io:22224`|\n" -"|**Any Genre 3** |`anygenre3.jamulus.io:22624`|\n" -"|**Genre Rock** |`rock.jamulus.io:22424`|\n" -"|**Genre Jazz** |`jazz.jamulus.io:22324`|\n" -"|**Genre Classical/Folk** |`classical.jamulus.io:22524`|\n" -"|**Genre Choral/Barbershop** |`choral.jamulus.io:22724`|\n" +msgid "**For Linux headless** (Debian/Ubuntu using systemd)\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:129 -msgid "You can also specify a [Directory](#3-directory) in the same way from the command line, providing the Server Address in the same format." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:121 +msgid "Add your desired command line options to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file by running `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` (You will need to reload or restart for the changes to take effect. See [Installation](#installation))." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:131 -msgid "#### Running as a Directory" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:123 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**For the GUI** (all platforms)\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:133 -msgid "If you wish to run a [Directory](Running-a-Server#3-directory) please see [this guide](Directories)." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:125 +msgid "Any settings made using the graphical interface will be stored in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file. (Do **not** edit this file by hand!) However, some options are not available in the GUI and need to be set using the command line. For more information, see [Servers on the desktop](#servers-on-the-desktop)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:135 -msgid "### Maintenance" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:128 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Minimum setup to run in Registered mode" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:137 -msgid "#### Viewing The Logs" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:132 +msgid "You can run a headless Server on Linux using systemd (with `systemctl`), which is covered in other sections. You can also run a Server directly from the command line. Enter the following command to [run a Registered Server](#server-modes):" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:139 -msgid "Jamulus will log to the system log file if you left the `StandardOutput=journal` setting in the unit file." +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:133 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"jamulus-headless --nogui --server \\\n" +" --directoryaddress hostname:port \\\n" +" --serverinfo \"[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code or Qt5 Locale]\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:141 -msgid "To view the log, use `journalctl` (to exit press Ctrl-C). For example, to read the system log file, filtered for the Jamulus service:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:140 +msgid "See the table below for `hostname:port` values." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:142 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note**: Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `[name]` and `[city]` within the `--serverinfo` argument. See the [Server mode-related options](#server-mode-related-options) for more information on the country code. \n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:143 -msgid "`journalctl -f -u jamulus-headless`" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server mode-related options" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:145 -msgid "#### Controlling Recording" +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-e or --directoryaddress`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:147 -msgid "When using the recording function with the `-R` command line option, if the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new Directory. SIGUSR2 will recording enabled on/off." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:148 +msgid "Required for a [Registered Server](Running-a-Server#registered-mode). Also required to run Jamulus as a [Directory](Directories)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:149 -msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:150 ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:171 +msgid "This option takes the format:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:151 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home Directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file (be aware that doing so is however a potential security risk).\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:152 +msgid "`--directoryaddress hostname:port` where `hostname` is the Genre Directory host name and `port` is its port number." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:153 -msgid "For turning recording on or off (depending on the current state):" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:154 +msgid "To register with one of the Directories built into the Jamulus Client, replace `hostname:port` with one of the following options:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:158 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:164 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"~~~\n" -" [Unit]\n" -" Description=Toggle recording state of Jamulus Server\n" -" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +"| Genre | `hostname:port` |\n" +"|-----------|------------------|\n" +"|**Any Genre 1** |`anygenre1.jamulus.io:22124`|\n" +"|**Any Genre 2** |`anygenre2.jamulus.io:22224`|\n" +"|**Any Genre 3** |`anygenre3.jamulus.io:22624`|\n" +"|**Genre Rock** |`rock.jamulus.io:22424`|\n" +"|**Genre Jazz** |`jazz.jamulus.io:22324`|\n" +"|**Genre Classical/Folk** |`classical.jamulus.io:22524`|\n" +"|**Genre Choral/Barbershop** |`choral.jamulus.io:22724`|\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:163 +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:166 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -" [Service]\n" -" Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" -"~~~\n" +msgid "`-o or --serverinfo`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:165 -msgid "For starting a new recording:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:169 +msgid "When registering your Server with a Directory, this lets you supply a Server name and location details so that users can then search for these values from their Client." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:170 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"~~~\n" -" [Unit]\n" -" Description=Start a new recording on Jamulus Server\n" -" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:173 +msgid "`[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code]`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:175 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" [Service]\n" -" Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" -"~~~\n" +msgid "See [two-letter ISO country codes](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:177 -msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name you created when setting systemd to control your Jamulus Server. So in this example it would be `Jamulus-Server.service`_" +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `name` and `city` values.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:179 -msgid "Run `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` to register them for first use." +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:178 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-L or --licence`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:181 -msgid "Now you can run these with the `systemctl` command, for example:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:180 +msgid "Show an agreement window before users can connect. The text of the agreement to be shown should be supplied as the `--welcomemessage` (see below)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:183 -msgid "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec` (assuming you named your unit file `jamulusTogglerec.service`)" +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:181 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-w or --welcomemessage`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:185 -msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus`, or by viewing the logs." +msgid "A \"welcome message\" to display in the Client chat window on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML. When a path is used, the file must be accessible by the user account running Jamulus. (On most Linux installations, user `jamulus` is used by default.) If not accessible, the literal path (rather than its contents) will appear." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:188 -msgid "## Servers on the desktop" +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:186 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`--serverpublicip`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:190 -msgid "Jamulus can be run in Server mode from the desktop. This gives you a graphical user interface to control most of the settings." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:188 +msgid "The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:192 +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:189 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Windows users** - Use the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in the Windows Start menu.\n" +msgid "`--directoryfile`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:193 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:191 +msgid "_Directories only:_ Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:192 #, no-wrap -msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications (assuming you put the files from the install there as per [these instructions](Installation-for-Macintosh)).\n" +msgid "`-f or --listfilter`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:194 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Linux users** - Launch the \"Jamulus Server\" shortcut. Or you can open a terminal window (`CTRL+ALT+t` on Debian and related distros), type `jamulus -s` and hit return.\n" +msgid "_Directories only:_ Specify which Servers can register on the Directory Server. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:197 -msgid "## Server Setup" +#, no-wrap +msgid "General Server options" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:199 -msgid "
\"Image
" +msgid "These options can be used regardless of which mode your Server is running in (although some may not be relevant for Directories)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:201 -msgid "### The Directory list" +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:200 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-d or --discononquit`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:202 +msgid "Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not pressed their **Disconnect** buttons will automatically re-establish the connection when the Server returns. This option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server in this scenario." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:203 #, no-wrap -msgid "**None**: By default, you will not be connected to a Directory and will be running in unregistered mode. [Read these instructions](#running-an-unregistered-server) to have other people connect to your Server in this mode.\n" +msgid "`-F or --fastupdate`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:205 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Genre**: To allow other people to see your Server on one of the Directories built into the Client, select your desired genre Directory. You should see a confirmation message saying whether your Server has registered successfully. If not, and you leave your Server running, it will keep trying to register until a free slot becomes available.\n" +msgid "Reduces latency if Clients connect with the **Small Network Buffers** option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:207 +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:206 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Custom**: This allows you to specify a custom directory on which to be listed. See the \"Options\" tab for the Custom Directory address you want to use.\n" +msgid "`-l or --log`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:208 +msgid "Enable logging, set path and file name" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:209 -msgid "To run your Server _as_ a Directory, you need to set the Custom Directory address as `localhost` or `127.0.0.1` and set the \"Genre\" to \"Custom\". [Read this guide](Directories) for further details." +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-m or --htmlstatus`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:211 -msgid "### My Server Info" +msgid "Enable HTML status file, set path and file name" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:213 -msgid "When running as a Registered Server this displays the Server's name, city and country so that other users can easily identify it in the Directory listing." +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** This feature is deprecated, and may disappear in a future release.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:215 -msgid "### Chat Welcome Message" +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:214 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-P or --delaypan`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:216 +msgid "Start with delay panning enabled. This option uses small differences in sound arrival time between the two ears. It produces a stereo effect similar to natural human hearing when compared to normal “volume” panning." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:217 -msgid "The text entered here appears to all users when they join the Server (the chat window will open automatically for them). HTML is also supported." +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-s` or `--server`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:219 -msgid "## Options" +msgid "Start Jamulus in Server mode" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:221 -msgid "
\"Image
" +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:220 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`--serverbindip`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:223 -msgid "### Recording Directory" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:222 +msgid "Specify the IP address the Jamulus process will bind to." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:224 +msgid "Normally, Jamulus will listen on all IP addresses on the host machine. Where the host has multiple network addresses, this option allows one of the addresses to be chosen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:225 -msgid "This sets the path to where the Server's recordings will be stored. With this path set, the \"Enable Jam Recorder\" function in the Server Setup tab will make recording start once the first person connects to the Server, and stops when the last person leaves. Use the \"New Recording\" button to create a new sub-directory in which the recordings will be stored from then on. Note that Recordings are per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` format and [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open the respective files to listen to them in those applications." +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-T or --multithreading`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:227 +msgid "Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs. This setting may help the Server support more Clients. See also `--numchannels`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:228 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Note**: When your Server is recording, Clients will display a message that recording is on.\n" +msgid "`-u or --numchannels`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:229 -msgid "### Custom Directory Address" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:230 +msgid "Maximum number of channels (Clients)" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:231 -msgid "Leave this field empty unless you need to list your Server on a [Custom Directory](#3-directory) or run a Directory." +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-z or --startminimized`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:233 -msgid "### Server List Filename" +msgid "Start the Jamulus Server graphical user interface in the minimized window state." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:235 -msgid "Leave this field empty unless you need to run your Server as a [Directory](#3-directory). When in use, this holds the list of registered Servers whilst restarting the Directory. This prevents the server list appearing \"empty\" until the Servers re-register." +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:234 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Other options" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:237 -msgid "### Delay panning" -msgstr "" +msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" +msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:239 -msgid "This option uses small differences in sound arrival time between the two ears. It produces a stereo effect similar to natural human hearing when compared to normal \"volume\" panning." +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Controlling the Server via API" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241 -msgid "### Start Minimised" +msgid "Jamulus can be controlled via an experimental API which is subject to changes. You can find the [JSON-RPC API documented in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md). JSON-RPC allows you to control some features like changing the welcome message or starting recordings in headless mode from authenticated external applications. It works while the server is running." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:243 +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:244 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Windows users** - If you want the Server to start automatically on system start, enable the corresponding check box.\n" +msgid "Recording" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:245 -msgid "### Server status icon" +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-R or --recording`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:247 -msgid "When the Server is running, the operating system will show an icon in the system tray or status area to represent whether the Server is active:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:248 +msgid "Set Server recording directory. By default, the Server will record when a session is active." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:249 -msgid "
\"Image
The Server is empty" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:250 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file, but be aware that doing could be a security risk.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:251 -msgid "
\"Image
The Server is occupied" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:252 +msgid "Recordings are per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` format and [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open the respective files to listen to them in those applications." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:253 -msgid "## Command line options" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** When your Server is recording, Clients display a red banner message that the session is being recorded.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:255 -msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." +#, no-wrap +msgid "`--norecord`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:257 -msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:" +msgid "Set server not to record by default when recording is configured." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:261 +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:259 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"```shell\n" -" \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100\n" -"```\n" +msgid "Controlling Recording" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:263 -msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262 +msgid "Recording starts once the first person connects to the Server, and stops when the last person leaves." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:264 +msgid "If the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording on/off. If [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) is enabled, you will also be able to manage the server in a way comparable to the GUI. Please see the (experimental) [JSON-RPC documentation on the recorder](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:267 +msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269 +msgid "To turn recording on or off (depending on the current state):" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:270 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"```shell\n" -" /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100\n" -"```\n" +" [Unit]\n" +" Description=Toggle recording state of Jamulus Server\n" +" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +"\n" +" [Service]\n" +" Type=oneshot\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:281 +msgid "To start a new recording:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:282 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Note**: Command line options will set the Server's defaults at startup. You can override them with their corresponding GUI controls while the Server is running.\n" +msgid "" +" [Unit]\n" +" Description=Start a new recording on Jamulus Server\n" +" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +"\n" +" [Service]\n" +" Type=oneshot\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:271 -msgid "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:293 +msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name you created when setting systemd to control your Jamulus Server. So in this example it would be `Jamulus-Server.service`_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:273 -msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:295 +msgid "Run `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` to register them for first use." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:276 -msgid "## Running an Unregistered Server" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:297 +msgid "Now you can run these with the `systemctl` command, for example:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:278 -msgid "It is highly recommended to test your Server by registering it on one of the built-in Directories **first** so as to narrow down any subsequent problems in unregistered mode." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:299 +msgid "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:280 -msgid "### Setting up a Server behind a home router" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:301 +msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus`, or by viewing the logs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:304 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Adding metadata to the Server" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:282 -msgid "If you set up your server at home, you will probably need to change some settings in your router/firewall:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:307 +msgid "You can add metadata to the welcome message of a Server to add additional, hidden information like contact information or policy requests for bots (this is comparable to [robots.txt](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robots.txt)). See the [Community Knowledge Base entry about metadata](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html) for more information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:310 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Servers on the desktop" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:284 -msgid "#### Port forwarding" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:313 +msgid "Jamulus can run in Server mode in the graphical environment of a computer. This gives you a graphical user interface to control most of the settings. To do this, first [install Jamulus for your platform](Getting-Started), then do one of the following:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:315 +msgid "**Windows users** - Use the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in the Windows Start menu. If you want the Server to start automatically when you start Windows, check the box for this option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:317 +msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:319 +msgid "**Linux users** - Launch the \"Jamulus Server\" shortcut. Or you can open a terminal window (`CTRL+ALT+t` on Debian and related distros), type `jamulus -s` and hit return." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:286 -msgid "People from outside your home network will not be able to see things inside it. To let external Jamulus clients connect to your server, you need to set up port forwarding in your Router's settings. The exact setup differs for every router. For help see your Router's documentation or [portforward.com](https://portforward.com)." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:321 +msgid "While most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, others can only be set using options given in a terminal window when the Server is launched. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:288 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:323 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Note:** The default port for the current version of Jamulus is **UDP** (not TCP) port **22124**. You will usually forward the port **22124** from outside your network to the port **22124** of the machine running the Server.\n" +msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose **Properties** > **Target**. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:290 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:325 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Note:** Your home router may change the IP address of the machine you're running your Server on. Depending on your router, you might need to give this machine a static IP address (often under DHCP settings of your router).\n" +msgid " `\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:292 -msgid "#### Getting the external IP" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:327 +msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:295 -msgid "To allow others to connect to your Server from the internet, get your external (WAN) IP address e.g. by [using Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=what+is+my+ip) and give it to them. You yourself should connect using the local network (LAN) address of the machine the Server is running on. If you are running a Client on the same machine as your Server, that would be `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:329 +#, no-wrap +msgid " `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:298 -msgid "#### Dynamic DNS and why you will probably need it" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note** Command line options will set the Server’s defaults at startup. You can override them while the Server is running using their corresponding GUI controls.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:332 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The Server status icon" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:300 -msgid "Most domestic internet connections change their external IP address after a short period. To avoid problems with this, you might want to set up \"dynamic DNS\" to get a static (sub-)domain you can share with others. Please research how to do that for your specic set up. Your router might support some \"dynamic DNS\" providers out of the box. If this is not the case, set up a dynamic DNS client as described by the dynamic DNS provider you chose." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:335 +msgid "When a Server is running in GUI mode, the operating system will show an icon in the system tray or status area that indicates whether the Server has connections:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:302 -msgid "## Backing up the Server" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:337 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
The Server is empty\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:304 -msgid "_Note that headless Servers do not use `.ini` files. All configuration is given as command line options._" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:339 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
The Server is occupied\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:342 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Backing up the Server" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:306 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:345 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:308 -msgid "## Troubleshooting" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:347 +msgid "Headless Servers do not use `.ini` files. All configuration is given as command line options. If you are running a Server in GUI mode, after reading any command line options on start, it will store its configuration in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file." msgstr "" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Risoluzione dei problemi" + #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:309 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:350 msgid "If you are having other problems, [see this guide](Server-Troubleshooting)." msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" +#~ msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Server-Bandwidth.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Server-Bandwidth.po index 52a793121..40a7eb8e7 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Server-Bandwidth.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Server-Bandwidth.po @@ -3,38 +3,39 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Giuseppe , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. +# Gico2006 , 2022. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-29 16:44+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-12-24 16:50+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Gico2006 \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "it" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Server-Bandwidth" msgstr "" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Bandwidth Use" @@ -43,51 +44,22 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:9 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:11 -msgid "## Audio bandwidth" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:13 -msgid "The audio settings have an impact on the required network bandwidth. The table below summarises network requirements with respect to the configuration of:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:14 -msgid "Channels : stereo/mono" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Altro\" branch1=\"Amministrazione del server\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:15 -msgid "Quality : high/medium/low" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio bandwidth" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:16 -msgid "Audio buffer duration : 2.67 ms, 5.33 ms, 10.67 ms, 21.33 ms" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:18 -msgid "With the following units" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:19 -msgid "ms : milliseconds" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:20 -msgid "Kbit/s : Kilo-bits per second (Reminder : 1 Mbit/s = 1024 Kbit/s, 1 KByte/s = 8 Kbit/s)" +msgid "The audio settings have an impact on the required network bandwidth. The table below summarises network requirements with respect to the configuration of: * Channels : stereo/mono * Quality : high/medium/low * Audio buffer duration : 2.67 ms, 5.33 ms, 10.67 ms, 21.33 ms" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:21 -msgid "Mbit/s : Mega-bits per second" +msgid "With the following units * ms : milliseconds * Kbit/s : Kilo-bits per second (Reminder : 1 Mbit/s = 1024 Kbit/s, 1 KByte/s = 8 Kbit/s) * Mbit/s : Mega-bits per second" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -104,9 +76,10 @@ msgid "" "| Mono | Low | 534 Kbit/s | 306 Kbit/s | 190 Kbit/s | 132 Kbit/s |\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:32 -msgid "## Network bandwidth" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Network bandwidth" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Server-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Server-Troubleshooting.po index f12f68ed1..c941f84b6 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Server-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Server-Troubleshooting.po @@ -3,39 +3,42 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Giuseppe , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. +# Gico2006 , 2022. +# Giuseppe , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-29 16:44+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-30 08:04+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Giuseppe \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "it" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Server-Troubleshooting" msgstr "" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:10 #, no-wrap msgid "Server Troubleshooting" msgstr "" @@ -43,54 +46,55 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:9 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Altro\" branch1=\"Amministrazione del server\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:12 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# Server Troubleshooting\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" -msgstr "" +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:14 -msgid "
" -msgstr "" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:16 -msgid "Table of contents" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:18 -msgid "TOC" -msgstr "" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "Tabella dei contenuti\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:19 -msgid "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:21 -msgid "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:23 -msgid "## Servers - Registered" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Servers - Registered" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:25 -msgid "### Why doesn't my Server show up in the list? Why isn't it registering?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why doesn't my Server show up in the list? Why isn't it registering?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:27 -msgid "If you are registered OK (you can [see it here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)) and you or your friends can't see your Server, you may need to wait, or start your Client with the `--showallservers` option and try connecting from there ([see command line options](Software-Manual#command-line-options)) on how to start your Client with a config option). In some network configurations, you may also need to [port forward](Running-a-Server#port-forwarding) your router." +msgid "If you are registered OK (you can [see it here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)) and you or your friends can't see your Server, you may need to wait, or start your Client with the `--showallservers` option and try connecting from there ([see command line options](Software-Manual#command-line-options)) on how to start your Client with a config option). In some network configurations, you may also need to configure your router to [forward the port number](Unregistered-Servers#port-forwarding) used by Jamulus Server." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -103,14 +107,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can verify that your Server is listed in the relevant genre by [checking it here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:33 -msgid "## Servers - Unregistered" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:32 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Servers - Unregistered" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:35 -msgid "### I'm running my Client on the same machine/network as my Server but I can't connect to it" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I'm running my Client on the same machine/network as my Server but I can't connect to it" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -118,19 +124,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Connect your Client to `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`. If you're running the Client on a different machine to the Server but on the same network, then connect to the _local network_ address of the Server. Do not connect via the Server's public (WAN) address." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:39 -msgid "### What address do I give to people so that they can connect to my Server?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "What address do I give to people so that they can connect to my Server?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:41 -msgid "This should be your **public** IP address (find that with [Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=whatsmyip)). Connect your **own** Jamulus Client to the **local** IP address of your Server (`localhost` or `127.0.0.1` if it's on the same machine as your Client). Note that your public IP address can change - see the note on \"dynamic DNS\" in [this guide](Running-a-Server#dynamic-dns-and-why-you-will-probably-need-it)." +msgid "This should be your **public** IP address (find that with [Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=whatsmyip)). Connect your **own** Jamulus Client to the **local** IP address of your Server (`localhost` or `127.0.0.1` if it's on the same machine as your Client). Note that your public IP address can change - see the note on \"dynamic DNS\" in [this guide](Unregistered-Servers#dynamic-dns-and-why-you-will-probably-need-it)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:44 -msgid "### What port numbers can I use?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:43 +#, no-wrap +msgid "What port numbers can I use?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -138,19 +146,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can set your Server to listen on a custom port with the `--port` option. If you do this, you will need to tell people which port to connect on. They will need to append the port number to the address of your Server in the format `[serverAddress]:[portNumber]`." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:48 -msgid "### Nobody can connect to my Server - but I can connect locally" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Nobody can connect to my Server - but I can connect locally" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:50 -msgid "First of all, make sure you've enabled [port forwarding](Running-a-Server#port-forwarding). If you still don't see your server from outside of your local network, you may have issues with your Internet Service Provider (ISP)." +msgid "First of all, make sure you've enabled [port forwarding](Unregistered-Servers#port-forwarding). If you still don't see your server from outside of your local network, you may have issues with your Internet Service Provider (ISP)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:52 -msgid "Some ISPs are using techniques like [Address plus Port (A+P)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Address_plus_Port) or [Carrier-grade NAT (CGN)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carrier-grade_NAT) to conserve address space (usually for IPv4). That makes it impossible to host services like Jamulus at home as they are not visible outside your local network." +msgid "Some ISPs use techniques like [Address plus Port (A+P)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Address_plus_Port) or [Carrier-grade NAT (CGN)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carrier-grade_NAT) to conserve address space (usually for IPv4). That makes it impossible to host services like Jamulus at home as they are not visible outside your local network." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -159,6 +168,6 @@ msgid "To detect if CGN is the issue, go to your router's configuration screen ( msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:56 +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:55 msgid "To fix the issue with IPv4, contact your ISP technical support team, and tell them that you want to host a public server at home, so you need a real WAN IP address. Furthermore, you can help them with info that CGN might be the issue. Also, you can ask for a static IP address to avoid using DDNS." msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Software-Manual.po index 85793ddf1..61661c383 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Software-Manual.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Software-Manual.po @@ -3,50 +3,56 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Giuseppe , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. +# Gico2006 , 2022. +# Giuseppe , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-29 16:44+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-30 08:04+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Giuseppe \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "it" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Software Manual" msgstr "" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus User Manual" +msgstr "" + #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:9 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# Jamulus User Manual\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" -msgstr "" +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:11 @@ -55,32 +61,34 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:13 -msgid "
" -msgstr "" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:15 -msgid "Table of contents" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:17 -msgid "TOC" -msgstr "" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "Tabella dei contenuti\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:18 -msgid "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:20 -msgid "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:22 -msgid "# Main Window" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:21 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Main Window" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -93,9 +101,10 @@ msgid "" "\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:30 -msgid "## Ping, Delay and Jitter" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Ping, Delay and Jitter" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -112,7 +121,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:36 -msgid "
\"Image
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -123,7 +133,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:40 -msgid "
\"Image
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -134,7 +145,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:44 -msgid "
\"Image
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -149,29 +161,30 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Jitter** shows the current audio/streaming status. If the light is **red**, the audio stream is interrupted. This is caused by one of the following problems:\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:50 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53 msgid "The network jitter buffer is not large enough for the current network/audio interface jitter." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:51 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53 msgid "The sound card's buffer delay (buffer size) is too small (see Settings window)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:52 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53 msgid "The upload or download stream rate is too high for your internet bandwidth." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53 msgid "The CPU of the Client or server is at 100%." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:55 -msgid "## Input" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:54 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Input" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -179,9 +192,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Shows the level of the two stereo channels for your audio input. Make sure not to clip the input signal to avoid distortions of your sound (the LEDs will indicate clipping when it occurs)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:60 -msgid "## Mute Myself button" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Mute Myself button" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -189,9 +203,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Cuts your audio stream to the server so that you will be able to hear yourself and see your own input levels, but other musicians will not. Be aware that other musicians will not know if you have muted yourself." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:64 -msgid "## Reverb effect" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:63 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Reverb effect" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -199,9 +214,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Adds reverb to your local mono audio channel, or to both channels in stereo mode. The mono channel selection and the reverberation level can be modified. For example, if a microphone signal is fed in to the right audio channel of the sound card and a reverb effect needs to be applied, set the channel selector to the right and move the fader upwards until the desired reverb level is reached." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:71 -msgid "## Chat" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:70 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Chat" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -209,9 +225,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message is received." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:77 -msgid "## Connect/disconnect button" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:76 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Connect/disconnect button" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -221,7 +238,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:82 -msgid "
\"Screenshot
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Screenshot
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -239,14 +257,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If you know the IP address or URL of a private server, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124` (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets). The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:92 -msgid "## Server audio mixer" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:91 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server audio mixer" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:94 -msgid "
\"Image
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -271,188 +291,200 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:105 -msgid "### Grp button" +msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. You can sort instead by name, instrument, group, or city using the View menu." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:107 -msgid "Defines a group of audio channels. Moving the fader of one member of the group moves the faders of all the others. Up to 8 groups can be defined." +msgid "If the server operator has enabled recording, you will see a message above the mixer showing that you are being recorded." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:109 -msgid "### Mute button" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:108 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Grp button" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:111 -msgid "Prevents users being heard in your local mix. Be aware that when you mute someone, they will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader to indicate that you cannot hear them. Note also that you will continue to see their VU meters moving if sound from the muted user is reaching the server. Your fader position for them is also unaffected." +msgid "You can group users together using the \"group\" toggle. Moving the fader of any member of the group will move the other faders in that group by the same amount. You can isolate a channel from the group temporarily with shift-click-drag. Up to 8 groups can be defined." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:113 -msgid "Note that muting your **own** channel only means you will not hear your signal from the server (and is not advised as it can lead to you becoming out of time with other players). This is therefore not the same as using \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"." +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:112 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Mute button" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:115 -msgid "### Solo button" +msgid "Prevents users being heard in your local mix. Be aware that when you mute someone, they will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader to indicate that you cannot hear them. Note also that you will continue to see their VU meters moving if sound from the muted user is reaching the server. Your fader position for them is also unaffected." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:117 -msgid "Allows you to hear one or more users on their own. Those not soloed will be muted. Note also that those people who are not soloed will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader." +msgid "Note that muting your **own** channel only means you will not hear your signal from the server (and is not advised as it can lead to you becoming out of time with other players). This is therefore not the same as using \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:119 -msgid "Users are listed left to right in the order that they connect. You can change the sort order using the Edit option in the application menu." +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:118 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Solo button" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:121 -msgid "You can group users together using the \"group\" toggle. Moving the fader of any member of the group will move the other faders in that group by the same amount. You can isolate a channel from the group temporarily with shift-click-drag." +msgid "Allows you to hear one or more users on their own. Those not soloed will be muted. Note also that those people who are not soloed will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:123 -msgid "If the server operator has enabled recording, you will see a message above the mixer showing that you are being recorded." +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:122 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Settings" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:125 -msgid "# Settings" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:124 +#, no-wrap +msgid "My Profile" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:127 -msgid "## My Profile" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:128 +msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130 -msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board." +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132 -msgid "
\"Image
" +msgid "If you set an instrument and/or country, icons for these selections will also be shown below your fader. The skill setting changes the background colour of the fader tag and the city entry shows up in the tool tip of the fader tag:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:134 -msgid "If you set an instrument and/or country, icons for these selections will also be shown below your fader. The skill setting changes the background colour of the fader tag and the city entry shows up in the tool tip of the fader tag:" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:136 -msgid "
\"Image
" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:135 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Skin" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138 -msgid "### Skin" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140 msgid "This applies a skin to the main window, some of which are designed to accommodate larger ensembles." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142 -msgid "### Meter style" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:139 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Meter style" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:144 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142 msgid "This changes the visual style of the audio meters, independently of the chosen skin." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146 -msgid "### Mixer rows" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:143 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Mixer rows" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:148 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146 msgid "This sets the number of rows displayed in the server audio mixer, for use with larger ensembles." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150 -msgid "### Audio Alerts" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:147 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio Alerts" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:152 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150 msgid "This turns on a sound alert for when someone joins a Server, or when receiving a new chat message." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154 -msgid "## Audio/Network Setup" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:151 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio/Network Setup" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:156 -msgid "
\"Image
" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:158 -msgid "### Device" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:155 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio Device" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:161 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:159 msgid "Under the Windows operating system the ASIO driver (sound card) can be selected using Jamulus. If the selected ASIO driver is not valid an error message is shown and the previous valid driver is selected. Under macOS the input and output hardware can be selected." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163 -msgid "### Input/output channel mapping" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:160 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Input/output channel mapping" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:165 -msgid "
\"Image
" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:169 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:167 msgid "If the selected sound card device offers more than one input or output channel, the _Input Channel Mapping and Output Channel Mapping_ settings are visible. For each Jamulus input/output channel (left and right channel) a different actual sound card channel can be selected." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171 -msgid "### Audio channels" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:168 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio channels" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:173 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171 msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and server." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:173 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note**: It is better to run separate Client instances per voice/instrument, where each Client has its own ini file, rather than using this built-in mono pair to stereo mixer.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:177 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175 msgid "There are three modes available:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:177 #, no-wrap msgid "**Mono** and **Stereo** modes use one and two audio channels respectively.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:182 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:180 #, no-wrap msgid "" "**Mono-in/Stereo-out**: The audio signal sent to the server is mono but the return signal is stereo. This is useful if the sound card has the instrument on one input channel and the microphone on the other. In that case\n" @@ -460,272 +492,293 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:185 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183 msgid "Enabling stereo mode will increase your stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:188 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:186 msgid "In stereo streaming mode, no audio channel selection for the reverb effect will be available on the main window since the effect is applied to both channels in this case." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190 -msgid "### Audio quality" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:187 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio quality" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:192 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190 msgid "The higher the audio quality, the higher your audio stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194 -msgid "### Buffer Delay" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:191 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Buffer Delay" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:197 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:195 msgid "The buffer delay setting is a fundamental setting of the Jamulus software. This setting has an influence on many connection properties. Three buffer sizes are supported:" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards.\n" +msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:200 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards.\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 +msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:201 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection.\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 +msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:204 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:202 msgid "Some sound card drivers do not allow the buffer delay to be changed from within the Jamulus software. In this case the buffer delay setting is disabled and has to be changed using the sound card driver. On Windows, press the ASIO Setup button to open the driver settings panel." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:206 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:204 msgid "On Linux, use the JACK configuration tool to change the buffer size." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:208 msgid "The actual buffer delay has an influence on the connection status, the current upload rate and the overall delay. The lower the buffer size, the higher the probability of a red light in the status indicator (dropouts) and the higher the upload rate and the lower the overall delay." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:212 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210 msgid "The buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:214 -msgid "### Jitter Buffer" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:211 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jitter Buffer" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:218 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:216 msgid "The jitter buffer compensates for network and sound card timing jitters. The size of the buffer influences the quality of the audio stream (how many dropouts occur) and the overall delay (the longer the buffer, the higher the delay)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:222 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220 msgid "You can set the jitter buffer size manually for your local Client and the remote server. For the local jitter buffer, dropouts in the audio stream are indicated by the light below the jitter buffer size faders. If the light turns to red, a buffer overrun/underrun has taken place and the audio stream is interrupted." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:224 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:222 msgid "The jitter buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:228 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:226 msgid "If the Auto setting is enabled, the jitter buffers of your local Client and the remote server are set automatically based on measurements of the network and sound card timing jitter. If the Auto check is enabled, the jitter buffer size faders are disabled (they cannot be moved with the mouse)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230 -msgid "### Enable small network buffers" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:227 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Small Network Buffers" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:233 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:231 msgid "Allows support for very small network audio packets. These are only used if the sound card buffer delay is smaller than 128 samples. The smaller the network buffers, the lower the audio latency. But at the same time the network load increases and the probability of audio dropouts also increases (particuarly if your network connection has any significant jitter). Try enabling this option if you are suffering from high latency or bad audio quality. However, keeping it disabled will normally mean better audio quality." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:235 -msgid "### Audio Stream Rate" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:232 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio Stream Rate" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:238 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:236 msgid "Depends on the current audio packet size and compression setting. Make sure that the upstream rate is not higher than your available internet upload speed (check this with a service such as [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:240 -msgid "## Advanced Setup" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Advanced Setup" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:242 -msgid "
\"Image
" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:240 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:244 -msgid "### Custom Directories" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Custom Directories" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:246 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:244 msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:248 -msgid "### New Client Level" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:245 +#, no-wrap +msgid "New Client Level" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:252 -msgid "This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects to the current server, they will get the specified initial fader level if no other fader level from a previous connection of that user was already stored. You can set all users in an occupied server to this level using Edit > \"Set All Faders to New Client Level\"." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects\n" +"to the current server, they will get the specified initial fader level if no other fader level from a previous connection of\n" +"that user was already stored. You can set all users in an occupied server to this level using Edit > \"Set All Faders to New Client Level\".\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:254 -msgid "### Input Boost" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:251 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Input Boost" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:256 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:254 msgid "Increases the gain from your device. Use this if your device delivers a gain that is too quiet for Jamulus." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258 -msgid "### Feedback Protection" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:255 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Feedback Protection" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:260 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258 msgid "Attempts to detect audio feedback loops or loud noise in the first three seconds after you connected to a server. Once detected, this feature will show a message and activate the \"Mute Myself\" button to mute you in your own mix." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:262 -msgid "### Input Balance" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:259 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Input Balance" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:266 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:264 msgid "Controls the relative levels of the left and right local audio channels. For a mono signal it acts as a pan between the two channels. For example, if a microphone is connected to the right input channel and an instrument is connected to the left input channel which is much louder than the microphone, move the audio fader to increase the relative volume of the mic." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:268 -msgid "# Menu commands" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Menu commands" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:270 -msgid "### File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:267 +#, no-wrap +msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:270 msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band rehearsals (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) and load these any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:274 -msgid "### Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:271 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders " msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:276 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:274 msgid "Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:278 -msgid "# Backing up Jamulus" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:275 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Backing up Jamulus" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:280 -msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:279 +msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 -msgid "You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want." +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:286 +#. type: Fenced code block (shell) +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n" -"```shell\n" -"$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" -"```\n" +msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" msgstr "" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:285 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Command Line Options" +msgstr "Opzioni della riga di comando" + #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 -msgid "# Command Line Options" +msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:290 -msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." +#, no-wrap +msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:292 -msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:" +#. type: Fenced code block (shell) +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:291 +#, no-wrap +msgid " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:296 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"```shell\n" -" \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n" -"```\n" +msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:298 -msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" +#. type: Fenced code block (shell) +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:297 +#, no-wrap +msgid " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"```shell\n" -" /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n" -"```\n" -msgstr "" +msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" +msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 -msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" +msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" +msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:305 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Controlling the Client via API" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:306 -msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:307 +msgid "In addition to the CLI, Jamulus can be controlled using an API. This is beneficial for advanced use cases - for example, where there is no GUI, or another application needs to interact with Jamulus. Please note that the API is still experimental. Information on the [JSON-RPC API can be found in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Tips-Tricks-More.po index b2543f35e..abdf543d8 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Tips-Tricks-More.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Tips-Tricks-More.po @@ -3,79 +3,88 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Giuseppe , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. +# Gico2006 , 2022. +# Massimo Pissarello , 2023. +# Giuseppe , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-29 16:44+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-30 08:04+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Giuseppe \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "it" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Tips, Tricks and More" msgstr "" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Tips & Tricks" +msgstr "Suggerimenti e trucchi" + #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:10 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# Tips & Tricks\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" -msgstr "" +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:12 -msgid "
" -msgstr "" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:14 -msgid "Table of contents" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:16 -msgid "TOC" -msgstr "" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "Tabella dei contenuti\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:17 -msgid "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:19 -msgid "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:21 -msgid "### Learning about remote band rehearsing" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Learning about remote band rehearsing" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -83,14 +92,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Jamulus user [Chris Rimple](https://sourceforge.net/u/chrisrimple/profile/) has compiled a massive amount of information relating to [Remote Band Rehearsals](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1smcvsxdaaViPQvGMQHmah_6BQeqowhmGSFMHfnlY2FI/) (Google doc), which covers topics such as hardware and software configuration including examples and advice for newcomers to the field. He also includes a section on Jamulus in comparison to other solutions." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:25 -msgid "## Using the Jamulus Client" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using the Jamulus Client" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:27 -msgid "### Have an undisturbed session on any Server" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Have an undisturbed session on any Server" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -104,9 +115,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**NOTE:** This does not stop people from hearing you, using the chat function, or seeing your profile information.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:33 -msgid "### Using Jamulus audio in Zoom (or other) meeting apps" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:32 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using Jamulus audio in Zoom (or other) meeting apps" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -119,9 +131,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can also use [VoiceMeeter](https://www.vb-audio.com/Voicemeeter/banana.htm) (Banana) for Windows or [BlackHole](https://github.com/ExistentialAudio/BlackHole) for macOS to route the Jamulus output to multiple destinations, for example to your headphones and the meeting application at the same time." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:39 -msgid "### Recording Jamulus on Windows with Reaper" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Recording Jamulus on Windows with Reaper" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -129,9 +142,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Jamulus user [Rob Durkin](https://sourceforge.net/u/bentwrench/profile/) has written a [guide to recording the output of Jamulus](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1tENfNKTWHasuTg33OdLLEo4-OOhWJolOo42ffSARxhY/edit) (Google Doc) using the ReaRoute add-on for [Reaper](https://www.reaper.fm/)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:43 -msgid "### Sharing song/chord sheets" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:42 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Sharing song/chord sheets" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -139,9 +153,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Jamulus user [BTDT](https://sourceforge.net/u/btdt/profile/) has written a system called [305keepers](https://github.com/keepers305/Song-Sheet-Sharing-Web-Pages), a web application that allows a \"Jam leader\" to push song sheets (in PDF format) to \"Jammers\" in real time using standard web browsers." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:47 -msgid "### Jamulus Client Linux start script" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:46 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus Client Linux start script" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -164,11 +179,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Here is the script:" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:82 +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:57 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"~~~\n" " amixer sset 'Mic' capture 30% cap\n" " amixer sset 'Mic' playback 0%\n" " amixer sset 'Line' playback 60% unmute\n" @@ -192,12 +206,12 @@ msgid "" " jack_connect gx_head_fx:out_1 Jamulus:'input right'\n" " jack_connect Jamulus:'output left' system:playback_1\n" " jack_connect Jamulus:'output right' system:playback_2\n" -"~~~\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:84 -msgid "### Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -217,7 +231,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92 -msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this." +#, no-wrap +msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -242,24 +257,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 -msgid "## For Server admins" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101 +#, no-wrap +msgid "For Server admins" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104 -msgid "### Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106 -msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for your band to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Your band mates will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)" +msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:108 -msgid "### Remote management of recordings" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Remote management of recordings" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -267,9 +285,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112 -msgid "### Making a Server status page" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Making a Server status page" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -282,11 +301,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:131 +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"~~~\n" "\n" "\n" -"~~~\n" msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Unregistered-Servers.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Unregistered-Servers.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3d142e7ea --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Unregistered-Servers.po @@ -0,0 +1,198 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Massimo Pissarello , 2023. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-02-28 03:39+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Massimo Pissarello \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: it\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.16-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "it" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Unregistered-Servers" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Running an Unregistered Server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:9 +msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:13 +msgid "It is highly recommended to test your Server by registering it on one of the built-in Directories **first**. This will help you tackle general problems before you try unregistered mode." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:14 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Setting up a Server behind a home router" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:17 +msgid "If you set up your Server at home, you will probably need to change some settings in your router/firewall:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Port forwarding" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:21 +msgid "Normally, people from outside your home network cannot see things inside it. To let external Jamulus Clients connect to your Server, you need to set up port forwarding in your router's settings. The exact setup differs for every router. For help, see your router's documentation or [portforward.com](https://portforward.com)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** The default port for Jamulus is **UDP** (not TCP) port **22124**. You will usually forward the port **22124** from outside your network to the port **22124** of the computer running the Server.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Getting the public IP" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:28 +msgid "To allow others to connect to your Server from the internet, give them your public IP address. You can [learn your current public IP address using Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=what+is+my+ip). You should connect yourself using the local network address of the computer the Server is running on. If you are running a Client on the same computer as your Server, the address is `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:30 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Dynamic DNS and why you will probably need it" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:33 +msgid "Unless your ISP provides you with a fixed IP address, you may find that your address changes over time. You might want to associate your IP address with a domain name you can share with others that uses \"dynamic DNS\" (DDNS). A \"dynamic DNS\" provider can supply you with the domain name and you keep refreshing your IP address with the provider. Your router might support certain DDNS providers to do this. If this is not the case, the provider will have instructions on how to set up a dynamic DNS client." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "DNS SRV record support" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:37 +msgid "Jamulus Clients support [DNS SRV records (\"service\" records)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record). If a Client finds an SRV record associated with the domain name given in the Connect window, it will try to connect to the endpoint host and port listed in the SRV record. This process is similar to HTTP redirection in a web browser, only it's between Jamulus Clients and the DNS server. The Jamulus Server is not involved in this interaction. Jamulus Servers just listen for connections on the same port listed in the SRV record." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why is this helpful?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:41 +msgid "A Jamulus Client can connect to a Server on a non-default port by specifying the port as part of the server address. A server administrator may want to give users a simple address without the port details, while still serving Jamulus on a non-default port. For this case, the port information can be acquired from an SRV record." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:43 +msgid "An address entered in the Connect window could look like ```jamulus.example.com```. If an SRV record is found for this DNS domain, Jamulus Client will try to connect to the Server on the host:port listed in the SRV record, such as ```jamulus.example.com:12345```." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:45 +msgid "If no SRV records are found on the DNS server, a Client will attempt to connect to the Server as specified in the connection window." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:46 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Creating SRV records" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:49 +msgid "SRV records are created by the administrator of the domain being used to host the Jamulus server. The SRV records are added through the administration portal (or API if available) of the domain's DNS hosting service. The format of the SRV record entry can vary by DNS hosting service but will generally look something like this." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" _service._proto.name. ttl IN SRV priority weight port target\n" +" \n" +" # or, more specifically\n" +" \n" +" _jamulus._udp.example.com. 60 IN SRV 0 5 12345 jamulus.example.com\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** You can host many Jamulus Servers at different ports on one host by giving each its own SRV record.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:61 +msgid "See the documentation of your DNS provider for instructions on creating an SRV record." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Example use case with SRV records" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:65 +msgid "This example assumes the DNS contains an A or CNAME record that resolves to ```server1.example.com```, where three Jamulus Server instances are running, each listening on one of the three ports listed below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:67 +msgid "Alternatively, `server1.example.com` can be a router, NAT-gateway, or load-balancer that forwards each of the ports to a backend Jamulus server (or servers)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:74 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"| JAMULUS CLIENT | DNS SRV RECORD | JAMULUS SERVER |\n" +"| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------- |\n" +"| rock.example.com | _jamulus._udp.rock.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22124 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22124 |\n" +"| jazz.example.com | _jamulus._udp.jazz.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22125 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22125 |\n" +"| blues.example.com | _jamulus._udp.blues.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22126 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22126 |\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:76 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*It's important to remember that DNS is not forwarding connections. It's simply telling Jamulus Client what public host:port to connect to.*\n" +msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/copyright.po b/_translator-files/po/it/copyright.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..42fcd8f79 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/copyright.po @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-30 08:04+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Giuseppe \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: it\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" + +#. type: Hash Value: footer asio +#: ../wiki/en/misc/copyright.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ASIO ® compatible - ASIO is a trademark and software of Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH" +msgstr "ASIO® compatibile - ASIO è un marchio e un software di Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav docs +#: ../wiki/en/misc/copyright.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "This documentation is CC BY-SA" +msgstr "Questo documento è CC BY-SA" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/general.po b/_translator-files/po/it/general.po index 07cd04596..acad865ee 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/general.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/general.po @@ -16,109 +16,107 @@ msgstr "" "X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" #. type: Hash Value: footer alt facebook -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus Facebook group" msgstr "Jamulus Facebook Group" #. type: Hash Value: footer alt github -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus GitHub repo" msgstr "Jamulus GitHub Repo" #. type: Hash Value: footer alt help -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Help and support" msgstr "Aiuto e supporto" #. type: Hash Value: footer copyright software -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Software by Volker Fischer and contributors - want to get involved?" msgstr "Software creato da Volker Fischer e da diversi collaboratori - vuoi partecipare?" -#. type: Hash Value: infobox_each_os -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Jamulus 3.9.1 addresses a MIDI controller-related bug that could result in the loss of old fader levels: If you used `--ctrlmidich`, you can start the app once with `--cleanuplegacyfadersettings` to try to convert the old format to the new one. This option will be removed in a future release. Read the Change Log for more information." -msgstr "Jamulus 3.9.1 risolve un bug relativo al controller MIDI che potrebbe causare la perdita dei precedenti parametri sui livelli dei fader: se hai usato `--ctrlmidich`, puoi avviare l'app con l'opzione `--cleanuplegacyfadersettings` per provare a convertire il vecchio formato a quello nuovo. Questa opzione verrà rimossa in una versione futura. Leggi il registro modifiche per ulteriori informazioni." - #. type: Hash Value: kb by -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "by" msgstr "di" #. type: Hash Value: kb discuss linktitle -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Discuss this content" msgstr "Discuti questo contenuto" #. type: Hash Value: kb discuss title -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Comments" msgstr "Commenti" #. type: Hash Value: kb kbintro -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Community knowledge base
Feel free to add your own article!" msgstr "Community per le conoscenze basilari
Lascia un commento sulla tua esperienza!" #. type: Hash Value: kb mainpage -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Knowledge Base overview" msgstr "Panoramica sulle conoscenze di base" #. type: Hash Value: kb navpages -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "More pages" msgstr "Più pagine" #. type: Hash Value: kb newpage -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Add a new page via GitHub" msgstr "Aggiunge una nuova pagina tramite GitHub" #. type: Hash Value: kb readmore -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Read more..." msgstr "Per saperne di più..." #. type: Hash Value: kb titleAdd -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "– Jamulus Knowledge Base" msgstr "– Conoscenze di base su Jamulus" #. type: Hash Value: nav altJamulusIcon -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus Icon. Links to homepage" msgstr "Icona di Jamulus. Links alla pagina di Wiki" #. type: Hash Value: nav btnOpenNavigation -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Open navigation" msgstr "Navigazione Aperta" #. type: Hash Value: tNoJSEnabled -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Your browser has JavaScript disabled. That's totally fine. This site has been designed to provide basic functionality without JS. Enabling JavaScript may give you additional functionality on this site." msgstr "Il tuo browser ha il componente Javascript disabilitato. Non è comunque un problema. Questo sito è stato disegnato affinché le funzionalità di base siano garantite anche senza Javascript. Abilitandolo attiverai funzionalità aggiuntive." #. type: Hash Value: wiki titleAdd -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "– Jamulus Website" msgstr "– Sito web di Jamulus" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Jamulus 3.9.1 addresses a MIDI controller-related bug that could result in the loss of old fader levels: If you used `--ctrlmidich`, you can start the app once with `--cleanuplegacyfadersettings` to try to convert the old format to the new one. This option will be removed in a future release. Read the Change Log for more information." +#~ msgstr "Jamulus 3.9.1 risolve un bug relativo al controller MIDI che potrebbe causare la perdita dei precedenti parametri sui livelli dei fader: se hai usato `--ctrlmidich`, puoi avviare l'app con l'opzione `--cleanuplegacyfadersettings` per provare a convertire il vecchio formato a quello nuovo. Questa opzione verrà rimossa in una versione futura. Leggi il registro modifiche per ulteriori informazioni." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/navigation.po b/_translator-files/po/it/navigation.po index a1da6774c..446e95a5c 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/navigation.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/navigation.po @@ -2,165 +2,171 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Giuseppe , 2022. +# Gico2006 , 2022. +# Massimo Pissarello , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-19 10:07+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Giuseppe \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-02-28 03:39+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Massimo Pissarello \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.16-dev\n" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting Up" msgstr "Primi Passi" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Windows" msgstr "Windows" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows" msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "macOS" msgstr "macOS" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh" msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Linux" msgstr "Linux" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux" msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Getting-Started" msgstr "/wiki/Getting-Started" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "User Manual" msgstr "Manuale d'uso" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual" msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "FAQ" msgstr "FAQ" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/FAQ" msgstr "/wiki/FAQ" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "Risoluzione dei problemi" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting" msgstr "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting" #. type: Hash Value: nav title -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Using Jamulus" msgstr "Usare Jamulus" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap -msgid "Server Administration" -msgstr "Gestire un Server" +msgid "Server Manual" +msgstr "Manuale del server" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Running-a-Server" msgstr "/wiki/Running-a-Server" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Tips & Tricks" -msgstr "Suggerimenti utili" +msgstr "Suggerimenti e trucchi" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More" msgstr "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Community Knowledge Base" -msgstr "Community Knowledge Base" +msgstr "Base di conoscenza della comunità" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems selectOnLayout -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "post" msgstr "post" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/kb/index.html" msgstr "/kb/index.html" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Privacy Statement" msgstr "Informativa sulla Privacy" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Privacy-Statement" msgstr "/wiki/Privacy-Statement" #. type: Hash Value: nav title -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "More" msgstr "Altro" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Server Administration" +#~ msgstr "Gestire un Server" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/1-index.po index 1c2ffd2f8..76ace9e16 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/1-index.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/1-index.po @@ -3,18 +3,19 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # 이정희 , 2022. # 이정희 , 2022. +# 이정희 , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-21 04:04+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-25 23:49+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: ko_KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0.1-dev\n" #. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?) #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:1 @@ -28,11 +29,12 @@ msgid "" "ldjAppCategory: \"Music\"\n" "ldjSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" "ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer and contributors\"\n" -"metadescription: \"Jamulus is open source software that lets musicians perform music, rehearse or just jam together, all in real time over the Internet.\"\n" +"metadescription: \"Jamulus is free and open source software that lets musicians perform music, rehearse or jam together, in real time over the Internet.\"\n" "mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" "mTSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" "mTGetStartedNow: \"Get started now!\"\n" "mTDownloadNow: 'Download now for'\n" +"mTPlatformsAnd: 'and'\n" "mTOtherPlatforms: 'other platforms'\n" "---\n" msgstr "" @@ -44,34 +46,35 @@ msgstr "" "ldjAppCategory: \"음악\"\n" "ldjSlogan: \"온라인으로 음악을 재생합니다. 친구들과 함께. 무료로.\"\n" "ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer 및 기여자\"\n" -"metadescription: \"Jamulus는 뮤지션들이 인터넷을 통해 실시간으로 음악을 연주하고, 리허설을 하거나, 함께 잼을 만들 수 있는 오픈 소스 소프트웨어입니다.\"\n" +"metadescription: \"Jamulus는 뮤지션들이 인터넷을 통해 실시간으로 함께 음악을 연주하고, 리허설하거나 즉흥 연주할 수 있는 무료 오픈 소스 소프트웨어입니다.\"\n" "mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus 아이콘\"\n" "mTSlogan: \"온라인으로 음악을 재생합니다. 친구들과 함께. 무료로.\"\n" "mTGetStartedNow: \"지금 시작하세요!\"\n" "mTDownloadNow: '지금 다운로드'\n" +"mTPlatformsAnd: '및'\n" "mTOtherPlatforms: '다른 플랫폼'\n" "---\n" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:19 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:20 #, no-wrap msgid "What is Jamulus?" msgstr "Jamulus란 무엇일까요?" #. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:20 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:21 #, no-wrap -msgid " Jamulus is for playing, rehearsing, or just jamming with your friends, your band or just anyone you find online. With high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection, it's easy to play together remotely and in time. " -msgstr " Jamulus는 친구, 밴드 또는 온라인에서 찾은 모든 사람과 연주, 리허설 또는 잼을 위한 것입니다. 일반 광대역 연결에서 고품질, 낮은 지연 시간 사운드를 사용하면 원격 및 시간 내에 함께 쉽게 재생할 수 있습니다. " +msgid " Jamulus lets you play, rehearse, or jam with your friends, your band, or anyone you find online. Play together remotely in time with high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection. " +msgstr " Jamulus를 사용하면 친구, 밴드 또는 온라인에서 찾은 모든 사람과 연주, 리허설 또는 즉흥 연주를 할 수 있습니다. 일반 광대역 연결에서 지연 시간이 짧은 고음질 사운드로 원격으로 함께 플레이하세요. " #. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:20 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:21 #, no-wrap msgid "Download it here" msgstr "여기에서 다운로드하세요" #. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:20 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:21 #, no-wrap msgid "" "!\n" @@ -81,55 +84,55 @@ msgstr "" " " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:33 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:34 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus worldwide" msgstr "세계 속의 Jamulus" #. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:34 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:35 #, no-wrap msgid "" -" All over the world Jamulus allows huge choirs to rehearse, loud rock bands to play, and brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons,\n" -" in schools and universities, in private and in public. Even just for the spoken word – all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person.\n" +" All over the world Jamulus allows choirs to rehearse and rock bands to play. Jamulus brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons,\n" +" in schools and universities, in private and in public — all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person.\n" " " msgstr "" -" 전 세계적으로 자물루스는 거대한 합창단이 리허설을 하고, 시끄러운 록 밴드가 연주할 수 있도록 하며, 민속 뮤지션들과 클래식 뮤지션들을 한 자리에 모이게 합니다. 원격 음악 수업,\n" -" 학교와 대학, 개인 및 공공 장소에서 사용되고 있습니다. 심지어 말 한마디만으로도 – 마치 여러분이 직접 그곳에 있는 것처럼, 인터넷에서 실시간으로 모든 것을 볼 수 있습니다.\n" +" 전 세계적으로 Jamulus는 합창단들이 리허설을 하고 록 밴드들이 연주할 수 있도록 허용합니다. Jamulus는 포크 뮤지션들과 클래식 뮤지션들을 하나로 모았습니다. 원격 음악 수업, 학교와 대학, \n" +" 사립학교와 공공장소에서 사용되고 있습니다 — 마치 당신이 직접 그곳에 있는 것처럼 인터넷에서 실시간으로.\n" " " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:36 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:37 #, no-wrap msgid "Help needed?" msgstr "도움이 필요하십니까?" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:38 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 #, no-wrap -msgid " Have a look at the " +msgid " Check out the " msgstr " 살펴보기: " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:38 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 #, no-wrap msgid "documentation" msgstr "설명서" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:38 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 #, no-wrap -msgid ". Especially consider the " -msgstr ". 특별히 고려할 사항: " +msgid " and consider the " +msgstr " 및 고려할 사항: " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:40 #, no-wrap msgid "troubleshooting section" msgstr "문제 해결 섹션" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:40 #, no-wrap msgid "" "!\n" @@ -139,13 +142,13 @@ msgstr "" " 문의할 곳: " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:40 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:41 #, no-wrap msgid "forums" msgstr "포럼" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:40 ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:52 +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:41 ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:53 #, no-wrap msgid "" ".\n" @@ -155,55 +158,67 @@ msgstr "" " " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:44 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:45 #, no-wrap msgid "Want to get involved?" msgstr "참여하고 싶으신가요?" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:46 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid " Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help " +msgstr " 아이디어? 버그를 찾았습니까? 코드나 도움을 주고 싶습니까? " + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "translating" +msgstr "번역하기" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap -msgid " Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help translating into your language? Since Jamulus is " -msgstr " 아이디어? 버그를 찾았습니까? 코드를 기여하거나 사용자의 언어로 번역하는 것을 돕고 싶습니까? Jamulus는 " +msgid " Jamulus into your language? Since Jamulus is " +msgstr " Jamulus를 사용자의 언어로 번역하시겠습니까? Jamulus는 내내 " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:46 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap msgid "free and open source software" msgstr "자유 및 오픈 소스 소프트웨어입니다" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:46 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap msgid " (FOSS) licensed under the " -msgstr " (FOSS) licensed under the " +msgstr " (FOSS) 다음에 따라 라이선스 부여됨: " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:46 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap msgid "GPL" msgstr "GPL" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:46 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap msgid ", you can help us!" msgstr ", 당신은 저희를 도울 수 있습니다!" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 +#. type: Content of:


+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:48 #, no-wrap msgid " Take a look at our " msgstr " 살펴보기: " -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 +#. type: Content of:


+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:48 #, no-wrap msgid "contribution guidelines" msgstr "기여 지침" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 +#. type: Content of:


+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:48 #, no-wrap msgid "" " to find out how. Everybody is welcome!\n" @@ -212,20 +227,24 @@ msgstr "" " 방법을 알아보십시오. 모두 환영합니다!\n" " " -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:51 +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:52 #, no-wrap -msgid " For detailed information about how Jamulus hacks the space-time continuum to produce a near-perfect 5th dimension of collaborative sound, see " -msgstr " Jamulus가 시공간 연속체를 해킹하여 거의 완벽한 5차원의 협업 사운드를 생성하는 방법에 대한 자세한 내용은 다음을 참조하십시오. " +msgid " For detailed information on how Jamulus works, see " +msgstr " Jamulus 작동 방식에 대한 자세한 내용은 다음을 참조하십시오 " -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:52 +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:53 #, no-wrap msgid "this paper by Volker Fischer (PDF)" msgstr "Volker Fischer의 이 백서 (PDF)" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:57 +#. type: Content of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:58 #, no-wrap msgid "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" msgstr "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid " For detailed information about how Jamulus hacks the space-time continuum to produce a near-perfect 5th dimension of collaborative sound, see " +#~ msgstr " Jamulus가 시공간 연속체를 해킹하여 거의 완벽한 5차원의 협업 사운드를 생성하는 방법에 대한 자세한 내용은 다음을 참조하십시오. " diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Client-Troubleshooting.po index 6e260c15c..da17a80bf 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Client-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Client-Troubleshooting.po @@ -3,85 +3,95 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # 이정희 , 2022. # 이정희 , 2022. +# 이정희 , 2023. +# Allan Nordhøy , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-19 07:07+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-28 13:55+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: ko_KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0.1-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "ko_KR" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting" msgstr "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Client Troubleshooting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "클라이언트 문제 해결" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "문제 해결하기" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:10 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# Troubleshooting\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" -msgstr "" +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:12 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:14 -msgid "Table of contents" -msgstr " 목차" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:16 -msgid "TOC" -msgstr "목차" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "목차\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:17 -msgid "{:toc}" -msgstr "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" +msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:19 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:21 -msgid "### Don’t hear any sound/Others don’t hear you?" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Don’t hear any sound/Others don’t hear you?" +msgstr "아무 소리도 들리지 않습니다/다른 사람이 당신의 말을 듣지 못합니까?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:23 msgid "Start with the simple stuff: make sure your instrument/microphone and headphones are connected to the correct sockets. Make sure no other applications like your browser, video conferencing tool etc. is also using your sound card. You should shut those down when using Jamulus. If that all looks OK and the problem persists, it's likely there's an issue with your sound device settings. This will depend on your particular setup (platform, hardware, software and drivers), so it's best to ask on [the forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) for guidance." -msgstr "" +msgstr "간단한 것부터 시작하십시오. 악기/마이크 및 헤드폰이 올바른 소켓에 연결되어 있는지 확인하십시오. 브라우저, 화상 회의 도구 등과 같은 다른 응용 프로그램도 사운드 카드를 사용하고 있지 않은지 확인하십시오. Jamulus를 사용할 때는 해당 기능을 종료해야 합니다. 모든 것이 정상으로 보이고 문제가 지속된다면 사운드 장치 설정에 문제가 있을 가능성이 높습니다. 이는 특정 설정(플랫폼, 하드웨어, 소프트웨어 및 드라이버)에 따라 다르므로 [포럼](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)에 지침을 문의하는 것이 가장 좋습니다." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:25 @@ -89,194 +99,245 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Windows users (ASIO4ALL)**: If you’re using the ASIO4ALL driver have a look at the [ASIO4ALL setup section](Installation-for-Windows#setting-up-asio4all)\n" msgstr "**Windows 사용자(ASIO4ALL)**: ASIO4ALL 드라이버를 사용하는 경우 [ASIO4ALL 설정 섹션](Installation-for-Windows#setting-up-asio4all)을 참조하세요.\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:27 -msgid "### Not seeing the headphone or microphone you just connected to your PC?" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Not seeing the headphone or microphone you just connected to your PC?" +msgstr "방금 사용자의 PC에 연결한 헤드폰이나 마이크가 보이지 않습니까?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:29 msgid "Just restart Jamulus with your device plugged in. Jamulus currently doesn't show devices which were plugged in after the sound system was loaded." -msgstr "" +msgstr "장치를 연결한 상태에서 Jamulus를 다시 시작하면 됩니다. Jamulus는 현재 사운드 시스템이 로드된 후 연결된 장치를 표시하지 않습니다." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:31 -msgid "### Your sound is stuttering" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:30 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Your sound is stuttering" +msgstr "당신의 소리가 끊깁니다" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:33 msgid "Your audio device may not work with the buffer size you selected. Select a bigger buffer size in Jamulus's settings. If possible though, use another device, since large buffer sizes mean higher latency." -msgstr "" +msgstr "사용자의 오디오 장치는 사용자가 선택한 버퍼 크기로 작동하지 않을 수 있습니다. Jamulus 설정에서 더 큰 버퍼 크기를 선택하세요. 하지만 가능하다면 다른 장치를 사용하십시오. 버퍼 크기가 크면 대기 시간이 길어집니다." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:35 -msgid "### You all sound OK, but it's difficult to keep together" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "You all sound OK, but it's difficult to keep together" +msgstr "당신들의 모든 소리는 좋습니다. 하지만, 함께 유지하기가 어렵습니다" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:37 #, no-wrap msgid "**If at all possible, DO NOT listen to your direct signal.** Make sure you are listening as much as you can to the sound of your own instrument/voice _coming back from the Server_. This signal has you and your playing partners mixed together in sync, and will be the signal that your bandmates are hearing too. So listening to that means you will be in sync with each other (assuming you all have reasonably low latency). Note that if one or more musicians are not following this rule, they will slow down as they play or sing.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**가능하다면 직접적인 신호를 듣지 마세요.** _서버에서 돌아오는_ 자신의 악기/목소리를 최대한 많이 듣고 있는지 확인하세요. 이 신호는 당신과 당신의 연주 파트너가 동시에 혼합되도록 하며 밴드 동료들에게도 들리는 신호가 될 것입니다. 따라서 이를 듣는다는 것은 서로 동기화된다는 것을 의미합니다(모두의 대기 시간이 합리적으로 낮다고 가정). 한 명 이상의 뮤지션이 이 규칙을 따르지 않으면 연주하거나 노래할 때 속도가 느려집니다.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:39 msgid "You can test whether you are hearing your signal correctly by doing the following:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "다음을 수행하여 신호가 올바르게 들리는지 테스트할 수 있습니다:" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:41 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44 msgid "Run Jamulus and connect to a Server with a long ping time (greater than 200ms)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus를 실행하고 핑 시간이 긴(200ms 이상) 서버에 연결합니다" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:42 +#. type: Bullet: '2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44 msgid "Clap your hands once (or play one short note on an instrument). You should hear the sound from the Jamulus Server come back, but significantly delayed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "손뼉을 한 번 치십시오(또는 악기에서 짧은 음표 하나를 연주하십시오). Jamulus 서버에서 소리가 다시 들리지만 상당히 지연되는 소리가 들립니다." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:43 +#. type: Bullet: '3. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44 msgid "Click the \"Mute\" button under your Jamulus name/slider in the main Jamulus mixer window (**NOT** the \"Mute Myself\" button on the left)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "기본 Jamulus 믹서 창의 Jamulus 이름/슬라이더 아래에 있는 \"음소거\" 버튼을 클릭하세요(왼쪽에 있는 \"직접 음소거\" 버튼 **아님**)." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '4. ' #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44 msgid "Clap your hands again." -msgstr "" +msgstr "다시 손뼉을 치세요." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:46 msgid "If you hear two claps after step 2, or any claps after step 4, then you are **not** obeying Rule Number One - you have your local audio enabled and should disable it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "2단계 후에 두 번 박수소리가 들리거나 4단계 후에 박수소리가 한 번이라도 들리면 규칙 1번을 준수하지 **않는** 것입니다. 즉, 로컬 오디오가 활성화되어 있으므로 비활성화해야 합니다." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:48 msgid "Exactly how you avoid listening to your direct signal will depend on your individual setup - your sound interface, mixing desk, headphone connection point, etc. For example, some audio interfaces have \"monitor\" buttons (turn these off), or similar options. **If you are still having problems**, try asking on the [forum](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "직접 신호를 듣지 않는 정확한 방법은 사운드 인터페이스, 믹싱 데스크, 헤드폰 연결 지점 등 개별 설정에 따라 다릅니다. 예를 들어 일부 오디오 인터페이스에는 \"모니터\" 버튼(해제) 또는 유사한 옵션이 있습니다. **계속 문제가 발생하는 경우** [포럼](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)에 질문해 보세요." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:50 msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [software manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this." -msgstr "" +msgstr "서버의 신호를 들으면서 다른 음악가와 동기화할 수 있지만 전체 대기 시간(Jamulus의 \"지연\" 표시등으로 표시됨)이 녹색이 아니거나 대부분 노란색인 경우에도 문제가 발생할 수 있습니다. 시간. 이를 돕기 위해 설정을 조정하는 방법을 알아보려면 [소프트웨어 설명서](/wiki/Software-Manual)를 참조하세요." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:52 -msgid "### Can't work out your mic settings?" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Can't work out your mic settings?" +msgstr "마이크 설정을 해결할 수 없나요?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:54 msgid "When using a microphone while playing your other instrument, you can use a stereo audio input signal in your settings where one channel is connected to the instrument and the other channel is connected to a microphone signal. On the microphone channel an optional reverberation effect can be applied." -msgstr "" +msgstr "다른 악기를 연주하는 동안 마이크를 사용할 때 한 채널은 악기에 연결되고 다른 채널은 마이크 신호에 연결되는 설정에서 스테레오 오디오 입력 신호를 사용할 수 있습니다. 마이크 채널에서는 선택적 잔향 효과를 적용할 수 있습니다." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:56 -msgid "### Buffer LEDs suddenly going red, outages, [jittering](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jitter), weird sounds?" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:55 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Buffer LEDs suddenly going red, outages, [jittering](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jitter), weird sounds?" +msgstr "버퍼 LED가 갑자기 빨간색으로 변하고, 중단되고, [지터링](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jitter), 이상한 소리가 나나요?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:58 msgid "Your computer may be under too much load. Try not to have anything competing with Jamulus (like Zoom Meetings or Facebook live streams) on your machine. Or at least quit them while you're playing. Prevent things like virus scanners doing scans, or software updates happening, etc. Be aware that the reverb setting in Jamulus also uses more CPU the more reverb you have." -msgstr "" +msgstr "컴퓨터의 부하가 너무 높을 수 있습니다. 귀하의 컴퓨터에서 Jamulus와 경쟁하는 것(예: Zoom Meetings 또는 Facebook 라이브 스트림)을 갖지 않도록 하십시오. 아니면 적어도 플레이하는 동안 종료하세요. 스캔을 수행하는 바이러스 스캐너나 소프트웨어 업데이트 등을 방지합니다. 또한 Jamulus의 리버브 설정은 리버브가 많을수록 더 많은 CPU를 사용한다는 점에 유의하세요." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:60 -msgid "### Ping times and latency start well, then get worse, causing issues" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Ping times and latency start well, then get worse, causing issues" +msgstr "핑 시간과 대기 시간이 잘 시작된 후 악화되어 문제가 발생함" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:62 msgid "This can indicate something else is competing with Jamulus on your network, so make sure nobody is watching HD Netflix movies or taking part in Zoom video conferences while you are playing. A more permanent solution for technically-minded users may be found by investigating [the issue of buffer bloat](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/) on their router and whether you can implement Smart Queue Management (SQM). [More details here](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/What_can_I_do_about_Bufferbloat/)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이는 네트워크에서 다른 것이 Jamulus와 경쟁하고 있음을 나타낼 수 있으므로 플레이하는 동안 아무도 HD Netflix 영화를 보거나 Zoom 화상 회의에 참여하지 않는지 확인하십시오. 기술적인 생각이 있는 사용자를 위한 보다 영구적인 솔루션은 라우터의 [버퍼 팽창 문제](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/)와 스마트 대기열 관리 구현 가능 여부를 조사하여 찾을 수 있습니다. (SQM). [자세한 내용은 여기](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/What_can_I_do_about_Bufferbloat/)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:64 -msgid "### Getting frustrated with software channels, audio routing, sample rates and more?" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:63 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Getting frustrated with software channels, audio routing, sample rates and more?" +msgstr "소프트웨어 채널, 오디오 라우팅, 샘플링 속도 등에 불만이 있으신가요?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:66 msgid "It's usually far easier and more reliable to have a [mixing desk](https://www.thomann.de/pics/bdb/191244/7355025_800.jpg) to connect your kit (instruments, mic, recorder etc.) and then send a simple stereo signal to your sound interface (be sure to listen to the resulting sound from the Jamulus Server via your computer though!). The huge variety of possible hardware, software and instrument combinations means that setting up your sound card to work with your particular configuration can otherwise get complicated very fast." -msgstr "" +msgstr "일반적으로 [믹싱 데스크](https://www.thomann.de/pics/bdb/191244/7355025_800.jpg)를 사용하여 키트(악기, 마이크, 레코더 등)를 연결하는 것이 훨씬 더 쉽고 안정적입니다. 간단한 스테레오 신호를 사운드 인터페이스로 보냅니다(단, 컴퓨터를 통해 Jamulus 서버에서 나오는 사운드를 들어보세요!). 하드웨어, 소프트웨어 및 악기 조합이 매우 다양하다는 것은 특정 구성에 맞게 사운드 카드를 설정하는 것이 매우 빠르게 복잡해질 수 있음을 의미합니다." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:68 -msgid "### Somebody joining your jam and being too loud?" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:67 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Somebody joining your jam and being too loud?" +msgstr "누군가가 당신의 잼에 참여했는데 너무 시끄럽나요?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:70 msgid "You can set your \"New Client Level\" to a low value (e.g. 10), or set the musicians you are playing with to \"Solo\" state (in the mixer panel on the right side). That way, either new entrants will be very quiet, or you won't hear them at all." -msgstr "" +msgstr "\"새 클라이언트 레벨\"을 낮은 값(예: 10)으로 설정하거나 함께 연주하는 뮤지션을 \"솔로\" 상태(오른쪽 믹서 패널)로 설정할 수 있습니다. 그렇게 하면 새로운 참가자가 매우 조용해지거나 전혀 들리지 않게 됩니다." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:72 -msgid "### Can't see the Server you want to join?" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:71 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Can't see the Server you want to join?" +msgstr "참여하려는 서버가 보이지 않나요?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:74 msgid "First check that you have the right genre Server selected in your Connect window. Sometimes network issues mean your Client won't list all the available Servers. If you know the name of the Server you want to join, you can [look up its IP address here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/). Enter that address in the \"Server Address\" field in the Connect Setup window to connect to it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "먼저 연결 창에서 올바른 서버 장르를 선택했는지 확인하세요. 때때로 네트워크 문제로 인해 클라이언트가 사용 가능한 모든 서버를 나열하지 못하는 경우가 있습니다. 가입하려는 서버의 이름을 알고 있다면 [여기에서 IP 주소를 찾아보세요](https://explorer.jamulus.io/). 연결 설정 창의 \"서버 주소\" 필드에 해당 주소를 입력하여 연결합니다." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:76 -msgid "### Not seeing a list of Servers at all?" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:75 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Not seeing a list of Servers at all?" +msgstr "서버 목록이 전혀 표시되지 않습니까?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:78 msgid "In the UK (and possibly other regions/routers) the Virgin Media Cable Internet Modem setting can cause an issue. \"Block Fragmented IP Packets\" should not be checked. For other routers/ISP, also try turning off SPI (Stateful Packet Inspection) and if that fixes it, you can make a judgment about whether to leave that off or not." -msgstr "" +msgstr "영국(및 기타 지역/라우터)에서는 Virgin Media 케이블 인터넷 모뎀 설정으로 인해 문제가 발생할 수 있습니다. \"조각화된 IP 패킷 차단\"을 선택하면 안 됩니다. 다른 라우터/ISP의 경우에도 SPI(Stateful Packet Inspection)를 꺼서 문제가 해결되면 꺼둘지 여부를 판단할 수 있습니다." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:80 msgid "In some cases, it may be your ISP that is blocking your use of Jamulus. See the note on the [server troubleshooting page](Server-Troubleshooting#nobody-can-connect-to-my-server---but-i-can-connect-locally) about \"Nobody can connect to my Server\"" -msgstr "" +msgstr "경우에 따라 ISP가 Jamulus 사용을 차단할 수도 있습니다. [서버 문제 해결 페이지](Server-Troubleshooting#nobody-can-connect-to-my-server---but-i-can-connect-locally)에서 \"아무도 내 서버에 연결할 수 없습니다\"에 대한 참고 사항을 참조하세요" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:82 -msgid "### Trouble using Garageband (or other DAW) with Jamulus?" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:81 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Getting an error message saying \"Jamulus\" can't be opened because the developer cannot be verified" +msgstr "개발자를 확인할 수 없기 때문에 \"Jamulus\"를 열 수 없다는 오류 메시지가 나타납니다" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:84 -msgid "See [this forum discussion](https://sourceforge.net/p/llcon/discussion/533517/thread/d3dd58eedc/#b994)" -msgstr "" +msgid "If you are using a \"legacy\" version of Jamulus (because you are running an older version of macOS) or an intermediate build, the first time you run Jamulus, you will see a message saying it cannot be opened." +msgstr "이전 버전의 macOS를 실행하고 있기 때문에 Jamulus의 \"기존\" 버전이나 중간 빌드를 사용하는 경우 Jamulus를 처음 실행하면 열 수 없다는 메시지가 표시됩니다." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:86 -msgid "### Using a Mac and your input is not heard?" -msgstr "" +msgid "To open Jamulus" +msgstr "Jamulus를 열려면" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:88 -msgid "(With thanks to [Mark Anthony De Souza](https://www.facebook.com/groups/619274602254947/permalink/765122847670121/?comment_id=765525034296569))" -msgstr "" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 +msgid "Go to the Applications folder via Finder" +msgstr "Finder를 통해 응용 프로그램 폴더로 이동하세요" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 +msgid "Double-click on Jamulus and wait for the above-mentioned message" +msgstr "Jamulus를 두 번 클릭하고 위에서 언급한 메시지를 기다립니다" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 +msgid "Close this message by clicking on \"Cancel\"" +msgstr "\"취소\"를 클릭하여 이 메시지를 닫습니다" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 +msgid "Now control-click (or right-click) on Jamulus, and select \"Open\" from the top of the menu." +msgstr "이제 Jamulus를 컨트롤 클릭(또는 마우스 오른쪽 버튼으로 클릭)하고 메뉴 상단에서 \"열기\"를 선택하세요." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:90 -msgid "Maybe you did not answer \"Yes\" to the `\"Jamulus wants to access your microphone\"` challenge. To fix this:" -msgstr "" +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:93 +msgid "You will then get a slightly different version of the same message, which allows you to click \"Open\". From then on, you can run Jamulus in the normal way and the message won't appear. For further information about this warning see [this Apple Support Page](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)." +msgstr "그런 다음 \"열기\"를 클릭할 수 있는 동일한 메시지의 약간 다른 버전이 표시됩니다. 이후부터는 일반적인 방법으로 Jamulus를 실행할 수 있으며 메시지는 나타나지 않습니다. 이 경고에 대한 자세한 내용은 [이 Apple 지원 페이지](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)를 참조하세요." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:94 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Trouble using Garageband (or other DAW) with Jamulus?" +msgstr "Jamulus와 함께 Garageband(또는 다른 DAW)를 사용하는 데 문제가 있습니까?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 -msgid "Go to `Preferences` > `Security & Privacy` > `Privacy` tab" -msgstr "" +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:97 +msgid "See [this forum discussion](https://sourceforge.net/p/llcon/discussion/533517/thread/d3dd58eedc/#b994)" +msgstr "[이 포럼 토론](https://sourceforge.net/p/llcon/discussion/533517/thread/d3dd58eedc/#b994) 참조" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:98 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using a Mac and your input is not heard?" +msgstr "Mac을 사용하는데 입력이 들리지 않습니까?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:92 -msgid "Find `Microphone` on the left and then make sure `Jamulus` is enabled on the right-hand list" -msgstr "" +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:101 +msgid "(With thanks to [Mark Anthony De Souza](https://www.facebook.com/groups/619274602254947/permalink/765122847670121/?comment_id=765525034296569))" +msgstr "(감사한 분:[Mark Anthony De Souza](https://www.facebook.com/groups/619274602254947/permalink/765122847670121/?comment_id=765525034296569))" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:94 +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:105 #, no-wrap -msgid "***\n" -msgstr "***\n" +msgid "" +"Maybe you did not answer \"Yes\" to the `\"Jamulus wants to access your microphone\"` challenge. To fix this:\n" +"* Go to `Preferences` > `Security & Privacy` > `Privacy` tab\n" +"* Find `Microphone` on the left and then make sure `Jamulus` is enabled on the right-hand list\n" +msgstr "" +"어쩌면 ``Jamulus가 마이크에 액세스하고 싶어합니다'' 질문에 '예'라고 대답하지 않았을 수도 있습니다. 이 문제를 해결하려면:\n" +"* '기본 설정' > '보안 및 개인 정보 보호' > '개인 정보 보호' 탭으로 이동하세요\n" +"* 왼쪽에서 '마이크'를 찾은 다음 오른쪽 목록에서 'Jamulus'가 활성화되어 있는지 확인하세요\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:95 +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:108 msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "그 밖의 사항은 [토론 포럼](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)에서 검색하거나 게시해 주세요" + +#~ msgid "TOC" +#~ msgstr "목차" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "***\n" +#~ msgstr "***\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Command-Line-Options.po b/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Command-Line-Options.po index a31658b54..b24fc936f 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Command-Line-Options.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Command-Line-Options.po @@ -2,74 +2,82 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # 이정희 , 2022. +# 이정희 , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-13 20:26+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-28 13:55+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: ko_KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0.1-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "ko_KR" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Command-Line-Options" msgstr "/wiki/Command-Line-Options" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus – Command Line Options" msgstr "Jamulus – 명령줄 옵션" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:9 -msgid "# Command Line Options" -msgstr "# 명령 줄 옵션" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Command Line Options" +msgstr "명령 줄 옵션" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:11 -msgid "## Shared commands" -msgstr "## 공유 명령" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Shared commands" +msgstr "공유 명령" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:13 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:15 -msgid "## Client only commands" -msgstr "## 클라이언트 전용 명령" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:14 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Client only commands" +msgstr "클라이언트 전용 명령" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:17 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:19 -msgid "## Server only commands" -msgstr "## 서버 전용 명령" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server only commands" +msgstr "서버 전용 명령" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:21 -msgid "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" -msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:20 +msgid "See [Running a Server](Running-a-Server#server-mode-related-options)" +msgstr "[서버 실행하기](Running-a-Server#server-mode-related-options) 참조" + +#~ msgid "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" +#~ msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Contribution.po b/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Contribution.po index f4e130b30..9acbbfade 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Contribution.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Contribution.po @@ -2,67 +2,72 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # 이정희 , 2022. +# 이정희 , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-13 20:26+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-21 11:51+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: ko_KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "ko_KR" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Contribution" msgstr "/wiki/Contribution" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Contribution" msgstr "기여" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:9 -msgid "# Contributing to the Jamulus Project" -msgstr "# Jamulus 프로젝트에 기여" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Contributing to the Jamulus Project" +msgstr "Jamulus 프로젝트에 기여하기" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:11 -msgid "If you find a mistake, typo or something out of date (in any language) on this website or in Jamulus itself, you can raise it as a bug." -msgstr "이 웹사이트나 Jamulus 자체에서 실수, 오타 또는 오래된 것(모든 언어)을 발견하면 버그로 제기할 수 있습니다." +#, no-wrap +msgid "If you find a mistake, typo or something out of date (in any language) on this website or in Jamulus itself, you can raise it as a bug.\n" +msgstr "이 웹 사이트 또는 Jamulus 자체에서 실수, 오타 또는 오래된 내용(모든 언어로 표시됨)을 발견한 경우, 이를 버그로 제기할 수 있습니다.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:13 -msgid "If you think some documentation or information is missing or can be improved, post about it on this forum so it can be discussed first." -msgstr "일부 문서 또는 정보가 누락되었거나 개선할 수 있다고 생각되면 이 포럼에 게시하여 먼저 논의할 수 있습니다." +#, no-wrap +msgid "If you think some documentation or information is missing or can be improved, post about it on this forum so it can be discussed first.\n" +msgstr "일부 문서 또는 정보가 없거나 개선될 수 있다고 생각되는 경우, 이 포럼에 게시하여 먼저 논의할 수 있습니다.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:15 msgid "We use [Weblate](https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/#languages) to translate our documentation. Read about our [documentation and translation process](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamuluswebsite/blob/release/README.md), and [introduce yourself](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) if you’d like to get involved." msgstr "[Weblate](https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/#languages)를 사용하여 문서를 번역합니다. 참여하고 싶다면 [문서 및 번역 프로세스](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamuluswebsite/blob/release/README.md) 및 [자기 소개](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)에 대해 읽어보십시오." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:18 -msgid "## Want to contribute code?" -msgstr "## 코드를 기여하고 싶습니까?" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Want to contribute code?" +msgstr "코드를 기여하시겠습니까?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:19 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Directories.po b/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Directories.po index 15ce0379e..ad487dc5d 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Directories.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Directories.po @@ -2,38 +2,40 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # 이정희 , 2022. +# 이정희 , 2023. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-16 15:25+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-28 09:54+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: ko_KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0.1-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "ko_KR" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Directories" msgstr "/wiki/Directories" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Directories" @@ -42,59 +44,62 @@ msgstr "디렉터리" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:9 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"더보기\" branch1=\"서버 관리\" branch1-url=\"서버 실행\" %}" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"더보기\" branch1=\"서버 관리\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:12 -msgid "# Running a Directory" -msgstr "# 디렉터리 실행" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:11 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Running a Directory" +msgstr "디렉터리 실행하기" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:14 -msgid "This is a specialised Jamulus Server configuration, as described in [Server Types](Running-a-Server#server-types)." -msgstr "[서버 유형](Running-a-Server#server-types)에 설명된 대로 전문화된 Jamulus 서버 구성입니다." +msgid "This is a specialised Jamulus Server configuration, as described in [Server Modes](Running-a-Server#server-modes)." +msgstr "이것은 [서버 모드](Running-a-Server#server-modes)에 설명된 대로 전문화된 Jamulus 서버 구성입니다." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:16 -msgid "To view Servers listed by a Custom Directory, users must enter the address of that Directory in their Client's Settings > Advanced Setup > Custom Directories field. Multiple addresses can be added in this way if needed. Custom Directories will then appear in the Directory drop-down list on their Connect window. Custom Directories otherwise work for Clients in the same way as Public Directories, displaying a list of Servers registered with them." -msgstr "사용자 지정 디렉터리로 나열된 서버를 보려면, 사용자가 클라이언트의 설정 > 고급 설정 > 사용자 지정 디렉터리 필드에 해당 디렉터리의 주소를 입력해야 합니다. 필요한 경우 이러한 방식으로 여러 주소를 추가할 수 있습니다. 그러면 사용자 지정 디렉터리가 연결 창의 디렉터리 드롭다운 목록에 나타납니다. 그렇지 않으면 사용자 지정 디렉터리는 공용 디렉터리와 동일한 방식으로 클라이언트에 대해 작동하여 등록된 서버 목록을 표시합니다." +#, no-wrap +msgid "To view Servers listed by a Custom Directory, users must enter the address of that Directory in their Client's Settings > Advanced Setup > Custom Directories field. Multiple addresses can be added in this way if needed. Custom Directories will then appear in the Directory drop-down list on their Connect window. Custom Directories otherwise work for Clients in the same way as Public Directories, displaying a list of Servers registered with them.\n" +msgstr "사용자 정의 디렉터리에 나열된 서버를 보려면, 사용자는 클라이언트의 설정 > 고급 설정 > 사용자 정의 디렉터리 필드에 해당 디렉터리의 주소를 입력해야 합니다. 필요한 경우 이러한 방식으로 여러 주소를 추가할 수 있습니다. 그러면 사용자 정의 디렉터리가 연결 창의 디렉터리 드롭다운 목록에 나타납니다. 그렇지 않으면 사용자 정의 디렉터리는 공용 디렉터리와 동일한 방식으로 클라이언트에 대해 작동하며 등록된 서버 목록을 표시합니다.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:18 -msgid "To run a Server as a Directory, it should be started with the `--directoryserver` option to make itself (that is, `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`) the Directory to query for Servers." -msgstr "서버를 디렉터리로 실행하려면, `--directoryserver` 옵션으로 시작하여 서버를 쿼리할 디렉터리(즉, 'localhost' 또는 '127.0.0.1')를 만들어야 합니다." +msgid "To run a Server as a Directory, it should be started with the `--directoryaddress` option to make itself (that is, `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`) the Directory to query for Servers." +msgstr "서버를 디렉터리로 실행하려면, `--directoryaddress` 옵션으로 시작하여 서버를 쿼리할 디렉터리(즉, 'localhost' 또는 '127.0.0.1')를 만들어야 합니다." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:20 msgid "When running a Server with the GUI, set the Custom Directory server address in the Options tab to \"localhost\", then select \"Custom\" from the Directory drop-down list." msgstr "GUI를 사용하여 서버를 실행할 때, 옵션 탭의 사용자 지정 디렉터리 서버 주소를 \"localhost\"로 설정한 다음 디렉터리 드롭다운 목록에서 \"사용자 지정\"을 선택합니다." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:23 -msgid "### Points to note about Directories" -msgstr "### 디렉터리에 대해 주의할 점들" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Points to note about Directories" +msgstr "디렉터리에 대한 유의 사항" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:25 msgid "If you want to control which Servers can register with your Directory, you can enable a whitelist with the `--listfilter` command line option in the format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]`." msgstr "디렉터리에 등록할 수 있는 서버를 제어하려면 `IP 주소 1[;ip 주소 2]` 형식의 `--listfilter` 명령줄 옵션을 사용하여 허용 목록을 사용하도록 설정할 수 있습니다." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:27 msgid "When running a Server behind a NAT firewall on a private network and registering with a Directory on the same network, run the Server using the `--serverpublicip` option to specify the public IP address. This is necessary to allow Clients on the public Internet to connect to the correct address. Note that for the Server(s) using this option, you will still need proper port forwarding in your router/firewall." -msgstr "사설 네트워크에서 NAT 방화벽 뒤에 서버를 실행하고 동일한 네트워크의 디렉토리에 등록하는 경우 `--serverpublicip` 옵션을 사용하여 서버를 실행하여 공용 IP 주소를 지정하십시오. 이는 공용 인터넷의 클라이언트가 올바른 주소에 연결할 수 있도록 하는 데 필요합니다. 이 옵션을 사용하는 서버의 경우 라우터/방화벽에서 적절한 포트 포워딩이 필요합니다." +msgstr "사설 네트워크에서 NAT 방화벽 뒤에 서버를 실행하고 동일한 네트워크의 디렉토리에 등록하는 경우 `--serverpublicip` 옵션을 사용하여 서버를 실행하여 공인 IP 주소를 지정하십시오. 이는 공용 인터넷의 클라이언트가 올바른 주소에 연결할 수 있도록 하는 데 필요합니다. 이 옵션을 사용하는 서버의 경우 라우터/방화벽에서 적절한 포트 포워딩이 필요합니다." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:29 msgid "When running a Client behind a NAT firewall on a private network with a Directory on the same network, the Directory itself needs to be run using the `--serverpublicip` option to specify the public IP address, so that any Servers on the public Internet registering with the Directory that require the \"hole punch\" can be accessed by the Client(s). (This is because otherwise the Directory would provide the local network address of the Client to the Server and the \"hole punch\" would fail.)" -msgstr "동일한 네트워크의 디렉터리가 있는 사설 네트워크의 NAT 방화벽 뒤에서 클라이언트를 실행할 때 디렉터리 자체는 공용 IP 주소를 지정하기 위해 `--serverpublicip` 옵션을 사용하여 실행되어야 합니다. \"홀 펀치\"가 필요한 디렉터리에 등록하면 클라이언트가 액세스할 수 있습니다. (그렇지 않으면 디렉홀리가 클라이언트의 로컬 네트워크 주소를 서버에 제공하고 \"홀 펀치\"가 실패하기 때문입니다.)" +msgstr "동일한 네트워크의 디렉터리가 있는 사설 네트워크의 NAT 방화벽 뒤에서 클라이언트를 실행할 때 디렉터리 자체는 공인 IP 주소를 지정하기 위해 `--serverpublicip` 옵션을 사용하여 실행되어야 합니다. \"홀 펀치\"가 필요한 디렉터리에 등록하면 클라이언트가 액세스할 수 있습니다. (그렇지 않으면 디렉홀리가 클라이언트의 로컬 네트워크 주소를 서버에 제공하고 \"홀 펀치\"가 실패하기 때문입니다.)" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:31 msgid "If you need to restart your Directory for any reason (for example when rebooting the host), Servers connected to it will be disconnected until they re-register. This does not mean that Clients connected to those Servers will be disconnected, but does mean that new Clients will be not able to see Servers listed by your Directory until those Servers reconnect. To enable the list of registered Servers to persist between restarts, use the `--directoryfile` option to specify the location and name of a file that the Directory can read and write to." msgstr "어떤 이유로든 디렉터리를 다시 시작해야 하는 경우(예: 호스트를 재부팅할 때), 디렉터리에 연결된 서버는 다시 등록할 때까지 연결이 끊어집니다. 이것은 해당 서버에 연결된 클라이언트의 연결이 끊어진다는 것을 의미하지 않지만, 새 클라이언트는 해당 서버가 다시 연결될 때까지 디렉터리에 나열된 서버를 볼 수 없음을 의미합니다. 등록된 서버 목록이 재시작 사이에 유지되도록 하려면 `--directoryfile` 옵션을 사용하여 디렉터리가 읽고 쓸 수 있는 파일의 위치와 이름을 지정하십시오." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:32 msgid "Up to 150 Servers can then register with a Directory." msgstr "150개 이상의 서버를 디렉토리에 등록할 수 있습니다." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/FAQ.po b/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/FAQ.po index 4a787b9bc..b2fc766af 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/FAQ.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/FAQ.po @@ -3,77 +3,84 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # 이정희 , 2022. # 이정희 , 2022. +# Allan Nordhøy , 2023. +# 이정희 , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-21 04:04+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-26 13:24+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: ko_KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0.1-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "ko_KR" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/FAQ" msgstr "/wiki/FAQ" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "FAQ" msgstr "자주 묻는 질문(FAQ)" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus FAQ" +msgstr "Jamulus FAQ" + #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:10 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# Jamulus FAQ\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" -msgstr "" -"# Jamulus FAQ\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:12 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:14 -msgid "Table of contents" -msgstr " 목차" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:16 -msgid "TOC" -msgstr "목차" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "목차\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:17 -msgid "{:toc}" -msgstr "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" +msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:19 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:21 @@ -81,127 +88,149 @@ msgstr "

" msgid "**For common problems and their solutions when using Jamulus, see the [Troubleshooting](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) page.**\n" msgstr "**Jamulus를 사용할 때 발생하는 일반적인 문제와 해결 방법은 [문제 해결](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) 페이지를 참조하십시오.**\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:24 -msgid "### Is there a metronome, synchronization, or some other way of keeping in time?" -msgstr "### 메트로놈, 동기화 또는 시간을 맞추는 다른 방법이 있습니까?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Is there a metronome, synchronization, or some other way of keeping in time?" +msgstr "메트로놈, 동기화 또는 시간을 유지하는 다른 방법이 있습니까?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:26 -msgid "No. Musicians on a Jamulus Server play in real time together as they would in person. If you want to have a time signal, then there are shared metronome solutions on the Internet you can try. But it’s probably best to just minimise latency so nobody has an overall delay more than about 30-50 ms." -msgstr "아니요. Jamulus 서버의 뮤지션들은 직접 연주하는 것처럼 실시간으로 함께 연주합니다. 시간 신호를 원한다면 시도 할 수있는 인터넷에 공유 메트로놈 솔루션이 있습니다. 그러나 대기 시간을 최소화하여 아무도 약 30-50ms 이상의 전체 지연을 갖지 않도록하는 것이 가장 좋습니다." +msgid "No. Musicians on a Jamulus Server play in real time together as they would in person. If you want a time signal, there are shared metronome solutions on the Internet you can try. But it’s probably best to just minimise latency so nobody has an overall delay more than about 30-50 ms." +msgstr "아니요. Jamulus 서버의 뮤지션들은 직접 연주하는 것처럼 실시간으로 함께 연주합니다. 시간 신호를 원할 경우 인터넷에서 공유 메트로놈 솔루션을 시도해 볼 수 있습니다. 그러나 대기 시간을 최소화하여 아무도 전체 지연 시간이 약 30-50ms를 넘지 않도록 하는 것이 가장 좋습니다." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:28 msgid "Bear in mind also that all participants should follow [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together) which will also determine whether you can play in time properly." -msgstr "" +msgstr "또한 모든 참가자는 [황금률](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)을 따라야 하며 시간에 맞춰 제대로 플레이할 수 있는지 여부도 결정됩니다." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:30 -msgid "### How do I know if I can join a Server? Are there rules?" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "How do I know if I can join a Server? Are there rules?" +msgstr "서버에 참여할 수 있는지 어떻게 알 수 있나요? 규칙이 있나요?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:32 msgid "If somebody lists a Server on one of the Directories built into Jamulus, they accept that anyone can play on it. Jamulus has no password protection or other authentication mechanisms. Whilst some Servers may state their policies in the welcome message you will see in the chat window, Jamulus itself does nothing to enforce these." -msgstr "" +msgstr "누군가 Jamulus에 내장된 디렉터리 중 하나에 서버를 나열하면 누구나 해당 서버에서 플레이할 수 있다는 것을 인정합니다. Jamulus에는 비밀번호 보호나 기타 인증 메커니즘이 없습니다. 일부 서버는 채팅 창에 표시되는 환영 메시지에 정책을 명시할 수 있지만 Jamulus 자체는 이를 시행하기 위해 아무것도 하지 않습니다." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:34 -msgid "Note also that Servers do not have to be registered on a Directory in order for Jamulus Clients to connect to them. Server operators can just give out the address of their Servers to those they want to play with, and they can then connect directly. Have a look at [this overview for more information](/wiki/Running-a-Server#server-types)." -msgstr "" +msgid "Note also that Servers do not have to be registered on a Directory in order for Jamulus Clients to connect to them. Server operators can just give out the address of their Servers to those they want to play with, and they can then connect directly. Have a look at [this overview for more information](/wiki/Running-a-Server#server-modes)." +msgstr "또한 Jamulus 클라이언트가 서버에 연결하기 위해 서버를 디렉터리에 등록할 필요는 없습니다. 서버 운영자는 플레이하려는 서버의 주소를 제공하고 직접 연결할 수 있습니다. [자세한 내용은 이 개요](/wiki/Running-a-Server#server-modes)를 참조하세요." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:36 -msgid "### Why shouldn’t I use wireless equipment?" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:35 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why shouldn’t I use wireless equipment?" +msgstr "무선 장비를 사용하면 안 되는 이유는 무엇인가요?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:38 msgid "Whether or not you will be able to play in time with other musicians depends mainly on how much latency (delay) you have in your sound signal and whether you are all following [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together). An overall delay much bigger than 50 ms usually makes it too hard to play in time unless you train yourself to do so. Some musicians report they can play in time with delays of up to 70 ms by playing ahead of the beat. But much beyond that and it becomes too difficult unless timing isn’t an important factor in the music or you just want to listen." -msgstr "" +msgstr "다른 뮤지션들과 함께 제 시간에 연주할 수 있는지 여부는 주로 사운드 신호의 레이턴시(딜레이) 얼마나 되는지, 그리고 모두가 [황금률](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)을 따르고 있는지 여부에 따라 달라집니다. 50ms보다 훨씬 큰 전체 딜레이는 일반적으로 훈련하지 않는 한 시간에 연주하는 것을 너무 어렵게 만듭니다. 일부 뮤지션들은 비트보다 앞서 연주함으로써 최대 70ms의 딜레이에 맞춰 연주할 수 있다고 보고합니다. 하지만 그 이상이면 타이밍이 음악에서 중요한 요소가 아니거나 단순히 듣기만 원하는 경우가 아니라면 너무 어려워집니다." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:40 msgid "So it makes sense to minimise any sources of delay or other problems with the signal. Even fast wi-fi is usually too variable to use for long periods with Jamulus, and Bluetooth headphones and mics usually introduce latencies of about 50 ms or more." -msgstr "" +msgstr "따라서 신호 지연이나 기타 문제의 원인을 최소화하는 것이 좋습니다. 빠른 Wi-Fi도 일반적으로 너무 가변적이어서 장시간 사용하기 어렵고, 블루투스 헤드폰과 마이크는 일반적으로 약 50ms 이상의 지연 시간을 유발합니다." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:42 -msgid "### Why should I not listen to my own signal?" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why should I not listen to my own signal?" +msgstr "왜 내 신호를 듣지 않아야 하나요?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:44 msgid "For the same reason as you need to minimise delay in your signal in order to play in time, you need to make sure you are playing to your own sound that other musicians are hearing. More information on this, and a way of testing your setup to make sure you are obeying this “Golden Rule” [can be found here](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "시간에 맞춰 연주하기 위해 사용자의 신호의 딜레이를 최소화해야 하는 것과 같은 이유로, 다른 뮤지션들이 듣는 사용자 자신의 사운드에 맞춰 연주하고 있는지 확인해야 합니다. 이에 대한 자세한 내용과 이 \"황금률\"을 준수하는지 확인하기 위해 설정을 테스트하는 방법은 [여기에서 확인할 수 있습니다](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:46 msgid "Of course, if you are playing an acoustic instrument, or are a singer, it will be hard to exclude your “local” sound. But you should at least try to do so by for example using closed-back headphones turned up as loud as you are able to mask your own sound. This will let you concentrate on the mix coming back to you from the Server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "물론, 어쿠스틱 악기를 연주하거나 가수인 경우 사용자의 “로컬” 사운드를 배제하기 어려울 것입니다. 하지만 적어도 사용자 자신의 소리를 가릴 수 있을 만큼 크게 설정한 폐쇄형 헤드폰을 사용하는 등의 방법을 시도해 보세요. 이렇게 하면 서버에서 돌아오는 믹스에 집중할 수 있습니다." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:48 -msgid "### Do I need a fast Internet connection?" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Do I need a fast Internet connection?" +msgstr "빠른 인터넷 연결이 필요하신가요?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:50 -msgid "No, especially if you don't run a Server to host other musicians. Having a low ping is more important. For most people on standard broadband (e.g. 10 Mbit/s down and 1 Mbit/s up) you will have no problems. For those running Servers at home, depending on how many people join, you may encounter issues if your _upstream_ bandwidth is lower than about 5 Mbit/s." -msgstr "" +msgid "No, especially if you don't run a Server to host other musicians. Having a low ping is more important. Most people on standard broadband (e.g. 10 Mbit/s down and 1 Mbit/s up) will have no problems. For those running Servers at home, depending on how many people join, you may encounter issues if your _upstream_ bandwidth is lower than about 5 Mbit/s." +msgstr "아니요, 특히 다른 뮤지션들을 호스팅하기 위해 서버를 운영하지 않는 경우에는 더욱 그렇습니다. 낮은 핑을 갖는 것이 더 중요합니다. 표준 광대역(예: 10 Mbit/s 다운로드 및 1 Mbit/s 업로드)을 사용하는 대부분의 사람들은 문제가 없습니다. 집에서 서버를 실행하는 경우 참여하는 사람 수에 따라 _업스트림_ 대역폭이 약 5Mbit/s보다 낮으면 문제가 발생할 수 있습니다." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:52 -msgid "### Do I need to run a Server?" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Do I need to run a Server?" +msgstr "서버를 실행해야 합니까?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:54 msgid "No. If you just intend to connect to other people’s Servers, then all you need is a Client. [Read this if you think you need to run your own Server](/wiki/Running-a-Server)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "아니요. 다른 사람의 서버에 연결하려는 경우 클라이언트만 있으면 됩니다. [자체 서버를 실행해야 한다면 이 글을 읽어보세요](/wiki/Running-a-Server)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:56 -msgid "### How does Jamulus work (in general)?" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:55 +#, no-wrap +msgid "How does Jamulus work (in general)?" +msgstr "Jamulus는 (일반적으로) 어떻게 작동하나요?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:58 -msgid "\"Diagram" -msgstr "" +#, no-wrap +msgid "\"Diagram\n" +msgstr "\"Jamulus의\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:61 msgid "Jamulus works on the Client-server principle. Everybody’s audio is sent to a Server, mixed and processed there. Afterwards, the audio is sent back to each Client. If a Server is registered in a Jamulus Directory, the Server's information will be provided to all Clients using that Directory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus는 클라이언트-서버 원칙을 따릅니다. 모든 사람의 오디오는 서버로 전송되어 그곳에서 믹싱 및 처리됩니다. 그런 다음 오디오가 각 클라이언트로 다시 전송됩니다. 서버가 Jamulus 디렉터리에 등록된 경우 해당 디렉터리를 사용하는 모든 클라이언트에 서버 정보가 제공됩니다." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:63 -msgid "### Why doesn't Jamulus provide video support?" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why doesn't Jamulus provide video support?" +msgstr "Jamulus에서 비디오 지원을 제공하지 않는 이유는 무엇인가요?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:65 msgid "Adding video support adds a lot of complexity. You can use other software like Jitsi or Zoom if you want to see others when playing (or have an \"audience\"), but the video will be significantly behind the Jamulus audio." -msgstr "" +msgstr "비디오 지원을 추가하면 많은 복잡성이 추가됩니다. 플레이할 때 다른 사람을 보고 싶거나(또는 \"청중\"이 있는 경우), Jitsi 또는 Zoom과 같은 다른 소프트웨어를 사용할 수 있지만, 비디오는 Jamulus 오디오보다 상당히 뒤처지게 됩니다." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:68 -msgid "## Server FAQ" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:67 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server FAQ" +msgstr "서버 FAQ" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:70 -msgid "### Why do Registered Servers not need port forwarding?" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:69 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why do Registered Servers not need port forwarding?" +msgstr "등록된 서버에는 포트 포워딩이 필요하지 않은 이유는 무엇인가요?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:72 -msgid "Normally, network address translation (NAT) firewalls prevent incoming requests initiated from outside the local network. Inbound traffic is only possible for packets relating to an outbound request (strictly speaking, “related” and “established” packets to an initial outbound connection). In Registered Server mode, when your Jamulus Server connects to a Directory it of course initiates an outbound connection. From then on, the Directory sends (established/related) connection “pings” (not ICMP pings) to your Server at regular intervals to keep the relevant NAT port(s) open on your router/firewall." -msgstr "" +msgid "Normally, network address translation (NAT) blocks incoming requests initiated from outside the local network. Inbound traffic is only possible for packets relating to an outbound request (strictly speaking, “related” and “established” packets to an initial outbound connection). In Registered Server mode, your Jamulus Server initiates an outbound connection when it connects to a Directory. From then on, the Directory sends (established/related) connection “pings” (not ICMP pings) to your Server at regular intervals to keep the relevant port(s) open on your router." +msgstr "일반적으로, NAT(네트워크 주소 변환)는 로컬 네트워크 외부에서 시작된 수신 요청을 차단합니다. 인바운드 트래픽은 아웃바운드 요청과 관련된 패킷(엄밀히 말하면 초기 아웃바운드 연결에 \"관련\" 및 \"설정된\" 패킷)에 대해서만 가능합니다. 등록된 서버 모드에서는 Jamulus 서버가 디렉터리에 연결할 때 아웃바운드 연결을 시작합니다. 그 이후부터 디렉터리는 라우터에서 관련 포트를 계속 열어두기 위해 정기적으로 서버에 (설정된/관련된) 연결 \"핑\"(ICMP 핑 아님)을 보냅니다." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:74 -msgid "However, in Unregistered mode, Clients have to **initiate** connections into the Server’s network. NAT firewalls prevent this, so you need to tell them to allow incoming connection requests on the Jamulus port using port forwarding." -msgstr "" +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:73 +msgid "However, to reach an Unregistered Server, each Client has to initiate a connection into the Server’s network. A NAT prevents this, so you need to configure your router to allow incoming connection requests on the Jamulus port using port forwarding." +msgstr "그러나 등록되지 않은 서버에 접속하려면, 각 클라이언트가 서버의 네트워크에 연결을 시작해야 합니다. NAT는 이를 방지하므로 포트 포워딩을 사용하여 Jamulus 포트에서 들어오는 연결 요청을 허용하도록 라우터를 구성해야 합니다." + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ "# Jamulus FAQ\n" +#~ " {:.no_toc}\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "# Jamulus FAQ\n" +#~ " {:.no_toc}\n" + +#~ msgid "TOC" +#~ msgstr "목차" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Getting-Started.po index e2ed73e41..70af3e055 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Getting-Started.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Getting-Started.po @@ -2,80 +2,80 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # 이정희 , 2022. +# 이정희 , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-16 15:25+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-28 13:55+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: ko_KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0.1-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "ko_KR" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Getting-Started" msgstr "/wiki/Getting-Started" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Setup" msgstr "구성" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:9 -msgid "# Setup - getting started with Jamulus" -msgstr "# 구성 - Jamulus 시작하기" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Setup - getting started with Jamulus" +msgstr "설정 - Jamulus 시작하기" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:11 msgid "To get the best from Jamulus, at a minimum you will need:" msgstr "Jamulus를 최대한 활용하려면, 최소한 다음이 필요합니다:" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:13 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**A wired internet connection** (and turn wi-fi off. See the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))\n" -msgstr "* 유선 인터넷 연결 * (및 wi-fi 끄기. [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment) 참조)\n" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 +msgid "**A wired internet connection** (and turn wi-fi off. See the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))" +msgstr "**유선 인터넷 연결**(및 Wi-Fi 끄기. [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment) 참조)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:14 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Wired headphones** (not Bluetooth or speakers - see the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))\n" -msgstr "**유선 헤드폰**(블루투스 또는 스피커 아님 - [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment) 참조)\n" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 +msgid "**Wired headphones** (not Bluetooth or speakers - see the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))" +msgstr "**유선 헤드폰** (블루투스 또는 스피커 아님 - [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment) 참조)" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**A reasonable audio device, sound card and/or mic** ([see this list](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) for examples)\n" -msgstr "**알맞은 오디오 장치, 사운드 카드 및/또는 마이크**([이 목록 참조](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) 예시)\n" +msgid "**A reasonable audio device, sound card and/or mic** ([see this list](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) for examples)" +msgstr "**알맞은 오디오 장치, 사운드 카드 및/또는 마이크** (예시를 보려면 [이 목록 참조](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html))" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:17 msgid "If you have any questions, please see the [Discussions](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" msgstr "궁금한 점이 있다면, [토론](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)을 참조하십시오" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:19 -msgid "## Installation" -msgstr "## 설치" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "설치" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:21 @@ -91,34 +91,36 @@ msgid "" " macOS\n" " Linux\n" "
\n" -"_[Android](Installation-for-Android) and [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) can be used too, but are still considered experimental._\n" +"_[Android](Installation-for-Android) and [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) can be used too, but are considered experimental._\n" msgstr "" "
\n" " Windows\n" " macOS\n" " Linux\n" "
\n" -"_[Android](Installation-for-Android) 및 [iOS](Installation-for-iOS)도 사용할 수 있지만, 여전히 실험적인 것으로 간주됩니다._\n" +"_[Android](Installation-for-Android) 및 [iOS](Installation-for-iOS)도 사용할 수 있지만, 실험적인 것으로 간주됩니다._\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:30 msgid "And for now, close all other applications. It’s best to start simple at first." msgstr "그리고 지금은 다른 모든 응용 프로그램을 닫습니다. 처음에는 간단하게 시작하는 것이 좋습니다." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:32 -msgid "## Hardware Setup" -msgstr "## 하드웨어 구성" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Hardware Setup" +msgstr "하드웨어 설정" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:34 msgid "If you use external audio hardware, plug that in before you start Jamulus. If you haven't configured your hardware, please see the installation guides mentioned above." msgstr "외부 오디오 하드웨어를 사용하는 경우, Jamulus를 시작하기 전에 플러그를 꽂습니다. 하드웨어를 구성하지 않은 경우, 위에 언급된 설치 가이드를 참조하십시오." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:36 -msgid "## Jamulus main window" -msgstr "## Jamulus 기본 창" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:35 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus main window" +msgstr "Jamulus 기본 창" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:38 @@ -139,10 +141,11 @@ msgstr "" "
서버에 연결하기 전의 기본 창
\n" "\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:46 -msgid "## Setting up a profile" -msgstr "## 프로필 설정" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:45 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Setting up a profile" +msgstr "프로필 설정하기" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:48 @@ -168,10 +171,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Fill in at least “Alias/Name” and close the window." msgstr "적어도 \"가명/이름\"을 입력하고 창을 닫습니다." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:58 -msgid "## Connecting to a Server and testing your sound" -msgstr "## 서버에 연결하고 사운드 테스트" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Connecting to a Server and testing your sound" +msgstr "서버에 연결하고 사용자의 사운드 테스트하기" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:60 @@ -213,10 +217,11 @@ msgstr "서버에서 가장 중요한 것은 \"ping 시간\"입니다. 숫자가 msgid "Once connected to a Server, make sure you can hear yourself OK and fix any input volume or other problems. You can have a look at the [troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) for common problems. And of course, check that you are also able to obey [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)." msgstr "서버에 연결되면 자신의 음성이 제대로 들리는지 확인하고 입력 음량이나 기타 문제를 수정하십시오. 일반적인 문제는 [문제 해결 페이지](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting)에서 확인할 수 있습니다. 물론 [황금률](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)도 준수할 수 있는지 확인하십시오." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:75 -msgid "## Playing for the first time" -msgstr "## 처음으로 재생" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:74 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Playing for the first time" +msgstr "처음으로 재생하기" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:77 @@ -240,7 +245,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:84 msgid "If you don’t want others to hear your audio, click on the “Mute Myself” button which will stop your audio from being sent to other people. They won’t be able to tell you have done this though. But if you see a “mute” icon above a fader, that means they can’t hear you because they've muted your channel in their mix." -msgstr "다른 사람이 내 오디오를 듣지 못하게 하려면 \"음소거하기\" 버튼을 클릭하여 다른 사람에게 오디오가 전송되지 않도록 합니다. 하지만 그들은 당신이 이것을 했다고 말할 수 없을 것입니다. 그러나 페이더 위에 \"음소거\" 아이콘이 표시되면 믹스에서 채널을 음소거했기 때문에 사용자가 내 목소리를 들을 수 없다는 의미입니다." +msgstr "다른 사람이 내 오디오를 듣지 못하게 하려면 \"직접 음소거\" 버튼을 클릭하여 다른 사람에게 오디오가 전송되지 않도록 합니다. 하지만 그들은 당신이 이것을 했다고 말할 수 없을 것입니다. 그러나 페이더 위에 \"음소거\" 아이콘이 표시되면 믹스에서 채널을 음소거했기 때문에 사용자가 내 목소리를 들을 수 없다는 의미입니다." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:86 @@ -252,10 +257,11 @@ msgstr "연결되어 있는 동안 언제든지 채팅 기능을 사용하여 msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)." msgstr "Jamulus 사용에 대한 자세한 내용은 [소프트웨어 설명서](/wiki/Software-Manual)에서 확인할 수 있습니다." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:90 -msgid "## Troubleshooting" -msgstr "## 문제 해결" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:89 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "문제 해결하기" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:91 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Include-Backing-Up.po b/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Include-Backing-Up.po index 90ef2db71..03679efb9 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Include-Backing-Up.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Include-Backing-Up.po @@ -2,23 +2,25 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # 이정희 , 2022. +# 이정희 , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-16 15:25+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-03-30 17:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: ko_KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.17-dev\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:2 -msgid "" -msgstr "" +#, no-wrap +msgid "\n" +msgstr "\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:4 @@ -45,17 +47,17 @@ msgstr "`find ~ -name Jamulus.ini -ls`" msgid "If you used the `--inifile` parameter to save an inifile to a different location, don't forget to also backup these files. **Points to note**" msgstr "'--inifile'매개 변수를 사용하여 inifile을 다른 위치에 저장했다면 이 파일도 백업하는 것을 잊지 마십시오. **주의할 점들**" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:15 +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:16 msgid "Do not back up or restore settings files when Jamulus is running." msgstr "Jamulus가 실행 중일 때 설정 파일을 백업하거나 복원하지 마십시오." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:16 msgid "It is not recommended to manually edit settings files (they're not designed for that)." msgstr "설정 파일을 수동으로 편집하는 것은 권장되지 않습니다(이를 위해 설계되지 않음)." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:16 msgid "You can revert all settings to their defaults by just deleting the settings file (after closing Jamulus)." msgstr "Jamulus를 닫은 후 설정 파일을 삭제하여 모든 설정을 기본값으로 되돌릴 수 있습니다." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Include-Client-Commands.po index cd9704f61..bd8b2f1f8 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Include-Client-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Include-Client-Commands.po @@ -2,51 +2,46 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # 이정희 , 2022. +# 이정희 , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-13 20:26+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-28 13:55+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: ko_KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0.1-dev\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-M` or `--mutestream` Prevent others on a server from hearing what I play \n" -msgstr "`-M` 또는 `--mutestream` 서버의 다른 사용자가 내가 연주하는 것을 듣지 못하도록 방지 \n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3 +msgid "`-M` or `--mutestream` Prevent others on a server from hearing what I play" +msgstr "`-M` 또는 `--mutestream` 서버의 다른 사용자들이 내가 연주하는 것을 듣지 못하도록 차단하기" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--mutemyown` Prevent me from hearing what I play in the server mix (headless only) \n" -msgstr "`--mutemyown` 서버 믹스에서 내가 연주하는 것을 듣지 못하도록 방지(헤드리스만 해당) \n" +msgid "`--mutemyown` Prevent me from hearing what I play in the server mix (headless only)" +msgstr "`--mutemyown` 서버 믹스에서 내가 연주하는 것을 듣지 못하도록 차단하기 (헤드리스만 해당)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:4 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-c` or `--connect` Connect to given server address on startup, format `address[:port]` \n" -msgstr "`-c` 또는 `--connect` 시작 시 지정된 서버 주소에 연결하고, `address[:port]` 형식 지정 \n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3 +msgid "`-c` or `--connect` Connect to given server address on startup, format `address[:port]`" +msgstr "`-c` 또는 `--connect` 시작 시 지정된 서버 주소에 연결하고, `address[:port]` 형식 지정" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-j` or `--nojackconnect` Disable auto JACK connections \n" -msgstr "`-j` 또는 `--nojackconnect` 자동 JACK 연결 비활성화 \n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:4 +msgid "`-j` or `--nojackconnect` Disable auto JACK connections" +msgstr "`-j` 또는 `--nojackconnect` 자동 JACK 연결 비활성화" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)\n" -msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` 청취할 MIDI 컨트롤러 채널, 제어 번호 오프셋 및 연속 CC 번호(채널) 및 Mute Myself CC 번호. 형식: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` [팁 & 트릭](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi- 컨트롤러)\n" +msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)" +msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` 청취할 MIDI 컨트롤러 채널, 제어 번호 오프셋 및 연속 CC 번호(채널) 및 직접 음소거 CC 번호입니다. 형식: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` [팁 & 트릭](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--clientname` Window title and JACK client name\n" -msgstr "`--clientname` 창 제목 및 JACK 클라이언트 이름\n" +msgid "`--clientname` Window title and JACK client name" +msgstr "`--clientname` 창 제목 및 JACK 클라이언트 이름" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Include-Server-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Include-Server-Commands.po deleted file mode 100644 index 7ebda66a1..000000000 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Include-Server-Commands.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,111 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# 이정희 , 2022. -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-16 15:25+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: ko_KR\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:2 -msgid "`-d` or `--discononquit` Disconnect all Clients on quit. Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not used their \"Disconnect\" buttons will re-establish connection when the Server comes back up again. Using this option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server." -msgstr "`-d` 또는 `--discononquit` 종료 시 모든 클라이언트의 연결을 끊습니다. 일반적으로 서버가 중지되거나 다시 시작되면 서버가 다시 백업될 때 \"연결 끊기\" 단추를 사용하지 않은 클라이언트는 연결을 다시 설정합니다. 이 옵션을 사용하면 클라이언트가 서버에 대한 연결을 수동으로 다시 설정해야 합니다." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:3 -msgid "`-e` or `--directoryserver` Register the Server on a Directory (e.g. to set its genre (see also `-o`)). See [Server Types](Running-a-Server#server-types) for further information." -msgstr "`-e` 또는 `--directoryserver` 디렉터리에 서버를 등록합니다(예: 장르 설정(`-o` 참조)). 자세한 내용은 [서버 유형](Running-a-Server#server-types)을 참조하십시오." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:4 -msgid "`--directoryfile` Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. Directory Servers only. See [this guide](Directories) for further information." -msgstr "`--directoryfile` 디렉터리를 다시 시작해도 등록된 서버를 기억합니다. 디렉터리 서버만 해당됩니다. 자세한 내용은 [이 가이드](디렉터리)를 참조하십시오." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:5 -msgid "`-f` or `--listfilter` Whitelist Servers registering on the Server list, format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]` Directories only." -msgstr "`-f` 또는 `--listfilter` 화이트리스트 서버 목록에 등록된 서버는 'IP 주소 1[;ip 주소 2]' 디렉터리만 포맷합니다." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:6 -msgid "`-F` or `--fastupdate` Reduces latency if Clients connect with \"Enable Small Network Buffers\" option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients." -msgstr "`-F` 또는 `--fastupdate` 클라이언트가 \"작은 네트워크 버퍼 활성화\" 옵션으로 연결하는 경우 대기 시간을 줄입니다. 드롭아웃을 방지하기 위해 더 빠른 CPU와 활성화된 클라이언트에 더 많은 대역폭이 필요합니다." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:7 -msgid "`-l` or `--log` Enable logging, set path and file name" -msgstr "`-l` 또는 `--log` 로깅 활성화, 경로 및 파일 이름 설정" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:8 -msgid "`-L` or `--licence` Show an agreement window before users can connect" -msgstr "`-L` 또는 `--licence` 사용자가 연결하기 전에 계약 창 표시" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:9 -msgid "`-m` or `--htmlstatus` Enable HTML status file, set path and file name" -msgstr "`-m` 또는 `--htmlstatus` HTML 상태 파일 활성화, 경로 및 파일 이름 설정" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:10 -msgid "`-o` or `--serverinfo` Location details in the format: `[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code or Qt5 Locale]` (see [two-letter ISO country codes](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements) or [Qt5 Locale values](https://doc.qt.io/qt-5/qlocale.html#Country-enum)) Registered Servers only" -msgstr "`-o` 또는 `--serverinfo` 형식의 위치 세부 정보: '[이름]; [도시]; [2자리 ISO 국가 코드로 된 국가 또는 Qt5 로케일]'([2자리 ISO 국가 코드](https://ko.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements) 또는 [Qt5 로케일 값](https://doc.qt.io/qt-5/qlocale.html#Country-enum)) 등록된 서버만 해당)" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:11 -msgid "`-P` or `--delaypan` Start with delay panning enabled See [notes](Running-a-Server#delay-panning)" -msgstr "`-P` 또는 `--delaypan` 지연 패닝이 활성화된 상태에서 시작합니다. [참고](Running-a-Server#delay-panning)을 참조하십시오" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:12 -msgid "`-R` or `--recording` Set server recording directory; Server will record when a session is active by default. See [Options](Running-a-Server#options)." -msgstr "`-R` 또는 `--recording` 서버 녹음 디렉터리를 설정합니다. 서버는 세션이 기본적으로 활성 상태일 때 기록합니다. [옵션](서버 #옵션 실행)을 참조하십시오." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:13 -msgid "`--norecord` Set server not to record by default (when recording is configured e.g via `-R`)" -msgstr "`--norecord` 기본적으로 녹음되지 않도록 서버 설정 (예: `-R`을 통해 녹음이 구성된 경우)" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:14 -msgid "`-s` or `--server` Start in Server mode" -msgstr "`-s` 또는 `--server` 서버 모드에서 시작" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:15 -msgid "`--serverbindip` Specify the IP address to bind to" -msgstr "`--serverbindip` 바인딩할 IP 주소를 지정합니다" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:16 -msgid "`-T` or `--multithreading` Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs to support more Clients" -msgstr "`-T` 또는 `--multithreading` 티스레딩을 사용하여 더 많은 클라이언트를 지원하기 위해 멀티 코어 CPU를 더 잘 사용합니다" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:17 -msgid "`-u` or `--numchannels` Maximum number of channels (Clients)" -msgstr "`-u` 또는 `--numchannels` 최대 채널 수 (클라이언트)" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:18 -msgid "`-w` or `--welcomemessage` Welcome message on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML." -msgstr "`-w` 또는 `--welcomemessage` 연결 시 환영 메시지입니다. 문자열 또는 파일 이름으로 제공될 수 있으며 HTML을 포함할 수 있습니다." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:19 -msgid "`-z` or `--startminimized` Start minimized" -msgstr "`-z` 또는 `--startminimized` 최소화된 시작" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:19 -msgid "`--serverpublicip` The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [Notes on Directories](Directories#points-to-note-about-directories)" -msgstr "`--serverpublicip` 동일한 NAT 뒤에 있는 디렉터리에 연결하는 경우 서버의 공용 IP 주소입니다. [디렉터리에 대한 참고 사항](Directories#points-to-note-about-directories)을 참조하십시오" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Include-Shared-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Include-Shared-Commands.po index 78e6fb353..4146feab0 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Include-Shared-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Include-Shared-Commands.po @@ -2,80 +2,82 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # 이정희 , 2022. +# Allan Nordhøy , 2023. +# 이정희 , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-13 20:26+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-21 11:51+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: ko_KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:3 msgid "[comment]: # (This is an include file for use in multiple documents)" msgstr "[주석]: # (이것은 여러 문서에서 사용하기위한 포함 파일입니다)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-h` or `--help` Display help text \n" -msgstr "`-h` 또는 `--help` 도움말 텍스트 표시 \n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-h` or `--help` Display help text" +msgstr "`-h` 또는 `--help` 도움말 텍스트 표시" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:6 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default)\n" -msgstr "`-i` 또는 `--inifile` 초기화 파일의 위치 설정하기 (기본값 재정의)\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default. On macOS simply provide a filename only, since config files can only be read from `/Users//Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/`. For the server replace `io.jamulus.Jamulus` with `io.jamulus.JamulusServer`. Turn on \"Show Library folder\" in \"Show view options\" in Finder to see this folder.)" +msgstr "`-i` 또는 `--inifile` 초기화 파일의 위치 설정(기본값을 재정의합니다. macOS에서는 구성 파일을 `/Users//Library/Containers/io.jamulus에서만 읽을 수 있으므로 파일 이름만 제공합니다. .Jamulus/Data/`. 서버의 경우 `io.jamulus.Jamulus`를 `io.jamulus.JamulusServer`로 바꿉니다. 이 폴더를 보려면 Finder의 \"보기 옵션 보기\"에서 \"라이브러리 폴더 보기\"를 켭니다.)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:7 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-n` or `--nogui` Disable GUI (for use in headless mode) \n" -msgstr "`-n` 또는 `--nogui` GUI 비활성화(헤드리스 모드에서 사용) \n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-n` or `--nogui` Disable GUI (for use in headless mode)" +msgstr "`-n` 또는 `--nogui` GUI 비활성화(헤드리스 모드에서 사용)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:8 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-p` or `--port` Sets the local UDP port number. Default is 22124\n" -msgstr "`-p` 또는 `--port` 로컬 UDP 포트 번호를 설정합니다. 기본값: 22124\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-p` or `--port` Sets the local UDP port number. Default is 22124" +msgstr "`-p` 또는 `--port` 로컬 UDP 포트 번호를 설정합니다. 기본값: 22124" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:9 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--jsonrpcport` Enables JSON-RPC API server to control the app, set TCP port number (EXPERIMENTAL, APIs might change; only accessible from localhost). Please see [the JSON-RPC API Documentation file](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md).\n" -msgstr "`--jsonrpcport` JSON-RPC API 서버를 활성화하여 앱을 제어하고 TCP 포트 번호를 설정합니다(실험적, API가 변경될 수 있음, localhost에서만 액세스 가능). [JSON-RPC API 문서 파일](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)을 참조하십시오.\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`--jsonrpcport` Enables JSON-RPC API server to control the app, set TCP port number (EXPERIMENTAL, APIs might change; only accessible from localhost). Please see [the JSON-RPC API Documentation file](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." +msgstr "`--jsonrpcport` JSON-RPC API 서버를 활성화하여 앱을 제어하고 TCP 포트 번호를 설정합니다(실험적, API가 변경될 수 있음, localhost에서만 액세스 가능). [JSON-RPC API 문서 파일](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)을 참조하십시오." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:10 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--jsonrpcsecretfile` Required when using `--jsonrpcport`. Sets a path to a text file containing an authentication string for getting access to the JSON-RPC API.\n" -msgstr "`--jsonrpcsecretfile` `--jsonrpcport`를 사용할 때 필요합니다. JSON-RPC API에 액세스하기 위한 인증 문자열이 포함된 텍스트 파일의 경로를 설정합니다.\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`--jsonrpcsecretfile` Required when using `--jsonrpcport`. Sets a path to a text file containing an authentication string for getting access to the JSON-RPC API." +msgstr "`--jsonrpcsecretfile` `--jsonrpcport`를 사용할 때 필요합니다. JSON-RPC API에 액세스하기 위한 인증 문자열이 포함된 텍스트 파일의 경로를 설정합니다." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:11 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-Q` or `--qos` Sets the quality of service DS Field byte. Default is 128 (DSCP/CS4). QoS is ignored by Windows. To enable it, [see this page](QOS-Windows)\n" -msgstr "`-Q` 또는 `--qos` 서비스 품질 DS 필드 바이트를 설정합니다. 기본값: 128(DSCP/CS4). QoS는 Windows에서 무시됩니다. 활성화하려면 [이 페이지 참조](QOS-Windows)\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`--jsonrpcbindip` The IP address the JSON-RPC server should bind to. (optional, defaults to 127.0.0.1)" +msgstr "`--jsonrpcbindip` JSON-RPC 서버가 바인딩해야 하는 IP 주소입니다. (선택 사항, 기본값은 127.0.0.1)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:12 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-t` or `--notranslation` Disable UI language translations\n" -msgstr "`-t` 또는 `--notranslation` UI 언어 번역 비활성화\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-Q` or `--qos` Sets the quality of service DS Field byte. Default is 128 (DSCP/CS4). QoS is ignored by Windows. To enable it, [see this page](QOS-Windows)" +msgstr "`-Q` 또는 `--qos` 서비스 품질 DS 필드 바이트를 설정합니다. 기본값: 128(DSCP/CS4). QoS는 Windows에서 무시됩니다. 활성화하려면 [이 페이지 참조](QOS-Windows)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:13 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-6` or `--enableipv6` Enable IPv6 addressing (IPv4 is always enabled)\n" -msgstr "`-6` 또는 `--enableipv6` IPv6 주소 지정 활성화(IPv4는 항상 활성화됨)\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-t` or `--notranslation` Disable UI language translations" +msgstr "`-t` 또는 `--notranslation` UI 언어 번역 비활성화" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:13 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-v` or `--version` Output version information and exit\n" -msgstr "`-v` 또는 `--version` 버전 정보 출력하고 종료\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-6` or `--enableipv6` Enable IPv6 addressing (IPv4 is always enabled)" +msgstr "`-6` 또는 `--enableipv6` IPv6 주소 지정 활성화(IPv4는 항상 활성화됨)" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-v` or `--version` Output version information and exit" +msgstr "`-v` 또는 `--version` 버전 정보 출력하고 종료" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default)\n" +#~ msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default)" +#~ msgstr "`-i` 또는 `--inifile` 초기화 파일의 위치 설정하기 (기본값 재정의)\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Installation-for-Android.po b/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Installation-for-Android.po index f7217892f..399ac5283 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Installation-for-Android.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Installation-for-Android.po @@ -4,39 +4,41 @@ # ignotus , 2022. # 이정희 , 2022. # 이정희 , 2022. +# 이정희 , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-19 06:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-21 11:51+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: ko_KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "ko_KR" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Android" msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Android" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:11 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation for Android" msgstr "Android용 설치" @@ -44,78 +46,71 @@ msgstr "Android용 설치" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:9 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" -msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Jamulus 사용\" branch1=\"시작하기\" branch1-url=\"시작하기\" %}" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:12 -msgid "# Installation for Android" -msgstr "# Android용 설치" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Jamulus 사용하기\" branch1=\"시작하기\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:14 msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." -msgstr "[시작하기](시작하기) 페이지를 이미 읽었는지 확인합니다." +msgstr "[시작하기](Getting-Started) 페이지를 이미 읽었는지 확인합니다." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:16 msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:18 -msgid "## Things to note about Android" -msgstr "## Android에 대해 주의할 사항" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Things to note about Android" +msgstr "Android 관련 유의 사항" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:20 msgid "Although you **can** install Jamulus on Android devices (and hear sound), we strongly recommend **not** doing so. Sound quality - especially over WiFi - is usually bad and latency is high. If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } which is an inexpensive and small device that performs very well with Jamulus. Android support is just a proof of concept." msgstr "Android 기기에 Jamulus를 설치하고 소리를 들을 수 있지만 그렇게 하지 않는 것이 좋습니다. 특히 WiFi를 통한 음질은 일반적으로 좋지 않으며 대기 시간이 높습니다. PC가 없다면 저렴한 [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" }를 구입하는 것이 좋습니다. Jamulus와 매우 잘 어울리는 작은 장치. Android 지원은 개념 증명일 뿐입니다." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:22 -msgid "## Install the Android PoC" -msgstr "## Android PoC 설치" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:21 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Install the Android PoC" +msgstr "Android PoC 설치하기" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:24 msgid "If you do want to try Jamulus on Android:" msgstr "Android에서 Jamulus를 사용해보고 싶다면:" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:26 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:28 msgid "Allow the installation of apps from unknown sources (look in Settings>Security. Note: The exact way to do this depends on your device and OS-version)" msgstr "알 수 없는 출처의 앱 설치 허용(설정>보안에서 확인하세요. 참고: 정확한 방법은 기기 및 OS 버전에 따라 다름)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:27 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:28 msgid "[Download and install Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.android }}){: .button}" msgstr "[Jamulus 다운로드 및 설치]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.android }}){: .button}" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:28 msgid "You should now be able to run Jamulus on your Android device" msgstr "이제 Android 기기에서 Jamulus를 실행할 수 있습니다" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:30 -msgid "## Feedback and development" -msgstr "## 피드백 및 개발" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Feedback and development" +msgstr "피드백 및 개발" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:32 msgid "We are very happy to get feedback from Android users and developers. Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." msgstr "Android 사용자와 개발자로부터 피드백을 받게 되어 매우 기쁩니다. [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)로 이동하세요." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:34 +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:35 #, no-wrap -msgid "***\n" -msgstr "***\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:36 -msgid "## All installed?" -msgstr "## 모두 설치되었습니까?" +msgid "All installed?" +msgstr "모두 설치되었습니까?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:38 @@ -125,4 +120,11 @@ msgstr "Jamulus가 설치되었으며 지금 사용할 수 있습니다. 이제 #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:39 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" -msgstr "[시작하기 페이지](시작하기){: .button}" +msgstr "[시작하기 페이지](Getting-Started){: .button}" + +#~ msgid "# Installation for Android" +#~ msgstr "# Android용 설치" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "***\n" +#~ msgstr "***\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Installation-for-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Installation-for-Linux.po index 49874dde7..58b0d9b30 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Installation-for-Linux.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Installation-for-Linux.po @@ -4,39 +4,41 @@ # ignotus , 2022. # 이정희 , 2022. # 이정희 , 2022. +# 이정희 , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-19 06:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-22 09:52+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: ko_KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "ko_KR" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux" msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:10 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation for Linux" msgstr "Linux용 설치" @@ -44,17 +46,12 @@ msgstr "Linux용 설치" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:9 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" -msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Jamulus 사용\" branch1=\"시작하기\" branch1-url=\"시작하기\" %}" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:11 -msgid "# Installation for Linux" -msgstr "# Linux용 설치" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Jamulus 사용하기\" branch1=\"시작하기\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:13 msgid "Make sure you read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." -msgstr "[시작하기](시작하기) 페이지를 반드시 읽으십시오." +msgstr "[시작하기](Getting-Started) 페이지를 반드시 읽으십시오." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:15 @@ -63,156 +60,213 @@ msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:17 -msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first." -msgstr "업그레이드중입니까? 먼저 [사용자의 구성 백업](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus)을 원할 수 있습니다." +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Upgrading?** You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first.\n" +msgstr "**업그레이드하시겠습니까?** 먼저 [사용자의 구성을 백업](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus)하는 것이 좋습니다.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:19 -msgid "### Debian and Ubuntu" -msgstr "### 데비안 및 우분투" +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Installing a server?** Read the [guide for server adminstrators](Running-a-Server) first.\n" +msgstr "**서버를 설치하시겠습니까?** 먼저 [서버 관리자용 가이드](서버 실행)를 읽어 보십시오.\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:21 -msgid "We provide three equivalent `.deb` files for the most common architectures. Please download the appropriate one:" -msgstr "가장 일반적인 아키텍처에 대해 3개의 동등한 `.deb` 파일을 제공합니다. 적절한 것을 다운로드하십시오:" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Debian and Ubuntu" +msgstr "데비안 및 우분투" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:23 +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:22 #, no-wrap -msgid "**For Intel/AMD based machines (amd64):**\n" -msgstr "**인텔/AMD 기반 시스템의 경우 (amd64):**\n" +msgid "Using the official Repository (recommended)" +msgstr "공식 저장소 사용하기 (권장됨)" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:25 -msgid "[Download Jamulus (.deb, amd64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}){:.button}" -msgstr "[Jamulus (.deb, amd64) 다운로드]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}){:.button}" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:27 +msgid "We provide a repository for Debian and Ubuntu based distributions that allows automatic updates alongside your other system updates. To use the repository:" +msgstr "우리는 사용자의 다른 시스템 업데이트와 함께 자동 업데이트를 허용하는 데비안 및 우분투 기반 배포를 위한 저장소를 제공합니다. 저장소를 사용하려면:" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 +msgid "Open your Terminal (CTRL+ALT+T should work)" +msgstr "사용자의 터미널을 엽니다 (CTRL+ALT+T가 작동해야 함)" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +msgid "*Ubuntu only* - Enable the Ubuntu \"universe\" repository (you can use the [GUI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/148645) or [CLI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/227788))." +msgstr "* 우분투 전용 * - 우분투 \"universe\" 저장소를 사용하도록 설정합니다([GUI 기반 접근 방식])(https://askubuntu.com/a/148645) 또는 [CLI 기반 접근 방식](https://askubuntu.com/a/227788)) 을 사용할 수 있습니다)." + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 +msgid "Download the repository setup script:\\\\" +msgstr "저장소 설정 스크립트 다운로드:\\\\" + +#. type: Fenced code block (bash) +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 #, no-wrap -msgid "**For ARM based machines (e.g. Raspberry Pi, armhf, arm64):**\n" -msgstr "**ARM 기반 시스템의 경우 (예: 라즈베리 파이, armhf, arm64):**\n" +msgid "curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh\n" +msgstr "curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:30 -msgid "[Download Jamulus 32 bit (.deb, armhf)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}){:.button} [Download Jamulus 64 bit (.deb, arm64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }}){:.button}" -msgstr "[Jamulus 32비트(.deb, armhf) 다운로드]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}){:.button} [Jamulus 64비트 (.deb, arm64) 다운로드]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }}){:.button}" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:32 -msgid "After you downloaded the correct file:" -msgstr "올바른 파일을 다운로드한 후:" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:33 +msgid "Make the script executable:\\\\" +msgstr "스크립트를 실행 가능하게 만들기:\\\\" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:34 +#. type: Fenced code block (bash) +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:33 #, no-wrap -msgid "*Ubuntu only* - Enable the Ubuntu \"universe\" repository (you can use the [GUI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/148645) or [CLI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/227788)).\n" -msgstr "* 우분투 전용 * - 우분투 \"universe\"저장소를 활성화합니다([GUI 기반 접근 방식](https://askubuntu.com/a/148645) 또는 [CLI 기반 접근 방식](https://askubuntu. com/a/227788)).\n" +msgid "chmod +x setup_repo.sh\n" +msgstr "chmod +x setup_repo.sh\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:35 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Update apt by opening a console window (CTRL+ALT+T should work) and type: `sudo apt-get update`\n" -msgstr "콘솔 창을 열어 apt를 업데이트하고(CTRL+ALT+T가 작동해야 함) `sudo apt-get update`를 입력합니다\n" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:37 +msgid "Run the setup script and install Jamulus:\\\\" +msgstr "설정 스크립트를 실행하고 Jamulus 설치하기:\\\\" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:36 +#. type: Fenced code block (bash) +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:37 #, no-wrap -msgid "Go to where you downloaded the installer and either double-click on it, or use the command line: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` for armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}` for arm64: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }}`\n" -msgstr "설치 프로그램을 다운로드 한 위치로 이동하여 두 번 클릭하거나, 명령 줄을 사용합니다: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` armhf의 경우: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}` arm64의 경우: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }}`\n" +msgid "sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus\n" +msgstr "sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:37 +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:41 #, no-wrap -msgid "Once installed, you can delete the file and close any console windows.\n" -msgstr "설치가 완료되면 파일을 삭제하고 콘솔 창을 닫을 수 있습니다.\n" +msgid "Installing the .deb files manually" +msgstr ".deb 파일 수동 설치하기" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:39 -msgid "Note that if you need to upgrade Jamulus to a newer version, just download the new .deb file and re-install as above." -msgstr "Jamulus를 최신 버전으로 업그레이드해야 하는 경우, 새 .deb 파일을 다운로드하고 위와 같이 다시 설치하면 됩니다." +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +msgid "Download Jamulus for your architecture: [amd64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}), [armf]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}) or [arm64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }})" +msgstr "사용자의 아키텍처에 맞는 Jamulus 다운로드: [amd64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}), [armf]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}) or [arm64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }})" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +msgid "Update apt by opening a console window (CTRL+ALT+T should work) and type: `sudo apt-get update`" +msgstr "콘솔 창을 열고(CTRL+ALT+T가 작동해야 함) `sudo apt-get update`를 입력하여 apt를 업데이트합니다" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +msgid "Go to where you downloaded the installer and either double-click on it, or use the command line: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` (or for Raspberry Pi etc. as above)" +msgstr "설치 프로그램을 다운로드한 위치로 이동하여 두 번 클릭하거나, 명령줄을 사용합니다. `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}`(또는 위와 같이 Raspberry Pi 등의 경우)" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +msgid "Once installed, you can delete the file and close any console windows." +msgstr "설치한 후에는 파일을 삭제하고 모든 콘솔 창을 닫을 수 있습니다." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:41 -msgid "### Other distributions" -msgstr "### 다른 배포판" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Upgrades:** If you need to upgrade Jamulus to a newer version and install Jamulus manually, just download the new .deb file and re-install as above.\n" +msgstr "**업그레이드:** Jamulus를 최신 버전으로 업그레이드하고 Jamulus를 수동으로 설치해야 하는 경우, 새 .deb 파일을 다운로드하고 위와 같이 다시 설치하면 됩니다.\n" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Other distributions" +msgstr "다른 배포판" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:43 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:54 msgid "For installers on other distributions, see their package managers and [Repology](https://repology.org/project/jamulus/versions). If an up-to-date version of Jamulus is not included in your distribution, you can [compile Jamulus from source](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md). Note also the contributed [installation scripts](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/installscripts)." msgstr "다른 배포판의 설치 프로그램은 패키지 관리자 및 [Repology](https://repology.org/project/jamulus/versions)를 참조하십시오. 최신 버전의 Jamulus가 배포판에 포함되어 있지 않은 경우 [소스에서 Jamulus 컴파일](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md)을 할 수 있습니다. 제공된 [설치 스크립트](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/installscripts)도 참고하십시오." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:45 -msgid "## Set up your hardware" -msgstr "## 사용자의 하드웨어 설정" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:55 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Set up your hardware" +msgstr "사용자의 하드웨어 설정" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:47 -msgid "### Configure JACK with QjackCtl" -msgstr "### QjackCtl로 JACK 구성" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Configure JACK with QjackCtl" +msgstr "QjackCtl로 JACK 구성하기" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:49 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:60 msgid "Jamulus Clients need [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) to run, but you need to configure that first. The recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`." msgstr "Jamulus 클라이언트를 실행하려면 [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/)가 필요하지만, 먼저 구성해야 합니다. 권장되는 방법은 `QjackCtl`을 사용하는 것입니다." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:50 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:63 msgid "Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page**" msgstr "QjackCtl을 실행합니다. **Qt JACK 컨트롤 유틸리티 기본 페이지**가 표시됩니다" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:51 +#. type: Bullet: '2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:63 msgid "Configure your audio hardware as follows (the exact settings for JACK will depend on what your audio hardware is capable of):" msgstr "오디오 하드웨어를 다음과 같이 구성합니다(JACK에 대한 정확한 설정은 오디오 하드웨어의 기능에 따라 다름):" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:53 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 msgid "Set the audio **Interface** to the one you want (there may be several in the list)" msgstr "오디오 **인터페이스**를 원하는 것으로 설정합니다(목록에 여러 개 있을 수 있음)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:54 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 msgid "Set the **Sample Rate to 48000**" msgstr "**샘플 속도를 48000**으로 설정합니다" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:55 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 msgid "Set the **Frames/Period to 128** and Periods/Buffer at 2 at first" msgstr "**프레임/주기 128**로 설정하고 주기/버퍼를 처음에는 2로 설정합니다" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:57 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:69 msgid "Restart JACK for the new settings to take effect" msgstr "새 설정을 적용하려면 JACK을 다시 시작합니다" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:59 -msgid "### Start Jamulus" -msgstr "### Jamulus 시작하기" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:70 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Start Jamulus" +msgstr "Jamulus 시작하기" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:61 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:73 msgid "With JACK running and configured, launch Jamulus." msgstr "JACK이 실행되고 구성된 상태에서 Jamulus를 시작합니다." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:63 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:75 msgid "If you get problems with sound breaking up (in particular XRUN errors reported by JACK/QjackCtl) try setting bigger values (e.g. 256 frames or 3 periods). Lower ones (e.g. 64 frames) could bring better performance but maybe more sound problems. See the [troubleshooting page](Client-Troubleshooting) otherwise." msgstr "사운드 끊김 문제(특히 JACK/QjackCtl에 의해 보고된 XRUN 오류)가 발생하면 더 큰 값(예: 256프레임 또는 3주기)을 설정해 보십시오. 낮은 프레임(예: 64 프레임)은 더 나은 성능을 제공할 수 있지만, 더 많은 사운드 문제를 가져올 수 있습니다. 그렇지 않으면 [문제 해결 페이지](클라이언트 문제 해결)를 참조하십시오." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:65 -msgid "## All installed?" -msgstr "## 모두 설치되었습니까?" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:76 +#, no-wrap +msgid "All installed?" +msgstr "모두 설치되었습니까?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:79 msgid "Take a look at the" msgstr "살펴보기" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:68 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:80 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" -msgstr "[시작하기 페이지](시작하기){: .button}" +msgstr "[시작하기 페이지](Getting-Started){: .button}" + +#~ msgid "[Download Jamulus (.deb, amd64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}){:.button}" +#~ msgstr "[Jamulus (.deb, amd64) 다운로드]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}){:.button}" + +#~ msgid "After you downloaded the correct file:" +#~ msgstr "올바른 파일을 다운로드한 후:" + +#~ msgid "# Installation for Linux" +#~ msgstr "# Linux용 설치" + +#~ msgid "We provide three equivalent `.deb` files for the most common architectures. Please download the appropriate one:" +#~ msgstr "가장 일반적인 아키텍처에 대해 3개의 동등한 `.deb` 파일을 제공합니다. 적절한 것을 다운로드하십시오:" + +#~ msgid "**For Intel/AMD based machines (amd64):**\n" +#~ msgstr "**인텔/AMD 기반 시스템의 경우 (amd64):**\n" + +#~ msgid "**For ARM based machines (e.g. Raspberry Pi, armhf, arm64):**\n" +#~ msgstr "**ARM 기반 시스템의 경우 (예: 라즈베리 파이, armhf, arm64):**\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Installation-for-Macintosh.po b/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Installation-for-Macintosh.po index 4bc36a6d2..d2b9830cb 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Installation-for-Macintosh.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Installation-for-Macintosh.po @@ -4,39 +4,41 @@ # ignotus , 2022. # 이정희 , 2022. # 이정희 , 2022. +# 이정희 , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-21 04:04+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-21 11:51+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: ko_KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "ko_KR" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh" msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:10 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation for macOS" msgstr "macOS용 설치" @@ -44,17 +46,12 @@ msgstr "macOS용 설치" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:9 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" -msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Jamulus 사용\" branch1=\"시작하기\" branch1-url=\"시작하기\" %}" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:11 -msgid "# Installation for macOS" -msgstr "# macOS용 설치" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Jamulus 사용하기\" branch1=\"시작하기\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:13 msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." -msgstr "[시작하기](시작하기) 페이지를 이미 읽었는지 확인합니다." +msgstr "[시작하기](Getting-Started) 페이지를 이미 읽었는지 확인합니다." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:15 @@ -67,94 +64,94 @@ msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#b msgstr "업그레이드중입니까? 먼저 [사용자의 구성 백업](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus)을 원할 수 있습니다." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:19 -msgid "[Download Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\" -msgstr "[Jamulus 다운로드 (보편적인 빌드)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:21 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:22 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"**macOS Mojave (10.14) or lower:** [Download legacy version]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-legacy }})\\\\\n" -"**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"1. [Download Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +" **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"1. **Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the licence, *drag and drop* each icon you see in the window (Jamulus Client and Server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window.\n" +"1. **Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" msgstr "" -"**macOS Mojave(10.14) 이하:** [기존 버전 다운로드]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-legacy }})\\\\\n" -"**미러 2:** [소스포지](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"1. [Jamulus 다운로드(범용 빌드)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +" **미러 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"1. **Jamulus 설치**: 다운로드한 `.dmg` 파일을 열고 라이선스에 동의한 후, 창(Jamulus 클라이언트 및 서버)에 표시되는 각 아이콘을 *응용 프로그램 폴더*로 *끌어다 놓습니다*. 그런 다음 이 창을 닫을 수 있습니다.\n" +"1. **Jamulus를 실행**합니다. 이제 다른 응용 프로그램과 마찬가지로 Jamulus를 사용할 수 있습니다.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:22 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the licence, *drag and drop* each icon you see in the window (Jamulus Client and Server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window.\n" -msgstr "**Jamulus 설치**: 다운로드한 `.dmg` 파일을 열고 라이선스에 동의한 다음 창(Jamulus 클라이언트 및 서버)에 표시되는 각 아이콘을 *응용 프로그램 폴더*로 *끌어다 놓기*합니다. 그런 다음이 창을 닫을 수 있습니다.\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:23 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" -msgstr "**Jamulus 실행**. 이제 다른 응용 프로그램과 마찬가지로 Jamulus를 사용할 수 있어야합니다.\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:25 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:24 msgid "_You can remove the folder in the Downloads directory containing the `.dmg` and eject the \"Jamulus\" drive on your desktop. They are no longer needed._" msgstr "_다운로드 디렉터리에서 `.dmg`가 포함된 폴더를 제거하고 사용자의 바탕화면에서 \"Jamulus\" 드라이브를 꺼낼 수 있습니다. 그것들은 더 이상 필요하지 않습니다._" #. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** You can find old (legacy) versions supporting outdated operating systems on the [GitHub release page](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n" +msgstr "**참고:** [GitHub 릴리스 페이지](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases)에서 오래된 운영 체제를 지원하는 이전(기존) 버전을 찾을 수 있습니다.\n" + +#. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:27 #, no-wrap -msgid "***\n" -msgstr "***\n" +msgid "All installed?" +msgstr "모두 설치되었습니까?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:29 -msgid "## \"Jamulus\" can't be opened because the developer cannot be verified" -msgstr "## 개발자를 입증할 수 없으므로 \"Jamulus\" 를 열 수 없습니다" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:30 +msgid "Take a look at the" +msgstr "살펴보기" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:31 -msgid "If you are using the \"legacy\" version of Jamulus (because you are running an older version of macOS), the first time you run Jamulus, you will see a message saying it cannot be opened." -msgstr "Jamulus의 \"기존\" 버전을 사용하는 경우(이전 버전의 macOS를 실행하기 때문에), Jamulus를 처음 실행할 때 열 수 없다는 메시지가 표시됩니다." +msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgstr "[시작하기 페이지](Getting-Started){: .button}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:33 -msgid "To open Jamulus" -msgstr "Jamulus를 열려면" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "## \"Jamulus\" can't be opened because the developer cannot be verified" +#~ msgid "\"Jamulus\" can't be opened because the developer cannot be verified" +#~ msgstr "## 개발자를 입증할 수 없으므로 \"Jamulus\" 를 열 수 없습니다" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:34 -msgid "Go to the Applications folder via Finder" -msgstr "Finder를 통해 응용 프로그램 폴더로 가기" +#~ msgid "If you are using the \"legacy\" version of Jamulus (because you are running an older version of macOS), the first time you run Jamulus, you will see a message saying it cannot be opened." +#~ msgstr "Jamulus의 \"기존\" 버전을 사용하는 경우(이전 버전의 macOS를 실행하기 때문에), Jamulus를 처음 실행할 때 열 수 없다는 메시지가 표시됩니다." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:35 -msgid "Double-click on Jamulus and wait for the above-mentioned message" -msgstr "Jamulus를 두 번 클릭하고 위에서 언급한 메시지를 기다립니다" +#~ msgid "To open Jamulus" +#~ msgstr "Jamulus를 열려면" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:36 -msgid "Close this message by clicking on \"Cancel\"" -msgstr "\"취소하기\"를 클릭하여 이 메시지를 닫습니다" +#~ msgid "Go to the Applications folder via Finder" +#~ msgstr "Finder를 통해 응용 프로그램 폴더로 가기" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:37 -msgid "Now control-click (or right-click) on Jamulus, and select \"Open\" from the top of the menu." -msgstr "이제 Jamulus에서 제어-클릭(또는 오른쪽 클릭)하고, 메뉴 상단에서 \"열기\"를 선택합니다." +#~ msgid "Double-click on Jamulus and wait for the above-mentioned message" +#~ msgstr "Jamulus를 두 번 클릭하고 위에서 언급한 메시지를 기다립니다" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:39 -msgid "You will then get a slightly different version of the same message, which allows you to click \"Open\". From the on, you can run Jamulus in the normal way and the message won't appear. For further information about this warning see [this Apple Support Page](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)." -msgstr "그런 다음 \"열기\"를 클릭 할 수있는 동일한 메시지의 약간 다른 버전을 받게됩니다. 처음부터 Jamulus를 정상적인 방식으로 실행할 수 있으며 메시지가 나타나지 않습니다. 이 경고에 대한 자세한 내용은 [이 Apple 지원 페이지](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)를 참조하십시오." +#~ msgid "Close this message by clicking on \"Cancel\"" +#~ msgstr "\"취소하기\"를 클릭하여 이 메시지를 닫습니다" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:41 -msgid "## All installed?" -msgstr "## 모두 설치되었습니까?" +#~ msgid "Now control-click (or right-click) on Jamulus, and select \"Open\" from the top of the menu." +#~ msgstr "이제 Jamulus에서 제어-클릭(또는 오른쪽 클릭)하고, 메뉴 상단에서 \"열기\"를 선택합니다." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:43 -msgid "Take a look at the" -msgstr "살펴보기" +#~ msgid "You will then get a slightly different version of the same message, which allows you to click \"Open\". From the on, you can run Jamulus in the normal way and the message won't appear. For further information about this warning see [this Apple Support Page](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)." +#~ msgstr "그런 다음 \"열기\"를 클릭 할 수있는 동일한 메시지의 약간 다른 버전을 받게됩니다. 처음부터 Jamulus를 정상적인 방식으로 실행할 수 있으며 메시지가 나타나지 않습니다. 이 경고에 대한 자세한 내용은 [이 Apple 지원 페이지](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)를 참조하십시오." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:44 -msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" -msgstr "[시작하기 페이지](시작하기){: .button}" +#~ msgid "# Installation for macOS" +#~ msgstr "# macOS용 설치" + +#~ msgid "[Download Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\" +#~ msgstr "[Jamulus 다운로드 (보편적인 빌드)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**macOS Mojave (10.14) or lower:** [Download legacy version]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-legacy }})\\\\\n" +#~ "**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "**macOS Mojave(10.14) 이하:** [기존 버전 다운로드]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-legacy }})\\\\\n" +#~ "**미러 2:** [소스포지](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the licence, *drag and drop* each icon you see in the window (Jamulus Client and Server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window.\n" +#~ msgstr "**Jamulus 설치**: 다운로드한 `.dmg` 파일을 열고 라이선스에 동의한 다음 창(Jamulus 클라이언트 및 서버)에 표시되는 각 아이콘을 *응용 프로그램 폴더*로 *끌어다 놓기*합니다. 그런 다음이 창을 닫을 수 있습니다.\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" +#~ msgstr "**Jamulus 실행**. 이제 다른 응용 프로그램과 마찬가지로 Jamulus를 사용할 수 있어야합니다.\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "***\n" +#~ msgstr "***\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Installation-for-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Installation-for-Windows.po index ff921c52c..f6db49bd3 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Installation-for-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Installation-for-Windows.po @@ -4,39 +4,42 @@ # ignotus , 2022. # 이정희 , 2022. # 이정희 , 2022. +# 이정희 , 2023. +# Allan Nordhøy , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-19 06:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-21 11:51+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: ko_KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "ko_KR" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows" msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:10 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation for Windows" msgstr "Windows용 설치" @@ -44,17 +47,12 @@ msgstr "Windows용 설치" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:9 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" -msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Jamulus 사용\" branch1=\"시작하기\" branch1-url=\"시작하기\" %}" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:11 -msgid "# Installation for Windows" -msgstr "# Windows용 설치" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Jamulus 사용하기\" branch1=\"시작하기\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:13 msgid "Make sure you read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." -msgstr "[시작하기](시작하기) 페이지를 반드시 읽으십시오." +msgstr "[시작하기](Getting-Started) 페이지를 반드시 읽으십시오." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:15 @@ -66,41 +64,26 @@ msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first." msgstr "업그레이드중입니까? 먼저 [사용자의 구성 백업](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus)을 원할 수 있습니다." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:19 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Download and install an ASIO Driver**. Try to use the driver that your hardware manufacturer provides. If you can't find that, or you don't have an external sound card, you probably need to install ASIO4ALL. For more information scroll down to the [ASIO](#asio) section.\n" -msgstr "**ASIO 드라이버를 다운로드하여 설치합니다**. 하드웨어 제조업체에서 제공하는 드라이버를 사용해 보십시오. 찾을 수 없거나 외부 사운드 카드가 없으면 ASIO4ALL을 설치해야 합니다. 자세한 내용은 [ASIO](#asio) 섹션으로 스크롤하십시오.\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:20 -#, no-wrap -msgid "[Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\n" -msgstr "[Jamulus 다운로드]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:21 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" -msgstr "**미러 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:22 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Install Jamulus**: Double click the installer to launch it. If you get a warning notice from SmartScreen, click on \"More info\" and \"Run anyway\" to install Jamulus. (If you grabbed a new version of Jamulus and are one of the first people who downloaded it, Jamulus won't be whitelisted by SmartScreen yet. We don't pay for code signing.)\n" -msgstr "**Jamulus 설치**: 설치 프로그램을 두 번 클릭하여 실행합니다. SmartScreen에서 경고 알림을 받으면, \"더 많은 정보\"및 \"무조건 실행하기\"를 클릭하여 Jamulus를 설치하십시오. (Jamulus의 새 버전을 가져 와서 다운로드 한 처음 사람들 중 하나인 경우, Jamulus는 아직 SmartScreen에 의해 화이트리스트에 오르지 않습니다. 코드 서명에 대한 비용은 지불하지 않습니다.)\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:23 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" -msgstr "**Jamulus 실행**. 이제 다른 응용 프로그램과 마찬가지로 Jamulus를 사용할 수 있어야합니다.\n" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:24 +msgid "**Download and install an ASIO Driver**. Try to use the driver that your hardware manufacturer provides. If you can't find that, or you don't have an external sound card, you probably need to install ASIO4ALL. For more information scroll down to the [ASIO](#asio) section." +msgstr "**ASIO 드라이버를 다운로드하여 설치합니다**. 하드웨어 제조업체에서 제공하는 드라이버를 사용하세요. 드라이버를 찾을 수 없거나 외장 사운드 카드가 없는 경우 ASIO4ALL을 설치해야 할 수도 있습니다. 자세한 내용은 [ASIO](#asio) 섹션까지 아래로 스크롤하세요." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:24 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Set up your sound card**. When you're done, you need to set up your audio hardware. And if you are using ASIO4ALL, have a look at how to set that up below.\n" -msgstr "**사용자의 사운드 카드 설정**. 완료되면 오디오 하드웨어를 설정해야 합니다. ASIO4ALL을 사용하는 경우 아래에서 설정하는 방법을 살펴보십시오.\n" +msgid "" +"1. [Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +" **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"1. **Install Jamulus**: Double click the installer to launch it. If you get a warning notice from SmartScreen, click on \"More info\" and \"Run anyway\" to install Jamulus. (If you grabbed a new version of Jamulus and are one of the first people who downloaded it, Jamulus won't be whitelisted by SmartScreen yet. We don't pay for code signing.)\n" +"1. **Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" +"1. **Set up your sound card**. When you're done, you need to set up your audio hardware. And if you are using ASIO4ALL, have a look at how to set that up below.\n" +msgstr "" +"1. [Jamulus 다운로드]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +" **미러 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"1. **Jamulus 설치**: 설치 프로그램을 두 번 클릭하여 실행합니다. 스마트스크린에서 경고 메시지가 표시되면, \"더 많은 정보\" 및 \"무조건 실행하기\"를 클릭하여 Jamulus를 설치하십시오. (새 버전의 Jamulus를 가장 먼저 다운로드한 사람 중 한 명인 경우, 아직 스마트스크린에서 Jamulus를 화이트리스트에 추가하지 않을 수 있습니다. 코드 서명 비용은 지불하지 않습니다.)\n" +"1. **Jamulus를 실행합니다**. 이제 다른 응용 프로그램과 마찬가지로 Jamulus를 사용할 수 있습니다.\n" +"1. **사용자의 사운드 카드를 설정합니다**. 완료되면 오디오 하드웨어를 설정해야 합니다. ASIO4ALL을 사용하는 경우 아래 설정 방법을 살펴보세요.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:26 @@ -109,31 +92,27 @@ msgstr "_[Steinberg의 라이선스 계약](https://www.steinberg.net/developers #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:28 -msgid "If you don't want to use ASIO or prefer [JACK on Windows](https://jackaudio.org/faq/jack_on_windows.html), you can also use the [JACK version of Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows-jack }})." -msgstr "ASIO를 사용하지 않거나 [Windows의 JACK](https://jackaudio.org/faq/jack_on_windows.html)를 선호하는 경우 [JACK 버전의 Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows-jack }})를 사용할 수도 있습니다." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:30 #, no-wrap -msgid "***\n" -msgstr "***\n" +msgid "**Note:** If you don't want to use ASIO or prefer [JACK on Windows](https://jackaudio.org/faq/jack_on_windows.html), you can also use the [JACK version of Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows-jack }}). You can find old (legacy) versions supporting outdated operating systems on the [GitHub release page](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n" +msgstr "**참고:** ASIO를 사용하고 싶지 않거나 [Windows의 JACK](https://jackaudio.org/faq/jack_on_windows.html)를 선호하는 경우, [Jamulus의 JACK 버전]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows-jack }}). [GitHub 릴리스 페이지](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases)에서 오래된 운영 체제를 지원하는 이전(기존) 버전을 찾을 수 있습니다.\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:32 -msgid "## ASIO" -msgstr "## ASIO" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ASIO" +msgstr "ASIO" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:34 msgid "Jamulus can use [ASIO](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Audio_Stream_Input/Output)." msgstr "Jamulus는 [ASIO](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Audio_Stream_Input/Output)를 사용할 수 있습니다." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:36 +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:37 msgid "If you have an external sound card/audio interface, use its official ASIO driver if you can (they usually provide the best quality)." msgstr "외부 사운드 카드/오디오 인터페이스가 있는 경우 가능하면 공식 ASIO 드라이버를 사용하십시오(일반적으로 최상의 품질을 제공함)." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:37 msgid "If you don't have an external sound card, you will probably not have an ASIO driver so will need to install a generic one like ASIO4ALL:" msgstr "외부 사운드 카드가 없으면 ASIO 드라이버가 없을 것이므로 ASIO4ALL과 같은 일반 드라이버를 설치해야 합니다:" @@ -158,10 +137,11 @@ msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 다운로드](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/ msgid "[ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" msgstr "[ASIO4ALL 웹사이트](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:48 -msgid "### Setting up ASIO4ALL" -msgstr "### ASIO4ALL 설정" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Setting up ASIO4ALL" +msgstr "ASIO4ALL 설정하기" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:50 @@ -179,113 +159,143 @@ msgstr "**팁:** [서버에 연결됨](Getting-Started#connecting-to-a-server-an msgid "Before you start with Jamulus:" msgstr "Jamulus로 시작하기 전에:" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:56 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Close all applications** (especially those which could access your sound card like your browser/media player). ASIO4ALL needs exclusive access to your sound card which means that other programs will not be able to use audio if ASIO4ALL and Jamulus are running.\n" -msgstr "**모든 응용 프로그램을 닫습니다** (특히 브라우저 / 미디어 플레이어와 같은 사운드 카드에 액세스할 수있는 응용 프로그램). ASIO4ALL은 사운드 카드에 독점적으로 액세스해야하므로 ASIO4ALL과 Jamulus가 실행되는 경우 다른 프로그램에서 오디오를 사용할 수 없습니다.\n" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58 +msgid "**Close all applications** (especially those which could access your sound card like your browser/media player). ASIO4ALL needs exclusive access to your sound card which means that other programs will not be able to use audio if ASIO4ALL and Jamulus are running." +msgstr "**모든 응용 프로그램을 닫습니다**(특히 브라우저/미디어 플레이어와 같이 사운드 카드에 액세스할 수 있는 응용 프로그램). ASIO4ALL은 사운드 카드에 대한 독점 액세스가 필요합니다. 즉, ASIO4ALL 및 Jamulus가 실행 중인 경우 다른 프로그램에서 오디오를 사용할 수 없습니다." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:57 -#, no-wrap -msgid "If the Jamulus audio doesn’t work out of the box, make sure that only the **correct inputs/outputs** in ASIO4ALL **are switched on**. Everything else should be switched off. Search the [community list of working ASIO4ALL configurations](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) for your configuration or do it manually if you can't find yours:\n" -msgstr "Jamulus 오디오가 기본적으로 작동하지 않으면 ASIO4ALL의 **올바른 입력/출력**만 **켜져 있는지** 확인하세요. 다른 모든 것은 꺼야 합니다. [ASIO4ALL 구성 작업 커뮤니티 목록](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html)에서 구성을 검색하거나 구성을 찾을 수 없는 경우 수동으로 수행합니다.\n" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58 +msgid "If the Jamulus audio doesn’t work out of the box, make sure that only the **correct inputs/outputs** in ASIO4ALL **are switched on**. Everything else should be switched off. Search the [community list of working ASIO4ALL configurations](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) for your configuration or do it manually if you can't find yours:" +msgstr "Jamulus 오디오가 기본적으로 작동하지 않는 경우 ASIO4ALL의 **올바른 입력/출력**만 **켜져 있는지 확인하십시오**. 그 외의 모든 것은 꺼져 있어야 합니다. 사용자의 구성에 대한 [작업 중인 ASIO4ALL 구성의 커뮤니티 목록](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html)을 검색하거나, 사용자의 구성을 찾을 수 없는 경우 수동으로 수행하십시오:" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:59 -msgid "### How to set up ASIO4ALL inputs (Guide)" -msgstr "### ASIO4ALL 입력 설정 방법 (가이드)" +#, no-wrap +msgid "How to set up ASIO4ALL inputs (Guide)" +msgstr "ASIO4ALL 입력을 설정하는 방법 (가이드)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:61 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 msgid "Open Jamulus's settings" msgstr "Jamulus의 설정 열기" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:62 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 msgid "Go to _\"ASIO Device Settings\"_ (column on the left; directly under the selection of the driver)" msgstr "_\"ASIO 장치 설정\"_으로 갑니다(왼쪽 열, 드라이버 선택 바로 아래)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 msgid "Enable _advanced view_ in ASIO4ALL (click the tool icon on the bottom right)" msgstr "ASIO4ALL에서 _고급 보기_ 활성화(오른쪽 하단의 도구 아이콘 클릭)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:64 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 msgid "Enable only the sound card you want to use by clicking on the button next to its name" msgstr "이름 옆에 있는 버튼을 클릭하여 사용하려는 사운드 카드만 활성화합니다" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:65 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 msgid "Open your sound card inputs/outputs by clicking the _plus icon_ next to this sound card" msgstr "이 사운드 카드 옆에 있는 _＋ 아이콘_을 클릭하여 사운드 카드 입력/출력을 엽니다" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:66 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 msgid "Now enable the correct inputs/outputs in the list under your sound card and disable everything else. You can hover over the inputs/outputs to see which of both they are and if they support the required sample rate for Jamulus of 48kHz (DVD quality)." msgstr "이제 사운드 카드 아래의 목록에서 올바른 입력 / 출력을 활성화하고 다른 모든 것을 비활성화하십시오. 입력/출력 위로 마우스를 가져가면 둘 다 어느 것인지 그리고 48kHz(DVD 품질)의 Jamulus에 필요한 샘플 속도를 지원하는지 확인할 수 있습니다." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:68 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Hints:**\n" -msgstr "**힌트:**\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:69 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:72 #, no-wrap -msgid "It may not be obvious what the correct sound device is called. Many internal sound cards are named \"Realtek High Definition Audio\", \"Conexant\" or similar.\n" -msgstr "올바른 사운드 장치가 무엇인지 명확하지 않을 수 있습니다. 많은 내부 사운드 카드의 이름은 \"Realtek High Definition Audio\", \"Conexant\"또는 이와 유사합니다.\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:70 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Headphones and speakers are often labelled as \"output\" and microphones as \"input\" or \"capture\".\n" -msgstr "헤드폰과 스피커는 종종 \"출력\"으로 레이블이 지정되고 마이크는 \"입력\" 또는 \"캡처\"로 레이블이 지정됩니다.\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:71 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Stereo Mix/Stereo Input is usually not the input/output you're looking for. Therefore, switch it off if you see it.\n" -msgstr "스테레오 믹스/스테레오 입력은 일반적으로 원하는 입력/출력이 아닙니다. 따라서 보이면 전원을 끄십시오.\n" +msgid "" +"**Hints:**\n" +"1. It may not be obvious what the correct sound device is called. Many internal sound cards are named \"Realtek High Definition Audio\", \"Conexant\" or similar.\n" +"1. Headphones and speakers are often labelled as \"output\" and microphones as \"input\" or \"capture\".\n" +"1. Stereo Mix/Stereo Input is usually not the input/output you're looking for. Therefore, switch it off if you see it.\n" +msgstr "" +"**힌트:**\n" +"1. 올바른 사운드 장치가 무엇인지 명확하지 않을 수 있습니다. 많은 내부 사운드 카드의 이름은 \"Realtek High Definition Audio\", \"Conexant\" 또는 이와 유사합니다.\n" +"1. 헤드폰과 스피커는 \"출력\"으로, 마이크는 \"입력\" 또는 \"캡처\"로 표시되는 경우가 많습니다.\n" +"1. 스테레오 믹스/스테레오 입력은 일반적으로 원하는 입력/출력이 아닙니다. 따라서 이 표시가 보이면 끄세요.\n" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:73 -msgid "### Troubleshooting" -msgstr "### 문제 해결" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "문제 해결하기" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:75 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:76 msgid "If nothing works, first restart Jamulus and/or your PC to close background processes that may be accessing your sound card." msgstr "아무 것도 작동하지 않으면 먼저 Jamulus 및/또는 PC를 다시 시작하여 사운드 카드에 액세스할 수 있는 백그라운드 프로세스를 닫습니다." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:77 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:78 msgid "Afterwards, *set up the inputs/outputs again*. Enabled and accessible input/outputs show as lit up power buttons and play buttons in the ASIO4ALL settings. If instead you see a red cross or yellow symbol, close other applications that may be accessing your sound card (e.g. web browser, Zoom, etc)." msgstr "그런 다음 *입력/출력을 다시 설정*합니다. 활성화되고 액세스 가능한 입력/출력은 ASIO4ALL 설정에서 전원 버튼과 재생 버튼이 켜진 상태로 표시됩니다. 대신 빨간색 십자가 또는 노란색 기호가 표시되면 사운드 카드에 액세스할 수 있는 다른 응용 프로그램(예: 웹 브라우저, Zoom 등)을 닫습니다." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:79 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:80 msgid "Have a look at [this video](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI) by [trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza) which gives more detailed setup information on ASIO4ALL." msgstr "ASIO4ALL에 대한 자세한 설정 정보를 제공하는 [trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza)의 [이 영상](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI)을 살펴보십시오." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:81 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:82 msgid "Official and further information about how to configure ASIO4ALL is documented in the official [ASIO4ALL FAQs on the ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}." msgstr "ASIO4ALL을 구성하는 방법에 대한 공식 및 추가 정보는 공식 [ASIO4ALL 웹 사이트의 모든 FAQ](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}에 설명되어 있습니다." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:83 -msgid "## All installed?" -msgstr "## 모두 설치되었습니까?" +#, no-wrap +msgid "All installed?" +msgstr "모두 설치되었습니까?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:85 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:86 msgid "Take a look at" msgstr "살펴보기" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:86 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:87 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" -msgstr "[시작하기 페이지](시작하기){: .button}" +msgstr "[시작하기 페이지](Getting-Started){: .button}" + +#~ msgid "# Installation for Windows" +#~ msgstr "# Windows용 설치" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "[Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +#~ msgstr "[Jamulus 다운로드]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +#~ msgstr "**미러 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" +#~ msgstr "**Jamulus 실행**. 이제 다른 응용 프로그램과 마찬가지로 Jamulus를 사용할 수 있어야합니다.\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Set up your sound card**. When you're done, you need to set up your audio hardware. And if you are using ASIO4ALL, have a look at how to set that up below.\n" +#~ msgstr "**사용자의 사운드 카드 설정**. 완료되면 오디오 하드웨어를 설정해야 합니다. ASIO4ALL을 사용하는 경우 아래에서 설정하는 방법을 살펴보십시오.\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "***\n" +#~ msgstr "***\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Hints:**\n" +#~ msgstr "**힌트:**\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "It may not be obvious what the correct sound device is called. Many internal sound cards are named \"Realtek High Definition Audio\", \"Conexant\" or similar.\n" +#~ msgstr "올바른 사운드 장치가 무엇인지 명확하지 않을 수 있습니다. 많은 내부 사운드 카드의 이름은 \"Realtek High Definition Audio\", \"Conexant\"또는 이와 유사합니다.\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Headphones and speakers are often labelled as \"output\" and microphones as \"input\" or \"capture\".\n" +#~ msgstr "헤드폰과 스피커는 종종 \"출력\"으로 레이블이 지정되고 마이크는 \"입력\" 또는 \"캡처\"로 레이블이 지정됩니다.\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Stereo Mix/Stereo Input is usually not the input/output you're looking for. Therefore, switch it off if you see it.\n" +#~ msgstr "스테레오 믹스/스테레오 입력은 일반적으로 원하는 입력/출력이 아닙니다. 따라서 보이면 전원을 끄십시오.\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Installation-for-iOS.po b/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Installation-for-iOS.po index ede362837..194a0f58d 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Installation-for-iOS.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Installation-for-iOS.po @@ -4,39 +4,40 @@ # ignotus , 2022. # 이정희 , 2022. # 이정희 , 2022. +# 이정희 , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-21 04:04+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-21 11:51+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: ko_KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "ko_KR" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-iOS" msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-iOS" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:11 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation for iOS" msgstr "iOS용 설치" @@ -44,52 +45,49 @@ msgstr "iOS용 설치" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:9 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" -msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Jamulus 사용\" branch1=\"시작하기\" branch1-url=\"시작하기\" %}" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:12 -msgid "# Installation for iOS" -msgstr "# iOS용 설치" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Jamulus 사용하기\" branch1=\"시작하기\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:14 msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." -msgstr "[시작하기](시작하기) 페이지를 이미 읽었는지 확인합니다." +msgstr "[시작하기](Getting-Started) 페이지를 이미 읽었는지 확인합니다." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:16 msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:18 -msgid "## Things to note about iOS" -msgstr "## iOS에 대해 주의해야 할 사항" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Things to note about iOS" +msgstr "iOS에 대해 주의해야 할 사항" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:20 msgid "If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } which is an inexpensive and small device that performs very well with Jamulus. iOS support is just a proof of concept." msgstr "PC를 가지고 있지 않다면, Jamulus에서 매우 잘 작동하는 저렴하고 작은 기기인 [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" }를 구입하는 것이 좋습니다. iOS 지원은 개념 증명일 뿐입니다." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:22 +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24 msgid "To install Jamulus on your iOS device, you need a (free or paid) Apple Developer account and preferably a computer." msgstr "iOS 기기에 Jamulus를 설치하려면, (무료 또는 유료) Apple 개발자 계정이 필요하고 가급적 컴퓨터가 필요합니다." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:23 +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24 msgid "If you don't pay for an Apple developer account, Jamulus will only run for at most 7 days before you need to re-install it." msgstr "Apple 개발자 계정에 대한 비용을 지불하지 않으면, Jamulus는 다시 설치해야 하기 전에 최대 7일 동안만 실행됩니다." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24 msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well on new devices if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. To connect these to your iOS device, you should use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub." msgstr "iOS의 Jamulus는 모든 것이 올바르게 설정되어 있으면 새 장치에서 아주 잘 작동합니다. 그러나 오디오 인터페이스와 USB 이더넷 어댑터를 사용하는 것이 좋습니다. 이것을 iOS 기기에 연결하려면, [라이트닝-USB 카메라 어댑터](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) 및 (전원이 공급되는) USB 허브와 같은 것을 사용해야 합니다." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:27 -msgid "## Install for iOS (for experienced users only)" -msgstr "## iOS용 설치(숙련된 사용자만 해당)" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Install for iOS (for experienced users only)" +msgstr "iOS용 설치 (숙련된 사용자만 해당)" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:29 @@ -97,27 +95,27 @@ msgstr "## iOS용 설치(숙련된 사용자만 해당)" msgid "**Note**: We provide an unsigned .ipa file which you need to sign and then install on your device. If you are not Jailbroken (and have AppSync installed), you might need additional software to install Jamulus. There are multiple ways to do that, but this guide only explains the most standard approach. Please note that we assume you already have a (free) Apple developer account. If you don't have one, create an Apple ID and [Sign up for a developer account](https://developer.apple.com/membercenter). We recommend to create one without two factor authentification and unrelated to your potential personal account. You will need to enter the password in non-Apple software.\n" msgstr "**참고**: 서명되지 않은 .ipa 파일을 제공하여 서명한 다음 장치에 설치해야 합니다. 탈옥되지 않은 경우(AppSync가 설치되어 있는 경우) Jamulus를 설치하려면 추가 소프트웨어가 필요할 수 있습니다. 이를 수행하는 방법에는 여러 가지가 있지만 이 가이드에서는 가장 표준적인 방법만 설명합니다. 이미 (무료) Apple 개발자 계정이 있다고 가정합니다. 없으시다면 Apple ID를 생성하시고 [개발자 계정 등록](https://developer.apple.com/membercenter)을 하시면 됩니다. 2단계 인증 없이 잠재적인 개인 계정과 관련이 없는 계정을 만드는 것이 좋습니다. Apple 이외의 소프트웨어에서는 암호를 입력해야 합니다.\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:31 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 msgid "[Download Jamulus (.ipa) on a PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}" msgstr "[PC/Mac에서 Jamulus(.ipa) 다운로드]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:32 +#. type: Bullet: '2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 msgid "Sign the .ipa file (e.g. via Xcode or some other **trusted** app. We won't give recommendations here, but there exist apps for every operating system)" msgstr ".ipa 파일에 서명합니다(예를 들어, Xcode 또는 다른 **신뢰할 수 있는** 앱을 통해. 여기서는 권장 사항을 제공하지 않겠지만 모든 운영 체제에는 앱이 있음)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:33 +#. type: Bullet: '3. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 msgid "Once signed and installed; on your iOS device open Settings, navigate to General>Profiles (or VPN and Device Management). Tap on the developer account corresponding to your account and trust the account." msgstr "일단 서명하고 설치합니다. 사용자의 iOS 기기에서 설정을 열고 일반>프로필(또는 VPN 및 기기 관리)로 이동합니다. 사용자의 계정에 해당하는 개발자 계정을 탭하고 계정을 신뢰하십시오." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:34 +#. type: Bullet: '4. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 msgid "Open Jamulus from your home-screen" msgstr "홈 화면에서 Jamulus 열기" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '5. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 msgid "After 7 days you will need to re-sign Jamulus if you are using a free developer account. Re-do everything from Step 4." msgstr "무료 개발자 계정을 사용하는 경우 7일 후에 Jamulus에 다시 서명해야 합니다. 4단계부터 모든 작업을 다시 수행합니다." @@ -127,10 +125,11 @@ msgstr "무료 개발자 계정을 사용하는 경우 7일 후에 Jamulus에 msgid "If you own a Mac and have Xcode installed, compiling Jamulus from source might be another, more native option. Please have a look at the [compilation instructions for iOS](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md#ios)." msgstr "Mac을 소유하고 있고 Xcode가 설치되어 있는 경우, 소스에서 Jamulus를 컴파일하는 것이 또 다른 기본 옵션일 수 있습니다. [iOS용 컴파일 지침](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md#ios)을 참조하십시오." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:40 -msgid "## Feedback and development" -msgstr "## 피드백 및 개발" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:39 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Feedback and development" +msgstr "피드백 및 개발" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:43 @@ -142,16 +141,11 @@ msgstr "iOS 지원은 아직 성숙되지 않았으며 앱스토어에 게시될 msgid "Please also read the [APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER) concerning Jamulus being published via the Apple AppStore." msgstr "Apple AppStore를 통해 게시되는 Jamulus에 관한 [APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER)도 읽어보십시오." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:47 +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:48 #, no-wrap -msgid "***\n" -msgstr "***\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:49 -msgid "## All installed?" -msgstr "## 모두 설치되었습니까?" +msgid "All installed?" +msgstr "모두 설치되었습니까?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:51 @@ -161,4 +155,11 @@ msgstr "Jamulus가 설치되었으며 지금 사용할 수 있습니다. 이제 #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:52 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" -msgstr "[시작하기 페이지](시작하기){: .button}" +msgstr "[시작하기 페이지](Getting-Started){: .button}" + +#~ msgid "# Installation for iOS" +#~ msgstr "# iOS용 설치" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "***\n" +#~ msgstr "***\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Privacy-Statement.po b/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Privacy-Statement.po index 9f402fd5a..99ab088eb 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Privacy-Statement.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Privacy-Statement.po @@ -3,144 +3,210 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # 이정희 , 2022. # 이정희 , 2022. +# 이정희 , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-19 07:07+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-25 23:49+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: ko_KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0.1-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "ko_KR" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Privacy-Statement" msgstr "/wiki/Privacy-Statement" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus – Privacy Statement" msgstr "Jamulus – 개인정보 보호정책" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:9 -msgid "# Privacy Statement" -msgstr "# 개인정보 보호정책" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Privacy Statement" +msgstr "개인정보 보호정책" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:12 -msgid "Please note that the English version of this privacy statement is the original and, as such, the binding version. To access the English version, go to the top/top right of this page and click on the \"en\" link. The following only applies to the version you can download from this website, [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io)." -msgstr "이 개인 정보 보호 정책의 영어 버전은 원본이며 구속력이 있는 버전입니다. 영어 버전에 액세스하려면 이 페이지의 상단/오른쪽 상단으로 이동하여 \"en\" 링크를 클릭하십시오. 다음은 이 웹사이트 [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io)에서 다운로드할 수 있는 버전에만 적용됩니다." +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:11 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**The English version of this document represents the official privacy statement for the _current version_ of the software available on this website. Earlier versions of the software and non-English translations of this privacy policy may have different terms that are no longer applicable or supported.**\n" +msgstr "**이 문서의 영어 버전은 이 웹사이트에서 사용할 수 있는 소프트웨어의 _현재 버전_에 대한 공식 개인 정보 보호 정책을 나타냅니다. 이전 버전의 소프트웨어와 본 개인 정보 보호 정책의 영어 이외의 번역본에는 더 이상 적용되지 않거나 지원되지 않는 다른 조건이 있을 수 있습니다.**\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:14 -msgid "## Definition of Terms" -msgstr "## 용어의 정의" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:13 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Definition of Terms" +msgstr "용어의 정의" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:16 -msgid "\"**Server**\" The Jamulus Server software, as opposed to the host machine/OS it is running on." -msgstr "\"**서버**\" 실행 중인 호스트 시스템/OS와 반대되는 Jamulus 서버 소프트웨어입니다." +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18 +msgid "\"**Server**\" The Jamulus software running as a Server and accepting connections from Clients" +msgstr "\"**서버**\" 서버로 실행되고 클라이언트로부터의 연결을 수락하는 Jamulus 소프트웨어" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:17 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18 msgid "\"**Client**\" The Jamulus software used to connect to a Server" msgstr "\"**클라이언트**\" 서버에 연결하는 데 사용되는 Jamulus 소프트웨어" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18 msgid "\"**Directory**\" A Jamulus Server configured to supply a list of Servers to Clients" msgstr "\"**디렉터리**\" 클라이언트에 서버 목록을 제공하도록 구성된 Jamulus 서버" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:20 -msgid "## Web site" -msgstr "## 웹 사이트" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:19 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus.io Website" +msgstr "Jamulus.io 웹사이트" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:22 -msgid "The website at [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) is served using GitHub Pages. We do not collect your personal data or set tracking cookies. When you connect to the jamulus.io site, your IP is sent to [GitHub Pages](https://pages.github.com/)." -msgstr "[jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io)의 웹사이트는 GitHub 페이지를 사용하여 제공됩니다. 당사는 귀하의 개인 데이터를 수집하거나 추적 쿠키를 설정하지 않습니다. Jamulus.io 사이트에 접속하면 [GitHub 페이지](https://pages.github.com/)로 IP가 전송됩니다." +msgid "The website at [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) is served using GitHub Pages. The Jamulus team has not constructed the website to set tracking cookies, but see Github's [privacy policy](https://docs.github.com/en/site-policy/privacy-policies/github-privacy-statement) for information relating to data collection and privacy overall. The community knowledge base uses [giscus](https://github.com/giscus/giscus) for discussions and comments. You can find the [Privacy Policy of giscus on their GitHub repository](https://github.com/giscus/giscus/blob/main/PRIVACY-POLICY.md)." +msgstr "[jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) 웹사이트는 GitHub 페이지를 사용해 서비스됩니다. Jamulus 팀은 트래킹 쿠키를 설정하기 위한 웹사이트를 구축하지 않았으나, 데이터 수집 및 개인정보 보호 전반에 관한 정보는 Github의 [개인정보 보호정책](https://docs.github.com/en/site-policy/privacy-policies/github-privacy-statement)을 참조하세요. 커뮤니티 지식 기반은 토론과 댓글을 위해 [giscus](https://github.com/giscus/giscus)를 사용합니다. [giscus의 개인정보 보호정책은 GitHub 저장소](https://github.com/giscus/giscus/blob/main/PRIVACY-POLICY.md)에서 확인할 수 있습니다." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:24 -msgid "## Jamulus Software" -msgstr "## Jamulus 소프트웨어" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus Software" +msgstr "Jamulus 소프트웨어" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:26 -msgid "### Use of Profile Information" -msgstr "### 프로필 정보의 사용" +msgid "Jamulus is open source software that can be modified by anyone. As such, the Jamulus project can make no representations related to privacy, data collection, or security with respect to your use of the software." +msgstr "Jamulus는 누구나 수정할 수 있는 오픈 소스 소프트웨어입니다. 따라서 Jamulus 프로젝트는 사용자의 소프트웨어 사용과 관련하여 개인 정보 보호, 데이터 수집 또는 보안과 관련된 표현을 할 수 없습니다." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:28 -msgid "When you connect to a Server, whatever you put in My Profile (in Settings) will be shown to others on that Server while you are connected to it. Note that, depending on the other client, you may not see them. Also, the Server operator can see the name you set in My Profile and your IP address, using the Server either through the GUI or JSON-RPC." -msgstr "서버에 연결하면 내 프로필(설정)에 입력한 내용이 연결되어 있는 동안 해당 서버의 다른 사용자에게 표시됩니다. 다른 클라이언트에 따라 표시되지 않을 수 있습니다. 또한 서버 운영자는 GUI 또는 JSON-RPC를 통해 서버를 사용하여 내 프로필에 설정한 이름과 IP 주소를 볼 수 있습니다." +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:27 +#, no-wrap +msgid "General Information" +msgstr "일반 정보" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:30 -msgid "When you connect to a Server, your profile may also be available to third parties from the Directory to which that Server is registered. This can be for informational purposes about the status of the public Jamulus network (for example, [here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)), but may not be limited to that. Profile information is not otherwise logged or stored by the Jamulus Server you are connected to, or by the Jamulus Directory, but may be stored or processed by third parties." -msgstr "서버에 연결하면 해당 서버가 등록된 디렉터리의 제3자가 귀하의 프로필을 사용할 수도 있습니다. 이는 공개 Jamulus 네트워크의 상태에 대한 정보 제공의 목적일 수 있지만(예: [여기](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)), 이에 국한되지 않을 수 있습니다. 프로필 정보는 귀하가 연결된 Jamulus 서버 또는 Jamulus 디렉터리에 의해 달리 기록되거나 저장되지 않지만 제3자가 저장하거나 처리할 수 있습니다." +msgid "Under normal use with software downloaded from this website that has not been modified, your user profile information is exchanged with Servers you connect to, peers connected to those same Servers, and to third parties (including Directories) that use the Jamulus protocol. This information is limited to your Jamulus name, city, country, instrument, and skill level as you have set them in your profile. The Servers you connect to will also have access to your internet address (IP Address) as it is required for the software to work; but this information is not shared with peers on the same Server or available to third parties." +msgstr "본 웹사이트에서 다운로드한 소프트웨어를 수정하지 않고 정상적으로 사용하는 경우, 사용자의 사용자 프로필 정보는 사용자가 접속한 서버, 동일한 서버에 연결된 피어 및 Jamulus 프로토콜을 사용하는 제3자(디렉터리 포함)와 교환됩니다. 이 정보는 사용자의 프로필에 설정한 Jamulus 이름, 도시, 국가, 악기 및 스킬 레벨로 제한됩니다. 사용자가 접속하는 서버는 소프트웨어가 작동하는 데 필요한 사용자의 인터넷 주소(IP 주소)에도 액세스할 수 있지만, 이 정보는 같은 서버에 있는 동료와 공유되거나 제3자에게 제공되지 않습니다." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:32 -msgid "### Use of IP Addresses" -msgstr "### IP 주소의 사용" +msgid "All communications between and among Clients, Servers, Directories, and third-party protocol users are sent without encryption." +msgstr "클라이언트, 서버, 디렉터리 및 타사 프로토콜 사용자 간의 모든 통신은 암호화 없이 전송됩니다." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:34 -msgid "When you connect to Server, the Server operator can see your IP address while you are connected. If the Server operator has enabled logging (which is off by default) your IP address will also be logged and stored in the Server's log file." -msgstr "서버에 연결하면 연결되어 있는 동안 서버 운영자가 귀하의 IP 주소를 볼 수 있습니다. 서버 운영자가 로깅(기본적으로 꺼져 있음)을 활성화한 경우 IP 주소도 서버의 로그 파일에 기록되고 저장됩니다." +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:33 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus Servers" +msgstr "Jamulus 서버" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:36 -msgid "The IP addresses of all Servers registered with the Directory can also be seen by third parties for informational or other purposes (for example [here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)). Your public IP address is otherwise not logged or stored by Jamulus, but may be stored or processed by third parties." -msgstr "디렉터리에 등록된 모든 서버의 IP 주소는 정보 제공 또는 기타 목적으로 제3자가 볼 수도 있습니다(예: [여기](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)). 귀하의 공개 IP 주소는 그렇지 않으면 Jamulus에 의해 기록되거나 저장되지 않지만 제3자가 저장하거나 처리할 수 있습니다." +msgid "When you connect to a Server, either directly or through a Directory, the operator of that Server is responsible for its operation policy, privacy policy, and data use policy. While unmodified Servers do not log or store your connection or profile information by default, some Servers may be configured to do so. Therefore, you should have no expectation of privacy with respect to your profile information or internet address." +msgstr "직접 또는 디렉터리를 통해 서버에 연결할 경우, 해당 서버의 운영자는 해당 서버의 운영 정책, 개인정보 처리방침 및 데이터 사용 정책에 대한 책임이 있습니다. 수정되지 않은 서버는 기본적으로 사용자의 연결 또는 프로필 정보를 기록하거나 저장하지 않지만, 일부 서버는 그렇게 하도록 구성될 수 있습니다. 따라서 사용자는 사용자의 프로필 정보 또는 인터넷 주소와 관련하여 개인정보 보호를 기대해서는 안 됩니다." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:38 -msgid "### Audio Recordings" -msgstr "### 오디오 녹음" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:37 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Chat Exchanges" +msgstr "채팅 교환" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:40 -msgid "You will see a notice if you are connected to a Jamulus Server when Server recording is turned on. Recordings of each player are stored by the Server separately as .WAV files and only the Server operator has access to them unless they choose to make them available to third parties." -msgstr "서버 녹화가 켜져 있을 때 Jamulus 서버에 연결되어 있으면 알림이 표시됩니다. 각 플레이어의 녹음은 서버에 의해 .WAV 파일로 별도로 저장되며 제3자에게 제공하도록 선택하지 않는 한 서버 운영자만 액세스할 수 있습니다." +msgid "Chats are textual messages that can be exchanged between Clients connected to the same Server. Everyone connected to a Server can see all chats and there should be no expectation of privacy with respect to information sent through the chat feature of Jamulus. While unmodified Servers do not log or store chats, some modified Servers may do this." +msgstr "채팅은 동일한 서버에 연결된 클라이언트 간에 교환할 수 있는 문자 메시지입니다. 서버에 연결된 모든 사람은 모든 채팅을 볼 수 있으며, Jamulus의 채팅 기능을 통해 전송된 정보와 관련하여 개인정보 보호를 기대해서는 안 됩니다. 수정되지 않은 서버는 채팅을 기록하거나 저장하지 않지만, 일부 수정된 서버에서는 이 작업을 수행할 수 있습니다." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:42 -msgid "### Text Chat" -msgstr "### 문자 채팅" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio Recordings" +msgstr "오디오 녹음" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:44 -msgid "When you type a message in the Chat Window, other connected players can see that, but chats are not stored by the Server and neither the Server operator nor any third parties have access to them." -msgstr "채팅 창에 메시지를 입력하면 연결된 다른 플레이어가 볼 수 있지만 채팅은 서버에 저장되지 않으며 서버 운영자나 제3자도 채팅에 액세스할 수 없습니다." +msgid "Unmodified Servers will display a notice if recording is turned on. Recordings of each channel are stored by the Server and are controlled by the Server operator." +msgstr "수정되지 않은 서버는 녹음이 켜져 있으면 알림을 표시합니다. 각 채널의 녹음은 서버에 저장되며 서버 운영자가 제어합니다." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:46 -msgid "### Data Transmission" -msgstr "### 데이터 전송" +msgid "It is possible for connected Clients to make recordings of sessions outside of Jamulus itself, for which there may be no notice or indication. Jamulus has no way to detect or control these situations and makes no representations as to the collection or use of such recording data." +msgstr "연결된 클라이언트는 Jamulus 외부에서 세션을 녹음할 수 있으며, 이에 대한 통지나 표시는 없을 수 있습니다. Jamulus는 이러한 상황을 감지하거나 제어할 수 있는 방법이 없으며, 그러한 녹음 데이터의 수집 또는 사용에 대한 표현을 하지 않습니다." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:47 -msgid "Please note that all audio and text data is sent and received between the Jamulus Server and Client without encryption." -msgstr "모든 오디오 및 텍스트 데이터는 암호화 없이 Jamulus 서버와 클라이언트 간에 송수신됩니다." +#, no-wrap +msgid "Directories" +msgstr "디렉터리" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:49 +msgid "Directories are central connection points for locating Servers. The Jamulus Client comes with a pre-defined list of Directories for the convenience of users. These Directories are independently operated but are represented as running unmodified versions of the Jamulus software. If you do not wish to send your information to the Directories, you will need to connect to Servers directly." +msgstr "디렉터리는 서버를 찾기 위한 중앙 연결 지점입니다. Jamulus 클라이언트에는 사용자의 편의를 위해 미리 정의된 디렉터리 목록과 함께 제공됩니다. 이러한 디렉터리는 독립적으로 운영되지만 수정되지 않은 버전의 Jamulus 소프트웨어를 실행하는 것으로 표시됩니다. 사용자의 정보를 디렉터리로 보내지 않으려면 서버에 직접 연결해야 합니다." + +#~ msgid "Please note that the English version of this privacy statement is the original and, as such, the binding version. To access the English version, go to the top/top right of this page and click on the \"en\" link. The following only applies to the version you can download from this website, [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io)." +#~ msgstr "이 개인 정보 보호 정책의 영어 버전은 원본이며 구속력이 있는 버전입니다. 영어 버전에 액세스하려면 이 페이지의 상단/오른쪽 상단으로 이동하여 \"en\" 링크를 클릭하십시오. 다음은 이 웹사이트 [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io)에서 다운로드할 수 있는 버전에만 적용됩니다." + +#~ msgid "\"**Server**\" The Jamulus Server software, as opposed to the host machine/OS it is running on." +#~ msgstr "\"**서버**\" 실행 중인 호스트 시스템/OS와 반대되는 Jamulus 서버 소프트웨어입니다." + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "## Web site" +#~ msgid "Web site" +#~ msgstr "## 웹 사이트" + +#~ msgid "The website at [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) is served using GitHub Pages. We do not collect your personal data or set tracking cookies. When you connect to the jamulus.io site, your IP is sent to [GitHub Pages](https://pages.github.com/)." +#~ msgstr "[jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io)의 웹사이트는 GitHub 페이지를 사용하여 제공됩니다. 당사는 귀하의 개인 데이터를 수집하거나 추적 쿠키를 설정하지 않습니다. Jamulus.io 사이트에 접속하면 [GitHub 페이지](https://pages.github.com/)로 IP가 전송됩니다." + +#~ msgid "When you connect to a Server, whatever you put in My Profile (in Settings) will be shown to others on that Server while you are connected to it. Note that, depending on the other client, you may not see them. Also, the Server operator can see the name you set in My Profile and your IP address, using the Server either through the GUI or JSON-RPC." +#~ msgstr "서버에 연결하면 내 프로필(설정)에 입력한 내용이 연결되어 있는 동안 해당 서버의 다른 사용자에게 표시됩니다. 다른 클라이언트에 따라 표시되지 않을 수 있습니다. 또한 서버 운영자는 GUI 또는 JSON-RPC를 통해 서버를 사용하여 내 프로필에 설정한 이름과 IP 주소를 볼 수 있습니다." + +#~ msgid "When you connect to a Server, your profile may also be available to third parties from the Directory to which that Server is registered. This can be for informational purposes about the status of the public Jamulus network (for example, [here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)), but may not be limited to that. Profile information is not otherwise logged or stored by the Jamulus Server you are connected to, or by the Jamulus Directory, but may be stored or processed by third parties." +#~ msgstr "서버에 연결하면 해당 서버가 등록된 디렉터리의 제3자가 귀하의 프로필을 사용할 수도 있습니다. 이는 공개 Jamulus 네트워크의 상태에 대한 정보 제공의 목적일 수 있지만(예: [여기](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)), 이에 국한되지 않을 수 있습니다. 프로필 정보는 귀하가 연결된 Jamulus 서버 또는 Jamulus 디렉터리에 의해 달리 기록되거나 저장되지 않지만 제3자가 저장하거나 처리할 수 있습니다." + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "### Use of IP Addresses" +#~ msgid "Use of IP Addresses" +#~ msgstr "### IP 주소의 사용" + +#~ msgid "When you connect to Server, the Server operator can see your IP address while you are connected. If the Server operator has enabled logging (which is off by default) your IP address will also be logged and stored in the Server's log file." +#~ msgstr "서버에 연결하면 연결되어 있는 동안 서버 운영자가 귀하의 IP 주소를 볼 수 있습니다. 서버 운영자가 로깅(기본적으로 꺼져 있음)을 활성화한 경우 IP 주소도 서버의 로그 파일에 기록되고 저장됩니다." + +#~ msgid "The IP addresses of all Servers registered with the Directory can also be seen by third parties for informational or other purposes (for example [here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)). Your public IP address is otherwise not logged or stored by Jamulus, but may be stored or processed by third parties." +#~ msgstr "디렉터리에 등록된 모든 서버의 IP 주소는 정보 제공 또는 기타 목적으로 제3자가 볼 수도 있습니다(예: [여기](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)). 귀하의 공개 IP 주소는 그렇지 않으면 Jamulus에 의해 기록되거나 저장되지 않지만 제3자가 저장하거나 처리할 수 있습니다." + +#~ msgid "You will see a notice if you are connected to a Jamulus Server when Server recording is turned on. Recordings of each player are stored by the Server separately as .WAV files and only the Server operator has access to them unless they choose to make them available to third parties." +#~ msgstr "서버 녹화가 켜져 있을 때 Jamulus 서버에 연결되어 있으면 알림이 표시됩니다. 각 플레이어의 녹음은 서버에 의해 .WAV 파일로 별도로 저장되며 제3자에게 제공하도록 선택하지 않는 한 서버 운영자만 액세스할 수 있습니다." + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "### Text Chat" +#~ msgid "Text Chat" +#~ msgstr "### 문자 채팅" + +#~ msgid "When you type a message in the Chat Window, other connected players can see that, but chats are not stored by the Server and neither the Server operator nor any third parties have access to them." +#~ msgstr "채팅 창에 메시지를 입력하면 연결된 다른 플레이어가 볼 수 있지만 채팅은 서버에 저장되지 않으며 서버 운영자나 제3자도 채팅에 액세스할 수 없습니다." + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "### Data Transmission" +#~ msgid "Data Transmission" +#~ msgstr "### 데이터 전송" + +#~ msgid "Please note that all audio and text data is sent and received between the Jamulus Server and Client without encryption." +#~ msgstr "모든 오디오 및 텍스트 데이터는 암호화 없이 Jamulus 서버와 클라이언트 간에 송수신됩니다." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/QOS-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/QOS-Windows.po index 15a2457e9..709da8d72 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/QOS-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/QOS-Windows.po @@ -2,38 +2,39 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # 이정희 , 2022. +# 이정희 , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-16 15:25+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-21 11:51+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: ko_KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "ko_KR" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/QOS-Windows" msgstr "/wiki/QOS-Windows" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Quality of Service (QoS)" @@ -44,10 +45,11 @@ msgstr "서비스 품질 (QoS)" msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" %}" msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"더보기\" %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:11 -msgid "## Use of QoS on Windows" -msgstr "## Windows에서 QoS 사용" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Use of QoS on Windows" +msgstr "Windows에서 QoS의 사용" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:13 @@ -66,8 +68,47 @@ msgstr "Jamulus의 QoS 설정(기본값 포함)은 운영 체제로 인해 최 #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:37 -msgid "In Search box beside Start menu, Type: Local Group Policy Editor (enter)
In new window, (click) on the menu icon to display the Actions third panel
Looking at the first panel of the Local Group Policy Editor
 Local Computer Policy
  Computer Configuration
   Windows Settings
    Policy-based QoS (click)
Looking at the third panel (Actions) of the Local Group Policy Editor
 Policy-based QoS
  More Actions
   Create new Policy (click)
    Policy Name: Jamulus
    Specify DSCP value: 32
    Next
    This QoS policy applies Only to applications with name Jamulus.exe
    Next
    Next
    UDP
    Finish
" -msgstr "시작 메뉴 옆의 검색 상자에, 입력하기: 로컬 그룹 정책 편집기 (enter)
새 창에서, 메뉴 아이콘을 (클릭하여) 작업 세 번째 패널 표시하기
로컬 그룹 정책 편집기의 첫 번째 패널 살펴보기
 로컬 컴퓨터 정책
  컴퓨터 구성
   Windows 설정
    정책 기반 QoS (클릭)
로컬 그룹 정책 편집기의 세 번째 패널(작업) 살펴보기
 정책 기반 QoS
  더 많은 작업
   새 정책 만들기 (클릭)
    정책 이름: Jamulus
    DSCP 값 지정: 32
    다음
    이 QoS 정책은 이름이 Jamulus.exe인 응용 프로그램에만 적용됩니다
    다음
    다음
    UDP
    마침
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"In Search box beside Start menu, Type: Local Group Policy Editor (enter)
\n" +"In new window, (click) on the menu icon to display the Actions third panel
\n" +"Looking at the first panel of the Local Group Policy Editor
\n" +" Local Computer Policy
\n" +"  Computer Configuration
\n" +"   Windows Settings
\n" +"    Policy-based QoS (click)
\n" +"Looking at the third panel (Actions) of the Local Group Policy Editor
\n" +" Policy-based QoS
\n" +"  More Actions
\n" +"   Create new Policy (click)
\n" +"    Policy Name: Jamulus
\n" +"    Specify DSCP value: 32
\n" +"    Next
\n" +"    This QoS policy applies Only to applications with name Jamulus.exe
\n" +"    Next
\n" +"    Next
\n" +"    UDP
\n" +"    Finish
\n" +msgstr "" +"시작 메뉴 옆의 검색 상자에 다음을 입력합니다. 로컬 그룹 정책 편집기(입력)
\n" +"새 창에서 메뉴 아이콘을 클릭하여 세 번째 작업 패널을 표시합니다.
\n" +"로컬 그룹 정책 편집기의 첫 번째 패널 보기
\n" +" 지역 컴퓨터 정책
\n" +"  컴퓨터 구성
\n" +"   Windows 설정
\n" +"    정책 기반 QoS(클릭)
\n" +"로컬 그룹 정책 편집기의 세 번째 패널(작업) 보기
\n" +" 정책 기반 QoS
\n" +"  추가 조치
\n" +"   새 정책 만들기(클릭)
\n" +"    정책 이름: Jamulus
\n" +"    DSCP 값 지정: 32
\n" +"    다음
\n" +"    이 QoS 정책은 이름이 Jamulus.exe인 응용 프로그램에만 적용됩니다
\n" +"    다음
\n" +"    다음
\n" +"    UDP
\n" +"    마침
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:39 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Running-a-Server.po index 75ffd092a..c6ace1333 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Running-a-Server.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Running-a-Server.po @@ -3,796 +3,953 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # 이정희 , 2022. # 이정희 , 2022. +# 이정희 , 2023. +# Allan Nordhøy , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-21 04:04+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-28 13:55+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: ko_KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0.1-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "ko_KR" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Running-a-Server" msgstr "/wiki/Running-a-Server" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Running a Server" msgstr "서버 실행" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server Administration Manual" +msgstr "서버 관리 설명서" + #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:10 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# Server Administration Manual\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" -msgstr "" -"# 서버 관리 설명서\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:12 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:14 -msgid "Table of contents" -msgstr " 목차" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:16 -msgid "TOC" -msgstr "목차" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "목차\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:17 -msgid "{:toc}" -msgstr "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" +msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:19 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:22 -msgid "## Do I need to run a Server?" -msgstr "## 서버를 실행해야 합니까?" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Do I need to run a Server?" +msgstr "서버를 실행해야 합니까?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:24 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:23 #, no-wrap -msgid "**No**. You can use the Servers listed by the built in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server or choose a third party hosting service. If you just want an undisturbed session, use the [soloing technique described on the Tips and Tricks page](Tips-Tricks-More#have-an-undisturbed-session-on-any-server). If you decide you cannot use any of the Servers listed by the built in Directories, you may be able to use a Server (either Registered in a Custom Directory, or Unregistered - see [Server Types](#server-types)) hosted by a third party. Doing so will save you the trouble of setting one up yourself.\n" -msgstr "**아니요**. 기본 제공 디렉터리에 나열된 서버를 사용하고 서버를 실행하지 않고, Jamulus를 사용하거나 타사 호스팅 서비스를 선택할 수 있습니다. 방해받지 않는 세션을 원하면 [팁과 트릭 페이지에 설명된 솔로잉 기법](Tips-Tricks-More#have-an-undisturbed-session-on-any-server)을 사용하세요. 기본 제공 디렉터리에 나열된 서버를 사용할 수 없다고 결정한 경우 다음에서 호스팅하는 서버(사용자 지정 디렉터리에 등록 또는 등록 해제 - [서버 유형](#server-types) 참조)를 사용할 수 있습니다. 제3자. 이렇게 하면 직접 설정하는 수고를 덜 수 있습니다.\n" +msgid "**No**. You don't need to run a Server. You can use the Servers listed by the built-in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server yourself. You can also use an unlisted Server if you know its internet address. Or you can use a third party hosting service such as [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/) or [KOORD](https://koord.live/). There's probably a Server nearby that you and your friends can use at low enough latency for most needs.\n" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:26 -msgid "## Basic requirements" -msgstr "## 기본 요구 사항" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:25 +msgid "Using a public Server might introduce you to strangers. If you want an undisturbed session, you can use the soloing technique described on the [Tips and Tricks page](Tips-Tricks-More#have-an-undisturbed-session-on-any-server). You won't hear strangers who connect to the Server, but they can hear you if they wish." +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:28 -msgid "While setting up a Server isn't difficult, it's a good idea to read the following background information to avoid some problems:" -msgstr "서버를 설정하는 것은 어렵지 않지만 몇 가지 문제를 피하기 위해 다음 배경 정보를 읽는 것이 좋습니다:" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Requirements" +msgstr "요구사항" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:30 -msgid "### Speed and latency" -msgstr "### 속도 및 레이턴시" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Speed and latency" +msgstr "속도 및 레이턴시" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:32 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:33 #, no-wrap msgid "**_The capability of the Server itself (and the network it's on) is NOT the main determinant of the quality of a Jamulus session!_**\n" msgstr "**_서버 자체(및 서버가 있는 네트워크)의 기능은 Jamulus 세션의 품질을 결정하는 주요 요소가 아닙니다!_**\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:34 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:35 msgid "Usually, problems are on the _Client_ side and should be fixed there. Have a look at the [Troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) if needed." msgstr "일반적으로 문제는 _Client_ 측에 있으며 거기에서 수정해야 합니다. 필요한 경우 [문제 해결 페이지](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting)를 살펴보십시오." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:36 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:37 msgid "However, various problems can also arise when setting up Servers - especially when run on a low-bandwidth home connection. It's usually fine to have less than 5 players on a slower-speed home connection (eg 10 Mbit/s down and 1 Mbit/s up). You can read more about network requirements at [different quality settings here](Server-Bandwidth)." -msgstr "그러나 특히 낮은 대역폭의 홈 연결에서 실행할 때 서버를 설정할 때 다양한 문제가 발생할 수도 있습니다. 느린 속도의 홈 연결(예: 10Mbit/s 다운 및 1Mbit/s 업)에 5명 미만의 플레이어가 있는 것은 일반적으로 괜찮습니다. 네트워크 요구 사항에 대한 자세한 내용은 [여기에서 다른 품질 설정](서버 대역폭)을 참조하세요." +msgstr "그러나 특히 낮은 대역폭의 홈 연결에서 실행할 때 서버를 설정할 때 다양한 문제가 발생할 수도 있습니다. 느린 속도의 홈 연결(예: 10Mbit/s 다운 및 1Mbit/s 업)에 5명 미만의 플레이어가 있는 것은 일반적으로 괜찮습니다. 네트워크 요구 사항에 대한 자세한 내용은 [여기에서 다른 품질 설정](Server-Bandwidth)을 참조하세요." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:38 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:39 msgid "Consider using a cloud host, not your home internet connection, to get better ping times if you're having problems." -msgstr "" +msgstr "핑 시간에 문제가 있다면 집 인터넷 연결이 아닌 클라우드 호스트를 사용하여 핑 시간을 개선하는 것이 좋습니다." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:41 -msgid "### General notes" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "General notes" +msgstr "일반 사항" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:43 +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 msgid "Any Server should have at least 1.6GHz CPU frequency and 1GB RAM" -msgstr "" +msgstr "모든 서버에는 최소 1.6GHz CPU 속도와 1GB RAM이 있어야 합니다" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:44 +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 msgid "Running a Server may require you to adjust any firewalls running on or outside of your machine or cloud host." msgstr "서버를 실행하려면 컴퓨터 또는 클라우드 호스트에서 실행되거나 외부에서 실행되는 방화벽을 조정해야 할 수 있습니다." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:45 -msgid "Running an Unregistered Server at home will require you to [port forward](#port-forwarding) on your router. When running a Registered Server, port forwarding should not be necessary in most cases, but it's advisable to do so because some networks may not work properly with Jamulus in its default mode." -msgstr "홈에서 등록되지 않은 서버를 실행하려면 라우터에서 [포트 포워딩](#port-forwarding)이 필요합니다. 등록된 서버를 실행할 때 대부분의 경우 포트 포워딩이 필요하지 않지만 일부 네트워크는 기본 모드에서 Jamulus가 제대로 작동하지 않을 수 있으므로 포트 포워딩을 수행하는 것이 좋습니다." - -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 -msgid "Jamulus only has limited IPv6 support which needs to be enabled with a command line argument on the Client and Server. (There are plans to expand IPv6 support.)" -msgstr "Jamulus는 클라이언트 및 서버에서 명령줄 인수를 사용하여 사용하도록 설정해야 하는 제한된 IPv6 지원만 제공합니다. (IPv6 지원을 확대할 계획입니다.)" +msgid "You must set up port forwarding on your router to run an [Unregistered Server](Unregistered-Servers) at home. This should not be necessary when running a Registered Server in most cases. However, some home networks can require port forwarding for a Registered Server." +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:48 -msgid "## Server Types" -msgstr "## 서버 유형" +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 +msgid "Jamulus offers limited IPv6 support that you can turn on for a Client or Server from the command line." +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:50 -msgid "You can run your Server in different ways (either at home or on a 3rd party host):" -msgstr "다양한 방법으로 서버를 실행할 수 있습니다(집에서 또는 타사 호스트에서):" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:49 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "설치" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:52 -msgid "### 1. Registered" -msgstr "### 1. 등록" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:54 -msgid "Your Server will be listed in a Directory. By default, Jamulus has a list of built-in Directories that Clients can connect to. If you register with one of these, anyone can then discover and connect to your Server. You can also have your Server listed on a Custom Directory, if that better meets your needs." -msgstr "사용자의 서버가 디렉터리에 나열됩니다. 기본적으로 Jamulus에는 클라이언트가 연결할 수 있는 기본 제공 디렉터리 목록이 있습니다. 이 중 하나에 등록하면 누구나 서버를 검색하고 연결할 수 있습니다. 필요에 더 잘 맞는 경우 사용자 지정 디렉터리에 서버를 나열할 수도 있습니다." +msgid "Most people run Jamulus on a 3rd party/cloud host as a \"headless\" Server (no video display or keyboard) on **hardware without audio** running Linux. You can also run a Server in a [**desktop environment**](#servers-on-the-desktop)." +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:59 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:56 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"
\n" -"\t\"Diagram\n" -"
How Registered Servers work
\n" -"
\n" +msgid "**Note** The following steps will result in you running an \"Unregistered\" Server. For more information, see [the Server Modes section](#server-modes) below.\n" msgstr "" -"
\n" -"\t\"Jamulus\n" -"
등록된 서버의 작동 방법
\n" -"
\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:61 -msgid "### 2. Unregistered" -msgstr "### 2. 등록 해제" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:63 -msgid "This is the default when starting a Server for the first time. Unregistered Servers are not listed by Directories, so only musicians who know your Server's address to will be able to connect to it. This is useful because Jamulus does not let you control who can connect to a Server." -msgstr "서버를 처음 시작할 때 기본값입니다. 등록되지 않은 서버는 디렉터리별로 나열되지 않으므로 서버 주소를 알고 있는 뮤지션들만 연결할 수 있습니다. 이 기능은 Jamulus가 서버에 연결할 수 있는 사용자를 제어할 수 없기 때문에 유용합니다." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:68 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"
\n" -"\t\"Diagram\n" -"\t
How Unregistered Servers work
\n" -"
\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:60 +msgid "To run a headless server on Linux, the following steps assume you are familiar with the command line and Debian/Ubuntu or similar distribution that uses systemd." msgstr "" -"
\n" -"\t\"등록\n" -"\t
등록 해제된 서버의 작동 방법
\n" -"
\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:70 -msgid "If you are running an unregistered server behind a home internet connection, you might need to enable [port forwarding](#port-forwarding) as described below." +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 +msgid "Download the setup script: `curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh`" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:72 -msgid "### 3. Directory" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 +msgid "Make the script executable: `chmod +x setup_repo.sh`" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:74 -msgid "If you want to run a number of Servers, possibly also behind a firewall or on a LAN, you may want to run your Server as a Directory. Examples include online events, music associations, sectional rehearsals or music lessons for schools." +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 +msgid "Run the script and install the headless server: `sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus-headless`" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:76 -msgid "To run a Directory [read this guide](Directories)" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 +msgid "Enable the headless Server process:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:79 -msgid "## Installation and Configuration" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:67 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\t`sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:81 -msgid "Most people run Jamulus as a \"pure\" Server on **hardware without audio** (e.g. on a 3rd party/cloud host) running Linux. The following steps assume you are familiar with the command line and Debian/Ubuntu or similar distribution using systemd. To run a server on Windows or on the desktop with a graphical user interface, [see this section](#servers-on-the-desktop)." +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:69 +msgid "Add your desired [command line options](Running-a-Server#configuration-options) to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:83 -msgid "If you want to run a Server on a Raspberry Pi (or a different armhf/arm64 debian-based device), you will need to download the `.deb` files for 32 bit `armhf` or 64 bit `arm64`, not the default `amd64` ones you'd use on an Intel/AMD based machine." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:71 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\t`sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless`\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:86 -msgid "### Installation" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:73 +msgid "Reload the systemd files and restart the headless Server:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:88 -msgid "Download the [latest headless (amd64) .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}) or, if you use a Raspberry Pi etc. download the [latest armhf .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}) or the [latest arm64 .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }})" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:75 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\t`sudo systemctl daemon-reload && systemctl restart jamulus-headless`\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:89 -msgid "Update apt to make sure you have a current list of standard packages: `sudo apt update`" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:77 +msgid "_To amend your Server configuration, just repeat the last two steps above._" msgstr "" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:80 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server Modes" +msgstr "서버 모드" + #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:90 -msgid "Install the Jamulus package: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}` or for RasPi etc. armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}`; arm64: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }}`" -msgstr "" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:83 +msgid "Servers can be run in one of three modes (either at home or on a 3rd party host), depending on your needs." +msgstr "서버는 필요에 따라 세 가지 모드(집에서 또는 타사 호스트에서) 중 하나로 실행될 수 있습니다." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:84 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Unregistered mode" +msgstr "미등록된 모드" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:91 -msgid "Enable the headless Server process via systemd: `sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`" -msgstr "" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:87 +msgid "This is the default when starting a Server for the first time. Unregistered Servers are not listed by Directories, so only musicians who know your Server's address can connect to it." +msgstr "이는 서버를 처음 시작할 때의 기본값입니다. 등록되지 않은 서버는 디렉터리별로 나열되지 않으므로 서버 주소를 아는 뮤지션들만 연결할 수 있습니다." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:92 -msgid "Add your desired [command line options](Running-a-Server#command-line-options) to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file by running `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` (By default you will be running an Unregistered Server)." -msgstr "" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:89 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**For information about running an Unregistered Server [see this guide](Unregistered-Servers).**\n" +msgstr "**등록되지 않은 서버 실행에 대한 자세한 내용은 [이 가이드 참조](Unregistered-Servers).**\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:93 -msgid "Reload the systemd files `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` and restart the headless Server: `sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless`" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"
\n" +"\t\"Diagram\n" +"
\n" msgstr "" +"
\n" +"\t\"Jamulus\n" +"
\n" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:94 -msgid "Check all is well with `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (hit `q` to get back to the command prompt)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:96 -msgid "You can control Jamulus with the `systemctl` command. For example, to stop the Server cleanly:" -msgstr "" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Registered mode" +msgstr "등록된 모드" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:98 -msgid "`sudo systemctl stop jamulus-headless`" -msgstr "" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:97 +msgid "In this mode your Server will appear in the server list supplied by a Directory. Jamulus Clients come with a list of Directories built-in. If you register your Server with one of these, anyone can discover and connect to it." +msgstr "이 모드에서는 사용자의 서버가 디렉터리에서 제공하는 서버 목록에 나타납니다. Jamulus 클라이언트에는 디렉터리 목록이 기본 제공되어 있습니다. 이들 중 하나에 서버를 등록하면 누구나 해당 서버를 검색하고 연결할 수 있습니다." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:100 -msgid "_To upgrade your Server, just repeat the steps above._" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:99 +msgid "Alternatively, you can list your Server on a Custom Directory (see below). Clients will only find your Server if they enter the Custom Directory's internet address." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:102 -msgid "### Configuration" -msgstr "" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:101 +msgid "Note that Directories can only register up to 150 Servers. If you see a message that says you cannot register your Server because the Directory is full, you can try registering with a different Directory." +msgstr "디렉터리는 최대 150개의 서버만 등록할 수 있습니다. 디렉터리가 가득 차서 서버를 등록할 수 없다는 메시지가 표시되면 다른 디렉터리에 등록해 볼 수 있습니다." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:104 -msgid "#### Running in Registered mode" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:105 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"
\n" +"\t\"Diagram\n" +"
\n" msgstr "" +"
\n" +"\t\"Jamulus\n" +"
\n" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:106 -msgid "The following minimum setup is required to [run a Registered Server](Running-a-Server#server-types):" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Directory mode" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:112 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"~~~\n" -"jamulus --nogui --server \\\n" -" --directoryserver genreServer:port \\\n" -" --serverinfo \"yourServerName;yourCity;[country ID]\"\n" -"~~~\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:109 +msgid "If you want to run a number of Servers, possibly also behind a firewall or on a LAN, you may want to run your Server as a Directory. Examples include online events, music associations, sectional rehearsals or music lessons for schools." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:111 +msgid "For information, [see the Directories guide](Directories)." +msgstr "자세한 내용은 [디렉토리 가이드를 참조](Directories)하세요." + +#. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:114 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Note**: Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `yourServerName` and `yourCity` within the `--serverinfo` argument\n" +msgid "Configuration options" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:116 -msgid "To register with one of the Directories built into the Jamulus Client, replace `genreServer:port` in the example above with one of the following options:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:117 +msgid "Depending on your operating system and how you are running the Server, you can set Server options and make them persistent between reloads by following these steps:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:127 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:119 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"| Genre | Server Address |\n" -"|-----------|------------------|\n" -"|**Any Genre 1** |`anygenre1.jamulus.io:22124`|\n" -"|**Any Genre 2** |`anygenre2.jamulus.io:22224`|\n" -"|**Any Genre 3** |`anygenre3.jamulus.io:22624`|\n" -"|**Genre Rock** |`rock.jamulus.io:22424`|\n" -"|**Genre Jazz** |`jazz.jamulus.io:22324`|\n" -"|**Genre Classical/Folk** |`classical.jamulus.io:22524`|\n" -"|**Genre Choral/Barbershop** |`choral.jamulus.io:22724`|\n" +msgid "**For Linux headless** (Debian/Ubuntu using systemd)\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:129 -msgid "You can also specify a [Directory](#3-directory) in the same way from the command line, providing the Server Address in the same format." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:121 +msgid "Add your desired command line options to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file by running `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` (You will need to reload or restart for the changes to take effect. See [Installation](#installation))." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:131 -msgid "#### Running as a Directory" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:123 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**For the GUI** (all platforms)\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:133 -msgid "If you wish to run a [Directory](Running-a-Server#3-directory) please see [this guide](Directories)." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:125 +msgid "Any settings made using the graphical interface will be stored in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file. (Do **not** edit this file by hand!) However, some options are not available in the GUI and need to be set using the command line. For more information, see [Servers on the desktop](#servers-on-the-desktop)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:135 -msgid "### Maintenance" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:128 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Minimum setup to run in Registered mode" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:137 -msgid "#### Viewing The Logs" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:132 +msgid "You can run a headless Server on Linux using systemd (with `systemctl`), which is covered in other sections. You can also run a Server directly from the command line. Enter the following command to [run a Registered Server](#server-modes):" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:139 -msgid "Jamulus will log to the system log file if you left the `StandardOutput=journal` setting in the unit file." +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:133 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"jamulus-headless --nogui --server \\\n" +" --directoryaddress hostname:port \\\n" +" --serverinfo \"[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code or Qt5 Locale]\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:141 -msgid "To view the log, use `journalctl` (to exit press Ctrl-C). For example, to read the system log file, filtered for the Jamulus service:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:140 +msgid "See the table below for `hostname:port` values." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:142 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note**: Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `[name]` and `[city]` within the `--serverinfo` argument. See the [Server mode-related options](#server-mode-related-options) for more information on the country code. \n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:143 -msgid "`journalctl -f -u jamulus-headless`" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server mode-related options" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:145 -msgid "#### Controlling Recording" +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-e or --directoryaddress`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:147 -msgid "When using the recording function with the `-R` command line option, if the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new Directory. SIGUSR2 will recording enabled on/off." -msgstr "" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:148 +msgid "Required for a [Registered Server](Running-a-Server#registered-mode). Also required to run Jamulus as a [Directory](Directories)." +msgstr "[등록된 서버](Running-a-Server#registered-mode)에 필요합니다. 또한 Jamulus를 [디렉터리](Directories)로 실행해야 합니다." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:149 -msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:150 ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:171 +msgid "This option takes the format:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:151 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home Directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file (be aware that doing so is however a potential security risk).\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:152 +msgid "`--directoryaddress hostname:port` where `hostname` is the Genre Directory host name and `port` is its port number." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:153 -msgid "For turning recording on or off (depending on the current state):" -msgstr "" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:154 +msgid "To register with one of the Directories built into the Jamulus Client, replace `hostname:port` with one of the following options:" +msgstr "Jamulus 클라이언트에 기본 제공된 디렉터리 중 하나에 등록하려면, `hostname:port`를 다음 옵션 중 하나로 바꾸세요:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:158 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:164 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"~~~\n" -" [Unit]\n" -" Description=Toggle recording state of Jamulus Server\n" -" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +"| Genre | `hostname:port` |\n" +"|-----------|------------------|\n" +"|**Any Genre 1** |`anygenre1.jamulus.io:22124`|\n" +"|**Any Genre 2** |`anygenre2.jamulus.io:22224`|\n" +"|**Any Genre 3** |`anygenre3.jamulus.io:22624`|\n" +"|**Genre Rock** |`rock.jamulus.io:22424`|\n" +"|**Genre Jazz** |`jazz.jamulus.io:22324`|\n" +"|**Genre Classical/Folk** |`classical.jamulus.io:22524`|\n" +"|**Genre Choral/Barbershop** |`choral.jamulus.io:22724`|\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:163 +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:166 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -" [Service]\n" -" Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" -"~~~\n" +msgid "`-o or --serverinfo`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:165 -msgid "For starting a new recording:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:169 +msgid "When registering your Server with a Directory, this lets you supply a Server name and location details so that users can then search for these values from their Client." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:170 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"~~~\n" -" [Unit]\n" -" Description=Start a new recording on Jamulus Server\n" -" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:173 +msgid "`[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code]`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:175 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" [Service]\n" -" Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" -"~~~\n" +msgid "See [two-letter ISO country codes](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:177 -msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name you created when setting systemd to control your Jamulus Server. So in this example it would be `Jamulus-Server.service`_" +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `name` and `city` values.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:179 -msgid "Run `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` to register them for first use." +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:178 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-L or --licence`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:181 -msgid "Now you can run these with the `systemctl` command, for example:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:180 +msgid "Show an agreement window before users can connect. The text of the agreement to be shown should be supplied as the `--welcomemessage` (see below)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:183 -msgid "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec` (assuming you named your unit file `jamulusTogglerec.service`)" +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:181 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-w or --welcomemessage`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:185 -msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus`, or by viewing the logs." +msgid "A \"welcome message\" to display in the Client chat window on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML. When a path is used, the file must be accessible by the user account running Jamulus. (On most Linux installations, user `jamulus` is used by default.) If not accessible, the literal path (rather than its contents) will appear." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:188 -msgid "## Servers on the desktop" +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:186 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`--serverpublicip`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:190 -msgid "Jamulus can be run in Server mode from the desktop. This gives you a graphical user interface to control most of the settings." -msgstr "" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:188 +msgid "The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." +msgstr "동일한 NAT 뒤에 있는 디렉터리에 연결하는 경우 서버의 공인 IP 주소입니다. 자세한 내용은 [디렉터리 가이드](Directories)를 참조하세요." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:192 +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:189 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Windows users** - Use the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in the Windows Start menu.\n" +msgid "`--directoryfile`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:193 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications (assuming you put the files from the install there as per [these instructions](Installation-for-Macintosh)).\n" -msgstr "**macOS 사용자** - 응용 프로그램에서 \"Jamulus 서버\" 아이콘을 두 번 클릭합니다([이 지침](Macintosh용 설치)에 따라 설치 파일을 거기에 넣었다고 가정).\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:191 +msgid "_Directories only:_ Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." +msgstr "_디렉터리만:_ 디렉터리가 다시 시작되더라도 등록된 서버를 기억합니다. 자세한 내용은 [디렉토리 가이드](Directories)를 참조하세요." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:194 +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:192 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Linux users** - Launch the \"Jamulus Server\" shortcut. Or you can open a terminal window (`CTRL+ALT+t` on Debian and related distros), type `jamulus -s` and hit return.\n" +msgid "`-f or --listfilter`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:194 +msgid "_Directories only:_ Specify which Servers can register on the Directory Server. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." +msgstr "_디렉터리만:_ 디렉터리 서버에 등록할 수 있는 서버를 지정합니다. 자세한 내용은 [디렉토리 가이드](Directories)를 참조하세요." + +#. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:197 -msgid "## Server Setup" +#, no-wrap +msgid "General Server options" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:199 -msgid "
\"Image
" +msgid "These options can be used regardless of which mode your Server is running in (although some may not be relevant for Directories)." +msgstr "이러한 옵션은 서버가 실행 중인 모드에 관계없이 사용할 수 있습니다(일부는 디렉터리와 관련이 없을 수 있음)." + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:200 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-d or --discononquit`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:201 -msgid "### The Directory list" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:202 +msgid "Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not pressed their **Disconnect** buttons will automatically re-establish the connection when the Server returns. This option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server in this scenario." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:203 #, no-wrap -msgid "**None**: By default, you will not be connected to a Directory and will be running in unregistered mode. [Read these instructions](#running-an-unregistered-server) to have other people connect to your Server in this mode.\n" +msgid "`-F or --fastupdate`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:205 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Genre**: To allow other people to see your Server on one of the Directories built into the Client, select your desired genre Directory. You should see a confirmation message saying whether your Server has registered successfully. If not, and you leave your Server running, it will keep trying to register until a free slot becomes available.\n" +msgid "Reduces latency if Clients connect with the **Small Network Buffers** option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:207 +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:206 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Custom**: This allows you to specify a custom directory on which to be listed. See the \"Options\" tab for the Custom Directory address you want to use.\n" +msgid "`-l or --log`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:208 +msgid "Enable logging, set path and file name" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:209 -msgid "To run your Server _as_ a Directory, you need to set the Custom Directory address as `localhost` or `127.0.0.1` and set the \"Genre\" to \"Custom\". [Read this guide](Directories) for further details." +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-m or --htmlstatus`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:211 -msgid "### My Server Info" +msgid "Enable HTML status file, set path and file name" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:213 -msgid "When running as a Registered Server this displays the Server's name, city and country so that other users can easily identify it in the Directory listing." +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** This feature is deprecated, and may disappear in a future release.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:215 -msgid "### Chat Welcome Message" +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:214 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-P or --delaypan`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:216 +msgid "Start with delay panning enabled. This option uses small differences in sound arrival time between the two ears. It produces a stereo effect similar to natural human hearing when compared to normal “volume” panning." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:217 -msgid "The text entered here appears to all users when they join the Server (the chat window will open automatically for them). HTML is also supported." +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-s` or `--server`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:219 -msgid "## Options" +msgid "Start Jamulus in Server mode" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:221 -msgid "
\"Image
" +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:220 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`--serverbindip`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:223 -msgid "### Recording Directory" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:222 +msgid "Specify the IP address the Jamulus process will bind to." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:224 +msgid "Normally, Jamulus will listen on all IP addresses on the host machine. Where the host has multiple network addresses, this option allows one of the addresses to be chosen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:225 -msgid "This sets the path to where the Server's recordings will be stored. With this path set, the \"Enable Jam Recorder\" function in the Server Setup tab will make recording start once the first person connects to the Server, and stops when the last person leaves. Use the \"New Recording\" button to create a new sub-directory in which the recordings will be stored from then on. Note that Recordings are per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` format and [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open the respective files to listen to them in those applications." +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-T or --multithreading`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:227 +msgid "Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs. This setting may help the Server support more Clients. See also `--numchannels`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:228 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Note**: When your Server is recording, Clients will display a message that recording is on.\n" +msgid "`-u or --numchannels`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:229 -msgid "### Custom Directory Address" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:230 +msgid "Maximum number of channels (Clients)" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:231 -msgid "Leave this field empty unless you need to list your Server on a [Custom Directory](#3-directory) or run a Directory." +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-z or --startminimized`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:233 -msgid "### Server List Filename" +msgid "Start the Jamulus Server graphical user interface in the minimized window state." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:235 -msgid "Leave this field empty unless you need to run your Server as a [Directory](#3-directory). When in use, this holds the list of registered Servers whilst restarting the Directory. This prevents the server list appearing \"empty\" until the Servers re-register." +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:234 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Other options" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:237 -msgid "### Delay panning" -msgstr "" +msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" +msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:239 -msgid "This option uses small differences in sound arrival time between the two ears. It produces a stereo effect similar to natural human hearing when compared to normal \"volume\" panning." +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Controlling the Server via API" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241 -msgid "### Start Minimised" +msgid "Jamulus can be controlled via an experimental API which is subject to changes. You can find the [JSON-RPC API documented in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md). JSON-RPC allows you to control some features like changing the welcome message or starting recordings in headless mode from authenticated external applications. It works while the server is running." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:243 +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:244 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Windows users** - If you want the Server to start automatically on system start, enable the corresponding check box.\n" +msgid "Recording" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:245 -msgid "### Server status icon" +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-R or --recording`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:247 -msgid "When the Server is running, the operating system will show an icon in the system tray or status area to represent whether the Server is active:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:248 +msgid "Set Server recording directory. By default, the Server will record when a session is active." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:249 -msgid "
\"Image
The Server is empty" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:250 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file, but be aware that doing could be a security risk.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:251 -msgid "
\"Image
The Server is occupied" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:252 +msgid "Recordings are per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` format and [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open the respective files to listen to them in those applications." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:253 -msgid "## Command line options" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** When your Server is recording, Clients display a red banner message that the session is being recorded.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:255 -msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." +#, no-wrap +msgid "`--norecord`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:257 -msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:" +msgid "Set server not to record by default when recording is configured." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:261 +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:259 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"```shell\n" -" \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100\n" -"```\n" +msgid "Controlling Recording" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:263 -msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262 +msgid "Recording starts once the first person connects to the Server, and stops when the last person leaves." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:264 +msgid "If the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording on/off. If [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) is enabled, you will also be able to manage the server in a way comparable to the GUI. Please see the (experimental) [JSON-RPC documentation on the recorder](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:267 +msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269 +msgid "To turn recording on or off (depending on the current state):" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:270 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"```shell\n" -" /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100\n" -"```\n" +" [Unit]\n" +" Description=Toggle recording state of Jamulus Server\n" +" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +"\n" +" [Service]\n" +" Type=oneshot\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:281 +msgid "To start a new recording:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:282 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Note**: Command line options will set the Server's defaults at startup. You can override them with their corresponding GUI controls while the Server is running.\n" +msgid "" +" [Unit]\n" +" Description=Start a new recording on Jamulus Server\n" +" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +"\n" +" [Service]\n" +" Type=oneshot\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:271 -msgid "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" -msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:293 +msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name you created when setting systemd to control your Jamulus Server. So in this example it would be `Jamulus-Server.service`_" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:273 -msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" -msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:295 +msgid "Run `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` to register them for first use." +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:276 -msgid "## Running an Unregistered Server" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:297 +msgid "Now you can run these with the `systemctl` command, for example:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:278 -msgid "It is highly recommended to test your Server by registering it on one of the built-in Directories **first** so as to narrow down any subsequent problems in unregistered mode." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:299 +msgid "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:280 -msgid "### Setting up a Server behind a home router" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:301 +msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus`, or by viewing the logs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:304 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Adding metadata to the Server" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:282 -msgid "If you set up your server at home, you will probably need to change some settings in your router/firewall:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:307 +msgid "You can add metadata to the welcome message of a Server to add additional, hidden information like contact information or policy requests for bots (this is comparable to [robots.txt](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robots.txt)). See the [Community Knowledge Base entry about metadata](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html) for more information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:310 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Servers on the desktop" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:284 -msgid "#### Port forwarding" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:313 +msgid "Jamulus can run in Server mode in the graphical environment of a computer. This gives you a graphical user interface to control most of the settings. To do this, first [install Jamulus for your platform](Getting-Started), then do one of the following:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:315 +msgid "**Windows users** - Use the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in the Windows Start menu. If you want the Server to start automatically when you start Windows, check the box for this option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:317 +msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:319 +msgid "**Linux users** - Launch the \"Jamulus Server\" shortcut. Or you can open a terminal window (`CTRL+ALT+t` on Debian and related distros), type `jamulus -s` and hit return." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:286 -msgid "People from outside your home network will not be able to see things inside it. To let external Jamulus clients connect to your server, you need to set up port forwarding in your Router's settings. The exact setup differs for every router. For help see your Router's documentation or [portforward.com](https://portforward.com)." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:321 +msgid "While most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, others can only be set using options given in a terminal window when the Server is launched. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:288 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:323 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Note:** The default port for the current version of Jamulus is **UDP** (not TCP) port **22124**. You will usually forward the port **22124** from outside your network to the port **22124** of the machine running the Server.\n" +msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose **Properties** > **Target**. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:290 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:325 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Note:** Your home router may change the IP address of the machine you're running your Server on. Depending on your router, you might need to give this machine a static IP address (often under DHCP settings of your router).\n" +msgid " `\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:292 -msgid "#### Getting the external IP" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:327 +msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:295 -msgid "To allow others to connect to your Server from the internet, get your external (WAN) IP address e.g. by [using Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=what+is+my+ip) and give it to them. You yourself should connect using the local network (LAN) address of the machine the Server is running on. If you are running a Client on the same machine as your Server, that would be `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:329 +#, no-wrap +msgid " `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:298 -msgid "#### Dynamic DNS and why you will probably need it" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note** Command line options will set the Server’s defaults at startup. You can override them while the Server is running using their corresponding GUI controls.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:332 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The Server status icon" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:300 -msgid "Most domestic internet connections change their external IP address after a short period. To avoid problems with this, you might want to set up \"dynamic DNS\" to get a static (sub-)domain you can share with others. Please research how to do that for your specic set up. Your router might support some \"dynamic DNS\" providers out of the box. If this is not the case, set up a dynamic DNS client as described by the dynamic DNS provider you chose." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:335 +msgid "When a Server is running in GUI mode, the operating system will show an icon in the system tray or status area that indicates whether the Server has connections:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:302 -msgid "## Backing up the Server" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:337 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
The Server is empty\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:304 -msgid "_Note that headless Servers do not use `.ini` files. All configuration is given as command line options._" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:339 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
The Server is occupied\n" +msgstr "
\"Jamulus
서버가 사용 중입니다\n" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:342 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Backing up the Server" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:306 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:345 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:308 -msgid "## Troubleshooting" -msgstr "## 문제 해결" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:347 +msgid "Headless Servers do not use `.ini` files. All configuration is given as command line options. If you are running a Server in GUI mode, after reading any command line options on start, it will store its configuration in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "문제 해결하기" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:309 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:350 msgid "If you are having other problems, [see this guide](Server-Troubleshooting)." msgstr "" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**No**. You can use the Servers listed by the built in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server or choose a third party hosting service. If you just want an undisturbed session, use the [soloing technique described on the Tips and Tricks page](Tips-Tricks-More#have-an-undisturbed-session-on-any-server). If you decide you cannot use any of the Servers listed by the built in Directories, you may be able to use a Server (either Registered in a Custom Directory, or Unregistered - see [Server Types](#server-types)) hosted by a third party. Doing so will save you the trouble of setting one up yourself.\n" +#~ msgstr "**아니요**. 기본 제공 디렉터리에 나열된 서버를 사용하고 서버를 실행하지 않고, Jamulus를 사용하거나 타사 호스팅 서비스를 선택할 수 있습니다. 방해받지 않는 세션을 원하면 [팁과 트릭 페이지에 설명된 솔로잉 기법](Tips-Tricks-More#have-an-undisturbed-session-on-any-server)을 사용하세요. 기본 제공 디렉터리에 나열된 서버를 사용할 수 없다고 결정한 경우 다음에서 호스팅하는 서버(사용자 지정 디렉터리에 등록 또는 등록 해제 - [서버 유형](#server-types) 참조)를 사용할 수 있습니다. 제3자. 이렇게 하면 직접 설정하는 수고를 덜 수 있습니다.\n" + +#~ msgid "While setting up a Server isn't difficult, it's a good idea to read the following background information to avoid some problems:" +#~ msgstr "서버를 설정하는 것은 어렵지 않지만 몇 가지 문제를 피하기 위해 다음 배경 정보를 읽는 것이 좋습니다:" + +#~ msgid "Running an Unregistered Server at home will require you to [port forward](#port-forwarding) on your router. When running a Registered Server, port forwarding should not be necessary in most cases, but it's advisable to do so because some networks may not work properly with Jamulus in its default mode." +#~ msgstr "홈에서 등록되지 않은 서버를 실행하려면 라우터에서 [포트 포워딩](#port-forwarding)이 필요합니다. 등록된 서버를 실행할 때 대부분의 경우 포트 포워딩이 필요하지 않지만 일부 네트워크는 기본 모드에서 Jamulus가 제대로 작동하지 않을 수 있으므로 포트 포워딩을 수행하는 것이 좋습니다." + +#~ msgid "Jamulus only has limited IPv6 support which needs to be enabled with a command line argument on the Client and Server. (There are plans to expand IPv6 support.)" +#~ msgstr "Jamulus는 클라이언트 및 서버에서 명령줄 인수를 사용하여 사용하도록 설정해야 하는 제한된 IPv6 지원만 제공합니다. (IPv6 지원을 확대할 계획입니다.)" + +#~ msgid "Your Server will be listed in a Directory. By default, Jamulus has a list of built-in Directories that Clients can connect to. If you register with one of these, anyone can then discover and connect to your Server. You can also have your Server listed on a Custom Directory, if that better meets your needs." +#~ msgstr "사용자의 서버가 디렉터리에 나열됩니다. 기본적으로 Jamulus에는 클라이언트가 연결할 수 있는 기본 제공 디렉터리 목록이 있습니다. 이 중 하나에 등록하면 누구나 서버를 검색하고 연결할 수 있습니다. 필요에 더 잘 맞는 경우 사용자 지정 디렉터리에 서버를 나열할 수도 있습니다." + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "Running a Server" +#~ msgid "Running as a Directory" +#~ msgstr "서버 실행" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications (assuming you put the files from the install there as per [these instructions](Installation-for-Macintosh)).\n" +#~ msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications (assuming you put the files from the install there as per [these instructions](Installation-for-Macintosh))." +#~ msgstr "**macOS 사용자** - 응용 프로그램에서 \"Jamulus 서버\" 아이콘을 두 번 클릭합니다([이 지침](Macintosh용 설치)에 따라 설치 파일을 거기에 넣었다고 가정).\n" + +#~ msgid "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" +#~ msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "Running a Server" +#~ msgid "Running an Unregistered Server" +#~ msgstr "서버 실행" + +#~ msgid "TOC" +#~ msgstr "목차" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Server-Bandwidth.po b/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Server-Bandwidth.po index bb7ba78a7..9a98fc4fa 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Server-Bandwidth.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Server-Bandwidth.po @@ -3,38 +3,40 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # 이정희 , 2022. # 이정희 , 2022. +# 이정희 , 2023. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-21 04:04+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-24 13:00+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: ko_KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "ko_KR" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Server-Bandwidth" msgstr "/wiki/Server-Bandwidth" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Bandwidth Use" @@ -43,52 +45,23 @@ msgstr "대역폭 사용" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:9 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"더보기\" branch1=\"서버 관리\" branch1-url=\"서버 실행\" %}" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"더보기\" branch1=\"서버 관리\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:11 -msgid "## Audio bandwidth" -msgstr "## 오디오 대역폭" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:13 -msgid "The audio settings have an impact on the required network bandwidth. The table below summarises network requirements with respect to the configuration of:" -msgstr "오디오 설정은 필요한 네트워크 대역폭에 영향을 미칩니다. 아래 표에는 다음과 같은 구성과 관련된 네트워크 요구 사항이 요약되어 있습니다:" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:14 -msgid "Channels : stereo/mono" -msgstr "채널: 스테레오/모노" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:15 -msgid "Quality : high/medium/low" -msgstr "음질: 높음/중간/낮음" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio bandwidth" +msgstr "오디오 대역폭" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:16 -msgid "Audio buffer duration : 2.67 ms, 5.33 ms, 10.67 ms, 21.33 ms" -msgstr "오디오 버퍼 지속 시간: 2.67ms, 5.33ms, 10.67ms, 21.33ms" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:18 -msgid "With the following units" -msgstr "다음 단위 사용" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:19 -msgid "ms : milliseconds" -msgstr "ms : 밀리초" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:20 -msgid "Kbit/s : Kilo-bits per second (Reminder : 1 Mbit/s = 1024 Kbit/s, 1 KByte/s = 8 Kbit/s)" -msgstr "Kbit/s : 초당 킬로비트 (알림 : 1Mbit/s = 1024Kbit/s, 1KByte/s = 8Kbit/s)" +msgid "The audio settings have an impact on the required network bandwidth. The table below summarises network requirements with respect to the configuration of: * Channels : stereo/mono * Quality : high/medium/low * Audio buffer duration : 2.67 ms, 5.33 ms, 10.67 ms, 21.33 ms" +msgstr "오디오 설정은 필요한 네트워크 대역폭에 영향을 미칩니다. 아래 표에는 구성과 관련된 네트워크 요구 사항이 요약되어 있습니다. * 채널: 스테레오/모노 * 음질: 높음/중간/낮음 * 오디오 버퍼 지속 시간: 2.67ms, 5.33ms, 10.67ms, 21.33ms" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:21 -msgid "Mbit/s : Mega-bits per second" -msgstr "Mbit/s : 초당 메가비트" +msgid "With the following units * ms : milliseconds * Kbit/s : Kilo-bits per second (Reminder : 1 Mbit/s = 1024 Kbit/s, 1 KByte/s = 8 Kbit/s) * Mbit/s : Mega-bits per second" +msgstr "단위는 다음과 같습니다. * ms : 밀리초 * Kbit/s : 초당 킬로비트 (리마인더: 1 Mbit/s = 1024 Kbit/s, 1 KByte/s = 8 Kbit/s) * Mbit/s : 초당 메가비트" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:30 @@ -112,10 +85,11 @@ msgstr "" "| 모노 | 중간 | 594 Kbit/s | 366 Kbit/s | 250 Kbit/s | 192 Kbit/s |\n" "| 모노 | 낮음 | 534 Kbit/s | 306 Kbit/s | 190 Kbit/s | 132 Kbit/s |\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:32 -msgid "## Network bandwidth" -msgstr "## 네트워크 대역폭" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Network bandwidth" +msgstr "네트워크 대역폭" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:38 @@ -137,3 +111,21 @@ msgstr "" #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:40 msgid "Note also that mean ADSL2 transfer rate is 10 Mbit/s for downstream and 1 Mbit/s for upstream. The actual performance depends on distance to the provider, which may [theoretically range from 24 Mbit/s at 0.3 km to 1.5 Mbit/s at 5.2 km](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Asymmetric_digital_subscriber_line) for download rate." msgstr "또한 평균 ADSL2 전송 속도는 다운스트림의 경우 10Mbit/s이고 업스트림의 경우 1Mbit/s입니다. 실제 성능은 다운로드 속도에 대해 [이론적으로 0.3km에서 24Mbit/s에서 5.2km에서 1.5Mbit/s](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Asymmetric_digital_subscriber_line) 제공자까지의 거리에 따라 다릅니다. ." + +#~ msgid "Channels : stereo/mono" +#~ msgstr "채널: 스테레오/모노" + +#~ msgid "Quality : high/medium/low" +#~ msgstr "음질: 높음/중간/낮음" + +#~ msgid "Audio buffer duration : 2.67 ms, 5.33 ms, 10.67 ms, 21.33 ms" +#~ msgstr "오디오 버퍼 지속 시간: 2.67ms, 5.33ms, 10.67ms, 21.33ms" + +#~ msgid "With the following units" +#~ msgstr "다음 단위 사용" + +#~ msgid "ms : milliseconds" +#~ msgstr "ms : 밀리초" + +#~ msgid "Mbit/s : Mega-bits per second" +#~ msgstr "Mbit/s : 초당 메가비트" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Server-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Server-Troubleshooting.po index 7b0453c52..3ab918d2c 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Server-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Server-Troubleshooting.po @@ -3,39 +3,43 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # 이정희 , 2022. # 이정희 , 2022. +# Allan Nordhøy , 2023. +# 이정희 , 2023. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-21 04:04+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-28 09:54+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: ko_KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0.1-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "ko_KR" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Server-Troubleshooting" msgstr "/wiki/Server-Troubleshooting" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:10 #, no-wrap msgid "Server Troubleshooting" msgstr "서버 문제 해결" @@ -43,57 +47,58 @@ msgstr "서버 문제 해결" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:9 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"더보기\" branch1=\"서버 관리\" branch1-url=\"서버 실행\" %}" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"더보기\" branch1=\"서버 관리\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:12 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# Server Troubleshooting\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" -msgstr "" -"# 서버 문제 해결\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:14 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:16 -msgid "Table of contents" -msgstr " 목차" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:18 -msgid "TOC" -msgstr "목차" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "목차\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:19 -msgid "{:toc}" -msgstr "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" +msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:21 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:23 -msgid "## Servers - Registered" -msgstr "## 서버 - 등록" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Servers - Registered" +msgstr "서버 - 등록됨" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:25 -msgid "### Why doesn't my Server show up in the list? Why isn't it registering?" -msgstr "### 내 서버가 목록에 표시되지 않는 이유는 무엇입니까? 왜 등록이 안되나요?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why doesn't my Server show up in the list? Why isn't it registering?" +msgstr "내 서버가 목록에 표시되지 않는 이유는 무엇인가요? 왜 등록되지 않나요?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:27 -msgid "If you are registered OK (you can [see it here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)) and you or your friends can't see your Server, you may need to wait, or start your Client with the `--showallservers` option and try connecting from there ([see command line options](Software-Manual#command-line-options)) on how to start your Client with a config option). In some network configurations, you may also need to [port forward](Running-a-Server#port-forwarding) your router." -msgstr "사용자가 정상적([여기서 볼 수 있음](https://explorer.jamulus.io/))으로 등록되어 있고, 사용자 또는 사용자의 친구가 서버를 볼 수 없는 경우, 기다리거나 `--showallservers` 옵션으로 클라이언트를 시작하고 거기서 클라이언트를 시작하는 방법([명령줄 옵션](Software-Manual#command-line-options) 참조)을 시도해야 합니다. 일부 네트워크 구성에서는 사용자의 라우터를 [포트 포워딩](Running-a-Server#port-forwarding)해야 할 수도 있습니다." +msgid "If you are registered OK (you can [see it here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)) and you or your friends can't see your Server, you may need to wait, or start your Client with the `--showallservers` option and try connecting from there ([see command line options](Software-Manual#command-line-options)) on how to start your Client with a config option). In some network configurations, you may also need to configure your router to [forward the port number](Unregistered-Servers#port-forwarding) used by Jamulus Server." +msgstr "등록이 제대로 되었지만([여기서 볼 수 있음](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)) 본인이나 친구가 서버를 볼 수 없는 경우, 기다리거나 `--showallservers` 옵션으로 클라이언트를 시작하고 구성 옵션으로 클라이언트를 시작하는 방법에 대해 거기([명령줄 옵션 참조](소프트웨어- 구성 옵션으로 클라이언트를 시작하는 방법에 대한 설명서#명령줄 옵션))에서 연결을 시도해야 할 수 있습니다. 일부 네트워크 구성에서는 Jamulus Server에서 사용하는 [포트 번호를 전달](Unregistered-Servers#port-forwarding)하도록 라우터를 구성해야 할 수도 있습니다." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:29 @@ -105,62 +110,78 @@ msgstr "서버가 꽉 찼다는 메시지가 표시되면 슬롯이 비워질 msgid "You can verify that your Server is listed in the relevant genre by [checking it here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)." msgstr "사용자의 서버가 관련 장르에 나열되는지 [여기에서 확인](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)하여 확인할 수 있습니다." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:33 -msgid "## Servers - Unregistered" -msgstr "## 서버 - 등록 해제" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:32 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Servers - Unregistered" +msgstr "서버 - 등록 해제됨" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:35 -msgid "### I'm running my Client on the same machine/network as my Server but I can't connect to it" -msgstr "### 내 서버와 동일한 시스템/네트워크에서 내 클라이언트를 실행하고 있지만 연결할 수 없습니다" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I'm running my Client on the same machine/network as my Server but I can't connect to it" +msgstr "내 서버와 동일한 시스템/네트워크에서 클라이언트를 실행하고 있지만 연결할 수 없습니다" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:37 msgid "Connect your Client to `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`. If you're running the Client on a different machine to the Server but on the same network, then connect to the _local network_ address of the Server. Do not connect via the Server's public (WAN) address." msgstr "클라이언트를 `localhost` 또는 `127.0.0.1`에 연결합니다. 서버와 다른 시스템에서 동일한 네트워크에서 클라이언트를 실행하는 경우 서버의 _로컬 네트워크_ 주소에 연결합니다. 서버의 공용(WAN) 주소를 통해 연결하지 마십시오." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:39 -msgid "### What address do I give to people so that they can connect to my Server?" -msgstr "### 사람들이 내 서버에 연결할 수 있도록 어떤 주소를 제공해야 합니까?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "What address do I give to people so that they can connect to my Server?" +msgstr "사람들이 내 서버에 연결할 수 있도록 어떤 주소를 제공해야 하나요?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:41 -msgid "This should be your **public** IP address (find that with [Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=whatsmyip)). Connect your **own** Jamulus Client to the **local** IP address of your Server (`localhost` or `127.0.0.1` if it's on the same machine as your Client). Note that your public IP address can change - see the note on \"dynamic DNS\" in [this guide](Running-a-Server#dynamic-dns-and-why-you-will-probably-need-it)." -msgstr "이것은 사용자의 **공용** IP 주소여야 합니다([Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=whatsmyip)에서 찾을 수 있음). 사용자 **자신의** Jamulus 클라이언트를 서버의 **로컬** IP 주소(`localhost` 또는 클라이언트와 동일한 시스템에 있는 경우, `127.0.0.1`)에 연결합니다. 사용자의 공용 IP 주소는 변경될 수 있습니다. [이 가이드](Running-a-Server#dynamic-dns-and-why-you-will-probably-need-it)의 \"동적 DNS\"에 대한 참고 사항을 참조하십시오." +msgid "This should be your **public** IP address (find that with [Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=whatsmyip)). Connect your **own** Jamulus Client to the **local** IP address of your Server (`localhost` or `127.0.0.1` if it's on the same machine as your Client). Note that your public IP address can change - see the note on \"dynamic DNS\" in [this guide](Unregistered-Servers#dynamic-dns-and-why-you-will-probably-need-it)." +msgstr "이것은 사용자의 **공용** IP 주소여야 합니다([Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=whatsmyip)에서 찾을 수 있음). 사용자 **자신의** Jamulus 클라이언트를 서버의 **로컬** IP 주소(`localhost` 또는 클라이언트와 동일한 시스템에 있는 경우, `127.0.0.1`)에 연결합니다. 사용자의 공인 IP 주소는 변경될 수 있습니다. [이 가이드](Unregistered-Servers#dynamic-dns-and-why-you-will-probably-need-it)의 \"동적 DNS\"에 대한 참고 사항을 참조하세요." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:44 -msgid "### What port numbers can I use?" -msgstr "### 어떤 포트 번호를 사용할 수 있습니까?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:43 +#, no-wrap +msgid "What port numbers can I use?" +msgstr "사용할 수 있는 포트 번호는 무엇인가요?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:46 msgid "You can set your Server to listen on a custom port with the `--port` option. If you do this, you will need to tell people which port to connect on. They will need to append the port number to the address of your Server in the format `[serverAddress]:[portNumber]`." msgstr "`--port` 옵션을 사용하여 사용자 지정 포트에서 수신 대기하도록 사용자의 서버를 설정할 수 있습니다. 이렇게 하면 연결할 포트를 사람들에게 알려야 합니다. 포트 번호를 `[serverAddress]:[portNumber]` 형식으로 서버 주소에 추가해야 합니다." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:48 -msgid "### Nobody can connect to my Server - but I can connect locally" -msgstr "### 아무도 내 서버에 연결할 수 없지만, 로컬로 연결할 수 있습니다" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Nobody can connect to my Server - but I can connect locally" +msgstr "아무도 내 서버에 연결할 수 없지만, 로컬로 연결할 수 있습니다" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:50 -msgid "First of all, make sure you've enabled [port forwarding](Running-a-Server#port-forwarding). If you still don't see your server from outside of your local network, you may have issues with your Internet Service Provider (ISP)." -msgstr "우선, [포트포워딩](Running-a-Server#port-forwarding)을 활성화했는지 확인합니다. 여전히 사용자의 로컬 네트워크 외부에서 서버가 표시되지 않으면 ISP(인터넷 서비스 공급자)에 문제가 있을 수 있습니다." +msgid "First of all, make sure you've enabled [port forwarding](Unregistered-Servers#port-forwarding). If you still don't see your server from outside of your local network, you may have issues with your Internet Service Provider (ISP)." +msgstr "우선, [포트포워딩](Unregistered-Servers#port-forwarding)을 활성화했는지 확인하세요. 사용자의 로컬 네트워크 외부에서 서버가 여전히 표시되지 않는다면 인터넷 서비스 제공업체(ISP)에 문제가 있을 수 있습니다." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:52 -msgid "Some ISPs are using techniques like [Address plus Port (A+P)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Address_plus_Port) or [Carrier-grade NAT (CGN)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carrier-grade_NAT) to conserve address space (usually for IPv4). That makes it impossible to host services like Jamulus at home as they are not visible outside your local network." -msgstr "일부 ISP는 [Address plus Port(A+P)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Address_plus_Port) 또는 [Carrier-grade NAT(CGN)](https://en.wikipedia. org/wiki/Carrier-grade_NAT) 주소 공간을 절약합니다(일반적으로 IPv4의 경우). 따라서 로컬 네트워크 외부에서 볼 수 없기 때문에 집에서 Jamulus와 같은 서비스를 호스팅하는 것이 불가능합니다." +msgid "Some ISPs use techniques like [Address plus Port (A+P)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Address_plus_Port) or [Carrier-grade NAT (CGN)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carrier-grade_NAT) to conserve address space (usually for IPv4). That makes it impossible to host services like Jamulus at home as they are not visible outside your local network." +msgstr "일부 ISP는 [Address plus Port (A+P)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Address_plus_Port) 또는 [Carrier-grade NAT(CGN)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carrier-grade_NAT)과 같은 기술을 사용하여 주소 공간(일반적으로 IPv4의 경우)을 절약합니다. 따라서 Jamulus와 같은 서비스는 로컬 네트워크 외부에서 볼 수 없으므로 집에서 호스팅하는 것이 불가능합니다." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:54 msgid "To detect if CGN is the issue, go to your router's configuration screen (typically, 192.168.X.X) and look at the WAN Status page. If your listed IPv4 address doesn't match with your public IPv4 address (check it [here](https://ifconfig.me)), it suggests that CGN may be enabled. You can try using an IPv6 connection by starting clients and server with the `-6` flag if IPv6 is available for the server and all clients." -msgstr "CGN이 문제인지 감지하려면 라우터의 구성 화면(일반적으로 192.168.X.X)으로 이동하여 WAN 상태 페이지를 확인하십시오. 나열된 IPv4 주소가 공용 IPv4 주소와 일치하지 않는 경우([여기](https://ifconfig.me) 확인) CGN이 활성화되었을 수 있음을 나타냅니다. 서버와 모든 클라이언트에서 IPv6을 사용할 수 있는 경우 '-6' 플래그로 클라이언트와 서버를 시작하여 IPv6 연결을 사용해 볼 수 있습니다." +msgstr "CGN이 문제인지 감지하려면 라우터의 구성 화면(일반적으로 192.168.X.X)으로 이동하여 WAN 상태 페이지를 확인하십시오. 나열된 IPv4 주소가 공인 IPv4 주소와 일치하지 않는 경우([여기](https://ifconfig.me) 확인) CGN이 활성화되었을 수 있음을 나타냅니다. 서버와 모든 클라이언트에서 IPv6을 사용할 수 있는 경우 '-6' 플래그로 클라이언트와 서버를 시작하여 IPv6 연결을 사용해 볼 수 있습니다." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:56 +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:55 msgid "To fix the issue with IPv4, contact your ISP technical support team, and tell them that you want to host a public server at home, so you need a real WAN IP address. Furthermore, you can help them with info that CGN might be the issue. Also, you can ask for a static IP address to avoid using DDNS." -msgstr "IPv4 문제를 해결하려면 ISP 기술 지원 팀에 연락하여 집에서 공용 서버를 호스팅하고 싶다고 말하여 실제 WAN IP 주소가 필요합니다. 또한 CGN이 문제일 수 있다는 정보로 그들을 도울 수 있습니다. 또한 DDNS 사용을 피하기 위해 고정 IP 주소를 요청할 수 있습니다." +msgstr "IPv4 문제를 해결하려면, ISP 기술 지원 팀에 연락하여 집에서 공용 서버를 호스팅하고 싶다고 말하여 실제 WAN IP 주소가 필요합니다. 또한 CGN이 문제일 수 있다는 정보로 그들을 도울 수 있습니다. 또한 DDNS 사용을 피하기 위해 고정 IP 주소를 요청할 수 있습니다." + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ "# Server Troubleshooting\n" +#~ " {:.no_toc}\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "# 서버 문제 해결\n" +#~ " {:.no_toc}\n" + +#~ msgid "TOC" +#~ msgstr "목차" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Software-Manual.po index e88647ab4..17db354fe 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Software-Manual.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Software-Manual.po @@ -3,85 +3,95 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # 이정희 , 2022. # 이정희 , 2022. +# Allan Nordhøy , 2023. +# 이정희 , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-19 07:07+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-28 13:55+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: ko_KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0.1-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "ko_KR" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual" msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Software Manual" -msgstr "" +msgstr "소프트웨어 설명서" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus User Manual" +msgstr "Jamulus 사용자 설명서" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:9 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# Jamulus User Manual\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" -msgstr "" +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:11 msgid "This manual documents the Jamulus Client application for use by musicians and singers using the software to connect to a server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이 설명서에는 서버에 연결하기 위해 소프트웨어를 사용하는 뮤지션들과 가수들이 사용할 Jamulus 클라이언트 애플리케이션이 문서화되어 있습니다." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:13 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:15 -msgid "Table of contents" -msgstr " 목차" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:17 -msgid "TOC" -msgstr "목차" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "목차\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:18 -msgid "{:toc}" -msgstr "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" +msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:20 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:22 -msgid "# Main Window" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:21 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Main Window" +msgstr "기본 창" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:28 @@ -92,11 +102,16 @@ msgid "" "\t
Your local mix when connected to a Server
\n" "\n" msgstr "" +"
\n" +"\t\"Jamulus\n" +"\t
서버에 연결된 경우 사용자의 로컬 믹스
\n" +"
\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:30 -msgid "## Ping, Delay and Jitter" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Ping, Delay and Jitter" +msgstr "핑, 딜레이 및 지터" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:32 @@ -112,36 +127,39 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:36 -msgid "
\"Image
" -msgstr "" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"녹색
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:38 #, no-wrap msgid "**Green** - The delay is perfect for a jam session\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**녹색** - 잼 세션에 적합한 지연 시간입니다\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:40 -msgid "
\"Image
" -msgstr "" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"노란색
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:42 #, no-wrap msgid "**Yellow** - A session is still possible but it may be harder to play\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**노란색** - 세션은 여전히 가능하지만 플레이하기가 더 어려울 수 있습니다\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:44 -msgid "
\"Image
" -msgstr "" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"녹색
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:46 #, no-wrap msgid "**Red** - The delay is too large for jamming\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**빨간색** - 딜레이가 너무 커서 전파 방해가 발생합니다\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:48 @@ -149,29 +167,30 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Jitter** shows the current audio/streaming status. If the light is **red**, the audio stream is interrupted. This is caused by one of the following problems:\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:50 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53 msgid "The network jitter buffer is not large enough for the current network/audio interface jitter." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:51 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53 msgid "The sound card's buffer delay (buffer size) is too small (see Settings window)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:52 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53 msgid "The upload or download stream rate is too high for your internet bandwidth." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53 msgid "The CPU of the Client or server is at 100%." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:55 -msgid "## Input" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:54 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Input" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -179,19 +198,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Shows the level of the two stereo channels for your audio input. Make sure not to clip the input signal to avoid distortions of your sound (the LEDs will indicate clipping when it occurs)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:60 -msgid "## Mute Myself button" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Mute Myself button" +msgstr "직접 음소거 버튼" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:62 msgid "Cuts your audio stream to the server so that you will be able to hear yourself and see your own input levels, but other musicians will not. Be aware that other musicians will not know if you have muted yourself." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:64 -msgid "## Reverb effect" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:63 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Reverb effect" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -199,9 +220,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Adds reverb to your local mono audio channel, or to both channels in stereo mode. The mono channel selection and the reverberation level can be modified. For example, if a microphone signal is fed in to the right audio channel of the sound card and a reverb effect needs to be applied, set the channel selector to the right and move the fader upwards until the desired reverb level is reached." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:71 -msgid "## Chat" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:70 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Chat" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -209,9 +231,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message is received." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:77 -msgid "## Connect/disconnect button" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:76 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Connect/disconnect button" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -221,7 +244,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:82 -msgid "
\"Screenshot
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Screenshot
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -239,14 +263,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If you know the IP address or URL of a private server, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124` (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets). The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:92 -msgid "## Server audio mixer" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:91 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server audio mixer" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:94 -msgid "
\"Image
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -271,188 +297,200 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:105 -msgid "### Grp button" +msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. You can sort instead by name, instrument, group, or city using the View menu." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:107 -msgid "Defines a group of audio channels. Moving the fader of one member of the group moves the faders of all the others. Up to 8 groups can be defined." +msgid "If the server operator has enabled recording, you will see a message above the mixer showing that you are being recorded." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:109 -msgid "### Mute button" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:108 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Grp button" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:111 -msgid "Prevents users being heard in your local mix. Be aware that when you mute someone, they will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader to indicate that you cannot hear them. Note also that you will continue to see their VU meters moving if sound from the muted user is reaching the server. Your fader position for them is also unaffected." +msgid "You can group users together using the \"group\" toggle. Moving the fader of any member of the group will move the other faders in that group by the same amount. You can isolate a channel from the group temporarily with shift-click-drag. Up to 8 groups can be defined." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:113 -msgid "Note that muting your **own** channel only means you will not hear your signal from the server (and is not advised as it can lead to you becoming out of time with other players). This is therefore not the same as using \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"." +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:112 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Mute button" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:115 -msgid "### Solo button" +msgid "Prevents users being heard in your local mix. Be aware that when you mute someone, they will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader to indicate that you cannot hear them. Note also that you will continue to see their VU meters moving if sound from the muted user is reaching the server. Your fader position for them is also unaffected." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:117 -msgid "Allows you to hear one or more users on their own. Those not soloed will be muted. Note also that those people who are not soloed will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader." -msgstr "" +msgid "Note that muting your **own** channel only means you will not hear your signal from the server (and is not advised as it can lead to you becoming out of time with other players). This is therefore not the same as using \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"." +msgstr "사용자 **자신의** 채널을 음소거하면 서버에서 신호가 들리지 않는다는 의미일 뿐입니다(다른 플레이어와 시간을 맞추지 못할 수 있으므로 권장하지 않습니다). 따라서 이는 \"[직접 음소거](#mute-myself-button)\"를 사용하는 것과 동일하지 않습니다." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:119 -msgid "Users are listed left to right in the order that they connect. You can change the sort order using the Edit option in the application menu." +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:118 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Solo button" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:121 -msgid "You can group users together using the \"group\" toggle. Moving the fader of any member of the group will move the other faders in that group by the same amount. You can isolate a channel from the group temporarily with shift-click-drag." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:123 -msgid "If the server operator has enabled recording, you will see a message above the mixer showing that you are being recorded." +msgid "Allows you to hear one or more users on their own. Those not soloed will be muted. Note also that those people who are not soloed will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:125 -msgid "# Settings" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:122 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Settings" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:127 -msgid "## My Profile" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:124 +#, no-wrap +msgid "My Profile" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:128 msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board." msgstr "설정 메뉴에서 \"내 프로필...\"을 선택하여 서버 오디오 믹서 보드의 페이더 아래에 표시되는 가명/이름을 설정합니다." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132 -msgid "
\"Image
" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:134 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132 msgid "If you set an instrument and/or country, icons for these selections will also be shown below your fader. The skill setting changes the background colour of the fader tag and the city entry shows up in the tool tip of the fader tag:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:136 -msgid "
\"Image
" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:134 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138 -msgid "### Skin" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:135 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Skin" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138 msgid "This applies a skin to the main window, some of which are designed to accommodate larger ensembles." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142 -msgid "### Meter style" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:139 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Meter style" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:144 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142 msgid "This changes the visual style of the audio meters, independently of the chosen skin." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146 -msgid "### Mixer rows" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:143 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Mixer rows" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:148 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146 msgid "This sets the number of rows displayed in the server audio mixer, for use with larger ensembles." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150 -msgid "### Audio Alerts" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:147 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio Alerts" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:152 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150 msgid "This turns on a sound alert for when someone joins a Server, or when receiving a new chat message." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154 -msgid "## Audio/Network Setup" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:151 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio/Network Setup" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:156 -msgid "
\"Image
" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:158 -msgid "### Device" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:155 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio Device" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:161 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:159 msgid "Under the Windows operating system the ASIO driver (sound card) can be selected using Jamulus. If the selected ASIO driver is not valid an error message is shown and the previous valid driver is selected. Under macOS the input and output hardware can be selected." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163 -msgid "### Input/output channel mapping" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:160 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Input/output channel mapping" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:165 -msgid "
\"Image
" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:169 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:167 msgid "If the selected sound card device offers more than one input or output channel, the _Input Channel Mapping and Output Channel Mapping_ settings are visible. For each Jamulus input/output channel (left and right channel) a different actual sound card channel can be selected." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171 -msgid "### Audio channels" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:168 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio channels" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:173 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171 msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and server." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:173 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note**: It is better to run separate Client instances per voice/instrument, where each Client has its own ini file, rather than using this built-in mono pair to stereo mixer.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:177 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175 msgid "There are three modes available:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:177 #, no-wrap msgid "**Mono** and **Stereo** modes use one and two audio channels respectively.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:182 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:180 #, no-wrap msgid "" "**Mono-in/Stereo-out**: The audio signal sent to the server is mono but the return signal is stereo. This is useful if the sound card has the instrument on one input channel and the microphone on the other. In that case\n" @@ -460,272 +498,296 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:185 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183 msgid "Enabling stereo mode will increase your stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:188 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:186 msgid "In stereo streaming mode, no audio channel selection for the reverb effect will be available on the main window since the effect is applied to both channels in this case." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190 -msgid "### Audio quality" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:187 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio quality" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:192 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190 msgid "The higher the audio quality, the higher your audio stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194 -msgid "### Buffer Delay" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:191 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Buffer Delay" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:197 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:195 msgid "The buffer delay setting is a fundamental setting of the Jamulus software. This setting has an influence on many connection properties. Three buffer sizes are supported:" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards.\n" +msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:200 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards.\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 +msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:201 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection.\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 +msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:204 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:202 msgid "Some sound card drivers do not allow the buffer delay to be changed from within the Jamulus software. In this case the buffer delay setting is disabled and has to be changed using the sound card driver. On Windows, press the ASIO Setup button to open the driver settings panel." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:206 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:204 msgid "On Linux, use the JACK configuration tool to change the buffer size." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:208 msgid "The actual buffer delay has an influence on the connection status, the current upload rate and the overall delay. The lower the buffer size, the higher the probability of a red light in the status indicator (dropouts) and the higher the upload rate and the lower the overall delay." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:212 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210 msgid "The buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:214 -msgid "### Jitter Buffer" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:211 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jitter Buffer" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:218 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:216 msgid "The jitter buffer compensates for network and sound card timing jitters. The size of the buffer influences the quality of the audio stream (how many dropouts occur) and the overall delay (the longer the buffer, the higher the delay)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:222 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220 msgid "You can set the jitter buffer size manually for your local Client and the remote server. For the local jitter buffer, dropouts in the audio stream are indicated by the light below the jitter buffer size faders. If the light turns to red, a buffer overrun/underrun has taken place and the audio stream is interrupted." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:224 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:222 msgid "The jitter buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:228 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:226 msgid "If the Auto setting is enabled, the jitter buffers of your local Client and the remote server are set automatically based on measurements of the network and sound card timing jitter. If the Auto check is enabled, the jitter buffer size faders are disabled (they cannot be moved with the mouse)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230 -msgid "### Enable small network buffers" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:227 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Small Network Buffers" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:233 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:231 msgid "Allows support for very small network audio packets. These are only used if the sound card buffer delay is smaller than 128 samples. The smaller the network buffers, the lower the audio latency. But at the same time the network load increases and the probability of audio dropouts also increases (particuarly if your network connection has any significant jitter). Try enabling this option if you are suffering from high latency or bad audio quality. However, keeping it disabled will normally mean better audio quality." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:235 -msgid "### Audio Stream Rate" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:232 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio Stream Rate" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:238 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:236 msgid "Depends on the current audio packet size and compression setting. Make sure that the upstream rate is not higher than your available internet upload speed (check this with a service such as [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:240 -msgid "## Advanced Setup" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Advanced Setup" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:242 -msgid "
\"Image
" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:240 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:244 -msgid "### Custom Directories" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Custom Directories" +msgstr "사용자 지정 디렉터리" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:246 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:244 msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:248 -msgid "### New Client Level" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:245 +#, no-wrap +msgid "New Client Level" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:252 -msgid "This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects to the current server, they will get the specified initial fader level if no other fader level from a previous connection of that user was already stored. You can set all users in an occupied server to this level using Edit > \"Set All Faders to New Client Level\"." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects\n" +"to the current server, they will get the specified initial fader level if no other fader level from a previous connection of\n" +"that user was already stored. You can set all users in an occupied server to this level using Edit > \"Set All Faders to New Client Level\".\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:254 -msgid "### Input Boost" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:251 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Input Boost" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:256 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:254 msgid "Increases the gain from your device. Use this if your device delivers a gain that is too quiet for Jamulus." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258 -msgid "### Feedback Protection" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:255 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Feedback Protection" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:260 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258 msgid "Attempts to detect audio feedback loops or loud noise in the first three seconds after you connected to a server. Once detected, this feature will show a message and activate the \"Mute Myself\" button to mute you in your own mix." -msgstr "" +msgstr "서버에 연결한 후 처음 3초 동안 오디오 피드백 루프 또는 큰 소음을 감지하려고 시도합니다. 일단 감지되면 이 기능은 메시지를 표시하고, \"직접 음소거\" 버튼을 활성화하여 사용자 자신의 믹스에서 자신을 음소거할 수 있습니다." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:262 -msgid "### Input Balance" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:259 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Input Balance" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:266 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:264 msgid "Controls the relative levels of the left and right local audio channels. For a mono signal it acts as a pan between the two channels. For example, if a microphone is connected to the right input channel and an instrument is connected to the left input channel which is much louder than the microphone, move the audio fader to increase the relative volume of the mic." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:268 -msgid "# Menu commands" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Menu commands" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:270 -msgid "### File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:267 +#, no-wrap +msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:270 msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band rehearsals (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) and load these any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:274 -msgid "### Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:271 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders " msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:276 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:274 msgid "Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:278 -msgid "# Backing up Jamulus" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:275 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Backing up Jamulus" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:280 -msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:279 +msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 -msgid "You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want." +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:286 +#. type: Fenced code block (shell) +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n" -"```shell\n" -"$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" -"```\n" +msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 -msgid "# Command Line Options" -msgstr "# 명령 줄 옵션" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:285 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Command Line Options" +msgstr "명령 줄 옵션" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:290 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:292 -msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:290 +#, no-wrap +msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:296 +#. type: Fenced code block (shell) +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:291 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"```shell\n" -" \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n" -"```\n" +msgid " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:298 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:296 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302 +#. type: Fenced code block (shell) +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:297 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"```shell\n" -" /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n" -"```\n" +msgid " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:306 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:305 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Controlling the Client via API" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:307 +msgid "In addition to the CLI, Jamulus can be controlled using an API. This is beneficial for advanced use cases - for example, where there is no GUI, or another application needs to interact with Jamulus. Please note that the API is still experimental. Information on the [JSON-RPC API can be found in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "TOC" +#~ msgstr "목차" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Tips-Tricks-More.po index b7eae3e5d..dd9af47eb 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Tips-Tricks-More.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Tips-Tricks-More.po @@ -3,172 +3,187 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # 이정희 , 2022. # 이정희 , 2022. +# 이정희 , 2023. +# Allan Nordhøy , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-19 07:07+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-28 13:55+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: ko_KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0.1-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "ko_KR" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More" msgstr "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Tips, Tricks and More" -msgstr "" +msgstr "팁, 요령 등" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Tips & Tricks" +msgstr "팁 & 트릭" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:10 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# Tips & Tricks\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" -msgstr "" +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:12 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:14 -msgid "Table of contents" -msgstr " 목차" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:16 -msgid "TOC" -msgstr "목차" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "목차\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:17 -msgid "{:toc}" -msgstr "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" +msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:19 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:21 -msgid "### Learning about remote band rehearsing" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Learning about remote band rehearsing" +msgstr "원격 밴드 리허설에 대해 알아보기" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:23 msgid "Jamulus user [Chris Rimple](https://sourceforge.net/u/chrisrimple/profile/) has compiled a massive amount of information relating to [Remote Band Rehearsals](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1smcvsxdaaViPQvGMQHmah_6BQeqowhmGSFMHfnlY2FI/) (Google doc), which covers topics such as hardware and software configuration including examples and advice for newcomers to the field. He also includes a section on Jamulus in comparison to other solutions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus 사용자 [Chris Rimple](https://sourceforge.net/u/chrisrimple/profile/)은 [원격 밴드 리허설](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1smcvsxdaaViPQvGMQHmah_6BQeqowhmGSFMHfnlY2FI/) (Google 문서)과 관련된 방대한 양의 정보를 편집했습니다. 이 정보는 하드웨어 및 소프트웨어 구성과 같은 주제를 다루고 현장에 새로 온 사람들을 위한 예시와 조언을 포함합니다. 그는 또한 다른 솔루션과 비교하여 Jamulus에 대한 섹션도 포함합니다." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:25 -msgid "## Using the Jamulus Client" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using the Jamulus Client" +msgstr "Jamulus 클라이언트 사용하기" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:27 -msgid "### Have an undisturbed session on any Server" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Have an undisturbed session on any Server" +msgstr "모든 서버에서 방해받지 않는 세션 수행" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:29 msgid "You can have an undisturbed session with other people on any Server by simply soloing each other. You will then not be able to hear anyone else if they enter your Server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "간단히 서로 솔로잉을 하면 어떤 서버에서든 다른 사람들과 방해받지 않고 세션을 가질 수 있습니다. 그러면 다른 사람이 사용자의 서버에 들어오면 다른 사람의 말을 들을 수 없습니다." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:31 #, no-wrap msgid "**NOTE:** This does not stop people from hearing you, using the chat function, or seeing your profile information.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**참고: ** 이 기능을 사용해도 다른 사람들이 내 말을 듣거나 채팅 기능을 사용하거나 프로필 정보를 볼 수 있는 것은 아닙니다.\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:33 -msgid "### Using Jamulus audio in Zoom (or other) meeting apps" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:32 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using Jamulus audio in Zoom (or other) meeting apps" +msgstr "Zoom(또는 기타) 미팅 앱에서 Jamulus 오디오 사용하기" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:35 msgid "Several users have reported success allowing a \"virtual audience\" for a Jamulus session by using [JACK audio](https://jackaudio.org) to route the Jamulus signal through JackRouter to the target application (in this case, Zoom meetings)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "여러 사용자가 [JACK 오디오](https://jackaudio.org)를 사용하여 Jamulus 신호를 JackRouter를 통해 대상 애플리케이션(이 경우 Zoom 회의)으로 라우팅함으로써 Jamulus 세션에 대한 \"가상 청중\"을 허용하는 데 성공했다고 보고했습니다." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:37 msgid "You can also use [VoiceMeeter](https://www.vb-audio.com/Voicemeeter/banana.htm) (Banana) for Windows or [BlackHole](https://github.com/ExistentialAudio/BlackHole) for macOS to route the Jamulus output to multiple destinations, for example to your headphones and the meeting application at the same time." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Windows용 [VoiceMeeter](https://www.vb-audio.com/Voicemeeter/banana.htm) (Banana) 또는 macOS용 [BlackHole](https://github.com/ExistentialAudio/BlackHole)을 사용할 수도 있습니다. Jamulus 출력을 헤드폰과 회의 애플리케이션 등 여러 대상으로 동시에 라우팅합니다." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:39 -msgid "### Recording Jamulus on Windows with Reaper" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Recording Jamulus on Windows with Reaper" +msgstr "Reaper를 사용하여 Windows에서 Jamulus 녹음하기" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:41 msgid "Jamulus user [Rob Durkin](https://sourceforge.net/u/bentwrench/profile/) has written a [guide to recording the output of Jamulus](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1tENfNKTWHasuTg33OdLLEo4-OOhWJolOo42ffSARxhY/edit) (Google Doc) using the ReaRoute add-on for [Reaper](https://www.reaper.fm/)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus 사용자 [Rob Durkin](https://sourceforge.net/u/bentwrench/profile/)은 [Reaper](https://www.reaper.fm/)용 ReaRoute 애드온을 사용하여 [Jamulus의 출력 기록 가이드](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1tENfNKTWHasuTg33OdLLEo4-OOhWJolOo42ffSARxhY/edit) (Google Doc)를 작성했습니다." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:43 -msgid "### Sharing song/chord sheets" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:42 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Sharing song/chord sheets" +msgstr "노래/화음 시트 공유하기" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:45 msgid "Jamulus user [BTDT](https://sourceforge.net/u/btdt/profile/) has written a system called [305keepers](https://github.com/keepers305/Song-Sheet-Sharing-Web-Pages), a web application that allows a \"Jam leader\" to push song sheets (in PDF format) to \"Jammers\" in real time using standard web browsers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus 사용자 [BTDT](https://sourceforge.net/u/btdt/profile/)는 [305keepers](https://github.com/keepers305/Song-Sheet-Sharing-Web-Pages)라는 시스템을 작성했습니다. , \"Jam leader\"가 표준 웹 브라우저를 사용하여 실시간으로 노래 시트(PDF 형식)를 \"Jammers\"에 푸시할 수 있는 웹 애플리케이션입니다." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:47 -msgid "### Jamulus Client Linux start script" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:46 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus Client Linux start script" +msgstr "Jamulus 클라이언트 Linux 시작 스크립트" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:49 msgid "Here's a Linux start script for Jamulus using an old Audigy4 sound card, the large number of available audio faders for which makes it hard to get the correct settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "다음은 오래된 Audigy4 사운드 카드를 사용하는 Jamulus용 Linux 시작 스크립트입니다. 사용 가능한 오디오 페이더가 너무 많아 올바른 설정을 얻기가 어렵습니다." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:51 msgid "This script therefore includes the most important audio fader settings. The second part of the script deals with the JACK connections. I use Guitarix as my guitar effect processor which I plug in in the JACK audio path." -msgstr "" +msgstr "따라서 이 스크립트에는 가장 중요한 오디오 페이더 설정이 포함되어 있습니다. 스크립트의 두 번째 부분은 JACK 연결을 다룹니다. 저는 Guitarix를 JACK 오디오 경로에 연결하는 기타 효과 프로세서로 사용합니다." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:53 msgid "Finally I start Jamulus automatically connecting to the Directory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "마지막으로 Jamulus가 자동으로 디렉터리에 연결되기 시작합니다." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:55 msgid "Here is the script:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "스크립트는 다음과 같습니다:" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:82 +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:57 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"~~~\n" " amixer sset 'Mic' capture 30% cap\n" " amixer sset 'Mic' playback 0%\n" " amixer sset 'Line' playback 60% unmute\n" @@ -192,101 +207,128 @@ msgid "" " jack_connect gx_head_fx:out_1 Jamulus:'input right'\n" " jack_connect Jamulus:'output left' system:playback_1\n" " jack_connect Jamulus:'output right' system:playback_2\n" -"~~~\n" msgstr "" +" amixer sset '마이크' capture 30% cap\n" +" amixer sset '마이크' playback 0%\n" +" amixer sset '라인' playback 60% unmute\n" +" amixer sset 'Audigy 아날로그/디지털 출력 단자' unmute\n" +" amixer sset '아날로그 믹스' capture 100%\n" +" amixer sset '아날로그 믹스' playback 0%\n" +" amixer sset '웨이브' 100%\n" +" amixer sset '마스터' capture 100% cap\n" +" amixer sset '마스터' playback 100%\n" +" amixer sset '마스터' playback 100%\n" +" amixer sset 'PCM' playback 100%\n" +" amixer sset 'PCM' capture 0%\n" +" guitarix &\n" +" /home/corrados/llcon/Jamulus -c myJamulusServer.domain.com &\n" +" sleep 3\n" +" jack_disconnect system:capture_1 Jamulus:'입력 왼쪽'\n" +" jack_disconnect system:capture_2 Jamulus:'입력 오른쪽'\n" +" jack_connect system:capture_1 gx_head_amp:in_0\n" +" jack_connect gx_head_amp:out_0 gx_head_fx:in_0\n" +" jack_connect gx_head_fx:out_0 Jamulus:'입력 왼쪽'\n" +" jack_connect gx_head_fx:out_1 Jamulus:'입력 오른쪽'\n" +" jack_connect Jamulus:'출력 왼쪽' system:playback_1\n" +" jack_connect Jamulus:'출력 오른쪽' system:playback_2\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:84 -msgid "### Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers" +msgstr "MIDI 컨트롤러에 ctrlmidich 사용" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86 msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "클라이언트 믹서 창 스트립의 볼륨 페이더, 팬 제어, 음소거 및 솔로 버튼은 `--ctrlmidich` 매개변수(참고: Jamulus 버전 3.7.0 이상을 사용하는 macOS 및 Linux에서만 사용할 수 있으며 JACK을 지원하는 Jamulus 버전을 사용하는 Windows에서만 사용할 수 있습니다.)를 사용하여 MIDI 컨트롤러를 사용하여 제어할 수 있습니다. 이 기능을 활성화하려면 `--ctrlmidich`를 사용하여 Jamulus를 시작해야 합니다. 하나의 전역 MIDI 채널 매개변수(1-16)와 제어되는 각 항목에 대해 설정할 수 있는 두 개의 매개변수('오프셋' 및 '연속 CC 번호')가 있습니다. 첫 번째 매개변수를 Jamulus가 (모든 채널에 대해 0에서) 수신하도록 하려는 채널로 설정한 다음 오프셋(시작할 CC 번호)과 연속 CC 번호 수로 제어(f = 볼륨 페이더; p = 팬; m = 음소거; s = 솔로; o = 직접 음소거)하려는 항목을 지정합니다. \"직접 음소거\" 명령인 연속 CC 번호 설정이 필요하지 않은 한 가지 예외가 있습니다. 이 명령은 자신의 오디오 스트림에만 적용되므로 단일 CC 번호만 필요합니다. 다음 예시를 들어보세요:" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88 msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90 msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64." -msgstr "" +msgstr "여기서 Jamulus는 MIDI 채널 1을 수신합니다. 볼륨 페이더 CC 번호는 0에서 시작하고 그 중 8개가 있습니다(따라서 CC 번호 7에서 끝납니다). 팬 컨트롤은 CC 번호 16에서 시작하여 23에서 끝납니다. 솔로 32~39 및 음소거 48~55입니다. 직접 음소거는 CC 번호 64에 의해 활성화/비활성화됩니다." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92 -msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this." -msgstr "" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n" +msgstr "버튼으로 제어되는 기능이 제대로 작동하려면 MIDI 컨트롤러에서 버튼을 \"토글\" 모드로 설정해야 합니다. 즉, 컨트롤을 '켜기' 위해 누르면 값이 64보다 큰 MIDI CC 번호를 보내야 하고, 컨트롤을 끄려면 값이 64보다 큰 동일한 CC 번호를 보내야 합니다. 이를 설정하는 방법을 알아보려면 컨트롤러 설명서를 읽어보세요.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94 #, no-wrap msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*참고*: Jamulus 버튼의 켜기/끄기 상태에 대한 피드백을 제공하지 않으므로, 컨트롤러가 직접 LED(있는 경우)를 추적하고 '켜기' 또는 '끄기'로 토글해야 합니다.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96 msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth." -msgstr "" +msgstr "믹서 창의 페이더 스트립은 왼쪽에서 오른쪽으로 오름차순으로 제어됩니다. 위의 예를 계속하면 스트립 번호 1(가장 왼쪽)에서 볼륨 페이더는 CC 번호 0으로 제어됩니다. 16만큼 팬; 솔로는 32, 음소거는 48입니다. 각 매개변수에 대해 8개의 연속 컨트롤러를 지정했으므로 믹서 창에서 8개 스트립(각각의 볼륨, 팬, 솔로 및 음소거)에 대한 MIDI 제어를 제공합니다. 다음 스트립은 1, 17, 33, 49 등으로 제어됩니다." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98 msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl." -msgstr "" +msgstr "MIDI 장치의 출력 포트를 Jamulus MIDI 입력 포트(QjackCtl(Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio(macOS) 또는 연결 관리에 사용하는 모든 항목)에 연결했는지 확인하세요. Linux에서는 a2jmidid를 설치하고 실행해야 장치가 Qjackctl의 MIDI 탭에 표시됩니다." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100 #, no-wrap msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*팁*: Jamulus에서 MIDI 컨트롤을 활성화하면 각 사용자의 이름 앞에 숫자가 붙으며 가장 왼쪽의 사용자는 0부터 시작하고 그 다음에는 1, 등등이 됩니다. 기본 설정에서는 일부 사용자가 나가고 다른 사용자가 합류하면 왼쪽에서 오른쪽으로 GUI의 배열은 숫자 순서를 따르지 않아 MIDI 컨트롤러의 각 물리적 페이더/노브가 누구에 해당하는지 알기가 더 어려워질 수 있습니다. 숫자 순서에 따라 페이더 스트립을 유지하려면 상단 메뉴 표시줄의 \"보기\"로 이동하여 \"사용자 정렬 없음\"과 다른 옵션 사이를 전환한 다음 다시 돌아갑니다(예: `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O 입력`).\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 -msgid "## For Server admins" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101 +#, no-wrap +msgid "For Server admins" +msgstr "서버 관리자의 경우" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104 -msgid "### Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly" +msgstr "등록된 서버를 미등록된 서버로 즉시 변환하기" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106 -msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for your band to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Your band mates will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)" -msgstr "" +msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)" +msgstr "사람들이 연결할 수 있을 만큼 오랫동안 등록된 서버로 실행한 다음 서버 GUI에서 디렉터리를 \"없음\"으로 설정하여 \"비공개\"(미등록됨)로 전환할 수 있습니다. 뮤지션들은 연결이 끊어질 때까지 서버에 계속 연결되어 있습니다. (이 팁을 제공해 주신 [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff)에게 감사드립니다!)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:108 -msgid "### Remote management of recordings" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Remote management of recordings" +msgstr "녹음 원격 관리" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110 msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus 사용자 [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea)는 Linux에서 녹화를 시작하고 중지하기 위한 [웹 기반 원격 도구](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote)를 작성했습니다. 서버를 사용하면 브라우저에서 다운로드할 수 있습니다. [pljones](https://github.com/pljones)의 [Jamulus Jam Importer](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter)도 참조하세요. 여기에는 서버 녹음 복구 스크립트도 포함되어 있습니다." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112 -msgid "### Making a Server status page" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Making a Server status page" +msgstr "서버 상태 페이지 만들기" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114 msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-m` 명령줄 인수를 사용하면 서버 통계를 생성하여 웹페이지에 표시할 수 있습니다." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116 msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):" -msgstr "" +msgstr "다음은 HTML 페이지에 현재 서버 상태를 표시하기 위해 서버 상태 파일을 사용하는 PHP 스크립트 예입니다(다음 명령줄 인수를 사용한다고 가정: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:131 +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"~~~\n" "\n" "\n" -"~~~\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" + +#~ msgid "TOC" +#~ msgstr "목차" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Unregistered-Servers.po b/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Unregistered-Servers.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a76ae2b00 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Unregistered-Servers.po @@ -0,0 +1,209 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# 이정희 , 2023. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-28 13:55+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: ko_KR\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0.1-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "ko_KR" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Unregistered-Servers" +msgstr "/wiki/Unregistered-Servers" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Running an Unregistered Server" +msgstr "등록되지 않은 서버 실행" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:9 +msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"더보기\" branch1=\"서버 관리\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:13 +msgid "It is highly recommended to test your Server by registering it on one of the built-in Directories **first**. This will help you tackle general problems before you try unregistered mode." +msgstr "**먼저** 기본 제공 디렉터리 중 하나에 서버를 등록하여 테스트하는 것이 좋습니다. 이렇게 하면 미등록 모드를 시도하기 전에 일반적인 문제를 해결하는 데 도움이 됩니다." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:14 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Setting up a Server behind a home router" +msgstr "가정용 라우터 뒤에서 서버 설정하기" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:17 +msgid "If you set up your Server at home, you will probably need to change some settings in your router/firewall:" +msgstr "집에서 서버를 설정하는 경우, 사용자의 라우터/방화벽의 일부 설정을 변경해야 할 수도 있습니다:" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Port forwarding" +msgstr "포트 포워딩" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:21 +msgid "Normally, people from outside your home network cannot see things inside it. To let external Jamulus Clients connect to your Server, you need to set up port forwarding in your router's settings. The exact setup differs for every router. For help, see your router's documentation or [portforward.com](https://portforward.com)." +msgstr "일반적으로, 홈 네트워크 외부의 사람들은 홈 네트워크 내부의 내용을 볼 수 없습니다. 외부 Jamulus 클라이언트가 서버에 연결되도록 하려면 라우터 설정에서 포트 전달을 설정해야 합니다. 정확한 설정은 라우터마다 다릅니다. 도움이 필요하면 라우터 설명서나 [portforward.com](https://portforward.com)을 참조하세요." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** The default port for Jamulus is **UDP** (not TCP) port **22124**. You will usually forward the port **22124** from outside your network to the port **22124** of the computer running the Server.\n" +msgstr "**참고:** Jamulus의 기본 포트는 **UDP**(TCP 아님) 포트 **22124**입니다. 일반적으로 네트워크 외부의 포트 **22124**를 서버를 실행하는 컴퓨터의 포트 **22124**로 전달합니다.\n" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Getting the public IP" +msgstr "공인 IP 가져오기" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:28 +msgid "To allow others to connect to your Server from the internet, give them your public IP address. You can [learn your current public IP address using Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=what+is+my+ip). You should connect yourself using the local network address of the computer the Server is running on. If you are running a Client on the same computer as your Server, the address is `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`." +msgstr "다른 사람들이 인터넷에서 사용자의 서버에 연결할 수 있도록 허용하려면 공인 IP 주소를 알려주세요. [Google을 사용하여 사용자의 현재 공인 IP 주소를 알아보세요](https://www.google.com/search?q=what+is+my+ip). 서버가 실행 중인 컴퓨터의 로컬 네트워크 주소를 사용하여 직접 연결해야 합니다. 서버와 동일한 컴퓨터에서 클라이언트를 실행하는 경우 주소는 'localhost' 또는 '127.0.0.1'입니다." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:30 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Dynamic DNS and why you will probably need it" +msgstr "동적 DNS가 필요한 이유와 필요성" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:33 +msgid "Unless your ISP provides you with a fixed IP address, you may find that your address changes over time. You might want to associate your IP address with a domain name you can share with others that uses \"dynamic DNS\" (DDNS). A \"dynamic DNS\" provider can supply you with the domain name and you keep refreshing your IP address with the provider. Your router might support certain DDNS providers to do this. If this is not the case, the provider will have instructions on how to set up a dynamic DNS client." +msgstr "사용자의 ISP가 고정 IP 주소를 제공하지 않는 한 시간이 지남에 따라 주소가 변경될 수 있습니다. \"동적 DNS\"(DDNS)를 사용하는 다른 사람과 공유할 수 있는 도메인 이름과 IP 주소를 연결할 수 있습니다. \"동적 DNS\" 공급업체가 사용자에게 도메인 이름을 제공할 수 있으며, 사용자는 해당 공급업체를 통해 IP 주소를 계속 새로 고칩니다. 라우터는 이를 수행하기 위해 특정 DDNS 공급업체를 지원할 수 있습니다. 그렇지 않은 경우 공급업체는 동적 DNS 클라이언트를 설정하는 방법에 대한 지침을 제공합니다." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "DNS SRV record support" +msgstr "DNS SRV 레코드 지원" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:37 +msgid "Jamulus Clients support [DNS SRV records (\"service\" records)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record). If a Client finds an SRV record associated with the domain name given in the Connect window, it will try to connect to the endpoint host and port listed in the SRV record. This process is similar to HTTP redirection in a web browser, only it's between Jamulus Clients and the DNS server. The Jamulus Server is not involved in this interaction. Jamulus Servers just listen for connections on the same port listed in the SRV record." +msgstr "Jamulus 클라이언트는 [DNS SRV 레코드(\"서비스\" 레코드)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record)를 지원합니다. 클라이언트가 연결하기 창에 제공된 도메인 이름과 연결된 SRV 레코드를 찾으면 SRV 레코드에 나열된 엔드포인트 호스트 및 포트에 연결을 시도합니다. 이 프로세스는 웹 브라우저의 HTTP 리디렉션과 유사하지만 Jamulus 클라이언트와 DNS 서버 사이에서만 이루어집니다. Jamulus 서버는 이 상호 작용에 관여하지 않습니다. Jamulus 서버는 SRV 레코드에 나열된 동일한 포트에서 연결을 수신 대기합니다." + +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why is this helpful?" +msgstr "이것이 왜 도움이 되나요?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:41 +msgid "A Jamulus Client can connect to a Server on a non-default port by specifying the port as part of the server address. A server administrator may want to give users a simple address without the port details, while still serving Jamulus on a non-default port. For this case, the port information can be acquired from an SRV record." +msgstr "Jamulus 클라이언트는 서버 주소의 일부로 포트를 지정하여 기본이 아닌 포트에서 서버에 연결할 수 있습니다. 서버 관리자는 기본이 아닌 포트에서 Jamulus를 계속 서비스하면서 포트 세부 정보 없이 사용자에게 간단한 주소를 제공할 수 있습니다. 이 경우 SRV 레코드에서 포트 정보를 얻을 수 있습니다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:43 +msgid "An address entered in the Connect window could look like ```jamulus.example.com```. If an SRV record is found for this DNS domain, Jamulus Client will try to connect to the Server on the host:port listed in the SRV record, such as ```jamulus.example.com:12345```." +msgstr "연결하기 창에 입력된 주소는 ``jamulus.example.com``'과 유사할 수 있습니다. 이 DNS 도메인에 대한 SRV 레코드가 발견되면 Jamulus 클라이언트는 ```jamulus.example.com:12345```와 같이 SRV 레코드에 나열된 호스트:포트의 서버에 연결을 시도합니다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:45 +msgid "If no SRV records are found on the DNS server, a Client will attempt to connect to the Server as specified in the connection window." +msgstr "DNS 서버에서 SRV 레코드가 발견되지 않으면 클라이언트는 연결 창에 지정된 대로 서버에 연결을 시도합니다." + +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:46 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Creating SRV records" +msgstr "SRV 레코드 생성하기" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:49 +msgid "SRV records are created by the administrator of the domain being used to host the Jamulus server. The SRV records are added through the administration portal (or API if available) of the domain's DNS hosting service. The format of the SRV record entry can vary by DNS hosting service but will generally look something like this." +msgstr "SRV 레코드는 Jamulus 서버를 호스팅하는 데 사용되는 도메인 관리자가 생성합니다. SRV 레코드는 도메인의 DNS 호스팅 서비스의 관리 포털(또는 사용 가능한 경우 API)을 통해 추가됩니다. SRV 레코드 항목의 형식은 DNS 호스팅 서비스에 따라 다를 수 있지만 일반적으로 다음과 같습니다." + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" _service._proto.name. ttl IN SRV priority weight port target\n" +" \n" +" # or, more specifically\n" +" \n" +" _jamulus._udp.example.com. 60 IN SRV 0 5 12345 jamulus.example.com\n" +msgstr "" +" _service._proto.name. ttl IN SRV 우선순위 가중치 포트 대상\n" +" \n" +" # 또는 더 구체적으로\n" +" \n" +" _jamulus._udp.example.com. 60 IN SRV 0 5 12345 jamulus.example.com\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** You can host many Jamulus Servers at different ports on one host by giving each its own SRV record.\n" +msgstr "**참고:** 각각 고유한 SRV 레코드를 제공하여 한 호스트의 서로 다른 포트에서 여러 Jamulus 서버를 호스팅할 수 있습니다.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:61 +msgid "See the documentation of your DNS provider for instructions on creating an SRV record." +msgstr "SRV 레코드 생성에 대한 지침은 DNS 공급업체의 설명서를 참조하세요." + +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Example use case with SRV records" +msgstr "SRV 레코드 사용 사례의 예시" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:65 +msgid "This example assumes the DNS contains an A or CNAME record that resolves to ```server1.example.com```, where three Jamulus Server instances are running, each listening on one of the three ports listed below." +msgstr "이 예시에서는 DNS에 ``server1.example.com``'으로 확인되는 A 또는 CNAME 레코드가 포함되어 있다고 가정합니다. 여기서 Jamulus Server 인스턴스 3개가 실행되고 각각 아래 나열된 포트 3개 중 하나에서 수신 대기합니다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:67 +msgid "Alternatively, `server1.example.com` can be a router, NAT-gateway, or load-balancer that forwards each of the ports to a backend Jamulus server (or servers)." +msgstr "대안으로, `server1.example.com`은 라우터, NAT-gateway 또는 각 포트를 백엔드 Jamulus 서버(또는 여러 서버)로 전달하는 load-balancer일 수 있습니다." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:74 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"| JAMULUS CLIENT | DNS SRV RECORD | JAMULUS SERVER |\n" +"| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------- |\n" +"| rock.example.com | _jamulus._udp.rock.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22124 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22124 |\n" +"| jazz.example.com | _jamulus._udp.jazz.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22125 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22125 |\n" +"| blues.example.com | _jamulus._udp.blues.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22126 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22126 |\n" +msgstr "" +"| JAMULUS 클라이언트 | DNS SRV 레코드 | JAMULUS 서버 |\n" +"| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------- |\n" +"| rock.example.com | _jamulus._udp.rock.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22124 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22124 |\n" +"| jazz.example.com | _jamulus._udp.jazz.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22125 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22125 |\n" +"| blues.example.com | _jamulus._udp.blues.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22126 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22126 |\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:76 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*It's important to remember that DNS is not forwarding connections. It's simply telling Jamulus Client what public host:port to connect to.*\n" +msgstr "*DNS는 연결을 전달하지 않는다는 점을 기억하는 것이 중요합니다. 이는 단순히 연결할 공용 호스트:포트를 Jamulus 클라이언트에 알려주는 것뿐입니다.*\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/copyright.po b/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/copyright.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6c5842ea2 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/copyright.po @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-03-30 17:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: ko_KR\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.17-dev\n" + +#. type: Hash Value: footer asio +#: ../wiki/en/misc/copyright.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ASIO ® compatible - ASIO is a trademark and software of Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH" +msgstr "ASIO ® 호환 가능 - ASIO는 Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH의 상표 및 소프트웨어입니다" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav docs +#: ../wiki/en/misc/copyright.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "This documentation is CC BY-SA" +msgstr "이 문서는 CC BY-SA입니다" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/general.po b/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/general.po index da8c1d11e..aa971a1a2 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/general.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/general.po @@ -16,109 +16,107 @@ msgstr "" "X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" #. type: Hash Value: footer alt facebook -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus Facebook group" msgstr "Jamulus 페이스북 그룹" #. type: Hash Value: footer alt github -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus GitHub repo" msgstr "Jamulus GitHub 저장소" #. type: Hash Value: footer alt help -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Help and support" msgstr "도움말 및 지원" #. type: Hash Value: footer copyright software -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Software by Volker Fischer and contributors - want to get involved?" msgstr "Volker Fischer 및 기여자의 소프트웨어 - 참여를 원하십니까?" -#. type: Hash Value: infobox_each_os -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Jamulus 3.9.1 addresses a MIDI controller-related bug that could result in the loss of old fader levels: If you used `--ctrlmidich`, you can start the app once with `--cleanuplegacyfadersettings` to try to convert the old format to the new one. This option will be removed in a future release. Read the Change Log for more information." -msgstr "Jamulus 3.9.1은 이전 페이더 레벨이 손실될 수 있는 MIDI 컨트롤러 관련 버그를 해결합니다. `--ctrlmidich`를 사용한 경우 `--cleanuplegacyfadersettings`로 앱을 한 번 시작하여 이전 형식을 변환할 수 있습니다. 이 옵션은 이후 릴리스에서 제거될 예정입니다. 자세한 내용은 변경 로그를 참조하십시오." - #. type: Hash Value: kb by -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "by" msgstr "by" #. type: Hash Value: kb discuss linktitle -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Discuss this content" msgstr "이 콘텐츠에 대해 토론하기" #. type: Hash Value: kb discuss title -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Comments" msgstr "주석" #. type: Hash Value: kb kbintro -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Community knowledge base
Feel free to add your own article!" msgstr "커뮤니티 지식 기반
자유롭게 자신의 기사를 추가하세요!" #. type: Hash Value: kb mainpage -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Knowledge Base overview" msgstr "지식 기반 개요" #. type: Hash Value: kb navpages -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "More pages" msgstr "더 많은 페이지" #. type: Hash Value: kb newpage -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Add a new page via GitHub" msgstr "GitHub를 통해 새 페이지 추가하기" #. type: Hash Value: kb readmore -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Read more..." msgstr "더 읽기..." #. type: Hash Value: kb titleAdd -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "– Jamulus Knowledge Base" msgstr "– Jamulus 지식 기반" #. type: Hash Value: nav altJamulusIcon -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus Icon. Links to homepage" msgstr "Jamulus 아이콘. 홈페이지 링크" #. type: Hash Value: nav btnOpenNavigation -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Open navigation" msgstr "탐색 열기" #. type: Hash Value: tNoJSEnabled -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Your browser has JavaScript disabled. That's totally fine. This site has been designed to provide basic functionality without JS. Enabling JavaScript may give you additional functionality on this site." msgstr "사용자의 브라우저에서 JavaScript가 비활성화되어 있습니다. 별 문제 없습니다. 이 사이트는 JavaScript 없이 기본 기능을 제공하도록 설계되었습니다. JavaScript를 활성화하면 이 사이트에서 추가 기능을 제공할 수 있습니다." #. type: Hash Value: wiki titleAdd -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "– Jamulus Website" msgstr "– Jamulus 웹사이트" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Jamulus 3.9.1 addresses a MIDI controller-related bug that could result in the loss of old fader levels: If you used `--ctrlmidich`, you can start the app once with `--cleanuplegacyfadersettings` to try to convert the old format to the new one. This option will be removed in a future release. Read the Change Log for more information." +#~ msgstr "Jamulus 3.9.1은 이전 페이더 레벨이 손실될 수 있는 MIDI 컨트롤러 관련 버그를 해결합니다. `--ctrlmidich`를 사용한 경우 `--cleanuplegacyfadersettings`로 앱을 한 번 시작하여 이전 형식을 변환할 수 있습니다. 이 옵션은 이후 릴리스에서 제거될 예정입니다. 자세한 내용은 변경 로그를 참조하십시오." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/navigation.po b/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/navigation.po index 122d04907..fd84fd43c 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/navigation.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/navigation.po @@ -2,165 +2,170 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # 이정희 , 2022. +# 이정희 , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-16 15:25+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-03-30 17:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: ko_KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.17-dev\n" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting Up" msgstr "구성" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Windows" msgstr "Windows" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows" msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "macOS" msgstr "macOS" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh" msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Linux" msgstr "Linux" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux" msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Getting-Started" msgstr "/wiki/Getting-Started" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "User Manual" msgstr "사용자 설명서" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual" msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "FAQ" msgstr "자주 묻는 질문(FAQ)" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/FAQ" msgstr "/wiki/FAQ" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "문제 해결" +msgstr "문제 해결하기" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting" msgstr "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting" #. type: Hash Value: nav title -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Using Jamulus" msgstr "Jamulus 사용" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap -msgid "Server Administration" -msgstr "서버 관리" +msgid "Server Manual" +msgstr "서버 설명서" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Running-a-Server" msgstr "/wiki/Running-a-Server" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Tips & Tricks" msgstr "팁 & 트릭" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More" msgstr "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Community Knowledge Base" msgstr "커뮤니티 지식 기반" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems selectOnLayout -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "post" msgstr "게시하기" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/kb/index.html" msgstr "/kb/index.html" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Privacy Statement" msgstr "개인정보 보호정책" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Privacy-Statement" msgstr "/wiki/Privacy-Statement" #. type: Hash Value: nav title -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "More" msgstr "더 보기" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Server Administration" +#~ msgstr "서버 관리" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/1-index.po index 6d665bb31..afc65d152 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/1-index.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/1-index.po @@ -2,22 +2,39 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Allan Nordhøy , 2022. +# Allan Nordhøy , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-23 06:03+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 22:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: nb_NO\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" #. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?) #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:1 -#, no-wrap +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "---\n" +#| "title: \"Jamulus ‒ Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +#| "lang: \"en\"\n" +#| "permalink: /\n" +#| "layout: mainhomepage\n" +#| "ldjAppCategory: \"Music\"\n" +#| "ldjSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +#| "ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer and contributors\"\n" +#| "metadescription: \"Jamulus is open source software that lets musicians perform music, rehearse or just jam together, all in real time over the Internet.\"\n" +#| "mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" +#| "mTSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +#| "mTGetStartedNow: \"Get started now!\"\n" +#| "mTDownloadNow: 'Download now for'\n" +#| "mTOtherPlatforms: 'other platforms'\n" +#| "---\n" msgid "" "---\n" "title: \"Jamulus ‒ Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" @@ -27,11 +44,12 @@ msgid "" "ldjAppCategory: \"Music\"\n" "ldjSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" "ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer and contributors\"\n" -"metadescription: \"Jamulus is open source software that lets musicians perform music, rehearse or just jam together, all in real time over the Internet.\"\n" +"metadescription: \"Jamulus is free and open source software that lets musicians perform music, rehearse or jam together, in real time over the Internet.\"\n" "mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" "mTSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" "mTGetStartedNow: \"Get started now!\"\n" "mTDownloadNow: 'Download now for'\n" +"mTPlatformsAnd: 'and'\n" "mTOtherPlatforms: 'other platforms'\n" "---\n" msgstr "" @@ -52,78 +70,80 @@ msgstr "" "---\n" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:19 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:20 #, no-wrap msgid "What is Jamulus?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hva er Jamulus?" #. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:20 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:21 #, no-wrap -msgid " Jamulus is for playing, rehearsing, or just jamming with your friends, your band or just anyone you find online. With high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection, it's easy to play together remotely and in time. " +msgid " Jamulus lets you play, rehearse, or jam with your friends, your band, or anyone you find online. Play together remotely in time with high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection. " msgstr "" #. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:20 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:21 #, no-wrap msgid "Download it here" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Last det ned her" #. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:20 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:21 #, no-wrap msgid "" "!\n" " " msgstr "" +"!\n" +" " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:33 -#, no-wrap +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:34 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus worldwide" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Verdensomspennende Jamulus" #. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:34 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:35 #, no-wrap msgid "" -" All over the world Jamulus allows huge choirs to rehearse, loud rock bands to play, and brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons,\n" -" in schools and universities, in private and in public. Even just for the spoken word – all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person.\n" +" All over the world Jamulus allows choirs to rehearse and rock bands to play. Jamulus brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons,\n" +" in schools and universities, in private and in public — all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person.\n" " " msgstr "" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:36 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:37 #, no-wrap msgid "Help needed?" msgstr "Trenger du hjelp?" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:38 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 #, no-wrap -msgid " Have a look at the " +msgid " Check out the " msgstr "" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:38 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 #, no-wrap msgid "documentation" msgstr "dokumentasjon" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:38 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 #, no-wrap -msgid ". Especially consider the " +msgid " and consider the " msgstr "" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:40 #, no-wrap msgid "troubleshooting section" msgstr "" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:40 #, no-wrap msgid "" "!\n" @@ -131,69 +151,83 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:40 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:41 #, no-wrap msgid "forums" msgstr "forumet" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:40 ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:52 +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:41 ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:53 #, no-wrap msgid "" ".\n" " " msgstr "" +".\n" +" " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:44 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:45 #, no-wrap msgid "Want to get involved?" msgstr "Vil du involvere deg?" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:46 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid " Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help " +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap -msgid " Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help translating into your language? Since Jamulus is " +msgid "translating" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid " Jamulus into your language? Since Jamulus is " msgstr "" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:46 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap msgid "free and open source software" msgstr "" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:46 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap msgid " (FOSS) licensed under the " msgstr "" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:46 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap msgid "GPL" msgstr "GPL" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:46 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap msgid ", you can help us!" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 +#. type: Content of:


+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:48 #, no-wrap msgid " Take a look at our " msgstr " Ta en titt på " -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 +#. type: Content of:


+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:48 #, no-wrap msgid "contribution guidelines" msgstr "bidragsyterveiledningen" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 +#. type: Content of:


+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:48 #, no-wrap msgid "" " to find out how. Everybody is welcome!\n" @@ -202,20 +236,20 @@ msgstr "" " for å finne ut hvordan du gjør dette. Alle er velkomne!\n" " " -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:51 +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:52 #, no-wrap -msgid " For detailed information about how Jamulus hacks the space-time continuum to produce a near-perfect 5th dimension of collaborative sound, see " +msgid " For detailed information on how Jamulus works, see " msgstr "" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:52 +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:53 #, no-wrap msgid "this paper by Volker Fischer (PDF)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:57 +#. type: Content of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:58 #, no-wrap msgid "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Client-Troubleshooting.po index 76a2c629a..529607f51 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Client-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Client-Troubleshooting.po @@ -2,79 +2,86 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Allan Nordhøy , 2022. +# Allan Nordhøy , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-31 16:58+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 22:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: nb_NO\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "nb_NO" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Client Troubleshooting" msgstr "" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "" + #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:10 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# Troubleshooting\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:12 -msgid "
" -msgstr "" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:14 -msgid "Table of contents" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:16 -msgid "TOC" -msgstr "" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "Innholdsfortegnelse\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:17 -msgid "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:19 -msgid "
" -msgstr "" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:21 -msgid "### Don’t hear any sound/Others don’t hear you?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Don’t hear any sound/Others don’t hear you?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -88,9 +95,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Windows users (ASIO4ALL)**: If you’re using the ASIO4ALL driver have a look at the [ASIO4ALL setup section](Installation-for-Windows#setting-up-asio4all)\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:27 -msgid "### Not seeing the headphone or microphone you just connected to your PC?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Not seeing the headphone or microphone you just connected to your PC?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -98,9 +106,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Just restart Jamulus with your device plugged in. Jamulus currently doesn't show devices which were plugged in after the sound system was loaded." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:31 -msgid "### Your sound is stuttering" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:30 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Your sound is stuttering" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -108,9 +117,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Your audio device may not work with the buffer size you selected. Select a bigger buffer size in Jamulus's settings. If possible though, use another device, since large buffer sizes mean higher latency." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:35 -msgid "### You all sound OK, but it's difficult to keep together" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "You all sound OK, but it's difficult to keep together" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -124,22 +134,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can test whether you are hearing your signal correctly by doing the following:" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:41 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44 msgid "Run Jamulus and connect to a Server with a long ping time (greater than 200ms)" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:42 +#. type: Bullet: '2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44 msgid "Clap your hands once (or play one short note on an instrument). You should hear the sound from the Jamulus Server come back, but significantly delayed." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:43 +#. type: Bullet: '3. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44 msgid "Click the \"Mute\" button under your Jamulus name/slider in the main Jamulus mixer window (**NOT** the \"Mute Myself\" button on the left)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '4. ' #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44 msgid "Clap your hands again." msgstr "" @@ -159,9 +169,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [software manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:52 -msgid "### Can't work out your mic settings?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Can't work out your mic settings?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -169,9 +180,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When using a microphone while playing your other instrument, you can use a stereo audio input signal in your settings where one channel is connected to the instrument and the other channel is connected to a microphone signal. On the microphone channel an optional reverberation effect can be applied." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:56 -msgid "### Buffer LEDs suddenly going red, outages, [jittering](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jitter), weird sounds?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:55 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Buffer LEDs suddenly going red, outages, [jittering](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jitter), weird sounds?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -179,9 +191,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Your computer may be under too much load. Try not to have anything competing with Jamulus (like Zoom Meetings or Facebook live streams) on your machine. Or at least quit them while you're playing. Prevent things like virus scanners doing scans, or software updates happening, etc. Be aware that the reverb setting in Jamulus also uses more CPU the more reverb you have." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:60 -msgid "### Ping times and latency start well, then get worse, causing issues" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Ping times and latency start well, then get worse, causing issues" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -189,9 +202,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This can indicate something else is competing with Jamulus on your network, so make sure nobody is watching HD Netflix movies or taking part in Zoom video conferences while you are playing. A more permanent solution for technically-minded users may be found by investigating [the issue of buffer bloat](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/) on their router and whether you can implement Smart Queue Management (SQM). [More details here](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/What_can_I_do_about_Bufferbloat/)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:64 -msgid "### Getting frustrated with software channels, audio routing, sample rates and more?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:63 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Getting frustrated with software channels, audio routing, sample rates and more?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -199,9 +213,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "It's usually far easier and more reliable to have a [mixing desk](https://www.thomann.de/pics/bdb/191244/7355025_800.jpg) to connect your kit (instruments, mic, recorder etc.) and then send a simple stereo signal to your sound interface (be sure to listen to the resulting sound from the Jamulus Server via your computer though!). The huge variety of possible hardware, software and instrument combinations means that setting up your sound card to work with your particular configuration can otherwise get complicated very fast." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:68 -msgid "### Somebody joining your jam and being too loud?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:67 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Somebody joining your jam and being too loud?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -209,9 +224,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can set your \"New Client Level\" to a low value (e.g. 10), or set the musicians you are playing with to \"Solo\" state (in the mixer panel on the right side). That way, either new entrants will be very quiet, or you won't hear them at all." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:72 -msgid "### Can't see the Server you want to join?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:71 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Can't see the Server you want to join?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -219,9 +235,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "First check that you have the right genre Server selected in your Connect window. Sometimes network issues mean your Client won't list all the available Servers. If you know the name of the Server you want to join, you can [look up its IP address here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/). Enter that address in the \"Server Address\" field in the Connect Setup window to connect to it." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:76 -msgid "### Not seeing a list of Servers at all?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:75 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Not seeing a list of Servers at all?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -234,48 +251,83 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In some cases, it may be your ISP that is blocking your use of Jamulus. See the note on the [server troubleshooting page](Server-Troubleshooting#nobody-can-connect-to-my-server---but-i-can-connect-locally) about \"Nobody can connect to my Server\"" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:82 -msgid "### Trouble using Garageband (or other DAW) with Jamulus?" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:81 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Getting an error message saying \"Jamulus\" can't be opened because the developer cannot be verified" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:84 -msgid "See [this forum discussion](https://sourceforge.net/p/llcon/discussion/533517/thread/d3dd58eedc/#b994)" +msgid "If you are using a \"legacy\" version of Jamulus (because you are running an older version of macOS) or an intermediate build, the first time you run Jamulus, you will see a message saying it cannot be opened." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:86 -msgid "### Using a Mac and your input is not heard?" +msgid "To open Jamulus" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:88 -msgid "(With thanks to [Mark Anthony De Souza](https://www.facebook.com/groups/619274602254947/permalink/765122847670121/?comment_id=765525034296569))" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 +msgid "Go to the Applications folder via Finder" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 +msgid "Double-click on Jamulus and wait for the above-mentioned message" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 +msgid "Close this message by clicking on \"Cancel\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 +msgid "Now control-click (or right-click) on Jamulus, and select \"Open\" from the top of the menu." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:90 -msgid "Maybe you did not answer \"Yes\" to the `\"Jamulus wants to access your microphone\"` challenge. To fix this:" +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:93 +msgid "You will then get a slightly different version of the same message, which allows you to click \"Open\". From then on, you can run Jamulus in the normal way and the message won't appear. For further information about this warning see [this Apple Support Page](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:94 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Trouble using Garageband (or other DAW) with Jamulus?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 -msgid "Go to `Preferences` > `Security & Privacy` > `Privacy` tab" +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:97 +msgid "See [this forum discussion](https://sourceforge.net/p/llcon/discussion/533517/thread/d3dd58eedc/#b994)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:98 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using a Mac and your input is not heard?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:92 -msgid "Find `Microphone` on the left and then make sure `Jamulus` is enabled on the right-hand list" +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:101 +msgid "(With thanks to [Mark Anthony De Souza](https://www.facebook.com/groups/619274602254947/permalink/765122847670121/?comment_id=765525034296569))" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:94 +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:105 #, no-wrap -msgid "***\n" -msgstr "***\n" +msgid "" +"Maybe you did not answer \"Yes\" to the `\"Jamulus wants to access your microphone\"` challenge. To fix this:\n" +"* Go to `Preferences` > `Security & Privacy` > `Privacy` tab\n" +"* Find `Microphone` on the left and then make sure `Jamulus` is enabled on the right-hand list\n" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:95 +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:108 msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" msgstr "" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "***\n" +#~ msgstr "***\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Command-Line-Options.po b/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Command-Line-Options.po index b2d330b68..e191a564e 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Command-Line-Options.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Command-Line-Options.po @@ -2,51 +2,54 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Allan Nordhøy , 2022. +# Allan Nordhøy , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-31 16:58+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 22:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: nb_NO\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "nb_NO" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Command-Line-Options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Command-Line-Options" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus – Command Line Options" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:9 -msgid "# Command Line Options" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Command Line Options" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:11 -msgid "## Shared commands" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Shared commands" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -54,9 +57,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:15 -msgid "## Client only commands" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:14 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Client only commands" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -64,12 +68,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:19 -msgid "## Server only commands" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server only commands" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:21 -msgid "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:20 +msgid "See [Running a Server](Running-a-Server#server-mode-related-options)" msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Contribution.po b/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Contribution.po index 3da6af3b2..c9a887b76 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Contribution.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Contribution.po @@ -15,44 +15,48 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "nb_NO" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Contribution" msgstr "" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Contribution" msgstr "Bidra" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:9 -msgid "# Contributing to the Jamulus Project" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:8 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "# Contributing to the Jamulus Project" +msgid "Contributing to the Jamulus Project" msgstr "# Bidra til Jamulus-prosjektet" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:11 -#, fuzzy -msgid "If you find a mistake, typo or something out of date (in any language) on this website or in Jamulus itself, you can raise it as a bug." +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "If you find a mistake, typo or something out of date (in any language) on this website or in Jamulus itself, you can raise it as a bug.\n" msgstr "Hvis du finner en feil, eller noe som er utdatert (uansett språk) på nettsiden eller i Jamulus, kan du melde det inn som en feil." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:13 -msgid "If you think some documentation or information is missing or can be improved, post about it on this forum so it can be discussed first." +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "If you think some documentation or information is missing or can be improved, post about it on this forum so it can be discussed first." +msgid "If you think some documentation or information is missing or can be improved, post about it on this forum so it can be discussed first.\n" msgstr "Hvis du synes dokumentasjon eller info mangler eller kan forbedres kan du skrive om det på forumet så det kan diskuteres først." #. type: Plain text @@ -60,9 +64,11 @@ msgstr "Hvis du synes dokumentasjon eller info mangler eller kan forbedres kan d msgid "We use [Weblate](https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/#languages) to translate our documentation. Read about our [documentation and translation process](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamuluswebsite/blob/release/README.md), and [introduce yourself](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) if you’d like to get involved." msgstr "Jamulus bruker [Hosted Weblate](https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/#languages) for å oversette dokumentasjonen Les om [dokumentasjon og oversettelsesprosessen](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamuluswebsite/blob/release/README.md), og [introduser deg selv](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) hvis du vil bidra her." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:18 -msgid "## Want to contribute code?" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:17 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Want to contribute code?" +msgid "Want to contribute code?" msgstr "## Vil du skrive kode?" #. type: Plain text diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Directories.po b/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Directories.po index 75f8fc505..371c116ec 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Directories.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Directories.po @@ -2,38 +2,39 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Allan Nordhøy , 2022. +# Allan Nordhøy , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-31 16:58+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 22:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: nb_NO\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "nb_NO" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Directories" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Directories" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Directories" @@ -44,24 +45,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:12 -msgid "# Running a Directory" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:11 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Running a Directory" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:14 -msgid "This is a specialised Jamulus Server configuration, as described in [Server Types](Running-a-Server#server-types)." +msgid "This is a specialised Jamulus Server configuration, as described in [Server Modes](Running-a-Server#server-modes)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:16 -msgid "To view Servers listed by a Custom Directory, users must enter the address of that Directory in their Client's Settings > Advanced Setup > Custom Directories field. Multiple addresses can be added in this way if needed. Custom Directories will then appear in the Directory drop-down list on their Connect window. Custom Directories otherwise work for Clients in the same way as Public Directories, displaying a list of Servers registered with them." +#, no-wrap +msgid "To view Servers listed by a Custom Directory, users must enter the address of that Directory in their Client's Settings > Advanced Setup > Custom Directories field. Multiple addresses can be added in this way if needed. Custom Directories will then appear in the Directory drop-down list on their Connect window. Custom Directories otherwise work for Clients in the same way as Public Directories, displaying a list of Servers registered with them.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:18 -msgid "To run a Server as a Directory, it should be started with the `--directoryserver` option to make itself (that is, `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`) the Directory to query for Servers." +msgid "To run a Server as a Directory, it should be started with the `--directoryaddress` option to make itself (that is, `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`) the Directory to query for Servers." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -69,32 +72,33 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When running a Server with the GUI, set the Custom Directory server address in the Options tab to \"localhost\", then select \"Custom\" from the Directory drop-down list." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:23 -msgid "### Points to note about Directories" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Points to note about Directories" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:25 msgid "If you want to control which Servers can register with your Directory, you can enable a whitelist with the `--listfilter` command line option in the format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]`." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:27 msgid "When running a Server behind a NAT firewall on a private network and registering with a Directory on the same network, run the Server using the `--serverpublicip` option to specify the public IP address. This is necessary to allow Clients on the public Internet to connect to the correct address. Note that for the Server(s) using this option, you will still need proper port forwarding in your router/firewall." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:29 msgid "When running a Client behind a NAT firewall on a private network with a Directory on the same network, the Directory itself needs to be run using the `--serverpublicip` option to specify the public IP address, so that any Servers on the public Internet registering with the Directory that require the \"hole punch\" can be accessed by the Client(s). (This is because otherwise the Directory would provide the local network address of the Client to the Server and the \"hole punch\" would fail.)" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:31 msgid "If you need to restart your Directory for any reason (for example when rebooting the host), Servers connected to it will be disconnected until they re-register. This does not mean that Clients connected to those Servers will be disconnected, but does mean that new Clients will be not able to see Servers listed by your Directory until those Servers reconnect. To enable the list of registered Servers to persist between restarts, use the `--directoryfile` option to specify the location and name of a file that the Directory can read and write to." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:32 msgid "Up to 150 Servers can then register with a Directory." msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/FAQ.po b/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/FAQ.po index 6d7a51def..1f1bb04a9 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/FAQ.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/FAQ.po @@ -2,75 +2,81 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Allan Nordhøy , 2022. +# Allan Nordhøy , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-31 16:58+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 22:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: nb_NO\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "nb_NO" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/FAQ" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/FAQ" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "FAQ" -msgstr "O-S-S" +msgstr "FAQ" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus FAQ" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:10 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# Jamulus FAQ\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:12 -msgid "
" -msgstr "" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:14 -msgid "Table of contents" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:16 -msgid "TOC" -msgstr "" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "Innholdsfortegnelse\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:17 -msgid "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:19 -msgid "
" -msgstr "" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:21 @@ -78,14 +84,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**For common problems and their solutions when using Jamulus, see the [Troubleshooting](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) page.**\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:24 -msgid "### Is there a metronome, synchronization, or some other way of keeping in time?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Is there a metronome, synchronization, or some other way of keeping in time?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:26 -msgid "No. Musicians on a Jamulus Server play in real time together as they would in person. If you want to have a time signal, then there are shared metronome solutions on the Internet you can try. But it’s probably best to just minimise latency so nobody has an overall delay more than about 30-50 ms." +msgid "No. Musicians on a Jamulus Server play in real time together as they would in person. If you want a time signal, there are shared metronome solutions on the Internet you can try. But it’s probably best to just minimise latency so nobody has an overall delay more than about 30-50 ms." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -93,9 +100,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bear in mind also that all participants should follow [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together) which will also determine whether you can play in time properly." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:30 -msgid "### How do I know if I can join a Server? Are there rules?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "How do I know if I can join a Server? Are there rules?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -105,12 +113,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:34 -msgid "Note also that Servers do not have to be registered on a Directory in order for Jamulus Clients to connect to them. Server operators can just give out the address of their Servers to those they want to play with, and they can then connect directly. Have a look at [this overview for more information](/wiki/Running-a-Server#server-types)." +msgid "Note also that Servers do not have to be registered on a Directory in order for Jamulus Clients to connect to them. Server operators can just give out the address of their Servers to those they want to play with, and they can then connect directly. Have a look at [this overview for more information](/wiki/Running-a-Server#server-modes)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:36 -msgid "### Why shouldn’t I use wireless equipment?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:35 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why shouldn’t I use wireless equipment?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -123,9 +132,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "So it makes sense to minimise any sources of delay or other problems with the signal. Even fast wi-fi is usually too variable to use for long periods with Jamulus, and Bluetooth headphones and mics usually introduce latencies of about 50 ms or more." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:42 -msgid "### Why should I not listen to my own signal?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why should I not listen to my own signal?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -138,19 +148,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Of course, if you are playing an acoustic instrument, or are a singer, it will be hard to exclude your “local” sound. But you should at least try to do so by for example using closed-back headphones turned up as loud as you are able to mask your own sound. This will let you concentrate on the mix coming back to you from the Server." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:48 -msgid "### Do I need a fast Internet connection?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Do I need a fast Internet connection?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:50 -msgid "No, especially if you don't run a Server to host other musicians. Having a low ping is more important. For most people on standard broadband (e.g. 10 Mbit/s down and 1 Mbit/s up) you will have no problems. For those running Servers at home, depending on how many people join, you may encounter issues if your _upstream_ bandwidth is lower than about 5 Mbit/s." +msgid "No, especially if you don't run a Server to host other musicians. Having a low ping is more important. Most people on standard broadband (e.g. 10 Mbit/s down and 1 Mbit/s up) will have no problems. For those running Servers at home, depending on how many people join, you may encounter issues if your _upstream_ bandwidth is lower than about 5 Mbit/s." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:52 -msgid "### Do I need to run a Server?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Do I need to run a Server?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -158,14 +170,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "No. If you just intend to connect to other people’s Servers, then all you need is a Client. [Read this if you think you need to run your own Server](/wiki/Running-a-Server)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:56 -msgid "### How does Jamulus work (in general)?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:55 +#, no-wrap +msgid "How does Jamulus work (in general)?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:58 -msgid "\"Diagram" +#, no-wrap +msgid "\"Diagram\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -173,9 +187,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Jamulus works on the Client-server principle. Everybody’s audio is sent to a Server, mixed and processed there. Afterwards, the audio is sent back to each Client. If a Server is registered in a Jamulus Directory, the Server's information will be provided to all Clients using that Directory." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:63 -msgid "### Why doesn't Jamulus provide video support?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why doesn't Jamulus provide video support?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -183,22 +198,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Adding video support adds a lot of complexity. You can use other software like Jitsi or Zoom if you want to see others when playing (or have an \"audience\"), but the video will be significantly behind the Jamulus audio." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:68 -msgid "## Server FAQ" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:67 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server FAQ" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:70 -msgid "### Why do Registered Servers not need port forwarding?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:69 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why do Registered Servers not need port forwarding?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:72 -msgid "Normally, network address translation (NAT) firewalls prevent incoming requests initiated from outside the local network. Inbound traffic is only possible for packets relating to an outbound request (strictly speaking, “related” and “established” packets to an initial outbound connection). In Registered Server mode, when your Jamulus Server connects to a Directory it of course initiates an outbound connection. From then on, the Directory sends (established/related) connection “pings” (not ICMP pings) to your Server at regular intervals to keep the relevant NAT port(s) open on your router/firewall." +msgid "Normally, network address translation (NAT) blocks incoming requests initiated from outside the local network. Inbound traffic is only possible for packets relating to an outbound request (strictly speaking, “related” and “established” packets to an initial outbound connection). In Registered Server mode, your Jamulus Server initiates an outbound connection when it connects to a Directory. From then on, the Directory sends (established/related) connection “pings” (not ICMP pings) to your Server at regular intervals to keep the relevant port(s) open on your router." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:74 -msgid "However, in Unregistered mode, Clients have to **initiate** connections into the Server’s network. NAT firewalls prevent this, so you need to tell them to allow incoming connection requests on the Jamulus port using port forwarding." +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:73 +msgid "However, to reach an Unregistered Server, each Client has to initiate a connection into the Server’s network. A NAT prevents this, so you need to configure your router to allow incoming connection requests on the Jamulus port using port forwarding." msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Getting-Started.po index 473df7969..ee28c4f8b 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Getting-Started.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Getting-Started.po @@ -2,46 +2,49 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Allan Nordhøy , 2022. +# Allan Nordhøy , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-31 16:58+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-06 13:51+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: nb_NO\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "nb_NO" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Getting-Started" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Getting-Started" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Setup" msgstr "Oppsett" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:9 -msgid "# Setup - getting started with Jamulus" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:8 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "# Setup - getting started with Jamulus" +msgid "Setup - getting started with Jamulus" msgstr "# Oppsett — begynn å bruke Jamulus" #. type: Plain text @@ -49,22 +52,19 @@ msgstr "# Oppsett — begynn å bruke Jamulus" msgid "To get the best from Jamulus, at a minimum you will need:" msgstr "For å få mest mulig ut av Jamulus trenger du ihvertfall:" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:13 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**A wired internet connection** (and turn wi-fi off. See the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))\n" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 +msgid "**A wired internet connection** (and turn wi-fi off. See the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:14 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Wired headphones** (not Bluetooth or speakers - see the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))\n" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 +msgid "**Wired headphones** (not Bluetooth or speakers - see the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**A reasonable audio device, sound card and/or mic** ([see this list](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) for examples)\n" +msgid "**A reasonable audio device, sound card and/or mic** ([see this list](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) for examples)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -72,9 +72,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If you have any questions, please see the [Discussions](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:19 -msgid "## Installation" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -91,7 +92,7 @@ msgid "" " macOS\n" " Linux\n" "
\n" -"_[Android](Installation-for-Android) and [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) can be used too, but are still considered experimental._\n" +"_[Android](Installation-for-Android) and [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) can be used too, but are considered experimental._\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -99,9 +100,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "And for now, close all other applications. It’s best to start simple at first." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:32 -msgid "## Hardware Setup" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:31 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Hardware Setup" +msgid "Hardware Setup" msgstr "## Maskinvareoppsett" #. type: Plain text @@ -109,9 +112,11 @@ msgstr "## Maskinvareoppsett" msgid "If you use external audio hardware, plug that in before you start Jamulus. If you haven't configured your hardware, please see the installation guides mentioned above." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:36 -msgid "## Jamulus main window" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:35 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Jamulus main window" +msgid "Jamulus main window" msgstr "## Jamulus-hovedvinduet" #. type: Plain text @@ -129,9 +134,11 @@ msgid "" "\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:46 -msgid "## Setting up a profile" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:45 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Setting up a profile" +msgid "Setting up a profile" msgstr "## Oppsett av en profil" #. type: Plain text @@ -158,9 +165,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Fill in at least “Alias/Name” and close the window." msgstr "Fyll inn ihvertfall «Alias/navn» og lukk vinduet." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:58 -msgid "## Connecting to a Server and testing your sound" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Connecting to a Server and testing your sound" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -199,9 +207,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once connected to a Server, make sure you can hear yourself OK and fix any input volume or other problems. You can have a look at the [troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) for common problems. And of course, check that you are also able to obey [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:75 -msgid "## Playing for the first time" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:74 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Playing for the first time" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -234,9 +243,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:90 -msgid "## Troubleshooting" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:89 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Troubleshooting" +msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "## Feilsporing" #. type: Plain text diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Include-Backing-Up.po b/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Include-Backing-Up.po index 710772e13..70910360c 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Include-Backing-Up.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Include-Backing-Up.po @@ -17,7 +17,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:2 -msgid "" +#, no-wrap +msgid "\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -45,17 +46,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If you used the `--inifile` parameter to save an inifile to a different location, don't forget to also backup these files. **Points to note**" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:15 +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:16 msgid "Do not back up or restore settings files when Jamulus is running." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:16 msgid "It is not recommended to manually edit settings files (they're not designed for that)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:16 msgid "You can revert all settings to their defaults by just deleting the settings file (after closing Jamulus)." msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Include-Client-Commands.po index 1736da97e..664ca073f 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Include-Client-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Include-Client-Commands.po @@ -15,38 +15,32 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-M` or `--mutestream` Prevent others on a server from hearing what I play \n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3 +msgid "`-M` or `--mutestream` Prevent others on a server from hearing what I play" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--mutemyown` Prevent me from hearing what I play in the server mix (headless only) \n" +msgid "`--mutemyown` Prevent me from hearing what I play in the server mix (headless only)" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:4 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-c` or `--connect` Connect to given server address on startup, format `address[:port]` \n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3 +msgid "`-c` or `--connect` Connect to given server address on startup, format `address[:port]`" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-j` or `--nojackconnect` Disable auto JACK connections \n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:4 +msgid "`-j` or `--nojackconnect` Disable auto JACK connections" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)\n" +msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--clientname` Window title and JACK client name\n" +msgid "`--clientname` Window title and JACK client name" msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Include-Server-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Include-Server-Commands.po deleted file mode 100644 index 3a973ae98..000000000 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Include-Server-Commands.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,111 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:2 -msgid "`-d` or `--discononquit` Disconnect all Clients on quit. Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not used their \"Disconnect\" buttons will re-establish connection when the Server comes back up again. Using this option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:3 -msgid "`-e` or `--directoryserver` Register the Server on a Directory (e.g. to set its genre (see also `-o`)). See [Server Types](Running-a-Server#server-types) for further information." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:4 -msgid "`--directoryfile` Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. Directory Servers only. See [this guide](Directories) for further information." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:5 -msgid "`-f` or `--listfilter` Whitelist Servers registering on the Server list, format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]` Directories only." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:6 -msgid "`-F` or `--fastupdate` Reduces latency if Clients connect with \"Enable Small Network Buffers\" option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:7 -msgid "`-l` or `--log` Enable logging, set path and file name" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:8 -msgid "`-L` or `--licence` Show an agreement window before users can connect" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:9 -msgid "`-m` or `--htmlstatus` Enable HTML status file, set path and file name" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:10 -msgid "`-o` or `--serverinfo` Location details in the format: `[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code or Qt5 Locale]` (see [two-letter ISO country codes](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements) or [Qt5 Locale values](https://doc.qt.io/qt-5/qlocale.html#Country-enum)) Registered Servers only" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:11 -msgid "`-P` or `--delaypan` Start with delay panning enabled See [notes](Running-a-Server#delay-panning)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:12 -msgid "`-R` or `--recording` Set server recording directory; Server will record when a session is active by default. See [Options](Running-a-Server#options)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:13 -msgid "`--norecord` Set server not to record by default (when recording is configured e.g via `-R`)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:14 -msgid "`-s` or `--server` Start in Server mode" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:15 -msgid "`--serverbindip` Specify the IP address to bind to" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:16 -msgid "`-T` or `--multithreading` Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs to support more Clients" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:17 -msgid "`-u` or `--numchannels` Maximum number of channels (Clients)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:18 -msgid "`-w` or `--welcomemessage` Welcome message on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:19 -msgid "`-z` or `--startminimized` Start minimized" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:19 -msgid "`--serverpublicip` The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [Notes on Directories](Directories#points-to-note-about-directories)" -msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Include-Shared-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Include-Shared-Commands.po index 507b9bb33..eb20c7189 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Include-Shared-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Include-Shared-Commands.po @@ -20,62 +20,57 @@ msgstr "" msgid "[comment]: # (This is an include file for use in multiple documents)" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-h` or `--help` Display help text \n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-h` or `--help` Display help text" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:6 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default)\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default. On macOS simply provide a filename only, since config files can only be read from `/Users//Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/`. For the server replace `io.jamulus.Jamulus` with `io.jamulus.JamulusServer`. Turn on \"Show Library folder\" in \"Show view options\" in Finder to see this folder.)" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:7 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-n` or `--nogui` Disable GUI (for use in headless mode) \n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-n` or `--nogui` Disable GUI (for use in headless mode)" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:8 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-p` or `--port` Sets the local UDP port number. Default is 22124\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-p` or `--port` Sets the local UDP port number. Default is 22124" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:9 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--jsonrpcport` Enables JSON-RPC API server to control the app, set TCP port number (EXPERIMENTAL, APIs might change; only accessible from localhost). Please see [the JSON-RPC API Documentation file](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md).\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`--jsonrpcport` Enables JSON-RPC API server to control the app, set TCP port number (EXPERIMENTAL, APIs might change; only accessible from localhost). Please see [the JSON-RPC API Documentation file](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:10 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--jsonrpcsecretfile` Required when using `--jsonrpcport`. Sets a path to a text file containing an authentication string for getting access to the JSON-RPC API.\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`--jsonrpcsecretfile` Required when using `--jsonrpcport`. Sets a path to a text file containing an authentication string for getting access to the JSON-RPC API." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:11 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-Q` or `--qos` Sets the quality of service DS Field byte. Default is 128 (DSCP/CS4). QoS is ignored by Windows. To enable it, [see this page](QOS-Windows)\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`--jsonrpcbindip` The IP address the JSON-RPC server should bind to. (optional, defaults to 127.0.0.1)" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:12 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-t` or `--notranslation` Disable UI language translations\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-Q` or `--qos` Sets the quality of service DS Field byte. Default is 128 (DSCP/CS4). QoS is ignored by Windows. To enable it, [see this page](QOS-Windows)" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:13 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-6` or `--enableipv6` Enable IPv6 addressing (IPv4 is always enabled)\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-t` or `--notranslation` Disable UI language translations" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:13 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-v` or `--version` Output version information and exit\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-6` or `--enableipv6` Enable IPv6 addressing (IPv4 is always enabled)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-v` or `--version` Output version information and exit" msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Installation-for-Android.po b/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Installation-for-Android.po index 19cf1e4bf..1990f287f 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Installation-for-Android.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Installation-for-Android.po @@ -15,26 +15,27 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "nb_NO" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 #, fuzzy, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Android" msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Android" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:11 #, fuzzy, no-wrap msgid "Installation for Android" msgstr "Installasjon på Android" @@ -45,11 +46,6 @@ msgstr "Installasjon på Android" msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Bruk av Jamulus\" branch1=\"Oppstartsveiledning\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:12 -msgid "# Installation for Android" -msgstr "# Installasjon på Android" - #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:14 #, fuzzy @@ -62,9 +58,11 @@ msgstr "Sørg for å ha lest [oppstartsveiledningen](Getting-Started)." msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:18 -msgid "## Things to note about Android" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:17 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Things to note about Android" +msgid "Things to note about Android" msgstr "## Ting å merke seg om Android" #. type: Plain text @@ -72,34 +70,37 @@ msgstr "## Ting å merke seg om Android" msgid "Although you **can** install Jamulus on Android devices (and hear sound), we strongly recommend **not** doing so. Sound quality - especially over WiFi - is usually bad and latency is high. If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } which is an inexpensive and small device that performs very well with Jamulus. Android support is just a proof of concept." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:22 -msgid "## Install the Android PoC" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:21 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "Install the Android PoC" +msgstr "Installasjon på Android" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:24 msgid "If you do want to try Jamulus on Android:" msgstr "Hvis du vil prøve Jamulus på Android:" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:26 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:28 msgid "Allow the installation of apps from unknown sources (look in Settings>Security. Note: The exact way to do this depends on your device and OS-version)" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:27 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:28 msgid "[Download and install Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.android }}){: .button}" msgstr "[Last ned og installer Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.android }}){: .button}" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:28 msgid "You should now be able to run Jamulus on your Android device" msgstr "Du bør nå kunne kjøre Jamulus på din Android-enhet" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:30 -msgid "## Feedback and development" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:29 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Feedback and development" +msgid "Feedback and development" msgstr "## Tilbakemelding og utvikling" #. type: Plain text @@ -107,15 +108,11 @@ msgstr "## Tilbakemelding og utvikling" msgid "We are very happy to get feedback from Android users and developers. Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." msgstr "Tilbakemeldinger fra Android-brukere og utviklere tas varmt imot på [GitHub-repoet](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:34 -#, no-wrap -msgid "***\n" -msgstr "***\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:36 -msgid "## All installed?" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:35 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## All installed?" +msgid "All installed?" msgstr "## Alt klart?" #. type: Plain text @@ -128,3 +125,10 @@ msgstr "Jamulus har blitt installert og kan nå brukes. Du kan ta en titt på" #, fuzzy msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[Nybegynnersiden](Getting-Started){: .button}" + +#~ msgid "# Installation for Android" +#~ msgstr "# Installasjon på Android" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "***\n" +#~ msgstr "***\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Installation-for-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Installation-for-Linux.po index d5ab8cfc6..dd6199564 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Installation-for-Linux.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Installation-for-Linux.po @@ -2,39 +2,41 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Allan Nordhøy , 2022. +# Allan Nordhøy , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-31 16:58+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-06 13:51+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: nb_NO\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "nb_NO" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:10 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation for Linux" msgstr "Installasjon på Linux|GNU" @@ -45,11 +47,6 @@ msgstr "Installasjon på Linux|GNU" msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Bruk av Jamulus\" branch1=\"Oppstartsveiledning\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:11 -msgid "# Installation for Linux" -msgstr "# Installasjon på Linux|GNU" - #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:13 msgid "Make sure you read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." @@ -63,157 +60,216 @@ msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:17 -msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first." +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Upgrading?** You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:19 -msgid "### Debian and Ubuntu" -msgstr "### Debian og Ubuntu" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:21 -msgid "We provide three equivalent `.deb` files for the most common architectures. Please download the appropriate one:" +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Installing a server?** Read the [guide for server adminstrators](Running-a-Server) first.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:23 +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:20 #, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "**For Intel/AMD based machines (amd64):**\n" -msgstr "*** For Intel/AMD-baserte maskiner (AMD64):**\n" +#| msgid "### Debian and Ubuntu" +msgid "Debian and Ubuntu" +msgstr "### Debian og Ubuntu" + +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using the official Repository (recommended)" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:25 -msgid "[Download Jamulus (.deb, amd64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}){:.button}" -msgstr "[Last ned Jamulus (.deb, amd64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}){:.button}" +msgid "We provide a repository for Debian and Ubuntu based distributions that allows automatic updates alongside your other system updates. To use the repository:" +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:27 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**For ARM based machines (e.g. Raspberry Pi, armhf, arm64):**\n" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 +msgid "Open your Terminal (CTRL+ALT+T should work)" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:30 -msgid "[Download Jamulus 32 bit (.deb, armhf)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}){:.button} [Download Jamulus 64 bit (.deb, arm64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }}){:.button}" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +msgid "*Ubuntu only* - Enable the Ubuntu \"universe\" repository (you can use the [GUI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/148645) or [CLI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/227788))." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:32 -msgid "After you downloaded the correct file:" -msgstr "Etter at du har lastet ned rett fil:" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 +msgid "Download the repository setup script:\\\\" +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:34 +#. type: Fenced code block (bash) +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 #, no-wrap -msgid "*Ubuntu only* - Enable the Ubuntu \"universe\" repository (you can use the [GUI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/148645) or [CLI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/227788)).\n" +msgid "curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:35 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Update apt by opening a console window (CTRL+ALT+T should work) and type: `sudo apt-get update`\n" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:33 +msgid "Make the script executable:\\\\" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:36 +#. type: Fenced code block (bash) +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:33 #, no-wrap -msgid "Go to where you downloaded the installer and either double-click on it, or use the command line: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` for armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}` for arm64: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }}`\n" +msgid "chmod +x setup_repo.sh\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:37 +msgid "Run the setup script and install Jamulus:\\\\" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block (bash) #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:37 #, no-wrap -msgid "Once installed, you can delete the file and close any console windows.\n" +msgid "sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:39 -msgid "Note that if you need to upgrade Jamulus to a newer version, just download the new .deb file and re-install as above." +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:41 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "Installing the .deb files manually" +msgstr "Manuell installasjon av .deb-filen" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +msgid "Download Jamulus for your architecture: [amd64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}), [armf]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}) or [arm64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }})" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +msgid "Update apt by opening a console window (CTRL+ALT+T should work) and type: `sudo apt-get update`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +msgid "Go to where you downloaded the installer and either double-click on it, or use the command line: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` (or for Raspberry Pi etc. as above)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +msgid "Once installed, you can delete the file and close any console windows." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:41 -msgid "### Other distributions" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Upgrades:** If you need to upgrade Jamulus to a newer version and install Jamulus manually, just download the new .deb file and re-install as above.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:51 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Other distributions" +msgid "Other distributions" msgstr "### Andre distribusjoner" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:43 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:54 msgid "For installers on other distributions, see their package managers and [Repology](https://repology.org/project/jamulus/versions). If an up-to-date version of Jamulus is not included in your distribution, you can [compile Jamulus from source](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md). Note also the contributed [installation scripts](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/installscripts)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:45 -msgid "## Set up your hardware" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:55 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Set up your hardware" +msgid "Set up your hardware" msgstr "## Sett opp maskinvaren din" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:47 -msgid "### Configure JACK with QjackCtl" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:57 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Configure JACK with QjackCtl" +msgid "Configure JACK with QjackCtl" msgstr "## Sett opp JACK med QjackCtl" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:49 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:60 msgid "Jamulus Clients need [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) to run, but you need to configure that first. The recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:50 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:63 msgid "Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page**" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:51 +#. type: Bullet: '2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:63 msgid "Configure your audio hardware as follows (the exact settings for JACK will depend on what your audio hardware is capable of):" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:53 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 msgid "Set the audio **Interface** to the one you want (there may be several in the list)" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:54 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 msgid "Set the **Sample Rate to 48000**" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:55 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 msgid "Set the **Frames/Period to 128** and Periods/Buffer at 2 at first" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:57 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:69 msgid "Restart JACK for the new settings to take effect" msgstr "Utfør omstart av JACK for å bruke de nye innstillingene" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:59 -msgid "### Start Jamulus" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:70 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Start Jamulus" +msgid "Start Jamulus" msgstr "### Start Jamulus" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:61 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:73 +#, fuzzy msgid "With JACK running and configured, launch Jamulus." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Start Jamulus med JACK satt opp og kjørende." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:63 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:75 msgid "If you get problems with sound breaking up (in particular XRUN errors reported by JACK/QjackCtl) try setting bigger values (e.g. 256 frames or 3 periods). Lower ones (e.g. 64 frames) could bring better performance but maybe more sound problems. See the [troubleshooting page](Client-Troubleshooting) otherwise." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:65 -msgid "## All installed?" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:76 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## All installed?" +msgid "All installed?" msgstr "## Alt klart?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:79 msgid "Take a look at the" msgstr "Ta en titt på" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:68 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:80 #, fuzzy msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[Nybegynnersiden](Getting-Started){: .button}" + +#~ msgid "[Download Jamulus (.deb, amd64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}){:.button}" +#~ msgstr "[Last ned Jamulus (.deb, amd64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}){:.button}" + +#~ msgid "After you downloaded the correct file:" +#~ msgstr "Etter at du har lastet ned rett fil:" + +#~ msgid "# Installation for Linux" +#~ msgstr "# Installasjon på Linux|GNU" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "**For Intel/AMD based machines (amd64):**\n" +#~ msgstr "*** For Intel/AMD-baserte maskiner (AMD64):**\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Installation-for-Macintosh.po b/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Installation-for-Macintosh.po index 088911310..f2011be9e 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Installation-for-Macintosh.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Installation-for-Macintosh.po @@ -2,39 +2,41 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Allan Nordhøy , 2022. +# Allan Nordhøy , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-31 16:58+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-06 13:51+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: nb_NO\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "nb_NO" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:10 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation for macOS" msgstr "" @@ -45,11 +47,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Bruk av Jamulus\" branch1=\"Oppstartsveiledning\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:11 -msgid "# Installation for macOS" -msgstr "" - #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:13 #, fuzzy @@ -67,94 +64,45 @@ msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:19 -msgid "[Download Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:21 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"**macOS Mojave (10.14) or lower:** [Download legacy version]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-legacy }})\\\\\n" -"**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" -msgstr "" - #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:22 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the licence, *drag and drop* each icon you see in the window (Jamulus Client and Server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:23 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" +msgid "" +"1. [Download Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +" **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"1. **Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the licence, *drag and drop* each icon you see in the window (Jamulus Client and Server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window.\n" +"1. **Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:25 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:24 msgid "_You can remove the folder in the Downloads directory containing the `.dmg` and eject the \"Jamulus\" drive on your desktop. They are no longer needed._" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:27 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:26 #, no-wrap -msgid "***\n" -msgstr "***\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:29 -msgid "## \"Jamulus\" can't be opened because the developer cannot be verified" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:31 -msgid "If you are using the \"legacy\" version of Jamulus (because you are running an older version of macOS), the first time you run Jamulus, you will see a message saying it cannot be opened." +msgid "**Note:** You can find old (legacy) versions supporting outdated operating systems on the [GitHub release page](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:33 -msgid "To open Jamulus" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:34 -msgid "Go to the Applications folder via Finder" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:35 -msgid "Double-click on Jamulus and wait for the above-mentioned message" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:36 -msgid "Close this message by clicking on \"Cancel\"" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:37 -msgid "Now control-click (or right-click) on Jamulus, and select \"Open\" from the top of the menu." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:39 -msgid "You will then get a slightly different version of the same message, which allows you to click \"Open\". From the on, you can run Jamulus in the normal way and the message won't appear. For further information about this warning see [this Apple Support Page](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:41 -msgid "## All installed?" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:27 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## All installed?" +msgid "All installed?" msgstr "## Alt klart?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:43 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:30 msgid "Take a look at the" msgstr "Ta en titt på" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:44 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:31 #, fuzzy msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[Nybegynnersiden](Getting-Started){: .button}" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "***\n" +#~ msgstr "***\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Installation-for-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Installation-for-Windows.po index ff55f3b57..0cfa8fc13 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Installation-for-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Installation-for-Windows.po @@ -2,39 +2,41 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Allan Nordhøy , 2022. +# Allan Nordhøy , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-31 16:58+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-06 13:51+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: nb_NO\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "nb_NO" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:10 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation for Windows" msgstr "" @@ -45,11 +47,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Bruk av Jamulus\" branch1=\"Oppstartsveiledning\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:11 -msgid "# Installation for Windows" -msgstr "" - #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:13 msgid "Make sure you read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." @@ -66,40 +63,20 @@ msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:19 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Download and install an ASIO Driver**. Try to use the driver that your hardware manufacturer provides. If you can't find that, or you don't have an external sound card, you probably need to install ASIO4ALL. For more information scroll down to the [ASIO](#asio) section.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:20 -#, no-wrap -msgid "[Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:21 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:22 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Install Jamulus**: Double click the installer to launch it. If you get a warning notice from SmartScreen, click on \"More info\" and \"Run anyway\" to install Jamulus. (If you grabbed a new version of Jamulus and are one of the first people who downloaded it, Jamulus won't be whitelisted by SmartScreen yet. We don't pay for code signing.)\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:23 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:24 +msgid "**Download and install an ASIO Driver**. Try to use the driver that your hardware manufacturer provides. If you can't find that, or you don't have an external sound card, you probably need to install ASIO4ALL. For more information scroll down to the [ASIO](#asio) section." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:24 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Set up your sound card**. When you're done, you need to set up your audio hardware. And if you are using ASIO4ALL, have a look at how to set that up below.\n" +msgid "" +"1. [Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +" **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"1. **Install Jamulus**: Double click the installer to launch it. If you get a warning notice from SmartScreen, click on \"More info\" and \"Run anyway\" to install Jamulus. (If you grabbed a new version of Jamulus and are one of the first people who downloaded it, Jamulus won't be whitelisted by SmartScreen yet. We don't pay for code signing.)\n" +"1. **Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" +"1. **Set up your sound card**. When you're done, you need to set up your audio hardware. And if you are using ASIO4ALL, have a look at how to set that up below.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -109,18 +86,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:28 -msgid "If you don't want to use ASIO or prefer [JACK on Windows](https://jackaudio.org/faq/jack_on_windows.html), you can also use the [JACK version of Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows-jack }})." +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** If you don't want to use ASIO or prefer [JACK on Windows](https://jackaudio.org/faq/jack_on_windows.html), you can also use the [JACK version of Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows-jack }}). You can find old (legacy) versions supporting outdated operating systems on the [GitHub release page](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:30 +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:31 #, no-wrap -msgid "***\n" -msgstr "***\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:32 -msgid "## ASIO" +msgid "ASIO" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -128,12 +101,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Jamulus can use [ASIO](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Audio_Stream_Input/Output)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:36 +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:37 msgid "If you have an external sound card/audio interface, use its official ASIO driver if you can (they usually provide the best quality)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:37 msgid "If you don't have an external sound card, you will probably not have an ASIO driver so will need to install a generic one like ASIO4ALL:" msgstr "" @@ -158,9 +131,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "[ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:48 -msgid "### Setting up ASIO4ALL" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Setting up ASIO4ALL" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -179,114 +153,106 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Before you start with Jamulus:" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:56 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Close all applications** (especially those which could access your sound card like your browser/media player). ASIO4ALL needs exclusive access to your sound card which means that other programs will not be able to use audio if ASIO4ALL and Jamulus are running.\n" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58 +msgid "**Close all applications** (especially those which could access your sound card like your browser/media player). ASIO4ALL needs exclusive access to your sound card which means that other programs will not be able to use audio if ASIO4ALL and Jamulus are running." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:57 -#, no-wrap -msgid "If the Jamulus audio doesn’t work out of the box, make sure that only the **correct inputs/outputs** in ASIO4ALL **are switched on**. Everything else should be switched off. Search the [community list of working ASIO4ALL configurations](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) for your configuration or do it manually if you can't find yours:\n" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58 +msgid "If the Jamulus audio doesn’t work out of the box, make sure that only the **correct inputs/outputs** in ASIO4ALL **are switched on**. Everything else should be switched off. Search the [community list of working ASIO4ALL configurations](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) for your configuration or do it manually if you can't find yours:" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:59 -msgid "### How to set up ASIO4ALL inputs (Guide)" +#, no-wrap +msgid "How to set up ASIO4ALL inputs (Guide)" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:61 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 msgid "Open Jamulus's settings" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:62 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 msgid "Go to _\"ASIO Device Settings\"_ (column on the left; directly under the selection of the driver)" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 msgid "Enable _advanced view_ in ASIO4ALL (click the tool icon on the bottom right)" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:64 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 msgid "Enable only the sound card you want to use by clicking on the button next to its name" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:65 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 msgid "Open your sound card inputs/outputs by clicking the _plus icon_ next to this sound card" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:66 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 msgid "Now enable the correct inputs/outputs in the list under your sound card and disable everything else. You can hover over the inputs/outputs to see which of both they are and if they support the required sample rate for Jamulus of 48kHz (DVD quality)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:68 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Hints:**\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:69 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:72 #, no-wrap -msgid "It may not be obvious what the correct sound device is called. Many internal sound cards are named \"Realtek High Definition Audio\", \"Conexant\" or similar.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:70 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Headphones and speakers are often labelled as \"output\" and microphones as \"input\" or \"capture\".\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:71 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Stereo Mix/Stereo Input is usually not the input/output you're looking for. Therefore, switch it off if you see it.\n" +msgid "" +"**Hints:**\n" +"1. It may not be obvious what the correct sound device is called. Many internal sound cards are named \"Realtek High Definition Audio\", \"Conexant\" or similar.\n" +"1. Headphones and speakers are often labelled as \"output\" and microphones as \"input\" or \"capture\".\n" +"1. Stereo Mix/Stereo Input is usually not the input/output you're looking for. Therefore, switch it off if you see it.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:73 -msgid "### Troubleshooting" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:75 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:76 msgid "If nothing works, first restart Jamulus and/or your PC to close background processes that may be accessing your sound card." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:77 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:78 msgid "Afterwards, *set up the inputs/outputs again*. Enabled and accessible input/outputs show as lit up power buttons and play buttons in the ASIO4ALL settings. If instead you see a red cross or yellow symbol, close other applications that may be accessing your sound card (e.g. web browser, Zoom, etc)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:79 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:80 msgid "Have a look at [this video](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI) by [trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza) which gives more detailed setup information on ASIO4ALL." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:81 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:82 msgid "Official and further information about how to configure ASIO4ALL is documented in the official [ASIO4ALL FAQs on the ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:83 -msgid "## All installed?" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## All installed?" +msgid "All installed?" msgstr "## Alt klart?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:85 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:86 msgid "Take a look at" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:86 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:87 #, fuzzy msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[Nybegynnersiden](Getting-Started){: .button}" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "***\n" +#~ msgstr "***\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Installation-for-iOS.po b/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Installation-for-iOS.po index b02534404..cfd5452a7 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Installation-for-iOS.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Installation-for-iOS.po @@ -2,39 +2,40 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Allan Nordhøy , 2022. +# Allan Nordhøy , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-31 16:58+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 22:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: nb_NO\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "nb_NO" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-iOS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-iOS" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:11 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation for iOS" msgstr "" @@ -45,11 +46,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Bruk av Jamulus\" branch1=\"Oppstartsveiledning\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:12 -msgid "# Installation for iOS" -msgstr "" - #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:14 #, fuzzy @@ -62,9 +58,10 @@ msgstr "Sørg for å ha lest [oppstartsveiledningen](Getting-Started)." msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:18 -msgid "## Things to note about iOS" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Things to note about iOS" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -72,24 +69,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } which is an inexpensive and small device that performs very well with Jamulus. iOS support is just a proof of concept." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:22 +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24 msgid "To install Jamulus on your iOS device, you need a (free or paid) Apple Developer account and preferably a computer." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:23 +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24 msgid "If you don't pay for an Apple developer account, Jamulus will only run for at most 7 days before you need to re-install it." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24 msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well on new devices if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. To connect these to your iOS device, you should use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:27 -msgid "## Install for iOS (for experienced users only)" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Install for iOS (for experienced users only)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -98,27 +96,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Note**: We provide an unsigned .ipa file which you need to sign and then install on your device. If you are not Jailbroken (and have AppSync installed), you might need additional software to install Jamulus. There are multiple ways to do that, but this guide only explains the most standard approach. Please note that we assume you already have a (free) Apple developer account. If you don't have one, create an Apple ID and [Sign up for a developer account](https://developer.apple.com/membercenter). We recommend to create one without two factor authentification and unrelated to your potential personal account. You will need to enter the password in non-Apple software.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:31 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 msgid "[Download Jamulus (.ipa) on a PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:32 +#. type: Bullet: '2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 msgid "Sign the .ipa file (e.g. via Xcode or some other **trusted** app. We won't give recommendations here, but there exist apps for every operating system)" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:33 +#. type: Bullet: '3. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 msgid "Once signed and installed; on your iOS device open Settings, navigate to General>Profiles (or VPN and Device Management). Tap on the developer account corresponding to your account and trust the account." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:34 +#. type: Bullet: '4. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 msgid "Open Jamulus from your home-screen" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '5. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 msgid "After 7 days you will need to re-sign Jamulus if you are using a free developer account. Re-do everything from Step 4." msgstr "" @@ -128,9 +126,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If you own a Mac and have Xcode installed, compiling Jamulus from source might be another, more native option. Please have a look at the [compilation instructions for iOS](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md#ios)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:40 -msgid "## Feedback and development" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:39 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Feedback and development" +msgid "Feedback and development" msgstr "## Tilbakemelding og utvikling" #. type: Plain text @@ -143,15 +143,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Please also read the [APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER) concerning Jamulus being published via the Apple AppStore." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:47 -#, no-wrap -msgid "***\n" -msgstr "***\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:49 -msgid "## All installed?" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:48 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## All installed?" +msgid "All installed?" msgstr "## Alt klart?" #. type: Plain text @@ -164,3 +160,7 @@ msgstr "Jamulus har blitt installert og kan nå brukes. Du kan ta en titt på" #, fuzzy msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[Nybegynnersiden](Getting-Started){: .button}" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "***\n" +#~ msgstr "***\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Privacy-Statement.po b/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Privacy-Statement.po index 1e9bd9d6e..df27c76a0 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Privacy-Statement.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Privacy-Statement.po @@ -2,144 +2,171 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Allan Nordhøy , 2022. +# Allan Nordhøy , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-31 16:58+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-06 13:51+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: nb_NO\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "nb_NO" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Privacy-Statement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Privacy-Statement" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus – Privacy Statement" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:9 -msgid "# Privacy Statement" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Privacy Statement" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:12 -msgid "Please note that the English version of this privacy statement is the original and, as such, the binding version. To access the English version, go to the top/top right of this page and click on the \"en\" link. The following only applies to the version you can download from this website, [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io)." +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:11 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**The English version of this document represents the official privacy statement for the _current version_ of the software available on this website. Earlier versions of the software and non-English translations of this privacy policy may have different terms that are no longer applicable or supported.**\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:14 -msgid "## Definition of Terms" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:13 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Definition of Terms" +msgid "Definition of Terms" msgstr "## Definisjon av begreper" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:16 -msgid "\"**Server**\" The Jamulus Server software, as opposed to the host machine/OS it is running on." +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18 +msgid "\"**Server**\" The Jamulus software running as a Server and accepting connections from Clients" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:17 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18 msgid "\"**Client**\" The Jamulus software used to connect to a Server" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18 msgid "\"**Directory**\" A Jamulus Server configured to supply a list of Servers to Clients" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:20 -msgid "## Web site" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:19 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus.io Website" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:22 -msgid "The website at [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) is served using GitHub Pages. We do not collect your personal data or set tracking cookies. When you connect to the jamulus.io site, your IP is sent to [GitHub Pages](https://pages.github.com/)." +msgid "The website at [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) is served using GitHub Pages. The Jamulus team has not constructed the website to set tracking cookies, but see Github's [privacy policy](https://docs.github.com/en/site-policy/privacy-policies/github-privacy-statement) for information relating to data collection and privacy overall. The community knowledge base uses [giscus](https://github.com/giscus/giscus) for discussions and comments. You can find the [Privacy Policy of giscus on their GitHub repository](https://github.com/giscus/giscus/blob/main/PRIVACY-POLICY.md)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:24 -msgid "## Jamulus Software" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus Software" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:26 -msgid "### Use of Profile Information" +msgid "Jamulus is open source software that can be modified by anyone. As such, the Jamulus project can make no representations related to privacy, data collection, or security with respect to your use of the software." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:28 -msgid "When you connect to a Server, whatever you put in My Profile (in Settings) will be shown to others on that Server while you are connected to it. Note that, depending on the other client, you may not see them. Also, the Server operator can see the name you set in My Profile and your IP address, using the Server either through the GUI or JSON-RPC." +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:27 +#, no-wrap +msgid "General Information" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:30 -msgid "When you connect to a Server, your profile may also be available to third parties from the Directory to which that Server is registered. This can be for informational purposes about the status of the public Jamulus network (for example, [here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)), but may not be limited to that. Profile information is not otherwise logged or stored by the Jamulus Server you are connected to, or by the Jamulus Directory, but may be stored or processed by third parties." +msgid "Under normal use with software downloaded from this website that has not been modified, your user profile information is exchanged with Servers you connect to, peers connected to those same Servers, and to third parties (including Directories) that use the Jamulus protocol. This information is limited to your Jamulus name, city, country, instrument, and skill level as you have set them in your profile. The Servers you connect to will also have access to your internet address (IP Address) as it is required for the software to work; but this information is not shared with peers on the same Server or available to third parties." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:32 -msgid "### Use of IP Addresses" -msgstr "### Bruk av IP-adresser" +msgid "All communications between and among Clients, Servers, Directories, and third-party protocol users are sent without encryption." +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:34 -msgid "When you connect to Server, the Server operator can see your IP address while you are connected. If the Server operator has enabled logging (which is off by default) your IP address will also be logged and stored in the Server's log file." +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:33 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus Servers" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:36 -msgid "The IP addresses of all Servers registered with the Directory can also be seen by third parties for informational or other purposes (for example [here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)). Your public IP address is otherwise not logged or stored by Jamulus, but may be stored or processed by third parties." +msgid "When you connect to a Server, either directly or through a Directory, the operator of that Server is responsible for its operation policy, privacy policy, and data use policy. While unmodified Servers do not log or store your connection or profile information by default, some Servers may be configured to do so. Therefore, you should have no expectation of privacy with respect to your profile information or internet address." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:38 -msgid "### Audio Recordings" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:37 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Chat Exchanges" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:40 -msgid "You will see a notice if you are connected to a Jamulus Server when Server recording is turned on. Recordings of each player are stored by the Server separately as .WAV files and only the Server operator has access to them unless they choose to make them available to third parties." +msgid "Chats are textual messages that can be exchanged between Clients connected to the same Server. Everyone connected to a Server can see all chats and there should be no expectation of privacy with respect to information sent through the chat feature of Jamulus. While unmodified Servers do not log or store chats, some modified Servers may do this." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:42 -msgid "### Text Chat" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio Recordings" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:44 -msgid "When you type a message in the Chat Window, other connected players can see that, but chats are not stored by the Server and neither the Server operator nor any third parties have access to them." +msgid "Unmodified Servers will display a notice if recording is turned on. Recordings of each channel are stored by the Server and are controlled by the Server operator." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:46 -msgid "### Data Transmission" -msgstr "### Dataoverføring" +msgid "It is possible for connected Clients to make recordings of sessions outside of Jamulus itself, for which there may be no notice or indication. Jamulus has no way to detect or control these situations and makes no representations as to the collection or use of such recording data." +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:47 -msgid "Please note that all audio and text data is sent and received between the Jamulus Server and Client without encryption." +#, no-wrap +msgid "Directories" msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:49 +msgid "Directories are central connection points for locating Servers. The Jamulus Client comes with a pre-defined list of Directories for the convenience of users. These Directories are independently operated but are represented as running unmodified versions of the Jamulus software. If you do not wish to send your information to the Directories, you will need to connect to Servers directly." +msgstr "" + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "### Use of IP Addresses" +#~ msgid "Use of IP Addresses" +#~ msgstr "### Bruk av IP-adresser" + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "### Data Transmission" +#~ msgid "Data Transmission" +#~ msgstr "### Dataoverføring" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/QOS-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/QOS-Windows.po index ceb6edc1c..fd5c95b42 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/QOS-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/QOS-Windows.po @@ -2,38 +2,39 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Allan Nordhøy , 2022. +# Allan Nordhøy , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-31 16:58+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 22:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: nb_NO\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "nb_NO" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/QOS-Windows" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/QOS-Windows" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Quality of Service (QoS)" @@ -44,9 +45,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" %}" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:11 -msgid "## Use of QoS on Windows" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Use of QoS on Windows" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -66,7 +68,27 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:37 -msgid "In Search box beside Start menu, Type: Local Group Policy Editor (enter)
In new window, (click) on the menu icon to display the Actions third panel
Looking at the first panel of the Local Group Policy Editor
 Local Computer Policy
  Computer Configuration
   Windows Settings
    Policy-based QoS (click)
Looking at the third panel (Actions) of the Local Group Policy Editor
 Policy-based QoS
  More Actions
   Create new Policy (click)
    Policy Name: Jamulus
    Specify DSCP value: 32
    Next
    This QoS policy applies Only to applications with name Jamulus.exe
    Next
    Next
    UDP
    Finish
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"In Search box beside Start menu, Type: Local Group Policy Editor (enter)
\n" +"In new window, (click) on the menu icon to display the Actions third panel
\n" +"Looking at the first panel of the Local Group Policy Editor
\n" +" Local Computer Policy
\n" +"  Computer Configuration
\n" +"   Windows Settings
\n" +"    Policy-based QoS (click)
\n" +"Looking at the third panel (Actions) of the Local Group Policy Editor
\n" +" Policy-based QoS
\n" +"  More Actions
\n" +"   Create new Policy (click)
\n" +"    Policy Name: Jamulus
\n" +"    Specify DSCP value: 32
\n" +"    Next
\n" +"    This QoS policy applies Only to applications with name Jamulus.exe
\n" +"    Next
\n" +"    Next
\n" +"    UDP
\n" +"    Finish
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Running-a-Server.po index 902f3e201..f82756afc 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Running-a-Server.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Running-a-Server.po @@ -2,786 +2,908 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Allan Nordhøy , 2022. +# Allan Nordhøy , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-31 16:58+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 22:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: nb_NO\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "nb_NO" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Running-a-Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Running-a-Server" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Running a Server" msgstr "" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server Administration Manual" +msgstr "" + #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:10 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# Server Administration Manual\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:12 -msgid "
" -msgstr "" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:14 -msgid "Table of contents" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:16 -msgid "TOC" -msgstr "" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "Innholdsfortegnelse\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:17 -msgid "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:19 -msgid "
" -msgstr "" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:22 -msgid "## Do I need to run a Server?" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Do I need to run a Server?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:24 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:23 #, no-wrap -msgid "**No**. You can use the Servers listed by the built in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server or choose a third party hosting service. If you just want an undisturbed session, use the [soloing technique described on the Tips and Tricks page](Tips-Tricks-More#have-an-undisturbed-session-on-any-server). If you decide you cannot use any of the Servers listed by the built in Directories, you may be able to use a Server (either Registered in a Custom Directory, or Unregistered - see [Server Types](#server-types)) hosted by a third party. Doing so will save you the trouble of setting one up yourself.\n" +msgid "**No**. You don't need to run a Server. You can use the Servers listed by the built-in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server yourself. You can also use an unlisted Server if you know its internet address. Or you can use a third party hosting service such as [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/) or [KOORD](https://koord.live/). There's probably a Server nearby that you and your friends can use at low enough latency for most needs.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:26 -msgid "## Basic requirements" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:25 +msgid "Using a public Server might introduce you to strangers. If you want an undisturbed session, you can use the soloing technique described on the [Tips and Tricks page](Tips-Tricks-More#have-an-undisturbed-session-on-any-server). You won't hear strangers who connect to the Server, but they can hear you if they wish." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:28 -msgid "While setting up a Server isn't difficult, it's a good idea to read the following background information to avoid some problems:" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Requirements" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:30 -msgid "### Speed and latency" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Speed and latency" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:32 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:33 #, no-wrap msgid "**_The capability of the Server itself (and the network it's on) is NOT the main determinant of the quality of a Jamulus session!_**\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:34 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:35 msgid "Usually, problems are on the _Client_ side and should be fixed there. Have a look at the [Troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) if needed." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:36 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:37 msgid "However, various problems can also arise when setting up Servers - especially when run on a low-bandwidth home connection. It's usually fine to have less than 5 players on a slower-speed home connection (eg 10 Mbit/s down and 1 Mbit/s up). You can read more about network requirements at [different quality settings here](Server-Bandwidth)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:38 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:39 msgid "Consider using a cloud host, not your home internet connection, to get better ping times if you're having problems." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:41 -msgid "### General notes" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "General notes" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:43 +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 msgid "Any Server should have at least 1.6GHz CPU frequency and 1GB RAM" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:44 +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 msgid "Running a Server may require you to adjust any firewalls running on or outside of your machine or cloud host." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:45 -msgid "Running an Unregistered Server at home will require you to [port forward](#port-forwarding) on your router. When running a Registered Server, port forwarding should not be necessary in most cases, but it's advisable to do so because some networks may not work properly with Jamulus in its default mode." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 -msgid "Jamulus only has limited IPv6 support which needs to be enabled with a command line argument on the Client and Server. (There are plans to expand IPv6 support.)" +msgid "You must set up port forwarding on your router to run an [Unregistered Server](Unregistered-Servers) at home. This should not be necessary when running a Registered Server in most cases. However, some home networks can require port forwarding for a Registered Server." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:48 -msgid "## Server Types" +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 +msgid "Jamulus offers limited IPv6 support that you can turn on for a Client or Server from the command line." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:50 -msgid "You can run your Server in different ways (either at home or on a 3rd party host):" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:49 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:52 -msgid "### 1. Registered" +msgid "Most people run Jamulus on a 3rd party/cloud host as a \"headless\" Server (no video display or keyboard) on **hardware without audio** running Linux. You can also run a Server in a [**desktop environment**](#servers-on-the-desktop)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:54 -msgid "Your Server will be listed in a Directory. By default, Jamulus has a list of built-in Directories that Clients can connect to. If you register with one of these, anyone can then discover and connect to your Server. You can also have your Server listed on a Custom Directory, if that better meets your needs." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:59 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:56 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"
\n" -"\t\"Diagram\n" -"
How Registered Servers work
\n" -"
\n" +msgid "**Note** The following steps will result in you running an \"Unregistered\" Server. For more information, see [the Server Modes section](#server-modes) below.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:61 -msgid "### 2. Unregistered" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:60 +msgid "To run a headless server on Linux, the following steps assume you are familiar with the command line and Debian/Ubuntu or similar distribution that uses systemd." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:63 -msgid "This is the default when starting a Server for the first time. Unregistered Servers are not listed by Directories, so only musicians who know your Server's address to will be able to connect to it. This is useful because Jamulus does not let you control who can connect to a Server." +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 +msgid "Download the setup script: `curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh`" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:68 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"
\n" -"\t\"Diagram\n" -"\t
How Unregistered Servers work
\n" -"
\n" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 +msgid "Make the script executable: `chmod +x setup_repo.sh`" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:70 -msgid "If you are running an unregistered server behind a home internet connection, you might need to enable [port forwarding](#port-forwarding) as described below." +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 +msgid "Run the script and install the headless server: `sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus-headless`" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:72 -msgid "### 3. Directory" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 +msgid "Enable the headless Server process:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:74 -msgid "If you want to run a number of Servers, possibly also behind a firewall or on a LAN, you may want to run your Server as a Directory. Examples include online events, music associations, sectional rehearsals or music lessons for schools." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:67 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\t`sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:76 -msgid "To run a Directory [read this guide](Directories)" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:69 +msgid "Add your desired [command line options](Running-a-Server#configuration-options) to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:79 -msgid "## Installation and Configuration" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:71 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\t`sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless`\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:81 -msgid "Most people run Jamulus as a \"pure\" Server on **hardware without audio** (e.g. on a 3rd party/cloud host) running Linux. The following steps assume you are familiar with the command line and Debian/Ubuntu or similar distribution using systemd. To run a server on Windows or on the desktop with a graphical user interface, [see this section](#servers-on-the-desktop)." +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:73 +msgid "Reload the systemd files and restart the headless Server:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:83 -msgid "If you want to run a Server on a Raspberry Pi (or a different armhf/arm64 debian-based device), you will need to download the `.deb` files for 32 bit `armhf` or 64 bit `arm64`, not the default `amd64` ones you'd use on an Intel/AMD based machine." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:75 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\t`sudo systemctl daemon-reload && systemctl restart jamulus-headless`\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:86 -msgid "### Installation" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:77 +msgid "_To amend your Server configuration, just repeat the last two steps above._" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:88 -msgid "Download the [latest headless (amd64) .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}) or, if you use a Raspberry Pi etc. download the [latest armhf .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}) or the [latest arm64 .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }})" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:80 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server Modes" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:89 -msgid "Update apt to make sure you have a current list of standard packages: `sudo apt update`" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:83 +msgid "Servers can be run in one of three modes (either at home or on a 3rd party host), depending on your needs." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:90 -msgid "Install the Jamulus package: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}` or for RasPi etc. armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}`; arm64: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }}`" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:84 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Unregistered mode" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:91 -msgid "Enable the headless Server process via systemd: `sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:87 +msgid "This is the default when starting a Server for the first time. Unregistered Servers are not listed by Directories, so only musicians who know your Server's address can connect to it." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:92 -msgid "Add your desired [command line options](Running-a-Server#command-line-options) to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file by running `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` (By default you will be running an Unregistered Server)." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:89 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**For information about running an Unregistered Server [see this guide](Unregistered-Servers).**\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:93 -msgid "Reload the systemd files `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` and restart the headless Server: `sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless`" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"
\n" +"\t\"Diagram\n" +"
\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:94 -msgid "Check all is well with `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (hit `q` to get back to the command prompt)." +#, no-wrap +msgid "Registered mode" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:96 -msgid "You can control Jamulus with the `systemctl` command. For example, to stop the Server cleanly:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:97 +msgid "In this mode your Server will appear in the server list supplied by a Directory. Jamulus Clients come with a list of Directories built-in. If you register your Server with one of these, anyone can discover and connect to it." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:98 -msgid "`sudo systemctl stop jamulus-headless`" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:99 +msgid "Alternatively, you can list your Server on a Custom Directory (see below). Clients will only find your Server if they enter the Custom Directory's internet address." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:100 -msgid "_To upgrade your Server, just repeat the steps above._" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:101 +msgid "Note that Directories can only register up to 150 Servers. If you see a message that says you cannot register your Server because the Directory is full, you can try registering with a different Directory." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:102 -msgid "### Configuration" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:105 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"
\n" +"\t\"Diagram\n" +"
\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:104 -msgid "#### Running in Registered mode" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:106 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Directory mode" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:106 -msgid "The following minimum setup is required to [run a Registered Server](Running-a-Server#server-types):" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:109 +msgid "If you want to run a number of Servers, possibly also behind a firewall or on a LAN, you may want to run your Server as a Directory. Examples include online events, music associations, sectional rehearsals or music lessons for schools." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:112 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"~~~\n" -"jamulus --nogui --server \\\n" -" --directoryserver genreServer:port \\\n" -" --serverinfo \"yourServerName;yourCity;[country ID]\"\n" -"~~~\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:111 +msgid "For information, [see the Directories guide](Directories)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:114 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Note**: Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `yourServerName` and `yourCity` within the `--serverinfo` argument\n" +msgid "Configuration options" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:116 -msgid "To register with one of the Directories built into the Jamulus Client, replace `genreServer:port` in the example above with one of the following options:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:117 +msgid "Depending on your operating system and how you are running the Server, you can set Server options and make them persistent between reloads by following these steps:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:127 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:119 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"| Genre | Server Address |\n" -"|-----------|------------------|\n" -"|**Any Genre 1** |`anygenre1.jamulus.io:22124`|\n" -"|**Any Genre 2** |`anygenre2.jamulus.io:22224`|\n" -"|**Any Genre 3** |`anygenre3.jamulus.io:22624`|\n" -"|**Genre Rock** |`rock.jamulus.io:22424`|\n" -"|**Genre Jazz** |`jazz.jamulus.io:22324`|\n" -"|**Genre Classical/Folk** |`classical.jamulus.io:22524`|\n" -"|**Genre Choral/Barbershop** |`choral.jamulus.io:22724`|\n" +msgid "**For Linux headless** (Debian/Ubuntu using systemd)\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:129 -msgid "You can also specify a [Directory](#3-directory) in the same way from the command line, providing the Server Address in the same format." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:121 +msgid "Add your desired command line options to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file by running `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` (You will need to reload or restart for the changes to take effect. See [Installation](#installation))." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:131 -msgid "#### Running as a Directory" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:123 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**For the GUI** (all platforms)\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:133 -msgid "If you wish to run a [Directory](Running-a-Server#3-directory) please see [this guide](Directories)." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:125 +msgid "Any settings made using the graphical interface will be stored in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file. (Do **not** edit this file by hand!) However, some options are not available in the GUI and need to be set using the command line. For more information, see [Servers on the desktop](#servers-on-the-desktop)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:135 -msgid "### Maintenance" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:128 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Minimum setup to run in Registered mode" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:137 -msgid "#### Viewing The Logs" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:132 +msgid "You can run a headless Server on Linux using systemd (with `systemctl`), which is covered in other sections. You can also run a Server directly from the command line. Enter the following command to [run a Registered Server](#server-modes):" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:139 -msgid "Jamulus will log to the system log file if you left the `StandardOutput=journal` setting in the unit file." +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:133 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"jamulus-headless --nogui --server \\\n" +" --directoryaddress hostname:port \\\n" +" --serverinfo \"[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code or Qt5 Locale]\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:141 -msgid "To view the log, use `journalctl` (to exit press Ctrl-C). For example, to read the system log file, filtered for the Jamulus service:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:140 +msgid "See the table below for `hostname:port` values." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:142 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note**: Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `[name]` and `[city]` within the `--serverinfo` argument. See the [Server mode-related options](#server-mode-related-options) for more information on the country code. \n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:143 -msgid "`journalctl -f -u jamulus-headless`" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server mode-related options" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:145 -msgid "#### Controlling Recording" +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-e or --directoryaddress`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:147 -msgid "When using the recording function with the `-R` command line option, if the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new Directory. SIGUSR2 will recording enabled on/off." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:148 +msgid "Required for a [Registered Server](Running-a-Server#registered-mode). Also required to run Jamulus as a [Directory](Directories)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:149 -msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:150 ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:171 +msgid "This option takes the format:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:151 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home Directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file (be aware that doing so is however a potential security risk).\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:152 +msgid "`--directoryaddress hostname:port` where `hostname` is the Genre Directory host name and `port` is its port number." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:153 -msgid "For turning recording on or off (depending on the current state):" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:154 +msgid "To register with one of the Directories built into the Jamulus Client, replace `hostname:port` with one of the following options:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:158 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:164 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"~~~\n" -" [Unit]\n" -" Description=Toggle recording state of Jamulus Server\n" -" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +"| Genre | `hostname:port` |\n" +"|-----------|------------------|\n" +"|**Any Genre 1** |`anygenre1.jamulus.io:22124`|\n" +"|**Any Genre 2** |`anygenre2.jamulus.io:22224`|\n" +"|**Any Genre 3** |`anygenre3.jamulus.io:22624`|\n" +"|**Genre Rock** |`rock.jamulus.io:22424`|\n" +"|**Genre Jazz** |`jazz.jamulus.io:22324`|\n" +"|**Genre Classical/Folk** |`classical.jamulus.io:22524`|\n" +"|**Genre Choral/Barbershop** |`choral.jamulus.io:22724`|\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:163 +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:166 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -" [Service]\n" -" Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" -"~~~\n" +msgid "`-o or --serverinfo`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:165 -msgid "For starting a new recording:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:169 +msgid "When registering your Server with a Directory, this lets you supply a Server name and location details so that users can then search for these values from their Client." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:170 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"~~~\n" -" [Unit]\n" -" Description=Start a new recording on Jamulus Server\n" -" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:173 +msgid "`[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code]`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:175 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" [Service]\n" -" Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" -"~~~\n" +msgid "See [two-letter ISO country codes](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:177 -msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name you created when setting systemd to control your Jamulus Server. So in this example it would be `Jamulus-Server.service`_" +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `name` and `city` values.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:179 -msgid "Run `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` to register them for first use." +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:178 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-L or --licence`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:181 -msgid "Now you can run these with the `systemctl` command, for example:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:180 +msgid "Show an agreement window before users can connect. The text of the agreement to be shown should be supplied as the `--welcomemessage` (see below)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:183 -msgid "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec` (assuming you named your unit file `jamulusTogglerec.service`)" +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:181 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-w or --welcomemessage`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:185 -msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus`, or by viewing the logs." +msgid "A \"welcome message\" to display in the Client chat window on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML. When a path is used, the file must be accessible by the user account running Jamulus. (On most Linux installations, user `jamulus` is used by default.) If not accessible, the literal path (rather than its contents) will appear." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:188 -msgid "## Servers on the desktop" +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:186 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`--serverpublicip`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:190 -msgid "Jamulus can be run in Server mode from the desktop. This gives you a graphical user interface to control most of the settings." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:188 +msgid "The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:192 +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:189 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Windows users** - Use the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in the Windows Start menu.\n" +msgid "`--directoryfile`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:193 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:191 +msgid "_Directories only:_ Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:192 #, no-wrap -msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications (assuming you put the files from the install there as per [these instructions](Installation-for-Macintosh)).\n" +msgid "`-f or --listfilter`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:194 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Linux users** - Launch the \"Jamulus Server\" shortcut. Or you can open a terminal window (`CTRL+ALT+t` on Debian and related distros), type `jamulus -s` and hit return.\n" +msgid "_Directories only:_ Specify which Servers can register on the Directory Server. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:197 -msgid "## Server Setup" +#, no-wrap +msgid "General Server options" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:199 -msgid "
\"Image
" +msgid "These options can be used regardless of which mode your Server is running in (although some may not be relevant for Directories)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:201 -msgid "### The Directory list" +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:200 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-d or --discononquit`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:202 +msgid "Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not pressed their **Disconnect** buttons will automatically re-establish the connection when the Server returns. This option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server in this scenario." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:203 #, no-wrap -msgid "**None**: By default, you will not be connected to a Directory and will be running in unregistered mode. [Read these instructions](#running-an-unregistered-server) to have other people connect to your Server in this mode.\n" +msgid "`-F or --fastupdate`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:205 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Genre**: To allow other people to see your Server on one of the Directories built into the Client, select your desired genre Directory. You should see a confirmation message saying whether your Server has registered successfully. If not, and you leave your Server running, it will keep trying to register until a free slot becomes available.\n" +msgid "Reduces latency if Clients connect with the **Small Network Buffers** option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:207 +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:206 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Custom**: This allows you to specify a custom directory on which to be listed. See the \"Options\" tab for the Custom Directory address you want to use.\n" +msgid "`-l or --log`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:208 +msgid "Enable logging, set path and file name" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:209 -msgid "To run your Server _as_ a Directory, you need to set the Custom Directory address as `localhost` or `127.0.0.1` and set the \"Genre\" to \"Custom\". [Read this guide](Directories) for further details." +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-m or --htmlstatus`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:211 -msgid "### My Server Info" +msgid "Enable HTML status file, set path and file name" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:213 -msgid "When running as a Registered Server this displays the Server's name, city and country so that other users can easily identify it in the Directory listing." +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** This feature is deprecated, and may disappear in a future release.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:215 -msgid "### Chat Welcome Message" +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:214 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-P or --delaypan`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:216 +msgid "Start with delay panning enabled. This option uses small differences in sound arrival time between the two ears. It produces a stereo effect similar to natural human hearing when compared to normal “volume” panning." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:217 -msgid "The text entered here appears to all users when they join the Server (the chat window will open automatically for them). HTML is also supported." +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-s` or `--server`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:219 -msgid "## Options" +msgid "Start Jamulus in Server mode" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:221 -msgid "
\"Image
" +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:220 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`--serverbindip`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:223 -msgid "### Recording Directory" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:222 +msgid "Specify the IP address the Jamulus process will bind to." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:224 +msgid "Normally, Jamulus will listen on all IP addresses on the host machine. Where the host has multiple network addresses, this option allows one of the addresses to be chosen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:225 -msgid "This sets the path to where the Server's recordings will be stored. With this path set, the \"Enable Jam Recorder\" function in the Server Setup tab will make recording start once the first person connects to the Server, and stops when the last person leaves. Use the \"New Recording\" button to create a new sub-directory in which the recordings will be stored from then on. Note that Recordings are per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` format and [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open the respective files to listen to them in those applications." +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-T or --multithreading`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:227 +msgid "Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs. This setting may help the Server support more Clients. See also `--numchannels`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:228 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Note**: When your Server is recording, Clients will display a message that recording is on.\n" +msgid "`-u or --numchannels`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:229 -msgid "### Custom Directory Address" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:230 +msgid "Maximum number of channels (Clients)" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:231 -msgid "Leave this field empty unless you need to list your Server on a [Custom Directory](#3-directory) or run a Directory." +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-z or --startminimized`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:233 -msgid "### Server List Filename" +msgid "Start the Jamulus Server graphical user interface in the minimized window state." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:235 -msgid "Leave this field empty unless you need to run your Server as a [Directory](#3-directory). When in use, this holds the list of registered Servers whilst restarting the Directory. This prevents the server list appearing \"empty\" until the Servers re-register." +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:234 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Other options" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:237 -msgid "### Delay panning" +msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:239 -msgid "This option uses small differences in sound arrival time between the two ears. It produces a stereo effect similar to natural human hearing when compared to normal \"volume\" panning." +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Controlling the Server via API" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241 -msgid "### Start Minimised" +msgid "Jamulus can be controlled via an experimental API which is subject to changes. You can find the [JSON-RPC API documented in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md). JSON-RPC allows you to control some features like changing the welcome message or starting recordings in headless mode from authenticated external applications. It works while the server is running." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:243 +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:244 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Windows users** - If you want the Server to start automatically on system start, enable the corresponding check box.\n" +msgid "Recording" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:245 -msgid "### Server status icon" +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-R or --recording`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:247 -msgid "When the Server is running, the operating system will show an icon in the system tray or status area to represent whether the Server is active:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:248 +msgid "Set Server recording directory. By default, the Server will record when a session is active." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:249 -msgid "
\"Image
The Server is empty" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:250 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file, but be aware that doing could be a security risk.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:251 -msgid "
\"Image
The Server is occupied" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:252 +msgid "Recordings are per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` format and [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open the respective files to listen to them in those applications." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:253 -msgid "## Command line options" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** When your Server is recording, Clients display a red banner message that the session is being recorded.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:255 -msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." +#, no-wrap +msgid "`--norecord`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:257 -msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:" +msgid "Set server not to record by default when recording is configured." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:261 +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:259 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"```shell\n" -" \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100\n" -"```\n" +msgid "Controlling Recording" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:263 -msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262 +msgid "Recording starts once the first person connects to the Server, and stops when the last person leaves." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:264 +msgid "If the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording on/off. If [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) is enabled, you will also be able to manage the server in a way comparable to the GUI. Please see the (experimental) [JSON-RPC documentation on the recorder](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:267 +msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269 +msgid "To turn recording on or off (depending on the current state):" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:270 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"```shell\n" -" /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100\n" -"```\n" +" [Unit]\n" +" Description=Toggle recording state of Jamulus Server\n" +" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +"\n" +" [Service]\n" +" Type=oneshot\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:281 +msgid "To start a new recording:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:282 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Note**: Command line options will set the Server's defaults at startup. You can override them with their corresponding GUI controls while the Server is running.\n" +msgid "" +" [Unit]\n" +" Description=Start a new recording on Jamulus Server\n" +" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +"\n" +" [Service]\n" +" Type=oneshot\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:271 -msgid "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:293 +msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name you created when setting systemd to control your Jamulus Server. So in this example it would be `Jamulus-Server.service`_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:273 -msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:295 +msgid "Run `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` to register them for first use." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:276 -msgid "## Running an Unregistered Server" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:297 +msgid "Now you can run these with the `systemctl` command, for example:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:278 -msgid "It is highly recommended to test your Server by registering it on one of the built-in Directories **first** so as to narrow down any subsequent problems in unregistered mode." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:299 +msgid "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:280 -msgid "### Setting up a Server behind a home router" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:301 +msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus`, or by viewing the logs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:304 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Adding metadata to the Server" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:282 -msgid "If you set up your server at home, you will probably need to change some settings in your router/firewall:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:307 +msgid "You can add metadata to the welcome message of a Server to add additional, hidden information like contact information or policy requests for bots (this is comparable to [robots.txt](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robots.txt)). See the [Community Knowledge Base entry about metadata](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html) for more information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:310 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Servers on the desktop" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:284 -msgid "#### Port forwarding" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:313 +msgid "Jamulus can run in Server mode in the graphical environment of a computer. This gives you a graphical user interface to control most of the settings. To do this, first [install Jamulus for your platform](Getting-Started), then do one of the following:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:315 +msgid "**Windows users** - Use the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in the Windows Start menu. If you want the Server to start automatically when you start Windows, check the box for this option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:317 +msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:319 +msgid "**Linux users** - Launch the \"Jamulus Server\" shortcut. Or you can open a terminal window (`CTRL+ALT+t` on Debian and related distros), type `jamulus -s` and hit return." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:286 -msgid "People from outside your home network will not be able to see things inside it. To let external Jamulus clients connect to your server, you need to set up port forwarding in your Router's settings. The exact setup differs for every router. For help see your Router's documentation or [portforward.com](https://portforward.com)." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:321 +msgid "While most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, others can only be set using options given in a terminal window when the Server is launched. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:288 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:323 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Note:** The default port for the current version of Jamulus is **UDP** (not TCP) port **22124**. You will usually forward the port **22124** from outside your network to the port **22124** of the machine running the Server.\n" +msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose **Properties** > **Target**. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:290 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:325 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Note:** Your home router may change the IP address of the machine you're running your Server on. Depending on your router, you might need to give this machine a static IP address (often under DHCP settings of your router).\n" +msgid " `\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:292 -msgid "#### Getting the external IP" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:327 +msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:295 -msgid "To allow others to connect to your Server from the internet, get your external (WAN) IP address e.g. by [using Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=what+is+my+ip) and give it to them. You yourself should connect using the local network (LAN) address of the machine the Server is running on. If you are running a Client on the same machine as your Server, that would be `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:329 +#, no-wrap +msgid " `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:298 -msgid "#### Dynamic DNS and why you will probably need it" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note** Command line options will set the Server’s defaults at startup. You can override them while the Server is running using their corresponding GUI controls.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:332 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The Server status icon" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:300 -msgid "Most domestic internet connections change their external IP address after a short period. To avoid problems with this, you might want to set up \"dynamic DNS\" to get a static (sub-)domain you can share with others. Please research how to do that for your specic set up. Your router might support some \"dynamic DNS\" providers out of the box. If this is not the case, set up a dynamic DNS client as described by the dynamic DNS provider you chose." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:335 +msgid "When a Server is running in GUI mode, the operating system will show an icon in the system tray or status area that indicates whether the Server has connections:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:302 -msgid "## Backing up the Server" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:337 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
The Server is empty\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:304 -msgid "_Note that headless Servers do not use `.ini` files. All configuration is given as command line options._" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:339 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
The Server is occupied\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:342 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Backing up the Server" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:306 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:345 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:308 -msgid "## Troubleshooting" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:347 +msgid "Headless Servers do not use `.ini` files. All configuration is given as command line options. If you are running a Server in GUI mode, after reading any command line options on start, it will store its configuration in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Troubleshooting" +msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "## Feilsporing" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:309 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:350 msgid "If you are having other problems, [see this guide](Server-Troubleshooting)." msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Server-Bandwidth.po b/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Server-Bandwidth.po index c6b5d5cde..db8aa1c8c 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Server-Bandwidth.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Server-Bandwidth.po @@ -15,25 +15,25 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "nb_NO" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Server-Bandwidth" msgstr "" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Bandwidth Use" @@ -44,49 +44,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:11 -msgid "## Audio bandwidth" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:13 -msgid "The audio settings have an impact on the required network bandwidth. The table below summarises network requirements with respect to the configuration of:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:14 -msgid "Channels : stereo/mono" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:15 -msgid "Quality : high/medium/low" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio bandwidth" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:16 -msgid "Audio buffer duration : 2.67 ms, 5.33 ms, 10.67 ms, 21.33 ms" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:18 -msgid "With the following units" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:19 -msgid "ms : milliseconds" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:20 -msgid "Kbit/s : Kilo-bits per second (Reminder : 1 Mbit/s = 1024 Kbit/s, 1 KByte/s = 8 Kbit/s)" +msgid "The audio settings have an impact on the required network bandwidth. The table below summarises network requirements with respect to the configuration of: * Channels : stereo/mono * Quality : high/medium/low * Audio buffer duration : 2.67 ms, 5.33 ms, 10.67 ms, 21.33 ms" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:21 -msgid "Mbit/s : Mega-bits per second" +msgid "With the following units * ms : milliseconds * Kbit/s : Kilo-bits per second (Reminder : 1 Mbit/s = 1024 Kbit/s, 1 KByte/s = 8 Kbit/s) * Mbit/s : Mega-bits per second" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -103,9 +74,10 @@ msgid "" "| Mono | Low | 534 Kbit/s | 306 Kbit/s | 190 Kbit/s | 132 Kbit/s |\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:32 -msgid "## Network bandwidth" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Network bandwidth" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Server-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Server-Troubleshooting.po index 27a566b26..a8988d9d6 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Server-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Server-Troubleshooting.po @@ -2,39 +2,41 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Allan Nordhøy , 2022. +# Allan Nordhøy , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-31 16:58+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 22:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: nb_NO\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "nb_NO" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Server-Troubleshooting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Server-Troubleshooting" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:10 #, no-wrap msgid "Server Troubleshooting" msgstr "" @@ -47,49 +49,50 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:12 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# Server Troubleshooting\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:14 -msgid "
" -msgstr "" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:16 -msgid "Table of contents" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:18 -msgid "TOC" -msgstr "" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "Innholdsfortegnelse\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:19 -msgid "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:21 -msgid "
" -msgstr "" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:23 -msgid "## Servers - Registered" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Servers - Registered" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:25 -msgid "### Why doesn't my Server show up in the list? Why isn't it registering?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why doesn't my Server show up in the list? Why isn't it registering?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:27 -msgid "If you are registered OK (you can [see it here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)) and you or your friends can't see your Server, you may need to wait, or start your Client with the `--showallservers` option and try connecting from there ([see command line options](Software-Manual#command-line-options)) on how to start your Client with a config option). In some network configurations, you may also need to [port forward](Running-a-Server#port-forwarding) your router." +msgid "If you are registered OK (you can [see it here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)) and you or your friends can't see your Server, you may need to wait, or start your Client with the `--showallservers` option and try connecting from there ([see command line options](Software-Manual#command-line-options)) on how to start your Client with a config option). In some network configurations, you may also need to configure your router to [forward the port number](Unregistered-Servers#port-forwarding) used by Jamulus Server." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -102,14 +105,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can verify that your Server is listed in the relevant genre by [checking it here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:33 -msgid "## Servers - Unregistered" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:32 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Servers - Unregistered" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:35 -msgid "### I'm running my Client on the same machine/network as my Server but I can't connect to it" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I'm running my Client on the same machine/network as my Server but I can't connect to it" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -117,19 +122,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Connect your Client to `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`. If you're running the Client on a different machine to the Server but on the same network, then connect to the _local network_ address of the Server. Do not connect via the Server's public (WAN) address." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:39 -msgid "### What address do I give to people so that they can connect to my Server?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "What address do I give to people so that they can connect to my Server?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:41 -msgid "This should be your **public** IP address (find that with [Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=whatsmyip)). Connect your **own** Jamulus Client to the **local** IP address of your Server (`localhost` or `127.0.0.1` if it's on the same machine as your Client). Note that your public IP address can change - see the note on \"dynamic DNS\" in [this guide](Running-a-Server#dynamic-dns-and-why-you-will-probably-need-it)." +msgid "This should be your **public** IP address (find that with [Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=whatsmyip)). Connect your **own** Jamulus Client to the **local** IP address of your Server (`localhost` or `127.0.0.1` if it's on the same machine as your Client). Note that your public IP address can change - see the note on \"dynamic DNS\" in [this guide](Unregistered-Servers#dynamic-dns-and-why-you-will-probably-need-it)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:44 -msgid "### What port numbers can I use?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:43 +#, no-wrap +msgid "What port numbers can I use?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -137,19 +144,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can set your Server to listen on a custom port with the `--port` option. If you do this, you will need to tell people which port to connect on. They will need to append the port number to the address of your Server in the format `[serverAddress]:[portNumber]`." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:48 -msgid "### Nobody can connect to my Server - but I can connect locally" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Nobody can connect to my Server - but I can connect locally" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:50 -msgid "First of all, make sure you've enabled [port forwarding](Running-a-Server#port-forwarding). If you still don't see your server from outside of your local network, you may have issues with your Internet Service Provider (ISP)." +msgid "First of all, make sure you've enabled [port forwarding](Unregistered-Servers#port-forwarding). If you still don't see your server from outside of your local network, you may have issues with your Internet Service Provider (ISP)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:52 -msgid "Some ISPs are using techniques like [Address plus Port (A+P)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Address_plus_Port) or [Carrier-grade NAT (CGN)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carrier-grade_NAT) to conserve address space (usually for IPv4). That makes it impossible to host services like Jamulus at home as they are not visible outside your local network." +msgid "Some ISPs use techniques like [Address plus Port (A+P)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Address_plus_Port) or [Carrier-grade NAT (CGN)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carrier-grade_NAT) to conserve address space (usually for IPv4). That makes it impossible to host services like Jamulus at home as they are not visible outside your local network." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -158,6 +166,6 @@ msgid "To detect if CGN is the issue, go to your router's configuration screen ( msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:56 +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:55 msgid "To fix the issue with IPv4, contact your ISP technical support team, and tell them that you want to host a public server at home, so you need a real WAN IP address. Furthermore, you can help them with info that CGN might be the issue. Also, you can ask for a static IP address to avoid using DDNS." msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Software-Manual.po index 6e6b233c5..0d06c2a88 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Software-Manual.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Software-Manual.po @@ -2,49 +2,54 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Allan Nordhøy , 2022. +# Allan Nordhøy , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-31 16:58+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 22:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: nb_NO\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "nb_NO" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Software Manual" msgstr "" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus User Manual" +msgstr "" + #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:9 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# Jamulus User Manual\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -54,32 +59,34 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:13 -msgid "
" -msgstr "" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:15 -msgid "Table of contents" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:17 -msgid "TOC" -msgstr "" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "Innholdsfortegnelse\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:18 -msgid "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:20 -msgid "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:22 -msgid "# Main Window" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:21 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Main Window" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -92,9 +99,10 @@ msgid "" "\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:30 -msgid "## Ping, Delay and Jitter" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Ping, Delay and Jitter" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -111,7 +119,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:36 -msgid "
\"Image
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -122,7 +131,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:40 -msgid "
\"Image
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -133,7 +143,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:44 -msgid "
\"Image
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -148,29 +159,30 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Jitter** shows the current audio/streaming status. If the light is **red**, the audio stream is interrupted. This is caused by one of the following problems:\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:50 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53 msgid "The network jitter buffer is not large enough for the current network/audio interface jitter." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:51 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53 msgid "The sound card's buffer delay (buffer size) is too small (see Settings window)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:52 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53 msgid "The upload or download stream rate is too high for your internet bandwidth." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53 msgid "The CPU of the Client or server is at 100%." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:55 -msgid "## Input" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:54 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Input" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -178,9 +190,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Shows the level of the two stereo channels for your audio input. Make sure not to clip the input signal to avoid distortions of your sound (the LEDs will indicate clipping when it occurs)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:60 -msgid "## Mute Myself button" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Mute Myself button" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -188,9 +201,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Cuts your audio stream to the server so that you will be able to hear yourself and see your own input levels, but other musicians will not. Be aware that other musicians will not know if you have muted yourself." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:64 -msgid "## Reverb effect" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:63 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Reverb effect" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -198,9 +212,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Adds reverb to your local mono audio channel, or to both channels in stereo mode. The mono channel selection and the reverberation level can be modified. For example, if a microphone signal is fed in to the right audio channel of the sound card and a reverb effect needs to be applied, set the channel selector to the right and move the fader upwards until the desired reverb level is reached." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:71 -msgid "## Chat" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:70 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Chat" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -208,9 +223,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message is received." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:77 -msgid "## Connect/disconnect button" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:76 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Connect/disconnect button" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -220,7 +236,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:82 -msgid "
\"Screenshot
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Screenshot
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -238,14 +255,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If you know the IP address or URL of a private server, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124` (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets). The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:92 -msgid "## Server audio mixer" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:91 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server audio mixer" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:94 -msgid "
\"Image
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -270,188 +289,200 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:105 -msgid "### Grp button" +msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. You can sort instead by name, instrument, group, or city using the View menu." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:107 -msgid "Defines a group of audio channels. Moving the fader of one member of the group moves the faders of all the others. Up to 8 groups can be defined." +msgid "If the server operator has enabled recording, you will see a message above the mixer showing that you are being recorded." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:109 -msgid "### Mute button" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:108 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Grp button" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:111 -msgid "Prevents users being heard in your local mix. Be aware that when you mute someone, they will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader to indicate that you cannot hear them. Note also that you will continue to see their VU meters moving if sound from the muted user is reaching the server. Your fader position for them is also unaffected." +msgid "You can group users together using the \"group\" toggle. Moving the fader of any member of the group will move the other faders in that group by the same amount. You can isolate a channel from the group temporarily with shift-click-drag. Up to 8 groups can be defined." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:113 -msgid "Note that muting your **own** channel only means you will not hear your signal from the server (and is not advised as it can lead to you becoming out of time with other players). This is therefore not the same as using \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"." +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:112 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Mute button" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:115 -msgid "### Solo button" +msgid "Prevents users being heard in your local mix. Be aware that when you mute someone, they will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader to indicate that you cannot hear them. Note also that you will continue to see their VU meters moving if sound from the muted user is reaching the server. Your fader position for them is also unaffected." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:117 -msgid "Allows you to hear one or more users on their own. Those not soloed will be muted. Note also that those people who are not soloed will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader." +msgid "Note that muting your **own** channel only means you will not hear your signal from the server (and is not advised as it can lead to you becoming out of time with other players). This is therefore not the same as using \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:119 -msgid "Users are listed left to right in the order that they connect. You can change the sort order using the Edit option in the application menu." +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:118 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Solo button" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:121 -msgid "You can group users together using the \"group\" toggle. Moving the fader of any member of the group will move the other faders in that group by the same amount. You can isolate a channel from the group temporarily with shift-click-drag." +msgid "Allows you to hear one or more users on their own. Those not soloed will be muted. Note also that those people who are not soloed will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:123 -msgid "If the server operator has enabled recording, you will see a message above the mixer showing that you are being recorded." +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:122 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Settings" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:125 -msgid "# Settings" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:124 +#, no-wrap +msgid "My Profile" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:127 -msgid "## My Profile" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:128 +msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130 -msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board." +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132 -msgid "
\"Image
" +msgid "If you set an instrument and/or country, icons for these selections will also be shown below your fader. The skill setting changes the background colour of the fader tag and the city entry shows up in the tool tip of the fader tag:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:134 -msgid "If you set an instrument and/or country, icons for these selections will also be shown below your fader. The skill setting changes the background colour of the fader tag and the city entry shows up in the tool tip of the fader tag:" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:136 -msgid "
\"Image
" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:135 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Skin" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138 -msgid "### Skin" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140 msgid "This applies a skin to the main window, some of which are designed to accommodate larger ensembles." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142 -msgid "### Meter style" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:139 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Meter style" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:144 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142 msgid "This changes the visual style of the audio meters, independently of the chosen skin." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146 -msgid "### Mixer rows" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:143 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Mixer rows" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:148 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146 msgid "This sets the number of rows displayed in the server audio mixer, for use with larger ensembles." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150 -msgid "### Audio Alerts" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:147 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio Alerts" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:152 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150 msgid "This turns on a sound alert for when someone joins a Server, or when receiving a new chat message." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154 -msgid "## Audio/Network Setup" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:151 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio/Network Setup" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:156 -msgid "
\"Image
" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:158 -msgid "### Device" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:155 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio Device" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:161 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:159 msgid "Under the Windows operating system the ASIO driver (sound card) can be selected using Jamulus. If the selected ASIO driver is not valid an error message is shown and the previous valid driver is selected. Under macOS the input and output hardware can be selected." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163 -msgid "### Input/output channel mapping" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:160 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Input/output channel mapping" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:165 -msgid "
\"Image
" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:169 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:167 msgid "If the selected sound card device offers more than one input or output channel, the _Input Channel Mapping and Output Channel Mapping_ settings are visible. For each Jamulus input/output channel (left and right channel) a different actual sound card channel can be selected." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171 -msgid "### Audio channels" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:168 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio channels" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:173 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171 msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and server." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:173 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note**: It is better to run separate Client instances per voice/instrument, where each Client has its own ini file, rather than using this built-in mono pair to stereo mixer.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:177 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175 msgid "There are three modes available:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:177 #, no-wrap msgid "**Mono** and **Stereo** modes use one and two audio channels respectively.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:182 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:180 #, no-wrap msgid "" "**Mono-in/Stereo-out**: The audio signal sent to the server is mono but the return signal is stereo. This is useful if the sound card has the instrument on one input channel and the microphone on the other. In that case\n" @@ -459,272 +490,293 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:185 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183 msgid "Enabling stereo mode will increase your stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:188 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:186 msgid "In stereo streaming mode, no audio channel selection for the reverb effect will be available on the main window since the effect is applied to both channels in this case." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190 -msgid "### Audio quality" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:187 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio quality" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:192 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190 msgid "The higher the audio quality, the higher your audio stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194 -msgid "### Buffer Delay" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:191 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Buffer Delay" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:197 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:195 msgid "The buffer delay setting is a fundamental setting of the Jamulus software. This setting has an influence on many connection properties. Three buffer sizes are supported:" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards.\n" +msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:200 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards.\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 +msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:201 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection.\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 +msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:204 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:202 msgid "Some sound card drivers do not allow the buffer delay to be changed from within the Jamulus software. In this case the buffer delay setting is disabled and has to be changed using the sound card driver. On Windows, press the ASIO Setup button to open the driver settings panel." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:206 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:204 msgid "On Linux, use the JACK configuration tool to change the buffer size." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:208 msgid "The actual buffer delay has an influence on the connection status, the current upload rate and the overall delay. The lower the buffer size, the higher the probability of a red light in the status indicator (dropouts) and the higher the upload rate and the lower the overall delay." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:212 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210 msgid "The buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:214 -msgid "### Jitter Buffer" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:211 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jitter Buffer" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:218 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:216 msgid "The jitter buffer compensates for network and sound card timing jitters. The size of the buffer influences the quality of the audio stream (how many dropouts occur) and the overall delay (the longer the buffer, the higher the delay)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:222 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220 msgid "You can set the jitter buffer size manually for your local Client and the remote server. For the local jitter buffer, dropouts in the audio stream are indicated by the light below the jitter buffer size faders. If the light turns to red, a buffer overrun/underrun has taken place and the audio stream is interrupted." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:224 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:222 msgid "The jitter buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:228 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:226 msgid "If the Auto setting is enabled, the jitter buffers of your local Client and the remote server are set automatically based on measurements of the network and sound card timing jitter. If the Auto check is enabled, the jitter buffer size faders are disabled (they cannot be moved with the mouse)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230 -msgid "### Enable small network buffers" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:227 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Small Network Buffers" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:233 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:231 msgid "Allows support for very small network audio packets. These are only used if the sound card buffer delay is smaller than 128 samples. The smaller the network buffers, the lower the audio latency. But at the same time the network load increases and the probability of audio dropouts also increases (particuarly if your network connection has any significant jitter). Try enabling this option if you are suffering from high latency or bad audio quality. However, keeping it disabled will normally mean better audio quality." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:235 -msgid "### Audio Stream Rate" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:232 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio Stream Rate" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:238 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:236 msgid "Depends on the current audio packet size and compression setting. Make sure that the upstream rate is not higher than your available internet upload speed (check this with a service such as [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:240 -msgid "## Advanced Setup" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Advanced Setup" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:242 -msgid "
\"Image
" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:240 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:244 -msgid "### Custom Directories" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Custom Directories" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:246 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:244 msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:248 -msgid "### New Client Level" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:245 +#, no-wrap +msgid "New Client Level" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:252 -msgid "This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects to the current server, they will get the specified initial fader level if no other fader level from a previous connection of that user was already stored. You can set all users in an occupied server to this level using Edit > \"Set All Faders to New Client Level\"." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects\n" +"to the current server, they will get the specified initial fader level if no other fader level from a previous connection of\n" +"that user was already stored. You can set all users in an occupied server to this level using Edit > \"Set All Faders to New Client Level\".\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:254 -msgid "### Input Boost" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:251 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Input Boost" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:256 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:254 msgid "Increases the gain from your device. Use this if your device delivers a gain that is too quiet for Jamulus." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258 -msgid "### Feedback Protection" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:255 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Feedback Protection" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:260 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258 msgid "Attempts to detect audio feedback loops or loud noise in the first three seconds after you connected to a server. Once detected, this feature will show a message and activate the \"Mute Myself\" button to mute you in your own mix." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:262 -msgid "### Input Balance" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:259 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Input Balance" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:266 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:264 msgid "Controls the relative levels of the left and right local audio channels. For a mono signal it acts as a pan between the two channels. For example, if a microphone is connected to the right input channel and an instrument is connected to the left input channel which is much louder than the microphone, move the audio fader to increase the relative volume of the mic." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:268 -msgid "# Menu commands" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Menu commands" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:270 -msgid "### File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:267 +#, no-wrap +msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:270 msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band rehearsals (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) and load these any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:274 -msgid "### Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:271 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders " msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:276 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:274 msgid "Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:278 -msgid "# Backing up Jamulus" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:275 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Backing up Jamulus" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:280 -msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:279 +msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 -msgid "You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want." +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:286 +#. type: Fenced code block (shell) +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n" -"```shell\n" -"$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" -"```\n" +msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 -msgid "# Command Line Options" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:285 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Command Line Options" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:290 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:292 -msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:290 +#, no-wrap +msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:296 +#. type: Fenced code block (shell) +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:291 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"```shell\n" -" \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n" -"```\n" +msgid " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:298 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:296 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302 +#. type: Fenced code block (shell) +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:297 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"```shell\n" -" /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n" -"```\n" +msgid " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:306 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" msgstr "" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:305 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Controlling the Client via API" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:307 +msgid "In addition to the CLI, Jamulus can be controlled using an API. This is beneficial for advanced use cases - for example, where there is no GUI, or another application needs to interact with Jamulus. Please note that the API is still experimental. Information on the [JSON-RPC API can be found in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." +msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Tips-Tricks-More.po index b080ca402..a90f00986 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Tips-Tricks-More.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Tips-Tricks-More.po @@ -2,79 +2,86 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Allan Nordhøy , 2022. +# Allan Nordhøy , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-31 16:58+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 22:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: nb_NO\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "nb_NO" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Tips, Tricks and More" msgstr "" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Tips & Tricks" +msgstr "" + #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:10 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# Tips & Tricks\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:12 -msgid "
" -msgstr "" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:14 -msgid "Table of contents" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:16 -msgid "TOC" -msgstr "" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "Innholdsfortegnelse\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:17 -msgid "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:19 -msgid "
" -msgstr "" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:21 -msgid "### Learning about remote band rehearsing" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Learning about remote band rehearsing" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -82,14 +89,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Jamulus user [Chris Rimple](https://sourceforge.net/u/chrisrimple/profile/) has compiled a massive amount of information relating to [Remote Band Rehearsals](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1smcvsxdaaViPQvGMQHmah_6BQeqowhmGSFMHfnlY2FI/) (Google doc), which covers topics such as hardware and software configuration including examples and advice for newcomers to the field. He also includes a section on Jamulus in comparison to other solutions." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:25 -msgid "## Using the Jamulus Client" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:24 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Using the Jamulus Client" +msgid "Using the Jamulus Client" msgstr "## Bruk av Jamulus-klienten" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:27 -msgid "### Have an undisturbed session on any Server" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Have an undisturbed session on any Server" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -103,10 +113,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**NOTE:** This does not stop people from hearing you, using the chat function, or seeing your profile information.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:33 -#, fuzzy -msgid "### Using Jamulus audio in Zoom (or other) meeting apps" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:32 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "Using Jamulus audio in Zoom (or other) meeting apps" msgstr "### Bruk av Jamulus-lyd i Zoom (og andre) møteprogrammer" #. type: Plain text @@ -119,9 +129,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can also use [VoiceMeeter](https://www.vb-audio.com/Voicemeeter/banana.htm) (Banana) for Windows or [BlackHole](https://github.com/ExistentialAudio/BlackHole) for macOS to route the Jamulus output to multiple destinations, for example to your headphones and the meeting application at the same time." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:39 -msgid "### Recording Jamulus on Windows with Reaper" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:38 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Recording Jamulus on Windows with Reaper" +msgid "Recording Jamulus on Windows with Reaper" msgstr "### Opptak av Jamulus på Windows med Reaper" #. type: Plain text @@ -129,9 +141,10 @@ msgstr "### Opptak av Jamulus på Windows med Reaper" msgid "Jamulus user [Rob Durkin](https://sourceforge.net/u/bentwrench/profile/) has written a [guide to recording the output of Jamulus](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1tENfNKTWHasuTg33OdLLEo4-OOhWJolOo42ffSARxhY/edit) (Google Doc) using the ReaRoute add-on for [Reaper](https://www.reaper.fm/)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:43 -msgid "### Sharing song/chord sheets" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:42 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Sharing song/chord sheets" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -139,9 +152,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Jamulus user [BTDT](https://sourceforge.net/u/btdt/profile/) has written a system called [305keepers](https://github.com/keepers305/Song-Sheet-Sharing-Web-Pages), a web application that allows a \"Jam leader\" to push song sheets (in PDF format) to \"Jammers\" in real time using standard web browsers." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:47 -msgid "### Jamulus Client Linux start script" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:46 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus Client Linux start script" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -164,11 +178,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Here is the script:" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:82 +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:57 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"~~~\n" " amixer sset 'Mic' capture 30% cap\n" " amixer sset 'Mic' playback 0%\n" " amixer sset 'Line' playback 60% unmute\n" @@ -192,12 +205,12 @@ msgid "" " jack_connect gx_head_fx:out_1 Jamulus:'input right'\n" " jack_connect Jamulus:'output left' system:playback_1\n" " jack_connect Jamulus:'output right' system:playback_2\n" -"~~~\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:84 -msgid "### Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -217,7 +230,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92 -msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this." +#, no-wrap +msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -242,24 +256,28 @@ msgstr "" msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 -msgid "## For Server admins" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## For Server admins" +msgid "For Server admins" msgstr "## For tjeneradministratorer" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104 -msgid "### Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106 -msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for your band to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Your band mates will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)" +msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:108 -msgid "### Remote management of recordings" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Remote management of recordings" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -267,9 +285,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112 -msgid "### Making a Server status page" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Making a Server status page" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -282,11 +301,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:131 +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"~~~\n" "\n" "\n" -"~~~\n" msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Unregistered-Servers.po b/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Unregistered-Servers.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8878ad0e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Unregistered-Servers.po @@ -0,0 +1,198 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Allan Nordhøy , 2023. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 22:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: nb_NO\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Unregistered-Servers" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Running an Unregistered Server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:9 +msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:13 +msgid "It is highly recommended to test your Server by registering it on one of the built-in Directories **first**. This will help you tackle general problems before you try unregistered mode." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:14 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Setting up a Server behind a home router" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:17 +msgid "If you set up your Server at home, you will probably need to change some settings in your router/firewall:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Port forwarding" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:21 +msgid "Normally, people from outside your home network cannot see things inside it. To let external Jamulus Clients connect to your Server, you need to set up port forwarding in your router's settings. The exact setup differs for every router. For help, see your router's documentation or [portforward.com](https://portforward.com)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** The default port for Jamulus is **UDP** (not TCP) port **22124**. You will usually forward the port **22124** from outside your network to the port **22124** of the computer running the Server.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Getting the public IP" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:28 +msgid "To allow others to connect to your Server from the internet, give them your public IP address. You can [learn your current public IP address using Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=what+is+my+ip). You should connect yourself using the local network address of the computer the Server is running on. If you are running a Client on the same computer as your Server, the address is `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:30 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Dynamic DNS and why you will probably need it" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:33 +msgid "Unless your ISP provides you with a fixed IP address, you may find that your address changes over time. You might want to associate your IP address with a domain name you can share with others that uses \"dynamic DNS\" (DDNS). A \"dynamic DNS\" provider can supply you with the domain name and you keep refreshing your IP address with the provider. Your router might support certain DDNS providers to do this. If this is not the case, the provider will have instructions on how to set up a dynamic DNS client." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "DNS SRV record support" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:37 +msgid "Jamulus Clients support [DNS SRV records (\"service\" records)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record). If a Client finds an SRV record associated with the domain name given in the Connect window, it will try to connect to the endpoint host and port listed in the SRV record. This process is similar to HTTP redirection in a web browser, only it's between Jamulus Clients and the DNS server. The Jamulus Server is not involved in this interaction. Jamulus Servers just listen for connections on the same port listed in the SRV record." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why is this helpful?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:41 +msgid "A Jamulus Client can connect to a Server on a non-default port by specifying the port as part of the server address. A server administrator may want to give users a simple address without the port details, while still serving Jamulus on a non-default port. For this case, the port information can be acquired from an SRV record." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:43 +msgid "An address entered in the Connect window could look like ```jamulus.example.com```. If an SRV record is found for this DNS domain, Jamulus Client will try to connect to the Server on the host:port listed in the SRV record, such as ```jamulus.example.com:12345```." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:45 +msgid "If no SRV records are found on the DNS server, a Client will attempt to connect to the Server as specified in the connection window." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:46 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Creating SRV records" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:49 +msgid "SRV records are created by the administrator of the domain being used to host the Jamulus server. The SRV records are added through the administration portal (or API if available) of the domain's DNS hosting service. The format of the SRV record entry can vary by DNS hosting service but will generally look something like this." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" _service._proto.name. ttl IN SRV priority weight port target\n" +" \n" +" # or, more specifically\n" +" \n" +" _jamulus._udp.example.com. 60 IN SRV 0 5 12345 jamulus.example.com\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** You can host many Jamulus Servers at different ports on one host by giving each its own SRV record.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:61 +msgid "See the documentation of your DNS provider for instructions on creating an SRV record." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Example use case with SRV records" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:65 +msgid "This example assumes the DNS contains an A or CNAME record that resolves to ```server1.example.com```, where three Jamulus Server instances are running, each listening on one of the three ports listed below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:67 +msgid "Alternatively, `server1.example.com` can be a router, NAT-gateway, or load-balancer that forwards each of the ports to a backend Jamulus server (or servers)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:74 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"| JAMULUS CLIENT | DNS SRV RECORD | JAMULUS SERVER |\n" +"| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------- |\n" +"| rock.example.com | _jamulus._udp.rock.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22124 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22124 |\n" +"| jazz.example.com | _jamulus._udp.jazz.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22125 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22125 |\n" +"| blues.example.com | _jamulus._udp.blues.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22126 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22126 |\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:76 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*It's important to remember that DNS is not forwarding connections. It's simply telling Jamulus Client what public host:port to connect to.*\n" +msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/copyright.po b/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/copyright.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..43859214a --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/copyright.po @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Hash Value: footer asio +#: ../wiki/en/misc/copyright.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ASIO ® compatible - ASIO is a trademark and software of Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav docs +#: ../wiki/en/misc/copyright.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "This documentation is CC BY-SA" +msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/general.po b/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/general.po index d6bd76980..b1d62cec4 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/general.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/general.po @@ -16,109 +16,107 @@ msgstr "" "X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" #. type: Hash Value: footer alt facebook -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, fuzzy, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus Facebook group" msgstr "Facebook-gruppe" #. type: Hash Value: footer alt github -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus GitHub repo" msgstr "GitHub-kodelager" #. type: Hash Value: footer alt help -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Help and support" msgstr "Hjelp og støtte" #. type: Hash Value: footer copyright software -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Software by Volker Fischer and contributors - want to get involved?" msgstr "Programvare laget av Volker Fischer og bidragsytere — vil du involvere deg?" -#. type: Hash Value: infobox_each_os -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Jamulus 3.9.1 addresses a MIDI controller-related bug that could result in the loss of old fader levels: If you used `--ctrlmidich`, you can start the app once with `--cleanuplegacyfadersettings` to try to convert the old format to the new one. This option will be removed in a future release. Read the Change Log for more information." -msgstr "Jamulus 3.9.1 fikser en feil med MIDI-kontrollere som kan forårsake tap av gamle glidebryternivåer: Hvis du har brukt `--ctrlmidich`, kan du starte programmet én gang med `--cleanuplegacyfadersettings` for å konvertere det gamle formatet til det nye. Dette alternativet vil bli fjernet i en fremtidig utgivelse. Les endringsloggen for mer info." - #. type: Hash Value: kb by -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "by" msgstr "av" #. type: Hash Value: kb discuss linktitle -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Discuss this content" msgstr "Diskutere dette innholdet" #. type: Hash Value: kb discuss title -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Comments" msgstr "Kommentarer" #. type: Hash Value: kb kbintro -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, fuzzy, no-wrap msgid "Community knowledge base
Feel free to add your own article!" msgstr "Gemenskapsdrevet kunnskapsbase
Legg gjerne til din egen artikkel." #. type: Hash Value: kb mainpage -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Knowledge Base overview" msgstr "Oversikt over Jamulus-kunnskapsbasen" #. type: Hash Value: kb navpages -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "More pages" msgstr "Flere sider" #. type: Hash Value: kb newpage -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Add a new page via GitHub" msgstr "Legg til en ny side via GitHub" #. type: Hash Value: kb readmore -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Read more..." msgstr "Les mer …" #. type: Hash Value: kb titleAdd -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "– Jamulus Knowledge Base" msgstr "— Jamulus-kunnskapsbase" #. type: Hash Value: nav altJamulusIcon -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus Icon. Links to homepage" msgstr "Jamulus-ikon. Lenker til hjemmesiden" #. type: Hash Value: nav btnOpenNavigation -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Open navigation" msgstr "Åpne navigasjon" #. type: Hash Value: tNoJSEnabled -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, fuzzy, no-wrap msgid "Your browser has JavaScript disabled. That's totally fine. This site has been designed to provide basic functionality without JS. Enabling JavaScript may give you additional functionality on this site." msgstr "Nettleseren din har JavaScript avskrudd. Dette er helt i orden. Siden er laget for grunnleggende funksjonalitet uten JS. Å skru det på gir ytterligere funksjonalitet på denne siden." #. type: Hash Value: wiki titleAdd -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "– Jamulus Website" msgstr "— Jamulus-nettsiden" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Jamulus 3.9.1 addresses a MIDI controller-related bug that could result in the loss of old fader levels: If you used `--ctrlmidich`, you can start the app once with `--cleanuplegacyfadersettings` to try to convert the old format to the new one. This option will be removed in a future release. Read the Change Log for more information." +#~ msgstr "Jamulus 3.9.1 fikser en feil med MIDI-kontrollere som kan forårsake tap av gamle glidebryternivåer: Hvis du har brukt `--ctrlmidich`, kan du starte programmet én gang med `--cleanuplegacyfadersettings` for å konvertere det gamle formatet til det nye. Dette alternativet vil bli fjernet i en fremtidig utgivelse. Les endringsloggen for mer info." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/navigation.po b/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/navigation.po index b1103e30c..9aac3a6a2 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/navigation.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/navigation.po @@ -2,165 +2,170 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Allan Nordhøy , 2022. +# Allan Nordhøy , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-23 13:06+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 05:51+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: nb_NO\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting Up" msgstr "Oppsett" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Windows" msgstr "Windows" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "macOS" msgstr "macOS" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Linux" msgstr "Linux|GNU" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Getting-Started" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Getting-Started" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "User Manual" msgstr "Brukermanual" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "FAQ" -msgstr "O-S-S" +msgstr "FAQ" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/FAQ" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/FAQ" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "Feilsporing" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting" #. type: Hash Value: nav title -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Using Jamulus" msgstr "Bruk av Jamulus" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap -msgid "Server Administration" -msgstr "Tjeneradministrasjon" +msgid "Server Manual" +msgstr "Tjenermanual" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Running-a-Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Running-a-Server" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Tips & Tricks" msgstr "Tips og triks" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Community Knowledge Base" msgstr "Gemenskapsdrevet kunnskapsbase" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems selectOnLayout -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "post" msgstr "post" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/kb/index.html" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/kb/index.html" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Privacy Statement" msgstr "Personvernserklæring" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Privacy-Statement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Privacy-Statement" #. type: Hash Value: nav title -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "More" msgstr "Mer" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Server Administration" +#~ msgstr "Tjeneradministrasjon" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/1-index.po index 3d7ef71b4..541aad75f 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/1-index.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/1-index.po @@ -1,20 +1,19 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# Henk De Groot , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-13 11:24+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-06 20:48+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: nl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" #. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?) #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:1 @@ -28,11 +27,12 @@ msgid "" "ldjAppCategory: \"Music\"\n" "ldjSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" "ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer and contributors\"\n" -"metadescription: \"Jamulus is open source software that lets musicians perform music, rehearse or just jam together, all in real time over the Internet.\"\n" +"metadescription: \"Jamulus is free and open source software that lets musicians perform music, rehearse or jam together, in real time over the Internet.\"\n" "mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" "mTSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" "mTGetStartedNow: \"Get started now!\"\n" "mTDownloadNow: 'Download now for'\n" +"mTPlatformsAnd: 'and'\n" "mTOtherPlatforms: 'other platforms'\n" "---\n" msgstr "" @@ -44,34 +44,35 @@ msgstr "" "ldjAppCategory: \"Muziek\"\n" "ldjSlogan: \"Maak online muziek. Met vrienden. Gratis.\"\n" "ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer en bijdragers\"\n" -"metadescription: \"Jamulus is open source software waarmee muzikanten muziek kunnen uitvoeren, repeteren of gewoon samen jammen, allemaal in realtime via internet.\"\n" +"metadescription: \"Jamulus is open source software waarmee muzikanten muziek kunnen uitvoeren, repeteren of samen jammen, in realtime via internet.\"\n" "mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icoon\"\n" "mTSlogan: \"Maak online muziek. Met vrienden. Gratis.\"\n" "mTGetStartedNow: \"Begin nu!\"\n" "mTDownloadNow: 'Download nu voor'\n" +"mTPlatformsAnd: 'en'\n" "mTOtherPlatforms: 'andere platformen'\n" "---\n" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:19 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:20 #, no-wrap msgid "What is Jamulus?" msgstr "Wat is Jamulus?" #. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:20 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:21 #, no-wrap -msgid " Jamulus is for playing, rehearsing, or just jamming with your friends, your band or just anyone you find online. With high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection, it's easy to play together remotely and in time. " -msgstr " Jamulus is om te spelen, te repeteren of gewoon te jammen met je vrienden, je band of iedereen die je online tegenkomt. Met geluid van hoge kwaliteit en lage latency met een normale breedbandverbinding, is het makkelijk om op afstand samen te spelen. " +msgid " Jamulus lets you play, rehearse, or jam with your friends, your band, or anyone you find online. Play together remotely in time with high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection. " +msgstr " Met Jamulus kun je spelen, repeteren of jammen met je vrienden, je band of iedereen die je online vindt. Speel samen op afstand met hoogwaardig geluid met lage latentie via een normale breedbandverbinding. " #. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:20 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:21 #, no-wrap msgid "Download it here" msgstr "Download het hier" #. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:20 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:21 #, no-wrap msgid "" "!\n" @@ -81,55 +82,55 @@ msgstr "" " " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:33 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:34 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus worldwide" msgstr "Jamulus wereldwijd" #. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:34 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:35 #, no-wrap msgid "" -" All over the world Jamulus allows huge choirs to rehearse, loud rock bands to play, and brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons,\n" -" in schools and universities, in private and in public. Even just for the spoken word – all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person.\n" +" All over the world Jamulus allows choirs to rehearse and rock bands to play. Jamulus brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons,\n" +" in schools and universities, in private and in public — all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person.\n" " " msgstr "" -" Over de hele wereld laat Jamulus enorme koren repeteren, luide rockbands spelen en brengt folk- en klassieke muzikanten samen. Het wordt gebruikt voor muzieklessen op afstand,\n" -" op scholen en universiteiten, privé en in het openbaar. Zelfs alleen voor het gesproken woord - alles in realtime op internet, alsof je er persoonlijk bij bent.\n" +" Over de hele wereld laat Jamulus koren repeteren en rockbands spelen. Jamulus brengt folk- en klassieke muzikanten samen. Het wordt gebruikt voor muzieklessen op afstand,\n" +" op scholen en universiteiten, privé en in het openbaar — alles in realtime op internet, alsof je er persoonlijk bij bent.\n" " " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:36 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:37 #, no-wrap msgid "Help needed?" msgstr "Hulp nodig?" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:38 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 #, no-wrap -msgid " Have a look at the " +msgid " Check out the " msgstr " Bekijk de " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:38 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 #, no-wrap msgid "documentation" msgstr "documentatie" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:38 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 #, no-wrap -msgid ". Especially consider the " -msgstr ". Kijk vooral naar het " +msgid " and consider the " +msgstr " en kijk vooral naar het " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:40 #, no-wrap msgid "troubleshooting section" msgstr "problemen oplossen gedeelte" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:40 #, no-wrap msgid "" "!\n" @@ -139,13 +140,13 @@ msgstr "" " Je kunt ook vragen stellen in de " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:40 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:41 #, no-wrap msgid "forums" msgstr "forums" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:40 ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:52 +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:41 ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:53 #, no-wrap msgid "" ".\n" @@ -155,55 +156,67 @@ msgstr "" " " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:44 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:45 #, no-wrap msgid "Want to get involved?" msgstr "Wil je meehelpen?" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:46 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid " Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help " +msgstr " Heb je een idee? Een bug gevonden? Wil je bijdragen aan de ontwikkeling of helpen " + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "translating" +msgstr "bij het vertalen" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap -msgid " Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help translating into your language? Since Jamulus is " -msgstr " Heb je een idee? Een bug gevonden? Wil je bijdragen aan de ontwikkeling of helpen bij het vertalen in jouw taal ? Aangezien Jamulus " +msgid " Jamulus into your language? Since Jamulus is " +msgstr " van Jamulus in jouw taal ? Aangezien Jamulus " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:46 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap msgid "free and open source software" msgstr "gratis is en open source software" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:46 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap msgid " (FOSS) licensed under the " msgstr " (FOSS) gelicentieerd onder de " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:46 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap msgid "GPL" msgstr "GPL" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:46 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap msgid ", you can help us!" msgstr ", kun je ons helpen!" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 +#. type: Content of:


+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:48 #, no-wrap msgid " Take a look at our " msgstr " Bekijk onze " -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 +#. type: Content of:


+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:48 #, no-wrap msgid "contribution guidelines" msgstr "richtlijnen voor bijdragen" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 +#. type: Content of:


+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:48 #, no-wrap msgid "" " to find out how. Everybody is welcome!\n" @@ -212,20 +225,24 @@ msgstr "" " om erachter te komen hoe. Iedereen is welkom!\n" " " -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:51 +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:52 #, no-wrap -msgid " For detailed information about how Jamulus hacks the space-time continuum to produce a near-perfect 5th dimension of collaborative sound, see " -msgstr " Voor gedetailleerde informatie over hoe Jamulus het ruimte-tijd continuüm hackt om een bijna perfecte 5de dimensie van samenwerkend geluid te produceren, zie " +msgid " For detailed information on how Jamulus works, see " +msgstr " Voor gedetailleerde informatie over hoe Jamulus werkt, zie " -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:52 +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:53 #, no-wrap msgid "this paper by Volker Fischer (PDF)" msgstr "dit artikel van Volker Fischer (PDF in het engels)" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:57 +#. type: Content of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:58 #, no-wrap msgid "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" msgstr "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid " For detailed information about how Jamulus hacks the space-time continuum to produce a near-perfect 5th dimension of collaborative sound, see " +#~ msgstr " Voor gedetailleerde informatie over hoe Jamulus het ruimte-tijd continuüm hackt om een bijna perfecte 5de dimensie van samenwerkend geluid te produceren, zie " diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Client-Troubleshooting.po index cf3a25a1f..0ff649c8f 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Client-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Client-Troubleshooting.po @@ -2,82 +2,89 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Henk De Groot , 2022. +# Henk De Groot , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-14 19:59+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-30 20:06+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: nl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "nl" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting" msgstr "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Client Troubleshooting" msgstr "Client problemen oplossen" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Problemen oplossen" + #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:10 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# Troubleshooting\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" -msgstr "" -"# Problemen oplossen\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:12 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:14 -msgid "Table of contents" -msgstr "Inhoudsopgave" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:16 -msgid "TOC" -msgstr "TOC" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "Inhoudsopgave\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:17 -msgid "{:toc}" -msgstr "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" +msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:19 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:21 -msgid "### Don’t hear any sound/Others don’t hear you?" -msgstr "### Hoor je geen geluid / anderen horen je niet?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Don’t hear any sound/Others don’t hear you?" +msgstr "Hoor je geen geluid / anderen horen je niet?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:23 @@ -90,30 +97,33 @@ msgstr "Begin met de simpele dingen: zorg ervoor dat je instrument/microfoon en msgid "**Windows users (ASIO4ALL)**: If you’re using the ASIO4ALL driver have a look at the [ASIO4ALL setup section](Installation-for-Windows#setting-up-asio4all)\n" msgstr "**Windows gebruikers (ASIO4ALL)**: Als je het ASIO4ALL-stuurprogramma gebruikt, kijk dan eens naar het [ASIO4ALL instellen](Installation-for-Windows#asio4all-instellen) gedeelte\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:27 -msgid "### Not seeing the headphone or microphone you just connected to your PC?" -msgstr "### Zie je de hoofdtelefoon of microfoon die je zojuist op je pc hebt aangesloten niet?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Not seeing the headphone or microphone you just connected to your PC?" +msgstr "Zie je de hoofdtelefoon of microfoon die je zojuist op je pc hebt aangesloten niet?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:29 msgid "Just restart Jamulus with your device plugged in. Jamulus currently doesn't show devices which were plugged in after the sound system was loaded." msgstr "Start Jamulus gewoon opnieuw op met je apparaat aangesloten. Jamulus toont momenteel geen apparaten die zijn aangesloten nadat het geluidssysteem is geladen." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:31 -msgid "### Your sound is stuttering" -msgstr "### Je geluid hapert" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:30 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Your sound is stuttering" +msgstr "Je geluid hapert" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:33 msgid "Your audio device may not work with the buffer size you selected. Select a bigger buffer size in Jamulus's settings. If possible though, use another device, since large buffer sizes mean higher latency." msgstr "Je geluidskaart/audio-interface werkt mogelijk niet goed met de buffergrootte die je hebt geselecteerd. Selecteer een grotere buffergrootte in de instellingen van Jamulus. Gebruik indien mogelijk een ander apparaat, aangezien grotere buffergroottes een hogere latentcy betekenen." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:35 -msgid "### You all sound OK, but it's difficult to keep together" -msgstr "### Jullie klinken allemaal goed, maar het is moeilijk om gelijk te blijven" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "You all sound OK, but it's difficult to keep together" +msgstr "Jullie klinken allemaal goed, maar het is moeilijk om gelijk te blijven" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:37 @@ -126,22 +136,22 @@ msgstr "**Luister, indien mogelijk, NIET naar je directe signaal.** Zorg ervoor msgid "You can test whether you are hearing your signal correctly by doing the following:" msgstr "Je kunt als volgt testen of je jouw signaal goed hoort:" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:41 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44 msgid "Run Jamulus and connect to a Server with a long ping time (greater than 200ms)" msgstr "Voer Jamulus uit en maak verbinding met een server met een hoge ping-tijd (groter dan 200 ms)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:42 +#. type: Bullet: '2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44 msgid "Clap your hands once (or play one short note on an instrument). You should hear the sound from the Jamulus Server come back, but significantly delayed." msgstr "Klap één keer in je handen (of speel een korte noot op een instrument). Je zou het geluid van de Jamulus-server moeten horen terugkomen, maar aanzienlijk vertraagd." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:43 +#. type: Bullet: '3. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44 msgid "Click the \"Mute\" button under your Jamulus name/slider in the main Jamulus mixer window (**NOT** the \"Mute Myself\" button on the left)." msgstr "Klik op de \"Demp\"-knop onder je Jamulus-naam/-schuifregelaar in het hoofdvenster van de Jamulus-mixer (**NIET** de \"Demp mijzelf\"-knop aan de linkerkant)." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '4. ' #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44 msgid "Clap your hands again." msgstr "Klap weer in je handen." @@ -161,70 +171,77 @@ msgstr "Hoe je precies vermijdt om naar je directe signaal te luisteren, hangt a msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [software manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this." msgstr "Houd er rekening mee dat wanneer je naar het signaal van de server luistert, je ervoor zorgt dat je synchroon loopt met andere muzikanten maar dat je ook problemen kunt ondervinden als jouw algehele latency (aangegeven door het \"Vertraging\"-lampje in Jamulus) niet groen of op zijn minst geel is voor de meeste tijd. Raadpleeg de [gebruikershandleiding](/wiki/Software-Manual) om te begrijpen hoe je jouw installatie kunt aanpassen om hierbij te helpen." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:52 -msgid "### Can't work out your mic settings?" -msgstr "### Kom je er niet uit met je microfooninstellingen?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Can't work out your mic settings?" +msgstr "Kom je er niet uit met je microfooninstellingen?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:54 msgid "When using a microphone while playing your other instrument, you can use a stereo audio input signal in your settings where one channel is connected to the instrument and the other channel is connected to a microphone signal. On the microphone channel an optional reverberation effect can be applied." msgstr "Wanneer je een microfoon gebruikt terwijl je jouw andere instrument bespeelt, dan kun je een stereo audio-ingangssignaal gebruiken in jouw instellingen waarbij het ene kanaal is aangesloten op het instrument en het andere kanaal is aangesloten op het microfoonsignaal. Op het microfoonkanaal kan een optioneel galm-effect worden toegepast." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:56 -msgid "### Buffer LEDs suddenly going red, outages, [jittering](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jitter), weird sounds?" -msgstr "### Buffer-LED's die plotseling rood worden, uitval, [jittering](https://nl.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jitter), rare geluiden?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:55 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Buffer LEDs suddenly going red, outages, [jittering](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jitter), weird sounds?" +msgstr "Buffer-LED's die plotseling rood worden, uitval, [jittering](https://nl.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jitter), rare geluiden?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:58 msgid "Your computer may be under too much load. Try not to have anything competing with Jamulus (like Zoom Meetings or Facebook live streams) on your machine. Or at least quit them while you're playing. Prevent things like virus scanners doing scans, or software updates happening, etc. Be aware that the reverb setting in Jamulus also uses more CPU the more reverb you have." msgstr "Je computer wordt mogelijk te zwaar belast. Probeer niets op je computer te hebben dat concurreert met Jamulus (zoals Zoom Meetings of Facebook-livestreams). Of sluit ze in ieder geval af terwijl je aan het spelen bent. Voorkom dat zaken als virusscanners scans maken of software-updates, enz. Houd er rekening mee dat de galminstelling in Jamulus ook meer CPU gebruikt naarmate je meer galm hebt." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:60 -msgid "### Ping times and latency start well, then get worse, causing issues" -msgstr "### Pingtijden en latency beginnen goed, worden dan erger en veroorzaken problemen" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Ping times and latency start well, then get worse, causing issues" +msgstr "Pingtijden en latency beginnen goed, worden dan erger en veroorzaken problemen" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:62 msgid "This can indicate something else is competing with Jamulus on your network, so make sure nobody is watching HD Netflix movies or taking part in Zoom video conferences while you are playing. A more permanent solution for technically-minded users may be found by investigating [the issue of buffer bloat](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/) on their router and whether you can implement Smart Queue Management (SQM). [More details here](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/What_can_I_do_about_Bufferbloat/)." msgstr "Dit kan erop wijzen dat er iets anders concurreert met Jamulus op jouw netwerk, zorg ervoor dat niemand HD Netflix-films kijkt of deelneemt aan Zoom-videoconferenties terwijl je aan het spelen bent. Een meer permanente oplossing voor technisch ingestelde gebruikers kan worden gevonden door te onderzoeken of [het vollopen van de buffer](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/) op de router een probleem is en of je wellicht Smart Queue Management (SQM) kunt gebruiken. [Klik hier voor meer informatie (engelstalig)](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/What_can_I_do_about_Bufferbloat/)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:64 -msgid "### Getting frustrated with software channels, audio routing, sample rates and more?" -msgstr "### Raak je gefrustreerd door softwarekanalen, audioroutering, samplefrequenties en meer?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:63 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Getting frustrated with software channels, audio routing, sample rates and more?" +msgstr "Raak je gefrustreerd door softwarekanalen, audioroutering, samplefrequenties en meer?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:66 msgid "It's usually far easier and more reliable to have a [mixing desk](https://www.thomann.de/pics/bdb/191244/7355025_800.jpg) to connect your kit (instruments, mic, recorder etc.) and then send a simple stereo signal to your sound interface (be sure to listen to the resulting sound from the Jamulus Server via your computer though!). The huge variety of possible hardware, software and instrument combinations means that setting up your sound card to work with your particular configuration can otherwise get complicated very fast." msgstr "Het is meestal veel gemakkelijker en betrouwbaarder om een [mixer](https://www.thomann.de/pics/bdb/191244/7355025_800.jpg) aan te sluiten op je apparatuur (instrumenten, microfoons, opname-apparaat, etc.) en stuur vervolgens een stereosignaal naar je geluidsinterface (luister echter wel naar het resulterende geluid van de Jamulus-server via je computer!). De enorme verscheidenheid aan mogelijke hardware-, software- en instrumentcombinaties betekent dat het instellen van je geluidskaart om te werken met jouw specifieke configuratie anders zeer snel ingewikkeld kan worden." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:68 -msgid "### Somebody joining your jam and being too loud?" -msgstr "### Iemand die mee komt doen aan je jam is te luid?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:67 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Somebody joining your jam and being too loud?" +msgstr "Iemand die mee komt doen aan je jam is te luid?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:70 msgid "You can set your \"New Client Level\" to a low value (e.g. 10), or set the musicians you are playing with to \"Solo\" state (in the mixer panel on the right side). That way, either new entrants will be very quiet, or you won't hear them at all." msgstr "Je kunt het \"nieuw client-niveau\" op een lage waarde zetten (bijv. 10) of de muzikanten waarmee je speelt op \"Solo\" zetten (in het mixerpaneel aan de rechterkant). Op die manier zijn nieuwkomers ofwel erg stil, ofwel hoor je ze helemaal niet." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:72 -msgid "### Can't see the Server you want to join?" -msgstr "### Zie je de server waaraan je wilt deelnemen niet?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:71 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Can't see the Server you want to join?" +msgstr "Zie je de server waaraan je wilt deelnemen niet?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:74 msgid "First check that you have the right genre Server selected in your Connect window. Sometimes network issues mean your Client won't list all the available Servers. If you know the name of the Server you want to join, you can [look up its IP address here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/). Enter that address in the \"Server Address\" field in the Connect Setup window to connect to it." msgstr "Controleer eerst of je de juiste genre server hebt geselecteerd in het verbindingsinstellingen venster. Soms zorgen netwerkproblemen ervoor dat je client niet alle beschikbare servers laat zien. Als je de naam weet van de server waaraan je wilt deelnemen, kun je [het IP-adres hier opzoeken](https://explorer.jamulus.io/). Voer het IP-adres in het \"Serveradres\" veld in het verbindinginstellingen venster om daar mee verbinding te maken." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:76 -msgid "### Not seeing a list of Servers at all?" -msgstr "### Ziet je helemaal geen lijst met servers?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:75 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Not seeing a list of Servers at all?" +msgstr "Ziet je helemaal geen lijst met servers?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:78 @@ -236,51 +253,109 @@ msgstr "In het VK (en mogelijk andere regio's/routers) kan de instelling van de msgid "In some cases, it may be your ISP that is blocking your use of Jamulus. See the note on the [server troubleshooting page](Server-Troubleshooting#nobody-can-connect-to-my-server---but-i-can-connect-locally) about \"Nobody can connect to my Server\"" msgstr "In sommige gevallen kan het je ISP zijn die het gebruik van Jamulus blokkeert. Zie de opmerking op de [server problemen oplossen pagina](Server-Troubleshooting#niemand-kan-verbinding-maken-met-mijn-server---maar-ik-kan-lokaal-wel-verbinding-maken) over \"Niemand kan met mijn server verbinding maken\"" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:82 -msgid "### Trouble using Garageband (or other DAW) with Jamulus?" -msgstr "### Problemen met het gebruik van Garageband (of andere DAW) met Jamulus?" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:81 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Getting an error message saying \"Jamulus\" can't be opened because the developer cannot be verified" +msgstr "Krijg je een foutmelding dat \"Jamulus\" niet kan worden geopend omdat de ontwikkelaar niet kan worden geverifieerd" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:84 -msgid "See [this forum discussion](https://sourceforge.net/p/llcon/discussion/533517/thread/d3dd58eedc/#b994)" -msgstr "Zie [dit discussie forum (engelstalig)](https://sourceforge.net/p/llcon/discussion/533517/thread/d3dd58eedc/#b994)" +msgid "If you are using a \"legacy\" version of Jamulus (because you are running an older version of macOS) or an intermediate build, the first time you run Jamulus, you will see a message saying it cannot be opened." +msgstr "Als je een \"verouderde\" versie van Jamulus gebruikt (omdat je een oudere versie van macOS gebruikt) of een tussenliggende build, zul je de eerste keer dat je Jamulus gebruikt een bericht zien dat het niet kan worden geopend." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:86 -msgid "### Using a Mac and your input is not heard?" -msgstr "### Gebruik je een Mac en wordt je input niet gehoord?" +msgid "To open Jamulus" +msgstr "Om Jamulus te openen" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:88 -msgid "(With thanks to [Mark Anthony De Souza](https://www.facebook.com/groups/619274602254947/permalink/765122847670121/?comment_id=765525034296569))" -msgstr "(Met dank aan [Mark Anthony De Souza](https://www.facebook.com/groups/619274602254947/permalink/765122847670121/?comment_id=765525034296569))" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 +msgid "Go to the Applications folder via Finder" +msgstr "Ga via Finder naar de Toepassingen map" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 +msgid "Double-click on Jamulus and wait for the above-mentioned message" +msgstr "Dubbelklik op Jamulus en wacht op het bovengenoemde bericht" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 +msgid "Close this message by clicking on \"Cancel\"" +msgstr "Sluit dit bericht door op \"Annuleren\" te klikken" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 +msgid "Now control-click (or right-click) on Jamulus, and select \"Open\" from the top of the menu." +msgstr "Control-klik (of klik met de rechtermuisknop) op Jamulus en selecteer \"Openen\" bovenaan het menu." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:90 -msgid "Maybe you did not answer \"Yes\" to the `\"Jamulus wants to access your microphone\"` challenge. To fix this:" -msgstr "Misschien heb je geen \"OK\" geantwoord op de vraag: \"Jamulus wil toegang tot je microfoon\". Om dit op te lossen:" +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:93 +msgid "You will then get a slightly different version of the same message, which allows you to click \"Open\". From then on, you can run Jamulus in the normal way and the message won't appear. For further information about this warning see [this Apple Support Page](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)." +msgstr "Je krijgt dan een iets andere versie van hetzelfde bericht, waarmee je op \"Openen\" kunt klikken. Vanaf dat moment kun je Jamulus op de normale manier uitvoeren en verschijnt de melding niet. Zie [deze ondersteuningspagina van Apple](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac) voor meer informatie over deze waarschuwing." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:94 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Trouble using Garageband (or other DAW) with Jamulus?" +msgstr "Problemen met het gebruik van Garageband (of andere DAW) met Jamulus?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 -msgid "Go to `Preferences` > `Security & Privacy` > `Privacy` tab" -msgstr "Ga naar `Systeemvoorkeuren` > `Beveiliging en privacy` > `Privacy` tab" +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:97 +msgid "See [this forum discussion](https://sourceforge.net/p/llcon/discussion/533517/thread/d3dd58eedc/#b994)" +msgstr "Zie [dit discussie forum (engelstalig)](https://sourceforge.net/p/llcon/discussion/533517/thread/d3dd58eedc/#b994)" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:98 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using a Mac and your input is not heard?" +msgstr "Gebruik je een Mac en wordt je input niet gehoord?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:92 -msgid "Find `Microphone` on the left and then make sure `Jamulus` is enabled on the right-hand list" -msgstr "Zoek 'Microfoon' aan de linkerkant en zorg ervoor dat `Jamulus` is ingeschakeld in de lijst aan de rechterkant" +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:101 +msgid "(With thanks to [Mark Anthony De Souza](https://www.facebook.com/groups/619274602254947/permalink/765122847670121/?comment_id=765525034296569))" +msgstr "(Met dank aan [Mark Anthony De Souza](https://www.facebook.com/groups/619274602254947/permalink/765122847670121/?comment_id=765525034296569))" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:94 +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:105 #, no-wrap -msgid "***\n" -msgstr "***\n" +msgid "" +"Maybe you did not answer \"Yes\" to the `\"Jamulus wants to access your microphone\"` challenge. To fix this:\n" +"* Go to `Preferences` > `Security & Privacy` > `Privacy` tab\n" +"* Find `Microphone` on the left and then make sure `Jamulus` is enabled on the right-hand list\n" +msgstr "" +"Misschien heb je geen \"Ja\" geantwoord op de vraag \"Jamulus wil toegang tot je microfoon\". Om dit op te lossen:\n" +"* Ga naar `Voorkeuren` > `Beveiliging en privacy` > tabblad `Privacy`\n" +"* Zoek `Microfoon` aan de linkerkant en zorg ervoor dat `Jamulus` is ingeschakeld in de rechterlijst\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:95 +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:108 msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" msgstr "Voor iets anders, zoek of post in de [discussie forums (engelstalig)](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ "# Troubleshooting\n" +#~ " {:.no_toc}\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "# Problemen oplossen\n" +#~ " {:.no_toc}\n" + +#~ msgid "TOC" +#~ msgstr "TOC" + +#~ msgid "Maybe you did not answer \"Yes\" to the `\"Jamulus wants to access your microphone\"` challenge. To fix this:" +#~ msgstr "Misschien heb je geen \"OK\" geantwoord op de vraag: \"Jamulus wil toegang tot je microfoon\". Om dit op te lossen:" + +#~ msgid "Go to `Preferences` > `Security & Privacy` > `Privacy` tab" +#~ msgstr "Ga naar `Systeemvoorkeuren` > `Beveiliging en privacy` > `Privacy` tab" + +#~ msgid "Find `Microphone` on the left and then make sure `Jamulus` is enabled on the right-hand list" +#~ msgstr "Zoek 'Microfoon' aan de linkerkant en zorg ervoor dat `Jamulus` is ingeschakeld in de lijst aan de rechterkant" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "***\n" +#~ msgstr "***\n" + #~ msgid "**Windows users (ASIO4ALL)**: If you’re using the ASIO4ALL driver have a look at the [ASIO4LL setup section](Installation-for-Windows#setting-up-asio4all)\n" #~ msgstr "**Windows gebruikers (ASIO4ALL)**: Als je het ASIO4ALL-stuurprogramma gebruikt, kijk dan eens naar het: [ASIO4LL instellen](Installation-for-Windows#asio4all-instellen) gedeelte\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Command-Line-Options.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Command-Line-Options.po index 8d9881807..0423aff37 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Command-Line-Options.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Command-Line-Options.po @@ -1,76 +1,82 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# Henk De Groot , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-13 11:25+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-04-23 11:11+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: nl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.18-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "nl" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Command-Line-Options" msgstr "/wiki/Command-Line-Options" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus – Command Line Options" msgstr "Jamulus - opdrachtregelopties" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:9 -msgid "# Command Line Options" -msgstr "# Opdrachtregelopties" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Command Line Options" +msgstr "Opdrachtregelopties" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:11 -msgid "## Shared commands" -msgstr "## Gedeelde opties" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Shared commands" +msgstr "Gedeelde opties" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:13 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:15 -msgid "## Client only commands" -msgstr "## Opties alleen voor de client" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:14 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Client only commands" +msgstr "Opties alleen voor de client" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:17 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:19 -msgid "## Server only commands" -msgstr "## Opties alleen voor de server" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server only commands" +msgstr "Opties alleen voor de server" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:21 -msgid "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" -msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:20 +msgid "See [Running a Server](Running-a-Server#server-mode-related-options)" +msgstr "Zie [een server opzetten](Running-a-Server#servermodus-gerelateerde-opties)" + +#~ msgid "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" +#~ msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Contribution.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Contribution.po index 7017f988e..f0a71e135 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Contribution.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Contribution.po @@ -1,69 +1,72 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# Henk De Groot , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-13 11:24+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-04-23 11:11+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: nl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.18-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "nl" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Contribution" msgstr "/wiki/Contribution" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Contribution" msgstr "Bijdragen" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:9 -msgid "# Contributing to the Jamulus Project" -msgstr "# Bijdragen aan het Jamulus project" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Contributing to the Jamulus Project" +msgstr "Bijdragen aan het Jamulus project" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:11 -msgid "If you find a mistake, typo or something out of date (in any language) on this website or in Jamulus itself, you can raise it as a bug." -msgstr "Als je een fout, typefout of iets verouderd (in welke taal dan ook) op deze website of in Jamulus zelf vindt, kun je het melden als een bug (engelstalig)." +#, no-wrap +msgid "If you find a mistake, typo or something out of date (in any language) on this website or in Jamulus itself, you can raise it as a bug.\n" +msgstr "Als je een fout, typefout of iets verouderd (in welke taal dan ook) op deze website of in Jamulus zelf vindt, kun je het melden als een bug (engelstalig).\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:13 -msgid "If you think some documentation or information is missing or can be improved, post about it on this forum so it can be discussed first." -msgstr "Als je denkt dat bepaalde documentatie of informatie ontbreekt of kan worden verbeterd, plaats dan een bericht in dit forum (engelstalig) zodat het eerst besproken kan worden." +#, no-wrap +msgid "If you think some documentation or information is missing or can be improved, post about it on this forum so it can be discussed first.\n" +msgstr "Als je denkt dat bepaalde documentatie of informatie ontbreekt of kan worden verbeterd, plaats dan een bericht in dit forum (engelstalig) zodat het eerst besproken kan worden.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:15 msgid "We use [Weblate](https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/#languages) to translate our documentation. Read about our [documentation and translation process](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamuluswebsite/blob/release/README.md), and [introduce yourself](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) if you’d like to get involved." msgstr "We maken gebruik van [Weblate](https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/#languages) voor het vertalen van onze documentatie. Lees hier onze [documentatie en vertaal proces (engelstalig)](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamuluswebsite/blob/release/README.md) en [introduceer jezelf](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) als je mee wilt doen." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:18 -msgid "## Want to contribute code?" -msgstr "## Wil je code bijdragen?" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Want to contribute code?" +msgstr "Wil je code bijdragen?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:19 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Directories.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Directories.po index 5003f4fab..80803c625 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Directories.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Directories.po @@ -1,40 +1,39 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# Henk De Groot , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-12 20:27+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-30 20:06+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: nl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "nl" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Directories" msgstr "/wiki/Directories" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Directories" @@ -43,59 +42,62 @@ msgstr "Adresboeken" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:9 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Meer\" branch1=\"Serverbeheer\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Meer\" branch1=\"Serverhandleiding\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:12 -msgid "# Running a Directory" -msgstr "# Een adresboek uitvoeren" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:11 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Running a Directory" +msgstr "Een adresboek uitvoeren" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:14 -msgid "This is a specialised Jamulus Server configuration, as described in [Server Types](Running-a-Server#server-types)." -msgstr "Dit is een gespecialiseerde Jamulus-server configuratie, zoals beschreven in [servertypen](Running-a-Server#servertypen)." +msgid "This is a specialised Jamulus Server configuration, as described in [Server Modes](Running-a-Server#server-modes)." +msgstr "Dit is een gespecialiseerde Jamulus-server configuratie, zoals beschreven in [servermodi](Running-a-Server#servermodi)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:16 -msgid "To view Servers listed by a Custom Directory, users must enter the address of that Directory in their Client's Settings > Advanced Setup > Custom Directories field. Multiple addresses can be added in this way if needed. Custom Directories will then appear in the Directory drop-down list on their Connect window. Custom Directories otherwise work for Clients in the same way as Public Directories, displaying a list of Servers registered with them." -msgstr "Om servers te bekijken die worden vermeld door een eigen adresboek, moeten gebruikers het adres van het adresboek invoeren in het veld client Instellingen > Geavanceerde instellingen > Eigen adresboek. Indien nodig kunnen op deze manier meerdere adressen worden toegevoegd. Eigen adresboeken verschijnen dan in de keuzelijst Adresboek in hun verbindingsvenster. Eigen adresboeken werken verder voor clients op dezelfde manier als openbare adresboeken, waarbij een lijst met bij hen geregistreerde servers wordt weergegeven." +#, no-wrap +msgid "To view Servers listed by a Custom Directory, users must enter the address of that Directory in their Client's Settings > Advanced Setup > Custom Directories field. Multiple addresses can be added in this way if needed. Custom Directories will then appear in the Directory drop-down list on their Connect window. Custom Directories otherwise work for Clients in the same way as Public Directories, displaying a list of Servers registered with them.\n" +msgstr "Om servers te bekijken die worden vermeld door een eigen adresboek, moeten gebruikers het adres van het adresboek invoeren in het veld client Instellingen > Geavanceerde instellingen > Eigen adresboek. Indien nodig kunnen op deze manier meerdere adressen worden toegevoegd. Eigen adresboeken verschijnen dan in de keuzelijst Adresboek in hun verbindingsvenster. Eigen adresboeken werken verder voor clients op dezelfde manier als openbare adresboeken, waarbij een lijst met bij hen geregistreerde servers wordt weergegeven.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:18 -msgid "To run a Server as a Directory, it should be started with the `--directoryserver` option to make itself (that is, `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`) the Directory to query for Servers." -msgstr "Om een server als een adresboek uit te voeren, moet deze worden gestart met de optie `--directoryserver` om zichzelf (dat wil zeggen `localhost` of `127.0.0.1`) het adresboek te maken waarin naar servers moet worden gezocht." +msgid "To run a Server as a Directory, it should be started with the `--directoryaddress` option to make itself (that is, `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`) the Directory to query for Servers." +msgstr "Om een server als een adresboek uit te voeren, moet deze worden gestart met de optie `--directoryaddress` om zichzelf (dat wil zeggen `localhost` of `127.0.0.1`) het adresboek te maken waarin naar servers moet worden gezocht." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:20 msgid "When running a Server with the GUI, set the Custom Directory server address in the Options tab to \"localhost\", then select \"Custom\" from the Directory drop-down list." msgstr "Als je een server met de GUI gebruikt, stel je het serveradres voor de eigen adresboek in het tabblad Opties in op \\\"localhost\\\" en selecteer je vervolgens \\\"Aangepast\\\" in de adresboek keuzelijst." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:23 -msgid "### Points to note about Directories" -msgstr "### Aandachtspunten voor adresboeken" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Points to note about Directories" +msgstr "Aandachtspunten voor adresboeken" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:25 msgid "If you want to control which Servers can register with your Directory, you can enable a whitelist with the `--listfilter` command line option in the format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]`." msgstr "Als je wilt bepalen welke servers zich bij jouw adresboek kunnen registreren dan kun je een whitelist inschakelen met de opdrachtregeloptie `--listfilter` in het formaat `ip-adres 1[;ip-adres 2]`." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:27 msgid "When running a Server behind a NAT firewall on a private network and registering with a Directory on the same network, run the Server using the `--serverpublicip` option to specify the public IP address. This is necessary to allow Clients on the public Internet to connect to the correct address. Note that for the Server(s) using this option, you will still need proper port forwarding in your router/firewall." msgstr "Wanneer je een server achter een NAT-firewall op een particulier netwerk uitvoert en je wilt deze registreren bij een adresboek op hetzelfde netwerk, dan voor de server uit met de optie `--serverpublicip` om het openbare IP-adres op te geven. Dit is nodig om clients op het openbare internet verbinding te laten maken met het juiste adres. Houd er rekening mee dat voor de servers die deze optie gebruiken, je nog steeds de juiste poort forwarding in je router/firewall nodig hebt." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:29 msgid "When running a Client behind a NAT firewall on a private network with a Directory on the same network, the Directory itself needs to be run using the `--serverpublicip` option to specify the public IP address, so that any Servers on the public Internet registering with the Directory that require the \"hole punch\" can be accessed by the Client(s). (This is because otherwise the Directory would provide the local network address of the Client to the Server and the \"hole punch\" would fail.)" msgstr "Wanneer een client achter een NAT-firewall wordt uitgevoerd op een particulier netwerk met een adresboek op hetzelfde netwerk, dan moet het adresboek zelf worden uitgevoerd met de optie `--serverpublicip' om het openbare IP-adres op te geven, zodat alle servers op het openbare internet die willen registreren bij het adresboek waarvoor de \"perforatie\" vereist is, toegankelijk is de client(s). (Dit komt omdat anders het adresboek het lokale netwerkadres van de client aan de server zou verstrekken en de \"perforatie\" zou mislukken.)" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:31 msgid "If you need to restart your Directory for any reason (for example when rebooting the host), Servers connected to it will be disconnected until they re-register. This does not mean that Clients connected to those Servers will be disconnected, but does mean that new Clients will be not able to see Servers listed by your Directory until those Servers reconnect. To enable the list of registered Servers to persist between restarts, use the `--directoryfile` option to specify the location and name of a file that the Directory can read and write to." msgstr "Als je het adresboek om welke reden dan ook opnieuw moet opstarten (bijvoorbeeld bij het opnieuw opstarten van de host), dan worden de servers die ermee verbonden zijn losgekoppeld totdat ze zich opnieuw registreren. Dit betekent niet dat de verbinding met clients die met die servers zijn verbonden wordt verbroken maar het betekent wel dat nieuwe clients geen servers in je adresboek kunnen zien totdat die servers opnieuw verbinding maken. Om ervoor te zorgen dat de lijst met geregistreerde servers blijft bestaan tussen herstarts, gebruik je de optie `--directoryfile' om de locatie en naam op te geven van een bestand waarnaar het adresboek kan lezen en schrijven." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:32 msgid "Up to 150 Servers can then register with a Directory." msgstr "Tot 150 Servers kunnen zich dan registreren bij een adresboek." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/FAQ.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/FAQ.po index ef000beef..2e328220a 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/FAQ.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/FAQ.po @@ -1,79 +1,83 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# Henk De Groot , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-13 11:24+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-05 19:50+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: nl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "nl" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/FAQ" msgstr "/wiki/FAQ" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "FAQ" msgstr "Vragenlijst" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus FAQ" +msgstr "Jamulus vragenlijst" + #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:10 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# Jamulus FAQ\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" -msgstr "" -"# Jamulus vragenlijst\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:12 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:14 -msgid "Table of contents" -msgstr "Inhoudsopgave" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:16 -msgid "TOC" -msgstr "TOC" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "Inhoudsopgave\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:17 -msgid "{:toc}" -msgstr "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" +msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:19 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:21 @@ -81,14 +85,15 @@ msgstr "

" msgid "**For common problems and their solutions when using Jamulus, see the [Troubleshooting](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) page.**\n" msgstr "**Voor veelvoorkomende problemen en hun oplossingen bij het gebruik van Jamulus, zie de [problemen oplossen](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) pagina.**\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:24 -msgid "### Is there a metronome, synchronization, or some other way of keeping in time?" -msgstr "### Is er een metronoom, synchronisatie of een andere manier om synchroon te blijven?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Is there a metronome, synchronization, or some other way of keeping in time?" +msgstr "Is er een metronoom, synchronisatie of een andere manier om synchroon te blijven?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:26 -msgid "No. Musicians on a Jamulus Server play in real time together as they would in person. If you want to have a time signal, then there are shared metronome solutions on the Internet you can try. But it’s probably best to just minimise latency so nobody has an overall delay more than about 30-50 ms." +msgid "No. Musicians on a Jamulus Server play in real time together as they would in person. If you want a time signal, there are shared metronome solutions on the Internet you can try. But it’s probably best to just minimise latency so nobody has an overall delay more than about 30-50 ms." msgstr "Nee. Muzikanten op een Jamulus-server spelen in realtime samen zoals ze dat in het echt zouden doen. Als je een metronoom signaal wilt hebben, dan zijn er gedeelde metronoomoplossingen op internet die je kunt proberen, maar het is waarschijnlijk het beste om de latency te minimaliseren zodat niemand een algehele vertraging heeft van meer dan ongeveer 30-50 ms." #. type: Plain text @@ -96,10 +101,11 @@ msgstr "Nee. Muzikanten op een Jamulus-server spelen in realtime samen zoals ze msgid "Bear in mind also that all participants should follow [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together) which will also determine whether you can play in time properly." msgstr "Houd er ook rekening mee dat alle deelnemers [de gouden regel](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#jullie-klinken-allemaal-goed-maar-het-is-moeilijk-om-gelijk-te-blijven) moeten volgen, die ook bepaalt of je op tijd/gelijk kunt spelen." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:30 -msgid "### How do I know if I can join a Server? Are there rules?" -msgstr "### Hoe weet ik of ik kan deelnemen aan een server? Zijn er regels?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "How do I know if I can join a Server? Are there rules?" +msgstr "Hoe weet ik of ik kan deelnemen aan een server? Zijn er regels?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:32 @@ -108,13 +114,14 @@ msgstr "Als iemand een server vermeldt in een van de adresboeken die in Jamulus #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:34 -msgid "Note also that Servers do not have to be registered on a Directory in order for Jamulus Clients to connect to them. Server operators can just give out the address of their Servers to those they want to play with, and they can then connect directly. Have a look at [this overview for more information](/wiki/Running-a-Server#server-types)." -msgstr "Houd er ook rekening mee dat servers niet in een adresboek hoeven te zijn geregistreerd om Jamulus-clients er verbinding mee te laten maken. Serverbeheerders kunnen gewoon het adres van hun servers doorgeven aan degenen met wie ze willen spelen en ze kunnen dan rechtstreeks verbinding maken. Bekijk [dit overzicht voor meer informatie](/wiki/Running-a-Server#servertypen)." +msgid "Note also that Servers do not have to be registered on a Directory in order for Jamulus Clients to connect to them. Server operators can just give out the address of their Servers to those they want to play with, and they can then connect directly. Have a look at [this overview for more information](/wiki/Running-a-Server#server-modes)." +msgstr "Houd er ook rekening mee dat servers niet in een adresboek hoeven te zijn geregistreerd om Jamulus-clients er verbinding mee te laten maken. Serverbeheerders kunnen gewoon het adres van hun servers doorgeven aan degenen met wie ze willen spelen en ze kunnen dan rechtstreeks verbinding maken. Bekijk [dit overzicht voor meer informatie](/wiki/Running-a-Server#servermodi)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:36 -msgid "### Why shouldn’t I use wireless equipment?" -msgstr "### Waarom zou ik geen draadloze apparatuur gebruiken?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:35 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why shouldn’t I use wireless equipment?" +msgstr "Waarom zou ik geen draadloze apparatuur gebruiken?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:38 @@ -126,10 +133,11 @@ msgstr "Of je wel of niet gelijk met andere muzikanten kunt spelen, hangt vooral msgid "So it makes sense to minimise any sources of delay or other problems with the signal. Even fast wi-fi is usually too variable to use for long periods with Jamulus, and Bluetooth headphones and mics usually introduce latencies of about 50 ms or more." msgstr "Het is dus logisch om eventuele bronnen van vertraging of andere problemen met het signaal te minimaliseren. Zelfs snelle wifi is meestal te variabel om langdurig te gebruiken met Jamulus en Bluetooth-hoofdtelefoons en -microfoons introduceren gewoonlijk een latency van ongeveer 50 ms of meer." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:42 -msgid "### Why should I not listen to my own signal?" -msgstr "### Waarom zou ik niet naar mijn signaal luisteren?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why should I not listen to my own signal?" +msgstr "Waarom zou ik niet naar mijn signaal luisteren?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:44 @@ -141,70 +149,88 @@ msgstr "Om dezelfde reden dat je vertraging in je signaal moet minimaliseren om msgid "Of course, if you are playing an acoustic instrument, or are a singer, it will be hard to exclude your “local” sound. But you should at least try to do so by for example using closed-back headphones turned up as loud as you are able to mask your own sound. This will let you concentrate on the mix coming back to you from the Server." msgstr "Natuurlijk zal, als je een akoestisch instrument bespeelt of een zanger bent, het moeilijk zijn om je \"lokale\" geluid uit te sluiten. Maar je moet dit op zijn minst proberen door bijvoorbeeld een gesloten hoofdtelefoon te gebruiken die zo hard staat als het kan om je eigen geluid te maskeren. Hierdoor kun je jezelf concentreren op de mix die van de server naar je terugkeert." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:48 -msgid "### Do I need a fast Internet connection?" -msgstr "### Heb ik een snelle internetverbinding nodig?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Do I need a fast Internet connection?" +msgstr "Heb ik een snelle internetverbinding nodig?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:50 -msgid "No, especially if you don't run a Server to host other musicians. Having a low ping is more important. For most people on standard broadband (e.g. 10 Mbit/s down and 1 Mbit/s up) you will have no problems. For those running Servers at home, depending on how many people join, you may encounter issues if your _upstream_ bandwidth is lower than about 5 Mbit/s." -msgstr "Nee, vooral als je geen server hebt waarmee andere muzikanten verbinding maken. Een lage ping hebben is belangrijker. Voor de meeste mensen op standaard breedband (bijvoorbeeld 10 Mbit/s down en 1 Mbit/s up) heb je geen problemen. Voor degenen die thuis servers hebben kunnen, afhankelijk van het aantal mensen dat deelneemt, problemen worden veroorzaakt als de _upstream-bandbreedte_ lager is dan ongeveer 5 Mbit/s." +msgid "No, especially if you don't run a Server to host other musicians. Having a low ping is more important. Most people on standard broadband (e.g. 10 Mbit/s down and 1 Mbit/s up) will have no problems. For those running Servers at home, depending on how many people join, you may encounter issues if your _upstream_ bandwidth is lower than about 5 Mbit/s." +msgstr "Nee, vooral als je geen server hebt waarmee andere muzikanten verbinding maken. Een lage ping hebben is belangrijker. De meeste mensen met standaard breedband (bijvoorbeeld 10 Mbit/s down en 1 Mbit/s up) hebben geen problemen. Voor degenen die thuis servers hebben kunnen, afhankelijk van het aantal mensen dat deelneemt, problemen worden veroorzaakt als de _upstream-bandbreedte_ lager is dan ongeveer 5 Mbit/s." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:52 -msgid "### Do I need to run a Server?" -msgstr "### Moet ik een eigen server hebben?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Do I need to run a Server?" +msgstr "Moet ik een eigen server hebben?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:54 msgid "No. If you just intend to connect to other people’s Servers, then all you need is a Client. [Read this if you think you need to run your own Server](/wiki/Running-a-Server)." msgstr "Nee. Als je alleen verbinding wilt maken met de servers van andere mensen, dan heb je alleen een client nodig. [Lees dit als je denkt dat je een eigen server moet hebben](/wiki/Running-a-Server)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:56 -msgid "### How does Jamulus work (in general)?" -msgstr "### Hoe werkt Jamulus (in het algemeen)?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:55 +#, no-wrap +msgid "How does Jamulus work (in general)?" +msgstr "Hoe werkt Jamulus (in het algemeen)?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:58 -msgid "\"Diagram" -msgstr "\"diagram" +#, no-wrap +msgid "\"Diagram\n" +msgstr "\"diagram\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:61 msgid "Jamulus works on the Client-server principle. Everybody’s audio is sent to a Server, mixed and processed there. Afterwards, the audio is sent back to each Client. If a Server is registered in a Jamulus Directory, the Server's information will be provided to all Clients using that Directory." msgstr "Jamulus werkt volgens het client-server principe. De audio van iedereen wordt naar een server gestuurd, daar gemixt en verwerkt. Daarna wordt de audio teruggestuurd naar elke client. Als een server is geregistreerd in een Jamulus adresboek dan wordt de informatie van de server verstrekt aan alle clients die dat adresboek gebruiken." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:63 -msgid "### Why doesn't Jamulus provide video support?" -msgstr "### Waarom biedt Jamulus geen video-ondersteuning?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why doesn't Jamulus provide video support?" +msgstr "Waarom biedt Jamulus geen video-ondersteuning?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:65 msgid "Adding video support adds a lot of complexity. You can use other software like Jitsi or Zoom if you want to see others when playing (or have an \"audience\"), but the video will be significantly behind the Jamulus audio." msgstr "Het toevoegen van video-ondersteuning voegt veel complexiteit toe. Je kunt andere software zoals Jitsi of Zoom gebruiken als je anderen wilt zien tijdens het spelen (of een \"publiek\" wilt hebben), maar de video zal aanzienlijk achter de Jamulus-audio aankomen." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:68 -msgid "## Server FAQ" -msgstr "## Server vragenlijst" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:67 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server FAQ" +msgstr "Server vragenlijst" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:70 -msgid "### Why do Registered Servers not need port forwarding?" -msgstr "### Waarom hebben geregistreerde servers geen poort forwarding nodig?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:69 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why do Registered Servers not need port forwarding?" +msgstr "Waarom hebben geregistreerde servers geen poort forwarding nodig?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:72 -msgid "Normally, network address translation (NAT) firewalls prevent incoming requests initiated from outside the local network. Inbound traffic is only possible for packets relating to an outbound request (strictly speaking, “related” and “established” packets to an initial outbound connection). In Registered Server mode, when your Jamulus Server connects to a Directory it of course initiates an outbound connection. From then on, the Directory sends (established/related) connection “pings” (not ICMP pings) to your Server at regular intervals to keep the relevant NAT port(s) open on your router/firewall." -msgstr "Normaal gesproken voorkomen NAT-firewalls (Network Address Translation) inkomende verzoeken die van buiten het lokale netwerk worden geïnitieerd. Inkomend verkeer is alleen mogelijk voor pakketten die betrekking hebben op een uitgaand verzoek (strikt genomen \"gerelateerde\" en \"vastgestelde\" pakketten met een initiële uitgaande verbinding). Als je Jamulus-server in de geregistreerde server modus verbinding maakt met een adrsboek, wordt er natuurlijk een uitgaande verbinding tot stand gebracht. Vanaf dat moment verzendt de adresboek (vastgestelde/gerelateerde) verbindings-pings (geen ICMP-pings) naar jouw server met regelmatige tussenpozen om de relevante NAT-poort(en) op je router/firewall open te houden." +msgid "Normally, network address translation (NAT) blocks incoming requests initiated from outside the local network. Inbound traffic is only possible for packets relating to an outbound request (strictly speaking, “related” and “established” packets to an initial outbound connection). In Registered Server mode, your Jamulus Server initiates an outbound connection when it connects to a Directory. From then on, the Directory sends (established/related) connection “pings” (not ICMP pings) to your Server at regular intervals to keep the relevant port(s) open on your router." +msgstr "Normaal gesproken blokkeert NAT (Network Address Translation) inkomende verzoeken die van buiten het lokale netwerk worden geïnitieerd. Inkomend verkeer is alleen mogelijk voor pakketten die betrekking hebben op een uitgaand verzoek (strikt genomen \"gerelateerde\" en \"vastgestelde\" pakketten met een initiële uitgaande verbinding). In de geregistreerde servermodus initieert jouw Jamulus-server een uitgaande verbinding wanneer deze verbinding maakt met een adresboek. Vanaf dat moment stuurt het adresboek (bestaande/gerelateerde) verbindings \"pings\" (geen ICMP pings) met regelmatige tussenpozen naar jouw server om de relevante poort(en) op jouw router open te houden." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:74 -msgid "However, in Unregistered mode, Clients have to **initiate** connections into the Server’s network. NAT firewalls prevent this, so you need to tell them to allow incoming connection requests on the Jamulus port using port forwarding." -msgstr "In de niet-geregistreerde modus moeten clients echter verbindingen **initiëren** met het netwerk van de server. NAT-firewalls voorkomen dit, dus je moet ze vertellen om inkomende verbindingsverzoeken op de Jamulus-poort toe te staan met behulp van poort forwarding." +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:73 +msgid "However, to reach an Unregistered Server, each Client has to initiate a connection into the Server’s network. A NAT prevents this, so you need to configure your router to allow incoming connection requests on the Jamulus port using port forwarding." +msgstr "Om echter een niet-geregistreerde server te bereiken, moet elke client een verbinding met het netwerk van de server initiëren. NAT voorkomt dit, dus je moet jouw router configureren om inkomende verbindingsverzoeken op de Jamulus-poort toe te staan met behulp van port forwarding." + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ "# Jamulus FAQ\n" +#~ " {:.no_toc}\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "# Jamulus vragenlijst\n" +#~ " {:.no_toc}\n" + +#~ msgid "TOC" +#~ msgstr "TOC" #~ msgid "You can also set up a private server on Jamulus and give others your address to connect to that. Have a look at [this page for more information](/wiki/Running-a-Server)." #~ msgstr "Je kunt ook een prive server voor Jamulus opzetten en anderen je adres geven om daarmee verbinding te maken. Kijk naar [deze pagina voor meer informatie](/wiki/Running-a-Server)." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Getting-Started.po index 28c5be6eb..5fff3cccf 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Getting-Started.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Getting-Started.po @@ -1,82 +1,80 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# Henk De Groot , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-13 11:24+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-30 20:06+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: nl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "nl" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Getting-Started" msgstr "/wiki/Getting-Started" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Setup" msgstr "Aan de slag" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:9 -msgid "# Setup - getting started with Jamulus" -msgstr "# Aan de slag - beginnen met Jamulus" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Setup - getting started with Jamulus" +msgstr "Aan de slag - beginnen met Jamulus" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:11 msgid "To get the best from Jamulus, at a minimum you will need:" msgstr "Om het beste uit Jamulus te halen, heb je minimaal het volgende nodig:" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:13 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**A wired internet connection** (and turn wi-fi off. See the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))\n" -msgstr "**Een bedraade internet verbinding** (en schakel de wi-fi uit - zie de [vragenlijst](/wiki/FAQ#waarom-zou-ik-geen-draadloze-apparatuur-gebruiken))\n" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 +msgid "**A wired internet connection** (and turn wi-fi off. See the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))" +msgstr "**Een bedraade internet verbinding** (en schakel de wi-fi uit - zie de [vragenlijst](/wiki/FAQ#waarom-zou-ik-geen-draadloze-apparatuur-gebruiken))" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:14 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Wired headphones** (not Bluetooth or speakers - see the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))\n" -msgstr "**Hoofdtelefoon met draad** (geen bluetooth of luidsprekers - zie de [vragenlijst](/wiki/FAQ#waarom-zou-ik-geen-draadloze-apparatuur-gebruiken))\n" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 +msgid "**Wired headphones** (not Bluetooth or speakers - see the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))" +msgstr "**Hoofdtelefoon met draad** (geen bluetooth of luidsprekers - zie de [vragenlijst](/wiki/FAQ#waarom-zou-ik-geen-draadloze-apparatuur-gebruiken))" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**A reasonable audio device, sound card and/or mic** ([see this list](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) for examples)\n" -msgstr "**Een redelijk audio-interface, geluidskaart en/of microfoon** ([zie deze lijst](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) voor voorbeelden)\n" +msgid "**A reasonable audio device, sound card and/or mic** ([see this list](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) for examples)" +msgstr "**Een redelijk audio-interface, geluidskaart en/of microfoon** ([zie deze lijst](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) voor voorbeelden)" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:17 msgid "If you have any questions, please see the [Discussions](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" msgstr "Als je vragen hebt, zie de [discussies (engelstalig)](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:19 -msgid "## Installation" -msgstr "## Installatie" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "Installatie" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:21 @@ -92,34 +90,36 @@ msgid "" " macOS\n" " Linux\n" "
\n" -"_[Android](Installation-for-Android) and [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) can be used too, but are still considered experimental._\n" +"_[Android](Installation-for-Android) and [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) can be used too, but are considered experimental._\n" msgstr "" "
\n" " Windows\n" " macOS\n" " Linux\n" "
\n" -"_[Android](Installation-for-Android) en [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) kunnen ook worden gebruikt, maar worden nog steeds als experimenteel beschouwd._\n" +"_[Android](Installation-for-Android) en [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) kunnen ook worden gebruikt, maar worden als experimenteel beschouwd._\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:30 msgid "And for now, close all other applications. It’s best to start simple at first." msgstr "Sluit voorlopig alle andere toepassingen. Het is het beste om eerst eenvoudig te beginnen." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:32 -msgid "## Hardware Setup" -msgstr "## Hardware configuratie" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Hardware Setup" +msgstr "Hardware configuratie" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:34 msgid "If you use external audio hardware, plug that in before you start Jamulus. If you haven't configured your hardware, please see the installation guides mentioned above." msgstr "Als je externe audiohardware gebruikt, sluit die dan aan voordat je Jamulus start. Als je de hardware niet hebt geconfigureerd, raadpleeg dan de hierboven genoemde installatiehandleidingen." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:36 -msgid "## Jamulus main window" -msgstr "## Jamulus hoofdvenster" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:35 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus main window" +msgstr "Jamulus hoofdvenster" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:38 @@ -140,10 +140,11 @@ msgstr "" "
Het hoofdvenster voordat je verbinding maakt met een server
\n" "\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:46 -msgid "## Setting up a profile" -msgstr "## Een profiel instellen" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:45 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Setting up a profile" +msgstr "Een profiel instellen" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:48 @@ -169,10 +170,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Fill in at least “Alias/Name” and close the window." msgstr "Vul minimaal de “Alias/naam” in en sluit het venster." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:58 -msgid "## Connecting to a Server and testing your sound" -msgstr "## Verbinding maken met een server en je geluid testen" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Connecting to a Server and testing your sound" +msgstr "Verbinding maken met een server en je geluid testen" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:60 @@ -214,10 +216,11 @@ msgstr "Het belangrijkste van de servers is de \"ping-tijd\". Hoe groter het get msgid "Once connected to a Server, make sure you can hear yourself OK and fix any input volume or other problems. You can have a look at the [troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) for common problems. And of course, check that you are also able to obey [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)." msgstr "Als je eenmaal verbonden bent met een server, zorg er dan voor dat je jezelf goed kunt horen en los eventuele invoervolumes of andere problemen op. Je kunt een kijkje nemen op de [problemen oplossen pagina](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) voor veelvoorkomende problemen. En natuurlijk probeer je ook [de gouden regel](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#jullie-klinken-allemaal-goed-maar-het-is-moeilijk-om-gelijk-te-blijven) te volgen." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:75 -msgid "## Playing for the first time" -msgstr "## De eerste keer spelen" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:74 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Playing for the first time" +msgstr "De eerste keer spelen" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:77 @@ -253,10 +256,11 @@ msgstr "Houd er rekening mee dat je de chatfunctie op elk moment kunt gebruiken msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)." msgstr "Meer informatie over het gebruik van Jamulus vind je in de [gebruikershandleiding](/wiki/Software-Manual)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:90 -msgid "## Troubleshooting" -msgstr "## Problemen oplossen" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:89 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Problemen oplossen" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:91 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Include-Backing-Up.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Include-Backing-Up.po index 107c052c7..752d25328 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Include-Backing-Up.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Include-Backing-Up.po @@ -1,25 +1,25 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# Henk De Groot , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-13 11:25+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-03-27 11:43+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: nl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.17-dev\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:2 -msgid "" -msgstr "" +#, no-wrap +msgid "\n" +msgstr "\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:4 @@ -46,17 +46,17 @@ msgstr "`find ~ -name Jamulus.ini -ls`" msgid "If you used the `--inifile` parameter to save an inifile to a different location, don't forget to also backup these files. **Points to note**" msgstr "Als je de parameter `--inifile` hebt gebruikt om een ini-bestand op een andere locatie op te slaan, vergeet dan niet om ook een back-up van deze bestanden te maken. **Aandachtspunten**" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:15 +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:16 msgid "Do not back up or restore settings files when Jamulus is running." msgstr "Maak geen back-up of herstel geen instellingenbestanden wanneer Jamulus actief is." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:16 msgid "It is not recommended to manually edit settings files (they're not designed for that)." msgstr "Het wordt niet aanbevolen om instellingenbestanden handmatig te bewerken (daar zijn ze niet voor ontworpen)." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:16 msgid "You can revert all settings to their defaults by just deleting the settings file (after closing Jamulus)." msgstr "Je kunt alle instellingen terugzetten naar hun standaardwaarden door gewoon het instellingenbestand te verwijderen (na het sluiten van Jamulus)." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Include-Client-Commands.po index 68260d7b5..2a4d024ff 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Include-Client-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Include-Client-Commands.po @@ -1,53 +1,46 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# Henk De Groot , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-13 11:24+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-03-26 08:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: nl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.17-dev\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-M` or `--mutestream` Prevent others on a server from hearing what I play \n" -msgstr "`-M` of `--mutestream` Voorkom dat anderen op een server horen wat ik speel \n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3 +msgid "`-M` or `--mutestream` Prevent others on a server from hearing what I play" +msgstr "`-M` of `--mutestream` Voorkom dat anderen op een server horen wat ik speel" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--mutemyown` Prevent me from hearing what I play in the server mix (headless only) \n" -msgstr "`--mutemyown` Voorkom dat ik hoor wat ik speel in de servermix (alleen in \"headless\" mode) \n" +msgid "`--mutemyown` Prevent me from hearing what I play in the server mix (headless only)" +msgstr "`--mutemyown` Voorkom dat ik hoor wat ik speel in de servermix (alleen in \"headless\" mode)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:4 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-c` or `--connect` Connect to given server address on startup, format `address[:port]` \n" -msgstr "`-c` of `--connect` Verbind met het opgegeven serveradres bij het opstarten, formaat `adres[:poort]` \n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3 +msgid "`-c` or `--connect` Connect to given server address on startup, format `address[:port]`" +msgstr "`-c` of `--connect` Verbind met het opgegeven serveradres bij het opstarten, formaat `adres[:poort]`" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-j` or `--nojackconnect` Disable auto JACK connections \n" -msgstr "`-j` of `--nojackconnect` Schakel automatisch JACK verbindingen uit \n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:4 +msgid "`-j` or `--nojackconnect` Disable auto JACK connections" +msgstr "`-j` of `--nojackconnect` Schakel automatisch JACK verbindingen uit" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)\n" -msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller kanaal om naar te luisteren, control nummer offset en opeenvolgend CC nummers (kanalen) en demp mijzelf CC nummer. Formaat: `kanaal[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` Zie [Tips & trucs](Tips-Tricks-More#ctrlmidich-gebruiken-voor-midi-controllers) \n" +msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)" +msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller kanaal om naar te luisteren, control nummer offset en opeenvolgend CC nummers (kanalen) en demp mijzelf CC nummer. Formaat: `kanaal[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` Zie [Tips & trucs](Tips-Tricks-More#ctrlmidich-gebruiken-voor-midi-controllers)" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--clientname` Window title and JACK client name\n" -msgstr "`--clientname` Venster titel en JACK client naam \n" +msgid "`--clientname` Window title and JACK client name" +msgstr "`--clientname` Venster titel en JACK client naam" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Include-Server-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Include-Server-Commands.po deleted file mode 100644 index 0f3d3dfa1..000000000 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Include-Server-Commands.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,117 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# Henk De Groot , 2022. -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-16 21:20+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" -"Language-Team: \n" -"Language: nl\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:2 -msgid "`-d` or `--discononquit` Disconnect all Clients on quit. Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not used their \"Disconnect\" buttons will re-establish connection when the Server comes back up again. Using this option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server." -msgstr "`-d` of `--discononquit` Verbreek de verbinding met alle clients bij afsluiten. Normaal gesproken, wanneer een server wordt gestopt of opnieuw wordt opgestart, zullen alle clients die hun \"Verbinding verbreken\"-knop niet hebben gebruikt, de verbinding herstellen wanneer de server weer actief is. Als je deze optie gebruikt, worden clients gedwongen hun verbinding met de server handmatig opnieuw tot stand te brengen." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:3 -msgid "`-e` or `--directoryserver` Register the Server on a Directory (e.g. to set its genre (see also `-o`)). See [Server Types](Running-a-Server#server-types) for further information." -msgstr "`-e` of `--directoryserver` Registreer de server op een adresboek (bijv. om het genre in te stellen (zie ook `-o`)). Zie [servertypen](Running-a-Server#servertypen) voor meer informatie." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:4 -msgid "`--directoryfile` Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. Directory Servers only. See [this guide](Directories) for further information." -msgstr "`--directoryfile` Onthoud geregistreerde servers, zelfs als het adresboek opnieuw wordt gestart. Alleen adresboek servers. Zie [deze handleiding](Directories) voor meer informatie." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:5 -msgid "`-f` or `--listfilter` Whitelist Servers registering on the Server list, format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]` Directories only." -msgstr "`-f` of `--listfilter` Whitelist-servers die zich registreren op de serverlijst, formaat `ip-adres 1[;ip-adres 2]`. Alleen voor adresboeken." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:6 -msgid "`-F` or `--fastupdate` Reduces latency if Clients connect with \"Enable Small Network Buffers\" option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients." -msgstr "`-F` of `--fastupdate` Vermindert de latency als clients verbinding maken met de optie \"Kleine netwerkbuffers inschakelen\". Vereist een snellere CPU om uitval te voorkomen en meer bandbreedte voor clients die dit ingeschakeld hebben." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:7 -msgid "`-l` or `--log` Enable logging, set path and file name" -msgstr "`-l` of `--log` Loggen inschakelen, pad en bestandsnaam instellen" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:8 -msgid "`-L` or `--licence` Show an agreement window before users can connect" -msgstr "`-L` of `--licence` Laat een overeenkomst venster zien voordat gebruikers verbinding kunnen maken" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:9 -msgid "`-m` or `--htmlstatus` Enable HTML status file, set path and file name" -msgstr "`-m` of `--htmlstatus` HTML-statusbestand inschakelen, pad en bestandsnaam instellen" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:10 -msgid "`-o` or `--serverinfo` Location details in the format: `[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code or Qt5 Locale]` (see [two-letter ISO country codes](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements) or [Qt5 Locale values](https://doc.qt.io/qt-5/qlocale.html#Country-enum)) Registered Servers only" -msgstr "`-o` of `--serverinfo` Locatie details in het formaat: `[naam];[stad];[land als tweeletterige ISO landcode of Qt5 locale waarde]` (zie [tweeletterige ISO landcodes](https://nl.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officieel_toegewezen_code-elementen) of [Qt5 locale waarden](https://doc.qt.io/qt-5/qlocale.html#Country-enum)). Alleen geregistreerde servers." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:11 -msgid "`-P` or `--delaypan` Start with delay panning enabled See [notes](Running-a-Server#delay-panning)" -msgstr "`-P` of `--delaypan` Start met delay panning ingeschakeld. Zie [opmerking](Running-a-Server#delay-panning)." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:12 -msgid "`-R` or `--recording` Set server recording directory; Server will record when a session is active by default. See [Options](Running-a-Server#options)." -msgstr "`-R` of `--recording` Serveropnamedirectory instellen; Server neemt standaard op wanneer een sessie actief is. Zie [opties](Running-a-Server#opties)." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:13 -msgid "`--norecord` Set server not to record by default (when recording is configured e.g via `-R`)" -msgstr "`--norecord` Stel de server in om standaard niet op te nemen (wanneer de opname is geconfigureerd, bijvoorbeeld via `-R`)" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:14 -msgid "`-s` or `--server` Start in Server mode" -msgstr "`-s` of `--server` Start in server modus" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:15 -msgid "`--serverbindip` Specify the IP address to bind to" -msgstr "`--serverbindip` Geef het IP-adres op om aan te binden" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:16 -msgid "`-T` or `--multithreading` Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs to support more Clients" -msgstr "`-T` of `--multithreading` Gebruik multithreading om beter gebruik te maken van multi-core CPU's om meer clients te ondersteunen" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:17 -msgid "`-u` or `--numchannels` Maximum number of channels (Clients)" -msgstr "`-u` of `--numchannels` Maximum aantal kanalen (clients)" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:18 -msgid "`-w` or `--welcomemessage` Welcome message on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML." -msgstr "`-w` of `--welcomemessage` Welkomstbericht bij verbindingmaken. Kan worden opgegeven als een tekenreeks of bestandsnaam en kan HTML bevatten." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:19 -msgid "`-z` or `--startminimized` Start minimized" -msgstr "`-z` of `--startminimized` Start geminimaliseerd" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:19 -msgid "`--serverpublicip` The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [Notes on Directories](Directories#points-to-note-about-directories)" -msgstr "`--serverpublicip` Het openbare IP-adres van de server als verbinding wordt gemaakt met een adresboek achter dezelfde NAT. Zie [aandachtspunten voor adresboeken](Directories#aandachtspunten-voor-adresboeken)" - -#~ msgid "`-l` or `--log` Enable logging, set path and file name \n" -#~ msgstr "`-l` of `--log` Logboek inschakelen, pad en bestandsnaam instellen \n" - -#~ msgid "`--norecord` Disable recording when enabled by default by `-R` \n" -#~ msgstr "`--norecord` Opname uitschakelen indien standaard ingeschakeld door `-R` \n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Include-Shared-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Include-Shared-Commands.po index f0b42a340..aefc6b039 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Include-Shared-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Include-Shared-Commands.po @@ -1,82 +1,79 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# Henk De Groot , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-13 11:25+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-05 21:22+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: nl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:3 msgid "[comment]: # (This is an include file for use in multiple documents)" msgstr "[comment]: # (Dit bestand is opgenomen in meerdere documenten)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-h` or `--help` Display help text \n" -msgstr "`-h` of `--help` Laat de help tekst zien \n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-h` or `--help` Display help text" +msgstr "`-h` of `--help` Laat de help tekst zien" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:6 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default)\n" -msgstr "`-i` of `--inifile` Stel de locatie in van het ini-bestand (overschrijft de standaard) \n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default. On macOS simply provide a filename only, since config files can only be read from `/Users//Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/`. For the server replace `io.jamulus.Jamulus` with `io.jamulus.JamulusServer`. Turn on \"Show Library folder\" in \"Show view options\" in Finder to see this folder.)" +msgstr "`-i` of `--inifile` Stel de locatie van het initialisatiebestand in (heeft voorrang op de standaardinstelling. Geef op macOS alleen een bestandsnaam op, aangezien configuratiebestanden alleen kunnen worden gelezen vanuit `/Users//Library/Containers/io.jamulus .Jamulus/Data/`. Vervang voor de server `io.jamulus.Jamulus` door `io.jamulus.JamulusServer`. Schakel \"Toon bibliotheekmap\" in \"Toon weergaveopties\" in Finder in om deze map te zien.)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:7 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-n` or `--nogui` Disable GUI (for use in headless mode) \n" -msgstr "`-n` of `--nogui` Schakel de GUI uit (voor gebruik in headless mode) \n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-n` or `--nogui` Disable GUI (for use in headless mode)" +msgstr "`-n` of `--nogui` Schakel de GUI uit (voor gebruik in headless mode)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:8 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-p` or `--port` Sets the local UDP port number. Default is 22124\n" -msgstr "`-p` of `--port` Stelt het lokale UDP poort number in. Standaard is dit: 22124 \n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-p` or `--port` Sets the local UDP port number. Default is 22124" +msgstr "`-p` of `--port` Stelt het lokale UDP poort nummer in. Standaard is dit: 22124" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:9 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--jsonrpcport` Enables JSON-RPC API server to control the app, set TCP port number (EXPERIMENTAL, APIs might change; only accessible from localhost). Please see [the JSON-RPC API Documentation file](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md).\n" -msgstr "`--jsonrpcport` Schakelt de JSON-RPC API-server in om de app te besturen, het TCP-poortnummer in te stellen (EXPERIMENTEEL, API's kunnen veranderen; alleen toegankelijk vanaf localhost). Zie ook [het JSON-RPC API documentatie bestand (engelstalig)](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md).\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`--jsonrpcport` Enables JSON-RPC API server to control the app, set TCP port number (EXPERIMENTAL, APIs might change; only accessible from localhost). Please see [the JSON-RPC API Documentation file](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." +msgstr "`--jsonrpcport` Schakelt de JSON-RPC API-server in om de app te besturen, het TCP-poortnummer in te stellen (EXPERIMENTEEL, API's kunnen veranderen; alleen toegankelijk vanaf localhost). Zie ook [het JSON-RPC API documentatie bestand (engelstalig)](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:10 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--jsonrpcsecretfile` Required when using `--jsonrpcport`. Sets a path to a text file containing an authentication string for getting access to the JSON-RPC API.\n" -msgstr "`--jsonrpcsecretfile` Vereist bij gebruik van `--jsonrpcport`. Stelt een pad in naar een tekstbestand dat een authenticatietekenreeks bevat om toegang te krijgen tot de JSON-RPC API.\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`--jsonrpcsecretfile` Required when using `--jsonrpcport`. Sets a path to a text file containing an authentication string for getting access to the JSON-RPC API." +msgstr "`--jsonrpcsecretfile` Vereist bij gebruik van `--jsonrpcport`. Stelt een pad in naar een tekstbestand dat een authenticatietekenreeks bevat om toegang te krijgen tot de JSON-RPC API." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:11 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-Q` or `--qos` Sets the quality of service DS Field byte. Default is 128 (DSCP/CS4). QoS is ignored by Windows. To enable it, [see this page](QOS-Windows)\n" -msgstr "`-Q` of `--qos` Stelt de DS Field byte van de Quality of Service in. Standaard is dit: 128 (DSCP/CS4). QoS wordt genegeerd door Windows. Om het in te schakelen, [zie deze pagina](QOS-Windows)\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`--jsonrpcbindip` The IP address the JSON-RPC server should bind to. (optional, defaults to 127.0.0.1)" +msgstr "`--jsonrpcbindip` Het IP-adres waaraan de JSON-RPC-server moet binden (optioneel, standaard is dit 127.0.0.1)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:12 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-t` or `--notranslation` Disable UI language translations\n" -msgstr "`-t` of `--notranslation` Schakelt UI-vertaling uit\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-Q` or `--qos` Sets the quality of service DS Field byte. Default is 128 (DSCP/CS4). QoS is ignored by Windows. To enable it, [see this page](QOS-Windows)" +msgstr "`-Q` of `--qos` Stelt de DS Field byte van de Quality of Service in. Standaard is dit: 128 (DSCP/CS4). QoS wordt genegeerd door Windows. Om het in te schakelen, [zie deze pagina](QOS-Windows)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:13 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-6` or `--enableipv6` Enable IPv6 addressing (IPv4 is always enabled)\n" -msgstr "`-6` of `--enableipv6` Schakelt IPv6 adressen in (IPv4 is altijd ingeschakeld)\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-t` or `--notranslation` Disable UI language translations" +msgstr "`-t` of `--notranslation` Schakelt UI-vertaling uit" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:13 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-v` or `--version` Output version information and exit\n" -msgstr "`-v` of `--version` Laat de versie informatie zien \n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-6` or `--enableipv6` Enable IPv6 addressing (IPv4 is always enabled)" +msgstr "`-6` of `--enableipv6` Schakelt IPv6 adressen in (IPv4 is altijd ingeschakeld)" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-v` or `--version` Output version information and exit" +msgstr "`-v` of `--version` Laat de versie informatie zien" + +#~ msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default)" +#~ msgstr "`-i` of `--inifile` Stel de locatie in van het ini-bestand (overschrijft de standaard)" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-Android.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-Android.po index 23392ec00..32b449d89 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-Android.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-Android.po @@ -1,41 +1,41 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# Henk De Groot , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-13 15:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-03-27 11:43+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: nl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.17-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "nl" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Android" msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Android" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:11 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation for Android" msgstr "Installatie voor Android" @@ -45,11 +45,6 @@ msgstr "Installatie voor Android" msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Jamulus gebruiken\" branch1=\"Aan de slag\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:12 -msgid "# Installation for Android" -msgstr "# Installatie voor Android" - #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:14 msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." @@ -60,61 +55,59 @@ msgstr "Zorg dat je de [aan de slag](Getting-Started) pagina hebt gelezen." msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:18 -msgid "## Things to note about Android" -msgstr "## Opmerkingen over Android" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Things to note about Android" +msgstr "Opmerkingen over Android" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:20 msgid "Although you **can** install Jamulus on Android devices (and hear sound), we strongly recommend **not** doing so. Sound quality - especially over WiFi - is usually bad and latency is high. If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } which is an inexpensive and small device that performs very well with Jamulus. Android support is just a proof of concept." msgstr "Hoewel je Jamulus **kunt** installeren op Android-apparaten (en geluid hoort), raden we je ten zeerste aan om dit **niet** te doen. De geluidskwaliteit - vooral via wifi - is meestal slecht en de latency is hoog. Als je geen pc hebt, raden we je aan om een [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } te kopen, een goedkoop en klein apparaat dat zeer goed presteert met Jamulus. Android-ondersteuning is slechts een proof of concept." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:22 -msgid "## Install the Android PoC" -msgstr "## Installeer de Android PoC" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:21 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Install the Android PoC" +msgstr "Installeer de Android PoC" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:24 msgid "If you do want to try Jamulus on Android:" msgstr "Als je Jamulus op Android wilt proberen:" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:26 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:28 msgid "Allow the installation of apps from unknown sources (look in Settings>Security. Note: The exact way to do this depends on your device and OS-version)" msgstr "Sta de installatie van applicaties van onbekende bronnen toe (kijk in Instellingen>Beveiliging. Let op: de exacte manier om dit te doen hangt af van jouw apparaat en OS-versie)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:27 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:28 msgid "[Download and install Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.android }}){: .button}" msgstr "[Download en installeer Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.android }}){: .button}" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:28 msgid "You should now be able to run Jamulus on your Android device" msgstr "Je zou nu Jamulus op jouw Android-apparaat moeten kunnen gebruiken" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:30 -msgid "## Feedback and development" -msgstr "## Feedback en ontwikkeling" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Feedback and development" +msgstr "Feedback en ontwikkeling" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:32 msgid "We are very happy to get feedback from Android users and developers. Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." msgstr "We zijn erg blij om feedback te krijgen van Android-gebruikers en -ontwikkelaars. Ga hiervoor naar de [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:34 +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:35 #, no-wrap -msgid "***\n" -msgstr "***\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:36 -msgid "## All installed?" -msgstr "## Alles geïnstalleerd?" +msgid "All installed?" +msgstr "Alles geïnstalleerd?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:38 @@ -125,3 +118,10 @@ msgstr "Jamulus is geïnstalleerd en kan nu worden gebruikt. Kijk eens naar de" #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:39 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[Aan de slag pagina](Getting-Started){: .button}" + +#~ msgid "# Installation for Android" +#~ msgstr "# Installatie voor Android" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "***\n" +#~ msgstr "***\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-Linux.po index 503911962..61a2bafbc 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-Linux.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-Linux.po @@ -1,41 +1,41 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# Henk De Groot , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-13 11:24+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-31 20:05+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: nl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "nl" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux" msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:10 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation for Linux" msgstr "Installatie voor Linux" @@ -45,11 +45,6 @@ msgstr "Installatie voor Linux" msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Jamulus gebruiken\" branch1=\"Aan de slag\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:11 -msgid "# Installation for Linux" -msgstr "# Installatie voor Linux" - #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:13 msgid "Make sure you read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." @@ -62,156 +57,227 @@ msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:17 -msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first." -msgstr "Upgraden? Misschien wil je eerst een [back-up van je configuratie](Software-Manual#een-back-up-maken-van-jamulus) maken." +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Upgrading?** You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first.\n" +msgstr "**Upgraden?** Misschien wil je eerst een [back-up van je configuratie](Software-Manual#een-back-up-maken-van-jamulus) maken.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:19 -msgid "### Debian and Ubuntu" -msgstr "### Debian en Ubuntu" +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Installing a server?** Read the [guide for server adminstrators](Running-a-Server) first.\n" +msgstr "**Een server installeren?** Lees eerst de [handleiding voor serverbeheerders](Running-a-Server).\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:21 -msgid "We provide three equivalent `.deb` files for the most common architectures. Please download the appropriate one:" -msgstr "We bieden drie equivalente `.deb`-bestanden voor de meest voorkomende architecturen. Download de juiste:" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Debian and Ubuntu" +msgstr "Debian en Ubuntu" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:23 +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:22 #, no-wrap -msgid "**For Intel/AMD based machines (amd64):**\n" -msgstr "**Voor op Intel/AMD gebaseerde machines (amd64):**\n" +msgid "Using the official Repository (recommended)" +msgstr "Gebruik de officiële repository (aanbevolen)" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:25 -msgid "[Download Jamulus (.deb, amd64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}){:.button}" -msgstr "[Download Jamulus (.deb, amd64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}){:.button}" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:27 +msgid "We provide a repository for Debian and Ubuntu based distributions that allows automatic updates alongside your other system updates. To use the repository:" +msgstr "We bieden een repository aan voor op Debian en Ubuntu gebaseerde distributies die automatische updates naast jouw andere systeemupdates mogelijk maakt. Om de repository te gebruiken:" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 +msgid "Open your Terminal (CTRL+ALT+T should work)" +msgstr "Open een consolevenster (CTRL+ALT+T zou moeten werken)" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +msgid "*Ubuntu only* - Enable the Ubuntu \"universe\" repository (you can use the [GUI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/148645) or [CLI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/227788))." +msgstr "*Alleen Ubuntu* - Schakel de Ubuntu \"universe\"-repository in (je kunt de [GUI-gebaseerde benadering](https://askubuntu.com/a/148645) of [CLI-gebaseerde benadering](https://askubuntu. com/a/227788) gebruiken)." + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 +msgid "Download the repository setup script:\\\\" +msgstr "Download het repository setup script:\\\\" + +#. type: Fenced code block (bash) +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 #, no-wrap -msgid "**For ARM based machines (e.g. Raspberry Pi, armhf, arm64):**\n" -msgstr "**Voor op ARM gebaseerde machines (bijv. Raspberry Pi, armhf, arm64):**\n" +msgid "curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh\n" +msgstr "curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:30 -msgid "[Download Jamulus 32 bit (.deb, armhf)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}){:.button} [Download Jamulus 64 bit (.deb, arm64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }}){:.button}" -msgstr "[Download Jamulus 32 bit (.deb, armhf)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}){:.button} [Download Jamulus 64 bit (.deb, arm64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }}){:.button}" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:32 -msgid "After you downloaded the correct file:" -msgstr "Nadat je het juiste bestand hebt gedownload:" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:33 +msgid "Make the script executable:\\\\" +msgstr "Maak het script uitvoerbaar: \\\\" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:34 +#. type: Fenced code block (bash) +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:33 #, no-wrap -msgid "*Ubuntu only* - Enable the Ubuntu \"universe\" repository (you can use the [GUI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/148645) or [CLI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/227788)).\n" -msgstr "*Alleen Ubuntu* - Schakel de Ubuntu \"universe\"-repository in (je kunt de [GUI-gebaseerde benadering](https://askubuntu.com/a/148645) of [CLI-gebaseerde benadering](https://askubuntu. com/a/227788) gebruiken).\n" +msgid "chmod +x setup_repo.sh\n" +msgstr "chmod +x setup_repo.sh\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:35 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Update apt by opening a console window (CTRL+ALT+T should work) and type: `sudo apt-get update`\n" -msgstr "Werk apt bij door een consolevenster te openen (CTRL+ALT+T zou moeten werken) en typ: `sudo apt-get update`\n" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:37 +msgid "Run the setup script and install Jamulus:\\\\" +msgstr "Voer het setup script uit en installeer Jamulus:\\\\" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:36 +#. type: Fenced code block (bash) +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:37 #, no-wrap -msgid "Go to where you downloaded the installer and either double-click on it, or use the command line: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` for armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}` for arm64: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }}`\n" -msgstr "Ga naar de locatie waar je het installatieprogramma hebt gedownload en dubbelklik erop of gebruik de opdrachtregel: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` voor armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}` voor arm64: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }}`\n" +msgid "sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus\n" +msgstr "sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:37 +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:41 #, no-wrap -msgid "Once installed, you can delete the file and close any console windows.\n" -msgstr "Eenmaal geïnstalleerd, dan kun je het bestand verwijderen en alle consolevensters sluiten.\n" +msgid "Installing the .deb files manually" +msgstr "De .deb-bestanden handmatig installeren" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:39 -msgid "Note that if you need to upgrade Jamulus to a newer version, just download the new .deb file and re-install as above." -msgstr "Als je Jamulus moet upgraden naar een nieuwere versie dan kun je gewoon het nieuwe .deb-bestand downloaden en opnieuw installeren zoals hierboven beschreven." +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +msgid "Download Jamulus for your architecture: [amd64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}), [armf]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}) or [arm64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }})" +msgstr "Download Jamulus voor jouw architectuur: [amd64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}), [armf]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}) of [arm64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }})" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +msgid "Update apt by opening a console window (CTRL+ALT+T should work) and type: `sudo apt-get update`" +msgstr "Werk apt bij door een consolevenster te openen (CTRL+ALT+T zou moeten werken) en typ: `sudo apt-get update`" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +msgid "Go to where you downloaded the installer and either double-click on it, or use the command line: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` (or for Raspberry Pi etc. as above)" +msgstr "Ga naar de locatie waar je het installatieprogramma hebt gedownload en dubbelklik erop of gebruik de opdrachtregel: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` (of voor Raspberry Pi etc. zoals hierboven)" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +msgid "Once installed, you can delete the file and close any console windows." +msgstr "Eenmaal geïnstalleerd, dan kun je het bestand verwijderen en alle consolevensters sluiten." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:41 -msgid "### Other distributions" -msgstr "### Andere distributies" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Upgrades:** If you need to upgrade Jamulus to a newer version and install Jamulus manually, just download the new .deb file and re-install as above.\n" +msgstr "**Upgraden:** Als je Jamulus moet upgraden naar een nieuwere versie en Jamulus handmatig moet installeren, download dan gewoon het nieuwe .deb-bestand en installeer het opnieuw zoals hierboven.\n" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Other distributions" +msgstr "Andere distributies" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:43 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:54 msgid "For installers on other distributions, see their package managers and [Repology](https://repology.org/project/jamulus/versions). If an up-to-date version of Jamulus is not included in your distribution, you can [compile Jamulus from source](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md). Note also the contributed [installation scripts](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/installscripts)." msgstr "Voor installatieprogramma's voor andere distributies, zie hun pakketbeheerders en [Repology](https://repology.org/project/jamulus/versions). Als er geen up-to-date versie van Jamulus is opgenomen in jouw distributie, dan kun je [Jamulus compileren van de broncode (engelstalig)](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md). Je kunt wellicht ook een van de bijgedragen [installatie scripts](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/installscripts) gebruiken." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:45 -msgid "## Set up your hardware" -msgstr "## Hardware configuratie" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:55 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Set up your hardware" +msgstr "Hardware configuratie" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:47 -msgid "### Configure JACK with QjackCtl" -msgstr "### Configureer JACK met QjackCtl" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Configure JACK with QjackCtl" +msgstr "Configureer JACK met QjackCtl" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:49 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:60 msgid "Jamulus Clients need [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) to run, but you need to configure that first. The recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`." msgstr "Jamulus-clients gebruiken [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) om te werken, maar die moet je eerst configureren. Het is aan te bevelen om hiervoor `QjackCtl` te gebruiken." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:50 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:63 msgid "Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page**" msgstr "Start QjackCtl. Je ziet het **Qt JACK Control utility hoofdvenster**" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:51 +#. type: Bullet: '2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:63 msgid "Configure your audio hardware as follows (the exact settings for JACK will depend on what your audio hardware is capable of):" msgstr "Configureer je audiohardware als volgt (de exacte instellingen voor JACK zijn afhankelijk van waar jouw audiohardware toe in staat is):" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:53 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 msgid "Set the audio **Interface** to the one you want (there may be several in the list)" msgstr "Stel de audio **Interface** in op degene die je wilt (er kunnen er meerdere in de lijst staan)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:54 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 msgid "Set the **Sample Rate to 48000**" msgstr "Stel de **Sample Rate in op 48000**" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:55 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 msgid "Set the **Frames/Period to 128** and Periods/Buffer at 2 at first" msgstr "Stel de **Frames/Period in op 128** en Periods/Buffer op 2 om mee te beginnen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:57 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:69 msgid "Restart JACK for the new settings to take effect" msgstr "Herstart JACK zodat de nieuwe instellingen geactiveerd worden" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:59 -msgid "### Start Jamulus" -msgstr "### Start Jamulus" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:70 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Start Jamulus" +msgstr "Start Jamulus" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:61 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:73 msgid "With JACK running and configured, launch Jamulus." msgstr "Terwijl JACK actief en geconfigureerd is, start je Jamulus." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:63 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:75 msgid "If you get problems with sound breaking up (in particular XRUN errors reported by JACK/QjackCtl) try setting bigger values (e.g. 256 frames or 3 periods). Lower ones (e.g. 64 frames) could bring better performance but maybe more sound problems. See the [troubleshooting page](Client-Troubleshooting) otherwise." msgstr "Als je problemen krijgt met het onderbreken van het geluid (met name XRUN-fouten gerapporteerd door JACK/QjackCtl), probeer dan grotere waarden in te stellen (bijv. 256 frames of 3 periods). Lagere (bijvoorbeeld 64 frames) kunnen betere prestaties opleveren maar zorgen misschien voor meer geluidsproblemen. Zie ook de [problemen oplossen pagina](Client-Troubleshooting)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:65 -msgid "## All installed?" -msgstr "## Alles geïnstalleerd?" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:76 +#, no-wrap +msgid "All installed?" +msgstr "Alles geïnstalleerd?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:79 msgid "Take a look at the" msgstr "Kijk eens naar de" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:68 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:80 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[Aan de slag pagina](Getting-Started){: .button}" + +#~ msgid "[Download Jamulus (.deb, amd64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}){:.button}" +#~ msgstr "[Download Jamulus (.deb, amd64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}){:.button}" + +#~ msgid "After you downloaded the correct file:" +#~ msgstr "Nadat je het juiste bestand hebt gedownload:" + +#~ msgid "Go to where you downloaded the installer and either double-click on it, or use the command line:" +#~ msgstr "Ga naar waar je het installatieprogramma hebt gedownload en dubbelklik erop of gebruik de opdrachtregel:" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\t`sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` (or for Raspberry Pi etc. as above)\n" +#~ "1. Once installed, you can delete the file and close any console windows.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\t`sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` (of voor Raspberry Pi etc. zoals hierboven)\n" +#~ "1. Eenmaal geïnstalleerd, dan kun je het bestand verwijderen en alle consolevensters sluiten.\n" + +#~ msgid "Jamulus Clients need [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) to run, but you need to configure that first. The recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`. 1. Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page** 2. Configure your audio hardware as follows (the exact settings for JACK will depend on what your audio hardware is capable of):" +#~ msgstr "Jamulus clients hebben [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) nodig om te kunnen werken, maar dat moet je eerst configureren. De aanbevolen methode is om `QjackCtl` te gebruiken. 1. Start QjackCtl. Je ziet de **hoofdpagina van het hulpprogramma Qt JACK Control** 2. Configureer je audiohardware als volgt (de exacte instellingen voor JACK zijn afhankelijk van waartoe je audiohardware in staat is):" + +#~ msgid "# Installation for Linux" +#~ msgstr "# Installatie voor Linux" + +#~ msgid "We provide three equivalent `.deb` files for the most common architectures. Please download the appropriate one:" +#~ msgstr "We bieden drie equivalente `.deb`-bestanden voor de meest voorkomende architecturen. Download de juiste:" + +#~ msgid "**For Intel/AMD based machines (amd64):**\n" +#~ msgstr "**Voor op Intel/AMD gebaseerde machines (amd64):**\n" + +#~ msgid "**For ARM based machines (e.g. Raspberry Pi, armhf, arm64):**\n" +#~ msgstr "**Voor op ARM gebaseerde machines (bijv. Raspberry Pi, armhf, arm64):**\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-Macintosh.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-Macintosh.po index bf4b47edb..b065d963e 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-Macintosh.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-Macintosh.po @@ -1,41 +1,41 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# Henk De Groot , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-12 20:27+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-30 20:06+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: nl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "nl" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh" msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:10 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation for macOS" msgstr "Installatie voor macOS" @@ -45,11 +45,6 @@ msgstr "Installatie voor macOS" msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Jamulus gebruiken\" branch1=\"Aan de slag\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:11 -msgid "# Installation for macOS" -msgstr "# Installatie voor macOS" - #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:13 msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." @@ -66,97 +61,99 @@ msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#b msgstr "Upgraden? Misschien wil je eerst een [back-up van je configuratie](Software-Manual#een-back-up-maken-van-jamulus) maken." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:19 -msgid "[Download Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\" -msgstr "[Download Jamulus (Universele versie)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:21 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:22 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"**macOS Mojave (10.14) or lower:** [Download legacy version]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-legacy }})\\\\\n" -"**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"1. [Download Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +" **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"1. **Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the licence, *drag and drop* each icon you see in the window (Jamulus Client and Server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window.\n" +"1. **Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" msgstr "" -"**macOS Mojave (10.14) of lager:** [Download legacy versie]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-legacy }})\\\\\n" -"**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"1. [Download Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +" **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"1. **Installeer Jamulus**: Open het gedownloade `.dmg`-bestand, ga akkoord met de licentie, *sleep* elk pictogram dat je in het venster ziet (Jamulus Client en Server) naar je *Applicaties-map*. Daarna kunt je dit venster sluiten.\n" +"1. **Jamulus uitvoeren**. Nu zou je Jamulus net als elke andere applicatie moeten kunnen gebruiken.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:22 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the licence, *drag and drop* each icon you see in the window (Jamulus Client and Server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window.\n" -msgstr "**Installeer Jamulus**: Open het gedownloade `.dmg-bestand`, ga akkoord met de licentie, *sleep* de pictogrammen die je in het venster ziet (Jamulus-client en -server) naar de *Applicaties* map. Daarna kun je dit venster sluiten.\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:23 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" -msgstr "**Start Jamulus**. Nu zou je Jamulus net als elke andere applicatie moeten kunnen gebruiken.\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:25 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:24 msgid "_You can remove the folder in the Downloads directory containing the `.dmg` and eject the \"Jamulus\" drive on your desktop. They are no longer needed._" msgstr "_Je kunt de map in de map Downloads die de `.dmg` bevat verwijderen en de schijf \"Jamulus\" op je bureaublad verwijderen. Deze zijn niet meer nodig._" #. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** You can find old (legacy) versions supporting outdated operating systems on the [GitHub release page](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n" +msgstr "**Opmerking:** Je kunt oude (verouderde) versies vinden die verouderde besturingssystemen ondersteunen op de [GitHub-releasepagina](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n" + +#. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:27 #, no-wrap -msgid "***\n" -msgstr "***\n" +msgid "All installed?" +msgstr "Alles geïnstalleerd?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:29 -msgid "## \"Jamulus\" can't be opened because the developer cannot be verified" -msgstr "## \"Jamulus\" kan niet worden geopend omdat de ontwikkelaar niet kan worden geverifieerd" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:30 +msgid "Take a look at the" +msgstr "Kijk eens naar de" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:31 -msgid "If you are using the \"legacy\" version of Jamulus (because you are running an older version of macOS), the first time you run Jamulus, you will see a message saying it cannot be opened." -msgstr "Wanneer je de \"legacy\" versie van Jamulus gebruikt (omdat je een oudere versie van macOS hebt), dan zal de eerste keer dat je Jamulus start een bericht verschijnen dat het niet kan worden geopend." +msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgstr "[Aan de slag pagina](Getting-Started){: .button}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:33 -msgid "To open Jamulus" -msgstr "Om Jamulus te starten" +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "\"Jamulus\" can't be opened because the developer cannot be verified" +#~ msgstr "\"Jamulus\" kan niet worden geopend omdat de ontwikkelaar niet kan worden geverifieerd" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:34 -msgid "Go to the Applications folder via Finder" -msgstr "Ga naar de Apps map via de Finder" +#~ msgid "If you are using the \"legacy\" version of Jamulus (because you are running an older version of macOS), the first time you run Jamulus, you will see a message saying it cannot be opened." +#~ msgstr "Wanneer je de \"legacy\" versie van Jamulus gebruikt (omdat je een oudere versie van macOS hebt), dan zal de eerste keer dat je Jamulus start een bericht verschijnen dat het niet kan worden geopend." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:35 -msgid "Double-click on Jamulus and wait for the above-mentioned message" -msgstr "Dubbelklik op Jamulus en wacht totdat bovenstaande bericht wordt weergegeven" +#~ msgid "To open Jamulus" +#~ msgstr "Om Jamulus te starten" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:36 -msgid "Close this message by clicking on \"Cancel\"" -msgstr "Sluit dit bericht door op \"OK\" te klikken" +#~ msgid "Go to the Applications folder via Finder" +#~ msgstr "Ga naar de Apps map via de Finder" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:37 -msgid "Now control-click (or right-click) on Jamulus, and select \"Open\" from the top of the menu." -msgstr "Control-klik nu (of klik met de rechtermuisknop) op Jamulus en selecteer \"Open\" bovenaan het menu." +#~ msgid "Double-click on Jamulus and wait for the above-mentioned message" +#~ msgstr "Dubbelklik op Jamulus en wacht totdat bovenstaande bericht wordt weergegeven" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:39 -msgid "You will then get a slightly different version of the same message, which allows you to click \"Open\". From the on, you can run Jamulus in the normal way and the message won't appear. For further information about this warning see [this Apple Support Page](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)." -msgstr "Je krijgt dan een iets andere versie van hetzelfde bericht, waarmee je op \"Open\" kunt klikken en het kunt uitvoeren. Van nu af aan kun je Jamulus op de gebruikelijke manier starten en krijg je deze waarschuwing nu niet meer te zien. Voor meer informatie over deze waarschuwing zie [deze Apple Support Pagina](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)." +#~ msgid "Close this message by clicking on \"Cancel\"" +#~ msgstr "Sluit dit bericht door op \"OK\" te klikken" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:41 -msgid "## All installed?" -msgstr "## Alles geïnstalleerd?" +#~ msgid "Now control-click (or right-click) on Jamulus, and select \"Open\" from the top of the menu." +#~ msgstr "Control-klik nu (of klik met de rechtermuisknop) op Jamulus en selecteer \"Open\" bovenaan het menu." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:43 -msgid "Take a look at the" -msgstr "Kijk eens naar de" +#~ msgid "You will then get a slightly different version of the same message, which allows you to click \"Open\". From the on, you can run Jamulus in the normal way and the message won't appear. For further information about this warning see [this Apple Support Page](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)." +#~ msgstr "Je krijgt dan een iets andere versie van hetzelfde bericht, waarmee je op \"Open\" kunt klikken en het kunt uitvoeren. Van nu af aan kun je Jamulus op de gebruikelijke manier starten en krijg je deze waarschuwing nu niet meer te zien. Voor meer informatie over deze waarschuwing zie [deze Apple Support Pagina](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:44 -msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" -msgstr "[Aan de slag pagina](Getting-Started){: .button}" +#~ msgid "To open Jamulus 1. Go to the Applications folder via Finder 1. Double-click on Jamulus and wait for the above-mentioned message 1. Close this message by clicking on \"Cancel\" 1. Now control-click (or right-click) on Jamulus, and select \"Open\" from the top of the menu." +#~ msgstr "Om Jamulus te openen 1. Ga via Finder naar de map Programma's 1. Dubbelklik op Jamulus en wacht op bovenvermeld bericht 1. Sluit dit bericht door op \"Annuleren\" te klikken 1. Control-klik nu (of rechtsklik) op Jamulus en selecteer \"Openen\" bovenaan het menu." + +#~ msgid "# Installation for macOS" +#~ msgstr "# Installatie voor macOS" + +#~ msgid "[Download Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\" +#~ msgstr "[Download Jamulus (Universele versie)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**macOS Mojave (10.14) or lower:** [Download legacy version]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-legacy }})\\\\\n" +#~ "**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "**macOS Mojave (10.14) of lager:** [Download legacy versie]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-legacy }})\\\\\n" +#~ "**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the licence, *drag and drop* each icon you see in the window (Jamulus Client and Server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window.\n" +#~ msgstr "**Installeer Jamulus**: Open het gedownloade `.dmg-bestand`, ga akkoord met de licentie, *sleep* de pictogrammen die je in het venster ziet (Jamulus-client en -server) naar de *Applicaties* map. Daarna kun je dit venster sluiten.\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" +#~ msgstr "**Start Jamulus**. Nu zou je Jamulus net als elke andere applicatie moeten kunnen gebruiken.\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "***\n" +#~ msgstr "***\n" #~ msgid "We provide three downloads for macOS. Please download the appropriate one:" #~ msgstr "We bieden drie downloads voor macOS. Download de juiste:" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-Windows.po index fb913ffe2..9dae15846 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-Windows.po @@ -1,41 +1,41 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# Henk De Groot , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-13 11:24+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-31 07:04+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: nl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "nl" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows" msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:10 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation for Windows" msgstr "Installatie voor Windows" @@ -45,11 +45,6 @@ msgstr "Installatie voor Windows" msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Jamulus gebruiken\" branch1=\"Aan de slag\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:11 -msgid "# Installation for Windows" -msgstr "# Installatie voor Windows" - #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:13 msgid "Make sure you read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." @@ -65,41 +60,26 @@ msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first." msgstr "Upgraden? Misschien wil je eerst een [back-up van je configuratie](Software-Manual#een-back-up-maken-van-jamulus) maken." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:19 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Download and install an ASIO Driver**. Try to use the driver that your hardware manufacturer provides. If you can't find that, or you don't have an external sound card, you probably need to install ASIO4ALL. For more information scroll down to the [ASIO](#asio) section.\n" -msgstr "**Download en installeer een ASIO Driver**. Probeer eerst het stuurprogramma te gebruiken dat met de hardware wordt geleverd te gebruiken. Als je die niet kunt vinden of als je geen externe geluidskaart/audio-interface hebt, dan moet je waarschijnlijk ASIO4ALL installeren. Voor meer informatie scroll naar beneden naar de [ASIO](#asio) sectie.\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:20 -#, no-wrap -msgid "[Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\n" -msgstr "[Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:21 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" -msgstr "**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:22 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Install Jamulus**: Double click the installer to launch it. If you get a warning notice from SmartScreen, click on \"More info\" and \"Run anyway\" to install Jamulus. (If you grabbed a new version of Jamulus and are one of the first people who downloaded it, Jamulus won't be whitelisted by SmartScreen yet. We don't pay for code signing.)\n" -msgstr "**Installeer Jamulus**: Dubbelklik op het installatieprogramma om het te starten. Als je een waarschuwing krijgt van SmartScreen, klik dan op \"Meer info\" en \"Toch uitvoeren\" om Jamulus te installeren. (Als je als een van de eersten een nieuwe versie van Jamulus hebt gedownload, dan staat Jamulus nog niet op de witte lijst van SmartScreen. We betalen niet voor het ondertekenen van codes.)\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:23 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" -msgstr "**Start Jamulus**. Nu zou je Jamulus net als elke andere applicatie moeten kunnen gebruiken.\n" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:24 +msgid "**Download and install an ASIO Driver**. Try to use the driver that your hardware manufacturer provides. If you can't find that, or you don't have an external sound card, you probably need to install ASIO4ALL. For more information scroll down to the [ASIO](#asio) section." +msgstr "**Download en installeer een ASIO Driver**. Probeer eerst het stuurprogramma te gebruiken dat met de hardware wordt geleverd te gebruiken. Als je die niet kunt vinden of als je geen externe geluidskaart/audio-interface hebt, dan moet je waarschijnlijk ASIO4ALL installeren. Voor meer informatie scroll naar beneden naar de [ASIO](#asio) sectie." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:24 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Set up your sound card**. When you're done, you need to set up your audio hardware. And if you are using ASIO4ALL, have a look at how to set that up below.\n" -msgstr "**Stel je geluidskaart in**. Als je klaar bent, moet je je geluidskaart/audio-interface instellen en als je ASIO4ALL gebruikt, bekijk dan hieronder hoe je dat instelt.\n" +msgid "" +"1. [Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +" **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"1. **Install Jamulus**: Double click the installer to launch it. If you get a warning notice from SmartScreen, click on \"More info\" and \"Run anyway\" to install Jamulus. (If you grabbed a new version of Jamulus and are one of the first people who downloaded it, Jamulus won't be whitelisted by SmartScreen yet. We don't pay for code signing.)\n" +"1. **Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" +"1. **Set up your sound card**. When you're done, you need to set up your audio hardware. And if you are using ASIO4ALL, have a look at how to set that up below.\n" +msgstr "" +"1. [Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +" **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"1. **Installeer Jamulus**: Dubbelklik op het installatieprogramma om het te starten. Als je een waarschuwing krijgt van SmartScreen, klik dan op \"Meer info\" en \"Toch uitvoeren\" om Jamulus te installeren. (Als je een nieuwe versie van Jamulus hebt gedownload en een van de eerste mensen bent die deze heeft gedownload, wordt Jamulus nog niet op de witte lijst gezet door SmartScreen. We betalen niet voor het ondertekenen van codes.)\n" +"1. **Jamulus uitvoeren**. Nu zou je Jamulus net als elke andere applicatie moeten kunnen gebruiken.\n" +"1. **Stel je geluidskaart in**. Als je klaar bent, moet je je audiohardware instellen. Als je ASIO4ALL gebruikt, kijk dan hieronder hoe je dat instelt.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:26 @@ -108,31 +88,27 @@ msgstr "_Houd er rekening mee dat je dit binaire bestand niet mag distribueren z #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:28 -msgid "If you don't want to use ASIO or prefer [JACK on Windows](https://jackaudio.org/faq/jack_on_windows.html), you can also use the [JACK version of Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows-jack }})." -msgstr "Als je ASIO niet wilt gebruiken of liever [JACK voor Windows](https://jackaudio.org/faq/jack_on_windows.html) wilt gebruiken dan kun je ook de [JACK-versie van Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows-jack }}) gebruiken." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:30 #, no-wrap -msgid "***\n" -msgstr "***\n" +msgid "**Note:** If you don't want to use ASIO or prefer [JACK on Windows](https://jackaudio.org/faq/jack_on_windows.html), you can also use the [JACK version of Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows-jack }}). You can find old (legacy) versions supporting outdated operating systems on the [GitHub release page](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n" +msgstr "**Opmerking:** Als je ASIO niet wilt gebruiken of liever [JACK voor Windows](https://jackaudio.org/faq/jack_on_windows.html) wilt gebruiken dan kun je ook de [JACK-versie van Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows-jack }}) gebruiken. Je kunt oude (verouderde) versies vinden die verouderde besturingssystemen ondersteunen op de [GitHub release pagina](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:32 -msgid "## ASIO" -msgstr "## ASIO" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ASIO" +msgstr "ASIO" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:34 msgid "Jamulus can use [ASIO](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Audio_Stream_Input/Output)." msgstr "Jamulus kan [ASIO](https://nl.wikipedia.org/wiki/Audio_Stream_Input/Output) gebruiken." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:36 +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:37 msgid "If you have an external sound card/audio interface, use its official ASIO driver if you can (they usually provide the best quality)." msgstr "Als je een externe geluidskaart/audio-interface hebt, gebruik dan de officiële ASIO-driver (deze bieden meestal de beste kwaliteit)." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:37 msgid "If you don't have an external sound card, you will probably not have an ASIO driver so will need to install a generic one like ASIO4ALL:" msgstr "Als je geen externe geluidskaart hebt, heb je waarschijnlijk geen ASIO-stuurprogramma en moet je een generieke, zoals ASIO4ALL, installeren:" @@ -157,10 +133,11 @@ msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/ msgid "[ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" msgstr "[ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:48 -msgid "### Setting up ASIO4ALL" -msgstr "### ASIO4ALL instellen" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Setting up ASIO4ALL" +msgstr "ASIO4ALL instellen" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:50 @@ -178,116 +155,146 @@ msgstr "**Tip:** Stel je geluidskaart in terwijl je [verbonden bent met een serv msgid "Before you start with Jamulus:" msgstr "Voordat je begint met Jamulus:" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:56 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Close all applications** (especially those which could access your sound card like your browser/media player). ASIO4ALL needs exclusive access to your sound card which means that other programs will not be able to use audio if ASIO4ALL and Jamulus are running.\n" -msgstr "**Sluit alle toepassingen** (vooral toepassingen die toegang kunnen krijgen tot je geluidskaart, zoals je webbrowser/mediaspeler). ASIO4ALL heeft exclusieve toegang tot je geluidskaart nodig, wat betekent dat andere programma's geen audio kunnen gebruiken als ASIO4ALL en Jamulus actief zijn.\n" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58 +msgid "**Close all applications** (especially those which could access your sound card like your browser/media player). ASIO4ALL needs exclusive access to your sound card which means that other programs will not be able to use audio if ASIO4ALL and Jamulus are running." +msgstr "**Sluit alle toepassingen** (vooral toepassingen die toegang kunnen krijgen tot je geluidskaart, zoals je webbrowser/mediaspeler). ASIO4ALL heeft exclusieve toegang tot je geluidskaart nodig, wat betekent dat andere programma's geen audio kunnen gebruiken als ASIO4ALL en Jamulus actief zijn." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:57 -#, no-wrap -msgid "If the Jamulus audio doesn’t work out of the box, make sure that only the **correct inputs/outputs** in ASIO4ALL **are switched on**. Everything else should be switched off. Search the [community list of working ASIO4ALL configurations](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) for your configuration or do it manually if you can't find yours:\n" -msgstr "Als het geluid in Jamulus niet meteen werkt, zorg er dan voor dat alleen de **juiste in-/uitgangen** in ASIO4ALL **aanstaan**. Alle andere moet worden uitgeschakeld. Zoek in de [community lijst met werkende ASIO4ALL-configuraties (engelstalig)](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) naar jouw configuratie of doe het handmatig als je de jouwe niet kunt vinden.\n" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58 +msgid "If the Jamulus audio doesn’t work out of the box, make sure that only the **correct inputs/outputs** in ASIO4ALL **are switched on**. Everything else should be switched off. Search the [community list of working ASIO4ALL configurations](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) for your configuration or do it manually if you can't find yours:" +msgstr "Als het geluid in Jamulus niet meteen werkt, zorg er dan voor dat alleen de **juiste in-/uitgangen** in ASIO4ALL **aanstaan**. Alle andere moet worden uitgeschakeld. Zoek in de [community lijst met werkende ASIO4ALL-configuraties (engelstalig)](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) naar jouw configuratie of doe het handmatig als je de jouwe niet kunt vinden." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:59 -msgid "### How to set up ASIO4ALL inputs (Guide)" -msgstr "### ASIO4ALL-ingangen instellen (gids)" +#, no-wrap +msgid "How to set up ASIO4ALL inputs (Guide)" +msgstr "ASIO4ALL-ingangen instellen (gids)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:61 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 msgid "Open Jamulus's settings" msgstr "Open Jamulus's instellingen" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:62 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 msgid "Go to _\"ASIO Device Settings\"_ (column on the left; directly under the selection of the driver)" msgstr "Klik op _\"ASIO Apparaatinstellingen\"_ (knop aan de linkerkant; direct onder de selectie van het apparaat)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 msgid "Enable _advanced view_ in ASIO4ALL (click the tool icon on the bottom right)" msgstr "Schakel de _advanced view/options_ in voor ASIO4ALL (klik op het gereedschaps-/tandwielpictogram rechtsonder)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:64 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 msgid "Enable only the sound card you want to use by clicking on the button next to its name" msgstr "Schakel alleen de geluidskaart in die je wilt gebruiken door op de knop naast de naam te klikken" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:65 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 msgid "Open your sound card inputs/outputs by clicking the _plus icon_ next to this sound card" msgstr "Open de in-/uitgangen van je geluidskaart door op het _pluspictogram_ naast deze geluidskaart te klikken" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:66 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 msgid "Now enable the correct inputs/outputs in the list under your sound card and disable everything else. You can hover over the inputs/outputs to see which of both they are and if they support the required sample rate for Jamulus of 48kHz (DVD quality)." msgstr "Schakel nu de juiste in-/uitgangen in de lijst onder je geluidskaart in en schakel al het andere uit. Je kunt de muisaanwijzer over de in-/uitgangen bewegen om te zien welke van beide het zijn en of ze de vereiste samplefrequentie voor Jamulus van 48 kHz (dvd-kwaliteit) ondersteunen." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:68 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Hints:**\n" -msgstr "**Tips:**\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:69 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:72 #, no-wrap -msgid "It may not be obvious what the correct sound device is called. Many internal sound cards are named \"Realtek High Definition Audio\", \"Conexant\" or similar.\n" -msgstr "Het is niet altijd even duidelijk wat de naam is van de juiste geluidskaart. Veel interne geluidskaarten heten \"Realtek High Definition Audio\", \"Conexant\" of iets dergelijks.\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:70 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Headphones and speakers are often labelled as \"output\" and microphones as \"input\" or \"capture\".\n" -msgstr "Hoofdtelefoons en luidsprekers worden vaak aangeduid als \"output\" en microfoons als \"input\" of \"capture\".\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:71 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Stereo Mix/Stereo Input is usually not the input/output you're looking for. Therefore, switch it off if you see it.\n" -msgstr "Stereo Mix/Stereo Input is meestal niet de in-/uitgang die je zoekt. Schakel het daarom uit als je het ziet.\n" +msgid "" +"**Hints:**\n" +"1. It may not be obvious what the correct sound device is called. Many internal sound cards are named \"Realtek High Definition Audio\", \"Conexant\" or similar.\n" +"1. Headphones and speakers are often labelled as \"output\" and microphones as \"input\" or \"capture\".\n" +"1. Stereo Mix/Stereo Input is usually not the input/output you're looking for. Therefore, switch it off if you see it.\n" +msgstr "" +"**Tips:**\n" +"1. Het is misschien niet duidelijk hoe het juiste geluidsapparaat heet. Veel interne geluidskaarten heten \"Realtek High Definition Audio\", \"Conexant\" of iets dergelijks.\n" +"1. Hoofdtelefoons en luidsprekers worden vaak aangeduid als \"output\" en microfoons als \"input\" of \"capture\".\n" +"1. Stereo Mix/Stereo Input is meestal niet de input/output die je zoekt. Schakel het daarom uit als je het ziet.\n" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:73 -msgid "### Troubleshooting" -msgstr "### Problemen oplossen" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Problemen oplossen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:75 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:76 msgid "If nothing works, first restart Jamulus and/or your PC to close background processes that may be accessing your sound card." msgstr "Als niets werkt, herstart dan eerst Jamulus en/of je pc om achtergrondprocessen te sluiten die mogelijk toegang hebben tot de geluidskaart." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:77 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:78 msgid "Afterwards, *set up the inputs/outputs again*. Enabled and accessible input/outputs show as lit up power buttons and play buttons in the ASIO4ALL settings. If instead you see a red cross or yellow symbol, close other applications that may be accessing your sound card (e.g. web browser, Zoom, etc)." msgstr "Daarna *stel je de in-/uitgangen opnieuw in*. Ingeschakelde en toegankelijke in-/uitgangen worden weergegeven als verlichte aan/uit-knoppen en afspeelknoppen in de ASIO4ALL instellingen. Als je in plaats daarvan een rood kruis of geel symbool ziet, sluit dan andere toepassingen die mogelijk toegang hebben tot de geluidskaart (bijv. webbrowser, Zoom, enz.)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:79 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:80 msgid "Have a look at [this video](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI) by [trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza) which gives more detailed setup information on ASIO4ALL." msgstr "Kijk eens naar [deze video (engelstalig)](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI) van [trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza) die meer gedetailleerde informatie geeft over het instellen van ASIO4ALL." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:81 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:82 msgid "Official and further information about how to configure ASIO4ALL is documented in the official [ASIO4ALL FAQs on the ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}." msgstr "Officiële en verdere informatie over het configureren van ASIO4ALL is gedocumenteerd in de officiële [ASIO4ALL FAQs op de ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:83 -msgid "## All installed?" -msgstr "## Alles geïnstalleerd?" +#, no-wrap +msgid "All installed?" +msgstr "Alles geïnstalleerd?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:85 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:86 msgid "Take a look at" msgstr "Kijk eens naar de" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:86 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:87 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[Aan de slag pagina](Getting-Started){: .button}" +#~ msgid "# Installation for Windows" +#~ msgstr "# Installatie voor Windows" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "[Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +#~ msgstr "[Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +#~ msgstr "**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" +#~ msgstr "**Start Jamulus**. Nu zou je Jamulus net als elke andere applicatie moeten kunnen gebruiken.\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Set up your sound card**. When you're done, you need to set up your audio hardware. And if you are using ASIO4ALL, have a look at how to set that up below.\n" +#~ msgstr "**Stel je geluidskaart in**. Als je klaar bent, moet je je geluidskaart/audio-interface instellen en als je ASIO4ALL gebruikt, bekijk dan hieronder hoe je dat instelt.\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "***\n" +#~ msgstr "***\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Hints:**\n" +#~ msgstr "**Tips:**\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "It may not be obvious what the correct sound device is called. Many internal sound cards are named \"Realtek High Definition Audio\", \"Conexant\" or similar.\n" +#~ msgstr "Het is niet altijd even duidelijk wat de naam is van de juiste geluidskaart. Veel interne geluidskaarten heten \"Realtek High Definition Audio\", \"Conexant\" of iets dergelijks.\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Headphones and speakers are often labelled as \"output\" and microphones as \"input\" or \"capture\".\n" +#~ msgstr "Hoofdtelefoons en luidsprekers worden vaak aangeduid als \"output\" en microfoons als \"input\" of \"capture\".\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Stereo Mix/Stereo Input is usually not the input/output you're looking for. Therefore, switch it off if you see it.\n" +#~ msgstr "Stereo Mix/Stereo Input is meestal niet de in-/uitgang die je zoekt. Schakel het daarom uit als je het ziet.\n" + #~ msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.15 Beta 3 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.15/ASIO4ALL_2_15_Beta3_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" #~ msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.15 Beta 3 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.15/ASIO4ALL_2_15_Beta3_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-iOS.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-iOS.po index 354f6517e..b0a7b88ba 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-iOS.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-iOS.po @@ -1,41 +1,40 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# Henk De Groot , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-13 11:24+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-04-23 11:11+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: nl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.18-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "nl" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-iOS" msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-iOS" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:11 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation for iOS" msgstr "Installatie voor iOS" @@ -45,11 +44,6 @@ msgstr "Installatie voor iOS" msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Jamulus gebruiken\" branch1=\"Aan de slag\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:12 -msgid "# Installation for iOS" -msgstr "# Installatie voor iOS" - #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:14 msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." @@ -60,35 +54,37 @@ msgstr "Zorg dat je de [aan de slag](Getting-Started) pagina hebt gelezen." msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:18 -msgid "## Things to note about iOS" -msgstr "## Opmerkingen over iOS" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Things to note about iOS" +msgstr "Opmerkingen over iOS" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:20 msgid "If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } which is an inexpensive and small device that performs very well with Jamulus. iOS support is just a proof of concept." msgstr "Als je geen pc hebt, raden we je aan om een [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } te kopen, een goedkoop en klein apparaat dat zeer goed presteert met Jamulus. iOS-ondersteuning is slechts een proof of concept." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:22 +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24 msgid "To install Jamulus on your iOS device, you need a (free or paid) Apple Developer account and preferably a computer." msgstr "Om Jamulus op je iOS-apparaat te installeren, heb je een (gratis of betaald) Apple Developer-account nodig en bij voorkeur een computer." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:23 +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24 msgid "If you don't pay for an Apple developer account, Jamulus will only run for at most 7 days before you need to re-install it." msgstr "Als je niet betaalt voor een Apple-ontwikkelaarsaccount, zal Jamulus maximaal 7 dagen actief zijn voordat je het opnieuw moet installeren." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24 msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well on new devices if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. To connect these to your iOS device, you should use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub." msgstr "Jamulus op iOS werkt best goed op nieuwe apparaten als alles correct is ingesteld. We raden je echter ten zeerste aan om een audio-interface en een USB-ethernet-adapter te gebruiken. Om deze met jouw iOS-apparaat te verbinden, moet je iets gebruiken zoals de [Lightning naar USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) en een USB-hub met stroomvoorziening." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:27 -msgid "## Install for iOS (for experienced users only)" -msgstr "## Installatie voor iOS (alleen voor gevorderde gebruikers)" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Install for iOS (for experienced users only)" +msgstr "Installatie voor iOS (alleen voor gevorderde gebruikers)" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:29 @@ -96,27 +92,27 @@ msgstr "## Installatie voor iOS (alleen voor gevorderde gebruikers)" msgid "**Note**: We provide an unsigned .ipa file which you need to sign and then install on your device. If you are not Jailbroken (and have AppSync installed), you might need additional software to install Jamulus. There are multiple ways to do that, but this guide only explains the most standard approach. Please note that we assume you already have a (free) Apple developer account. If you don't have one, create an Apple ID and [Sign up for a developer account](https://developer.apple.com/membercenter). We recommend to create one without two factor authentification and unrelated to your potential personal account. You will need to enter the password in non-Apple software.\n" msgstr "**Opmerking**: we bieden een niet-ondertekend .ipa-bestand dat je moet ondertekenen en vervolgens op je apparaat moet installeren. Als je niet gejailbreakt bent (en AppSync hebt geïnstalleerd), heb je mogelijk extra software nodig om Jamulus te installeren. Er zijn meerdere manieren om dat te doen, maar deze gids legt alleen de meest standaardaanpak uit. Houd er rekening mee dat we ervan uitgaan dat je al een (gratis) Apple-ontwikkelaarsaccount hebt. Als je er geen hebt, maak dan een Apple ID aan en [meld je aan voor een ontwikkelaarsaccount](https://developer.apple.com/membercenter). We raden aan om er een aan te maken zonder twee-factor-authenticatie en niet gerelateerd aan je potentiële persoonlijke account. Je moet het wachtwoord invoeren in niet-Apple-software.\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:31 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 msgid "[Download Jamulus (.ipa) on a PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}" msgstr "[Download Jamulus (.ipa) op een PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:32 +#. type: Bullet: '2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 msgid "Sign the .ipa file (e.g. via Xcode or some other **trusted** app. We won't give recommendations here, but there exist apps for every operating system)" msgstr "Onderteken het .ipa-bestand (bijvoorbeeld via Xcode of een andere **vertrouwde** app. We zullen hier geen aanbevelingen doen, maar er zijn apps voor elk besturingssysteem)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:33 +#. type: Bullet: '3. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 msgid "Once signed and installed; on your iOS device open Settings, navigate to General>Profiles (or VPN and Device Management). Tap on the developer account corresponding to your account and trust the account." msgstr "Eenmaal ondertekend en geïnstalleerd; op je iOS-apparaat open Instellingen, navigeer naar Algemeen> Profielen (of VPN en Apparaatbeheer). Tik op het ontwikkelaarsaccount dat overeenkomt met je account en vertrouw het account." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:34 +#. type: Bullet: '4. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 msgid "Open Jamulus from your home-screen" msgstr "Open Jamulus vanaf je startscherm" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '5. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 msgid "After 7 days you will need to re-sign Jamulus if you are using a free developer account. Re-do everything from Step 4." msgstr "Na 7 dagen moet je Jamulus opnieuw ondertekenen als je een gratis ontwikkelaarsaccount gebruikt. Doe alles opnieuw vanaf stap 4." @@ -126,10 +122,11 @@ msgstr "Na 7 dagen moet je Jamulus opnieuw ondertekenen als je een gratis ontwik msgid "If you own a Mac and have Xcode installed, compiling Jamulus from source might be another, more native option. Please have a look at the [compilation instructions for iOS](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md#ios)." msgstr "Als je een Mac bezit en Xcode hebt geïnstalleerd, kan het compileren van Jamulus vanaf de bron een andere, meer natuurlijke optie zijn. Neem eens een kijkje op de [compilatie instructies voor iOS (engelstalig)](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md#ios)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:40 -msgid "## Feedback and development" -msgstr "## Feedback en ontwikkeling" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:39 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Feedback and development" +msgstr "Feedback en ontwikkeling" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:43 @@ -141,16 +138,11 @@ msgstr "iOS-ondersteuning staat nog in de kinderschoenen en is nog lang niet kla msgid "Please also read the [APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER) concerning Jamulus being published via the Apple AppStore." msgstr "Lees ook de [APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER) betreffende het beschikbaar maken van Jamulus via de Apple AppStore." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:47 +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:48 #, no-wrap -msgid "***\n" -msgstr "***\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:49 -msgid "## All installed?" -msgstr "## Alles geïnstalleerd?" +msgid "All installed?" +msgstr "Alles geïnstalleerd?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:51 @@ -161,3 +153,10 @@ msgstr "Jamulus is geïnstalleerd en kan nu worden gebruikt. Kijk eens naar de" #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:52 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[Aan de slag pagina](Getting-Started){: .button}" + +#~ msgid "# Installation for iOS" +#~ msgstr "# Installatie voor iOS" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "***\n" +#~ msgstr "***\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Privacy-Statement.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Privacy-Statement.po index 445a1264d..b94872ba5 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Privacy-Statement.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Privacy-Statement.po @@ -1,146 +1,210 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# Henk De Groot , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-13 11:25+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-05 19:50+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: nl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "nl" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Privacy-Statement" msgstr "/wiki/Privacy-Statement" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus – Privacy Statement" msgstr "Jamulus – Privacyverklaring" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:9 -msgid "# Privacy Statement" -msgstr "# Privacyverklaring" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Privacy Statement" +msgstr "Privacyverklaring" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:12 -msgid "Please note that the English version of this privacy statement is the original and, as such, the binding version. To access the English version, go to the top/top right of this page and click on the \"en\" link. The following only applies to the version you can download from this website, [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io)." -msgstr "Houd er rekening mee dat de Engelse versie van deze privacyverklaring de originele en daarmee bindende versie is. Om toegang te krijgen tot de Engelse versie, ga je naar de rechterbovenhoek van deze pagina en klik je op de link \"en\". Het volgende is alleen van toepassing op de versie die je kunt downloaden van deze website, [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io)." +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:11 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**The English version of this document represents the official privacy statement for the _current version_ of the software available on this website. Earlier versions of the software and non-English translations of this privacy policy may have different terms that are no longer applicable or supported.**\n" +msgstr "**De Engelse versie van dit document vertegenwoordigt de officiële privacyverklaring voor de _huidige versie_ van de software die beschikbaar is op deze website. Eerdere versies van de software en niet-Engelse vertalingen van dit privacybeleid hebben mogelijk andere voorwaarden die niet langer van toepassing of ondersteund zijn.**\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:14 -msgid "## Definition of Terms" -msgstr "## Verklarende woordenlijst" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:13 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Definition of Terms" +msgstr "Verklarende woordenlijst" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:16 -msgid "\"**Server**\" The Jamulus Server software, as opposed to the host machine/OS it is running on." -msgstr "\"**Server**\" De Jamulus server-software, in tegenstelling tot de hostmachine/het besturingssysteem waarop deze draait." +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18 +msgid "\"**Server**\" The Jamulus software running as a Server and accepting connections from Clients" +msgstr "\"**Server**\" De Jamulus-software die wordt uitgevoerd als een server en accepteert verbindingen van clients" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:17 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18 msgid "\"**Client**\" The Jamulus software used to connect to a Server" msgstr "\"**Client**\" De Jamulus-software die wordt gebruikt om verbinding te maken met een server" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18 msgid "\"**Directory**\" A Jamulus Server configured to supply a list of Servers to Clients" msgstr "\"**Adresboek**\" Een Jamulus-server die is geconfigureerd om een lijst met servers aan clients te leveren" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:20 -msgid "## Web site" -msgstr "## Website" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:19 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus.io Website" +msgstr "Jamulus.io Website" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:22 -msgid "The website at [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) is served using GitHub Pages. We do not collect your personal data or set tracking cookies. When you connect to the jamulus.io site, your IP is sent to [GitHub Pages](https://pages.github.com/)." -msgstr "De website op [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) maakt gebruik van GitHub pagina's. We verzamelen je persoonlijke gegevens niet en plaatsen geen tracking cookies. Wanneer je verbinding maakt met de jamulus.io-site, wordt je IP naar [GitHub-pagina's](https://pages.github.com/) verzonden." +msgid "The website at [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) is served using GitHub Pages. The Jamulus team has not constructed the website to set tracking cookies, but see Github's [privacy policy](https://docs.github.com/en/site-policy/privacy-policies/github-privacy-statement) for information relating to data collection and privacy overall. The community knowledge base uses [giscus](https://github.com/giscus/giscus) for discussions and comments. You can find the [Privacy Policy of giscus on their GitHub repository](https://github.com/giscus/giscus/blob/main/PRIVACY-POLICY.md)." +msgstr "De website op [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) wordt gemaakt met behulp van GitHub Pages. Het Jamulus-team heeft de website niet gebouwd om tracking-cookies in te stellen, maar zie het [privacybeleid](https://docs.github.com/en/site-policy/privacy-policies/github-privacy-statement) van Github voor informatie over de gegevensverzameling en privacy in het algemeen. De community-kennisbank gebruikt [giscus](https://github.com/giscus/giscus) voor discussies en opmerkingen. Je kunt het [Privacybeleid van giscus vinden op hun GitHub-repository](https://github.com/giscus/giscus/blob/main/PRIVACY-POLICY.md)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:24 -msgid "## Jamulus Software" -msgstr "## Jamulus software" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus Software" +msgstr "Jamulus software" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:26 -msgid "### Use of Profile Information" -msgstr "### Gebruik van profiel informatie" +msgid "Jamulus is open source software that can be modified by anyone. As such, the Jamulus project can make no representations related to privacy, data collection, or security with respect to your use of the software." +msgstr "Jamulus is open source software die door iedereen kan worden aangepast. Als zodanig kan het Jamulus-project geen verklaringen afleggen met betrekking tot privacy, gegevensverzameling of beveiliging met betrekking tot het gebruik van de software." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:28 -msgid "When you connect to a Server, whatever you put in My Profile (in Settings) will be shown to others on that Server while you are connected to it. Note that, depending on the other client, you may not see them. Also, the Server operator can see the name you set in My Profile and your IP address, using the Server either through the GUI or JSON-RPC." -msgstr "Wanneer je verbinding maakt met een server, wordt alles wat je in Mijn profiel (in Instellingen) plaatst, aan anderen op die server getoond wanneer je ermee verbonden bent. Houd er rekening mee dat je ze, afhankelijk van de andere client, mogelijk niet ziet. De serverbeheerder kan ook de naam zien die je in Mijn profiel hebt ingesteld en je IP-adres, met behulp van de server via de GUI of JSON-RPC." +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:27 +#, no-wrap +msgid "General Information" +msgstr "Algemene informatie" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:30 -msgid "When you connect to a Server, your profile may also be available to third parties from the Directory to which that Server is registered. This can be for informational purposes about the status of the public Jamulus network (for example, [here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)), but may not be limited to that. Profile information is not otherwise logged or stored by the Jamulus Server you are connected to, or by the Jamulus Directory, but may be stored or processed by third parties." -msgstr "Wanneer je verbinding maakt met een server, is je profiel mogelijk ook beschikbaar voor derden vanuit het adresboek waarin die server is geregistreerd. Dit kan zijn voor informatieve doeleinden over de status van het openbare Jamulus-netwerk (bijvoorbeeld [hier](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)), maar is daar niet toe beperkt. Profielinformatie wordt niet anderszins gelogd of opgeslagen door de Jamulus-server waarmee je bent verbonden of door het Jamulus adresboek, maar kan worden opgeslagen of verwerkt door derden." +msgid "Under normal use with software downloaded from this website that has not been modified, your user profile information is exchanged with Servers you connect to, peers connected to those same Servers, and to third parties (including Directories) that use the Jamulus protocol. This information is limited to your Jamulus name, city, country, instrument, and skill level as you have set them in your profile. The Servers you connect to will also have access to your internet address (IP Address) as it is required for the software to work; but this information is not shared with peers on the same Server or available to third parties." +msgstr "Bij normaal gebruik met software die van deze website is gedownload en die niet is gewijzigd, wordt je gebruikersprofielinformatie uitgewisseld met servers waarmee je verbinding maakt, peers die zijn verbonden met diezelfde servers en met derden (inclusief mappen) die het Jamulus-protocol gebruiken. Deze informatie is beperkt tot je Jamulus-naam, stad, land, instrument en vaardigheidsniveau zoals je deze in je profiel hebt ingesteld. De servers waarmee je verbinding maakt, hebben ook toegang tot je internetadres (IP-adres), aangezien dit nodig is om de software te laten werken maar deze informatie wordt niet gedeeld met peers op dezelfde server of beschikbaar gesteld aan derden." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:32 -msgid "### Use of IP Addresses" -msgstr "### Gebruik van IP-adressen" +msgid "All communications between and among Clients, Servers, Directories, and third-party protocol users are sent without encryption." +msgstr "Alle communicatie tussen en tussen clients, servers, adresboeken en protocol van derden wordt zonder codering verzonden." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:34 -msgid "When you connect to Server, the Server operator can see your IP address while you are connected. If the Server operator has enabled logging (which is off by default) your IP address will also be logged and stored in the Server's log file." -msgstr "Wanneer je verbinding maakt met een server dan kan de serveroperator je IP-adres zien terwijl je verbonden bent. Als de serveroperator logboekregistratie heeft ingeschakeld (wat standaard is uitgeschakeld), dan wordt je IP-adres ook geregistreerd en opgeslagen in het logbestand van de server." +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:33 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus Servers" +msgstr "Jamulus-servers" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:36 -msgid "The IP addresses of all Servers registered with the Directory can also be seen by third parties for informational or other purposes (for example [here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)). Your public IP address is otherwise not logged or stored by Jamulus, but may be stored or processed by third parties." -msgstr "De IP-adressen van alle bij het adresboek geregistreerde servers kunnen ook door derden worden bekeken voor informatieve of andere doeleinden (bijvoorbeeld [hier](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)). Je openbare IP-adres wordt verder niet gelogd of opgeslagen door Jamulus, maar kan wel worden opgeslagen of verwerkt door derden." +msgid "When you connect to a Server, either directly or through a Directory, the operator of that Server is responsible for its operation policy, privacy policy, and data use policy. While unmodified Servers do not log or store your connection or profile information by default, some Servers may be configured to do so. Therefore, you should have no expectation of privacy with respect to your profile information or internet address." +msgstr "Wanneer je rechtstreeks of via een adresboek verbinding maakt met een server, is de beheerder van die server verantwoordelijk voor het werkingsbeleid, het privacybeleid en het gegevensgebruikbeleid. Hoewel ongewijzigde servers je verbindings- of profielinformatie standaard niet loggen of opslaan, kunnen sommige servers hiervoor zijn geconfigureerd. Daarom mag je geen privacy verwachten met betrekking tot je profielinformatie of internetadres." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:38 -msgid "### Audio Recordings" -msgstr "### Geluidsopname" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:37 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Chat Exchanges" +msgstr "Chat-uitwisselingen" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:40 -msgid "You will see a notice if you are connected to a Jamulus Server when Server recording is turned on. Recordings of each player are stored by the Server separately as .WAV files and only the Server operator has access to them unless they choose to make them available to third parties." -msgstr "Je ziet een melding als je bent verbonden met een Jamulus-server wanneer serveropname is ingeschakeld. Opnamen van elke speler worden door de server afzonderlijk opgeslagen als .WAV-bestand en alleen de serverbeheerder heeft er toegang toe, tenzij hij ervoor kiest om ze beschikbaar te stellen aan derden." +msgid "Chats are textual messages that can be exchanged between Clients connected to the same Server. Everyone connected to a Server can see all chats and there should be no expectation of privacy with respect to information sent through the chat feature of Jamulus. While unmodified Servers do not log or store chats, some modified Servers may do this." +msgstr "Chats zijn tekstberichten die kunnen worden uitgewisseld tussen clients die op dezelfde server zijn aangesloten. Iedereen die met een server is verbonden, kan alle chats zien en er mag geen privacy worden verwacht met betrekking tot informatie die via de chatfunctie van Jamulus wordt verzonden. Hoewel ongewijzigde servers geen chats loggen of opslaan, kunnen sommige gewijzigde servers dit wel doen." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:42 -msgid "### Text Chat" -msgstr "### Tekstchat" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio Recordings" +msgstr "Geluidsopname" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:44 -msgid "When you type a message in the Chat Window, other connected players can see that, but chats are not stored by the Server and neither the Server operator nor any third parties have access to them." -msgstr "Wanneer je een bericht typt in het chatvenster, kunnen andere verbonden spelers dat zien, maar chats worden niet door de server opgeslagen en noch de serverbeheerder noch derden hebben er toegang toe." +msgid "Unmodified Servers will display a notice if recording is turned on. Recordings of each channel are stored by the Server and are controlled by the Server operator." +msgstr "Ongewijzigde servers geven een melding weer als opnemen is ingeschakeld. Opnames van elk kanaal worden opgeslagen door de server en worden beheerd door de serverbeheerder." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:46 -msgid "### Data Transmission" -msgstr "### Dataoverdracht" +msgid "It is possible for connected Clients to make recordings of sessions outside of Jamulus itself, for which there may be no notice or indication. Jamulus has no way to detect or control these situations and makes no representations as to the collection or use of such recording data." +msgstr "Het is mogelijk voor aangesloten clients om buiten Jamulus zelf opnames te maken van sessies, waarvoor mogelijk geen melding of indicatie is. Jamulus kan deze situaties op geen enkele manier detecteren of beheersen en doet geen uitspraken over het verzamelen of gebruiken van dergelijke opnamegegevens." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:47 -msgid "Please note that all audio and text data is sent and received between the Jamulus Server and Client without encryption." -msgstr "Houd er rekening mee dat alle audio- en tekstgegevens zonder encryptie worden verzonden en ontvangen tussen de Jamulus-server en de client." +#, no-wrap +msgid "Directories" +msgstr "Adresboeken" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:49 +msgid "Directories are central connection points for locating Servers. The Jamulus Client comes with a pre-defined list of Directories for the convenience of users. These Directories are independently operated but are represented as running unmodified versions of the Jamulus software. If you do not wish to send your information to the Directories, you will need to connect to Servers directly." +msgstr "Adresboeken zijn centrale verbindingspunten voor het lokaliseren van servers. De Jamulus client wordt geleverd met een vooraf gedefinieerde lijst met adresboeken voor het gemak van gebruikers. Deze adresboeken worden onafhankelijk beheerd, maar worden weergegeven als werkende ongewijzigde versies van de Jamulus-software. Als je je informatie niet naar de adresboeken wilt sturen, moet je rechtstreeks verbinding maken met servers." + +#~ msgid "Please note that the English version of this privacy statement is the original and, as such, the binding version. To access the English version, go to the top/top right of this page and click on the \"en\" link. The following only applies to the version you can download from this website, [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io)." +#~ msgstr "Houd er rekening mee dat de Engelse versie van deze privacyverklaring de originele en daarmee bindende versie is. Om toegang te krijgen tot de Engelse versie, ga je naar de rechterbovenhoek van deze pagina en klik je op de link \"en\". Het volgende is alleen van toepassing op de versie die je kunt downloaden van deze website, [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io)." + +#~ msgid "\"**Server**\" The Jamulus Server software, as opposed to the host machine/OS it is running on." +#~ msgstr "\"**Server**\" De Jamulus server-software, in tegenstelling tot de hostmachine/het besturingssysteem waarop deze draait." + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "## Web site" +#~ msgid "Web site" +#~ msgstr "## Website" + +#~ msgid "The website at [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) is served using GitHub Pages. We do not collect your personal data or set tracking cookies. When you connect to the jamulus.io site, your IP is sent to [GitHub Pages](https://pages.github.com/)." +#~ msgstr "De website op [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) maakt gebruik van GitHub pagina's. We verzamelen je persoonlijke gegevens niet en plaatsen geen tracking cookies. Wanneer je verbinding maakt met de jamulus.io-site, wordt je IP naar [GitHub-pagina's](https://pages.github.com/) verzonden." + +#~ msgid "When you connect to a Server, whatever you put in My Profile (in Settings) will be shown to others on that Server while you are connected to it. Note that, depending on the other client, you may not see them. Also, the Server operator can see the name you set in My Profile and your IP address, using the Server either through the GUI or JSON-RPC." +#~ msgstr "Wanneer je verbinding maakt met een server, wordt alles wat je in Mijn profiel (in Instellingen) plaatst, aan anderen op die server getoond wanneer je ermee verbonden bent. Houd er rekening mee dat je ze, afhankelijk van de andere client, mogelijk niet ziet. De serverbeheerder kan ook de naam zien die je in Mijn profiel hebt ingesteld en je IP-adres, met behulp van de server via de GUI of JSON-RPC." + +#~ msgid "When you connect to a Server, your profile may also be available to third parties from the Directory to which that Server is registered. This can be for informational purposes about the status of the public Jamulus network (for example, [here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)), but may not be limited to that. Profile information is not otherwise logged or stored by the Jamulus Server you are connected to, or by the Jamulus Directory, but may be stored or processed by third parties." +#~ msgstr "Wanneer je verbinding maakt met een server, is je profiel mogelijk ook beschikbaar voor derden vanuit het adresboek waarin die server is geregistreerd. Dit kan zijn voor informatieve doeleinden over de status van het openbare Jamulus-netwerk (bijvoorbeeld [hier](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)), maar is daar niet toe beperkt. Profielinformatie wordt niet anderszins gelogd of opgeslagen door de Jamulus-server waarmee je bent verbonden of door het Jamulus adresboek, maar kan worden opgeslagen of verwerkt door derden." + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "### Use of IP Addresses" +#~ msgid "Use of IP Addresses" +#~ msgstr "### Gebruik van IP-adressen" + +#~ msgid "When you connect to Server, the Server operator can see your IP address while you are connected. If the Server operator has enabled logging (which is off by default) your IP address will also be logged and stored in the Server's log file." +#~ msgstr "Wanneer je verbinding maakt met een server dan kan de serveroperator je IP-adres zien terwijl je verbonden bent. Als de serveroperator logboekregistratie heeft ingeschakeld (wat standaard is uitgeschakeld), dan wordt je IP-adres ook geregistreerd en opgeslagen in het logbestand van de server." + +#~ msgid "The IP addresses of all Servers registered with the Directory can also be seen by third parties for informational or other purposes (for example [here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)). Your public IP address is otherwise not logged or stored by Jamulus, but may be stored or processed by third parties." +#~ msgstr "De IP-adressen van alle bij het adresboek geregistreerde servers kunnen ook door derden worden bekeken voor informatieve of andere doeleinden (bijvoorbeeld [hier](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)). Je openbare IP-adres wordt verder niet gelogd of opgeslagen door Jamulus, maar kan wel worden opgeslagen of verwerkt door derden." + +#~ msgid "You will see a notice if you are connected to a Jamulus Server when Server recording is turned on. Recordings of each player are stored by the Server separately as .WAV files and only the Server operator has access to them unless they choose to make them available to third parties." +#~ msgstr "Je ziet een melding als je bent verbonden met een Jamulus-server wanneer serveropname is ingeschakeld. Opnamen van elke speler worden door de server afzonderlijk opgeslagen als .WAV-bestand en alleen de serverbeheerder heeft er toegang toe, tenzij hij ervoor kiest om ze beschikbaar te stellen aan derden." + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "### Text Chat" +#~ msgid "Text Chat" +#~ msgstr "### Tekstchat" + +#~ msgid "When you type a message in the Chat Window, other connected players can see that, but chats are not stored by the Server and neither the Server operator nor any third parties have access to them." +#~ msgstr "Wanneer je een bericht typt in het chatvenster, kunnen andere verbonden spelers dat zien, maar chats worden niet door de server opgeslagen en noch de serverbeheerder noch derden hebben er toegang toe." + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "### Data Transmission" +#~ msgid "Data Transmission" +#~ msgstr "### Dataoverdracht" + +#~ msgid "Please note that all audio and text data is sent and received between the Jamulus Server and Client without encryption." +#~ msgstr "Houd er rekening mee dat alle audio- en tekstgegevens zonder encryptie worden verzonden en ontvangen tussen de Jamulus-server en de client." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/QOS-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/QOS-Windows.po index 90946a1fa..3a62fa24d 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/QOS-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/QOS-Windows.po @@ -1,40 +1,39 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# Henk De Groot , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-13 11:24+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-03-27 17:01+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: nl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.17-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "nl" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/QOS-Windows" msgstr "/wiki/QOS-Windows" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Quality of Service (QoS)" @@ -45,10 +44,11 @@ msgstr "Quality of Service (QoS)" msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" %}" msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Meer\" %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:11 -msgid "## Use of QoS on Windows" -msgstr "## Gebruik van QoS in Windows" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Use of QoS on Windows" +msgstr "Gebruik van QoS in Windows" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:13 @@ -67,8 +67,47 @@ msgstr "De QoS-instellingen van Jamulus (inclusief de standaard) zijn ingesteld #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:37 -msgid "In Search box beside Start menu, Type: Local Group Policy Editor (enter)
In new window, (click) on the menu icon to display the Actions third panel
Looking at the first panel of the Local Group Policy Editor
 Local Computer Policy
  Computer Configuration
   Windows Settings
    Policy-based QoS (click)
Looking at the third panel (Actions) of the Local Group Policy Editor
 Policy-based QoS
  More Actions
   Create new Policy (click)
    Policy Name: Jamulus
    Specify DSCP value: 32
    Next
    This QoS policy applies Only to applications with name Jamulus.exe
    Next
    Next
    UDP
    Finish
" -msgstr "Typ in het zoekvak naast het menu Start: gpedit.msc (enter)
In het nieuwe venster, (klik) op het menu icoon om het Actievenster weer te geven
Gebruik nu het linker paneel in de editor voor lokaal groepsbeleid
 Beleid voor Lokale computer
  Computerconfiguratie
   Windows-instellingen
   Op beleid gebaseerde QoS (klik)
Gebruik het derde (Acties) paneel in de editor voor lokaal groepsbeleid
 Op beleidgebasseerde QoS
   Meer acties
     Nieuwe beleidsinstelling maken (klik)
       Beleidsnaam: Jamulus
       DSCP-waarde opgeven: 32
       Volgende
       Alleen toepassingen met deze naam (uitvoerbaar): Jamulus.exe
       Volgende
       Volgende
       UDP
       Voltooien
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"In Search box beside Start menu, Type: Local Group Policy Editor (enter)
\n" +"In new window, (click) on the menu icon to display the Actions third panel
\n" +"Looking at the first panel of the Local Group Policy Editor
\n" +" Local Computer Policy
\n" +"  Computer Configuration
\n" +"   Windows Settings
\n" +"    Policy-based QoS (click)
\n" +"Looking at the third panel (Actions) of the Local Group Policy Editor
\n" +" Policy-based QoS
\n" +"  More Actions
\n" +"   Create new Policy (click)
\n" +"    Policy Name: Jamulus
\n" +"    Specify DSCP value: 32
\n" +"    Next
\n" +"    This QoS policy applies Only to applications with name Jamulus.exe
\n" +"    Next
\n" +"    Next
\n" +"    UDP
\n" +"    Finish
\n" +msgstr "" +"Typ in het zoekvak naast het menu Start: gpedit.msc (enter)
\n" +"In het nieuwe venster, (klik) op het menu icoon om het Actievenster weer te geven
\n" +"Gebruik nu het linker paneel in de editor voor lokaal groepsbeleid
\n" +" Beleid voor Lokale computer
\n" +"  Computerconfiguratie
\n" +"   Windows-instellingen
\n" +"   Op beleid gebaseerde QoS (klik)
\n" +"Gebruik het derde (Acties) paneel in de editor voor lokaal groepsbeleid
\n" +" Op beleidgebasseerde QoS
\n" +"   Meer acties
\n" +"     Nieuwe beleidsinstelling maken (klik)
\n" +"       Beleidsnaam: Jamulus
\n" +"       DSCP-waarde opgeven: 32
\n" +"       Volgende
\n" +"       Alleen toepassingen met deze naam (uitvoerbaar): Jamulus.exe
\n" +"       Volgende
\n" +"       Volgende
\n" +"       UDP
\n" +"       Voltooien
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:39 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Running-a-Server.po index 7487cb192..f78ba6c2d 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Running-a-Server.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Running-a-Server.po @@ -2,345 +2,428 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Henk De Groot , 2022. +# Henk De Groot , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-14 19:59+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-24 18:48+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: nl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "nl" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Running-a-Server" msgstr "/wiki/Running-a-Server" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Running a Server" msgstr "Een server opzetten" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server Administration Manual" +msgstr "Serverbeheerdershandleiding" + #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:10 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# Server Administration Manual\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" -msgstr "" -"# Serverbeheerdershandleiding\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:12 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:14 -msgid "Table of contents" -msgstr "Inhoudsopgave" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:16 -msgid "TOC" -msgstr "TOC" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "Inhoudsopgave\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:17 -msgid "{:toc}" -msgstr "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" +msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:19 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:22 -msgid "## Do I need to run a Server?" -msgstr "## Moet ik een eigen server hebben?" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Do I need to run a Server?" +msgstr "Moet ik een eigen server hebben?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:24 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:23 #, no-wrap -msgid "**No**. You can use the Servers listed by the built in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server or choose a third party hosting service. If you just want an undisturbed session, use the [soloing technique described on the Tips and Tricks page](Tips-Tricks-More#have-an-undisturbed-session-on-any-server). If you decide you cannot use any of the Servers listed by the built in Directories, you may be able to use a Server (either Registered in a Custom Directory, or Unregistered - see [Server Types](#server-types)) hosted by a third party. Doing so will save you the trouble of setting one up yourself.\n" -msgstr "**Nee**. Je kunt de servers gebruiken die worden vermeld door de ingebouwde adresboeken en Jamulus gebruiken zonder een server te gebruiken of een hostingservice van derden te kiezen. Als je gewoon een ongestoorde sessie wilt, gebruik dan de [solotechniek beschreven op de pagina Tips en trucs](Tips-Tricks-More#zorg-voor-een-ongestoorde-sessie-op-elke-server). Als je besluit dat je geen van de servers kunt gebruiken die worden vermeld in de ingebouwde adresboeken dan kun je mogelijk een server gebruiken (geregistreerd in een eigen adresboek of niet geregistreerd - zie [servertypen](#servertypen)) die wordt gehost door een derde partij. Als je dit doet, bespaar je je de moeite om er zelf een op te zetten.\n" +msgid "**No**. You don't need to run a Server. You can use the Servers listed by the built-in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server yourself. You can also use an unlisted Server if you know its internet address. Or you can use a third party hosting service such as [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/) or [KOORD](https://koord.live/). There's probably a Server nearby that you and your friends can use at low enough latency for most needs.\n" +msgstr "**Nee**. Je hoeft geen server te hebben. Je kunt de servers gebruiken die worden vermeld door de ingebouwde adresboeken en Jamulus gebruiken zonder zelf een server uit te voeren. Je kunt ook een niet-geregistreerde server gebruiken als je het internetadres kent. Of je kunt een externe hostingservice gebruiken, zoals [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/) of [KOORD](https://koord.live/). Er is waarschijnlijk een server in de buurt die jij en je vrienden kunnen gebruiken met een voldoende lage latentie voor de meeste behoeften.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:26 -msgid "## Basic requirements" -msgstr "## Basis vereisten" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:25 +msgid "Using a public Server might introduce you to strangers. If you want an undisturbed session, you can use the soloing technique described on the [Tips and Tricks page](Tips-Tricks-More#have-an-undisturbed-session-on-any-server). You won't hear strangers who connect to the Server, but they can hear you if they wish." +msgstr "Het gebruik van een openbare server kan je aan vreemden voorstellen. Als je een ongestoorde sessie wilt, kun je de solo-techniek gebruiken die wordt beschreven op de [Tips en Trucs-pagina](Tips-Tricks-More#zorg-voor-een-ongestoorde-sessie-op-elke-server). Je hoort geen vreemden die verbinding maken met de server, maar ze kunnen je wel horen als ze dat willen." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:28 -msgid "While setting up a Server isn't difficult, it's a good idea to read the following background information to avoid some problems:" -msgstr "Hoewel het opzetten van een server niet moeilijk is, is het een goed idee om de volgende achtergrondinformatie te lezen om problemen te voorkomen:" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Requirements" +msgstr "Vereisten" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:30 -msgid "### Speed and latency" -msgstr "### Snelheid en latency" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Speed and latency" +msgstr "Snelheid en latency" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:32 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:33 #, no-wrap msgid "**_The capability of the Server itself (and the network it's on) is NOT the main determinant of the quality of a Jamulus session!_**\n" msgstr "**_De capaciteit van de server zelf (en het netwerk waarop deze zich bevindt) is NIET de belangrijkste bepalende factor voor de kwaliteit van een Jamulus-sessie!_**\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:34 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:35 msgid "Usually, problems are on the _Client_ side and should be fixed there. Have a look at the [Troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) if needed." msgstr "Meestal bevinden problemen zich aan de _client_ kant en moeten daar worden opgelost. Bekijk indien nodig de [pagina voor problemen oplossen](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:36 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:37 msgid "However, various problems can also arise when setting up Servers - especially when run on a low-bandwidth home connection. It's usually fine to have less than 5 players on a slower-speed home connection (eg 10 Mbit/s down and 1 Mbit/s up). You can read more about network requirements at [different quality settings here](Server-Bandwidth)." msgstr "Er kunnen echter ook verschillende problemen optreden bij het instellen van servers, vooral wanneer deze op een thuisverbinding met lage bandbreedte worden uitgevoerd. Het is meestal prima om minder dan 5 spelers op een tragere thuisverbinding te hebben (bijvoorbeeld 10 Mbit/s down en 1 Mbit/s up). Je kunt meer lezen over netwerkvereisten bij [verschillende kwaliteitsinstellingen hier](Server-Bandwidth)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:38 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:39 msgid "Consider using a cloud host, not your home internet connection, to get better ping times if you're having problems." msgstr "Overweeg om een cloudhost te gebruiken om betere ping-tijden te krijgen als je problemen hebt." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:41 -msgid "### General notes" -msgstr "### Algemene opmerkingen" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "General notes" +msgstr "Algemene opmerkingen" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:43 +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 msgid "Any Server should have at least 1.6GHz CPU frequency and 1GB RAM" msgstr "Een server moet een CPU-frequentie van ten minste 1,6 GHz en 1 GB RAM hebben" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:44 +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 msgid "Running a Server may require you to adjust any firewalls running on or outside of your machine or cloud host." msgstr "Als je een server gebruikt, moet je mogelijk eventuele firewalls aanpassen die op of buiten je computer of cloudhost worden uitgevoerd." +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 +msgid "You must set up port forwarding on your router to run an [Unregistered Server](Unregistered-Servers) at home. This should not be necessary when running a Registered Server in most cases. However, some home networks can require port forwarding for a Registered Server." +msgstr "Je moet port forwarding instellen op je router om thuis een [niet-geregistreeerde server](Unregistered-Servers) te gebruiken. Dit zou in de meeste gevallen niet nodig moeten zijn bij het uitvoeren van een geregistreerde server. Sommige thuisnetwerken kunnen echter port forwarding vereisen voor een geregistreerde server." + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 +msgid "Jamulus offers limited IPv6 support that you can turn on for a Client or Server from the command line." +msgstr "Jamulus biedt beperkte IPv6-ondersteuning die je vanaf de opdrachtregel kunt inschakelen voor een client of server." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:49 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "Installatie" + #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:45 -msgid "Running an Unregistered Server at home will require you to [port forward](#port-forwarding) on your router. When running a Registered Server, port forwarding should not be necessary in most cases, but it's advisable to do so because some networks may not work properly with Jamulus in its default mode." -msgstr "Als je thuis een niet geregistreerde server uitvoert, moet je [poort forwarding](#poort-forwarding) op je router gebruiken. Als je een geregistreerde server gebruikt, zou poort forwarding in de meeste gevallen niet nodig moeten zijn, maar het is aan te raden dit te doen omdat sommige netwerken mogelijk niet goed werken met Jamulus in de standaardmodus." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:52 +msgid "Most people run Jamulus on a 3rd party/cloud host as a \"headless\" Server (no video display or keyboard) on **hardware without audio** running Linux. You can also run a Server in a [**desktop environment**](#servers-on-the-desktop)." +msgstr "De meeste mensen gebruiken Jamulus op een externe/cloudhost als een \"headless\" server (geen videoscherm of toetsenbord) op **hardware zonder audio** met Linux. Je kunt een server ook uitvoeren in een [**desktopomgeving**](#servers-vanaf-een-desktop)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 -msgid "Jamulus only has limited IPv6 support which needs to be enabled with a command line argument on the Client and Server. (There are plans to expand IPv6 support.)" -msgstr "Jamulus heeft slechts beperkte IPv6-ondersteuning die moet worden ingeschakeld met een opdrachtregeloptie op de client en server. (Er zijn plannen om de IPv6-ondersteuning uit te breiden.)" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:56 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note** The following steps will result in you running an \"Unregistered\" Server. For more information, see [the Server Modes section](#server-modes) below.\n" +msgstr "**Opmerking** De volgende stappen leiden ertoe dat je een \"niet-geregistreerde\" server uitvoert. Zie [het gedeelte Servermodi](#servermodi) hieronder voor meer informatie.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:48 -msgid "## Server Types" -msgstr "## Servertypen" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:60 +msgid "To run a headless server on Linux, the following steps assume you are familiar with the command line and Debian/Ubuntu or similar distribution that uses systemd." +msgstr "Om een headless server op Linux uit te voeren, gaan de volgende stappen ervan uit dat je bekend bent met de opdrachtregel en Debian/Ubuntu of gelijkaardige distributie die systemd gebruikt." + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 +msgid "Download the setup script: `curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh`" +msgstr "Download het setup-script: `curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh`" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 +msgid "Make the script executable: `chmod +x setup_repo.sh`" +msgstr "Maak het script uitvoerbaar: `chmod +x setup_repo.sh`" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 +msgid "Run the script and install the headless server: `sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus-headless`" +msgstr "Voer het script uit en installeer de headless-server: `sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus-headless`" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 +msgid "Enable the headless Server process:" +msgstr "Schakel het headless server-proces in:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:50 -msgid "You can run your Server in different ways (either at home or on a 3rd party host):" -msgstr "Je kunt jouw server op verschillende manieren uitvoeren (thuis of op een host van een derde partij):" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:67 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\t`sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`\n" +msgstr "\t`sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`\n" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:69 +msgid "Add your desired [command line options](Running-a-Server#configuration-options) to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file:" +msgstr "Voeg de gewenste [opdrachtregelopties](Running-a-Server#configuratie-opties) toe aan de `ExecStart`-regel in het systemd-servicebestand:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:52 -msgid "### 1. Registered" -msgstr "### 1. Geregistreerd" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:71 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\t`sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless`\n" +msgstr "\t`sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless`\n" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:73 +msgid "Reload the systemd files and restart the headless Server:" +msgstr "Herlaad de systemd-bestanden en herstart de headless server:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:54 -msgid "Your Server will be listed in a Directory. By default, Jamulus has a list of built-in Directories that Clients can connect to. If you register with one of these, anyone can then discover and connect to your Server. You can also have your Server listed on a Custom Directory, if that better meets your needs." -msgstr "Jouw server wordt vermeld in een adresboek. Jamulus heeft standaard een lijst met ingebouwde adresboeken waarmee clients verbinding kunnen maken. Als je bij een van deze registreert, kan iedereen jouw server ontdekken en er verbinding mee maken. Je kunt jouw server ook in een eigen adresboek laten opnemen, als dat beter aan jouw behoeften voldoet." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:75 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\t`sudo systemctl daemon-reload && systemctl restart jamulus-headless`\n" +msgstr "\t`sudo systemctl daemon-reload && systemctl restart jamulus-headless`\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:59 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:77 +msgid "_To amend your Server configuration, just repeat the last two steps above._" +msgstr "_Om jouw serverconfiguratie te wijzigen, herhaal je gewoon de laatste twee stappen hierboven._" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:80 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"
\n" -"\t\"Diagram\n" -"
How Registered Servers work
\n" -"
\n" -msgstr "" -"
\n" -"\t\"diagram\n" -"\t
Hoe geregistreerde servers werken
\n" -"
\n" +msgid "Server Modes" +msgstr "Servermodi" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:61 -msgid "### 2. Unregistered" -msgstr "### 2. Niet geregistreerd" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:83 +msgid "Servers can be run in one of three modes (either at home or on a 3rd party host), depending on your needs." +msgstr "Servers kunnen in een van de drie modi worden uitgevoerd (thuis of op een externe host), afhankelijk van jouw behoeften." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:84 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Unregistered mode" +msgstr "Niet-geregistreerde modus" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:63 -msgid "This is the default when starting a Server for the first time. Unregistered Servers are not listed by Directories, so only musicians who know your Server's address to will be able to connect to it. This is useful because Jamulus does not let you control who can connect to a Server." -msgstr "Dit is de standaardinstelling wanneer je voor de eerste keer een server start. Niet geregistreerde servers worden niet weergegeven in de adresboeken, dus alleen muzikanten die het adres van de server kennen, kunnen er verbinding mee maken. Dit is handig omdat Jamulus je niet laat bepalen wie er verbinding kan maken met een server." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:87 +msgid "This is the default when starting a Server for the first time. Unregistered Servers are not listed by Directories, so only musicians who know your Server's address can connect to it." +msgstr "Dit is de standaard wanneer je een server voor het eerst start. Niet-geregistreerde servers worden niet weergegeven in adresboeken, dus alleen muzikanten die het adres van de server kennen, kunnen er verbinding mee maken." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:68 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:89 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**For information about running an Unregistered Server [see this guide](Unregistered-Servers).**\n" +msgstr "**Voor informatie over het uitvoeren van een niet-geregistreerde server [zie deze handleiding](Unregistered-Servers).**\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:93 #, no-wrap msgid "" "
\n" "\t\"Diagram\n" -"\t
How Unregistered Servers work
\n" "
\n" msgstr "" "
\n" -"\t\"diagram\n" -"\t
Hoe niet geregistreerde servers werken
\n" +"\t\"diagram\n" "
\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:70 -msgid "If you are running an unregistered server behind a home internet connection, you might need to enable [port forwarding](#port-forwarding) as described below." -msgstr "Als je een niet geregistreerde server achter een internetverbinding thuis gebruikt, moet je mogelijk [poort forwarding](#poort-forwarding) inschakelen zoals hieronder beschreven." +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:94 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Registered mode" +msgstr "Geregistreerde modus" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:72 -msgid "### 3. Directory" -msgstr "### 3. Adresboek" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:97 +msgid "In this mode your Server will appear in the server list supplied by a Directory. Jamulus Clients come with a list of Directories built-in. If you register your Server with one of these, anyone can discover and connect to it." +msgstr "In deze modus verschijnt je server in de serverlijst die wordt geleverd door een adresboek. Jamulus clients worden geleverd met een lijst met ingebouwde adresboeken. Als je de server bij een van deze registreert, kan iedereen deze ontdekken en er verbinding mee maken." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:74 -msgid "If you want to run a number of Servers, possibly also behind a firewall or on a LAN, you may want to run your Server as a Directory. Examples include online events, music associations, sectional rehearsals or music lessons for schools." -msgstr "Als je meerdere Servers wilt draaien, eventueel ook achter een firewall of op een LAN, dan kun je jouw server wellicht als adresboek draaien. Denk aan online evenementen, muziekverenigingen, sectierepetities of muzieklessen voor scholen." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:99 +msgid "Alternatively, you can list your Server on a Custom Directory (see below). Clients will only find your Server if they enter the Custom Directory's internet address." +msgstr "Je kunt je server ook in een eigen adresboek plaatsen (zie hieronder). Clients zullen je server alleen vinden als ze het internetadres van het eigen adresboek invoeren." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:76 -msgid "To run a Directory [read this guide](Directories)" -msgstr "Voor het uitvoeren van een adresboek [lees je deze handleiding](Directories)" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:101 +msgid "Note that Directories can only register up to 150 Servers. If you see a message that says you cannot register your Server because the Directory is full, you can try registering with a different Directory." +msgstr "Houd er rekening mee dat adresboeken slechts tot 150 servers kunnen registreren. Als je een bericht ziet dat je de server niet kunt registreren omdat het adresboek vol is, kun je proberen je te registreren bij een ander adresboek." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:79 -msgid "## Installation and Configuration" -msgstr "## Installatie en configuratie" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:105 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"
\n" +"\t\"Diagram\n" +"
\n" +msgstr "" +"
\n" +"\t\"diagram\n" +"
\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:81 -msgid "Most people run Jamulus as a \"pure\" Server on **hardware without audio** (e.g. on a 3rd party/cloud host) running Linux. The following steps assume you are familiar with the command line and Debian/Ubuntu or similar distribution using systemd. To run a server on Windows or on the desktop with a graphical user interface, [see this section](#servers-on-the-desktop)." -msgstr "De meeste mensen draaien Jamulus als een \"pure\" server op **hardware zonder audio** (bijvoorbeeld op een derde partij/cloudhost) met Linux. Bij de volgende stappen wordt ervan uitgegaan dat je bekend bent met de opdrachtregel en Debian/Ubuntu of vergelijkbare distributie die systemd gebruikt. Om een server te draaien op Windows of op het bureaublad met een grafische gebruikersinterface, [zie deze sectie](#servers-vanaf-een-werkstation)." +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:106 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Directory mode" +msgstr "Adresboek modus" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:83 -msgid "If you want to run a Server on a Raspberry Pi (or a different armhf/arm64 debian-based device), you will need to download the `.deb` files for 32 bit `armhf` or 64 bit `arm64`, not the default `amd64` ones you'd use on an Intel/AMD based machine." -msgstr "Als je een server op een Raspberry Pi (of een ander op armhf/arm64 debian-gebaseerd apparaat) wilt draaien, moet je de `.deb`-bestanden voor 32 bit `armhf` of 64 bit `arm64` downloaden, niet de standaard `amd64` die je zou gebruiken op een Intel /AMD-gebaseerde machine." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:109 +msgid "If you want to run a number of Servers, possibly also behind a firewall or on a LAN, you may want to run your Server as a Directory. Examples include online events, music associations, sectional rehearsals or music lessons for schools." +msgstr "Als je meerdere Servers wilt uitvoeren, eventueel ook achter een firewall of op een LAN, dan kun je jouw server wellicht als adresboek uitvoeren. Denk aan online evenementen, muziekverenigingen, sectierepetities of muzieklessen voor scholen." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:86 -msgid "### Installation" -msgstr "### Installatie" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:111 +msgid "For information, [see the Directories guide](Directories)." +msgstr "Voor informatie, [zie de adresboeken handleiding](Directories)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:88 -msgid "Download the [latest headless (amd64) .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}) or, if you use a Raspberry Pi etc. download the [latest armhf .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}) or the [latest arm64 .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }})" -msgstr "Download het [nieuwste headless (amd64) .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}) of indien je een Raspberry Pi etc. gebruikt, download het [nieuwste armhf .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}) of de [nieuwste arm64 .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }})" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:114 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Configuration options" +msgstr "Configuratie opties" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:89 -msgid "Update apt to make sure you have a current list of standard packages: `sudo apt update`" -msgstr "Werk apt bij om er zeker van te zijn dat je een actuele lijst met standaard packages hebt: `sudo apt update`" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:117 +msgid "Depending on your operating system and how you are running the Server, you can set Server options and make them persistent between reloads by following these steps:" +msgstr "Afhankelijk van je besturingssysteem en hoe je de server gebruikt, kun je de serveropties instellen en permanent maken tussen herlaadbeurten door deze stappen te volgen:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:90 -msgid "Install the Jamulus package: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}` or for RasPi etc. armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}`; arm64: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }}`" -msgstr "Installeer het Jamulus package: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}` of voor RasPi etc, armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}`; arm64: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }}`" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:119 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**For Linux headless** (Debian/Ubuntu using systemd)\n" +msgstr "**Voor Linux headless** (Debian/Ubuntu met systemd)\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:91 -msgid "Enable the headless Server process via systemd: `sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`" -msgstr "Schakel het headless serverproces in via systemd: `sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:121 +msgid "Add your desired command line options to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file by running `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` (You will need to reload or restart for the changes to take effect. See [Installation](#installation))." +msgstr "Voeg de gewenste opdrachtregelopties toe aan de `ExecStart`-regel in het systemd-servicebestand door `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` uit te voeren (Je moet opnieuw laden of opnieuw opstarten om de wijzigingen door te voeren. Zie [Installatie]( #installatie))." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:92 -msgid "Add your desired [command line options](Running-a-Server#command-line-options) to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file by running `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` (By default you will be running an Unregistered Server)." -msgstr "Voeg de gewenste [opdrachtregelopties](Running-a-Server#opdrachtregelopties) toe aan de `ExecStart` regel in het systemd-servicebestand door `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` uit te voeren (standaard voer je een niet geregistreerde server uit)." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:123 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**For the GUI** (all platforms)\n" +msgstr "**Voor de GUI** (alle platformen)\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:93 -msgid "Reload the systemd files `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` and restart the headless Server: `sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless`" -msgstr "Herlaad de systemd bestanden `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` en herstart de headless server: `sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless`" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:125 +msgid "Any settings made using the graphical interface will be stored in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file. (Do **not** edit this file by hand!) However, some options are not available in the GUI and need to be set using the command line. For more information, see [Servers on the desktop](#servers-on-the-desktop)." +msgstr "Alle instellingen die via de grafische interface zijn gemaakt, worden opgeslagen in het bestand `Jamulusserver.ini`. (Bewerk dit bestand **niet** met de hand!) Sommige opties zijn echter niet beschikbaar in de GUI en moeten worden ingesteld via de opdrachtregel. Zie [servers op de desktop](#servers-vanaf-een-desktop) voor meer informatie." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:94 -msgid "Check all is well with `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (hit `q` to get back to the command prompt)." -msgstr "Controleer of alles in order is met `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (druk op `q` om terug te gaan naar de opdrachtregel)." +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:128 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Minimum setup to run in Registered mode" +msgstr "Minimale setup om in geregistreerde modus uit te voeren" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:96 -msgid "You can control Jamulus with the `systemctl` command. For example, to stop the Server cleanly:" -msgstr "Je kunt Jamulus bedienen met het commando `systemctl`. Om de server bijvoorbeeld netjes te stoppen:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:132 +msgid "You can run a headless Server on Linux using systemd (with `systemctl`), which is covered in other sections. You can also run a Server directly from the command line. Enter the following command to [run a Registered Server](#server-modes):" +msgstr "Je kunt een headless server op Linux draaien met behulp van systemd (met `systemctl`), wat in andere secties wordt behandeld. Je kunt een server ook rechtstreeks vanaf de opdrachtregel uitvoeren. Voer de volgende opdracht in om [een geregistreerde server uit te voeren](#servermodi):" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:98 -msgid "`sudo systemctl stop jamulus-headless`" -msgstr "`sudo systemctl stop jamulus-headless`" +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:133 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"jamulus-headless --nogui --server \\\n" +" --directoryaddress hostname:port \\\n" +" --serverinfo \"[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code or Qt5 Locale]\"\n" +msgstr "" +"jamulus-headless --nogui --server \\\n" +" --directoryaddress hostnaam:poort \\\n" +" --serverinfo \"[naam];[stad];[land als tweeletterige ISO-landcode of Qt5 Locale]\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:100 -msgid "_To upgrade your Server, just repeat the steps above._" -msgstr "_Herhaal de bovenstaande stappen om jouw server te upgraden._" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:140 +msgid "See the table below for `hostname:port` values." +msgstr "Zie de onderstaande tabel voor waarden voor 'hostnaam:poort'." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:102 -msgid "### Configuration" -msgstr "### Configuratie" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:142 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note**: Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `[name]` and `[city]` within the `--serverinfo` argument. See the [Server mode-related options](#server-mode-related-options) for more information on the country code. \n" +msgstr "**Opmerking**: Puntkomma's en nieuwe-regeltekens zijn niet toegestaan in `[naam]` en `[stad]` binnen het argument `--serverinfo`. Zie de [servermodus-gerelateerde opties](#servermodus-gerelateerde-opties) voor meer informatie over de landcode. \n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:104 -msgid "#### Running in Registered mode" -msgstr "#### Uitvoeren in geregistreerde modus" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:143 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server mode-related options" +msgstr "Servermodus-gerelateerde opties" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:145 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-e or --directoryaddress`" +msgstr "`-e of --directoryaddress`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:106 -msgid "The following minimum setup is required to [run a Registered Server](Running-a-Server#server-types):" -msgstr "De volgende minimale instellingen zijn vereist om [een geregistreerde server uit te voeren](Running-a-Server#servertypen):" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:148 +msgid "Required for a [Registered Server](Running-a-Server#registered-mode). Also required to run Jamulus as a [Directory](Directories)." +msgstr "Vereist voor een [geregistreerde server](Running-a-Server#geregistreerde-modus). Ook vereist om Jamulus uit te voeren als een [adresboek](Directories)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:112 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"~~~\n" -"jamulus --nogui --server \\\n" -" --directoryserver genreServer:port \\\n" -" --serverinfo \"yourServerName;yourCity;[country ID]\"\n" -"~~~\n" -msgstr "" -"~~~\n" -"jamulus --nogui --server \\\n" -" --directoryserver genreServer:poort \\\n" -" --serverinfo \"jouwServernaam;jouwStad;[land ID]\"\n" -"~~~\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:150 ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:171 +msgid "This option takes the format:" +msgstr "Deze optie heeft het formaat:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:114 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Note**: Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `yourServerName` and `yourCity` within the `--serverinfo` argument\n" -msgstr "**Opmerking**: Puntkomma's en nieuwe regeltekens zijn niet toegestaan in `jouwServerNaam` en `jouwStad` voor de `--serverinfo` optie\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:152 +msgid "`--directoryaddress hostname:port` where `hostname` is the Genre Directory host name and `port` is its port number." +msgstr "`--directoryaddress hostnaam:poort` waarbij `hostnaam` de genre adresboek-hostnaam is en `poort` het poortnummer is." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:116 -msgid "To register with one of the Directories built into the Jamulus Client, replace `genreServer:port` in the example above with one of the following options:" -msgstr "Om te registreren bij een van de adresboeken die in de Jamulus-client zijn ingebouwd, vervang je `genreServer:poort' in het bovenstaande voorbeeld door een van de volgende opties:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:154 +msgid "To register with one of the Directories built into the Jamulus Client, replace `hostname:port` with one of the following options:" +msgstr "Om je te registreren bij een van de adresboeken die in de Jamulus client zijn ingebouwd, vervang je `hostnaam:poort` door een van de volgende opties:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:127 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:164 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"| Genre | Server Address |\n" +"| Genre | `hostname:port` |\n" "|-----------|------------------|\n" "|**Any Genre 1** |`anygenre1.jamulus.io:22124`|\n" "|**Any Genre 2** |`anygenre2.jamulus.io:22224`|\n" @@ -350,7 +433,7 @@ msgid "" "|**Genre Classical/Folk** |`classical.jamulus.io:22524`|\n" "|**Genre Choral/Barbershop** |`choral.jamulus.io:22724`|\n" msgstr "" -"| Genre | Server adres |\n" +"| Genre | `hostnaam:port` |\n" "|-----------|------------------|\n" "|**Ieder Genre 1** |`anygenre1.jamulus.io:22124`|\n" "|**Ieder Genre 2** |`anygenre2.jamulus.io:22224`|\n" @@ -360,478 +443,785 @@ msgstr "" "|**Genre Klassiek/Folk** |`classical.jamulus.io:22524`|\n" "|**Genre Koor/Barbershop** |`choral.jamulus.io:22724`|\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:129 -msgid "You can also specify a [Directory](#3-directory) in the same way from the command line, providing the Server Address in the same format." -msgstr "Je kunt ook een [adresboek](#3-adresboek) op dezelfde manier vanaf de opdrachtregel specificeren, waarbij je het serveradres in hetzelfde formaat opgeeft." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:131 -msgid "#### Running as a Directory" -msgstr "#### Uitvoeren als adresboek" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:133 -msgid "If you wish to run a [Directory](Running-a-Server#3-directory) please see [this guide](Directories)." -msgstr "Als je een [adresboek](Running-a-Server#3-adresboek) wilt uitvoeren, raadpleeg dan [deze handleiding](Directories)." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:135 -msgid "### Maintenance" -msgstr "### Onderhoud" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:137 -msgid "#### Viewing The Logs" -msgstr "#### Logboeken bekijken" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:139 -msgid "Jamulus will log to the system log file if you left the `StandardOutput=journal` setting in the unit file." -msgstr "Jamulus logt in het systeemlogbestand als je de instelling `StandardOutput=journal` in het instellingenbestand hebt gelaten." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:141 -msgid "To view the log, use `journalctl` (to exit press Ctrl-C). For example, to read the system log file, filtered for the Jamulus service:" -msgstr "Gebruik `journalctl` om het logboek te bekijken (om af te sluiten druk je op Ctrl-C). Om het systeemlogbestand te lezen, gefilterd voor de Jamulus-service, gebruik je het volgende commando:" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:143 -msgid "`journalctl -f -u jamulus-headless`" -msgstr "`journalctl -f -u jamulus-headless`" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:145 -msgid "#### Controlling Recording" -msgstr "#### Opname regelen" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:147 -msgid "When using the recording function with the `-R` command line option, if the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new Directory. SIGUSR2 will recording enabled on/off." -msgstr "Als de opnamefunctie wordt gebruikt met de opdrachtregeloptie `-R' en de server een SIGUSR1-signaal ontvangt tijdens een opname, zal deze een nieuwe opname starten in een nieuwe map. SIGUSR2 schakelt opname in/uit." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:149 -msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." -msgstr "Om deze signalen met systemd te verzenden, maak je de volgende twee `.service`-bestanden in `/etc/systemd/system` en geef je ze een passendse naam (bijv. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:151 +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:166 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home Directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file (be aware that doing so is however a potential security risk).\n" -msgstr "**Opmerking:** Je moet opnamen opslaan in een pad _buiten_ de jamulus home map of `ProtectHome=true` uit het systemd bestand verwijderen (houd er rekening mee dat dit echter een potentieel veiligheidsrisico is).\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:153 -msgid "For turning recording on or off (depending on the current state):" -msgstr "Voor het in- of uitschakelen van de opname (afhankelijk van de huidige status):" +msgid "`-o or --serverinfo`" +msgstr "`-o of --serverinfo`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:158 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"~~~\n" -" [Unit]\n" -" Description=Toggle recording state of Jamulus Server\n" -" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" -msgstr "" -"~~~\n" -" [Unit]\n" -" Description=Schakel de opname status van de Jamulus server om\n" -" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:169 +msgid "When registering your Server with a Directory, this lets you supply a Server name and location details so that users can then search for these values from their Client." +msgstr "Wanneer je jouw server registreert bij een adresboek, kun je hiermee een servernaam en locatie gegevens opgeven, zodat gebruikers vervolgens naar deze waarden kunnen zoeken vanaf hun client." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:163 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" [Service]\n" -" Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" -"~~~\n" -msgstr "" -" [Service]\n" -" Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" -"~~~\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:173 +msgid "`[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code]`" +msgstr "`[naam];[stad];[land als tweeletterige ISO-landcode]`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:165 -msgid "For starting a new recording:" -msgstr "Voor het starten van een nieuwe opname:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:175 +msgid "See [two-letter ISO country codes](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements)" +msgstr "Zie [tweeletterige ISO-landcodes](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements)" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:170 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:177 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"~~~\n" -" [Unit]\n" -" Description=Start a new recording on Jamulus Server\n" -" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" -msgstr "" -"~~~\n" -" [Unit]\n" -" Description=Start een nieuwe opname voor de Jamulus server\n" -" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +msgid "**Note:** Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `name` and `city` values.\n" +msgstr "**Opmerking:** Puntkomma's en nieuwe regeltekens zijn niet toegestaan in `naam` en `stad` waarden.\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:175 +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:178 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -" [Service]\n" -" Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" -"~~~\n" -msgstr "" -" [Service]\n" -" Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" -"~~~\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:177 -msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name you created when setting systemd to control your Jamulus Server. So in this example it would be `Jamulus-Server.service`_" -msgstr "_Opmerking: de Jamulus-servicenaam in de regel `ExecStart` moet dezelfde zijn als het bestandsnaam `.service` die je hebt gemaakt toen je systemd instelde om jouw Jamulus-server te bedienen. Dus in dit voorbeeld zou dat `Jamulus-Server.service` . zijn_" +msgid "`-L or --licence`" +msgstr "`-L of --licence`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:179 -msgid "Run `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` to register them for first use." -msgstr "Voer `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` uit om ze te registreren voor het eerste gebruik." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:180 +msgid "Show an agreement window before users can connect. The text of the agreement to be shown should be supplied as the `--welcomemessage` (see below)." +msgstr "Toon een overeenkomstvenster voordat gebruikers verbinding kunnen maken. De te tonen tekst van de overeenkomst dient als `--welkomstbericht` te worden aangeleverd (zie hieronder)." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:181 -msgid "Now you can run these with the `systemctl` command, for example:" -msgstr "Nu kun je deze uitvoeren met het commando `service start`, bijvoorbeeld:" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:183 -msgid "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec` (assuming you named your unit file `jamulusTogglerec.service`)" -msgstr "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec` (ervan uitgaande dat je je het bestand de naam `jamulusTogglerec.service` hebt gegeven)" +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-w or --welcomemessage`" +msgstr "`-w of --welcomemessage`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:185 -msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus`, or by viewing the logs." -msgstr "Je kunt het resultaat van deze commando's zien als je `systemctl status jamulus` uitvoert of door de logs te bekijken." +msgid "A \"welcome message\" to display in the Client chat window on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML. When a path is used, the file must be accessible by the user account running Jamulus. (On most Linux installations, user `jamulus` is used by default.) If not accessible, the literal path (rather than its contents) will appear." +msgstr "Een \"welkomstbericht\" om weer te geven in het client-chatvenster bij het verbinden. Kan worden opgegeven als een tekenreeks of bestandsnaam en kan HTML bevatten. Wanneer een pad wordt gebruikt, moet het bestand toegankelijk zijn voor het gebruikersaccount waaronder Jamulus draait. (Op de meeste Linux-installaties wordt standaard de gebruiker `jamulus` gebruikt.) Indien niet toegankelijk, zal het letterlijke pad (in plaats van de inhoud) verschijnen." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:188 -msgid "## Servers on the desktop" -msgstr "## Servers vanaf een werkstation" +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:186 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`--serverpublicip`" +msgstr "`--serverpublicip`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:190 -msgid "Jamulus can be run in Server mode from the desktop. This gives you a graphical user interface to control most of the settings." -msgstr "Jamulus kan vanaf een werkstation in de servermodus worden uitgevoerd. Dit geeft je een grafische gebruikersinterface om de meeste instellingen te beheren." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:188 +msgid "The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." +msgstr "Het openbare IP-adres van de server als er verbinding wordt gemaakt met een adresboek achter dezelfde NAT. Zie [de adresboek handleiding](Directories) voor meer informatie." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:192 +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:189 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Windows users** - Use the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in the Windows Start menu.\n" -msgstr "**Windows gebruikers** - Gebruik het \"Jamulus Server\" icoon in het windows start menu.\n" +msgid "`--directoryfile`" +msgstr "`--directoryfile`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:193 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:191 +msgid "_Directories only:_ Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." +msgstr "_Alleen adresboeken:_ Onthoudt geregistreerde servers, zelfs als de adresboek opnieuw wordt opgestart. Zie [de adresboeken handleiding](Directories) voor meer informatie." + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:192 #, no-wrap -msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications (assuming you put the files from the install there as per [these instructions](Installation-for-Macintosh)).\n" -msgstr "**macOS gebruikers** - Dubbelklik het \"Jamulus Server\" icoon in programma's (ervan uitgaande dat je de bestanden van de installatie daar hebt geplaatst zoals per [deze instructies](Installation-for-Macintosh)).\n" +msgid "`-f or --listfilter`" +msgstr "`-f of --listfilter`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:194 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Linux users** - Launch the \"Jamulus Server\" shortcut. Or you can open a terminal window (`CTRL+ALT+t` on Debian and related distros), type `jamulus -s` and hit return.\n" -msgstr "**Linux gebruikers** - Start de \"Jamulus Server\" snelkoppeling of open een terminalvenster (`CTRL+ALT+t` op Debian en gerelateerde distributies) en typ `jamulus -s` en druk op enter.\n" +msgid "_Directories only:_ Specify which Servers can register on the Directory Server. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." +msgstr "_Alleen adresboeken:_ Specificeer welke servers zich kunnen registreren op de adresboek server. Zie [de adresboeken handleiding](Directories) voor meer informatie." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:197 -msgid "## Server Setup" -msgstr "## Serverconfiguratie" +#, no-wrap +msgid "General Server options" +msgstr "Algemene serveropties" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:199 -msgid "
\"Image
" -msgstr "
\"afbeelding
" +msgid "These options can be used regardless of which mode your Server is running in (although some may not be relevant for Directories)." +msgstr "Deze opties kunnen worden gebruikt ongeacht in welke modus de server wordt uitgevoerd (hoewel sommige mogelijk niet relevant zijn voor adresboeken)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:201 -msgid "### The Directory list" -msgstr "### Adresboek lijst" +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:200 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-d or --discononquit`" +msgstr "`-d of --discononquit`" #. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:202 +msgid "Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not pressed their **Disconnect** buttons will automatically re-establish the connection when the Server returns. This option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server in this scenario." +msgstr "Normaal gesproken, wanneer een server wordt gestopt of opnieuw wordt opgestart, zullen alle clients die niet op hun knop **Verbreken** hebben gedrukt, automatisch de verbinding herstellen wanneer de server terugkeert. Deze optie dwingt clients om in dit scenario hun verbindingen met de server handmatig te herstellen." + +#. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:203 #, no-wrap -msgid "**None**: By default, you will not be connected to a Directory and will be running in unregistered mode. [Read these instructions](#running-an-unregistered-server) to have other people connect to your Server in this mode.\n" -msgstr "**Geen**: Standaard gebruik je een server die niet gekoppeld is aan een adresboek en wordt de server in niet geregistreerde modus uitgevoerd. [Lees deze instructies lezen](#een-niet-geregistreerde-server-uitvoeren) om anderen in deze modus verbinding met je te laten maken met jouw server.\n" +msgid "`-F or --fastupdate`" +msgstr "`-F of --fastupdate`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:205 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Genre**: To allow other people to see your Server on one of the Directories built into the Client, select your desired genre Directory. You should see a confirmation message saying whether your Server has registered successfully. If not, and you leave your Server running, it will keep trying to register until a free slot becomes available.\n" -msgstr "**Genre**: Om andere mensen jouw server te laten zien in een van de ingebouwde adresboeken in de client, selecteer je het gewenste genre adresboek. Je zou een bevestigingsbericht moeten zien dat aangeeft of jouw server succesvol is geregistreerd. Als dit niet het geval is en je laat je server draaien, dan zal hij blijven proberen zich te registreren totdat er een vrij slot vrijkomt.\n" +msgid "Reduces latency if Clients connect with the **Small Network Buffers** option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients." +msgstr "Vermindert latentie als clients verbinding maken met de optie **Kleine netwerkbuffers**. Vereist een snellere CPU om uitval te voorkomen en meer bandbreedte voor ingeschakelde clients." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:207 +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:206 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Custom**: This allows you to specify a custom directory on which to be listed. See the \"Options\" tab for the Custom Directory address you want to use.\n" -msgstr "**Aangepast**: Hiermee kun je een eigen adresboek opgeven waarin moet worden vermeld. Zie het tabblad \"Opties\" voor het aangepaste adresboek dat je wilt gebruiken.\n" +msgid "`-l or --log`" +msgstr "`-l of --log`" #. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:208 +msgid "Enable logging, set path and file name" +msgstr "Logboekregistratie inschakelen, pad en bestandsnaam instellen" + +#. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:209 -msgid "To run your Server _as_ a Directory, you need to set the Custom Directory address as `localhost` or `127.0.0.1` and set the \"Genre\" to \"Custom\". [Read this guide](Directories) for further details." -msgstr "Om jouw server _als_ een adresboek te laten draaien, moet je het eigen adresboek adres instellen als `localhost` of `127.0.0.1` en het \"Genre\" instellen op \"Aangepast\". [Lees deze handleiding](Directories) voor meer details." +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-m or --htmlstatus`" +msgstr "`-m of --htmlstatus`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:211 -msgid "### My Server Info" -msgstr "### Mijn serverinfo" +msgid "Enable HTML status file, set path and file name" +msgstr "HTML-statusbestand inschakelen, pad en bestandsnaam instellen" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:213 -msgid "When running as a Registered Server this displays the Server's name, city and country so that other users can easily identify it in the Directory listing." -msgstr "Wanneer de server als een geregistreerde server wordt uitgevoerd, worden de naam, de stad en het land van de server weergegeven, zodat andere gebruikers deze gemakkelijk kunnen identificeren in de adresboek lijst." +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** This feature is deprecated, and may disappear in a future release.\n" +msgstr "**Opmerking:** Deze functie is verouderd en verdwijnt mogelijk in een toekomstige release.\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:215 -msgid "### Chat Welcome Message" -msgstr "### Welkomstbericht chatvenster" +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:214 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-P or --delaypan`" +msgstr "`-P of --delaypan`" #. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:216 +msgid "Start with delay panning enabled. This option uses small differences in sound arrival time between the two ears. It produces a stereo effect similar to natural human hearing when compared to normal “volume” panning." +msgstr "Begin met delay panning ingeschakeld. Deze optie maakt gebruik van kleine verschillen in de aankomsttijd van het geluid tussen de twee oren. Het produceert een stereo-effect dat vergelijkbaar is met het natuurlijke gehoor van de mens in vergelijking met normale \"volume\"-panning." + +#. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:217 -msgid "The text entered here appears to all users when they join the Server (the chat window will open automatically for them). HTML is also supported." -msgstr "De tekst die hier wordt ingevoerd, verschijnt voor alle gebruikers wanneer ze verbinding maken met de server (het chatvenster wordt automatisch voor hen geopend). HTML wordt ook ondersteund." +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-s` or `--server`" +msgstr "`-s` of `--server`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:219 -msgid "## Options" -msgstr "## Opties" +msgid "Start Jamulus in Server mode" +msgstr "Start Jamulus in servermodus" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:221 -msgid "
\"Image
" -msgstr "
\"afbeelding
" +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:220 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`--serverbindip`" +msgstr "`--serverbindip`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:223 -msgid "### Recording Directory" -msgstr "### Geluidsopnamedirectory" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:222 +msgid "Specify the IP address the Jamulus process will bind to." +msgstr "Geef het IP-adres op waaraan het Jamulus proces zal binden." #. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:224 +msgid "Normally, Jamulus will listen on all IP addresses on the host machine. Where the host has multiple network addresses, this option allows one of the addresses to be chosen." +msgstr "Normaal gesproken luistert Jamulus naar alle IP-adressen op de hostcomputer. Als de host meerdere netwerkadressen heeft, kan met deze optie een van de adressen worden gekozen." + +#. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:225 -msgid "This sets the path to where the Server's recordings will be stored. With this path set, the \"Enable Jam Recorder\" function in the Server Setup tab will make recording start once the first person connects to the Server, and stops when the last person leaves. Use the \"New Recording\" button to create a new sub-directory in which the recordings will be stored from then on. Note that Recordings are per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` format and [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open the respective files to listen to them in those applications." -msgstr "Dit stelt het pad in naar waar de opname van de server wordt opgeslagen. Als dit pad is ingesteld, zorgt de functie \"Activeer geluidsopname\" op het tabblad Server instellingen ervoor dat de opname begint zodra de eerste persoon verbinding maakt met de server en stopt wanneer de laatste persoon de verbinding verbreekt. Gebruik de knop \"Nieuwe geluidsopname\" om een nieuwe submap aan te maken waarin de opnames vanaf dat moment worden opgeslagen. Merk op dat de opnames per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` en [REAPER](https://nl.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp` formaat worden opgeslagen. Open de respectievelijke bestanden om ernaar te luisteren in die toepassingen." +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-T or --multithreading`" +msgstr "`-T of --multithreading`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:227 +msgid "Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs. This setting may help the Server support more Clients. See also `--numchannels`" +msgstr "Gebruik multithreading om beter gebruik te maken van multi-core CPU's. Deze instelling kan de server helpen meer clients te ondersteunen. Zie ook `--numchannels`" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:228 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Note**: When your Server is recording, Clients will display a message that recording is on.\n" -msgstr "**Opmerking**: Wanneer jouw server aan het opnemen is, zullen clients een bericht weergeven dat de opname is ingeschakeld.\n" +msgid "`-u or --numchannels`" +msgstr "`-u of --numchannels`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:229 -msgid "### Custom Directory Address" -msgstr "### Eigen adresboek adres" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:230 +msgid "Maximum number of channels (Clients)" +msgstr "Maximaal aantal kanalen (clients)" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:231 -msgid "Leave this field empty unless you need to list your Server on a [Custom Directory](#3-directory) or run a Directory." -msgstr "Laat dit veld leeg, tenzij je de server bij een [aangepast adresboek](#3-adresboek) wilt vermelden of een adresboek wilt uitvoeren." +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-z or --startminimized`" +msgstr "`-z of --startminimized`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:233 -msgid "### Server List Filename" -msgstr "### Serverlijst bestandsnaam" +msgid "Start the Jamulus Server graphical user interface in the minimized window state." +msgstr "Start de grafische gebruikersinterface van de Jamulus server in de geminimaliseerde vensterstatus." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:235 -msgid "Leave this field empty unless you need to run your Server as a [Directory](#3-directory). When in use, this holds the list of registered Servers whilst restarting the Directory. This prevents the server list appearing \"empty\" until the Servers re-register." -msgstr "Laat dit veld leeg, tenzij je jouw server als een [adresboek](#3-adresboek) wilt uitvoeren. Wanneer in gebruik, dan bevat dit de lijst met geregistreerde servers terwijl het adresboek opnieuw wordt gestart. Dit voorkomt dat de serverlijst \"leeg\" lijkt totdat de servers zich opnieuw registreren." +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:234 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Other options" +msgstr "Andere opties" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:237 -msgid "### Delay panning" -msgstr "### Delay panning" +msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" +msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:239 -msgid "This option uses small differences in sound arrival time between the two ears. It produces a stereo effect similar to natural human hearing when compared to normal \"volume\" panning." -msgstr "Deze optie maakt gebruik van kleine verschillen in de aankomsttijd van het geluid tussen de twee oren. Het produceert een stereo-effect dat vergelijkbaar is met het natuurlijke menselijk gehoor in vergelijking met normale \"volume\" panning." +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Controlling the Server via API" +msgstr "Server aansturen via API" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241 -msgid "### Start Minimised" -msgstr "### Start geminimaliseerd bij systeemstart" +msgid "Jamulus can be controlled via an experimental API which is subject to changes. You can find the [JSON-RPC API documented in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md). JSON-RPC allows you to control some features like changing the welcome message or starting recordings in headless mode from authenticated external applications. It works while the server is running." +msgstr "Jamulus kan worden aangestuurd via een experimentele API die onderhevig is aan wijzigingen. Je kunt de [JSON-RPC API documentatie (engelstalig)](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) in de hoofdrepository vinden. Met JSON-RPC kun je bepaalde functies beheren, zoals het wijzigen van het welkomstbericht of het starten van opnames in headless-modus vanuit geverifieerde externe applicaties. Het werkt terwijl de server draait." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:243 +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:244 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Windows users** - If you want the Server to start automatically on system start, enable the corresponding check box.\n" -msgstr "**Windows gebruikers** - Als je wilt dat de server automatisch start bij het opstarten van het systeem, schakel dan het bijbehorende selectievakje in.\n" +msgid "Recording" +msgstr "Opname" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:245 -msgid "### Server status icon" -msgstr "### Server status icoon" +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-R or --recording`" +msgstr "`-R of --recording`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:247 -msgid "When the Server is running, the operating system will show an icon in the system tray or status area to represent whether the Server is active:" -msgstr "Wanneer de server actief is, toont het besturingssysteem een icoon in het systeemvak of het statusgebied om aan te geven of de server actief is:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:248 +msgid "Set Server recording directory. By default, the Server will record when a session is active." +msgstr "Stel de serveropnamemap in. Standaard neemt de server op wanneer een sessie actief is." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:249 -msgid "
\"Image
The Server is empty" -msgstr "
\"afbeelding
De server is niet ingebruik" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:250 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file, but be aware that doing could be a security risk.\n" +msgstr "**Opmerking:** Je moet opnames opslaan in een pad _buiten_ de jamulus home directory of `ProtectHome=true` uit je systemd unit-bestand verwijderen, maar houd er rekening mee dat dit een beveiligingsrisico kan zijn.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:251 -msgid "
\"Image
The Server is occupied" -msgstr "
\"afbeelding
De server is in gebruik" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:252 +msgid "Recordings are per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` format and [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open the respective files to listen to them in those applications." +msgstr "Opnames zijn per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` formaat en [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open de respectievelijke bestanden om ernaar te luisteren in die toepassingen." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:253 -msgid "## Command line options" -msgstr "## Opdrachtregelopties" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** When your Server is recording, Clients display a red banner message that the session is being recorded.\n" +msgstr "**Opmerking:** Wanneer je server aan het opnemen is, geven clients een bericht met een rode banner weer dat de sessie wordt opgenomen.\n" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:255 -msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." -msgstr "De meest voorkomende functies in Jamulus kunnen worden ingesteld met behulp van de GUI, maar deze en andere kunnen ook worden ingesteld met behulp van opties die in een terminalvenster/opdrachtprompt worden ingegeven. Hoe je dit precies doet, hangt af van je besturingssysteem." +#, no-wrap +msgid "`--norecord`" +msgstr "`--norecord`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:257 -msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:" -msgstr "Als je bijvoorbeeld in Windows een specifiek instellingenbestand wilt gebruiken, klik je met de rechtermuisknop op de Jamulus-snelkoppeling en kies je \"Eigenschappen\" > Doel. Voeg de benodigde argumenten toe aan Jamulus.exe:" +msgid "Set server not to record by default when recording is configured." +msgstr "Stel de server in om standaard niet op te nemen wanneer opnemen is geconfigureerd." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:261 +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:259 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"```shell\n" -" \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100\n" -"```\n" -msgstr "" -"```shell\n" -" \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100\n" -"```\n" +msgid "Controlling Recording" +msgstr "Opname regelen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:263 -msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" -msgstr "Voor macOS, start een terminal venster en voer Jamulus uit met gewenste opties op deze manier:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262 +msgid "Recording starts once the first person connects to the Server, and stops when the last person leaves." +msgstr "De opname begint zodra de eerste persoon verbinding maakt met de server en stopt wanneer de laatste persoon vertrekt." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:264 +msgid "If the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording on/off. If [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) is enabled, you will also be able to manage the server in a way comparable to the GUI. Please see the (experimental) [JSON-RPC documentation on the recorder](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording)." +msgstr "Als de server tijdens een opname een SIGUSR1-signaal ontvangt, start hij een nieuwe opname in een nieuwe map. SIGUSR2 schakelt opname in/uit. Als [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) is ingeschakeld, kun je de server ook beheren op een manier die vergelijkbaar is met de GUI . Zie de (experimentele) [JSON-RPC-documentatie over de opname (engelstalig)](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:267 +msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." +msgstr "Om deze signalen met systemd te verzenden, maak je de volgende twee `.service`-bestanden in `/etc/systemd/system` en geef je ze een passendse naam (bijv. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269 +msgid "To turn recording on or off (depending on the current state):" +msgstr "Opnemen in- of uitschakelen (afhankelijk van de huidige status):" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:270 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"```shell\n" -" /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100\n" -"```\n" +" [Unit]\n" +" Description=Toggle recording state of Jamulus Server\n" +" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +"\n" +" [Service]\n" +" Type=oneshot\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" msgstr "" -"```shell\n" -" /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100\n" -"```\n" +" [Unit]\n" +" Description=Schakel de opname status van de Jamulus server om\n" +" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +"\n" +" [Service]\n" +" Type=oneshot\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:281 +msgid "To start a new recording:" +msgstr "Een nieuwe opname starten:" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:282 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Note**: Command line options will set the Server's defaults at startup. You can override them with their corresponding GUI controls while the Server is running.\n" -msgstr "**Opmerking**: Opdrachtregelopties stellen de standaardwaarden van de server in bij het opstarten. Je kunt ze overschrijven met de bijbehorende GUI-instellingen terwijl de server actief is.\n" +msgid "" +" [Unit]\n" +" Description=Start a new recording on Jamulus Server\n" +" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +"\n" +" [Service]\n" +" Type=oneshot\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" +msgstr "" +" [Unit]\n" +" Description=Start een nieuwe opname voor de Jamulus server\n" +" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +"\n" +" [Service]\n" +" Type=oneshot\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:271 -msgid "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" -msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:293 +msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name you created when setting systemd to control your Jamulus Server. So in this example it would be `Jamulus-Server.service`_" +msgstr "_Opmerking: de Jamulus-servicenaam in de regel `ExecStart` moet dezelfde zijn als het bestandsnaam `.service` die je hebt gemaakt toen je systemd instelde om jouw Jamulus-server te bedienen. Dus in dit voorbeeld zou dat `Jamulus-Server.service` . zijn_" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:273 -msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" -msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:295 +msgid "Run `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` to register them for first use." +msgstr "Voer `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` uit om ze te registreren voor het eerste gebruik." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:276 -msgid "## Running an Unregistered Server" -msgstr "## Een niet geregistreerde server uitvoeren" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:297 +msgid "Now you can run these with the `systemctl` command, for example:" +msgstr "Nu kun je deze uitvoeren met het commando `service start`, bijvoorbeeld:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:278 -msgid "It is highly recommended to test your Server by registering it on one of the built-in Directories **first** so as to narrow down any subsequent problems in unregistered mode." -msgstr "Het wordt ten zeerste aanbevolen om jouw server **eerst** te testen met een ingebouwd adresboek om eventuele latere problemen in de niet-geregistreerde modus te beperken." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:299 +msgid "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`" +msgstr "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:280 -msgid "### Setting up a Server behind a home router" -msgstr "### Een server opzetten achter een thuisrouter" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:301 +msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus`, or by viewing the logs." +msgstr "Je kunt het resultaat van deze commando's zien als je `systemctl status jamulus` uitvoert of door de logs te bekijken." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:304 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Adding metadata to the Server" +msgstr "Metadata toevoegen aan de server" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:282 -msgid "If you set up your server at home, you will probably need to change some settings in your router/firewall:" -msgstr "Als je jouw server thuis opzet, moet je waarschijnlijk enkele instellingen in jouw router/firewall wijzigen:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:307 +msgid "You can add metadata to the welcome message of a Server to add additional, hidden information like contact information or policy requests for bots (this is comparable to [robots.txt](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robots.txt)). See the [Community Knowledge Base entry about metadata](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html) for more information." +msgstr "Je kunt metadata toevoegen aan het welkomstbericht van een server om aanvullende, verborgen informatie toe te voegen, zoals contactgegevens of beleidsverzoeken voor bots (dit is vergelijkbaar met [robots.txt](https://nl.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robots_Exclusion_Protocol)). Zie de [Community Knowledge Base-vermelding over metadata (engelstalig)](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html) voor meer informatie." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:310 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Servers on the desktop" +msgstr "Servers vanaf een desktop" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:284 -msgid "#### Port forwarding" -msgstr "#### Poort forwarding" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:313 +msgid "Jamulus can run in Server mode in the graphical environment of a computer. This gives you a graphical user interface to control most of the settings. To do this, first [install Jamulus for your platform](Getting-Started), then do one of the following:" +msgstr "Jamulus kan in servermodus worden uitgevoerd in de grafische omgeving van een computer. Dit geeft je een grafische gebruikersinterface om de meeste instellingen te beheren. Om dit te doen, [installeer je Jamulus voor jouw platform](Getting-Started) en voer je vervolgens een van de volgende handelingen uit:" + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:315 +msgid "**Windows users** - Use the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in the Windows Start menu. If you want the Server to start automatically when you start Windows, check the box for this option." +msgstr "**Windows-gebruikers** - Gebruik het pictogram \"Jamulus Server\" in het Windows Start-menu. Als je wilt dat de server automatisch start wanneer je Windows start, vink je het vakje voor deze optie aan." + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:317 +msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications." +msgstr "**macOS-gebruikers** - Dubbelklik op het pictogram \"Jamulus Server\" in Toepassingen." + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:319 +msgid "**Linux users** - Launch the \"Jamulus Server\" shortcut. Or you can open a terminal window (`CTRL+ALT+t` on Debian and related distros), type `jamulus -s` and hit return." +msgstr "**Linux gebruikers** - Start de \"Jamulus Server\" snelkoppeling of open een terminalvenster (`CTRL+ALT+t` op Debian en gerelateerde distributies) en typ `jamulus -s` en druk op enter." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:286 -msgid "People from outside your home network will not be able to see things inside it. To let external Jamulus clients connect to your server, you need to set up port forwarding in your Router's settings. The exact setup differs for every router. For help see your Router's documentation or [portforward.com](https://portforward.com)." -msgstr "Mensen van buiten jouw thuisnetwerk kunnen de dingen daarbinnen niet zien. Om externe Jamulus-clients verbinding te laten maken met jouw server, moet je poort forwarding instellen in de instellingen van jouw router. De exacte setup verschilt per router. Raadpleeg de documentatie van jouw router of [portforward.com](https://portforward.com) voor hulp." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:321 +msgid "While most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, others can only be set using options given in a terminal window when the Server is launched. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." +msgstr "Hoewel de meeste algemene functies in Jamulus kunnen worden ingesteld met behulp van de GUI, kunnen sommige alleen worden ingesteld met behulp van opties die in een terminalvenster worden gegeven wanneer de server wordt gestart. Hoe je dit precies doet, hangt af van jouw besturingssysteem." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:288 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:323 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Note:** The default port for the current version of Jamulus is **UDP** (not TCP) port **22124**. You will usually forward the port **22124** from outside your network to the port **22124** of the machine running the Server.\n" -msgstr "**Opmerking:** De standaardpoort voor de huidige versie van Jamulus is **UDP** (niet TCP)-poort **22124**. Meestal stuurt je de poort **22124** van buiten jouw netwerk door naar de poort **22124** van de machine waarop de server wordt uitgevoerd.\n" +msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose **Properties** > **Target**. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" +msgstr "Als je bijvoorbeeld in Windows een specifiek instellingenbestand wilt gebruiken, klik je met de rechtermuisknop op de Jamulus-snelkoppeling en kies je **Eigenschappen** > **Doel**. Voeg de nodige argumenten toe aan Jamulus.exe:\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:290 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:325 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Note:** Your home router may change the IP address of the machine you're running your Server on. Depending on your router, you might need to give this machine a static IP address (often under DHCP settings of your router).\n" -msgstr "**Opmerking:** Houd er ook rekening mee dat je thuisrouter ook het IP-adres kan wijzigen van de machine waarop je de server gebruikt. In dat geval moet je die machine misschien een statisch/vast IP-adres geven in de DHCP-configuratie van de router.\n" +msgid " `\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" +msgstr " `\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:292 -msgid "#### Getting the external IP" -msgstr "#### Het externe IP verkrijgen" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:327 +msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" +msgstr "Voor macOS, start een terminal venster en voer Jamulus uit met gewenste opties op deze manier:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:295 -msgid "To allow others to connect to your Server from the internet, get your external (WAN) IP address e.g. by [using Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=what+is+my+ip) and give it to them. You yourself should connect using the local network (LAN) address of the machine the Server is running on. If you are running a Client on the same machine as your Server, that would be `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`." -msgstr "Om anderen in staat te stellen verbinding te maken met jouw server vanaf internet, moet je jouw externe (WAN) IP-adres verkrijgen, b.v. door [met behulp van Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=what+is+my+ip) en het aan hen te geven. Je moet zelf verbinding maken via het lokale netwerkadres (LAN) van de machine waarop de server draait. Als je een client draait op dezelfde machine als jouw server, is dat `localhost` of `127.0.0.1`." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:329 +#, no-wrap +msgid " `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" +msgstr " `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:298 -msgid "#### Dynamic DNS and why you will probably need it" -msgstr "#### Dynamische DNS en waarom je het waarschijnlijk nodig hebt" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note** Command line options will set the Server’s defaults at startup. You can override them while the Server is running using their corresponding GUI controls.\n" +msgstr "**Opmerking** Opdrachtregelopties stellen de standaardinstellingen van de server in bij het opstarten. Je kunt ze overschrijven terwijl de server wordt uitgevoerd met behulp van de bijbehorende GUI-besturingselementen.\n" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:332 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The Server status icon" +msgstr "Het serverstatuspictogram" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:300 -msgid "Most domestic internet connections change their external IP address after a short period. To avoid problems with this, you might want to set up \"dynamic DNS\" to get a static (sub-)domain you can share with others. Please research how to do that for your specic set up. Your router might support some \"dynamic DNS\" providers out of the box. If this is not the case, set up a dynamic DNS client as described by the dynamic DNS provider you chose." -msgstr "De meeste thuisinternetverbindingen veranderen na korte tijd van extern IP-adres. Om problemen hiermee te voorkomen wil je misschien \"dynamische DNS\" instellen om zo een statisch (sub-)domein te krijgen dat je met anderen kunt delen. Onderzoek hoe je dat kunt doen voor jouw specifieke installatie. Jouw router ondersteunt mogelijk standaard sommige \"dynamische DNS\"-providers. Als dit niet het geval is, stel je een dynamische DNS-client in zoals beschreven door de dynamische DNS-provider die je hebt gekozen." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:335 +msgid "When a Server is running in GUI mode, the operating system will show an icon in the system tray or status area that indicates whether the Server has connections:" +msgstr "Wanneer een server in GUI-modus wordt uitgevoerd, toont het besturingssysteem een pictogram in het systeemvak of statusgebied dat aangeeft of de server verbindingen heeft:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:302 -msgid "## Backing up the Server" -msgstr "## Een back-up maken van de server" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:337 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
The Server is empty\n" +msgstr "
\"afbeelding
De server is niet ingebruik\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:304 -msgid "_Note that headless Servers do not use `.ini` files. All configuration is given as command line options._" -msgstr "_Merk op dat een headless server geen `.ini` bestand gebruikt. Alle configuratie wordt ingesteld met opdrachtregelopties._" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:339 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
The Server is occupied\n" +msgstr "
\"afbeelding
De server is in gebruik\n" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:342 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Backing up the Server" +msgstr "Een back-up maken van de server" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:306 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:345 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:308 -msgid "## Troubleshooting" -msgstr "## Problemen oplossen" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:347 +msgid "Headless Servers do not use `.ini` files. All configuration is given as command line options. If you are running a Server in GUI mode, after reading any command line options on start, it will store its configuration in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file." +msgstr "Headless Servers gebruiken geen `.ini` bestanden. Alle configuratie wordt gegeven als opdrachtregelopties. Als je een server in GUI-modus uitvoert, zal deze na het lezen van de opdrachtregelopties bij het opstarten de configuratie opslaan in het bestand `Jamulusserver.ini`." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Problemen oplossen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:309 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:350 msgid "If you are having other problems, [see this guide](Server-Troubleshooting)." msgstr "Als je problemen hebt, [zie deze handleiding](Server-Troubleshooting)." +#~ msgid "If you want to run a Server on a **Raspberry Pi** (or a different armhf/arm64 Debian-based computer), you will need to download the [latest armhf .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}) or [latest arm64 .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }}) depending on your CPU - not the default `amd64` ones for use on Intel/AMD machines." +#~ msgstr "Als je een server wilt uitvoeren op een **Raspberry Pi** (of een andere armhf/arm64 Debian-gebaseerde computer), moet je het [nieuwste armhf .deb-bestand]({{ site.download_root_link }}{ { site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}) of [nieuwste arm64 .deb-bestand]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }}) afhankelijk van je CPU downloaden - niet de standaard `amd64` degenen voor gebruik op Intel/AMD machines." + +#~ msgid "Download the [latest headless (amd64) .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}) (or for Raspberry Pi etc. as above)" +#~ msgstr "Download het [nieuwste headless (amd64) .deb-bestand]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}) (of voor Raspberry Pi etc. zoals hierboven)" + +#~ msgid "Make sure you have a current list of standard packages: `sudo apt update`" +#~ msgstr "Zorg ervoor dat je een actuele lijst met standaardpakketten hebt: `sudo apt update`" + +#~ msgid "Install the Jamulus package for your architecture, for example:" +#~ msgstr "Installeer het Jamulus-pakket voor jouw architectuur, bijvoorbeeld:" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "\t`sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}`\n" +#~ msgstr "\t`sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}`\n" + +#~ msgid "_To upgrade your Server, just repeat the steps above._" +#~ msgstr "_Herhaal de bovenstaande stappen om jouw server te upgraden._" + +#~ msgid "A \"welcome message\" to display in the Client chat window on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML." +#~ msgstr "Een \"welkomstbericht\" om weer te geven in het client-chatvenster bij het verbinden. Kan worden opgegeven als een tekenreeks of bestandsnaam en kan HTML bevatten." + +#~ msgid "If the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording on/off." +#~ msgstr "Als de server tijdens een opname een SIGUSR1-signaal ontvangt, start hij een nieuwe opname in een nieuwe map. SIGUSR2 schakelt opname aan/uit." + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**No**. You can use the Servers listed by the built in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server or choose a third party hosting service. If you just want an undisturbed session, use the [soloing technique described on the Tips and Tricks page](Tips-Tricks-More#have-an-undisturbed-session-on-any-server). If you decide you cannot use any of the Servers listed by the built in Directories, you may be able to use a Server (either Registered in a Custom Directory, or Unregistered - see [Server Types](#server-types)) hosted by a third party. Doing so will save you the trouble of setting one up yourself.\n" +#~ msgstr "**Nee**. Je kunt de servers gebruiken die worden vermeld door de ingebouwde adresboeken en Jamulus gebruiken zonder een server te gebruiken of een hostingservice van derden te kiezen. Als je gewoon een ongestoorde sessie wilt, gebruik dan de [solotechniek beschreven op de pagina Tips en trucs](Tips-Tricks-More#zorg-voor-een-ongestoorde-sessie-op-elke-server). Als je besluit dat je geen van de servers kunt gebruiken die worden vermeld in de ingebouwde adresboeken dan kun je mogelijk een server gebruiken (geregistreerd in een eigen adresboek of niet geregistreerd - zie [servertypen](#servertypen)) die wordt gehost door een derde partij. Als je dit doet, bespaar je je de moeite om er zelf een op te zetten.\n" + +#~ msgid "While setting up a Server isn't difficult, it's a good idea to read the following background information to avoid some problems:" +#~ msgstr "Hoewel het opzetten van een server niet moeilijk is, is het een goed idee om de volgende achtergrondinformatie te lezen om problemen te voorkomen:" + +#~ msgid "Running an Unregistered Server at home will require you to [port forward](#port-forwarding) on your router. When running a Registered Server, port forwarding should not be necessary in most cases, but it's advisable to do so because some networks may not work properly with Jamulus in its default mode." +#~ msgstr "Als je thuis een niet geregistreerde server uitvoert, moet je [poort forwarding](#poort-forwarding) op je router gebruiken. Als je een geregistreerde server gebruikt, zou poort forwarding in de meeste gevallen niet nodig moeten zijn, maar het is aan te raden dit te doen omdat sommige netwerken mogelijk niet goed werken met Jamulus in de standaardmodus." + +#~ msgid "Jamulus only has limited IPv6 support which needs to be enabled with a command line argument on the Client and Server. (There are plans to expand IPv6 support.)" +#~ msgstr "Jamulus heeft slechts beperkte IPv6-ondersteuning die moet worden ingeschakeld met een opdrachtregeloptie op de client en server. (Er zijn plannen om de IPv6-ondersteuning uit te breiden.)" + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "### 1. Registered" +#~ msgid "1. Registered" +#~ msgstr "### 1. Geregistreerd" + +#~ msgid "Your Server will be listed in a Directory. By default, Jamulus has a list of built-in Directories that Clients can connect to. If you register with one of these, anyone can then discover and connect to your Server. You can also have your Server listed on a Custom Directory, if that better meets your needs." +#~ msgstr "Jouw server wordt vermeld in een adresboek. Jamulus heeft standaard een lijst met ingebouwde adresboeken waarmee clients verbinding kunnen maken. Als je bij een van deze registreert, kan iedereen jouw server ontdekken en er verbinding mee maken. Je kunt jouw server ook in een eigen adresboek laten opnemen, als dat beter aan jouw behoeften voldoet." + +#~ msgid "If you are running an unregistered server behind a home internet connection, you might need to enable [port forwarding](#port-forwarding) as described below." +#~ msgstr "Als je een niet geregistreerde server achter een internetverbinding thuis gebruikt, moet je mogelijk [poort forwarding](#poort-forwarding) inschakelen zoals hieronder beschreven." + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "## Installation and Configuration" +#~ msgid "Installation and Configuration" +#~ msgstr "## Installatie en configuratie" + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "Most people run Jamulus as a \"pure\" Server on **hardware without audio** (e.g. on a 3rd party/cloud host) running Linux. The following steps assume you are familiar with the command line and Debian/Ubuntu or similar distribution using systemd. To run a server on Windows or on the desktop with a graphical user interface, [see this section](#servers-on-the-desktop)." +#~ msgid "Most people run Jamulus as a \"pure\" Server on **hardware without audio** (e.g. on a 3rd party/cloud host) running Linux. The following steps assume you are familiar with the command line and Debian/Ubuntu or similar distribution using systemd. To run a server on Windows or on the desktop with a graphical user interface, [see this section](#servers-on-the-desktop). \n" +#~ msgstr "De meeste mensen draaien Jamulus als een \"pure\" server op **hardware zonder audio** (bijvoorbeeld op een derde partij/cloudhost) met Linux. Bij de volgende stappen wordt ervan uitgegaan dat je bekend bent met de opdrachtregel en Debian/Ubuntu of vergelijkbare distributie die systemd gebruikt. Om een server te draaien op Windows of op het bureaublad met een grafische gebruikersinterface, [zie deze sectie](#servers-vanaf-een-werkstation)." + +#~ msgid "If you want to run a Server on a Raspberry Pi (or a different armhf/arm64 debian-based device), you will need to download the `.deb` files for 32 bit `armhf` or 64 bit `arm64`, not the default `amd64` ones you'd use on an Intel/AMD based machine." +#~ msgstr "Als je een server op een Raspberry Pi (of een ander op armhf/arm64 debian-gebaseerd apparaat) wilt draaien, moet je de `.deb`-bestanden voor 32 bit `armhf` of 64 bit `arm64` downloaden, niet de standaard `amd64` die je zou gebruiken op een Intel /AMD-gebaseerde machine." + +#~ msgid "Install the Jamulus package: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}` or for RasPi etc. armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}`; arm64: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }}`" +#~ msgstr "Installeer het Jamulus package: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}` of voor RasPi etc, armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}`; arm64: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }}`" + +#~ msgid "Enable the headless Server process via systemd: `sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`" +#~ msgstr "Schakel het headless serverproces in via systemd: `sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`" + +#~ msgid "Check all is well with `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (hit `q` to get back to the command prompt)." +#~ msgstr "Controleer of alles in order is met `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (druk op `q` om terug te gaan naar de opdrachtregel)." + +#~ msgid "You can control Jamulus with the `systemctl` command. For example, to stop the Server cleanly:" +#~ msgstr "Je kunt Jamulus bedienen met het commando `systemctl`. Om de server bijvoorbeeld netjes te stoppen:" + +#~ msgid "The following minimum setup is required to [run a Registered Server](Running-a-Server#server-types):" +#~ msgstr "De volgende minimale instellingen zijn vereist om [een geregistreerde server uit te voeren](Running-a-Server#servertypen):" + +#~ msgid "You can also specify a [Directory](#3-directory) in the same way from the command line, providing the Server Address in the same format." +#~ msgstr "Je kunt ook een [adresboek](#3-adresboek) op dezelfde manier vanaf de opdrachtregel specificeren, waarbij je het serveradres in hetzelfde formaat opgeeft." + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "#### Running as a Directory" +#~ msgid "Running as a Directory" +#~ msgstr "#### Uitvoeren als adresboek" + +#~ msgid "If you wish to run a [Directory](Running-a-Server#3-directory) please see [this guide](Directories)." +#~ msgstr "Als je een [adresboek](Running-a-Server#3-adresboek) wilt uitvoeren, raadpleeg dan [deze handleiding](Directories)." + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "### Maintenance" +#~ msgid "Maintenance" +#~ msgstr "### Onderhoud" + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "#### Viewing The Logs" +#~ msgid "Viewing The Logs" +#~ msgstr "#### Logboeken bekijken" + +#~ msgid "Jamulus will log to the system log file if you left the `StandardOutput=journal` setting in the unit file." +#~ msgstr "Jamulus logt in het systeemlogbestand als je de instelling `StandardOutput=journal` in het instellingenbestand hebt gelaten." + +#~ msgid "To view the log, use `journalctl` (to exit press Ctrl-C). For example, to read the system log file, filtered for the Jamulus service:" +#~ msgstr "Gebruik `journalctl` om het logboek te bekijken (om af te sluiten druk je op Ctrl-C). Om het systeemlogbestand te lezen, gefilterd voor de Jamulus-service, gebruik je het volgende commando:" + +#~ msgid "`journalctl -f -u jamulus-headless`" +#~ msgstr "`journalctl -f -u jamulus-headless`" + +#~ msgid "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec` (assuming you named your unit file `jamulusTogglerec.service`)" +#~ msgstr "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec` (ervan uitgaande dat je je het bestand de naam `jamulusTogglerec.service` hebt gegeven)" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications (assuming you put the files from the install there as per [these instructions](Installation-for-Macintosh)).\n" +#~ msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications (assuming you put the files from the install there as per [these instructions](Installation-for-Macintosh))." +#~ msgstr "**macOS gebruikers** - Dubbelklik het \"Jamulus Server\" icoon in programma's (ervan uitgaande dat je de bestanden van de installatie daar hebt geplaatst zoals per [deze instructies](Installation-for-Macintosh)).\n" + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "## Server Setup" +#~ msgid "Server Setup" +#~ msgstr "## Serverconfiguratie" + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "
\"Image
" +#~ msgid "
\"Image
\n" +#~ msgstr "
\"afbeelding
" + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "### The Directory list" +#~ msgid "The Directory list" +#~ msgstr "### Adresboek lijst" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**None**: By default, you will not be connected to a Directory and will be running in unregistered mode. [Read these instructions](#running-an-unregistered-server) to have other people connect to your Server in this mode.\n" +#~ msgstr "**Geen**: Standaard gebruik je een server die niet gekoppeld is aan een adresboek en wordt de server in niet geregistreerde modus uitgevoerd. [Lees deze instructies lezen](#een-niet-geregistreerde-server-uitvoeren) om anderen in deze modus verbinding met je te laten maken met jouw server.\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Genre**: To allow other people to see your Server on one of the Directories built into the Client, select your desired genre Directory. You should see a confirmation message saying whether your Server has registered successfully. If not, and you leave your Server running, it will keep trying to register until a free slot becomes available.\n" +#~ msgstr "**Genre**: Om andere mensen jouw server te laten zien in een van de ingebouwde adresboeken in de client, selecteer je het gewenste genre adresboek. Je zou een bevestigingsbericht moeten zien dat aangeeft of jouw server succesvol is geregistreerd. Als dit niet het geval is en je laat je server draaien, dan zal hij blijven proberen zich te registreren totdat er een vrij slot vrijkomt.\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Custom**: This allows you to specify a custom directory on which to be listed. See the \"Options\" tab for the Custom Directory address you want to use.\n" +#~ msgstr "**Aangepast**: Hiermee kun je een eigen adresboek opgeven waarin moet worden vermeld. Zie het tabblad \"Opties\" voor het aangepaste adresboek dat je wilt gebruiken.\n" + +#~ msgid "To run your Server _as_ a Directory, you need to set the Custom Directory address as `localhost` or `127.0.0.1` and set the \"Genre\" to \"Custom\". [Read this guide](Directories) for further details." +#~ msgstr "Om jouw server _als_ een adresboek te laten draaien, moet je het eigen adresboek adres instellen als `localhost` of `127.0.0.1` en het \"Genre\" instellen op \"Aangepast\". [Lees deze handleiding](Directories) voor meer details." + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "### My Server Info" +#~ msgid "My Server Info" +#~ msgstr "### Mijn serverinfo" + +#~ msgid "When running as a Registered Server this displays the Server's name, city and country so that other users can easily identify it in the Directory listing." +#~ msgstr "Wanneer de server als een geregistreerde server wordt uitgevoerd, worden de naam, de stad en het land van de server weergegeven, zodat andere gebruikers deze gemakkelijk kunnen identificeren in de adresboek lijst." + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "### Chat Welcome Message" +#~ msgid "Chat Welcome Message" +#~ msgstr "### Welkomstbericht chatvenster" + +#~ msgid "The text entered here appears to all users when they join the Server (the chat window will open automatically for them). HTML is also supported." +#~ msgstr "De tekst die hier wordt ingevoerd, verschijnt voor alle gebruikers wanneer ze verbinding maken met de server (het chatvenster wordt automatisch voor hen geopend). HTML wordt ook ondersteund." + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "
\"Image
" +#~ msgid "
\"Image
\n" +#~ msgstr "
\"afbeelding
" + +#~ msgid "This sets the path to where the Server's recordings will be stored. With this path set, the \"Enable Jam Recorder\" function in the Server Setup tab will make recording start once the first person connects to the Server, and stops when the last person leaves. Use the \"New Recording\" button to create a new sub-directory in which the recordings will be stored from then on. Note that Recordings are per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` format and [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open the respective files to listen to them in those applications." +#~ msgstr "Dit stelt het pad in naar waar de opname van de server wordt opgeslagen. Als dit pad is ingesteld, zorgt de functie \"Activeer geluidsopname\" op het tabblad Server instellingen ervoor dat de opname begint zodra de eerste persoon verbinding maakt met de server en stopt wanneer de laatste persoon de verbinding verbreekt. Gebruik de knop \"Nieuwe geluidsopname\" om een nieuwe submap aan te maken waarin de opnames vanaf dat moment worden opgeslagen. Merk op dat de opnames per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` en [REAPER](https://nl.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp` formaat worden opgeslagen. Open de respectievelijke bestanden om ernaar te luisteren in die toepassingen." + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "### Custom Directory Address" +#~ msgid "Custom Directory Address" +#~ msgstr "### Eigen adresboek adres" + +#~ msgid "Leave this field empty unless you need to list your Server on a [Custom Directory](#3-directory) or run a Directory." +#~ msgstr "Laat dit veld leeg, tenzij je de server bij een [aangepast adresboek](#3-adresboek) wilt vermelden of een adresboek wilt uitvoeren." + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "### Server List Filename" +#~ msgid "Server List Filename" +#~ msgstr "### Serverlijst bestandsnaam" + +#~ msgid "Leave this field empty unless you need to run your Server as a [Directory](#3-directory). When in use, this holds the list of registered Servers whilst restarting the Directory. This prevents the server list appearing \"empty\" until the Servers re-register." +#~ msgstr "Laat dit veld leeg, tenzij je jouw server als een [adresboek](#3-adresboek) wilt uitvoeren. Wanneer in gebruik, dan bevat dit de lijst met geregistreerde servers terwijl het adresboek opnieuw wordt gestart. Dit voorkomt dat de serverlijst \"leeg\" lijkt totdat de servers zich opnieuw registreren." + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "### Delay panning" +#~ msgid "Delay panning" +#~ msgstr "### Delay panning" + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "### Start Minimised" +#~ msgid "Start Minimised" +#~ msgstr "### Start geminimaliseerd bij systeemstart" + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "## Command line options" +#~ msgid "Command line options" +#~ msgstr "## Opdrachtregelopties" + +#~ msgid "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" +#~ msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "## Running an Unregistered Server" +#~ msgid "Running an Unregistered Server" +#~ msgstr "## Een niet geregistreerde server uitvoeren" + +#~ msgid "It is highly recommended to test your Server by registering it on one of the built-in Directories **first** so as to narrow down any subsequent problems in unregistered mode." +#~ msgstr "Het wordt ten zeerste aanbevolen om jouw server **eerst** te testen met een ingebouwd adresboek om eventuele latere problemen in de niet-geregistreerde modus te beperken." + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "### Setting up a Server behind a home router" +#~ msgid "Setting up a Server behind a home router" +#~ msgstr "### Een server opzetten achter een thuisrouter" + +#~ msgid "If you set up your server at home, you will probably need to change some settings in your router/firewall:" +#~ msgstr "Als je jouw server thuis opzet, moet je waarschijnlijk enkele instellingen in jouw router/firewall wijzigen:" + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "#### Port forwarding" +#~ msgid "Port forwarding" +#~ msgstr "#### Poort forwarding" + +#~ msgid "People from outside your home network will not be able to see things inside it. To let external Jamulus clients connect to your server, you need to set up port forwarding in your Router's settings. The exact setup differs for every router. For help see your Router's documentation or [portforward.com](https://portforward.com)." +#~ msgstr "Mensen van buiten jouw thuisnetwerk kunnen de dingen daarbinnen niet zien. Om externe Jamulus-clients verbinding te laten maken met jouw server, moet je poort forwarding instellen in de instellingen van jouw router. De exacte setup verschilt per router. Raadpleeg de documentatie van jouw router of [portforward.com](https://portforward.com) voor hulp." + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Note:** The default port for the current version of Jamulus is **UDP** (not TCP) port **22124**. You will usually forward the port **22124** from outside your network to the port **22124** of the machine running the Server.\n" +#~ msgstr "**Opmerking:** De standaardpoort voor de huidige versie van Jamulus is **UDP** (niet TCP)-poort **22124**. Meestal stuurt je de poort **22124** van buiten jouw netwerk door naar de poort **22124** van de machine waarop de server wordt uitgevoerd.\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Note:** Your home router may change the IP address of the machine you're running your Server on. Depending on your router, you might need to give this machine a static IP address (often under DHCP settings of your router).\n" +#~ msgstr "**Opmerking:** Houd er ook rekening mee dat je thuisrouter ook het IP-adres kan wijzigen van de machine waarop je de server gebruikt. In dat geval moet je die machine misschien een statisch/vast IP-adres geven in de DHCP-configuratie van de router.\n" + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "#### Getting the external IP" +#~ msgid "Getting the external IP" +#~ msgstr "#### Het externe IP verkrijgen" + +#~ msgid "To allow others to connect to your Server from the internet, get your external (WAN) IP address e.g. by [using Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=what+is+my+ip) and give it to them. You yourself should connect using the local network (LAN) address of the machine the Server is running on. If you are running a Client on the same machine as your Server, that would be `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`." +#~ msgstr "Om anderen in staat te stellen verbinding te maken met jouw server vanaf internet, moet je jouw externe (WAN) IP-adres verkrijgen, b.v. door [met behulp van Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=what+is+my+ip) en het aan hen te geven. Je moet zelf verbinding maken via het lokale netwerkadres (LAN) van de machine waarop de server draait. Als je een client draait op dezelfde machine als jouw server, is dat `localhost` of `127.0.0.1`." + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "#### Dynamic DNS and why you will probably need it" +#~ msgid "Dynamic DNS and why you will probably need it" +#~ msgstr "#### Dynamische DNS en waarom je het waarschijnlijk nodig hebt" + +#~ msgid "Most domestic internet connections change their external IP address after a short period. To avoid problems with this, you might want to set up \"dynamic DNS\" to get a static (sub-)domain you can share with others. Please research how to do that for your specic set up. Your router might support some \"dynamic DNS\" providers out of the box. If this is not the case, set up a dynamic DNS client as described by the dynamic DNS provider you chose." +#~ msgstr "De meeste thuisinternetverbindingen veranderen na korte tijd van extern IP-adres. Om problemen hiermee te voorkomen wil je misschien \"dynamische DNS\" instellen om zo een statisch (sub-)domein te krijgen dat je met anderen kunt delen. Onderzoek hoe je dat kunt doen voor jouw specifieke installatie. Jouw router ondersteunt mogelijk standaard sommige \"dynamische DNS\"-providers. Als dit niet het geval is, stel je een dynamische DNS-client in zoals beschreven door de dynamische DNS-provider die je hebt gekozen." + +#~ msgid "_Note that headless Servers do not use `.ini` files. All configuration is given as command line options._" +#~ msgstr "_Merk op dat een headless server geen `.ini` bestand gebruikt. Alle configuratie wordt ingesteld met opdrachtregelopties._" + +#~ msgid "TOC" +#~ msgstr "TOC" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ " [Service]\n" +#~ " Type=oneshot\n" +#~ " ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" +#~ "~~~\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " [Service]\n" +#~ " Type=oneshot\n" +#~ " ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" +#~ "~~~\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ " [Service]\n" +#~ " Type=oneshot\n" +#~ " ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" +#~ "~~~\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " [Service]\n" +#~ " Type=oneshot\n" +#~ " ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" +#~ "~~~\n" + #, fuzzy #~| msgid "The short answer is **no**. For various reasons, you should try to use other people's servers, at least at first while getting your sound set up with the Jamulus client." #~ msgid "The short answer is **no**. For various reasons, you should try to use Servers listed by the built in Directories, at least at first while getting your sound set up with the Jamulus Client. You may also be able to use a Server hosted by a third party. Doing so will save you the trouble of setting one up yourself." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Server-Bandwidth.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Server-Bandwidth.po index e570f6c2c..da07e8f42 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Server-Bandwidth.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Server-Bandwidth.po @@ -1,40 +1,39 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# Henk De Groot , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-13 11:24+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-04-23 11:11+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: nl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.18-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "nl" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Server-Bandwidth" msgstr "/wiki/Server-Bandwidth" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Bandwidth Use" @@ -43,52 +42,23 @@ msgstr "Bandbreedtegebruik" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:9 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Meer\" branch1=\"Serverbeheer\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Meer\" branch1=\"Serverhandleiding\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:11 -msgid "## Audio bandwidth" -msgstr "## Audio bandbreedte" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:13 -msgid "The audio settings have an impact on the required network bandwidth. The table below summarises network requirements with respect to the configuration of:" -msgstr "De audio-instellingen hebben invloed op de benodigde netwerkbandbreedte. De onderstaande tabel geeft een overzicht van de netwerkvereisten met betrekking tot de configuratie van:" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:14 -msgid "Channels : stereo/mono" -msgstr "Audiokanalen : stereo/mono" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:15 -msgid "Quality : high/medium/low" -msgstr "Audiokwaliteit : hoog/normaal/laag" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio bandwidth" +msgstr "Audio bandbreedte" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:16 -msgid "Audio buffer duration : 2.67 ms, 5.33 ms, 10.67 ms, 21.33 ms" -msgstr "Audiobuffervertraging : 2.67 ms, 5.33 ms, 10.67 ms, 21.33 ms" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:18 -msgid "With the following units" -msgstr "Met de volgende eenheden" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:19 -msgid "ms : milliseconds" -msgstr "ms : milliseconde" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:20 -msgid "Kbit/s : Kilo-bits per second (Reminder : 1 Mbit/s = 1024 Kbit/s, 1 KByte/s = 8 Kbit/s)" -msgstr "Kbit/s : Kilo-bits per seconde (Ter herinnering : 1 Mbit/s = 1024 Kbit/s, 1 KByte/s = 8 Kbit/s)" +msgid "The audio settings have an impact on the required network bandwidth. The table below summarises network requirements with respect to the configuration of: * Channels : stereo/mono * Quality : high/medium/low * Audio buffer duration : 2.67 ms, 5.33 ms, 10.67 ms, 21.33 ms" +msgstr "De audio-instellingen hebben invloed op de benodigde netwerkbandbreedte. De onderstaande tabel geeft een overzicht van de netwerkvereisten met betrekking tot de configuratie van: * Kanalen : stereo/mono * Kwaliteit : hoog/normaal/laag * Audio buffer duur : 2.67 ms, 5.33 ms, 10.67 ms, 21.33 ms" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:21 -msgid "Mbit/s : Mega-bits per second" -msgstr "Mbit/s : Mega-bits per seconde" +msgid "With the following units * ms : milliseconds * Kbit/s : Kilo-bits per second (Reminder : 1 Mbit/s = 1024 Kbit/s, 1 KByte/s = 8 Kbit/s) * Mbit/s : Mega-bits per second" +msgstr "Met de volgende eenheden * ms : milliseconden * Kbit/s : Kilobits per seconde (Herinnering : 1 Mbit/s = 1024 Kbit/s, 1 KByte/s = 8 Kbit/s) * Mbit/s : Megabits per seconde" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:30 @@ -112,10 +82,11 @@ msgstr "" "| Mono | Normaal | 594 Kbit/s | 366 Kbit/s | 250 Kbit/s | 192 Kbit/s |\n" "| Mono | Laag | 534 Kbit/s | 306 Kbit/s | 190 Kbit/s | 132 Kbit/s |\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:32 -msgid "## Network bandwidth" -msgstr "## Netwerk bandbreedte" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Network bandwidth" +msgstr "Netwerk bandbreedte" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:38 @@ -137,3 +108,21 @@ msgstr "" #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:40 msgid "Note also that mean ADSL2 transfer rate is 10 Mbit/s for downstream and 1 Mbit/s for upstream. The actual performance depends on distance to the provider, which may [theoretically range from 24 Mbit/s at 0.3 km to 1.5 Mbit/s at 5.2 km](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Asymmetric_digital_subscriber_line) for download rate." msgstr "Weet dat de gemiddelde ADSL2-overdrachtssnelheid 10 Mbit/s is voor downstream en 1 Mbit/s voor upstream. De werkelijke prestaties zijn afhankelijk van de afstand tot de provider, die [theoretisch kan variëren van 24 Mbit/s bij 0,3 km tot 1,5 Mbit/s bij 5,2 km](https://nl.wikipedia.org/wiki/Asymmetric_digital_subscriber_line) voor de downloadsnelheid." + +#~ msgid "Channels : stereo/mono" +#~ msgstr "Audiokanalen : stereo/mono" + +#~ msgid "Quality : high/medium/low" +#~ msgstr "Audiokwaliteit : hoog/normaal/laag" + +#~ msgid "Audio buffer duration : 2.67 ms, 5.33 ms, 10.67 ms, 21.33 ms" +#~ msgstr "Audiobuffervertraging : 2.67 ms, 5.33 ms, 10.67 ms, 21.33 ms" + +#~ msgid "With the following units" +#~ msgstr "Met de volgende eenheden" + +#~ msgid "ms : milliseconds" +#~ msgstr "ms : milliseconde" + +#~ msgid "Mbit/s : Mega-bits per second" +#~ msgstr "Mbit/s : Mega-bits per seconde" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Server-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Server-Troubleshooting.po index 58ea3167d..33f6a501e 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Server-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Server-Troubleshooting.po @@ -1,41 +1,41 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# Henk De Groot , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-13 11:24+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-04-23 11:11+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: nl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.18-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "nl" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Server-Troubleshooting" msgstr "/wiki/Server-Troubleshooting" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:10 #, no-wrap msgid "Server Troubleshooting" msgstr "Server problemen oplossen" @@ -43,57 +43,58 @@ msgstr "Server problemen oplossen" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:9 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Meer\" branch1=\"Serverbeheer\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Meer\" branch1=\"Serverhandleiding\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:12 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# Server Troubleshooting\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" -msgstr "" -"# Server problemen oplossen\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:14 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:16 -msgid "Table of contents" -msgstr "Inhoudsopgave" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:18 -msgid "TOC" -msgstr "TOC" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "Inhoudsopgave\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:19 -msgid "{:toc}" -msgstr "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" +msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:21 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:23 -msgid "## Servers - Registered" -msgstr "## Servers - geregistreerd" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Servers - Registered" +msgstr "Servers - geregistreerd" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:25 -msgid "### Why doesn't my Server show up in the list? Why isn't it registering?" -msgstr "### Waarom wordt mijn server niet weergegeven in de lijst? Waarom registreert hij zich niet?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why doesn't my Server show up in the list? Why isn't it registering?" +msgstr "Waarom wordt mijn server niet weergegeven in de lijst? Waarom registreert hij zich niet?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:27 -msgid "If you are registered OK (you can [see it here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)) and you or your friends can't see your Server, you may need to wait, or start your Client with the `--showallservers` option and try connecting from there ([see command line options](Software-Manual#command-line-options)) on how to start your Client with a config option). In some network configurations, you may also need to [port forward](Running-a-Server#port-forwarding) your router." -msgstr "Als je correct geregistreerd bent (dit kun [je hier zien](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)) en jij of je vrienden kunnen je server niet zien, dan kan het zijn dat je moet wachten of je client moet starten met de `--showallservers` optie en vanaf daar verbinding proberen te maken ([zie opdrachtregelopties](Software-Manual#opdrachtregelopties) hoe je een client start met een configuratie optie). In sommige netwerkconfiguraties moet je mogelijk ook [poort forwarding](Running-a-Server#poort-forwarding) op je router gebruiken." +msgid "If you are registered OK (you can [see it here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)) and you or your friends can't see your Server, you may need to wait, or start your Client with the `--showallservers` option and try connecting from there ([see command line options](Software-Manual#command-line-options)) on how to start your Client with a config option). In some network configurations, you may also need to configure your router to [forward the port number](Unregistered-Servers#port-forwarding) used by Jamulus Server." +msgstr "Als je correct geregistreerd bent (dit kun [je hier zien](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)) en jij of je vrienden kunnen je server niet zien, dan kan het zijn dat je moet wachten of je client moet starten met de `--showallservers` optie en vanaf daar verbinding proberen te maken ([zie opdrachtregelopties](Software-Manual#opdrachtregelopties) hoe je een client start met een configuratie optie). In sommige netwerkconfiguraties moet je mogelijk ook je router configureren om de [poort door te sturen](Unregistered-Servers#poort-forwarding) die door de Jamulus server wordt gebruikt." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:29 @@ -105,54 +106,59 @@ msgstr "Als je een bericht ziet dat de server vol is, moet je wachten tot er een msgid "You can verify that your Server is listed in the relevant genre by [checking it here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)." msgstr "Je kunt controleren of de server in het relevante genre wordt vermeld door deze [hier te controleren](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:33 -msgid "## Servers - Unregistered" -msgstr "## Servers - niet geregistreerd" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:32 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Servers - Unregistered" +msgstr "Servers - niet-geregistreerd" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:35 -msgid "### I'm running my Client on the same machine/network as my Server but I can't connect to it" -msgstr "### Ik gebruik mijn client op dezelfde machine/hetzelfde netwerk als mijn server, maar ik kan er geen verbinding mee maken" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I'm running my Client on the same machine/network as my Server but I can't connect to it" +msgstr "Ik gebruik mijn client op dezelfde machine/hetzelfde netwerk als mijn server, maar ik kan er geen verbinding mee maken" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:37 msgid "Connect your Client to `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`. If you're running the Client on a different machine to the Server but on the same network, then connect to the _local network_ address of the Server. Do not connect via the Server's public (WAN) address." msgstr "Verbind je client met `localhost` of `127.0.0.1`. Als je de client op een andere machine dan de server uitvoert maar op hetzelfde netwerk, maak dan verbinding met het _lokale netwerk_ adres van de server. Maak geen verbinding via het openbare (WAN) adres van de server." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:39 -msgid "### What address do I give to people so that they can connect to my Server?" -msgstr "### Welk adres geef ik aan mensen zodat ze verbinding kunnen maken met mijn server?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "What address do I give to people so that they can connect to my Server?" +msgstr "Welk adres geef ik aan mensen zodat ze verbinding kunnen maken met mijn server?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:41 -msgid "This should be your **public** IP address (find that with [Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=whatsmyip)). Connect your **own** Jamulus Client to the **local** IP address of your Server (`localhost` or `127.0.0.1` if it's on the same machine as your Client). Note that your public IP address can change - see the note on \"dynamic DNS\" in [this guide](Running-a-Server#dynamic-dns-and-why-you-will-probably-need-it)." -msgstr "Dit moet je **openbare** IP-adres zijn (zoek dat op bij [Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=whatsmyip)). Verbind je **eigen** Jamulus-client met het **lokale** IP-adres van de server (`localhost` of `127.0.0.1` als deze zich op dezelfde machine als je client bevindt). Houd er rekening mee dat je openbare IP-adres kan veranderen - zie de opmerking over \"dynamische DNS\" in [deze handleiding](Running-a-Server#dynamische-dns-en-waarom-je-het-waarschijnlijk-nodig-hebt)." +msgid "This should be your **public** IP address (find that with [Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=whatsmyip)). Connect your **own** Jamulus Client to the **local** IP address of your Server (`localhost` or `127.0.0.1` if it's on the same machine as your Client). Note that your public IP address can change - see the note on \"dynamic DNS\" in [this guide](Unregistered-Servers#dynamic-dns-and-why-you-will-probably-need-it)." +msgstr "Dit moet je **openbare** IP-adres zijn (zoek dat op bij [Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=whatsmyip)). Verbind je **eigen** Jamulus-client met het **lokale** IP-adres van de server (localhost` of `127.0.0.1` als deze zich op dezelfde machine als je client bevindt). Houd er rekening mee dat je openbare IP-adres kan veranderen - zie de opmerking over \"dynamische DNS\" in [deze handleiding](Unregistered-Servers#dynamische-dns-en-waarom-je-het-waarschijnlijk-nodig-zult-hebben)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:44 -msgid "### What port numbers can I use?" -msgstr "### Welke poort nummers kan ik gebruiken?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:43 +#, no-wrap +msgid "What port numbers can I use?" +msgstr "Welke poort nummers kan ik gebruiken?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:46 msgid "You can set your Server to listen on a custom port with the `--port` option. If you do this, you will need to tell people which port to connect on. They will need to append the port number to the address of your Server in the format `[serverAddress]:[portNumber]`." msgstr "Je kunt de server zo instellen dat deze op een aangepaste poort luistert met de optie `--port'. Als je dit doet, moet je mensen vertellen op welke poort ze verbinding moeten maken. Ze moeten het poortnummer toevoegen aan het adres van je server in het formaat `[serveradres]:[poortnummer]`." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:48 -msgid "### Nobody can connect to my Server - but I can connect locally" -msgstr "### Niemand kan verbinding maken met mijn server - maar ik kan lokaal wel verbinding maken" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Nobody can connect to my Server - but I can connect locally" +msgstr "Niemand kan verbinding maken met mijn server - maar ik kan lokaal wel verbinding maken" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:50 -msgid "First of all, make sure you've enabled [port forwarding](Running-a-Server#port-forwarding). If you still don't see your server from outside of your local network, you may have issues with your Internet Service Provider (ISP)." -msgstr "Zorg er allereerst voor dat je [poort forwarding](Running-a-Server#poort-forwarding) hebt ingeschakeld. Als je de server nog steeds niet ziet van buiten je lokale netwerk dan heb je mogelijk problemen met je internetprovider (ISP)." +msgid "First of all, make sure you've enabled [port forwarding](Unregistered-Servers#port-forwarding). If you still don't see your server from outside of your local network, you may have issues with your Internet Service Provider (ISP)." +msgstr "Zorg er allereerst voor dat je [poort forwarding](Unregistered-Servers#poort-forwarding) hebt ingeschakeld. Als je de server nog steeds niet ziet van buiten je lokale netwerk dan heb je mogelijk problemen met je internetprovider (ISP)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:52 -msgid "Some ISPs are using techniques like [Address plus Port (A+P)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Address_plus_Port) or [Carrier-grade NAT (CGN)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carrier-grade_NAT) to conserve address space (usually for IPv4). That makes it impossible to host services like Jamulus at home as they are not visible outside your local network." +msgid "Some ISPs use techniques like [Address plus Port (A+P)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Address_plus_Port) or [Carrier-grade NAT (CGN)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carrier-grade_NAT) to conserve address space (usually for IPv4). That makes it impossible to host services like Jamulus at home as they are not visible outside your local network." msgstr "Sommige ISP's gebruiken technieken zoals [Adres plus Poort (A+P)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Address_plus_Port) of [Carrier-grade NAT (CGN)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carrier-grade_NAT) om adresruimte te besparen. Dat maakt het onmogelijk om services zoals Jamulus thuis te hosten omdat ze niet zichtbaar zijn buiten je lokale netwerk." #. type: Plain text @@ -161,10 +167,21 @@ msgid "To detect if CGN is the issue, go to your router's configuration screen ( msgstr "Om te detecteren of CGN het probleem is, ga je naar het configuratiescherm van jouw router (meestal 192.168.X.X) en kijk je naar de WAN-statuspagina. Als je vermelde IPv4-adres niet overeenkomt met het adres dat je [hier](https://ifconfig.me) ziet, betekent dit dat CGN mogelijk is ingeschakeld. Je kunt proberen een IPv6-verbinding te gebruiken door clients en server te starten met de `-6`-optie als IPv6 beschikbaar is voor de server en alle clients." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:56 +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:55 msgid "To fix the issue with IPv4, contact your ISP technical support team, and tell them that you want to host a public server at home, so you need a real WAN IP address. Furthermore, you can help them with info that CGN might be the issue. Also, you can ask for a static IP address to avoid using DDNS." msgstr "Om het probleem met IPv4 op te lossen, neem je contact op met het technische ondersteuningsteam van jouw ISP en vertel je hen dat je thuis een openbare server wilt hosten en dat je een echt WAN IP-adres nodig hebt. Bovendien kun je ze helpen met informatie dat CGN het probleem zou kunnen zijn. Je kunt ook om een statisch IP-adres vragen om het gebruik van DDNS te vermijden." +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ "# Server Troubleshooting\n" +#~ " {:.no_toc}\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "# Server problemen oplossen\n" +#~ " {:.no_toc}\n" + +#~ msgid "TOC" +#~ msgstr "TOC" + #, fuzzy #~| msgid "To fix the issue: if you are running a public server, try [port forwarding](Running-a-Server#port-forwarding). If you are running a private server and are port forwarding already, contact your ISP support and request them to remove you from CGN and assign you a real WAN IP address because you want to host a server. If CGN is not the issue, you may need to ask your ISP to give you a WAN IP address (or fixed one to avoid using DDNS, if possible). If all else fails, consider hosting on a cloud platform (some providers do free trial periods)." #~ msgid "To fix the issue: if you are running a registered Server, try [port forwarding](Running-a-Server#port-forwarding). If you are running an unregistered Server and are port forwarding already, contact your ISP support and request them to remove you from CGN and assign you a real WAN IP address because you want to host a Server. If CGN is not the issue, you may need to ask your ISP to give you a WAN IP address (or fixed one to avoid using DDNS, if possible). If all else fails, consider hosting on a cloud platform (some providers do free trial periods)." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Software-Manual.po index e75be0a4e..1ed941af4 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Software-Manual.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Software-Manual.po @@ -1,54 +1,55 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# Henk De Groot , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-13 11:25+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-24 18:48+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: nl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "nl" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual" msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Software Manual" -msgstr "Gebruikershandleiding" +msgstr "Softwarehandleiding" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus User Manual" +msgstr "Jamulus gebruikershandleiding" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:9 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# Jamulus User Manual\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" -msgstr "" -"# Jamulus gebruikershandleiding\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:11 @@ -57,33 +58,37 @@ msgstr "Deze handleiding documenteert de Jamulus-client toepassing voor gebruik #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:13 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:15 -msgid "Table of contents" -msgstr "Inhoudsopgave" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:17 -msgid "TOC" -msgstr "TOC" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "Inhoudsopgave\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:18 -msgid "{:toc}" -msgstr "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" +msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:20 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:22 -msgid "# Main Window" -msgstr "# Hoofdvenster" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:21 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Main Window" +msgstr "Hoofdvenster" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:28 @@ -99,10 +104,11 @@ msgstr "" "\t
Je eigen mix wanneer je verbinding hebt met een server
\n" "\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:30 -msgid "## Ping, Delay and Jitter" -msgstr "## Ping, vertraging en jitter" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Ping, Delay and Jitter" +msgstr "Ping, vertraging en jitter" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:32 @@ -118,8 +124,9 @@ msgstr "**Vertraging** toont de totale vertraging berekend op basis van de huidi #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:36 -msgid "
\"Image
" -msgstr "
\"afbeelding
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"afbeelding
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:38 @@ -129,8 +136,9 @@ msgstr "**Groen** - De vertraging is perfect voor een jam sessie\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:40 -msgid "
\"Image
" -msgstr "
\"afbeelding
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"afbeelding
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:42 @@ -140,8 +148,9 @@ msgstr "**Geel** - Een sessie is nog steeds mogelijk maar het kan moeilijker zij #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:44 -msgid "
\"Image
" -msgstr "
\"afbeelding
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"afbeelding
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:46 @@ -155,70 +164,75 @@ msgstr "**Rood** - De vertraging is te groot om te jammen\n" msgid "**Jitter** shows the current audio/streaming status. If the light is **red**, the audio stream is interrupted. This is caused by one of the following problems:\n" msgstr "**Jitter** toont de huidige audio-/streamingstatus. Als het lampje **rood** is, wordt de audiostream onderbroken. Dit wordt veroorzaakt door een van de volgende problemen:\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:50 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53 msgid "The network jitter buffer is not large enough for the current network/audio interface jitter." msgstr "De netwerkjitterbuffer is niet groot genoeg voor de huidige netwerk-/audio-interfacejitter." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:51 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53 msgid "The sound card's buffer delay (buffer size) is too small (see Settings window)." msgstr "De buffervertraging (buffergrootte) van de geluidskaart is te klein (zie het instellingen venster)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:52 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53 msgid "The upload or download stream rate is too high for your internet bandwidth." msgstr "De upload- of downloadstreamsnelheid is te hoog voor je internetbandbreedte." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53 msgid "The CPU of the Client or server is at 100%." msgstr "De CPU van de client of server staat op 100%." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:55 -msgid "## Input" -msgstr "## Invoer" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:54 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Input" +msgstr "Invoer" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:58 msgid "Shows the level of the two stereo channels for your audio input. Make sure not to clip the input signal to avoid distortions of your sound (the LEDs will indicate clipping when it occurs)." msgstr "Toont het niveau van de twee stereokanalen van je audio-invoer. Zorg ervoor dat het ingangssignaal niet clipt om vervorming van jouw geluid te voorkomen (de LED's geven clipping aan wanneer dit optreedt)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:60 -msgid "## Mute Myself button" -msgstr "## Demp mijzelf knop" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Mute Myself button" +msgstr "Demp mijzelf knop" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:62 msgid "Cuts your audio stream to the server so that you will be able to hear yourself and see your own input levels, but other musicians will not. Be aware that other musicians will not know if you have muted yourself." msgstr "Dit stopt je audiostream naar de server zodat je jezelf kunt horen en je eigen invoerniveaus kunt zien, maar de andere muzikanten niet. Houd er rekening mee dat de andere muzikanten niet weten of je jezelf hebt gedempt." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:64 -msgid "## Reverb effect" -msgstr "## Galm" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:63 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Reverb effect" +msgstr "Galm effect" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:69 msgid "Adds reverb to your local mono audio channel, or to both channels in stereo mode. The mono channel selection and the reverberation level can be modified. For example, if a microphone signal is fed in to the right audio channel of the sound card and a reverb effect needs to be applied, set the channel selector to the right and move the fader upwards until the desired reverb level is reached." msgstr "Voegt galm toe aan je lokale mono-audiokanaal of aan beide kanalen in stereomodus. De monokanaalselectie en het galmniveau kunnen worden gewijzigd. Als er bijvoorbeeld een microfoonsignaal naar het rechter audiokanaal van de geluidskaart wordt gestuurd en er moet een galmeffect worden toegepast, zet dan de kanaalkiezer naar rechts en beweeg de fader omhoog totdat het gewenste galmniveau is bereikt." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:71 -msgid "## Chat" -msgstr "## Chat" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:70 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Chat" +msgstr "Chat" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:75 msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message is received." msgstr "Opent het chatvenster. De ingevoerde tekst wordt naar alle aangesloten clients verzonden. Als er een nieuw chatbericht binnenkomt en de chatdialoog nog niet is geopend, wordt deze automatisch geopend voor alle clients. Zie instellingen om optioneel een geluidswaarschuwing in te schakelen wanneer een nieuw chatbericht wordt ontvangen." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:77 -msgid "## Connect/disconnect button" -msgstr "## Verbinden/afmelden knop" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:76 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Connect/disconnect button" +msgstr "Verbinden/afmelden knop" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:80 @@ -227,8 +241,9 @@ msgstr "Opent een venster waarin je een server kunt selecteren om verbinding mee #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:82 -msgid "
\"Screenshot
" -msgstr "
\"afbeelding
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Screenshot
\n" +msgstr "
\"afbeelding
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:84 @@ -245,15 +260,17 @@ msgstr "Je kunt deze lijst filteren op servernaam of locatie. Om alleen bezette msgid "If you know the IP address or URL of a private server, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124` (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets). The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses." msgstr "Als je het IP-adres of de URL van een prive server weet, kun je er verbinding mee maken via het veld Serveradres. Een optioneel poortnummer kan worden toegevoegd na het adres met een dubbele punt als scheidingsteken, bijvoorbeeld `jamulus.voorbeeld.com:22124` (Merk op dat IPv6-adressen volledig in vierkante haken moet zijn ingesloten). Dit veld toont ook een lijst met de meest recent gebruikte serveradressen." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:92 -msgid "## Server audio mixer" -msgstr "## Server audio mengpaneel" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:91 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server audio mixer" +msgstr "Server audio mengpaneel" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:94 -msgid "
\"Image
" -msgstr "
\"afbeelding
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"afbeelding
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:97 @@ -277,188 +294,200 @@ msgstr "Als je een \"gedempt\"-pictogram boven een gebruiker ziet dan betekent d #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:105 -msgid "### Grp button" -msgstr "### Grp knop" +msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. You can sort instead by name, instrument, group, or city using the View menu." +msgstr "Gebruikers verschijnen meestal van links naar rechts in de volgorde waarin ze verbinding maken. Je kunt in plaats daarvan sorteren op naam, instrument, groep of stad met behulp van het menu Weergave." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:107 -msgid "Defines a group of audio channels. Moving the fader of one member of the group moves the faders of all the others. Up to 8 groups can be defined." -msgstr "Definieert een groep audiokanalen. Door de fader van een lid van de groep te verplaatsen, worden de faders van alle anderen verplaatst. Er kunnen maximaal 8 groepen worden gedefinieerd." +msgid "If the server operator has enabled recording, you will see a message above the mixer showing that you are being recorded." +msgstr "Als de serverbeheerder opname heeft ingeschakeld, dan zie je een bericht boven de mixer dat aangeeft dat er wordt opgenomen." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:109 -msgid "### Mute button" -msgstr "### Demp knop" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:108 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Grp button" +msgstr "Grp knop" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:111 -msgid "Prevents users being heard in your local mix. Be aware that when you mute someone, they will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader to indicate that you cannot hear them. Note also that you will continue to see their VU meters moving if sound from the muted user is reaching the server. Your fader position for them is also unaffected." -msgstr "Voorkomt dat je gebruikers hoort in je lokale mix. Houd er rekening mee dat wanneer je iemand dempt, ze een \"gedempt\"-pictogram boven je fader zullen zien om aan te geven dat je ze niet kunt horen. Merk ook op dat je hun VU-meters blijft zien bewegen als het geluid van de gedempte gebruiker de server bereikt. Jouw faderpositie voor hen wordt ook niet beïnvloed." +msgid "You can group users together using the \"group\" toggle. Moving the fader of any member of the group will move the other faders in that group by the same amount. You can isolate a channel from the group temporarily with shift-click-drag. Up to 8 groups can be defined." +msgstr "Je kunt gebruikers groeperen met behulp van de knop \"groeperen\". Als je de fader van een lid van de groep verplaatst, worden de andere faders in die groep met dezelfde hoeveelheid verplaatst. Je kunt een kanaal tijdelijk van de groep los maken door de shift ingedrukt te houden en dan de fader te verslepen. Er kunnen maximaal 8 groepen worden gedefinieerd." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:113 -msgid "Note that muting your **own** channel only means you will not hear your signal from the server (and is not advised as it can lead to you becoming out of time with other players). This is therefore not the same as using \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"." -msgstr "Houd er rekening mee dat het dempen van je **eigen** kanaal alleen betekent dat je je eigen signaal van de server niet zult horen (en dit wordt niet aangeraden omdat het ertoe kan leiden dat je niet meer gelijk bent met andere spelers). Dit is dus niet hetzelfde als het gebruik van \"[Demp mijzelf](#demp-mijzelf-knop)\"." +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:112 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Mute button" +msgstr "Demp knop" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:115 -msgid "### Solo button" -msgstr "### Solo knop" +msgid "Prevents users being heard in your local mix. Be aware that when you mute someone, they will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader to indicate that you cannot hear them. Note also that you will continue to see their VU meters moving if sound from the muted user is reaching the server. Your fader position for them is also unaffected." +msgstr "Voorkomt dat je gebruikers hoort in je lokale mix. Houd er rekening mee dat wanneer je iemand dempt, ze een \"gedempt\"-pictogram boven je fader zullen zien om aan te geven dat je ze niet kunt horen. Merk ook op dat je hun VU-meters blijft zien bewegen als het geluid van de gedempte gebruiker de server bereikt. Jouw faderpositie voor hen wordt ook niet beïnvloed." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:117 -msgid "Allows you to hear one or more users on their own. Those not soloed will be muted. Note also that those people who are not soloed will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader." -msgstr "Hiermee kun je een of meer gebruikers alleen horen. Degenen die niet op solo staan, worden gedempt. Merk ook op dat die mensen die niet solo zijn een \"gedempt\"-pictogram boven je fader zullen zien." +msgid "Note that muting your **own** channel only means you will not hear your signal from the server (and is not advised as it can lead to you becoming out of time with other players). This is therefore not the same as using \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"." +msgstr "Houd er rekening mee dat het dempen van je **eigen** kanaal alleen betekent dat je je eigen signaal van de server niet zult horen (en dit wordt niet aangeraden omdat het ertoe kan leiden dat je niet meer gelijk bent met andere spelers). Dit is dus niet hetzelfde als het gebruik van \"[Demp mijzelf](#demp-mijzelf-knop)\"." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:119 -msgid "Users are listed left to right in the order that they connect. You can change the sort order using the Edit option in the application menu." -msgstr "Gebruikers worden van links naar rechts weergegeven in de volgorde waarin ze verbinding maken. Je kunt de sorteervolgorde wijzigen met behulp van de optie Weergave in het menu." +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:118 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Solo button" +msgstr "Solo knop" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:121 -msgid "You can group users together using the \"group\" toggle. Moving the fader of any member of the group will move the other faders in that group by the same amount. You can isolate a channel from the group temporarily with shift-click-drag." -msgstr "Je kunt gebruikers groeperen met behulp van de knop \"groeperen\". Als je de fader van een lid van de groep verplaatst, worden de andere faders in die groep met dezelfde hoeveelheid verplaatst. Je kunt een kanaal tijdelijk van de groep los maken door de shift ingedrukt te houden en dan de fader te verslepen." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:123 -msgid "If the server operator has enabled recording, you will see a message above the mixer showing that you are being recorded." -msgstr "Als de serverbeheerder opname heeft ingeschakeld, dan zie je een bericht boven de mixer dat aangeeft dat er wordt opgenomen." +msgid "Allows you to hear one or more users on their own. Those not soloed will be muted. Note also that those people who are not soloed will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader." +msgstr "Hiermee kun je een of meer gebruikers alleen horen. Degenen die niet op solo staan, worden gedempt. Merk ook op dat die mensen die niet solo zijn een \"gedempt\"-pictogram boven je fader zullen zien." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:125 -msgid "# Settings" -msgstr "# Instellingen" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:122 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Instellingen" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:127 -msgid "## My Profile" -msgstr "## Mijn profiel" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:124 +#, no-wrap +msgid "My Profile" +msgstr "Mijn profiel" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:128 msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board." msgstr "In het Instellingen menu kies je \"Mijn profiel...\" om je alias/naam die wordt weergegeven onder je fader in het server mengpaneel in te stellen." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132 -msgid "
\"Image
" -msgstr "
\"afbeelding
" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"afbeelding
\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:134 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132 msgid "If you set an instrument and/or country, icons for these selections will also be shown below your fader. The skill setting changes the background colour of the fader tag and the city entry shows up in the tool tip of the fader tag:" msgstr "Als je een instrument en/of land instelt, worden de pictogrammen voor deze selecties ook onder je fader weergegeven. De vaardigheidsinstelling verandert de achtergrondkleur van het faderlabel en het stadsitem verschijnt in de tooltip van het faderlabel:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:136 -msgid "
\"Image
" -msgstr "
\"afbeelding
" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:134 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"afbeelding
\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138 -msgid "### Skin" -msgstr "### Skin" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:135 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Skin" +msgstr "Skin" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138 msgid "This applies a skin to the main window, some of which are designed to accommodate larger ensembles." msgstr "Dit past een skin toe op het hoofdvenster, waarvan sommige zijn ontworpen voor grotere ensembles." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142 -msgid "### Meter style" -msgstr "### Meterstijl" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:139 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Meter style" +msgstr "Meterstijl" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:144 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142 msgid "This changes the visual style of the audio meters, independently of the chosen skin." msgstr "Dit verandert de weergavestijl van de VU-meters, onafhankelijk van de gekozen skin." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146 -msgid "### Mixer rows" -msgstr "### Mengpaneel rijen" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:143 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Mixer rows" +msgstr "Mengpaneel rijen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:148 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146 msgid "This sets the number of rows displayed in the server audio mixer, for use with larger ensembles." msgstr "Dit stelt het aantal rijen in dat wordt weergegeven in de server audiomengpaneel, voor gebruik met grotere ensembles." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150 -msgid "### Audio Alerts" -msgstr "### Audiowaarschuwingen" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:147 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio Alerts" +msgstr "Audiowaarschuwingen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:152 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150 msgid "This turns on a sound alert for when someone joins a Server, or when receiving a new chat message." msgstr "Hiermee wordt een geluidswaarschuwing ingeschakeld voor wanneer iemand lid wordt van een server of wanneer een nieuw chatbericht wordt ontvangen." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154 -msgid "## Audio/Network Setup" -msgstr "## Audio-/netwerk-instellingen" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:151 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio/Network Setup" +msgstr "Audio-/netwerk-instellingen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:156 -msgid "
\"Image
" -msgstr "
\"afbeelding
" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"afbeelding
\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:158 -msgid "### Device" -msgstr "### Audio apparaat" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:155 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio Device" +msgstr "Audioapparaat" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:161 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:159 msgid "Under the Windows operating system the ASIO driver (sound card) can be selected using Jamulus. If the selected ASIO driver is not valid an error message is shown and the previous valid driver is selected. Under macOS the input and output hardware can be selected." msgstr "Bij het Windows-besturingssysteem kan de ASIO-driver (geluidskaart/audio-interface) worden geselecteerd voor gebruik met Jamulus. Als het geselecteerde ASIO-stuurprogramma niet geschikt is dan wordt er een foutmelding weergegeven en wordt de vorige geschikte stuurprogramma geselecteerd. Bij macOS kan de invoer- en uitvoerhardware worden geselecteerd." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163 -msgid "### Input/output channel mapping" -msgstr "### In-/uitvoerkanaaltoewijzing" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:160 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Input/output channel mapping" +msgstr "In-/uitvoerkanaaltoewijzing" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:165 -msgid "
\"Image
" -msgstr "
\"afbeelding
" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"afbeelding
\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:169 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:167 msgid "If the selected sound card device offers more than one input or output channel, the _Input Channel Mapping and Output Channel Mapping_ settings are visible. For each Jamulus input/output channel (left and right channel) a different actual sound card channel can be selected." msgstr "Als het geselecteerde apparaat meer dan één ingangs- of uitgangskanaal biedt, zijn de instellingen _Invoerkanaaltoewijzing en Uitvoerkanaaltoewijzing_ zichtbaar. Voor elk Jamulus ingangs-/uitgangskanaal (linker- en rechterkanaal) kan een ander daadwerkelijk geluidskaartkanaal worden geselecteerd." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171 -msgid "### Audio channels" -msgstr "### Audiokanalen" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:168 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio channels" +msgstr "Audiokanalen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:173 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171 msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and server." msgstr "Selecteert het aantal audiokanalen dat moet worden gebruikt voor communicatie tussen client en server." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:173 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note**: It is better to run separate Client instances per voice/instrument, where each Client has its own ini file, rather than using this built-in mono pair to stereo mixer.\n" msgstr "**Opmerking**: Het is beter om afzonderlijke client-instanties per stem/instrument te gebruiken, waarbij elke client zijn eigen ini-bestand heeft, in plaats van dit ingebouwde monopaar naar stereomixer te gebruiken.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:177 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175 msgid "There are three modes available:" msgstr "Er zijn drie modi beschikbaar:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:177 #, no-wrap msgid "**Mono** and **Stereo** modes use one and two audio channels respectively.\n" msgstr "**Mono** en **Stereo** modi gebruikt respectievelijk één en twee audiokanalen.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:182 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:180 #, no-wrap msgid "" "**Mono-in/Stereo-out**: The audio signal sent to the server is mono but the return signal is stereo. This is useful if the sound card has the instrument on one input channel and the microphone on the other. In that case\n" @@ -466,286 +495,309 @@ msgid "" msgstr "**Mono-in/stereo-uit**: Het audiosignaal dat naar de server wordt gestuurd, is mono, maar het retoursignaal is stereo. Dit is handig als de geluidskaart het instrument op het ene ingangskanaal heeft en de microfoon op het andere. In dat geval zullen de twee ingangssignalen kunnen worden gemengd tot één monokanaal, maar de servermix is in stereo te horen.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:185 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183 msgid "Enabling stereo mode will increase your stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." msgstr "Als je de stereomodus inschakelt, wordt de gegevenssnelheid van je stream verhoogd. Zorg ervoor dat je uploadsnelheid de beschikbare uploadsnelheid van je internetverbinding niet overschrijdt." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:188 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:186 msgid "In stereo streaming mode, no audio channel selection for the reverb effect will be available on the main window since the effect is applied to both channels in this case." msgstr "In stereostreamingmodus is er geen audiokanaalselectie voor het galm-effect beschikbaar in het hoofdvenster, aangezien het effect in dit geval op beide kanalen wordt toegepast." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190 -msgid "### Audio quality" -msgstr "### Audiokwaliteit" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:187 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio quality" +msgstr "Audiokwaliteit" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:192 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190 msgid "The higher the audio quality, the higher your audio stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." msgstr "Hoe hoger de audiokwaliteit, hoe hoger de datasnelheid van je audiostream. Zorg ervoor dat je uploadsnelheid de beschikbare uploadsnelheid van je internetverbinding niet overschrijdt." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194 -msgid "### Buffer Delay" -msgstr "### Buffervertraging" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:191 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Buffer Delay" +msgstr "Buffervertraging" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:197 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:195 msgid "The buffer delay setting is a fundamental setting of the Jamulus software. This setting has an influence on many connection properties. Three buffer sizes are supported:" msgstr "De instelling voor buffervertraging is een fundamentele instelling van de Jamulus-software. Deze instelling heeft invloed op veel verbindingseigenschappen. Er worden drie buffergroottes ondersteund:" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards.\n" -msgstr "**64 samples** Biedt de laagste latency, maar werkt niet met alle geluidskaarten.\n" +msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards." +msgstr "**64 samples** Biedt de laagste latency, maar werkt niet met alle geluidskaarten." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:200 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards.\n" -msgstr "**128 samples** De voorkeursinstelling. Zou moeten werken voor de meeste beschikbare geluidskaarten.\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 +msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards." +msgstr "**128 samples** De voorkeursinstelling. Zou moeten werken voor de meeste beschikbare geluidskaarten." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:201 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection.\n" -msgstr "**256 samples** Zou alleen moeten worden gebruikt op zeer trage computers of met een trage internetverbinding.\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 +msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection." +msgstr "**256 samples** Zou alleen moeten worden gebruikt op zeer trage computers of met een trage internetverbinding." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:204 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:202 msgid "Some sound card drivers do not allow the buffer delay to be changed from within the Jamulus software. In this case the buffer delay setting is disabled and has to be changed using the sound card driver. On Windows, press the ASIO Setup button to open the driver settings panel." msgstr "Bij sommige stuurprogramma's voor geluidskaarten kan de buffervertraging niet worden gewijzigd vanuit de Jamulus-software. In dit geval is de instelling van de buffervertraging uitgeschakeld en moet deze worden gewijzigd met behulp van het stuurprogramma van de geluidskaart. Druk in Windows op de ASIO Apparaatinstellingen-knop om het venster met driverinstellingen te openen." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:206 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:204 msgid "On Linux, use the JACK configuration tool to change the buffer size." msgstr "Op Linux, gebruik de JACK configuratie applicatie om de buffergrootte te wijzigen." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:208 msgid "The actual buffer delay has an influence on the connection status, the current upload rate and the overall delay. The lower the buffer size, the higher the probability of a red light in the status indicator (dropouts) and the higher the upload rate and the lower the overall delay." msgstr "De werkelijke buffervertraging heeft invloed op de verbindingsstatus, de huidige uploadsnelheid en de algehele vertraging. Hoe kleiner de buffergrootte, hoe groter de kans op een rood lampje in de statusindicator (uitval) en hoe hoger de uploadsnelheid en hoe lager de algehele vertraging." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:212 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210 msgid "The buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." msgstr "De bufferinstelling is daarom een afweging tussen audiokwaliteit en algehele vertraging." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:214 -msgid "### Jitter Buffer" -msgstr "### Jitterbuffer" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:211 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jitter Buffer" +msgstr "Jitterbuffer" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:218 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:216 msgid "The jitter buffer compensates for network and sound card timing jitters. The size of the buffer influences the quality of the audio stream (how many dropouts occur) and the overall delay (the longer the buffer, the higher the delay)." msgstr "De jitterbuffer compenseert voor netwerk- en geluidskaarttimingjitters. De grootte van de buffer heeft invloed op de kwaliteit van de audiostream (hoeveel dropouts zijn er) en de totale vertraging (hoe langer de buffer, hoe groter de vertraging)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:222 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220 msgid "You can set the jitter buffer size manually for your local Client and the remote server. For the local jitter buffer, dropouts in the audio stream are indicated by the light below the jitter buffer size faders. If the light turns to red, a buffer overrun/underrun has taken place and the audio stream is interrupted." msgstr "Je kunt de jitterbuffergrootte handmatig instellen voor je lokale client en de externe server. Voor de lokale jitterbuffer word uitval in de audiostream aangegeven door het lampje onder de invoer VU-meters. Als het lampje op rood springt, heeft er een buffer over-/underrun plaatsgevonden en wordt de audiostream onderbroken." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:224 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:222 msgid "The jitter buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." msgstr "De jitterbufferinstelling is daarom een afweging tussen audiokwaliteit en algehele vertraging." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:228 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:226 msgid "If the Auto setting is enabled, the jitter buffers of your local Client and the remote server are set automatically based on measurements of the network and sound card timing jitter. If the Auto check is enabled, the jitter buffer size faders are disabled (they cannot be moved with the mouse)." msgstr "Als de Auto-instelling is ingeschakeld, dan worden de jitterbuffers van je lokale client en de externe server automatisch ingesteld op basis van metingen van de netwerk- en geluidskaarttimingjitter. Als de automatische controle is ingeschakeld dan zijn de faders van de jitterbuffergrootte uitgeschakeld (ze kunnen niet met de muis worden verplaatst)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230 -msgid "### Enable small network buffers" -msgstr "### Kleine netwerkbuffers inschakelen" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:227 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Small Network Buffers" +msgstr "Kleine netwerkbuffers" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:233 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:231 msgid "Allows support for very small network audio packets. These are only used if the sound card buffer delay is smaller than 128 samples. The smaller the network buffers, the lower the audio latency. But at the same time the network load increases and the probability of audio dropouts also increases (particuarly if your network connection has any significant jitter). Try enabling this option if you are suffering from high latency or bad audio quality. However, keeping it disabled will normally mean better audio quality." msgstr "Biedt ondersteuning voor zeer kleine netwerkaudiopakketten. Deze worden alleen gebruikt als de buffervertraging van de geluidskaart kleiner is dan 128 samples. Hoe kleiner de netwerkbuffers, hoe lager de audiolatency. Maar tegelijkertijd neemt de netwerkbelasting toe en neemt de kans op audio-uitval ook toe (vooral als je netwerkverbinding aanzienlijke jitter heeft). Probeer deze optie in te schakelen als je last hebt van hoge latency of slechte geluidskwaliteit. Als je het echter uitgeschakeld houdt, betekent dit normaal gesproken een betere geluidskwaliteit." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:235 -msgid "### Audio Stream Rate" -msgstr "### Audiobitsnelheid" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:232 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio Stream Rate" +msgstr "Audiobitsnelheid" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:238 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:236 msgid "Depends on the current audio packet size and compression setting. Make sure that the upstream rate is not higher than your available internet upload speed (check this with a service such as [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))." msgstr "De audiobitsnelheid is afhankelijk van de huidige audiopakketgrootte en compressie-instelling. Zorg ervoor dat de upstream-snelheid niet hoger is dan je beschikbare internet-uploadsnelheid (controleer dit met een service zoals [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))." +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Advanced Setup" +msgstr "Geavanceerde instellingen" + #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:240 -msgid "## Advanced Setup" -msgstr "## Geavanceerde instellingen" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"afbeelding
\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:242 -msgid "
\"Image
" -msgstr "
\"afbeelding
" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Custom Directories" +msgstr "Eigen adresboeken" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:244 -msgid "### Custom Directories" -msgstr "### Eigen adresboek" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:246 msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here." msgstr "Als je andere adresboek adressen dan de ingebouwde adressen wilt toevoegen dan kun je dat hier doen." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:248 -msgid "### New Client Level" -msgstr "### Nieuw client-niveau" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:245 +#, no-wrap +msgid "New Client Level" +msgstr "Nieuw client-niveau" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:252 -msgid "This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects to the current server, they will get the specified initial fader level if no other fader level from a previous connection of that user was already stored. You can set all users in an occupied server to this level using Edit > \"Set All Faders to New Client Level\"." -msgstr "Deze instelling definieert het faderniveau van een nieuw aangesloten client in procenten. Als een nieuwe gebruiker verbinding maakt met de huidige server, krijgt hij het gespecificeerde initiële faderniveau als er geen ander faderniveau van een eerdere verbinding van die gebruiker was opgeslagen. Je kunt alle gebruikers in een gebruikte server op dit niveau instellen met Bewerken > \"Zet alle faders op nieuw client-niveau\"." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects\n" +"to the current server, they will get the specified initial fader level if no other fader level from a previous connection of\n" +"that user was already stored. You can set all users in an occupied server to this level using Edit > \"Set All Faders to New Client Level\".\n" +msgstr "" +"Deze instelling definieert het faderniveau van een nieuw aangesloten client in procenten. Als een nieuwe gebruiker verbinding\n" +"maakt met de huidige server, krijgt hij het gespecificeerde initiële faderniveau als er geen ander faderniveau van een eerdere verbinding\n" +"van die gebruiker was opgeslagen. Je kunt alle gebruikers in een gebruikte server op dit niveau instellen met Bewerken > \"Zet alle faders op nieuw client-niveau\".\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:254 -msgid "### Input Boost" -msgstr "### Ingangsversterking" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:251 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Input Boost" +msgstr "Ingangsversterking" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:256 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:254 msgid "Increases the gain from your device. Use this if your device delivers a gain that is too quiet for Jamulus." msgstr "Verhoogt de gain van je apparaat. Gebruik dit als je apparaat een gain heeft die te laag is voor Jamulus." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258 -msgid "### Feedback Protection" -msgstr "### Feedback bescherming" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:255 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Feedback Protection" +msgstr "Feedback bescherming" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:260 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258 msgid "Attempts to detect audio feedback loops or loud noise in the first three seconds after you connected to a server. Once detected, this feature will show a message and activate the \"Mute Myself\" button to mute you in your own mix." msgstr "Probeert om audiofeedbacklussen of hard geluid te detecteren in de eerste drie seconden nadat je verbinding hebt gemaakt met een server. Eenmaal gedetecteerd, zal deze functie een bericht tonen en de \"Demp mijzelf\"-knop activeren om je in je eigen mix te dempen." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:262 -msgid "### Input Balance" -msgstr "### Ingangsbalans" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:259 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Input Balance" +msgstr "Ingangsbalans" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:266 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:264 msgid "Controls the relative levels of the left and right local audio channels. For a mono signal it acts as a pan between the two channels. For example, if a microphone is connected to the right input channel and an instrument is connected to the left input channel which is much louder than the microphone, move the audio fader to increase the relative volume of the mic." msgstr "Regelt de relatieve niveaus van de linker en rechter lokale audiokanalen. Voor een monosignaal fungeert het als een balans tussen de twee kanalen. Als er bijvoorbeeld een microfoon is aangesloten op het rechter ingangskanaal en een instrument is aangesloten op het linker ingangskanaal dat veel luider is dan de microfoon, verplaatst je de fader om het relatieve volume van de microfoon te verhogen." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:268 -msgid "# Menu commands" -msgstr "# Menu opties" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Menu commands" +msgstr "Menu opties" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:270 -msgid "### File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" -msgstr "### Bestand > Mixer kanaalinstellingen laden/opslaan" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:267 +#, no-wrap +msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" +msgstr "Bestand > Mixer kanaalinstellingen laden/opslaan" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:270 msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band rehearsals (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) and load these any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window." msgstr "Je kunt de mix die je hebt voor je bandrepetities opslaan en herstellen (fader, demp, balans, solo enz.) en deze op elk moment laden (zelfs terwijl je speelt). Laden kan ook door middel van het slepen van het bestand naar het mengpaneel." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:274 -msgid "### Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders" -msgstr "### Bewerken > Stel alle faders automisch in" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:271 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders " +msgstr "Bewerken > Stel alle faders automatisch in " #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:276 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:274 msgid "Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece." msgstr "Past een eenmalige fader-instelling toe op elk kanaal, afhankelijk van het volume. Handig voor grote ensembles om een redelijke algehele mix te krijgen, hoewel individuele aanpassingen nog steeds nodig kunnen zijn. Het beste kan dit worden toegepast tijdens een warming-up of een uniform deel van het muziekstuk." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:278 -msgid "# Backing up Jamulus" -msgstr "# Een back-up maken van Jamulus" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:275 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Backing up Jamulus" +msgstr "Een back-up maken van Jamulus" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:280 -msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" -msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:279 +msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want." +msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * Je kunt verschillende mixerinstellingen opslaan en laden met [Mixer kanaalinstellingen laden/opslaan](Software-Manual#bestand--mixer-kanaalinstellingen-ladenopslaan) en deze bestanden opslaan waar je maar wilt." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 -msgid "You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want." -msgstr "Je kunt verschillende mixerinstellingen opslaan en laden met [Mixer kanaalinstellingen laden/opslaan](Software-Manual#bestand--mixer-kanaalinstellingen-ladenopslaan) en deze bestanden opslaan waar je maar wilt." +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n" +msgstr "**Opmerking voor macOS-gebruikers:** Vanaf Jamulus 3.8.1 hebben we een ondertekend installatieprogramma. Hierbij worden de instellingen opgeslagen in \n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:286 +#. type: Fenced code block (shell) +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n" -"```shell\n" -"$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" -"```\n" -msgstr "" -"**Opmerking voor macOS-gebruikers:** Vanaf Jamulus 3.8.1 hebben we een ondertekend installatieprogramma. Hierbij worden de instellingen opgeslagen in \n" -"```shell\n" -"$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" -"```\n" +msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" +msgstr "$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 -msgid "# Command Line Options" -msgstr "# Opdrachtregelopties" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:285 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Command Line Options" +msgstr "Opdrachtregelopties" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:290 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." msgstr "De meest voorkomende functies in Jamulus kunnen worden ingesteld met behulp van de GUI, maar deze en andere kunnen ook worden ingesteld met behulp van opties die in een terminalvenster/opdrachtprompt worden ingegeven. Hoe je dit precies doet, hangt af van je besturingssysteem." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:292 -msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:" -msgstr "Als je bijvoorbeeld in Windows een specifiek instellingenbestand wilt gebruiken, klik je met de rechtermuisknop op de Jamulus-snelkoppeling en kies je \"Eigenschappen\" > Doel. Voeg de benodigde argumenten toe aan Jamulus.exe:" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:290 +#, no-wrap +msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" +msgstr "Als je bijvoorbeeld in Windows een specifiek instellingenbestand wilt gebruiken, klik je met de rechtermuisknop op de Jamulus-snelkoppeling en kies je \"Eigenschappen\" > Doel. Voeg de benodigde argumenten toe aan Jamulus.exe:\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:296 +#. type: Fenced code block (shell) +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:291 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"```shell\n" -" \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n" -"```\n" -msgstr "" -"```shell\n" -" \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\pad\\naar\\mijninibestand.ini\"\n" -"```\n" +msgid " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n" +msgstr " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\pad\\naar\\mijninibestand.ini\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:298 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:296 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" msgstr "Voor macOS, start een terminal venster en voer Jamulus uit met gewenste opties op deze manier:" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302 +#. type: Fenced code block (shell) +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:297 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"```shell\n" -" /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n" -"```\n" -msgstr "" -"```shell\n" -" /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/pad/naar/mijninibetand.ini\"\n" -"```\n" +msgid " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n" +msgstr " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/pad/naar/mijninibetand.ini\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:306 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:305 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Controlling the Client via API" +msgstr "Client aansturen via API" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:307 +msgid "In addition to the CLI, Jamulus can be controlled using an API. This is beneficial for advanced use cases - for example, where there is no GUI, or another application needs to interact with Jamulus. Please note that the API is still experimental. Information on the [JSON-RPC API can be found in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." +msgstr "Naast de opdrachtregelopties kan Jamulus worden bestuurd met behulp van een API. Dit is gunstig voor geavanceerde gebruikssituaties, bijvoorbeeld wanneer er geen GUI is of een andere toepassing moet communiceren met Jamulus. Houd er rekening mee dat de API nog steeds experimenteel is. Informatie over de [JSON-RPC API (engelstalig)](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) is te vinden in de hoofdrepository." + +#~ msgid "TOC" +#~ msgstr "TOC" + +#~ msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" +#~ msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" + +#~ msgid "Defines a group of audio channels. Moving the fader of one member of the group moves the faders of all the others. Up to 8 groups can be defined." +#~ msgstr "Definieert een groep audiokanalen. Door de fader van een lid van de groep te verplaatsen, worden de faders van alle anderen verplaatst. Er kunnen maximaal 8 groepen worden gedefinieerd." + #~ msgid "Leave this blank unless you need to enter the address of a directory server other than the default." #~ msgstr "Laat dit leeg tenzij je het adres van een andere adresboek server dan de standaardserver moet invoeren." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Tips-Tricks-More.po index 9411aa196..186dbb295 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Tips-Tricks-More.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Tips-Tricks-More.po @@ -1,99 +1,106 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# Henk De Groot , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-13 11:24+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-05 21:22+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: nl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "nl" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More" msgstr "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Tips, Tricks and More" msgstr "Tips, trucs en meer" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Tips & Tricks" +msgstr "Tips & trucs" + #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:10 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# Tips & Tricks\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" -msgstr "" -"# Tips & trucs\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:12 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:14 -msgid "Table of contents" -msgstr "Inhoudsopgave" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:16 -msgid "TOC" -msgstr "TOC" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "Inhoudsopgave\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:17 -msgid "{:toc}" -msgstr "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" +msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:19 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:21 -msgid "### Learning about remote band rehearsing" -msgstr "### Informatie over repeteren met een band op afstand" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Learning about remote band rehearsing" +msgstr "Informatie over repeteren met een band op afstand" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:23 msgid "Jamulus user [Chris Rimple](https://sourceforge.net/u/chrisrimple/profile/) has compiled a massive amount of information relating to [Remote Band Rehearsals](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1smcvsxdaaViPQvGMQHmah_6BQeqowhmGSFMHfnlY2FI/) (Google doc), which covers topics such as hardware and software configuration including examples and advice for newcomers to the field. He also includes a section on Jamulus in comparison to other solutions." msgstr "Jamulus gebruiker [Chris Rimple](https://sourceforge.net/u/chrisrimple/profile/) heeft een enorme hoeveelheid informatie verzameld met betrekking tot [bandrepetities op afstand (engelstalig)](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1smcvsxdaaViPQvGMQHmah_6BQeqowhmGSFMHfnlY2FI/) (Google doc), die onderwerpen behandelt zoals hardware- en softwareconfiguratie, inclusief voorbeelden en advies voor nieuwkomers. Het bevat ook een sectie over Jamulus in vergelijking met andere oplossingen." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:25 -msgid "## Using the Jamulus Client" -msgstr "## De Jamulus-client gebruiken" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using the Jamulus Client" +msgstr "De Jamulus-client gebruiken" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:27 -msgid "### Have an undisturbed session on any Server" -msgstr "### Zorg voor een ongestoorde sessie op elke server" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Have an undisturbed session on any Server" +msgstr "Zorg voor een ongestoorde sessie op elke server" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:29 @@ -106,10 +113,11 @@ msgstr "Je kunt een ongestoorde sessie hebben met andere mensen op elke server d msgid "**NOTE:** This does not stop people from hearing you, using the chat function, or seeing your profile information.\n" msgstr "**Opmerking:** Dit weerhoudt mensen er niet van om jullie te horen, de chatfunctie te gebruiken of de profielinformatie te zien.\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:33 -msgid "### Using Jamulus audio in Zoom (or other) meeting apps" -msgstr "### Jamulus geluid gebruiken in Zoom (of andere) vergader-apps" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:32 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using Jamulus audio in Zoom (or other) meeting apps" +msgstr "Jamulus geluid gebruiken in Zoom (of andere) vergader-apps" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:35 @@ -121,30 +129,33 @@ msgstr "Verschillende gebruikers hebben gemeld dat ze een \"virtueel publiek\" v msgid "You can also use [VoiceMeeter](https://www.vb-audio.com/Voicemeeter/banana.htm) (Banana) for Windows or [BlackHole](https://github.com/ExistentialAudio/BlackHole) for macOS to route the Jamulus output to multiple destinations, for example to your headphones and the meeting application at the same time." msgstr "Je kunt ook gebruik maken van [VoiceMeeter](https://www.vb-audio.com/Voicemeeter/banana.htm) (Banana) voor Windows of [BlackHole](https://github.com/ExistentialAudio/BlackHole) voor macOS om de Jamulus-uitvoer naar meerdere bestemmingen te routeren, bijvoorbeeld tegelijkertijd naar je hoofdtelefoon en de vergaderapplicatie." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:39 -msgid "### Recording Jamulus on Windows with Reaper" -msgstr "### Jamulus opnemen in Windows met Reaper" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Recording Jamulus on Windows with Reaper" +msgstr "Jamulus opnemen in Windows met Reaper" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:41 msgid "Jamulus user [Rob Durkin](https://sourceforge.net/u/bentwrench/profile/) has written a [guide to recording the output of Jamulus](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1tENfNKTWHasuTg33OdLLEo4-OOhWJolOo42ffSARxhY/edit) (Google Doc) using the ReaRoute add-on for [Reaper](https://www.reaper.fm/)." msgstr "Jamulus gebruiker [Rob Durkin](https://sourceforge.net/u/bentwrench/profile/) heeft een [gids voor het opnemen van de uitvoer van Jamulus](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1tENfNKTWHasuTg33OdLLEo4-OOhWJolOo42ffSARxhY/edit) (Google Doc) geschreven waarin gebruik wordt gemaakt van de ReaRoute add-on voor [Reaper](https://www.reaper.fm/)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:43 -msgid "### Sharing song/chord sheets" -msgstr "### Liedteksten/akkoordbladen delen" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:42 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Sharing song/chord sheets" +msgstr "Liedteksten/akkoordbladen delen" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:45 msgid "Jamulus user [BTDT](https://sourceforge.net/u/btdt/profile/) has written a system called [305keepers](https://github.com/keepers305/Song-Sheet-Sharing-Web-Pages), a web application that allows a \"Jam leader\" to push song sheets (in PDF format) to \"Jammers\" in real time using standard web browsers." msgstr "Jamulus-gebruiker [BTDT](https://sourceforge.net/u/btdt/profile/) heeft een systeem geschreven met de naam [305keepers](https://github.com/keepers305/Song-Sheet-Sharing-Web-Pages), een webtoepassing waarmee een \"Jam-leider\" bladmuziek (in PDF-formaat) in realtime naar \"Jammers\" kan pushen met behulp van standaard webbrowsers." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:47 -msgid "### Jamulus Client Linux start script" -msgstr "### Jamulus-client Linux start script" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:46 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus Client Linux start script" +msgstr "Jamulus-client Linux start script" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:49 @@ -166,11 +177,10 @@ msgstr "Ten slotte start ik Jamulus automatisch waarbij deze verbinding maakt me msgid "Here is the script:" msgstr "Hier is het script:" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:82 +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:57 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"~~~\n" " amixer sset 'Mic' capture 30% cap\n" " amixer sset 'Mic' playback 0%\n" " amixer sset 'Line' playback 60% unmute\n" @@ -194,9 +204,7 @@ msgid "" " jack_connect gx_head_fx:out_1 Jamulus:'input right'\n" " jack_connect Jamulus:'output left' system:playback_1\n" " jack_connect Jamulus:'output right' system:playback_2\n" -"~~~\n" msgstr "" -"~~~\n" " amixer sset 'Mic' capture 30% cap\n" " amixer sset 'Mic' playback 0%\n" " amixer sset 'Line' playback 60% unmute\n" @@ -220,12 +228,12 @@ msgstr "" " jack_connect gx_head_fx:out_1 Jamulus:'input right'\n" " jack_connect Jamulus:'output left' system:playback_1\n" " jack_connect Jamulus:'output right' system:playback_2\n" -"~~~\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:84 -msgid "### Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers" -msgstr "### Ctrlmidich gebruiken voor MIDI controllers" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers" +msgstr "Ctrlmidich gebruiken voor MIDI controllers" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86 @@ -244,8 +252,9 @@ msgstr "Hier luistert Jamulus op MIDI kanaal 1. Volume fader CC nummers beginnen #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92 -msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this." -msgstr "Houd er rekening mee dat om de functies die worden bestuurd door knoppen goed te laten werken, jouw MIDI-controller de knoppen in de \"toggle\" -modus moet hebben staan. Dit betekent dat wanneer deze wordt ingedrukt om een functie 'aan' te zetten, deze een MIDI CC-nummer met een waarde >=64 moet verzenden en om de besturing 'uit' te schakelen moet hetzelfde CC-nummer met een waarde <64 worden verzonden. Je kunt de handleiding van jouw controller lezen om erachter te komen hoe je dit instelt." +#, no-wrap +msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n" +msgstr "Houd er rekening mee dat om de functies die worden bestuurd door knoppen goed te laten werken, jouw MIDI-controller de knoppen in de \"toggle\" -modus moet hebben staan. Dit betekent dat wanneer deze wordt ingedrukt om een functie 'aan' te zetten, deze een MIDI CC-nummer met een waarde >=64 moet verzenden en om de besturing 'uit' te schakelen moet hetzelfde CC-nummer met een waarde <64 worden verzonden. Je kunt de handleiding van jouw controller lezen om erachter te komen hoe je dit instelt.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94 @@ -269,35 +278,39 @@ msgstr "Zorg ervoor dat je de uitvoerpoort van je MIDI-apparaat aansluit op de J msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n" msgstr "*Tip*: Wanneer je MIDI-besturing in Jamulus inschakelt dan wordt de naam van iedere gebruiker voorafgegaan door een nummer, waarbij de meest linkse gebruiker begint bij 0, dan 1, enz. Met standaardinstellingen, wanneer gebruikers de sessie verlaten en anderen erbij komen, kan het zijn dat de links-rechts volgorde in de GUI niet meer overeenkomt met de numerieke volgorde waardoor het moeilijker wordt om te weten wie met welke fysieke fader/knop op jouw MIDI-controller overeenkomt. Om de faders in numerieke volgorde te houden, ga je naar \"Weergave\" in de menubalk en wissel je tussen de \"Kanalen niet sorteren\" en een andere optie en dan weer terug (bijv. typ `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 -msgid "## For Server admins" -msgstr "## Voor serverbeheerders" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101 +#, no-wrap +msgid "For Server admins" +msgstr "Voor serverbeheerders" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104 -msgid "### Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly" -msgstr "### On-the-fly een geregistreerde server naar een niet geregistreerde server omzetten" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly" +msgstr "On-the-fly een geregistreerde server naar een niet-geregistreerde server omzetten" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106 -msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for your band to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Your band mates will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)" -msgstr "Je kunt een geregistreerde server draaien die lang genoeg beschikbaar is om je band verbinding te laten maken en vervolgens kun je \"prive\" (niet geregistreerd) gaan door het adresboek in de server GUI op \"Geen\" te zetten. Je bandleden zijn nog steeds verbonden met de server totdat ze de verbinding verbreken.(Met dank aan [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) voor deze tip!)" +msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)" +msgstr "Je kunt een geregistreerde server uitvoeren die lang genoeg beschikbaar is om mensen verbinding te laten maken en vervolgens kun je \"prive\" (niet-geregistreerd) gaan door het adresboek in de server GUI op \"Geen\" te zetten. De muzikanten zijn nog steeds verbonden met de server totdat ze de verbinding verbreken.(Met dank aan [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) voor deze tip!)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:108 -msgid "### Remote management of recordings" -msgstr "### Opname op afstand bedienen" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Remote management of recordings" +msgstr "Opname op afstand bedienen" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110 msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script." msgstr "Jamulus gebruiker [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) heeft een [webgebaseerd hulpmiddel](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) geschreven voor het op afstand starten en stoppen van opnamen op Linux servers, zodat je ze vervolgens vanuit je browser kunt downloaden. Zie ook [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) van [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), dat ook een herstelscript voor serveropnames bevat." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112 -msgid "### Making a Server status page" -msgstr "### Een serverstatuspagina maken" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Making a Server status page" +msgstr "Een serverstatuspagina maken" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114 @@ -309,11 +322,10 @@ msgstr "Met het opdrachtregeloptie `-m` kunnen serverstatistieken worden gegener msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):" msgstr "Hier is een voorbeeld van een php-script dat het serverstatusbestand gebruikt om de huidige serverstatus op een html-pagina weer te geven (ervan uitgaande dat het volgende opdrachtregeloptie is gebruikt: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:131 +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"~~~\n" "\n" "\n" -"~~~\n" msgstr "" -"~~~\n" "\n" "\n" -"~~~\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ "# Tips & Tricks\n" +#~ " {:.no_toc}\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "# Tips & trucs\n" +#~ " {:.no_toc}\n" + +#~ msgid "TOC" +#~ msgstr "TOC" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Unregistered-Servers.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Unregistered-Servers.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..19568333d --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Unregistered-Servers.po @@ -0,0 +1,208 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Henk De Groot , 2023. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-06 20:48+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: nl\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "nl" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Unregistered-Servers" +msgstr "/wiki/Unregistered-Servers" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Running an Unregistered Server" +msgstr "Een niet-geregistreerde server opzetten" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:9 +msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Meer\" branch1=\"Serverhandleiding\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:13 +msgid "It is highly recommended to test your Server by registering it on one of the built-in Directories **first**. This will help you tackle general problems before you try unregistered mode." +msgstr "Het wordt ten zeerste aanbevolen om je server te testen door deze **eerst** te registreren in een van de ingebouwde adresboeken. Dit zal je helpen algemene problemen op te lossen voordat je de niet-geregistreerde modus probeert." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:14 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Setting up a Server behind a home router" +msgstr "Een server opzetten achter een thuisrouter" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:17 +msgid "If you set up your Server at home, you will probably need to change some settings in your router/firewall:" +msgstr "Als je een server thuis inricht, moet je waarschijnlijk enkele instellingen in de router/firewall wijzigen:" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Port forwarding" +msgstr "Poort forwarding" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:21 +msgid "Normally, people from outside your home network cannot see things inside it. To let external Jamulus Clients connect to your Server, you need to set up port forwarding in your router's settings. The exact setup differs for every router. For help, see your router's documentation or [portforward.com](https://portforward.com)." +msgstr "Normaal gesproken kunnen mensen van buiten je thuisnetwerk de dingen binnen je thuisnetwerk niet zien. Om externe Jamulus-clients verbinding te laten maken met je server, moet je poort forwarding instellen in de instellingen van je router. De exacte setup verschilt per router. Raadpleeg voor hulp de documentatie van je router of [portforward.com](https://portforward.com)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** The default port for Jamulus is **UDP** (not TCP) port **22124**. You will usually forward the port **22124** from outside your network to the port **22124** of the computer running the Server.\n" +msgstr "**Opmerking:** De standaardpoort voor Jamulus is **UDP** (niet TCP) poort **22124**. Gewoonlijk stuur je poort **22124** van buiten je netwerk door naar poort **22124** van de computer waarop de server wordt uitgevoerd.\n" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Getting the public IP" +msgstr "Het openbare IP-adres ophalen" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:28 +msgid "To allow others to connect to your Server from the internet, give them your public IP address. You can [learn your current public IP address using Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=what+is+my+ip). You should connect yourself using the local network address of the computer the Server is running on. If you are running a Client on the same computer as your Server, the address is `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`." +msgstr "Om anderen toe te staan verbinding te maken met je server vanaf internet, geef je hen je openbare IP-adres. Je kunt [je huidige openbare IP-adres achterhalen met Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=what+is+my+ip). Je dient zelf verbinding te maken met behulp van het lokale netwerkadres van de computer waarop de server wordt uitgevoerd. Als je een client uitvoert op dezelfde computer als je server, is het adres `localhost` of `127.0.0.1`." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:30 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Dynamic DNS and why you will probably need it" +msgstr "Dynamische DNS en waarom je het waarschijnlijk nodig zult hebben" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:33 +msgid "Unless your ISP provides you with a fixed IP address, you may find that your address changes over time. You might want to associate your IP address with a domain name you can share with others that uses \"dynamic DNS\" (DDNS). A \"dynamic DNS\" provider can supply you with the domain name and you keep refreshing your IP address with the provider. Your router might support certain DDNS providers to do this. If this is not the case, the provider will have instructions on how to set up a dynamic DNS client." +msgstr "Tenzij je ISP je een vast IP-adres geeft, kan het zijn dat je adres in de loop van de tijd verandert. Misschien wil je jouw IP-adres koppelen aan een domeinnaam die je met anderen kunt delen en dat \"dynamische DNS\" (DDNS) gebruikt. Een \"dynamische DNS\" provider kan je de domeinnaam leveren en je blijft je IP-adres vernieuwen bij de provider. Je router ondersteunt mogelijk bepaalde DDNS providers om dit te doen. Als dit niet het geval is, heeft de provider instructies voor het opzetten van een dynamische DNS-client." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "DNS SRV record support" +msgstr "DNS SRV-record ondersteuning" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:37 +msgid "Jamulus Clients support [DNS SRV records (\"service\" records)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record). If a Client finds an SRV record associated with the domain name given in the Connect window, it will try to connect to the endpoint host and port listed in the SRV record. This process is similar to HTTP redirection in a web browser, only it's between Jamulus Clients and the DNS server. The Jamulus Server is not involved in this interaction. Jamulus Servers just listen for connections on the same port listed in the SRV record." +msgstr "Jamulus-clients ondersteunen [DNS SRV-records (\"service\" records)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record). Als een client een SRV-record vindt dat is gekoppeld aan de domeinnaam die is opgegeven in het venster Verbinden dan zal deze proberen verbinding te maken met de eindpunt host en poort die worden vermeld in het SRV-record. Dit proces is vergelijkbaar met HTTP-omleiding in een webbrowser, alleen vindt het plaats tussen Jamulus-clients en de DNS-server. De Jamulus-server is niet betrokken bij deze interactie. Jamulus-servers luisteren gewoon naar verbindingen op dezelfde poort die wordt vermeld in het SRV-record." + +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why is this helpful?" +msgstr "Waarom is dit nuttig?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:41 +msgid "A Jamulus Client can connect to a Server on a non-default port by specifying the port as part of the server address. A server administrator may want to give users a simple address without the port details, while still serving Jamulus on a non-default port. For this case, the port information can be acquired from an SRV record." +msgstr "Een Jamulus-client kan verbinding maken met een server op een niet-standaardpoort door de poort op te geven als onderdeel van het serveradres. Een serverbeheerder wil gebruikers misschien een eenvoudig adres geven zonder de poortdetails, terwijl Jamulus nog steeds wordt uitgevoerd op een niet-standaardpoort. Voor dit geval kan de poortinformatie worden verkregen uit een SRV-record." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:43 +msgid "An address entered in the Connect window could look like ```jamulus.example.com```. If an SRV record is found for this DNS domain, Jamulus Client will try to connect to the Server on the host:port listed in the SRV record, such as ```jamulus.example.com:12345```." +msgstr "Een adres ingevoerd in het Verbinding-venster kan er uitzien als ```jamulus.example.com```. Als er een SRV-record wordt gevonden voor dit DNS-domein, probeert Jamulus-client verbinding te maken met de server op de host:poort die wordt vermeld in het SRV-record, zoals ```jamulus.example.com:12345```." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:45 +msgid "If no SRV records are found on the DNS server, a Client will attempt to connect to the Server as specified in the connection window." +msgstr "Als er geen SRV-records worden gevonden op de DNS-server, zal een client proberen verbinding te maken met de server zoals gespecificeerd in het verbindingsvenster." + +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:46 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Creating SRV records" +msgstr "SRV-records maken" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:49 +msgid "SRV records are created by the administrator of the domain being used to host the Jamulus server. The SRV records are added through the administration portal (or API if available) of the domain's DNS hosting service. The format of the SRV record entry can vary by DNS hosting service but will generally look something like this." +msgstr "SRV-records worden gemaakt door de beheerder van het domein dat wordt gebruikt om de Jamulus server te hosten. De SRV-records worden toegevoegd via het beheerportaal (of API indien beschikbaar) van de DNS-hostingservice van het domein. Het formaat van de SRV-recordinvoer kan per DNS-hostingservice verschillen, maar ziet er over het algemeen ongeveer zo uit." + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" _service._proto.name. ttl IN SRV priority weight port target\n" +" \n" +" # or, more specifically\n" +" \n" +" _jamulus._udp.example.com. 60 IN SRV 0 5 12345 jamulus.example.com\n" +msgstr "" +" _service._proto.name. ttl IN SRV priority weight port target\n" +" \n" +" # of meer specifiek\n" +" \n" +" _jamulus._udp.example.com. 60 IN SRV 0 5 12345 jamulus.example.com\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** You can host many Jamulus Servers at different ports on one host by giving each its own SRV record.\n" +msgstr "**Opmerking:** Je kunt meerdereJamulus servers hosten op verschillende poorten op één host door elk zijn eigen SRV-record te geven.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:61 +msgid "See the documentation of your DNS provider for instructions on creating an SRV record." +msgstr "Raadpleeg de documentatie van je DNS-provider voor instructies over het maken van een SRV-record." + +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Example use case with SRV records" +msgstr "Voorbeeld gebruik met SRV-records" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:65 +msgid "This example assumes the DNS contains an A or CNAME record that resolves to ```server1.example.com```, where three Jamulus Server instances are running, each listening on one of the three ports listed below." +msgstr "Dit voorbeeld gaat ervan uit dat de DNS een A- of CNAME-record bevat dat wordt omgezet in ```server1.example.com```, waar drie Jamulus Server instanties actief zijn, die elk luisteren op een van de drie onderstaande poorten." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:67 +msgid "Alternatively, `server1.example.com` can be a router, NAT-gateway, or load-balancer that forwards each of the ports to a backend Jamulus server (or servers)." +msgstr "Als alternatief kan `server1.example.com` een router, NAT-gateway of load-balancer zijn die elk van de poorten doorstuurt naar een backend Jamulus server (of servers)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:74 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"| JAMULUS CLIENT | DNS SRV RECORD | JAMULUS SERVER |\n" +"| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------- |\n" +"| rock.example.com | _jamulus._udp.rock.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22124 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22124 |\n" +"| jazz.example.com | _jamulus._udp.jazz.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22125 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22125 |\n" +"| blues.example.com | _jamulus._udp.blues.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22126 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22126 |\n" +msgstr "" +"| JAMULUS CLIENT | DNS SRV RECORD | JAMULUS SERVER |\n" +"| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------- |\n" +"| rock.example.com | _jamulus._udp.rock.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22124 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22124 |\n" +"| jazz.example.com | _jamulus._udp.jazz.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22125 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22125 |\n" +"| blues.example.com | _jamulus._udp.blues.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22126 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22126 |\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:76 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*It's important to remember that DNS is not forwarding connections. It's simply telling Jamulus Client what public host:port to connect to.*\n" +msgstr "*Het is belangrijk om te onthouden dat DNS geen verbindingen doorstuurt. Het vertelt Jamulus-client eenvoudig met welke openbare host:poort verbinding moet worden gemaakt.*\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/copyright.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/copyright.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..10c92a814 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/copyright.po @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-03-26 08:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: nl\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.17-dev\n" + +#. type: Hash Value: footer asio +#: ../wiki/en/misc/copyright.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ASIO ® compatible - ASIO is a trademark and software of Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH" +msgstr "ASIO ® compatibel - ASIO is een handelsmerk en software van Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav docs +#: ../wiki/en/misc/copyright.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "This documentation is CC BY-SA" +msgstr "Deze documentatie is CC BY-SA" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/general.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/general.po index 6b68f0272..651b5739d 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/general.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/general.po @@ -1,125 +1,122 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# Henk De Groot , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-13 11:24+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-03-26 20:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: nl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.17-dev\n" #. type: Hash Value: footer alt facebook -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus Facebook group" msgstr "Jamulus Facebook groep" #. type: Hash Value: footer alt github -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus GitHub repo" msgstr "Jamulus GitHub repo" #. type: Hash Value: footer alt help -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Help and support" msgstr "Help en ondersteuning" #. type: Hash Value: footer copyright software -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Software by Volker Fischer and contributors - want to get involved?" msgstr "Software door Volker Fischer en bijdragers - wil je meehelpen?" -#. type: Hash Value: infobox_each_os -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Jamulus 3.9.1 addresses a MIDI controller-related bug that could result in the loss of old fader levels: If you used `--ctrlmidich`, you can start the app once with `--cleanuplegacyfadersettings` to try to convert the old format to the new one. This option will be removed in a future release. Read the Change Log for more information." -msgstr "Jamulus 3.9.1 lost een MIDI-controller-gerelateerde bug op die zou kunnen resulteren in het verlies van oude faderniveaus: als je `--ctrlmidich` hebt gebruikt, kun je de app één keer starten met `--cleanuplegacyfadersettings` om te proberen het oude formaat te converteren naar de nieuwe. Deze optie wordt in een toekomstige release verwijderd. Lees het wijzigingslogboek voor meer informatie." - #. type: Hash Value: kb by -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "by" msgstr "door" #. type: Hash Value: kb discuss linktitle -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Discuss this content" msgstr "Bespreek deze inhoud" #. type: Hash Value: kb discuss title -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Comments" msgstr "Commentaar" #. type: Hash Value: kb kbintro -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Community knowledge base
Feel free to add your own article!" msgstr "Community knowledge base
Voel je vrij om je eigen artikel toe te voegen!" #. type: Hash Value: kb mainpage -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Knowledge Base overview" msgstr "KB overzicht" #. type: Hash Value: kb navpages -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "More pages" msgstr "Meer pagina's" #. type: Hash Value: kb newpage -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Add a new page via GitHub" msgstr "Voeg een nieuwe pagina toe via GitHub" #. type: Hash Value: kb readmore -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Read more..." msgstr "Lees meer..." #. type: Hash Value: kb titleAdd -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "– Jamulus Knowledge Base" msgstr "– Jamulus Knowledge Base" #. type: Hash Value: nav altJamulusIcon -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus Icon. Links to homepage" msgstr "Jamulus Icoon. Link naar de homepage" #. type: Hash Value: nav btnOpenNavigation -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Open navigation" msgstr "Open navigatie" #. type: Hash Value: tNoJSEnabled -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Your browser has JavaScript disabled. That's totally fine. This site has been designed to provide basic functionality without JS. Enabling JavaScript may give you additional functionality on this site." msgstr "Je browser heeft JavaScript uitgeschakeld. Dat is prima. Deze site is ontworpen om basisfunctionaliteit te bieden zonder JavaScript. Als je JavaScript inschakelt, krijg je mogelijk extra functionaliteit op deze site." #. type: Hash Value: wiki titleAdd -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "– Jamulus Website" msgstr "– Jamulus Website" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Jamulus 3.9.1 addresses a MIDI controller-related bug that could result in the loss of old fader levels: If you used `--ctrlmidich`, you can start the app once with `--cleanuplegacyfadersettings` to try to convert the old format to the new one. This option will be removed in a future release. Read the Change Log for more information." +#~ msgstr "Jamulus 3.9.1 lost een MIDI-controller-gerelateerde bug op die zou kunnen resulteren in het verlies van oude faderniveaus: als je `--ctrlmidich` hebt gebruikt, kun je de app één keer starten met `--cleanuplegacyfadersettings` om te proberen het oude formaat te converteren naar de nieuwe. Deze optie wordt in een toekomstige release verwijderd. Lees het wijzigingslogboek voor meer informatie." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/navigation.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/navigation.po index ebd7a2eb3..43bd86350 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/navigation.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/navigation.po @@ -1,167 +1,170 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# Henk De Groot , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-13 11:24+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-01 20:04+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: nl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting Up" msgstr "Aan de slag" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Windows" msgstr "Windows" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows" msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "macOS" msgstr "macOS" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh" msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Linux" msgstr "Linux" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux" msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Getting-Started" msgstr "/wiki/Getting-Started" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "User Manual" msgstr "Gebruikershandleiding" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual" msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "FAQ" msgstr "Vragenlijst" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/FAQ" msgstr "/wiki/FAQ" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "Problemen oplossen" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting" msgstr "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting" #. type: Hash Value: nav title -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Using Jamulus" msgstr "Jamulus gebruiken" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap -msgid "Server Administration" -msgstr "Serverbeheer" +msgid "Server Manual" +msgstr "Serverbeheerdershandleiding" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Running-a-Server" msgstr "/wiki/Running-a-Server" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Tips & Tricks" msgstr "Tips & trucs" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More" msgstr "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Community Knowledge Base" msgstr "Community Knowledge Base" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems selectOnLayout -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "post" msgstr "post" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/kb/index.html" msgstr "/kb/index.html" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Privacy Statement" msgstr "Privacyverklaring" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Privacy-Statement" msgstr "/wiki/Privacy-Statement" #. type: Hash Value: nav title -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "More" msgstr "Meer" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Server Administration" +#~ msgstr "Serverbeheer" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/pt/Include-Client-Commands.po deleted file mode 100644 index 42fabd870..000000000 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt/Include-Client-Commands.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,52 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-M` or `--mutestream` Prevent others on a server from hearing what I play \n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--mutemyown` Prevent me from hearing what I play in the server mix (headless only) \n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:4 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-c` or `--connect` Connect to given server address on startup, format `address[:port]` \n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-j` or `--nojackconnect` Disable auto JACK connections \n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--clientname` Window title and JACK client name\n" -msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt/Include-Server-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/pt/Include-Server-Commands.po deleted file mode 100644 index 5e47707ab..000000000 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt/Include-Server-Commands.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,111 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:2 -msgid "`-d` or `--discononquit` Disconnect all Clients on quit. Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not used their \"Disconnect\" buttons will re-establish connection when the Server comes back up again. Using this option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:3 -msgid "`-e` or `--directoryserver` Register the Server on a Directory (e.g. to set its genre (see also `-o`)). See [Server Types](Running-a-Server#server-types) for further information." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:4 -msgid "`--directoryfile` Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. Directory Servers only. See [this guide](Directories) for further information." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:5 -msgid "`-f` or `--listfilter` Whitelist Servers registering on the Server list, format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]` Directories only." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:6 -msgid "`-F` or `--fastupdate` Reduces latency if Clients connect with \"Enable Small Network Buffers\" option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:7 -msgid "`-l` or `--log` Enable logging, set path and file name" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:8 -msgid "`-L` or `--licence` Show an agreement window before users can connect" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:9 -msgid "`-m` or `--htmlstatus` Enable HTML status file, set path and file name" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:10 -msgid "`-o` or `--serverinfo` Location details in the format: `[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code or Qt5 Locale]` (see [two-letter ISO country codes](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements) or [Qt5 Locale values](https://doc.qt.io/qt-5/qlocale.html#Country-enum)) Registered Servers only" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:11 -msgid "`-P` or `--delaypan` Start with delay panning enabled See [notes](Running-a-Server#delay-panning)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:12 -msgid "`-R` or `--recording` Set server recording directory; Server will record when a session is active by default. See [Options](Running-a-Server#options)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:13 -msgid "`--norecord` Set server not to record by default (when recording is configured e.g via `-R`)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:14 -msgid "`-s` or `--server` Start in Server mode" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:15 -msgid "`--serverbindip` Specify the IP address to bind to" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:16 -msgid "`-T` or `--multithreading` Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs to support more Clients" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:17 -msgid "`-u` or `--numchannels` Maximum number of channels (Clients)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:18 -msgid "`-w` or `--welcomemessage` Welcome message on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:19 -msgid "`-z` or `--startminimized` Start minimized" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:19 -msgid "`--serverpublicip` The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [Notes on Directories](Directories#points-to-note-about-directories)" -msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt/Include-Shared-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/pt/Include-Shared-Commands.po deleted file mode 100644 index 223f651ce..000000000 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt/Include-Shared-Commands.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,81 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:3 -msgid "[comment]: # (This is an include file for use in multiple documents)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-h` or `--help` Display help text \n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:6 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default)\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:7 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-n` or `--nogui` Disable GUI (for use in headless mode) \n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:8 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-p` or `--port` Sets the local UDP port number. Default is 22124\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:9 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--jsonrpcport` Enables JSON-RPC API server to control the app, set TCP port number (EXPERIMENTAL, APIs might change; only accessible from localhost). Please see [the JSON-RPC API Documentation file](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md).\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:10 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--jsonrpcsecretfile` Required when using `--jsonrpcport`. Sets a path to a text file containing an authentication string for getting access to the JSON-RPC API.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:11 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-Q` or `--qos` Sets the quality of service DS Field byte. Default is 128 (DSCP/CS4). QoS is ignored by Windows. To enable it, [see this page](QOS-Windows)\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:12 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-t` or `--notranslation` Disable UI language translations\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:13 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-6` or `--enableipv6` Enable IPv6 addressing (IPv4 is always enabled)\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:13 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-v` or `--version` Output version information and exit\n" -msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt/Installation-for-Macintosh.po b/_translator-files/po/pt/Installation-for-Macintosh.po deleted file mode 100644 index 14330db68..000000000 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt/Installation-for-Macintosh.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,182 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "en" -msgstr "pt" - -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "wiki" -msgstr "wiki" - -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh" -msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh" - -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Installation for macOS" -msgstr "Instalação no macOS" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:9 -msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" -msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Usand Jamulus\" branch1=\"Começando\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:11 -msgid "# Installation for macOS" -msgstr "# Instalação no macOS" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:13 -msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." -msgstr "Primeiro tenha certeza que você já leu a página [Começando](Getting-Started)." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:15 -msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:17 -msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:19 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "[Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\" -msgid "[Download Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\" -msgstr "[Baixe o Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:21 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "[Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\" -msgid "" -"**macOS Mojave (10.14) or lower:** [Download legacy version]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-legacy }})\\\\\n" -"**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" -msgstr "[Baixe o Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:22 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "**Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the license, *drag and drop* the two icons you see in the window (Jamulus client and server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window.\n" -msgid "**Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the licence, *drag and drop* each icon you see in the window (Jamulus Client and Server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window.\n" -msgstr "**Instale o Jamulus**: Abra o arquivo `.dmg` que você baixou, concorde com os termos de licensa, *clique e arraste* os dois ícones que você está vendo (Jamulus - cliente e servidor) na sua *Pasta de programas*. Feito isso, Você pode fechar essa janela.\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:23 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:25 -msgid "_You can remove the folder in the Downloads directory containing the `.dmg` and eject the \"Jamulus\" drive on your desktop. They are no longer needed._" -msgstr "_Você pode ejetar o drive \"Jamulus\" do seu desktop e deletar a pasta no seu diretório de Downloads que contém o `.dmg`. Você não vai mais precisar deles._" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:27 -#, no-wrap -msgid "***\n" -msgstr "***\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:29 -msgid "## \"Jamulus\" can't be opened because the developer cannot be verified" -msgstr "## \"Jamulus\" não pode ser aberto porque o desenvolvedor não pode ser verificado" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:31 -msgid "If you are using the \"legacy\" version of Jamulus (because you are running an older version of macOS), the first time you run Jamulus, you will see a message saying it cannot be opened." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:33 -msgid "To open Jamulus" -msgstr "Para contornar esse problema:" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:34 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Navigate to the Applications folder via Finder" -msgid "Go to the Applications folder via Finder" -msgstr "Use o finder e vá até a pasta de programas" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:35 -msgid "Double-click on Jamulus and wait for the above-mentioned message" -msgstr "Dê um clique duplo no Jamulus e espere até a mensagem descrita acima aparecer" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:36 -msgid "Close this message by clicking on \"Cancel\"" -msgstr "Feche essa mensagem clicando em \"Cancelar\"" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:37 -msgid "Now control-click (or right-click) on Jamulus, and select \"Open\" from the top of the menu." -msgstr "Segure a tecla Control e clique (ou clique com o botão direito) no Jamulus, então selecione \"Abrir\" no topo do menu." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:39 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "You will then get a slightly different version of the same message, which allows you to click \"Open\" and go ahead with running it. You will not be shown this warning again - just double-click it to run after that. For further information about this warning see [this Apple Support Page](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)." -msgid "You will then get a slightly different version of the same message, which allows you to click \"Open\". From the on, you can run Jamulus in the normal way and the message won't appear. For further information about this warning see [this Apple Support Page](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)." -msgstr "Você verá uma versão ligeiramente diferente da mesma mensagem, agora aparecerá um botão \"Abrir\", que você pode clicar para continar e abrir o Jamulus. Essa mensagem de alerta não vai aparecer de novo - nas próximas vezes basta abrí-lo normalmente com um clique duplo. Para mais informações sobre essa mensagem de alerta leia [essa página de suporte da Apple](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:41 -msgid "## All installed?" -msgstr "## Tudo instalado?" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:43 -msgid "Take a look at the" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:44 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" -msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" -msgstr "[Configurando o Jamulus](Getting-Started){: .button}" - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "[Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\" -#~ msgid "[Download Jamulus (Apple Silicon)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-arm }}){: .button}" -#~ msgstr "[Baixe o Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\" - -#~ msgid "**Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application. If you see a message which tells you that Jamulus can't be opened because the developer can't be verified, read on and have a look at the following section.\n" -#~ msgstr "**Inicie o Jamulus**. Agora você pode usar o Jamulus como qualquer outra aplicação. Se você vir uma mensagem dizendo que Jamulus não pode ser aberto porque o desenvolvedor não pode ser verificado, continue lendo e dê uma olhada na próxima seção.\n" - -#~ msgid "
\"Image
" -#~ msgstr "
\"Alerta
" - -#~ msgid "The first time you try to double-click Jamulus to run it, you will probably see a message saying it cannot be opened. We don't code-sign Jamulus yet (it's quite expensive)." -#~ msgstr "Quando se tenta abrir Jamulus pela primeira vez, provavelmente aparecerá uma mensagem dizendo que ele não pode ser aberto. Nós não fazemos assinatura de código ainda (é muito caro)." - -#~ msgid "Jamulus has been installed and can be used now. You can now take a look at the" -#~ msgstr "Jamulus foi instalado e pode ser usado agora. Talvez você queira dar uma olhada na página" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt/Privacy-Statement.po b/_translator-files/po/pt/Privacy-Statement.po deleted file mode 100644 index 3ec635eac..000000000 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt/Privacy-Statement.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,144 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "en" -msgstr "pt" - -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "wiki" -msgstr "wiki" - -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "/wiki/Privacy-Statement" -msgstr "" - -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Jamulus – Privacy Statement" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:9 -msgid "# Privacy Statement" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:12 -msgid "Please note that the English version of this privacy statement is the original and, as such, the binding version. To access the English version, go to the top/top right of this page and click on the \"en\" link. The following only applies to the version you can download from this website, [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:14 -msgid "## Definition of Terms" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:16 -msgid "\"**Server**\" The Jamulus Server software, as opposed to the host machine/OS it is running on." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:17 -msgid "\"**Client**\" The Jamulus software used to connect to a Server" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18 -msgid "\"**Directory**\" A Jamulus Server configured to supply a list of Servers to Clients" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:20 -msgid "## Web site" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:22 -msgid "The website at [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) is served using GitHub Pages. We do not collect your personal data or set tracking cookies. When you connect to the jamulus.io site, your IP is sent to [GitHub Pages](https://pages.github.com/)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:24 -msgid "## Jamulus Software" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:26 -msgid "### Use of Profile Information" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:28 -msgid "When you connect to a Server, whatever you put in My Profile (in Settings) will be shown to others on that Server while you are connected to it. Note that, depending on the other client, you may not see them. Also, the Server operator can see the name you set in My Profile and your IP address, using the Server either through the GUI or JSON-RPC." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:30 -msgid "When you connect to a Server, your profile may also be available to third parties from the Directory to which that Server is registered. This can be for informational purposes about the status of the public Jamulus network (for example, [here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)), but may not be limited to that. Profile information is not otherwise logged or stored by the Jamulus Server you are connected to, or by the Jamulus Directory, but may be stored or processed by third parties." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:32 -msgid "### Use of IP Addresses" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:34 -msgid "When you connect to Server, the Server operator can see your IP address while you are connected. If the Server operator has enabled logging (which is off by default) your IP address will also be logged and stored in the Server's log file." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:36 -msgid "The IP addresses of all Servers registered with the Directory can also be seen by third parties for informational or other purposes (for example [here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)). Your public IP address is otherwise not logged or stored by Jamulus, but may be stored or processed by third parties." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:38 -msgid "### Audio Recordings" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:40 -msgid "You will see a notice if you are connected to a Jamulus Server when Server recording is turned on. Recordings of each player are stored by the Server separately as .WAV files and only the Server operator has access to them unless they choose to make them available to third parties." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:42 -msgid "### Text Chat" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:44 -msgid "When you type a message in the Chat Window, other connected players can see that, but chats are not stored by the Server and neither the Server operator nor any third parties have access to them." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:46 -msgid "### Data Transmission" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:47 -msgid "Please note that all audio and text data is sent and received between the Jamulus Server and Client without encryption." -msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/pt/Running-a-Server.po deleted file mode 100644 index 7796f0658..000000000 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt/Running-a-Server.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,787 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# 이정희 , 2022. -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-19 06:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: pt\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" - -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "en" -msgstr "pt" - -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "wiki" -msgstr "wiki" - -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "/wiki/Running-a-Server" -msgstr "" - -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Running a Server" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:10 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# Server Administration Manual\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:12 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:14 -msgid "Table of contents" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:16 -msgid "TOC" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:17 -msgid "{:toc}" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:19 -msgid "
" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:22 -msgid "## Do I need to run a Server?" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:24 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**No**. You can use the Servers listed by the built in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server or choose a third party hosting service. If you just want an undisturbed session, use the [soloing technique described on the Tips and Tricks page](Tips-Tricks-More#have-an-undisturbed-session-on-any-server). If you decide you cannot use any of the Servers listed by the built in Directories, you may be able to use a Server (either Registered in a Custom Directory, or Unregistered - see [Server Types](#server-types)) hosted by a third party. Doing so will save you the trouble of setting one up yourself.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:26 -msgid "## Basic requirements" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:28 -msgid "While setting up a Server isn't difficult, it's a good idea to read the following background information to avoid some problems:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:30 -msgid "### Speed and latency" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:32 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**_The capability of the Server itself (and the network it's on) is NOT the main determinant of the quality of a Jamulus session!_**\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:34 -msgid "Usually, problems are on the _Client_ side and should be fixed there. Have a look at the [Troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) if needed." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:36 -msgid "However, various problems can also arise when setting up Servers - especially when run on a low-bandwidth home connection. It's usually fine to have less than 5 players on a slower-speed home connection (eg 10 Mbit/s down and 1 Mbit/s up). You can read more about network requirements at [different quality settings here](Server-Bandwidth)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:38 -msgid "Consider using a cloud host, not your home internet connection, to get better ping times if you're having problems." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:41 -msgid "### General notes" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:43 -msgid "Any Server should have at least 1.6GHz CPU frequency and 1GB RAM" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:44 -msgid "Running a Server may require you to adjust any firewalls running on or outside of your machine or cloud host." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:45 -msgid "Running an Unregistered Server at home will require you to [port forward](#port-forwarding) on your router. When running a Registered Server, port forwarding should not be necessary in most cases, but it's advisable to do so because some networks may not work properly with Jamulus in its default mode." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 -msgid "Jamulus only has limited IPv6 support which needs to be enabled with a command line argument on the Client and Server. (There are plans to expand IPv6 support.)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:48 -msgid "## Server Types" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:50 -msgid "You can run your Server in different ways (either at home or on a 3rd party host):" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:52 -msgid "### 1. Registered" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:54 -msgid "Your Server will be listed in a Directory. By default, Jamulus has a list of built-in Directories that Clients can connect to. If you register with one of these, anyone can then discover and connect to your Server. You can also have your Server listed on a Custom Directory, if that better meets your needs." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:59 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"
\n" -"\t\"Diagram\n" -"
How Registered Servers work
\n" -"
\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:61 -msgid "### 2. Unregistered" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:63 -msgid "This is the default when starting a Server for the first time. Unregistered Servers are not listed by Directories, so only musicians who know your Server's address to will be able to connect to it. This is useful because Jamulus does not let you control who can connect to a Server." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:68 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"
\n" -"\t\"Diagram\n" -"\t
How Unregistered Servers work
\n" -"
\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:70 -msgid "If you are running an unregistered server behind a home internet connection, you might need to enable [port forwarding](#port-forwarding) as described below." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:72 -msgid "### 3. Directory" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:74 -msgid "If you want to run a number of Servers, possibly also behind a firewall or on a LAN, you may want to run your Server as a Directory. Examples include online events, music associations, sectional rehearsals or music lessons for schools." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:76 -msgid "To run a Directory [read this guide](Directories)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:79 -msgid "## Installation and Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:81 -msgid "Most people run Jamulus as a \"pure\" Server on **hardware without audio** (e.g. on a 3rd party/cloud host) running Linux. The following steps assume you are familiar with the command line and Debian/Ubuntu or similar distribution using systemd. To run a server on Windows or on the desktop with a graphical user interface, [see this section](#servers-on-the-desktop)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:83 -msgid "If you want to run a Server on a Raspberry Pi (or a different armhf/arm64 debian-based device), you will need to download the `.deb` files for 32 bit `armhf` or 64 bit `arm64`, not the default `amd64` ones you'd use on an Intel/AMD based machine." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:86 -msgid "### Installation" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:88 -msgid "Download the [latest headless (amd64) .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}) or, if you use a Raspberry Pi etc. download the [latest armhf .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}) or the [latest arm64 .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }})" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:89 -msgid "Update apt to make sure you have a current list of standard packages: `sudo apt update`" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:90 -msgid "Install the Jamulus package: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}` or for RasPi etc. armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}`; arm64: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }}`" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:91 -msgid "Enable the headless Server process via systemd: `sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:92 -msgid "Add your desired [command line options](Running-a-Server#command-line-options) to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file by running `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` (By default you will be running an Unregistered Server)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:93 -msgid "Reload the systemd files `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` and restart the headless Server: `sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless`" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:94 -msgid "Check all is well with `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (hit `q` to get back to the command prompt)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:96 -msgid "You can control Jamulus with the `systemctl` command. For example, to stop the Server cleanly:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:98 -msgid "`sudo systemctl stop jamulus-headless`" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:100 -msgid "_To upgrade your Server, just repeat the steps above._" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:102 -msgid "### Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:104 -msgid "#### Running in Registered mode" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:106 -msgid "The following minimum setup is required to [run a Registered Server](Running-a-Server#server-types):" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:112 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"~~~\n" -"jamulus --nogui --server \\\n" -" --directoryserver genreServer:port \\\n" -" --serverinfo \"yourServerName;yourCity;[country ID]\"\n" -"~~~\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:114 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Note**: Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `yourServerName` and `yourCity` within the `--serverinfo` argument\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:116 -msgid "To register with one of the Directories built into the Jamulus Client, replace `genreServer:port` in the example above with one of the following options:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:127 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"| Genre | Server Address |\n" -"|-----------|------------------|\n" -"|**Any Genre 1** |`anygenre1.jamulus.io:22124`|\n" -"|**Any Genre 2** |`anygenre2.jamulus.io:22224`|\n" -"|**Any Genre 3** |`anygenre3.jamulus.io:22624`|\n" -"|**Genre Rock** |`rock.jamulus.io:22424`|\n" -"|**Genre Jazz** |`jazz.jamulus.io:22324`|\n" -"|**Genre Classical/Folk** |`classical.jamulus.io:22524`|\n" -"|**Genre Choral/Barbershop** |`choral.jamulus.io:22724`|\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:129 -msgid "You can also specify a [Directory](#3-directory) in the same way from the command line, providing the Server Address in the same format." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:131 -msgid "#### Running as a Directory" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:133 -msgid "If you wish to run a [Directory](Running-a-Server#3-directory) please see [this guide](Directories)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:135 -msgid "### Maintenance" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:137 -msgid "#### Viewing The Logs" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:139 -msgid "Jamulus will log to the system log file if you left the `StandardOutput=journal` setting in the unit file." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:141 -msgid "To view the log, use `journalctl` (to exit press Ctrl-C). For example, to read the system log file, filtered for the Jamulus service:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:143 -msgid "`journalctl -f -u jamulus-headless`" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:145 -msgid "#### Controlling Recording" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:147 -msgid "When using the recording function with the `-R` command line option, if the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new Directory. SIGUSR2 will recording enabled on/off." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:149 -msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:151 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home Directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file (be aware that doing so is however a potential security risk).\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:153 -msgid "For turning recording on or off (depending on the current state):" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:158 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"~~~\n" -" [Unit]\n" -" Description=Toggle recording state of Jamulus Server\n" -" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:163 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" [Service]\n" -" Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" -"~~~\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:165 -msgid "For starting a new recording:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:170 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"~~~\n" -" [Unit]\n" -" Description=Start a new recording on Jamulus Server\n" -" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:175 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" [Service]\n" -" Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" -"~~~\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:177 -msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name you created when setting systemd to control your Jamulus Server. So in this example it would be `Jamulus-Server.service`_" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:179 -msgid "Run `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` to register them for first use." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:181 -msgid "Now you can run these with the `systemctl` command, for example:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:183 -msgid "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec` (assuming you named your unit file `jamulusTogglerec.service`)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:185 -msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus`, or by viewing the logs." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:188 -msgid "## Servers on the desktop" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:190 -msgid "Jamulus can be run in Server mode from the desktop. This gives you a graphical user interface to control most of the settings." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:192 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Windows users** - Use the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in the Windows Start menu.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:193 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications (assuming you put the files from the install there as per [these instructions](Installation-for-Macintosh)).\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:194 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Linux users** - Launch the \"Jamulus Server\" shortcut. Or you can open a terminal window (`CTRL+ALT+t` on Debian and related distros), type `jamulus -s` and hit return.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:197 -msgid "## Server Setup" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:199 -msgid "
\"Image
" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:201 -msgid "### The Directory list" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:203 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**None**: By default, you will not be connected to a Directory and will be running in unregistered mode. [Read these instructions](#running-an-unregistered-server) to have other people connect to your Server in this mode.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:205 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Genre**: To allow other people to see your Server on one of the Directories built into the Client, select your desired genre Directory. You should see a confirmation message saying whether your Server has registered successfully. If not, and you leave your Server running, it will keep trying to register until a free slot becomes available.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:207 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Custom**: This allows you to specify a custom directory on which to be listed. See the \"Options\" tab for the Custom Directory address you want to use.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:209 -msgid "To run your Server _as_ a Directory, you need to set the Custom Directory address as `localhost` or `127.0.0.1` and set the \"Genre\" to \"Custom\". [Read this guide](Directories) for further details." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:211 -msgid "### My Server Info" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:213 -msgid "When running as a Registered Server this displays the Server's name, city and country so that other users can easily identify it in the Directory listing." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:215 -msgid "### Chat Welcome Message" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:217 -msgid "The text entered here appears to all users when they join the Server (the chat window will open automatically for them). HTML is also supported." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:219 -msgid "## Options" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:221 -msgid "
\"Image
" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:223 -msgid "### Recording Directory" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:225 -msgid "This sets the path to where the Server's recordings will be stored. With this path set, the \"Enable Jam Recorder\" function in the Server Setup tab will make recording start once the first person connects to the Server, and stops when the last person leaves. Use the \"New Recording\" button to create a new sub-directory in which the recordings will be stored from then on. Note that Recordings are per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` format and [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open the respective files to listen to them in those applications." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:227 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Note**: When your Server is recording, Clients will display a message that recording is on.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:229 -msgid "### Custom Directory Address" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:231 -msgid "Leave this field empty unless you need to list your Server on a [Custom Directory](#3-directory) or run a Directory." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:233 -msgid "### Server List Filename" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:235 -msgid "Leave this field empty unless you need to run your Server as a [Directory](#3-directory). When in use, this holds the list of registered Servers whilst restarting the Directory. This prevents the server list appearing \"empty\" until the Servers re-register." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:237 -msgid "### Delay panning" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:239 -msgid "This option uses small differences in sound arrival time between the two ears. It produces a stereo effect similar to natural human hearing when compared to normal \"volume\" panning." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241 -msgid "### Start Minimised" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:243 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Windows users** - If you want the Server to start automatically on system start, enable the corresponding check box.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:245 -msgid "### Server status icon" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:247 -msgid "When the Server is running, the operating system will show an icon in the system tray or status area to represent whether the Server is active:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:249 -msgid "
\"Image
The Server is empty" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:251 -msgid "
\"Image
The Server is occupied" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:253 -msgid "## Command line options" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:255 -msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:257 -msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:261 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"```shell\n" -" \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100\n" -"```\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:263 -msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:267 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"```shell\n" -" /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100\n" -"```\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Note**: Command line options will set the Server's defaults at startup. You can override them with their corresponding GUI controls while the Server is running.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:271 -msgid "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:273 -msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:276 -msgid "## Running an Unregistered Server" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:278 -msgid "It is highly recommended to test your Server by registering it on one of the built-in Directories **first** so as to narrow down any subsequent problems in unregistered mode." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:280 -msgid "### Setting up a Server behind a home router" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:282 -msgid "If you set up your server at home, you will probably need to change some settings in your router/firewall:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:284 -msgid "#### Port forwarding" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:286 -msgid "People from outside your home network will not be able to see things inside it. To let external Jamulus clients connect to your server, you need to set up port forwarding in your Router's settings. The exact setup differs for every router. For help see your Router's documentation or [portforward.com](https://portforward.com)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:288 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Note:** The default port for the current version of Jamulus is **UDP** (not TCP) port **22124**. You will usually forward the port **22124** from outside your network to the port **22124** of the machine running the Server.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:290 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Note:** Your home router may change the IP address of the machine you're running your Server on. Depending on your router, you might need to give this machine a static IP address (often under DHCP settings of your router).\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:292 -msgid "#### Getting the external IP" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:295 -msgid "To allow others to connect to your Server from the internet, get your external (WAN) IP address e.g. by [using Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=what+is+my+ip) and give it to them. You yourself should connect using the local network (LAN) address of the machine the Server is running on. If you are running a Client on the same machine as your Server, that would be `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:298 -msgid "#### Dynamic DNS and why you will probably need it" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:300 -msgid "Most domestic internet connections change their external IP address after a short period. To avoid problems with this, you might want to set up \"dynamic DNS\" to get a static (sub-)domain you can share with others. Please research how to do that for your specic set up. Your router might support some \"dynamic DNS\" providers out of the box. If this is not the case, set up a dynamic DNS client as described by the dynamic DNS provider you chose." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:302 -msgid "## Backing up the Server" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:304 -msgid "_Note that headless Servers do not use `.ini` files. All configuration is given as command line options._" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:306 -msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:308 -msgid "## Troubleshooting" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:309 -msgid "If you are having other problems, [see this guide](Server-Troubleshooting)." -msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/1-index.po index 109573d8d..8b45cf036 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/1-index.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/1-index.po @@ -17,7 +17,23 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?) #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:1 -#, no-wrap +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "---\n" +#| "title: \"Jamulus ‒ Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +#| "lang: \"en\"\n" +#| "permalink: /\n" +#| "layout: mainhomepage\n" +#| "ldjAppCategory: \"Music\"\n" +#| "ldjSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +#| "ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer and contributors\"\n" +#| "metadescription: \"Jamulus is open source software that lets musicians perform music, rehearse or just jam together, all in real time over the Internet.\"\n" +#| "mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" +#| "mTSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +#| "mTGetStartedNow: \"Get started now!\"\n" +#| "mTDownloadNow: 'Download now for'\n" +#| "mTOtherPlatforms: 'other platforms'\n" +#| "---\n" msgid "" "---\n" "title: \"Jamulus ‒ Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" @@ -27,11 +43,12 @@ msgid "" "ldjAppCategory: \"Music\"\n" "ldjSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" "ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer and contributors\"\n" -"metadescription: \"Jamulus is open source software that lets musicians perform music, rehearse or just jam together, all in real time over the Internet.\"\n" +"metadescription: \"Jamulus is free and open source software that lets musicians perform music, rehearse or jam together, in real time over the Internet.\"\n" "mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" "mTSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" "mTGetStartedNow: \"Get started now!\"\n" "mTDownloadNow: 'Download now for'\n" +"mTPlatformsAnd: 'and'\n" "mTOtherPlatforms: 'other platforms'\n" "---\n" msgstr "" @@ -52,25 +69,26 @@ msgstr "" "---\n" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:19 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:20 #, no-wrap msgid "What is Jamulus?" msgstr "O que é Jamulus?" #. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:20 -#, no-wrap -msgid " Jamulus is for playing, rehearsing, or just jamming with your friends, your band or just anyone you find online. With high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection, it's easy to play together remotely and in time. " +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:21 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid " Jamulus is for playing, rehearsing, or just jamming with your friends, your band or just anyone you find online. With high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection, it's easy to play together remotely and in time. " +msgid " Jamulus lets you play, rehearse, or jam with your friends, your band, or anyone you find online. Play together remotely in time with high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection. " msgstr " Jamulus é um programa para tocar, ensaiar ou simplesmente fazer um som com seus amigos, sua banda ou com qualquer um que estiver online. Com som de alta qualidade e baixa latência através de uma conexão de banda larga, nunca foi tão fácil tocar a distância e no ritmo. " #. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:20 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:21 #, no-wrap msgid "Download it here" msgstr "Baixe aqui" #. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:20 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:21 #, no-wrap msgid "" "!\n" @@ -80,17 +98,21 @@ msgstr "" " " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:33 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:34 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus worldwide" msgstr "Jamulus no mundo" #. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:34 -#, no-wrap +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:35 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| " All over the world Jamulus allows huge choirs to rehearse, loud rock bands to play, and brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons,\n" +#| " in schools and universities, in private and in public. Even just for the spoken word – all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person.\n" +#| " " msgid "" -" All over the world Jamulus allows huge choirs to rehearse, loud rock bands to play, and brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons,\n" -" in schools and universities, in private and in public. Even just for the spoken word – all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person.\n" +" All over the world Jamulus allows choirs to rehearse and rock bands to play. Jamulus brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons,\n" +" in schools and universities, in private and in public — all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person.\n" " " msgstr "" " No mundo inteiro Jamulus permite que grandes corais ensaiem, que bandas de rock façam um som e une músicos clássicos e populares. Tem sido usado para aulas de música a distância, \n" @@ -98,37 +120,39 @@ msgstr "" " " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:36 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:37 #, no-wrap msgid "Help needed?" msgstr "Precisa de ajuda?" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:38 -#, no-wrap -msgid " Have a look at the " +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid " Have a look at the " +msgid " Check out the " msgstr " Dê uma olhada na " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:38 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 #, no-wrap msgid "documentation" msgstr "documentação" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:38 -#, no-wrap -msgid ". Especially consider the " +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid ". Especially consider the " +msgid " and consider the " msgstr ". Considerar especialmente a " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:40 #, no-wrap msgid "troubleshooting section" msgstr "problemas e soluções" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:40 #, no-wrap msgid "" "!\n" @@ -138,13 +162,13 @@ msgstr "" " Você também pode postar a sua pergunta nos " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:40 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:41 #, no-wrap msgid "forums" msgstr "fórums" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:40 ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:52 +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:41 ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:53 #, no-wrap msgid "" ".\n" @@ -154,55 +178,68 @@ msgstr "" " " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:44 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:45 #, no-wrap msgid "Want to get involved?" msgstr "Quer contribuir?" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:46 -#, no-wrap -msgid " Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help translating into your language? Since Jamulus is " +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid " Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help translating into your language? Since Jamulus is " +msgid " Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help " msgstr " Teve uma idéia? Encontrou um bug? Quer contribuir programando ou ajudar na tradução para o seu idioma? Uma vez que Jamulus é " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:46 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "translating" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid " Jamulus into your language? Since Jamulus is " +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap msgid "free and open source software" msgstr "um software livre e de código aberto" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:46 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap msgid " (FOSS) licensed under the " msgstr " (FOSS) licenciado sob a " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:46 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap msgid "GPL" msgstr "GPL" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:46 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap msgid ", you can help us!" msgstr ", você pode nos ajudar!" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 +#. type: Content of:


+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:48 #, no-wrap msgid " Take a look at our " msgstr " Dê uma olhada nas nossas " -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 +#. type: Content of:


+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:48 #, no-wrap msgid "contribution guidelines" msgstr "diretrizes de contribuição" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 +#. type: Content of:


+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:48 #, no-wrap msgid "" " to find out how. Everybody is welcome!\n" @@ -211,20 +248,24 @@ msgstr "" " para saber como. Todos são bem-vindos!\n" " " -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:51 +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:52 #, no-wrap -msgid " For detailed information about how Jamulus hacks the space-time continuum to produce a near-perfect 5th dimension of collaborative sound, see " -msgstr " Para informações detalhadas sobre como Jamulus hackeia o continuum do espaço-tempo para produzir uma 5ª dimensão quase perfeita do som colaborativo, veja " +msgid " For detailed information on how Jamulus works, see " +msgstr "" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:52 +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:53 #, no-wrap msgid "this paper by Volker Fischer (PDF)" msgstr "esse paper escrito por Volker Fischer (PDF)" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:57 +#. type: Content of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:58 #, no-wrap msgid "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" msgstr "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid " For detailed information about how Jamulus hacks the space-time continuum to produce a near-perfect 5th dimension of collaborative sound, see " +#~ msgstr " Para informações detalhadas sobre como Jamulus hackeia o continuum do espaço-tempo para produzir uma 5ª dimensão quase perfeita do som colaborativo, veja " diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Client-Troubleshooting.po index 6114532d7..7b83104f1 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Client-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Client-Troubleshooting.po @@ -2,79 +2,89 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Melcon Moraes , 2022. +# gbonaspetti , 2023. +# Felipe Nogueira , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-17 23:59+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Melcon Moraes \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-03-05 03:36+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Felipe Nogueira \n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" "Language: pt_BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.16.2-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "pt_BR" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting" msgstr "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Client Troubleshooting" msgstr "" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Solução de problemas" + #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:10 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# Troubleshooting\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" -msgstr "" +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:12 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:14 -msgid "Table of contents" -msgstr "Índice" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:16 -msgid "TOC" -msgstr "TOC" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "Índice\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:17 -msgid "{:toc}" -msgstr "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" +msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:19 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:21 -msgid "### Don’t hear any sound/Others don’t hear you?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Don’t hear any sound/Others don’t hear you?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -88,9 +98,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Windows users (ASIO4ALL)**: If you’re using the ASIO4ALL driver have a look at the [ASIO4ALL setup section](Installation-for-Windows#setting-up-asio4all)\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:27 -msgid "### Not seeing the headphone or microphone you just connected to your PC?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Not seeing the headphone or microphone you just connected to your PC?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -98,9 +109,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Just restart Jamulus with your device plugged in. Jamulus currently doesn't show devices which were plugged in after the sound system was loaded." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:31 -msgid "### Your sound is stuttering" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:30 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Your sound is stuttering" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -108,9 +120,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Your audio device may not work with the buffer size you selected. Select a bigger buffer size in Jamulus's settings. If possible though, use another device, since large buffer sizes mean higher latency." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:35 -msgid "### You all sound OK, but it's difficult to keep together" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "You all sound OK, but it's difficult to keep together" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -124,22 +137,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can test whether you are hearing your signal correctly by doing the following:" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:41 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44 msgid "Run Jamulus and connect to a Server with a long ping time (greater than 200ms)" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:42 +#. type: Bullet: '2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44 msgid "Clap your hands once (or play one short note on an instrument). You should hear the sound from the Jamulus Server come back, but significantly delayed." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:43 +#. type: Bullet: '3. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44 msgid "Click the \"Mute\" button under your Jamulus name/slider in the main Jamulus mixer window (**NOT** the \"Mute Myself\" button on the left)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '4. ' #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44 msgid "Clap your hands again." msgstr "" @@ -159,9 +172,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [software manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:52 -msgid "### Can't work out your mic settings?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Can't work out your mic settings?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -169,9 +183,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When using a microphone while playing your other instrument, you can use a stereo audio input signal in your settings where one channel is connected to the instrument and the other channel is connected to a microphone signal. On the microphone channel an optional reverberation effect can be applied." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:56 -msgid "### Buffer LEDs suddenly going red, outages, [jittering](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jitter), weird sounds?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:55 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Buffer LEDs suddenly going red, outages, [jittering](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jitter), weird sounds?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -179,9 +194,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Your computer may be under too much load. Try not to have anything competing with Jamulus (like Zoom Meetings or Facebook live streams) on your machine. Or at least quit them while you're playing. Prevent things like virus scanners doing scans, or software updates happening, etc. Be aware that the reverb setting in Jamulus also uses more CPU the more reverb you have." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:60 -msgid "### Ping times and latency start well, then get worse, causing issues" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Ping times and latency start well, then get worse, causing issues" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -189,9 +205,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This can indicate something else is competing with Jamulus on your network, so make sure nobody is watching HD Netflix movies or taking part in Zoom video conferences while you are playing. A more permanent solution for technically-minded users may be found by investigating [the issue of buffer bloat](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/) on their router and whether you can implement Smart Queue Management (SQM). [More details here](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/What_can_I_do_about_Bufferbloat/)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:64 -msgid "### Getting frustrated with software channels, audio routing, sample rates and more?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:63 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Getting frustrated with software channels, audio routing, sample rates and more?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -199,9 +216,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "It's usually far easier and more reliable to have a [mixing desk](https://www.thomann.de/pics/bdb/191244/7355025_800.jpg) to connect your kit (instruments, mic, recorder etc.) and then send a simple stereo signal to your sound interface (be sure to listen to the resulting sound from the Jamulus Server via your computer though!). The huge variety of possible hardware, software and instrument combinations means that setting up your sound card to work with your particular configuration can otherwise get complicated very fast." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:68 -msgid "### Somebody joining your jam and being too loud?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:67 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Somebody joining your jam and being too loud?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -209,9 +227,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can set your \"New Client Level\" to a low value (e.g. 10), or set the musicians you are playing with to \"Solo\" state (in the mixer panel on the right side). That way, either new entrants will be very quiet, or you won't hear them at all." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:72 -msgid "### Can't see the Server you want to join?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:71 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Can't see the Server you want to join?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -219,9 +238,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "First check that you have the right genre Server selected in your Connect window. Sometimes network issues mean your Client won't list all the available Servers. If you know the name of the Server you want to join, you can [look up its IP address here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/). Enter that address in the \"Server Address\" field in the Connect Setup window to connect to it." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:76 -msgid "### Not seeing a list of Servers at all?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:75 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Not seeing a list of Servers at all?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -234,48 +254,82 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In some cases, it may be your ISP that is blocking your use of Jamulus. See the note on the [server troubleshooting page](Server-Troubleshooting#nobody-can-connect-to-my-server---but-i-can-connect-locally) about \"Nobody can connect to my Server\"" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:82 -msgid "### Trouble using Garageband (or other DAW) with Jamulus?" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:81 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Getting an error message saying \"Jamulus\" can't be opened because the developer cannot be verified" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:84 -msgid "See [this forum discussion](https://sourceforge.net/p/llcon/discussion/533517/thread/d3dd58eedc/#b994)" +msgid "If you are using a \"legacy\" version of Jamulus (because you are running an older version of macOS) or an intermediate build, the first time you run Jamulus, you will see a message saying it cannot be opened." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:86 -msgid "### Using a Mac and your input is not heard?" +msgid "To open Jamulus" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:88 -msgid "(With thanks to [Mark Anthony De Souza](https://www.facebook.com/groups/619274602254947/permalink/765122847670121/?comment_id=765525034296569))" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 +msgid "Go to the Applications folder via Finder" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 +msgid "Double-click on Jamulus and wait for the above-mentioned message" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 +msgid "Close this message by clicking on \"Cancel\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 +msgid "Now control-click (or right-click) on Jamulus, and select \"Open\" from the top of the menu." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:90 -msgid "Maybe you did not answer \"Yes\" to the `\"Jamulus wants to access your microphone\"` challenge. To fix this:" +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:93 +msgid "You will then get a slightly different version of the same message, which allows you to click \"Open\". From then on, you can run Jamulus in the normal way and the message won't appear. For further information about this warning see [this Apple Support Page](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:94 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Trouble using Garageband (or other DAW) with Jamulus?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 -msgid "Go to `Preferences` > `Security & Privacy` > `Privacy` tab" +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:97 +msgid "See [this forum discussion](https://sourceforge.net/p/llcon/discussion/533517/thread/d3dd58eedc/#b994)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:98 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using a Mac and your input is not heard?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:92 -msgid "Find `Microphone` on the left and then make sure `Jamulus` is enabled on the right-hand list" +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:101 +msgid "(With thanks to [Mark Anthony De Souza](https://www.facebook.com/groups/619274602254947/permalink/765122847670121/?comment_id=765525034296569))" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:94 +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:105 #, no-wrap -msgid "***\n" +msgid "" +"Maybe you did not answer \"Yes\" to the `\"Jamulus wants to access your microphone\"` challenge. To fix this:\n" +"* Go to `Preferences` > `Security & Privacy` > `Privacy` tab\n" +"* Find `Microphone` on the left and then make sure `Jamulus` is enabled on the right-hand list\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:95 +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:108 msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "TOC" +#~ msgstr "TOC" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Command-Line-Options.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Command-Line-Options.po index c8f84e576..8eb1d1688 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Command-Line-Options.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Command-Line-Options.po @@ -16,38 +16,40 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" "X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "pt_BR" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Command-Line-Options" msgstr "" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus – Command Line Options" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:9 -msgid "# Command Line Options" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Command Line Options" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:11 -msgid "## Shared commands" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Shared commands" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -55,9 +57,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:15 -msgid "## Client only commands" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:14 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Client only commands" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -65,12 +68,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:19 -msgid "## Server only commands" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server only commands" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:21 -msgid "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:20 +msgid "See [Running a Server](Running-a-Server#server-mode-related-options)" msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Contribution.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Contribution.po index 2ff2012dc..cd456083f 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Contribution.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Contribution.po @@ -16,43 +16,46 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" "X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "pt_BR" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Contribution" msgstr "" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Contribution" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:9 -msgid "# Contributing to the Jamulus Project" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Contributing to the Jamulus Project" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:11 -msgid "If you find a mistake, typo or something out of date (in any language) on this website or in Jamulus itself, you can raise it as a bug." +#, no-wrap +msgid "If you find a mistake, typo or something out of date (in any language) on this website or in Jamulus itself, you can raise it as a bug.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:13 -msgid "If you think some documentation or information is missing or can be improved, post about it on this forum so it can be discussed first." +#, no-wrap +msgid "If you think some documentation or information is missing or can be improved, post about it on this forum so it can be discussed first.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -60,9 +63,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "We use [Weblate](https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/#languages) to translate our documentation. Read about our [documentation and translation process](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamuluswebsite/blob/release/README.md), and [introduce yourself](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) if you’d like to get involved." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:18 -msgid "## Want to contribute code?" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Want to contribute code?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Custom-Directories.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Custom-Directories.po deleted file mode 100644 index 257286c2e..000000000 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Custom-Directories.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,97 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-08-15 13:18+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Melcon Moraes \n" -"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14-dev\n" - -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "en" -msgstr "br" - -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "wiki" -msgstr "wiki" - -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "/wiki/Custom-Directories" -msgstr "" - -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Custom Directories" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:9 -msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:12 -msgid "# Running a Custom Directory" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:14 -msgid "This is a specialised Jamulus Server configuration, as described in [Server Types](Running-a-Server#server-types)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:16 -msgid "To view Servers listed by a Custom Directory, users must enter the address of that Directory in their Client's Settings > Advanced Setup > Custom Directories field. Multiple addresses can be added in this way if needed. Custom Directories will then appear in the Directory drop-down list on their Connect window. Custom Directories otherwise work for Clients in the same way as Public Directories, displaying a list of Servers registered with them." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:18 -msgid "To run a Server as a Directory, it should be started with the `--directoryserver` option to make itself (that is, `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`) the Directory to query for Servers." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:20 -msgid "When running a Server with the GUI, set the Custom Directory server address in the Options tab to \"localhost\", then select \"Custom\" from the Directory drop-down list." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:23 -msgid "### Points to note about Directories" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:25 -msgid "If you want to control which Servers can register with your Directory, you can enable a whitelist with the `--listfilter` command line option in the format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]`." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:27 -msgid "When running a Directory behind a NAT firewall on a private network, use the `--serverpublicip` option to specify the public IP address of the Server(s) being listed by your Directory if those Servers are on the same LAN / with the same public IP as the Directory. This is necessary to allow Clients on the public Internet to connect to them via NAT. Note that for the Servers using this option, you will still need proper port forwarding in your router/firewall." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:29 -msgid "If you are running your Server as a Directory and need to restart it for any reason (for example when rebooting the host), Servers connected to it will be disconnected until they re-register. This does not mean that Clients connected to those Servers will be disconnected, but does mean that new Clients will be not able to see Servers listed by your Directory until those Servers reconnect. To enable the list of registered Servers to persist between restarts, use the `--directoryfile` option to specify the location and name of a file that the Directory can read and write to." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:30 -msgid "Up to 150 Servers can then register with a Directory." -msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Directories.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Directories.po index 8cd88394f..aaa140376 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Directories.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Directories.po @@ -16,25 +16,25 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" "X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "pt_BR" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Directories" msgstr "" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Directories" @@ -45,24 +45,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:12 -msgid "# Running a Directory" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:11 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Running a Directory" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:14 -msgid "This is a specialised Jamulus Server configuration, as described in [Server Types](Running-a-Server#server-types)." +msgid "This is a specialised Jamulus Server configuration, as described in [Server Modes](Running-a-Server#server-modes)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:16 -msgid "To view Servers listed by a Custom Directory, users must enter the address of that Directory in their Client's Settings > Advanced Setup > Custom Directories field. Multiple addresses can be added in this way if needed. Custom Directories will then appear in the Directory drop-down list on their Connect window. Custom Directories otherwise work for Clients in the same way as Public Directories, displaying a list of Servers registered with them." +#, no-wrap +msgid "To view Servers listed by a Custom Directory, users must enter the address of that Directory in their Client's Settings > Advanced Setup > Custom Directories field. Multiple addresses can be added in this way if needed. Custom Directories will then appear in the Directory drop-down list on their Connect window. Custom Directories otherwise work for Clients in the same way as Public Directories, displaying a list of Servers registered with them.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:18 -msgid "To run a Server as a Directory, it should be started with the `--directoryserver` option to make itself (that is, `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`) the Directory to query for Servers." +msgid "To run a Server as a Directory, it should be started with the `--directoryaddress` option to make itself (that is, `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`) the Directory to query for Servers." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -70,32 +72,33 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When running a Server with the GUI, set the Custom Directory server address in the Options tab to \"localhost\", then select \"Custom\" from the Directory drop-down list." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:23 -msgid "### Points to note about Directories" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Points to note about Directories" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:25 msgid "If you want to control which Servers can register with your Directory, you can enable a whitelist with the `--listfilter` command line option in the format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]`." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:27 msgid "When running a Server behind a NAT firewall on a private network and registering with a Directory on the same network, run the Server using the `--serverpublicip` option to specify the public IP address. This is necessary to allow Clients on the public Internet to connect to the correct address. Note that for the Server(s) using this option, you will still need proper port forwarding in your router/firewall." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:29 msgid "When running a Client behind a NAT firewall on a private network with a Directory on the same network, the Directory itself needs to be run using the `--serverpublicip` option to specify the public IP address, so that any Servers on the public Internet registering with the Directory that require the \"hole punch\" can be accessed by the Client(s). (This is because otherwise the Directory would provide the local network address of the Client to the Server and the \"hole punch\" would fail.)" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:31 msgid "If you need to restart your Directory for any reason (for example when rebooting the host), Servers connected to it will be disconnected until they re-register. This does not mean that Clients connected to those Servers will be disconnected, but does mean that new Clients will be not able to see Servers listed by your Directory until those Servers reconnect. To enable the list of registered Servers to persist between restarts, use the `--directoryfile` option to specify the location and name of a file that the Directory can read and write to." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:32 msgid "Up to 150 Servers can then register with a Directory." msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/FAQ.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/FAQ.po index df02dc997..835363ef1 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/FAQ.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/FAQ.po @@ -15,62 +15,69 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" "X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "pt_BR" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/FAQ" msgstr "/wiki/FAQ" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "FAQ" msgstr "FAQ" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus FAQ" +msgstr "" + #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:10 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# Jamulus FAQ\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" -msgstr "" +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:12 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:14 -msgid "Table of contents" -msgstr "Índice" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:16 -msgid "TOC" -msgstr "TOC" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "Índice\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:17 -msgid "{:toc}" -msgstr "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" +msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:19 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:21 @@ -78,14 +85,15 @@ msgstr "

" msgid "**For common problems and their solutions when using Jamulus, see the [Troubleshooting](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) page.**\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:24 -msgid "### Is there a metronome, synchronization, or some other way of keeping in time?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Is there a metronome, synchronization, or some other way of keeping in time?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:26 -msgid "No. Musicians on a Jamulus Server play in real time together as they would in person. If you want to have a time signal, then there are shared metronome solutions on the Internet you can try. But it’s probably best to just minimise latency so nobody has an overall delay more than about 30-50 ms." +msgid "No. Musicians on a Jamulus Server play in real time together as they would in person. If you want a time signal, there are shared metronome solutions on the Internet you can try. But it’s probably best to just minimise latency so nobody has an overall delay more than about 30-50 ms." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -93,9 +101,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bear in mind also that all participants should follow [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together) which will also determine whether you can play in time properly." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:30 -msgid "### How do I know if I can join a Server? Are there rules?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "How do I know if I can join a Server? Are there rules?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -105,12 +114,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:34 -msgid "Note also that Servers do not have to be registered on a Directory in order for Jamulus Clients to connect to them. Server operators can just give out the address of their Servers to those they want to play with, and they can then connect directly. Have a look at [this overview for more information](/wiki/Running-a-Server#server-types)." +msgid "Note also that Servers do not have to be registered on a Directory in order for Jamulus Clients to connect to them. Server operators can just give out the address of their Servers to those they want to play with, and they can then connect directly. Have a look at [this overview for more information](/wiki/Running-a-Server#server-modes)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:36 -msgid "### Why shouldn’t I use wireless equipment?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:35 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why shouldn’t I use wireless equipment?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -123,9 +133,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "So it makes sense to minimise any sources of delay or other problems with the signal. Even fast wi-fi is usually too variable to use for long periods with Jamulus, and Bluetooth headphones and mics usually introduce latencies of about 50 ms or more." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:42 -msgid "### Why should I not listen to my own signal?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why should I not listen to my own signal?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -138,19 +149,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Of course, if you are playing an acoustic instrument, or are a singer, it will be hard to exclude your “local” sound. But you should at least try to do so by for example using closed-back headphones turned up as loud as you are able to mask your own sound. This will let you concentrate on the mix coming back to you from the Server." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:48 -msgid "### Do I need a fast Internet connection?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Do I need a fast Internet connection?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:50 -msgid "No, especially if you don't run a Server to host other musicians. Having a low ping is more important. For most people on standard broadband (e.g. 10 Mbit/s down and 1 Mbit/s up) you will have no problems. For those running Servers at home, depending on how many people join, you may encounter issues if your _upstream_ bandwidth is lower than about 5 Mbit/s." +msgid "No, especially if you don't run a Server to host other musicians. Having a low ping is more important. Most people on standard broadband (e.g. 10 Mbit/s down and 1 Mbit/s up) will have no problems. For those running Servers at home, depending on how many people join, you may encounter issues if your _upstream_ bandwidth is lower than about 5 Mbit/s." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:52 -msgid "### Do I need to run a Server?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Do I need to run a Server?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -158,14 +171,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "No. If you just intend to connect to other people’s Servers, then all you need is a Client. [Read this if you think you need to run your own Server](/wiki/Running-a-Server)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:56 -msgid "### How does Jamulus work (in general)?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:55 +#, no-wrap +msgid "How does Jamulus work (in general)?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:58 -msgid "\"Diagram" +#, no-wrap +msgid "\"Diagram\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -173,9 +188,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Jamulus works on the Client-server principle. Everybody’s audio is sent to a Server, mixed and processed there. Afterwards, the audio is sent back to each Client. If a Server is registered in a Jamulus Directory, the Server's information will be provided to all Clients using that Directory." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:63 -msgid "### Why doesn't Jamulus provide video support?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why doesn't Jamulus provide video support?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -183,22 +199,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Adding video support adds a lot of complexity. You can use other software like Jitsi or Zoom if you want to see others when playing (or have an \"audience\"), but the video will be significantly behind the Jamulus audio." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:68 -msgid "## Server FAQ" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:67 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server FAQ" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:70 -msgid "### Why do Registered Servers not need port forwarding?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:69 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why do Registered Servers not need port forwarding?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:72 -msgid "Normally, network address translation (NAT) firewalls prevent incoming requests initiated from outside the local network. Inbound traffic is only possible for packets relating to an outbound request (strictly speaking, “related” and “established” packets to an initial outbound connection). In Registered Server mode, when your Jamulus Server connects to a Directory it of course initiates an outbound connection. From then on, the Directory sends (established/related) connection “pings” (not ICMP pings) to your Server at regular intervals to keep the relevant NAT port(s) open on your router/firewall." +msgid "Normally, network address translation (NAT) blocks incoming requests initiated from outside the local network. Inbound traffic is only possible for packets relating to an outbound request (strictly speaking, “related” and “established” packets to an initial outbound connection). In Registered Server mode, your Jamulus Server initiates an outbound connection when it connects to a Directory. From then on, the Directory sends (established/related) connection “pings” (not ICMP pings) to your Server at regular intervals to keep the relevant port(s) open on your router." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:74 -msgid "However, in Unregistered mode, Clients have to **initiate** connections into the Server’s network. NAT firewalls prevent this, so you need to tell them to allow incoming connection requests on the Jamulus port using port forwarding." +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:73 +msgid "However, to reach an Unregistered Server, each Client has to initiate a connection into the Server’s network. A NAT prevents this, so you need to configure your router to allow incoming connection requests on the Jamulus port using port forwarding." msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "TOC" +#~ msgstr "TOC" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Getting-Started.po index af3eb4c1a..63e33c92d 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Getting-Started.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Getting-Started.po @@ -2,80 +2,81 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Allan Nordhøy , 2022. +# gbonaspetti , 2023. +# Felipe Nogueira , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-23 13:06+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-03-05 03:36+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Felipe Nogueira \n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" "Language: pt_BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.16.2-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "pt_BR" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Getting-Started" msgstr "/wiki/Getting-Started" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Setup" msgstr "Configuração" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:9 -msgid "# Setup - getting started with Jamulus" -msgstr "# Configuração - começando com Jamulus" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Setup - getting started with Jamulus" +msgstr "Configuração - começando com Jamulus" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:11 msgid "To get the best from Jamulus, at a minimum you will need:" msgstr "Para obter o melhor de Jamulus, você precisará no mínimo de:" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:13 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**A wired internet connection** (and turn wi-fi off. See the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))\n" -msgstr "**Uma conexão à internet por cabo** (e desative o wi-fi. Veja a [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))\n" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 +msgid "**A wired internet connection** (and turn wi-fi off. See the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))" +msgstr "**Uma conexão à internet por cabo** (e desative o wi-fi. Veja a [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:14 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Wired headphones** (not Bluetooth or speakers - see the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))\n" -msgstr "**Fones de ouvido com cabo** (nem Bluetooth e nem Auto-falantes - veja a [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))\n" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 +msgid "**Wired headphones** (not Bluetooth or speakers - see the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))" +msgstr "**Fones de ouvido com cabo** (nem Bluetooth e nem Auto-falantes - veja a [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**A reasonable audio device, sound card and/or mic** ([see this list](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) for examples)\n" -msgstr "**Uma interface de áudio ou placa de som razoavelmente boa e/ou microfone** ([veja essa lista](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) para exemplos)\n" +msgid "**A reasonable audio device, sound card and/or mic** ([see this list](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) for examples)" +msgstr "**Uma interface de áudio ou placa de som razoavelmente boa e/ou microfone** ([veja essa lista](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) para exemplos)" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:17 msgid "If you have any questions, please see the [Discussions](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" msgstr "Se tiver alguma dúvida, dê uma olhada na página de [Discussões](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:19 -msgid "## Installation" -msgstr "## Instalação" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "Instalação" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:21 @@ -84,14 +85,21 @@ msgstr "Para que o Jamulus funcione com o seu sistema operacional, siga o guia d #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:28 -#, no-wrap +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "_[Android](Installation-for-Android) and [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) can be used too, but are still considered experimental._\n" msgid "" "
\n" " Windows\n" " macOS\n" " Linux\n" "
\n" -"_[Android](Installation-for-Android) and [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) can be used too, but are still considered experimental._\n" +"_[Android](Installation-for-Android) and [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) can be used too, but are considered experimental._\n" msgstr "" "
\n" " Windows\n" @@ -105,20 +113,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "And for now, close all other applications. It’s best to start simple at first." msgstr "Por ora, feche todos os outros aplicativos. É melhor começar de maneira simples." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:32 -msgid "## Hardware Setup" -msgstr "## Configuração de Hardware" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Hardware Setup" +msgstr "Configuração de Hardware" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:34 msgid "If you use external audio hardware, plug that in before you start Jamulus. If you haven't configured your hardware, please see the installation guides mentioned above." msgstr "Se você utiliza hardware de áudio externo, conecte-o antes de iniciar Jamulus. Se você não configurou seu hardware, consulte os guias de instalação mencionados acima." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:36 -msgid "## Jamulus main window" -msgstr "## Janela principal de Jamulus" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:35 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus main window" +msgstr "Janela principal de Jamulus" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:38 @@ -139,10 +149,11 @@ msgstr "" "
A janela principal antes de conectar-se a um Servidor
\n" "\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:46 -msgid "## Setting up a profile" -msgstr "## Configurando um perfil" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:45 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Setting up a profile" +msgstr "Configurando um perfil" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:48 @@ -168,15 +179,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Fill in at least “Alias/Name” and close the window." msgstr "Preencha ao menos o campo “Apelido/Nome” e feche a janela." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:58 -msgid "## Connecting to a Server and testing your sound" -msgstr "## Conectando-se a um Servidor e testando seu som" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Connecting to a Server and testing your sound" +msgstr "Conectando-se a um Servidor e testando seu som" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:60 msgid "Before you connect to a Server, you should **not** be able to hear yourself. Listening to your sound from Jamulus (and not from yourself) is called “The Golden Rule” and enables you to play in time with others ([see the FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-should-i-not-listen-to-my-own-signal))." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Antes de se conectar a um Servidor, você **não** deve conseguir se ouvir. Ouvir o seu som através do Jamulus (e não de si mesmo) é chamado de \"A Regra de Ouro\" e permite que você toque em sincronia com outras pessoas ([ver o FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#por-que-eu-nao-deveria-ouvir-meu-proprio-sinal))." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:62 @@ -209,9 +221,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once connected to a Server, make sure you can hear yourself OK and fix any input volume or other problems. You can have a look at the [troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) for common problems. And of course, check that you are also able to obey [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:75 -msgid "## Playing for the first time" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:74 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Playing for the first time" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -244,10 +257,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:90 -msgid "## Troubleshooting" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:89 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Solução de problemas" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:91 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Include-Backing-Up.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Include-Backing-Up.po index 2720bf6f1..3495ec70b 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Include-Backing-Up.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Include-Backing-Up.po @@ -17,7 +17,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:2 -msgid "" +#, no-wrap +msgid "\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -45,17 +46,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If you used the `--inifile` parameter to save an inifile to a different location, don't forget to also backup these files. **Points to note**" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:15 +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:16 msgid "Do not back up or restore settings files when Jamulus is running." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:16 msgid "It is not recommended to manually edit settings files (they're not designed for that)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:16 msgid "You can revert all settings to their defaults by just deleting the settings file (after closing Jamulus)." msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Include-Client-Commands.po index 42fabd870..08cae3772 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Include-Client-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Include-Client-Commands.po @@ -15,38 +15,32 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-M` or `--mutestream` Prevent others on a server from hearing what I play \n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3 +msgid "`-M` or `--mutestream` Prevent others on a server from hearing what I play" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--mutemyown` Prevent me from hearing what I play in the server mix (headless only) \n" +msgid "`--mutemyown` Prevent me from hearing what I play in the server mix (headless only)" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:4 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-c` or `--connect` Connect to given server address on startup, format `address[:port]` \n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3 +msgid "`-c` or `--connect` Connect to given server address on startup, format `address[:port]`" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-j` or `--nojackconnect` Disable auto JACK connections \n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:4 +msgid "`-j` or `--nojackconnect` Disable auto JACK connections" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)\n" +msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--clientname` Window title and JACK client name\n" +msgid "`--clientname` Window title and JACK client name" msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Include-Server-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Include-Server-Commands.po deleted file mode 100644 index 5e47707ab..000000000 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Include-Server-Commands.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,111 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:2 -msgid "`-d` or `--discononquit` Disconnect all Clients on quit. Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not used their \"Disconnect\" buttons will re-establish connection when the Server comes back up again. Using this option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:3 -msgid "`-e` or `--directoryserver` Register the Server on a Directory (e.g. to set its genre (see also `-o`)). See [Server Types](Running-a-Server#server-types) for further information." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:4 -msgid "`--directoryfile` Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. Directory Servers only. See [this guide](Directories) for further information." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:5 -msgid "`-f` or `--listfilter` Whitelist Servers registering on the Server list, format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]` Directories only." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:6 -msgid "`-F` or `--fastupdate` Reduces latency if Clients connect with \"Enable Small Network Buffers\" option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:7 -msgid "`-l` or `--log` Enable logging, set path and file name" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:8 -msgid "`-L` or `--licence` Show an agreement window before users can connect" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:9 -msgid "`-m` or `--htmlstatus` Enable HTML status file, set path and file name" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:10 -msgid "`-o` or `--serverinfo` Location details in the format: `[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code or Qt5 Locale]` (see [two-letter ISO country codes](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements) or [Qt5 Locale values](https://doc.qt.io/qt-5/qlocale.html#Country-enum)) Registered Servers only" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:11 -msgid "`-P` or `--delaypan` Start with delay panning enabled See [notes](Running-a-Server#delay-panning)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:12 -msgid "`-R` or `--recording` Set server recording directory; Server will record when a session is active by default. See [Options](Running-a-Server#options)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:13 -msgid "`--norecord` Set server not to record by default (when recording is configured e.g via `-R`)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:14 -msgid "`-s` or `--server` Start in Server mode" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:15 -msgid "`--serverbindip` Specify the IP address to bind to" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:16 -msgid "`-T` or `--multithreading` Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs to support more Clients" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:17 -msgid "`-u` or `--numchannels` Maximum number of channels (Clients)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:18 -msgid "`-w` or `--welcomemessage` Welcome message on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:19 -msgid "`-z` or `--startminimized` Start minimized" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:19 -msgid "`--serverpublicip` The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [Notes on Directories](Directories#points-to-note-about-directories)" -msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Include-Shared-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Include-Shared-Commands.po index 223f651ce..4d8a717c7 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Include-Shared-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Include-Shared-Commands.po @@ -20,62 +20,57 @@ msgstr "" msgid "[comment]: # (This is an include file for use in multiple documents)" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-h` or `--help` Display help text \n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-h` or `--help` Display help text" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:6 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default)\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default. On macOS simply provide a filename only, since config files can only be read from `/Users//Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/`. For the server replace `io.jamulus.Jamulus` with `io.jamulus.JamulusServer`. Turn on \"Show Library folder\" in \"Show view options\" in Finder to see this folder.)" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:7 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-n` or `--nogui` Disable GUI (for use in headless mode) \n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-n` or `--nogui` Disable GUI (for use in headless mode)" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:8 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-p` or `--port` Sets the local UDP port number. Default is 22124\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-p` or `--port` Sets the local UDP port number. Default is 22124" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:9 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--jsonrpcport` Enables JSON-RPC API server to control the app, set TCP port number (EXPERIMENTAL, APIs might change; only accessible from localhost). Please see [the JSON-RPC API Documentation file](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md).\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`--jsonrpcport` Enables JSON-RPC API server to control the app, set TCP port number (EXPERIMENTAL, APIs might change; only accessible from localhost). Please see [the JSON-RPC API Documentation file](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:10 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--jsonrpcsecretfile` Required when using `--jsonrpcport`. Sets a path to a text file containing an authentication string for getting access to the JSON-RPC API.\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`--jsonrpcsecretfile` Required when using `--jsonrpcport`. Sets a path to a text file containing an authentication string for getting access to the JSON-RPC API." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:11 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-Q` or `--qos` Sets the quality of service DS Field byte. Default is 128 (DSCP/CS4). QoS is ignored by Windows. To enable it, [see this page](QOS-Windows)\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`--jsonrpcbindip` The IP address the JSON-RPC server should bind to. (optional, defaults to 127.0.0.1)" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:12 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-t` or `--notranslation` Disable UI language translations\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-Q` or `--qos` Sets the quality of service DS Field byte. Default is 128 (DSCP/CS4). QoS is ignored by Windows. To enable it, [see this page](QOS-Windows)" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:13 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-6` or `--enableipv6` Enable IPv6 addressing (IPv4 is always enabled)\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-t` or `--notranslation` Disable UI language translations" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:13 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-v` or `--version` Output version information and exit\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-6` or `--enableipv6` Enable IPv6 addressing (IPv4 is always enabled)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-v` or `--version` Output version information and exit" msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Installation-for-Android.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Installation-for-Android.po index 94480099f..04acdb33d 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Installation-for-Android.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Installation-for-Android.po @@ -16,26 +16,27 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" "X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "pt_BR" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Android" msgstr "" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:11 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation for Android" msgstr "" @@ -45,11 +46,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:12 -msgid "# Installation for Android" -msgstr "" - #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:14 msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." @@ -60,9 +56,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:18 -msgid "## Things to note about Android" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Things to note about Android" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -70,9 +67,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Although you **can** install Jamulus on Android devices (and hear sound), we strongly recommend **not** doing so. Sound quality - especially over WiFi - is usually bad and latency is high. If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } which is an inexpensive and small device that performs very well with Jamulus. Android support is just a proof of concept." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:22 -msgid "## Install the Android PoC" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:21 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Install the Android PoC" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -80,24 +78,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If you do want to try Jamulus on Android:" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:26 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:28 msgid "Allow the installation of apps from unknown sources (look in Settings>Security. Note: The exact way to do this depends on your device and OS-version)" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:27 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:28 msgid "[Download and install Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.android }}){: .button}" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:28 msgid "You should now be able to run Jamulus on your Android device" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:30 -msgid "## Feedback and development" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Feedback and development" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -105,15 +104,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "We are very happy to get feedback from Android users and developers. Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:34 +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:35 #, no-wrap -msgid "***\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:36 -msgid "## All installed?" +msgid "All installed?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Installation-for-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Installation-for-Linux.po index c248c32fa..dc50dad80 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Installation-for-Linux.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Installation-for-Linux.po @@ -15,26 +15,27 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" "X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "pt_BR" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux" msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:10 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation for Linux" msgstr "" @@ -44,11 +45,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:11 -msgid "# Installation for Linux" -msgstr "" - #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:13 msgid "Make sure you read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." @@ -61,156 +57,195 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:17 -msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first." +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Upgrading?** You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:19 -msgid "### Debian and Ubuntu" +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Installing a server?** Read the [guide for server adminstrators](Running-a-Server) first.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:21 -msgid "We provide three equivalent `.deb` files for the most common architectures. Please download the appropriate one:" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Debian and Ubuntu" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:23 +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:22 #, no-wrap -msgid "**For Intel/AMD based machines (amd64):**\n" +msgid "Using the official Repository (recommended)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:25 -msgid "[Download Jamulus (.deb, amd64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}){:.button}" +msgid "We provide a repository for Debian and Ubuntu based distributions that allows automatic updates alongside your other system updates. To use the repository:" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:27 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**For ARM based machines (e.g. Raspberry Pi, armhf, arm64):**\n" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 +msgid "Open your Terminal (CTRL+ALT+T should work)" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:30 -msgid "[Download Jamulus 32 bit (.deb, armhf)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}){:.button} [Download Jamulus 64 bit (.deb, arm64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }}){:.button}" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +msgid "*Ubuntu only* - Enable the Ubuntu \"universe\" repository (you can use the [GUI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/148645) or [CLI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/227788))." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:32 -msgid "After you downloaded the correct file:" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 +msgid "Download the repository setup script:\\\\" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:34 +#. type: Fenced code block (bash) +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 #, no-wrap -msgid "*Ubuntu only* - Enable the Ubuntu \"universe\" repository (you can use the [GUI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/148645) or [CLI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/227788)).\n" +msgid "curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:35 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Update apt by opening a console window (CTRL+ALT+T should work) and type: `sudo apt-get update`\n" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:33 +msgid "Make the script executable:\\\\" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:36 +#. type: Fenced code block (bash) +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:33 #, no-wrap -msgid "Go to where you downloaded the installer and either double-click on it, or use the command line: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` for armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}` for arm64: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }}`\n" +msgid "chmod +x setup_repo.sh\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:37 +msgid "Run the setup script and install Jamulus:\\\\" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block (bash) #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:37 #, no-wrap -msgid "Once installed, you can delete the file and close any console windows.\n" +msgid "sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:39 -msgid "Note that if you need to upgrade Jamulus to a newer version, just download the new .deb file and re-install as above." +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installing the .deb files manually" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +msgid "Download Jamulus for your architecture: [amd64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}), [armf]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}) or [arm64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }})" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +msgid "Update apt by opening a console window (CTRL+ALT+T should work) and type: `sudo apt-get update`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +msgid "Go to where you downloaded the installer and either double-click on it, or use the command line: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` (or for Raspberry Pi etc. as above)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +msgid "Once installed, you can delete the file and close any console windows." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:41 -msgid "### Other distributions" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Upgrades:** If you need to upgrade Jamulus to a newer version and install Jamulus manually, just download the new .deb file and re-install as above.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Other distributions" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:43 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:54 msgid "For installers on other distributions, see their package managers and [Repology](https://repology.org/project/jamulus/versions). If an up-to-date version of Jamulus is not included in your distribution, you can [compile Jamulus from source](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md). Note also the contributed [installation scripts](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/installscripts)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:45 -msgid "## Set up your hardware" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:55 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Set up your hardware" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:47 -msgid "### Configure JACK with QjackCtl" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Configure JACK with QjackCtl" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:49 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:60 msgid "Jamulus Clients need [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) to run, but you need to configure that first. The recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:50 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:63 msgid "Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page**" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:51 +#. type: Bullet: '2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:63 msgid "Configure your audio hardware as follows (the exact settings for JACK will depend on what your audio hardware is capable of):" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:53 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 msgid "Set the audio **Interface** to the one you want (there may be several in the list)" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:54 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 msgid "Set the **Sample Rate to 48000**" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:55 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 msgid "Set the **Frames/Period to 128** and Periods/Buffer at 2 at first" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:57 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:69 msgid "Restart JACK for the new settings to take effect" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:59 -msgid "### Start Jamulus" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:70 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Start Jamulus" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:61 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:73 msgid "With JACK running and configured, launch Jamulus." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:63 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:75 msgid "If you get problems with sound breaking up (in particular XRUN errors reported by JACK/QjackCtl) try setting bigger values (e.g. 256 frames or 3 periods). Lower ones (e.g. 64 frames) could bring better performance but maybe more sound problems. See the [troubleshooting page](Client-Troubleshooting) otherwise." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:65 -msgid "## All installed?" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:76 +#, no-wrap +msgid "All installed?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:79 msgid "Take a look at the" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:68 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:80 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Installation-for-Macintosh.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Installation-for-Macintosh.po index cbddb80c5..c87e69b9d 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Installation-for-Macintosh.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Installation-for-Macintosh.po @@ -15,26 +15,27 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" "X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "pt_BR" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh" msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:10 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation for macOS" msgstr "" @@ -44,11 +45,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:11 -msgid "# Installation for macOS" -msgstr "" - #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:13 msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." @@ -65,92 +61,38 @@ msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#b msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:19 -msgid "[Download Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:21 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:22 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"**macOS Mojave (10.14) or lower:** [Download legacy version]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-legacy }})\\\\\n" -"**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"1. [Download Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +" **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"1. **Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the licence, *drag and drop* each icon you see in the window (Jamulus Client and Server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window.\n" +"1. **Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:22 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the licence, *drag and drop* each icon you see in the window (Jamulus Client and Server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window.\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:24 +msgid "_You can remove the folder in the Downloads directory containing the `.dmg` and eject the \"Jamulus\" drive on your desktop. They are no longer needed._" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:23 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:26 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:25 -msgid "_You can remove the folder in the Downloads directory containing the `.dmg` and eject the \"Jamulus\" drive on your desktop. They are no longer needed._" +msgid "**Note:** You can find old (legacy) versions supporting outdated operating systems on the [GitHub release page](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:27 #, no-wrap -msgid "***\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:29 -msgid "## \"Jamulus\" can't be opened because the developer cannot be verified" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:31 -msgid "If you are using the \"legacy\" version of Jamulus (because you are running an older version of macOS), the first time you run Jamulus, you will see a message saying it cannot be opened." +msgid "All installed?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:33 -msgid "To open Jamulus" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:34 -msgid "Go to the Applications folder via Finder" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:35 -msgid "Double-click on Jamulus and wait for the above-mentioned message" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:36 -msgid "Close this message by clicking on \"Cancel\"" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:37 -msgid "Now control-click (or right-click) on Jamulus, and select \"Open\" from the top of the menu." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:39 -msgid "You will then get a slightly different version of the same message, which allows you to click \"Open\". From the on, you can run Jamulus in the normal way and the message won't appear. For further information about this warning see [this Apple Support Page](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:41 -msgid "## All installed?" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:43 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:30 msgid "Take a look at the" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:44 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:31 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Installation-for-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Installation-for-Windows.po index 2005fdafd..04d8e3d5e 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Installation-for-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Installation-for-Windows.po @@ -2,39 +2,41 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Melcon Moraes , 2022. +# Felipe Nogueira , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-17 22:56+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Melcon Moraes \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-03-05 03:36+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Felipe Nogueira \n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" "Language: pt_BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.16.2-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "pt_BR" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows" msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:10 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation for Windows" msgstr "" @@ -44,11 +46,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:11 -msgid "# Installation for Windows" -msgstr "" - #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:13 msgid "Make sure you read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." @@ -64,40 +61,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:19 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Download and install an ASIO Driver**. Try to use the driver that your hardware manufacturer provides. If you can't find that, or you don't have an external sound card, you probably need to install ASIO4ALL. For more information scroll down to the [ASIO](#asio) section.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:20 -#, no-wrap -msgid "[Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:21 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:22 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Install Jamulus**: Double click the installer to launch it. If you get a warning notice from SmartScreen, click on \"More info\" and \"Run anyway\" to install Jamulus. (If you grabbed a new version of Jamulus and are one of the first people who downloaded it, Jamulus won't be whitelisted by SmartScreen yet. We don't pay for code signing.)\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:23 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:24 +msgid "**Download and install an ASIO Driver**. Try to use the driver that your hardware manufacturer provides. If you can't find that, or you don't have an external sound card, you probably need to install ASIO4ALL. For more information scroll down to the [ASIO](#asio) section." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:24 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Set up your sound card**. When you're done, you need to set up your audio hardware. And if you are using ASIO4ALL, have a look at how to set that up below.\n" +msgid "" +"1. [Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +" **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"1. **Install Jamulus**: Double click the installer to launch it. If you get a warning notice from SmartScreen, click on \"More info\" and \"Run anyway\" to install Jamulus. (If you grabbed a new version of Jamulus and are one of the first people who downloaded it, Jamulus won't be whitelisted by SmartScreen yet. We don't pay for code signing.)\n" +"1. **Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" +"1. **Set up your sound card**. When you're done, you need to set up your audio hardware. And if you are using ASIO4ALL, have a look at how to set that up below.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -107,18 +84,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:28 -msgid "If you don't want to use ASIO or prefer [JACK on Windows](https://jackaudio.org/faq/jack_on_windows.html), you can also use the [JACK version of Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows-jack }})." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:30 #, no-wrap -msgid "***\n" +msgid "**Note:** If you don't want to use ASIO or prefer [JACK on Windows](https://jackaudio.org/faq/jack_on_windows.html), you can also use the [JACK version of Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows-jack }}). You can find old (legacy) versions supporting outdated operating systems on the [GitHub release page](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:32 -msgid "## ASIO" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ASIO" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -126,12 +99,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Jamulus can use [ASIO](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Audio_Stream_Input/Output)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:36 +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:37 msgid "If you have an external sound card/audio interface, use its official ASIO driver if you can (they usually provide the best quality)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:37 msgid "If you don't have an external sound card, you will probably not have an ASIO driver so will need to install a generic one like ASIO4ALL:" msgstr "" @@ -156,9 +129,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "[ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:48 -msgid "### Setting up ASIO4ALL" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Setting up ASIO4ALL" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -177,113 +151,100 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Before you start with Jamulus:" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:56 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Close all applications** (especially those which could access your sound card like your browser/media player). ASIO4ALL needs exclusive access to your sound card which means that other programs will not be able to use audio if ASIO4ALL and Jamulus are running.\n" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58 +msgid "**Close all applications** (especially those which could access your sound card like your browser/media player). ASIO4ALL needs exclusive access to your sound card which means that other programs will not be able to use audio if ASIO4ALL and Jamulus are running." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:57 -#, no-wrap -msgid "If the Jamulus audio doesn’t work out of the box, make sure that only the **correct inputs/outputs** in ASIO4ALL **are switched on**. Everything else should be switched off. Search the [community list of working ASIO4ALL configurations](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) for your configuration or do it manually if you can't find yours:\n" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58 +msgid "If the Jamulus audio doesn’t work out of the box, make sure that only the **correct inputs/outputs** in ASIO4ALL **are switched on**. Everything else should be switched off. Search the [community list of working ASIO4ALL configurations](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) for your configuration or do it manually if you can't find yours:" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:59 -msgid "### How to set up ASIO4ALL inputs (Guide)" +#, no-wrap +msgid "How to set up ASIO4ALL inputs (Guide)" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:61 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 msgid "Open Jamulus's settings" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:62 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 msgid "Go to _\"ASIO Device Settings\"_ (column on the left; directly under the selection of the driver)" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 msgid "Enable _advanced view_ in ASIO4ALL (click the tool icon on the bottom right)" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:64 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 msgid "Enable only the sound card you want to use by clicking on the button next to its name" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:65 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 msgid "Open your sound card inputs/outputs by clicking the _plus icon_ next to this sound card" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:66 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 msgid "Now enable the correct inputs/outputs in the list under your sound card and disable everything else. You can hover over the inputs/outputs to see which of both they are and if they support the required sample rate for Jamulus of 48kHz (DVD quality)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:68 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Hints:**\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:69 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:72 #, no-wrap -msgid "It may not be obvious what the correct sound device is called. Many internal sound cards are named \"Realtek High Definition Audio\", \"Conexant\" or similar.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:70 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Headphones and speakers are often labelled as \"output\" and microphones as \"input\" or \"capture\".\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:71 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Stereo Mix/Stereo Input is usually not the input/output you're looking for. Therefore, switch it off if you see it.\n" +msgid "" +"**Hints:**\n" +"1. It may not be obvious what the correct sound device is called. Many internal sound cards are named \"Realtek High Definition Audio\", \"Conexant\" or similar.\n" +"1. Headphones and speakers are often labelled as \"output\" and microphones as \"input\" or \"capture\".\n" +"1. Stereo Mix/Stereo Input is usually not the input/output you're looking for. Therefore, switch it off if you see it.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:73 -msgid "### Troubleshooting" -msgstr "" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Solução de problemas" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:75 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:76 msgid "If nothing works, first restart Jamulus and/or your PC to close background processes that may be accessing your sound card." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:77 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:78 msgid "Afterwards, *set up the inputs/outputs again*. Enabled and accessible input/outputs show as lit up power buttons and play buttons in the ASIO4ALL settings. If instead you see a red cross or yellow symbol, close other applications that may be accessing your sound card (e.g. web browser, Zoom, etc)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:79 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:80 msgid "Have a look at [this video](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI) by [trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza) which gives more detailed setup information on ASIO4ALL." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:81 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:82 msgid "Official and further information about how to configure ASIO4ALL is documented in the official [ASIO4ALL FAQs on the ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:83 -msgid "## All installed?" +#, no-wrap +msgid "All installed?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:85 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:86 msgid "Take a look at" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:86 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:87 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Installation-for-iOS.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Installation-for-iOS.po index cf2410f60..0f2e934b4 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Installation-for-iOS.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Installation-for-iOS.po @@ -16,26 +16,26 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" "X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "pt_BR" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-iOS" msgstr "" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:11 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation for iOS" msgstr "" @@ -45,11 +45,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:12 -msgid "# Installation for iOS" -msgstr "" - #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:14 msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." @@ -60,9 +55,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:18 -msgid "## Things to note about iOS" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Things to note about iOS" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -70,24 +66,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } which is an inexpensive and small device that performs very well with Jamulus. iOS support is just a proof of concept." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:22 +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24 msgid "To install Jamulus on your iOS device, you need a (free or paid) Apple Developer account and preferably a computer." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:23 +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24 msgid "If you don't pay for an Apple developer account, Jamulus will only run for at most 7 days before you need to re-install it." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24 msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well on new devices if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. To connect these to your iOS device, you should use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:27 -msgid "## Install for iOS (for experienced users only)" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Install for iOS (for experienced users only)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -96,27 +93,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Note**: We provide an unsigned .ipa file which you need to sign and then install on your device. If you are not Jailbroken (and have AppSync installed), you might need additional software to install Jamulus. There are multiple ways to do that, but this guide only explains the most standard approach. Please note that we assume you already have a (free) Apple developer account. If you don't have one, create an Apple ID and [Sign up for a developer account](https://developer.apple.com/membercenter). We recommend to create one without two factor authentification and unrelated to your potential personal account. You will need to enter the password in non-Apple software.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:31 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 msgid "[Download Jamulus (.ipa) on a PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:32 +#. type: Bullet: '2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 msgid "Sign the .ipa file (e.g. via Xcode or some other **trusted** app. We won't give recommendations here, but there exist apps for every operating system)" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:33 +#. type: Bullet: '3. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 msgid "Once signed and installed; on your iOS device open Settings, navigate to General>Profiles (or VPN and Device Management). Tap on the developer account corresponding to your account and trust the account." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:34 +#. type: Bullet: '4. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 msgid "Open Jamulus from your home-screen" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '5. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 msgid "After 7 days you will need to re-sign Jamulus if you are using a free developer account. Re-do everything from Step 4." msgstr "" @@ -126,9 +123,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If you own a Mac and have Xcode installed, compiling Jamulus from source might be another, more native option. Please have a look at the [compilation instructions for iOS](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md#ios)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:40 -msgid "## Feedback and development" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:39 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Feedback and development" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -141,15 +139,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Please also read the [APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER) concerning Jamulus being published via the Apple AppStore." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:47 +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:48 #, no-wrap -msgid "***\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:49 -msgid "## All installed?" +msgid "All installed?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Privacy-Statement.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Privacy-Statement.po index 120730845..181d6a991 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Privacy-Statement.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Privacy-Statement.po @@ -2,144 +2,160 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Melcon Moraes , 2022. +# Adonias Almeida , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-17 23:59+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Melcon Moraes \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-10 20:00+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Adonias Almeida \n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" "Language: pt_BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "pt_BR" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Privacy-Statement" msgstr "/wiki/Privacy-Statement" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus – Privacy Statement" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:9 -msgid "# Privacy Statement" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Privacy Statement" +msgstr "Declaração de Privacidade" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:12 -msgid "Please note that the English version of this privacy statement is the original and, as such, the binding version. To access the English version, go to the top/top right of this page and click on the \"en\" link. The following only applies to the version you can download from this website, [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io)." +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:11 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**The English version of this document represents the official privacy statement for the _current version_ of the software available on this website. Earlier versions of the software and non-English translations of this privacy policy may have different terms that are no longer applicable or supported.**\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:14 -msgid "## Definition of Terms" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:13 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Definition of Terms" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:16 -msgid "\"**Server**\" The Jamulus Server software, as opposed to the host machine/OS it is running on." +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18 +msgid "\"**Server**\" The Jamulus software running as a Server and accepting connections from Clients" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:17 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18 msgid "\"**Client**\" The Jamulus software used to connect to a Server" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18 msgid "\"**Directory**\" A Jamulus Server configured to supply a list of Servers to Clients" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:20 -msgid "## Web site" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:19 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus.io Website" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:22 -msgid "The website at [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) is served using GitHub Pages. We do not collect your personal data or set tracking cookies. When you connect to the jamulus.io site, your IP is sent to [GitHub Pages](https://pages.github.com/)." +msgid "The website at [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) is served using GitHub Pages. The Jamulus team has not constructed the website to set tracking cookies, but see Github's [privacy policy](https://docs.github.com/en/site-policy/privacy-policies/github-privacy-statement) for information relating to data collection and privacy overall. The community knowledge base uses [giscus](https://github.com/giscus/giscus) for discussions and comments. You can find the [Privacy Policy of giscus on their GitHub repository](https://github.com/giscus/giscus/blob/main/PRIVACY-POLICY.md)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:24 -msgid "## Jamulus Software" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus Software" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:26 -msgid "### Use of Profile Information" +msgid "Jamulus is open source software that can be modified by anyone. As such, the Jamulus project can make no representations related to privacy, data collection, or security with respect to your use of the software." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:28 -msgid "When you connect to a Server, whatever you put in My Profile (in Settings) will be shown to others on that Server while you are connected to it. Note that, depending on the other client, you may not see them. Also, the Server operator can see the name you set in My Profile and your IP address, using the Server either through the GUI or JSON-RPC." +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:27 +#, no-wrap +msgid "General Information" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:30 -msgid "When you connect to a Server, your profile may also be available to third parties from the Directory to which that Server is registered. This can be for informational purposes about the status of the public Jamulus network (for example, [here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)), but may not be limited to that. Profile information is not otherwise logged or stored by the Jamulus Server you are connected to, or by the Jamulus Directory, but may be stored or processed by third parties." +msgid "Under normal use with software downloaded from this website that has not been modified, your user profile information is exchanged with Servers you connect to, peers connected to those same Servers, and to third parties (including Directories) that use the Jamulus protocol. This information is limited to your Jamulus name, city, country, instrument, and skill level as you have set them in your profile. The Servers you connect to will also have access to your internet address (IP Address) as it is required for the software to work; but this information is not shared with peers on the same Server or available to third parties." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:32 -msgid "### Use of IP Addresses" +msgid "All communications between and among Clients, Servers, Directories, and third-party protocol users are sent without encryption." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:34 -msgid "When you connect to Server, the Server operator can see your IP address while you are connected. If the Server operator has enabled logging (which is off by default) your IP address will also be logged and stored in the Server's log file." +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:33 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus Servers" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:36 -msgid "The IP addresses of all Servers registered with the Directory can also be seen by third parties for informational or other purposes (for example [here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)). Your public IP address is otherwise not logged or stored by Jamulus, but may be stored or processed by third parties." +msgid "When you connect to a Server, either directly or through a Directory, the operator of that Server is responsible for its operation policy, privacy policy, and data use policy. While unmodified Servers do not log or store your connection or profile information by default, some Servers may be configured to do so. Therefore, you should have no expectation of privacy with respect to your profile information or internet address." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:38 -msgid "### Audio Recordings" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:37 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Chat Exchanges" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:40 -msgid "You will see a notice if you are connected to a Jamulus Server when Server recording is turned on. Recordings of each player are stored by the Server separately as .WAV files and only the Server operator has access to them unless they choose to make them available to third parties." +msgid "Chats are textual messages that can be exchanged between Clients connected to the same Server. Everyone connected to a Server can see all chats and there should be no expectation of privacy with respect to information sent through the chat feature of Jamulus. While unmodified Servers do not log or store chats, some modified Servers may do this." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:42 -msgid "### Text Chat" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio Recordings" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:44 -msgid "When you type a message in the Chat Window, other connected players can see that, but chats are not stored by the Server and neither the Server operator nor any third parties have access to them." +msgid "Unmodified Servers will display a notice if recording is turned on. Recordings of each channel are stored by the Server and are controlled by the Server operator." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:46 -msgid "### Data Transmission" +msgid "It is possible for connected Clients to make recordings of sessions outside of Jamulus itself, for which there may be no notice or indication. Jamulus has no way to detect or control these situations and makes no representations as to the collection or use of such recording data." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:47 -msgid "Please note that all audio and text data is sent and received between the Jamulus Server and Client without encryption." +#, no-wrap +msgid "Directories" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:49 +msgid "Directories are central connection points for locating Servers. The Jamulus Client comes with a pre-defined list of Directories for the convenience of users. These Directories are independently operated but are represented as running unmodified versions of the Jamulus software. If you do not wish to send your information to the Directories, you will need to connect to Servers directly." msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/QOS-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/QOS-Windows.po index bb051dff3..a0d67f84b 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/QOS-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/QOS-Windows.po @@ -16,25 +16,25 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" "X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "pt_BR" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/QOS-Windows" msgstr "" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Quality of Service (QoS)" @@ -45,9 +45,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" %}" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:11 -msgid "## Use of QoS on Windows" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Use of QoS on Windows" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -67,7 +68,27 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:37 -msgid "In Search box beside Start menu, Type: Local Group Policy Editor (enter)
In new window, (click) on the menu icon to display the Actions third panel
Looking at the first panel of the Local Group Policy Editor
 Local Computer Policy
  Computer Configuration
   Windows Settings
    Policy-based QoS (click)
Looking at the third panel (Actions) of the Local Group Policy Editor
 Policy-based QoS
  More Actions
   Create new Policy (click)
    Policy Name: Jamulus
    Specify DSCP value: 32
    Next
    This QoS policy applies Only to applications with name Jamulus.exe
    Next
    Next
    UDP
    Finish
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"In Search box beside Start menu, Type: Local Group Policy Editor (enter)
\n" +"In new window, (click) on the menu icon to display the Actions third panel
\n" +"Looking at the first panel of the Local Group Policy Editor
\n" +" Local Computer Policy
\n" +"  Computer Configuration
\n" +"   Windows Settings
\n" +"    Policy-based QoS (click)
\n" +"Looking at the third panel (Actions) of the Local Group Policy Editor
\n" +" Policy-based QoS
\n" +"  More Actions
\n" +"   Create new Policy (click)
\n" +"    Policy Name: Jamulus
\n" +"    Specify DSCP value: 32
\n" +"    Next
\n" +"    This QoS policy applies Only to applications with name Jamulus.exe
\n" +"    Next
\n" +"    Next
\n" +"    UDP
\n" +"    Finish
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Running-a-Server.po index 7c1f7fb31..84f8a1247 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Running-a-Server.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Running-a-Server.po @@ -2,786 +2,912 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Melcon Moraes , 2022. +# Felipe Nogueira , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-17 23:59+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Melcon Moraes \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-03-05 03:36+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Felipe Nogueira \n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" "Language: pt_BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.16.2-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "pt_BR" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Running-a-Server" msgstr "/wiki/Running-a-Server" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Running a Server" msgstr "" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server Administration Manual" +msgstr "" + #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:10 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# Server Administration Manual\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" -msgstr "" +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:12 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:14 -msgid "Table of contents" -msgstr "Índice" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:16 -msgid "TOC" -msgstr "TOC" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "Índice\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:17 -msgid "{:toc}" -msgstr "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" +msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:19 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:22 -msgid "## Do I need to run a Server?" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Do I need to run a Server?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:24 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:23 #, no-wrap -msgid "**No**. You can use the Servers listed by the built in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server or choose a third party hosting service. If you just want an undisturbed session, use the [soloing technique described on the Tips and Tricks page](Tips-Tricks-More#have-an-undisturbed-session-on-any-server). If you decide you cannot use any of the Servers listed by the built in Directories, you may be able to use a Server (either Registered in a Custom Directory, or Unregistered - see [Server Types](#server-types)) hosted by a third party. Doing so will save you the trouble of setting one up yourself.\n" +msgid "**No**. You don't need to run a Server. You can use the Servers listed by the built-in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server yourself. You can also use an unlisted Server if you know its internet address. Or you can use a third party hosting service such as [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/) or [KOORD](https://koord.live/). There's probably a Server nearby that you and your friends can use at low enough latency for most needs.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:26 -msgid "## Basic requirements" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:25 +msgid "Using a public Server might introduce you to strangers. If you want an undisturbed session, you can use the soloing technique described on the [Tips and Tricks page](Tips-Tricks-More#have-an-undisturbed-session-on-any-server). You won't hear strangers who connect to the Server, but they can hear you if they wish." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:28 -msgid "While setting up a Server isn't difficult, it's a good idea to read the following background information to avoid some problems:" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Requirements" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:30 -msgid "### Speed and latency" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Speed and latency" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:32 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:33 #, no-wrap msgid "**_The capability of the Server itself (and the network it's on) is NOT the main determinant of the quality of a Jamulus session!_**\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:34 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:35 msgid "Usually, problems are on the _Client_ side and should be fixed there. Have a look at the [Troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) if needed." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:36 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:37 msgid "However, various problems can also arise when setting up Servers - especially when run on a low-bandwidth home connection. It's usually fine to have less than 5 players on a slower-speed home connection (eg 10 Mbit/s down and 1 Mbit/s up). You can read more about network requirements at [different quality settings here](Server-Bandwidth)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:38 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:39 msgid "Consider using a cloud host, not your home internet connection, to get better ping times if you're having problems." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:41 -msgid "### General notes" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "General notes" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:43 +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 msgid "Any Server should have at least 1.6GHz CPU frequency and 1GB RAM" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:44 +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 msgid "Running a Server may require you to adjust any firewalls running on or outside of your machine or cloud host." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:45 -msgid "Running an Unregistered Server at home will require you to [port forward](#port-forwarding) on your router. When running a Registered Server, port forwarding should not be necessary in most cases, but it's advisable to do so because some networks may not work properly with Jamulus in its default mode." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 -msgid "Jamulus only has limited IPv6 support which needs to be enabled with a command line argument on the Client and Server. (There are plans to expand IPv6 support.)" +msgid "You must set up port forwarding on your router to run an [Unregistered Server](Unregistered-Servers) at home. This should not be necessary when running a Registered Server in most cases. However, some home networks can require port forwarding for a Registered Server." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:48 -msgid "## Server Types" +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 +msgid "Jamulus offers limited IPv6 support that you can turn on for a Client or Server from the command line." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:50 -msgid "You can run your Server in different ways (either at home or on a 3rd party host):" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:49 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "Instalação" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:52 -msgid "### 1. Registered" +msgid "Most people run Jamulus on a 3rd party/cloud host as a \"headless\" Server (no video display or keyboard) on **hardware without audio** running Linux. You can also run a Server in a [**desktop environment**](#servers-on-the-desktop)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:54 -msgid "Your Server will be listed in a Directory. By default, Jamulus has a list of built-in Directories that Clients can connect to. If you register with one of these, anyone can then discover and connect to your Server. You can also have your Server listed on a Custom Directory, if that better meets your needs." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:59 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:56 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"
\n" -"\t\"Diagram\n" -"
How Registered Servers work
\n" -"
\n" +msgid "**Note** The following steps will result in you running an \"Unregistered\" Server. For more information, see [the Server Modes section](#server-modes) below.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:61 -msgid "### 2. Unregistered" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:60 +msgid "To run a headless server on Linux, the following steps assume you are familiar with the command line and Debian/Ubuntu or similar distribution that uses systemd." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:63 -msgid "This is the default when starting a Server for the first time. Unregistered Servers are not listed by Directories, so only musicians who know your Server's address to will be able to connect to it. This is useful because Jamulus does not let you control who can connect to a Server." +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 +msgid "Download the setup script: `curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh`" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:68 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"
\n" -"\t\"Diagram\n" -"\t
How Unregistered Servers work
\n" -"
\n" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 +msgid "Make the script executable: `chmod +x setup_repo.sh`" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:70 -msgid "If you are running an unregistered server behind a home internet connection, you might need to enable [port forwarding](#port-forwarding) as described below." +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 +msgid "Run the script and install the headless server: `sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus-headless`" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:72 -msgid "### 3. Directory" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 +msgid "Enable the headless Server process:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:74 -msgid "If you want to run a number of Servers, possibly also behind a firewall or on a LAN, you may want to run your Server as a Directory. Examples include online events, music associations, sectional rehearsals or music lessons for schools." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:67 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\t`sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:76 -msgid "To run a Directory [read this guide](Directories)" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:69 +msgid "Add your desired [command line options](Running-a-Server#configuration-options) to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:79 -msgid "## Installation and Configuration" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:71 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\t`sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless`\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:81 -msgid "Most people run Jamulus as a \"pure\" Server on **hardware without audio** (e.g. on a 3rd party/cloud host) running Linux. The following steps assume you are familiar with the command line and Debian/Ubuntu or similar distribution using systemd. To run a server on Windows or on the desktop with a graphical user interface, [see this section](#servers-on-the-desktop)." +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:73 +msgid "Reload the systemd files and restart the headless Server:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:83 -msgid "If you want to run a Server on a Raspberry Pi (or a different armhf/arm64 debian-based device), you will need to download the `.deb` files for 32 bit `armhf` or 64 bit `arm64`, not the default `amd64` ones you'd use on an Intel/AMD based machine." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:75 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\t`sudo systemctl daemon-reload && systemctl restart jamulus-headless`\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:86 -msgid "### Installation" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:77 +msgid "_To amend your Server configuration, just repeat the last two steps above._" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:88 -msgid "Download the [latest headless (amd64) .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}) or, if you use a Raspberry Pi etc. download the [latest armhf .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}) or the [latest arm64 .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }})" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:80 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server Modes" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:89 -msgid "Update apt to make sure you have a current list of standard packages: `sudo apt update`" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:83 +msgid "Servers can be run in one of three modes (either at home or on a 3rd party host), depending on your needs." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:90 -msgid "Install the Jamulus package: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}` or for RasPi etc. armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}`; arm64: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }}`" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:84 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Unregistered mode" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:91 -msgid "Enable the headless Server process via systemd: `sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:87 +msgid "This is the default when starting a Server for the first time. Unregistered Servers are not listed by Directories, so only musicians who know your Server's address can connect to it." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:92 -msgid "Add your desired [command line options](Running-a-Server#command-line-options) to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file by running `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` (By default you will be running an Unregistered Server)." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:89 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**For information about running an Unregistered Server [see this guide](Unregistered-Servers).**\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:93 -msgid "Reload the systemd files `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` and restart the headless Server: `sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless`" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"
\n" +"\t\"Diagram\n" +"
\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:94 -msgid "Check all is well with `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (hit `q` to get back to the command prompt)." +#, no-wrap +msgid "Registered mode" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:96 -msgid "You can control Jamulus with the `systemctl` command. For example, to stop the Server cleanly:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:97 +msgid "In this mode your Server will appear in the server list supplied by a Directory. Jamulus Clients come with a list of Directories built-in. If you register your Server with one of these, anyone can discover and connect to it." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:98 -msgid "`sudo systemctl stop jamulus-headless`" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:99 +msgid "Alternatively, you can list your Server on a Custom Directory (see below). Clients will only find your Server if they enter the Custom Directory's internet address." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:100 -msgid "_To upgrade your Server, just repeat the steps above._" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:101 +msgid "Note that Directories can only register up to 150 Servers. If you see a message that says you cannot register your Server because the Directory is full, you can try registering with a different Directory." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:102 -msgid "### Configuration" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:105 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"
\n" +"\t\"Diagram\n" +"
\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:104 -msgid "#### Running in Registered mode" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:106 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Directory mode" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:106 -msgid "The following minimum setup is required to [run a Registered Server](Running-a-Server#server-types):" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:109 +msgid "If you want to run a number of Servers, possibly also behind a firewall or on a LAN, you may want to run your Server as a Directory. Examples include online events, music associations, sectional rehearsals or music lessons for schools." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:112 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"~~~\n" -"jamulus --nogui --server \\\n" -" --directoryserver genreServer:port \\\n" -" --serverinfo \"yourServerName;yourCity;[country ID]\"\n" -"~~~\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:111 +msgid "For information, [see the Directories guide](Directories)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:114 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Note**: Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `yourServerName` and `yourCity` within the `--serverinfo` argument\n" +msgid "Configuration options" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:116 -msgid "To register with one of the Directories built into the Jamulus Client, replace `genreServer:port` in the example above with one of the following options:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:117 +msgid "Depending on your operating system and how you are running the Server, you can set Server options and make them persistent between reloads by following these steps:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:127 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:119 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"| Genre | Server Address |\n" -"|-----------|------------------|\n" -"|**Any Genre 1** |`anygenre1.jamulus.io:22124`|\n" -"|**Any Genre 2** |`anygenre2.jamulus.io:22224`|\n" -"|**Any Genre 3** |`anygenre3.jamulus.io:22624`|\n" -"|**Genre Rock** |`rock.jamulus.io:22424`|\n" -"|**Genre Jazz** |`jazz.jamulus.io:22324`|\n" -"|**Genre Classical/Folk** |`classical.jamulus.io:22524`|\n" -"|**Genre Choral/Barbershop** |`choral.jamulus.io:22724`|\n" +msgid "**For Linux headless** (Debian/Ubuntu using systemd)\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:129 -msgid "You can also specify a [Directory](#3-directory) in the same way from the command line, providing the Server Address in the same format." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:121 +msgid "Add your desired command line options to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file by running `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` (You will need to reload or restart for the changes to take effect. See [Installation](#installation))." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:131 -msgid "#### Running as a Directory" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:123 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**For the GUI** (all platforms)\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:133 -msgid "If you wish to run a [Directory](Running-a-Server#3-directory) please see [this guide](Directories)." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:125 +msgid "Any settings made using the graphical interface will be stored in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file. (Do **not** edit this file by hand!) However, some options are not available in the GUI and need to be set using the command line. For more information, see [Servers on the desktop](#servers-on-the-desktop)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:135 -msgid "### Maintenance" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:128 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Minimum setup to run in Registered mode" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:137 -msgid "#### Viewing The Logs" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:132 +msgid "You can run a headless Server on Linux using systemd (with `systemctl`), which is covered in other sections. You can also run a Server directly from the command line. Enter the following command to [run a Registered Server](#server-modes):" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:139 -msgid "Jamulus will log to the system log file if you left the `StandardOutput=journal` setting in the unit file." +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:133 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"jamulus-headless --nogui --server \\\n" +" --directoryaddress hostname:port \\\n" +" --serverinfo \"[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code or Qt5 Locale]\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:141 -msgid "To view the log, use `journalctl` (to exit press Ctrl-C). For example, to read the system log file, filtered for the Jamulus service:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:140 +msgid "See the table below for `hostname:port` values." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:142 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note**: Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `[name]` and `[city]` within the `--serverinfo` argument. See the [Server mode-related options](#server-mode-related-options) for more information on the country code. \n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:143 -msgid "`journalctl -f -u jamulus-headless`" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server mode-related options" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:145 -msgid "#### Controlling Recording" +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-e or --directoryaddress`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:147 -msgid "When using the recording function with the `-R` command line option, if the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new Directory. SIGUSR2 will recording enabled on/off." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:148 +msgid "Required for a [Registered Server](Running-a-Server#registered-mode). Also required to run Jamulus as a [Directory](Directories)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:149 -msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:150 ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:171 +msgid "This option takes the format:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:151 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home Directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file (be aware that doing so is however a potential security risk).\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:152 +msgid "`--directoryaddress hostname:port` where `hostname` is the Genre Directory host name and `port` is its port number." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:153 -msgid "For turning recording on or off (depending on the current state):" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:154 +msgid "To register with one of the Directories built into the Jamulus Client, replace `hostname:port` with one of the following options:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:158 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:164 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"~~~\n" -" [Unit]\n" -" Description=Toggle recording state of Jamulus Server\n" -" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +"| Genre | `hostname:port` |\n" +"|-----------|------------------|\n" +"|**Any Genre 1** |`anygenre1.jamulus.io:22124`|\n" +"|**Any Genre 2** |`anygenre2.jamulus.io:22224`|\n" +"|**Any Genre 3** |`anygenre3.jamulus.io:22624`|\n" +"|**Genre Rock** |`rock.jamulus.io:22424`|\n" +"|**Genre Jazz** |`jazz.jamulus.io:22324`|\n" +"|**Genre Classical/Folk** |`classical.jamulus.io:22524`|\n" +"|**Genre Choral/Barbershop** |`choral.jamulus.io:22724`|\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:163 +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:166 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -" [Service]\n" -" Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" -"~~~\n" +msgid "`-o or --serverinfo`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:165 -msgid "For starting a new recording:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:169 +msgid "When registering your Server with a Directory, this lets you supply a Server name and location details so that users can then search for these values from their Client." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:170 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"~~~\n" -" [Unit]\n" -" Description=Start a new recording on Jamulus Server\n" -" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:173 +msgid "`[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code]`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:175 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" [Service]\n" -" Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" -"~~~\n" +msgid "See [two-letter ISO country codes](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:177 -msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name you created when setting systemd to control your Jamulus Server. So in this example it would be `Jamulus-Server.service`_" +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `name` and `city` values.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:179 -msgid "Run `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` to register them for first use." +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:178 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-L or --licence`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:181 -msgid "Now you can run these with the `systemctl` command, for example:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:180 +msgid "Show an agreement window before users can connect. The text of the agreement to be shown should be supplied as the `--welcomemessage` (see below)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:183 -msgid "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec` (assuming you named your unit file `jamulusTogglerec.service`)" +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:181 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-w or --welcomemessage`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:185 -msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus`, or by viewing the logs." +msgid "A \"welcome message\" to display in the Client chat window on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML. When a path is used, the file must be accessible by the user account running Jamulus. (On most Linux installations, user `jamulus` is used by default.) If not accessible, the literal path (rather than its contents) will appear." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:188 -msgid "## Servers on the desktop" +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:186 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`--serverpublicip`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:190 -msgid "Jamulus can be run in Server mode from the desktop. This gives you a graphical user interface to control most of the settings." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:188 +msgid "The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:192 +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:189 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Windows users** - Use the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in the Windows Start menu.\n" +msgid "`--directoryfile`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:193 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:191 +msgid "_Directories only:_ Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:192 #, no-wrap -msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications (assuming you put the files from the install there as per [these instructions](Installation-for-Macintosh)).\n" +msgid "`-f or --listfilter`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:194 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Linux users** - Launch the \"Jamulus Server\" shortcut. Or you can open a terminal window (`CTRL+ALT+t` on Debian and related distros), type `jamulus -s` and hit return.\n" +msgid "_Directories only:_ Specify which Servers can register on the Directory Server. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:197 -msgid "## Server Setup" +#, no-wrap +msgid "General Server options" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:199 -msgid "
\"Image
" +msgid "These options can be used regardless of which mode your Server is running in (although some may not be relevant for Directories)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:201 -msgid "### The Directory list" +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:200 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-d or --discononquit`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:202 +msgid "Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not pressed their **Disconnect** buttons will automatically re-establish the connection when the Server returns. This option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server in this scenario." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:203 #, no-wrap -msgid "**None**: By default, you will not be connected to a Directory and will be running in unregistered mode. [Read these instructions](#running-an-unregistered-server) to have other people connect to your Server in this mode.\n" +msgid "`-F or --fastupdate`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:205 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Genre**: To allow other people to see your Server on one of the Directories built into the Client, select your desired genre Directory. You should see a confirmation message saying whether your Server has registered successfully. If not, and you leave your Server running, it will keep trying to register until a free slot becomes available.\n" +msgid "Reduces latency if Clients connect with the **Small Network Buffers** option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:207 +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:206 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Custom**: This allows you to specify a custom directory on which to be listed. See the \"Options\" tab for the Custom Directory address you want to use.\n" +msgid "`-l or --log`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:208 +msgid "Enable logging, set path and file name" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:209 -msgid "To run your Server _as_ a Directory, you need to set the Custom Directory address as `localhost` or `127.0.0.1` and set the \"Genre\" to \"Custom\". [Read this guide](Directories) for further details." +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-m or --htmlstatus`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:211 -msgid "### My Server Info" +msgid "Enable HTML status file, set path and file name" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:213 -msgid "When running as a Registered Server this displays the Server's name, city and country so that other users can easily identify it in the Directory listing." +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** This feature is deprecated, and may disappear in a future release.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:215 -msgid "### Chat Welcome Message" +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:214 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-P or --delaypan`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:216 +msgid "Start with delay panning enabled. This option uses small differences in sound arrival time between the two ears. It produces a stereo effect similar to natural human hearing when compared to normal “volume” panning." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:217 -msgid "The text entered here appears to all users when they join the Server (the chat window will open automatically for them). HTML is also supported." +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-s` or `--server`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:219 -msgid "## Options" +msgid "Start Jamulus in Server mode" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:221 -msgid "
\"Image
" +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:220 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`--serverbindip`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:223 -msgid "### Recording Directory" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:222 +msgid "Specify the IP address the Jamulus process will bind to." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:224 +msgid "Normally, Jamulus will listen on all IP addresses on the host machine. Where the host has multiple network addresses, this option allows one of the addresses to be chosen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:225 -msgid "This sets the path to where the Server's recordings will be stored. With this path set, the \"Enable Jam Recorder\" function in the Server Setup tab will make recording start once the first person connects to the Server, and stops when the last person leaves. Use the \"New Recording\" button to create a new sub-directory in which the recordings will be stored from then on. Note that Recordings are per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` format and [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open the respective files to listen to them in those applications." +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-T or --multithreading`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:227 +msgid "Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs. This setting may help the Server support more Clients. See also `--numchannels`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:228 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Note**: When your Server is recording, Clients will display a message that recording is on.\n" +msgid "`-u or --numchannels`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:229 -msgid "### Custom Directory Address" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:230 +msgid "Maximum number of channels (Clients)" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:231 -msgid "Leave this field empty unless you need to list your Server on a [Custom Directory](#3-directory) or run a Directory." +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-z or --startminimized`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:233 -msgid "### Server List Filename" +msgid "Start the Jamulus Server graphical user interface in the minimized window state." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:235 -msgid "Leave this field empty unless you need to run your Server as a [Directory](#3-directory). When in use, this holds the list of registered Servers whilst restarting the Directory. This prevents the server list appearing \"empty\" until the Servers re-register." +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:234 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Other options" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:237 -msgid "### Delay panning" +msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:239 -msgid "This option uses small differences in sound arrival time between the two ears. It produces a stereo effect similar to natural human hearing when compared to normal \"volume\" panning." +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Controlling the Server via API" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241 -msgid "### Start Minimised" +msgid "Jamulus can be controlled via an experimental API which is subject to changes. You can find the [JSON-RPC API documented in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md). JSON-RPC allows you to control some features like changing the welcome message or starting recordings in headless mode from authenticated external applications. It works while the server is running." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:243 +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:244 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Windows users** - If you want the Server to start automatically on system start, enable the corresponding check box.\n" +msgid "Recording" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:245 -msgid "### Server status icon" +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-R or --recording`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:247 -msgid "When the Server is running, the operating system will show an icon in the system tray or status area to represent whether the Server is active:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:248 +msgid "Set Server recording directory. By default, the Server will record when a session is active." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:249 -msgid "
\"Image
The Server is empty" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:250 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file, but be aware that doing could be a security risk.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:251 -msgid "
\"Image
The Server is occupied" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:252 +msgid "Recordings are per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` format and [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open the respective files to listen to them in those applications." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:253 -msgid "## Command line options" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** When your Server is recording, Clients display a red banner message that the session is being recorded.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:255 -msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." +#, no-wrap +msgid "`--norecord`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:257 -msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:" +msgid "Set server not to record by default when recording is configured." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:261 +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:259 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"```shell\n" -" \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100\n" -"```\n" +msgid "Controlling Recording" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:263 -msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262 +msgid "Recording starts once the first person connects to the Server, and stops when the last person leaves." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:264 +msgid "If the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording on/off. If [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) is enabled, you will also be able to manage the server in a way comparable to the GUI. Please see the (experimental) [JSON-RPC documentation on the recorder](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:267 +msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269 +msgid "To turn recording on or off (depending on the current state):" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:270 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"```shell\n" -" /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100\n" -"```\n" +" [Unit]\n" +" Description=Toggle recording state of Jamulus Server\n" +" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +"\n" +" [Service]\n" +" Type=oneshot\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:281 +msgid "To start a new recording:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:282 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Note**: Command line options will set the Server's defaults at startup. You can override them with their corresponding GUI controls while the Server is running.\n" +msgid "" +" [Unit]\n" +" Description=Start a new recording on Jamulus Server\n" +" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +"\n" +" [Service]\n" +" Type=oneshot\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:271 -msgid "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:293 +msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name you created when setting systemd to control your Jamulus Server. So in this example it would be `Jamulus-Server.service`_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:273 -msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:295 +msgid "Run `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` to register them for first use." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:276 -msgid "## Running an Unregistered Server" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:297 +msgid "Now you can run these with the `systemctl` command, for example:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:278 -msgid "It is highly recommended to test your Server by registering it on one of the built-in Directories **first** so as to narrow down any subsequent problems in unregistered mode." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:299 +msgid "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:280 -msgid "### Setting up a Server behind a home router" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:301 +msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus`, or by viewing the logs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:304 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Adding metadata to the Server" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:282 -msgid "If you set up your server at home, you will probably need to change some settings in your router/firewall:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:307 +msgid "You can add metadata to the welcome message of a Server to add additional, hidden information like contact information or policy requests for bots (this is comparable to [robots.txt](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robots.txt)). See the [Community Knowledge Base entry about metadata](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html) for more information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:310 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Servers on the desktop" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:284 -msgid "#### Port forwarding" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:313 +msgid "Jamulus can run in Server mode in the graphical environment of a computer. This gives you a graphical user interface to control most of the settings. To do this, first [install Jamulus for your platform](Getting-Started), then do one of the following:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:315 +msgid "**Windows users** - Use the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in the Windows Start menu. If you want the Server to start automatically when you start Windows, check the box for this option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:317 +msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:319 +msgid "**Linux users** - Launch the \"Jamulus Server\" shortcut. Or you can open a terminal window (`CTRL+ALT+t` on Debian and related distros), type `jamulus -s` and hit return." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:286 -msgid "People from outside your home network will not be able to see things inside it. To let external Jamulus clients connect to your server, you need to set up port forwarding in your Router's settings. The exact setup differs for every router. For help see your Router's documentation or [portforward.com](https://portforward.com)." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:321 +msgid "While most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, others can only be set using options given in a terminal window when the Server is launched. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:288 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:323 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Note:** The default port for the current version of Jamulus is **UDP** (not TCP) port **22124**. You will usually forward the port **22124** from outside your network to the port **22124** of the machine running the Server.\n" +msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose **Properties** > **Target**. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:290 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:325 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Note:** Your home router may change the IP address of the machine you're running your Server on. Depending on your router, you might need to give this machine a static IP address (often under DHCP settings of your router).\n" +msgid " `\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:292 -msgid "#### Getting the external IP" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:327 +msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:295 -msgid "To allow others to connect to your Server from the internet, get your external (WAN) IP address e.g. by [using Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=what+is+my+ip) and give it to them. You yourself should connect using the local network (LAN) address of the machine the Server is running on. If you are running a Client on the same machine as your Server, that would be `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:329 +#, no-wrap +msgid " `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:298 -msgid "#### Dynamic DNS and why you will probably need it" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note** Command line options will set the Server’s defaults at startup. You can override them while the Server is running using their corresponding GUI controls.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:332 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The Server status icon" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:300 -msgid "Most domestic internet connections change their external IP address after a short period. To avoid problems with this, you might want to set up \"dynamic DNS\" to get a static (sub-)domain you can share with others. Please research how to do that for your specic set up. Your router might support some \"dynamic DNS\" providers out of the box. If this is not the case, set up a dynamic DNS client as described by the dynamic DNS provider you chose." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:335 +msgid "When a Server is running in GUI mode, the operating system will show an icon in the system tray or status area that indicates whether the Server has connections:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:302 -msgid "## Backing up the Server" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:337 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
The Server is empty\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:304 -msgid "_Note that headless Servers do not use `.ini` files. All configuration is given as command line options._" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:339 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
The Server is occupied\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:342 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Backing up the Server" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:306 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:345 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:308 -msgid "## Troubleshooting" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:347 +msgid "Headless Servers do not use `.ini` files. All configuration is given as command line options. If you are running a Server in GUI mode, after reading any command line options on start, it will store its configuration in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file." msgstr "" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Solução de problemas" + #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:309 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:350 msgid "If you are having other problems, [see this guide](Server-Troubleshooting)." msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "TOC" +#~ msgstr "TOC" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Server-Bandwidth.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Server-Bandwidth.po index 1cd178ca1..efdb3c13c 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Server-Bandwidth.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Server-Bandwidth.po @@ -16,25 +16,25 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" "X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "pt_BR" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Server-Bandwidth" msgstr "" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Bandwidth Use" @@ -45,49 +45,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:11 -msgid "## Audio bandwidth" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:13 -msgid "The audio settings have an impact on the required network bandwidth. The table below summarises network requirements with respect to the configuration of:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:14 -msgid "Channels : stereo/mono" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:15 -msgid "Quality : high/medium/low" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio bandwidth" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:16 -msgid "Audio buffer duration : 2.67 ms, 5.33 ms, 10.67 ms, 21.33 ms" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:18 -msgid "With the following units" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:19 -msgid "ms : milliseconds" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:20 -msgid "Kbit/s : Kilo-bits per second (Reminder : 1 Mbit/s = 1024 Kbit/s, 1 KByte/s = 8 Kbit/s)" +msgid "The audio settings have an impact on the required network bandwidth. The table below summarises network requirements with respect to the configuration of: * Channels : stereo/mono * Quality : high/medium/low * Audio buffer duration : 2.67 ms, 5.33 ms, 10.67 ms, 21.33 ms" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:21 -msgid "Mbit/s : Mega-bits per second" +msgid "With the following units * ms : milliseconds * Kbit/s : Kilo-bits per second (Reminder : 1 Mbit/s = 1024 Kbit/s, 1 KByte/s = 8 Kbit/s) * Mbit/s : Mega-bits per second" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -104,9 +75,10 @@ msgid "" "| Mono | Low | 534 Kbit/s | 306 Kbit/s | 190 Kbit/s | 132 Kbit/s |\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:32 -msgid "## Network bandwidth" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Network bandwidth" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Server-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Server-Troubleshooting.po index 7e472cb9a..b6a550f49 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Server-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Server-Troubleshooting.po @@ -2,39 +2,41 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Melcon Moraes , 2022. +# Felipe Nogueira , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-17 23:59+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Melcon Moraes \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-03-05 03:36+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Felipe Nogueira \n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" "Language: pt_BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.16.2-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "pt_BR" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Server-Troubleshooting" msgstr "" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:10 #, no-wrap msgid "Server Troubleshooting" msgstr "" @@ -47,49 +49,52 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:12 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# Server Troubleshooting\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" -msgstr "" +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:14 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:16 -msgid "Table of contents" -msgstr "Índice" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:18 -msgid "TOC" -msgstr "TOC" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "Índice\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:19 -msgid "{:toc}" -msgstr "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" +msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:21 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:23 -msgid "## Servers - Registered" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Servers - Registered" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:25 -msgid "### Why doesn't my Server show up in the list? Why isn't it registering?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why doesn't my Server show up in the list? Why isn't it registering?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:27 -msgid "If you are registered OK (you can [see it here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)) and you or your friends can't see your Server, you may need to wait, or start your Client with the `--showallservers` option and try connecting from there ([see command line options](Software-Manual#command-line-options)) on how to start your Client with a config option). In some network configurations, you may also need to [port forward](Running-a-Server#port-forwarding) your router." +msgid "If you are registered OK (you can [see it here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)) and you or your friends can't see your Server, you may need to wait, or start your Client with the `--showallservers` option and try connecting from there ([see command line options](Software-Manual#command-line-options)) on how to start your Client with a config option). In some network configurations, you may also need to configure your router to [forward the port number](Unregistered-Servers#port-forwarding) used by Jamulus Server." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -102,14 +107,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can verify that your Server is listed in the relevant genre by [checking it here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:33 -msgid "## Servers - Unregistered" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:32 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Servers - Unregistered" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:35 -msgid "### I'm running my Client on the same machine/network as my Server but I can't connect to it" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I'm running my Client on the same machine/network as my Server but I can't connect to it" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -117,39 +124,42 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Connect your Client to `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`. If you're running the Client on a different machine to the Server but on the same network, then connect to the _local network_ address of the Server. Do not connect via the Server's public (WAN) address." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:39 -msgid "### What address do I give to people so that they can connect to my Server?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "What address do I give to people so that they can connect to my Server?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:41 -msgid "This should be your **public** IP address (find that with [Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=whatsmyip)). Connect your **own** Jamulus Client to the **local** IP address of your Server (`localhost` or `127.0.0.1` if it's on the same machine as your Client). Note that your public IP address can change - see the note on \"dynamic DNS\" in [this guide](Running-a-Server#dynamic-dns-and-why-you-will-probably-need-it)." +msgid "This should be your **public** IP address (find that with [Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=whatsmyip)). Connect your **own** Jamulus Client to the **local** IP address of your Server (`localhost` or `127.0.0.1` if it's on the same machine as your Client). Note that your public IP address can change - see the note on \"dynamic DNS\" in [this guide](Unregistered-Servers#dynamic-dns-and-why-you-will-probably-need-it)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:44 -msgid "### What port numbers can I use?" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:43 +#, no-wrap +msgid "What port numbers can I use?" +msgstr "Quais números de porta eu posso usar?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:46 msgid "You can set your Server to listen on a custom port with the `--port` option. If you do this, you will need to tell people which port to connect on. They will need to append the port number to the address of your Server in the format `[serverAddress]:[portNumber]`." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:48 -msgid "### Nobody can connect to my Server - but I can connect locally" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Nobody can connect to my Server - but I can connect locally" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:50 -msgid "First of all, make sure you've enabled [port forwarding](Running-a-Server#port-forwarding). If you still don't see your server from outside of your local network, you may have issues with your Internet Service Provider (ISP)." +msgid "First of all, make sure you've enabled [port forwarding](Unregistered-Servers#port-forwarding). If you still don't see your server from outside of your local network, you may have issues with your Internet Service Provider (ISP)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:52 -msgid "Some ISPs are using techniques like [Address plus Port (A+P)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Address_plus_Port) or [Carrier-grade NAT (CGN)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carrier-grade_NAT) to conserve address space (usually for IPv4). That makes it impossible to host services like Jamulus at home as they are not visible outside your local network." +msgid "Some ISPs use techniques like [Address plus Port (A+P)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Address_plus_Port) or [Carrier-grade NAT (CGN)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carrier-grade_NAT) to conserve address space (usually for IPv4). That makes it impossible to host services like Jamulus at home as they are not visible outside your local network." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -158,6 +168,9 @@ msgid "To detect if CGN is the issue, go to your router's configuration screen ( msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:56 +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:55 msgid "To fix the issue with IPv4, contact your ISP technical support team, and tell them that you want to host a public server at home, so you need a real WAN IP address. Furthermore, you can help them with info that CGN might be the issue. Also, you can ask for a static IP address to avoid using DDNS." msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "TOC" +#~ msgstr "TOC" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Software-Manual.po index a801f90da..a2cd8c9c9 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Software-Manual.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Software-Manual.po @@ -2,53 +2,61 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Melcon Moraes , 2022. +# gbonaspetti , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-18 04:03+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Melcon Moraes \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-09 09:51+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: gbonaspetti \n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" "Language: pt_BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "pt_BR" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual" msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Software Manual" msgstr "Manual do Software" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:9 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# Jamulus User Manual\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "# Jamulus User Manual\n" +#| " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgid "Jamulus User Manual" msgstr "" "# Manual do Usuário do Jamulus \n" " {:.no_toc}\n" +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:9 +#, no-wrap +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" + #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:11 msgid "This manual documents the Jamulus Client application for use by musicians and singers using the software to connect to a server." @@ -56,32 +64,38 @@ msgstr "Este manual documenta o aplicativo Cliente Jamulus para uso por músicos #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:13 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:15 -msgid "Table of contents" -msgstr "Índice" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:17 -msgid "TOC" -msgstr "TOC" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "Índice\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:18 -msgid "{:toc}" -msgstr "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" +msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:20 -msgid "
" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "
" +msgid "
\n" msgstr "
" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:22 -msgid "# Main Window" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:21 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "# Main Window" +msgid "Main Window" msgstr "# Janela Principal" #. type: Plain text @@ -98,9 +112,11 @@ msgstr "" "\t
Sua mixagem local quando conectado a um Servidor
\n" "\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:30 -msgid "## Ping, Delay and Jitter" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:29 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Ping, Delay and Jitter" +msgid "Ping, Delay and Jitter" msgstr "## Ping, Atraso and Jitter" #. type: Plain text @@ -117,7 +133,9 @@ msgstr "**Atraso** mostra a latência geral calculada a partir do tempo de ping #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:36 -msgid "
\"Image
" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "
\"Image
" +msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"Imagem
" #. type: Plain text @@ -128,7 +146,9 @@ msgstr "**Verde** - O delay é perfeito para uma jam session\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:40 -msgid "
\"Image
" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "
\"Image
" +msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"Imagem
" #. type: Plain text @@ -139,7 +159,9 @@ msgstr "**Amarelo** - Uma sessão ainda é possível, mas pode ser mais difícil #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:44 -msgid "
\"Image
" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "
\"Image
" +msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"Imagem
" #. type: Plain text @@ -154,29 +176,31 @@ msgstr "**Vermelho** - O atraso é muito grande para tocar\n" msgid "**Jitter** shows the current audio/streaming status. If the light is **red**, the audio stream is interrupted. This is caused by one of the following problems:\n" msgstr "**Jitter** mostra o status atual de áudio/streaming. Se a luz estiver **vermelha**, o fluxo de áudio será interrompido. Isso é causado por um dos seguintes problemas:\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:50 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53 msgid "The network jitter buffer is not large enough for the current network/audio interface jitter." msgstr "O jitter buffer da rede não é grande o suficiente para o jitter atual da interface de rede/áudio." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:51 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53 msgid "The sound card's buffer delay (buffer size) is too small (see Settings window)." msgstr "O atraso do buffer (tamanho do buffer) da placa de som é demasiado pequeno (verificar janela das Definições)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:52 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53 msgid "The upload or download stream rate is too high for your internet bandwidth." msgstr "A taxa de upload ou download é muito elevada para a sua largura de banda da Internet." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53 msgid "The CPU of the Client or server is at 100%." msgstr "A CPU do cliente ou servidor está em 100%." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:55 -msgid "## Input" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:54 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Input" +msgid "Input" msgstr "## Entrada" #. type: Plain text @@ -184,9 +208,10 @@ msgstr "## Entrada" msgid "Shows the level of the two stereo channels for your audio input. Make sure not to clip the input signal to avoid distortions of your sound (the LEDs will indicate clipping when it occurs)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:60 -msgid "## Mute Myself button" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Mute Myself button" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -194,9 +219,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Cuts your audio stream to the server so that you will be able to hear yourself and see your own input levels, but other musicians will not. Be aware that other musicians will not know if you have muted yourself." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:64 -msgid "## Reverb effect" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:63 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Reverb effect" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -204,9 +230,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Adds reverb to your local mono audio channel, or to both channels in stereo mode. The mono channel selection and the reverberation level can be modified. For example, if a microphone signal is fed in to the right audio channel of the sound card and a reverb effect needs to be applied, set the channel selector to the right and move the fader upwards until the desired reverb level is reached." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:71 -msgid "## Chat" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:70 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Chat" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -214,9 +241,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message is received." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:77 -msgid "## Connect/disconnect button" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:76 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Connect/disconnect button" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -226,8 +254,18 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:82 -msgid "
\"Screenshot
" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "
\n" +#| "\t\"Image\n" +#| "\t
Your local mix when connected to a Server
\n" +#| "
\n" +msgid "
\"Screenshot
\n" msgstr "" +"
\n" +"\t\"Imagem\n" +"\t
Sua mixagem local quando conectado a um Servidor
\n" +"
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:84 @@ -244,15 +282,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If you know the IP address or URL of a private server, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124` (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets). The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:92 -msgid "## Server audio mixer" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:91 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server audio mixer" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:94 -msgid "
\"Image
" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "
\"Image
" +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"Imagem
" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:97 @@ -276,188 +317,204 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:105 -msgid "### Grp button" +msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. You can sort instead by name, instrument, group, or city using the View menu." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:107 -msgid "Defines a group of audio channels. Moving the fader of one member of the group moves the faders of all the others. Up to 8 groups can be defined." +msgid "If the server operator has enabled recording, you will see a message above the mixer showing that you are being recorded." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:109 -msgid "### Mute button" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:108 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Grp button" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:111 -msgid "Prevents users being heard in your local mix. Be aware that when you mute someone, they will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader to indicate that you cannot hear them. Note also that you will continue to see their VU meters moving if sound from the muted user is reaching the server. Your fader position for them is also unaffected." +msgid "You can group users together using the \"group\" toggle. Moving the fader of any member of the group will move the other faders in that group by the same amount. You can isolate a channel from the group temporarily with shift-click-drag. Up to 8 groups can be defined." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:113 -msgid "Note that muting your **own** channel only means you will not hear your signal from the server (and is not advised as it can lead to you becoming out of time with other players). This is therefore not the same as using \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"." +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:112 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Mute button" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:115 -msgid "### Solo button" +msgid "Prevents users being heard in your local mix. Be aware that when you mute someone, they will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader to indicate that you cannot hear them. Note also that you will continue to see their VU meters moving if sound from the muted user is reaching the server. Your fader position for them is also unaffected." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:117 -msgid "Allows you to hear one or more users on their own. Those not soloed will be muted. Note also that those people who are not soloed will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader." +msgid "Note that muting your **own** channel only means you will not hear your signal from the server (and is not advised as it can lead to you becoming out of time with other players). This is therefore not the same as using \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:119 -msgid "Users are listed left to right in the order that they connect. You can change the sort order using the Edit option in the application menu." +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:118 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Solo button" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:121 -msgid "You can group users together using the \"group\" toggle. Moving the fader of any member of the group will move the other faders in that group by the same amount. You can isolate a channel from the group temporarily with shift-click-drag." +msgid "Allows you to hear one or more users on their own. Those not soloed will be muted. Note also that those people who are not soloed will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:123 -msgid "If the server operator has enabled recording, you will see a message above the mixer showing that you are being recorded." +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:122 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Settings" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:125 -msgid "# Settings" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:124 +#, no-wrap +msgid "My Profile" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:127 -msgid "## My Profile" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:128 +msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130 -msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board." -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "
\"Image
" +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"Imagem
" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132 -msgid "
\"Image
" +msgid "If you set an instrument and/or country, icons for these selections will also be shown below your fader. The skill setting changes the background colour of the fader tag and the city entry shows up in the tool tip of the fader tag:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:134 -msgid "If you set an instrument and/or country, icons for these selections will also be shown below your fader. The skill setting changes the background colour of the fader tag and the city entry shows up in the tool tip of the fader tag:" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "
\"Image
" +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"Imagem
" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:136 -msgid "
\"Image
" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:135 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Skin" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138 -msgid "### Skin" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140 msgid "This applies a skin to the main window, some of which are designed to accommodate larger ensembles." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142 -msgid "### Meter style" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:139 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Meter style" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:144 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142 msgid "This changes the visual style of the audio meters, independently of the chosen skin." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146 -msgid "### Mixer rows" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:143 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Mixer rows" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:148 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146 msgid "This sets the number of rows displayed in the server audio mixer, for use with larger ensembles." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150 -msgid "### Audio Alerts" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:147 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio Alerts" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:152 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150 msgid "This turns on a sound alert for when someone joins a Server, or when receiving a new chat message." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154 -msgid "## Audio/Network Setup" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:151 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio/Network Setup" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:156 -msgid "
\"Image
" -msgstr "" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "
\"Image
" +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"Imagem
" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:158 -msgid "### Device" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:155 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio Device" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:161 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:159 msgid "Under the Windows operating system the ASIO driver (sound card) can be selected using Jamulus. If the selected ASIO driver is not valid an error message is shown and the previous valid driver is selected. Under macOS the input and output hardware can be selected." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163 -msgid "### Input/output channel mapping" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:160 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Input/output channel mapping" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:165 -msgid "
\"Image
" -msgstr "" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "
\"Image
" +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"Imagem
" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:169 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:167 msgid "If the selected sound card device offers more than one input or output channel, the _Input Channel Mapping and Output Channel Mapping_ settings are visible. For each Jamulus input/output channel (left and right channel) a different actual sound card channel can be selected." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171 -msgid "### Audio channels" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:168 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio channels" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:173 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171 msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and server." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:173 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note**: It is better to run separate Client instances per voice/instrument, where each Client has its own ini file, rather than using this built-in mono pair to stereo mixer.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:177 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175 msgid "There are three modes available:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:177 #, no-wrap msgid "**Mono** and **Stereo** modes use one and two audio channels respectively.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:182 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:180 #, no-wrap msgid "" "**Mono-in/Stereo-out**: The audio signal sent to the server is mono but the return signal is stereo. This is useful if the sound card has the instrument on one input channel and the microphone on the other. In that case\n" @@ -465,272 +522,297 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:185 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183 msgid "Enabling stereo mode will increase your stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:188 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:186 msgid "In stereo streaming mode, no audio channel selection for the reverb effect will be available on the main window since the effect is applied to both channels in this case." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190 -msgid "### Audio quality" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:187 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio quality" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:192 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190 msgid "The higher the audio quality, the higher your audio stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194 -msgid "### Buffer Delay" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:191 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Buffer Delay" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:197 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:195 msgid "The buffer delay setting is a fundamental setting of the Jamulus software. This setting has an influence on many connection properties. Three buffer sizes are supported:" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards.\n" +msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:200 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards.\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 +msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:201 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection.\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 +msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:204 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:202 msgid "Some sound card drivers do not allow the buffer delay to be changed from within the Jamulus software. In this case the buffer delay setting is disabled and has to be changed using the sound card driver. On Windows, press the ASIO Setup button to open the driver settings panel." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:206 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:204 msgid "On Linux, use the JACK configuration tool to change the buffer size." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:208 msgid "The actual buffer delay has an influence on the connection status, the current upload rate and the overall delay. The lower the buffer size, the higher the probability of a red light in the status indicator (dropouts) and the higher the upload rate and the lower the overall delay." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:212 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210 msgid "The buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:214 -msgid "### Jitter Buffer" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:211 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jitter Buffer" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:218 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:216 msgid "The jitter buffer compensates for network and sound card timing jitters. The size of the buffer influences the quality of the audio stream (how many dropouts occur) and the overall delay (the longer the buffer, the higher the delay)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:222 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220 msgid "You can set the jitter buffer size manually for your local Client and the remote server. For the local jitter buffer, dropouts in the audio stream are indicated by the light below the jitter buffer size faders. If the light turns to red, a buffer overrun/underrun has taken place and the audio stream is interrupted." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:224 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:222 msgid "The jitter buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:228 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:226 msgid "If the Auto setting is enabled, the jitter buffers of your local Client and the remote server are set automatically based on measurements of the network and sound card timing jitter. If the Auto check is enabled, the jitter buffer size faders are disabled (they cannot be moved with the mouse)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230 -msgid "### Enable small network buffers" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:227 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Small Network Buffers" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:233 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:231 msgid "Allows support for very small network audio packets. These are only used if the sound card buffer delay is smaller than 128 samples. The smaller the network buffers, the lower the audio latency. But at the same time the network load increases and the probability of audio dropouts also increases (particuarly if your network connection has any significant jitter). Try enabling this option if you are suffering from high latency or bad audio quality. However, keeping it disabled will normally mean better audio quality." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:235 -msgid "### Audio Stream Rate" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:232 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio Stream Rate" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:238 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:236 msgid "Depends on the current audio packet size and compression setting. Make sure that the upstream rate is not higher than your available internet upload speed (check this with a service such as [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:240 -msgid "## Advanced Setup" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Advanced Setup" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:242 -msgid "
\"Image
" -msgstr "" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:240 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "
\"Image
" +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"Imagem
" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:244 -msgid "### Custom Directories" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Custom Directories" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:246 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:244 msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:248 -msgid "### New Client Level" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:245 +#, no-wrap +msgid "New Client Level" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:252 -msgid "This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects to the current server, they will get the specified initial fader level if no other fader level from a previous connection of that user was already stored. You can set all users in an occupied server to this level using Edit > \"Set All Faders to New Client Level\"." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects\n" +"to the current server, they will get the specified initial fader level if no other fader level from a previous connection of\n" +"that user was already stored. You can set all users in an occupied server to this level using Edit > \"Set All Faders to New Client Level\".\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:254 -msgid "### Input Boost" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:251 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Input Boost" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:256 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:254 msgid "Increases the gain from your device. Use this if your device delivers a gain that is too quiet for Jamulus." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258 -msgid "### Feedback Protection" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:255 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Feedback Protection" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:260 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258 msgid "Attempts to detect audio feedback loops or loud noise in the first three seconds after you connected to a server. Once detected, this feature will show a message and activate the \"Mute Myself\" button to mute you in your own mix." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:262 -msgid "### Input Balance" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:259 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Input Balance" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:266 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:264 msgid "Controls the relative levels of the left and right local audio channels. For a mono signal it acts as a pan between the two channels. For example, if a microphone is connected to the right input channel and an instrument is connected to the left input channel which is much louder than the microphone, move the audio fader to increase the relative volume of the mic." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:268 -msgid "# Menu commands" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Menu commands" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:270 -msgid "### File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:267 +#, no-wrap +msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:270 msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band rehearsals (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) and load these any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:274 -msgid "### Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:271 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders " msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:276 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:274 msgid "Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:278 -msgid "# Backing up Jamulus" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:275 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Backing up Jamulus" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:280 -msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:279 +msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 -msgid "You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want." +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:286 +#. type: Fenced code block (shell) +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n" -"```shell\n" -"$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" -"```\n" +msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 -msgid "# Command Line Options" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:285 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Command Line Options" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:290 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:292 -msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:290 +#, no-wrap +msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:296 +#. type: Fenced code block (shell) +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:291 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"```shell\n" -" \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n" -"```\n" +msgid " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:298 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:296 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302 +#. type: Fenced code block (shell) +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:297 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"```shell\n" -" /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n" -"```\n" +msgid " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:306 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" msgstr "" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:305 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Controlling the Client via API" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:307 +msgid "In addition to the CLI, Jamulus can be controlled using an API. This is beneficial for advanced use cases - for example, where there is no GUI, or another application needs to interact with Jamulus. Please note that the API is still experimental. Information on the [JSON-RPC API can be found in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "TOC" +#~ msgstr "TOC" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Tips-Tricks-More.po index 67917b9de..67e2ec992 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Tips-Tricks-More.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Tips-Tricks-More.po @@ -2,79 +2,88 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Melcon Moraes , 2022. +# gbonaspetti , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-17 23:59+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Melcon Moraes \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-09 09:51+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: gbonaspetti \n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" "Language: pt_BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "pt_BR" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More" msgstr "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Tips, Tricks and More" msgstr "" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Tips & Tricks" +msgstr "Dicas e Truques" + #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:10 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# Tips & Tricks\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" -msgstr "" +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:12 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:14 -msgid "Table of contents" -msgstr "Índice" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:16 -msgid "TOC" -msgstr "TOC" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "Índice\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:17 -msgid "{:toc}" -msgstr "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" +msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:19 -msgid "
" -msgstr "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:21 -msgid "### Learning about remote band rehearsing" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Learning about remote band rehearsing" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -82,15 +91,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Jamulus user [Chris Rimple](https://sourceforge.net/u/chrisrimple/profile/) has compiled a massive amount of information relating to [Remote Band Rehearsals](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1smcvsxdaaViPQvGMQHmah_6BQeqowhmGSFMHfnlY2FI/) (Google doc), which covers topics such as hardware and software configuration including examples and advice for newcomers to the field. He also includes a section on Jamulus in comparison to other solutions." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:25 -msgid "## Using the Jamulus Client" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using the Jamulus Client" +msgstr "Usando o cliente Jamulus" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:27 -msgid "### Have an undisturbed session on any Server" -msgstr "" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Have an undisturbed session on any Server" +msgstr "Ter uma sessão tranquila em qualquer servidor" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:29 @@ -103,9 +114,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**NOTE:** This does not stop people from hearing you, using the chat function, or seeing your profile information.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:33 -msgid "### Using Jamulus audio in Zoom (or other) meeting apps" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:32 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using Jamulus audio in Zoom (or other) meeting apps" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -118,9 +130,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can also use [VoiceMeeter](https://www.vb-audio.com/Voicemeeter/banana.htm) (Banana) for Windows or [BlackHole](https://github.com/ExistentialAudio/BlackHole) for macOS to route the Jamulus output to multiple destinations, for example to your headphones and the meeting application at the same time." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:39 -msgid "### Recording Jamulus on Windows with Reaper" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Recording Jamulus on Windows with Reaper" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -128,9 +141,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Jamulus user [Rob Durkin](https://sourceforge.net/u/bentwrench/profile/) has written a [guide to recording the output of Jamulus](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1tENfNKTWHasuTg33OdLLEo4-OOhWJolOo42ffSARxhY/edit) (Google Doc) using the ReaRoute add-on for [Reaper](https://www.reaper.fm/)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:43 -msgid "### Sharing song/chord sheets" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:42 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Sharing song/chord sheets" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -138,9 +152,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Jamulus user [BTDT](https://sourceforge.net/u/btdt/profile/) has written a system called [305keepers](https://github.com/keepers305/Song-Sheet-Sharing-Web-Pages), a web application that allows a \"Jam leader\" to push song sheets (in PDF format) to \"Jammers\" in real time using standard web browsers." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:47 -msgid "### Jamulus Client Linux start script" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:46 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus Client Linux start script" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -163,11 +178,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Here is the script:" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:82 +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:57 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"~~~\n" " amixer sset 'Mic' capture 30% cap\n" " amixer sset 'Mic' playback 0%\n" " amixer sset 'Line' playback 60% unmute\n" @@ -191,12 +205,12 @@ msgid "" " jack_connect gx_head_fx:out_1 Jamulus:'input right'\n" " jack_connect Jamulus:'output left' system:playback_1\n" " jack_connect Jamulus:'output right' system:playback_2\n" -"~~~\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:84 -msgid "### Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -216,7 +230,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92 -msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this." +#, no-wrap +msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -241,24 +256,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 -msgid "## For Server admins" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101 +#, no-wrap +msgid "For Server admins" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104 -msgid "### Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106 -msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for your band to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Your band mates will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)" +msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:108 -msgid "### Remote management of recordings" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Remote management of recordings" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -266,9 +284,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112 -msgid "### Making a Server status page" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Making a Server status page" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -281,11 +300,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:131 +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"~~~\n" "\n" "\n" -"~~~\n" msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "TOC" +#~ msgstr "TOC" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Unregistered-Servers.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Unregistered-Servers.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..075261a12 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Unregistered-Servers.po @@ -0,0 +1,198 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "pt_BR" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Unregistered-Servers" +msgstr "/wiki/Unregistered-Servers" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Running an Unregistered Server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:9 +msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:13 +msgid "It is highly recommended to test your Server by registering it on one of the built-in Directories **first**. This will help you tackle general problems before you try unregistered mode." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:14 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Setting up a Server behind a home router" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:17 +msgid "If you set up your Server at home, you will probably need to change some settings in your router/firewall:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Port forwarding" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:21 +msgid "Normally, people from outside your home network cannot see things inside it. To let external Jamulus Clients connect to your Server, you need to set up port forwarding in your router's settings. The exact setup differs for every router. For help, see your router's documentation or [portforward.com](https://portforward.com)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** The default port for Jamulus is **UDP** (not TCP) port **22124**. You will usually forward the port **22124** from outside your network to the port **22124** of the computer running the Server.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Getting the public IP" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:28 +msgid "To allow others to connect to your Server from the internet, give them your public IP address. You can [learn your current public IP address using Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=what+is+my+ip). You should connect yourself using the local network address of the computer the Server is running on. If you are running a Client on the same computer as your Server, the address is `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:30 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Dynamic DNS and why you will probably need it" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:33 +msgid "Unless your ISP provides you with a fixed IP address, you may find that your address changes over time. You might want to associate your IP address with a domain name you can share with others that uses \"dynamic DNS\" (DDNS). A \"dynamic DNS\" provider can supply you with the domain name and you keep refreshing your IP address with the provider. Your router might support certain DDNS providers to do this. If this is not the case, the provider will have instructions on how to set up a dynamic DNS client." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "DNS SRV record support" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:37 +msgid "Jamulus Clients support [DNS SRV records (\"service\" records)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record). If a Client finds an SRV record associated with the domain name given in the Connect window, it will try to connect to the endpoint host and port listed in the SRV record. This process is similar to HTTP redirection in a web browser, only it's between Jamulus Clients and the DNS server. The Jamulus Server is not involved in this interaction. Jamulus Servers just listen for connections on the same port listed in the SRV record." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why is this helpful?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:41 +msgid "A Jamulus Client can connect to a Server on a non-default port by specifying the port as part of the server address. A server administrator may want to give users a simple address without the port details, while still serving Jamulus on a non-default port. For this case, the port information can be acquired from an SRV record." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:43 +msgid "An address entered in the Connect window could look like ```jamulus.example.com```. If an SRV record is found for this DNS domain, Jamulus Client will try to connect to the Server on the host:port listed in the SRV record, such as ```jamulus.example.com:12345```." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:45 +msgid "If no SRV records are found on the DNS server, a Client will attempt to connect to the Server as specified in the connection window." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:46 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Creating SRV records" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:49 +msgid "SRV records are created by the administrator of the domain being used to host the Jamulus server. The SRV records are added through the administration portal (or API if available) of the domain's DNS hosting service. The format of the SRV record entry can vary by DNS hosting service but will generally look something like this." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" _service._proto.name. ttl IN SRV priority weight port target\n" +" \n" +" # or, more specifically\n" +" \n" +" _jamulus._udp.example.com. 60 IN SRV 0 5 12345 jamulus.example.com\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** You can host many Jamulus Servers at different ports on one host by giving each its own SRV record.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:61 +msgid "See the documentation of your DNS provider for instructions on creating an SRV record." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Example use case with SRV records" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:65 +msgid "This example assumes the DNS contains an A or CNAME record that resolves to ```server1.example.com```, where three Jamulus Server instances are running, each listening on one of the three ports listed below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:67 +msgid "Alternatively, `server1.example.com` can be a router, NAT-gateway, or load-balancer that forwards each of the ports to a backend Jamulus server (or servers)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:74 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"| JAMULUS CLIENT | DNS SRV RECORD | JAMULUS SERVER |\n" +"| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------- |\n" +"| rock.example.com | _jamulus._udp.rock.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22124 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22124 |\n" +"| jazz.example.com | _jamulus._udp.jazz.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22125 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22125 |\n" +"| blues.example.com | _jamulus._udp.blues.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22126 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22126 |\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:76 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*It's important to remember that DNS is not forwarding connections. It's simply telling Jamulus Client what public host:port to connect to.*\n" +msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/copyright.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/copyright.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..43859214a --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/copyright.po @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Hash Value: footer asio +#: ../wiki/en/misc/copyright.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ASIO ® compatible - ASIO is a trademark and software of Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav docs +#: ../wiki/en/misc/copyright.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "This documentation is CC BY-SA" +msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/general.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/general.po index ed3812086..8b1682f6d 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/general.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/general.po @@ -16,109 +16,107 @@ msgstr "" "X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" #. type: Hash Value: footer alt facebook -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus Facebook group" msgstr "Grupo Jamulus no Facebook" #. type: Hash Value: footer alt github -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus GitHub repo" msgstr "Jamulus GitHub repo" #. type: Hash Value: footer alt help -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Help and support" msgstr "Ajuda e suporte" #. type: Hash Value: footer copyright software -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Software by Volker Fischer and contributors - want to get involved?" msgstr "Software por Volker Fischer e colaborares - quer envolver-se?" -#. type: Hash Value: infobox_each_os -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Jamulus 3.9.1 addresses a MIDI controller-related bug that could result in the loss of old fader levels: If you used `--ctrlmidich`, you can start the app once with `--cleanuplegacyfadersettings` to try to convert the old format to the new one. This option will be removed in a future release. Read the Change Log for more information." -msgstr "Jamulus 3.9.1 resolve un problema associado aos controladores MIDI que poderia resultar em perda dos níveis prévios dos faders:: Se você utilizava `--ctrlmidich`, pode iniciar o aplicativo uma vez com `--cleanuplegacyfadersettings` para tentar converter o formato antigo para o novo formato. Esta opção será removida em uma versão futura. Leia o Change Log para mais informações." - #. type: Hash Value: kb by -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "by" msgstr "de" #. type: Hash Value: kb discuss linktitle -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Discuss this content" msgstr "Discussão sobre este conteúdo" #. type: Hash Value: kb discuss title -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Comments" msgstr "Commentários" #. type: Hash Value: kb kbintro -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Community knowledge base
Feel free to add your own article!" msgstr "Base de conhecimento comunitária
Fique à vontade para adicionar seu próprio artigo!" #. type: Hash Value: kb mainpage -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Knowledge Base overview" msgstr "Visão geral da Base de Conhecimento" #. type: Hash Value: kb navpages -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "More pages" msgstr "Mais páginas" #. type: Hash Value: kb newpage -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Add a new page via GitHub" msgstr "Adicionar uma nova página via GitHub" #. type: Hash Value: kb readmore -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Read more..." msgstr "Leia mais..." #. type: Hash Value: kb titleAdd -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "– Jamulus Knowledge Base" msgstr "– Base de conhecimento do Jamulus" #. type: Hash Value: nav altJamulusIcon -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus Icon. Links to homepage" msgstr "Ícone Jamulus. Link para a página inicial" #. type: Hash Value: nav btnOpenNavigation -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Open navigation" msgstr "Abrir navegação" #. type: Hash Value: tNoJSEnabled -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Your browser has JavaScript disabled. That's totally fine. This site has been designed to provide basic functionality without JS. Enabling JavaScript may give you additional functionality on this site." msgstr "Seu browser desabilitou JavaScript, o que é perfeitamente ok. Este site foi desenvolvido para prover funcionalidade básica mesmo sem JS. Se vocé habilitá-lo, você pode usufruir de funções adicionais." #. type: Hash Value: wiki titleAdd -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "– Jamulus Website" msgstr "– Página Web do Jamulus" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Jamulus 3.9.1 addresses a MIDI controller-related bug that could result in the loss of old fader levels: If you used `--ctrlmidich`, you can start the app once with `--cleanuplegacyfadersettings` to try to convert the old format to the new one. This option will be removed in a future release. Read the Change Log for more information." +#~ msgstr "Jamulus 3.9.1 resolve un problema associado aos controladores MIDI que poderia resultar em perda dos níveis prévios dos faders:: Se você utilizava `--ctrlmidich`, pode iniciar o aplicativo uma vez com `--cleanuplegacyfadersettings` para tentar converter o formato antigo para o novo formato. Esta opção será removida em uma versão futura. Leia o Change Log para mais informações." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/navigation.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/navigation.po index 5353b250e..7da4d8321 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/navigation.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/navigation.po @@ -2,165 +2,172 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Melcon Moraes , 2022. +# gbonaspetti , 2023. +# Felipe Nogueira , 2023. +# Adonias Almeida , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-17 23:59+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Melcon Moraes \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-10 20:00+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Adonias Almeida \n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" "Language: pt_BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting Up" msgstr "Configurando" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Windows" msgstr "Windows" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows" msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "macOS" msgstr "macOS" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh" msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Linux" msgstr "Linux" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux" msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Getting-Started" msgstr "/wiki/Getting-Started" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "User Manual" msgstr "Manual do Usuário" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual" msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "FAQ" msgstr "FAQ" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/FAQ" msgstr "/wiki/FAQ" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "Solução de Problemas" +msgstr "Solução de problemas" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting" msgstr "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting" #. type: Hash Value: nav title -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Using Jamulus" msgstr "Usando Jamulus" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap -msgid "Server Administration" -msgstr "Administrar um Servidor" +msgid "Server Manual" +msgstr "Manual do servidor" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Running-a-Server" msgstr "/wiki/Running-a-Server" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Tips & Tricks" msgstr "Dicas e Truques" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More" msgstr "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Community Knowledge Base" msgstr "Base de Conhecimento Comunitária" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems selectOnLayout -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "post" msgstr "post" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/kb/index.html" msgstr "/kb/index.html" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Privacy Statement" msgstr "Declaração de Privacidade" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Privacy-Statement" msgstr "/wiki/Privacy-Statement" #. type: Hash Value: nav title -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "More" msgstr "Mais" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Server Administration" +#~ msgstr "Administrar um Servidor" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/1-index.po similarity index 56% rename from _translator-files/po/pt/1-index.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt_PT/1-index.po index b4297117e..d31926cb1 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt/1-index.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/1-index.po @@ -2,22 +2,39 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Melcon Moraes , 2022. +# ignotus , 2022. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-17 21:13+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Melcon Moraes \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-03 07:05+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: \n" -"Language: pt\n" +"Language: pt_PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" #. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?) #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:1 -#, no-wrap +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "---\n" +#| "title: \"Jamulus ‒ Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +#| "lang: \"en\"\n" +#| "permalink: /\n" +#| "layout: mainhomepage\n" +#| "ldjAppCategory: \"Music\"\n" +#| "ldjSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +#| "ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer and contributors\"\n" +#| "metadescription: \"Jamulus is open source software that lets musicians perform music, rehearse or just jam together, all in real time over the Internet.\"\n" +#| "mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" +#| "mTSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +#| "mTGetStartedNow: \"Get started now!\"\n" +#| "mTDownloadNow: 'Download now for'\n" +#| "mTOtherPlatforms: 'other platforms'\n" +#| "---\n" msgid "" "---\n" "title: \"Jamulus ‒ Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" @@ -27,17 +44,18 @@ msgid "" "ldjAppCategory: \"Music\"\n" "ldjSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" "ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer and contributors\"\n" -"metadescription: \"Jamulus is open source software that lets musicians perform music, rehearse or just jam together, all in real time over the Internet.\"\n" +"metadescription: \"Jamulus is free and open source software that lets musicians perform music, rehearse or jam together, in real time over the Internet.\"\n" "mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" "mTSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" "mTGetStartedNow: \"Get started now!\"\n" "mTDownloadNow: 'Download now for'\n" +"mTPlatformsAnd: 'and'\n" "mTOtherPlatforms: 'other platforms'\n" "---\n" msgstr "" "---\n" "title: \"Jamulus ‒ Faça música online. Com amigos. De graça.\"\n" -"lang: \"pt\"\n" +"lang: \"pt_PT\"\n" "permalink: /\n" "layout: mainhomepage\n" "ldjAppCategory: \"Música\"\n" @@ -52,25 +70,26 @@ msgstr "" "---\n" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:19 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:20 #, no-wrap msgid "What is Jamulus?" msgstr "O que é Jamulus?" #. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:20 -#, no-wrap -msgid " Jamulus is for playing, rehearsing, or just jamming with your friends, your band or just anyone you find online. With high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection, it's easy to play together remotely and in time. " +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:21 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid " Jamulus is for playing, rehearsing, or just jamming with your friends, your band or just anyone you find online. With high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection, it's easy to play together remotely and in time. " +msgid " Jamulus lets you play, rehearse, or jam with your friends, your band, or anyone you find online. Play together remotely in time with high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection. " msgstr " Jamulus é um programa para tocar, ensaiar ou simplesmente fazer um som com seus amigos, sua banda ou com qualquer um que estiver online. Com som de alta qualidade e baixa latência através de uma conexão de banda larga, nunca foi tão fácil tocar a distância e em tempo.! " #. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:20 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:21 #, no-wrap msgid "Download it here" msgstr "Baixe aqui" #. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:20 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:21 #, no-wrap msgid "" "!\n" @@ -80,54 +99,60 @@ msgstr "" " " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:33 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:34 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus worldwide" msgstr "Jamulus no mundo" #. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:34 -#, no-wrap +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:35 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| " All over the world Jamulus allows huge choirs to rehearse, loud rock bands to play, and brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons,\n" +#| " in schools and universities, in private and in public. Even just for the spoken word – all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person.\n" +#| " " msgid "" -" All over the world Jamulus allows huge choirs to rehearse, loud rock bands to play, and brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons,\n" -" in schools and universities, in private and in public. Even just for the spoken word – all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person.\n" +" All over the world Jamulus allows choirs to rehearse and rock bands to play. Jamulus brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons,\n" +" in schools and universities, in private and in public — all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person.\n" " " msgstr "" " No mundo inteiro Jamulus permite que grandes coros ensaiem, que bandas de rock façam um som. Jamulus une músicos clássicos e populares e tem sido usado para aulas de música a distância em escolas e universidades, públicas e privadas. Mesmo apenas para a língua falada - tudo em tempo real e na Internet, como se você estivesse lá em pessoa.\n" " " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:36 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:37 #, no-wrap msgid "Help needed?" msgstr "Precisa de ajuda?" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:38 -#, no-wrap -msgid " Have a look at the " +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid " Have a look at the " +msgid " Check out the " msgstr " Dê uma olhada na " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:38 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 #, no-wrap msgid "documentation" msgstr "documentação" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:38 -#, no-wrap -msgid ". Especially consider the " +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid ". Especially consider the " +msgid " and consider the " msgstr ". Considere também a seção de " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:40 #, no-wrap msgid "troubleshooting section" msgstr "problemas e soluções" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:40 #, no-wrap msgid "" "!\n" @@ -137,13 +162,13 @@ msgstr "" " Você também pode postar a sua pergunta nos " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:40 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:41 #, no-wrap msgid "forums" msgstr "fórums" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:40 ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:52 +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:41 ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:53 #, no-wrap msgid "" ".\n" @@ -153,55 +178,68 @@ msgstr "" " " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:44 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:45 #, no-wrap msgid "Want to get involved?" msgstr "Quer contribuir?" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:46 -#, no-wrap -msgid " Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help translating into your language? Since Jamulus is " +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid " Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help translating into your language? Since Jamulus is " +msgid " Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help " msgstr " Teve uma idéia? Encontrou um bug? Quer contribuir programando ou ajudar na tradução para o seu idioma? Uma vez que Jamulus é " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:46 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "translating" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid " Jamulus into your language? Since Jamulus is " +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap msgid "free and open source software" msgstr "um software livre e de código aberto" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:46 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap msgid " (FOSS) licensed under the " msgstr " (FOSS) licenciado sob a " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:46 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap msgid "GPL" msgstr "GPL" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:46 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap msgid ", you can help us!" msgstr ", você pode nos ajudar!" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 +#. type: Content of:


+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:48 #, no-wrap msgid " Take a look at our " msgstr " Leia as " -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 +#. type: Content of:


+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:48 #, no-wrap msgid "contribution guidelines" msgstr "diretrizes de contribuição" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 +#. type: Content of:


+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:48 #, no-wrap msgid "" " to find out how. Everybody is welcome!\n" @@ -210,20 +248,24 @@ msgstr "" " para saber como. Todos são bem-vindos!\n" " " -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:51 +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:52 #, no-wrap -msgid " For detailed information about how Jamulus hacks the space-time continuum to produce a near-perfect 5th dimension of collaborative sound, see " -msgstr " Para informações detalhadas sobre como Jamulus hackeia o continuum do espaço-tempo para produzir uma quinta dimensão quase perfeita do som colaborativo, veja. " +msgid " For detailed information on how Jamulus works, see " +msgstr "" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:52 +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:53 #, no-wrap msgid "this paper by Volker Fischer (PDF)" msgstr "esse paper de Volker Fischer (PDF)" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:57 +#. type: Content of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:58 #, no-wrap msgid "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" msgstr "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid " For detailed information about how Jamulus hacks the space-time continuum to produce a near-perfect 5th dimension of collaborative sound, see " +#~ msgstr " Para informações detalhadas sobre como Jamulus hackeia o continuum do espaço-tempo para produzir uma quinta dimensão quase perfeita do som colaborativo, veja. " diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Client-Troubleshooting.po similarity index 68% rename from _translator-files/po/pt/Client-Troubleshooting.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt_PT/Client-Troubleshooting.po index 5a1e46ce5..a885407b8 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt/Client-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Client-Troubleshooting.po @@ -2,79 +2,87 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # 이정희 , 2022. +# ignotus , 2022. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-19 06:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-03 07:05+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: pt\n" +"Language: pt_PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt" +msgstr "pt_PT" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting" msgstr "" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Client Troubleshooting" msgstr "" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "" + #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:10 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# Troubleshooting\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:12 -msgid "
" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "
" +msgid "
\n" msgstr "
" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:14 -msgid "Table of contents" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:16 -msgid "TOC" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:17 -msgid "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:19 -msgid "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:21 -msgid "### Don’t hear any sound/Others don’t hear you?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Don’t hear any sound/Others don’t hear you?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -88,9 +96,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Windows users (ASIO4ALL)**: If you’re using the ASIO4ALL driver have a look at the [ASIO4ALL setup section](Installation-for-Windows#setting-up-asio4all)\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:27 -msgid "### Not seeing the headphone or microphone you just connected to your PC?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Not seeing the headphone or microphone you just connected to your PC?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -98,9 +107,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Just restart Jamulus with your device plugged in. Jamulus currently doesn't show devices which were plugged in after the sound system was loaded." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:31 -msgid "### Your sound is stuttering" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:30 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Your sound is stuttering" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -108,9 +118,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Your audio device may not work with the buffer size you selected. Select a bigger buffer size in Jamulus's settings. If possible though, use another device, since large buffer sizes mean higher latency." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:35 -msgid "### You all sound OK, but it's difficult to keep together" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "You all sound OK, but it's difficult to keep together" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -124,22 +135,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can test whether you are hearing your signal correctly by doing the following:" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:41 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44 msgid "Run Jamulus and connect to a Server with a long ping time (greater than 200ms)" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:42 +#. type: Bullet: '2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44 msgid "Clap your hands once (or play one short note on an instrument). You should hear the sound from the Jamulus Server come back, but significantly delayed." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:43 +#. type: Bullet: '3. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44 msgid "Click the \"Mute\" button under your Jamulus name/slider in the main Jamulus mixer window (**NOT** the \"Mute Myself\" button on the left)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '4. ' #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44 msgid "Clap your hands again." msgstr "" @@ -159,9 +170,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [software manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:52 -msgid "### Can't work out your mic settings?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Can't work out your mic settings?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -169,9 +181,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When using a microphone while playing your other instrument, you can use a stereo audio input signal in your settings where one channel is connected to the instrument and the other channel is connected to a microphone signal. On the microphone channel an optional reverberation effect can be applied." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:56 -msgid "### Buffer LEDs suddenly going red, outages, [jittering](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jitter), weird sounds?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:55 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Buffer LEDs suddenly going red, outages, [jittering](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jitter), weird sounds?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -179,9 +192,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Your computer may be under too much load. Try not to have anything competing with Jamulus (like Zoom Meetings or Facebook live streams) on your machine. Or at least quit them while you're playing. Prevent things like virus scanners doing scans, or software updates happening, etc. Be aware that the reverb setting in Jamulus also uses more CPU the more reverb you have." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:60 -msgid "### Ping times and latency start well, then get worse, causing issues" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Ping times and latency start well, then get worse, causing issues" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -189,9 +203,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This can indicate something else is competing with Jamulus on your network, so make sure nobody is watching HD Netflix movies or taking part in Zoom video conferences while you are playing. A more permanent solution for technically-minded users may be found by investigating [the issue of buffer bloat](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/) on their router and whether you can implement Smart Queue Management (SQM). [More details here](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/What_can_I_do_about_Bufferbloat/)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:64 -msgid "### Getting frustrated with software channels, audio routing, sample rates and more?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:63 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Getting frustrated with software channels, audio routing, sample rates and more?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -199,9 +214,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "It's usually far easier and more reliable to have a [mixing desk](https://www.thomann.de/pics/bdb/191244/7355025_800.jpg) to connect your kit (instruments, mic, recorder etc.) and then send a simple stereo signal to your sound interface (be sure to listen to the resulting sound from the Jamulus Server via your computer though!). The huge variety of possible hardware, software and instrument combinations means that setting up your sound card to work with your particular configuration can otherwise get complicated very fast." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:68 -msgid "### Somebody joining your jam and being too loud?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:67 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Somebody joining your jam and being too loud?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -209,9 +225,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can set your \"New Client Level\" to a low value (e.g. 10), or set the musicians you are playing with to \"Solo\" state (in the mixer panel on the right side). That way, either new entrants will be very quiet, or you won't hear them at all." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:72 -msgid "### Can't see the Server you want to join?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:71 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Can't see the Server you want to join?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -219,9 +236,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "First check that you have the right genre Server selected in your Connect window. Sometimes network issues mean your Client won't list all the available Servers. If you know the name of the Server you want to join, you can [look up its IP address here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/). Enter that address in the \"Server Address\" field in the Connect Setup window to connect to it." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:76 -msgid "### Not seeing a list of Servers at all?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:75 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Not seeing a list of Servers at all?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -234,48 +252,83 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In some cases, it may be your ISP that is blocking your use of Jamulus. See the note on the [server troubleshooting page](Server-Troubleshooting#nobody-can-connect-to-my-server---but-i-can-connect-locally) about \"Nobody can connect to my Server\"" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:82 -msgid "### Trouble using Garageband (or other DAW) with Jamulus?" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:81 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Getting an error message saying \"Jamulus\" can't be opened because the developer cannot be verified" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:84 -msgid "See [this forum discussion](https://sourceforge.net/p/llcon/discussion/533517/thread/d3dd58eedc/#b994)" +msgid "If you are using a \"legacy\" version of Jamulus (because you are running an older version of macOS) or an intermediate build, the first time you run Jamulus, you will see a message saying it cannot be opened." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:86 -msgid "### Using a Mac and your input is not heard?" +msgid "To open Jamulus" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:88 -msgid "(With thanks to [Mark Anthony De Souza](https://www.facebook.com/groups/619274602254947/permalink/765122847670121/?comment_id=765525034296569))" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 +msgid "Go to the Applications folder via Finder" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 +msgid "Double-click on Jamulus and wait for the above-mentioned message" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 +msgid "Close this message by clicking on \"Cancel\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 +msgid "Now control-click (or right-click) on Jamulus, and select \"Open\" from the top of the menu." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:90 -msgid "Maybe you did not answer \"Yes\" to the `\"Jamulus wants to access your microphone\"` challenge. To fix this:" +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:93 +msgid "You will then get a slightly different version of the same message, which allows you to click \"Open\". From then on, you can run Jamulus in the normal way and the message won't appear. For further information about this warning see [this Apple Support Page](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:94 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Trouble using Garageband (or other DAW) with Jamulus?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 -msgid "Go to `Preferences` > `Security & Privacy` > `Privacy` tab" +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:97 +msgid "See [this forum discussion](https://sourceforge.net/p/llcon/discussion/533517/thread/d3dd58eedc/#b994)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:98 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using a Mac and your input is not heard?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:92 -msgid "Find `Microphone` on the left and then make sure `Jamulus` is enabled on the right-hand list" +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:101 +msgid "(With thanks to [Mark Anthony De Souza](https://www.facebook.com/groups/619274602254947/permalink/765122847670121/?comment_id=765525034296569))" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:94 +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:105 #, no-wrap -msgid "***\n" -msgstr "***\n" +msgid "" +"Maybe you did not answer \"Yes\" to the `\"Jamulus wants to access your microphone\"` challenge. To fix this:\n" +"* Go to `Preferences` > `Security & Privacy` > `Privacy` tab\n" +"* Find `Microphone` on the left and then make sure `Jamulus` is enabled on the right-hand list\n" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:95 +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:108 msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" msgstr "" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "***\n" +#~ msgstr "***\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt/Command-Line-Options.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Command-Line-Options.po similarity index 52% rename from _translator-files/po/pt/Command-Line-Options.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt_PT/Command-Line-Options.po index 00accc40c..36d208b09 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt/Command-Line-Options.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Command-Line-Options.po @@ -1,52 +1,54 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy +# ignotus , 2022. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-03 07:05+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" +"Language: pt_PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "" +msgstr "pt_PT" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" -msgstr "" +msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Command-Line-Options" msgstr "" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus – Command Line Options" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:9 -msgid "# Command Line Options" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Command Line Options" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:11 -msgid "## Shared commands" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Shared commands" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -54,9 +56,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:15 -msgid "## Client only commands" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:14 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Client only commands" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -64,12 +67,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:19 -msgid "## Server only commands" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server only commands" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:21 -msgid "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:20 +msgid "See [Running a Server](Running-a-Server#server-mode-related-options)" msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt/Contribution.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Contribution.po similarity index 72% rename from _translator-files/po/pt/Contribution.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt_PT/Contribution.po index 27b5204b2..18ef57d2e 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt/Contribution.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Contribution.po @@ -1,56 +1,60 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# ignotus , 2022. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-03 07:05+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" +"Language: pt_PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt" +msgstr "pt_PT" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Contribution" msgstr "" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Contribution" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:9 -msgid "# Contributing to the Jamulus Project" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Contributing to the Jamulus Project" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:11 -msgid "If you find a mistake, typo or something out of date (in any language) on this website or in Jamulus itself, you can raise it as a bug." +#, no-wrap +msgid "If you find a mistake, typo or something out of date (in any language) on this website or in Jamulus itself, you can raise it as a bug.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:13 -msgid "If you think some documentation or information is missing or can be improved, post about it on this forum so it can be discussed first." +#, no-wrap +msgid "If you think some documentation or information is missing or can be improved, post about it on this forum so it can be discussed first.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -58,9 +62,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "We use [Weblate](https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/#languages) to translate our documentation. Read about our [documentation and translation process](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamuluswebsite/blob/release/README.md), and [introduce yourself](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) if you’d like to get involved." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:18 -msgid "## Want to contribute code?" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Want to contribute code?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt/Directories.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Directories.po similarity index 79% rename from _translator-files/po/pt/Directories.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt_PT/Directories.po index b0169665f..26da4a9f7 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt/Directories.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Directories.po @@ -1,39 +1,39 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy +# ignotus , 2022. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-03 07:05+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" +"Language: pt_PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "" +msgstr "pt_PT" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" -msgstr "" +msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Directories" msgstr "" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Directories" @@ -44,24 +44,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:12 -msgid "# Running a Directory" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:11 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Running a Directory" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:14 -msgid "This is a specialised Jamulus Server configuration, as described in [Server Types](Running-a-Server#server-types)." +msgid "This is a specialised Jamulus Server configuration, as described in [Server Modes](Running-a-Server#server-modes)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:16 -msgid "To view Servers listed by a Custom Directory, users must enter the address of that Directory in their Client's Settings > Advanced Setup > Custom Directories field. Multiple addresses can be added in this way if needed. Custom Directories will then appear in the Directory drop-down list on their Connect window. Custom Directories otherwise work for Clients in the same way as Public Directories, displaying a list of Servers registered with them." +#, no-wrap +msgid "To view Servers listed by a Custom Directory, users must enter the address of that Directory in their Client's Settings > Advanced Setup > Custom Directories field. Multiple addresses can be added in this way if needed. Custom Directories will then appear in the Directory drop-down list on their Connect window. Custom Directories otherwise work for Clients in the same way as Public Directories, displaying a list of Servers registered with them.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:18 -msgid "To run a Server as a Directory, it should be started with the `--directoryserver` option to make itself (that is, `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`) the Directory to query for Servers." +msgid "To run a Server as a Directory, it should be started with the `--directoryaddress` option to make itself (that is, `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`) the Directory to query for Servers." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -69,32 +71,33 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When running a Server with the GUI, set the Custom Directory server address in the Options tab to \"localhost\", then select \"Custom\" from the Directory drop-down list." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:23 -msgid "### Points to note about Directories" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Points to note about Directories" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:25 msgid "If you want to control which Servers can register with your Directory, you can enable a whitelist with the `--listfilter` command line option in the format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]`." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:27 msgid "When running a Server behind a NAT firewall on a private network and registering with a Directory on the same network, run the Server using the `--serverpublicip` option to specify the public IP address. This is necessary to allow Clients on the public Internet to connect to the correct address. Note that for the Server(s) using this option, you will still need proper port forwarding in your router/firewall." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:29 msgid "When running a Client behind a NAT firewall on a private network with a Directory on the same network, the Directory itself needs to be run using the `--serverpublicip` option to specify the public IP address, so that any Servers on the public Internet registering with the Directory that require the \"hole punch\" can be accessed by the Client(s). (This is because otherwise the Directory would provide the local network address of the Client to the Server and the \"hole punch\" would fail.)" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:31 msgid "If you need to restart your Directory for any reason (for example when rebooting the host), Servers connected to it will be disconnected until they re-register. This does not mean that Clients connected to those Servers will be disconnected, but does mean that new Clients will be not able to see Servers listed by your Directory until those Servers reconnect. To enable the list of registered Servers to persist between restarts, use the `--directoryfile` option to specify the location and name of a file that the Directory can read and write to." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:32 msgid "Up to 150 Servers can then register with a Directory." msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt/FAQ.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/FAQ.po similarity index 63% rename from _translator-files/po/pt/FAQ.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt_PT/FAQ.po index ec633ac9e..5961d26e4 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt/FAQ.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/FAQ.po @@ -2,74 +2,81 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # 이정희 , 2022. +# ignotus , 2022. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-19 06:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-03 07:05+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: pt\n" +"Language: pt_PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt" +msgstr "pt_PT" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/FAQ" msgstr "" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "FAQ" msgstr "" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus FAQ" +msgstr "" + #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:10 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# Jamulus FAQ\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:12 -msgid "
" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "
" +msgid "
\n" msgstr "
" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:14 -msgid "Table of contents" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:16 -msgid "TOC" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:17 -msgid "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:19 -msgid "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -78,14 +85,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**For common problems and their solutions when using Jamulus, see the [Troubleshooting](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) page.**\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:24 -msgid "### Is there a metronome, synchronization, or some other way of keeping in time?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Is there a metronome, synchronization, or some other way of keeping in time?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:26 -msgid "No. Musicians on a Jamulus Server play in real time together as they would in person. If you want to have a time signal, then there are shared metronome solutions on the Internet you can try. But it’s probably best to just minimise latency so nobody has an overall delay more than about 30-50 ms." +msgid "No. Musicians on a Jamulus Server play in real time together as they would in person. If you want a time signal, there are shared metronome solutions on the Internet you can try. But it’s probably best to just minimise latency so nobody has an overall delay more than about 30-50 ms." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -93,9 +101,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bear in mind also that all participants should follow [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together) which will also determine whether you can play in time properly." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:30 -msgid "### How do I know if I can join a Server? Are there rules?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "How do I know if I can join a Server? Are there rules?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -105,12 +114,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:34 -msgid "Note also that Servers do not have to be registered on a Directory in order for Jamulus Clients to connect to them. Server operators can just give out the address of their Servers to those they want to play with, and they can then connect directly. Have a look at [this overview for more information](/wiki/Running-a-Server#server-types)." +msgid "Note also that Servers do not have to be registered on a Directory in order for Jamulus Clients to connect to them. Server operators can just give out the address of their Servers to those they want to play with, and they can then connect directly. Have a look at [this overview for more information](/wiki/Running-a-Server#server-modes)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:36 -msgid "### Why shouldn’t I use wireless equipment?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:35 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why shouldn’t I use wireless equipment?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -123,9 +133,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "So it makes sense to minimise any sources of delay or other problems with the signal. Even fast wi-fi is usually too variable to use for long periods with Jamulus, and Bluetooth headphones and mics usually introduce latencies of about 50 ms or more." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:42 -msgid "### Why should I not listen to my own signal?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why should I not listen to my own signal?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -138,19 +149,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Of course, if you are playing an acoustic instrument, or are a singer, it will be hard to exclude your “local” sound. But you should at least try to do so by for example using closed-back headphones turned up as loud as you are able to mask your own sound. This will let you concentrate on the mix coming back to you from the Server." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:48 -msgid "### Do I need a fast Internet connection?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Do I need a fast Internet connection?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:50 -msgid "No, especially if you don't run a Server to host other musicians. Having a low ping is more important. For most people on standard broadband (e.g. 10 Mbit/s down and 1 Mbit/s up) you will have no problems. For those running Servers at home, depending on how many people join, you may encounter issues if your _upstream_ bandwidth is lower than about 5 Mbit/s." +msgid "No, especially if you don't run a Server to host other musicians. Having a low ping is more important. Most people on standard broadband (e.g. 10 Mbit/s down and 1 Mbit/s up) will have no problems. For those running Servers at home, depending on how many people join, you may encounter issues if your _upstream_ bandwidth is lower than about 5 Mbit/s." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:52 -msgid "### Do I need to run a Server?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Do I need to run a Server?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -158,14 +171,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "No. If you just intend to connect to other people’s Servers, then all you need is a Client. [Read this if you think you need to run your own Server](/wiki/Running-a-Server)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:56 -msgid "### How does Jamulus work (in general)?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:55 +#, no-wrap +msgid "How does Jamulus work (in general)?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:58 -msgid "\"Diagram" +#, no-wrap +msgid "\"Diagram\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -173,9 +188,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Jamulus works on the Client-server principle. Everybody’s audio is sent to a Server, mixed and processed there. Afterwards, the audio is sent back to each Client. If a Server is registered in a Jamulus Directory, the Server's information will be provided to all Clients using that Directory." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:63 -msgid "### Why doesn't Jamulus provide video support?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why doesn't Jamulus provide video support?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -183,22 +199,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Adding video support adds a lot of complexity. You can use other software like Jitsi or Zoom if you want to see others when playing (or have an \"audience\"), but the video will be significantly behind the Jamulus audio." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:68 -msgid "## Server FAQ" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:67 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server FAQ" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:70 -msgid "### Why do Registered Servers not need port forwarding?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:69 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why do Registered Servers not need port forwarding?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:72 -msgid "Normally, network address translation (NAT) firewalls prevent incoming requests initiated from outside the local network. Inbound traffic is only possible for packets relating to an outbound request (strictly speaking, “related” and “established” packets to an initial outbound connection). In Registered Server mode, when your Jamulus Server connects to a Directory it of course initiates an outbound connection. From then on, the Directory sends (established/related) connection “pings” (not ICMP pings) to your Server at regular intervals to keep the relevant NAT port(s) open on your router/firewall." +msgid "Normally, network address translation (NAT) blocks incoming requests initiated from outside the local network. Inbound traffic is only possible for packets relating to an outbound request (strictly speaking, “related” and “established” packets to an initial outbound connection). In Registered Server mode, your Jamulus Server initiates an outbound connection when it connects to a Directory. From then on, the Directory sends (established/related) connection “pings” (not ICMP pings) to your Server at regular intervals to keep the relevant port(s) open on your router." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:74 -msgid "However, in Unregistered mode, Clients have to **initiate** connections into the Server’s network. NAT firewalls prevent this, so you need to tell them to allow incoming connection requests on the Jamulus port using port forwarding." +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:73 +msgid "However, to reach an Unregistered Server, each Client has to initiate a connection into the Server’s network. A NAT prevents this, so you need to configure your router to allow incoming connection requests on the Jamulus port using port forwarding." msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Getting-Started.po similarity index 89% rename from _translator-files/po/pt/Getting-Started.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt_PT/Getting-Started.po index bf86c9d0a..60a9efcc6 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt/Getting-Started.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Getting-Started.po @@ -2,46 +2,49 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Allan Nordhøy , 2022. +# ignotus , 2022. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-23 13:06+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-03 07:05+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: pt\n" +"Language: pt_PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" "X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt" +msgstr "pt_PT" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Getting-Started" msgstr "/wiki/Getting-Started" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Setup" msgstr "Setup" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:9 -msgid "# Setup - getting started with Jamulus" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:8 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "# Setup - getting started with Jamulus" +msgid "Setup - getting started with Jamulus" msgstr "# Setup - começando com Jamulus" #. type: Plain text @@ -49,23 +52,25 @@ msgstr "# Setup - começando com Jamulus" msgid "To get the best from Jamulus, at a minimum you will need:" msgstr "Para obter o melhor de Jamulus, você precisa no mínimo de:" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:13 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "**A wired internet connection** (not wi-fi - see the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))\n" -msgid "**A wired internet connection** (and turn wi-fi off. See the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))\n" +msgid "**A wired internet connection** (and turn wi-fi off. See the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))" msgstr "**Uma conexão de internet a cabo** (não wi-fi - veja o [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:14 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Wired headphones** (not Bluetooth or speakers - see the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))\n" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "**Wired headphones** (not Bluetooth or speakers - see the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))\n" +msgid "**Wired headphones** (not Bluetooth or speakers - see the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))" msgstr "**Fones de ouvido com cabo** (nem Bluetooth e nem Auto-falantes - veja o [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))\n" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**A reasonable audio device, sound card and/or mic** ([see this list](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) for examples)\n" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "**A reasonable audio device, sound card and/or mic** ([see this list](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) for examples)\n" +msgid "**A reasonable audio device, sound card and/or mic** ([see this list](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) for examples)" msgstr "**Uma interface de áudio ou placa de som razoavelmente boa e/ou microfone** ([veja essa lista](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) para exemplos)\n" #. type: Plain text @@ -73,9 +78,11 @@ msgstr "**Uma interface de áudio ou placa de som razoavelmente boa e/ou microfo msgid "If you have any questions, please see the [Discussions](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" msgstr "Se tiver alguma dúvida, dê uma olhada na página de [Discussões](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:19 -msgid "## Installation" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:18 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Installation" +msgid "Installation" msgstr "## Instalação" #. type: Plain text @@ -98,7 +105,7 @@ msgid "" " macOS\n" " Linux\n" "
\n" -"_[Android](Installation-for-Android) and [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) can be used too, but are still considered experimental._\n" +"_[Android](Installation-for-Android) and [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) can be used too, but are considered experimental._\n" msgstr "" "
\n" " Windows\n" @@ -111,9 +118,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "And for now, close all other applications. It’s best to start simple at first." msgstr "E feche todos os outros programas por ora. É melhor começar de maneira simples." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:32 -msgid "## Hardware Setup" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Hardware Setup" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -121,9 +129,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If you use external audio hardware, plug that in before you start Jamulus. If you haven't configured your hardware, please see the installation guides mentioned above." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:36 -msgid "## Jamulus main window" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:35 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Jamulus main window" +msgid "Jamulus main window" msgstr "## Jamulus - Janela principal" #. type: Plain text @@ -150,9 +160,11 @@ msgstr "" "
Janela principal antes de se conectar com um servidor
\n" "\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:46 -msgid "## Setting up a profile" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:45 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Setting up a profile" +msgid "Setting up a profile" msgstr "## Configurando um perfil" #. type: Plain text @@ -181,11 +193,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Fill in at least “Alias/Name” and close the window." msgstr "Preencha pelo menos o campo “Apelido/Nome” e feche a janela." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:58 -#, fuzzy +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:57 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "## Connecting to a server and testing your sound" -msgid "## Connecting to a Server and testing your sound" +msgid "Connecting to a Server and testing your sound" msgstr "## Conectando a um servidor e testando o som" #. type: Plain text @@ -242,9 +254,11 @@ msgstr "A coisa mais importante sobre servidores é o “ping”. Quanto maior o msgid "Once connected to a Server, make sure you can hear yourself OK and fix any input volume or other problems. You can have a look at the [troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) for common problems. And of course, check that you are also able to obey [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)." msgstr "Uma vez conectado a um servidor, tenha certeza de que você se ouve bem e corrija o volume de entrada ou qualquer outro problema. E claro, não esqueça de obedecer [a regra de ouro](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:75 -msgid "## Playing for the first time" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:74 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Playing for the first time" +msgid "Playing for the first time" msgstr "## Tocando pela primeira vez" #. type: Plain text @@ -288,9 +302,11 @@ msgstr "Preste atenção que você pode usar a função Chat a qualquer momento msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)." msgstr "Mais informações sobre como usar Jamulus você encontra no [Manual do software](/wiki/Software-Manual)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:90 -msgid "## Troubleshooting" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:89 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Troubleshooting" +msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "## Solução de Problemas" #. type: Plain text diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt/Include-Backing-Up.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Include-Backing-Up.po similarity index 93% rename from _translator-files/po/pt/Include-Backing-Up.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt_PT/Include-Backing-Up.po index 2720bf6f1..3495ec70b 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt/Include-Backing-Up.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Include-Backing-Up.po @@ -17,7 +17,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:2 -msgid "" +#, no-wrap +msgid "\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -45,17 +46,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If you used the `--inifile` parameter to save an inifile to a different location, don't forget to also backup these files. **Points to note**" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:15 +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:16 msgid "Do not back up or restore settings files when Jamulus is running." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:16 msgid "It is not recommended to manually edit settings files (they're not designed for that)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:16 msgid "You can revert all settings to their defaults by just deleting the settings file (after closing Jamulus)." msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Include-Client-Commands.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..08cae3772 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Include-Client-Commands.po @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3 +msgid "`-M` or `--mutestream` Prevent others on a server from hearing what I play" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3 +msgid "`--mutemyown` Prevent me from hearing what I play in the server mix (headless only)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3 +msgid "`-c` or `--connect` Connect to given server address on startup, format `address[:port]`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:4 +msgid "`-j` or `--nojackconnect` Disable auto JACK connections" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6 +msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6 +msgid "`--clientname` Window title and JACK client name" +msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Include-Shared-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Include-Shared-Commands.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4d8a717c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Include-Shared-Commands.po @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:3 +msgid "[comment]: # (This is an include file for use in multiple documents)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-h` or `--help` Display help text" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default. On macOS simply provide a filename only, since config files can only be read from `/Users//Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/`. For the server replace `io.jamulus.Jamulus` with `io.jamulus.JamulusServer`. Turn on \"Show Library folder\" in \"Show view options\" in Finder to see this folder.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-n` or `--nogui` Disable GUI (for use in headless mode)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-p` or `--port` Sets the local UDP port number. Default is 22124" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`--jsonrpcport` Enables JSON-RPC API server to control the app, set TCP port number (EXPERIMENTAL, APIs might change; only accessible from localhost). Please see [the JSON-RPC API Documentation file](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`--jsonrpcsecretfile` Required when using `--jsonrpcport`. Sets a path to a text file containing an authentication string for getting access to the JSON-RPC API." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`--jsonrpcbindip` The IP address the JSON-RPC server should bind to. (optional, defaults to 127.0.0.1)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-Q` or `--qos` Sets the quality of service DS Field byte. Default is 128 (DSCP/CS4). QoS is ignored by Windows. To enable it, [see this page](QOS-Windows)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-t` or `--notranslation` Disable UI language translations" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-6` or `--enableipv6` Enable IPv6 addressing (IPv4 is always enabled)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-v` or `--version` Output version information and exit" +msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt/Installation-for-Android.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Installation-for-Android.po similarity index 75% rename from _translator-files/po/pt/Installation-for-Android.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt_PT/Installation-for-Android.po index cfe22cf71..ec24d507c 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt/Installation-for-Android.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Installation-for-Android.po @@ -1,39 +1,41 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# ignotus , 2022. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-03 07:05+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" +"Language: pt_PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt" +msgstr "pt_PT" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Android" msgstr "" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:11 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation for Android" msgstr "" @@ -43,11 +45,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Usand Jamulus\" branch1=\"Começando\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:12 -msgid "# Installation for Android" -msgstr "" - #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:14 msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." @@ -58,9 +55,10 @@ msgstr "Primeiro tenha certeza que você já leu a página [Começando](Getting- msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:18 -msgid "## Things to note about Android" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Things to note about Android" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -68,9 +66,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Although you **can** install Jamulus on Android devices (and hear sound), we strongly recommend **not** doing so. Sound quality - especially over WiFi - is usually bad and latency is high. If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } which is an inexpensive and small device that performs very well with Jamulus. Android support is just a proof of concept." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:22 -msgid "## Install the Android PoC" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:21 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Install the Android PoC" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -78,24 +77,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If you do want to try Jamulus on Android:" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:26 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:28 msgid "Allow the installation of apps from unknown sources (look in Settings>Security. Note: The exact way to do this depends on your device and OS-version)" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:27 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:28 msgid "[Download and install Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.android }}){: .button}" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:28 msgid "You should now be able to run Jamulus on your Android device" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:30 -msgid "## Feedback and development" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Feedback and development" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -103,15 +103,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "We are very happy to get feedback from Android users and developers. Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:34 -#, no-wrap -msgid "***\n" -msgstr "***\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:36 -msgid "## All installed?" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:35 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## All installed?" +msgid "All installed?" msgstr "## Tudo instalado?" #. type: Plain text @@ -125,3 +121,7 @@ msgstr "Jamulus foi instalado e pode ser usado agora. Talvez você queira dar um #| msgid "[Jamulus Onboarding page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[Jamulus Onboarding](Getting-Started){: .button}" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "***\n" +#~ msgstr "***\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt/Installation-for-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Installation-for-Linux.po similarity index 61% rename from _translator-files/po/pt/Installation-for-Linux.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt_PT/Installation-for-Linux.po index 27ea0b0ae..4fb4b665d 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt/Installation-for-Linux.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Installation-for-Linux.po @@ -1,39 +1,41 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# ignotus , 2022. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-03 07:05+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" +"Language: pt_PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt" +msgstr "pt_PT" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux" msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:10 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation for Linux" msgstr "Instalação no Linux" @@ -43,11 +45,6 @@ msgstr "Instalação no Linux" msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Usand Jamulus\" branch1=\"Começando\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:11 -msgid "# Installation for Linux" -msgstr "# Instalação no Linux" - #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:13 msgid "Make sure you read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." @@ -60,169 +57,223 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:17 -msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first." +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Upgrading?** You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:19 -msgid "### Debian and Ubuntu" +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Installing a server?** Read the [guide for server adminstrators](Running-a-Server) first.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:20 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Debian and Ubuntu" +msgid "Debian and Ubuntu" msgstr "### Debian e Ubuntu" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:21 -msgid "We provide three equivalent `.deb` files for the most common architectures. Please download the appropriate one:" +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using the official Repository (recommended)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:23 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:25 +msgid "We provide a repository for Debian and Ubuntu based distributions that allows automatic updates alongside your other system updates. To use the repository:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 +msgid "Open your Terminal (CTRL+ALT+T should work)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +msgid "*Ubuntu only* - Enable the Ubuntu \"universe\" repository (you can use the [GUI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/148645) or [CLI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/227788))." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 +msgid "Download the repository setup script:\\\\" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block (bash) +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 #, no-wrap -msgid "**For Intel/AMD based machines (amd64):**\n" +msgid "curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:25 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Download the [latest .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }})" -msgid "[Download Jamulus (.deb, amd64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}){:.button}" -msgstr "Baixe o [pacote .deb atual]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }})" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:33 +msgid "Make the script executable:\\\\" +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:27 +#. type: Fenced code block (bash) +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:33 #, no-wrap -msgid "**For ARM based machines (e.g. Raspberry Pi, armhf, arm64):**\n" +msgid "chmod +x setup_repo.sh\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:30 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Download the [latest .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }})" -msgid "[Download Jamulus 32 bit (.deb, armhf)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}){:.button} [Download Jamulus 64 bit (.deb, arm64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }}){:.button}" -msgstr "Baixe o [pacote .deb atual]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }})" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:37 +msgid "Run the setup script and install Jamulus:\\\\" +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:32 -msgid "After you downloaded the correct file:" +#. type: Fenced code block (bash) +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:37 +#, no-wrap +msgid "sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:34 +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:41 #, no-wrap -msgid "*Ubuntu only* - Enable the Ubuntu \"universe\" repository (you can use the [GUI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/148645) or [CLI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/227788)).\n" +msgid "Installing the .deb files manually" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:35 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Download the [latest .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }})" +msgid "Download Jamulus for your architecture: [amd64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}), [armf]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}) or [arm64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }})" +msgstr "Baixe o [pacote .deb atual]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }})" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Update apt by opening a console window (CTRL+ALT+T should work) and type: `sudo apt-get update`" -msgid "Update apt by opening a console window (CTRL+ALT+T should work) and type: `sudo apt-get update`\n" +msgid "Update apt by opening a console window (CTRL+ALT+T should work) and type: `sudo apt-get update`" msgstr "Atualize o apt: `sudo apt-get update`" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:36 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Navigate to where you downloaded the installer and either double-click on it, or use the command line: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}`." -msgid "Go to where you downloaded the installer and either double-click on it, or use the command line: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` for armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}` for arm64: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }}`\n" +msgid "Go to where you downloaded the installer and either double-click on it, or use the command line: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` (or for Raspberry Pi etc. as above)" msgstr "Instale o pacote de onde você o baixou: `sudo apt install {{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}`." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:37 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Once installed, you can delete the file and close any console windows." -msgid "Once installed, you can delete the file and close any console windows.\n" +msgid "Once installed, you can delete the file and close any console windows." msgstr "Feito isso, Você pode fechar essa janela." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:39 -msgid "Note that if you need to upgrade Jamulus to a newer version, just download the new .deb file and re-install as above." +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:50 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "Note that if you need to upgrade Jamulus to a newer version, just download the new .deb file and re-install as above." +msgid "**Upgrades:** If you need to upgrade Jamulus to a newer version and install Jamulus manually, just download the new .deb file and re-install as above.\n" msgstr "Note que se você precisar atualizar o Jamulus para uma nova versão, simplesmente baixe o novo arquivo .deb e reinstale como descrito acima." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:41 -msgid "### Other distributions" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Other distributions" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:43 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:54 #, fuzzy #| msgid "For installers on other distributions, see [Repology](https://repology.org/project/jamulus/versions). You may also wish to use one of the contributed [installation scripts](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/installscripts)." msgid "For installers on other distributions, see their package managers and [Repology](https://repology.org/project/jamulus/versions). If an up-to-date version of Jamulus is not included in your distribution, you can [compile Jamulus from source](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md). Note also the contributed [installation scripts](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/installscripts)." msgstr "Para pacotes de instalação em outras distribuições, dê uma olhada em [Repology](https://repology.org/project/jamulus/versions). Você também pode querer usar um dos [scripts de instalação](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/installscripts) de terceiros." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:45 -msgid "## Set up your hardware" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:55 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Set up your hardware" +msgid "Set up your hardware" msgstr "## Configurando o hardware" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:47 -msgid "### Configure JACK with QjackCtl" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:57 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Configure JACK with QjackCtl" +msgid "Configure JACK with QjackCtl" msgstr "### Configure JACK com QjackCtl" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:49 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:60 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Jamulus clients need [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) to run, but you need to configure that first. The recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`." msgid "Jamulus Clients need [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) to run, but you need to configure that first. The recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`." msgstr "Clientes Jamulus precisam de [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) para rodar, mas você tem que configurá-lo primeiro. O método recomendado é usando `QjackCtl`." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:50 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:63 msgid "Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page**" msgstr "Execute o comando `qjackctl`. Você vai ver a **Página principal do utilitário Qt JACK**" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:51 +#. type: Bullet: '2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:63 msgid "Configure your audio hardware as follows (the exact settings for JACK will depend on what your audio hardware is capable of):" msgstr "Configure seu equipamento de áudio da seguinte maneira (as exatas configurações do JACK vão depender seu equipamento):" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:53 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 msgid "Set the audio **Interface** to the one you want (there may be several in the list)" msgstr "Configure a **Interface** de áudio usando a que você quiser (pode haver várias na lista)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:54 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 msgid "Set the **Sample Rate to 48000**" msgstr "Configure o **Taxa de Samples em 48000**" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:55 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 msgid "Set the **Frames/Period to 128** and Periods/Buffer at 2 at first" msgstr "Configure os **Frames/Período em 128** e Períodos/Buffer em 2 para começar" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:57 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:69 msgid "Restart JACK for the new settings to take effect" msgstr "Restarte o JACK para os novos valores entrarem em efeito." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:59 -msgid "### Start Jamulus" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:70 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Start Jamulus" +msgid "Start Jamulus" msgstr "### Abra o Jamulus" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:61 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:73 msgid "With JACK running and configured, launch Jamulus." msgstr "Com o JACK configurado e rodando, abra o Jamulus no seu desktop launcher (ou usando o terminal execute o comando `jamulus`)" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:63 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:75 msgid "If you get problems with sound breaking up (in particular XRUN errors reported by JACK/QjackCtl) try setting bigger values (e.g. 256 frames or 3 periods). Lower ones (e.g. 64 frames) could bring better performance but maybe more sound problems. See the [troubleshooting page](Client-Troubleshooting) otherwise." msgstr "Se você tiver problemas com o som interrompendo (em particular erros XRUN que o JACK/QjackCtl reportar) tente usar valores maiores (por exemplo 256 quadros ou 3 períodos). Valores menores (p.e. 64 frames) podem melhorar a performance, mas talvez causar mais problemas de som. Veja a seção [Problemas e solucões](Client-Troubleshooting)." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:65 -msgid "## All installed?" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:76 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## All installed?" +msgid "All installed?" msgstr "## Tudo instalado?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:79 msgid "Take a look at the" msgstr "Dê uma olhada na página" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:68 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:80 #, fuzzy #| msgid "[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[Configurando o Jamulus](Getting-Started){: .button}" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Download the [latest .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }})" +#~ msgid "[Download Jamulus (.deb, amd64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}){:.button}" +#~ msgstr "Baixe o [pacote .deb atual]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }})" + +#~ msgid "# Installation for Linux" +#~ msgstr "# Instalação no Linux" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Installation-for-Macintosh.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Installation-for-Macintosh.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1e4d44349 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Installation-for-Macintosh.po @@ -0,0 +1,169 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# ignotus , 2022. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-03 07:05+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: pt_PT\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "pt_PT" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh" +msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation for macOS" +msgstr "Instalação no macOS" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:9 +msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Usand Jamulus\" branch1=\"Começando\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:13 +msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." +msgstr "Primeiro tenha certeza que você já leu a página [Começando](Getting-Started)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:15 +msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:17 +msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"1. [Download Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +" **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"1. **Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the licence, *drag and drop* each icon you see in the window (Jamulus Client and Server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window.\n" +"1. **Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:24 +msgid "_You can remove the folder in the Downloads directory containing the `.dmg` and eject the \"Jamulus\" drive on your desktop. They are no longer needed._" +msgstr "_Você pode ejetar o drive \"Jamulus\" do seu desktop e deletar a pasta no seu diretório de Downloads que contém o `.dmg`. Você não vai mais precisar deles._" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** You can find old (legacy) versions supporting outdated operating systems on the [GitHub release page](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:27 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## All installed?" +msgid "All installed?" +msgstr "## Tudo instalado?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:30 +msgid "Take a look at the" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:31 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgstr "[Configurando o Jamulus](Getting-Started){: .button}" + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "## \"Jamulus\" can't be opened because the developer cannot be verified" +#~ msgid "\"Jamulus\" can't be opened because the developer cannot be verified" +#~ msgstr "## \"Jamulus\" não pode ser aberto porque o desenvolvedor não pode ser verificado" + +#~ msgid "To open Jamulus" +#~ msgstr "Para contornar esse problema:" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Navigate to the Applications folder via Finder" +#~ msgid "Go to the Applications folder via Finder" +#~ msgstr "Use o finder e vá até a pasta de programas" + +#~ msgid "Double-click on Jamulus and wait for the above-mentioned message" +#~ msgstr "Dê um clique duplo no Jamulus e espere até a mensagem descrita acima aparecer" + +#~ msgid "Close this message by clicking on \"Cancel\"" +#~ msgstr "Feche essa mensagem clicando em \"Cancelar\"" + +#~ msgid "Now control-click (or right-click) on Jamulus, and select \"Open\" from the top of the menu." +#~ msgstr "Segure a tecla Control e clique (ou clique com o botão direito) no Jamulus, então selecione \"Abrir\" no topo do menu." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "You will then get a slightly different version of the same message, which allows you to click \"Open\" and go ahead with running it. You will not be shown this warning again - just double-click it to run after that. For further information about this warning see [this Apple Support Page](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)." +#~ msgid "You will then get a slightly different version of the same message, which allows you to click \"Open\". From the on, you can run Jamulus in the normal way and the message won't appear. For further information about this warning see [this Apple Support Page](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)." +#~ msgstr "Você verá uma versão ligeiramente diferente da mesma mensagem, agora aparecerá um botão \"Abrir\", que você pode clicar para continar e abrir o Jamulus. Essa mensagem de alerta não vai aparecer de novo - nas próximas vezes basta abrí-lo normalmente com um clique duplo. Para mais informações sobre essa mensagem de alerta leia [essa página de suporte da Apple](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)." + +#~ msgid "# Installation for macOS" +#~ msgstr "# Instalação no macOS" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "[Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\" +#~ msgid "[Download Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\" +#~ msgstr "[Baixe o Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\" + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "[Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**macOS Mojave (10.14) or lower:** [Download legacy version]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-legacy }})\\\\\n" +#~ "**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +#~ msgstr "[Baixe o Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\" + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "**Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the license, *drag and drop* the two icons you see in the window (Jamulus client and server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window.\n" +#~ msgid "**Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the licence, *drag and drop* each icon you see in the window (Jamulus Client and Server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window.\n" +#~ msgstr "**Instale o Jamulus**: Abra o arquivo `.dmg` que você baixou, concorde com os termos de licensa, *clique e arraste* os dois ícones que você está vendo (Jamulus - cliente e servidor) na sua *Pasta de programas*. Feito isso, Você pode fechar essa janela.\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "***\n" +#~ msgstr "***\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "[Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\" +#~ msgid "[Download Jamulus (Apple Silicon)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-arm }}){: .button}" +#~ msgstr "[Baixe o Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\" + +#~ msgid "**Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application. If you see a message which tells you that Jamulus can't be opened because the developer can't be verified, read on and have a look at the following section.\n" +#~ msgstr "**Inicie o Jamulus**. Agora você pode usar o Jamulus como qualquer outra aplicação. Se você vir uma mensagem dizendo que Jamulus não pode ser aberto porque o desenvolvedor não pode ser verificado, continue lendo e dê uma olhada na próxima seção.\n" + +#~ msgid "
\"Image
" +#~ msgstr "
\"Alerta
" + +#~ msgid "The first time you try to double-click Jamulus to run it, you will probably see a message saying it cannot be opened. We don't code-sign Jamulus yet (it's quite expensive)." +#~ msgstr "Quando se tenta abrir Jamulus pela primeira vez, provavelmente aparecerá uma mensagem dizendo que ele não pode ser aberto. Nós não fazemos assinatura de código ainda (é muito caro)." + +#~ msgid "Jamulus has been installed and can be used now. You can now take a look at the" +#~ msgstr "Jamulus foi instalado e pode ser usado agora. Talvez você queira dar uma olhada na página" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt/Installation-for-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Installation-for-Windows.po similarity index 65% rename from _translator-files/po/pt/Installation-for-Windows.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt_PT/Installation-for-Windows.po index 3b7509321..061ac2fb5 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt/Installation-for-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Installation-for-Windows.po @@ -1,40 +1,41 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# ignotus , 2022. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-12-31 08:53+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-03 07:05+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: \n" -"Language: pt\n" +"Language: pt_PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.0\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt" +msgstr "pt_PT" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows" msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:10 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation for Windows" msgstr "Instalação no Windows" @@ -44,11 +45,6 @@ msgstr "Instalação no Windows" msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Usand Jamulus\" branch1=\"Começando\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:11 -msgid "# Installation for Windows" -msgstr "# Instalação no Windows" - #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:13 msgid "Make sure you read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." @@ -64,41 +60,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:19 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Download and install an ASIO Driver**. Try to use the driver that your hardware manufacturer provides. If you can't find that, or you don't have an external sound card, you probably need to install ASIO4ALL. For more information scroll down to the [ASIO](#asio) section.\n" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:24 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "**Download and install an ASIO Driver**. Try to use the driver that your hardware manufacturer provides. If you can't find that, or you don't have an external sound card, you probably need to install ASIO4ALL. For more information scroll down to the [ASIO](#asio) section.\n" +msgid "**Download and install an ASIO Driver**. Try to use the driver that your hardware manufacturer provides. If you can't find that, or you don't have an external sound card, you probably need to install ASIO4ALL. For more information scroll down to the [ASIO](#asio) section." msgstr "**Baixe e instale um driver ASIO**. É recomendável usar uma placa ou interface de som com um driver ASIO nativo. Se você não possui uma placa de som externa, você provavelmente deve instalar um driver genérico como ASIO4ALL. Para mais informações vá até a seção [ASIO](#asio) abaixo.\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:20 -#, no-wrap -msgid "[Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\n" -msgstr "[Baixe o Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:21 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" -msgstr "**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:22 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Install Jamulus**: Double click the installer to launch it. If you get a warning notice from SmartScreen, click on \"More info\" and \"Run anyway\" to install Jamulus. (If you grabbed a new version of Jamulus and are one of the first people who downloaded it, Jamulus won't be whitelisted by SmartScreen yet. We don't pay for code signing.)\n" -msgstr "**Instale o Jamulus**: Dê um clique duplo no instalador para rodá-lo. Se você vir uma mensagem de alerta do SmartScreen, clique em \"Mais informações\" e \"Iniciar assim mesmo\" para instalar o Jamulus. (Se você for uma das primeiras pessoas a baixar uma nova versão do Jamulus, ele ainda não vai estar na lista do SmartScreen. Nós não pagamos por assinatura de código.)\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:23 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" -msgstr "**Inicie o Jamulus**. Agora você vai poder abrir o Jamulus como qualquer outro aplicativo.\n" - #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:24 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Set up your sound card**. When you're done, you need to set up your audio hardware. And if you are using ASIO4ALL, have a look at how to set that up below.\n" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "**Install Jamulus**: Double click the installer to launch it. If you get a warning notice from SmartScreen, click on \"More info\" and \"Run anyway\" to install Jamulus. (If you grabbed a new version of Jamulus and are one of the first people who downloaded it, Jamulus won't be whitelisted by SmartScreen yet. We don't pay for code signing.)\n" +msgid "" +"1. [Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +" **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"1. **Install Jamulus**: Double click the installer to launch it. If you get a warning notice from SmartScreen, click on \"More info\" and \"Run anyway\" to install Jamulus. (If you grabbed a new version of Jamulus and are one of the first people who downloaded it, Jamulus won't be whitelisted by SmartScreen yet. We don't pay for code signing.)\n" +"1. **Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" +"1. **Set up your sound card**. When you're done, you need to set up your audio hardware. And if you are using ASIO4ALL, have a look at how to set that up below.\n" +msgstr "**Instale o Jamulus**: Dê um clique duplo no instalador para rodá-lo. Se você vir uma mensagem de alerta do SmartScreen, clique em \"Mais informações\" e \"Iniciar assim mesmo\" para instalar o Jamulus. (Se você for uma das primeiras pessoas a baixar uma nova versão do Jamulus, ele ainda não vai estar na lista do SmartScreen. Nós não pagamos por assinatura de código.)\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:26 @@ -107,18 +86,15 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:28 -msgid "If you don't want to use ASIO or prefer [JACK on Windows](https://jackaudio.org/faq/jack_on_windows.html), you can also use the [JACK version of Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows-jack }})." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:30 #, no-wrap -msgid "***\n" -msgstr "***\n" +msgid "**Note:** If you don't want to use ASIO or prefer [JACK on Windows](https://jackaudio.org/faq/jack_on_windows.html), you can also use the [JACK version of Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows-jack }}). You can find old (legacy) versions supporting outdated operating systems on the [GitHub release page](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n" +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:32 -msgid "## ASIO" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:31 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## ASIO" +msgid "ASIO" msgstr "## ASIO" #. type: Plain text @@ -128,12 +104,12 @@ msgstr "## ASIO" msgid "Jamulus can use [ASIO](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Audio_Stream_Input/Output)." msgstr "Jamulus faz uso do [ASIO](https://pt.wikipedia.org/wiki/Audio_Stream_Input/Output) para poder trabalhar com a menor latência possível." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:36 +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:37 msgid "If you have an external sound card/audio interface, use its official ASIO driver if you can (they usually provide the best quality)." msgstr "Se você usa uma placa ou interface de áudio externa, use seu driver ASIO oficial (eles oferecem a melhor qualidade)." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:37 msgid "If you don't have an external sound card, you will probably not have an ASIO driver so will need to install a generic one like ASIO4ALL:" msgstr "Se você não possui uma placa externa de som, provavelmente não existe tem um driver ASIO específico. Nesse caso instale um driver genérico, como ASIO4ALL:" @@ -160,9 +136,11 @@ msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/ msgid "[ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" msgstr "[ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:48 -msgid "### Setting up ASIO4ALL" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:47 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Setting up ASIO4ALL" +msgid "Setting up ASIO4ALL" msgstr "### Configurando o ASIO4ALL" #. type: Plain text @@ -181,123 +159,152 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Before you start with Jamulus:" msgstr "Antes de começar a usar o Jamulus:" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:56 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Close all applications** (especially those which could access your sound card like your browser/media player). ASIO4ALL needs exclusive access to your sound card which means that other programs will not be able to use audio if ASIO4ALL and Jamulus are running.\n" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "**Close all applications** (especially those which could access your sound card like your browser/media player). ASIO4ALL needs exclusive access to your sound card which means that other programs will not be able to use audio if ASIO4ALL and Jamulus are running.\n" +msgid "**Close all applications** (especially those which could access your sound card like your browser/media player). ASIO4ALL needs exclusive access to your sound card which means that other programs will not be able to use audio if ASIO4ALL and Jamulus are running." msgstr "" "**Feche todos os programas** (especialmente aqueles que acessam sua placa de som, como navegador ou reprodutor de mídia) pois Jamulus precisa de acesso exclusivo à sua placa de som. Outros programas não vão poder usar o áudio se ASIO4ALL e Jamulus estiverem rodando.\n" "\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:57 -#, no-wrap -msgid "If the Jamulus audio doesn’t work out of the box, make sure that only the **correct inputs/outputs** in ASIO4ALL **are switched on**. Everything else should be switched off. Search the [community list of working ASIO4ALL configurations](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) for your configuration or do it manually if you can't find yours:\n" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "If the Jamulus audio doesn’t work out of the box, make sure that only the **correct inputs/outputs** in ASIO4ALL **are switched on**. Everything else should be switched off. Search the [community list of working ASIO4ALL configurations](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) for your configuration or do it manually if you can't find yours:\n" +msgid "If the Jamulus audio doesn’t work out of the box, make sure that only the **correct inputs/outputs** in ASIO4ALL **are switched on**. Everything else should be switched off. Search the [community list of working ASIO4ALL configurations](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) for your configuration or do it manually if you can't find yours:" msgstr "Se o áudio do Jamulus não funcionar diretamente, assegure-se que somente as **entradas e saídas corretas** no ASIO4ALL **estejam ativadas**. Todo o resto deve estar desligado. Procure nas [listas comunitárias de configurações válidas para ASIO4ALL](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) para o seu sistema ou configure-o manualmente se não achá-lo:\n" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:59 -msgid "### How to set up ASIO4ALL inputs (Guide)" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### How to set up ASIO4ALL inputs (Guide)" +msgid "How to set up ASIO4ALL inputs (Guide)" msgstr "### Como configurar as entradas no ASIO4ALL (Guia)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:61 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 msgid "Open Jamulus's settings" msgstr "Abra as definições do Jamulus" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:62 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 msgid "Go to _\"ASIO Device Settings\"_ (column on the left; directly under the selection of the driver)" msgstr "Vá até _\"Definições do dispositivo ASIO\"_ (coluna à esquerda, direto sob a seleção do driver)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 msgid "Enable _advanced view_ in ASIO4ALL (click the tool icon on the bottom right)" msgstr "Habilite _Configuração avançada_ no ASIO4ALL (clique na ferramente embaixo à direita)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:64 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 msgid "Enable only the sound card you want to use by clicking on the button next to its name" msgstr "Habilite somente o dispositivo de som que você quer usar, clicando no botão próximo ao seu nome" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:65 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 msgid "Open your sound card inputs/outputs by clicking the _plus icon_ next to this sound card" msgstr "Abra as entradas e saídas de sua placa de som clicando no _sinal de mais_ próximo do nome da placa" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:66 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 msgid "Now enable the correct inputs/outputs in the list under your sound card and disable everything else. You can hover over the inputs/outputs to see which of both they are and if they support the required sample rate for Jamulus of 48kHz (DVD quality)." msgstr "Agora habilite as entradas/saídas corretas na lista abaixo do dispositivo de áudio e desabilite todo o resto. Você pode passar o mouse por cima das opções para ver quais delas suportam o sample rate requirido de 48kHz para Jamulus (qualidade DVD)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:68 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:72 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Hints:**\n" -msgstr "**Dicas:**\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:69 -#, no-wrap -msgid "It may not be obvious what the correct sound device is called. Many internal sound cards are named \"Realtek High Definition Audio\", \"Conexant\" or similar.\n" -msgstr "Várias placas de som internas têm o nome \"Realtek High Definition Audio\", \"Conexant\" ou similar.\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:70 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Headphones and speakers are often labelled as \"output\" and microphones as \"input\" or \"capture\".\n" -msgstr "Fones de ouvido e auto-falantes são frequentemente nomeados \"output\" e microfones \"input\" ou \"capture\".\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:71 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Stereo Mix/Stereo Input is usually not the input/output you're looking for. Therefore, switch it off if you see it.\n" +msgid "" +"**Hints:**\n" +"1. It may not be obvious what the correct sound device is called. Many internal sound cards are named \"Realtek High Definition Audio\", \"Conexant\" or similar.\n" +"1. Headphones and speakers are often labelled as \"output\" and microphones as \"input\" or \"capture\".\n" +"1. Stereo Mix/Stereo Input is usually not the input/output you're looking for. Therefore, switch it off if you see it.\n" msgstr "" -"Via de regra Stereo Mix/Stereo Input não é o input/output que você está procurando, e portanto deve ser desabilitado, caso você o veja.\n" -"\n" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:73 -msgid "### Troubleshooting" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Troubleshooting" +msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "### Solução de Problemas" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:75 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:76 msgid "If nothing works, first restart Jamulus and/or your PC to close background processes that may be accessing your sound card." msgstr "Se nada funcionar, primeiro reinicie o Jamulus e/ou seu PC para terminar processos em segundo plano que possam estar acessando sua placa de som." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:77 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:78 msgid "Afterwards, *set up the inputs/outputs again*. Enabled and accessible input/outputs show as lit up power buttons and play buttons in the ASIO4ALL settings. If instead you see a red cross or yellow symbol, close other applications that may be accessing your sound card (e.g. web browser, Zoom, etc)." msgstr "Feito isso, *configure as entradas e saídas de novo*. As entradas/saídas que estiverem acessíveis e ativas aparecem com botões acesos (liga/desliga ou play). Se ao invés disso você vir uma cruz vermelha ou um símbolo amarelo, feche outras aplicações que podem estar acessando seu dispositivo de som (como browser, Zoom, etc)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:79 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:80 msgid "Have a look at [this video](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI) by [trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza) which gives more detailed setup information on ASIO4ALL." msgstr "Dê uma olhada [nesse vídeo](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI) feito por [trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza) que dá informações detalhadas sobre a configuração do ASIO4ALL." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:81 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:82 msgid "Official and further information about how to configure ASIO4ALL is documented in the official [ASIO4ALL FAQs on the ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}." msgstr "Outras informações, oficiais e informais, sobre como configurar ASIO4ALL você encontra nos [FAQs ASIO4ALL no site ASIO4ALL](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"} e no manual ASIO4ALL que você encontra no seu desktop ou na pasta onde os arquivos ASIO4ALL foram instalados (normalmente `C:\\Program Files (x86)\\ASIO4ALL v2\\`))." -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:83 -msgid "## All installed?" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## All installed?" +msgid "All installed?" msgstr "## Tudo instalado?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:85 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:86 msgid "Take a look at" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:86 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:87 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Take a look at [Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[Configurando o Jamulus](Getting-Started){: .button}" +#~ msgid "# Installation for Windows" +#~ msgstr "# Instalação no Windows" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "[Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +#~ msgstr "[Baixe o Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +#~ msgstr "**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" +#~ msgstr "**Inicie o Jamulus**. Agora você vai poder abrir o Jamulus como qualquer outro aplicativo.\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "***\n" +#~ msgstr "***\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Hints:**\n" +#~ msgstr "**Dicas:**\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "It may not be obvious what the correct sound device is called. Many internal sound cards are named \"Realtek High Definition Audio\", \"Conexant\" or similar.\n" +#~ msgstr "Várias placas de som internas têm o nome \"Realtek High Definition Audio\", \"Conexant\" ou similar.\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Headphones and speakers are often labelled as \"output\" and microphones as \"input\" or \"capture\".\n" +#~ msgstr "Fones de ouvido e auto-falantes são frequentemente nomeados \"output\" e microfones \"input\" ou \"capture\".\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Stereo Mix/Stereo Input is usually not the input/output you're looking for. Therefore, switch it off if you see it.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Via de regra Stereo Mix/Stereo Input não é o input/output que você está procurando, e portanto deve ser desabilitado, caso você o veja.\n" +#~ "\n" + #~ msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.15 Beta 3 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.15/ASIO4ALL_2_15_Beta3_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" #~ msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.15 Beta 3 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.15/ASIO4ALL_2_15_Beta3_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt/Installation-for-iOS.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Installation-for-iOS.po similarity index 78% rename from _translator-files/po/pt/Installation-for-iOS.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt_PT/Installation-for-iOS.po index 93875a22f..822edca28 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt/Installation-for-iOS.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Installation-for-iOS.po @@ -1,40 +1,40 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy +# ignotus , 2022. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-03 07:05+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" +"Language: pt_PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "" +msgstr "pt_PT" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" -msgstr "" +msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-iOS" msgstr "" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:11 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation for iOS" msgstr "" @@ -44,11 +44,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:12 -msgid "# Installation for iOS" -msgstr "" - #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:14 msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." @@ -59,9 +54,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:18 -msgid "## Things to note about iOS" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Things to note about iOS" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -69,24 +65,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } which is an inexpensive and small device that performs very well with Jamulus. iOS support is just a proof of concept." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:22 +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24 msgid "To install Jamulus on your iOS device, you need a (free or paid) Apple Developer account and preferably a computer." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:23 +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24 msgid "If you don't pay for an Apple developer account, Jamulus will only run for at most 7 days before you need to re-install it." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24 msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well on new devices if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. To connect these to your iOS device, you should use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:27 -msgid "## Install for iOS (for experienced users only)" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Install for iOS (for experienced users only)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -95,27 +92,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Note**: We provide an unsigned .ipa file which you need to sign and then install on your device. If you are not Jailbroken (and have AppSync installed), you might need additional software to install Jamulus. There are multiple ways to do that, but this guide only explains the most standard approach. Please note that we assume you already have a (free) Apple developer account. If you don't have one, create an Apple ID and [Sign up for a developer account](https://developer.apple.com/membercenter). We recommend to create one without two factor authentification and unrelated to your potential personal account. You will need to enter the password in non-Apple software.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:31 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 msgid "[Download Jamulus (.ipa) on a PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:32 +#. type: Bullet: '2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 msgid "Sign the .ipa file (e.g. via Xcode or some other **trusted** app. We won't give recommendations here, but there exist apps for every operating system)" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:33 +#. type: Bullet: '3. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 msgid "Once signed and installed; on your iOS device open Settings, navigate to General>Profiles (or VPN and Device Management). Tap on the developer account corresponding to your account and trust the account." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:34 +#. type: Bullet: '4. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 msgid "Open Jamulus from your home-screen" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '5. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 msgid "After 7 days you will need to re-sign Jamulus if you are using a free developer account. Re-do everything from Step 4." msgstr "" @@ -125,9 +122,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If you own a Mac and have Xcode installed, compiling Jamulus from source might be another, more native option. Please have a look at the [compilation instructions for iOS](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md#ios)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:40 -msgid "## Feedback and development" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:39 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Feedback and development" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -140,15 +138,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Please also read the [APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER) concerning Jamulus being published via the Apple AppStore." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:47 +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:48 #, no-wrap -msgid "***\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:49 -msgid "## All installed?" +msgid "All installed?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Privacy-Statement.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Privacy-Statement.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9973a1784 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Privacy-Statement.po @@ -0,0 +1,160 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# ignotus , 2022. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-03 07:05+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: pt_PT\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "pt_PT" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Privacy-Statement" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus – Privacy Statement" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Privacy Statement" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:11 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**The English version of this document represents the official privacy statement for the _current version_ of the software available on this website. Earlier versions of the software and non-English translations of this privacy policy may have different terms that are no longer applicable or supported.**\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:13 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Definition of Terms" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18 +msgid "\"**Server**\" The Jamulus software running as a Server and accepting connections from Clients" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18 +msgid "\"**Client**\" The Jamulus software used to connect to a Server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18 +msgid "\"**Directory**\" A Jamulus Server configured to supply a list of Servers to Clients" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:19 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus.io Website" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:22 +msgid "The website at [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) is served using GitHub Pages. The Jamulus team has not constructed the website to set tracking cookies, but see Github's [privacy policy](https://docs.github.com/en/site-policy/privacy-policies/github-privacy-statement) for information relating to data collection and privacy overall. The community knowledge base uses [giscus](https://github.com/giscus/giscus) for discussions and comments. You can find the [Privacy Policy of giscus on their GitHub repository](https://github.com/giscus/giscus/blob/main/PRIVACY-POLICY.md)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus Software" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:26 +msgid "Jamulus is open source software that can be modified by anyone. As such, the Jamulus project can make no representations related to privacy, data collection, or security with respect to your use of the software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:27 +#, no-wrap +msgid "General Information" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:30 +msgid "Under normal use with software downloaded from this website that has not been modified, your user profile information is exchanged with Servers you connect to, peers connected to those same Servers, and to third parties (including Directories) that use the Jamulus protocol. This information is limited to your Jamulus name, city, country, instrument, and skill level as you have set them in your profile. The Servers you connect to will also have access to your internet address (IP Address) as it is required for the software to work; but this information is not shared with peers on the same Server or available to third parties." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:32 +msgid "All communications between and among Clients, Servers, Directories, and third-party protocol users are sent without encryption." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:33 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus Servers" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:36 +msgid "When you connect to a Server, either directly or through a Directory, the operator of that Server is responsible for its operation policy, privacy policy, and data use policy. While unmodified Servers do not log or store your connection or profile information by default, some Servers may be configured to do so. Therefore, you should have no expectation of privacy with respect to your profile information or internet address." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:37 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Chat Exchanges" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:40 +msgid "Chats are textual messages that can be exchanged between Clients connected to the same Server. Everyone connected to a Server can see all chats and there should be no expectation of privacy with respect to information sent through the chat feature of Jamulus. While unmodified Servers do not log or store chats, some modified Servers may do this." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio Recordings" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:44 +msgid "Unmodified Servers will display a notice if recording is turned on. Recordings of each channel are stored by the Server and are controlled by the Server operator." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:46 +msgid "It is possible for connected Clients to make recordings of sessions outside of Jamulus itself, for which there may be no notice or indication. Jamulus has no way to detect or control these situations and makes no representations as to the collection or use of such recording data." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Directories" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:49 +msgid "Directories are central connection points for locating Servers. The Jamulus Client comes with a pre-defined list of Directories for the convenience of users. These Directories are independently operated but are represented as running unmodified versions of the Jamulus software. If you do not wish to send your information to the Directories, you will need to connect to Servers directly." +msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt/QOS-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/QOS-Windows.po similarity index 54% rename from _translator-files/po/pt/QOS-Windows.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt_PT/QOS-Windows.po index b04f9be71..f6bc29c29 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt/QOS-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/QOS-Windows.po @@ -1,39 +1,39 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy +# ignotus , 2022. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-03 07:05+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" +"Language: pt_PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "" +msgstr "pt_PT" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" -msgstr "" +msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/QOS-Windows" msgstr "" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Quality of Service (QoS)" @@ -44,9 +44,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" %}" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:11 -msgid "## Use of QoS on Windows" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Use of QoS on Windows" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -66,7 +67,27 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:37 -msgid "In Search box beside Start menu, Type: Local Group Policy Editor (enter)
In new window, (click) on the menu icon to display the Actions third panel
Looking at the first panel of the Local Group Policy Editor
 Local Computer Policy
  Computer Configuration
   Windows Settings
    Policy-based QoS (click)
Looking at the third panel (Actions) of the Local Group Policy Editor
 Policy-based QoS
  More Actions
   Create new Policy (click)
    Policy Name: Jamulus
    Specify DSCP value: 32
    Next
    This QoS policy applies Only to applications with name Jamulus.exe
    Next
    Next
    UDP
    Finish
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"In Search box beside Start menu, Type: Local Group Policy Editor (enter)
\n" +"In new window, (click) on the menu icon to display the Actions third panel
\n" +"Looking at the first panel of the Local Group Policy Editor
\n" +" Local Computer Policy
\n" +"  Computer Configuration
\n" +"   Windows Settings
\n" +"    Policy-based QoS (click)
\n" +"Looking at the third panel (Actions) of the Local Group Policy Editor
\n" +" Policy-based QoS
\n" +"  More Actions
\n" +"   Create new Policy (click)
\n" +"    Policy Name: Jamulus
\n" +"    Specify DSCP value: 32
\n" +"    Next
\n" +"    This QoS policy applies Only to applications with name Jamulus.exe
\n" +"    Next
\n" +"    Next
\n" +"    UDP
\n" +"    Finish
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Running-a-Server.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c6ad7c51d --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Running-a-Server.po @@ -0,0 +1,909 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# 이정희 , 2022. +# ignotus , 2022. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-03 07:05+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: pt_PT\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "pt_PT" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Running-a-Server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Running a Server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server Administration Manual" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:12 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "
" +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:14 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:19 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Do I need to run a Server?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**No**. You don't need to run a Server. You can use the Servers listed by the built-in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server yourself. You can also use an unlisted Server if you know its internet address. Or you can use a third party hosting service such as [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/) or [KOORD](https://koord.live/). There's probably a Server nearby that you and your friends can use at low enough latency for most needs.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:25 +msgid "Using a public Server might introduce you to strangers. If you want an undisturbed session, you can use the soloing technique described on the [Tips and Tricks page](Tips-Tricks-More#have-an-undisturbed-session-on-any-server). You won't hear strangers who connect to the Server, but they can hear you if they wish." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:28 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Requirements" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:30 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Speed and latency" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:33 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**_The capability of the Server itself (and the network it's on) is NOT the main determinant of the quality of a Jamulus session!_**\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:35 +msgid "Usually, problems are on the _Client_ side and should be fixed there. Have a look at the [Troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) if needed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:37 +msgid "However, various problems can also arise when setting up Servers - especially when run on a low-bandwidth home connection. It's usually fine to have less than 5 players on a slower-speed home connection (eg 10 Mbit/s down and 1 Mbit/s up). You can read more about network requirements at [different quality settings here](Server-Bandwidth)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:39 +msgid "Consider using a cloud host, not your home internet connection, to get better ping times if you're having problems." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "General notes" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 +msgid "Any Server should have at least 1.6GHz CPU frequency and 1GB RAM" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 +msgid "Running a Server may require you to adjust any firewalls running on or outside of your machine or cloud host." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 +msgid "You must set up port forwarding on your router to run an [Unregistered Server](Unregistered-Servers) at home. This should not be necessary when running a Registered Server in most cases. However, some home networks can require port forwarding for a Registered Server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 +msgid "Jamulus offers limited IPv6 support that you can turn on for a Client or Server from the command line." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:49 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:52 +msgid "Most people run Jamulus on a 3rd party/cloud host as a \"headless\" Server (no video display or keyboard) on **hardware without audio** running Linux. You can also run a Server in a [**desktop environment**](#servers-on-the-desktop)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:56 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note** The following steps will result in you running an \"Unregistered\" Server. For more information, see [the Server Modes section](#server-modes) below.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:60 +msgid "To run a headless server on Linux, the following steps assume you are familiar with the command line and Debian/Ubuntu or similar distribution that uses systemd." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 +msgid "Download the setup script: `curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 +msgid "Make the script executable: `chmod +x setup_repo.sh`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 +msgid "Run the script and install the headless server: `sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus-headless`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 +msgid "Enable the headless Server process:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:67 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\t`sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:69 +msgid "Add your desired [command line options](Running-a-Server#configuration-options) to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:71 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\t`sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless`\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:73 +msgid "Reload the systemd files and restart the headless Server:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:75 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\t`sudo systemctl daemon-reload && systemctl restart jamulus-headless`\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:77 +msgid "_To amend your Server configuration, just repeat the last two steps above._" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:80 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server Modes" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:83 +msgid "Servers can be run in one of three modes (either at home or on a 3rd party host), depending on your needs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:84 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Unregistered mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:87 +msgid "This is the default when starting a Server for the first time. Unregistered Servers are not listed by Directories, so only musicians who know your Server's address can connect to it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:89 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**For information about running an Unregistered Server [see this guide](Unregistered-Servers).**\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:93 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"
\n" +"\t\"Diagram\n" +"
\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:94 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Registered mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:97 +msgid "In this mode your Server will appear in the server list supplied by a Directory. Jamulus Clients come with a list of Directories built-in. If you register your Server with one of these, anyone can discover and connect to it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:99 +msgid "Alternatively, you can list your Server on a Custom Directory (see below). Clients will only find your Server if they enter the Custom Directory's internet address." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:101 +msgid "Note that Directories can only register up to 150 Servers. If you see a message that says you cannot register your Server because the Directory is full, you can try registering with a different Directory." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:105 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"
\n" +"\t\"Diagram\n" +"
\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:106 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Directory mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:109 +msgid "If you want to run a number of Servers, possibly also behind a firewall or on a LAN, you may want to run your Server as a Directory. Examples include online events, music associations, sectional rehearsals or music lessons for schools." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:111 +msgid "For information, [see the Directories guide](Directories)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:114 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Configuration options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:117 +msgid "Depending on your operating system and how you are running the Server, you can set Server options and make them persistent between reloads by following these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:119 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**For Linux headless** (Debian/Ubuntu using systemd)\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:121 +msgid "Add your desired command line options to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file by running `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` (You will need to reload or restart for the changes to take effect. See [Installation](#installation))." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:123 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**For the GUI** (all platforms)\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:125 +msgid "Any settings made using the graphical interface will be stored in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file. (Do **not** edit this file by hand!) However, some options are not available in the GUI and need to be set using the command line. For more information, see [Servers on the desktop](#servers-on-the-desktop)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:128 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Minimum setup to run in Registered mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:132 +msgid "You can run a headless Server on Linux using systemd (with `systemctl`), which is covered in other sections. You can also run a Server directly from the command line. Enter the following command to [run a Registered Server](#server-modes):" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:133 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"jamulus-headless --nogui --server \\\n" +" --directoryaddress hostname:port \\\n" +" --serverinfo \"[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code or Qt5 Locale]\"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:140 +msgid "See the table below for `hostname:port` values." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:142 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note**: Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `[name]` and `[city]` within the `--serverinfo` argument. See the [Server mode-related options](#server-mode-related-options) for more information on the country code. \n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:143 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server mode-related options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:145 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-e or --directoryaddress`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:148 +msgid "Required for a [Registered Server](Running-a-Server#registered-mode). Also required to run Jamulus as a [Directory](Directories)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:150 ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:171 +msgid "This option takes the format:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:152 +msgid "`--directoryaddress hostname:port` where `hostname` is the Genre Directory host name and `port` is its port number." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:154 +msgid "To register with one of the Directories built into the Jamulus Client, replace `hostname:port` with one of the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:164 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"| Genre | `hostname:port` |\n" +"|-----------|------------------|\n" +"|**Any Genre 1** |`anygenre1.jamulus.io:22124`|\n" +"|**Any Genre 2** |`anygenre2.jamulus.io:22224`|\n" +"|**Any Genre 3** |`anygenre3.jamulus.io:22624`|\n" +"|**Genre Rock** |`rock.jamulus.io:22424`|\n" +"|**Genre Jazz** |`jazz.jamulus.io:22324`|\n" +"|**Genre Classical/Folk** |`classical.jamulus.io:22524`|\n" +"|**Genre Choral/Barbershop** |`choral.jamulus.io:22724`|\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:166 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-o or --serverinfo`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:169 +msgid "When registering your Server with a Directory, this lets you supply a Server name and location details so that users can then search for these values from their Client." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:173 +msgid "`[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code]`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:175 +msgid "See [two-letter ISO country codes](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:177 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `name` and `city` values.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:178 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-L or --licence`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:180 +msgid "Show an agreement window before users can connect. The text of the agreement to be shown should be supplied as the `--welcomemessage` (see below)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:181 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-w or --welcomemessage`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:185 +msgid "A \"welcome message\" to display in the Client chat window on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML. When a path is used, the file must be accessible by the user account running Jamulus. (On most Linux installations, user `jamulus` is used by default.) If not accessible, the literal path (rather than its contents) will appear." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:186 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`--serverpublicip`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:188 +msgid "The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:189 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`--directoryfile`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:191 +msgid "_Directories only:_ Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:192 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-f or --listfilter`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:194 +msgid "_Directories only:_ Specify which Servers can register on the Directory Server. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:197 +#, no-wrap +msgid "General Server options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:199 +msgid "These options can be used regardless of which mode your Server is running in (although some may not be relevant for Directories)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:200 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-d or --discononquit`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:202 +msgid "Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not pressed their **Disconnect** buttons will automatically re-establish the connection when the Server returns. This option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server in this scenario." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:203 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-F or --fastupdate`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:205 +msgid "Reduces latency if Clients connect with the **Small Network Buffers** option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:206 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-l or --log`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:208 +msgid "Enable logging, set path and file name" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:209 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-m or --htmlstatus`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:211 +msgid "Enable HTML status file, set path and file name" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:213 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** This feature is deprecated, and may disappear in a future release.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:214 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-P or --delaypan`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:216 +msgid "Start with delay panning enabled. This option uses small differences in sound arrival time between the two ears. It produces a stereo effect similar to natural human hearing when compared to normal “volume” panning." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:217 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-s` or `--server`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:219 +msgid "Start Jamulus in Server mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:220 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`--serverbindip`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:222 +msgid "Specify the IP address the Jamulus process will bind to." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:224 +msgid "Normally, Jamulus will listen on all IP addresses on the host machine. Where the host has multiple network addresses, this option allows one of the addresses to be chosen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:225 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-T or --multithreading`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:227 +msgid "Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs. This setting may help the Server support more Clients. See also `--numchannels`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:228 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-u or --numchannels`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:230 +msgid "Maximum number of channels (Clients)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:231 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-z or --startminimized`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:233 +msgid "Start the Jamulus Server graphical user interface in the minimized window state." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:234 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Other options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:237 +msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Controlling the Server via API" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241 +msgid "Jamulus can be controlled via an experimental API which is subject to changes. You can find the [JSON-RPC API documented in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md). JSON-RPC allows you to control some features like changing the welcome message or starting recordings in headless mode from authenticated external applications. It works while the server is running." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:244 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Recording" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-R or --recording`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:248 +msgid "Set Server recording directory. By default, the Server will record when a session is active." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:250 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file, but be aware that doing could be a security risk.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:252 +msgid "Recordings are per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` format and [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open the respective files to listen to them in those applications." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** When your Server is recording, Clients display a red banner message that the session is being recorded.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:255 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`--norecord`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:257 +msgid "Set server not to record by default when recording is configured." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:259 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Controlling Recording" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262 +msgid "Recording starts once the first person connects to the Server, and stops when the last person leaves." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:264 +msgid "If the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording on/off. If [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) is enabled, you will also be able to manage the server in a way comparable to the GUI. Please see the (experimental) [JSON-RPC documentation on the recorder](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:267 +msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269 +msgid "To turn recording on or off (depending on the current state):" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:270 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" [Unit]\n" +" Description=Toggle recording state of Jamulus Server\n" +" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +"\n" +" [Service]\n" +" Type=oneshot\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:281 +msgid "To start a new recording:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:282 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" [Unit]\n" +" Description=Start a new recording on Jamulus Server\n" +" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +"\n" +" [Service]\n" +" Type=oneshot\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:293 +msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name you created when setting systemd to control your Jamulus Server. So in this example it would be `Jamulus-Server.service`_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:295 +msgid "Run `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` to register them for first use." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:297 +msgid "Now you can run these with the `systemctl` command, for example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:299 +msgid "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:301 +msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus`, or by viewing the logs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:304 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Adding metadata to the Server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:307 +msgid "You can add metadata to the welcome message of a Server to add additional, hidden information like contact information or policy requests for bots (this is comparable to [robots.txt](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robots.txt)). See the [Community Knowledge Base entry about metadata](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html) for more information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:310 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Servers on the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:313 +msgid "Jamulus can run in Server mode in the graphical environment of a computer. This gives you a graphical user interface to control most of the settings. To do this, first [install Jamulus for your platform](Getting-Started), then do one of the following:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:315 +msgid "**Windows users** - Use the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in the Windows Start menu. If you want the Server to start automatically when you start Windows, check the box for this option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:317 +msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:319 +msgid "**Linux users** - Launch the \"Jamulus Server\" shortcut. Or you can open a terminal window (`CTRL+ALT+t` on Debian and related distros), type `jamulus -s` and hit return." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:321 +msgid "While most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, others can only be set using options given in a terminal window when the Server is launched. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:323 +#, no-wrap +msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose **Properties** > **Target**. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:325 +#, no-wrap +msgid " `\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:327 +msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:329 +#, no-wrap +msgid " `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note** Command line options will set the Server’s defaults at startup. You can override them while the Server is running using their corresponding GUI controls.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:332 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The Server status icon" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:335 +msgid "When a Server is running in GUI mode, the operating system will show an icon in the system tray or status area that indicates whether the Server has connections:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:337 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
The Server is empty\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:339 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
The Server is occupied\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:342 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Backing up the Server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:345 +msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:347 +msgid "Headless Servers do not use `.ini` files. All configuration is given as command line options. If you are running a Server in GUI mode, after reading any command line options on start, it will store its configuration in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:350 +msgid "If you are having other problems, [see this guide](Server-Troubleshooting)." +msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt/Server-Bandwidth.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Server-Bandwidth.po similarity index 69% rename from _translator-files/po/pt/Server-Bandwidth.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt_PT/Server-Bandwidth.po index bf4a1fd67..6c01c13f6 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt/Server-Bandwidth.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Server-Bandwidth.po @@ -1,39 +1,39 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy +# ignotus , 2022. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-03 07:05+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" +"Language: pt_PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "" +msgstr "pt_PT" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" -msgstr "" +msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Server-Bandwidth" msgstr "" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Bandwidth Use" @@ -44,49 +44,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:11 -msgid "## Audio bandwidth" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:13 -msgid "The audio settings have an impact on the required network bandwidth. The table below summarises network requirements with respect to the configuration of:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:14 -msgid "Channels : stereo/mono" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:15 -msgid "Quality : high/medium/low" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio bandwidth" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:16 -msgid "Audio buffer duration : 2.67 ms, 5.33 ms, 10.67 ms, 21.33 ms" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:18 -msgid "With the following units" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:19 -msgid "ms : milliseconds" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:20 -msgid "Kbit/s : Kilo-bits per second (Reminder : 1 Mbit/s = 1024 Kbit/s, 1 KByte/s = 8 Kbit/s)" +msgid "The audio settings have an impact on the required network bandwidth. The table below summarises network requirements with respect to the configuration of: * Channels : stereo/mono * Quality : high/medium/low * Audio buffer duration : 2.67 ms, 5.33 ms, 10.67 ms, 21.33 ms" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:21 -msgid "Mbit/s : Mega-bits per second" +msgid "With the following units * ms : milliseconds * Kbit/s : Kilo-bits per second (Reminder : 1 Mbit/s = 1024 Kbit/s, 1 KByte/s = 8 Kbit/s) * Mbit/s : Mega-bits per second" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -103,9 +74,10 @@ msgid "" "| Mono | Low | 534 Kbit/s | 306 Kbit/s | 190 Kbit/s | 132 Kbit/s |\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:32 -msgid "## Network bandwidth" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Network bandwidth" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt/Server-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Server-Troubleshooting.po similarity index 65% rename from _translator-files/po/pt/Server-Troubleshooting.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt_PT/Server-Troubleshooting.po index 6cd65582d..5ade7d644 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt/Server-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Server-Troubleshooting.po @@ -2,39 +2,41 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # 이정희 , 2022. +# ignotus , 2022. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-19 06:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-03 07:05+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: pt\n" +"Language: pt_PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt" +msgstr "pt_PT" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Server-Troubleshooting" msgstr "" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:10 #, no-wrap msgid "Server Troubleshooting" msgstr "" @@ -47,49 +49,51 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:12 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# Server Troubleshooting\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:14 -msgid "
" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "
" +msgid "
\n" msgstr "
" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:16 -msgid "Table of contents" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:18 -msgid "TOC" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:19 -msgid "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:21 -msgid "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:23 -msgid "## Servers - Registered" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Servers - Registered" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:25 -msgid "### Why doesn't my Server show up in the list? Why isn't it registering?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why doesn't my Server show up in the list? Why isn't it registering?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:27 -msgid "If you are registered OK (you can [see it here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)) and you or your friends can't see your Server, you may need to wait, or start your Client with the `--showallservers` option and try connecting from there ([see command line options](Software-Manual#command-line-options)) on how to start your Client with a config option). In some network configurations, you may also need to [port forward](Running-a-Server#port-forwarding) your router." +msgid "If you are registered OK (you can [see it here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)) and you or your friends can't see your Server, you may need to wait, or start your Client with the `--showallservers` option and try connecting from there ([see command line options](Software-Manual#command-line-options)) on how to start your Client with a config option). In some network configurations, you may also need to configure your router to [forward the port number](Unregistered-Servers#port-forwarding) used by Jamulus Server." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -102,14 +106,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can verify that your Server is listed in the relevant genre by [checking it here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:33 -msgid "## Servers - Unregistered" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:32 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Servers - Unregistered" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:35 -msgid "### I'm running my Client on the same machine/network as my Server but I can't connect to it" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I'm running my Client on the same machine/network as my Server but I can't connect to it" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -117,19 +123,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Connect your Client to `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`. If you're running the Client on a different machine to the Server but on the same network, then connect to the _local network_ address of the Server. Do not connect via the Server's public (WAN) address." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:39 -msgid "### What address do I give to people so that they can connect to my Server?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "What address do I give to people so that they can connect to my Server?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:41 -msgid "This should be your **public** IP address (find that with [Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=whatsmyip)). Connect your **own** Jamulus Client to the **local** IP address of your Server (`localhost` or `127.0.0.1` if it's on the same machine as your Client). Note that your public IP address can change - see the note on \"dynamic DNS\" in [this guide](Running-a-Server#dynamic-dns-and-why-you-will-probably-need-it)." +msgid "This should be your **public** IP address (find that with [Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=whatsmyip)). Connect your **own** Jamulus Client to the **local** IP address of your Server (`localhost` or `127.0.0.1` if it's on the same machine as your Client). Note that your public IP address can change - see the note on \"dynamic DNS\" in [this guide](Unregistered-Servers#dynamic-dns-and-why-you-will-probably-need-it)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:44 -msgid "### What port numbers can I use?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:43 +#, no-wrap +msgid "What port numbers can I use?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -137,19 +145,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can set your Server to listen on a custom port with the `--port` option. If you do this, you will need to tell people which port to connect on. They will need to append the port number to the address of your Server in the format `[serverAddress]:[portNumber]`." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:48 -msgid "### Nobody can connect to my Server - but I can connect locally" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Nobody can connect to my Server - but I can connect locally" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:50 -msgid "First of all, make sure you've enabled [port forwarding](Running-a-Server#port-forwarding). If you still don't see your server from outside of your local network, you may have issues with your Internet Service Provider (ISP)." +msgid "First of all, make sure you've enabled [port forwarding](Unregistered-Servers#port-forwarding). If you still don't see your server from outside of your local network, you may have issues with your Internet Service Provider (ISP)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:52 -msgid "Some ISPs are using techniques like [Address plus Port (A+P)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Address_plus_Port) or [Carrier-grade NAT (CGN)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carrier-grade_NAT) to conserve address space (usually for IPv4). That makes it impossible to host services like Jamulus at home as they are not visible outside your local network." +msgid "Some ISPs use techniques like [Address plus Port (A+P)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Address_plus_Port) or [Carrier-grade NAT (CGN)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carrier-grade_NAT) to conserve address space (usually for IPv4). That makes it impossible to host services like Jamulus at home as they are not visible outside your local network." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -158,6 +167,6 @@ msgid "To detect if CGN is the issue, go to your router's configuration screen ( msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:56 +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:55 msgid "To fix the issue with IPv4, contact your ISP technical support team, and tell them that you want to host a public server at home, so you need a real WAN IP address. Furthermore, you can help them with info that CGN might be the issue. Also, you can ask for a static IP address to avoid using DDNS." msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Software-Manual.po similarity index 72% rename from _translator-files/po/pt/Software-Manual.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt_PT/Software-Manual.po index fd242f683..e85038acf 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt/Software-Manual.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Software-Manual.po @@ -2,49 +2,54 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # 이정희 , 2022. +# ignotus , 2022. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-19 06:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-03 07:05+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: pt\n" +"Language: pt_PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt" +msgstr "pt_PT" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual" msgstr "" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Software Manual" msgstr "" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus User Manual" +msgstr "" + #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:9 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# Jamulus User Manual\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -54,32 +59,35 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:13 -msgid "
" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "
" +msgid "
\n" msgstr "
" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:15 -msgid "Table of contents" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:17 -msgid "TOC" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:18 -msgid "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:20 -msgid "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:22 -msgid "# Main Window" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:21 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Main Window" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -92,9 +100,10 @@ msgid "" "\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:30 -msgid "## Ping, Delay and Jitter" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Ping, Delay and Jitter" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -111,7 +120,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:36 -msgid "
\"Image
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -122,7 +132,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:40 -msgid "
\"Image
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -133,7 +144,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:44 -msgid "
\"Image
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -148,29 +160,30 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Jitter** shows the current audio/streaming status. If the light is **red**, the audio stream is interrupted. This is caused by one of the following problems:\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:50 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53 msgid "The network jitter buffer is not large enough for the current network/audio interface jitter." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:51 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53 msgid "The sound card's buffer delay (buffer size) is too small (see Settings window)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:52 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53 msgid "The upload or download stream rate is too high for your internet bandwidth." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53 msgid "The CPU of the Client or server is at 100%." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:55 -msgid "## Input" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:54 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Input" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -178,9 +191,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Shows the level of the two stereo channels for your audio input. Make sure not to clip the input signal to avoid distortions of your sound (the LEDs will indicate clipping when it occurs)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:60 -msgid "## Mute Myself button" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Mute Myself button" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -188,9 +202,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Cuts your audio stream to the server so that you will be able to hear yourself and see your own input levels, but other musicians will not. Be aware that other musicians will not know if you have muted yourself." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:64 -msgid "## Reverb effect" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:63 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Reverb effect" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -198,9 +213,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Adds reverb to your local mono audio channel, or to both channels in stereo mode. The mono channel selection and the reverberation level can be modified. For example, if a microphone signal is fed in to the right audio channel of the sound card and a reverb effect needs to be applied, set the channel selector to the right and move the fader upwards until the desired reverb level is reached." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:71 -msgid "## Chat" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:70 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Chat" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -208,9 +224,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message is received." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:77 -msgid "## Connect/disconnect button" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:76 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Connect/disconnect button" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -220,7 +237,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:82 -msgid "
\"Screenshot
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Screenshot
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -238,14 +256,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If you know the IP address or URL of a private server, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124` (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets). The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:92 -msgid "## Server audio mixer" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:91 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server audio mixer" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:94 -msgid "
\"Image
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -270,188 +290,200 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:105 -msgid "### Grp button" +msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. You can sort instead by name, instrument, group, or city using the View menu." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:107 -msgid "Defines a group of audio channels. Moving the fader of one member of the group moves the faders of all the others. Up to 8 groups can be defined." +msgid "If the server operator has enabled recording, you will see a message above the mixer showing that you are being recorded." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:109 -msgid "### Mute button" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:108 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Grp button" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:111 -msgid "Prevents users being heard in your local mix. Be aware that when you mute someone, they will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader to indicate that you cannot hear them. Note also that you will continue to see their VU meters moving if sound from the muted user is reaching the server. Your fader position for them is also unaffected." +msgid "You can group users together using the \"group\" toggle. Moving the fader of any member of the group will move the other faders in that group by the same amount. You can isolate a channel from the group temporarily with shift-click-drag. Up to 8 groups can be defined." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:113 -msgid "Note that muting your **own** channel only means you will not hear your signal from the server (and is not advised as it can lead to you becoming out of time with other players). This is therefore not the same as using \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"." +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:112 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Mute button" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:115 -msgid "### Solo button" +msgid "Prevents users being heard in your local mix. Be aware that when you mute someone, they will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader to indicate that you cannot hear them. Note also that you will continue to see their VU meters moving if sound from the muted user is reaching the server. Your fader position for them is also unaffected." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:117 -msgid "Allows you to hear one or more users on their own. Those not soloed will be muted. Note also that those people who are not soloed will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader." +msgid "Note that muting your **own** channel only means you will not hear your signal from the server (and is not advised as it can lead to you becoming out of time with other players). This is therefore not the same as using \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:119 -msgid "Users are listed left to right in the order that they connect. You can change the sort order using the Edit option in the application menu." +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:118 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Solo button" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:121 -msgid "You can group users together using the \"group\" toggle. Moving the fader of any member of the group will move the other faders in that group by the same amount. You can isolate a channel from the group temporarily with shift-click-drag." +msgid "Allows you to hear one or more users on their own. Those not soloed will be muted. Note also that those people who are not soloed will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:123 -msgid "If the server operator has enabled recording, you will see a message above the mixer showing that you are being recorded." +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:122 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Settings" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:125 -msgid "# Settings" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:124 +#, no-wrap +msgid "My Profile" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:127 -msgid "## My Profile" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:128 +msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130 -msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board." +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132 -msgid "
\"Image
" +msgid "If you set an instrument and/or country, icons for these selections will also be shown below your fader. The skill setting changes the background colour of the fader tag and the city entry shows up in the tool tip of the fader tag:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:134 -msgid "If you set an instrument and/or country, icons for these selections will also be shown below your fader. The skill setting changes the background colour of the fader tag and the city entry shows up in the tool tip of the fader tag:" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:136 -msgid "
\"Image
" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:135 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Skin" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138 -msgid "### Skin" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140 msgid "This applies a skin to the main window, some of which are designed to accommodate larger ensembles." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142 -msgid "### Meter style" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:139 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Meter style" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:144 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142 msgid "This changes the visual style of the audio meters, independently of the chosen skin." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146 -msgid "### Mixer rows" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:143 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Mixer rows" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:148 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146 msgid "This sets the number of rows displayed in the server audio mixer, for use with larger ensembles." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150 -msgid "### Audio Alerts" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:147 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio Alerts" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:152 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150 msgid "This turns on a sound alert for when someone joins a Server, or when receiving a new chat message." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154 -msgid "## Audio/Network Setup" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:151 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio/Network Setup" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:156 -msgid "
\"Image
" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:158 -msgid "### Device" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:155 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio Device" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:161 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:159 msgid "Under the Windows operating system the ASIO driver (sound card) can be selected using Jamulus. If the selected ASIO driver is not valid an error message is shown and the previous valid driver is selected. Under macOS the input and output hardware can be selected." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163 -msgid "### Input/output channel mapping" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:160 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Input/output channel mapping" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:165 -msgid "
\"Image
" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:169 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:167 msgid "If the selected sound card device offers more than one input or output channel, the _Input Channel Mapping and Output Channel Mapping_ settings are visible. For each Jamulus input/output channel (left and right channel) a different actual sound card channel can be selected." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171 -msgid "### Audio channels" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:168 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio channels" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:173 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171 msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and server." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:173 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note**: It is better to run separate Client instances per voice/instrument, where each Client has its own ini file, rather than using this built-in mono pair to stereo mixer.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:177 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175 msgid "There are three modes available:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:177 #, no-wrap msgid "**Mono** and **Stereo** modes use one and two audio channels respectively.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:182 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:180 #, no-wrap msgid "" "**Mono-in/Stereo-out**: The audio signal sent to the server is mono but the return signal is stereo. This is useful if the sound card has the instrument on one input channel and the microphone on the other. In that case\n" @@ -459,272 +491,293 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:185 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183 msgid "Enabling stereo mode will increase your stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:188 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:186 msgid "In stereo streaming mode, no audio channel selection for the reverb effect will be available on the main window since the effect is applied to both channels in this case." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190 -msgid "### Audio quality" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:187 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio quality" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:192 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190 msgid "The higher the audio quality, the higher your audio stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194 -msgid "### Buffer Delay" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:191 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Buffer Delay" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:197 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:195 msgid "The buffer delay setting is a fundamental setting of the Jamulus software. This setting has an influence on many connection properties. Three buffer sizes are supported:" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards.\n" +msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:200 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards.\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 +msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:201 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection.\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 +msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:204 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:202 msgid "Some sound card drivers do not allow the buffer delay to be changed from within the Jamulus software. In this case the buffer delay setting is disabled and has to be changed using the sound card driver. On Windows, press the ASIO Setup button to open the driver settings panel." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:206 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:204 msgid "On Linux, use the JACK configuration tool to change the buffer size." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:208 msgid "The actual buffer delay has an influence on the connection status, the current upload rate and the overall delay. The lower the buffer size, the higher the probability of a red light in the status indicator (dropouts) and the higher the upload rate and the lower the overall delay." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:212 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210 msgid "The buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:214 -msgid "### Jitter Buffer" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:211 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jitter Buffer" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:218 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:216 msgid "The jitter buffer compensates for network and sound card timing jitters. The size of the buffer influences the quality of the audio stream (how many dropouts occur) and the overall delay (the longer the buffer, the higher the delay)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:222 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220 msgid "You can set the jitter buffer size manually for your local Client and the remote server. For the local jitter buffer, dropouts in the audio stream are indicated by the light below the jitter buffer size faders. If the light turns to red, a buffer overrun/underrun has taken place and the audio stream is interrupted." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:224 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:222 msgid "The jitter buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:228 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:226 msgid "If the Auto setting is enabled, the jitter buffers of your local Client and the remote server are set automatically based on measurements of the network and sound card timing jitter. If the Auto check is enabled, the jitter buffer size faders are disabled (they cannot be moved with the mouse)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230 -msgid "### Enable small network buffers" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:227 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Small Network Buffers" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:233 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:231 msgid "Allows support for very small network audio packets. These are only used if the sound card buffer delay is smaller than 128 samples. The smaller the network buffers, the lower the audio latency. But at the same time the network load increases and the probability of audio dropouts also increases (particuarly if your network connection has any significant jitter). Try enabling this option if you are suffering from high latency or bad audio quality. However, keeping it disabled will normally mean better audio quality." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:235 -msgid "### Audio Stream Rate" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:232 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio Stream Rate" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:238 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:236 msgid "Depends on the current audio packet size and compression setting. Make sure that the upstream rate is not higher than your available internet upload speed (check this with a service such as [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:240 -msgid "## Advanced Setup" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Advanced Setup" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:242 -msgid "
\"Image
" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:240 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:244 -msgid "### Custom Directories" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Custom Directories" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:246 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:244 msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:248 -msgid "### New Client Level" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:245 +#, no-wrap +msgid "New Client Level" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:252 -msgid "This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects to the current server, they will get the specified initial fader level if no other fader level from a previous connection of that user was already stored. You can set all users in an occupied server to this level using Edit > \"Set All Faders to New Client Level\"." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects\n" +"to the current server, they will get the specified initial fader level if no other fader level from a previous connection of\n" +"that user was already stored. You can set all users in an occupied server to this level using Edit > \"Set All Faders to New Client Level\".\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:254 -msgid "### Input Boost" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:251 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Input Boost" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:256 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:254 msgid "Increases the gain from your device. Use this if your device delivers a gain that is too quiet for Jamulus." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258 -msgid "### Feedback Protection" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:255 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Feedback Protection" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:260 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258 msgid "Attempts to detect audio feedback loops or loud noise in the first three seconds after you connected to a server. Once detected, this feature will show a message and activate the \"Mute Myself\" button to mute you in your own mix." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:262 -msgid "### Input Balance" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:259 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Input Balance" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:266 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:264 msgid "Controls the relative levels of the left and right local audio channels. For a mono signal it acts as a pan between the two channels. For example, if a microphone is connected to the right input channel and an instrument is connected to the left input channel which is much louder than the microphone, move the audio fader to increase the relative volume of the mic." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:268 -msgid "# Menu commands" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Menu commands" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:270 -msgid "### File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:267 +#, no-wrap +msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:270 msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band rehearsals (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) and load these any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:274 -msgid "### Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:271 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders " msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:276 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:274 msgid "Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:278 -msgid "# Backing up Jamulus" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:275 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Backing up Jamulus" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:280 -msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:279 +msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 -msgid "You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want." +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:286 +#. type: Fenced code block (shell) +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n" -"```shell\n" -"$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" -"```\n" +msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 -msgid "# Command Line Options" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:285 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Command Line Options" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:290 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:292 -msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:290 +#, no-wrap +msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:296 +#. type: Fenced code block (shell) +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:291 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"```shell\n" -" \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n" -"```\n" +msgid " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:298 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:296 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302 +#. type: Fenced code block (shell) +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:297 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"```shell\n" -" /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n" -"```\n" +msgid " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:306 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" msgstr "" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:305 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Controlling the Client via API" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:307 +msgid "In addition to the CLI, Jamulus can be controlled using an API. This is beneficial for advanced use cases - for example, where there is no GUI, or another application needs to interact with Jamulus. Please note that the API is still experimental. Information on the [JSON-RPC API can be found in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." +msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Tips-Tricks-More.po similarity index 81% rename from _translator-files/po/pt/Tips-Tricks-More.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt_PT/Tips-Tricks-More.po index 58f7cce42..da1cb11bc 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt/Tips-Tricks-More.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Tips-Tricks-More.po @@ -2,79 +2,87 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # 이정희 , 2022. +# ignotus , 2022. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-19 06:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-03 07:05+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: pt\n" +"Language: pt_PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt" +msgstr "pt_PT" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More" msgstr "" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Tips, Tricks and More" msgstr "" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Tips & Tricks" +msgstr "" + #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:10 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# Tips & Tricks\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:12 -msgid "
" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "
" +msgid "
\n" msgstr "
" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:14 -msgid "Table of contents" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:16 -msgid "TOC" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:17 -msgid "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:19 -msgid "
" +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:21 -msgid "### Learning about remote band rehearsing" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Learning about remote band rehearsing" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -82,14 +90,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Jamulus user [Chris Rimple](https://sourceforge.net/u/chrisrimple/profile/) has compiled a massive amount of information relating to [Remote Band Rehearsals](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1smcvsxdaaViPQvGMQHmah_6BQeqowhmGSFMHfnlY2FI/) (Google doc), which covers topics such as hardware and software configuration including examples and advice for newcomers to the field. He also includes a section on Jamulus in comparison to other solutions." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:25 -msgid "## Using the Jamulus Client" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using the Jamulus Client" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:27 -msgid "### Have an undisturbed session on any Server" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Have an undisturbed session on any Server" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -103,9 +113,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**NOTE:** This does not stop people from hearing you, using the chat function, or seeing your profile information.\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:33 -msgid "### Using Jamulus audio in Zoom (or other) meeting apps" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:32 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using Jamulus audio in Zoom (or other) meeting apps" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -118,9 +129,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can also use [VoiceMeeter](https://www.vb-audio.com/Voicemeeter/banana.htm) (Banana) for Windows or [BlackHole](https://github.com/ExistentialAudio/BlackHole) for macOS to route the Jamulus output to multiple destinations, for example to your headphones and the meeting application at the same time." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:39 -msgid "### Recording Jamulus on Windows with Reaper" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Recording Jamulus on Windows with Reaper" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -128,9 +140,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Jamulus user [Rob Durkin](https://sourceforge.net/u/bentwrench/profile/) has written a [guide to recording the output of Jamulus](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1tENfNKTWHasuTg33OdLLEo4-OOhWJolOo42ffSARxhY/edit) (Google Doc) using the ReaRoute add-on for [Reaper](https://www.reaper.fm/)." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:43 -msgid "### Sharing song/chord sheets" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:42 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Sharing song/chord sheets" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -138,9 +151,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Jamulus user [BTDT](https://sourceforge.net/u/btdt/profile/) has written a system called [305keepers](https://github.com/keepers305/Song-Sheet-Sharing-Web-Pages), a web application that allows a \"Jam leader\" to push song sheets (in PDF format) to \"Jammers\" in real time using standard web browsers." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:47 -msgid "### Jamulus Client Linux start script" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:46 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus Client Linux start script" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -163,11 +177,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Here is the script:" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:82 +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:57 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"~~~\n" " amixer sset 'Mic' capture 30% cap\n" " amixer sset 'Mic' playback 0%\n" " amixer sset 'Line' playback 60% unmute\n" @@ -191,12 +204,12 @@ msgid "" " jack_connect gx_head_fx:out_1 Jamulus:'input right'\n" " jack_connect Jamulus:'output left' system:playback_1\n" " jack_connect Jamulus:'output right' system:playback_2\n" -"~~~\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:84 -msgid "### Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -216,7 +229,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92 -msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this." +#, no-wrap +msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -241,24 +255,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 -msgid "## For Server admins" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101 +#, no-wrap +msgid "For Server admins" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104 -msgid "### Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106 -msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for your band to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Your band mates will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)" +msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:108 -msgid "### Remote management of recordings" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Remote management of recordings" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -266,9 +283,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script." msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112 -msgid "### Making a Server status page" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Making a Server status page" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -281,11 +299,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):" msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:131 +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"~~~\n" "\n" "\n" -"~~~\n" msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Unregistered-Servers.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Unregistered-Servers.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b55d25377 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Unregistered-Servers.po @@ -0,0 +1,198 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Unregistered-Servers" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Running an Unregistered Server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:9 +msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:13 +msgid "It is highly recommended to test your Server by registering it on one of the built-in Directories **first**. This will help you tackle general problems before you try unregistered mode." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:14 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Setting up a Server behind a home router" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:17 +msgid "If you set up your Server at home, you will probably need to change some settings in your router/firewall:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Port forwarding" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:21 +msgid "Normally, people from outside your home network cannot see things inside it. To let external Jamulus Clients connect to your Server, you need to set up port forwarding in your router's settings. The exact setup differs for every router. For help, see your router's documentation or [portforward.com](https://portforward.com)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** The default port for Jamulus is **UDP** (not TCP) port **22124**. You will usually forward the port **22124** from outside your network to the port **22124** of the computer running the Server.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Getting the public IP" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:28 +msgid "To allow others to connect to your Server from the internet, give them your public IP address. You can [learn your current public IP address using Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=what+is+my+ip). You should connect yourself using the local network address of the computer the Server is running on. If you are running a Client on the same computer as your Server, the address is `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:30 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Dynamic DNS and why you will probably need it" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:33 +msgid "Unless your ISP provides you with a fixed IP address, you may find that your address changes over time. You might want to associate your IP address with a domain name you can share with others that uses \"dynamic DNS\" (DDNS). A \"dynamic DNS\" provider can supply you with the domain name and you keep refreshing your IP address with the provider. Your router might support certain DDNS providers to do this. If this is not the case, the provider will have instructions on how to set up a dynamic DNS client." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "DNS SRV record support" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:37 +msgid "Jamulus Clients support [DNS SRV records (\"service\" records)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record). If a Client finds an SRV record associated with the domain name given in the Connect window, it will try to connect to the endpoint host and port listed in the SRV record. This process is similar to HTTP redirection in a web browser, only it's between Jamulus Clients and the DNS server. The Jamulus Server is not involved in this interaction. Jamulus Servers just listen for connections on the same port listed in the SRV record." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why is this helpful?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:41 +msgid "A Jamulus Client can connect to a Server on a non-default port by specifying the port as part of the server address. A server administrator may want to give users a simple address without the port details, while still serving Jamulus on a non-default port. For this case, the port information can be acquired from an SRV record." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:43 +msgid "An address entered in the Connect window could look like ```jamulus.example.com```. If an SRV record is found for this DNS domain, Jamulus Client will try to connect to the Server on the host:port listed in the SRV record, such as ```jamulus.example.com:12345```." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:45 +msgid "If no SRV records are found on the DNS server, a Client will attempt to connect to the Server as specified in the connection window." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:46 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Creating SRV records" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:49 +msgid "SRV records are created by the administrator of the domain being used to host the Jamulus server. The SRV records are added through the administration portal (or API if available) of the domain's DNS hosting service. The format of the SRV record entry can vary by DNS hosting service but will generally look something like this." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" _service._proto.name. ttl IN SRV priority weight port target\n" +" \n" +" # or, more specifically\n" +" \n" +" _jamulus._udp.example.com. 60 IN SRV 0 5 12345 jamulus.example.com\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** You can host many Jamulus Servers at different ports on one host by giving each its own SRV record.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:61 +msgid "See the documentation of your DNS provider for instructions on creating an SRV record." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Example use case with SRV records" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:65 +msgid "This example assumes the DNS contains an A or CNAME record that resolves to ```server1.example.com```, where three Jamulus Server instances are running, each listening on one of the three ports listed below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:67 +msgid "Alternatively, `server1.example.com` can be a router, NAT-gateway, or load-balancer that forwards each of the ports to a backend Jamulus server (or servers)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:74 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"| JAMULUS CLIENT | DNS SRV RECORD | JAMULUS SERVER |\n" +"| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------- |\n" +"| rock.example.com | _jamulus._udp.rock.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22124 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22124 |\n" +"| jazz.example.com | _jamulus._udp.jazz.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22125 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22125 |\n" +"| blues.example.com | _jamulus._udp.blues.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22126 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22126 |\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:76 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*It's important to remember that DNS is not forwarding connections. It's simply telling Jamulus Client what public host:port to connect to.*\n" +msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/copyright.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/copyright.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..43859214a --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/copyright.po @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Hash Value: footer asio +#: ../wiki/en/misc/copyright.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ASIO ® compatible - ASIO is a trademark and software of Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav docs +#: ../wiki/en/misc/copyright.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "This documentation is CC BY-SA" +msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt/general.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/general.po similarity index 70% rename from _translator-files/po/pt/general.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt_PT/general.po index 71772344f..376d637cb 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt/general.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/general.po @@ -16,111 +16,109 @@ msgstr "" "X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" #. type: Hash Value: footer alt facebook -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus Facebook group" msgstr "Grupo Jamulus no Facebook" #. type: Hash Value: footer alt github -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus GitHub repo" msgstr "Jamulus GitHub repo" #. type: Hash Value: footer alt help -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Help and support" msgstr "Ajuda e suporte" #. type: Hash Value: footer copyright software -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Software by Volker Fischer and contributors - want to get involved?" msgstr "Software por Volker Fischer e colaboradores - quer envolver-se?" -#. type: Hash Value: infobox_each_os -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Jamulus 3.9.1 addresses a MIDI controller-related bug that could result in the loss of old fader levels: If you used `--ctrlmidich`, you can start the app once with `--cleanuplegacyfadersettings` to try to convert the old format to the new one. This option will be removed in a future release. Read the Change Log for more information." -msgstr "Jamulus 3.9.1 resolve un problema associado aos controladores MIDI que poderia resultar em perda dos níveis prévios dos faders: Se você utilizava `--ctrlmidich`, pode iniciar o aplicativo uma vez com `--cleanuplegacyfadersettings` para tentar converter o formato antigo para o novo formato. Esta opção será removida em uma versão futura. Leia o Change Log para mais informações." - #. type: Hash Value: kb by -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "by" msgstr "by" #. type: Hash Value: kb discuss linktitle -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Discuss this content" msgstr "Discussão sobre este conteúdo" #. type: Hash Value: kb discuss title -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Comments" msgstr "Commentários" #. type: Hash Value: kb kbintro -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Community knowledge base
Feel free to add your own article!" msgstr "Base de informação comunitária
Fique livre para adicionar seu próprio artigo!" #. type: Hash Value: kb mainpage -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "KB overview" msgid "Knowledge Base overview" msgstr "Visão geral KB" #. type: Hash Value: kb navpages -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "More pages" msgstr "Mais páginas" #. type: Hash Value: kb newpage -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Add a new page via GitHub" msgstr "Adicione uma página via GitHub" #. type: Hash Value: kb readmore -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Read more..." msgstr "Leia mais..." #. type: Hash Value: kb titleAdd -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "– Jamulus Knowledge Base" msgstr "– Base de informação do Jamulus" #. type: Hash Value: nav altJamulusIcon -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus Icon. Links to homepage" msgstr "Ícone Jamulus. Link para a página inicial" #. type: Hash Value: nav btnOpenNavigation -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Open navigation" msgstr "Abrir navegação" #. type: Hash Value: tNoJSEnabled -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Your browser has JavaScript disabled. That's totally fine. This site has been designed to provide basic functionality without JS. Enabling JavaScript may give you additional functionality on this site." msgstr "Seu browser desabilitou JavaScript, o que é perfeitamente ok. Este site foi desenvolvido para prover funcionalidade básica mesmo sem JS. Se vocé habilitá-lo, você pode usufruir de funções adicionais." #. type: Hash Value: wiki titleAdd -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "– Jamulus Wiki" msgid "– Jamulus Website" msgstr "– Jamulus Wiki" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Jamulus 3.9.1 addresses a MIDI controller-related bug that could result in the loss of old fader levels: If you used `--ctrlmidich`, you can start the app once with `--cleanuplegacyfadersettings` to try to convert the old format to the new one. This option will be removed in a future release. Read the Change Log for more information." +#~ msgstr "Jamulus 3.9.1 resolve un problema associado aos controladores MIDI que poderia resultar em perda dos níveis prévios dos faders: Se você utilizava `--ctrlmidich`, pode iniciar o aplicativo uma vez com `--cleanuplegacyfadersettings` para tentar converter o formato antigo para o novo formato. Esta opção será removida em uma versão futura. Leia o Change Log para mais informações." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt/navigation.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/navigation.po similarity index 75% rename from _translator-files/po/pt/navigation.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt_PT/navigation.po index 255458fd4..ce76e92c1 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt/navigation.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/navigation.po @@ -15,151 +15,156 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting Up" msgstr "Configurando" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Windows" msgstr "Windows" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows" msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "macOS" msgstr "macOS" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh" msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Linux" msgstr "Linux" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux" msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Getting-Started" msgstr "/wiki/Getting-Started" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "User Manual" msgstr "Manual do Software" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual" msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "FAQ" msgstr "FAQ" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/FAQ" msgstr "/wiki/FAQ" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "Solução de Problemas" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting" msgstr "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting" #. type: Hash Value: nav title -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Using Jamulus" msgstr "Usando Jamulus" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Server Administration" -msgstr "Rodando um servidor" +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "User Manual" +msgid "Server Manual" +msgstr "Manual do Software" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Running-a-Server" msgstr "/wiki/Running-a-Server" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Tips & Tricks" msgstr "Dicas e truques" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More" msgstr "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Community Knowledge Base" msgstr "Base de Conhecimento Comunitária" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems selectOnLayout -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "post" msgstr "post" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/kb/index.html" msgstr "/kb/index.html" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Privacy Statement" msgstr "Declaração de Privacidade" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Privacy-Statement" msgstr "/wiki/Privacy-Statement" #. type: Hash Value: nav title -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "More" msgstr "Mais" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Server Administration" +#~ msgstr "Rodando um servidor" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/1-index.po index 9f90d0553..2d549d445 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/1-index.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/1-index.po @@ -2,22 +2,39 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # yangyangdaji , 2022. +# Jason Li , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-31 10:01+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: yangyangdaji \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-06-03 14:49+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Jason Li \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: zh_CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.18-dev\n" #. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?) #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:1 -#, no-wrap +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "---\n" +#| "title: \"Jamulus ‒ Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +#| "lang: \"en\"\n" +#| "permalink: /\n" +#| "layout: mainhomepage\n" +#| "ldjAppCategory: \"Music\"\n" +#| "ldjSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +#| "ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer and contributors\"\n" +#| "metadescription: \"Jamulus is free and open source software that lets musicians perform music, rehearse or jam together, in real time over the Internet.\"\n" +#| "mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" +#| "mTSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +#| "mTGetStartedNow: \"Get started now!\"\n" +#| "mTDownloadNow: 'Download now for'\n" +#| "mTOtherPlatforms: 'other platforms'\n" +#| "---\n" msgid "" "---\n" "title: \"Jamulus ‒ Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" @@ -27,11 +44,12 @@ msgid "" "ldjAppCategory: \"Music\"\n" "ldjSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" "ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer and contributors\"\n" -"metadescription: \"Jamulus is open source software that lets musicians perform music, rehearse or just jam together, all in real time over the Internet.\"\n" +"metadescription: \"Jamulus is free and open source software that lets musicians perform music, rehearse or jam together, in real time over the Internet.\"\n" "mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" "mTSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" "mTGetStartedNow: \"Get started now!\"\n" "mTDownloadNow: 'Download now for'\n" +"mTPlatformsAnd: 'and'\n" "mTOtherPlatforms: 'other platforms'\n" "---\n" msgstr "" @@ -43,7 +61,7 @@ msgstr "" "ldjAppCategory: \"音乐\"\n" "ldjSlogan: \"在线播放音乐。与朋友一起。免费的。\"\n" "ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer 和贡献者\"\n" -"metadescription: \"Jamulus 是一个开源软件，让音乐家在互联网上实时演奏音乐，排练或只是一起演奏。\"\n" +"metadescription: \"Jamulus 是一个免费的开源软件，让音乐家全部在互联网上实时演奏音乐，排练或一起演奏。\"\n" "mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus 图标\"\n" "mTSlogan: \"在线播放音乐。与朋友一起。免费的。\"\n" "mTGetStartedNow: \"现在就开始吧！\"\n" @@ -52,25 +70,25 @@ msgstr "" "---\n" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:19 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:20 #, no-wrap msgid "What is Jamulus?" msgstr "什么是 Jamulus？" #. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:20 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:21 #, no-wrap -msgid " Jamulus is for playing, rehearsing, or just jamming with your friends, your band or just anyone you find online. With high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection, it's easy to play together remotely and in time. " -msgstr " Jamulus 适合与您的朋友、乐队或您在网上找到的任何人一起演奏、排练或即兴演奏。在普通宽带连接上提供高品质、低延迟的声音，可以轻松地远程及时地一起播放。 " +msgid " Jamulus lets you play, rehearse, or jam with your friends, your band, or anyone you find online. Play together remotely in time with high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection. " +msgstr " Jamulus 让您的朋友、乐队或您在网上找到的任何人一起演奏、排练或即兴演奏。用普通宽带连接上提供高品质、低延迟的声音，可以轻松地远程及时地一起播放。 " #. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:20 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:21 #, no-wrap msgid "Download it here" msgstr "在这里下载" #. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:20 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:21 #, no-wrap msgid "" "!\n" @@ -80,55 +98,55 @@ msgstr "" " " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:33 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:34 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus worldwide" msgstr "世界各地的 Jamulus" #. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:34 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:35 #, no-wrap msgid "" -" All over the world Jamulus allows huge choirs to rehearse, loud rock bands to play, and brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons,\n" -" in schools and universities, in private and in public. Even just for the spoken word – all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person.\n" +" All over the world Jamulus allows choirs to rehearse and rock bands to play. Jamulus brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons,\n" +" in schools and universities, in private and in public — all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person.\n" " " msgstr "" -" 在世界各地，Jamulus 允许大型合唱团排练、摇滚乐队演奏，并将民间音乐家和古典音乐家聚集在一起。它被用于远程音乐课程，\n" -" 在学校和大学，在私人和公共场合。即使只是口语——所有这些都是在互联网上实时进行的，就像您亲临现场一样。\n" +" 在世界各地，Jamulus 允许合唱团排练、摇滚乐队演奏，并将民间音乐家和古典音乐家聚集在一起。它被用于远程音乐课程，\n" +" 在学校和大学，在私人和公共场合——所有这些都是在互联网上实时进行的，就像您亲临现场一样。\n" " " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:36 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:37 #, no-wrap msgid "Help needed?" msgstr "需要帮助？" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:38 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 #, no-wrap -msgid " Have a look at the " -msgstr " 看看 " +msgid " Check out the " +msgstr " 查看 " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:38 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 #, no-wrap msgid "documentation" msgstr "文档" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:38 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 #, no-wrap -msgid ". Especially consider the " -msgstr ".特别考虑 " +msgid " and consider the " +msgstr " ，考虑 " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:40 #, no-wrap msgid "troubleshooting section" msgstr "故障排除部分" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:40 #, no-wrap msgid "" "!\n" @@ -138,13 +156,13 @@ msgstr "" " 您也可以在 " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:40 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:41 #, no-wrap msgid "forums" msgstr "论坛" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:40 ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:52 +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:41 ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:53 #, no-wrap msgid "" ".\n" @@ -154,57 +172,67 @@ msgstr "" " " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:44 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:45 #, no-wrap msgid "Want to get involved?" msgstr "想参与其中吗？" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:46 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap -msgid " Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help translating into your language? Since Jamulus is " -msgstr "" -" 想法？发现错误？想贡献一些代码或帮助翻译成您的语言吗？由于Jamulus \n" -"是 " +msgid " Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help " +msgstr " 想法？发现错误？想贡献一些代码或帮助？ " + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "translating" +msgstr "翻译" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid " Jamulus into your language? Since Jamulus is " +msgstr " Jamulus 到你的语言？由于 Jamulus 是 " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:46 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap msgid "free and open source software" msgstr "免费和开源软件" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:46 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap msgid " (FOSS) licensed under the " msgstr " (FOSS) 许可下 " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:46 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap msgid "GPL" msgstr "GPL" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:46 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap msgid ", you can help us!" msgstr "，你可以帮助我们！" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 +#. type: Content of:


+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:48 #, no-wrap msgid " Take a look at our " msgstr " 看看我们的 " -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 +#. type: Content of:


+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:48 #, no-wrap msgid "contribution guidelines" msgstr "贡献指南" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 +#. type: Content of:


+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:48 #, no-wrap msgid "" " to find out how. Everybody is welcome!\n" @@ -213,20 +241,24 @@ msgstr "" " 找出原因。每个人都欢迎!\n" " " -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:51 +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:52 #, no-wrap -msgid " For detailed information about how Jamulus hacks the space-time continuum to produce a near-perfect 5th dimension of collaborative sound, see " -msgstr " 有关 Jamulus 如何破解时空连续体以产生近乎完美的第五维协作声音的详细信息，请参阅 " +msgid " For detailed information on how Jamulus works, see " +msgstr " 如果想要了解关于 Jamulus 如何工作的细节信息，请看 " -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:52 +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:53 #, no-wrap msgid "this paper by Volker Fischer (PDF)" msgstr "Volker Fischer 的这篇论文 (PDF)" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:57 +#. type: Content of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:58 #, no-wrap msgid "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" msgstr "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid " For detailed information about how Jamulus hacks the space-time continuum to produce a near-perfect 5th dimension of collaborative sound, see " +#~ msgstr " 有关 Jamulus 如何破解时空连续体以产生近乎完美的第五维协作声音的详细信息，请参阅 " diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Client-Troubleshooting.po index 24862a90f..6c25a8438 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Client-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Client-Troubleshooting.po @@ -3,87 +3,99 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # yangyangdaji , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022. +# Allan Nordhøy , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-01 10:14+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 22:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: zh_CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "zh_CN" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting" msgstr "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Client Troubleshooting" msgstr "客户端故障排除" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "故障排除" + #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:10 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# Troubleshooting\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" -msgstr "" -"# 故障排除\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "{:toc}" +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:12 -msgid "
" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "
" +msgid "
\n" msgstr "
" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:14 -msgid "Table of contents" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "Table of contents" +msgid "Table of contents\n" msgstr "目录" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:16 -msgid "TOC" -msgstr "TOC" - #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:17 -msgid "{:toc}" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "{:toc}" +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" msgstr "{:toc}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:19 -msgid "
" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "
" +msgid "
\n" msgstr "
" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:21 -msgid "### Don’t hear any sound/Others don’t hear you?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:20 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Don’t hear any sound/Others don’t hear you?" +msgid "Don’t hear any sound/Others don’t hear you?" msgstr "### 没有听到任何声音/其他人没有听到你的声音？" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:23 msgid "Start with the simple stuff: make sure your instrument/microphone and headphones are connected to the correct sockets. Make sure no other applications like your browser, video conferencing tool etc. is also using your sound card. You should shut those down when using Jamulus. If that all looks OK and the problem persists, it's likely there's an issue with your sound device settings. This will depend on your particular setup (platform, hardware, software and drivers), so it's best to ask on [the forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) for guidance." -msgstr "从简单的东西开始:确保您的乐器/麦克风和耳机连接到正确的插座。确保没有其他应用程序（例如您的浏览器、视频会议工具等）也在使用您的声卡。使用 Jamulus 时应该关闭它们。如果一切正常且问题仍然存在，则可能是您的声音设备设置存在问题。这取决于您的特定设置（平台、硬件、软件和驱动程序），因此最好在 [论坛](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) 上寻求指导。" +msgstr "从简单的东西开始:确保您的乐器/麦克风和耳机连接到正确的插座。确保没有其他应用程序(例如您的浏览器、视频会议工具等)也在使用您的声卡。使用 Jamulus 时应该关闭它们。如果一切正常且问题仍然存在，则可能是您的声音设备设置存在问题。这取决于您的特定设置(平台、硬件、软件和驱动程序)，因此最好在 [论坛](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) 上寻求指导。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:25 @@ -91,9 +103,11 @@ msgstr "从简单的东西开始:确保您的乐器/麦克风和耳机连接到 msgid "**Windows users (ASIO4ALL)**: If you’re using the ASIO4ALL driver have a look at the [ASIO4ALL setup section](Installation-for-Windows#setting-up-asio4all)\n" msgstr "**Windows 用户 (ASIO4ALL)**:如果您使用的是 ASIO4ALL 驱动程序，请查看 [ASIO4ALL 设置部分](Installation-for-Windows#设置-asio4all)\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:27 -msgid "### Not seeing the headphone or microphone you just connected to your PC?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:26 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Not seeing the headphone or microphone you just connected to your PC?" +msgid "Not seeing the headphone or microphone you just connected to your PC?" msgstr "### 没有看到您刚刚连接到 PC 的耳机或麦克风？" #. type: Plain text @@ -101,9 +115,11 @@ msgstr "### 没有看到您刚刚连接到 PC 的耳机或麦克风？" msgid "Just restart Jamulus with your device plugged in. Jamulus currently doesn't show devices which were plugged in after the sound system was loaded." msgstr "只需在设备接通电源的情况下重新启动 Jamulus。Jamulus 目前不显示加载音响系统后插入的设备。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:31 -msgid "### Your sound is stuttering" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:30 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Your sound is stuttering" +msgid "Your sound is stuttering" msgstr "### 你的声音断断续续" #. type: Plain text @@ -111,38 +127,40 @@ msgstr "### 你的声音断断续续" msgid "Your audio device may not work with the buffer size you selected. Select a bigger buffer size in Jamulus's settings. If possible though, use another device, since large buffer sizes mean higher latency." msgstr "您的音频设备可能无法使用您选择的缓冲区大小。在 Jamulus 的设置中选择更大的缓冲区大小。如果可能，请使用其他设备，因为大缓冲区大小意味着更高的延迟。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:35 -msgid "### You all sound OK, but it's difficult to keep together" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:34 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### You all sound OK, but it's difficult to keep together" +msgid "You all sound OK, but it's difficult to keep together" msgstr "### 你们听起来都不错，但很难保持在一起" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:37 #, no-wrap msgid "**If at all possible, DO NOT listen to your direct signal.** Make sure you are listening as much as you can to the sound of your own instrument/voice _coming back from the Server_. This signal has you and your playing partners mixed together in sync, and will be the signal that your bandmates are hearing too. So listening to that means you will be in sync with each other (assuming you all have reasonably low latency). Note that if one or more musicians are not following this rule, they will slow down as they play or sing.\n" -msgstr "**如果可能，请不要听您的直接信号。** 确保您尽可能多地聆听您自己的乐器/声音_从服务器返回_的声音。这个信号让你和你的演奏伙伴同步混合在一起，也是你的乐队成员听到的信号。所以听这意味着你们将彼此同步（假设你们都有相当低的延迟）。请注意，如果一位或多位音乐家不遵守此规则，他们会在演奏或唱歌时放慢速度。\n" +msgstr "**如果可能，请不要听您的直接信号。** 确保您尽可能多地聆听您自己的乐器/声音_从服务器返回_的声音。这个信号让你和你的演奏伙伴同步混合在一起，也是你的乐队成员听到的信号。所以听这意味着你们将彼此同步(假设你们都有相当低的延迟)。请注意，如果一位或多位音乐家不遵守此规则，他们会在演奏或唱歌时放慢速度。\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:39 msgid "You can test whether you are hearing your signal correctly by doing the following:" msgstr "您可以通过执行以下操作来测试您是否正确听到了信号:" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:41 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44 msgid "Run Jamulus and connect to a Server with a long ping time (greater than 200ms)" -msgstr "运行 Jamulus 并连接到具有较长 ping 时间（大于 200 毫秒）的服务器" +msgstr "运行 Jamulus 并连接到具有较长 ping 时间(大于 200 毫秒)的服务器" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:42 +#. type: Bullet: '2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44 msgid "Clap your hands once (or play one short note on an instrument). You should hear the sound from the Jamulus Server come back, but significantly delayed." -msgstr "拍手一次（或在乐器上弹奏一个短音符）。您应该听到来自 Jamulus 服务器的声音回来了，但明显延迟。" +msgstr "拍手一次(或在乐器上弹奏一个短音符)。您应该听到来自 Jamulus 服务器的声音回来了，但明显延迟。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:43 +#. type: Bullet: '3. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44 msgid "Click the \"Mute\" button under your Jamulus name/slider in the main Jamulus mixer window (**NOT** the \"Mute Myself\" button on the left)." -msgstr "单击主 Jamulus 混音器窗口中您的 Jamulus 名称/滑块下的“静音”按钮（**不是**左侧的“静音我自己”按钮）。" +msgstr "单击主 Jamulus 混音器窗口中您的 Jamulus 名称/滑块下的“静音”按钮(**不是**左侧的“静音我自己”按钮)。" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '4. ' #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44 msgid "Clap your hands again." msgstr "再次拍拍手。" @@ -155,16 +173,18 @@ msgstr "如果您在第 2 步后听到两声掌声，或在第 4 步后听到任 #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:48 msgid "Exactly how you avoid listening to your direct signal will depend on your individual setup - your sound interface, mixing desk, headphone connection point, etc. For example, some audio interfaces have \"monitor\" buttons (turn these off), or similar options. **If you are still having problems**, try asking on the [forum](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)." -msgstr "避免收听直接信号的具体方式取决于您的个人设置 - 您的声音接口、混音台、耳机连接点等。例如，某些音频接口具有“监听”按钮（关闭这些按钮）或类似选项。 **如果您仍然遇到问题**，请尝试在 [论坛](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) 上提问。" +msgstr "避免收听直接信号的具体方式取决于您的个人设置 - 您的声音接口、混音台、耳机连接点等。例如，某些音频接口具有“监听”按钮(关闭这些按钮)或类似选项。 **如果您仍然遇到问题**，请尝试在 [论坛](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) 上提问。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:50 msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [software manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this." -msgstr "请注意，虽然收听服务器的信号将确保您与其他音乐家同步，但如果您的整体延迟（由 Jamulus 中的“延迟”灯指示）不是绿色或至少大部分时间不是黄色，您也可能会遇到问题时间。请参阅 [软件手册](/wiki/Software-Manual) 以了解如何调整您的设置以帮助解决此问题。" +msgstr "请注意，虽然收听服务器的信号将确保您与其他音乐家同步，但如果您的整体延迟(由 Jamulus 中的“延迟”灯指示)不是绿色或至少大部分时间不是黄色，您也可能会遇到问题时间。请参阅 [软件手册](/wiki/Software-Manual) 以了解如何调整您的设置以帮助解决此问题。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:52 -msgid "### Can't work out your mic settings?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:51 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Can't work out your mic settings?" +msgid "Can't work out your mic settings?" msgstr "### 无法确定您的麦克风设置？" #. type: Plain text @@ -172,49 +192,59 @@ msgstr "### 无法确定您的麦克风设置？" msgid "When using a microphone while playing your other instrument, you can use a stereo audio input signal in your settings where one channel is connected to the instrument and the other channel is connected to a microphone signal. On the microphone channel an optional reverberation effect can be applied." msgstr "在演奏其他乐器时使用麦克风时，您可以在设置中使用立体声音频输入信号，其中一个通道连接到乐器，另一个通道连接到麦克风信号。在麦克风通道上可以应用可选的混响效果。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:56 -msgid "### Buffer LEDs suddenly going red, outages, [jittering](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jitter), weird sounds?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:55 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Buffer LEDs suddenly going red, outages, [jittering](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jitter), weird sounds?" +msgid "Buffer LEDs suddenly going red, outages, [jittering](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jitter), weird sounds?" msgstr "### 缓冲区 LED 突然变红、断电、[抖动](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jitter)、奇怪的声音？" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:58 msgid "Your computer may be under too much load. Try not to have anything competing with Jamulus (like Zoom Meetings or Facebook live streams) on your machine. Or at least quit them while you're playing. Prevent things like virus scanners doing scans, or software updates happening, etc. Be aware that the reverb setting in Jamulus also uses more CPU the more reverb you have." -msgstr "您的计算机可能负载过大。尽量不要在您的机器上与 Jamulus 竞争（例如 Zoom Meetings 或 Facebook 直播）。或者至少在你玩的时候退出它们。防止病毒扫描程序进行扫描或发生软件更新等事情。请注意，Jamulus 中的混响设置也会使用更多的 CPU，您拥有的混响越多。" +msgstr "您的计算机可能负载过大。尽量不要在您的机器上与 Jamulus 竞争(例如 Zoom Meetings 或 Facebook 直播)。或者至少在你玩的时候退出它们。防止病毒扫描程序进行扫描或发生软件更新等事情。请注意，Jamulus 中的混响设置也会使用更多的 CPU，您拥有的混响越多。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:60 -msgid "### Ping times and latency start well, then get worse, causing issues" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:59 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Ping times and latency start well, then get worse, causing issues" +msgid "Ping times and latency start well, then get worse, causing issues" msgstr "### Ping 时间和延迟开始良好，然后变得更糟，导致问题" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:62 msgid "This can indicate something else is competing with Jamulus on your network, so make sure nobody is watching HD Netflix movies or taking part in Zoom video conferences while you are playing. A more permanent solution for technically-minded users may be found by investigating [the issue of buffer bloat](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/) on their router and whether you can implement Smart Queue Management (SQM). [More details here](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/What_can_I_do_about_Bufferbloat/)." -msgstr "这可能表明有其他东西在你的网络上与 Jamulus 竞争，所以要确保在你玩的时候没有人在看高清 Netflix 电影或参加 Zoom 视频会议。对于有技术头脑的用户来说，可以通过调查他们的路由器上的[缓冲区膨胀问题](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/)以及你是否可以实现智能队列管理（SQM）来找到一个更持久的解决方案。[更多细节在这里](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/What_can_I_do_about_Bufferbloat/)。" +msgstr "这可能表明有其他东西在你的网络上与 Jamulus 竞争，所以要确保在你玩的时候没有人在看高清 Netflix 电影或参加 Zoom 视频会议。对于有技术头脑的用户来说，可以通过调查他们的路由器上的[缓冲区膨胀问题](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/)以及你是否可以实现智能队列管理(SQM)来找到一个更持久的解决方案。[更多细节在这里](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/What_can_I_do_about_Bufferbloat/)。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:64 -msgid "### Getting frustrated with software channels, audio routing, sample rates and more?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:63 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Getting frustrated with software channels, audio routing, sample rates and more?" +msgid "Getting frustrated with software channels, audio routing, sample rates and more?" msgstr "### 对软件通道、音频路由、采样率等感到沮丧？" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:66 msgid "It's usually far easier and more reliable to have a [mixing desk](https://www.thomann.de/pics/bdb/191244/7355025_800.jpg) to connect your kit (instruments, mic, recorder etc.) and then send a simple stereo signal to your sound interface (be sure to listen to the resulting sound from the Jamulus Server via your computer though!). The huge variety of possible hardware, software and instrument combinations means that setting up your sound card to work with your particular configuration can otherwise get complicated very fast." -msgstr "拥有一个 [混音台](https://www.thomann.de/pics/bdb/191244/7355025_800.jpg) 来连接您的套件（乐器、麦克风、录音机等）通常更容易、更可靠，然后向您的声音接口发送一个简单的立体声信号（不过，请务必通过您的计算机收听来自 Jamulus 服务器的声音！）。各种可能的硬件、软件和乐器组合意味着将声卡设置为与您的特定配置一起使用可能会很快变得复杂。" +msgstr "拥有一个 [混音台](https://www.thomann.de/pics/bdb/191244/7355025_800.jpg) 来连接您的套件(乐器、麦克风、录音机等)通常更容易、更可靠，然后向您的声音接口发送一个简单的立体声信号(不过，请务必通过您的计算机收听来自 Jamulus 服务器的声音！)。各种可能的硬件、软件和乐器组合意味着将声卡设置为与您的特定配置一起使用可能会很快变得复杂。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:68 -msgid "### Somebody joining your jam and being too loud?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:67 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Somebody joining your jam and being too loud?" +msgid "Somebody joining your jam and being too loud?" msgstr "### 有人加入你的乐队，声音太大了吗?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:70 msgid "You can set your \"New Client Level\" to a low value (e.g. 10), or set the musicians you are playing with to \"Solo\" state (in the mixer panel on the right side). That way, either new entrants will be very quiet, or you won't hear them at all." -msgstr "您可以将“新客户端级别”设置为较低的值（例如 10），或将您正在演奏的音乐家设置为“独奏”状态（在右侧的混音器面板中）。这样，要么新进入者会非常安静，要么你根本听不到他们的声音。" +msgstr "您可以将“新客户端级别”设置为较低的值(例如 10)，或将您正在演奏的音乐家设置为“独奏”状态(在右侧的混音器面板中)。这样，要么新进入者会非常安静，要么你根本听不到他们的声音。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:72 -msgid "### Can't see the Server you want to join?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:71 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Can't see the Server you want to join?" +msgid "Can't see the Server you want to join?" msgstr "### 看不到你想加入的服务器？" #. type: Plain text @@ -222,63 +252,122 @@ msgstr "### 看不到你想加入的服务器？" msgid "First check that you have the right genre Server selected in your Connect window. Sometimes network issues mean your Client won't list all the available Servers. If you know the name of the Server you want to join, you can [look up its IP address here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/). Enter that address in the \"Server Address\" field in the Connect Setup window to connect to it." msgstr "首先检查您是否在“连接”窗口中选择了正确的流派服务器。有时网络问题意味着您的客户端不会列出所有可用的服务器。如果您知道要加入的服务器的名称，您可以[在此处查找其 IP 地址](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)。在“连接设置”窗口的“服务器地址”字段中输入该地址以连接到它。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:76 -msgid "### Not seeing a list of Servers at all?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:75 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Not seeing a list of Servers at all?" +msgid "Not seeing a list of Servers at all?" msgstr "### 根本看不到服务器列表？" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:78 msgid "In the UK (and possibly other regions/routers) the Virgin Media Cable Internet Modem setting can cause an issue. \"Block Fragmented IP Packets\" should not be checked. For other routers/ISP, also try turning off SPI (Stateful Packet Inspection) and if that fixes it, you can make a judgment about whether to leave that off or not." -msgstr "在英国（可能还有其他区域/路由器），维珍媒体有线互联网调制解调器设置可能会导致问题。不应检查“阻止分段 IP 数据包”。对于其他路由器/ISP，也可以尝试关闭 SPI（状态数据包检测），如果修复了它，您可以判断是否将其关闭。" +msgstr "在英国(可能还有其他区域/路由器)，维珍媒体有线互联网调制解调器设置可能会导致问题。不应检查“阻止分段 IP 数据包”。对于其他路由器/ISP，也可以尝试关闭 SPI(状态数据包检测)，如果修复了它，您可以判断是否将其关闭。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:80 msgid "In some cases, it may be your ISP that is blocking your use of Jamulus. See the note on the [server troubleshooting page](Server-Troubleshooting#nobody-can-connect-to-my-server---but-i-can-connect-locally) about \"Nobody can connect to my Server\"" msgstr "在某些情况下，可能是您的 ISP 阻止了您使用 Jamulus。请参阅[服务器故障排除页面](Server-Troubleshooting#没有人可以连接到我的服务器---但我可以在本地连接)上关于“没有人可以连接到我的服务器”的注释" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:82 -msgid "### Trouble using Garageband (or other DAW) with Jamulus?" -msgstr "### 在 Jamulus 中使用 Garageband（或其他 DAW）时遇到问题？" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:81 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Getting an error message saying \"Jamulus\" can't be opened because the developer cannot be verified" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:84 -msgid "See [this forum discussion](https://sourceforge.net/p/llcon/discussion/533517/thread/d3dd58eedc/#b994)" -msgstr "参见 [本论坛讨论]（https://sourceforge.net/p/llcon/discussion/533517/thread/d3dd58eedc/#b994）" +msgid "If you are using a \"legacy\" version of Jamulus (because you are running an older version of macOS) or an intermediate build, the first time you run Jamulus, you will see a message saying it cannot be opened." +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:86 -msgid "### Using a Mac and your input is not heard?" -msgstr "### 使用 Mac 并且您的输入没有被听到？" +msgid "To open Jamulus" +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:88 -msgid "(With thanks to [Mark Anthony De Souza](https://www.facebook.com/groups/619274602254947/permalink/765122847670121/?comment_id=765525034296569))" -msgstr "(感谢 [Mark Anthony De Souza](https://www.facebook.com/groups/619274602254947/permalink/765122847670121/?comment_id=765525034296569))" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 +msgid "Go to the Applications folder via Finder" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 +msgid "Double-click on Jamulus and wait for the above-mentioned message" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 +msgid "Close this message by clicking on \"Cancel\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 +msgid "Now control-click (or right-click) on Jamulus, and select \"Open\" from the top of the menu." +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:90 -msgid "Maybe you did not answer \"Yes\" to the `\"Jamulus wants to access your microphone\"` challenge. To fix this:" -msgstr "也许您没有对“Jamulus 想要访问您的麦克风”挑战回答“是”。要解决这个问题:" +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:93 +msgid "You will then get a slightly different version of the same message, which allows you to click \"Open\". From then on, you can run Jamulus in the normal way and the message won't appear. For further information about this warning see [this Apple Support Page](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:94 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Trouble using Garageband (or other DAW) with Jamulus?" +msgid "Trouble using Garageband (or other DAW) with Jamulus?" +msgstr "### 在 Jamulus 中使用 Garageband(或其他 DAW)时遇到问题？" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 -msgid "Go to `Preferences` > `Security & Privacy` > `Privacy` tab" -msgstr "转到“首选项”>“安全和隐私”>“隐私”选项卡" +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:97 +msgid "See [this forum discussion](https://sourceforge.net/p/llcon/discussion/533517/thread/d3dd58eedc/#b994)" +msgstr "参见 [本论坛讨论](https://sourceforge.net/p/llcon/discussion/533517/thread/d3dd58eedc/#b994)" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:98 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Using a Mac and your input is not heard?" +msgid "Using a Mac and your input is not heard?" +msgstr "### 使用 Mac 并且您的输入没有被听到？" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:92 -msgid "Find `Microphone` on the left and then make sure `Jamulus` is enabled on the right-hand list" -msgstr "在左侧找到“麦克风”，然后确保在右侧列表中启用了“Jamulus”" +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:101 +msgid "(With thanks to [Mark Anthony De Souza](https://www.facebook.com/groups/619274602254947/permalink/765122847670121/?comment_id=765525034296569))" +msgstr "(感谢 [Mark Anthony De Souza](https://www.facebook.com/groups/619274602254947/permalink/765122847670121/?comment_id=765525034296569))" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:94 +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:105 #, no-wrap -msgid "***\n" -msgstr "***\n" +msgid "" +"Maybe you did not answer \"Yes\" to the `\"Jamulus wants to access your microphone\"` challenge. To fix this:\n" +"* Go to `Preferences` > `Security & Privacy` > `Privacy` tab\n" +"* Find `Microphone` on the left and then make sure `Jamulus` is enabled on the right-hand list\n" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:95 +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:108 msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" msgstr "如有其他问题请在 [讨论区](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)搜索或发帖" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ "# Troubleshooting\n" +#~ " {:.no_toc}\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "# 故障排除\n" +#~ " {:.no_toc}\n" + +#~ msgid "TOC" +#~ msgstr "TOC" + +#~ msgid "Maybe you did not answer \"Yes\" to the `\"Jamulus wants to access your microphone\"` challenge. To fix this:" +#~ msgstr "也许您没有对“Jamulus 想要访问您的麦克风”挑战回答“是”。要解决这个问题:" + +#~ msgid "Go to `Preferences` > `Security & Privacy` > `Privacy` tab" +#~ msgstr "转到“首选项”>“安全和隐私”>“隐私”选项卡" + +#~ msgid "Find `Microphone` on the left and then make sure `Jamulus` is enabled on the right-hand list" +#~ msgstr "在左侧找到“麦克风”，然后确保在右侧列表中启用了“Jamulus”" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "***\n" +#~ msgstr "***\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Command-Line-Options.po b/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Command-Line-Options.po index aa51117dd..cfff57cda 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Command-Line-Options.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Command-Line-Options.po @@ -16,38 +16,42 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" "X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "zh_CN" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Command-Line-Options" msgstr "/wiki/Command-Line-Options" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus – Command Line Options" msgstr "Jamulus – 命令行选项" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:9 -msgid "# Command Line Options" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:8 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "# Command Line Options" +msgid "Command Line Options" msgstr "# 命令行选项" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:11 -msgid "## Shared commands" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:10 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Shared commands" +msgid "Shared commands" msgstr "##共享的命令" #. type: Plain text @@ -55,9 +59,11 @@ msgstr "##共享的命令" msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:15 -msgid "## Client only commands" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:14 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Client only commands" +msgid "Client only commands" msgstr "## 仅客户端命令" #. type: Plain text @@ -65,12 +71,17 @@ msgstr "## 仅客户端命令" msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:19 -msgid "## Server only commands" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:18 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Server only commands" +msgid "Server only commands" msgstr "## 仅服务器命令" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:21 -msgid "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" -msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:20 +msgid "See [Running a Server](Running-a-Server#server-mode-related-options)" +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" +#~ msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Contribution.po b/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Contribution.po index a5a6c69b0..a4311ec6c 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Contribution.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Contribution.po @@ -3,11 +3,12 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # yangyangdaji , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-30 06:50+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-01 23:34+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: zh_CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -16,43 +17,49 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" "X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "zh_CN" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Contribution" msgstr "/wiki/Contribution" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Contribution" msgstr "贡献" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:9 -msgid "# Contributing to the Jamulus Project" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:8 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "# Contributing to the Jamulus Project" +msgid "Contributing to the Jamulus Project" msgstr "# 为 Jamulus 项目做贡献" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:11 -msgid "If you find a mistake, typo or something out of date (in any language) on this website or in Jamulus itself, you can raise it as a bug." -msgstr "如果您在本网站或 Jamulus 本身中发现错误、拼写错误或过时的内容（任何语言），您可以 将其提升为错误 。" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "If you find a mistake, typo or something out of date (in any language) on this website or in Jamulus itself, you can raise it as a bug." +msgid "If you find a mistake, typo or something out of date (in any language) on this website or in Jamulus itself, you can raise it as a bug.\n" +msgstr "如果您在本网站或 Jamulus 本身中发现错误、拼写错误或过时的内容(任何语言)，您可以 将其提升为错误 。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:13 -msgid "If you think some documentation or information is missing or can be improved, post about it on this forum so it can be discussed first." +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "If you think some documentation or information is missing or can be improved, post about it on this forum so it can be discussed first." +msgid "If you think some documentation or information is missing or can be improved, post about it on this forum so it can be discussed first.\n" msgstr "如果您认为某些文档或信息丢失或可以改进， 在此论坛 上发布相关信息，以便首先讨论。" #. type: Plain text @@ -60,9 +67,11 @@ msgstr "如果您认为某些文档或信息丢失或可以改进，, 2022. # ignotus , 2022. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-31 12:31+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: yangyangdaji \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-01 23:34+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: zh_CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -16,25 +17,25 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" "X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "zh_CN" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Directories" msgstr "/wiki/Directories" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Directories" @@ -45,57 +46,67 @@ msgstr "目录" msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"更多\" branch1=\"服务器管理\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:12 -msgid "# Running a Directory" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:11 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "# Running a Directory" +msgid "Running a Directory" msgstr "# 运行目录" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:14 -msgid "This is a specialised Jamulus Server configuration, as described in [Server Types](Running-a-Server#server-types)." +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This is a specialised Jamulus Server configuration, as described in [Server Types](Running-a-Server#server-types)." +msgid "This is a specialised Jamulus Server configuration, as described in [Server Modes](Running-a-Server#server-modes)." msgstr "这是一个专门的 Jamulus 服务器配置，如 [服务器类型](Running-a-Server#服务器类型) 中所述。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:16 -msgid "To view Servers listed by a Custom Directory, users must enter the address of that Directory in their Client's Settings > Advanced Setup > Custom Directories field. Multiple addresses can be added in this way if needed. Custom Directories will then appear in the Directory drop-down list on their Connect window. Custom Directories otherwise work for Clients in the same way as Public Directories, displaying a list of Servers registered with them." +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "To view Servers listed by a Custom Directory, users must enter the address of that Directory in their Client's Settings > Advanced Setup > Custom Directories field. Multiple addresses can be added in this way if needed. Custom Directories will then appear in the Directory drop-down list on their Connect window. Custom Directories otherwise work for Clients in the same way as Public Directories, displaying a list of Servers registered with them." +msgid "To view Servers listed by a Custom Directory, users must enter the address of that Directory in their Client's Settings > Advanced Setup > Custom Directories field. Multiple addresses can be added in this way if needed. Custom Directories will then appear in the Directory drop-down list on their Connect window. Custom Directories otherwise work for Clients in the same way as Public Directories, displaying a list of Servers registered with them.\n" msgstr "要查看自定义目录列出的服务器，用户必须在其客户端的设置 > 高级设置 > 自定义目录字段中输入该目录的地址。如果需要，可以通过这种方式添加多个地址。自定义目录随后将出现在其“连接”窗口的“目录”下拉列表中。自定义目录以与公共目录相同的方式为客户端工作，显示向它们注册的服务器列表。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:18 -msgid "To run a Server as a Directory, it should be started with the `--directoryserver` option to make itself (that is, `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`) the Directory to query for Servers." -msgstr "要将服务器作为目录运行，它应该使用 `--directoryserver` 选项启动，以使其自身（即 `localhost` 或 `127.0.0.1`）成为查询服务器的目录。" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "To run a Server as a Directory, it should be started with the `--directoryserver` option to make itself (that is, `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`) the Directory to query for Servers." +msgid "To run a Server as a Directory, it should be started with the `--directoryaddress` option to make itself (that is, `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`) the Directory to query for Servers." +msgstr "要将服务器作为目录运行，它应该使用 `--directoryserver` 选项启动，以使其自身(即 `localhost` 或 `127.0.0.1`)成为查询服务器的目录。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:20 msgid "When running a Server with the GUI, set the Custom Directory server address in the Options tab to \"localhost\", then select \"Custom\" from the Directory drop-down list." msgstr "使用 GUI 运行服务器时，将“选项”选项卡中的“自定义目录”服务器地址设置为“localhost”，然后从“目录”下拉列表中选择“自定义”。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:23 -msgid "### Points to note about Directories" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:22 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Points to note about Directories" +msgid "Points to note about Directories" msgstr "### 关于目录的注意事项" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:25 msgid "If you want to control which Servers can register with your Directory, you can enable a whitelist with the `--listfilter` command line option in the format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]`." msgstr "如果您想控制哪些服务器可以注册到您的目录，您可以使用 `--listfilter` 命令行选项启用白名单，格式为 `ip address 1[;ip address 2]`。" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:27 msgid "When running a Server behind a NAT firewall on a private network and registering with a Directory on the same network, run the Server using the `--serverpublicip` option to specify the public IP address. This is necessary to allow Clients on the public Internet to connect to the correct address. Note that for the Server(s) using this option, you will still need proper port forwarding in your router/firewall." msgstr "当在专用网络上的 NAT 防火墙后面运行服务器并在同一网络上注册目录时，使用 --serverpublicip 选项运行服务器以指定公共 IP 地址。这对于允许公共 Internet 上的客户端连接到正确的地址是必要的。请注意，对于使用此选项的服务器，您仍然需要在路由器/防火墙中进行正确的端口转发。" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:29 msgid "When running a Client behind a NAT firewall on a private network with a Directory on the same network, the Directory itself needs to be run using the `--serverpublicip` option to specify the public IP address, so that any Servers on the public Internet registering with the Directory that require the \"hole punch\" can be accessed by the Client(s). (This is because otherwise the Directory would provide the local network address of the Client to the Server and the \"hole punch\" would fail.)" -msgstr "当在私有网络上的 NAT 防火墙后面运行客户端和同一网络上的目录时，目录本身需要使用 `--serverpublicip` 选项来指定公共 IP 地址，以便公共 Internet 上的任何服务器客户可以访问需要“打孔”的目录注册。 （这是因为否则目录会将客户端的本地网络地址提供给服务器，并且“打孔”会失败。）" +msgstr "当在私有网络上的 NAT 防火墙后面运行客户端和同一网络上的目录时，目录本身需要使用 `--serverpublicip` 选项来指定公共 IP 地址，以便公共 Internet 上的任何服务器客户可以访问需要“打孔”的目录注册。 (这是因为否则目录会将客户端的本地网络地址提供给服务器，并且“打孔”会失败。)" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:31 msgid "If you need to restart your Directory for any reason (for example when rebooting the host), Servers connected to it will be disconnected until they re-register. This does not mean that Clients connected to those Servers will be disconnected, but does mean that new Clients will be not able to see Servers listed by your Directory until those Servers reconnect. To enable the list of registered Servers to persist between restarts, use the `--directoryfile` option to specify the location and name of a file that the Directory can read and write to." -msgstr "如果您出于任何原因需要重新启动目录（例如重新启动主机时），连接到它的服务器将断开连接，直到它们重新注册。这并不意味着连接到这些服务器的客户端将断开连接，但确实意味着在这些服务器重新连接之前，新客户端将无法看到您的目录中列出的服务器。要使已注册的服务器列表在重新启动之间保持不变，请使用 `--directoryfile`选项指定目录可以读取和写入的文件的位置和名称。" +msgstr "如果您出于任何原因需要重新启动目录(例如重新启动主机时)，连接到它的服务器将断开连接，直到它们重新注册。这并不意味着连接到这些服务器的客户端将断开连接，但确实意味着在这些服务器重新连接之前，新客户端将无法看到您的目录中列出的服务器。要使已注册的服务器列表在重新启动之间保持不变，请使用 `--directoryfile`选项指定目录可以读取和写入的文件的位置和名称。" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:32 msgid "Up to 150 Servers can then register with a Directory." msgstr "然后最多可以有 150 个服务器注册到一个目录。" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/FAQ.po b/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/FAQ.po index d723ef00b..24d983ee4 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/FAQ.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/FAQ.po @@ -3,76 +3,86 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # yangyangdaji , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022. +# Allan Nordhøy , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-31 12:31+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: yangyangdaji \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 22:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: zh_CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "zh_CN" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/FAQ" msgstr "/wiki/FAQ" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "FAQ" msgstr "常见问题" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:10 +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:8 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# Jamulus FAQ\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" +msgid "Jamulus FAQ" msgstr "" -"# Jamulus 常见问题\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:10 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "{:toc}" +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:12 -msgid "
" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "
" +msgid "
\n" msgstr "
" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:14 -msgid "Table of contents" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "Table of contents" +msgid "Table of contents\n" msgstr "目录" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:16 -msgid "TOC" -msgstr "TOC" - #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:17 -msgid "{:toc}" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "{:toc}" +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" msgstr "{:toc}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:19 -msgid "
" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "
" +msgid "
\n" msgstr "
" #. type: Plain text @@ -81,14 +91,18 @@ msgstr "

" msgid "**For common problems and their solutions when using Jamulus, see the [Troubleshooting](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) page.**\n" msgstr "**有关使用 Jamulus 时的常见问题及其解决方案，请参阅 [疑难解答](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) 页面。**\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:24 -msgid "### Is there a metronome, synchronization, or some other way of keeping in time?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:23 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Is there a metronome, synchronization, or some other way of keeping in time?" +msgid "Is there a metronome, synchronization, or some other way of keeping in time?" msgstr "### 是否有节拍器、同步或其他保持时间的方式？" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:26 -msgid "No. Musicians on a Jamulus Server play in real time together as they would in person. If you want to have a time signal, then there are shared metronome solutions on the Internet you can try. But it’s probably best to just minimise latency so nobody has an overall delay more than about 30-50 ms." +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No. Musicians on a Jamulus Server play in real time together as they would in person. If you want to have a time signal, then there are shared metronome solutions on the Internet you can try. But it’s probably best to just minimise latency so nobody has an overall delay more than about 30-50 ms." +msgid "No. Musicians on a Jamulus Server play in real time together as they would in person. If you want a time signal, there are shared metronome solutions on the Internet you can try. But it’s probably best to just minimise latency so nobody has an overall delay more than about 30-50 ms." msgstr "不会。Jamulus 服务器上的音乐家可以实时一起演奏，就像他们亲自演奏一样。如果你想有时间信号，那么网上有共享节拍器的解决方案你可以试试。但最好只是尽量减少延迟，这样就没有人有超过 30-50 毫秒的整体延迟。" #. type: Plain text @@ -96,9 +110,11 @@ msgstr "不会。Jamulus 服务器上的音乐家可以实时一起演奏，就 msgid "Bear in mind also that all participants should follow [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together) which will also determine whether you can play in time properly." msgstr "还请记住，所有参与者都应遵循 [黄金法则](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#你们听起来都不错但很难保持在一起) 这也将决定您是否可以使用及时正确。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:30 -msgid "### How do I know if I can join a Server? Are there rules?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:29 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### How do I know if I can join a Server? Are there rules?" +msgid "How do I know if I can join a Server? Are there rules?" msgstr "### 我如何知道我是否可以加入服务器？有规则吗？" #. type: Plain text @@ -108,52 +124,64 @@ msgstr "如果有人在 Jamulus 内置的目录之一上列出了服务器，他 #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:34 -msgid "Note also that Servers do not have to be registered on a Directory in order for Jamulus Clients to connect to them. Server operators can just give out the address of their Servers to those they want to play with, and they can then connect directly. Have a look at [this overview for more information](/wiki/Running-a-Server#server-types)." +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Note also that Servers do not have to be registered on a Directory in order for Jamulus Clients to connect to them. Server operators can just give out the address of their Servers to those they want to play with, and they can then connect directly. Have a look at [this overview for more information](/wiki/Running-a-Server#server-types)." +msgid "Note also that Servers do not have to be registered on a Directory in order for Jamulus Clients to connect to them. Server operators can just give out the address of their Servers to those they want to play with, and they can then connect directly. Have a look at [this overview for more information](/wiki/Running-a-Server#server-modes)." msgstr "另请注意，服务器不必在目录上注册以便 Jamulus 客户端连接到它们。服务器运营商只需将他们的服务器地址提供给他们想使用的人，然后他们就可以直接连接。查看 [此概述了解更多信息](/wiki/Running-a-Server#服务器类型)。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:36 -msgid "### Why shouldn’t I use wireless equipment?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:35 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Why shouldn’t I use wireless equipment?" +msgid "Why shouldn’t I use wireless equipment?" msgstr "### 为什么我不应该使用无线设备？" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:38 msgid "Whether or not you will be able to play in time with other musicians depends mainly on how much latency (delay) you have in your sound signal and whether you are all following [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together). An overall delay much bigger than 50 ms usually makes it too hard to play in time unless you train yourself to do so. Some musicians report they can play in time with delays of up to 70 ms by playing ahead of the beat. But much beyond that and it becomes too difficult unless timing isn’t an important factor in the music or you just want to listen." -msgstr "您是否能够及时与其他音乐家一起演奏主要取决于您的声音信号有多少延迟（延迟）以及您是否都遵循[黄金法则](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#你们听起来都不错但很难保持在一起)。总体延迟远大于 50 毫秒，通常很难及时播放，除非您训练自己这样做。一些音乐家报告说，他们可以通过提前演奏来及时演奏，延迟高达 70 毫秒。但除此之外，它变得太难了，除非时间不是音乐中的重要因素，或者你只是想听。" +msgstr "您是否能够及时与其他音乐家一起演奏主要取决于您的声音信号有多少延迟(延迟)以及您是否都遵循[黄金法则](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#你们听起来都不错但很难保持在一起)。总体延迟远大于 50 毫秒，通常很难及时播放，除非您训练自己这样做。一些音乐家报告说，他们可以通过提前演奏来及时演奏，延迟高达 70 毫秒。但除此之外，它变得太难了，除非时间不是音乐中的重要因素，或者你只是想听。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:40 msgid "So it makes sense to minimise any sources of delay or other problems with the signal. Even fast wi-fi is usually too variable to use for long periods with Jamulus, and Bluetooth headphones and mics usually introduce latencies of about 50 ms or more." msgstr "因此，尽量减少任何延迟源或信号的其他问题是有意义的。即使是快速的 wi-fi 通常也无法长时间与 Jamulus 一起使用，而且蓝牙耳机和麦克风通常会引入大约 50 毫秒或更长的延迟。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:42 -msgid "### Why should I not listen to my own signal?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:41 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Why should I not listen to my own signal?" +msgid "Why should I not listen to my own signal?" msgstr "### 为什么我不应该听自己的信号？" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:44 msgid "For the same reason as you need to minimise delay in your signal in order to play in time, you need to make sure you are playing to your own sound that other musicians are hearing. More information on this, and a way of testing your setup to make sure you are obeying this “Golden Rule” [can be found here](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)." -msgstr "出于同样的原因，您需要最大限度地减少信号延迟以便及时演奏，您需要确保您演奏的是其他音乐家听到的自己的声音。有关这方面的更多信息，以及测试您的设置以确保您遵守此“黄金法则”的方法 [可以在此处找到](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#你们听起来都不错但很难保持在一起）。" +msgstr "出于同样的原因，您需要最大限度地减少信号延迟以便及时演奏，您需要确保您演奏的是其他音乐家听到的自己的声音。有关这方面的更多信息，以及测试您的设置以确保您遵守此“黄金法则”的方法 [可以在此处找到](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#你们听起来都不错但很难保持在一起)。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:46 msgid "Of course, if you are playing an acoustic instrument, or are a singer, it will be hard to exclude your “local” sound. But you should at least try to do so by for example using closed-back headphones turned up as loud as you are able to mask your own sound. This will let you concentrate on the mix coming back to you from the Server." msgstr "当然，如果您正在演奏原声乐器，或者是歌手，则很难排除您的“本地”声音。但是您至少应该尝试这样做，例如使用封闭式耳机，声音尽可能大，以掩盖自己的声音。这将使您专注于从服务器返回给您的混音。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:48 -msgid "### Do I need a fast Internet connection?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:47 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Do I need a fast Internet connection?" +msgid "Do I need a fast Internet connection?" msgstr "### 我需要一个快速的网络吗？" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:50 -msgid "No, especially if you don't run a Server to host other musicians. Having a low ping is more important. For most people on standard broadband (e.g. 10 Mbit/s down and 1 Mbit/s up) you will have no problems. For those running Servers at home, depending on how many people join, you may encounter issues if your _upstream_ bandwidth is lower than about 5 Mbit/s." -msgstr "不，特别是如果您不运行服务器来托管其他音乐家。低 ping 更重要。对于大多数使用标准宽带（例如 10 Mbit/s 下行和 1 Mbit/s 上行）的人来说，您不会有任何问题。对于那些在家里运行服务器的人，根据加入的人数，如果您的 _upstream_ 带宽低于约 5 Mbit/s，您可能会遇到问题。" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:52 -msgid "### Do I need to run a Server?" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No, especially if you don't run a Server to host other musicians. Having a low ping is more important. For most people on standard broadband (e.g. 10 Mbit/s down and 1 Mbit/s up) you will have no problems. For those running Servers at home, depending on how many people join, you may encounter issues if your _upstream_ bandwidth is lower than about 5 Mbit/s." +msgid "No, especially if you don't run a Server to host other musicians. Having a low ping is more important. Most people on standard broadband (e.g. 10 Mbit/s down and 1 Mbit/s up) will have no problems. For those running Servers at home, depending on how many people join, you may encounter issues if your _upstream_ bandwidth is lower than about 5 Mbit/s." +msgstr "不，特别是如果您不运行服务器来托管其他音乐家。低 ping 更重要。对于大多数使用标准宽带(例如 10 Mbit/s 下行和 1 Mbit/s 上行)的人来说，您不会有任何问题。对于那些在家里运行服务器的人，根据加入的人数，如果您的 _upstream_ 带宽低于约 5 Mbit/s，您可能会遇到问题。" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:51 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Do I need to run a Server?" +msgid "Do I need to run a Server?" msgstr "### 我需要运行服务器吗？" #. type: Plain text @@ -161,14 +189,18 @@ msgstr "### 我需要运行服务器吗？" msgid "No. If you just intend to connect to other people’s Servers, then all you need is a Client. [Read this if you think you need to run your own Server](/wiki/Running-a-Server)." msgstr "不，如果您只是想连接到其他人的服务器，那么您只需要一个客户端。 [如果您认为需要运行自己的服务器，请阅读这个](/wiki/Running-a-Server)。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:56 -msgid "### How does Jamulus work (in general)?" -msgstr "### Jamulus 是如何工作的（一般来说）？" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:55 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### How does Jamulus work (in general)?" +msgid "How does Jamulus work (in general)?" +msgstr "### Jamulus 是如何工作的(一般来说)？" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:58 -msgid "\"Diagram" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "\"Diagram" +msgid "\"Diagram\n" msgstr "\"Jamulus" #. type: Plain text @@ -176,32 +208,53 @@ msgstr ", 2022. # ignotus , 2022. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-31 14:02+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: yangyangdaji \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-12-30 02:51+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: zh_CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "zh_CN" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Getting-Started" msgstr "/wiki/Getting-Started" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Setup" msgstr "设置" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:9 -msgid "# Setup - getting started with Jamulus" -msgstr "# 设置 - Jamulus 入门" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Setup - getting started with Jamulus" +msgstr "设置 - Jamulus 入门" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:11 msgid "To get the best from Jamulus, at a minimum you will need:" msgstr "要从 Jamulus 获得最佳效果，您至少需要:" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:13 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**A wired internet connection** (and turn wi-fi off. See the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))\n" -msgstr "**有线网络连接**（并关闭wi-fi。见[FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#为什么我不应该使用无线设备))\n" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 +msgid "**A wired internet connection** (and turn wi-fi off. See the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))" +msgstr "**有线网络连接**(并关闭wi-fi。见[FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#为什么我不应该使用无线设备))" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:14 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Wired headphones** (not Bluetooth or speakers - see the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))\n" -msgstr "**有线耳机**（不是蓝牙或扬声器--见[FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#为什么我不应该使用无线设备))\n" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 +msgid "**Wired headphones** (not Bluetooth or speakers - see the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))" +msgstr "**有线耳机**(不是蓝牙或扬声器--见[FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#为什么我不应该使用无线设备))" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**A reasonable audio device, sound card and/or mic** ([see this list](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) for examples)\n" -msgstr "**一个合理的音频设备、声卡和/或麦克风**（[见此列表](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) 中的例子)\n" +msgid "**A reasonable audio device, sound card and/or mic** ([see this list](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) for examples)" +msgstr "**一个合理的音频设备、声卡和/或麦克风**([见此列表](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) 中的例子)" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:17 msgid "If you have any questions, please see the [Discussions](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" msgstr "如果你有任何问题，请参见[讨论](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:19 -msgid "## Installation" -msgstr "## 安装" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "安装" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:21 @@ -85,14 +85,21 @@ msgstr "要让 Jamulus 与您的操作系统一起工作，请遵循您平台的 #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:28 -#, no-wrap +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "
\n" +#| " Windows\n" +#| " macOS\n" +#| " Linux\n" +#| "
\n" +#| "_[Android](Installation-for-Android) and [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) can be used too, but are still considered experimental._\n" msgid "" "
\n" " Windows\n" " macOS\n" " Linux\n" "
\n" -"_[Android](Installation-for-Android) and [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) can be used too, but are still considered experimental._\n" +"_[Android](Installation-for-Android) and [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) can be used too, but are considered experimental._\n" msgstr "" "
\n" " Windows\n" @@ -106,20 +113,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "And for now, close all other applications. It’s best to start simple at first." msgstr "现在，关闭所有其他应用程序。最好从简单开始。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:32 -msgid "## Hardware Setup" -msgstr "## 硬件设置" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Hardware Setup" +msgstr "硬件设置" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:34 msgid "If you use external audio hardware, plug that in before you start Jamulus. If you haven't configured your hardware, please see the installation guides mentioned above." msgstr "如果您使用外部音频硬件，请在启动 Jamulus 之前将其插入。如果您尚未配置硬件，请参阅上面提到的安装指南。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:36 -msgid "## Jamulus main window" -msgstr "## Jamulus 主窗口" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:35 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus main window" +msgstr "Jamulus 主窗口" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:38 @@ -140,10 +149,11 @@ msgstr "" "
连接服务器前的主窗口
\n" "\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:46 -msgid "## Setting up a profile" -msgstr "## 设置个人资料" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:45 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Setting up a profile" +msgstr "设置个人资料" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:48 @@ -169,21 +179,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Fill in at least “Alias/Name” and close the window." msgstr "至少填写“别名/名称”并关闭窗口。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:58 -msgid "## Connecting to a Server and testing your sound" -msgstr "## 连接到服务器并测试你的声音" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Connecting to a Server and testing your sound" +msgstr "连接到服务器并测试你的声音" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:60 msgid "Before you connect to a Server, you should **not** be able to hear yourself. Listening to your sound from Jamulus (and not from yourself) is called “The Golden Rule” and enables you to play in time with others ([see the FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-should-i-not-listen-to-my-own-signal))." -msgstr "在你连接到服务器之前，你不应该***能听到自己的声音。 听取来自 Jamulus 的声音（而不是自己的声音）被称为 \"黄金法则\"，它使你能够与他人同步演奏（[见FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#为什么我不应该听自己的信号）。" +msgstr "在你连接到服务器之前，你不应该***能听到自己的声音。 听取来自 Jamulus 的声音(而不是自己的声音)被称为 \"黄金法则\"，它使你能够与他人同步演奏([见FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#为什么我不应该听自己的信号)。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:62 #, no-wrap msgid "**Before playing with others, we recommend that you connect to an empty Server to test your setup**, and make sure you are listening to the signal coming back from the Server (if possible) and not yourself.\n" -msgstr "**在与其他人使用之前，我们建议你连接到一个空的服务器来测试你的设置**，并确保你在听从服务器回来的信号（如果可能的话）而不是你自己。\n" +msgstr "**在与其他人使用之前，我们建议你连接到一个空的服务器来测试你的设置**，并确保你在听从服务器回来的信号(如果可能的话)而不是你自己。\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:64 @@ -214,15 +225,16 @@ msgstr "服务器最重要的是它们的“ping 时间”。数字越大，就 msgid "Once connected to a Server, make sure you can hear yourself OK and fix any input volume or other problems. You can have a look at the [troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) for common problems. And of course, check that you are also able to obey [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)." msgstr "一旦连接到服务器，确保你能听到自己的声音，并解决任何输入音量或其他问题。你可以看看[故障排除页面](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting)，了解常见的问题。当然，还要检查你是否也能遵守[黄金法则](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#你们听起来都不错但很难保持在一起)。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:75 -msgid "## Playing for the first time" -msgstr "##第一次使用" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:74 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Playing for the first time" +msgstr "第一次使用" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:77 msgid "With your sound all set up, you are ready to go. When you connect to a Server (you may want to select a genre from the list), the faders you see on the right are your own personal mix. Everything you change here will change what you hear, but won’t affect others. If you move a fader down, that channel will be quieter, if you move it up, the channel will be louder for you." -msgstr "声音设置好后，您就可以开始了。当您连接到服务器时（您可能希望从列表中选择一种流派），您在右侧看到的推子是您自己的个人混音。你在这里改变的一切都会改变你听到的，但不会影响其他人。如果你向下移动推子，该通道会更安静，如果你向上移动它，该通道会更响亮。" +msgstr "声音设置好后，您就可以开始了。当您连接到服务器时(您可能希望从列表中选择一种流派)，您在右侧看到的推子是您自己的个人混音。你在这里改变的一切都会改变你听到的，但不会影响其他人。如果你向下移动推子，该通道会更安静，如果你向上移动它，该通道会更响亮。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:82 @@ -253,10 +265,11 @@ msgstr "请注意，您可以在连接时随时使用聊天工具向其他人发 msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)." msgstr "关于使用 Jamulus 的更多信息可以在[软件手册](/wiki/Software-Manual)中找到。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:90 -msgid "## Troubleshooting" -msgstr "## 故障排除" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:89 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "故障排除" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:91 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Include-Backing-Up.po b/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Include-Backing-Up.po index 301229854..3102108bb 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Include-Backing-Up.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Include-Backing-Up.po @@ -2,11 +2,12 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # yangyangdaji , 2022. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-31 00:11+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: yangyangdaji \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-01 23:34+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: zh_CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -17,7 +18,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:2 -msgid "" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +msgid "\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -45,17 +48,17 @@ msgstr "`find ~ -name Jamulus.ini -ls`" msgid "If you used the `--inifile` parameter to save an inifile to a different location, don't forget to also backup these files. **Points to note**" msgstr "如果您使用 `--inifile` 参数将 inifile 保存到其他位置，请不要忘记同时备份这些文件。 **注意事项**" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:15 +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:16 msgid "Do not back up or restore settings files when Jamulus is running." msgstr "在 Jamulus 运行时不要备份或恢复设置文件。" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:16 msgid "It is not recommended to manually edit settings files (they're not designed for that)." -msgstr "不建议手动编辑设置文件（它们不是为此而设计的）。" +msgstr "不建议手动编辑设置文件(它们不是为此而设计的)。" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:16 msgid "You can revert all settings to their defaults by just deleting the settings file (after closing Jamulus)." -msgstr "您可以通过删除设置文件（关闭 Jamulus 后）将所有设置恢复为默认值。" +msgstr "您可以通过删除设置文件(关闭 Jamulus 后)将所有设置恢复为默认值。" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Include-Client-Commands.po index 6b8fd8e0c..49b600449 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Include-Client-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Include-Client-Commands.po @@ -2,51 +2,53 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # yangyangdaji , 2022. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022. +# Allan Nordhøy , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-31 14:02+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: yangyangdaji \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 22:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: zh_CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-M` or `--mutestream` Prevent others on a server from hearing what I play \n" -msgstr "`-M` 或 `--mutestream` 防止服务器上的其他人听到我播放的内容 \n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3 +msgid "`-M` or `--mutestream` Prevent others on a server from hearing what I play" +msgstr "`-M` 或 `--mutestream` 防止服务器上的其他人听到我播放的内容" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--mutemyown` Prevent me from hearing what I play in the server mix (headless only) \n" -msgstr "`--mutemyown` 阻止我听到我在服务器混音中播放的内容（仅限 headless ） \n" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`--mutemyown` Prevent me from hearing what I play in the server mix (headless only) \n" +msgid "`--mutemyown` Prevent me from hearing what I play in the server mix (headless only)" +msgstr "`--mutemyown` 阻止我听到我在服务器混音中播放的内容(仅限 headless)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:4 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-c` or `--connect` Connect to given server address on startup, format `address[:port]` \n" -msgstr "`-c` 或 `--connect` 在启动时连接到给定的服务器地址，格式为 `address[:port]` \n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3 +msgid "`-c` or `--connect` Connect to given server address on startup, format `address[:port]`" +msgstr "`-c` 或 `--connect` 在启动时连接到给定的服务器地址，格式为 `address[:port]`" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-j` or `--nojackconnect` Disable auto JACK connections \n" -msgstr "`-j` 或 `--nojackconnect` 禁用自动 JACK 连接 \n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:4 +msgid "`-j` or `--nojackconnect` Disable auto JACK connections" +msgstr "`-j` 或 `--nojackconnect` 禁用自动 JACK 连接" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)\n" -msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` 要监听的 MIDI 控制器通道，控制编号偏移和连续 CC 编号（通道）以及 Mute Myself CC 编号。格式:`channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` 见[提示和技巧](Tips-Tricks-More#将-ctrlmidich-用于-midi-控制器)\n" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)\n" +msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)" +msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` 要监听的 MIDI 控制器通道，控制编号偏移和连续 CC 编号(通道)以及 Mute Myself CC 编号。格式:`channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` 见[提示和技巧](Tips-Tricks-More#将-ctrlmidich-用于-midi-控制器)\n" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--clientname` Window title and JACK client name\n" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`--clientname` Window title and JACK client name\n" +msgid "`--clientname` Window title and JACK client name" msgstr "`--clientname` 窗口标题和 JACK 客户端名称\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Include-Server-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Include-Server-Commands.po deleted file mode 100644 index ef6e1077a..000000000 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Include-Server-Commands.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,111 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# yangyangdaji , 2022. -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-01 00:11+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: yangyangdaji \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:2 -msgid "`-d` or `--discononquit` Disconnect all Clients on quit. Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not used their \"Disconnect\" buttons will re-establish connection when the Server comes back up again. Using this option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server." -msgstr "`-d` 或 `--discononquit` 在退出时断开所有客户端的连接。通常，当服务器停止或重新启动时，任何未使用“断开连接”按钮的客户端将在服务器再次恢复时重新建立连接。使用此选项会强制客户端手动重新建立与服务器的连接。" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:3 -msgid "`-e` or `--directoryserver` Register the Server on a Directory (e.g. to set its genre (see also `-o`)). See [Server Types](Running-a-Server#server-types) for further information." -msgstr "`-e` 或 `--directoryserver` 在目录上注册服务器（例如，设置其流派（另见 `-o`））。有关详细信息，请参阅 [服务器类型](Running-a-Server#服务器类型)。" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:4 -msgid "`--directoryfile` Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. Directory Servers only. See [this guide](Directories) for further information." -msgstr "`--directoryfile` 即使目录重新启动，也要记住注册的服务器。仅限目录服务器。有关详细信息，请参阅 [本指南](Directories)。" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:5 -msgid "`-f` or `--listfilter` Whitelist Servers registering on the Server list, format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]` Directories only." -msgstr "`-f` 或 `--listfilter` 白名单服务器列表中注册的服务器，格式为 ` ip address 1[;ip address 2]`仅目录。" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:6 -msgid "`-F` or `--fastupdate` Reduces latency if Clients connect with \"Enable Small Network Buffers\" option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients." -msgstr "`-F` 或 `--fastupdate` 如果客户端使用“启用小型网络缓冲区”选项连接，则减少延迟。需要更快的 CPU 以避免丢失，并为启用的客户端提供更多带宽。" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:7 -msgid "`-l` or `--log` Enable logging, set path and file name" -msgstr "`-l` 或 `--log` 启用日志记录，设置路径和文件名" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:8 -msgid "`-L` or `--licence` Show an agreement window before users can connect" -msgstr "`-L` 或 `--licence` 在用户连接之前显示一个协议窗口" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:9 -msgid "`-m` or `--htmlstatus` Enable HTML status file, set path and file name" -msgstr "`-m` 或 `--htmlstatus` 启用 HTML 状态文件，设置路径和文件名" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:10 -msgid "`-o` or `--serverinfo` Location details in the format: `[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code or Qt5 Locale]` (see [two-letter ISO country codes](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements) or [Qt5 Locale values](https://doc.qt.io/qt-5/qlocale.html#Country-enum)) Registered Servers only" -msgstr "`-o` 或 `--serverinfo` 位置详细信息，格式为:`[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code or Qt5 Locale]`（参见 [two-letter ISO country codes]( https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements) 或 [Qt5 语言环境值](https://doc.qt.io/qt-5/qlocale.html#Country-enum))仅限注册服务器" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:11 -msgid "`-P` or `--delaypan` Start with delay panning enabled See [notes](Running-a-Server#delay-panning)" -msgstr "`-P` 或 `--delaypan` 开始时启用延迟平移参见 [notes](Running-a-Server#延迟平移)" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:12 -msgid "`-R` or `--recording` Set server recording directory; Server will record when a session is active by default. See [Options](Running-a-Server#options)." -msgstr "`-R` 或 `--recording` 设置服务器录音目录;默认情况下，服务器将记录会话何时处于活动状态。请参阅 [选项](Running-a-Server#选项)。" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:13 -msgid "`--norecord` Set server not to record by default (when recording is configured e.g via `-R`)" -msgstr "`--norecord` 设置服务器默认不记录（当配置记录时，例如通过`-R`）" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:14 -msgid "`-s` or `--server` Start in Server mode" -msgstr "`-s` 或 `--server` 以服务器模式启动" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:15 -msgid "`--serverbindip` Specify the IP address to bind to" -msgstr "`--serverbindip` 指定要绑定的 IP 地址" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:16 -msgid "`-T` or `--multithreading` Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs to support more Clients" -msgstr "`-T` 或 `--multithreading` 使用多线程更好地利用多核 CPU 来支持更多的客户端" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:17 -msgid "`-u` or `--numchannels` Maximum number of channels (Clients)" -msgstr "`-u`或` --numchannels` 最大通道数（客户端）" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:18 -msgid "`-w` or `--welcomemessage` Welcome message on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML." -msgstr "`-w` 或 `--welcomemessage` 连接时的欢迎消息。可以作为字符串或文件名给出，并且可以包含 HTML。" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:19 -msgid "`-z` or `--startminimized` Start minimized" -msgstr "`-z` 或 `--startminimized` 开始最小化" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:19 -msgid "`--serverpublicip` The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [Notes on Directories](Directories#points-to-note-about-directories)" -msgstr "`--serverpublicip` 如果连接到同一 NAT 后面的目录，则服务器的公共 IP 地址。参见[目录注释](Directories#关于目录的注意事项)" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Include-Shared-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Include-Shared-Commands.po index be2494eac..a72e9320c 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Include-Shared-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Include-Shared-Commands.po @@ -2,80 +2,96 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # yangyangdaji , 2022. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022. +# Allan Nordhøy , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-31 11:35+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: yangyangdaji \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 22:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: zh_CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:3 msgid "[comment]: # (This is an include file for use in multiple documents)" msgstr "[comment]: # (这是一个用于多个文档的包含文件)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-h` or `--help` Display help text \n" -msgstr "`-h` 者 `--help` 显示帮助文本 \n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-h` or `--help` Display help text" +msgstr "`-h` 者 `--help` 显示帮助文本" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:6 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default)\n" -msgstr "`-i` 或 `--inifile` 设置初始化文件的位置（覆盖默认值）\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default. On macOS simply provide a filename only, since config files can only be read from `/Users//Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/`. For the server replace `io.jamulus.Jamulus` with `io.jamulus.JamulusServer`. Turn on \"Show Library folder\" in \"Show view options\" in Finder to see this folder.)" +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:7 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-n` or `--nogui` Disable GUI (for use in headless mode) \n" -msgstr "`-n` 或 `--nogui` 禁用 GUI（用于 headless 模式） \n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-n` or `--nogui` Disable GUI (for use in headless mode)" +msgstr "`-n` 或 `--nogui` 禁用 GUI(用于 headless 模式)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:8 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-p` or `--port` Sets the local UDP port number. Default is 22124\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`-p` or `--port` Sets the local UDP port number. Default is 22124\n" +msgid "`-p` or `--port` Sets the local UDP port number. Default is 22124" msgstr "`-p` 或 `--port` 设置本地 UDP 端口号。默认为 22124\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:9 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--jsonrpcport` Enables JSON-RPC API server to control the app, set TCP port number (EXPERIMENTAL, APIs might change; only accessible from localhost). Please see [the JSON-RPC API Documentation file](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md).\n" -msgstr "`--jsonrpcport` 启用 JSON-RPC API 服务器来控制应用程序，设置 TCP 端口号（实验性，API 可能会更改;只能从 localhost 访问）。请参阅 [JSON-RPC API 文档文件](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)。\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`--jsonrpcport` Enables JSON-RPC API server to control the app, set TCP port number (EXPERIMENTAL, APIs might change; only accessible from localhost). Please see [the JSON-RPC API Documentation file](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md).\n" +msgid "`--jsonrpcport` Enables JSON-RPC API server to control the app, set TCP port number (EXPERIMENTAL, APIs might change; only accessible from localhost). Please see [the JSON-RPC API Documentation file](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." +msgstr "`--jsonrpcport` 启用 JSON-RPC API 服务器来控制应用程序，设置 TCP 端口号(实验性，API 可能会更改;只能从 localhost 访问)。请参阅 [JSON-RPC API 文档文件](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)。\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:10 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--jsonrpcsecretfile` Required when using `--jsonrpcport`. Sets a path to a text file containing an authentication string for getting access to the JSON-RPC API.\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`--jsonrpcsecretfile` Required when using `--jsonrpcport`. Sets a path to a text file containing an authentication string for getting access to the JSON-RPC API.\n" +msgid "`--jsonrpcsecretfile` Required when using `--jsonrpcport`. Sets a path to a text file containing an authentication string for getting access to the JSON-RPC API." msgstr "`--jsonrpcsecretfile` 使用 `--jsonrpcport` 时需要。设置包含用于访问 JSON-RPC API 的身份验证字符串的文本文件的路径。\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:11 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-Q` or `--qos` Sets the quality of service DS Field byte. Default is 128 (DSCP/CS4). QoS is ignored by Windows. To enable it, [see this page](QOS-Windows)\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`--jsonrpcbindip` The IP address the JSON-RPC server should bind to. (optional, defaults to 127.0.0.1)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`-Q` or `--qos` Sets the quality of service DS Field byte. Default is 128 (DSCP/CS4). QoS is ignored by Windows. To enable it, [see this page](QOS-Windows)\n" +msgid "`-Q` or `--qos` Sets the quality of service DS Field byte. Default is 128 (DSCP/CS4). QoS is ignored by Windows. To enable it, [see this page](QOS-Windows)" msgstr "`-Q` 或 `--qos` 设置服务质量 DS 字段字节。默认值为 128 (DSCP/CS4)。 QoS 被 Windows 忽略。要启用它，[查看此页面](QOS-Windows)\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:12 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-t` or `--notranslation` Disable UI language translations\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`-t` or `--notranslation` Disable UI language translations\n" +msgid "`-t` or `--notranslation` Disable UI language translations" msgstr "`-t` 或 `--notranslation` 禁用 UI 语言翻译\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:13 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-6` or `--enableipv6` Enable IPv6 addressing (IPv4 is always enabled)\n" -msgstr "`-6` 或 `--enableipv6` 启用 IPv6 寻址（始终启用 IPv4）\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`-6` or `--enableipv6` Enable IPv6 addressing (IPv4 is always enabled)\n" +msgid "`-6` or `--enableipv6` Enable IPv6 addressing (IPv4 is always enabled)" +msgstr "`-6` 或 `--enableipv6` 启用 IPv6 寻址(始终启用 IPv4)\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:13 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-v` or `--version` Output version information and exit\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`-v` or `--version` Output version information and exit\n" +msgid "`-v` or `--version` Output version information and exit" msgstr "`-v` 或 `--version` 输出版本信息并退出\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default)\n" +#~ msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default)" +#~ msgstr "`-i` 或 `--inifile` 设置初始化文件的位置(覆盖默认值)\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Installation-for-Android.po b/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Installation-for-Android.po index a1ed290eb..f619c1002 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Installation-for-Android.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Installation-for-Android.po @@ -3,39 +3,41 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # yangyangdaji , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-31 00:11+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: yangyangdaji \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-12-30 02:51+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: zh_CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "zh_CN" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Android" msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Android" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:11 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation for Android" msgstr "安卓系统的安装" @@ -45,11 +47,6 @@ msgstr "安卓系统的安装" msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"使用 Jamulus\" branch1=\"快速入门\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:12 -msgid "# Installation for Android" -msgstr "# 安卓安装" - #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:14 msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." @@ -60,61 +57,59 @@ msgstr "确保您已经阅读了 [入门](Getting-Started) 页面。" msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:18 -msgid "## Things to note about Android" -msgstr "## 关于安卓的注意事项" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Things to note about Android" +msgstr "关于安卓的注意事项" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:20 msgid "Although you **can** install Jamulus on Android devices (and hear sound), we strongly recommend **not** doing so. Sound quality - especially over WiFi - is usually bad and latency is high. If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } which is an inexpensive and small device that performs very well with Jamulus. Android support is just a proof of concept." -msgstr "虽然你***可以在安卓设备上安装Jamulus（并听到声音），但我们强烈建议***不要这样做。声音质量--尤其是通过WiFi--通常很差，而且延迟很高。如果你没有电脑，我们建议你买一个[Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" }，这是一个便宜的小型设备，在 Jamulus 上表现非常好。安卓支持只是一个概念验证。" +msgstr "虽然你***可以在安卓设备上安装Jamulus(并听到声音)，但我们强烈建议***不要这样做。声音质量--尤其是通过WiFi--通常很差，而且延迟很高。如果你没有电脑，我们建议你买一个[Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" }，这是一个便宜的小型设备，在 Jamulus 上表现非常好。安卓支持只是一个概念验证。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:22 -msgid "## Install the Android PoC" -msgstr "## 安装安卓 PoC" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:21 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Install the Android PoC" +msgstr "安装安卓 PoC" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:24 msgid "If you do want to try Jamulus on Android:" msgstr "如果你确实想在安卓上尝试 Jamulus:" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:26 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:28 msgid "Allow the installation of apps from unknown sources (look in Settings>Security. Note: The exact way to do this depends on your device and OS-version)" -msgstr "允许安装未知来源的应用程序（在设置>安全中查看。注意:具体方法取决于你的设备和操作系统版本)" +msgstr "允许安装未知来源的应用程序(在设置>安全中查看。注意:具体方法取决于你的设备和操作系统版本)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:27 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:28 msgid "[Download and install Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.android }}){: .button}" msgstr "[下载并安装 Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.android }}){: .button}" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:28 msgid "You should now be able to run Jamulus on your Android device" msgstr "您现在应该可以在您的安卓设备上运行 Jamulus" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:30 -msgid "## Feedback and development" -msgstr "## 反馈和开发" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Feedback and development" +msgstr "反馈和开发" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:32 msgid "We are very happy to get feedback from Android users and developers. Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." msgstr "我们很高兴收到来自 Android 用户和开发者的反馈。只需前往 [Jamulus GitHub 存储库](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:34 +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:35 #, no-wrap -msgid "***\n" -msgstr "***\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:36 -msgid "## All installed?" -msgstr "##全部安装完毕？" +msgid "All installed?" +msgstr "全部安装完毕？" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:38 @@ -125,3 +120,10 @@ msgstr "Jamulus 已经安装，现在可以使用了。您现在可以查看" #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:39 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[入门页面](Getting-Started){: .button}" + +#~ msgid "# Installation for Android" +#~ msgstr "# 安卓安装" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "***\n" +#~ msgstr "***\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Installation-for-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Installation-for-Linux.po index d48f277c1..ee2531d87 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Installation-for-Linux.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Installation-for-Linux.po @@ -3,39 +3,41 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # yangyangdaji , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-01 10:27+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-12-30 02:51+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: zh_CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "zh_CN" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux" msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:10 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation for Linux" msgstr "为 Linux 安装" @@ -45,11 +47,6 @@ msgstr "为 Linux 安装" msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"使用 Jamulus\" branch1=\"快速入门\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:11 -msgid "# Installation for Linux" -msgstr "# 为 Linux 安装" - #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:13 msgid "Make sure you read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." @@ -62,156 +59,219 @@ msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:17 -msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first." -msgstr "升级？您可能需要先 [备份您的配置](Software-Manual#备份-jamulus)。" +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Upgrading?** You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first.\n" +msgstr "**升级?**您可能需要先 [备份您的配置](Software-Manual#备份-jamulus)。\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:19 -msgid "### Debian and Ubuntu" -msgstr "### Debian 和 Ubuntu" +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Installing a server?** Read the [guide for server adminstrators](Running-a-Server) first.\n" +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:21 -msgid "We provide three equivalent `.deb` files for the most common architectures. Please download the appropriate one:" -msgstr "我们为最常见的架构提供了三个等效的`.deb` 文件。请下载相应的:" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:20 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Debian and Ubuntu" +msgid "Debian and Ubuntu" +msgstr "### Debian 和 Ubuntu" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:23 +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:22 #, no-wrap -msgid "**For Intel/AMD based machines (amd64):**\n" -msgstr "**对于基于 Intel/AMD 的机器 (amd64):**\n" +msgid "Using the official Repository (recommended)" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:25 -msgid "[Download Jamulus (.deb, amd64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}){:.button}" -msgstr "[下载 Jamulus (.deb, amd64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}){:.button}" +msgid "We provide a repository for Debian and Ubuntu based distributions that allows automatic updates alongside your other system updates. To use the repository:" +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:27 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**For ARM based machines (e.g. Raspberry Pi, armhf, arm64):**\n" -msgstr "**对于基于 ARM 的机器 (例如Raspberry Pi, armhf, arm64):**\n" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 +msgid "Open your Terminal (CTRL+ALT+T should work)" +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:30 -msgid "[Download Jamulus 32 bit (.deb, armhf)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}){:.button} [Download Jamulus 64 bit (.deb, arm64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }}){:.button}" -msgstr "[下载 Jamulus 32 位 (.deb, armhf)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}){:.button} [下载 Jamulus 64 位 (.deb, arm64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }}){:.button}" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +msgid "*Ubuntu only* - Enable the Ubuntu \"universe\" repository (you can use the [GUI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/148645) or [CLI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/227788))." +msgstr "*仅限 Ubuntu* - 启用 Ubuntu“universe”存储库(您可以使用 [基于 GUI 的方法](https://askubuntu.com/a/148645) 或 [基于 CLI 的方法](https://askubuntu. com/a/227788))。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:32 -msgid "After you downloaded the correct file:" -msgstr "在你下载了正确的文件后:" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 +msgid "Download the repository setup script:\\\\" +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:34 +#. type: Fenced code block (bash) +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 #, no-wrap -msgid "*Ubuntu only* - Enable the Ubuntu \"universe\" repository (you can use the [GUI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/148645) or [CLI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/227788)).\n" -msgstr "*仅限 Ubuntu* - 启用 Ubuntu“universe”存储库（您可以使用 [基于 GUI 的方法](https://askubuntu.com/a/148645) 或 [基于 CLI 的方法](https://askubuntu. com/a/227788))。\n" +msgid "curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh\n" +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:35 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Update apt by opening a console window (CTRL+ALT+T should work) and type: `sudo apt-get update`\n" -msgstr "通过打开命令行窗口更新 apt（CTRL+ALT+T 应该可以）并输入:`sudo apt-get update`\n" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:33 +msgid "Make the script executable:\\\\" +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:36 +#. type: Fenced code block (bash) +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:33 #, no-wrap -msgid "Go to where you downloaded the installer and either double-click on it, or use the command line: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` for armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}` for arm64: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }}`\n" -msgstr "转到下载安装程序的位置并双击它，或使用命令行: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}` arm64: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }}`\n" +msgid "chmod +x setup_repo.sh\n" +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:37 +msgid "Run the setup script and install Jamulus:\\\\" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block (bash) #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:37 #, no-wrap -msgid "Once installed, you can delete the file and close any console windows.\n" -msgstr "安装后，您可以删除该文件并关闭命令行窗口。\n" +msgid "sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus\n" +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:39 -msgid "Note that if you need to upgrade Jamulus to a newer version, just download the new .deb file and re-install as above." -msgstr "请注意，如果您需要将 Jamulus 升级到较新的版本，只需下载新的 .deb 文件并按上述方式重新安装即可。" +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installing the .deb files manually" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "[Download Jamulus 32 bit (.deb, armhf)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}){:.button} [Download Jamulus 64 bit (.deb, arm64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }}){:.button}" +msgid "Download Jamulus for your architecture: [amd64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}), [armf]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}) or [arm64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }})" +msgstr "[下载 Jamulus 32 位 (.deb, armhf)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}){:.button} [下载 Jamulus 64 位 (.deb, arm64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }}){:.button}" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +msgid "Update apt by opening a console window (CTRL+ALT+T should work) and type: `sudo apt-get update`" +msgstr "通过打开命令行窗口更新 apt(CTRL+ALT+T 应该可以)并输入:`sudo apt-get update`" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Go to where you downloaded the installer and either double-click on it, or use the command line: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` for armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}` for arm64: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }}`\n" +msgid "Go to where you downloaded the installer and either double-click on it, or use the command line: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` (or for Raspberry Pi etc. as above)" +msgstr "转到下载安装程序的位置并双击它，或使用命令行: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}` arm64: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }}`\n" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +msgid "Once installed, you can delete the file and close any console windows." +msgstr "安装后，您可以删除该文件并关闭命令行窗口。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:41 -msgid "### Other distributions" -msgstr "### 其他发行版" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:50 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "**Upgrades:** If you need to upgrade Jamulus to a newer version, just download the new .deb file and re-install as above.\n" +msgid "**Upgrades:** If you need to upgrade Jamulus to a newer version and install Jamulus manually, just download the new .deb file and re-install as above.\n" +msgstr "**升级:**如果您需要将 Jamulus 升级到较新的版本，只需下载新的 .deb 文件并按上述方式重新安装即可。\n" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Other distributions" +msgstr "其他发行版" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:43 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:54 msgid "For installers on other distributions, see their package managers and [Repology](https://repology.org/project/jamulus/versions). If an up-to-date version of Jamulus is not included in your distribution, you can [compile Jamulus from source](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md). Note also the contributed [installation scripts](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/installscripts)." -msgstr "对于其他发行版上的安装程序，请参阅其包管理器和 [Repology]（https://repology.org/project/jamulus/versions）。如果您的发行版中不包含最新版本的 Jamulus，您可以 [从源代码编译 Jamulus]（https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md）。另请注意贡献的 [安装脚本]（https://github.com/jamulussoftware/installscripts）。" +msgstr "对于其他发行版上的安装程序，请参阅其包管理器和 [Repology](https://repology.org/project/jamulus/versions)。如果您的发行版中不包含最新版本的 Jamulus，您可以 [从源代码编译 Jamulus](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md)。另请注意贡献的 [安装脚本](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/installscripts)。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:45 -msgid "## Set up your hardware" -msgstr "## 设置你的硬件" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:55 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Set up your hardware" +msgstr "设置你的硬件" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:47 -msgid "### Configure JACK with QjackCtl" -msgstr "### 使用 QjackCtl 配置 JACK" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Configure JACK with QjackCtl" +msgstr "使用 QjackCtl 配置 JACK" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:49 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:60 msgid "Jamulus Clients need [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) to run, but you need to configure that first. The recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`." msgstr "Jamulus 客户端需要 [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) 才能运行，但您需要先配置它。推荐的方法是使用`QjackCtl`。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:50 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:63 msgid "Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page**" msgstr "启动 QjackCtl。您将看到 **Qt JACK Control 实用程序主页**" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:51 +#. type: Bullet: '2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:63 msgid "Configure your audio hardware as follows (the exact settings for JACK will depend on what your audio hardware is capable of):" -msgstr "如下配置您的音频硬件（JACK 的确切设置将取决于您的音频硬件的能力）:" +msgstr "如下配置您的音频硬件(JACK 的确切设置将取决于您的音频硬件的能力):" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:53 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 msgid "Set the audio **Interface** to the one you want (there may be several in the list)" -msgstr "将音频 **接口** 设置为您想要的（列表中可能有几个）" +msgstr "将音频 **接口** 设置为您想要的(列表中可能有几个)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:54 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 msgid "Set the **Sample Rate to 48000**" msgstr "将**采样率设置为 48000**" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:55 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 msgid "Set the **Frames/Period to 128** and Periods/Buffer at 2 at first" msgstr "首先将“帧/周期”设置为 128**，将“周期/缓冲区”设置为 2" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:57 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:69 msgid "Restart JACK for the new settings to take effect" msgstr "重新启动 JACK 以使新设置生效" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:59 -msgid "### Start Jamulus" -msgstr "### 启动 Jamulus" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:70 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Start Jamulus" +msgstr "启动 Jamulus" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:61 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:73 msgid "With JACK running and configured, launch Jamulus." msgstr "随着 JACK 的运行和配置，启动 Jamulus。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:63 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:75 msgid "If you get problems with sound breaking up (in particular XRUN errors reported by JACK/QjackCtl) try setting bigger values (e.g. 256 frames or 3 periods). Lower ones (e.g. 64 frames) could bring better performance but maybe more sound problems. See the [troubleshooting page](Client-Troubleshooting) otherwise." -msgstr "如果您遇到声音中断问题（特别是 JACK/QjackCtl 报告的 XRUN 错误），请尝试设置更大的值（例如 256 帧或 3 个周期）。较低的（例如 64 帧）可以带来更好的性能，但可能会带来更多的声音问题。否则请参阅[故障排除页面]（客户端故障排除）。" +msgstr "如果您遇到声音中断问题(特别是 JACK/QjackCtl 报告的 XRUN 错误)，请尝试设置更大的值(例如 256 帧或 3 个周期)。较低的(例如 64 帧)可以带来更好的性能，但可能会带来更多的声音问题。否则请参阅[故障排除页面](客户端故障排除)。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:65 -msgid "## All installed?" -msgstr "##全部安装完毕？" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:76 +#, no-wrap +msgid "All installed?" +msgstr "全部安装完毕？" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:79 msgid "Take a look at the" msgstr "看看" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:68 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:80 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[入门页面](Getting-Started){: .button}" + +#~ msgid "[Download Jamulus (.deb, amd64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}){:.button}" +#~ msgstr "[下载 Jamulus (.deb, amd64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}){:.button}" + +#~ msgid "After you downloaded the correct file:" +#~ msgstr "在你下载了正确的文件后:" + +#~ msgid "# Installation for Linux" +#~ msgstr "# 为 Linux 安装" + +#~ msgid "We provide three equivalent `.deb` files for the most common architectures. Please download the appropriate one:" +#~ msgstr "我们为最常见的架构提供了三个等效的`.deb` 文件。请下载相应的:" + +#~ msgid "**For Intel/AMD based machines (amd64):**\n" +#~ msgstr "**对于基于 Intel/AMD 的机器 (amd64):**\n" + +#~ msgid "**For ARM based machines (e.g. Raspberry Pi, armhf, arm64):**\n" +#~ msgstr "**对于基于 ARM 的机器 (例如Raspberry Pi, armhf, arm64):**\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Installation-for-Macintosh.po b/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Installation-for-Macintosh.po index c78cd1ebe..c33223fff 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Installation-for-Macintosh.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Installation-for-Macintosh.po @@ -3,39 +3,41 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # yangyangdaji , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-01 10:27+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-12-30 02:51+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: zh_CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "zh_CN" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh" msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:10 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation for macOS" msgstr "为 MacOS 安装" @@ -45,11 +47,6 @@ msgstr "为 MacOS 安装" msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"使用 Jamulus\" branch1=\"快速入门\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:11 -msgid "# Installation for macOS" -msgstr "# 为 MacOS 安装" - #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:13 msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." @@ -66,94 +63,90 @@ msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#b msgstr "升级？您可能需要先 [备份您的配置](Software-Manual#备份-jamulus)。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:19 -msgid "[Download Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\" -msgstr "[下载 Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:21 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:22 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"**macOS Mojave (10.14) or lower:** [Download legacy version]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-legacy }})\\\\\n" -"**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"1. [Download Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +" **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"1. **Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the licence, *drag and drop* each icon you see in the window (Jamulus Client and Server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window.\n" +"1. **Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" msgstr "" -"**macOS Mojave (10.14) or lower:** [下载旧版本]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-legacy }})\\\\\n" -"**镜像 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:22 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the licence, *drag and drop* each icon you see in the window (Jamulus Client and Server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window.\n" -msgstr "**安装 Jamulus**:打开下载的 `.dmg` 文件，同意许可，*拖放*您在窗口中看到的每个图标（Jamulus 客户端和服务器）到您的 *Applications 文件夹*。之后，您可以关闭此窗口。\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:23 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" -msgstr "**运行 Jamulus**。现在您应该能够像使用任何其他应用程序一样使用 Jamulus。\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:25 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:24 msgid "_You can remove the folder in the Downloads directory containing the `.dmg` and eject the \"Jamulus\" drive on your desktop. They are no longer needed._" msgstr "_您可以删除下载目录中包含 `.dmg` 的文件夹，然后在桌面上弹出“Jamulus”驱动器。他们不再需要了。_" #. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** You can find old (legacy) versions supporting outdated operating systems on the [GitHub release page](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:27 #, no-wrap -msgid "***\n" -msgstr "***\n" +msgid "All installed?" +msgstr "全部安装完毕？" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:29 -msgid "## \"Jamulus\" can't be opened because the developer cannot be verified" -msgstr "## \"Jamulus\" 无法打开，因为无法验证开发者" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:30 +msgid "Take a look at the" +msgstr "看看" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:31 -msgid "If you are using the \"legacy\" version of Jamulus (because you are running an older version of macOS), the first time you run Jamulus, you will see a message saying it cannot be opened." -msgstr "如果您使用的是 Jamulus 的“旧版”（因为您运行的是旧版本的 macOS），第一次运行 Jamulus 时，您会看到一条消息说它无法打开。" +msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgstr "[入门页面](Getting-Started){: .button}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:33 -msgid "To open Jamulus" -msgstr "要打开 Jamulus" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "## \"Jamulus\" can't be opened because the developer cannot be verified" +#~ msgid "\"Jamulus\" can't be opened because the developer cannot be verified" +#~ msgstr "## \"Jamulus\" 无法打开，因为无法验证开发者" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:34 -msgid "Go to the Applications folder via Finder" -msgstr "通过 Finder 转到 Applications 文件夹" +#~ msgid "If you are using the \"legacy\" version of Jamulus (because you are running an older version of macOS), the first time you run Jamulus, you will see a message saying it cannot be opened." +#~ msgstr "如果您使用的是 Jamulus 的“旧版”(因为您运行的是旧版本的 macOS)，第一次运行 Jamulus 时，您会看到一条消息说它无法打开。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:35 -msgid "Double-click on Jamulus and wait for the above-mentioned message" -msgstr "双击 Jamulus 并等待上述消息" +#~ msgid "To open Jamulus" +#~ msgstr "要打开 Jamulus" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:36 -msgid "Close this message by clicking on \"Cancel\"" -msgstr "单击“取消”关闭此消息" +#~ msgid "Go to the Applications folder via Finder" +#~ msgstr "通过 Finder 转到 Applications 文件夹" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:37 -msgid "Now control-click (or right-click) on Jamulus, and select \"Open\" from the top of the menu." -msgstr "现在按住 Control 键单击（或右键单击）Jamulus，然后从菜单顶部选择“打开”。" +#~ msgid "Double-click on Jamulus and wait for the above-mentioned message" +#~ msgstr "双击 Jamulus 并等待上述消息" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:39 -msgid "You will then get a slightly different version of the same message, which allows you to click \"Open\". From the on, you can run Jamulus in the normal way and the message won't appear. For further information about this warning see [this Apple Support Page](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)." -msgstr "然后，您将获得相同消息的略有不同的版本，允许您单击“打开”。从那以后，您可以以正常方式运行 Jamulus，并且不会出现该消息。有关此警告的更多信息，请参阅 [此 Apple 支持页面](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)。" +#~ msgid "Close this message by clicking on \"Cancel\"" +#~ msgstr "单击“取消”关闭此消息" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:41 -msgid "## All installed?" -msgstr "##全部安装完毕？" +#~ msgid "Now control-click (or right-click) on Jamulus, and select \"Open\" from the top of the menu." +#~ msgstr "现在按住 Control 键单击(或右键单击)Jamulus，然后从菜单顶部选择“打开”。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:43 -msgid "Take a look at the" -msgstr "看看" +#~ msgid "You will then get a slightly different version of the same message, which allows you to click \"Open\". From the on, you can run Jamulus in the normal way and the message won't appear. For further information about this warning see [this Apple Support Page](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)." +#~ msgstr "然后，您将获得相同消息的略有不同的版本，允许您单击“打开”。从那以后，您可以以正常方式运行 Jamulus，并且不会出现该消息。有关此警告的更多信息，请参阅 [此 Apple 支持页面](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:44 -msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" -msgstr "[入门页面](Getting-Started){: .button}" +#~ msgid "# Installation for macOS" +#~ msgstr "# 为 MacOS 安装" + +#~ msgid "[Download Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\" +#~ msgstr "[下载 Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ "**macOS Mojave (10.14) or lower:** [Download legacy version]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-legacy }})\\\\\n" +#~ "**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "**macOS Mojave (10.14) or lower:** [下载旧版本]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-legacy }})\\\\\n" +#~ "**镜像 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the licence, *drag and drop* each icon you see in the window (Jamulus Client and Server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window.\n" +#~ msgstr "**安装 Jamulus**:打开下载的 `.dmg` 文件，同意许可，*拖放*您在窗口中看到的每个图标(Jamulus 客户端和服务器)到您的 *Applications 文件夹*。之后，您可以关闭此窗口。\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" +#~ msgstr "**运行 Jamulus**。现在您应该能够像使用任何其他应用程序一样使用 Jamulus。\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "***\n" +#~ msgstr "***\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Installation-for-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Installation-for-Windows.po index 98d66af84..a7db004c5 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Installation-for-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Installation-for-Windows.po @@ -3,39 +3,41 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # yangyangdaji , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-01 10:27+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-12-30 02:51+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: zh_CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "zh_CN" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows" msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:10 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation for Windows" msgstr "为 Windows 安装" @@ -45,11 +47,6 @@ msgstr "为 Windows 安装" msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"使用 Jamulus\" branch1=\"快速入门\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:11 -msgid "# Installation for Windows" -msgstr "# 为 Windows 安装" - #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:13 msgid "Make sure you read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." @@ -65,41 +62,24 @@ msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first." msgstr "升级？您可能需要先 [备份您的配置](Software-Manual#备份-jamulus)。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:19 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Download and install an ASIO Driver**. Try to use the driver that your hardware manufacturer provides. If you can't find that, or you don't have an external sound card, you probably need to install ASIO4ALL. For more information scroll down to the [ASIO](#asio) section.\n" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:24 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "**Download and install an ASIO Driver**. Try to use the driver that your hardware manufacturer provides. If you can't find that, or you don't have an external sound card, you probably need to install ASIO4ALL. For more information scroll down to the [ASIO](#asio) section.\n" +msgid "**Download and install an ASIO Driver**. Try to use the driver that your hardware manufacturer provides. If you can't find that, or you don't have an external sound card, you probably need to install ASIO4ALL. For more information scroll down to the [ASIO](#asio) section." msgstr "**下载并安装 ASIO 驱动程序**。尝试使用硬件制造商提供的驱动程序。如果你找不到，或者你没有外置声卡，你可能需要安装 ASIO4ALL。有关更多信息，请向下滚动到 [ASIO](#asio) 部分。\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:20 -#, no-wrap -msgid "[Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\n" -msgstr "[下载 Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:21 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" -msgstr "**镜像源 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:22 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Install Jamulus**: Double click the installer to launch it. If you get a warning notice from SmartScreen, click on \"More info\" and \"Run anyway\" to install Jamulus. (If you grabbed a new version of Jamulus and are one of the first people who downloaded it, Jamulus won't be whitelisted by SmartScreen yet. We don't pay for code signing.)\n" -msgstr "**安装 Jamulus**:双击安装程序以启动它。如果您从 SmartScreen 收到警告通知，请单击“更多信息”和“仍然运行”以安装 Jamulus。 （如果您获得了 Jamulus 的新版本并且是第一批下载它的人之一，那么 Jamulus 不会被 SmartScreen 列入白名单。我们不为代码签名付费。）\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:23 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" -msgstr "**运行 Jamulus**。现在您应该能够像使用任何其他应用程序一样使用 Jamulus。\n" - #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:24 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Set up your sound card**. When you're done, you need to set up your audio hardware. And if you are using ASIO4ALL, have a look at how to set that up below.\n" -msgstr "**设置您的声卡**。完成后，您需要设置音频硬件。如果您使用的是 ASIO4ALL，请查看下面的设置方法。\n" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "**Install Jamulus**: Double click the installer to launch it. If you get a warning notice from SmartScreen, click on \"More info\" and \"Run anyway\" to install Jamulus. (If you grabbed a new version of Jamulus and are one of the first people who downloaded it, Jamulus won't be whitelisted by SmartScreen yet. We don't pay for code signing.)\n" +msgid "" +"1. [Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +" **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"1. **Install Jamulus**: Double click the installer to launch it. If you get a warning notice from SmartScreen, click on \"More info\" and \"Run anyway\" to install Jamulus. (If you grabbed a new version of Jamulus and are one of the first people who downloaded it, Jamulus won't be whitelisted by SmartScreen yet. We don't pay for code signing.)\n" +"1. **Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" +"1. **Set up your sound card**. When you're done, you need to set up your audio hardware. And if you are using ASIO4ALL, have a look at how to set that up below.\n" +msgstr "**安装 Jamulus**:双击安装程序以启动它。如果您从 SmartScreen 收到警告通知，请单击“更多信息”和“仍然运行”以安装 Jamulus。 (如果您获得了 Jamulus 的新版本并且是第一批下载它的人之一，那么 Jamulus 不会被 SmartScreen 列入白名单。我们不为代码签名付费。)\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:26 @@ -108,18 +88,16 @@ msgstr "_请注意，在未获得 [Steinberg 的许可协议](https://www.steinb #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:28 -msgid "If you don't want to use ASIO or prefer [JACK on Windows](https://jackaudio.org/faq/jack_on_windows.html), you can also use the [JACK version of Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows-jack }})." +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "If you don't want to use ASIO or prefer [JACK on Windows](https://jackaudio.org/faq/jack_on_windows.html), you can also use the [JACK version of Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows-jack }})." +msgid "**Note:** If you don't want to use ASIO or prefer [JACK on Windows](https://jackaudio.org/faq/jack_on_windows.html), you can also use the [JACK version of Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows-jack }}). You can find old (legacy) versions supporting outdated operating systems on the [GitHub release page](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n" msgstr "如果您不想使用 ASIO 或者更喜欢 [JACK on Windows](https://jackaudio.org/faq/jack_on_windows.html), 也可以使用 [JACK 版本的 Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows-jack }})." -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:30 -#, no-wrap -msgid "***\n" -msgstr "***\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:32 -msgid "## ASIO" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:31 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## ASIO" +msgid "ASIO" msgstr "## ASIO" #. type: Plain text @@ -127,12 +105,12 @@ msgstr "## ASIO" msgid "Jamulus can use [ASIO](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Audio_Stream_Input/Output)." msgstr "Jamulus 可以使用 [ASIO](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Audio_Stream_Input/Output)。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:36 +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:37 msgid "If you have an external sound card/audio interface, use its official ASIO driver if you can (they usually provide the best quality)." -msgstr "如果您有外部声卡/音频接口，请尽可能使用其官方 ASIO 驱动程序（它们通常提供最佳质量）。" +msgstr "如果您有外部声卡/音频接口，请尽可能使用其官方 ASIO 驱动程序(它们通常提供最佳质量)。" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:37 msgid "If you don't have an external sound card, you will probably not have an ASIO driver so will need to install a generic one like ASIO4ALL:" msgstr "如果你没有外置声卡，你可能没有 ASIO 驱动，所以需要安装一个通用的，比如 ASIO4ALL:" @@ -157,9 +135,11 @@ msgstr "[下载 ASIO4ALL v2.14](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/ma msgid "[ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" msgstr "[ASIO4ALL 网站](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:48 -msgid "### Setting up ASIO4ALL" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:47 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Setting up ASIO4ALL" +msgid "Setting up ASIO4ALL" msgstr "### 设置 ASIO4ALL" #. type: Plain text @@ -178,113 +158,144 @@ msgstr "**提示:** 在 [连接到服务器](Getting-Started#连接到服务器 msgid "Before you start with Jamulus:" msgstr "在开始使用 Jamulus 之前:" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:56 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Close all applications** (especially those which could access your sound card like your browser/media player). ASIO4ALL needs exclusive access to your sound card which means that other programs will not be able to use audio if ASIO4ALL and Jamulus are running.\n" -msgstr "**关闭所有应用程序**（尤其是那些可以访问您的声卡的应用程序，例如您的浏览器/媒体播放器）。 ASIO4ALL 需要独占访问您的声卡，这意味着如果 ASIO4ALL 和 Jamulus 正在运行，其他程序将无法使用音频。\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:57 -#, no-wrap -msgid "If the Jamulus audio doesn’t work out of the box, make sure that only the **correct inputs/outputs** in ASIO4ALL **are switched on**. Everything else should be switched off. Search the [community list of working ASIO4ALL configurations](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) for your configuration or do it manually if you can't find yours:\n" +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "**Close all applications** (especially those which could access your sound card like your browser/media player). ASIO4ALL needs exclusive access to your sound card which means that other programs will not be able to use audio if ASIO4ALL and Jamulus are running.\n" +msgid "**Close all applications** (especially those which could access your sound card like your browser/media player). ASIO4ALL needs exclusive access to your sound card which means that other programs will not be able to use audio if ASIO4ALL and Jamulus are running." +msgstr "**关闭所有应用程序**(尤其是那些可以访问您的声卡的应用程序，例如您的浏览器/媒体播放器)。 ASIO4ALL 需要独占访问您的声卡，这意味着如果 ASIO4ALL 和 Jamulus 正在运行，其他程序将无法使用音频。\n" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "If the Jamulus audio doesn’t work out of the box, make sure that only the **correct inputs/outputs** in ASIO4ALL **are switched on**. Everything else should be switched off. Search the [community list of working ASIO4ALL configurations](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) for your configuration or do it manually if you can't find yours:\n" +msgid "If the Jamulus audio doesn’t work out of the box, make sure that only the **correct inputs/outputs** in ASIO4ALL **are switched on**. Everything else should be switched off. Search the [community list of working ASIO4ALL configurations](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) for your configuration or do it manually if you can't find yours:" msgstr "如果 Jamulus 音频无法开箱即用，请确保只有 ASIO4ALL 中的**正确的输入/输出**被打开**。其他一切都应该关闭。在 [ASIO4ALL 配置的社区列表](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) 中搜索您的配置，如果找不到您的配置，请手动进行:\n" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:59 -msgid "### How to set up ASIO4ALL inputs (Guide)" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### How to set up ASIO4ALL inputs (Guide)" +msgid "How to set up ASIO4ALL inputs (Guide)" msgstr "### 如何设置 ASIO4ALL 输入 (指南)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:61 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 msgid "Open Jamulus's settings" msgstr "打开 Jamulus 的设置" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:62 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 msgid "Go to _\"ASIO Device Settings\"_ (column on the left; directly under the selection of the driver)" -msgstr "转到_“ASIO设备设置”_（左侧列;直接在驱动程序的选择下）" +msgstr "转到_“ASIO设备设置”_(左侧列;直接在驱动程序的选择下)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 msgid "Enable _advanced view_ in ASIO4ALL (click the tool icon on the bottom right)" -msgstr "在 ASIO4ALL 中启用_高级视图_（单击右下角的工具图标）" +msgstr "在 ASIO4ALL 中启用_高级视图_(单击右下角的工具图标)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:64 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 msgid "Enable only the sound card you want to use by clicking on the button next to its name" msgstr "通过单击其名称旁边的按钮，仅启用您要使用的声卡" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:65 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 msgid "Open your sound card inputs/outputs by clicking the _plus icon_ next to this sound card" msgstr "通过单击此声卡旁边的_加号图标_打开您的声卡输入/输出" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:66 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 msgid "Now enable the correct inputs/outputs in the list under your sound card and disable everything else. You can hover over the inputs/outputs to see which of both they are and if they support the required sample rate for Jamulus of 48kHz (DVD quality)." -msgstr "现在在声卡下的列表中启用正确的输入/输出并禁用其他所有内容。您可以将鼠标悬停在输入/输出上以查看它们中的哪一个以及它们是否支持 48kHz（DVD 质量）的 Jamulus 所需的采样率。" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:68 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Hints:**\n" -msgstr "**提示:**\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:69 -#, no-wrap -msgid "It may not be obvious what the correct sound device is called. Many internal sound cards are named \"Realtek High Definition Audio\", \"Conexant\" or similar.\n" -msgstr "正确的声音设备叫什么可能并不明显。许多内部声卡被命名为“Realtek High Definition Audio”、“Conexant”或类似名称。\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:70 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Headphones and speakers are often labelled as \"output\" and microphones as \"input\" or \"capture\".\n" -msgstr "耳机和扬声器通常被标记为“输出”，麦克风被标记为“输入”或“捕获”。\n" +msgstr "现在在声卡下的列表中启用正确的输入/输出并禁用其他所有内容。您可以将鼠标悬停在输入/输出上以查看它们中的哪一个以及它们是否支持 48kHz(DVD 质量)的 Jamulus 所需的采样率。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:71 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:72 #, no-wrap -msgid "Stereo Mix/Stereo Input is usually not the input/output you're looking for. Therefore, switch it off if you see it.\n" -msgstr "立体声混音/立体声输入通常不是您要寻找的输入/输出。因此，如果您看到它，请将其关闭。\n" +msgid "" +"**Hints:**\n" +"1. It may not be obvious what the correct sound device is called. Many internal sound cards are named \"Realtek High Definition Audio\", \"Conexant\" or similar.\n" +"1. Headphones and speakers are often labelled as \"output\" and microphones as \"input\" or \"capture\".\n" +"1. Stereo Mix/Stereo Input is usually not the input/output you're looking for. Therefore, switch it off if you see it.\n" +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:73 -msgid "### Troubleshooting" -msgstr "### 故障排除" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "故障排除" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:75 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:76 msgid "If nothing works, first restart Jamulus and/or your PC to close background processes that may be accessing your sound card." msgstr "如果没有任何效果，首先重新启动 Jamulus 和/或您的 PC 以关闭可能正在访问您的声卡的后台进程。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:77 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:78 msgid "Afterwards, *set up the inputs/outputs again*. Enabled and accessible input/outputs show as lit up power buttons and play buttons in the ASIO4ALL settings. If instead you see a red cross or yellow symbol, close other applications that may be accessing your sound card (e.g. web browser, Zoom, etc)." -msgstr "之后，*再次设置输入/输出*。启用和可访问的输入/输出在 ASIO4ALL 设置中显示为亮起的电源按钮和播放按钮。相反，如果您看到红色叉号或黄色符号，请关闭可能正在访问您的声卡的其他应用程序（例如 Web 浏览器、Zoom 等）。" +msgstr "之后，*再次设置输入/输出*。启用和可访问的输入/输出在 ASIO4ALL 设置中显示为亮起的电源按钮和播放按钮。相反，如果您看到红色叉号或黄色符号，请关闭可能正在访问您的声卡的其他应用程序(例如 Web 浏览器、Zoom 等)。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:79 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:80 msgid "Have a look at [this video](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI) by [trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza) which gives more detailed setup information on ASIO4ALL." msgstr "看看[这个视频](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI)由[trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza)提供的关于ASIO4ALL更详细的设置信息。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:81 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:82 msgid "Official and further information about how to configure ASIO4ALL is documented in the official [ASIO4ALL FAQs on the ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}." msgstr "关于如何配置 ASIO4ALL 的官方和更多信息记录在官方 [ASIO4ALL 网站上的 ASIO4ALL 常见问题解答](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}。" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:83 -msgid "## All installed?" -msgstr "##全部安装完毕？" +#, no-wrap +msgid "All installed?" +msgstr "全部安装完毕？" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:85 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:86 msgid "Take a look at" msgstr "看一看" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:86 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:87 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[入门页面](Getting-Started){: .button}" + +#~ msgid "# Installation for Windows" +#~ msgstr "# 为 Windows 安装" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "[Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +#~ msgstr "[下载 Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +#~ msgstr "**镜像源 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" +#~ msgstr "**运行 Jamulus**。现在您应该能够像使用任何其他应用程序一样使用 Jamulus。\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Set up your sound card**. When you're done, you need to set up your audio hardware. And if you are using ASIO4ALL, have a look at how to set that up below.\n" +#~ msgstr "**设置您的声卡**。完成后，您需要设置音频硬件。如果您使用的是 ASIO4ALL，请查看下面的设置方法。\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "***\n" +#~ msgstr "***\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Hints:**\n" +#~ msgstr "**提示:**\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "It may not be obvious what the correct sound device is called. Many internal sound cards are named \"Realtek High Definition Audio\", \"Conexant\" or similar.\n" +#~ msgstr "正确的声音设备叫什么可能并不明显。许多内部声卡被命名为“Realtek High Definition Audio”、“Conexant”或类似名称。\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Headphones and speakers are often labelled as \"output\" and microphones as \"input\" or \"capture\".\n" +#~ msgstr "耳机和扬声器通常被标记为“输出”，麦克风被标记为“输入”或“捕获”。\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Stereo Mix/Stereo Input is usually not the input/output you're looking for. Therefore, switch it off if you see it.\n" +#~ msgstr "立体声混音/立体声输入通常不是您要寻找的输入/输出。因此，如果您看到它，请将其关闭。\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Installation-for-iOS.po b/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Installation-for-iOS.po index 5c681c9d3..04b738367 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Installation-for-iOS.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Installation-for-iOS.po @@ -3,39 +3,40 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # yangyangdaji , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-31 06:27+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: yangyangdaji \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-12-30 02:51+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: zh_CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "zh_CN" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-iOS" msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-iOS" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:11 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation for iOS" msgstr "为 iOS 安装" @@ -45,11 +46,6 @@ msgstr "为 iOS 安装" msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"使用 Jamulus\" branch1=\"快速入门\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:12 -msgid "# Installation for iOS" -msgstr "# 为 iOS 安装" - #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:14 msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." @@ -60,63 +56,65 @@ msgstr "确保您已经阅读了 [入门](Getting-Started) 页面。" msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:18 -msgid "## Things to note about iOS" -msgstr "## 关于 iOS 的注意事项" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Things to note about iOS" +msgstr "关于 iOS 的注意事项" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:20 msgid "If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } which is an inexpensive and small device that performs very well with Jamulus. iOS support is just a proof of concept." msgstr "如果你没有电脑，我们建议你买一个[Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" }，这是一个便宜的小型设备，在 Jamulus 上表现非常好。iOS支持只是一个概念验证。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:22 +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24 msgid "To install Jamulus on your iOS device, you need a (free or paid) Apple Developer account and preferably a computer." -msgstr "要在您的 iOS 设备上安装 Jamulus，您需要一个（免费或付费）Apple Developer 帐户，最好是一台计算机。" +msgstr "要在您的 iOS 设备上安装 Jamulus，您需要一个(免费或付费)Apple Developer 帐户，最好是一台计算机。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:23 +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24 msgid "If you don't pay for an Apple developer account, Jamulus will only run for at most 7 days before you need to re-install it." msgstr "如果您不为 Apple 开发者帐户付费，Jamulus 最多只能运行 7 天，然后您需要重新安装它。" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24 msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well on new devices if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. To connect these to your iOS device, you should use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub." -msgstr "如果一切设置正确，iOS 上的 Jamulus 在新设备上运行良好。但是，我们强烈建议您使用音频接口和 USB 以太网适配器。要将它们连接到您的iOS设备，您应该使用[闪电转USB相机适配器]（https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning 到 USB 相机适配器）和（供电）USB 集线器之类的东西。" +msgstr "如果一切设置正确，iOS 上的 Jamulus 在新设备上运行良好。但是，我们强烈建议您使用音频接口和 USB 以太网适配器。要将它们连接到您的iOS设备，您应该使用[闪电转USB相机适配器](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning 到 USB 相机适配器)和(供电)USB 集线器之类的东西。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:27 -msgid "## Install for iOS (for experienced users only)" -msgstr "## 为 iOS 安装（仅限有经验的用户）" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Install for iOS (for experienced users only)" +msgstr "为 iOS 安装(仅限有经验的用户)" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:29 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note**: We provide an unsigned .ipa file which you need to sign and then install on your device. If you are not Jailbroken (and have AppSync installed), you might need additional software to install Jamulus. There are multiple ways to do that, but this guide only explains the most standard approach. Please note that we assume you already have a (free) Apple developer account. If you don't have one, create an Apple ID and [Sign up for a developer account](https://developer.apple.com/membercenter). We recommend to create one without two factor authentification and unrelated to your potential personal account. You will need to enter the password in non-Apple software.\n" -msgstr "**注意**:我们提供了一个未签名的 .ipa 文件，您需要对其进行签名然后安装在您的设备上。如果您没有越狱（并且安装了 AppSync），您可能需要其他软件来安装 Jamulus。有多种方法可以做到这一点，但本指南仅解释最标准的方法。请注意，我们假设您已经拥有（免费）Apple 开发者帐户。如果您没有，请创建一个 Apple ID 并[注册开发者帐户](https://developer.apple.com/membercenter)。我们建议创建一个没有两个因素身份验证且与您的潜在个人帐户无关的帐户。您需要在非 Apple 软件中输入密码。\n" +msgstr "**注意**:我们提供了一个未签名的 .ipa 文件，您需要对其进行签名然后安装在您的设备上。如果您没有越狱(并且安装了 AppSync)，您可能需要其他软件来安装 Jamulus。有多种方法可以做到这一点，但本指南仅解释最标准的方法。请注意，我们假设您已经拥有(免费)Apple 开发者帐户。如果您没有，请创建一个 Apple ID 并[注册开发者帐户](https://developer.apple.com/membercenter)。我们建议创建一个没有两个因素身份验证且与您的潜在个人帐户无关的帐户。您需要在非 Apple 软件中输入密码。\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:31 +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 msgid "[Download Jamulus (.ipa) on a PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}" msgstr "[在PC/Mac上下载Jamulus (.ipa)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:32 +#. type: Bullet: '2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 msgid "Sign the .ipa file (e.g. via Xcode or some other **trusted** app. We won't give recommendations here, but there exist apps for every operating system)" -msgstr "签署 .ipa 文件（例如，通过 Xcode 或其他一些**受信任的**应用程序。我们不会在这里给出建议，但每个操作系统都有应用程序）" +msgstr "签署 .ipa 文件(例如，通过 Xcode 或其他一些**受信任的**应用程序。我们不会在这里给出建议，但每个操作系统都有应用程序)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:33 +#. type: Bullet: '3. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 msgid "Once signed and installed; on your iOS device open Settings, navigate to General>Profiles (or VPN and Device Management). Tap on the developer account corresponding to your account and trust the account." -msgstr "一旦签署并安装;在您的 iOS 设备上打开设置，导航到常规>配置文件（或 VPN 和设备管理）。点击与您的帐户对应的开发者帐户并信任该帐户。" +msgstr "一旦签署并安装;在您的 iOS 设备上打开设置，导航到常规>配置文件(或 VPN 和设备管理)。点击与您的帐户对应的开发者帐户并信任该帐户。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:34 +#. type: Bullet: '4. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 msgid "Open Jamulus from your home-screen" msgstr "从您的主屏幕打开 Jamulus" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '5. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 msgid "After 7 days you will need to re-sign Jamulus if you are using a free developer account. Re-do everything from Step 4." msgstr "如果您使用免费的开发者帐户，7 天后您将需要重新签署 Jamulus。从第 4 步重新执行所有操作。" @@ -124,12 +122,13 @@ msgstr "如果您使用免费的开发者帐户，7 天后您将需要重新签 #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 msgid "If you own a Mac and have Xcode installed, compiling Jamulus from source might be another, more native option. Please have a look at the [compilation instructions for iOS](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md#ios)." -msgstr "如果你拥有一台 Mac 并且安装了 Xcode，从源代码编译 Jamulus 可能是另一个更本源的选择。请看一下[iOS 的编译说明]（https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md#ios）。" +msgstr "如果你拥有一台 Mac 并且安装了 Xcode，从源代码编译 Jamulus 可能是另一个更本源的选择。请看一下[iOS 的编译说明](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md#ios)。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:40 -msgid "## Feedback and development" -msgstr "## 反馈和开发" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:39 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Feedback and development" +msgstr "反馈和开发" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:43 @@ -141,16 +140,11 @@ msgstr "iOS 支持还不成熟，还远未准备好在 AppStore 上发布。随 msgid "Please also read the [APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER) concerning Jamulus being published via the Apple AppStore." msgstr "另请阅读有关通过 Apple AppStore 发布的 Jamulus 的 [APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER)。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:47 +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:48 #, no-wrap -msgid "***\n" -msgstr "***\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:49 -msgid "## All installed?" -msgstr "##全部安装完毕？" +msgid "All installed?" +msgstr "全部安装完毕？" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:51 @@ -161,3 +155,10 @@ msgstr "Jamulus 已经安装，现在可以使用了。您现在可以查看" #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:52 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[入门页面](Getting-Started){: .button}" + +#~ msgid "# Installation for iOS" +#~ msgstr "# 为 iOS 安装" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "***\n" +#~ msgstr "***\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Privacy-Statement.po b/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Privacy-Statement.po index 2d9b30b42..d22e80f81 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Privacy-Statement.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Privacy-Statement.po @@ -3,11 +3,12 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # yangyangdaji , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-30 08:26+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: yangyangdaji \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-01 23:34+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: zh_CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -16,131 +17,204 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" "X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "zh_CN" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Privacy-Statement" msgstr "/wiki/Privacy-Statement" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus – Privacy Statement" msgstr "Jamulus – 隐私声明" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:9 -msgid "# Privacy Statement" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:8 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "# Privacy Statement" +msgid "Privacy Statement" msgstr "# 隐私声明" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:12 -msgid "Please note that the English version of this privacy statement is the original and, as such, the binding version. To access the English version, go to the top/top right of this page and click on the \"en\" link. The following only applies to the version you can download from this website, [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io)." -msgstr "请注意，本隐私声明的英文版本是原始版本，因此具有约束力。要访问英文版本，请转到此页面的顶部/右上角，然后单击 “en” 链接。以下仅适用于您可以从本网站下载的版本，[jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io)。" +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:11 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**The English version of this document represents the official privacy statement for the _current version_ of the software available on this website. Earlier versions of the software and non-English translations of this privacy policy may have different terms that are no longer applicable or supported.**\n" +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:14 -msgid "## Definition of Terms" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:13 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Definition of Terms" +msgid "Definition of Terms" msgstr "## 术语的定义" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:16 -msgid "\"**Server**\" The Jamulus Server software, as opposed to the host machine/OS it is running on." -msgstr "\"**服务器**\" Jamulus 服务器软件，而不是它所运行的主机/操作系统。" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "\"**Client**\" The Jamulus software used to connect to a Server" +msgid "\"**Server**\" The Jamulus software running as a Server and accepting connections from Clients" +msgstr "\"**客户端**\" 用于连接到服务器的 Jamulus 软件" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:17 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18 msgid "\"**Client**\" The Jamulus software used to connect to a Server" msgstr "\"**客户端**\" 用于连接到服务器的 Jamulus 软件" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18 msgid "\"**Directory**\" A Jamulus Server configured to supply a list of Servers to Clients" msgstr "\"**目录**\" 一个Jamulus 服务器被配置为向客户提供一个服务器的列表" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:20 -msgid "## Web site" -msgstr "## 网站" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:19 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus.io Website" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:22 -msgid "The website at [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) is served using GitHub Pages. We do not collect your personal data or set tracking cookies. When you connect to the jamulus.io site, your IP is sent to [GitHub Pages](https://pages.github.com/)." -msgstr "[jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) 的网站使用 GitHub Pages 提供服务。我们不会收集您的个人数据或设置跟踪 cookie。当您连接到 jamulus.io 站点时，您的 IP 将被发送到 [GitHub Pages](https://pages.github.com/)。" +msgid "The website at [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) is served using GitHub Pages. The Jamulus team has not constructed the website to set tracking cookies, but see Github's [privacy policy](https://docs.github.com/en/site-policy/privacy-policies/github-privacy-statement) for information relating to data collection and privacy overall. The community knowledge base uses [giscus](https://github.com/giscus/giscus) for discussions and comments. You can find the [Privacy Policy of giscus on their GitHub repository](https://github.com/giscus/giscus/blob/main/PRIVACY-POLICY.md)." +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:24 -msgid "## Jamulus Software" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:23 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Jamulus Software" +msgid "Jamulus Software" msgstr "## Jamulus 软件" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:26 -msgid "### Use of Profile Information" -msgstr "### 个人资料信息的使用" +msgid "Jamulus is open source software that can be modified by anyone. As such, the Jamulus project can make no representations related to privacy, data collection, or security with respect to your use of the software." +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:28 -msgid "When you connect to a Server, whatever you put in My Profile (in Settings) will be shown to others on that Server while you are connected to it. Note that, depending on the other client, you may not see them. Also, the Server operator can see the name you set in My Profile and your IP address, using the Server either through the GUI or JSON-RPC." -msgstr "当您连接到服务器时，您在“我的个人资料”（在设置中）中输入的任何内容都会在您连接到该服务器时显示给该服务器上的其他人。请注意，根据其他客户端，您可能看不到它们。此外，服务器操作员可以通过 GUI 或 JSON-RPC 使用服务器查看您在我的个人资料中设置的名称和您的 IP 地址。" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:27 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Use of Profile Information" +msgid "General Information" +msgstr "### 个人资料信息的使用" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:30 -msgid "When you connect to a Server, your profile may also be available to third parties from the Directory to which that Server is registered. This can be for informational purposes about the status of the public Jamulus network (for example, [here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)), but may not be limited to that. Profile information is not otherwise logged or stored by the Jamulus Server you are connected to, or by the Jamulus Directory, but may be stored or processed by third parties." -msgstr "当您连接到服务器时，您的个人资料也可能会从该服务器注册到的目录中提供给第三方。这可以用于提供有关公共 Jamulus 网络状态的信息（例如，[此处](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)），但可能不限于此。配置文件信息不会由您连接到的 Jamulus 服务器或 Jamulus 目录以其他方式记录或存储，但可能由第三方存储或处理。" +msgid "Under normal use with software downloaded from this website that has not been modified, your user profile information is exchanged with Servers you connect to, peers connected to those same Servers, and to third parties (including Directories) that use the Jamulus protocol. This information is limited to your Jamulus name, city, country, instrument, and skill level as you have set them in your profile. The Servers you connect to will also have access to your internet address (IP Address) as it is required for the software to work; but this information is not shared with peers on the same Server or available to third parties." +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:32 -msgid "### Use of IP Addresses" -msgstr "### IP 地址的使用" +msgid "All communications between and among Clients, Servers, Directories, and third-party protocol users are sent without encryption." +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:34 -msgid "When you connect to Server, the Server operator can see your IP address while you are connected. If the Server operator has enabled logging (which is off by default) your IP address will also be logged and stored in the Server's log file." -msgstr "当您连接到服务器时，服务器操作员可以在您连接时看到您的 IP 地址。如果服务器运营商启用了日志记录（默认情况下关闭），您的 IP 地址也将被记录并存储在服务器的日志文件中。" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:33 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Jamulus Software" +msgid "Jamulus Servers" +msgstr "## Jamulus 软件" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:36 -msgid "The IP addresses of all Servers registered with the Directory can also be seen by third parties for informational or other purposes (for example [here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)). Your public IP address is otherwise not logged or stored by Jamulus, but may be stored or processed by third parties." -msgstr "第三方也可以出于提供信息或其他目的（例如 [此处](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)）查看在目录中注册的所有服务器的 IP 地址。 Jamulus 不会记录或存储您的公共 IP 地址，但可能会由第三方存储或处理。" +msgid "When you connect to a Server, either directly or through a Directory, the operator of that Server is responsible for its operation policy, privacy policy, and data use policy. While unmodified Servers do not log or store your connection or profile information by default, some Servers may be configured to do so. Therefore, you should have no expectation of privacy with respect to your profile information or internet address." +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:38 -msgid "### Audio Recordings" -msgstr "### 录音" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:37 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Chat Exchanges" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:40 -msgid "You will see a notice if you are connected to a Jamulus Server when Server recording is turned on. Recordings of each player are stored by the Server separately as .WAV files and only the Server operator has access to them unless they choose to make them available to third parties." -msgstr "当服务器录制打开时，如果您连接到 Jamulus 服务器，您将看到一条通知。每个播放器的录音由服务器单独存储为 .WAV 文件，只有服务器运营商才能访问它们，除非他们选择将它们提供给第三方。" +msgid "Chats are textual messages that can be exchanged between Clients connected to the same Server. Everyone connected to a Server can see all chats and there should be no expectation of privacy with respect to information sent through the chat feature of Jamulus. While unmodified Servers do not log or store chats, some modified Servers may do this." +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:42 -msgid "### Text Chat" -msgstr "### 文字聊天" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:41 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Audio Recordings" +msgid "Audio Recordings" +msgstr "### 录音" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:44 -msgid "When you type a message in the Chat Window, other connected players can see that, but chats are not stored by the Server and neither the Server operator nor any third parties have access to them." -msgstr "当您在聊天窗口中输入消息时，其他连接的玩家可以看到，但聊天不会由服务器存储，服务器操作员或任何第三方都无法访问它们。" +msgid "Unmodified Servers will display a notice if recording is turned on. Recordings of each channel are stored by the Server and are controlled by the Server operator." +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:46 -msgid "### Data Transmission" -msgstr "### 数据传输" +msgid "It is possible for connected Clients to make recordings of sessions outside of Jamulus itself, for which there may be no notice or indication. Jamulus has no way to detect or control these situations and makes no representations as to the collection or use of such recording data." +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:47 -msgid "Please note that all audio and text data is sent and received between the Jamulus Server and Client without encryption." -msgstr "请注意 Jamulus 服务器和客户端之间发送和接收的所有音频和文本数据都没有加密。" +#, no-wrap +msgid "Directories" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:49 +msgid "Directories are central connection points for locating Servers. The Jamulus Client comes with a pre-defined list of Directories for the convenience of users. These Directories are independently operated but are represented as running unmodified versions of the Jamulus software. If you do not wish to send your information to the Directories, you will need to connect to Servers directly." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Please note that the English version of this privacy statement is the original and, as such, the binding version. To access the English version, go to the top/top right of this page and click on the \"en\" link. The following only applies to the version you can download from this website, [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io)." +#~ msgstr "请注意，本隐私声明的英文版本是原始版本，因此具有约束力。要访问英文版本，请转到此页面的顶部/右上角，然后单击 “en” 链接。以下仅适用于您可以从本网站下载的版本，[jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io)。" + +#~ msgid "\"**Server**\" The Jamulus Server software, as opposed to the host machine/OS it is running on." +#~ msgstr "\"**服务器**\" Jamulus 服务器软件，而不是它所运行的主机/操作系统。" + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "## Web site" +#~ msgid "Web site" +#~ msgstr "## 网站" + +#~ msgid "The website at [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) is served using GitHub Pages. We do not collect your personal data or set tracking cookies. When you connect to the jamulus.io site, your IP is sent to [GitHub Pages](https://pages.github.com/)." +#~ msgstr "[jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) 的网站使用 GitHub Pages 提供服务。我们不会收集您的个人数据或设置跟踪 cookie。当您连接到 jamulus.io 站点时，您的 IP 将被发送到 [GitHub Pages](https://pages.github.com/)。" + +#~ msgid "When you connect to a Server, whatever you put in My Profile (in Settings) will be shown to others on that Server while you are connected to it. Note that, depending on the other client, you may not see them. Also, the Server operator can see the name you set in My Profile and your IP address, using the Server either through the GUI or JSON-RPC." +#~ msgstr "当您连接到服务器时，您在“我的个人资料”(在设置中)中输入的任何内容都会在您连接到该服务器时显示给该服务器上的其他人。请注意，根据其他客户端，您可能看不到它们。此外，服务器操作员可以通过 GUI 或 JSON-RPC 使用服务器查看您在我的个人资料中设置的名称和您的 IP 地址。" + +#~ msgid "When you connect to a Server, your profile may also be available to third parties from the Directory to which that Server is registered. This can be for informational purposes about the status of the public Jamulus network (for example, [here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)), but may not be limited to that. Profile information is not otherwise logged or stored by the Jamulus Server you are connected to, or by the Jamulus Directory, but may be stored or processed by third parties." +#~ msgstr "当您连接到服务器时，您的个人资料也可能会从该服务器注册到的目录中提供给第三方。这可以用于提供有关公共 Jamulus 网络状态的信息(例如，[此处](https://explorer.jamulus.io/))，但可能不限于此。配置文件信息不会由您连接到的 Jamulus 服务器或 Jamulus 目录以其他方式记录或存储，但可能由第三方存储或处理。" + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "### Use of IP Addresses" +#~ msgid "Use of IP Addresses" +#~ msgstr "### IP 地址的使用" + +#~ msgid "When you connect to Server, the Server operator can see your IP address while you are connected. If the Server operator has enabled logging (which is off by default) your IP address will also be logged and stored in the Server's log file." +#~ msgstr "当您连接到服务器时，服务器操作员可以在您连接时看到您的 IP 地址。如果服务器运营商启用了日志记录(默认情况下关闭)，您的 IP 地址也将被记录并存储在服务器的日志文件中。" + +#~ msgid "The IP addresses of all Servers registered with the Directory can also be seen by third parties for informational or other purposes (for example [here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)). Your public IP address is otherwise not logged or stored by Jamulus, but may be stored or processed by third parties." +#~ msgstr "第三方也可以出于提供信息或其他目的(例如 [此处](https://explorer.jamulus.io/))查看在目录中注册的所有服务器的 IP 地址。 Jamulus 不会记录或存储您的公共 IP 地址，但可能会由第三方存储或处理。" + +#~ msgid "You will see a notice if you are connected to a Jamulus Server when Server recording is turned on. Recordings of each player are stored by the Server separately as .WAV files and only the Server operator has access to them unless they choose to make them available to third parties." +#~ msgstr "当服务器录制打开时，如果您连接到 Jamulus 服务器，您将看到一条通知。每个播放器的录音由服务器单独存储为 .WAV 文件，只有服务器运营商才能访问它们，除非他们选择将它们提供给第三方。" + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "### Text Chat" +#~ msgid "Text Chat" +#~ msgstr "### 文字聊天" + +#~ msgid "When you type a message in the Chat Window, other connected players can see that, but chats are not stored by the Server and neither the Server operator nor any third parties have access to them." +#~ msgstr "当您在聊天窗口中输入消息时，其他连接的玩家可以看到，但聊天不会由服务器存储，服务器操作员或任何第三方都无法访问它们。" + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "### Data Transmission" +#~ msgid "Data Transmission" +#~ msgstr "### 数据传输" + +#~ msgid "Please note that all audio and text data is sent and received between the Jamulus Server and Client without encryption." +#~ msgstr "请注意 Jamulus 服务器和客户端之间发送和接收的所有音频和文本数据都没有加密。" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/QOS-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/QOS-Windows.po index 8d894b30b..ef1c753d8 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/QOS-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/QOS-Windows.po @@ -3,11 +3,12 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # yangyangdaji , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-30 10:07+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: yangyangdaji \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-01 23:34+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: zh_CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -16,25 +17,25 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" "X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "zh_CN" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/QOS-Windows" msgstr "/wiki/QOS-Windows" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Quality of Service (QoS)" @@ -45,9 +46,11 @@ msgstr "服务质量 (QoS)" msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" %}" msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"更多\" %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:11 -msgid "## Use of QoS on Windows" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:10 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Use of QoS on Windows" +msgid "Use of QoS on Windows" msgstr "## 在 Windows 上使用 QoS" #. type: Plain text @@ -58,19 +61,40 @@ msgstr "Jamulus 使用服务质量 (QoS) 来减轻网络抖动延迟。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:15 msgid "If you want to explore the effect of non-default settings, see [RFC4594](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc4594) pages 16-18. Jamulus sets the DS Field byte to 128 (or 0x80) to select DSCP/CS4 in an IPv4 or IPv6 packet header. Other byte values can be set using the -Q option, e.g. -Q [0..255]. However, most people will have no need to do this." -msgstr "如果您想探索非默认设置的影响，请参阅 [RFC4594](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc4594) 第 16-18 页。 Jamulus 将 DS 字段字节设置为 128（或 0x80）以在 IPv4 或 IPv6 数据包标头中选择 DSCP/CS4。可以使用 -Q 选项设置其他字节值，例如-Q [0..255]。但是，大多数人没有必要这样做。" +msgstr "如果您想探索非默认设置的影响，请参阅 [RFC4594](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc4594) 第 16-18 页。 Jamulus 将 DS 字段字节设置为 128(或 0x80)以在 IPv4 或 IPv6 数据包标头中选择 DSCP/CS4。可以使用 -Q 选项设置其他字节值，例如-Q [0..255]。但是，大多数人没有必要这样做。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:17 msgid "Jamulus' QoS settings (including the default) are set to 0 on recent Windows and macOS because of the operating system. To use QoS on Windows, follow these instructions. Note that you may need to repeat this procedure every time Jamulus is updated." -msgstr "由于操作系统的原因，Jamulus 的 QoS 设置（包括默认设置）在最近的 Windows 和 macOS 上设置为 0。要在 Windows 上使用 QoS，请按照以下说明操作。请注意，您可能需要在每次更新 Jamulus 时重复此过程。" +msgstr "由于操作系统的原因，Jamulus 的 QoS 设置(包括默认设置)在最近的 Windows 和 macOS 上设置为 0。要在 Windows 上使用 QoS，请按照以下说明操作。请注意，您可能需要在每次更新 Jamulus 时重复此过程。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:37 -msgid "In Search box beside Start menu, Type: Local Group Policy Editor (enter)
In new window, (click) on the menu icon to display the Actions third panel
Looking at the first panel of the Local Group Policy Editor
 Local Computer Policy
  Computer Configuration
   Windows Settings
    Policy-based QoS (click)
Looking at the third panel (Actions) of the Local Group Policy Editor
 Policy-based QoS
  More Actions
   Create new Policy (click)
    Policy Name: Jamulus
    Specify DSCP value: 32
    Next
    This QoS policy applies Only to applications with name Jamulus.exe
    Next
    Next
    UDP
    Finish
" -msgstr "在 \"开始 \"菜单旁边的搜索框中，输入。本地组策略编辑器（回车）
在新窗口中，（点击）菜单图标，显示行动第三面板
看本地组策略编辑器的第一面板
 本地计算机策略
  计算机配置
  Windows设置
。    基于策略的QoS（点击）
查看本地组策略编辑器的第三个面板（行动）
 基于策略的QoS
  更多操作
   创建新政策（点击）
   政策名称。Jamulus
    指定DSCP值。32
    下一步
    此QoS策略只适用于名称为 Jamulus 的应用程序.exe
    下一步
    下一步
    UDP
    完成
" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "In Search box beside Start menu, Type: Local Group Policy Editor (enter)
In new window, (click) on the menu icon to display the Actions third panel
Looking at the first panel of the Local Group Policy Editor
 Local Computer Policy
  Computer Configuration
   Windows Settings
    Policy-based QoS (click)
Looking at the third panel (Actions) of the Local Group Policy Editor
 Policy-based QoS
  More Actions
   Create new Policy (click)
    Policy Name: Jamulus
    Specify DSCP value: 32
    Next
    This QoS policy applies Only to applications with name Jamulus.exe
    Next
    Next
    UDP
    Finish
" +msgid "" +"In Search box beside Start menu, Type: Local Group Policy Editor (enter)
\n" +"In new window, (click) on the menu icon to display the Actions third panel
\n" +"Looking at the first panel of the Local Group Policy Editor
\n" +" Local Computer Policy
\n" +"  Computer Configuration
\n" +"   Windows Settings
\n" +"    Policy-based QoS (click)
\n" +"Looking at the third panel (Actions) of the Local Group Policy Editor
\n" +" Policy-based QoS
\n" +"  More Actions
\n" +"   Create new Policy (click)
\n" +"    Policy Name: Jamulus
\n" +"    Specify DSCP value: 32
\n" +"    Next
\n" +"    This QoS policy applies Only to applications with name Jamulus.exe
\n" +"    Next
\n" +"    Next
\n" +"    UDP
\n" +"    Finish
\n" +msgstr "在 \"开始 \"菜单旁边的搜索框中，输入。本地组策略编辑器(回车)
在新窗口中，(点击)菜单图标，显示行动第三面板
看本地组策略编辑器的第一面板
 本地计算机策略
  计算机配置
  Windows设置
。    基于策略的QoS(点击)
查看本地组策略编辑器的第三个面板(行动)
 基于策略的QoS
  更多操作
   创建新政策(点击)
   政策名称。Jamulus
    指定DSCP值。32
    下一步
    此QoS策略只适用于名称为 Jamulus 的应用程序.exe
    下一步
    下一步
    UDP
    完成
" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:39 msgid "(Notice Jamulus policy in center panel may be edited)" -msgstr "（注意中央面板中的 Jamulus 政策可能会被编辑）" +msgstr "(注意中央面板中的 Jamulus 政策可能会被编辑)" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Running-a-Server.po index 300bf09f6..15067a8d8 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Running-a-Server.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Running-a-Server.po @@ -3,201 +3,302 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # yangyangdaji , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022. +# Allan Nordhøy , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-01 10:07+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: yangyangdaji \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 22:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: zh_CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "zh_CN" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Running-a-Server" msgstr "/wiki/Running-a-Server" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Running a Server" msgstr "运行服务器" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:10 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# Server Administration Manual\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:8 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "# Server Administration Manual\n" +#| " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgid "Server Administration Manual" msgstr "" "# 服务器管理手册\n" " {:.no_toc}\n" +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:10 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "{:toc}" +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" + #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:12 -msgid "
" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "
" +msgid "
\n" msgstr "
" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:14 -msgid "Table of contents" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "Table of contents" +msgid "Table of contents\n" msgstr "目录" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:16 -msgid "TOC" -msgstr "TOC" - #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:17 -msgid "{:toc}" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "{:toc}" +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" msgstr "{:toc}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:19 -msgid "
" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "
" +msgid "
\n" msgstr "
" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:22 -msgid "## Do I need to run a Server?" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:20 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Do I need to run a Server?" +msgid "Do I need to run a Server?" msgstr "## 我需要运行服务器吗？" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:24 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:23 #, no-wrap -msgid "**No**. You can use the Servers listed by the built in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server or choose a third party hosting service. If you just want an undisturbed session, use the [soloing technique described on the Tips and Tricks page](Tips-Tricks-More#have-an-undisturbed-session-on-any-server). If you decide you cannot use any of the Servers listed by the built in Directories, you may be able to use a Server (either Registered in a Custom Directory, or Unregistered - see [Server Types](#server-types)) hosted by a third party. Doing so will save you the trouble of setting one up yourself.\n" -msgstr "**不**。您可以使用内置目录列出的服务器并使用 Jamulus，而无需运行服务器或选择第三方托管服务。如果您只想要一个不受干扰的会话，请使用 [提示和技巧页面上描述的独奏技术](Tips-Tricks-More#在任何服务器上都有一个不受干扰的会话)。如果您决定不能使用内置目录列出的任何服务器，您可以使用由托管的服务器（在自定义目录中注册或未注册 - 请参阅 [服务器类型](#服务器类型) 第三方。这样做可以省去您自己设置的麻烦。\n" +msgid "**No**. You don't need to run a Server. You can use the Servers listed by the built-in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server yourself. You can also use an unlisted Server if you know its internet address. Or you can use a third party hosting service such as [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/) or [KOORD](https://koord.live/). There's probably a Server nearby that you and your friends can use at low enough latency for most needs.\n" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:26 -msgid "## Basic requirements" -msgstr "## 基本要求" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:25 +msgid "Using a public Server might introduce you to strangers. If you want an undisturbed session, you can use the soloing technique described on the [Tips and Tricks page](Tips-Tricks-More#have-an-undisturbed-session-on-any-server). You won't hear strangers who connect to the Server, but they can hear you if they wish." +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:28 -msgid "While setting up a Server isn't difficult, it's a good idea to read the following background information to avoid some problems:" -msgstr "虽然设置服务器并不困难，但最好阅读以下背景信息以避免一些问题:" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Basic requirements" +msgid "Requirements" +msgstr "## 基本要求" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:30 -msgid "### Speed and latency" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Speed and latency" +msgid "Speed and latency" msgstr "### 速度和延迟" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:32 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:33 #, no-wrap msgid "**_The capability of the Server itself (and the network it's on) is NOT the main determinant of the quality of a Jamulus session!_**\n" -msgstr "**_服务器本身的能力（以及它所在的网络）不是 Jamulus 会话质量的主要决定因素！_**\n" +msgstr "**_服务器本身的能力(以及它所在的网络)不是 Jamulus 会话质量的主要决定因素！_**\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:34 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:35 msgid "Usually, problems are on the _Client_ side and should be fixed there. Have a look at the [Troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) if needed." msgstr "通常，问题在 _Client_ 端，应该在那里解决。如果需要，请查看 [疑难解答页面](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting)。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:36 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:37 msgid "However, various problems can also arise when setting up Servers - especially when run on a low-bandwidth home connection. It's usually fine to have less than 5 players on a slower-speed home connection (eg 10 Mbit/s down and 1 Mbit/s up). You can read more about network requirements at [different quality settings here](Server-Bandwidth)." -msgstr "但是，在设置服务器时也会出现各种问题——尤其是在低带宽家庭连接上运行时。在较慢的家庭连接（例如 10 Mbit/s 下行和 1 Mbit/s 上行）上拥有少于 5 个玩家通常是可以的。您可以在 [这里的不同质量设置](Server-Bandwidth) 阅读有关网络要求的更多信息。" +msgstr "但是，在设置服务器时也会出现各种问题——尤其是在低带宽家庭连接上运行时。在较慢的家庭连接(例如 10 Mbit/s 下行和 1 Mbit/s 上行)上拥有少于 5 个玩家通常是可以的。您可以在 [这里的不同质量设置](Server-Bandwidth) 阅读有关网络要求的更多信息。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:38 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:39 msgid "Consider using a cloud host, not your home internet connection, to get better ping times if you're having problems." msgstr "如果您遇到问题，请考虑使用云主机而不是您的家庭互联网连接来获得更好的 ping 时间。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:41 -msgid "### General notes" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:40 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### General notes" +msgid "General notes" msgstr "### 一般说明" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:43 +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 msgid "Any Server should have at least 1.6GHz CPU frequency and 1GB RAM" msgstr "任何服务器都应具有至少 1.6GHz 的 CPU 频率和 1GB 的 RAM" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:44 +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 msgid "Running a Server may require you to adjust any firewalls running on or outside of your machine or cloud host." msgstr "运行服务器可能需要您调整在您的机器或云主机之上或之外运行的任何防火墙。" +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 +msgid "You must set up port forwarding on your router to run an [Unregistered Server](Unregistered-Servers) at home. This should not be necessary when running a Registered Server in most cases. However, some home networks can require port forwarding for a Registered Server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 +msgid "Jamulus offers limited IPv6 support that you can turn on for a Client or Server from the command line." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:49 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "安装" + #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:45 -msgid "Running an Unregistered Server at home will require you to [port forward](#port-forwarding) on your router. When running a Registered Server, port forwarding should not be necessary in most cases, but it's advisable to do so because some networks may not work properly with Jamulus in its default mode." -msgstr "在家里运行未注册的服务器将需要您在路由器上进行 [端口转发](#转发端口)。在运行注册服务器时，在大多数情况下不需要端口转发，但建议这样做，因为某些网络在 Jamulus 的默认模式下可能无法正常工作。" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:52 +msgid "Most people run Jamulus on a 3rd party/cloud host as a \"headless\" Server (no video display or keyboard) on **hardware without audio** running Linux. You can also run a Server in a [**desktop environment**](#servers-on-the-desktop)." +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 -msgid "Jamulus only has limited IPv6 support which needs to be enabled with a command line argument on the Client and Server. (There are plans to expand IPv6 support.)" -msgstr "Jamulus 只有有限的 IPv6 支持，需要在客户端和服务器上使用命令行参数启用。 （有计划扩展 IPv6 支持。）" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:56 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note** The following steps will result in you running an \"Unregistered\" Server. For more information, see [the Server Modes section](#server-modes) below.\n" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:48 -msgid "## Server Types" -msgstr "## 服务器类型" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:60 +msgid "To run a headless server on Linux, the following steps assume you are familiar with the command line and Debian/Ubuntu or similar distribution that uses systemd." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 +msgid "Download the setup script: `curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 +msgid "Make the script executable: `chmod +x setup_repo.sh`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 +msgid "Run the script and install the headless server: `sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus-headless`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 +msgid "Enable the headless Server process:" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:50 -msgid "You can run your Server in different ways (either at home or on a 3rd party host):" -msgstr "您可以以不同的方式运行您的服务器（在家或在第 3 方主机上）:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:67 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "`sudo systemctl stop jamulus-headless`" +msgid "\t`sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`\n" +msgstr "`sudo systemctl stop jamulus-headless`" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:69 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add your desired [command line options](Running-a-Server#command-line-options) to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file by running `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` (By default you will be running an Unregistered Server)." +msgid "Add your desired [command line options](Running-a-Server#configuration-options) to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file:" +msgstr "通过运行 `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` 将所需的 [命令行选项](Running-a-Server#命令行选项) 添加到 systemd 服务文件中的 `ExecStart` 行(默认情况下，您将正在运行未注册的服务器)。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:52 -msgid "### 1. Registered" -msgstr "### 1.已注册" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:71 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "`sudo systemctl stop jamulus-headless`" +msgid "\t`sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless`\n" +msgstr "`sudo systemctl stop jamulus-headless`" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:73 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reload the systemd files `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` and restart the headless Server: `sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless`" +msgid "Reload the systemd files and restart the headless Server:" +msgstr "重新加载 systemd 文件 `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` 并重新启动 headless 服务器:`sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:54 -msgid "Your Server will be listed in a Directory. By default, Jamulus has a list of built-in Directories that Clients can connect to. If you register with one of these, anyone can then discover and connect to your Server. You can also have your Server listed on a Custom Directory, if that better meets your needs." -msgstr "您的服务器将列在目录中。默认情况下，Jamulus 有一个客户端可以连接的内置目录列表。如果您注册其中之一，那么任何人都可以发现并连接到您的服务器。如果更符合您的需求，您还可以将您的服务器列在自定义目录中。" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:75 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "`sudo systemctl stop jamulus-headless`" +msgid "\t`sudo systemctl daemon-reload && systemctl restart jamulus-headless`\n" +msgstr "`sudo systemctl stop jamulus-headless`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:59 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"
\n" -"\t\"Diagram\n" -"
How Registered Servers work
\n" -"
\n" -msgstr "" -"
\n" -"\t\"Jamulus\n" -"
注册服务器的工作原理
\n" -"
\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:77 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "_To upgrade your Server, just repeat the steps above._" +msgid "_To amend your Server configuration, just repeat the last two steps above._" +msgstr "_要升级您的服务器，只需重复上述步骤即可。_" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:80 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Server Types" +msgid "Server Modes" +msgstr "## 服务器类型" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:61 -msgid "### 2. Unregistered" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "You can run your Server in different ways (either at home or on a 3rd party host):" +msgid "Servers can be run in one of three modes (either at home or on a 3rd party host), depending on your needs." +msgstr "您可以以不同的方式运行您的服务器(在家或在第 3 方主机上):" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:84 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### 2. Unregistered" +msgid "Unregistered mode" msgstr "### 2.未注册的" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:63 -msgid "This is the default when starting a Server for the first time. Unregistered Servers are not listed by Directories, so only musicians who know your Server's address to will be able to connect to it. This is useful because Jamulus does not let you control who can connect to a Server." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:87 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This is the default when starting a Server for the first time. Unregistered Servers are not listed by Directories, so only musicians who know your Server's address to will be able to connect to it. This is useful because Jamulus does not let you control who can connect to a Server." +msgid "This is the default when starting a Server for the first time. Unregistered Servers are not listed by Directories, so only musicians who know your Server's address can connect to it." msgstr "这是第一次启动服务器时的默认设置。未注册的服务器不在目录中列出，因此只有知道您的服务器地址的音乐家才能连接到它。这很有用，因为 Jamulus 不允许您控制谁可以连接到服务器。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:68 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:89 #, no-wrap +msgid "**For information about running an Unregistered Server [see this guide](Unregistered-Servers).**\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:93 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "
\n" +#| "\t\"Diagram\n" +#| "\t
How Unregistered Servers work
\n" +#| "
\n" msgid "" "
\n" "\t\"Diagram\n" -"\t
How Unregistered Servers work
\n" "
\n" msgstr "" "
\n" @@ -205,143 +306,193 @@ msgstr "" "\t
未注册服务器的工作原理
\n" "
\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:70 -msgid "If you are running an unregistered server behind a home internet connection, you might need to enable [port forwarding](#port-forwarding) as described below." -msgstr "如果您在家庭互联网连接后面运行未注册的服务器，您可能需要启用 [端口转发](#转发端口)，如下所述。" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:94 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "#### Running in Registered mode" +msgid "Registered mode" +msgstr "#### 在已注册模式下运行" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:72 -msgid "### 3. Directory" -msgstr "### 3. 目录" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:97 +msgid "In this mode your Server will appear in the server list supplied by a Directory. Jamulus Clients come with a list of Directories built-in. If you register your Server with one of these, anyone can discover and connect to it." +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:74 -msgid "If you want to run a number of Servers, possibly also behind a firewall or on a LAN, you may want to run your Server as a Directory. Examples include online events, music associations, sectional rehearsals or music lessons for schools." -msgstr "如果您想运行多个服务器，也可能在防火墙后面或 LAN 上，您可能希望将您的服务器作为目录运行。示例包括在线活动、音乐协会、部分排练或学校的音乐课。" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:99 +msgid "Alternatively, you can list your Server on a Custom Directory (see below). Clients will only find your Server if they enter the Custom Directory's internet address." +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:76 -msgid "To run a Directory [read this guide](Directories)" -msgstr "运行目录 [阅读本指南](Directories)" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:101 +msgid "Note that Directories can only register up to 150 Servers. If you see a message that says you cannot register your Server because the Directory is full, you can try registering with a different Directory." +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:79 -msgid "## Installation and Configuration" -msgstr "## 安装和配置" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:105 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "
\n" +#| "\t\"Diagram\n" +#| "
How Registered Servers work
\n" +#| "
\n" +msgid "" +"
\n" +"\t\"Diagram\n" +"
\n" +msgstr "" +"
\n" +"\t\"Jamulus\n" +"
注册服务器的工作原理
\n" +"
\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:81 -msgid "Most people run Jamulus as a \"pure\" Server on **hardware without audio** (e.g. on a 3rd party/cloud host) running Linux. The following steps assume you are familiar with the command line and Debian/Ubuntu or similar distribution using systemd. To run a server on Windows or on the desktop with a graphical user interface, [see this section](#servers-on-the-desktop)." -msgstr "大多数人在运行 Linux 的**没有音频的硬件**（例如，在第 3 方/云主机上）上将 Jamulus 作为“纯”服务器运行。以下步骤假设您熟悉命令行和 Debian/Ubuntu 或使用 systemd 的类似发行版。要在 Windows 或具有图形用户界面的桌面上运行服务器，[请参阅本节](#桌面上的服务器)。" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:106 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### 3. Directory" +msgid "Directory mode" +msgstr "### 3. 目录" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:83 -msgid "If you want to run a Server on a Raspberry Pi (or a different armhf/arm64 debian-based device), you will need to download the `.deb` files for 32 bit `armhf` or 64 bit `arm64`, not the default `amd64` ones you'd use on an Intel/AMD based machine." -msgstr "如果您想在 Raspberry Pi（或其他基于 armhf/arm64 debian 的设备）上运行服务器，您需要下载 32 位 `armhf` 或 64 位 `arm64` 的 `.deb` 文件，而不是您将在基于 Intel/AMD 的机器上使用的默认 `amd64`。" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:109 +msgid "If you want to run a number of Servers, possibly also behind a firewall or on a LAN, you may want to run your Server as a Directory. Examples include online events, music associations, sectional rehearsals or music lessons for schools." +msgstr "如果您想运行多个服务器，也可能在防火墙后面或 LAN 上，您可能希望将您的服务器作为目录运行。示例包括在线活动、音乐协会、部分排练或学校的音乐课。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:86 -msgid "### Installation" -msgstr "### 安装" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:111 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "To run a Directory [read this guide](Directories)" +msgid "For information, [see the Directories guide](Directories)." +msgstr "运行目录 [阅读本指南](Directories)" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:88 -msgid "Download the [latest headless (amd64) .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}) or, if you use a Raspberry Pi etc. download the [latest armhf .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}) or the [latest arm64 .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }})" -msgstr "下载 [最新的 headless (amd64).deb 文件]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}) 或者，如果您使用 Raspberry Pi 等，请下载 [最新的 armhf.deb 文件]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}) 或 [最新的 arm64.deb 文件]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }})" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:114 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Configuration" +msgid "Configuration options" +msgstr "### 配置" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:89 -msgid "Update apt to make sure you have a current list of standard packages: `sudo apt update`" -msgstr "更新 apt 以确保您拥有最新的标准软件包列表:`sudo apt update`" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:117 +msgid "Depending on your operating system and how you are running the Server, you can set Server options and make them persistent between reloads by following these steps:" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:90 -msgid "Install the Jamulus package: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}` or for RasPi etc. armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}`; arm64: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }}`" -msgstr "安装 Jamulus 软件包:`sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}` 或用于 RasPi 等 armhf:`sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}` ; arm64:`sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }}`" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:119 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**For Linux headless** (Debian/Ubuntu using systemd)\n" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:91 -msgid "Enable the headless Server process via systemd: `sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`" -msgstr "通过 systemd 启用 headless 服务器进程:`sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:121 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add your desired [command line options](Running-a-Server#command-line-options) to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file by running `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` (By default you will be running an Unregistered Server)." +msgid "Add your desired command line options to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file by running `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` (You will need to reload or restart for the changes to take effect. See [Installation](#installation))." +msgstr "通过运行 `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` 将所需的 [命令行选项](Running-a-Server#命令行选项) 添加到 systemd 服务文件中的 `ExecStart` 行(默认情况下，您将正在运行未注册的服务器)。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:92 -msgid "Add your desired [command line options](Running-a-Server#command-line-options) to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file by running `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` (By default you will be running an Unregistered Server)." -msgstr "通过运行 `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` 将所需的 [命令行选项](Running-a-Server#命令行选项) 添加到 systemd 服务文件中的 `ExecStart` 行（默认情况下，您将正在运行未注册的服务器）。" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:123 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**For the GUI** (all platforms)\n" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:93 -msgid "Reload the systemd files `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` and restart the headless Server: `sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless`" -msgstr "重新加载 systemd 文件 `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` 并重新启动 headless 服务器:`sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless`" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:125 +msgid "Any settings made using the graphical interface will be stored in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file. (Do **not** edit this file by hand!) However, some options are not available in the GUI and need to be set using the command line. For more information, see [Servers on the desktop](#servers-on-the-desktop)." +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:94 -msgid "Check all is well with `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (hit `q` to get back to the command prompt)." -msgstr "使用 `systemctl status jamulus-headless` 检查一切是否正常（点击 `q` 返回命令提示符）。" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:128 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Minimum setup to run in Registered mode" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:96 -msgid "You can control Jamulus with the `systemctl` command. For example, to stop the Server cleanly:" -msgstr "您可以使用 `systemctl` 命令控制 Jamulus。例如，干净地停止服务器:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:132 +msgid "You can run a headless Server on Linux using systemd (with `systemctl`), which is covered in other sections. You can also run a Server directly from the command line. Enter the following command to [run a Registered Server](#server-modes):" +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:98 -msgid "`sudo systemctl stop jamulus-headless`" -msgstr "`sudo systemctl stop jamulus-headless`" +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:133 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "~~~\n" +#| "jamulus --nogui --server \\\n" +#| " --directoryserver genreServer:port \\\n" +#| " --serverinfo \"yourServerName;yourCity;[country ID]\"\n" +#| "~~~\n" +msgid "" +"jamulus-headless --nogui --server \\\n" +" --directoryaddress hostname:port \\\n" +" --serverinfo \"[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code or Qt5 Locale]\"\n" +msgstr "" +"~~~\n" +"jamulus --nogui --server \\\n" +" --directoryserver genreServer:port \\\n" +" --serverinfo \"yourServerName;yourCity;[country ID]\"\n" +"~~~\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:100 -msgid "_To upgrade your Server, just repeat the steps above._" -msgstr "_要升级您的服务器，只需重复上述步骤即可。_" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:140 +msgid "See the table below for `hostname:port` values." +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:102 -msgid "### Configuration" -msgstr "### 配置" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:142 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note**: Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `[name]` and `[city]` within the `--serverinfo` argument. See the [Server mode-related options](#server-mode-related-options) for more information on the country code. \n" +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:104 -msgid "#### Running in Registered mode" -msgstr "#### 在已注册模式下运行" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:143 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server mode-related options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:145 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Recording Directory" +msgid "`-e or --directoryaddress`" +msgstr "### 录音目录" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:106 -msgid "The following minimum setup is required to [run a Registered Server](Running-a-Server#server-types):" -msgstr "[运行已注册的服务器](Running-a-Server#服务器类型)需要以下最低设置:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:148 +msgid "Required for a [Registered Server](Running-a-Server#registered-mode). Also required to run Jamulus as a [Directory](Directories)." +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:112 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"~~~\n" -"jamulus --nogui --server \\\n" -" --directoryserver genreServer:port \\\n" -" --serverinfo \"yourServerName;yourCity;[country ID]\"\n" -"~~~\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:150 ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:171 +msgid "This option takes the format:" msgstr "" -"~~~\n" -"jamulus --nogui --server \\\n" -" --directoryserver genreServer:port \\\n" -" --serverinfo \"yourServerName;yourCity;[country ID]\"\n" -"~~~\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:114 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Note**: Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `yourServerName` and `yourCity` within the `--serverinfo` argument\n" -msgstr "**注意**:在 `--serverinfo` 参数中的 `yourServerName` 和 `yourCity` 中不允许使用分号和换行符\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:152 +msgid "`--directoryaddress hostname:port` where `hostname` is the Genre Directory host name and `port` is its port number." +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:116 -msgid "To register with one of the Directories built into the Jamulus Client, replace `genreServer:port` in the example above with one of the following options:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:154 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "To register with one of the Directories built into the Jamulus Client, replace `genreServer:port` in the example above with one of the following options:" +msgid "To register with one of the Directories built into the Jamulus Client, replace `hostname:port` with one of the following options:" msgstr "要注册到 Jamulus 客户端内置的目录之一，请将上面示例中的 `genreServer:port` 替换为以下选项之一:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:127 -#, no-wrap +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:164 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "| Genre | Server Address |\n" +#| "|-----------|------------------|\n" +#| "|**Any Genre 1** |`anygenre1.jamulus.io:22124`|\n" +#| "|**Any Genre 2** |`anygenre2.jamulus.io:22224`|\n" +#| "|**Any Genre 3** |`anygenre3.jamulus.io:22624`|\n" +#| "|**Genre Rock** |`rock.jamulus.io:22424`|\n" +#| "|**Genre Jazz** |`jazz.jamulus.io:22324`|\n" +#| "|**Genre Classical/Folk** |`classical.jamulus.io:22524`|\n" +#| "|**Genre Choral/Barbershop** |`choral.jamulus.io:22724`|\n" msgid "" -"| Genre | Server Address |\n" +"| Genre | `hostname:port` |\n" "|-----------|------------------|\n" "|**Any Genre 1** |`anygenre1.jamulus.io:22124`|\n" "|**Any Genre 2** |`anygenre2.jamulus.io:22224`|\n" @@ -361,474 +512,828 @@ msgstr "" "|**类古典/民谣** |`classical.jamulus.io:22524`|\n" "|**类合唱/理发店** |`choral.jamulus.io:22724`|\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:129 -msgid "You can also specify a [Directory](#3-directory) in the same way from the command line, providing the Server Address in the same format." -msgstr "你也可以在命令行中以同样的方式指定一个[目录](#3-目录)，提供相同格式的服务器地址。" +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:166 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-o or --serverinfo`" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:131 -msgid "#### Running as a Directory" -msgstr "#### 作为目录运行" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:169 +msgid "When registering your Server with a Directory, this lets you supply a Server name and location details so that users can then search for these values from their Client." +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:133 -msgid "If you wish to run a [Directory](Running-a-Server#3-directory) please see [this guide](Directories)." -msgstr "如果您想运行 [目录](Running-a-Server#3-目录)，请参阅 [指南](Directories)。" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:173 +msgid "`[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code]`" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:135 -msgid "### Maintenance" -msgstr "### 维护" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:175 +msgid "See [two-letter ISO country codes](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements)" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:137 -msgid "#### Viewing The Logs" -msgstr "#### 查看日志" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:177 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "**Note**: Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `yourServerName` and `yourCity` within the `--serverinfo` argument\n" +msgid "**Note:** Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `name` and `city` values.\n" +msgstr "**注意**:在 `--serverinfo` 参数中的 `yourServerName` 和 `yourCity` 中不允许使用分号和换行符\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:139 -msgid "Jamulus will log to the system log file if you left the `StandardOutput=journal` setting in the unit file." -msgstr "如果您将 `StandardOutput=journal` 设置留在单元文件中，Jamulus 将记录到系统日志文件。" +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:178 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-L or --licence`" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:141 -msgid "To view the log, use `journalctl` (to exit press Ctrl-C). For example, to read the system log file, filtered for the Jamulus service:" -msgstr "要查看日志，请使用 `journalctl`（退出按 Ctrl-C）。例如，读取系统日志文件，为 Jamulus 服务过滤:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:180 +msgid "Show an agreement window before users can connect. The text of the agreement to be shown should be supplied as the `--welcomemessage` (see below)." +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:143 -msgid "`journalctl -f -u jamulus-headless`" -msgstr "`journalctl -f -u jamulus-headless`" +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:181 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-w or --welcomemessage`" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:145 -msgid "#### Controlling Recording" -msgstr "#### 控制录音" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:185 +msgid "A \"welcome message\" to display in the Client chat window on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML. When a path is used, the file must be accessible by the user account running Jamulus. (On most Linux installations, user `jamulus` is used by default.) If not accessible, the literal path (rather than its contents) will appear." +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:147 -msgid "When using the recording function with the `-R` command line option, if the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new Directory. SIGUSR2 will recording enabled on/off." -msgstr "当使用带有`-R`命令行选项的录制功能时，如果服务器在录制过程中收到 SIGUSR1 信号，它将在新目录中开始新的录制。 SIGUSR2 将开启/关闭录制功能。" +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:186 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`--serverpublicip`" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:149 -msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." -msgstr "要使用 systemd 发送这些信号，请在 `/etc/systemd/system` 中创建以下两个 `.service` 文件，将它们命名为适当的名称（例如 `jamulusTogglerec.service`）。" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:188 +msgid "The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:189 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`--directoryfile`" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:151 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:191 +msgid "_Directories only:_ Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:192 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home Directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file (be aware that doing so is however a potential security risk).\n" -msgstr "**注意**: 您需要将记录保存到 jamulus 主目录的 _outside_ 路径，或从 systemd 单元文件中删除 `ProtectHome=true`（但请注意，这样做存在潜在的安全风险）。\n" +msgid "`-f or --listfilter`" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:153 -msgid "For turning recording on or off (depending on the current state):" -msgstr "打开或关闭录制（取决于当前状态）:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:194 +msgid "_Directories only:_ Specify which Servers can register on the Directory Server. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:197 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### General notes" +msgid "General Server options" +msgstr "### 一般说明" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:158 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:199 +msgid "These options can be used regardless of which mode your Server is running in (although some may not be relevant for Directories)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:200 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"~~~\n" -" [Unit]\n" -" Description=Toggle recording state of Jamulus Server\n" -" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +msgid "`-d or --discononquit`" msgstr "" -"~~~\n" -" [Unit]\n" -" Description=Toggle recording state of Jamulus Server\n" -" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:163 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:202 +msgid "Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not pressed their **Disconnect** buttons will automatically re-establish the connection when the Server returns. This option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server in this scenario." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:203 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -" [Service]\n" -" Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" -"~~~\n" +msgid "`-F or --fastupdate`" msgstr "" -" [Service]\n" -" Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" -"~~~\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:165 -msgid "For starting a new recording:" -msgstr "开始新的录音:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:205 +msgid "Reduces latency if Clients connect with the **Small Network Buffers** option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients." +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:170 +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:206 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"~~~\n" -" [Unit]\n" -" Description=Start a new recording on Jamulus Server\n" -" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +msgid "`-l or --log`" msgstr "" -"~~~\n" -" [Unit]\n" -" Description=Start a new recording on Jamulus Server\n" -" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:175 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:208 +msgid "Enable logging, set path and file name" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:209 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -" [Service]\n" -" Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" -"~~~\n" +msgid "`-m or --htmlstatus`" msgstr "" -" [Service]\n" -" Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" -"~~~\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:177 -msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name you created when setting systemd to control your Jamulus Server. So in this example it would be `Jamulus-Server.service`_" -msgstr "_注意:`ExecStart` 行中的 Jamulus 服务名称需要与您在设置 systemd 以控制您的 Jamulus 服务器时创建的 `.service` 文件名相同。所以在这个例子中它将是`Jamulus-Server.service`_" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:211 +msgid "Enable HTML status file, set path and file name" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:179 -msgid "Run `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` to register them for first use." -msgstr "运行 `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` 以注册它们以供首次使用。" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:181 -msgid "Now you can run these with the `systemctl` command, for example:" -msgstr "现在您可以使用 `systemctl` 命令运行这些命令，例如:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:213 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** This feature is deprecated, and may disappear in a future release.\n" +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:183 -msgid "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec` (assuming you named your unit file `jamulusTogglerec.service`)" -msgstr "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec` (假设你将你的单元文件命名为`jamulusTogglerec.service`)" +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:214 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-P or --delaypan`" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:185 -msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus`, or by viewing the logs." -msgstr "如果您运行 `systemctl status jamulus`，或者通过查看日志，您可以看到这些命令的结果。" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:216 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This option uses small differences in sound arrival time between the two ears. It produces a stereo effect similar to natural human hearing when compared to normal \"volume\" panning." +msgid "Start with delay panning enabled. This option uses small differences in sound arrival time between the two ears. It produces a stereo effect similar to natural human hearing when compared to normal “volume” panning." +msgstr "此选项使用两只耳朵之间声音到达时间的微小差异。与正常的“音量”平移相比，它产生类似于自然人类听觉的立体声效果。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:188 -msgid "## Servers on the desktop" -msgstr "## 桌面上的服务器" +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:217 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-s` or `--server`" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:190 -msgid "Jamulus can be run in Server mode from the desktop. This gives you a graphical user interface to control most of the settings." -msgstr "Jamulus 可以从桌面以服务器模式运行。这为您提供了一个图形用户界面来控制大多数设置。" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:219 +msgid "Start Jamulus in Server mode" +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:192 +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:220 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Windows users** - Use the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in the Windows Start menu.\n" -msgstr "**Windows 用户** - 使用 Windows 开始菜单中的“Jamulus Server”图标。\n" +msgid "`--serverbindip`" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:193 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications (assuming you put the files from the install there as per [these instructions](Installation-for-Macintosh)).\n" -msgstr "**macOS 用户** - 双击应用程序中的 “Jamulus Server” 图标（假设您按照 [这些说明]（Macintosh 安装）将安装中的文件放在那里）。\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:222 +msgid "Specify the IP address the Jamulus process will bind to." +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:194 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:224 +msgid "Normally, Jamulus will listen on all IP addresses on the host machine. Where the host has multiple network addresses, this option allows one of the addresses to be chosen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:225 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Linux users** - Launch the \"Jamulus Server\" shortcut. Or you can open a terminal window (`CTRL+ALT+t` on Debian and related distros), type `jamulus -s` and hit return.\n" -msgstr "**Linux 用户** - 启动“Jamulus 服务器”快捷方式。或者你可以打开一个终端窗口（Debian 和相关发行版上的`CTRL+ALT+t`），输入`jamulus -s` 然后回车。\n" +msgid "`-T or --multithreading`" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:197 -msgid "## Server Setup" -msgstr "## 服务器设置" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:227 +msgid "Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs. This setting may help the Server support more Clients. See also `--numchannels`" +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:199 -msgid "
\"Image
" -msgstr "
\"Jamulus
" +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:228 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-u or --numchannels`" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:201 -msgid "### The Directory list" -msgstr "### 目录列表" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:230 +msgid "Maximum number of channels (Clients)" +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:203 +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:231 #, no-wrap -msgid "**None**: By default, you will not be connected to a Directory and will be running in unregistered mode. [Read these instructions](#running-an-unregistered-server) to have other people connect to your Server in this mode.\n" -msgstr "**无**:默认情况下，您不会连接到目录，而是在未注册模式下运行。 [阅读这些说明](#运行未注册的服务器) 让其他人以这种模式连接到您的服务器。\n" +msgid "`-z or --startminimized`" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:205 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Genre**: To allow other people to see your Server on one of the Directories built into the Client, select your desired genre Directory. You should see a confirmation message saying whether your Server has registered successfully. If not, and you leave your Server running, it will keep trying to register until a free slot becomes available.\n" -msgstr "**流派**:要允许其他人在客户端内置的目录之一上看到您的服务器，请选择所需的流派目录。您应该会看到一条确认消息，说明您的服务器是否已成功注册。如果没有，并且您让服务器保持运行状态，它将继续尝试注册，直到有空闲插槽可用。\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:233 +msgid "Start the Jamulus Server graphical user interface in the minimized window state." +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:207 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Custom**: This allows you to specify a custom directory on which to be listed. See the \"Options\" tab for the Custom Directory address you want to use.\n" -msgstr "**自定义**:这允许您指定要在其上列出的自定义目录。请参阅您要使用的自定义目录地址的“选项”选项卡。\n" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:234 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Options" +msgid "Other options" +msgstr "## 选项" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:209 -msgid "To run your Server _as_ a Directory, you need to set the Custom Directory address as `localhost` or `127.0.0.1` and set the \"Genre\" to \"Custom\". [Read this guide](Directories) for further details." -msgstr "要运行您的服务器 _as_ 目录，您需要将自定义目录地址设置为 `localhost` 或 `127.0.0.1` 并将“流派”设置为“自定义”。 [阅读本指南]（目录）了解更多详情。" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:237 +msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" +msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:211 -msgid "### My Server Info" -msgstr "### 我的服务器信息" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Controlling the Server via API" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:213 -msgid "When running as a Registered Server this displays the Server's name, city and country so that other users can easily identify it in the Directory listing." -msgstr "当作为注册服务器运行时，它会显示服务器的名称、地区和国家，以便其他用户可以在目录列表中轻松识别它。" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241 +msgid "Jamulus can be controlled via an experimental API which is subject to changes. You can find the [JSON-RPC API documented in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md). JSON-RPC allows you to control some features like changing the welcome message or starting recordings in headless mode from authenticated external applications. It works while the server is running." +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:215 -msgid "### Chat Welcome Message" -msgstr "### 聊天欢迎留言" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:244 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Recording Directory" +msgid "Recording" +msgstr "### 录音目录" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:217 -msgid "The text entered here appears to all users when they join the Server (the chat window will open automatically for them). HTML is also supported." -msgstr "当所有用户加入服务器时，此处输入的文本会显示给所有用户（聊天窗口将自动为他们打开）。还支持 HTML。" +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Recording Directory" +msgid "`-R or --recording`" +msgstr "### 录音目录" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:219 -msgid "## Options" -msgstr "## 选项" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:248 +msgid "Set Server recording directory. By default, the Server will record when a session is active." +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:221 -msgid "
\"Image
" -msgstr "
\"Jamulus
" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:250 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home Directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file (be aware that doing so is however a potential security risk).\n" +msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file, but be aware that doing could be a security risk.\n" +msgstr "**注意**: 您需要将记录保存到 jamulus 主目录的 _outside_ 路径，或从 systemd 单元文件中删除 `ProtectHome=true`(但请注意，这样做存在潜在的安全风险)。\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:223 -msgid "### Recording Directory" -msgstr "### 录音目录" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:252 +msgid "Recordings are per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` format and [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open the respective files to listen to them in those applications." +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:225 -msgid "This sets the path to where the Server's recordings will be stored. With this path set, the \"Enable Jam Recorder\" function in the Server Setup tab will make recording start once the first person connects to the Server, and stops when the last person leaves. Use the \"New Recording\" button to create a new sub-directory in which the recordings will be stored from then on. Note that Recordings are per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` format and [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open the respective files to listen to them in those applications." -msgstr "这设置了服务器的录音将被存储的路径。有了这个路径设置，服务器设置选项卡中的 \"启用乐队录音机 \"功能将使录音在第一个人连接到服务器时开始，并在最后一个人离开时停止。使用 \"新建录音 \"按钮，创建一个新的子目录，从那时起，录音将被存储在该目录中。请注意，录音是以[Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/)`.lof`格式和[REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER)`.rpp`格式的每一轨。打开相应的文件，在这些应用程序中聆听它们。" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "**Note**: When your Server is recording, Clients will display a message that recording is on.\n" +msgid "**Note:** When your Server is recording, Clients display a red banner message that the session is being recorded.\n" +msgstr "**注意**:当您的服务器正在录制时，客户端会显示一条消息，表明正在录制。\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:227 +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:255 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Note**: When your Server is recording, Clients will display a message that recording is on.\n" -msgstr "**注意**:当您的服务器正在录制时，客户端会显示一条消息，表明正在录制。\n" +msgid "`--norecord`" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:229 -msgid "### Custom Directory Address" -msgstr "### 自定义目录地址" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:257 +msgid "Set server not to record by default when recording is configured." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:259 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "#### Controlling Recording" +msgid "Controlling Recording" +msgstr "#### 控制录音" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:231 -msgid "Leave this field empty unless you need to list your Server on a [Custom Directory](#3-directory) or run a Directory." -msgstr "将此字段留空，除非您需要在 [自定义目录](#3-目录) 上列出您的服务器或运行目录。" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262 +msgid "Recording starts once the first person connects to the Server, and stops when the last person leaves." +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:233 -msgid "### Server List Filename" -msgstr "### 服务器列表文件名" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:264 +msgid "If the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording on/off. If [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) is enabled, you will also be able to manage the server in a way comparable to the GUI. Please see the (experimental) [JSON-RPC documentation on the recorder](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording)." +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:235 -msgid "Leave this field empty unless you need to run your Server as a [Directory](#3-directory). When in use, this holds the list of registered Servers whilst restarting the Directory. This prevents the server list appearing \"empty\" until the Servers re-register." -msgstr "将此字段留空，除非您需要将服务器作为 [Directory](#3-目录)运行。使用时，它会在重新启动目录时保存已注册服务器的列表。这可以防止服务器列表在服务器重新注册之前显示为“空”。" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:267 +msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." +msgstr "要使用 systemd 发送这些信号，请在 `/etc/systemd/system` 中创建以下两个 `.service` 文件，将它们命名为适当的名称(例如 `jamulusTogglerec.service`)。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:237 -msgid "### Delay panning" -msgstr "### 延迟平移" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "For turning recording on or off (depending on the current state):" +msgid "To turn recording on or off (depending on the current state):" +msgstr "打开或关闭录制(取决于当前状态):" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:270 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "~~~\n" +#| " [Unit]\n" +#| " Description=Toggle recording state of Jamulus Server\n" +#| " Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +msgid "" +" [Unit]\n" +" Description=Toggle recording state of Jamulus Server\n" +" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +"\n" +" [Service]\n" +" Type=oneshot\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" +msgstr "" +"~~~\n" +" [Unit]\n" +" Description=Toggle recording state of Jamulus Server\n" +" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:239 -msgid "This option uses small differences in sound arrival time between the two ears. It produces a stereo effect similar to natural human hearing when compared to normal \"volume\" panning." -msgstr "此选项使用两只耳朵之间声音到达时间的微小差异。与正常的“音量”平移相比，它产生类似于自然人类听觉的立体声效果。" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:281 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "For starting a new recording:" +msgid "To start a new recording:" +msgstr "开始新的录音:" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:282 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "~~~\n" +#| " [Unit]\n" +#| " Description=Start a new recording on Jamulus Server\n" +#| " Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +msgid "" +" [Unit]\n" +" Description=Start a new recording on Jamulus Server\n" +" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +"\n" +" [Service]\n" +" Type=oneshot\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" +msgstr "" +"~~~\n" +" [Unit]\n" +" Description=Start a new recording on Jamulus Server\n" +" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241 -msgid "### Start Minimised" -msgstr "### 开始最小化" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:293 +msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name you created when setting systemd to control your Jamulus Server. So in this example it would be `Jamulus-Server.service`_" +msgstr "_注意:`ExecStart` 行中的 Jamulus 服务名称需要与您在设置 systemd 以控制您的 Jamulus 服务器时创建的 `.service` 文件名相同。所以在这个例子中它将是`Jamulus-Server.service`_" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:243 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Windows users** - If you want the Server to start automatically on system start, enable the corresponding check box.\n" -msgstr "**Windows 用户** - 如果希望服务器在系统启动时自动启动，请启用相应的复选框。\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:295 +msgid "Run `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` to register them for first use." +msgstr "运行 `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` 以注册它们以供首次使用。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:245 -msgid "### Server status icon" -msgstr "### 服务器状态图标" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:297 +msgid "Now you can run these with the `systemctl` command, for example:" +msgstr "现在您可以使用 `systemctl` 命令运行这些命令，例如:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:247 -msgid "When the Server is running, the operating system will show an icon in the system tray or status area to represent whether the Server is active:" -msgstr "当服务器运行时，操作系统会在系统托盘或状态区显示一个图标来表示服务器是否处于活动状态:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:299 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`sudo systemctl stop jamulus-headless`" +msgid "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`" +msgstr "`sudo systemctl stop jamulus-headless`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:249 -msgid "
\"Image
The Server is empty" -msgstr "
\"Jamulus
服务器为空" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:301 +msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus`, or by viewing the logs." +msgstr "如果您运行 `systemctl status jamulus`，或者通过查看日志，您可以看到这些命令的结果。" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:304 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Backing up the Server" +msgid "Adding metadata to the Server" +msgstr "## 备份服务器" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:251 -msgid "
\"Image
The Server is occupied" -msgstr "
\"Jamulus
服务器被占用" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:307 +msgid "You can add metadata to the welcome message of a Server to add additional, hidden information like contact information or policy requests for bots (this is comparable to [robots.txt](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robots.txt)). See the [Community Knowledge Base entry about metadata](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html) for more information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:310 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Servers on the desktop" +msgid "Servers on the desktop" +msgstr "## 桌面上的服务器" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:253 -msgid "## Command line options" -msgstr "## 命令行选项" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:313 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Jamulus can be run in Server mode from the desktop. This gives you a graphical user interface to control most of the settings." +msgid "Jamulus can run in Server mode in the graphical environment of a computer. This gives you a graphical user interface to control most of the settings. To do this, first [install Jamulus for your platform](Getting-Started), then do one of the following:" +msgstr "Jamulus 可以从桌面以服务器模式运行。这为您提供了一个图形用户界面来控制大多数设置。" + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:315 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "**Windows users** - If you want the Server to start automatically on system start, enable the corresponding check box.\n" +msgid "**Windows users** - Use the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in the Windows Start menu. If you want the Server to start automatically when you start Windows, check the box for this option." +msgstr "**Windows 用户** - 如果希望服务器在系统启动时自动启动，请启用相应的复选框。\n" + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:317 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "**Windows users** - Use the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in the Windows Start menu.\n" +msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications." +msgstr "**Windows 用户** - 使用 Windows 开始菜单中的“Jamulus Server”图标。\n" + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:319 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "**Linux users** - Launch the \"Jamulus Server\" shortcut. Or you can open a terminal window (`CTRL+ALT+t` on Debian and related distros), type `jamulus -s` and hit return.\n" +msgid "**Linux users** - Launch the \"Jamulus Server\" shortcut. Or you can open a terminal window (`CTRL+ALT+t` on Debian and related distros), type `jamulus -s` and hit return." +msgstr "**Linux 用户** - 启动“Jamulus 服务器”快捷方式。或者你可以打开一个终端窗口(Debian 和相关发行版上的`CTRL+ALT+t`)，输入`jamulus -s` 然后回车。\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:255 -msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:321 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." +msgid "While most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, others can only be set using options given in a terminal window when the Server is launched. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." msgstr "Jamulus 中最常见的功能可以使用 GUI 设置，但这些和其他功能也可以使用终端窗口中给出的选项进行设置。具体如何执行此操作将取决于您的操作系统。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:257 -msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:323 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:" +msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose **Properties** > **Target**. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" msgstr "例如在 Windows 上，要使用特定的设置文件，请右键单击 Jamulus 快捷方式并选择“属性”>“目标”。将必要的参数添加到 Jamulus.exe:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:261 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"```shell\n" -" \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100\n" -"```\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:325 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "```shell\n" +#| " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100\n" +#| "```\n" +msgid " `\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" msgstr "" "```shell\n" " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100\n" "```\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:263 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:327 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" msgstr "对于 macOS，启动终端窗口并使用所需的选项运行 Jamulus，如下所示:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:267 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"```shell\n" -" /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100\n" -"```\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:329 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "```shell\n" +#| " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100\n" +#| "```\n" +msgid " `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" msgstr "" "```shell\n" " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100\n" "```\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Note**: Command line options will set the Server's defaults at startup. You can override them with their corresponding GUI controls while the Server is running.\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "**Note**: Command line options will set the Server's defaults at startup. You can override them with their corresponding GUI controls while the Server is running.\n" +msgid "**Note** Command line options will set the Server’s defaults at startup. You can override them while the Server is running using their corresponding GUI controls.\n" msgstr "**注意**:命令行选项将在启动时设置服务器的默认值。您可以在服务器运行时使用相应的 GUI 控件覆盖它们。\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:271 -msgid "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" -msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:332 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Server status icon" +msgid "The Server status icon" +msgstr "### 服务器状态图标" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:273 -msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" -msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:335 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "When the Server is running, the operating system will show an icon in the system tray or status area to represent whether the Server is active:" +msgid "When a Server is running in GUI mode, the operating system will show an icon in the system tray or status area that indicates whether the Server has connections:" +msgstr "当服务器运行时，操作系统会在系统托盘或状态区显示一个图标来表示服务器是否处于活动状态:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:276 -msgid "## Running an Unregistered Server" -msgstr "## 运行未注册的服务器" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:337 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "
\"Image
The Server is empty" +msgid "
\"Image
The Server is empty\n" +msgstr "
\"Jamulus
服务器为空" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:278 -msgid "It is highly recommended to test your Server by registering it on one of the built-in Directories **first** so as to narrow down any subsequent problems in unregistered mode." -msgstr "强烈建议您**首先**在内置目录之一上注册您的服务器来测试您的服务器，以缩小未注册模式下的任何后续问题。" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:339 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "
\"Image
The Server is occupied" +msgid "
\"Image
The Server is occupied\n" +msgstr "
\"Jamulus
服务器被占用" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:280 -msgid "### Setting up a Server behind a home router" -msgstr "### 在家庭路由器后面设置服务器" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:342 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Backing up the Server" +msgid "Backing up the Server" +msgstr "## 备份服务器" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:282 -msgid "If you set up your server at home, you will probably need to change some settings in your router/firewall:" -msgstr "如果您在家中设置服务器，您可能需要更改路由器/防火墙中的一些设置:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:345 +msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" +msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:284 -msgid "#### Port forwarding" -msgstr "#### 转发端口" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:347 +msgid "Headless Servers do not use `.ini` files. All configuration is given as command line options. If you are running a Server in GUI mode, after reading any command line options on start, it will store its configuration in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file." +msgstr "" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:286 -msgid "People from outside your home network will not be able to see things inside it. To let external Jamulus clients connect to your server, you need to set up port forwarding in your Router's settings. The exact setup differs for every router. For help see your Router's documentation or [portforward.com](https://portforward.com)." -msgstr "来自家庭网络外部的人将无法看到其中的内容。要让外部 Jamulus 客户端连接到您的服务器，您需要在路由器的设置中设置端口转发。每个路由器的确切设置都不同。如需帮助，请参阅路由器的文档或 [portforward.com](https://portforward.com)。" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "故障排除" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:288 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:350 +msgid "If you are having other problems, [see this guide](Server-Troubleshooting)." +msgstr "如果您遇到其他问题，[请参阅本指南](Server-Troubleshooting)。" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Download the [latest headless (amd64) .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}) or, if you use a Raspberry Pi etc. download the [latest armhf .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}) or the [latest arm64 .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }})" +#~ msgid "If you want to run a Server on a **Raspberry Pi** (or a different armhf/arm64 Debian-based computer), you will need to download the [latest armhf .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}) or [latest arm64 .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }}) depending on your CPU - not the default `amd64` ones for use on Intel/AMD machines." +#~ msgstr "下载 [最新的 headless (amd64).deb 文件]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}) 或者，如果您使用 Raspberry Pi 等，请下载 [最新的 armhf.deb 文件]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}) 或 [最新的 arm64.deb 文件]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }})" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Update apt to make sure you have a current list of standard packages: `sudo apt update`" +#~ msgid "Make sure you have a current list of standard packages: `sudo apt update`" +#~ msgstr "更新 apt 以确保您拥有最新的标准软件包列表:`sudo apt update`" + +#~ msgid "_To upgrade your Server, just repeat the steps above._" +#~ msgstr "_要升级您的服务器，只需重复上述步骤即可。_" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "When using the recording function with the `-R` command line option, if the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new Directory. SIGUSR2 will recording enabled on/off." +#~ msgid "If the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording on/off." +#~ msgstr "当使用带有`-R`命令行选项的录制功能时，如果服务器在录制过程中收到 SIGUSR1 信号，它将在新目录中开始新的录制。 SIGUSR2 将开启/关闭录制功能。" + #, no-wrap -msgid "**Note:** The default port for the current version of Jamulus is **UDP** (not TCP) port **22124**. You will usually forward the port **22124** from outside your network to the port **22124** of the machine running the Server.\n" -msgstr "**注意:** Jamulus 当前版本的默认端口是 **UDP**（不是 TCP）端口 **22124**。您通常会将端口 **22124** 从网络外部转发到运行服务器的机器的端口 **22124**。\n" +#~ msgid "**No**. You can use the Servers listed by the built in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server or choose a third party hosting service. If you just want an undisturbed session, use the [soloing technique described on the Tips and Tricks page](Tips-Tricks-More#have-an-undisturbed-session-on-any-server). If you decide you cannot use any of the Servers listed by the built in Directories, you may be able to use a Server (either Registered in a Custom Directory, or Unregistered - see [Server Types](#server-types)) hosted by a third party. Doing so will save you the trouble of setting one up yourself.\n" +#~ msgstr "**不**。您可以使用内置目录列出的服务器并使用 Jamulus，而无需运行服务器或选择第三方托管服务。如果您只想要一个不受干扰的会话，请使用 [提示和技巧页面上描述的独奏技术](Tips-Tricks-More#在任何服务器上都有一个不受干扰的会话)。如果您决定不能使用内置目录列出的任何服务器，您可以使用由托管的服务器(在自定义目录中注册或未注册 - 请参阅 [服务器类型](#服务器类型) 第三方。这样做可以省去您自己设置的麻烦。\n" + +#~ msgid "While setting up a Server isn't difficult, it's a good idea to read the following background information to avoid some problems:" +#~ msgstr "虽然设置服务器并不困难，但最好阅读以下背景信息以避免一些问题:" + +#~ msgid "Running an Unregistered Server at home will require you to [port forward](#port-forwarding) on your router. When running a Registered Server, port forwarding should not be necessary in most cases, but it's advisable to do so because some networks may not work properly with Jamulus in its default mode." +#~ msgstr "在家里运行未注册的服务器将需要您在路由器上进行 [端口转发](#转发端口)。在运行注册服务器时，在大多数情况下不需要端口转发，但建议这样做，因为某些网络在 Jamulus 的默认模式下可能无法正常工作。" + +#~ msgid "Jamulus only has limited IPv6 support which needs to be enabled with a command line argument on the Client and Server. (There are plans to expand IPv6 support.)" +#~ msgstr "Jamulus 只有有限的 IPv6 支持，需要在客户端和服务器上使用命令行参数启用。 (有计划扩展 IPv6 支持。)" + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "### 1. Registered" +#~ msgid "1. Registered" +#~ msgstr "### 1.已注册" + +#~ msgid "Your Server will be listed in a Directory. By default, Jamulus has a list of built-in Directories that Clients can connect to. If you register with one of these, anyone can then discover and connect to your Server. You can also have your Server listed on a Custom Directory, if that better meets your needs." +#~ msgstr "您的服务器将列在目录中。默认情况下，Jamulus 有一个客户端可以连接的内置目录列表。如果您注册其中之一，那么任何人都可以发现并连接到您的服务器。如果更符合您的需求，您还可以将您的服务器列在自定义目录中。" + +#~ msgid "If you are running an unregistered server behind a home internet connection, you might need to enable [port forwarding](#port-forwarding) as described below." +#~ msgstr "如果您在家庭互联网连接后面运行未注册的服务器，您可能需要启用 [端口转发](#转发端口)，如下所述。" + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "## Installation and Configuration" +#~ msgid "Installation and Configuration" +#~ msgstr "## 安装和配置" + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "Most people run Jamulus as a \"pure\" Server on **hardware without audio** (e.g. on a 3rd party/cloud host) running Linux. The following steps assume you are familiar with the command line and Debian/Ubuntu or similar distribution using systemd. To run a server on Windows or on the desktop with a graphical user interface, [see this section](#servers-on-the-desktop)." +#~ msgid "Most people run Jamulus as a \"pure\" Server on **hardware without audio** (e.g. on a 3rd party/cloud host) running Linux. The following steps assume you are familiar with the command line and Debian/Ubuntu or similar distribution using systemd. To run a server on Windows or on the desktop with a graphical user interface, [see this section](#servers-on-the-desktop). \n" +#~ msgstr "大多数人在运行 Linux 的**没有音频的硬件**(例如，在第 3 方/云主机上)上将 Jamulus 作为“纯”服务器运行。以下步骤假设您熟悉命令行和 Debian/Ubuntu 或使用 systemd 的类似发行版。要在 Windows 或具有图形用户界面的桌面上运行服务器，[请参阅本节](#桌面上的服务器)。" + +#~ msgid "If you want to run a Server on a Raspberry Pi (or a different armhf/arm64 debian-based device), you will need to download the `.deb` files for 32 bit `armhf` or 64 bit `arm64`, not the default `amd64` ones you'd use on an Intel/AMD based machine." +#~ msgstr "如果您想在 Raspberry Pi(或其他基于 armhf/arm64 debian 的设备)上运行服务器，您需要下载 32 位 `armhf` 或 64 位 `arm64` 的 `.deb` 文件，而不是您将在基于 Intel/AMD 的机器上使用的默认 `amd64`。" + +#~ msgid "Install the Jamulus package: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}` or for RasPi etc. armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}`; arm64: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }}`" +#~ msgstr "安装 Jamulus 软件包:`sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}` 或用于 RasPi 等 armhf:`sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}` ; arm64:`sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }}`" + +#~ msgid "Enable the headless Server process via systemd: `sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`" +#~ msgstr "通过 systemd 启用 headless 服务器进程:`sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`" + +#~ msgid "Check all is well with `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (hit `q` to get back to the command prompt)." +#~ msgstr "使用 `systemctl status jamulus-headless` 检查一切是否正常(点击 `q` 返回命令提示符)。" + +#~ msgid "You can control Jamulus with the `systemctl` command. For example, to stop the Server cleanly:" +#~ msgstr "您可以使用 `systemctl` 命令控制 Jamulus。例如，干净地停止服务器:" + +#~ msgid "The following minimum setup is required to [run a Registered Server](Running-a-Server#server-types):" +#~ msgstr "[运行已注册的服务器](Running-a-Server#服务器类型)需要以下最低设置:" + +#~ msgid "You can also specify a [Directory](#3-directory) in the same way from the command line, providing the Server Address in the same format." +#~ msgstr "你也可以在命令行中以同样的方式指定一个[目录](#3-目录)，提供相同格式的服务器地址。" + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "#### Running as a Directory" +#~ msgid "Running as a Directory" +#~ msgstr "#### 作为目录运行" + +#~ msgid "If you wish to run a [Directory](Running-a-Server#3-directory) please see [this guide](Directories)." +#~ msgstr "如果您想运行 [目录](Running-a-Server#3-目录)，请参阅 [指南](Directories)。" + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "### Maintenance" +#~ msgid "Maintenance" +#~ msgstr "### 维护" + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "#### Viewing The Logs" +#~ msgid "Viewing The Logs" +#~ msgstr "#### 查看日志" + +#~ msgid "Jamulus will log to the system log file if you left the `StandardOutput=journal` setting in the unit file." +#~ msgstr "如果您将 `StandardOutput=journal` 设置留在单元文件中，Jamulus 将记录到系统日志文件。" + +#~ msgid "To view the log, use `journalctl` (to exit press Ctrl-C). For example, to read the system log file, filtered for the Jamulus service:" +#~ msgstr "要查看日志，请使用 `journalctl`(退出按 Ctrl-C)。例如，读取系统日志文件，为 Jamulus 服务过滤:" + +#~ msgid "`journalctl -f -u jamulus-headless`" +#~ msgstr "`journalctl -f -u jamulus-headless`" + +#~ msgid "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec` (assuming you named your unit file `jamulusTogglerec.service`)" +#~ msgstr "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec` (假设你将你的单元文件命名为`jamulusTogglerec.service`)" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications (assuming you put the files from the install there as per [these instructions](Installation-for-Macintosh)).\n" +#~ msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications (assuming you put the files from the install there as per [these instructions](Installation-for-Macintosh))." +#~ msgstr "**macOS 用户** - 双击应用程序中的 “Jamulus Server” 图标(假设您按照 [这些说明](Macintosh 安装)将安装中的文件放在那里)。\n" + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "## Server Setup" +#~ msgid "Server Setup" +#~ msgstr "## 服务器设置" + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "
\"Image
" +#~ msgid "
\"Image
\n" +#~ msgstr "
\"Jamulus
" + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "### The Directory list" +#~ msgid "The Directory list" +#~ msgstr "### 目录列表" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:290 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Note:** Your home router may change the IP address of the machine you're running your Server on. Depending on your router, you might need to give this machine a static IP address (often under DHCP settings of your router).\n" -msgstr "**注意:** 您的家庭路由器可能会更改您运行服务器的机器的 IP 地址。根据您的路由器，您可能需要给这台机器一个静态 IP 地址（通常在路由器的 DHCP 设置下）。\n" +#~ msgid "**None**: By default, you will not be connected to a Directory and will be running in unregistered mode. [Read these instructions](#running-an-unregistered-server) to have other people connect to your Server in this mode.\n" +#~ msgstr "**无**:默认情况下，您不会连接到目录，而是在未注册模式下运行。 [阅读这些说明](#运行未注册的服务器) 让其他人以这种模式连接到您的服务器。\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:292 -msgid "#### Getting the external IP" -msgstr "#### 获取外部 IP" +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Genre**: To allow other people to see your Server on one of the Directories built into the Client, select your desired genre Directory. You should see a confirmation message saying whether your Server has registered successfully. If not, and you leave your Server running, it will keep trying to register until a free slot becomes available.\n" +#~ msgstr "**流派**:要允许其他人在客户端内置的目录之一上看到您的服务器，请选择所需的流派目录。您应该会看到一条确认消息，说明您的服务器是否已成功注册。如果没有，并且您让服务器保持运行状态，它将继续尝试注册，直到有空闲插槽可用。\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:295 -msgid "To allow others to connect to your Server from the internet, get your external (WAN) IP address e.g. by [using Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=what+is+my+ip) and give it to them. You yourself should connect using the local network (LAN) address of the machine the Server is running on. If you are running a Client on the same machine as your Server, that would be `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`." -msgstr "要允许其他人从互联网连接到您的服务器，请获取您的外部（WAN）IP地址，例如通过[使用Google]（https://www.google.com/search?q=what+is+my+ip）并将其提供给他们。 您自己应使用运行服务器的计算机的本地网络 （LAN） 地址进行连接。如果您在与服务器相同的计算机上运行客户端，则为“localhost”或“127.0.0.1”。" +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Custom**: This allows you to specify a custom directory on which to be listed. See the \"Options\" tab for the Custom Directory address you want to use.\n" +#~ msgstr "**自定义**:这允许您指定要在其上列出的自定义目录。请参阅您要使用的自定义目录地址的“选项”选项卡。\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:298 -msgid "#### Dynamic DNS and why you will probably need it" -msgstr "#### 动态 DNS 以及您可能需要它的原因" +#~ msgid "To run your Server _as_ a Directory, you need to set the Custom Directory address as `localhost` or `127.0.0.1` and set the \"Genre\" to \"Custom\". [Read this guide](Directories) for further details." +#~ msgstr "要运行您的服务器 _as_ 目录，您需要将自定义目录地址设置为 `localhost` 或 `127.0.0.1` 并将“流派”设置为“自定义”。 [阅读本指南](目录)了解更多详情。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:300 -msgid "Most domestic internet connections change their external IP address after a short period. To avoid problems with this, you might want to set up \"dynamic DNS\" to get a static (sub-)domain you can share with others. Please research how to do that for your specic set up. Your router might support some \"dynamic DNS\" providers out of the box. If this is not the case, set up a dynamic DNS client as described by the dynamic DNS provider you chose." -msgstr "大多数国内互联网连接会在短时间内更改其外部 IP 地址。为避免出现此问题，您可能需要设置“动态 DNS”以获得可以与他人共享的静态（子）域。请研究如何为您的特定设置执行此操作。您的路由器可能支持一些开箱即用的“动态 DNS”提供商。如果不是这种情况，请按照您选择的动态 DNS 提供商的说明设置动态 DNS 客户端。" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "### My Server Info" +#~ msgid "My Server Info" +#~ msgstr "### 我的服务器信息" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:302 -msgid "## Backing up the Server" -msgstr "## 备份服务器" +#~ msgid "When running as a Registered Server this displays the Server's name, city and country so that other users can easily identify it in the Directory listing." +#~ msgstr "当作为注册服务器运行时，它会显示服务器的名称、地区和国家，以便其他用户可以在目录列表中轻松识别它。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:304 -msgid "_Note that headless Servers do not use `.ini` files. All configuration is given as command line options._" -msgstr "_请注意， headless 服务器不使用 `.ini` 文件。所有配置都以命令行选项的形式给出。_" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "### Chat Welcome Message" +#~ msgid "Chat Welcome Message" +#~ msgstr "### 聊天欢迎留言" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:306 -msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" -msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" +#~ msgid "The text entered here appears to all users when they join the Server (the chat window will open automatically for them). HTML is also supported." +#~ msgstr "当所有用户加入服务器时，此处输入的文本会显示给所有用户(聊天窗口将自动为他们打开)。还支持 HTML。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:308 -msgid "## Troubleshooting" -msgstr "## 故障排除" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "
\"Image
" +#~ msgid "
\"Image
\n" +#~ msgstr "
\"Jamulus
" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:309 -msgid "If you are having other problems, [see this guide](Server-Troubleshooting)." -msgstr "如果您遇到其他问题，[请参阅本指南](Server-Troubleshooting)。" +#~ msgid "This sets the path to where the Server's recordings will be stored. With this path set, the \"Enable Jam Recorder\" function in the Server Setup tab will make recording start once the first person connects to the Server, and stops when the last person leaves. Use the \"New Recording\" button to create a new sub-directory in which the recordings will be stored from then on. Note that Recordings are per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` format and [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open the respective files to listen to them in those applications." +#~ msgstr "这设置了服务器的录音将被存储的路径。有了这个路径设置，服务器设置选项卡中的 \"启用乐队录音机 \"功能将使录音在第一个人连接到服务器时开始，并在最后一个人离开时停止。使用 \"新建录音 \"按钮，创建一个新的子目录，从那时起，录音将被存储在该目录中。请注意，录音是以[Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/)`.lof`格式和[REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER)`.rpp`格式的每一轨。打开相应的文件，在这些应用程序中聆听它们。" + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "### Custom Directory Address" +#~ msgid "Custom Directory Address" +#~ msgstr "### 自定义目录地址" + +#~ msgid "Leave this field empty unless you need to list your Server on a [Custom Directory](#3-directory) or run a Directory." +#~ msgstr "将此字段留空，除非您需要在 [自定义目录](#3-目录) 上列出您的服务器或运行目录。" + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "### Server List Filename" +#~ msgid "Server List Filename" +#~ msgstr "### 服务器列表文件名" + +#~ msgid "Leave this field empty unless you need to run your Server as a [Directory](#3-directory). When in use, this holds the list of registered Servers whilst restarting the Directory. This prevents the server list appearing \"empty\" until the Servers re-register." +#~ msgstr "将此字段留空，除非您需要将服务器作为 [Directory](#3-目录)运行。使用时，它会在重新启动目录时保存已注册服务器的列表。这可以防止服务器列表在服务器重新注册之前显示为“空”。" + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "### Delay panning" +#~ msgid "Delay panning" +#~ msgstr "### 延迟平移" + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "### Start Minimised" +#~ msgid "Start Minimised" +#~ msgstr "### 开始最小化" + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "## Command line options" +#~ msgid "Command line options" +#~ msgstr "## 命令行选项" + +#~ msgid "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" +#~ msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "## Running an Unregistered Server" +#~ msgid "Running an Unregistered Server" +#~ msgstr "## 运行未注册的服务器" + +#~ msgid "It is highly recommended to test your Server by registering it on one of the built-in Directories **first** so as to narrow down any subsequent problems in unregistered mode." +#~ msgstr "强烈建议您**首先**在内置目录之一上注册您的服务器来测试您的服务器，以缩小未注册模式下的任何后续问题。" + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "### Setting up a Server behind a home router" +#~ msgid "Setting up a Server behind a home router" +#~ msgstr "### 在家庭路由器后面设置服务器" + +#~ msgid "If you set up your server at home, you will probably need to change some settings in your router/firewall:" +#~ msgstr "如果您在家中设置服务器，您可能需要更改路由器/防火墙中的一些设置:" + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "#### Port forwarding" +#~ msgid "Port forwarding" +#~ msgstr "#### 转发端口" + +#~ msgid "People from outside your home network will not be able to see things inside it. To let external Jamulus clients connect to your server, you need to set up port forwarding in your Router's settings. The exact setup differs for every router. For help see your Router's documentation or [portforward.com](https://portforward.com)." +#~ msgstr "来自家庭网络外部的人将无法看到其中的内容。要让外部 Jamulus 客户端连接到您的服务器，您需要在路由器的设置中设置端口转发。每个路由器的确切设置都不同。如需帮助，请参阅路由器的文档或 [portforward.com](https://portforward.com)。" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Note:** The default port for the current version of Jamulus is **UDP** (not TCP) port **22124**. You will usually forward the port **22124** from outside your network to the port **22124** of the machine running the Server.\n" +#~ msgstr "**注意:** Jamulus 当前版本的默认端口是 **UDP**(不是 TCP)端口 **22124**。您通常会将端口 **22124** 从网络外部转发到运行服务器的机器的端口 **22124**。\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Note:** Your home router may change the IP address of the machine you're running your Server on. Depending on your router, you might need to give this machine a static IP address (often under DHCP settings of your router).\n" +#~ msgstr "**注意:** 您的家庭路由器可能会更改您运行服务器的机器的 IP 地址。根据您的路由器，您可能需要给这台机器一个静态 IP 地址(通常在路由器的 DHCP 设置下)。\n" + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "#### Getting the external IP" +#~ msgid "Getting the external IP" +#~ msgstr "#### 获取外部 IP" + +#~ msgid "To allow others to connect to your Server from the internet, get your external (WAN) IP address e.g. by [using Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=what+is+my+ip) and give it to them. You yourself should connect using the local network (LAN) address of the machine the Server is running on. If you are running a Client on the same machine as your Server, that would be `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`." +#~ msgstr "要允许其他人从互联网连接到您的服务器，请获取您的外部(WAN)IP地址，例如通过[使用Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=what+is+my+ip)并将其提供给他们。 您自己应使用运行服务器的计算机的本地网络 (LAN) 地址进行连接。如果您在与服务器相同的计算机上运行客户端，则为“localhost”或“127.0.0.1”。" + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "#### Dynamic DNS and why you will probably need it" +#~ msgid "Dynamic DNS and why you will probably need it" +#~ msgstr "#### 动态 DNS 以及您可能需要它的原因" + +#~ msgid "Most domestic internet connections change their external IP address after a short period. To avoid problems with this, you might want to set up \"dynamic DNS\" to get a static (sub-)domain you can share with others. Please research how to do that for your specic set up. Your router might support some \"dynamic DNS\" providers out of the box. If this is not the case, set up a dynamic DNS client as described by the dynamic DNS provider you chose." +#~ msgstr "大多数国内互联网连接会在短时间内更改其外部 IP 地址。为避免出现此问题，您可能需要设置“动态 DNS”以获得可以与他人共享的静态(子)域。请研究如何为您的特定设置执行此操作。您的路由器可能支持一些开箱即用的“动态 DNS”提供商。如果不是这种情况，请按照您选择的动态 DNS 提供商的说明设置动态 DNS 客户端。" + +#~ msgid "_Note that headless Servers do not use `.ini` files. All configuration is given as command line options._" +#~ msgstr "_请注意， headless 服务器不使用 `.ini` 文件。所有配置都以命令行选项的形式给出。_" + +#~ msgid "TOC" +#~ msgstr "TOC" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ " [Service]\n" +#~ " Type=oneshot\n" +#~ " ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" +#~ "~~~\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " [Service]\n" +#~ " Type=oneshot\n" +#~ " ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" +#~ "~~~\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ " [Service]\n" +#~ " Type=oneshot\n" +#~ " ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" +#~ "~~~\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " [Service]\n" +#~ " Type=oneshot\n" +#~ " ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" +#~ "~~~\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Server-Bandwidth.po b/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Server-Bandwidth.po index fa08e5097..0b987a202 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Server-Bandwidth.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Server-Bandwidth.po @@ -3,11 +3,12 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # yangyangdaji , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-31 11:01+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: yangyangdaji \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-01 23:34+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: zh_CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -16,25 +17,25 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" "X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "zh_CN" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Server-Bandwidth" msgstr "/wiki/Server-Bandwidth" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Bandwidth Use" @@ -45,50 +46,26 @@ msgstr "带宽使用" msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"更多\" branch1=\"服务器管理\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:11 -msgid "## Audio bandwidth" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:10 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Audio bandwidth" +msgid "Audio bandwidth" msgstr "## 音频带宽" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:13 -msgid "The audio settings have an impact on the required network bandwidth. The table below summarises network requirements with respect to the configuration of:" -msgstr "音频设置对所需的网络带宽有影响。下表总结了与以下配置有关的网络要求。" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:14 -msgid "Channels : stereo/mono" -msgstr "声道:立体声/单声道" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:15 -msgid "Quality : high/medium/low" -msgstr "质量:高/中/低" - #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:16 -msgid "Audio buffer duration : 2.67 ms, 5.33 ms, 10.67 ms, 21.33 ms" -msgstr "音频缓冲持续时间:2.67 ms、5.33 ms、10.67 ms、21.33 ms" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:18 -msgid "With the following units" -msgstr "有以下单位" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:19 -msgid "ms : milliseconds" -msgstr "ms : 毫秒" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:20 -msgid "Kbit/s : Kilo-bits per second (Reminder : 1 Mbit/s = 1024 Kbit/s, 1 KByte/s = 8 Kbit/s)" -msgstr "Kbit/s :每秒千比特（提醒:1 Mbit/s = 1024 Kbit/s，1 KByte/s = 8 Kbit/s）" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The audio settings have an impact on the required network bandwidth. The table below summarises network requirements with respect to the configuration of:" +msgid "The audio settings have an impact on the required network bandwidth. The table below summarises network requirements with respect to the configuration of: * Channels : stereo/mono * Quality : high/medium/low * Audio buffer duration : 2.67 ms, 5.33 ms, 10.67 ms, 21.33 ms" +msgstr "音频设置对所需的网络带宽有影响。下表总结了与以下配置有关的网络要求。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:21 -msgid "Mbit/s : Mega-bits per second" -msgstr "Mbit/s:每秒兆位" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Kbit/s : Kilo-bits per second (Reminder : 1 Mbit/s = 1024 Kbit/s, 1 KByte/s = 8 Kbit/s)" +msgid "With the following units * ms : milliseconds * Kbit/s : Kilo-bits per second (Reminder : 1 Mbit/s = 1024 Kbit/s, 1 KByte/s = 8 Kbit/s) * Mbit/s : Mega-bits per second" +msgstr "Kbit/s :每秒千比特(提醒:1 Mbit/s = 1024 Kbit/s，1 KByte/s = 8 Kbit/s)" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:30 @@ -103,7 +80,7 @@ msgid "" "| Mono | Medium | 594 Kbit/s | 366 Kbit/s | 250 Kbit/s | 192 Kbit/s |\n" "| Mono | Low | 534 Kbit/s | 306 Kbit/s | 190 Kbit/s | 132 Kbit/s |\n" msgstr "" -"| 通道 | 质量 | 带宽（用于缓冲区:2.67 ms） | 带宽（用于缓冲区:5.33 ms） | 带宽（用于缓冲区:10.67 ms） | 带宽（用于缓冲区:21.33 ms） |\n" +"| 通道 | 质量 | 带宽(用于缓冲区:2.67 ms) | 带宽(用于缓冲区:5.33 ms) | 带宽(用于缓冲区:10.67 ms) | 带宽(用于缓冲区:21.33 ms) |\n" "| --------- | ------ | -------- | -------- | -------- | -------- |\n" "| 立体声|高 | 894 Kbit/s | 657 Kbit/s | 541 Kbit/s | 483 Kbit/s |\n" "| 立体声 | 中度 | 672 Kbit/s | 444 Kbit/s | 328 Kbit/s | 270 Kbit/s\n" @@ -112,9 +89,11 @@ msgstr "" "| 单声道 | 中 | 594 Kbit/s | 366 Kbit/s | 250 Kbit/s | 192 Kbit/s |\n" "| 单声道 | 低度 | 534 Kbit/s | 306 Kbit/s | 190 Kbit/s | 132 Kbit/s |\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:32 -msgid "## Network bandwidth" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:31 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Network bandwidth" +msgid "Network bandwidth" msgstr "## 网络带宽" #. type: Plain text @@ -127,7 +106,7 @@ msgid "" "
Calculate bandwidth use
\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"有一个上游（音乐家发送到服务器）和一个下游（服务器将混音发送回音乐家）\n" +"有一个上游(音乐家发送到服务器)和一个下游(服务器将混音发送回音乐家)\n" "
\n" " \"从低到高不同音频质量的\n" "
计算带宽使用
\n" @@ -137,3 +116,21 @@ msgstr "" #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:40 msgid "Note also that mean ADSL2 transfer rate is 10 Mbit/s for downstream and 1 Mbit/s for upstream. The actual performance depends on distance to the provider, which may [theoretically range from 24 Mbit/s at 0.3 km to 1.5 Mbit/s at 5.2 km](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Asymmetric_digital_subscriber_line) for download rate." msgstr "另请注意，平均 ADSL2 传输速率为下行 10 Mbit/s 和上行 1 Mbit/s。实际性能取决于与提供商的距离，下载速率可能 [理论上范围从 0.3 公里的 24 Mbit/s 到 5.2 公里的 1.5 Mbit/s](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Asymmetric_digital_subscriber_line) 。" + +#~ msgid "Channels : stereo/mono" +#~ msgstr "声道:立体声/单声道" + +#~ msgid "Quality : high/medium/low" +#~ msgstr "质量:高/中/低" + +#~ msgid "Audio buffer duration : 2.67 ms, 5.33 ms, 10.67 ms, 21.33 ms" +#~ msgstr "音频缓冲持续时间:2.67 ms、5.33 ms、10.67 ms、21.33 ms" + +#~ msgid "With the following units" +#~ msgstr "有以下单位" + +#~ msgid "ms : milliseconds" +#~ msgstr "ms : 毫秒" + +#~ msgid "Mbit/s : Mega-bits per second" +#~ msgstr "Mbit/s:每秒兆位" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Server-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Server-Troubleshooting.po index 5bae4cc0e..b29eb2f0a 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Server-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Server-Troubleshooting.po @@ -3,39 +3,42 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # yangyangdaji , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022. +# Allan Nordhøy , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-01 10:14+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 22:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: zh_CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "zh_CN" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Server-Troubleshooting" msgstr "/wiki/Server-Troubleshooting" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:10 #, no-wrap msgid "Server Troubleshooting" msgstr "服务器故障排除" @@ -47,53 +50,61 @@ msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"更多\" branch1=\"服务器管理\" b #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:12 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# Server Troubleshooting\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" -msgstr "" -"# 服务器故障排除\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "{:toc}" +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:14 -msgid "
" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "
" +msgid "
\n" msgstr "
" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:16 -msgid "Table of contents" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "Table of contents" +msgid "Table of contents\n" msgstr "目录" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:18 -msgid "TOC" -msgstr "TOC" - #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:19 -msgid "{:toc}" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "{:toc}" +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" msgstr "{:toc}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:21 -msgid "
" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "
" +msgid "
\n" msgstr "
" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:23 -msgid "## Servers - Registered" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:22 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Servers - Registered" +msgid "Servers - Registered" msgstr "## 服务器 - 已注册" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:25 -msgid "### Why doesn't my Server show up in the list? Why isn't it registering?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:24 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Why doesn't my Server show up in the list? Why isn't it registering?" +msgid "Why doesn't my Server show up in the list? Why isn't it registering?" msgstr "### 为什么我的服务器没有出现在列表中？为什么不注册？" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:27 -msgid "If you are registered OK (you can [see it here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)) and you or your friends can't see your Server, you may need to wait, or start your Client with the `--showallservers` option and try connecting from there ([see command line options](Software-Manual#command-line-options)) on how to start your Client with a config option). In some network configurations, you may also need to [port forward](Running-a-Server#port-forwarding) your router." -msgstr "如果您注册成功（您可以[在此处查看](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)）并且您或您的朋友看不到您的服务器，您可能需要等待，或者启动您的客户端`--showallservers` 选项并尝试从那里连接（[参见命令行选项](Software-Manual#命令行选项)），了解如何使用配置选项启动客户端）。在某些网络配置中，您可能还需要 [端口转发](Running-a-Server#转发端口) 您的路由器。" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "If you are registered OK (you can [see it here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)) and you or your friends can't see your Server, you may need to wait, or start your Client with the `--showallservers` option and try connecting from there ([see command line options](Software-Manual#command-line-options)) on how to start your Client with a config option). In some network configurations, you may also need to [port forward](Running-a-Server#port-forwarding) your router." +msgid "If you are registered OK (you can [see it here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)) and you or your friends can't see your Server, you may need to wait, or start your Client with the `--showallservers` option and try connecting from there ([see command line options](Software-Manual#command-line-options)) on how to start your Client with a config option). In some network configurations, you may also need to configure your router to [forward the port number](Unregistered-Servers#port-forwarding) used by Jamulus Server." +msgstr "如果您注册成功(您可以[在此处查看](https://explorer.jamulus.io/))并且您或您的朋友看不到您的服务器，您可能需要等待，或者启动您的客户端`--showallservers` 选项并尝试从那里连接([参见命令行选项](Software-Manual#命令行选项))，了解如何使用配置选项启动客户端)。在某些网络配置中，您可能还需要 [端口转发](Running-a-Server#转发端口) 您的路由器。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:29 @@ -105,34 +116,44 @@ msgstr "如果你看到一个消息说服务器已满，你将需要等待，直 msgid "You can verify that your Server is listed in the relevant genre by [checking it here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)." msgstr "您可以通过 [在此处检查](https://explorer.jamulus.io/) 来验证您的服务器是否列在相关类型中。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:33 -msgid "## Servers - Unregistered" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:32 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Servers - Unregistered" +msgid "Servers - Unregistered" msgstr "## 服务器 - 未注册" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:35 -msgid "### I'm running my Client on the same machine/network as my Server but I can't connect to it" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:34 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### I'm running my Client on the same machine/network as my Server but I can't connect to it" +msgid "I'm running my Client on the same machine/network as my Server but I can't connect to it" msgstr "### 我在与我的服务器相同的机器/网络上运行我的客户端，但我无法连接到它" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:37 msgid "Connect your Client to `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`. If you're running the Client on a different machine to the Server but on the same network, then connect to the _local network_ address of the Server. Do not connect via the Server's public (WAN) address." -msgstr "将客户端连接到“localhost”或“127.0.0.1”。如果在与服务器不同的计算机上运行客户端，但在同一网络上，请连接到服务器的_local network_ 地址。不要通过服务器的公共 （WAN） 地址进行连接。" +msgstr "将客户端连接到“localhost”或“127.0.0.1”。如果在与服务器不同的计算机上运行客户端，但在同一网络上，请连接到服务器的_local network_ 地址。不要通过服务器的公共 (WAN) 地址进行连接。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:39 -msgid "### What address do I give to people so that they can connect to my Server?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:38 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### What address do I give to people so that they can connect to my Server?" +msgid "What address do I give to people so that they can connect to my Server?" msgstr "### 我应该给人们什么地址，以便他们可以连接到我的服务器？" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:41 -msgid "This should be your **public** IP address (find that with [Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=whatsmyip)). Connect your **own** Jamulus Client to the **local** IP address of your Server (`localhost` or `127.0.0.1` if it's on the same machine as your Client). Note that your public IP address can change - see the note on \"dynamic DNS\" in [this guide](Running-a-Server#dynamic-dns-and-why-you-will-probably-need-it)." +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This should be your **public** IP address (find that with [Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=whatsmyip)). Connect your **own** Jamulus Client to the **local** IP address of your Server (`localhost` or `127.0.0.1` if it's on the same machine as your Client). Note that your public IP address can change - see the note on \"dynamic DNS\" in [this guide](Running-a-Server#dynamic-dns-and-why-you-will-probably-need-it)." +msgid "This should be your **public** IP address (find that with [Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=whatsmyip)). Connect your **own** Jamulus Client to the **local** IP address of your Server (`localhost` or `127.0.0.1` if it's on the same machine as your Client). Note that your public IP address can change - see the note on \"dynamic DNS\" in [this guide](Unregistered-Servers#dynamic-dns-and-why-you-will-probably-need-it)." msgstr "这应该是您的**公共** IP 地址(通过 [Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=whatsmyip) 查找)。将您的**自己的** Jamulus 客户端连接到服务器的**本地** IP 地址(`localhost` 或`127.0.0.1`，如果它与您的客户端在同一台机器上)。请注意，您的公共 IP 地址可能会更改 - 请参阅 [本指南](Running-a-Server#动态-DNS-以及您可能需要它的原因) 中有关“动态 DNS”的说明。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:44 -msgid "### What port numbers can I use?" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:43 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### What port numbers can I use?" +msgid "What port numbers can I use?" msgstr "### 我可以使用哪些端口号？" #. type: Plain text @@ -140,27 +161,44 @@ msgstr "### 我可以使用哪些端口号？" msgid "You can set your Server to listen on a custom port with the `--port` option. If you do this, you will need to tell people which port to connect on. They will need to append the port number to the address of your Server in the format `[serverAddress]:[portNumber]`." msgstr "您可以使用 `--port` 选项将服务器设置为侦听自定义端口。如果你这样做，你需要告诉人们连接哪个端口。他们需要以`[serverAddress]:[portNumber]`的格式将端口号附加到您的服务器地址。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:48 -msgid "### Nobody can connect to my Server - but I can connect locally" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:47 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Nobody can connect to my Server - but I can connect locally" +msgid "Nobody can connect to my Server - but I can connect locally" msgstr "### 没有人可以连接到我的服务器 - 但我可以在本地连接" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:50 -msgid "First of all, make sure you've enabled [port forwarding](Running-a-Server#port-forwarding). If you still don't see your server from outside of your local network, you may have issues with your Internet Service Provider (ISP)." +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "First of all, make sure you've enabled [port forwarding](Running-a-Server#port-forwarding). If you still don't see your server from outside of your local network, you may have issues with your Internet Service Provider (ISP)." +msgid "First of all, make sure you've enabled [port forwarding](Unregistered-Servers#port-forwarding). If you still don't see your server from outside of your local network, you may have issues with your Internet Service Provider (ISP)." msgstr "首先，确保您已启用 [端口转发](Running-a-Server#转发端口)。如果您仍然无法从本地网络外部看到您的服务器，则您的 Internet 服务提供商 (ISP) 可能存在问题。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:52 -msgid "Some ISPs are using techniques like [Address plus Port (A+P)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Address_plus_Port) or [Carrier-grade NAT (CGN)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carrier-grade_NAT) to conserve address space (usually for IPv4). That makes it impossible to host services like Jamulus at home as they are not visible outside your local network." -msgstr "一些 ISP 正在使用 [地址加端口 (A+P)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Address_plus_Port) 或 [运营商级 NAT (CGN)](https://en.wikipedia. org/wiki/Carrier-grade_NAT）以节省地址空间（通常用于 IPv4）。这使得在家中托管像 Jamulus 这样的服务是不可能的，因为它们在本地网络之外是不可见的。" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Some ISPs are using techniques like [Address plus Port (A+P)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Address_plus_Port) or [Carrier-grade NAT (CGN)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carrier-grade_NAT) to conserve address space (usually for IPv4). That makes it impossible to host services like Jamulus at home as they are not visible outside your local network." +msgid "Some ISPs use techniques like [Address plus Port (A+P)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Address_plus_Port) or [Carrier-grade NAT (CGN)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carrier-grade_NAT) to conserve address space (usually for IPv4). That makes it impossible to host services like Jamulus at home as they are not visible outside your local network." +msgstr "一些 ISP 正在使用 [地址加端口 (A+P)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Address_plus_Port) 或 [运营商级 NAT (CGN)](https://en.wikipedia. org/wiki/Carrier-grade_NAT)以节省地址空间(通常用于 IPv4)。这使得在家中托管像 Jamulus 这样的服务是不可能的，因为它们在本地网络之外是不可见的。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:54 msgid "To detect if CGN is the issue, go to your router's configuration screen (typically, 192.168.X.X) and look at the WAN Status page. If your listed IPv4 address doesn't match with your public IPv4 address (check it [here](https://ifconfig.me)), it suggests that CGN may be enabled. You can try using an IPv6 connection by starting clients and server with the `-6` flag if IPv6 is available for the server and all clients." -msgstr "要检测 CGN 是否是问题，请转到路由器的配置屏幕（通常为 192.168.X.X）并查看 WAN 状态页面。如果您列出的 IPv4 地址与您的公共 IPv4 地址不匹配（在 [此处](https://ifconfig.me) 进行检查），则表明可能启用了 CGN。如果 IPv6 可用于服务器和所有客户端，您可以尝试通过使用 -6 标志启动客户端和服务器来使用 IPv6 连接。" +msgstr "要检测 CGN 是否是问题，请转到路由器的配置屏幕(通常为 192.168.X.X)并查看 WAN 状态页面。如果您列出的 IPv4 地址与您的公共 IPv4 地址不匹配(在 [此处](https://ifconfig.me) 进行检查)，则表明可能启用了 CGN。如果 IPv6 可用于服务器和所有客户端，您可以尝试通过使用 -6 标志启动客户端和服务器来使用 IPv6 连接。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:56 +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:55 msgid "To fix the issue with IPv4, contact your ISP technical support team, and tell them that you want to host a public server at home, so you need a real WAN IP address. Furthermore, you can help them with info that CGN might be the issue. Also, you can ask for a static IP address to avoid using DDNS." msgstr "要解决 IPv4 问题，请联系您的 ISP 技术支持团队，并告诉他们您想在家中托管公共服务器，因此您需要一个真实的 WAN IP 地址。此外，您可以帮助他们了解 CGN 可能是问题所在。此外，您可以要求提供静态 IP 地址以避免使用 DDNS。" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ "# Server Troubleshooting\n" +#~ " {:.no_toc}\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "# 服务器故障排除\n" +#~ " {:.no_toc}\n" + +#~ msgid "TOC" +#~ msgstr "TOC" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Software-Manual.po index bd9e346ba..b4b2adc02 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Software-Manual.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Software-Manual.po @@ -3,53 +3,63 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # yangyangdaji , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022. +# Allan Nordhøy , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-01 10:07+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: yangyangdaji \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 22:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: zh_CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "zh_CN" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual" msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Software Manual" msgstr "软件手册" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:9 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# Jamulus User Manual\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "# Jamulus User Manual\n" +#| " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgid "Jamulus User Manual" msgstr "" "# Jamulus 用户手册\n" " {:.no_toc}\n" +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:9 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "{:toc}" +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" + #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:11 msgid "This manual documents the Jamulus Client application for use by musicians and singers using the software to connect to a server." @@ -57,32 +67,39 @@ msgstr "本手册记录了 Jamulus 客户端应用程序，供音乐家和歌手 #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:13 -msgid "
" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "
" +msgid "
\n" msgstr "
" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:15 -msgid "Table of contents" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "Table of contents" +msgid "Table of contents\n" msgstr "目录" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:17 -msgid "TOC" -msgstr "TOC" - #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:18 -msgid "{:toc}" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "{:toc}" +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" msgstr "{:toc}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:20 -msgid "
" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "
" +msgid "
\n" msgstr "
" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:22 -msgid "# Main Window" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:21 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "# Main Window" +msgid "Main Window" msgstr "# 主窗口" #. type: Plain text @@ -99,16 +116,18 @@ msgstr "" "
连接到服务器时的本地混音
\n" "
\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:30 -msgid "## Ping, Delay and Jitter" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:29 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Ping, Delay and Jitter" +msgid "Ping, Delay and Jitter" msgstr "## Ping、延迟和抖动" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:32 #, no-wrap msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large. \n" -msgstr "**Ping** 以毫秒为单位显示您的网络延迟，越低越好。 Ping 时间会导致整体延迟（见下文）。 ping 高的最可能原因是您与服务器的距离过大。 \n" +msgstr "**Ping** 以毫秒为单位显示您的网络延迟，越低越好。 Ping 时间会导致整体延迟(见下文)。 ping 高的最可能原因是您与服务器的距离过大。 \n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:34 @@ -118,7 +137,9 @@ msgstr "**延迟**显示根据当前 ping 时间和当前音频缓冲区设置 #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:36 -msgid "
\"Image
" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "
\"Image
" +msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"绿色
" #. type: Plain text @@ -129,7 +150,9 @@ msgstr "**绿色** - 延迟非常适合即兴演奏\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:40 -msgid "
\"Image
" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "
\"Image
" +msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"黄色
" #. type: Plain text @@ -140,7 +163,9 @@ msgstr "**黄色** - 仍然可以进行会话，但可能更难玩\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:44 -msgid "
\"Image
" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "
\"Image
" +msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"绿色
" #. type: Plain text @@ -155,39 +180,43 @@ msgstr "**红色** - 延迟太大而无法干扰\n" msgid "**Jitter** shows the current audio/streaming status. If the light is **red**, the audio stream is interrupted. This is caused by one of the following problems:\n" msgstr "**Jitter** 显示当前的音频/流媒体状态。如果灯是**红色**，则音频流被中断。这是由以下问题之一引起的:\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:50 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53 msgid "The network jitter buffer is not large enough for the current network/audio interface jitter." msgstr "为应对当前网络/音频接口延迟而言当前网络抖动缓冲大小不够大。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:51 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53 msgid "The sound card's buffer delay (buffer size) is too small (see Settings window)." -msgstr "声卡的缓冲区延迟（缓冲区大小）过小（见设置窗口）。" +msgstr "声卡的缓冲区延迟(缓冲区大小)过小(见设置窗口)。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:52 +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53 msgid "The upload or download stream rate is too high for your internet bandwidth." msgstr "上行或下行流量频率对您的网络带宽而言过高。" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53 msgid "The CPU of the Client or server is at 100%." msgstr "客户端或服务器的 CPU 为 100%。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:55 -msgid "## Input" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:54 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Input" +msgid "Input" msgstr "## 输入" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:58 msgid "Shows the level of the two stereo channels for your audio input. Make sure not to clip the input signal to avoid distortions of your sound (the LEDs will indicate clipping when it occurs)." -msgstr "显示音频输入的两个立体声通道的电平。确保不要削波输入信号以避免声音失真（发生削波时 LED 会指示）。" +msgstr "显示音频输入的两个立体声通道的电平。确保不要削波输入信号以避免声音失真(发生削波时 LED 会指示)。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:60 -msgid "## Mute Myself button" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:59 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Mute Myself button" +msgid "Mute Myself button" msgstr "## 静音自己按钮" #. type: Plain text @@ -195,9 +224,11 @@ msgstr "## 静音自己按钮" msgid "Cuts your audio stream to the server so that you will be able to hear yourself and see your own input levels, but other musicians will not. Be aware that other musicians will not know if you have muted yourself." msgstr "将您的音频流剪切到服务器，以便您能够听到自己的声音并看到自己的输入电平，但其他音乐家不会。请注意，其他音乐家不会知道您是否已将自己静音。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:64 -msgid "## Reverb effect" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:63 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Reverb effect" +msgid "Reverb effect" msgstr "## 混响效果" #. type: Plain text @@ -205,9 +236,11 @@ msgstr "## 混响效果" msgid "Adds reverb to your local mono audio channel, or to both channels in stereo mode. The mono channel selection and the reverberation level can be modified. For example, if a microphone signal is fed in to the right audio channel of the sound card and a reverb effect needs to be applied, set the channel selector to the right and move the fader upwards until the desired reverb level is reached." msgstr "将混响添加到本地单声道音频通道，或立体声模式下的两个通道。可以修改单声道选择和混响级别。例如，如果将麦克风信号馈入声卡的右声道并且需要应用混响效果，则将通道选择器设置在右侧并向上移动推子，直到达到所需的混响电平。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:71 -msgid "## Chat" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:70 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Chat" +msgid "Chat" msgstr "## 聊天" #. type: Plain text @@ -215,9 +248,11 @@ msgstr "## 聊天" msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message is received." msgstr "打开聊天窗口。输入的文本将发送到所有连接的客户端。如果有新的聊天消息到达并且聊天对话尚未打开，它将自动为所有客户打开。请参阅设置以在收到新聊天消息时选择性地打开声音警报。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:77 -msgid "## Connect/disconnect button" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:76 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Connect/disconnect button" +msgid "Connect/disconnect button" msgstr "## 连接/断开按钮" #. type: Plain text @@ -227,13 +262,15 @@ msgstr "打开一个对话框，您可以在其中选择要连接的服务器。 #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:82 -msgid "
\"Screenshot
" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "
\"Screenshot
" +msgid "
\"Screenshot
\n" msgstr "
\"服务器连接窗口截图\"
" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:84 msgid "The Connection Setup window shows a list of available servers together with the number of occupants and the maximum number supported. Server operators register their servers on lists (mostly defined by genre, though some could be location-specific or for all genres). Use the List dropdown to select a genre, click on the server you want to join and press the Connect button to connect to it. Alternatively, double-click on the server name. Permanent servers (those that have been listed for longer than 24 hours) are shown in bold." -msgstr "Connection Setup 窗口显示可用服务器列表以及占用者数量和支持的最大数量。服务器运营商在列表中注册他们的服务器（主要由流派定义，尽管有些可能是特定于位置的或适用于所有流派）。使用列表下拉选择一个流派，单击您要加入的服务器，然后按连接按钮连接到它。或者，双击服务器名称。永久服务器（已列出超过 24 小时的服务器）以粗体显示。" +msgstr "Connection Setup 窗口显示可用服务器列表以及占用者数量和支持的最大数量。服务器运营商在列表中注册他们的服务器(主要由流派定义，尽管有些可能是特定于位置的或适用于所有流派)。使用列表下拉选择一个流派，单击您要加入的服务器，然后按连接按钮连接到它。或者，双击服务器名称。永久服务器(已列出超过 24 小时的服务器)以粗体显示。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:86 @@ -243,22 +280,26 @@ msgstr "您可以按服务器名称或位置过滤列表。要仅列出占用的 #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:90 msgid "If you know the IP address or URL of a private server, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124` (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets). The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses." -msgstr "如果您知道私有服务器的 IP 地址或 URL，则可以使用服务器名称/地址字段连接到它。可以在地址后添加一个可选的端口号，使用冒号作为分隔符，例如，`jamulus.example.com:22124`（请注意，IPv6 地址必须完全括在方括号中）。该字段还将显示最近使用的服务器地址列表。" +msgstr "如果您知道私有服务器的 IP 地址或 URL，则可以使用服务器名称/地址字段连接到它。可以在地址后添加一个可选的端口号，使用冒号作为分隔符，例如，`jamulus.example.com:22124`(请注意，IPv6 地址必须完全括在方括号中)。该字段还将显示最近使用的服务器地址列表。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:92 -msgid "## Server audio mixer" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:91 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Server audio mixer" +msgid "Server audio mixer" msgstr "## 服务器混音器" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:94 -msgid "
\"Image
" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "
\"Image
" +msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"一对服务器混音器控件的图像\"
" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:97 msgid "The audio mixer screen shows each user connected to the server (including yourself). The faders allow you to adjust the level of what you hear without affecting what others hear." -msgstr "音频混合器屏幕显示连接到服务器的每个用户（包括您自己）。推子允许您调整您听到的音量，而不会影响其他人听到的声音。" +msgstr "音频混合器屏幕显示连接到服务器的每个用户(包括您自己)。推子允许您调整您听到的音量，而不会影响其他人听到的声音。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:99 @@ -268,7 +309,7 @@ msgstr "VU 表显示服务器的输入电平 - 即正在发送的声音。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:101 msgid "If you have set your Audio Channel to Stereo or Stereo Out in your Settings, you will also see a pan control (shift-click to reset)." -msgstr "如果您在设置中将音频通道设置为立体声或立体声输出，您还将看到一个平移控件（按住 shift 单击以重置）。" +msgstr "如果您在设置中将音频通道设置为立体声或立体声输出，您还将看到一个平移控件(按住 shift 单击以重置)。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:103 @@ -277,188 +318,217 @@ msgstr "如果您在用户上方看到“静音”图标，则表示该人听不 #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:105 -msgid "### Grp button" -msgstr "### Grp 按钮" +msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. You can sort instead by name, instrument, group, or city using the View menu." +msgstr "用户通常按照他们连接的顺序从左到右出现。您可以使用“查看”菜单按名称、乐器、组或城市排序。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:107 -msgid "Defines a group of audio channels. Moving the fader of one member of the group moves the faders of all the others. Up to 8 groups can be defined." -msgstr "定义一组音频通道。移动组中一个成员的推子会移动所有其他成员的推子。最多可以定义 8 个组。" +msgid "If the server operator has enabled recording, you will see a message above the mixer showing that you are being recorded." +msgstr "如果服务器操作员已启用录音，您将在混音器上方看到一条消息，表明您正在被录音。" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:108 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Grp button" +msgid "Grp button" +msgstr "### Grp 按钮" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:109 -msgid "### Mute button" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:111 +msgid "You can group users together using the \"group\" toggle. Moving the fader of any member of the group will move the other faders in that group by the same amount. You can isolate a channel from the group temporarily with shift-click-drag. Up to 8 groups can be defined." +msgstr "您可以使用“组”开关将用户分组在一起。移动组中任何成员的推子将移动该组中的其他推子相同的量。您可以通过 shift-单击-拖动将频道与组暂时隔离。最多可以定义 8 个组。" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:112 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Mute button" +msgid "Mute button" msgstr "### 静音按钮" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:111 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:115 msgid "Prevents users being heard in your local mix. Be aware that when you mute someone, they will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader to indicate that you cannot hear them. Note also that you will continue to see their VU meters moving if sound from the muted user is reaching the server. Your fader position for them is also unaffected." msgstr "防止在您的本地混音中听到用户的声音。请注意，当您将某人静音时，他们会在您的推子上方看到一个“静音”图标，表示您无法听到他们的声音。另请注意，如果来自静音用户的声音到达服务器，您将继续看到他们的 VU 表移动。您对它们的推子位置也不受影响。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:113 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:117 msgid "Note that muting your **own** channel only means you will not hear your signal from the server (and is not advised as it can lead to you becoming out of time with other players). This is therefore not the same as using \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"." msgstr "请注意，将您的**自己的**频道静音仅意味着您将听不到来自服务器的信号（不建议这样做，因为这会导致您与其他玩家失去时间）。因此，这与使用“[将自己静音](#静音自己按钮)”不同。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:115 -msgid "### Solo button" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:118 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Solo button" +msgid "Solo button" msgstr "### 独奏按钮" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:117 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:121 msgid "Allows you to hear one or more users on their own. Those not soloed will be muted. Note also that those people who are not soloed will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader." msgstr "允许您单独听到一位或多位用户的声音。那些未独奏的将被静音。另请注意，那些未独奏的人会在推子上方看到一个“静音”图标。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:119 -msgid "Users are listed left to right in the order that they connect. You can change the sort order using the Edit option in the application menu." -msgstr "用户按连接顺序从左到右列出。您可以使用应用程序菜单中的编辑选项更改排序顺序。" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:121 -msgid "You can group users together using the \"group\" toggle. Moving the fader of any member of the group will move the other faders in that group by the same amount. You can isolate a channel from the group temporarily with shift-click-drag." -msgstr "您可以使用“组”切换将用户分组在一起。移动组中任何成员的推子都会将该组中的其他推子移动相同的量。您可以使用 shift-click-drag 暂时从组中隔离一个通道。" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:123 -msgid "If the server operator has enabled recording, you will see a message above the mixer showing that you are being recorded." -msgstr "如果服务器操作员已启用录音，您将在混音器上方看到一条消息，表明您正在被录音。" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:125 -msgid "# Settings" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:122 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "# Settings" +msgid "Settings" msgstr "# 设置" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:127 -msgid "## My Profile" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:124 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## My Profile" +msgid "My Profile" msgstr "## 我的个人资料" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:128 msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board." msgstr "从“设置”菜单中，选择“我的个人资料...”以设置您的别名/名称，该别名/名称显示在服务器混音器板的推子下方。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132 -msgid "
\"Image
" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "
\"Image
" +msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"配置文件窗口的图像\"
" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:134 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132 msgid "If you set an instrument and/or country, icons for these selections will also be shown below your fader. The skill setting changes the background colour of the fader tag and the city entry shows up in the tool tip of the fader tag:" msgstr "如果您设置了乐器和/或国家，这些选择的图标也将显示在您的推子下方。技能设置改变了推子标签的背景颜色，城市条目显示在推子标签的工具提示中:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:136 -msgid "
\"Image
" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:134 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "
\"Image
" +msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"显示个人资料信息的工具提示图片\"
" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138 -msgid "### Skin" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:135 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Skin" +msgid "Skin" msgstr "### 皮肤" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138 msgid "This applies a skin to the main window, some of which are designed to accommodate larger ensembles." msgstr "这会将皮肤应用于主窗口，其中一些设计用于容纳更大的合奏。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142 -msgid "### Meter style" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:139 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Meter style" +msgid "Meter style" msgstr "### 仪表样式" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:144 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142 msgid "This changes the visual style of the audio meters, independently of the chosen skin." msgstr "这会改变音频表的视觉风格，与所选皮肤无关。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146 -msgid "### Mixer rows" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:143 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Mixer rows" +msgid "Mixer rows" msgstr "### 混合器的行" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:148 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146 msgid "This sets the number of rows displayed in the server audio mixer, for use with larger ensembles." msgstr "这将设置服务器音频混音器中显示的行数，以用于更大的合奏。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150 -msgid "### Audio Alerts" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:147 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Audio Alerts" +msgid "Audio Alerts" msgstr "### 音频警报" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:152 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150 msgid "This turns on a sound alert for when someone joins a Server, or when receiving a new chat message." msgstr "当有人加入服务器或收到新的聊天消息时，这会打开声音警报。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154 -msgid "## Audio/Network Setup" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:151 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Audio/Network Setup" +msgid "Audio/Network Setup" msgstr "## 音频/网络设置" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:156 -msgid "
\"Image
" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "
\"Image
" +msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"音频/网络设置窗口图片\"
" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:158 -msgid "### Device" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:155 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Device" +msgid "Audio Device" msgstr "### 设备" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:161 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:159 msgid "Under the Windows operating system the ASIO driver (sound card) can be selected using Jamulus. If the selected ASIO driver is not valid an error message is shown and the previous valid driver is selected. Under macOS the input and output hardware can be selected." -msgstr "在 Windows 操作系统下，可以使用 Jamulus 选择 ASIO 驱动程序（声卡）。如果所选的 ASIO 驱动程序无效，则会显示错误消息并选择之前的有效驱动程序。在 macOS 下，可以选择输入和输出硬件。" +msgstr "在 Windows 操作系统下，可以使用 Jamulus 选择 ASIO 驱动程序(声卡)。如果所选的 ASIO 驱动程序无效，则会显示错误消息并选择之前的有效驱动程序。在 macOS 下，可以选择输入和输出硬件。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163 -msgid "### Input/output channel mapping" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:160 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Input/output channel mapping" +msgid "Input/output channel mapping" msgstr "### 输入/输出通道映射" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:165 -msgid "
\"Image
" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "
\"Image
" +msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"输入输出通道映射图\"
" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:169 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:167 msgid "If the selected sound card device offers more than one input or output channel, the _Input Channel Mapping and Output Channel Mapping_ settings are visible. For each Jamulus input/output channel (left and right channel) a different actual sound card channel can be selected." -msgstr "如果所选声卡设备提供多个输入或输出通道，则“_Input通道映射”和“输出通道”Mapping_设置可见。对于每个Jamulus输入/输出通道（左声道和右声道），可以选择不同的实际声卡声卡声道。" +msgstr "如果所选声卡设备提供多个输入或输出通道，则“_Input通道映射”和“输出通道”Mapping_设置可见。对于每个Jamulus输入/输出通道(左声道和右声道)，可以选择不同的实际声卡声卡声道。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171 -msgid "### Audio channels" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:168 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Audio channels" +msgid "Audio channels" msgstr "### 音频通道" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:173 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171 msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and server." msgstr "选择要用于客户端和服务器之间通信的音频通道数。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:173 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note**: It is better to run separate Client instances per voice/instrument, where each Client has its own ini file, rather than using this built-in mono pair to stereo mixer.\n" msgstr "**注意**:最好为每个语音/乐器运行单独的客户端实例，每个客户端都有自己的 ini 文件，而不是使用这个内置的单声道对立体声混音器。\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:177 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175 msgid "There are three modes available:" msgstr "提供三种模式:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:177 #, no-wrap msgid "**Mono** and **Stereo** modes use one and two audio channels respectively.\n" msgstr "**Mono** 和 **Stereo** 模式分别使用一个和两个音频通道。\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:182 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:180 #, no-wrap msgid "" "**Mono-in/Stereo-out**: The audio signal sent to the server is mono but the return signal is stereo. This is useful if the sound card has the instrument on one input channel and the microphone on the other. In that case\n" @@ -468,282 +538,352 @@ msgstr "" "两个输入信号可以混合到一个单声道，但服务器混音是立体声。\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:185 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183 msgid "Enabling stereo mode will increase your stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." msgstr "启用立体声模式将提高流的数据速率。确保您的上传速度不超过互联网连接的可用上传速度。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:188 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:186 msgid "In stereo streaming mode, no audio channel selection for the reverb effect will be available on the main window since the effect is applied to both channels in this case." msgstr "在立体声媒体流模式时，由于混响效果将被应用到所有的两个声道，故主窗口将不提供选择混响效果所应用到的声道的功能。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190 -msgid "### Audio quality" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:187 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Audio quality" +msgid "Audio quality" msgstr "### 音频质量" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:192 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190 msgid "The higher the audio quality, the higher your audio stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." msgstr "音频质量越高，音频流的数据速率就越高。确保您的上传速度不超过互联网连接的可用上传速度。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194 -msgid "### Buffer Delay" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:191 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Buffer Delay" +msgid "Buffer Delay" msgstr "### 缓冲延迟" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:197 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:195 msgid "The buffer delay setting is a fundamental setting of the Jamulus software. This setting has an influence on many connection properties. Three buffer sizes are supported:" msgstr "缓冲延迟设置是 Jamulus 软件的基本设置。此设置会影响许多连接属性。支持三种缓冲区大小:" -#. type: Plain text +#. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards.\n" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards.\n" +msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards." msgstr "**64 个样本** 提供最低延迟，但不适用于所有声卡。\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:200 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards.\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards.\n" +msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards." msgstr "**128 个样本** 首选设置。应该适用于大多数可用的声卡。\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:201 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection.\n" +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection.\n" +msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection." msgstr "**256 个样本** 只能在速度非常慢的计算机或互联网连接速度较慢的情况下使用。\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:204 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:202 msgid "Some sound card drivers do not allow the buffer delay to be changed from within the Jamulus software. In this case the buffer delay setting is disabled and has to be changed using the sound card driver. On Windows, press the ASIO Setup button to open the driver settings panel." msgstr "一些声卡驱动程序不允许在 Jamulus 软件中更改缓冲延迟。在这种情况下，缓冲延迟设置被禁用，必须使用声卡驱动程序进行更改。在 Windows 上，按 ASIO 设置按钮打开驱动程序设置面板。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:206 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:204 msgid "On Linux, use the JACK configuration tool to change the buffer size." msgstr "在 Linux 上，使用 JACK 配置工具更改缓冲区大小。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:208 msgid "The actual buffer delay has an influence on the connection status, the current upload rate and the overall delay. The lower the buffer size, the higher the probability of a red light in the status indicator (dropouts) and the higher the upload rate and the lower the overall delay." -msgstr "实际缓冲区延迟对连接状态、当前上传速率和整体延迟都有影响。缓冲区大小越小，状态指示器（丢失）中出现红灯的可能性就越高，上传速率越高，整体延迟越低。" +msgstr "实际缓冲区延迟对连接状态、当前上传速率和整体延迟都有影响。缓冲区大小越小，状态指示器(丢失)中出现红灯的可能性就越高，上传速率越高，整体延迟越低。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:212 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210 msgid "The buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." msgstr "因此，缓冲区设置是音频质量和整体延迟之间的权衡。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:214 -msgid "### Jitter Buffer" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:211 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Jitter Buffer" +msgid "Jitter Buffer" msgstr "### 抖动缓冲区" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:218 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:216 msgid "The jitter buffer compensates for network and sound card timing jitters. The size of the buffer influences the quality of the audio stream (how many dropouts occur) and the overall delay (the longer the buffer, the higher the delay)." -msgstr "抖动缓冲器补偿网络和声卡定时抖动。缓冲区的大小会影响音频流的质量（发生多少丢失）和整体延迟（缓冲区越长，延迟越高）。" +msgstr "抖动缓冲器补偿网络和声卡定时抖动。缓冲区的大小会影响音频流的质量(发生多少丢失)和整体延迟(缓冲区越长，延迟越高)。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:222 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220 msgid "You can set the jitter buffer size manually for your local Client and the remote server. For the local jitter buffer, dropouts in the audio stream are indicated by the light below the jitter buffer size faders. If the light turns to red, a buffer overrun/underrun has taken place and the audio stream is interrupted." msgstr "您可以为本地客户端和远程服务器手动设置抖动缓冲区大小。对于本地抖动缓冲区，音频流中的丢失由抖动缓冲区大小推子下方的灯指示。如果指示灯变为红色，则表示缓冲区溢出/欠载，并且音频流被中断。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:224 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:222 msgid "The jitter buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." msgstr "因此，抖动缓冲区设置是音频质量和整体延迟之间的权衡。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:228 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:226 msgid "If the Auto setting is enabled, the jitter buffers of your local Client and the remote server are set automatically based on measurements of the network and sound card timing jitter. If the Auto check is enabled, the jitter buffer size faders are disabled (they cannot be moved with the mouse)." -msgstr "如果启用自动设置，本地客户端和远程服务器的抖动缓冲区将根据网络和声卡定时抖动的测量值自动设置。如果启用了自动检查，则抖动缓冲区大小推子将被禁用（它们不能用鼠标移动）。" +msgstr "如果启用自动设置，本地客户端和远程服务器的抖动缓冲区将根据网络和声卡定时抖动的测量值自动设置。如果启用了自动检查，则抖动缓冲区大小推子将被禁用(它们不能用鼠标移动)。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230 -msgid "### Enable small network buffers" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:227 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Enable small network buffers" +msgid "Small Network Buffers" msgstr "### 启用小型网络缓冲区" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:233 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:231 msgid "Allows support for very small network audio packets. These are only used if the sound card buffer delay is smaller than 128 samples. The smaller the network buffers, the lower the audio latency. But at the same time the network load increases and the probability of audio dropouts also increases (particuarly if your network connection has any significant jitter). Try enabling this option if you are suffering from high latency or bad audio quality. However, keeping it disabled will normally mean better audio quality." -msgstr "允许支持非常小的网络音频数据包。这些仅在声卡缓冲区延迟小于 128 个样本时使用。网络缓冲区越小，音频延迟越低。但与此同时，网络负载增加，音频丢失的可能性也增加（特别是如果您的网络连接有任何明显的抖动）。如果您遇到高延迟或较差的音频质量，请尝试启用此选项。但是，禁用它通常意味着更好的音频质量。" +msgstr "允许支持非常小的网络音频数据包。这些仅在声卡缓冲区延迟小于 128 个样本时使用。网络缓冲区越小，音频延迟越低。但与此同时，网络负载增加，音频丢失的可能性也增加(特别是如果您的网络连接有任何明显的抖动)。如果您遇到高延迟或较差的音频质量，请尝试启用此选项。但是，禁用它通常意味着更好的音频质量。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:235 -msgid "### Audio Stream Rate" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:232 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Audio Stream Rate" +msgid "Audio Stream Rate" msgstr "### 音频流速率" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:238 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:236 msgid "Depends on the current audio packet size and compression setting. Make sure that the upstream rate is not higher than your available internet upload speed (check this with a service such as [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))." -msgstr "取决于当前的音频包大小和压缩设置。确保上行速率不高于您可用的互联网上传速度（通过 [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/) 等服务进行检查）。" +msgstr "取决于当前的音频包大小和压缩设置。确保上行速率不高于您可用的互联网上传速度(通过 [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/) 等服务进行检查)。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:240 -msgid "## Advanced Setup" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Advanced Setup" +msgid "Advanced Setup" msgstr "## 高级设置" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:242 -msgid "
\"Image
" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:240 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "
\"Image
" +msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"高级设置窗口图片\"
" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:244 -msgid "### Custom Directories" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Custom Directories" +msgid "Custom Directories" msgstr "### 自定义目录" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:246 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:244 msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here." msgstr "如果您需要添加内置地址以外的目录地址，您可以在此处进行。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:248 -msgid "### New Client Level" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:245 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### New Client Level" +msgid "New Client Level" msgstr "### 新客户端级别" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:252 -msgid "This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects to the current server, they will get the specified initial fader level if no other fader level from a previous connection of that user was already stored. You can set all users in an occupied server to this level using Edit > \"Set All Faders to New Client Level\"." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects to the current server, they will get the specified initial fader level if no other fader level from a previous connection of that user was already stored. You can set all users in an occupied server to this level using Edit > \"Set All Faders to New Client Level\"." +msgid "" +"This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects\n" +"to the current server, they will get the specified initial fader level if no other fader level from a previous connection of\n" +"that user was already stored. You can set all users in an occupied server to this level using Edit > \"Set All Faders to New Client Level\".\n" msgstr "此设置以百分比定义新连接客户端的推子电平。如果新用户连接到当前服务器，如果该用户先前连接的其他推子电平尚未存储，他们将获得指定的初始推子电平。您可以使用“编辑”>“将所有推子设置为新客户端级别”将占用服务器中的所有用户设置为该级别。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:254 -msgid "### Input Boost" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:251 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Input Boost" +msgid "Input Boost" msgstr "### 输入提升" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:256 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:254 msgid "Increases the gain from your device. Use this if your device delivers a gain that is too quiet for Jamulus." msgstr "增加设备的增益。如果您的设备提供的增益对于 Jamulus 来说过于安静，请使用此选项。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258 -msgid "### Feedback Protection" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:255 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Feedback Protection" +msgid "Feedback Protection" msgstr "### 反馈保护" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:260 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258 msgid "Attempts to detect audio feedback loops or loud noise in the first three seconds after you connected to a server. Once detected, this feature will show a message and activate the \"Mute Myself\" button to mute you in your own mix." msgstr "尝试在连接到服务器后的前三秒内检测音频反馈循环或噪音。一旦检测到，此功能将显示一条消息并激活“静音我自己”按钮以使您在自己的混音中静音。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:262 -msgid "### Input Balance" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:259 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Input Balance" +msgid "Input Balance" msgstr "### 输入平衡" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:266 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:264 msgid "Controls the relative levels of the left and right local audio channels. For a mono signal it acts as a pan between the two channels. For example, if a microphone is connected to the right input channel and an instrument is connected to the left input channel which is much louder than the microphone, move the audio fader to increase the relative volume of the mic." msgstr "控制左右本地音频通道的相对电平。对于单声道信号，它充当两个通道之间的声像。例如，如果麦克风连接到右输入通道，而乐器连接到比麦克风大得多的左输入通道，则移动音频推子以增加麦克风的相对音量。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:268 -msgid "# Menu commands" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "# Menu commands" +msgid "Menu commands" msgstr "# 菜单命令" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:270 -msgid "### File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:267 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" +msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" msgstr "### 文件 > 加载/保存混音器通道设置" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:270 msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band rehearsals (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) and load these any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window." -msgstr "您可以保存和恢复您为乐队排练所拥有的混音（推子、静音、声像、独奏等）并随时加载（即使在演奏时）。加载也可以通过拖放到混音器窗口来完成。" +msgstr "您可以保存和恢复您为乐队排练所拥有的混音(推子、静音、声像、独奏等)并随时加载(即使在演奏时)。加载也可以通过拖放到混音器窗口来完成。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:274 -msgid "### Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:271 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders" +msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders " msgstr "### 编辑 > 自动调整所有推子" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:276 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:274 msgid "Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece." msgstr "根据音量将一次性推子设置应用于每个通道。对于大型合奏获得合理的整体混音很有用，尽管可能仍然需要进行个别调整。最好在热身或乐曲的统一部分使用。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:278 -msgid "# Backing up Jamulus" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:275 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "# Backing up Jamulus" +msgid "Backing up Jamulus" msgstr "# 备份 Jamulus" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:280 -msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" -msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:279 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want." +msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want." +msgstr "您可以使用 [加载/保存混音器频道设置](Software-Manual#文件--加载保存混音器通道设置) 保存和加载不同的混音器设置，并将这些文件存储在您想要的任何位置。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 -msgid "You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want." -msgstr "您可以使用 [加载/保存混音器频道设置](Software-Manual#文件-加载-保存混音器通道设置) 保存和加载不同的混音器设置，并将这些文件存储在您想要的任何位置。" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:286 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n" -"```shell\n" -"$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" -"```\n" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n" +#| "```shell\n" +#| "$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" +#| "```\n" +msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n" msgstr "" "**macOS 用户注意事项:** 从 Jamulus 3.8.1 开始，我们有一个签名的安装程序。这会将设置存储在 \n" "```shell\n" "$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" "```\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 -msgid "# Command Line Options" +#. type: Fenced code block (shell) +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 +#, no-wrap +msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:285 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "# Command Line Options" +msgid "Command Line Options" msgstr "# 命令行选项" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:290 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." msgstr "Jamulus 中最常见的功能可以使用 GUI 设置，但这些和其他功能也可以使用终端窗口中给出的选项进行设置。具体如何执行此操作将取决于您的操作系统。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:292 -msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:290 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:" +msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" msgstr "例如在 Windows 上，要使用特定的设置文件，请右键单击 Jamulus 快捷方式并选择“属性”>“目标”。将必要的参数添加到 Jamulus.exe:" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:296 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"```shell\n" -" \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n" -"```\n" +#. type: Fenced code block (shell) +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:291 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "```shell\n" +#| " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n" +#| "```\n" +msgid " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n" msgstr "" "```shell\n" " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n" "```\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:298 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:296 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" msgstr "对于 macOS，启动终端窗口并使用所需的选项运行 Jamulus，如下所示:" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"```shell\n" -" /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n" -"```\n" +#. type: Fenced code block (shell) +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:297 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "```shell\n" +#| " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n" +#| "```\n" +msgid " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n" msgstr "" "```shell\n" " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n" "```\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:306 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:305 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Controlling the Client via API" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:307 +msgid "In addition to the CLI, Jamulus can be controlled using an API. This is beneficial for advanced use cases - for example, where there is no GUI, or another application needs to interact with Jamulus. Please note that the API is still experimental. Information on the [JSON-RPC API can be found in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "TOC" +#~ msgstr "TOC" + +#~ msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" +#~ msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" + +#~ msgid "Defines a group of audio channels. Moving the fader of one member of the group moves the faders of all the others. Up to 8 groups can be defined." +#~ msgstr "定义一组音频通道。移动组中一个成员的推子会移动所有其他成员的推子。最多可以定义 8 个组。" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Tips-Tricks-More.po index 09d3d462e..de15487a8 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Tips-Tricks-More.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Tips-Tricks-More.po @@ -3,81 +3,94 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # yangyangdaji , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022. +# Allan Nordhøy , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-31 06:27+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: yangyangdaji \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 22:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: zh_CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "zh_CN" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "wiki" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More" msgstr "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More" -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Tips, Tricks and More" msgstr "提示、技巧等" +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:8 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "Tips, Tricks and More" +msgid "Tips & Tricks" +msgstr "提示、技巧等" + #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:10 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"# Tips & Tricks\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" -msgstr "" -"# 提示和技巧\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "{:toc}" +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:12 -msgid "
" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "
" +msgid "
\n" msgstr "
" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:14 -msgid "Table of contents" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "Table of contents" +msgid "Table of contents\n" msgstr "目录" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:16 -msgid "TOC" -msgstr "TOC" - #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:17 -msgid "{:toc}" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "{:toc}" +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" msgstr "{:toc}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:19 -msgid "
" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "
" +msgid "
\n" msgstr "
" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:21 -msgid "### Learning about remote band rehearsing" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:20 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Learning about remote band rehearsing" +msgid "Learning about remote band rehearsing" msgstr "### 学习远程乐队排练" #. type: Plain text @@ -85,14 +98,18 @@ msgstr "### 学习远程乐队排练" msgid "Jamulus user [Chris Rimple](https://sourceforge.net/u/chrisrimple/profile/) has compiled a massive amount of information relating to [Remote Band Rehearsals](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1smcvsxdaaViPQvGMQHmah_6BQeqowhmGSFMHfnlY2FI/) (Google doc), which covers topics such as hardware and software configuration including examples and advice for newcomers to the field. He also includes a section on Jamulus in comparison to other solutions." msgstr "Jamulus用户[Chris Rimple](https://sourceforge.net/u/chrisrimple/profile/)汇编了大量与[远程乐队排练](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1smcvsxdaaViPQvGMQHmah_6BQeqowhmGSFMHfnlY2FI/)有关的信息(Google doc)，其中包括硬件和软件配置等主题，包括为该领域的新人提供的例子和建议。他还包括一个关于 Jamulus 与其他解决方案比较的部分。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:25 -msgid "## Using the Jamulus Client" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:24 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## Using the Jamulus Client" +msgid "Using the Jamulus Client" msgstr "## 使用 Jamulus 客户端" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:27 -msgid "### Have an undisturbed session on any Server" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:26 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Have an undisturbed session on any Server" +msgid "Have an undisturbed session on any Server" msgstr "### 在任何服务器上都有一个不受干扰的会话" #. type: Plain text @@ -106,24 +123,28 @@ msgstr "您可以在任何服务器上与其他人进行不受干扰的会话， msgid "**NOTE:** This does not stop people from hearing you, using the chat function, or seeing your profile information.\n" msgstr "**注意:** 这不会阻止人们听到您的声音、使用聊天功能或查看您的个人资料信息。\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:33 -msgid "### Using Jamulus audio in Zoom (or other) meeting apps" -msgstr "### 在 Zoom（或其他）会议应用程序中使用 Jamulus 音频" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:32 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Using Jamulus audio in Zoom (or other) meeting apps" +msgid "Using Jamulus audio in Zoom (or other) meeting apps" +msgstr "### 在 Zoom(或其他)会议应用程序中使用 Jamulus 音频" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:35 msgid "Several users have reported success allowing a \"virtual audience\" for a Jamulus session by using [JACK audio](https://jackaudio.org) to route the Jamulus signal through JackRouter to the target application (in this case, Zoom meetings)." -msgstr "一些用户报告说，通过使用 [JACK 音频](https://jackaudio.org) 将 Jamulus 信号通过 JackRouter 路由到目标应用程序（在本例中为 Zoom 会议），成功允许 Jamulus 会话的“虚拟观众”。" +msgstr "一些用户报告说，通过使用 [JACK 音频](https://jackaudio.org) 将 Jamulus 信号通过 JackRouter 路由到目标应用程序(在本例中为 Zoom 会议)，成功允许 Jamulus 会话的“虚拟观众”。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:37 msgid "You can also use [VoiceMeeter](https://www.vb-audio.com/Voicemeeter/banana.htm) (Banana) for Windows or [BlackHole](https://github.com/ExistentialAudio/BlackHole) for macOS to route the Jamulus output to multiple destinations, for example to your headphones and the meeting application at the same time." msgstr "您还可以使用 [VoiceMeeter](https://www.vb-audio.com/Voicemeeter/banana.htm) (Banana) for Windows 或 [BlackHole](https://github.com/ExistentialAudio/BlackHole) for macOS将 Jamulus 输出路由到多个目的地，例如同时到您的耳机和会议应用程序。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:39 -msgid "### Recording Jamulus on Windows with Reaper" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:38 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Recording Jamulus on Windows with Reaper" +msgid "Recording Jamulus on Windows with Reaper" msgstr "### 使用 Reaper 在 Windows 上录制 Jamulus" #. type: Plain text @@ -131,19 +152,23 @@ msgstr "### 使用 Reaper 在 Windows 上录制 Jamulus" msgid "Jamulus user [Rob Durkin](https://sourceforge.net/u/bentwrench/profile/) has written a [guide to recording the output of Jamulus](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1tENfNKTWHasuTg33OdLLEo4-OOhWJolOo42ffSARxhY/edit) (Google Doc) using the ReaRoute add-on for [Reaper](https://www.reaper.fm/)." msgstr "Jamulus 用户 [Rob Durkin](https://sourceforge.net/u/bentwrench/profile/) 编写了 [记录 Jamulus 输出的指南](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1tENfNKTWHasuTg33OdLLEo4 -OOhWJolOo42ffSARxhY/edit) (Google Doc) 使用 [Reaper] (https://www.reaper.fm/) 的 ReaRoute 插件。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:43 -msgid "### Sharing song/chord sheets" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:42 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Sharing song/chord sheets" +msgid "Sharing song/chord sheets" msgstr "### 分享歌曲/和弦表" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:45 msgid "Jamulus user [BTDT](https://sourceforge.net/u/btdt/profile/) has written a system called [305keepers](https://github.com/keepers305/Song-Sheet-Sharing-Web-Pages), a web application that allows a \"Jam leader\" to push song sheets (in PDF format) to \"Jammers\" in real time using standard web browsers." -msgstr "Jamulus 用户 [BTDT](https://sourceforge.net/u/btdt/profile/) 编写了一个名为 [305keepers](https://github.com/keepers305/Song-Sheet-Sharing-Web-Pages) 的系统，一个网络应用程序，允许“Jam leader”使用标准网络浏览器将歌曲表（PDF 格式）实时推送到“Jammers”。" +msgstr "Jamulus 用户 [BTDT](https://sourceforge.net/u/btdt/profile/) 编写了一个名为 [305keepers](https://github.com/keepers305/Song-Sheet-Sharing-Web-Pages) 的系统，一个网络应用程序，允许“Jam leader”使用标准网络浏览器将歌曲表(PDF 格式)实时推送到“Jammers”。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:47 -msgid "### Jamulus Client Linux start script" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:46 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Jamulus Client Linux start script" +msgid "Jamulus Client Linux start script" msgstr "### Jamulus 客户端 Linux 启动脚本" #. type: Plain text @@ -166,11 +191,36 @@ msgstr "最后我启动 Jamulus 自动连接到目录。" msgid "Here is the script:" msgstr "这是脚本:" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:82 -#, no-wrap +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:57 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "~~~\n" +#| " amixer sset 'Mic' capture 30% cap\n" +#| " amixer sset 'Mic' playback 0%\n" +#| " amixer sset 'Line' playback 60% unmute\n" +#| " amixer sset 'Audigy Analog/Digital Output Jack' unmute\n" +#| " amixer sset 'Analog Mix' capture 100%\n" +#| " amixer sset 'Analog Mix' playback 0%\n" +#| " amixer sset 'Wave' 100%\n" +#| " amixer sset 'Master' capture 100% cap\n" +#| " amixer sset 'Master' playback 100%\n" +#| " amixer sset 'Master' playback 100%\n" +#| " amixer sset 'PCM' playback 100%\n" +#| " amixer sset 'PCM' capture 0%\n" +#| " guitarix &\n" +#| " /home/corrados/llcon/Jamulus -c myJamulusServer.domain.com &\n" +#| " sleep 3\n" +#| " jack_disconnect system:capture_1 Jamulus:'input left'\n" +#| " jack_disconnect system:capture_2 Jamulus:'input right'\n" +#| " jack_connect system:capture_1 gx_head_amp:in_0\n" +#| " jack_connect gx_head_amp:out_0 gx_head_fx:in_0\n" +#| " jack_connect gx_head_fx:out_0 Jamulus:'input left'\n" +#| " jack_connect gx_head_fx:out_1 Jamulus:'input right'\n" +#| " jack_connect Jamulus:'output left' system:playback_1\n" +#| " jack_connect Jamulus:'output right' system:playback_2\n" +#| "~~~\n" msgid "" -"~~~\n" " amixer sset 'Mic' capture 30% cap\n" " amixer sset 'Mic' playback 0%\n" " amixer sset 'Line' playback 60% unmute\n" @@ -194,7 +244,6 @@ msgid "" " jack_connect gx_head_fx:out_1 Jamulus:'input right'\n" " jack_connect Jamulus:'output left' system:playback_1\n" " jack_connect Jamulus:'output right' system:playback_2\n" -"~~~\n" msgstr "" "~~~\n" " amixer sset 'Mic' capture 30% cap\n" @@ -222,15 +271,17 @@ msgstr "" " jack_connect Jamulus:'output right' system:playback_2\n" "~~~\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:84 -msgid "### Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers" +msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers" msgstr "### 将 ctrlmidich 用于 MIDI 控制器" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86 msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:" -msgstr "客户端混音器窗口条中的音量推子、平移控制和静音和独奏按钮可以使用 MIDI 控制器通过使用 `--ctrlmidich` 参数进行控制（注意:仅适用于使用 Jamulus 版本 3.7.0 的 macOS 和 Linux或更高版本，在 Windows 上使用支持 JACK 的 Jamulus 版本）。要启用此功能，必须使用 --ctrlmidich 启动 Jamulus。有一个全局 MIDI 通道参数 (1-16)，您可以为每个受控项目设置两个参数:`offset` 和 `consecutive CC numbers`。将第一个参数设置为您希望 Jamulus 收听的通道（所有通道为 0），然后指定您要控制的项目（f = 音量推子;p = 平移;m = 静音;s = 独奏;o = 自己静音) 带有偏移量（开始的 CC 编号）和连续 CC 编号的数量。有一个例外不需要建立连续的 CC 编号，即“静音我自己”命令——它只需要一个 CC 编号，因为它只应用于自己的音频流。举个例子:" +msgstr "客户端混音器窗口条中的音量推子、平移控制和静音和独奏按钮可以使用 MIDI 控制器通过使用 `--ctrlmidich` 参数进行控制(注意:仅适用于使用 Jamulus 版本 3.7.0 的 macOS 和 Linux或更高版本，在 Windows 上使用支持 JACK 的 Jamulus 版本)。要启用此功能，必须使用 --ctrlmidich 启动 Jamulus。有一个全局 MIDI 通道参数 (1-16)，您可以为每个受控项目设置两个参数:`offset` 和 `consecutive CC numbers`。将第一个参数设置为您希望 Jamulus 收听的通道(所有通道为 0)，然后指定您要控制的项目(f = 音量推子;p = 平移;m = 静音;s = 独奏;o = 自己静音) 带有偏移量(开始的 CC 编号)和连续 CC 编号的数量。有一个例外不需要建立连续的 CC 编号，即“静音我自己”命令——它只需要一个 CC 编号，因为它只应用于自己的音频流。举个例子:" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88 @@ -240,53 +291,63 @@ msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90 msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64." -msgstr "在这里，Jamulus 在 MIDI 通道 1 上收听。音量推子 CC 编号从 0 开始，共有 8 个（因此以 CC 编号 7 结束）。平移控制从 CC 编号 16 开始，到 23 结束;独奏 32 到 39 和静音 48 到 55。静音我自己由 CC 编号 64 启用/禁用。" +msgstr "在这里，Jamulus 在 MIDI 通道 1 上收听。音量推子 CC 编号从 0 开始，共有 8 个(因此以 CC 编号 7 结束)。平移控制从 CC 编号 16 开始，到 23 结束;独奏 32 到 39 和静音 48 到 55。静音我自己由 CC 编号 64 启用/禁用。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92 -msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this." +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this." +msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n" msgstr "请注意，为使按钮控制的功能正常工作，您的 MIDI 控制器需要将按钮设置为“切换”模式。这意味着当按下以“打开”一个控件时，它必须发送一个值 >=64 的 MIDI CC 编号，而要“关闭”该控件，它必须发送一个值 <64 的相同 CC 编号。您可以阅读控制器手册以了解如何设置它。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94 #, no-wrap msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n" -msgstr "*注意*:Jamulus 不提供有关按钮开/关状态的反馈，这意味着您的控制器必须跟踪并将 LED（如果有）切换到“开”或“关”本身。\n" +msgstr "*注意*:Jamulus 不提供有关按钮开/关状态的反馈，这意味着您的控制器必须跟踪并将 LED(如果有)切换到“开”或“关”本身。\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96 msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth." -msgstr "混音器窗口中的推子条按从左到右的升序进行控制。继续上面的例子，在条号 1（最左边）中，音量推子将由 CC 号 0 控制;平移 16;独奏 32 和静音 48。由于我们为每个参数指定了 8 个连续控制器，这将使我们在混音器窗口中对 8 个条带（音量、声像、独奏和静音）进行 MIDI 控制。下一个条带将由 1、17、33 和 49 等控制。" +msgstr "混音器窗口中的推子条按从左到右的升序进行控制。继续上面的例子，在条号 1(最左边)中，音量推子将由 CC 号 0 控制;平移 16;独奏 32 和静音 48。由于我们为每个参数指定了 8 个连续控制器，这将使我们在混音器窗口中对 8 个条带(音量、声像、独奏和静音)进行 MIDI 控制。下一个条带将由 1、17、33 和 49 等控制。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98 msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl." -msgstr "确保将 MIDI 设备的输出端口连接到 Jamulus MIDI 输入端口（QjackCtl (Linux/Windows)、MIDI Studio (macOS) 或用于管理连接的任何工具）。在 Linux 中，您需要安装并启动 a2jmidid，以便您的设备显示在 Qjackctl 的 MIDI 选项卡中。" +msgstr "确保将 MIDI 设备的输出端口连接到 Jamulus MIDI 输入端口(QjackCtl (Linux/Windows)、MIDI Studio (macOS) 或用于管理连接的任何工具)。在 Linux 中，您需要安装并启动 a2jmidid，以便您的设备显示在 Qjackctl 的 MIDI 选项卡中。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100 #, no-wrap msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n" -msgstr "*提示*:当您在 Jamulus 中启用 MIDI 控制时，每个用户的名称前面都有一个数字，最左边的用户从 0 开始，然后是 1，依此类推。默认设置下，当一些用户离开而其他用户加入时，他们的左右GUI 中的排列可能不再遵循数字顺序，因此更难知道 MIDI 控制器上的每个物理推子/旋钮对应的是谁。为了使推子条保持数字顺序，请转到顶部菜单栏上的“查看”并在“无用户排序”和另一个选项之间切换，然后再次返回（例如，键入`Ctrl+N`、`Ctrl+O `）。\n" +msgstr "*提示*:当您在 Jamulus 中启用 MIDI 控制时，每个用户的名称前面都有一个数字，最左边的用户从 0 开始，然后是 1，依此类推。默认设置下，当一些用户离开而其他用户加入时，他们的左右GUI 中的排列可能不再遵循数字顺序，因此更难知道 MIDI 控制器上的每个物理推子/旋钮对应的是谁。为了使推子条保持数字顺序，请转到顶部菜单栏上的“查看”并在“无用户排序”和另一个选项之间切换，然后再次返回(例如，键入`Ctrl+N`、`Ctrl+O `)。\n" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 -msgid "## For Server admins" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "## For Server admins" +msgid "For Server admins" msgstr "## 对于服务器管理员" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104 -msgid "### Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly" +msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly" msgstr "### 即时将已注册的服务器转换为未注册的服务器" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106 -msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for your band to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Your band mates will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)" -msgstr "您可以作为注册服务器运行足够长的时间以供您的乐队连接，然后通过在服务器 GUI 中将目录设置为“无”来“私有”（未注册）。在断开连接之前，您的乐队成员仍将连接到服务器。 （感谢 [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) 的提示！）" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:108 -msgid "### Remote management of recordings" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for your band to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Your band mates will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)" +msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)" +msgstr "您可以作为注册服务器运行足够长的时间以供您的乐队连接，然后通过在服务器 GUI 中将目录设置为“无”来“私有”(未注册)。在断开连接之前，您的乐队成员仍将连接到服务器。 (感谢 [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) 的提示！)" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Remote management of recordings" +msgid "Remote management of recordings" msgstr "### 远程管理录音" #. type: Plain text @@ -294,9 +355,11 @@ msgstr "### 远程管理录音" msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script." msgstr "Jamulus 用户 [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) 编写了一个 [基于 Web 的远程工具](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) 用于在 Linux 上启动和停止录制服务器，允许您从浏览器下载它们。另请参阅 [pljones](https://github.com/pljones) 的 [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter)，其中还包括一个服务器录制恢复脚本。" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112 -msgid "### Making a Server status page" +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Making a Server status page" +msgid "Making a Server status page" msgstr "### 制作服务器状态页面" #. type: Plain text @@ -307,13 +370,28 @@ msgstr "使用 `-m` 命令行参数，可以生成服务器统计信息以放在 #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116 msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):" -msgstr "下面是一个使用服务器状态文件在 html 页面上显示当前服务器状态的示例 php 脚本（假设使用以下命令行参数:'-m /var/www/stat1.dat'）:" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:131 -#, no-wrap +msgstr "下面是一个使用服务器状态文件在 html 页面上显示当前服务器状态的示例 php 脚本(假设使用以下命令行参数:'-m /var/www/stat1.dat'):" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "~~~\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "~~~\n" msgid "" -"~~~\n" "\n" "\n" -"~~~\n" msgstr "" "~~~\n" "\n" "\n" "~~~\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ "# Tips & Tricks\n" +#~ " {:.no_toc}\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "# 提示和技巧\n" +#~ " {:.no_toc}\n" + +#~ msgid "TOC" +#~ msgstr "TOC" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Unregistered-Servers.po b/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Unregistered-Servers.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b55d25377 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Unregistered-Servers.po @@ -0,0 +1,198 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Unregistered-Servers" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Running an Unregistered Server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:9 +msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:13 +msgid "It is highly recommended to test your Server by registering it on one of the built-in Directories **first**. This will help you tackle general problems before you try unregistered mode." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:14 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Setting up a Server behind a home router" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:17 +msgid "If you set up your Server at home, you will probably need to change some settings in your router/firewall:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Port forwarding" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:21 +msgid "Normally, people from outside your home network cannot see things inside it. To let external Jamulus Clients connect to your Server, you need to set up port forwarding in your router's settings. The exact setup differs for every router. For help, see your router's documentation or [portforward.com](https://portforward.com)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** The default port for Jamulus is **UDP** (not TCP) port **22124**. You will usually forward the port **22124** from outside your network to the port **22124** of the computer running the Server.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Getting the public IP" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:28 +msgid "To allow others to connect to your Server from the internet, give them your public IP address. You can [learn your current public IP address using Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=what+is+my+ip). You should connect yourself using the local network address of the computer the Server is running on. If you are running a Client on the same computer as your Server, the address is `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:30 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Dynamic DNS and why you will probably need it" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:33 +msgid "Unless your ISP provides you with a fixed IP address, you may find that your address changes over time. You might want to associate your IP address with a domain name you can share with others that uses \"dynamic DNS\" (DDNS). A \"dynamic DNS\" provider can supply you with the domain name and you keep refreshing your IP address with the provider. Your router might support certain DDNS providers to do this. If this is not the case, the provider will have instructions on how to set up a dynamic DNS client." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "DNS SRV record support" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:37 +msgid "Jamulus Clients support [DNS SRV records (\"service\" records)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record). If a Client finds an SRV record associated with the domain name given in the Connect window, it will try to connect to the endpoint host and port listed in the SRV record. This process is similar to HTTP redirection in a web browser, only it's between Jamulus Clients and the DNS server. The Jamulus Server is not involved in this interaction. Jamulus Servers just listen for connections on the same port listed in the SRV record." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why is this helpful?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:41 +msgid "A Jamulus Client can connect to a Server on a non-default port by specifying the port as part of the server address. A server administrator may want to give users a simple address without the port details, while still serving Jamulus on a non-default port. For this case, the port information can be acquired from an SRV record." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:43 +msgid "An address entered in the Connect window could look like ```jamulus.example.com```. If an SRV record is found for this DNS domain, Jamulus Client will try to connect to the Server on the host:port listed in the SRV record, such as ```jamulus.example.com:12345```." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:45 +msgid "If no SRV records are found on the DNS server, a Client will attempt to connect to the Server as specified in the connection window." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:46 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Creating SRV records" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:49 +msgid "SRV records are created by the administrator of the domain being used to host the Jamulus server. The SRV records are added through the administration portal (or API if available) of the domain's DNS hosting service. The format of the SRV record entry can vary by DNS hosting service but will generally look something like this." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" _service._proto.name. ttl IN SRV priority weight port target\n" +" \n" +" # or, more specifically\n" +" \n" +" _jamulus._udp.example.com. 60 IN SRV 0 5 12345 jamulus.example.com\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** You can host many Jamulus Servers at different ports on one host by giving each its own SRV record.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:61 +msgid "See the documentation of your DNS provider for instructions on creating an SRV record." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Example use case with SRV records" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:65 +msgid "This example assumes the DNS contains an A or CNAME record that resolves to ```server1.example.com```, where three Jamulus Server instances are running, each listening on one of the three ports listed below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:67 +msgid "Alternatively, `server1.example.com` can be a router, NAT-gateway, or load-balancer that forwards each of the ports to a backend Jamulus server (or servers)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:74 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"| JAMULUS CLIENT | DNS SRV RECORD | JAMULUS SERVER |\n" +"| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------- |\n" +"| rock.example.com | _jamulus._udp.rock.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22124 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22124 |\n" +"| jazz.example.com | _jamulus._udp.jazz.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22125 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22125 |\n" +"| blues.example.com | _jamulus._udp.blues.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22126 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22126 |\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:76 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*It's important to remember that DNS is not forwarding connections. It's simply telling Jamulus Client what public host:port to connect to.*\n" +msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/copyright.po b/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/copyright.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..43859214a --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/copyright.po @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Hash Value: footer asio +#: ../wiki/en/misc/copyright.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ASIO ® compatible - ASIO is a trademark and software of Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav docs +#: ../wiki/en/misc/copyright.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "This documentation is CC BY-SA" +msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/general.po b/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/general.po index 0fd4fc6d1..339d5ab00 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/general.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/general.po @@ -16,109 +16,107 @@ msgstr "" "X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" #. type: Hash Value: footer alt facebook -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus Facebook group" msgstr "Jamulus Facebook 群组" #. type: Hash Value: footer alt github -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus GitHub repo" msgstr "Jamulus GitHub 存储库" #. type: Hash Value: footer alt help -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Help and support" msgstr "帮助和支持" #. type: Hash Value: footer copyright software -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Software by Volker Fischer and contributors - want to get involved?" msgstr "Volker Fischer 和 贡献者 的软件 - 想要 参与吗？" -#. type: Hash Value: infobox_each_os -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Jamulus 3.9.1 addresses a MIDI controller-related bug that could result in the loss of old fader levels: If you used `--ctrlmidich`, you can start the app once with `--cleanuplegacyfadersettings` to try to convert the old format to the new one. This option will be removed in a future release. Read the Change Log for more information." -msgstr "Jamulus 3.9.1 解决了一个与 MIDI 控制器相关的错误，该错误可能导致旧的推子电平丢失:如果您使用了 `--ctrlmidich`，您可以使用 `--cleanuplegacyfadersettings` 启动应用程序一次以尝试转换旧格式到新的。此选项将在未来的版本中删除。阅读 更改日志 了解更多信息。" - #. type: Hash Value: kb by -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "by" msgstr "由" #. type: Hash Value: kb discuss linktitle -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Discuss this content" msgstr "讨论这个内容" #. type: Hash Value: kb discuss title -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Comments" msgstr "评论" #. type: Hash Value: kb kbintro -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Community knowledge base
Feel free to add your own article!" msgstr "社区知识库
随意添加自己的文章！" #. type: Hash Value: kb mainpage -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Knowledge Base overview" msgstr "知识库概述" #. type: Hash Value: kb navpages -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "More pages" msgstr "更多页面" #. type: Hash Value: kb newpage -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Add a new page via GitHub" msgstr "通过 GitHub 添加一个新的页面" #. type: Hash Value: kb readmore -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Read more..." msgstr "阅读更多..." #. type: Hash Value: kb titleAdd -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "– Jamulus Knowledge Base" msgstr "– Jamulus 知识库" #. type: Hash Value: nav altJamulusIcon -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus Icon. Links to homepage" msgstr "杰穆鲁斯图标。链接到主页" #. type: Hash Value: nav btnOpenNavigation -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Open navigation" msgstr "打开导航" #. type: Hash Value: tNoJSEnabled -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Your browser has JavaScript disabled. That's totally fine. This site has been designed to provide basic functionality without JS. Enabling JavaScript may give you additional functionality on this site." msgstr "您的浏览器禁用了 JavaScript。这完全没问题。该站点旨在提供没有 JS 的基本功能。启用 JavaScript 可能会在本网站上为您提供额外的功能。" #. type: Hash Value: wiki titleAdd -#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "– Jamulus Website" msgstr "– Jamulus 网站" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Jamulus 3.9.1 addresses a MIDI controller-related bug that could result in the loss of old fader levels: If you used `--ctrlmidich`, you can start the app once with `--cleanuplegacyfadersettings` to try to convert the old format to the new one. This option will be removed in a future release. Read the Change Log for more information." +#~ msgstr "Jamulus 3.9.1 解决了一个与 MIDI 控制器相关的错误，该错误可能导致旧的推子电平丢失:如果您使用了 `--ctrlmidich`，您可以使用 `--cleanuplegacyfadersettings` 启动应用程序一次以尝试转换旧格式到新的。此选项将在未来的版本中删除。阅读 更改日志 了解更多信息。" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/navigation.po b/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/navigation.po index ac072bb73..7434e0ed4 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/navigation.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/navigation.po @@ -2,165 +2,170 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # yangyangdaji , 2022. +# Kingo Bingo , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-29 23:04+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: yangyangdaji \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-04-04 20:24+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Kingo Bingo \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: zh_CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.17-dev\n" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting Up" msgstr "设置" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Windows" msgstr "Windows" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows" msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "macOS" msgstr "macOS" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh" msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Linux" msgstr "Linux" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux" msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Getting-Started" msgstr "/wiki/Getting-Started" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "User Manual" msgstr "用户手册" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual" msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "FAQ" msgstr "常见问题" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/FAQ" msgstr "/wiki/FAQ" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "故障排除" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting" msgstr "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting" #. type: Hash Value: nav title -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Using Jamulus" msgstr "使用 Jamulus" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap -msgid "Server Administration" -msgstr "服务器管理" +msgid "Server Manual" +msgstr "服务手册" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Running-a-Server" msgstr "/wiki/Running-a-Server" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Tips & Tricks" msgstr "提示和技巧" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More" msgstr "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Community Knowledge Base" msgstr "社区知识库" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems selectOnLayout -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "post" msgstr "发布" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/kb/index.html" msgstr "/kb/index.html" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Privacy Statement" msgstr "隐私声明" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Privacy-Statement" msgstr "/wiki/Privacy-Statement" #. type: Hash Value: nav title -#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "More" msgstr "更多" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Server Administration" +#~ msgstr "服务器管理" diff --git a/assets/img/de-screenshots/server-window-options.inc b/assets/img/de-screenshots/server-window-options.inc deleted file mode 100644 index 4c9e3f087..000000000 --- a/assets/img/de-screenshots/server-window-options.inc +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/150634900-fdd609d2-2105-44b0-a081-ba7a5fa1faa8.png diff --git a/assets/img/de-screenshots/server-window-setup.inc b/assets/img/de-screenshots/server-window-setup.inc deleted file mode 100644 index 720a0f35e..000000000 --- a/assets/img/de-screenshots/server-window-setup.inc +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/150634883-e2788c8c-b7e0-4f32-9d4e-7bc7224e37b8.png diff --git a/assets/img/en-screenshots/server-window-options.inc b/assets/img/en-screenshots/server-window-options.inc deleted file mode 100644 index 2536b94a6..000000000 --- a/assets/img/en-screenshots/server-window-options.inc +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/178142687-da256fa5-d7b8-47ab-9265-63c3c9760841.png diff --git a/assets/img/en-screenshots/server-window-setup.inc b/assets/img/en-screenshots/server-window-setup.inc deleted file mode 100644 index 714fbf90e..000000000 --- a/assets/img/en-screenshots/server-window-setup.inc +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/178142684-1b85e654-78be-4909-a76c-945d7a0f7ccc.png diff --git a/assets/img/en-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc b/assets/img/en-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc index 921e6cf7e..4927d0d64 100644 --- a/assets/img/en-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc +++ b/assets/img/en-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc @@ -1 +1 @@ -https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147836278-22b3fc12-52f6-4690-b9fd-9288a6fbffa2.png +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/1549463/248553725-353df7ba-f232-45a5-9f18-bdb8c630a1a8.png diff --git a/assets/img/en-screenshots/settings-network.inc b/assets/img/en-screenshots/settings-network.inc index f0d9bf2b6..70b8c8b89 100644 --- a/assets/img/en-screenshots/settings-network.inc +++ b/assets/img/en-screenshots/settings-network.inc @@ -1 +1 @@ -https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147836358-62165b26-b755-4d26-bd90-448ae69ea46c.png +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/1549463/248553617-bdeb935a-c923-44a8-86d3-1f14d0fb0355.png diff --git a/assets/img/en-screenshots/settings-profile.inc b/assets/img/en-screenshots/settings-profile.inc index 2527e668f..3e19c1008 100644 --- a/assets/img/en-screenshots/settings-profile.inc +++ b/assets/img/en-screenshots/settings-profile.inc @@ -1 +1 @@ -https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/178144679-bef8518c-f095-4848-86bf-7639cb508505.png +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/1549463/248553489-9ef871f6-32d1-4a2a-9f6f-29e23c40a629.png diff --git a/assets/img/es-screenshots/server-window-options.inc b/assets/img/es-screenshots/server-window-options.inc deleted file mode 100644 index 5ec60de56..000000000 --- a/assets/img/es-screenshots/server-window-options.inc +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4263412/179260421-a85e25ea-34b5-4c20-9dca-ce23d3ec8a60.png diff --git a/assets/img/es-screenshots/server-window-setup.inc b/assets/img/es-screenshots/server-window-setup.inc deleted file mode 100644 index 0c4996eae..000000000 --- a/assets/img/es-screenshots/server-window-setup.inc +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4263412/179260333-df85d696-eede-4abd-8aa9-b042d8bf4036.png diff --git a/assets/img/fr-screenshots/server-window-options.inc b/assets/img/fr-screenshots/server-window-options.inc deleted file mode 100644 index 02447050a..000000000 --- a/assets/img/fr-screenshots/server-window-options.inc +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/12748768/179054398-8e659c23-3516-4489-8319-c3cf1ea68053.png \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/assets/img/fr-screenshots/server-window-setup.inc b/assets/img/fr-screenshots/server-window-setup.inc deleted file mode 100644 index cb2d4a43e..000000000 --- a/assets/img/fr-screenshots/server-window-setup.inc +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/12748768/179054052-da19298e-f3d5-440d-a560-4e502ada1544.png diff --git a/assets/img/ko_KR-screenshots/server-window-options.inc b/assets/img/ko_KR-screenshots/server-window-options.inc deleted file mode 100644 index 2536b94a6..000000000 --- a/assets/img/ko_KR-screenshots/server-window-options.inc +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/178142687-da256fa5-d7b8-47ab-9265-63c3c9760841.png diff --git a/assets/img/ko_KR-screenshots/server-window-setup.inc b/assets/img/ko_KR-screenshots/server-window-setup.inc deleted file mode 100644 index 714fbf90e..000000000 --- a/assets/img/ko_KR-screenshots/server-window-setup.inc +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/178142684-1b85e654-78be-4909-a76c-945d7a0f7ccc.png diff --git a/assets/img/nb_NO-screenshots/server-window-options.inc b/assets/img/nb_NO-screenshots/server-window-options.inc deleted file mode 100644 index 2536b94a6..000000000 --- a/assets/img/nb_NO-screenshots/server-window-options.inc +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/178142687-da256fa5-d7b8-47ab-9265-63c3c9760841.png diff --git a/assets/img/nb_NO-screenshots/server-window-setup.inc b/assets/img/nb_NO-screenshots/server-window-setup.inc deleted file mode 100644 index 714fbf90e..000000000 --- a/assets/img/nb_NO-screenshots/server-window-setup.inc +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/178142684-1b85e654-78be-4909-a76c-945d7a0f7ccc.png diff --git a/assets/img/nl-screenshots/server-window-options.inc b/assets/img/nl-screenshots/server-window-options.inc deleted file mode 100644 index aa24132b5..000000000 --- a/assets/img/nl-screenshots/server-window-options.inc +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/13550012/178717403-9ad11b79-c09b-4176-84a1-d2def00121a5.png diff --git a/assets/img/nl-screenshots/server-window-setup.inc b/assets/img/nl-screenshots/server-window-setup.inc deleted file mode 100644 index d60888357..000000000 --- a/assets/img/nl-screenshots/server-window-setup.inc +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/13550012/178717359-6d949933-2d7c-4089-b487-bc1ff28ed54b.png diff --git a/assets/img/nl-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc b/assets/img/nl-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc index 605f2d81b..665ec8d12 100644 --- a/assets/img/nl-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc +++ b/assets/img/nl-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc @@ -1 +1 @@ -https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/13550012/151560093-9c49de08-2a63-44f6-b31f-a011cc6c1eb6.png +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/13550012/258647426-93f9ddad-dd09-43e3-9b28-8faba15bca11.png diff --git a/assets/img/nl-screenshots/settings-network.inc b/assets/img/nl-screenshots/settings-network.inc index ee745b7a5..061b038cc 100644 --- a/assets/img/nl-screenshots/settings-network.inc +++ b/assets/img/nl-screenshots/settings-network.inc @@ -1 +1 @@ -https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/13550012/151560076-43160492-385d-4564-9c47-84c07cfd5934.png +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/13550012/258647417-96b3f2bd-34fd-48e6-b75a-434a2f056d0d.png diff --git a/assets/img/nl-screenshots/settings-profile.inc b/assets/img/nl-screenshots/settings-profile.inc index 22ee13c3b..7131b1b09 100644 --- a/assets/img/nl-screenshots/settings-profile.inc +++ b/assets/img/nl-screenshots/settings-profile.inc @@ -1 +1 @@ -https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/13550012/179161661-d8ef5df9-c199-43b5-8902-1c28f46c185a.png +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/13550012/258647406-499541ee-96ec-4526-bea4-3788a93b64e9.png diff --git a/assets/img/pt-screenshots/server-window-options.inc b/assets/img/pt-screenshots/server-window-options.inc deleted file mode 100644 index d613c615b..000000000 --- a/assets/img/pt-screenshots/server-window-options.inc +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147943782-4ad94c4a-4067-4c60-b208-a0aa3992d307.png diff --git a/assets/img/pt-screenshots/server-window-setup.inc b/assets/img/pt-screenshots/server-window-setup.inc deleted file mode 100644 index 68cad412f..000000000 --- a/assets/img/pt-screenshots/server-window-setup.inc +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147943809-eb334ba1-1706-43a2-b34d-dca8c8def2cb.png diff --git a/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/server-window-options.inc b/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/server-window-options.inc deleted file mode 100644 index 2536b94a6..000000000 --- a/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/server-window-options.inc +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/178142687-da256fa5-d7b8-47ab-9265-63c3c9760841.png diff --git a/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/server-window-setup.inc b/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/server-window-setup.inc deleted file mode 100644 index 714fbf90e..000000000 --- a/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/server-window-setup.inc +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/178142684-1b85e654-78be-4909-a76c-945d7a0f7ccc.png diff --git a/assets/img/pt-screenshots/bandwidth-diagram.inc b/assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/bandwidth-diagram.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/pt-screenshots/bandwidth-diagram.inc rename to assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/bandwidth-diagram.inc diff --git a/assets/img/pt-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc b/assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/pt-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc rename to assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc diff --git a/assets/img/pt-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc b/assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/pt-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc rename to assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc diff --git a/assets/img/pt-screenshots/diagram-overview.inc b/assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/diagram-overview.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/pt-screenshots/diagram-overview.inc rename to assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/diagram-overview.inc diff --git a/assets/img/pt-screenshots/diagram-reg-server.inc b/assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/diagram-reg-server.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/pt-screenshots/diagram-reg-server.inc rename to assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/diagram-reg-server.inc diff --git a/assets/img/pt-screenshots/diagram-unreg-server.inc b/assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/diagram-unreg-server.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/pt-screenshots/diagram-unreg-server.inc rename to assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/diagram-unreg-server.inc diff --git a/assets/img/pt-screenshots/led-green.inc b/assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/led-green.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/pt-screenshots/led-green.inc rename to assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/led-green.inc diff --git a/assets/img/pt-screenshots/led-red.inc b/assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/led-red.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/pt-screenshots/led-red.inc rename to assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/led-red.inc diff --git a/assets/img/pt-screenshots/led-yellow.inc b/assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/led-yellow.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/pt-screenshots/led-yellow.inc rename to assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/led-yellow.inc diff --git a/assets/img/pt-screenshots/main-screen-default.inc b/assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/main-screen-default.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/pt-screenshots/main-screen-default.inc rename to assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/main-screen-default.inc diff --git a/assets/img/pt-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc b/assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/pt-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc rename to assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc diff --git a/assets/img/pt-screenshots/mixer-channels.inc b/assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/mixer-channels.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/pt-screenshots/mixer-channels.inc rename to assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/mixer-channels.inc diff --git a/assets/img/pt-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc b/assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/pt-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc rename to assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc diff --git a/assets/img/pt-screenshots/server-active.inc b/assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/server-active.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/pt-screenshots/server-active.inc rename to assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/server-active.inc diff --git a/assets/img/pt-screenshots/server-inactive.inc b/assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/server-inactive.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/pt-screenshots/server-inactive.inc rename to assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/server-inactive.inc diff --git a/assets/img/pt-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc b/assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/pt-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc rename to assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc diff --git a/assets/img/pt-screenshots/settings-network.inc b/assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/settings-network.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/pt-screenshots/settings-network.inc rename to assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/settings-network.inc diff --git a/assets/img/pt-screenshots/settings-profile.inc b/assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/settings-profile.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/pt-screenshots/settings-profile.inc rename to assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/settings-profile.inc diff --git a/assets/img/zh_CN-screenshots/server-window-options.inc b/assets/img/zh_CN-screenshots/server-window-options.inc deleted file mode 100644 index 2536b94a6..000000000 --- a/assets/img/zh_CN-screenshots/server-window-options.inc +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/178142687-da256fa5-d7b8-47ab-9265-63c3c9760841.png diff --git a/assets/img/zh_CN-screenshots/server-window-setup.inc b/assets/img/zh_CN-screenshots/server-window-setup.inc deleted file mode 100644 index 714fbf90e..000000000 --- a/assets/img/zh_CN-screenshots/server-window-setup.inc +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/178142684-1b85e654-78be-4909-a76c-945d7a0f7ccc.png diff --git a/contribute/en/Release-Process.md b/contribute/en/Release-Process.md index 6413ae2ae..770be9418 100644 --- a/contribute/en/Release-Process.md +++ b/contribute/en/Release-Process.md @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ Current state: **Checklist** - [ ] Assign this issue to the release shepherd who is in charge of managing this checklist. - [ ] Pin this issue -- [ ] Ensure that all issues/PR targeted for this release are done by checking the Project board with [the appropriate filter for this release](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/projects/2?card_filter_query=milestone%3A%22release+3.8.2%22). Remind main developers to review entries in *Waiting on team* state. +- [ ] Ensure that all issues/PR targeted for this release are done by checking the Project board with [the appropriate filter for this release](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/projects/5/views/5). Remind main developers to review entries in *Waiting on team* state. - [ ] Agree to de-tag unfinished Issues/PRs. - [ ] Declare a freeze for code and website by updating this Issue and adding a comment. PRs can still be worked on and may get reviewed, but must not be merged unless agreed explicitly. - [ ] Check the `needs documentation` label for any outstanding PRs flagged for this release and remove that label if done. diff --git a/wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md b/wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md index 7e4e40e99..7736f6c4b 100644 --- a/wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md +++ b/wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md @@ -78,6 +78,19 @@ In the UK (and possibly other regions/routers) the Virgin Media Cable Internet M In some cases, it may be your ISP that is blocking your use of Jamulus. See the note on the [server troubleshooting page](Server-Troubleshooting#nobody-can-connect-to-my-server---but-i-can-connect-locally) about "Nobody can connect to my Server" +## Getting an error message saying "Jamulus" can't be opened because the developer cannot be verified + +If you are using a "legacy" version of Jamulus (because you are running an older version of macOS) or an intermediate build, the first time you run Jamulus, you will see a message saying it cannot be opened. + +To open Jamulus + +1. Go to the Applications folder via Finder +1. Double-click on Jamulus and wait for the above-mentioned message +1. Close this message by clicking on "Cancel" +1. Now control-click (or right-click) on Jamulus, and select "Open" from the top of the menu. + +You will then get a slightly different version of the same message, which allows you to click "Open". From then on, you can run Jamulus in the normal way and the message won't appear. For further information about this warning see [this Apple Support Page](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac). + ### Trouble using Garageband (or other DAW) with Jamulus? See [this forum discussion](https://sourceforge.net/p/llcon/discussion/533517/thread/d3dd58eedc/#b994) diff --git a/wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md b/wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md index 4a652aa30..63fd3a943 100644 --- a/wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md +++ b/wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ permalink: "/wiki/Command-Line-Options" # Command Line Options -## Shared commands +## Shared commands {% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %} @@ -17,5 +17,4 @@ permalink: "/wiki/Command-Line-Options" ## Server only commands -{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %} - +See [Running a Server](Running-a-Server#server-mode-related-options) diff --git a/wiki/en/Directories.md b/wiki/en/Directories.md index 7fa1131bb..41dcc605a 100644 --- a/wiki/en/Directories.md +++ b/wiki/en/Directories.md @@ -10,11 +10,11 @@ permalink: "/wiki/Directories" # Running a Directory -This is a specialised Jamulus Server configuration, as described in [Server Types](Running-a-Server#server-types). +This is a specialised Jamulus Server configuration, as described in [Server Modes](Running-a-Server#server-modes). To view Servers listed by a Custom Directory, users must enter the address of that Directory in their Client's Settings > Advanced Setup > Custom Directories field. Multiple addresses can be added in this way if needed. Custom Directories will then appear in the Directory drop-down list on their Connect window. Custom Directories otherwise work for Clients in the same way as Public Directories, displaying a list of Servers registered with them. -To run a Server as a Directory, it should be started with the `--directoryserver` option to make itself (that is, `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`) the Directory to query for Servers. +To run a Server as a Directory, it should be started with the `--directoryaddress` option to make itself (that is, `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`) the Directory to query for Servers. When running a Server with the GUI, set the Custom Directory server address in the Options tab to "localhost", then select "Custom" from the Directory drop-down list. diff --git a/wiki/en/FAQ.md b/wiki/en/FAQ.md index aca813efb..32ea2d7be 100644 --- a/wiki/en/FAQ.md +++ b/wiki/en/FAQ.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ permalink: "/wiki/FAQ" ### Is there a metronome, synchronization, or some other way of keeping in time? -No. Musicians on a Jamulus Server play in real time together as they would in person. If you want to have a time signal, then there are shared metronome solutions on the Internet you can try. But it’s probably best to just minimise latency so nobody has an overall delay more than about 30-50 ms. +No. Musicians on a Jamulus Server play in real time together as they would in person. If you want a time signal, there are shared metronome solutions on the Internet you can try. But it’s probably best to just minimise latency so nobody has an overall delay more than about 30-50 ms. Bear in mind also that all participants should follow [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together) which will also determine whether you can play in time properly. @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ Bear in mind also that all participants should follow [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Cl If somebody lists a Server on one of the Directories built into Jamulus, they accept that anyone can play on it. Jamulus has no password protection or other authentication mechanisms. Whilst some Servers may state their policies in the welcome message you will see in the chat window, Jamulus itself does nothing to enforce these. -Note also that Servers do not have to be registered on a Directory in order for Jamulus Clients to connect to them. Server operators can just give out the address of their Servers to those they want to play with, and they can then connect directly. Have a look at [this overview for more information](/wiki/Running-a-Server#server-types). +Note also that Servers do not have to be registered on a Directory in order for Jamulus Clients to connect to them. Server operators can just give out the address of their Servers to those they want to play with, and they can then connect directly. Have a look at [this overview for more information](/wiki/Running-a-Server#server-modes). ### Why shouldn’t I use wireless equipment? @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ Of course, if you are playing an acoustic instrument, or are a singer, it will b ### Do I need a fast Internet connection? -No, especially if you don't run a Server to host other musicians. Having a low ping is more important. For most people on standard broadband (e.g. 10 Mbit/s down and 1 Mbit/s up) you will have no problems. For those running Servers at home, depending on how many people join, you may encounter issues if your _upstream_ bandwidth is lower than about 5 Mbit/s. +No, especially if you don't run a Server to host other musicians. Having a low ping is more important. Most people on standard broadband (e.g. 10 Mbit/s down and 1 Mbit/s up) will have no problems. For those running Servers at home, depending on how many people join, you may encounter issues if your _upstream_ bandwidth is lower than about 5 Mbit/s. ### Do I need to run a Server? @@ -68,7 +68,6 @@ Adding video support adds a lot of complexity. You can use other software like J ### Why do Registered Servers not need port forwarding? -Normally, network address translation (NAT) firewalls prevent incoming requests initiated from outside the local network. Inbound traffic is only possible for packets relating to an outbound request (strictly speaking, “related” and “established” packets to an initial outbound connection). In Registered Server mode, when your Jamulus Server connects to a Directory it of course initiates an outbound connection. From then on, the Directory sends (established/related) connection “pings” (not ICMP pings) to your Server at regular intervals to keep the relevant NAT port(s) open on your router/firewall. - -However, in Unregistered mode, Clients have to **initiate** connections into the Server’s network. NAT firewalls prevent this, so you need to tell them to allow incoming connection requests on the Jamulus port using port forwarding. +Normally, network address translation (NAT) blocks incoming requests initiated from outside the local network. Inbound traffic is only possible for packets relating to an outbound request (strictly speaking, “related” and “established” packets to an initial outbound connection). In Registered Server mode, your Jamulus Server initiates an outbound connection when it connects to a Directory. From then on, the Directory sends (established/related) connection “pings” (not ICMP pings) to your Server at regular intervals to keep the relevant port(s) open on your router. +However, to reach an Unregistered Server, each Client has to initiate a connection into the Server’s network. A NAT prevents this, so you need to configure your router to allow incoming connection requests on the Jamulus port using port forwarding. diff --git a/wiki/en/Getting-Started.md b/wiki/en/Getting-Started.md index cb9ce15e1..dbaf45ee5 100644 --- a/wiki/en/Getting-Started.md +++ b/wiki/en/Getting-Started.md @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ To get Jamulus working with your operating system, please follow the installatio macOS Linux
-_[Android](Installation-for-Android) and [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) can be used too, but are still considered experimental._ +_[Android](Installation-for-Android) and [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) can be used too, but are considered experimental._ And for now, close all other applications. It’s best to start simple at first. diff --git a/wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md b/wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md deleted file mode 100644 index f76181a18..000000000 --- a/wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,19 +0,0 @@ -- `-d` or `--discononquit` Disconnect all Clients on quit. Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not used their "Disconnect" buttons will re-establish connection when the Server comes back up again. Using this option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server. -- `-e` or `--directoryserver` Register the Server on a Directory (e.g. to set its genre (see also `-o`)). See [Server Types](Running-a-Server#server-types) for further information. -- `--directoryfile` Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. Directory Servers only. See [this guide](Directories) for further information. -- `-f` or `--listfilter` Whitelist Servers registering on the Server list, format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]` Directories only. -- `-F` or `--fastupdate` Reduces latency if Clients connect with "Enable Small Network Buffers" option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients. -- `-l` or `--log` Enable logging, set path and file name -- `-L` or `--licence` Show an agreement window before users can connect -- `-m` or `--htmlstatus` Enable HTML status file, set path and file name -- `-o` or `--serverinfo` Location details in the format: `[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code or Qt5 Locale]` (see [two-letter ISO country codes](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements) or [Qt5 Locale values](https://doc.qt.io/qt-5/qlocale.html#Country-enum)) Registered Servers only -- `-P` or `--delaypan` Start with delay panning enabled See [notes](Running-a-Server#delay-panning) -- `-R` or `--recording` Set server recording directory; Server will record when a session is active by default. See [Options](Running-a-Server#options). -- `--norecord` Set server not to record by default (when recording is configured e.g via `-R`) -- `-s` or `--server` Start in Server mode -- `--serverbindip` Specify the IP address to bind to -- `-T` or `--multithreading` Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs to support more Clients -- `-u` or `--numchannels` Maximum number of channels (Clients) -- `-w` or `--welcomemessage` Welcome message on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML. -- `-z` or `--startminimized` Start minimized -- `--serverpublicip` The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [Notes on Directories](Directories#points-to-note-about-directories) diff --git a/wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md b/wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md index c0e0dee6c..9c7b16920 100644 --- a/wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md +++ b/wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md @@ -1,13 +1,14 @@ [comment]: # (This is an include file for use in multiple documents) -- `-h` or `--help` Display help text -- `-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default) -- `-n` or `--nogui` Disable GUI (for use in headless mode) -- `-p` or `--port` Sets the local UDP port number. Default is 22124 -- `--jsonrpcport` Enables JSON-RPC API server to control the app, set TCP port number (EXPERIMENTAL, APIs might change; only accessible from localhost). Please see [the JSON-RPC API Documentation file](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md). -- `--jsonrpcsecretfile` Required when using `--jsonrpcport`. Sets a path to a text file containing an authentication string for getting access to the JSON-RPC API. -- `-Q` or `--qos` Sets the quality of service DS Field byte. Default is 128 (DSCP/CS4). QoS is ignored by Windows. To enable it, [see this page](QOS-Windows) -- `-t` or `--notranslation` Disable UI language translations -- `-6` or `--enableipv6` Enable IPv6 addressing (IPv4 is always enabled) -- `-v` or `--version` Output version information and exit +- `-h` or `--help` Display help text +- `-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default. On macOS simply provide a filename only, since config files can only be read from `/Users//Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/`. For the server replace `io.jamulus.Jamulus` with `io.jamulus.JamulusServer`. Turn on "Show Library folder" in "Show view options" in Finder to see this folder.) +- `-n` or `--nogui` Disable GUI (for use in headless mode) +- `-p` or `--port` Sets the local UDP port number. Default is 22124 +- `--jsonrpcport` Enables JSON-RPC API server to control the app, set TCP port number (EXPERIMENTAL, APIs might change; only accessible from localhost). Please see [the JSON-RPC API Documentation file](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md). +- `--jsonrpcsecretfile` Required when using `--jsonrpcport`. Sets a path to a text file containing an authentication string for getting access to the JSON-RPC API. +- `--jsonrpcbindip` The IP address the JSON-RPC server should bind to. (optional, defaults to 127.0.0.1) +- `-Q` or `--qos` Sets the quality of service DS Field byte. Default is 128 (DSCP/CS4). QoS is ignored by Windows. To enable it, [see this page](QOS-Windows) +- `-t` or `--notranslation` Disable UI language translations +- `-6` or `--enableipv6` Enable IPv6 addressing (IPv4 is always enabled) +- `-v` or `--version` Output version information and exit diff --git a/wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md b/wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md index 9f33f6e6d..dee09eda6 100644 --- a/wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md +++ b/wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md @@ -13,29 +13,40 @@ Make sure you read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page. {% include infobox_each_os.html %} -Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first. +**Upgrading?** You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first. -### Debian and Ubuntu - -We provide three equivalent `.deb` files for the most common architectures. Please download the appropriate one: - -**For Intel/AMD based machines (amd64):** - -[Download Jamulus (.deb, amd64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}){:.button} +**Installing a server?** Read the [guide for server adminstrators](Running-a-Server) first. -**For ARM based machines (e.g. Raspberry Pi, armhf, arm64):** +### Debian and Ubuntu -[Download Jamulus 32 bit (.deb, armhf)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}){:.button} -[Download Jamulus 64 bit (.deb, arm64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }}){:.button} +#### Using the official Repository (recommended) -After you downloaded the correct file: +We provide a repository for Debian and Ubuntu based distributions that allows automatic updates alongside your other system updates. To use the repository: +1. Open your Terminal (CTRL+ALT+T should work) +1. *Ubuntu only* - Enable the Ubuntu "universe" repository (you can use the [GUI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/148645) or [CLI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/227788)). +1. Download the repository setup script:\\ +```bash +curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh +``` +1. Make the script executable:\\ +```bash +chmod +x setup_repo.sh +``` +1. Run the setup script and install Jamulus:\\ +```bash +sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus +``` + +#### Installing the .deb files manually + +1. Download Jamulus for your architecture: [amd64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}), [armf]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}) or [arm64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }}) 1. *Ubuntu only* - Enable the Ubuntu "universe" repository (you can use the [GUI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/148645) or [CLI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/227788)). 1. Update apt by opening a console window (CTRL+ALT+T should work) and type: `sudo apt-get update` -1. Go to where you downloaded the installer and either double-click on it, or use the command line: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` for armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}` for arm64: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }}` +1. Go to where you downloaded the installer and either double-click on it, or use the command line: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` (or for Raspberry Pi etc. as above) 1. Once installed, you can delete the file and close any console windows. -Note that if you need to upgrade Jamulus to a newer version, just download the new .deb file and re-install as above. +**Upgrades:** If you need to upgrade Jamulus to a newer version and install Jamulus manually, just download the new .deb file and re-install as above. ### Other distributions @@ -46,6 +57,7 @@ For installers on other distributions, see their package managers and [Repology] ### Configure JACK with QjackCtl Jamulus Clients need [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) to run, but you need to configure that first. The recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`. + 1. Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page** 2. Configure your audio hardware as follows (the exact settings for JACK will depend on what your audio hardware is capable of): diff --git a/wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md b/wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md index 91e485a0d..72f9a2a3b 100644 --- a/wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md +++ b/wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md @@ -16,26 +16,13 @@ Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page. Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first. 1. [Download Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\ - **macOS Mojave (10.14) or lower:** [Download legacy version]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-legacy }})\\ **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download) 1. **Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the licence, *drag and drop* each icon you see in the window (Jamulus Client and Server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window. 1. **Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application. _You can remove the folder in the Downloads directory containing the `.dmg` and eject the "Jamulus" drive on your desktop. They are no longer needed._ -*** - -## "Jamulus" can't be opened because the developer cannot be verified - -If you are using the "legacy" version of Jamulus (because you are running an older version of macOS), the first time you run Jamulus, you will see a message saying it cannot be opened. - -To open Jamulus -1. Go to the Applications folder via Finder -1. Double-click on Jamulus and wait for the above-mentioned message -1. Close this message by clicking on "Cancel" -1. Now control-click (or right-click) on Jamulus, and select "Open" from the top of the menu. - -You will then get a slightly different version of the same message, which allows you to click "Open". From the on, you can run Jamulus in the normal way and the message won't appear. For further information about this warning see [this Apple Support Page](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac). +**Note:** You can find old (legacy) versions supporting outdated operating systems on the [GitHub release page](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases). ## All installed? diff --git a/wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md b/wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md index 4e913cb7e..53d8aa43a 100644 --- a/wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md +++ b/wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing- _Please note that you are not permitted to redistribute this binary without acquiring a [licence agreement from Steinberg](https://www.steinberg.net/developers/)._ -If you don't want to use ASIO or prefer [JACK on Windows](https://jackaudio.org/faq/jack_on_windows.html), you can also use the [JACK version of Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows-jack }}). +**Note:** If you don't want to use ASIO or prefer [JACK on Windows](https://jackaudio.org/faq/jack_on_windows.html), you can also use the [JACK version of Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows-jack }}). You can find old (legacy) versions supporting outdated operating systems on the [GitHub release page](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases). *** @@ -52,6 +52,7 @@ You may or may not need to experiment a bit depending on your sound hardware. If Before you start with Jamulus: + 1. **Close all applications** (especially those which could access your sound card like your browser/media player). ASIO4ALL needs exclusive access to your sound card which means that other programs will not be able to use audio if ASIO4ALL and Jamulus are running. 1. If the Jamulus audio doesn’t work out of the box, make sure that only the **correct inputs/outputs** in ASIO4ALL **are switched on**. Everything else should be switched off. Search the [community list of working ASIO4ALL configurations](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) for your configuration or do it manually if you can't find yours: diff --git a/wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md b/wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md index 5874125a8..e3919440a 100644 --- a/wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md +++ b/wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md @@ -7,41 +7,43 @@ permalink: "/wiki/Privacy-Statement" # Privacy Statement -Please note that the English version of this privacy statement is the original and, as such, the binding version. To access the English version, go to the top/top right of this page and click on the "en" link. -The following only applies to the version you can download from this website, [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io). +**The English version of this document represents the official privacy statement for the _current version_ of the software available on this website. Earlier versions of the software and non-English translations of this privacy policy may have different terms that are no longer applicable or supported.** + ## Definition of Terms -- "**Server**" The Jamulus Server software, as opposed to the host machine/OS it is running on. +- "**Server**" The Jamulus software running as a Server and accepting connections from Clients - "**Client**" The Jamulus software used to connect to a Server - "**Directory**" A Jamulus Server configured to supply a list of Servers to Clients -## Web site +## Jamulus.io Website -The website at [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) is served using GitHub Pages. We do not collect your personal data or set tracking cookies. When you connect to the jamulus.io site, your IP is sent to [GitHub Pages](https://pages.github.com/). +The website at [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) is served using GitHub Pages. The Jamulus team has not constructed the website to set tracking cookies, but see Github's [privacy policy](https://docs.github.com/en/site-policy/privacy-policies/github-privacy-statement) for information relating to data collection and privacy overall. The community knowledge base uses [giscus](https://github.com/giscus/giscus) for discussions and comments. You can find the [Privacy Policy of giscus on their GitHub repository](https://github.com/giscus/giscus/blob/main/PRIVACY-POLICY.md). ## Jamulus Software -### Use of Profile Information +Jamulus is open source software that can be modified by anyone. As such, the Jamulus project can make no representations related to privacy, data collection, or security with respect to your use of the software. -When you connect to a Server, whatever you put in My Profile (in Settings) will be shown to others on that Server while you are connected to it. Note that, depending on the other client, you may not see them. Also, the Server operator can see the name you set in My Profile and your IP address, using the Server either through the GUI or JSON-RPC. +## General Information -When you connect to a Server, your profile may also be available to third parties from the Directory to which that Server is registered. This can be for informational purposes about the status of the public Jamulus network (for example, [here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)), but may not be limited to that. Profile information is not otherwise logged or stored by the Jamulus Server you are connected to, or by the Jamulus Directory, but may be stored or processed by third parties. +Under normal use with software downloaded from this website that has not been modified, your user profile information is exchanged with Servers you connect to, peers connected to those same Servers, and to third parties (including Directories) that use the Jamulus protocol. This information is limited to your Jamulus name, city, country, instrument, and skill level as you have set them in your profile. The Servers you connect to will also have access to your internet address (IP Address) as it is required for the software to work; but this information is not shared with peers on the same Server or available to third parties. -### Use of IP Addresses +All communications between and among Clients, Servers, Directories, and third-party protocol users are sent without encryption. -When you connect to Server, the Server operator can see your IP address while you are connected. If the Server operator has enabled logging (which is off by default) your IP address will also be logged and stored in the Server's log file. +## Jamulus Servers -The IP addresses of all Servers registered with the Directory can also be seen by third parties for informational or other purposes (for example [here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)). Your public IP address is otherwise not logged or stored by Jamulus, but may be stored or processed by third parties. +When you connect to a Server, either directly or through a Directory, the operator of that Server is responsible for its operation policy, privacy policy, and data use policy. While unmodified Servers do not log or store your connection or profile information by default, some Servers may be configured to do so. Therefore, you should have no expectation of privacy with respect to your profile information or internet address. -### Audio Recordings +## Chat Exchanges -You will see a notice if you are connected to a Jamulus Server when Server recording is turned on. Recordings of each player are stored by the Server separately as .WAV files and only the Server operator has access to them unless they choose to make them available to third parties. +Chats are textual messages that can be exchanged between Clients connected to the same Server. Everyone connected to a Server can see all chats and there should be no expectation of privacy with respect to information sent through the chat feature of Jamulus. While unmodified Servers do not log or store chats, some modified Servers may do this. -### Text Chat +## Audio Recordings -When you type a message in the Chat Window, other connected players can see that, but chats are not stored by the Server and neither the Server operator nor any third parties have access to them. +Unmodified Servers will display a notice if recording is turned on. Recordings of each channel are stored by the Server and are controlled by the Server operator. -### Data Transmission +It is possible for connected Clients to make recordings of sessions outside of Jamulus itself, for which there may be no notice or indication. Jamulus has no way to detect or control these situations and makes no representations as to the collection or use of such recording data. -Please note that all audio and text data is sent and received between the Jamulus Server and Client without encryption. +## Directories + +Directories are central connection points for locating Servers. The Jamulus Client comes with a pre-defined list of Directories for the convenience of users. These Directories are independently operated but are represented as running unmodified versions of the Jamulus software. If you do not wish to send your information to the Directories, you will need to connect to Servers directly. diff --git a/wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md b/wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md index b022821de..5738efed5 100644 --- a/wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md +++ b/wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md @@ -17,14 +17,15 @@ permalink: "/wiki/Running-a-Server"
- ## Do I need to run a Server? -**No**. You can use the Servers listed by the built in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server or choose a third party hosting service. If you just want an undisturbed session, use the [soloing technique described on the Tips and Tricks page](Tips-Tricks-More#have-an-undisturbed-session-on-any-server). If you decide you cannot use any of the Servers listed by the built in Directories, you may be able to use a Server (either Registered in a Custom Directory, or Unregistered - see [Server Types](#server-types)) hosted by a third party. Doing so will save you the trouble of setting one up yourself. +**No**. You don't need to run a Server. You can use the Servers listed by the built-in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server yourself. You can also use an unlisted Server if you know its internet address. Or you can use a third party hosting service such as [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/) or [KOORD](https://koord.live/). There's probably a Server nearby that you and your friends can use at low enough latency for most needs. + +Using a public Server might introduce you to strangers. If you want an undisturbed session, you can use the soloing technique described on the [Tips and Tricks page](Tips-Tricks-More#have-an-undisturbed-session-on-any-server). You won't hear strangers who connect to the Server, but they can hear you if they wish. -## Basic requirements +--- -While setting up a Server isn't difficult, it's a good idea to read the following background information to avoid some problems: +## Requirements ### Speed and latency @@ -36,86 +37,122 @@ However, various problems can also arise when setting up Servers - especially wh Consider using a cloud host, not your home internet connection, to get better ping times if you're having problems. - ### General notes * Any Server should have at least 1.6GHz CPU frequency and 1GB RAM * Running a Server may require you to adjust any firewalls running on or outside of your machine or cloud host. -* Running an Unregistered Server at home will require you to [port forward](#port-forwarding) on your router. When running a Registered Server, port forwarding should not be necessary in most cases, but it's advisable to do so because some networks may not work properly with Jamulus in its default mode. -* Jamulus only has limited IPv6 support which needs to be enabled with a command line argument on the Client and Server. (There are plans to expand IPv6 support.) +* You must set up port forwarding on your router to run an [Unregistered Server](Unregistered-Servers) at home. This should not be necessary when running a Registered Server in most cases. However, some home networks can require port forwarding for a Registered Server. +* Jamulus offers limited IPv6 support that you can turn on for a Client or Server from the command line. -## Server Types +--- -You can run your Server in different ways (either at home or on a 3rd party host): +## Installation -### 1. Registered +Most people run Jamulus on a 3rd party/cloud host as a "headless" Server (no video display or keyboard) on **hardware without audio** running Linux. You can also run a Server in a [**desktop environment**](#servers-on-the-desktop). -Your Server will be listed in a Directory. By default, Jamulus has a list of built-in Directories that Clients can connect to. If you register with one of these, anyone can then discover and connect to your Server. You can also have your Server listed on a Custom Directory, if that better meets your needs. +--- -
- Diagram of connections between Clients within a Jamulus Registered Server -
How Registered Servers work
-
+**Note** The following steps will result in you running an "Unregistered" Server. For more information, see [the Server Modes section](#server-modes) below. + +--- + +To run a headless server on Linux, the following steps assume you are familiar with the command line and Debian/Ubuntu or similar distribution that uses systemd. + +1. Download the setup script: `curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh` +1. Make the script executable: `chmod +x setup_repo.sh` +1. Run the script and install the headless server: `sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus-headless` +1. Enable the headless Server process: -### 2. Unregistered + `sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless` -This is the default when starting a Server for the first time. Unregistered Servers are not listed by Directories, so only musicians who know your Server's address to will be able to connect to it. This is useful because Jamulus does not let you control who can connect to a Server. +1. Add your desired [command line options](Running-a-Server#configuration-options) to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file: + + `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` + +1. Reload the systemd files and restart the headless Server: + + `sudo systemctl daemon-reload && systemctl restart jamulus-headless` + +_To amend your Server configuration, just repeat the last two steps above._ + +--- + +## Server Modes + +Servers can be run in one of three modes (either at home or on a 3rd party host), depending on your needs. + +### Unregistered mode + +This is the default when starting a Server for the first time. Unregistered Servers are not listed by Directories, so only musicians who know your Server's address can connect to it. + +**For information about running an Unregistered Server [see this guide](Unregistered-Servers).**
Diagram of connections between Clients within a Jamulus Unregistered Server -
How Unregistered Servers work
-If you are running an unregistered server behind a home internet connection, you might need to enable [port forwarding](#port-forwarding) as described below. +### Registered mode -### 3. Directory +In this mode your Server will appear in the server list supplied by a Directory. Jamulus Clients come with a list of Directories built-in. If you register your Server with one of these, anyone can discover and connect to it. -If you want to run a number of Servers, possibly also behind a firewall or on a LAN, you may want to run your Server as a Directory. Examples include online events, music associations, sectional rehearsals or music lessons for schools. +Alternatively, you can list your Server on a Custom Directory (see below). Clients will only find your Server if they enter the Custom Directory's internet address. + +Note that Directories can only register up to 150 Servers. If you see a message that says you cannot register your Server because the Directory is full, you can try registering with a different Directory. -To run a Directory [read this guide](Directories) +
+ Diagram of connections between Clients within a Jamulus Registered Server +
+### Directory mode -## Installation and Configuration +If you want to run a number of Servers, possibly also behind a firewall or on a LAN, you may want to run your Server as a Directory. Examples include online events, music associations, sectional rehearsals or music lessons for schools. -Most people run Jamulus as a "pure" Server on **hardware without audio** (e.g. on a 3rd party/cloud host) running Linux. The following steps assume you are familiar with the command line and Debian/Ubuntu or similar distribution using systemd. To run a server on Windows or on the desktop with a graphical user interface, [see this section](#servers-on-the-desktop). +For information, [see the Directories guide](Directories). -If you want to run a Server on a Raspberry Pi (or a different armhf/arm64 debian-based device), you will need to download the `.deb` files for 32 bit `armhf` or 64 bit `arm64`, not the default `amd64` ones you'd use on an Intel/AMD based machine. +--- +## Configuration options -### Installation +Depending on your operating system and how you are running the Server, you can set Server options and make them persistent between reloads by following these steps: -1. Download the [latest headless (amd64) .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}) or, if you use a Raspberry Pi etc. download the [latest armhf .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}) or the [latest arm64 .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }}) -1. Update apt to make sure you have a current list of standard packages: `sudo apt update` -1. Install the Jamulus package: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}` or for RasPi etc. armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}`; arm64: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }}` -1. Enable the headless Server process via systemd: `sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless` -1. Add your desired [command line options](Running-a-Server#command-line-options) to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file by running `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` (By default you will be running an Unregistered Server). -1. Reload the systemd files `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` and restart the headless Server: `sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless` -1. Check all is well with `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (hit `q` to get back to the command prompt). +**For Linux headless** (Debian/Ubuntu using systemd) -You can control Jamulus with the `systemctl` command. For example, to stop the Server cleanly: +Add your desired command line options to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file by running `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` (You will need to reload or restart for the changes to take effect. See [Installation](#installation)). -`sudo systemctl stop jamulus-headless` +**For the GUI** (all platforms) -_To upgrade your Server, just repeat the steps above._ +Any settings made using the graphical interface will be stored in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file. (Do **not** edit this file by hand!) However, some options are not available in the GUI and need to be set using the command line. For more information, see [Servers on the desktop](#servers-on-the-desktop). -### Configuration +--- -#### Running in Registered mode +### Minimum setup to run in Registered mode -The following minimum setup is required to [run a Registered Server](Running-a-Server#server-types): +You can run a headless Server on Linux using systemd (with `systemctl`), which is covered in other sections. +You can also run a Server directly from the command line. Enter the following command to [run a Registered Server](#server-modes): ~~~ -jamulus --nogui --server \ - --directoryserver genreServer:port \ - --serverinfo "yourServerName;yourCity;[country ID]" +jamulus-headless --nogui --server \ + --directoryaddress hostname:port \ + --serverinfo "[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code or Qt5 Locale]" ~~~ -**Note**: Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `yourServerName` and `yourCity` within the `--serverinfo` argument +See the table below for `hostname:port` values. + +**Note**: Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `[name]` and `[city]` within the `--serverinfo` argument. See the [Server mode-related options](#server-mode-related-options) for more information on the country code. -To register with one of the Directories built into the Jamulus Client, replace `genreServer:port` in the example above with one of the following options: +### Server mode-related options +##### `-e or --directoryaddress` -| Genre | Server Address | +Required for a [Registered Server](Running-a-Server#registered-mode). Also required to run Jamulus as a [Directory](Directories). + +This option takes the format: + +`--directoryaddress hostname:port` where `hostname` is the Genre Directory host name and `port` is its port number. + +To register with one of the Directories built into the Jamulus Client, replace `hostname:port` with one of the following options: + +| Genre | `hostname:port` | |-----------|------------------| |**Any Genre 1** |`anygenre1.jamulus.io:22124`| |**Any Genre 2** |`anygenre2.jamulus.io:22224`| @@ -125,185 +162,189 @@ To register with one of the Directories built into the Jamulus Client, replace ` |**Genre Classical/Folk** |`classical.jamulus.io:22524`| |**Genre Choral/Barbershop** |`choral.jamulus.io:22724`| -You can also specify a [Directory](#3-directory) in the same way from the command line, providing the Server Address in the same format. - -#### Running as a Directory - -If you wish to run a [Directory](Running-a-Server#3-directory) please see [this guide](Directories). -### Maintenance +##### `-o or --serverinfo` -#### Viewing The Logs +When registering your Server with a Directory, this lets you supply a Server name and location details so that users can then search for these values from their Client. -Jamulus will log to the system log file if you left the `StandardOutput=journal` setting in the unit file. +This option takes the format: -To view the log, use `journalctl` (to exit press Ctrl-C). For example, to read the system log file, filtered for the Jamulus service: +`[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code]` -`journalctl -f -u jamulus-headless` +See [two-letter ISO country codes](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements) -#### Controlling Recording +**Note:** Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `name` and `city` values. -When using the recording function with the `-R` command line option, if the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new Directory. SIGUSR2 will recording enabled on/off. +##### `-L or --licence` +Show an agreement window before users can connect. The text of the agreement to be shown should be supplied as the `--welcomemessage` (see below). -To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `jamulusTogglerec.service`). +##### `-w or --welcomemessage` +A "welcome message" to display in the Client chat window on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML. +When a path is used, the file must be accessible by the user account running Jamulus. (On most Linux installations, user `jamulus` is used by default.) +If not accessible, the literal path (rather than its contents) will appear. -**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home Directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file (be aware that doing so is however a potential security risk). +##### `--serverpublicip` +The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information. -For turning recording on or off (depending on the current state): +##### `--directoryfile` +_Directories only:_ Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information. -~~~ - [Unit] - Description=Toggle recording state of Jamulus Server - Requisite=Jamulus-Server +##### `-f or --listfilter` +_Directories only:_ Specify which Servers can register on the Directory Server. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information. - [Service] - Type=oneshot - ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server -~~~ - -For starting a new recording: - -~~~ - [Unit] - Description=Start a new recording on Jamulus Server - Requisite=Jamulus-Server - - [Service] - Type=oneshot - ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server -~~~ +--- -_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name you created when setting systemd to control your Jamulus Server. So in this example it would be `Jamulus-Server.service`_ +### General Server options +These options can be used regardless of which mode your Server is running in (although some may not be relevant for Directories). -Run `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` to register them for first use. +##### `-d or --discononquit` +Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not pressed their **Disconnect** buttons will automatically re-establish the connection when the Server returns. This option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server in this scenario. -Now you can run these with the `systemctl` command, for example: +##### `-F or --fastupdate` +Reduces latency if Clients connect with the **Small Network Buffers** option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients. -`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec` (assuming you named your unit file `jamulusTogglerec.service`) +##### `-l or --log` +Enable logging, set path and file name -You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus`, or by viewing the logs. +##### `-m or --htmlstatus` +Enable HTML status file, set path and file name +**Note:** This feature is deprecated, and may disappear in a future release. -## Servers on the desktop +##### `-P or --delaypan` +Start with delay panning enabled. This option uses small differences in sound arrival time between the two ears. It produces a stereo effect similar to natural human hearing when compared to normal “volume” panning. -Jamulus can be run in Server mode from the desktop. This gives you a graphical user interface to control most of the settings. +##### `-s` or `--server` +Start Jamulus in Server mode -* **Windows users** - Use the "Jamulus Server" icon in the Windows Start menu. -* **macOS users** - Double-click the "Jamulus Server" icon in Applications (assuming you put the files from the install there as per [these instructions](Installation-for-Macintosh)). -* **Linux users** - Launch the "Jamulus Server" shortcut. Or you can open a terminal window (`CTRL+ALT+t` on Debian and related distros), type `jamulus -s` and hit return. +##### `--serverbindip` +Specify the IP address the Jamulus process will bind to. +Normally, Jamulus will listen on all IP addresses on the host machine. Where the host has multiple network addresses, this option allows one of the addresses to be chosen. -## Server Setup +##### `-T or --multithreading` +Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs. This setting may help the Server support more Clients. See also `--numchannels` -
Image of the Jamulus Server setup window
+##### `-u or --numchannels` +Maximum number of channels (Clients) -### The Directory list +##### `-z or --startminimized` +Start the Jamulus Server graphical user interface in the minimized window state. -**None**: By default, you will not be connected to a Directory and will be running in unregistered mode. [Read these instructions](#running-an-unregistered-server) to have other people connect to your Server in this mode. +### Other options -**Genre**: To allow other people to see your Server on one of the Directories built into the Client, select your desired genre Directory. You should see a confirmation message saying whether your Server has registered successfully. If not, and you leave your Server running, it will keep trying to register until a free slot becomes available. +{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %} -**Custom**: This allows you to specify a custom directory on which to be listed. See the "Options" tab for the Custom Directory address you want to use. +### Controlling the Server via API -To run your Server _as_ a Directory, you need to set the Custom Directory address as `localhost` or `127.0.0.1` and set the "Genre" to "Custom". [Read this guide](Directories) for further details. +Jamulus can be controlled via an experimental API which is subject to changes. You can find the [JSON-RPC API documented in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md). JSON-RPC allows you to control some features like changing the welcome message or starting recordings in headless mode from authenticated external applications. It works while the server is running. -### My Server Info +--- -When running as a Registered Server this displays the Server's name, city and country so that other users can easily identify it in the Directory listing. +## Recording -### Chat Welcome Message +##### `-R or --recording` +Set Server recording directory. By default, the Server will record when a session is active. -The text entered here appears to all users when they join the Server (the chat window will open automatically for them). HTML is also supported. +**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file, but be aware that doing could be a security risk. -## Options +Recordings are per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` format and [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open the respective files to listen to them in those applications. -
Image of Jamulus Server window options
+**Note:** When your Server is recording, Clients display a red banner message that the session is being recorded. -### Recording Directory +##### `--norecord` +Set server not to record by default when recording is configured. -This sets the path to where the Server's recordings will be stored. With this path set, the "Enable Jam Recorder" function in the Server Setup tab will make recording start once the first person connects to the Server, and stops when the last person leaves. Use the "New Recording" button to create a new sub-directory in which the recordings will be stored from then on. Note that Recordings are per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` format and [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open the respective files to listen to them in those applications. -**Note**: When your Server is recording, Clients will display a message that recording is on. +### Controlling Recording -### Custom Directory Address +Recording starts once the first person connects to the Server, and stops when the last person leaves. -Leave this field empty unless you need to list your Server on a [Custom Directory](#3-directory) or run a Directory. +If the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording on/off. If [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) is enabled, you will also be able to manage the server in a way comparable to the GUI. Please see the (experimental) [JSON-RPC documentation on the recorder](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording). -### Server List Filename -Leave this field empty unless you need to run your Server as a [Directory](#3-directory). When in use, this holds the list of registered Servers whilst restarting the Directory. This prevents the server list appearing "empty" until the Servers re-register. +To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `jamulusTogglerec.service`). -### Delay panning +To turn recording on or off (depending on the current state): -This option uses small differences in sound arrival time between the two ears. It produces a stereo effect similar to natural human hearing when compared to normal "volume" panning. +~~~ + [Unit] + Description=Toggle recording state of Jamulus Server + Requisite=Jamulus-Server -### Start Minimised + [Service] + Type=oneshot + ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server +~~~ -**Windows users** - If you want the Server to start automatically on system start, enable the corresponding check box. +To start a new recording: -### Server status icon +~~~ + [Unit] + Description=Start a new recording on Jamulus Server + Requisite=Jamulus-Server -When the Server is running, the operating system will show an icon in the system tray or status area to represent whether the Server is active: + [Service] + Type=oneshot + ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server +~~~ -
Image of the Jamulus Server icon
The Server is empty +_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name you created when setting systemd to control your Jamulus Server. So in this example it would be `Jamulus-Server.service`_ -
Image of the Jamulus Server icon
The Server is occupied +Run `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` to register them for first use. -## Command line options +Now you can run these with the `systemctl` command, for example: -Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system. +`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec` -For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose "Properties" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe: +You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus`, or by viewing the logs. -```shell - "C:\Program Files\Jamulus\Jamulus.exe" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100 -``` +--- -For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this: +## Adding metadata to the Server -```shell - /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100 -``` +You can add metadata to the welcome message of a Server to add additional, hidden information like contact information or policy requests for bots (this is comparable to [robots.txt](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robots.txt)). See the [Community Knowledge Base entry about metadata](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html) for more information. -**Note**: Command line options will set the Server's defaults at startup. You can override them with their corresponding GUI controls while the Server is running. +--- -{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %} +## Servers on the desktop -{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %} +Jamulus can run in Server mode in the graphical environment of a computer. This gives you a graphical user interface to control most of the settings. To do this, first [install Jamulus for your platform](Getting-Started), then do one of the following: +* **Windows users** - Use the "Jamulus Server" icon in the Windows Start menu. If you want the Server to start automatically when you start Windows, check the box for this option. -## Running an Unregistered Server +* **macOS users** - Double-click the "Jamulus Server" icon in Applications. -It is highly recommended to test your Server by registering it on one of the built-in Directories **first** so as to narrow down any subsequent problems in unregistered mode. +* **Linux users** - Launch the "Jamulus Server" shortcut. Or you can open a terminal window (`CTRL+ALT+t` on Debian and related distros), type `jamulus -s` and hit return. -### Setting up a Server behind a home router +While most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, others can only be set using options given in a terminal window when the Server is launched. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system. -If you set up your server at home, you will probably need to change some settings in your router/firewall: +For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose **Properties** > **Target**. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe: -#### Port forwarding + `"C:\Program Files\Jamulus\Jamulus.exe" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100` -People from outside your home network will not be able to see things inside it. To let external Jamulus clients connect to your server, you need to set up port forwarding in your Router's settings. The exact setup differs for every router. For help see your Router's documentation or [portforward.com](https://portforward.com). +For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this: -**Note:** The default port for the current version of Jamulus is **UDP** (not TCP) port **22124**. You will usually forward the port **22124** from outside your network to the port **22124** of the machine running the Server. + `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100` -**Note:** Your home router may change the IP address of the machine you're running your Server on. Depending on your router, you might need to give this machine a static IP address (often under DHCP settings of your router). +**Note** Command line options will set the Server’s defaults at startup. You can override them while the Server is running using their corresponding GUI controls. -#### Getting the external IP +### The Server status icon -To allow others to connect to your Server from the internet, get your external (WAN) IP address e.g. by [using Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=what+is+my+ip) and give it to them. -You yourself should connect using the local network (LAN) address of the machine the Server is running on. If you are running a Client on the same machine as your Server, that would be `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`. +When a Server is running in GUI mode, the operating system will show an icon in the system tray or status area that indicates whether the Server has connections: +
Image of the Jamulus Server icon
The Server is empty -#### Dynamic DNS and why you will probably need it +
Image of the Jamulus Server icon
The Server is occupied -Most domestic internet connections change their external IP address after a short period. To avoid problems with this, you might want to set up "dynamic DNS" to get a static (sub-)domain you can share with others. Please research how to do that for your specic set up. Your router might support some "dynamic DNS" providers out of the box. If this is not the case, set up a dynamic DNS client as described by the dynamic DNS provider you chose. +--- ## Backing up the Server -_Note that headless Servers do not use `.ini` files. All configuration is given as command line options._ - {% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} +- Headless Servers do not use `.ini` files. All configuration is given as command line options. If you are running a Server in GUI mode, after reading any command line options on start, it will store its configuration in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file. + ## Troubleshooting If you are having other problems, [see this guide](Server-Troubleshooting). diff --git a/wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md b/wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md index da7b3efd1..781566513 100644 --- a/wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md +++ b/wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md @@ -19,17 +19,17 @@ permalink: "/wiki/Server-Troubleshooting"
-## Servers - Registered +## Servers - Registered ### Why doesn't my Server show up in the list? Why isn't it registering? -If you are registered OK (you can [see it here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)) and you or your friends can't see your Server, you may need to wait, or start your Client with the `--showallservers` option and try connecting from there ([see command line options](Software-Manual#command-line-options)) on how to start your Client with a config option). In some network configurations, you may also need to [port forward](Running-a-Server#port-forwarding) your router. +If you are registered OK (you can [see it here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)) and you or your friends can't see your Server, you may need to wait, or start your Client with the `--showallservers` option and try connecting from there ([see command line options](Software-Manual#command-line-options)) on how to start your Client with a config option). In some network configurations, you may also need to configure your router to [forward the port number](Unregistered-Servers#port-forwarding) used by Jamulus Server. If you are seeing a message that says the Server is full, you will need to wait until a slot becomes free. You can verify that your Server is listed in the relevant genre by [checking it here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/). -## Servers - Unregistered +## Servers - Unregistered ### I'm running my Client on the same machine/network as my Server but I can't connect to it @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ Connect your Client to `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`. If you're running the Client ### What address do I give to people so that they can connect to my Server? -This should be your **public** IP address (find that with [Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=whatsmyip)). Connect your **own** Jamulus Client to the **local** IP address of your Server (`localhost` or `127.0.0.1` if it's on the same machine as your Client). Note that your public IP address can change - see the note on "dynamic DNS" in [this guide](Running-a-Server#dynamic-dns-and-why-you-will-probably-need-it). +This should be your **public** IP address (find that with [Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=whatsmyip)). Connect your **own** Jamulus Client to the **local** IP address of your Server (`localhost` or `127.0.0.1` if it's on the same machine as your Client). Note that your public IP address can change - see the note on "dynamic DNS" in [this guide](Unregistered-Servers#dynamic-dns-and-why-you-will-probably-need-it). ### What port numbers can I use? @@ -46,11 +46,10 @@ You can set your Server to listen on a custom port with the `--port` option. If ### Nobody can connect to my Server - but I can connect locally -First of all, make sure you've enabled [port forwarding](Running-a-Server#port-forwarding). If you still don't see your server from outside of your local network, you may have issues with your Internet Service Provider (ISP). +First of all, make sure you've enabled [port forwarding](Unregistered-Servers#port-forwarding). If you still don't see your server from outside of your local network, you may have issues with your Internet Service Provider (ISP). -Some ISPs are using techniques like [Address plus Port (A+P)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Address_plus_Port) or [Carrier-grade NAT (CGN)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carrier-grade_NAT) to conserve address space (usually for IPv4). That makes it impossible to host services like Jamulus at home as they are not visible outside your local network. +Some ISPs use techniques like [Address plus Port (A+P)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Address_plus_Port) or [Carrier-grade NAT (CGN)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carrier-grade_NAT) to conserve address space (usually for IPv4). That makes it impossible to host services like Jamulus at home as they are not visible outside your local network. -To detect if CGN is the issue, go to your router's configuration screen (typically, 192.168.X.X) and look at the WAN Status page. If your listed IPv4 address doesn't match with your public IPv4 address (check it [here](https://ifconfig.me)), it suggests that CGN may be enabled. You can try using an IPv6 connection by starting clients and server with the `-6` flag if IPv6 is available for the server and all clients. +To detect if CGN is the issue, go to your router's configuration screen (typically, 192.168.X.X) and look at the WAN Status page. If your listed IPv4 address doesn't match with your public IPv4 address (check it [here](https://ifconfig.me)), it suggests that CGN may be enabled. You can try using an IPv6 connection by starting clients and server with the `-6` flag if IPv6 is available for the server and all clients. To fix the issue with IPv4, contact your ISP technical support team, and tell them that you want to host a public server at home, so you need a real WAN IP address. Furthermore, you can help them with info that CGN might be the issue. Also, you can ask for a static IP address to avoid using DDNS. - diff --git a/wiki/en/Software-Manual.md b/wiki/en/Software-Manual.md index 8450e5fe7..86d4a2edb 100644 --- a/wiki/en/Software-Manual.md +++ b/wiki/en/Software-Manual.md @@ -101,9 +101,13 @@ If you have set your Audio Channel to Stereo or Stereo Out in your Settings, you If you see a "mute" icon above a user, it means that person cannot hear you. Either they have muted you, soloed one or more users not including you, or have set your fader in their mix to zero. +Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. You can sort instead by name, instrument, group, or city using the View menu. + +If the server operator has enabled recording, you will see a message above the mixer showing that you are being recorded. + ### Grp button -Defines a group of audio channels. Moving the fader of one member of the group moves the faders of all the others. Up to 8 groups can be defined. +You can group users together using the "group" toggle. Moving the fader of any member of the group will move the other faders in that group by the same amount. You can isolate a channel from the group temporarily with shift-click-drag. Up to 8 groups can be defined. ### Mute button @@ -115,12 +119,6 @@ Note that muting your **own** channel only means you will not hear your signal f Allows you to hear one or more users on their own. Those not soloed will be muted. Note also that those people who are not soloed will see a "muted" icon above your fader. -Users are listed left to right in the order that they connect. You can change the sort order using the Edit option in the application menu. - -You can group users together using the "group" toggle. Moving the fader of any member of the group will move the other faders in that group by the same amount. You can isolate a channel from the group temporarily with shift-click-drag. - -If the server operator has enabled recording, you will see a message above the mixer showing that you are being recorded. - # Settings ## My Profile @@ -154,7 +152,7 @@ This turns on a sound alert for when someone joins a Server, or when receiving a
Image of audio/network settings window
-### Device +### Audio Device Under the Windows operating system the ASIO driver (sound card) can be selected using Jamulus. If the selected ASIO driver is not valid an error message is shown and the previous valid driver is selected. Under macOS the input and output hardware can be selected. @@ -226,7 +224,7 @@ If the Auto setting is enabled, the jitter buffers of your local Client and the remote server are set automatically based on measurements of the network and sound card timing jitter. If the Auto check is enabled, the jitter buffer size faders are disabled (they cannot be moved with the mouse). -### Enable small network buffers +### Small Network Buffers Allows support for very small network audio packets. These are only used if the sound card buffer delay is smaller than 128 samples. The smaller the network buffers, the lower the audio latency. But at the same time the network load increases and the probability of audio dropouts also increases (particuarly if your network connection has any significant jitter). Try enabling this option if you are suffering from high latency or bad audio quality. However, keeping it disabled will normally mean better audio quality. @@ -304,5 +302,6 @@ For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like {% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %} +# Controlling the Client via API - +In addition to the CLI, Jamulus can be controlled using an API. This is beneficial for advanced use cases - for example, where there is no GUI, or another application needs to interact with Jamulus. Please note that the API is still experimental. Information on the [JSON-RPC API can be found in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md). diff --git a/wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md b/wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md index 2812d9fd6..dd17b96d7 100644 --- a/wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md +++ b/wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port ### Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly -You can run as a Registered Server long enough for your band to connect, then go "private" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to "none" in the Server GUI. Your band mates will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!) +You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go "private" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to "none" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!) ### Remote management of recordings diff --git a/wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md b/wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md new file mode 100644 index 000000000..df7a5f27e --- /dev/null +++ b/wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +--- +layout: wiki +title: "Running an Unregistered Server" +lang: "en" +permalink: "/wiki/Unregistered-Servers" +--- + +{% include breadcrumb.html root="More" branch1="Server Administration" branch1-url="Running-a-Server" %} + +# Running an Unregistered Server + +It is highly recommended to test your Server by registering it on one of the built-in Directories **first**. This will help you tackle general problems before you try unregistered mode. + +## Setting up a Server behind a home router + +If you set up your Server at home, you will probably need to change some settings in your router/firewall: + +### Port forwarding + +Normally, people from outside your home network cannot see things inside it. To let external Jamulus Clients connect to your Server, you need to set up port forwarding in your router's settings. The exact setup differs for every router. For help, see your router's documentation or [portforward.com](https://portforward.com). + +**Note:** The default port for Jamulus is **UDP** (not TCP) port **22124**. You will usually forward the port **22124** from outside your network to the port **22124** of the computer running the Server. + +### Getting the public IP + +To allow others to connect to your Server from the internet, give them your public IP address. You can [learn your current public IP address using Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=what+is+my+ip). +You should connect yourself using the local network address of the computer the Server is running on. If you are running a Client on the same computer as your Server, the address is `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`. + + +### Dynamic DNS and why you will probably need it + +Unless your ISP provides you with a fixed IP address, you may find that your address changes over time. You might want to associate your IP address with a domain name you can share with others that uses "dynamic DNS" (DDNS). A "dynamic DNS" provider can supply you with the domain name and you keep refreshing your IP address with the provider. Your router might support certain DDNS providers to do this. If this is not the case, the provider will have instructions on how to set up a dynamic DNS client. + +## DNS SRV record support + +Jamulus Clients support [DNS SRV records ("service" records)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record). If a Client finds an SRV record associated with the domain name given in the Connect window, it will try to connect to the endpoint host and port listed in the SRV record. This process is similar to HTTP redirection in a web browser, only it's between Jamulus Clients and the DNS server. The Jamulus Server is not involved in this interaction. Jamulus Servers just listen for connections on the same port listed in the SRV record. + +#### Why is this helpful? + +A Jamulus Client can connect to a Server on a non-default port by specifying the port as part of the server address. A server administrator may want to give users a simple address without the port details, while still serving Jamulus on a non-default port. For this case, the port information can be acquired from an SRV record. + +An address entered in the Connect window could look like ```jamulus.example.com```. If an SRV record is found for this DNS domain, Jamulus Client will try to connect to the Server on the host:port listed in the SRV record, such as ```jamulus.example.com:12345```. + +If no SRV records are found on the DNS server, a Client will attempt to connect to the Server as specified in the connection window. + +#### Creating SRV records + +SRV records are created by the administrator of the domain being used to host the Jamulus server. The SRV records are added through the administration portal (or API if available) of the domain's DNS hosting service. The format of the SRV record entry can vary by DNS hosting service but will generally look something like this. + +~~~ + _service._proto.name. ttl IN SRV priority weight port target + + # or, more specifically + + _jamulus._udp.example.com. 60 IN SRV 0 5 12345 jamulus.example.com +~~~ + +**Note:** You can host many Jamulus Servers at different ports on one host by giving each its own SRV record. + +See the documentation of your DNS provider for instructions on creating an SRV record. + +#### Example use case with SRV records + +This example assumes the DNS contains an A or CNAME record that resolves to ```server1.example.com```, where three Jamulus Server instances are running, each listening on one of the three ports listed below. + +Alternatively, `server1.example.com` can be a router, NAT-gateway, or load-balancer that forwards each of the ports to a backend Jamulus server (or servers). + + +| JAMULUS CLIENT | DNS SRV RECORD | JAMULUS SERVER | +| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------- | +| rock.example.com | _jamulus._udp.rock.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22124 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22124 | +| jazz.example.com | _jamulus._udp.jazz.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22125 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22125 | +| blues.example.com | _jamulus._udp.blues.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22126 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22126 | + +*It's important to remember that DNS is not forwarding connections. It's simply telling Jamulus Client what public host:port to connect to.* + diff --git a/wiki/en/misc/1-index.html b/wiki/en/misc/1-index.html index d76cc52d1..be1a4a4e1 100644 --- a/wiki/en/misc/1-index.html +++ b/wiki/en/misc/1-index.html @@ -6,18 +6,19 @@ ldjAppCategory: "Music" ldjSlogan: "Play music online. With friends. For free." ldjCreator: "Volker Fischer and contributors" -metadescription: "Jamulus is open source software that lets musicians perform music, rehearse or just jam together, all in real time over the Internet." +metadescription: "Jamulus is free and open source software that lets musicians perform music, rehearse or jam together, in real time over the Internet." mAltProgIcon: "Jamulus icon" mTSlogan: "Play music online. With friends. For free." mTGetStartedNow: "Get started now!" mTDownloadNow: 'Download now for' +mTPlatformsAnd: 'and' mTOtherPlatforms: 'other platforms' ---

What is Jamulus?

- Jamulus is for playing, rehearsing, or just jamming with your friends, your band or just anyone you find online. With high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection, it's easy to play together remotely and in time. Download it here! + Jamulus lets you play, rehearse, or jam with your friends, your band, or anyone you find online. Play together remotely in time with high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection. Download it here!
@@ -31,11 +32,11 @@

What is Jamulus?

Jamulus worldwide

- All over the world Jamulus allows huge choirs to rehearse, loud rock bands to play, and brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons, - in schools and universities, in private and in public. Even just for the spoken word – all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person. + All over the world Jamulus allows choirs to rehearse and rock bands to play. Jamulus brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons, + in schools and universities, in private and in public — all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person.

Help needed?

- Have a look at the documentation. Especially consider the documentation and consider the troubleshooting section! You can also ask on the forums.

@@ -43,12 +44,12 @@

Help needed?

Want to get involved?

- Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help translating into your language? Since Jamulus is free and open source software (FOSS) licensed under the GPL, you can help us!
+ Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help translating Jamulus into your language? Since Jamulus is free and open source software (FOSS) licensed under the GPL, you can help us!
Take a look at our contribution guidelines to find out how. Everybody is welcome!

- For detailed information about how Jamulus hacks the space-time continuum to produce a near-perfect 5th dimension of collaborative sound, see this paper by Volker Fischer (PDF).

diff --git a/wiki/en/misc/copyright.yml b/wiki/en/misc/copyright.yml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fa85cdf0d --- /dev/null +++ b/wiki/en/misc/copyright.yml @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +footer: + asio: "ASIO ® compatible - ASIO is a trademark and software of Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH" +nav: + docs: This documentation is CC BY-SA diff --git a/wiki/en/misc/general.yml b/wiki/en/misc/general.yml index 23e40d2a2..1fa5330e8 100644 --- a/wiki/en/misc/general.yml +++ b/wiki/en/misc/general.yml @@ -22,4 +22,4 @@ kb: discuss: title: "Comments" linktitle: "Discuss this content" -infobox_each_os: 'Jamulus 3.9.1 addresses a MIDI controller-related bug that could result in the loss of old fader levels: If you used `--ctrlmidich`, you can start the app once with `--cleanuplegacyfadersettings` to try to convert the old format to the new one. This option will be removed in a future release. Read the Change Log for more information.' +infobox_each_os: '' diff --git a/wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml b/wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml index 0df6c0849..06c65d49e 100644 --- a/wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml +++ b/wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ nav: url: /wiki/Client-Troubleshooting - title: More subfolderitems: - - page: Server Administration + - page: Server Manual url: /wiki/Running-a-Server - page: Tips & Tricks url: /wiki/Tips-Tricks-More

\n" +#| " Windows\n" +#| " macOS\n" +#| " Linux\n" +#| "